diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 364-0.txt | 11114 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 364-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 199966 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 364-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 204980 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 364-h/364-h.htm | 15268 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/364.txt | 11493 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10.txt | 12526 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10.zip | bin | 0 -> 219893 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10h.htm | 11844 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10h.zip | bin | 0 -> 205345 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10l.lit | bin | 0 -> 191970 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10l.zip | bin | 0 -> 183203 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10p.prc | bin | 0 -> 302550 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/mdkng10p.zip | bin | 0 -> 143548 bytes |
16 files changed, 62261 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/364-0.txt b/364-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f711142 --- /dev/null +++ b/364-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11114 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Mad King, by Edgar Rice Burroughs + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: The Mad King + +Author: Edgar Rice Burroughs + +Release Date: November, 1995 [eBook #364] +[Most recently updated: December 21, 2021] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Judith Boss + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAD KING *** + + + + +The Mad King + +by Edgar Rice Burroughs + + +Contents + + PART I + I. A RUNAWAY HORSE + II. OVER THE PRECIPICE + III. AN ANGRY KING + IV. BARNEY FINDS A FRIEND + V. THE ESCAPE + VI. A KING’S RANSOM + VII. THE REAL LEOPOLD + VIII. THE CORONATION DAY + IX. THE KING’S GUESTS + X. ON THE BATTLEFIELD + XI. A TIMELY INTERVENTION + XII. THE GRATITUDE OF A KING + + PART II + I. BARNEY RETURNS TO LUTHA + II. CONDEMNED TO DEATH + III. BEFORE THE FIRING SQUAD + IV. A RACE TO LUTHA + V. THE TRAITOR KING + VI. A TRAP IS SPRUNG + VII. BARNEY TO THE RESCUE + VIII. AN ADVENTUROUS DAY + IX. THE CAPTURE + X. A NEW KING IN LUTHA + XI. THE BATTLE + XII. LEOPOLD WAITS FOR DAWN + XIII. THE TWO KINGS + XIV. “THE KING’S WILL IS LAW” + XV. MAENCK BLUNDERS + XVI. KING OF LUTHA + + + + +PART I + + + + +I. +A RUNAWAY HORSE + + +All Lustadt was in an uproar. The mad king had escaped. Little knots of +excited men stood upon the street corners listening to each latest +rumor concerning this most absorbing occurrence. Before the palace a +great crowd surged to and fro, awaiting they knew not what. + +For ten years no man of them had set eyes upon the face of the boy-king +who had been hastened to the grim castle of Blentz upon the death of +the old king, his father. + +There had been murmurings then when the lad’s uncle, Peter of Blentz, +had announced to the people of Lutha the sudden mental affliction which +had fallen upon his nephew, and more murmurings for a time after the +announcement that Peter of Blentz had been appointed Regent during the +lifetime of the young King Leopold, “or until God, in His infinite +mercy, shall see fit to restore to us in full mental vigor our beloved +monarch.” + +But ten years is a long time. The boy-king had become but a vague +memory to the subjects who could recall him at all. + +There were many, of course, in the capital city, Lustadt, who still +retained a mental picture of the handsome boy who had ridden out nearly +every morning from the palace gates beside the tall, martial figure of +the old king, his father, for a canter across the broad plain which +lies at the foot of the mountain town of Lustadt; but even these had +long since given up hope that their young king would ever ascend his +throne, or even that they should see him alive again. + +Peter of Blentz had not proved a good or kind ruler. Taxes had doubled +during his regency. Executives and judiciary, following the example of +their chief, had become tyrannical and corrupt. For ten years there had +been small joy in Lutha. + +There had been whispered rumors off and on that the young king was dead +these many years, but not even in whispers did the men of Lutha dare +voice the name of him whom they believed had caused his death. For +lesser things they had seen their friends and neighbors thrown into the +hitherto long-unused dungeons of the royal castle. + +And now came the rumor that Leopold of Lutha had escaped the Castle of +Blentz and was roaming somewhere in the wild mountains or ravines upon +the opposite side of the plain of Lustadt. + +Peter of Blentz was filled with rage and, possibly, fear as well. + +“I tell you, Coblich,” he cried, addressing his dark-visaged minister +of war, “there’s more than coincidence in this matter. Someone has +betrayed us. That he should have escaped upon the very eve of the +arrival at Blentz of the new physician is most suspicious. None but +you, Coblich, had knowledge of the part that Dr. Stein was destined to +play in this matter,” concluded Prince Peter pointedly. + +Coblich looked the Regent full in the eye. + +“Your highness wrongs not only my loyalty, but my intelligence,” he +said quietly, “by even so much as intimating that I have any guilty +knowledge of Leopold’s escape. With Leopold upon the throne of Lutha, +where, think you, my prince, would old Coblich be?” + +Peter smiled. + +“You are right, Coblich,” he said. “I know that you would not be such a +fool; but whom, then, have we to thank?” + +“The walls have ears, prince,” replied Coblich, “and we have not always +been as careful as we should in discussing the matter. Something may +have come to the ears of old Von der Tann. I don’t for a moment doubt +but that he has his spies among the palace servants, or even the guard. +You know the old fox has always made it a point to curry favor with the +common soldiers. When he was minister of war he treated them better +than he did his officers.” + +“It seems strange, Coblich, that so shrewd a man as you should have +been unable to discover some irregularity in the political life of +Prince Ludwig von der Tann before now,” said the prince querulously. +“He is the greatest menace to our peace and sovereignty. With Von der +Tann out of the way there would be none powerful enough to question our +right to the throne of Lutha—after poor Leopold passes away.” + +“You forget that Leopold has escaped,” suggested Coblich, “and that +there is no immediate prospect of his passing away.” + +“He must be retaken at once, Coblich!” cried Prince Peter of Blentz. +“He is a dangerous maniac, and we must make this fact plain to the +people—this and a thorough description of him. A handsome reward for +his safe return to Blentz might not be out of the way, Coblich.” + +“It shall be done, your highness,” replied Coblich. “And about Von der +Tann? You have never spoken to me quite so—ah—er—pointedly before. He +hunts a great deal in the Old Forest. It might be possible—in fact, it +has happened, before—there are many accidents in hunting, are there +not, your highness?” + +“There are, Coblich,” replied the prince, “and if Leopold is able he +will make straight for the Tann, so that there may be two hunting +together in a day or so, Coblich.” + +“I understand, your highness,” replied the minister. “With your +permission, I shall go at once and dispatch troops to search the forest +for Leopold. Captain Maenck will command them.” + +“Good, Coblich! Maenck is a most intelligent and loyal officer. We must +reward him well. A baronetcy, at least, if he handles this matter +well,” said Peter. “It might not be a bad plan to hint at as much to +him, Coblich.” + +And so it happened that shortly thereafter Captain Ernst Maenck, in +command of a troop of the Royal Horse Guards of Lutha, set out toward +the Old Forest, which lies beyond the mountains that are visible upon +the other side of the plain stretching out before Lustadt. At the same +time other troopers rode in many directions along the highways and +byways of Lutha, tacking placards upon trees and fence posts and beside +the doors of every little rural post office. + +The placard told of the escape of the mad king, offering a large reward +for his safe return to Blentz. + +It was the last paragraph especially which caused a young man, the +following day in the little hamlet of Tafelberg, to whistle as he +carefully read it over. + +“I am glad that I am not the mad king of Lutha,” he said as he paid the +storekeeper for the gasoline he had just purchased and stepped into the +gray roadster for whose greedy maw it was destined. + +“Why, mein Herr?” asked the man. + +“This notice practically gives immunity to whoever shoots down the +king,” replied the traveler. “Worse still, it gives such an account of +the maniacal ferocity of the fugitive as to warrant anyone in shooting +him on sight.” + +As the young man spoke the storekeeper had examined his face closely +for the first time. A shrewd look came into the man’s ordinarily stolid +countenance. He leaned forward quite close to the other’s ear. + +“We of Lutha,” he whispered, “love our ‘mad king’—no reward could be +offered that would tempt us to betray him. Even in self-protection we +would not kill him, we of the mountains who remember him as a boy and +loved his father and his grandfather, before him. + +“But there are the scum of the low country in the army these days, who +would do anything for money, and it is these that the king must guard +against. I could not help but note that mein Herr spoke too perfect +German for a foreigner. Were I in mein Herr’s place, I should speak +mostly the English, and, too, I should shave off the ‘full, +reddish-brown beard.’” + +Whereupon the storekeeper turned hastily back into his shop, leaving +Barney Custer of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., to wonder if all the +inhabitants of Lutha were afflicted with a mental disorder similar to +that of the unfortunate ruler. + +“I don’t wonder,” soliloquized the young man, “that he advised me to +shave off this ridiculous crop of alfalfa. Hang election bets, anyway; +if things had gone half right I shouldn’t have had to wear this badge +of idiocy. And to think that it’s got to be for a whole month longer! A +year’s a mighty long while at best, but a year in company with a full +set of red whiskers is an eternity.” + +The road out of Tafelberg wound upward among tall trees toward the pass +that would lead him across the next valley on his way to the Old +Forest, where he hoped to find some excellent shooting. All his life +Barney had promised himself that some day he should visit his mother’s +native land, and now that he was here he found it as wild and beautiful +as she had said it would be. + +Neither his mother nor his father had ever returned to the little +country since the day, thirty years before, that the big American had +literally stolen his bride away, escaping across the border but a scant +half-hour ahead of the pursuing troop of Luthanian cavalry. Barney had +often wondered why it was that neither of them would ever speak of +those days, or of the early life of his mother, Victoria Rubinroth, +though of the beauties of her native land Mrs. Custer never tired of +talking. + +Barney Custer was thinking of these things as his machine wound up the +picturesque road. Just before him was a long, heavy grade, and as he +took it with open muffler the chugging of his motor drowned the sound +of pounding hoof beats rapidly approaching behind him. + +It was not until he topped the grade that he heard anything unusual, +and at the same instant a girl on horseback tore past him. The speed of +the animal would have been enough to have told him that it was beyond +the control of its frail rider, even without the added testimony of the +broken bit that dangled beneath the tensely outstretched chin. + +Foam flecked the beast’s neck and shoulders. It was evident that the +horse had been running for some distance, yet its speed was still that +of the thoroughly frightened runaway. + +The road at the point where the animal had passed Custer was cut from +the hillside. At the left an embankment rose steeply to a height of ten +or fifteen feet. On the right there was a drop of a hundred feet or +more into a wooded ravine. Ahead, the road apparently ran quite +straight and smooth for a considerable distance. + +Barney Custer knew that so long as the road ran straight the girl might +be safe enough, for she was evidently an excellent horsewoman; but he +also knew that if there should be a sharp turn to the left ahead, the +horse in his blind fright would in all probability dash headlong into +the ravine below him. + +There was but a single thing that the man might attempt if he were to +save the girl from the almost certain death which seemed in store for +her, since he knew that sooner or later the road would turn, as all +mountain roads do. The chances that he must take, if he failed, could +only hasten the girl’s end. There was no alternative except to sit +supinely by and see the fear-crazed horse carry its rider into +eternity, and Barney Custer was not the sort for that role. + +Scarcely had the beast come abreast of him than his foot leaped to the +accelerator. Like a frightened deer the gray roadster sprang forward in +pursuit. The road was narrow. Two machines could not have passed upon +it. Barney took the outside that he might hold the horse away from the +dangerous ravine. + +At the sound of the whirring thing behind him the animal cast an +affrighted glance in its direction, and with a little squeal of terror +redoubled its frantic efforts to escape. The girl, too, looked back +over her shoulder. Her face was very white, but her eyes were steady +and brave. + +Barney Custer smiled up at her in encouragement, and the girl smiled +back at him. + +“She’s sure a game one,” thought Barney. + +Now she was calling to him. At first he could not catch her words above +the pounding of the horse’s hoofs and the noise of his motor. Presently +he understood. + +“Stop!” she cried. “Stop or you will be killed. The road turns to the +left just ahead. You’ll go into the ravine at that speed.” + +The front wheel of the roadster was at the horse’s right flank. Barney +stepped upon the accelerator a little harder. There was barely room +between the horse and the edge of the road for the four wheels of the +roadster, and Barney must be very careful not to touch the horse. The +thought of that and what it would mean to the girl sent a cold shudder +through Barney Custer’s athletic frame. + +The man cast a glance to his right. His machine drove from the left +side, and he could not see the road at all over the right hand door. +The sight of tree tops waving beneath him was all that was visible. +Just ahead the road’s edge rushed swiftly beneath the right-hand +fender; the wheels on that side must have been on the very verge of the +embankment. + +Now he was abreast the girl. Just ahead he could see where the road +disappeared around a corner of the bluff at the dangerous curve the +girl had warned him against. + +Custer leaned far out over the side of his car. The lunging of the +horse in his stride, and the swaying of the leaping car carried him +first close to the girl and then away again. With his right hand he +held the car between the frantic horse and the edge of the embankment. +His left hand, outstretched, was almost at the girl’s waist. The turn +was just before them. + +“Jump!” cried Barney. + +The girl fell backward from her mount, turning to grasp Custer’s arm as +it closed about her. At the same instant Barney closed the throttle, +and threw all the weight of his body upon the foot brake. + +The gray roadster swerved toward the embankment as the hind wheels +skidded on the loose surface gravel. They were at the turn. The horse +was just abreast the bumper. There was one chance in a thousand of +making the turn were the running beast out of the way. There was still +a chance if he turned ahead of them. If he did not turn—Barney hated to +think of what must follow. + +But it was all over in a second. The horse bolted straight ahead. +Barney swerved the roadster to the turn. It caught the animal full in +the side. There was a sickening lurch as the hind wheels slid over the +embankment, and then the man shoved the girl from the running board to +the road, and horse, man and roadster went over into the ravine. + +A moment before a tall young man with a reddish-brown beard had stood +at the turn of the road listening intently to the sound of the hurrying +hoof beats and the purring of the racing motor car approaching from the +distance. In his eyes lurked the look of the hunted. For a moment he +stood in evident indecision, but just before the runaway horse and the +pursuing machine came into view he slipped over the edge of the road to +slink into the underbrush far down toward the bottom of the ravine. + +When Barney pushed the girl from the running board she fell heavily to +the road, rolling over several times, but in an instant she scrambled +to her feet, hardly the worse for the tumble other than a few +scratches. + +Quickly she ran to the edge of the embankment, a look of immense relief +coming to her soft, brown eyes as she saw her rescuer scrambling up the +precipitous side of the ravine toward her. + +“You are not killed?” she cried in German. “It is a miracle!” + +“Not even bruised,” reassured Barney. “But you? You must have had a +nasty fall.” + +“I am not hurt at all,” she replied. “But for you I should be lying +dead, or terribly maimed down there at the bottom of that awful ravine +at this very moment. It’s awful.” She drew her shoulders upward in a +little shudder of horror. “But how did you escape? Even now I can +scarce believe it possible.” + +“I’m quite sure I don’t know how I did escape,” said Barney, clambering +over the rim of the road to her side. “That I had nothing to do with it +I am positive. It was just luck. I simply dropped out onto that bush +down there.” + +They were standing side by side, now peering down into the ravine where +the car was visible, bottom side up against a tree, near the base of +the declivity. The horse’s head could be seen protruding from beneath +the wreckage. + +“I’d better go down and put him out of his misery,” said Barney, “if he +is not already dead.” + +“I think he is quite dead,” said the girl. “I have not seen him move.” + +Just then a little puff of smoke arose from the machine, followed by a +tongue of yellow flame. Barney had already started toward the horse. + +“Please don’t go,” begged the girl. “I am sure that he is quite dead, +and it wouldn’t be safe for you down there now. The gasoline tank may +explode any minute.” + +Barney stopped. + +“Yes, he is dead all right,” he said, “but all my belongings are down +there. My guns, six-shooters and all my ammunition. And,” he added +ruefully, “I’ve heard so much about the brigands that infest these +mountains.” + +The girl laughed. + +“Those stories are really exaggerated,” she said. “I was born in Lutha, +and except for a few months each year have always lived here, and +though I ride much I have never seen a brigand. You need not be +afraid.” + +Barney Custer looked up at her quickly, and then he grinned. His only +fear had been that he would not meet brigands, for Mr. Bernard Custer, +Jr., was young and the spirit of Romance and Adventure breathed strong +within him. + +“Why do you smile?” asked the girl. + +“At our dilemma,” evaded Barney. “Have you paused to consider our +situation?” + +The girl smiled, too. + +“It is most unconventional,” she said. “On foot and alone in the +mountains, far from home, and we do not even know each other’s name.” + +“Pardon me,” cried Barney, bowing low. “Permit me to introduce myself. +I am,” and then to the spirits of Romance and Adventure was added a +third, the spirit of Deviltry, “I am the mad king of Lutha.” + + + + +II. +OVER THE PRECIPICE + + +The effect of his words upon the girl were quite different from what he +had expected. An American girl would have laughed, knowing that he but +joked. This girl did not laugh. Instead her face went white, and she +clutched her bosom with her two hands. Her brown eyes peered +searchingly into the face of the man. + +“Leopold!” she cried in a suppressed voice. “Oh, your majesty, thank +God that you are free—and sane!” + +Before he could prevent it the girl had seized his hand and pressed it +to her lips. + +Here was a pretty muddle! Barney Custer swore at himself inwardly for a +boorish fool. What in the world had ever prompted him to speak those +ridiculous words! And now how was he to unsay them without mortifying +this beautiful girl who had just kissed his hand? + +She would never forgive that—he was sure of it. + +There was but one thing to do, however, and that was to make a clean +breast of it. Somehow, he managed to stumble through his explanation of +what had prompted him, and when he had finished he saw that the girl +was smiling indulgently at him. + +“It shall be Mr. Bernard Custer if you wish it so,” she said; “but your +majesty need fear nothing from Emma von der Tann. Your secret is as +safe with me as with yourself, as the name of Von der Tann must assure +you.” + +She looked to see the expression of relief and pleasure that her +father’s name should have brought to the face of Leopold of Lutha, but +when he gave no indication that he had ever before heard the name she +sighed and looked puzzled. + +“Perhaps,” she thought, “he doubts me. Or can it be possible that, +after all, his poor mind is gone?” + +“I wish,” said Barney in a tone of entreaty, “that you would forgive +and forget my foolish words, and then let me accompany you to the end +of your journey.” + +“Whither were you bound when I became the means of wrecking your motor +car?” asked the girl. + +“To the Old Forest,” replied Barney. + +Now she was positive that she was indeed with the mad king of Lutha, +but she had no fear of him, for since childhood she had heard her +father scout the idea that Leopold was mad. For what other purpose +would he hasten toward the Old Forest than to take refuge in her +father’s castle upon the banks of the Tann at the forest’s verge? + +“Thither was I bound also,” she said, “and if you would come there +quickly and in safety I can show you a short path across the mountains +that my father taught me years ago. It touches the main road but once +or twice, and much of the way passes through dense woods and +undergrowth where an army might hide.” + +“Hadn’t we better find the nearest town,” suggested Barney, “where I +can obtain some sort of conveyance to take you home?” + +“It would not be safe,” said the girl. “Peter of Blentz will have +troops out scouring all Lutha about Blentz and the Old Forest until the +king is captured.” + +Barney Custer shook his head despairingly. + +“Won’t you please believe that I am but a plain American?” he begged. + +Upon the bole of a large wayside tree a fresh, new placard stared them +in the face. Emma von der Tann pointed at one of the paragraphs. + +“Gray eyes, brown hair, and a full reddish-brown beard,” she read. “No +matter who you may be,” she said, “you are safer off the highways of +Lutha than on them until you can find and use a razor.” + +“But I cannot shave until the fifth of November,” said Barney. + +Again the girl looked quickly into his eyes and again in her mind rose +the question that had hovered there once before. Was he indeed, after +all, quite sane? + +“Then please come with me the safest way to my father’s,” she urged. +“He will know what is best to do.” + +“He cannot make me shave,” insisted Barney. + +“Why do you wish not to shave?” asked the girl. + +“It is a matter of my honor,” he replied. “I had my choice of wearing a +green wastebasket bonnet trimmed with red roses for six months, or a +beard for twelve. If I shave off the beard before the fifth of November +I shall be without honor in the sight of all men or else I shall have +to wear the green bonnet. The beard is bad enough, but the bonnet—ugh!” + +Emma von der Tann was now quite assured that the poor fellow was indeed +quite demented, but she had seen no indications of violence as yet, +though when that too might develop there was no telling. However, he +was to her Leopold of Lutha, and her father’s house had been loyal to +him or his ancestors for three hundred years. + +If she must sacrifice her life in the attempt, nevertheless still must +she do all within her power to save her king from recapture and to lead +him in safety to the castle upon the Tann. + +“Come,” she said; “we waste time here. Let us make haste, for the way +is long. At best we cannot reach Tann by dark.” + +“I will do anything you wish,” replied Barney, “but I shall never +forgive myself for having caused you the long and tedious journey that +lies before us. It would be perfectly safe to go to the nearest town +and secure a rig.” + +Emma von der Tann had heard that it was always well to humor maniacs +and she thought of it now. She would put the scheme to the test. + +“The reason that I fear to have you go to the village,” she said, “is +that I am quite sure they would catch you and shave off your beard.” + +Barney started to laugh, but when he saw the deep seriousness of the +girl’s eyes he changed his mind. Then he recalled her rather peculiar +insistence that he was a king, and it suddenly occurred to him that he +had been foolish not to have guessed the truth before. + +“That is so,” he agreed; “I guess we had better do as you say,” for he +had determined that the best way to handle her would be to humor her—he +had always heard that that was the proper method for handling the +mentally defective. “Where is the—er—ah—sanatorium?” he blurted out at +last. + +“The what?” she asked. “There is no sanatorium near here, your majesty, +unless you refer to the Castle of Blentz.” + +“Is there no asylum for the insane near by?” + +“None that I know of, your majesty.” + +For a while they moved on in silence, each wondering what the other +might do next. + +Barney had evolved a plan. He would try and ascertain the location of +the institution from which the girl had escaped and then as gently as +possible lead her back to it. It was not safe for as beautiful a woman +as she to be roaming through the forest in any such manner as this. He +wondered what in the world the authorities at the asylum had been +thinking of to permit her to ride out alone in the first place. + +“From where did you ride today?” he blurted out suddenly. + +“From Tann.” + +“That is where we are going now?” + +“Yes, your majesty.” + +Barney drew a breath of relief. The way had become suddenly difficult +and he took the girl’s arm to help her down a rather steep place. At +the bottom of the ravine there was a little brook. + +“There used to be a fallen log across it here,” said the girl. “How in +the world am I ever to get across, your majesty?” + +“If you call me that again, I shall begin to believe that I am a king,” +he humored her, “and then, being a king, I presume that it wouldn’t be +proper for me to carry you across, or would it? Never really having +been a king, I do not know.” + +“I think,” replied the girl, “that it would be eminently proper.” + +She had difficulty in keeping in mind the fact that this handsome, +smiling young man was a dangerous maniac, though it was easy to believe +that he was the king. In fact, he looked much as she had always +pictured Leopold as looking. She had known him as a boy, and there were +many paintings and photographs of his ancestors in her father’s castle. +She saw much resemblance between these and the young man. + +The brook was very narrow, and the girl thought that it took the young +man an unreasonably long time to carry her across, though she was +forced to admit that she was far from uncomfortable in the strong arms +that bore her so easily. + +“Why, what are you doing?” she cried presently. “You are not crossing +the stream at all. You are walking right up the middle of it!” + +She saw his face flush, and then he turned laughing eyes upon her. + +“I am looking for a safe landing,” he said. + +Emma von der Tann did not know whether to be frightened or amused. As +her eyes met the clear, gray ones of the man she could not believe that +insanity lurked behind that laughing, level gaze of her carrier. She +found herself continually forgetting that the man was mad. He had +turned toward the bank now, and a couple of steps carried them to the +low sward that fringed the little brooklet. Here he lowered her to the +ground. + +“Your majesty is very strong,” she said. “I should not have expected it +after the years of confinement you have suffered.” + +“Yes,” he said, realizing that he must humor her—it was difficult to +remember that this lovely girl was insane. “Let me see, now just what +was I in prison for? I do not seem to be able to recall it. In +Nebraska, they used to hang men for horse stealing; so I am sure it +must have been something else not quite so bad. Do you happen to know?” + +“When the king, your father, died you were thirteen years old,” the +girl explained, hoping to reawaken the sleeping mind, “and then your +uncle, Prince Peter of Blentz, announced that the shock of your +father’s death had unbalanced your mind. He shut you up in Blentz then, +where you have been for ten years, and he has ruled as regent. Now, my +father says, he has recently discovered a plot to take your life so +that Peter may become king. But I suppose you learned of that, and +because of it you escaped!” + +“This Peter person is all-powerful in Lutha?” he asked. + +“He controls the army,” the girl replied. + +“And you really believe that I am the mad king Leopold?” + +“You are the king,” she said in a convincing manner. + +“You are a very brave young lady,” he said earnestly. “If all the mad +king’s subjects were as loyal as you, and as brave, he would not have +languished for ten years behind the walls of Blentz.” + +“I am a Von der Tann,” she said proudly, as though that was explanation +sufficient to account for any bravery or loyalty. + +“Even a Von der Tann might, without dishonor, hesitate to accompany a +mad man through the woods,” he replied, “especially if she happened to +be a very—a very—” He halted, flushing. + +“A very what, your majesty?” asked the girl. + +“A very young woman,” he ended lamely. + +Emma von der Tann knew that he had not intended saying that at all. +Being a woman, she knew precisely what he had meant to say, and she +discovered that she would very much have liked to hear him say it. + +“Suppose,” said Barney, “that Peter’s soldiers run across us—what +then?” + +“They will take you back to Blentz, your majesty.” + +“And you?” + +“I do not think that they will dare lay hands on me, though it is +possible that Peter might do so. He hates my father even more now than +he did when the old king lived.” + +“I wish,” said Mr. Custer, “that I had gone down after my guns. Why +didn’t you tell me, in the first place, that I was a king, and that I +might get you in trouble if you were found with me? Why, they may even +take me for an emperor or a mikado—who knows? And then look at all the +trouble we’d be in.” + +Which was Barney’s way of humoring a maniac. + +“And they might even shave off your beautiful beard.” + +Which was the girl’s way. + +“Do you think that you would like me better in the green wastebasket +hat with the red roses?” asked Barney. + +A very sad look came into the girl’s eyes. It was pitiful to think that +this big, handsome young man, for whose return to the throne all Lutha +had prayed for ten long years, was only a silly half-wit. What might he +not have accomplished for his people had this terrible misfortune not +overtaken him! In every other way he seemed fitted to be the savior of +his country. If she could but make him remember! + +“Your majesty,” she said, “do you not recall the time that your father +came upon a state visit to my father’s castle? You were a little boy +then. He brought you with him. I was a little girl, and we played +together. You would not let me call you ‘highness,’ but insisted that I +should always call you Leopold. When I forgot you would accuse me of +lese-majeste, and sentence me to—to punishment.” + +“What was the punishment?” asked Barney, noticing her hesitation and +wishing to encourage her in the pretty turn her dementia had taken. + +Again the girl hesitated; she hated to say it, but if it would help to +recall the past to that poor, dimmed mind, it was her duty. + +“Every time I called you ‘highness’ you made me give you a—a kiss,” she +almost whispered. + +“I hope,” said Barney, “that you will be guilty of lese-majeste often.” + +“We were little children then, your majesty,” the girl reminded him. + +Had he thought her of sound mind Mr. Custer might have taken advantage +of his royal prerogatives on the spot, for the girl’s lips were most +tempting; but when he remembered the poor, weak mind, tears almost came +to his eyes, and there sprang to his heart a great desire to protect +and guard this unfortunate child. + +“And when I was Crown Prince what were you, way back there in the +beautiful days of our childhood?” asked Barney. + +“Why, I was what I still am, your majesty,” replied the girl. “Princess +Emma von der Tann.” + +So the poor child, besides thinking him a king, thought herself a +princess! She certainly was mad. Well, he would humor her. + +“Then I should call you ‘your highness,’ shouldn’t I?” he asked. + +“You always called me Emma when we were children.” + +“Very well, then, you shall be Emma and I Leopold. Is it a bargain?” + +“The king’s will is law,” she said. + +They had come to a very steep hillside, up which the half-obliterated +trail zigzagged toward the crest of a flat-topped hill. Barney went +ahead, taking the girl’s hand in his to help her, and thus they came to +the top, to stand hand in hand, breathing heavily after the stiff +climb. + +The girl’s hair had come loose about her temples and a lock was blowing +over her face. Her cheeks were very red and her eyes bright. Barney +thought he had never looked upon a lovelier picture. He smiled down +into her eyes and she smiled back at him. + +“I wished, back there a way,” he said, “that that little brook had been +as wide as the ocean—now I wish that this little hill had been as high +as Mont Blanc.” + +“You like to climb?” she asked. + +“I should like to climb forever—with you,” he said seriously. + +She looked up at him quickly. A reply was on her lips, but she never +uttered it, for at that moment a ruffian in picturesque rags leaped out +from behind a near-by bush, confronting them with leveled revolver. He +was so close that the muzzle of the weapon almost touched Barney’s +face. In that the fellow made his mistake. + +“You see,” said Barney unexcitedly, “that I was right about the +brigands after all. What do you want, my man?” + +The man’s eyes had suddenly gone wide. He stared with open mouth at the +young fellow before him. Then a cunning look came into his eyes. + +“I want you, your majesty,” he said. + +“Godfrey!” exclaimed Barney. “Did the whole bunch escape?” + +“Quick!” growled the man. “Hold up your hands. The notice made it plain +that you would be worth as much dead as alive, and I have no mind to +lose you, so do not tempt me to kill you.” + +Barney’s hands went up, but not in the way that the brigand had +expected. Instead, one of them seized his weapon and shoved it aside, +while with the other Custer planted a blow between his eyes and sent +him reeling backward. The two men closed, fighting for possession of +the gun. In the scrimmage it was exploded, but a moment later the +American succeeded in wresting it from his adversary and hurled it into +the ravine. + +Striking at one another, the two surged backward and forward at the +very edge of the hill, each searching for the other’s throat. The girl +stood by, watching the battle with wide, frightened eyes. If she could +only do something to aid the king! + +She saw a loose stone lying at a little distance from the fighters and +hastened to procure it. If she could strike the brigand a single good +blow on the side of the head, Leopold might easily overpower him. When +she had gathered up the rock and turned back toward the two she saw +that the man she thought to be the king was not much in the way of +needing outside assistance. She could not but marvel at the strength +and dexterity of this poor fellow who had spent almost half his life +penned within the four walls of a prison. It must be, she thought, the +superhuman strength with which maniacs are always credited. + +Nevertheless, she hurried toward them with her weapon; but just before +she reached them the brigand made a last mad effort to free himself +from the fingers that had found his throat. He lunged backward, +dragging the other with him. His foot struck upon the root of a tree, +and together the two toppled over into the ravine. + +As the girl hastened toward the spot where the two had disappeared, she +was startled to see three troopers of the palace cavalry headed by an +officer break through the trees at a short distance from where the +battle had waged. The four men ran rapidly toward her. + +“What has happened here?” shouted the officer to Emma von der Tann; and +then, as he came closer: “Gott! Can it be possible that it is your +highness?” + +The girl paid no attention to the officer. Instead, she hurried down +the steep embankment toward the underbrush into which the two men had +fallen. There was no sound from below, and no movement in the bushes to +indicate that a moment before two desperately battling human beings had +dropped among them. + +The soldiers were close upon the girl’s heels, but it was she who first +reached the two quiet figures that lay side by side upon the stony +ground halfway down the hillside. + +When the officer stopped beside her she was sitting on the ground +holding the head of one of the combatants in her lap. + +A little stream of blood trickled from a wound in the forehead. The +officer stooped closer. + +“He is dead?” he asked. + +“The king is dead,” replied the Princess Emma von der Tann, a little +sob in her voice. + +“The king!” exclaimed the officer; and then, as he bent lower over the +white face: “Leopold!” + +The girl nodded. + +“We were searching for him,” said the officer, “when we heard the +shot.” Then, arising, he removed his cap, saying in a very low voice: +“The king is dead. Long live the king!” + + + + +III. +AN ANGRY KING + + +The soldiers stood behind their officer. None of them had ever seen +Leopold of Lutha—he had been but a name to them—they cared nothing for +him; but in the presence of death they were awed by the majesty of the +king they had never known. + +The hands of Emma von der Tann were chafing the wrists of the man whose +head rested in her lap. + +“Leopold!” she whispered. “Leopold, come back! Mad king you may have +been, but still you were king of Lutha—my father’s king—my king.” + +The girl nearly cried out in shocked astonishment as she saw the eyes +of the dead king open. But Emma von der Tann was quick-witted. She knew +for what purpose the soldiers from the palace were scouring the +country. + +Had she not thought the king dead she would have cut out her tongue +rather than reveal his identity to these soldiers of his great enemy. +Now she saw that Leopold lived, and she must undo the harm she had +innocently wrought. She bent lower over Barney’s face, trying to hide +it from the soldiers. + +“Go away, please!” she called to them. “Leave me with my dead king. You +are Peter’s men. You do not care for Leopold, living or dead. Go back +to your new king and tell him that this poor young man can never more +stand between him and the throne.” + +The officer hesitated. + +“We shall have to take the king’s body with us, your highness,” he +said. + +The officer evidently becoming suspicious, came closer, and as he did +so Barney Custer sat up. + +“Go away!” cried the girl, for she saw that the king was attempting to +speak. “My father’s people will carry Leopold of Lutha in state to the +capital of his kingdom.” + +“What’s all this row about?” he asked. “Can’t you let a dead king alone +if the young lady asks you to? What kind of a short sport are you, +anyway? Run along, now, and tie yourself outside.” + +The officer smiled, a trifle maliciously perhaps. + +“Ah,” he said, “I am very glad indeed that you are not dead, your +majesty.” + +Barney Custer turned his incredulous eyes upon the lieutenant. + +“Et tu, Brute?” he cried in anguished accents, letting his head fall +back into the girl’s lap. He found it very comfortable there indeed. + +The officer smiled and shook his head. Then he tapped his forehead +meaningly. + +“I did not know,” he said to the girl, “that he was so bad. But come—it +is some distance to Blentz, and the afternoon is already well spent. +Your highness will accompany us.” + +“I?” cried the girl. “You certainly cannot be serious.” + +“And why not, your highness?” asked the officer. “We had strict orders +to arrest not only the king, but any companions who may have been +involved in his escape.” + +“I had nothing whatever to do with his escape,” said the girl, “though +I should have been only too glad to have aided him had the opportunity +presented.” + +“King Peter may think differently,” replied the man. + +“The Regent, you mean?” the girl corrected him haughtily. + +The officer shrugged his shoulders. + +“Regent or King, he is ruler of Lutha nevertheless, and he would take +away my commission were I to tell him that I had found a Von der Tann +in company with the king and had permitted her to escape. Your blood +convicts your highness.” + +“You are going to take me to Blentz and confine me there?” asked the +girl in a very small voice and with wide incredulous eyes. “You would +not dare thus to humiliate a Von der Tann?” + +“I am very sorry,” said the officer, “but I am a soldier, and soldiers +must obey their superiors. My orders are strict. You may be thankful,” +he added, “that it was not Maenck who discovered you.” + +At the mention of the name the girl shuddered. + +“In so far as it is in my power your highness and his majesty will be +accorded every consideration of dignity and courtesy while under my +escort. You need not entertain any fear of me,” he concluded. + +Barney Custer, during this, to him, remarkable dialogue, had risen to +his feet, and assisted the girl in rising. Now he turned and spoke to +the officer. + +“This farce,” he said, “has gone quite far enough. If it is a joke it +is becoming a very sorry one. I am not a king. I am an American—Bernard +Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A. Look at me. Look at me closely. +Do I look like a king?” + +“Every inch, your majesty,” replied the officer. + +Barney looked at the man aghast. + +“Well, I am not a king,” he said at last, “and if you go to arresting +me and throwing me into one of your musty old dungeons you will find +that I am a whole lot more important than most kings. I’m an American +citizen.” + +“Yes, your majesty,” replied the officer, a trifle impatiently. “But we +waste time in idle discussion. Will your majesty be so good as to +accompany me without resistance?” + +“If you will first escort this young lady to a place of safety,” +replied Barney. + +“She will be quite safe at Blentz,” said the lieutenant. + +Barney turned to look at the girl, a question in his eyes. Before them +stood the soldiers with drawn revolvers, and now at the summit of the +hill a dozen more appeared in command of a sergeant. They were two +against nearly a score, and Barney Custer was unarmed. + +The girl shook her head. + +“There, is no alternative, I am afraid, your majesty,” she said. + +Barney wheeled toward the officer. + +“Very well, lieutenant,” he said, “we will accompany you.” + +The party turned back up the hillside, leaving the dead bandit where he +lay—the fellow’s neck had been broken by the fall. A short distance +from where the man had confronted them the two prisoners were brought +to the main road where they saw still other troopers, and with them the +horses of those who had gone into the forest on foot. + +Barney and the girl were mounted on two of the animals, the soldiers +who had ridden them clambering up behind two of their comrades. A +moment later the troop set out along the road which leads to Blentz. + +The prisoners rode near the center of the column, surrounded by +troopers. For a time they were both silent. Barney was wondering if he +had accidentally tumbled into the private grounds of Lutha’s largest +madhouse, or if, in reality, these people mistook him for the young +king—it seemed incredible. + +It had commenced slowly to dawn upon him that perhaps the girl was not +crazy after all. Had not the officer addressed her as “your highness”? +Now that he thought upon it he recalled that she did have quite a +haughty and regal way with her at times, especially so when she had +addressed the officer. + +Of course she might be mad, after all, and possibly the bandit, too, +but it seemed unbelievable that the officer was mad and his entire +troop of cavalry should be composed of maniacs, yet they all persisted +in speaking and acting as though he were indeed the mad king of Lutha +and the young girl at his side a princess. + +From pitying the girl he had come to feel a little bit in awe of her. +To the best of his knowledge he had never before associated with a real +princess. When he recalled that he had treated her as he would an +ordinary mortal, and that he had thought her demented, and had tried to +humor her mad whims, he felt very foolish indeed. + +Presently he turned a sheepish glance in her direction, to find her +looking at him. He saw her flush slightly as his eyes met hers. + +“Can your highness ever forgive me?” he asked. + +“Forgive you!” she cried in astonishment. “For what, your majesty?” + +“For thinking you insane, and for getting you into this horrible +predicament,” he replied. “But especially for thinking you insane.” + +“Did you think me mad?” she asked in wide-eyed astonishment. + +“When you insisted that I was a king, yes,” he replied. “But now I +begin to believe that it must be I who am mad, after all, or else I +bear a remarkable resemblance to Leopold of Lutha.” + +“You do, your majesty,” replied the girl. + +Barney saw it was useless to attempt to convince them and so he decided +to give up for the time. + +“Have me king, if you will,” he said, “but please do not call me ‘your +majesty’ any more. It gets on my nerves.” + +“Your will is law—Leopold,” replied the girl, hesitating prettily +before the familiar name, “but do not forget your part of the compact.” + +He smiled at her. A princess wasn’t half so terrible after all. + +“And your will shall be my law, Emma,” he said. + +It was almost dark when they came to Blentz. The castle lay far up on +the side of a steep hill above the town. It was an ancient pile, but +had been maintained in an excellent state of repair. As Barney Custer +looked up at the grim towers and mighty, buttressed walls his heart +sank. It had taken the mad king ten years to make his escape from that +gloomy and forbidding pile! + +“Poor child,” he murmured, thinking of the girl. + +Before the barbican the party was halted by the guard. An officer with +a lantern stepped out upon the lowered portcullis. The lieutenant who +had captured them rode forward to meet him. + +“A detachment of the Royal Horse Guards escorting His Majesty the King, +who is returning to Blentz,” he said in reply to the officer’s sharp +challenge. + +“The king!” exclaimed the officer. “You have found him?” and he +advanced with raised lantern searching for the monarch. + +“At last,” whispered Barney to the girl at his side, “I shall be +vindicated. This man, at least, who is stationed at Blentz must know +his king by sight.” + +The officer came quite close, holding his lantern until the rays fell +full in Barney’s face. He scrutinized the young man for a moment. There +was neither humility nor respect in his manner, so that the American +was sure that the fellow had discovered the imposture. + +From the bottom of his heart he hoped so. Then the officer swung the +lantern until its light shone upon the girl. + +“And who’s the wench with him?” he asked the officer who had found +them. + +The man was standing close beside Barney’s horse, and the words were +scarce out of his month when the American slipped from his saddle to +the portcullis and struck the officer full in the face. + +“She is the Princess von der Tann, you boor,” said Barney, “and let +that help you remember it in future.” + +The officer scrambled to his feet, white with rage. Whipping out his +sword he rushed at Barney. + +“You shall die for that, you half-wit,” he cried. + +Lieutenant Butzow, he of the Royal Horse, rushed forward to prevent the +assault and Emma von der Tann sprang from her saddle and threw herself +in front of Barney. + +Butzow grasped the other officer’s arm. + +“Are you mad, Schonau?” he cried. “Would you kill the king?” + +The fellow tugged to escape the grasp of Butzow. He was crazed with +anger. + +“Why not?” he bellowed. “You were a fool not to have done it yourself. +Maenck will do it and get a baronetcy. It will mean a captaincy for me +at least. Let me at him—no man can strike Karl Schonau and live.” + +“The king is unarmed,” cried Emma von der Tann. “Would you murder him +in cold blood?” + +“He shall not murder him at all, your highness,” said Lieutenant Butzow +quietly. “Give me your sword, Lieutenant Schonau. I place you under +arrest. What you have just said will not please the Regent when it is +reported to him. You should keep your head better when you are angry.” + +“It is the truth,” growled Schonau, regretting that his anger had led +him into a disclosure of the plot against the king’s life, but like +most weak characters fearing to admit himself in error even more than +he feared the consequences of his rash words. + +“Do you intend taking my sword?” asked Schonau suddenly, turning toward +Lieutenant Butzow standing beside him. + +“We will forget the whole occurrence, lieutenant,” replied Butzow, “if +you will promise not to harm his majesty, or offer him or the Princess +von der Tann further humiliation. Their position is sufficiently +unpleasant without our adding to the degradation of it.” + +“Very well,” grumbled Schonau. “Pass on into the courtyard.” + +Barney and the girl remounted and the little cavalcade moved forward +through the ballium and the great gate into the court beyond. + +“Did you notice,” said Barney to the princess, “that even he believes +me to be the king? I cannot fathom it.” + +Within the castle they were met by a number of servants and soldiers. +An officer escorted them to the great hall, and presently a dark +visaged captain of cavalry entered and approached them. Butzow saluted. + +“His Majesty, the King,” he announced, “has returned to Blentz. In +accordance with the commands of the Regent I deliver his august person +into your safe keeping, Captain Maenck.” + +Maenck nodded. He was looking at Barney with evident curiosity. + +“Where did you find him?” he asked Butzow. + +He made no pretense of according to Barney the faintest indication of +the respect that is supposed to be due to those of royal blood. Barney +commenced to hope that he had finally come upon one who would know that +he was not king. + +Butzow recounted the details of the finding of the king. As he spoke, +Maenck’s eyes, restless and furtive, seemed to be appraising the +personal charms of the girl who stood just back of Barney. + +The American did not like the appearance of the officer, but he saw +that he was evidently supreme at Blentz, and he determined to appeal to +him in the hope that the man might believe his story and untangle the +ridiculous muddle that a chance resemblance to a fugitive monarch had +thrown him and the girl into. + +“Captain,” said Barney, stepping closer to the officer, “there has been +a mistake in identity here. I am not the king. I am an American +traveling for pleasure in Lutha. The fact that I have gray eyes and +wear a full reddish-brown beard is my only offense. You are doubtless +familiar with the king’s appearance and so you at least have already +seen that I am not his majesty. + +“Not being the king, there is no cause to detain me longer, and as I am +not a fugitive and never have been, this young lady has been guilty of +no misdemeanor or crime in being in my company. Therefore she too +should be released. In the name of justice and common decency I am sure +that you will liberate us both at once and furnish the Princess von der +Tann, at least, with a proper escort to her home.” + +Maenck listened in silence until Barney had finished, a half smile upon +his thick lips. + +“I am commencing to believe that you are not so crazy as we have all +thought,” he said. “Certainly,” and he let his eyes rest upon Emma von +der Tann, “you are not mentally deficient in so far as your judgment of +a good-looking woman is concerned. I could not have made a better +selection myself. + +“As for my familiarity with your appearance, you know as well as I that +I have never seen you before. But that is not necessary—you conform +perfectly to the printed description of you with which the kingdom is +flooded. Were that not enough, the fact that you were discovered with +old Von der Tann’s daughter is sufficient to remove the least doubt as +to your identity.” + +“You are governor of Blentz,” cried Barney, “and yet you say that you +have never seen the king?” + +“Certainly,” replied Maenck. “After you escaped the entire personnel of +the garrison here was changed, even the old servants to a man were +withdrawn and others substituted. You will have difficulty in again +escaping, for those who aided you before are no longer here.” + +“There is no man in the castle of Blentz who has ever seen the king?” +asked Barney. + +“None who has seen him before tonight,” replied Maenck. “But were we in +doubt we have the word of the Princess Emma that you are Leopold. Did +she not admit it to you, Butzow?” + +“When she thought his majesty dead she admitted it,” replied Butzow. + +“We gain nothing by discussing the matter,” said Maenck shortly. “You +are Leopold of Lutha. Prince Peter says that you are mad. All that +concerns me is that you do not escape again, and you may rest assured +that while Ernst Maenck is governor of Blentz you shall not escape and +go at large again. + +“Are the royal apartments in readiness for his majesty, Dr. Stein?” he +concluded, turning toward a rat-faced little man with bushy whiskers, +who stood just behind him. + +The query was propounded in an ironical tone, and with a manner that +made no pretense of concealing the contempt of the speaker for the man +he thought the king. + +The eyes of the Princess Emma were blazing as she caught the scant +respect in Maenck’s manner. She looked quickly toward Barney to see if +he intended rebuking the man for his impertinence. She saw that the +king evidently intended overlooking Maenck’s attitude. But Emma von der +Tann was of a different mind. + +She had seen Maenck several times at social functions in the capital. +He had even tried to win a place in her favor, but she had always +disliked him, even before the nasty stories of his past life had become +common gossip, and within the year she had won his hatred by definitely +indicating to him that he was persona non grata, in so far as she was +concerned. Now she turned upon him, her eyes flashing with indignation. + +“Do you forget, sir, that you address the king?” she cried. “That you +are without honor I have heard men say, and I may truly believe it now +that I have seen what manner of man you are. The most lowly-bred boor +in all Lutha would not be so ungenerous as to take advantage of his +king’s helplessness to heap indignities upon him. + +“Leopold of Lutha shall come into his own some day, and my dearest hope +is that his first act may be to mete out to such as you the punishment +you deserve.” + +Maenck paled in anger. His fingers twitched nervously, but he +controlled his temper remarkably well, biding his time for revenge. + +“Take the king to his apartments, Stein,” he commanded curtly, “and +you, Lieutenant Butzow, accompany them with a guard, nor leave until +you see that he is safely confined. You may return here afterward for +my further instructions. In the meantime I wish to examine the king’s +mistress.” + +For a moment tense silence reigned in the apartment after Maenck had +delivered his wanton insult. + +Emma von der Tann, her little chin high in the air, stood straight and +haughty, nor was there any sign in her expression to indicate that she +had heard the man’s words. + +Barney was the first to take cognizance of them. + +“You cur!” he cried, and took a step toward Maenck. “You’re going to +eat that, word for word.” + +Maenck stepped back, his hand upon his sword. Butzow laid a hand upon +Barney’s arm. + +“Don’t, your majesty,” he implored, “it will but make your position +more unpleasant, nor will it add to the safety of the Princess von der +Tann for you to strike him now.” + +Barney shook himself free from Butzow, and before either Stein or the +lieutenant could prevent had sprung upon Maenck. + +The latter had not been quick enough with his sword, so that Barney had +struck him twice, heavily in the face before the officer was able to +draw. Butzow had sprung to the king’s side, and was attempting to +interpose himself between Maenck and the American. In a moment more the +sword of the infuriated captain would be in the king’s heart. Barney +turned the first thrust with his forearm. + +“Stop!” cried Butzow to Maenck. “Are you mad, that you would kill the +king?” + +Maenck lunged again, viciously, at the unprotected body of his +antagonist. + +“Die, you pig of an idiot!” he screamed. + +Butzow saw that the man really meant to murder Leopold. He seized +Barney by the shoulder and whirled him backward. At the same instant +his own sword leaped from his scabbard, and now Maenck found himself +facing grim steel in the hand of a master swordsman. + +The governor of Blentz drew back from the touch of that sharp point. + +“What do you mean?” he cried. “This is mutiny.” + +“When I received my commission,” replied Butzow, quietly, “I swore to +protect the person of the king with my life, and while I live no man +shall affront Leopold of Lutha in my presence, or threaten his safety +else he accounts to me for his act. Return your sword, Captain Maenck, +nor ever again draw it against the king while I be near.” + +Slowly Maenck sheathed his weapon. Black hatred for Butzow and the man +he was protecting smoldered in his eyes. + +“If he wishes peace,” said Barney, “let him apologize to the princess.” + +“You had better apologize, captain,” counseled Butzow, “for if the king +should command me to do so I should have to compel you to,” and the +lieutenant half drew his sword once more. + +There was something in Butzow’s voice that warned Maenck that his +subordinate would like nothing better than the king’s command to run +him through. + +He well knew the fame of Butzow’s sword arm, and having no stomach for +an encounter with it he grumbled an apology. + +“And don’t let it occur again,” warned Barney. + +“Come,” said Dr. Stein, “your majesty should be in your apartments, +away from all excitement, if we are to effect a cure, so that you may +return to your throne quickly.” + +Butzow formed the soldiers about the American, and the party moved +silently out of the great hall, leaving Captain Maenck and Princess +Emma von der Tann its only occupants. + +Barney cast a troubled glance toward Maenck, and half hesitated. + +“I am sorry, your majesty,” said Butzow in a low voice, “but you must +accompany us. In this the governor of Blentz is well within his +authority, and I must obey him.” + +“Heaven help her!” murmured Barney. + +“The governor will not dare harm her,” said Butzow. “Your majesty need +entertain no apprehension.” + +“I wouldn’t trust him,” replied the American. “I know his kind.” + + + + +IV. +BARNEY FINDS A FRIEND + + +After the party had left the room Maenck stood looking at the princess +for several seconds. A cunning expression supplanted the anger that had +shown so plainly upon his face but a moment before. The girl had moved +to one side of the apartment and was pretending an interest in a large +tapestry that covered the wall at that point. Maenck watched her with +greedy eyes. Presently he spoke. + +“Let us be friends,” he said. “You shall be my guest at Blentz for a +long time. I doubt if Peter will care to release you soon, for he has +no love for your father—and it will be easier for both if we establish +pleasant relations from the beginning. What do you say?” + +“I shall not be at Blentz long,” she replied, not even looking in +Maenck’s direction, “though while I am it shall be as a prisoner and +not as a guest. It is incredible that one could believe me willing to +pose as the guest of a traitor, even were he less impossible than the +notorious and infamous Captain Maenck.” + +Maenck smiled. He was one of those who rather pride themselves upon the +possession of racy reputations. He walked across the room to a bell +cord which he pulled. Then he turned toward the girl again. + +“I have given you an opportunity,” he said, “to lighten the burdens of +your captivity. I hoped that you would be sensible and accept my +advances of friendship voluntarily,” and he emphasized the word +“voluntarily,” “but—” + +He shrugged his shoulders. + +A servant had entered the apartment in response to Maenck’s summons. + +“Show the Princess von der Tann to her apartments,” he commanded with a +sinister tone. + +The man, who was in the livery of Peter of Blentz, bowed, and with a +deferential sign to the girl led the way from the room. Emma von der +Tann followed her guide up a winding stairway which spiraled within a +tower at the end of a long passage. On the second floor of the castle +the servant led her to a large and beautifully furnished suite of three +rooms—a bedroom, dressing-room and boudoir. After showing her the rooms +that were to be hers the servant left her alone. + +As soon as he had gone the Princess von der Tann took another turn +through the suite, looking to the doors and windows to ascertain how +securely she might barricade herself against unwelcome visitors. + +She found that the three rooms lay in an angle of the old, moss-covered +castle wall. + +The bedroom and dressing-room were connected by a doorway, and each in +turn had another door opening into the boudoir. The only connection +with the corridor without was through a single doorway from the +boudoir. This door was equipped with a massive bolt, which, when she +had shot it, gave her a feeling of immense relief and security. The +windows were all too high above the court on one side and the moat upon +the other to cause her the slightest apprehension of danger from the +outside. + +The girl found the boudoir not only beautiful, but extremely +comfortable and cozy. A huge log-fire blazed upon the hearth, and, +though it was summer, its warmth was most welcome, for the night was +chill. Across the room from the fireplace a full length oil of a former +Blentz princess looked down in arrogance upon the unwilling occupant of +the room. It seemed to the girl that there was an expression of +annoyance upon the painted countenance that another, and an enemy of +her house, should be making free with her belongings. She wondered a +little, too, that this huge oil should have been hung in a lady’s +boudoir. It seemed singularly out of place. + +“If she would but smile,” thought Emma von der Tann, “she would detract +less from the otherwise pleasant surroundings, but I suppose she serves +her purpose in some way, whatever it may be.” + +There were papers, magazines and books upon the center table and more +books upon a low tier of shelves on either side of the fireplace. The +girl tried to amuse herself by reading, but she found her thoughts +continually reverting to the unhappy situation of the king, and her +eyes momentarily wandered to the cold and repellent face of the Blentz +princess. + +Finally she wheeled a great armchair near the fireplace, and with her +back toward the portrait made a final attempt to submerge her unhappy +thoughts in a current periodical. + +When Barney and his escort reached the apartments that had been +occupied by the king of Lutha before his escape, Butzow and the +soldiers left him in company with Dr. Stein and an old servant, whom +the doctor introduced as his new personal attendant. + +“Your majesty will find him a very attentive and faithful servant,” +said Stein. “He will remain with you and administer your medicine at +proper intervals.” + +“Medicine?” ejaculated Barney. “What in the world do I need of +medicine? There is nothing the matter with me.” + +Stein smiled indulgently. + +“Ah, your majesty,” he said, “if you could but realize the sad +affliction that clouds your life! You may never sit upon your throne +until the last trace of this sinister mental disorder is eradicated, so +take your medicine voluntarily, or otherwise Joseph will be compelled +to administer it by force. Remember, sire, that only through this +treatment will you be able to leave Blentz.” + +After Stein had left the room Joseph bolted the door behind him. Then +he came to where Barney stood in the center of the apartment, and +dropping to his knees took the young man’s hand in his and kissed it. + +“God has been good indeed, your majesty,” he whispered. “It was He who +made it possible for old Joseph to deceive them and find his way to +your side.” + +“Who are you, my man?” asked Barney. + +“I am from Tann,” whispered the old man, in a very low voice. “His +highness, the prince, found the means to obtain service for me with the +new retinue that has replaced the old which permitted your majesty’s +escape. There was another from Tann among the former servants here. + +“It was through his efforts that you escaped before, you will recall. I +have seen Fritz and learned from him the way, so that if your majesty +does not recall it it will make no difference, for I know it well, +having been over it three times already since I came here, to be sure +that when the time came that they should recapture you I might lead you +out quickly before they could slay you.” + +“You really think that they intend murdering me?” + +“There is no doubt about it, your majesty,” replied the old man. “This +very bottle”—Joseph touched the phial which Stein had left upon the +table—“contains the means whereby, through my hands, you were to be +slowly poisoned.” + +“Do you know what it is?” + +“Bichloride of mercury, your majesty. One dose would have been +sufficient, and after a few days—perhaps a week—you would have died in +great agony.” + +Barney shuddered. + +“But I am not the king, Joseph,” said the young man, “so even had they +succeeded in killing me it would have profited them nothing.” + +Joseph shook his head sadly. + +“Your majesty will pardon the presumption of one who loves him,” he +said, “if he makes so bold as to suggest that your majesty must not +again deny that he is king. That only tends to corroborate the +contention of Prince Peter that your majesty is not—er, just sane, and +so, incompetent to rule Lutha. But we of Tann know differently, and +with the help of the good God we will place your majesty upon the +throne which Peter has kept from you all these years.” + +Barney sighed. They were determined that he should be king whether he +would or no. He had often thought he would like to be a king; but now +the realization of his boyish dreaming which seemed so imminent bade +fair to be almost anything than pleasant. + +Barney suddenly realized that the old fellow was talking. He was +explaining how they might escape. It seemed that a secret passage led +from this very chamber to the vaults beneath the castle and from there +through a narrow tunnel below the moat to a cave in the hillside far +beyond the structure. + +“They will not return again tonight to see your majesty,” said Joseph, +“and so we had best make haste to leave at once. I have a rope and +swords in readiness. We shall need the rope to make our way down the +hillside, but let us hope that we shall not need the swords.” + +“I cannot leave Blentz,” said Barney, “unless the Princess Emma goes +with us.” + +“The Princess Emma!” cried the old man. “What Princess Emma?” + +“Princess von der Tann,” replied Barney. “Did you not know that she was +captured with me!” + +The old man was visibly affected by the knowledge that his young +mistress was a prisoner within the walls of Blentz. He seemed torn by +conflicting emotions—his duty toward his king and his love for the +daughter of his old master. So it was that he seemed much relieved when +he found that Barney insisted upon saving the girl before any thought +of their own escape should be taken into consideration. + +“My first duty, your majesty,” said Joseph, “is to bring you safely out +of the hands of your enemies, but if you command me to try to bring +your betrothed with us I am sure that his highness, Prince Ludwig, +would be the last to censure me for deviating thus from his +instructions, for if he loves another more than he loves his king it is +his daughter, the beautiful Princess Emma.” + +“What do you mean, Joseph,” asked Barney, “by referring to the princess +as my betrothed? I never saw her before today.” + +“It has slipped your majesty’s mind,” said the old man sadly; “but you +and my young mistress were betrothed many years ago while you were yet +but children. It was the old king’s wish that you wed the daughter of +his best friend and most loyal subject.” + +Here was a pretty pass, indeed, thought Barney. It was sufficiently +embarrassing to be mistaken for the king, but to be thrown into this +false position in company with a beautiful young woman to whom the king +was engaged to be married, and who, with the others, thought him to be +the king, was quite the last word in impossible positions. + +Following this knowledge there came to Barney the first pangs of regret +that he was not really the king, and then the realization, so sudden +that it almost took his breath away, that the girl was very beautiful +and very much to be desired. He had not thought about the matter until +her utter impossibility was forced upon him. + +It was decided that Joseph should leave the king’s apartment at once +and discover in what part of the castle Emma von der Tann was +imprisoned. Their further plans were to depend upon the information +gained by the old man during his tour of investigation of the castle. + +In the interval of his absence Barney paced the length of his prison +time and time again. He thought the fellow would never return. Perhaps +he had been detected in the act of spying, and was himself a prisoner +in some other part of the castle! The thought came to Barney like a +blow in the face, for he realized that then he would be entirely at the +mercy of his captors, and that there would be none to champion the +cause of the Princess von der Tann. + +When his nervous tension had about reached the breaking point there +came a sound of stealthy movement just outside the door of his room. +Barney halted close to the massive panels. He heard a key fitted +quietly and then the lock grated as it turned. + +Barney thought that they had surely detected Joseph’s duplicity and had +come to make short work of the king before other traitors arose in +their midst entirely to frustrate their plans. The young American +stepped to the wall behind the door that he might be out of sight of +whoever entered. Should it prove other than Joseph, might the Lord help +them! The clenched fists, square-set chin, and gleaming gray eyes of +the prisoner presaged no good for any incoming enemy. + +Slowly the door swung open and a man entered the room. Barney breathed +a deep sigh of relief—it was Joseph. + +“Well?” cried the young man from behind him, and Joseph started as +though Peter of Blentz himself had laid an accusing finger upon his +shoulder. “What news?” + +“Your majesty,” gasped Joseph, “how you did startle me! I found the +apartments of the princess, sire. There is a bare chance that we may +succeed in rescuing her, but a very bare one, indeed. + +“We must traverse a main corridor of the castle to reach her suite, and +then return by the same way. It will be a miracle if we are not +discovered; but the worst of it is that next to her apartments, and +between them and your majesty’s, are the apartments of Captain Maenck. + +“He is sure to be there and officers and servants may be coming and +going throughout the entire night, for the man is a convivial fellow, +sitting at cards and drink until sunrise nearly every day.” + +“And when we have brought the princess in safety to my quarters,” asked +Barney, “what then? How shall we conduct her from the castle? You have +not told me that as yet.” + +The old man explained then the plan of escape. It seemed that one of +the two huge tile panels that flanked the fireplace on either side was +in reality a door hiding the entrance to a shaft that rose from the +vaults beneath the castle to the roof. At each floor there was a +similar secret door concealing the mouth of the passage. From the +vaults a corridor led through another secret panel to the tunnel that +wound downward to the cave in the hillside. + +“Beyond that we shall find horses, your majesty,” concluded the old +man. “They have been hidden in the woods since I came to Blentz. Each +day I go there to water and feed them.” + +During the servant’s explanation Barney had been casting about in his +mind for some means of rescuing the princess without so great risk of +detection, and as the plan of the secret passageway became clear to him +he thought that he saw a way to accomplish the thing with comparative +safety in so far as detection was concerned. + +“Who occupies the floor above us, Joseph?” he asked. + +“It is vacant,” replied the old man. + +“Good! Come, show me the entrance to the shaft,” directed Barney. + +“You will go without attempting to succor the Princess Emma?” exclaimed +the old fellow in ill-concealed chagrin. + +“Far from it,” replied Barney. “Bring your rope and the swords. I think +we are going to find the rescuing of the Princess Emma the easiest part +of our adventure.” + +The old man shook his head, but went to another room of the suite, from +which he presently emerged with a stout rope about fifty feet in length +and two swords. As he buckled one of the weapons to Barney his eyes +fell upon the American’s seal ring that encircled the third finger of +his left hand. + +“The Royal Ring of Lutha!” exclaimed Joseph. “Where is it, your +majesty? What has become of the Royal Ring of the Kings of Lutha?” + +“I’m sure I don’t know, Joseph,” replied the young man. “Should I be +wearing a royal ring?” + +“The profaning miscreants!” cried Joseph. “They have dared to filch +from you the great ring that has been handed down from king to king for +three hundred years. When did they take it from you?” + +“I have never seen it, Joseph,” replied the young man, “and possibly +this fact may assure you where all else has failed that I am no true +king of Lutha, after all.” + +“Ah, no, your majesty,” replied the old servitor; “it but makes +assurance doubly sure as to your true identity, for the fact that you +have not the ring is positive proof that you are king and that they +have sought to hide the fact by removing the insignia of your divine +right to rule in Lutha.” + +Barney could not but smile at the old fellow’s remarkable logic. He saw +that nothing short of a miracle would ever convince Joseph that he was +not the real monarch, and so, as matters of greater importance were to +the fore, he would have allowed the subject to drop had not the man +attempted to recall to the impoverished memory of his king a +recollection of the historic and venerated relic of the dead monarchs +of Lutha. + +“Do you not remember, sir,” he asked, “the great ruby that glared, +blood-red from its center, and the four sets of golden wings that +formed the setting? From the blood of Charlemagne was the ruby made, so +history tells us, and the setting represented the protecting wings of +the power of the kings of Lutha spread to the four points of the +compass. Now your majesty must recall the royal ring, I am sure.” + +Barney only shook his head, much to Joseph’s evident sorrow. + +“Never mind the ring, Joseph,” said the young man. “Bring your rope and +lead me to the floor above.” + +“The floor above? But, your majesty, we cannot reach the vaults and +tunnel by going upward!” + +“You forget, Joseph, that we are going to fetch the Princess Emma +first.” + +“But she is not on the floor above us, sire; she is upon the same floor +as we are,” insisted the old man, hesitating. + +“Joseph, who do you think I am?” asked Barney. + +“You are the king, my lord,” replied the old man. + +“Then do as your king commands,” said the American sharply. + +Joseph turned with dubious mutterings and approached the tiled panel at +the left of the fireplace. Here he fumbled about for a moment until his +fingers found the hidden catch that held the cunningly devised door in +place. An instant later the panel swung inward before his touch, and +standing to one side, the old fellow bowed low as he ushered Barney +into the Stygian darkness of the space beyond their vision. + +Joseph halted the young man just within the doorway, cautioning him +against the danger of falling into the shaft, then he closed the panel, +and a moment later had found the lantern he had hidden there and +lighted it. The rays disclosed to the American the rough masonry of the +interior of a narrow, well-built shaft. A rude ladder standing upon a +narrow ledge beside him extended upward to lose itself in the shadows +above. At its foot the top of another ladder was visible protruding +through the opening from the floor beneath. + +No sooner had Joseph’s lantern shown him the way than Barney was +ascending the ladder toward the floor above. At the next landing he +waited for the old man. + +Joseph put out the light and placed the lantern where they could easily +find it upon their return. Then he cautiously slipped the catch that +held the panel in place and slowly opened the door until a narrow line +of lesser darkness showed from without. + +For a moment they stood in silence listening for any sound from the +chamber beyond, but as nothing occurred to indicate that the apartment +was occupied the old man opened the portal a trifle further, and +finally far enough to permit his body to pass through. Barney followed +him. They found themselves in a large, empty chamber, identical in size +and shape with that which they had just quitted upon the floor below. + +From this the two passed into the corridor beyond, and thence to the +apartments at the far end of the wing, directly over those occupied by +Emma von der Tann. + +Barney hastened to a window overlooking the moat. By leaning far out he +could see the light from the princess’s chamber shining upon the sill. +He wished that the light was not there, for the window was in plain +view of the guard on the lookout upon the barbican. + +Suddenly he caught the sound of voices from the chamber beneath. For an +instant he listened, and then, catching a few words of the dialogue, he +turned hurriedly toward his companion. + +“The rope, Joseph! And for God’s sake be quick about it.” + + + + +V. +THE ESCAPE + + +For half an hour the Princess von der Tann succeeded admirably in +immersing herself in the periodical, to the exclusion of her unhappy +thoughts and the depressing influence of the austere countenance of the +Blentz Princess hanging upon the wall behind her. + +But presently she became unaccountably nervous. At the slightest sound +from the palace-life on the floor below she would start up with a +tremor of excitement. Once she heard footsteps in the corridor before +her door, but they passed on, and she thought she discerned the click +of a latch a short distance further on along the passageway. + +Again she attempted to gather up the thread of the article she had been +reading, but she was unsuccessful. A stealthy scratching brought her +round quickly, staring in the direction of the great portrait. The girl +would have sworn that she had heard a noise within her chamber. She +shuddered at the thought that it might have come from that painted +thing upon the wall. + +What was the matter with her? Was she losing all control of herself to +be frightened like a little child by ghostly noises? + +She tried to return to her reading, but for the life of her she could +not keep her eyes off the silent, painted woman who stared and stared +and stared in cold, threatening silence upon this ancient enemy of her +house. + +Presently the girl’s eyes went wide in horror. She could feel the scalp +upon her head contract with fright. Her terror-filled gaze was frozen +upon that awful figure that loomed so large and sinister above her, for +the thing had moved! She had seen it with her own eyes. There could be +no mistake—no hallucination of overwrought nerves about it. The Blentz +Princess was moving slowly toward her! + +Like one in a trance the girl rose from her chair, her eyes glued upon +the awful apparition that seemed creeping upon her. Slowly she withdrew +toward the opposite side of the chamber. As the painting moved more +quickly the truth flashed upon her—it was mounted on a door. + +The crack of the door widened and beyond it the girl saw dimly, eyes +fastened upon her. With difficulty she restrained a shriek. The portal +swung wide and a man in uniform stepped into the room. + +It was Maenck. + +Emma von der Tann gazed in unveiled abhorrence upon the leering face of +the governor of Blentz. + +“What means this intrusion?” cried the girl. + +“What would you have here?” + +“You,” replied Maenck. + +The girl crimsoned. + +Maenck regarded her sneeringly. + +“You coward!” she cried. “Leave my apartments at once. Not even Peter +of Blentz would countenance such abhorrent treatment of a prisoner.” + +“You do not know Peter, my dear,” responded Maenck. “But you need not +fear. You shall be my wife. Peter has promised me a baronetcy for the +capture of Leopold, and before I am done I shall be made a prince, of +that you may rest assured, so you see I am not so bad a match after +all.” + +He crossed over toward her and would have laid a rough hand upon her +arm. + +The girl sprang away from him, running to the opposite side of the +library table at which she had been reading. Maenck started to pursue +her, when she seized a heavy, copper bowl that stood upon the table and +hurled it full in his face. The missile struck him a glancing blow, but +the edge laid open the flesh of one cheek almost to the jaw bone. + +With a cry of pain and rage Captain Ernst Maenck leaped across the +table full upon the young girl. With vicious, murderous fingers he +seized upon her fair throat, shaking her as a terrier might shake a +rat. Futilely the girl struck at the hate-contorted features so close +to hers. + +“Stop!” she cried. “You are killing me.” + +The fingers released their hold. + +“No,” muttered the man, and dragged the princess roughly across the +room. + +Half a dozen steps he had taken when there came a sudden crash of +breaking glass from the window across the chamber. Both turned in +astonishment to see the figure of a man leap into the room, carrying +the shattered crystal and the casement with him. In one hand was a +naked sword. + +“The king!” cried Emma von der Tann. + +“The devil!” muttered Maenck, as, dropping the girl, he scurried toward +the great painting from behind which he had found ingress to the +chambers of the princess. + +Maenck was a coward, and he had seen murder in the eyes of the man +rushing upon him. With a bound he reached the picture which still stood +swung wide into the room. + +Barney was close behind him, but fear lent wings to the governor of +Blentz, so that he was able to dart into the passage behind the picture +and slam the door behind him a moment before the infuriated man was +upon him. + +The American clawed at the edge of the massive frame, but all to no +avail. Then he raised his sword and slashed the canvas, hoping to find +a way into the place beyond, but mighty oaken panels barred his further +progress. With a whispered oath he turned back toward the girl. + +“Thank Heaven that I was in time, Emma,” he cried. + +“Oh, Leopold, my king, but at what a price,” replied the girl. “He will +return now with others and kill you. He is furious—so furious that he +scarce knows what he does.” + +“He seemed to know what he was doing when he ran for that hole in the +wall,” replied Barney with a grin. “But come, it won’t pay to let them +find us should they return.” + +Together they hastened to the window beyond which the girl could see a +rope dangling from above. The sight of it partially solved the riddle +of the king’s almost uncanny presence upon her window sill in the very +nick of time. + +Below, the lights in the watch tower at the outer gate were plainly +visible, and the twinkling of them reminded Barney of the danger of +detection from that quarter. Quickly he recrossed the apartment to the +wall-switch that operated the recently installed electric lights, and +an instant later the chamber was in total darkness. + +Once more at the girl’s side Barney drew in one end of the rope and +made it fast about her body below her arms, leaving a sufficient length +terminating in a small loop to permit her to support herself more +comfortably with one foot within the noose. Then he stepped to the +outer sill, and reaching down assisted her to his side. + +Far below them the moonlight played upon the sluggish waters of the +moat. In the distance twinkled the lights of the village of Blentz. +From the courtyard and the palace came faintly the sound of voices, and +the movement of men. A horse whinnied from the stables. + +Barney turned his eyes upward. He could see the head and shoulders of +Joseph leaning from the window of the chamber directly above them. + +“Hoist away, Joseph!” whispered the American, and to the girl: “Be +brave. Shut your eyes and trust to Joseph and—and—” + +“And my king,” finished the girl for him. + +His arm was about her shoulders, supporting her upon the narrow sill. +His cheek so close to hers that once he felt the soft velvet of it +brush his own. Involuntarily his arm tightened about the supple body. + +“My princess!” he murmured, and as he turned his face toward hers their +lips almost touched. + +Joseph was pulling upon the rope from above. They could feel it tighten +beneath the girl’s arms. Impulsively Barney Custer drew the sweet lips +closer to his own. There was no resistance. + +“I love you,” he whispered. The words were smothered as their lips met. + +Joseph, above, wondered at the great weight of the Princess Emma von +der Tann. + +“I love you, Leopold, forever,” whispered the girl, and then as +Joseph’s Herculean tugging seemed likely to drag them both from the +narrow sill, Barney lifted the girl upward with one hand while he clung +to the window frame with the other. The distance to the sill above was +short, and a moment later Joseph had grasped the princess’s hand and +was helping her over the ledge into the room beyond. + +At the same instant there came a sudden commotion from the interior of +the room in the window of which Barney still stood waiting for Joseph +to remove the rope from about the princess and lower it for him. Barney +heard the heavy feet of men, the clank of arms, and muttered oaths as +the searchers stumbled against the furniture. + +Presently one of them found the switch and instantly the room was +flooded with light, which revealed to the American a dozen Luthanian +troopers headed by the murderous Maenck. + +Barney looked anxiously aloft. Would Joseph never lower that rope! +Within the room the men were searching. He could hear Maenck directing +them. Only a thin portiere screened him from their view. It was but a +matter of seconds before they would investigate the window through +which Maenck knew the king had found ingress. + +Yes! It had come. + +“Look to the window,” commanded Maenck. “He may have gone as he came.” + +Two of the soldiers crossed the room toward the casement. From above +Joseph was lowering the rope; but it was too late. The men would be at +the window before he could clamber out of their reach. + +“Hoist away!” he whispered to Joseph. “Quick now, my man, and make your +escape with the Princess von der Tann. It is the king’s command.” + +Already the soldiers were at the window. At the sound of his voice they +tore aside the draperies; at the same instant the pseudo-king turned +and leaped out into the blackness of the night. + +There were exclamations of surprise and rage from the soldiers—a +woman’s scream. Then from far below came a dull splash as the body of +Bernard Custer struck the surface of the moat. + +Maenck, leaning from the window, heard the scream and the splash, and +jumped to the conclusion that both the king and the princess had +attempted to make their escape in this harebrained way. Immediately all +the resources at his command were put to the task of searching the moat +and the adjacent woods. + +He was sure that one or both of the prisoners would be stunned by +impact with the surface of the water, and then drowned before they +regained consciousness, but he did not know Bernard Custer, nor the +facility and almost uncanny ease with which that young man could +negotiate a high dive into shallow water. + +Nor did he know that upon the floor above him one Joseph was hastening +along a dark corridor toward a secret panel in another apartment, and +that with him was the Princess Emma bound for liberty and safety far +from the frowning walls of Blentz. + +As Barney’s head emerged above the surface of the moat he shook it +vigorously to free his eyes from water, and then struck out for the +further bank. + +Long before his pursuers had reached the courtyard and alarmed the +watch at the barbican, the American had crawled out upon dry land and +hastened across the broad clearing to the patch of stunted trees that +grew lower down upon the steep hillside before the castle. + +He shrank from the thought of leaving Blentz without knowing positively +that Joseph had made good the escape of himself and the princess, but +he finally argued that even if they had been retaken, he could serve +her best by hastening to her father and fetching the only succor that +might prevail against the strength of Blentz—armed men in sufficient +force to storm the ancient fortress. + +He had scarcely entered the wood when he heard the sound of the +searchers at the moat, and saw the rays of their lanterns flitting +hither and thither as they moved back and forth along the bank. + +Then the young man turned his face from the castle and set forth across +the unfamiliar country in the direction of the Old Forest and the +castle Von der Tann. + +The memory of the warm lips that had so recently been pressed to his +urged him on in the service of the wondrous girl who had come so +suddenly into his life, bringing to him the realization of a love that +he knew must alter, for happiness or for sorrow, all the balance of his +existence, even unto death. + +He dreaded the day of reckoning when, at last, she must learn that he +was no king. He did not have the temerity to hope that her courage +would be equal to the great sacrifice which the acknowledgment of her +love for one not of noble blood must entail; but he could not believe +that she would cease to love him when she learned the truth. + +So the future looked black and cheerless to Barney Custer as he trudged +along the rocky, moonlit way. The only bright spot was the realization +that for a while at least he might be serving the one woman in all the +world. + +All the balance of the long night the young man traversed valley and +mountain, holding due south in the direction he supposed the Old Forest +to lie. He passed many a little farm tucked away in the hollow of a +hillside, and quaint hamlets, and now and then the ruins of an ancient +feudal stronghold, but no great forest of black oaks loomed before him +to apprise him of the nearness of his goal, nor did he dare to ask the +correct route at any of the homes he passed. + +His fatal likeness to the description of the mad king of Lutha warned +him from intercourse with the men of Lutha until he might know which +were friends and which enemies of the hapless monarch. + +Dawn found him still upon his way, but with the determination fully +crystallized to hail the first man he met and ask the way to Tann. He +still avoided the main traveled roads, but from time to time he +paralleled them close enough that he might have ample opportunity to +hail the first passerby. + +The road was becoming more and more mountainous and difficult. There +were fewer homes and no hamlets, and now he began to despair entirely +of meeting any who could give him direction unless he turned and +retraced his steps to the nearest farm. + +Directly before him the narrow trail he had been following for the past +few miles wound sharply about the shoulder of a protruding cliff. He +would see what lay beyond the turn—perhaps he would find the Old Forest +there, after all. + +But instead he found something very different, though in its way quite +as interesting, for as he rounded the rugged bluff he came face to face +with two evil-looking fellows astride stocky, rough-coated ponies. + +At sight of him they drew in their mounts and eyed him suspiciously. +Nor was there great cause for wonderment in that, for the American +presented aught but a respectable appearance. His khaki motoring suit, +soaked from immersion in the moat, had but partially dried upon him. +Mud from the banks of the stagnant pool caked his legs to the knees, +almost hiding his once tan puttees. More mud streaked his jacket front +and stained its sleeves to the elbows. He was bare-headed, for his cap +had remained in the moat at Blentz, and his disheveled hair was tousled +upon his head, while his full beard had dried into a weird and tangled +fringe about his face. At his side still hung the sword that Joseph had +buckled there, and it was this that caused the two men the greatest +suspicion of this strange looking character. + +They continued to eye Barney in silence, every now and then casting +apprehensive glances beyond him, as though expecting others of his kind +to appear in the trail at his back. And that is precisely what they did +fear, for the sword at Barney’s side had convinced them that he must be +an officer of the army, and they looked to see his command following in +his wake. + +The young man saluted them pleasantly, asking the direction to the Old +Forest. They thought it strange that a soldier of Lutha should not know +his own way about his native land, and so judged that his question was +but a blind to deceive them. + +“Why do you not ask your own men the way?” parried one of the fellows. + +“I have no men, I am alone,” replied Barney. “I am a stranger in Lutha +and have lost my way.” + +He who had spoken before pointed to the sword at Barney’s side. + +“Strangers traveling in Lutha do not wear swords,” he said. “You are an +officer. Why should you desire to conceal the fact from two honest +farmers? We have done nothing. Let us go our way.” + +Barney looked his astonishment at this reply. + +“Most certainly, go your way, my friends,” he said laughing. “I would +not delay you if I could; but before you go please be good enough to +tell me how to reach the Old Forest and the ancient castle of the +Prince von der Tann.” + +For a moment the two men whispered together, then the spokesman turned +to Barney. + +“We will lead you upon the right road. Come,” and the two turned their +horses, one of them starting slowly back up the trail while the other +remained waiting for Barney to pass him. + +The American, suspecting nothing, voiced his thanks, and set out after +him who had gone before. As he passed the fellow who waited the latter +moved in behind him, so that Barney walked between the two. +Occasionally the rider at his back turned in his saddle to scan the +trail behind, as though still fearful that Barney had been lying to +them and that he would discover a company of soldiers charging down +upon them. + +The trail became more and more difficult as they advanced, until Barney +wondered how the little horses clung to the steep mountainside, where +he himself had difficulty in walking without using his hand to keep +from falling. + +Twice the American attempted to break through the taciturnity of his +guides, but his advances were met with nothing more than sultry grunts +or silence, and presently a suspicion began to obtrude itself among his +thoughts that possibly these “honest farmers” were something more +sinister than they represented themselves to be. + +A malign and threatening atmosphere seemed to surround them. Even the +cat-like movement of their silent mounts breathed a sinister secrecy, +and now, for the first time, Barney noticed the short, ugly looking +carbines that were slung in boots at their saddle-horns. Then, prompted +to further investigation, he dropped back beside the man who had been +riding behind him, and as he did so he saw beneath the fellow’s cloak +the butts of two villainous-looking pistols. + +As Barney dropped back beside him the man turned his mount across the +narrow trail, and reining him in motioned Barney ahead. + +“I have changed my mind,” said the American, “about going to the Old +Forest.” + +He had determined that he might as well have the thing out now as +later, and discover at once how he stood with these two, and whether or +not his suspicions of them were well grounded. + +The man ahead had halted at the sound of Barney’s voice, and swung +about in the saddle. + +“What’s the trouble?” he asked. + +“He don’t want to go to the Old Forest,” explained his companion, and +for the first time Barney saw one of them grin. It was not at all a +pleasant grin, nor reassuring. + +“He don’t, eh?” growled the other. “Well, he ain’t goin’, is he? Who +ever said he was?” + +And then he, too, laughed. + +“I’m going back the way I came,” said Barney, starting around the horse +that blocked his way. + +“No, you ain’t,” said the horseman. “You’re goin’ with us.” + +And Barney found himself gazing down the muzzle of one of the wicked +looking pistols. + +For a moment he stood in silence, debating mentally the wisdom of +attempting to rush the fellow, and then, with a shake of his head, he +turned back up the trail between his captors. + +“Yes,” he said, “on second thought I have decided to go with you. Your +logic is most convincing.” + + + + +VI. +A KING’S RANSOM + + +For another mile the two brigands conducted their captor along the +mountainside, then they turned into a narrow ravine near the summit of +the hills—a deep, rocky, wooded ravine into whose black shadows it +seemed the sun might never penetrate. + +A winding path led crookedly among the pines that grew thickly in this +sheltered hollow, until presently, after half an hour of rough going, +they came upon a small natural clearing, rock-bound and impregnable. + +As they filed from the wood Barney saw a score of villainous fellows +clustered about a camp fire where they seemed engaged in cooking their +noonday meal. Bits of meat were roasting upon iron skewers, and a great +iron pot boiled vigorously at one side of the blaze. + +At the sound of their approach the men sprang to their feet in alarm, +and as many weapons as there were men leaped to view; but when they saw +Barney’s companions they returned their pistols to their holsters, and +at sight of Barney they pressed forward to inspect the prisoner. + +“Who have we here?” shouted a big blond giant, who affected extremely +gaudy colors in his selection of wearing apparel, and whose pistols and +knife had their grips heavily ornamented with pearl and silver. + +“A stranger in Lutha he calls himself,” replied one of Barney’s +captors. “But from the sword I take it he is one of old Peter’s +wolfhounds.” + +“Well, he’s found the wolves at any rate,” replied the giant, with a +wide grin at his witticism. “And if Yellow Franz is the particular wolf +you’re after, my friend, why here I am,” he concluded, addressing the +American with a leer. + +“I’m after no one,” replied Barney. “I tell you I’m a stranger, and I +lost my way in your infernal mountains. All I wish is to be set upon +the right road to Tann, and if you will do that for me you shall be +well paid for your trouble.” + +The giant, Yellow Franz, had come quite close to Barney and was +inspecting him with an expression of considerable interest. Presently +he drew a soiled and much-folded paper from his breast. Upon one side +was a printed notice, and at the corners bits were torn away as though +the paper had once been tacked upon wood, and then torn down without +removing the tacks. + +At sight of it Barney’s heart sank. The look of the thing was all too +familiar. Before the yellow one had commenced to read aloud from it +Barney had repeated to himself the words he knew were coming. + +“‘Gray eyes,’” read the brigand, “‘brown hair, and a full, +reddish-brown beard.’ Herman and Friedrich, my dear children, you have +stumbled upon the richest haul in all Lutha. Down upon your +marrow-bones, you swine, and rub your low-born noses in the dirt before +your king.” + +The others looked their surprise. + +“The king?” one cried. + +“Behold!” cried Yellow Franz. “Leopold of Lutha!” + +He waved a ham-like hand toward Barney. + +Among the rough men was a young smooth-faced boy, and now with wide +eyes he pressed forward to get a nearer view of the wonderful person of +a king. + +“Take a good look at him, Rudolph,” cried Yellow Franz. “It is the +first and will probably be the last time you will ever see a king. +Kings seldom visit the court of their fellow monarch, Yellow Franz of +the Black Mountains. + +“Come, my children, remove his majesty’s sword, lest he fall and stick +himself upon it, and then prepare the royal chamber, seeing to it that +it be made so comfortable that Leopold will remain with us a long time. +Rudolph, fetch food and water for his majesty, and see to it that the +silver plates and the golden goblets are well scoured and polished up.” + +They conducted Barney to a miserable lean-to shack at one side of the +clearing, and for a while the motley crew loitered about bandying +coarse jests at the expense of the “king.” The boy, Rudolph, brought +food and water, he alone of them all evincing the slightest respect or +awe for the royalty of their unwilling guest. + +After a time the men tired of the sport of king-baiting, for Barney +showed neither rancor nor outraged majesty at their keenest thrusts, +instead, often joining in the laugh with them at his own expense. They +thought it odd that the king should hold his dignity in so low esteem, +but that he was king they never doubted, attributing his denials to a +disposition to deceive them, and rob them of the “king’s ransom” they +had already commenced to consider as their own. + +Shortly after Barney arrived at the rendezvous he saw a messenger +dispatched by Yellow Franz, and from the repeated gestures toward +himself that had accompanied the giant’s instructions to his emissary, +Barney was positive that the man’s errand had to do with him. + +After the men had left his prison, leaving the boy standing awkwardly +in wide-eyed contemplation of his august charge, the American ventured +to open a conversation with his youthful keeper. + +“Aren’t you rather young to be starting in the bandit business, +Rudolph?” asked Barney, who had taken a fancy to the youth. + +“I do not want to be a bandit, your majesty,” whispered the lad; “but +my father owes Yellow Franz a great sum of money, and as he could not +pay the debt Yellow Franz stole me from my home and says that he will +keep me until my father pays him, and that if he does not pay he will +make a bandit of me, and that then some day I shall be caught and +hanged until I am dead.” + +“Can’t you escape?” asked the young man. “It would seem to me that +there would be many opportunities for you to get away undetected.” + +“There are, but I dare not. Yellow Franz says that if I run away he +will be sure to come across me some day again and that then he will +kill me.” + +Barney laughed. + +“He is just talking, my boy,” he said. “He thinks that by frightening +you he will be able to keep you from running away.” + +“Your majesty does not know him,” whispered the youth, shuddering. “He +is the wickedest man in all the world. Nothing would please him more +than killing me, and he would have done it long since but for two +things. One is that I have made myself useful about his camp, doing +chores and the like, and the other is that were he to kill me he knows +that my father would never pay him.” + +“How much does your father owe him?” + +“Five hundred marks, your majesty,” replied Rudolph. “Two hundred of +this amount is the original debt, and the balance Yellow Franz has +added since he captured me, so that it is really ransom money. But my +father is a poor man, so that it will take a long time before he can +accumulate so large a sum. + +“You would really like to go home again, Rudolph?” + +“Oh, very much, your majesty, if I only dared.” Barney was silent for +some time, thinking. Possibly he could effect his own escape with the +connivance of Rudolph, and at the same time free the boy. The paltry +ransom he could pay out of his own pocket and send to Yellow Franz +later, so that the youth need not fear the brigand’s revenge. It was +worth thinking about, at any rate. + +“How long do you imagine they will keep me, Rudolph?” he asked after a +time. + +“Yellow Franz has already sent Herman to Lustadt with a message for +Prince Peter, telling him that you are being held for ransom, and +demanding the payment of a huge sum for your release. Day after +tomorrow or the next day he should return with Prince Peter’s reply. + +“If it is favorable, arrangements will be made to turn you over to +Prince Peter’s agents, who will have to come to some distant meeting +place with the money. A week, perhaps, it will take, maybe longer.” + +It was the second day before Herman returned from Lustadt. He rode in +just at dark, his pony lathered from hard going. + +Barney and the boy saw him coming, and the youth ran forward with the +others to learn the news that he had brought; but Yellow Franz and his +messenger withdrew to a hut which the brigand chief reserved for his +own use, nor would he permit any beside the messenger to accompany him +to hear the report. + +For half an hour Barney sat alone waiting for word from Yellow Franz +that arrangements had been consummated for his release, and then out of +the darkness came Rudolph, wide-eyed and trembling. + +“Oh, my king?” he whispered. “What shall we do? Peter has refused to +ransom you alive, but he has offered a great sum for unquestioned proof +of your death. Already he has caused a proclamation to be issued +stating that you have been killed by bandits after escaping from +Blentz, and ordering a period of national mourning. In three weeks he +is to be crowned king of Lutha.” + +“When do they intend terminating my existence?” queried Barney. + +There was a smile upon his lips, for even now he could scarce believe +that in the twentieth century there could be any such medieval plotting +against a king’s life, and yet, on second thought, had he not ample +proof of the lengths to which Peter of Blentz was willing to go to +obtain the crown of Lutha! + +“I do not know, your majesty,” replied Rudolph, “when they will do it; +but soon, doubtless, since the sooner it is done the sooner they can +collect their pay.” + +Further conversation was interrupted by the sound of footsteps without, +and an instant later Yellow Franz entered the squalid apartment and the +dim circle of light which flickered feebly from the smoky lantern that +hung suspended from the rafters. + +He stopped just within the doorway and stood eyeing the American with +an ugly grin upon his vicious face. Then his eyes fell upon the +trembling Rudolph. + +“Get out of here, you!” he growled. “I’ve got private business with +this king. And see that you don’t come nosing round either, or I’ll +slit that soft throat for you.” + +Rudolph slipped past the burly ruffian, barely dodging a brutal blow +aimed at him by the giant, and escaped into the darkness without. + +“And now for you, my fine fellow,” said the brigand, turning toward +Barney. “Peter says you ain’t worth nothing to him—alive, but that your +dead body will fetch us a hundred thousand marks.” + +“Rather cheap for a king, isn’t it?” was Barney’s only comment. + +“That’s what Herman tells him,” replied Yellow Franz. “But he’s a close +one, Peter is, and so it was that or nothing.” + +“When are you going to pull off this little—er—ah—royal demise?” asked +Barney. + +“If you mean when am I going to kill you,” replied the bandit, “why, +there ain’t no particular rush about it. I’m a tender-hearted chap, I +am. I never should have been in this business at all, but here I be, +and as there ain’t nobody that can do a better job of the kind than me, +or do it so painlessly, why I just got to do it myself, and that’s all +there is to it. But, as I says, there ain’t no great rush. If you want +to pray, why, go ahead and pray. I’ll wait for you.” + +“I don’t remember,” said Barney, “when I have met so generous a party +as you, my friend. Your self-sacrificing magnanimity quite overpowers +me. It reminds me of another unloved Robin Hood whom I once met. It was +in front of Burket’s coal-yard on Ella Street, back in dear old +Beatrice, at some unchristian hour of the night. + +“After he had relieved me of a dollar and forty cents he remarked: ‘I +gotta good mind to kick yer slats in fer not havin’ more of de cush on +yeh; but I’m feelin’ so good about de last guy I stuck up I’ll let +youse off dis time.’” + +“I do not know what you are talking about,” replied Yellow Franz; “but +if you want to pray you’d better hurry up about it.” + +He drew his pistol from its holster on the belt at his hips. + +Now Barney Custer had no mind to give up the ghost without a struggle; +but just how he was to overcome the great beast who confronted him with +menacing pistol was, to say the least, not precisely plain. He wished +the man would come a little nearer where he might have some chance to +close with him before the fellow could fire. To gain time the American +assumed a prayerful attitude, but kept one eye on the bandit. + +Presently Yellow Franz showed indications of impatience. He fingered +the trigger of his weapon, and then slowly raised it on a line with +Barney’s chest. + +“Hadn’t you better come closer?” asked the young man. “You might miss +at that distance, or just wound me.” + +Yellow Franz grinned. + +“I don’t miss,” he said, and then: “You’re certainly a game one. If it +wasn’t for the hundred thousand marks, I’d be hanged if I’d kill you.” + +“The chances are that you will be if you do,” said Barney, “so wouldn’t +you rather take one hundred and fifty thousand marks and let me make my +escape?” + +Yellow Franz looked at the speaker a moment through narrowed lids. + +“Where would you find any one willing to pay that amount for a crazy +king?” he asked. + +“I have told you that I am not the king,” said Barney. “I am an +American with a father who would gladly pay that amount on my safe +delivery to any American consul.” + +Yellow Franz shook his head and tapped his brow significantly. + +“Even if you was what you are dreaming, it wouldn’t pay me,” he said. + +“I’ll make it two hundred thousand,” said Barney. + +“No—it’s a waste of time talking about it. It’s worth more than money +to me to know that I’ll always have this thing on Peter, and that when +he’s king he won’t dare bother me for fear I’ll publish the details of +this little deal. Come, you must be through praying by this time. I +can’t wait around here all night.” Again Yellow Franz raised his pistol +toward Barney’s heart. + +Before the brigand could pull the trigger, or Barney hurl himself upon +his would-be assassin, there was a flash and a loud report from the +open window of the shack. + +With a groan Yellow Franz crumpled to the dirt floor, and +simultaneously Barney was upon him and had wrested the pistol from his +hand; but the precaution was unnecessary for Yellow Franz would never +again press finger to trigger. He was dead even before Barney reached +his side. + +In possession of the weapon, the American turned toward the window from +which had come the rescuing shot, and as he did so he saw the boy, +Rudolph, clambering over the sill, white-faced and trembling. In his +hand was a smoking carbine, and on his brow great beads of cold sweat. + +“God forgive me!” murmured the youth. “I have killed a man.” + +“You have killed a dangerous wild beast, Rudolph,” said Barney, “and +both God and your fellow man will thank and reward you.” + +“I am glad that I killed him, though,” went on the boy, “for he would +have killed you, my king, had I not done so. Gladly would I go to the +gallows to save my king.” + +“You are a brave lad, Rudolph,” said Barney, “and if ever I get out of +the pretty pickle I’m in you’ll be well rewarded for your loyalty to +Leopold of Lutha. After all,” thought the young man, “being a kind has +its redeeming features, for if the boy had not thought me his monarch +he would never have risked the vengeance of the bloodthirsty brigands +in this attempt to save me.” + +“Hasten, your majesty,” whispered the boy, tugging at the sleeve of +Barney’s jacket. “There is no time to be lost. We must be far away from +here when the others discover that Yellow Franz has been killed.” + +Barney stooped above the dead man, and removing his belt and cartridges +transferred them to his own person. Then blowing out the lantern the +two slipped out into the darkness of the night. + +About the camp fire of the brigands the entire pack was congregated. +They were talking together in low voices, ever and anon glancing +expectantly toward the shack to which their chief had gone to dispatch +the king. It is not every day that a king is murdered, and even these +hardened cut-throats felt the spell of awe at the thought of what they +believed the sharp report they had heard from the shack portended. + +Keeping well to the far side of the clearing, Rudolph led Barney around +the group of men and safely into the wood below them. From this point +the boy followed the trail which Barney and his captors had traversed +two days previously, until he came to a diverging ravine that led +steeply up through the mountains upon their right hand. + +In the distance behind them they suddenly heard, faintly, the shouting +of men. + +“They have discovered Yellow Franz,” whispered the boy, shuddering. + +“Then they’ll be after us directly,” said Barney. + +“Yes, your majesty,” replied Rudolph, “but in the darkness they will +not see that we have turned up this ravine, and so they will ride on +down the other. I have chosen this way because their horses cannot +follow us here, and thus we shall be under no great disadvantage. It +may be, however, that we shall have to hide in the mountains for a +while, since there will be no place of safety for us between here and +Lustadt until after the edge of their anger is dulled.” + +And such proved to be the case, for try as they would they found it +impossible to reach Lustadt without detection by the brigands who +patrolled every highway and byway from their rugged mountains to the +capital of Lutha. + +For nearly three weeks Barney and the boy hid in caves or dense +underbrush by day, and by night sought some avenue which would lead +them past the vigilant sentries that patrolled the ways to freedom. + +Often they were wet by rains, nor were they ever in the warm sunlight +for a sufficient length of time to become thoroughly dry and +comfortable. Of food they had little, and of the poorest quality. + +They dared not light a fire for warmth or cooking, and their light was +so miserable that, but for the boy’s pitiful terror at the thought of +being recaptured by the bandits, Barney would long since have made a +break for Lustadt, depending upon their arms and ammunition to carry +them safely through were they discovered by their enemies. + +Rudolph had contracted a severe cold the first night, and now, it +having settled upon his lungs, he had developed a persistent and +aggravating cough that caused Barney not a little apprehension. When, +after nearly three weeks of suffering and privation, it became clear +that the boy’s lungs were affected, the American decided to take +matters into his own hands and attempt to reach Lustadt and a good +doctor; but before he had an opportunity to put his plan into execution +the entire matter was removed from his jurisdiction. + +It happened like this: After a particularly fatiguing and uncomfortable +night spent in attempting to elude the sentinels who blocked their way +from the mountains, daylight found them near a little spring, and here +they decided to rest for an hour before resuming their way. + +The little pool lay not far from a clump of heavy bushes which would +offer them excellent shelter, as it was Barney’s intention to go into +hiding as soon as they had quenched their thirst at the spring. + +Rudolph was coughing pitifully, his slender frame wracked by the +convulsion of each new attack. Barney had placed an arm about the boy +to support him, for the paroxysms always left him very weak. + +The young man’s heart went out to the poor boy, and pangs of regret +filled his mind as he realized that the child’s pathetic condition was +the direct result of his self-sacrificing attempt to save his king. +Barney felt much like a murderer and a thief, and dreaded the time when +the boy should be brought to a realization of his mistake. + +He had come to feel a warm affection for the loyal little lad, who had +suffered so uncomplainingly and whose every thought had been for the +safety and comfort of his king. + +Today, thought Barney, I’ll take this child through to Lustadt even if +every ragged brigand in Lutha lies between us and the capital; but even +as he spoke a sudden crashing of underbrush behind caused him to wheel +about, and there, not twenty paces from them, stood two of Yellow +Franz’s cutthroats. + +At sight of Barney and the lad they gave voice to a shout of triumph, +and raising their carbines fired point-blank at the two fugitives. + +But Barney had been equally as quick with his own weapon, and at the +moment that they fired he grasped Rudolph and dragged him backward to a +great boulder behind which their bodies might be protected from the +fire of their enemies. + +Both the bullets of the bandits’ first volley had been directed at +Barney, for it was upon his head that the great price rested. They had +missed him by a narrow margin, due, perhaps, to the fact that the +mounts of the brigands had been prancing in alarm at the unexpected +sight of the two strangers at the very moment that their riders +attempted to take aim and fire. + +But now they had ridden back into the brush and dismounted, and after +hiding their ponies they came creeping out upon their bellies upon +opposite sides of Barney’s shelter. + +The American saw that it would be an easy thing for them to pick him +off if he remained where he was, and so with a word to Rudolph he +sprang up and the boy with him. Each delivered a quick shot at the +bandit nearest him, and then together they broke for the bushes in +which the brigand’s mounts were hidden. + +Two shots answered theirs. Rudolph, who was ahead of Barney, stumbled +and threw up his hands. He would have fallen had not the American +thrown a strong arm about him. + +“I’m shot, your majesty,” murmured the boy, his head dropping against +Barney’s breast. + +With the lad grasped close to him, the young man turned at the edge of +the brush to meet the charge of the two ruffians. The wounding of the +youth had delayed them just enough to preclude their making this +temporary refuge in safety. + +As Barney turned both the men fired simultaneously, and both missed. +The American raised his revolver, and with the flash of it the foremost +brigand came to a sudden stop. An expression of bewilderment crossed +his features. He extended his arms straight before him, the revolver +slipped from his grasp, and then like a dying top he pivoted once +drunkenly and collapsed upon the turf. + +At the instant of his fall his companion and the American fired +point-blank at one another. + +Barney felt a burning sensation in his shoulder, but it was forgotten +for the moment in the relief that came to him as he saw the second +rascal sprawl headlong upon his face. Then he turned his attention to +the limp little figure that hung across his left arm. + +Gently Barney laid the boy upon the sward, and fetching water from the +pool bathed his face and forced a few drops between the white lips. The +cooling draft revived the wounded child, but brought on a paroxysm of +coughing. When this had subsided Rudolph raised his eyes to those of +the man bending above him. + +“Thank God, your majesty is unharmed,” he whispered. “Now I can die in +peace.” + +The white lids drooped lower, and with a tired sigh the boy lay quiet. +Tears came to the young man’s eyes as he let the limp body gently to +the ground. + +“Brave little heart,” he murmured, “you gave up your life in the +service of your king as truly as though you had not been all mistaken +in the object of your veneration, and if it lies within the power of +Barney Custer you shall not have died in vain.” + + + + +VII. +THE REAL LEOPOLD + + +Two hours later a horseman pushed his way between tumbled and tangled +briers along the bottom of a deep ravine. + +He was hatless, and his stained and ragged khaki betokened much +exposure to the elements and hard and continued usage. At his +saddle-bow a carbine swung in its boot, and upon either hip was +strapped a long revolver. Ammunition in plenty filled the cross belts +that he had looped about his shoulders. + +Grim and warlike as were his trappings, no less grim was the set of his +strong jaw or the glint of his gray eyes, nor did the patch of brown +stain that had soaked through the left shoulder of his jacket tend to +lessen the martial atmosphere which surrounded him. Fortunate it was +for the brigands of the late Yellow Franz that none of them chanced in +the path of Barney Custer that day. + +For nearly two hours the man had ridden downward out of the high hills +in search of a dwelling at which he might ask the way to Tann; but as +yet he had passed but a single house, and that a long untenanted ruin. +He was wondering what had become of all the inhabitants of Lutha when +his horse came to a sudden halt before an obstacle which entirely +blocked the narrow trail at the bottom of the ravine. + +As the horseman’s eyes fell upon the thing they went wide in +astonishment, for it was no less than the charred remnants of the once +beautiful gray roadster that had brought him into this twentieth +century land of medieval adventure and intrigue. Barney saw that the +machine had been lifted from where it had fallen across the horse of +the Princess von der Tann, for the animal’s decaying carcass now lay +entirely clear of it; but why this should have been done, or by whom, +the young man could not imagine. + +A glance aloft showed him the road far above him, from which he, the +horse and the roadster had catapulted; and with the sight of it there +flashed to his mind the fair face of the young girl in whose service +the thing had happened. Barney wondered if Joseph had been successful +in returning her to Tann, and he wondered, too, if she mourned for the +man she had thought king—if she would be very angry should she ever +learn the truth. + +Then there came to the American’s mind the figure of the shopkeeper of +Tafelberg, and the fellow’s evident loyalty to the mad king he had +never seen. Here was one who might aid him, thought Barney. He would +have the will, at least, and with the thought the young man turned his +pony’s head diagonally up the steep ravine side. + +It was a tough and dangerous struggle to the road above, but at last by +dint of strenuous efforts on the part of the sturdy little beast the +two finally scrambled over the edge of the road and stood once more +upon level footing. + +After breathing his mount for a few minutes Barney swung himself into +the saddle again and set off toward Tafelberg. He met no one upon the +road, nor within the outskirts of the village, and so he came to the +door of the shop he sought without attracting attention. + +Swinging to the ground he tied the pony to one of the supporting +columns of the porch-roof and a moment later had stepped within the +shop. + +From a back room the shopkeeper presently emerged, and when he saw who +it was that stood before him his eyes went wide in consternation. + +“In the name of all the saints, your majesty,” cried the old fellow, +“what has happened? How comes it that you are out of the hospital, and +travel-stained as though from a long, hard ride? I cannot understand +it, sire.” + +“Hospital?” queried the young man. “What do you mean, my good fellow? I +have been in no hospital.” + +“You were there only last evening when I inquired after you of the +doctor,” insisted the shopkeeper, “nor did any there yet suspect your +true identity.” + +“Last evening I was hiding far up in the mountains from Yellow Franz’s +band of cutthroats,” replied Barney. “Tell me what manner of riddle you +are propounding.” + +Then a sudden light of understanding flashed through Barney’s mind. + +“Man!” he exclaimed. “Tell me—you have found the true king? He is at a +hospital in Tafelberg?” + +“Yes, your majesty, I have found the true king, and it is so that he +was at the Tafelberg sanatorium last evening. It was beside the +remnants of your wrecked automobile that two of the men of Tafelberg +found you. + +“One leg was pinioned beneath the machine which was on fire when they +discovered you. They brought you to my shop, which is the first on the +road into town, and not guessing your true identity they took my word +for it that you were an old acquaintance of mine and without more ado +turned you over to my care.” + +Barney scratched his head in puzzled bewilderment. He began to doubt if +he were in truth himself, or, after all, Leopold of Lutha. As no one +but himself could, by the wildest stretch of imagination, have been in +such a position, he was almost forced to the conclusion that all that +had passed since the instant that his car shot over the edge of the +road into the ravine had been but the hallucinations of a fever-excited +brain, and that for the past three weeks he had been lying in a +hospital cot instead of experiencing the strange and inexplicable +adventures that he had believed to have befallen him. + +But yet the more he thought of it the more ridiculous such a conclusion +appeared, for it did not in the least explain the pony tethered +without, which he plainly could see from where he stood within the +shop, nor did it satisfactorily account for the blotch of blood upon +his shoulder from a wound so fresh that the stain still was damp; nor +for the sword which Joseph had buckled about his waist within Blentz’s +forbidding walls; nor for the arms and ammunition he had taken from the +dead brigands—all of which he had before him as tangible evidence of +the rationality of the past few weeks. + +“My friend,” said Barney at last, “I cannot wonder that you have +mistaken me for the king, since all those I have met within Lutha have +leaped to the same error, though not one among them made the slightest +pretense of ever having seen his majesty. A ridiculous beard started +the trouble, and later a series of happenings, no one of which was +particularly remarkable in itself, aggravated it, until but a moment +since I myself was almost upon the point of believing that I am the +king. + +“But, my dear Herr Kramer, I am not the king; and when you have +accompanied me to the hospital and seen that your patient still is +there, you may be willing to admit that there is some justification for +doubt as to my royalty.” + +The old man shook his head. + +“I am not so sure of that,” he said, “for he who lies at the hospital, +providing you are not he, or he you, maintains as sturdily as do you +that he is not Leopold. If one of you, whichever be king—providing that +you are not one and the same, and that I be not the only maniac in the +sad muddle—if one of you would but trust my loyalty and love for the +true king and admit your identity, then I might be of some real service +to that one of you who is really Leopold. Herr Gott! My words are as +mixed as my poor brain.” + +“If you will listen to me, Herr Kramer,” said Barney, “and believe what +I tell you, I shall be able to unscramble your ideas in so far as they +pertain to me and my identity. As to the man you say was found beneath +my car, and who now lies in the sanatorium of Tafelberg, I cannot say +until I have seen and talked with him. He may be the king and he may +not; but if he insists that he is not, I shall be the last to wish a +kingship upon him. I know from sad experience the hardships and burdens +that the thing entails.” + +Then Barney narrated carefully and in detail the principal events of +his life, from his birth in Beatrice to his coming to Lutha upon +pleasure. He showed Herr Kramer his watch with his monogram upon it, +his seal ring, and inside the pocket of his coat the label of his +tailor, with his own name written beneath it and the date that the +garment had been ordered. + +When he had completed his narrative the old man shook his head. + +“I cannot understand it,” he said; “and yet I am almost forced to +believe that you are not the king.” + +“Direct me to the sanatorium,” suggested Barney, “and if it be within +the range of possibility I shall learn whether the man who lies there +is Leopold or another, and if he be the king I shall serve him as +loyally as you would have served me. Together we may assist him to gain +the safety of Tann and the protection of old Prince Ludwig.” + +“If you are not the king,” said Kramer suspiciously, “why should you be +so interested in aiding Leopold? You may even be an enemy. How can I +know?” + +“You cannot know, my good friend,” replied Barney. “But had I been an +enemy, how much more easily might I have encompassed my designs, +whatever they might have been, had I encouraged you to believe that I +was king. The fact that I did not, must assure you that I have no +ulterior designs against Leopold.” + +This line of reasoning proved quite convincing to the old shopkeeper, +and at last he consented to lead Barney to the sanatorium. Together +they traversed the quiet village streets to the outskirts of the town, +where in large, park-like grounds the well-known sanatorium of +Tafelberg is situated in quiet surroundings. It is an institution for +the treatment of nervous diseases to which patients are brought from +all parts of Europe, and is doubtless Lutha’s principal claim upon the +attention of the outer world. + +As the two crossed the gardens which lay between the gate and the main +entrance and mounted the broad steps leading to the veranda an old +servant opened the door, and recognizing Herr Kramer, nodded pleasantly +to him. + +“Your patient seems much brighter this morning, Herr Kramer,” he said, +“and has been asking to be allowed to sit up.” + +“He is still here, then?” questioned the shopkeeper with a sigh that +might have indicated either relief or resignation. + +“Why, certainly. You did not expect that he had entirely recovered +overnight, did you?” + +“No,” replied Herr Kramer, “not exactly. In fact, I did not know what I +should expect.” + +As the two passed him on their way to the room in which the patient +lay, the servant eyed Herr Kramer in surprise, as though wondering what +had occurred to his mentality since he had seen him the previous day. +He paid no attention to Barney other than to bow to him as he passed, +but there was another who did—an attendant standing in the hallway +through which the two men walked toward the private room where one of +them expected to find the real mad king of Lutha. + +He was a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed; and as his glance +rested upon the features of the American a puzzled expression crossed +his face. He let his gaze follow the two as they moved on up the +corridor until they turned in at the door of the room they sought, then +he followed them, entering an apartment next to that in which Herr +Kramer’s patient lay. + +As Barney and the shopkeeper entered the small, whitewashed room, the +former saw upon the narrow iron cot the figure of a man of about his +own height. The face that turned toward them as they entered was +covered by a full, reddish-brown beard, and the eyes that looked up at +them in troubled surprise were gray. Beyond these Barney could see no +likenesses to himself; yet they were sufficient, he realized, to have +deceived any who might have compared one solely to the printed +description of the other. + +At the doorway Kramer halted, motioning Barney within. + +“It will be better if you talk with him alone,” he said. “I am sure +that before both of us he will admit nothing.” + +Barney nodded, and the shopkeeper of Tafelberg withdrew and closed the +door behind him. The American approached the bedside with a cheery +“Good morning.” + +The man returned the salutation with a slight inclination of his head. +There was a questioning look in his eyes; but dominating that was a +pitiful, hunted expression that touched the American’s heart. + +The man’s left hand lay upon the coverlet. Barney glanced at the third +finger. About it was a plain gold band. There was no royal ring of the +kings of Lutha in evidence, yet that was no indication that the man was +not Leopold; for were he the king and desirous of concealing his +identity, his first act would be to remove every symbol of his +kingship. + +Barney took the hand in his. + +“They tell me that you are well on the road to recovery,” he said. “I +am very glad that it is so.” + +“Who are you?” asked the man. + +“I am Bernard Custer, an American. You were found beneath my car at the +bottom of a ravine. I feel that I owe you full reparation for the +injuries you received, though it is beyond me how you happened to be +found under the machine. Unless I am truly mad, I was the only occupant +of the roadster when it plunged over the embankment.” + +“It is very simple,” replied the man upon the cot. “I chanced to be at +the bottom of the ravine at the time and the car fell upon me.” + +“What were you doing at the bottom of the ravine?” asked Barney quite +suddenly, after the manner of one who administers a third degree. + +The man started and flushed with suspicion. + +“That is my own affair,” he said. + +He tried to disengage his hand from Barney’s, and as he did so the +American felt something within the fingers of the other. For an instant +his own fingers tightened upon those that lay within them, so that as +the others were withdrawn his index finger pressed close upon the thing +that had aroused his curiosity. + +It was a large setting turned inward upon the third finger of the left +hand. The gold band that Barney had seen was but the opposite side of +the same ring. + +A quick look of comprehension came to Barney’s eyes. The man upon the +cot evidently noted it and rightly interpreted its cause, for, having +freed his hand, he now slipped it quickly beneath the coverlet. + +“I have passed through a series of rather remarkable adventures since I +came to Lutha,” said Barney apparently quite irrelevantly, after the +two had remained silent for a moment. “Shortly after my car fell upon +you I was mistaken for the fugitive King Leopold by the young lady +whose horse fell into the ravine with my car. She is a most loyal +supporter of the king, being none other than the Princess Emma von der +Tann. From her I learned to espouse the cause of Leopold.” + +Step by step Barney took the man through the adventures that had +befallen him during the past three weeks, closing with the story of the +death of the boy, Rudolph. + +“Above his dead body I swore to serve Leopold of Lutha as loyally as +the poor, mistaken child had served me, your majesty,” and Barney +looked straight into the eyes of him who lay upon the little iron cot. + +For a moment the man held his eyes upon those of the American, but +finally, under the latter’s steady gaze, they dropped and wandered. + +“Why do you address me as ‘your majesty’?” he asked irritably. + +“With my forefinger I felt the ruby and the four wings of the setting +of the royal ring of the kings of Lutha upon the third finger of your +left hand,” replied Barney. + +The king started up upon his elbow, his eyes wild with apprehension. + +“It is not so,” he cried. “It is a lie! I am not the king.” + +“Hush!” admonished Barney. “You have nothing to fear from me. There are +good friends and loyal subjects in plenty to serve and protect your +majesty, and place you upon the throne that has been stolen from you. I +have sworn to serve you. The old shopkeeper, Herr Kramer, who brought +me here, is an honest, loyal old soul. He would die for you, your +majesty. Trust us. Let us help you. Tomorrow, Kramer tells me, Peter of +Blentz is to have himself crowned as king in the cathedral at Lustadt. + +“Will you sit supinely by and see another rob you of your kingdom, and +then continue to rob and throttle your subjects as he has been doing +for the past ten years? No, you will not. Even if you do not want the +crown, you were born to the duties and obligations it entails, and for +the sake of your people you must assume them now.” + +“How am I to know that you are not another of the creatures of that +fiend of Blentz?” cried the king. “How am I to know that you will not +drag me back to the terrors of that awful castle, and to the poisonous +potions of the new physician Peter has employed to assassinate me? I +can trust none. + +“Go away and leave me. I do not want to be king. I wish only to go away +as far from Lutha as I can get and pass the balance of my life in peace +and security. Peter may have the crown. He is welcome to it, for all of +me. All I ask is my life and my liberty.” + +Barney saw that while the king was evidently of sound mind, his was not +one of those iron characters and courageous hearts that would willingly +fight to the death for his own rights and the rights and happiness of +his people. Perhaps the long years of bitter disappointment and misery, +the tedious hours of imprisonment, and the constant haunting fears for +his life had reduced him to this pitiable condition. + +Whatever the cause, Barney Custer was determined to overcome the man’s +aversion to assuming the duties which were rightly his, for in his +memory were the words of Emma von der Tann, in which she had made plain +to him the fate that would doubtless befall her father and his house +were Peter of Blentz to become king of Lutha. Then, too, there was the +life of the little peasant boy. Was that to be given up uselessly for a +king with so mean a spirit that he would not take a scepter when it was +forced upon him? + +And the people of Lutha? Were they to be further and continually robbed +and downtrodden beneath the heel of Peter’s scoundrelly officials +because their true king chose to evade the responsibilities that were +his by birth? + +For half an hour Barney pleaded and argued with the king, until he +infused in the weak character of the young man a part of his own +tireless enthusiasm and courage. Leopold commenced to take heart and +see things in a brighter and more engaging light. Finally he became +quite excited about the prospects, and at last Barney obtained a +willing promise from him that he would consent to being placed upon his +throne and would go to Lustadt at any time that Barney should come for +him with a force from the retainers of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. + +“Let us hope,” cried the king, “that the luck of the reigning house of +Lutha has been at last restored. Not since my aunt, the Princess +Victoria, ran away with a foreigner has good fortune shone upon my +house. It was when my father was still a young man—before he had yet +come to the throne—and though his reign was marked with great peace and +prosperity for the people of Lutha, his own private fortunes were most +unhappy. + +“My mother died at my birth, and the last days of my father’s life were +filled with suffering from the cancer that was slowly killing him. Let +us pray, Herr Custer, that you have brought new life to the fortunes of +my house.” + +“Amen, your majesty,” said Barney. “And now I’ll be off for Tann—there +must not be a moment lost if we are to bring you to Lustadt in time for +the coronation. Herr Kramer will watch over you, but as none here +guesses your true identity you are safer here than anywhere else in +Lutha. Good-bye, your majesty. Be of good heart. We’ll have you on the +road to Lustadt and the throne tomorrow morning.” + +After Barney Custer had closed the door of the king’s chamber behind +him and hurried down the corridor, the door of the room next the king’s +opened quietly and a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed, +emerged. Upon his lips was a smile of cunning satisfaction, as he +hastened to the office of the medical director and obtained a leave of +absence for twenty-four hours. + + + + +VIII. +THE CORONATION DAY + + +Toward dusk of the day upon which the mad king of Lutha had been found, +a dust-covered horseman reined in before the great gate of the castle +of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. The unsettled political conditions which +overhung the little kingdom of Lutha were evident in the return to +medievalism which the raised portcullis and the armed guard upon the +barbican of the ancient feudal fortress revealed. Not for a hundred +years before had these things been done other than as a part of the +ceremonials of a fete day, or in honor of visiting royalty. + +At the challenge from the gate Barney replied that he bore a message +for the prince. Slowly the portcullis sank into position across the +moat and an officer advanced to meet the rider. + +“The prince has ridden to Lustadt with a large retinue,” he said, “to +attend the coronation of Peter of Blentz tomorrow.” + +“Prince Ludwig von der Tann has gone to attend the coronation of +Peter!” cried Barney in amazement. “Has the Princess Emma returned from +her captivity in the castle of Blentz?” + +“She is with her father now, having returned nearly three weeks ago,” +replied the officer, “and Peter has disclaimed responsibility for the +outrage, promising that those responsible shall be punished. He has +convinced Prince Ludwig that Leopold is dead, and for the sake of +Lutha—to save her from civil strife—my prince has patched a truce with +Peter; though unless I mistake the character of the latter and the +temper of the former it will be short-lived. + +“To demonstrate to the people,” continued the officer, “that Prince +Ludwig and Peter are good friends, the great Von der Tann will attend +the coronation, but that he takes little stock in the sincerity of the +Prince of Blentz would be apparent could the latter have a peep beneath +the cloaks and look into the loyal hearts of the men of Tann who rode +down to Lustadt today.” + +Barney did not wait to hear more. He was glad that in the gathering +dusk the officer had not seen his face plainly enough to mistake him +for the king. With a parting, “Then I must ride to Lustadt with my +message for the prince,” he wheeled his tired mount and trotted down +the steep trail from Tann toward the highway which leads to the +capital. + +All night Barney rode. Three times he wandered from the way and was +forced to stop at farmhouses to inquire the proper direction; but +darkness hid his features from the sleepy eyes of those who answered +his summons, and daylight found him still forging ahead in the +direction of the capital of Lutha. + +The American was sunk in unhappy meditation as his weary little mount +plodded slowly along the dusty road. For hours the man had not been +able to urge the beast out of a walk. The loss of time consequent upon +his having followed wrong roads during the night and the exhaustion of +the pony which retarded his speed to what seemed little better than a +snail’s pace seemed to assure the failure of his mission, for at best +he could not reach Lustadt before noon. + +There was no possibility of bringing Leopold to his capital in time for +the coronation, and but a bare possibility that Prince Ludwig would +accept the word of an entire stranger that Leopold lived, for the +acknowledgment of such a condition by the old prince could result in +nothing less than an immediate resort to arms by the two factions. It +was certain that Peter would be infinitely more anxious to proceed with +his coronation should it be rumored that Leopold lived, and equally +certain that Prince Ludwig would interpose every obstacle, even to +armed resistance, to prevent the consummation of the ceremony. + +Yet there seemed to Barney no other alternative than to place before +the king’s one powerful friend the information that he had. It would +then rest with Ludwig to do what he thought advisable. + +An hour from Lustadt the road wound through a dense forest, whose +pleasant shade was a grateful relief to both horse and rider from the +hot sun beneath which they had been journeying the greater part of the +morning. Barney was still lost in thought, his eyes bent forward, when +at a sudden turning of the road he came face to face with a troop of +horse that were entering the main highway at this point from an +unfrequented byroad. + +At sight of them the American instinctively wheeled his mount in an +effort to escape, but at a command from an officer a half dozen +troopers spurred after him, their fresh horses soon overtaking his +jaded pony. + +For a moment Barney contemplated resistance, for these were troopers of +the Royal Horse, the body which was now Peter’s most effective personal +tool; but even as his hand slipped to the butt of one of the revolvers +at his hip, the young man saw the foolish futility of such a course, +and with a shrug and a smile he drew rein and turned to face the +advancing soldiers. + +As he did so the officer rode up, and at sight of Barney’s face gave an +exclamation of astonishment. The officer was Butzow. + +“Well met, your majesty,” he cried saluting. “We are riding to the +coronation. We shall be just in time.” + +“To see Peter of Blentz rob Leopold of a crown,” said the American in a +disgusted tone. + +“To see Leopold of Lutha come into his own, your majesty. Long live the +king!” cried the officer. + +Barney thought the man either poking fun at him because he was not the +king, or, thinking he was Leopold, taking a mean advantage of his +helplessness to bait him. Yet this last suspicion seemed unfair to +Butzow, who at Blentz had given ample evidence that he was a gentleman, +and of far different caliber from Maenck and the others who served +Peter. + +If he could but convince the man that he was no king and thus gain his +liberty long enough to reach Prince Ludwig’s ear, his mission would +have been served in so far as it lay in his power to serve it. For some +minutes Barney expended his best eloquence and logic upon the cavalry +officer in an effort to convince him that he was not Leopold. + +The king had given the American his great ring to safeguard for him +until it should be less dangerous for Leopold to wear it, and for fear +that at the last moment someone within the sanatorium might recognize +it and bear word to Peter of the king’s whereabouts. Barney had worn it +turned in upon the third finger of his left hand, and now he slipped it +surreptitiously into his breeches pocket lest Butzow should see it and +by it be convinced that Barney was indeed Leopold. + +“Never mind who you are,” cried Butzow, thinking to humor the king’s +strange obsession. “You look enough like Leopold to be his twin, and +you must help us save Lutha from Peter of Blentz.” + +The American showed in his expression the surprise he felt at these +words from an officer of the prince regent. + +“You wonder at my change of heart?” asked Butzow. + +“How can I do otherwise?” + +“I cannot blame you,” said the officer. “Yet I think that when you know +the truth you will see that I have done only that which I believed to +be the duty of a patriotic officer and a true gentleman.” + +They had rejoined the troop by this time, and the entire company was +once more headed toward Lustadt. Butzow had commanded one of the +troopers to exchange horses with Barney, bringing the jaded animal into +the city slowly, and now freshly mounted the American was making better +time toward his destination. His spirits rose, and as they galloped +along the highway, he listened with renewed interest to the story which +Lieutenant Butzow narrated in detail. + +It seemed that Butzow had been absent from Lutha for a number of years +as military attache to the Luthanian legation at a foreign court. He +had known nothing of the true condition at home until his return, when +he saw such scoundrels as Coblich, Maenck, and Stein high in the favor +of the prince regent. For some time before the events that had +transpired after he had brought Barney and the Princess Emma to Blentz +he had commenced to have his doubts as to the true patriotism of Peter +of Blentz; and when he had learned through the unguarded words of +Schonau that there was a real foundation for the rumor that the regent +had plotted the assassination of the king his suspicions had +crystallized into knowledge, and he had sworn to serve his king before +all others—were he sane or mad. From this loyalty he could not be +shaken. + +“And what do you intend doing now?” asked Barney. + +“I intend placing you upon the throne of your ancestors, sire,” replied +Butzow; “nor will Peter of Blentz dare the wrath of the people by +attempting to interpose any obstacle. When he sees Leopold of Lutha +ride into the capital of his kingdom at the head of even so small a +force as ours he will know that the end of his own power is at hand, +for he is not such a fool that he does not perfectly realize that he is +the most cordially hated man in all Lutha, and that only those attend +upon him who hope to profit through his success or who fear his evil +nature.” + +“If Peter is crowned today,” asked Barney, “will it prevent Leopold +regaining his throne?” + +“It is difficult to say,” replied Butzow; “but the chances are that the +throne would be lost to him forever. To regain it he would have to +plunge Lutha into a bitter civil war, for once Peter is proclaimed king +he will have the law upon his side, and with the resources of the State +behind him—the treasury and the army—he will feel in no mood to +relinquish the scepter without a struggle. I doubt much that you will +ever sit upon your throne, sire, unless you do so within the very next +hour.” + +For some time Barney rode in silence. He saw that only by a master +stroke could the crown be saved for the true king. Was it worth it? The +man was happier without a crown. Barney had come to believe that no man +lived who could be happy in possession of one. Then there came before +his mind’s eye the delicate, patrician face of Emma von der Tann. + +Would Peter of Blentz be true to his new promises to the house of Von +der Tann? Barney doubted it. He recalled all that it might mean of +danger and suffering to the girl whose kisses he still felt upon his +lips as though it had been but now that hers had placed them there. He +recalled the limp little body of the boy, Rudolph, and the Spartan +loyalty with which the little fellow had given his life in the service +of the man he had thought king. The pitiful figure of the fear-haunted +man upon the iron cot at Tafelberg rose before him and cried for +vengeance. + +To this man was the woman he loved betrothed! He knew that he might +never wed the Princess Emma. Even were she not promised to another, the +iron shackles of convention and age-old customs must forever separate +her from an untitled American. But if he couldn’t have her he still +could serve her! + +“For her sake,” he muttered. + +“Did your majesty speak?” asked Butzow. + +“Yes, lieutenant. We urge greater haste, for if we are to be crowned +today we have no time to lose.” + +Butzow smiled a relieved smile. The king had at last regained his +senses! + +Within the ancient cathedral at Lustadt a great and gorgeously attired +assemblage had congregated. All the nobles of Lutha were gathered there +with their wives, their children, and their retainers. There were the +newer nobility of the lowlands—many whose patents dated but since the +regency of Peter—and there were the proud nobility of the highlands—the +old nobility of which Prince Ludwig von der Tann was the chief. + +It was noticeable that though a truce had been made between Ludwig and +Peter, yet the former chancellor of the kingdom did not stand upon the +chancel with the other dignitaries of the State and court. + +Few there were who knew that he had been invited to occupy a place of +honor there, and had replied that he would take no active part in the +making of any king in Lutha whose veins did not pulse to the flow of +the blood of the house in whose service he had grown gray. + +Close packed were the retainers of the old prince so that their great +number was scarcely noticeable, though quite so was the fact that they +kept their cloaks on, presenting a somber appearance in the midst of +all the glitter of gold and gleam of jewels that surrounded them—a +grim, business-like appearance that cast a chill upon Peter of Blentz +as his eyes scanned the multitude of faces below him. + +He would have shown his indignation at this seeming affront had he +dared; but until the crown was safely upon his head and the royal +scepter in his hand Peter had no mind to do aught that might jeopardize +the attainment of the power he had sought for the past ten years. + +The solemn ceremony was all but completed; the Bishop of Lustadt had +received the great golden crown from the purple cushion upon which it +had been borne at the head of the procession which accompanied Peter up +the broad center aisle of the cathedral. He had raised it above the +head of the prince regent, and was repeating the solemn words which +precede the placing of the golden circlet upon the man’s brow. In +another moment Peter of Blentz would be proclaimed the king of Lutha. + +By her father’s side stood Emma von der Tann. Upon her haughty, +high-bred face there was no sign of the emotions which ran riot within +her fair bosom. In the act that she was witnessing she saw the eventual +ruin of her father’s house. That Peter would long want for an excuse to +break and humble his ancient enemy she did not believe; but this was +not the only cause for the sorrow that overwhelmed her. + +Her most poignant grief, like that of her father, was for the dead +king, Leopold; but to the sorrow of the loyal subject was added the +grief of the loving woman, bereft. Close to her heart she hugged the +memory of the brief hours spent with the man whom she had been taught +since childhood to look upon as her future husband, but for whom the +all-consuming fires of love had only been fanned to life within her +since that moment, now three weeks gone, that he had crushed her to his +breast to cover her lips with kisses for the short moment ere he +sacrificed his life to save her from a fate worse than death. + +Before her stood the Nemesis of her dead king. The last act of the +hideous crime against the man she had loved was nearing its close. As +the crown, poised over the head of Peter of Blentz, sank slowly +downward the girl felt that she could scarce restrain her desire to +shriek aloud a protest against the wicked act—the crowning of a +murderer king of her beloved Lutha. + +A glance at the old man at her side showed her the stern, commanding +features of her sire molded in an expression of haughty dignity; only +the slight movement of the muscles of the strong jaw revealed the +tensity of the hidden emotions of the stern old warrior. He was meeting +disappointment and defeat as a Von der Tann should—brave to the end. + +The crown had all but touched the head of Peter of Blentz when a sudden +commotion at the back of the cathedral caused the bishop to look up in +ill-concealed annoyance. At the sight that met his eyes his hands +halted in mid-air. + +The great audience turned as one toward the doors at the end of the +long central aisle. There, through the wide-swung portals, they saw +mounted men forcing their way into the cathedral. The great horses +shouldered aside the foot-soldiers that attempted to bar their way, and +twenty troopers of the Royal Horse thundered to the very foot of the +chancel steps. + +At their head rode Lieutenant Butzow and a tall young man in soiled and +tattered khaki, whose gray eyes and full reddish-brown beard brought an +exclamation from Captain Maenck who commanded the guard about Peter of +Blentz. + +“Mein Gott—the king!” cried Maenck, and at the words Peter went white. + +In open-mouthed astonishment the spectators saw the hurrying troopers +and heard Butzow’s “The king! The king! Make way for Leopold, King of +Lutha!” + +And a girl saw, and as she saw her heart leaped to her mouth. Her small +hand gripped the sleeve of her father’s coat. “The king, father,” she +cried. “It is the king.” + +Old Von der Tann, the light of a new hope firing his eyes, threw aside +his cloak and leaped to the chancel steps beside Butzow and the others +who were mounting them. Behind him a hundred cloaks dropped from the +shoulders of his fighting men, exposing not silks and satins and fine +velvet, but the coarse tan of khaki, and grim cartridge belts well +filled, and stern revolvers slung to well-worn service belts. + +As Butzow and Barney stepped upon the chancel Peter of Blentz leaped +forward. “What mad treason is this?” he fairly screamed. + +“The days of treason are now past, prince,” replied Butzow meaningly. +“Here is not treason, but Leopold of Lutha come to claim his crown +which he inherited from his father.” + +“It is a plot,” cried Peter, “to place an impostor upon the throne! +This man is not the king.” + +For a moment there was silence. The people had not taken sides as yet. +They awaited a leader. Old Von der Tann scrutinized the American +closely. + +“How may we know that you are Leopold?” he asked. “For ten years we +have not seen our king.” + +“The governor of Blentz has already acknowledged his identity,” cried +Butzow. “Maenck was the first to proclaim the presence of the putative +king.” + +At that someone near the chancel cried: “Long live Leopold, king of +Lutha!” and at the words the whole assemblage raised their voices in a +tumultuous: “Long live the king!” + +Peter of Blentz turned toward Maenck. “The guard!” he cried. “Arrest +those traitors, and restore order in the cathedral. Let the coronation +proceed.” + +Maenck took a step toward Barney and Butzow, when old Prince von der +Tann interposed his giant frame with grim resolve. + +“Hold!” He spoke in a low, stern voice that brought the cowardly Maenck +to a sudden halt. + +The men of Tann had pressed eagerly forward until they stood, with +bared swords, a solid rank of fighting men in grim semicircle behind +their chief. There were cries from different parts of the cathedral of: +“Crown Leopold, our true king! Down with Peter! Down with the +assassin!” + +“Enough of this,” cried Peter. “Clear the cathedral!” + +He drew his own sword, and with half a hundred loyal retainers at his +back pressed forward to clear the chancel. There was a brief fight, +from which Barney, much to his disgust, was barred by the mighty figure +of the old prince and the stalwart sword-arm of Butzow. He did get one +crack at Maenck, and had the satisfaction of seeing blood spurt from a +flesh wound across the fellow’s cheek. + +“That for the Princess Emma,” he called to the governor of Blentz, and +then men crowded between them and he did not see the captain again +during the battle. + +When Peter saw that more than half of the palace guard were shouting +for Leopold, and fighting side by side with the men of Tann, he +realized the futility of further armed resistance at this time. Slowly +he withdrew, and at last the fighting ceased and some semblance of +order was restored within the cathedral. + +Fearfully, the bishop emerged from hiding, his robes disheveled and his +miter askew. Butzow grasped him none too reverently by the arm and +dragged him before Barney. The crown of Lutha dangled in the priest’s +palsied hands. + +“Crown the king!” cried the lieutenant. “Crown Leopold, king of Lutha!” + +A mad roar of acclaim greeted this demand, and again from all parts of +the cathedral rose the same wild cry. But in the lull that followed +there were some who demanded proof of the tattered young man who stood +before them and claimed that he was king. + +“Let Prince Ludwig speak!” cried a dozen voices. + +“Yes, Prince Ludwig! Prince Ludwig!” took up the throng. + +Prince Ludwig von der Tann turned toward the bearded young man. Silence +fell upon the crowded cathedral. Peter of Blentz stood awaiting the +outcome, ready to demand the crown upon the first indication of +wavering belief in the man he knew was not Leopold. + +“How may we know that you are really Leopold?” again asked Ludwig of +Barney. + +The American raised his left hand, upon the third finger of which +gleamed the great ruby of the royal ring of the kings of Lutha. Even +Peter of Blentz started back in surprise as his eyes fell upon the +ring. + +Where had the man come upon it? + +Prince von der Tann dropped to one knee before Mr. Bernard Custer of +Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., and lifted that gentleman’s hand to his +lips, and as the people of Lutha saw the act they went mad with joy. + +Slowly Prince Ludwig rose and addressed the bishop. “Leopold, the +rightful heir to the throne of Lutha, is here. Let the coronation +proceed.” + +The quiet of the sepulcher fell upon the assemblage as the holy man +raised the crown above the head of the king. Barney saw from the corner +of his eye the sea of faces upturned toward him. He saw the relief and +happiness upon the stern countenance of the old prince. + +He hated to dash all their new found joy by the announcement that he +was not the king. He could not do that, for the moment he did Peter +would step forward and demand that his own coronation continue. How was +he to save the throne for Leopold? + +Among the faces beneath him he suddenly descried that of a beautiful +young girl whose eyes, filled with the tears of a great happiness and a +greater love, were upturned to his. To reveal his true identity would +lose him this girl forever. None save Peter knew that he was not the +king. All save Peter would hail him gladly as Leopold of Lutha. How +easily he might win a throne and the woman he loved by a moment of +seeming passive compliance. + +The temptation was great, and then he recalled the boy, lying dead for +his king in the desolate mountains, and the pathetic light in the eyes +of the sorrowful man at Tafelberg, and the great trust and confidence +in the heart of the woman who had shown that she loved him. + +Slowly Barney Custer raised his palm toward the bishop in a gesture of +restraint. + +“There are those who doubt that I am king,” he said. “In these +circumstances there should be no coronation in Lutha until all doubts +are allayed and all may unite in accepting without question the royal +right of the true Leopold to the crown of his father. Let the +coronation wait, then, until another day, and all will be well.” + +“It must take place before noon of the fifth day of November, or not +until a year later,” said Prince Ludwig. “In the meantime the Prince +Regent must continue to rule. For the sake of Lutha the coronation must +take place today, your majesty.” + +“What is the date?” asked Barney. + +“The third, sire.” + +“Let the coronation wait until the fifth.” + +“But your majesty,” interposed Von der Tann, “all may be lost in two +days.” + +“It is the king’s command,” said Barney quietly. + +“But Peter of Blentz will rule for these two days, and in that time +with the army at his command there is no telling what he may +accomplish,” insisted the old man. + +“Peter of Blentz shall not rule Lutha for two days, or two minutes,” +replied Barney. “We shall rule. Lieutenant Butzow, you may place Prince +Peter, Coblich, Maenck, and Stein under arrest. We charge them with +treason against their king, and conspiring to assassinate their +rightful monarch.” + +Butzow smiled as he turned with his troopers at his back to execute +this most welcome of commissions; but in a moment he was again at +Barney’s side. + +“They have fled, your majesty,” he said. “Shall I ride to Blentz after +them?” + +“Let them go,” replied the American, and then, with his retinue about +him the new king of Lutha passed down the broad aisle of the cathedral +of Lustadt and took his way to the royal palace between ranks of +saluting soldiery backed by cheering thousands. + + + + +IX. +THE KING’S GUESTS + + +Once within the palace Barney sought the seclusion of a small room off +the audience chamber. Here he summoned Butzow. + +“Lieutenant,” said the American, “for the sake of a woman, a dead child +and an unhappy king I have become dictator of Lutha for forty-eight +hours; but at noon upon the fifth this farce must cease. Then we must +place the true Leopold upon the throne, or a new dictator must replace +me. + +“In vain I have tried to convince you that I am not the king, and today +in the cathedral so great was the temptation to take advantage of the +odd train of circumstances that had placed a crown within my reach that +I all but surrendered to it—not for the crown of gold, Butzow, but for +an infinitely more sacred diadem which belongs to him to whom by right +of birth and lineage, belongs the crown of Lutha. I do not ask you to +understand—it is not necessary—but this you must know and believe: that +I am not Leopold, and that the true Leopold lies in hiding in the +sanatorium at Tafelberg, from which you and I, Butzow, must fetch him +to Lustadt before noon on the fifth.” + +“But, sire—” commenced Butzow, when Barney raised his hand. + +“Enough of that, Butzow!” he cried almost irritably. “I am sick of +being ‘sired’ and ‘majestied’—my name is Custer. Call me that when +others are not present. Believe what you will, but ride with me in +secrecy to Tafelberg tonight, and together we shall bring back Leopold +of Lutha. Then we may call Prince Ludwig into our confidence, and none +need ever know of the substitution. + +“I doubt if many had a sufficiently close view of me today to realize +the trick that I have played upon them, and if they note a difference +they will attribute it to the change in apparel, for we shall see to it +that the king is fittingly garbed before we exhibit him to his +subjects, while hereafter I shall continue in khaki, which becomes me +better than ermine.” + +Butzow shook his head. + +“King or dictator,” he said, “it is all the same, and I must obey +whatever commands you see fit to give, and so I will ride to Tafelberg +tonight, though what we shall find there I cannot imagine, unless there +are two Leopolds of Lutha. But shall we also find another royal ring +upon the finger of this other king?” + +Barney smiled. “You’re a typical hard-headed Dutchman, Butzow,” he +said. + +The lieutenant drew himself up haughtily. “I am not a Dutchman, your +majesty. I am a Luthanian.” + +Barney laughed. “Whatever else you may be, Butzow, you’re a brick,” he +said, laying his hand upon the other’s arm. + +Butzow looked at him narrowly. + +“From your speech,” he said, “and the occasional Americanisms into +which you fall I might believe that you were other than the king but +for the ring.” + +“It is my commission from the king,” replied Barney. “Leopold placed it +upon my finger in token of his royal authority to act in his behalf. +Tonight, then Butzow, you and I shall ride to Tafelberg. Have three +good horses. We must lead one for the king.” + +Butzow saluted and left the apartment. For an hour or two the American +was busy with tailors whom he had ordered sent to the palace to measure +him for the numerous garments of a royal wardrobe, for he knew the king +to be near enough his own size that he might easily wear clothes that +had been fitted to Barney; and it was part of his plan to have +everything in readiness for the substitution which was to take place +the morning of the coronation. + +Then there were foreign dignitaries, and the heads of numerous domestic +and civic delegations to be given audience. Old Von der Tann stood +close behind Barney prompting him upon the royal duties that had fallen +so suddenly upon his shoulders, and none thought it strange that he was +unfamiliar with the craft of kingship, for was it not common knowledge +that he had been kept a close prisoner in Blentz since boyhood, nor +been given any coaching for the duties Peter of Blentz never intended +he should perform? + +After it was all over Prince Ludwig’s grim and leathery face relaxed +into a smile of satisfaction. + +“None who witnessed the conduct of your first audience, sire,” he said, +“could for a moment doubt your royal lineage—if ever a man was born to +kingship, your majesty, it be you.” + +Barney smiled, a bit ruefully, however, for in his mind’s eye he saw a +future moment when the proud old Prince von der Tann would know the +truth of the imposture that had been played upon him, and the young man +foresaw that he would have a rather unpleasant half-hour. + +At a little distance from them Barney saw Emma von der Tann surrounded +by a group of officials and palace officers. Since he had come to +Lustadt that day he had had no word with her, and now he crossed toward +her, amused as the throng parted to form an aisle for him, the men +saluting and the women curtsying low. + +He took both of the girl’s hands in his, and, drawing one through his +arm, took advantage of the prerogatives of kingship to lead her away +from the throng of courtiers. + +“I thought that I should never be done with all the tiresome business +which seems to devolve upon kings,” he said, laughing. “All the while +that I should have been bending my royal intellect to matters of state, +I was wondering just how a king might find a way to see the woman he +loves without interruptions from the horde that dogs his footsteps.” + +“You seem to have found a way, Leopold,” she whispered, pressing his +arm close to her. “Kings usually do.” + +“It is not because I am a king that I found a way, Emma,” he replied. +“It is because I am an American.” + +She looked up at him with an expression of pleading in her eyes. + +“Why do you persist?” she cried. “You have come into your own, and +there is no longer aught to fear from Peter or any other. To me at +least, it is most unkind still to deny your identity.” + +“I wonder,” said Barney, “if your love could withstand the knowledge +that I am not the king.” + +“It is the MAN I love, Leopold,” the girl replied. + +“You think so now,” he said, “but wait until the test comes, and when +it does, remember that I have always done my best to undeceive you. I +know that you are not for such as I, my princess, and when I have +returned your true king to you all that I shall ask is that you be +happy with him.” + +“I shall always be happy with my king,” she whispered, and the look +that she gave him made Barney Custer curse the fate that had failed to +make him a king by birth. + +An hour later darkness had fallen upon the little city of Lustadt, and +from a small gateway in the rear of the palace grounds two horsemen +rode out into the ill-paved street and turned their mounts’ heads +toward the north. At the side of one trotted a led horse. + +As they passed beneath the glare of an arc-light before a cafe at the +side of the public square, a diner sitting at a table upon the walk +spied the tall figure and the bearded face of him who rode a few feet +in advance of his companion. Leaping to his feet the man waved his +napkin above his head. + +“Long live the king!” he cried. “God save Leopold of Lutha!” + +And amid the din of cheering that followed, Barney Custer of Beatrice +and Lieutenant Butzow of the Royal Horse rode out into the night upon +the road to Tafelberg. + +When Peter of Blentz had escaped from the cathedral he had hastily +mounted with a handful of his followers and hurried out of Lustadt +along the road toward his formidable fortress at Blentz. Half way upon +the journey he had met a dusty and travel-stained horseman hastening +toward the capital city that Peter and his lieutenants had just left. + +At sight of the prince regent the fellow reined in and saluted. + +“May I have a word in private with your highness?” he asked. “I have +news of the greatest importance for your ears alone.” + +Peter drew to one side with the man. + +“Well,” he asked, “and what news have you for Peter of Blentz?” + +The man leaned from his horse close to Peter’s ear. + +“The king is in Tafelberg, your highness,” he said. + +“The king is dead,” snapped Peter. “There is an impostor in the palace +at Lustadt. But the real Leopold of Lutha was slain by Yellow Franz’s +band of brigands weeks ago.” + +“I heard the man at Tafelberg tell another that he was the king,” +insisted the fellow. “Through the keyhole of his room I saw him take a +great ring from his finger—a ring with a mighty ruby set in its +center—and give it to the other. Both were bearded men with gray +eyes—either might have passed for the king by the description upon the +placards that have covered Lutha for the past month. At first he denied +his identity, but when the other had convinced him that he sought only +the king’s welfare he at last admitted that he was Leopold.” + +“Where is he now?” cried Peter. + +“He is still in the sanatorium at Tafelberg. In room twenty-seven. The +other promised to return for him and take him to Lustadt, but when I +left Tafelberg he had not yet done so, and if you hasten you may reach +there before they take him away, and if there be any reward for my +loyalty to you, prince, my name is Ferrath.” + +“Ride with us and if you have told the truth, fellow, there shall be a +reward and if not—then there shall be deserts,” and Peter of Blentz +wheeled his horse and with his company galloped on toward Tafelberg. + +As he rode he talked with his lieutenants Coblich, Maenck, and Stein, +and among them it was decided that it would be best that Peter stop at +Blentz for the night while the others rode on to Tafelberg. + +“Do not bring Leopold to Blentz,” directed Peter, “for if it be he who +lies at Tafelberg and they find him gone it will be toward Blentz that +they will first look. Take him—” + +The Regent leaned from his saddle so that his mouth was close to the +ear of Coblich, that none of the troopers might hear. + +Coblich nodded his head. + +“And, Coblich, the fewer that ride to Tafelberg tonight the surer the +success of the mission. Take Maenck, Stein and one other with you. I +shall keep this man with me, for it may prove but a plot to lure me to +Tafelberg.” + +Peter scowled at the now frightened hospital attendant. + +“Tomorrow I shall be riding through the lowlands, Coblich, and so you +may not find means to communicate with me, but before noon of the fifth +have word at your town house in Lustadt for me of the success of your +venture.” + +They had reached the point now where the road to Tafelberg branches +from that to Blentz, and the four who were to fetch the king wheeled +their horses into the left-hand fork and cantered off upon their +mission. + +The direct road between Lustadt and Tafelberg is but little more than +half the distance of that which Coblich and his companions had to +traverse because of the wide detour they had made by riding almost to +Blentz first, and so it was that when they cantered into the little +mountain town near midnight Barney Custer and Lieutenant Butzow were +but a mile or two behind them. + +Had the latter had even the faintest of suspicions that the identity of +the hiding place of the king might come to the knowledge of Peter of +Blentz they could have reached Tafelberg ahead of Coblich and his +party, but all unsuspecting they rode slowly to conserve the energy of +their mounts for the return trip. + +In silence the two men approached the grounds surrounding the +sanatorium. In the soft dirt of the road the hoofs of their mounts made +no sound, and the shadows of the trees that border the front of the +enclosure hid them from the view of the trooper who held four riderless +horses in a little patch of moonlight that broke through the opening in +the trees at the main gate of the institution. + +Barney was the first to see the animals and the man. + +“S-s-st,” he hissed, reining in his horse. + +Butzow drew alongside the American. + +“What can it mean?” asked Barney. “That fellow is a trooper, but I +cannot make out his uniform.” + +“Wait here,” said Butzow, and slipping from his horse he crept closer +to the man, hugging the dense shadows close to the trees. + +Barney reined in nearer the low wall. From his saddle he could see the +grounds beyond through the branches of a tree. As he looked his +attention was suddenly riveted upon a sight that sent his heart into +his throat. + +Three men were dragging a struggling, half-naked figure down the gravel +walk from the sanatorium toward the gate. One kept a hand clapped +across the mouth of the prisoner, who struck and fought his assailants +with all the frenzy of despair. + +Barney leaped from his saddle and ran headlong after Butzow. The +lieutenant had reached the gate but an instant ahead of him when the +trooper, turning suddenly at some slight sound of the officer’s foot +upon the ground, detected the man creeping upon him. In an instant the +fellow had whipped out a revolver, and raising it fired point-blank at +Butzow’s chest; but in the same instant a figure shot out of the +shadows beside him, and with the report of the revolver a heavy fist +caught the trooper on the side of the chin, crumpling him to the ground +as if he were dead. + +The blow had been in time to deflect the muzzle of the firearm, and the +bullet whistled harmlessly past the lieutenant. + +“Your majesty!” exclaimed Butzow excitedly. “Go back. He might have +killed you.” + +Barney leaped to the other’s side and grasping him by the shoulders +wheeled him about so that he faced the gate. + +“There, Butzow,” he cried, “there is your king, and from the looks of +it he never needed a loyal subject more than he does this moment. +Come!” Without waiting to see if the other followed him, Barney Custer +leaped through the gate full in the faces of the astonished trio that +was dragging Leopold of Lutha from his sanctuary. + +At sight of the American the king gave a muffled cry of relief, and +then Barney was upon those who held him. A stinging uppercut lifted +Coblich clear of the ground to drop him, dazed and bewildered, at the +foot of the monarch he had outraged. Maenck drew a revolver only to +have it struck from his hand by the sword of Butzow, who had followed +closely upon the American’s heels. + +Barney, seizing the king by the arm, started on a run for the gateway. +In his wake came Butzow with a drawn sword beating back Stein, who was +armed with a cavalry saber, and Maenck who had now drawn his own sword. + +The American saw that the two were pressing Butzow much too closely for +safety and that Coblich had now recovered from the effects of the blow +and was in pursuit, drawing his saber as he ran. Barney thrust the king +behind him and turned to face the enemy, at Butzow’s side. + +The three men rushed upon the two who stood between them and their +prey. The moonlight was now full in the faces of Butzow and the +American. For the first time Maenck and the others saw who it was that +had interrupted them. + +“The impostor!” cried the governor of Blentz. “The false king!” + +Imbued with temporary courage by the knowledge that his side had the +advantage of superior numbers he launched himself full upon the +American. To his surprise he met a sword-arm that none might have +expected in an American, for Barney Custer had been a pupil of the +redoubtable Colonel Monstery, who was, as Barney was wont to say, “one +of the thanwhomest of fencing masters.” + +Quickly Maenck fell back to give place to Stein, but not before the +American’s point had found him twice to leave him streaming blood from +two deep flesh wounds. + +Neither of those who fought in the service of the king saw the +trembling, weak-kneed figure, which had stood behind them, turn and +scurry through the gateway, leaving the men who battled for him to +their fate. + +The trooper whom Barney had felled had regained consciousness and as he +came to his feet rubbing his swollen jaw he saw a disheveled, +half-dressed figure running toward him from the sanatorium grounds. The +fellow was no fool, and knowing the purpose of the expedition as he did +he was quick to jump to the conclusion that this fleeing +personification of abject terror was Leopold of Lutha; and so it was +that as the king emerged from the gateway in search of freedom he ran +straight into the widespread arms of the trooper. + +Maenck and Coblich had seen the king’s break for liberty, and the +latter maneuvered to get himself between Butzow and the open gate that +he might follow after the fleeing monarch. + +At the same instant Maenck, seeing that Stein was being worsted by the +American, rushed in upon the latter, and thus relieved, the rat-faced +doctor was enabled to swing a heavy cut at Barney which struck him a +glancing blow upon the head, sending him stunned and bleeding to the +sward. + +Coblich and the governor of Blentz hastened toward the gate, pausing +for an instant to overwhelm Butzow. In the fierce scrimmage that +followed the lieutenant was overthrown, though not before his sword had +passed through the heart of the rat-faced one. Deserting their fallen +comrade the two dashed through the gate, where to their immense relief +they found Leopold safe in the hands of the trooper. + +An instant later the precious trio, with Leopold upon the horse of the +late Dr. Stein, were galloping swiftly into the darkness of the wood +that lies at the outskirts of Tafelberg. + +When Barney regained consciousness he found himself upon a cot within +the sanatorium. Close beside him lay Butzow, and above them stood an +interne and several nurses. No sooner had the American regained his +scattered wits than he leaped to the floor. The interne and the nurses +tried to force him back upon the cot, thinking that he was in the +throes of a delirium, and it required his best efforts to convince them +that he was quite rational. + +During the melee Butzow regained consciousness; his wound being as +superficial as that of the American, the two men were soon donning +their clothing, and, half-dressed, rushing toward the outer gate. + +The interne had told them that when he had reached the scene of the +conflict in company with the gardener he had found them and another +lying upon the sward. + +Their companion, he said, was quite dead. + +“That must have been Stein,” said Butzow. “And the others had escaped +with the king!” + +“The king?” cried the interne. + +“Yes, the king, man—Leopold of Lutha. Did you not know that he who has +lain here for three weeks was the king?” replied Butzow. + +The interne accompanied them to the gate and beyond, but everywhere was +silence. The king was gone. + + + + +X. +ON THE BATTLEFIELD + + +All that night and the following day Barney Custer and his aide rode in +search of the missing king. + +They came to Blentz, and there Butzow rode boldly into the great court, +admitted by virtue of the fact that the guard upon the gate knew him +only as an officer of the royal guard whom they believed still loyal to +Peter of Blentz. + +The lieutenant learned that the king was not there, nor had he been +since his escape. He also learned that Peter was abroad in the lowland +recruiting followers to aid him forcibly to regain the crown of Lutha. + +The lieutenant did not wait to hear more, but, hurrying from the +castle, rode to Barney where the latter had remained in hiding in the +wood below the moat—the same wood through which he had stumbled a few +weeks previously after his escape from the stagnant waters of the moat. + +“The king is not here,” said Butzow to him, as soon as the former +reached his side. “Peter is recruiting an army to aid him in seizing +the palace at Lustadt, and king or no king, we must ride for the +capital in time to check that move. Thank God,” he added, “that we +shall have a king to place upon the throne of Lutha at noon tomorrow in +spite of all that Peter can do.” + +“What do you mean?” asked Barney. “Have you any clue to the whereabouts +of Leopold?” + +“I saw the man at Tafelberg whom you say is king,” replied Butzow. “I +saw him tremble and whimper in the face of danger. I saw him run when +he might have seized something, even a stone, and fought at the sides +of the men who were come to rescue him. And I saw you there also. + +“The truth and the falsity of this whole strange business is beyond me, +but this I know: if you are not the king today I pray God that the +other may not find his way to Lustadt before noon tomorrow, for by then +a brave man will sit upon the throne of Lutha, your majesty.” + +Barney laid his hand upon the shoulder of the other. + +“It cannot be, my friend,” he said. “There is more than a throne at +stake for me, but to win them both I could not do the thing you +suggest. If Leopold of Lutha lives he must be crowned tomorrow.” + +“And if he does not live?” asked Butzow. + +Barney Custer shrugged his shoulders. + +It was dusk when the two entered the palace grounds in Lustadt. The +sight of Barney threw the servants and functionaries of the royal +household into wild excitement and confusion. Men ran hither and +thither bearing the glad tidings that the king had returned. + +Old von der Tann was announced within ten minutes after Barney reached +his apartments. He urged upon the American the necessity for greater +caution in the future. + +“Your majesty’s life is never safe while Peter of Blentz is abroad in +Lutha,” cried he. + +“It was to save your king from Peter that we rode from Lustadt last +night,” replied Barney, but the old prince did not catch the double +meaning of the words. + +While they talked a young officer of cavalry begged an audience. He had +important news for the king, he said. From him Barney learned that +Peter of Blentz had succeeded in recruiting a fair-sized army in the +lowlands. Two regiments of government infantry and a squadron of +cavalry had united forces with him, for there were those who still +accepted him as regent, believing his contention that the true king was +dead, and that he whose coronation was to be attempted was but the +puppet of old Von der Tann. + +The morning of November 5 broke clear and cold. The old town of Lustadt +was awakened with a start at daybreak by the booming of cannon. Mounted +messengers galloped hither and thither through the steep, winding +streets. Troops, foot and horse, moved at the double from the barracks +along the King’s Road to the fortifications which guard the entrance to +the city at the foot of Margaretha Street. + +Upon the heights above the town Barney Custer and the old Prince von +der Tann stood surrounded by officers and aides watching the advance of +a skirmish line up the slopes toward Lustadt. Behind, the thin line +columns of troops were marching under cover of two batteries of field +artillery that Peter of Blentz had placed upon a wooden knoll to the +southeast of the city. + +The guns upon the single fort that, overlooking the broad valley, +guarded the entire southern exposure of the city were answering the +fire of Prince Peter’s artillery, while several machine guns had been +placed to sweep the slope up which the skirmish line was advancing. + +The trees that masked the enemy’s pieces extended upward along the +ridge and the eastern edge of the city. Barney saw that a force of men +might easily reach a commanding position from that direction and enter +Lustadt almost in rear of the fortifications. Below him a squadron of +the Royal Horse were just emerging from their stables, taking their way +toward the plain to join in a concerted movement against the troops +that were advancing toward the fort. + +He turned to an aide de camp standing just behind him. + +“Intercept that squadron and direct the major to move due east along +the King’s Road to the grove,” he commanded. “We will join him there.” + +And as the officer spurred down the steep and narrow street the +American, followed by Von der Tann and his staff, wheeled and galloped +eastward. + +Ten minutes later the party entered the wood at the edge of town, where +the squadron soon joined them. Von der Tann was mystified at the +purpose of this change in the position of the general staff, since from +the wood they could see nothing of the battle waging upon the slope. +During his brief intercourse with the man he thought king he had quite +forgotten that there had been any question as to the young man’s +sanity, for he had given no indication of possessing aught but a +well-balanced mind. Now, however, he commenced to have misgivings, if +not of his sanity, then as to his judgment at least. + +“I fear, your majesty,” he ventured, “that we are putting ourselves too +much out of touch with the main body of the army. We can neither see +nor accomplish anything from this position.” + +“We were too far away to accomplish much upon the top of that +mountain,” replied Barney, “but we’re going to commence doing things +now. You will please to ride back along the King’s Road and take direct +command of the troops mobilized near the fort. + +“Direct the artillery to redouble their fire upon the enemy’s battery +for five minutes, and then to cease firing into the wood entirely. At +the same instant you may order a cautious advance against the troops +advancing up the slope. + +“When you see us emerge upon the west side of the grove where the +enemy’s guns are now, you may order a charge, and we will take them +simultaneously upon their right flank with a cavalry charge.” + +“But, your majesty,” exclaimed Von der Tann dubiously, “where will you +be in the mean time?” + +“We shall be with the major’s squadron, and when you see us emerging +from the grove, you will know that we have taken Peter’s guns and that +everything is over except the shouting.” + +“You are not going to accompany the charge!” cried the old prince. + +“We are going to lead it,” and the pseudo-king of Lutha wheeled his +mount as though to indicate that the time for talking was past. + +With a signal to the major commanding the squadron of Royal Horse, he +moved eastward into the wood. Prince Ludwig hesitated a moment as +though to question further the wisdom of the move, but finally with a +shake of his head he trotted off in the direction of the fort. + +Five minutes later the enemy were delighted to note that the fire upon +their concealed battery had suddenly ceased. + +Then Peter saw a force of foot-soldiers deploy from the city and +advance slowly in line of skirmishers down the slope to meet his own +firing line. + +Immediately he did what Barney had expected that he would—turned the +fire of his artillery toward the southwest, directly away from the +point from which the American and the crack squadron were advancing. + +So it came that the cavalrymen crept through the woods upon the rear of +the guns, unseen; the noise of their advance was drowned by the +detonation of the cannon. + +The first that the artillerymen knew of the enemy in their rear was a +shout of warning from one of the powder-men at a caisson, who had +caught a glimpse of the grim line advancing through the trees at his +rear. + +Instantly an effort was made to wheel several of the pieces about and +train them upon the advancing horsemen; but even had there been time, a +shout that rose from several of Peter’s artillerymen as the Royal Horse +broke into full view would doubtless have prevented the maneuver, for +at sight of the tall, bearded, young man who galloped in front of the +now charging cavalrymen there rose a shout of “The king! The king!” + +With the force of an avalanche the Royal Horse rode through those two +batteries of field artillery; and in the thick of the fight that +followed rode the American, a smile upon his face, for in his ears rang +the wild shouts of his troopers: “For the king! For the king!” + +In the moment that the enemy made their first determined stand a bullet +brought down the great bay upon which Barney rode. A dozen of Peter’s +men rushed forward to seize the man stumbling to his feet. As many more +of the Royal Horse closed around him, and there, for five minutes, was +waged as fierce a battle for possession of a king as was ever fought. + +But already many of the artillerymen had deserted the guns that had not +yet been attacked, for the magic name of king had turned their blood to +water. Fifty or more raised a white flag and surrendered without +striking a blow, and when, at last, Barney and his little bodyguard +fought their way through those who surrounded them they found the +balance of the field already won. + +Upon the slope below the city the loyal troops were advancing upon the +enemy. Old Prince Ludwig paced back and forth behind them, apparently +oblivious to the rain of bullets about him. Every moment he turned his +eyes toward the wooded ridge from which there now belched an almost +continuous fusillade of shells upon the advancing royalists. + +Quite suddenly the cannonading ceased and the old man halted in his +tracks, his gaze riveted upon the wood. For several minutes he saw no +sign of what was transpiring behind that screen of sere and yellow +autumn leaves, and then a man came running out, and after him another +and another. + +The prince raised his field glasses to his eyes. He almost cried aloud +in his relief—the uniforms of the fugitives were those of artillerymen, +and only cavalry had accompanied the king. A moment later there +appeared in the center of his lenses a tall figure with a full beard. +He rode, swinging his saber above his head, and behind him at full +gallop came a squadron of the Royal Horse. + +Old von der Tann could restrain himself no longer. + +“The king! The king!” he cried to those about him, pointing in the +direction of the wood. + +The officers gathered there and the soldiery before him heard and took +up the cry, and then from the old man’s lips came the command, +“Charge!” and a thousand men tore down the slopes of Lustadt upon the +forces of Peter of Blentz, while from the east the king charged their +right flank at the head of the Royal Horse. + +Peter of Blentz saw that the day was lost, for the troops upon the +right were crumpling before the false king while he and his cavalrymen +were yet a half mile distant. Before the retreat could become a rout +the prince regent ordered his forces to fall back slowly upon a suburb +that lies in the valley below the city. + +Once safely there he raised a white flag, asking a conference with +Prince Ludwig. + +“Your majesty,” said the old man, “what answer shall we send the +traitor who even now ignores the presence of his king?” + +“Treat with him,” replied the American. “He may be honest enough in his +belief that I am an impostor.” + +Von der Tann shrugged his shoulders, but did as Barney bid, and for +half an hour the young man waited with Butzow while Von der Tann and +Peter met halfway between the forces for their conference. + +A dozen members of the most powerful of the older nobility accompanied +Ludwig. When they returned their faces were a picture of puzzled +bewilderment. With them were several officers, soldiers and civilians +from Peter’s contingency. + +“What said he?” asked Barney. + +“He said, your majesty,” replied Von der Tann, “that he is confident +you are not the king, and that these men he has sent with me knew the +king well at Blentz. As proof that you are not the king he has offered +the evidence of your own denials—made not only to his officers and +soldiers, but to the man who is now your loyal lieutenant, Butzow, and +to the Princess Emma von der Tann, my daughter. + +“He insists that he is fighting for the welfare of Lutha, while we are +traitors, attempting to seat an impostor upon the throne of the dead +Leopold. I will admit that we are at a loss, your majesty, to know +where lies the truth and where the falsity in this matter. + +“We seek only to serve our country and our king but there are those +among us who, to be entirely frank, are not yet convinced that you are +Leopold. The result of the conference may not, then, meet with the +hearty approval of your majesty.” + +“What was the result?” asked Barney. + +“It was decided that all hostilities cease, and that Prince Peter be +given an opportunity to establish the validity of his claim that your +majesty is an impostor. If he is able to do so to the entire +satisfaction of a majority of the old nobility, we have agreed to +support him in a return to his regency.” + +For a moment there was deep silence. Many of the nobles stood with +averted faces and eyes upon the ground. + +The American, a half-smile upon his face, turned toward the men of +Peter who had come to denounce him. He knew what their verdict would +be. He knew that if he were to save the throne for Leopold he must hold +it at any cost until Leopold should be found. + +Troopers were scouring the country about Lustadt as far as Blentz in +search of Maenck and Coblich. Could they locate these two and arrest +them “with all found in their company,” as his order read, he felt sure +that he would be able to deliver the missing king to his subjects in +time for the coronation at noon. + +Barney looked straight into the eyes of old Von der Tann. + +“You have given us the opinion of others, Prince Ludwig,” he said. “Now +you may tell us your own views of the matter.” + +“I shall have to abide by the decision of the majority,” replied the +old man. “But I have seen your majesty under fire, and if you are not +the king, for Lutha’s sake you ought to be.” + +“He is not Leopold,” said one of the officers who had accompanied the +prince from Peter’s camp. “I was governor of Blentz for three years and +as familiar with the king’s face as with that of my own brother.” + +“No,” cried several of the others, “this man is not the king.” + +Several of the nobles drew away from Barney. Others looked at him +questioningly. + +Butzow stepped close to his side, and it was noticeable that the +troopers, and even the officers, of the Royal Horse which Barney had +led in the charge upon the two batteries in the wood, pressed a little +closer to the American. This fact did not escape Butzow’s notice. + +“If you are content to take the word of the servants of a traitor and a +would-be regicide,” he cried, “I am not. There has been no proof +advanced that this man is not the king. In so far as I am concerned he +is the king, nor ever do I expect to serve another more worthy of the +title. + +“If Peter of Blentz has real proof—not the testimony of his own +faction—that Leopold of Lutha is dead, let him bring it forward before +noon today, for at noon we shall crown a king in the cathedral at +Lustadt, and I for one pray to God that it may be he who has led us in +battle today.” + +A shout of applause rose from the Royal Horse, and from the +foot-soldiers who had seen the king charge across the plain, scattering +the enemy before him. + +Barney, appreciating the advantage in the sudden turn affairs had taken +following Butzow’s words, swung to his saddle. + +“Until Peter of Blentz brings to Lustadt one with a better claim to the +throne,” he said, “we shall continue to rule Lutha, nor shall other +than Leopold be crowned her king. We approve of the amnesty you have +granted, Prince Ludwig, and Peter of Blentz is free to enter Lustadt, +as he will, so long as he does not plot against the true king. + +“Major,” he added, turning to the commander of the squadron at his +back, “we are returning to the palace. Your squadron will escort us, +remaining on guard there about the grounds. Prince Ludwig, you will see +that machine guns are placed about the palace and commanding the +approaches to the cathedral.” + +With a nod to the cavalry major he wheeled his horse and trotted up the +slope toward Lustadt. + +With a grim smile Prince Ludwig von der Tann mounted his horse and rode +toward the fort. At his side were several of the nobles of Lutha. They +looked at him in astonishment. + +“You are doing his bidding, although you do not know that he is the +true king?” asked one of them. + +“Were he an impostor,” replied the old man, “he would have insisted by +word of mouth that he is king. But not once has he said that he is +Leopold. Instead, he has proved his kingship by his acts.” + + + + +XI. +A TIMELY INTERVENTION + + +Nine o’clock found Barney Custer pacing up and down his apartments in +the palace. No clue as to the whereabouts of Coblich, Maenck or the +king had been discovered. One by one his troopers had returned to +Butzow empty-handed, and as much at a loss as to the hiding-place of +their quarry as when they had set out upon their search. + +Peter of Blentz and his retainers had entered the city and already had +commenced to gather at the cathedral. + +Peter, at the residence of Coblich, had succeeded in gathering about +him many of the older nobility whom he pledged to support him in case +he could prove to them that the man who occupied the royal palace was +not Leopold of Lutha. + +They agreed to support him in his regency if he produced proof that the +true Leopold was dead, and Peter of Blentz waited with growing anxiety +the coming of Coblich with word that he had the king in custody. Peter +was staking all on a single daring move which he had decided to make in +his game of intrigue. + +As Barney paced within the palace, waiting for word that Leopold had +been found, Peter of Blentz was filled with equal apprehension as he, +too, waited for the same tidings. At last he heard the pound of hoofs +upon the pavement without and a moment later Coblich, his clothing +streaked with dirt, blood caked upon his face from a wound across the +forehead, rushed into the presence of the prince regent. + +Peter drew him hurriedly into a small study on the first floor. + +“Well?” he whispered, as the two faced each other. + +“We have him,” replied Coblich. “But we had the devil’s own time +getting him. Stein was killed and Maenck and I both wounded, and all +morning we have spent the time hiding from troopers who seemed to be +searching for us. Only fifteen minutes since did we reach the +hiding-place that you instructed us to use. But we have him, your +highness, and he is in such a state of cowardly terror that he is ready +to agree to anything, if you will but spare his life and set him free +across the border.” + +“It is too late for that now, Coblich,” replied Peter. “There is but +one way that Leopold of Lutha can serve me now, and that is—dead. Were +his corpse to be carried into the cathedral of Lustadt before noon +today, and were those who fetched it to swear that the king was killed +by the impostor after being dragged from the hospital at Tafelberg +where you and Maenck had located him, and from which you were +attempting to rescue him, I believe that the people would tear our +enemies to pieces. What say you, Coblich?” + +The other stared at Peter of Blentz for several seconds while the +atrocity of his chief’s plan filtered through his brain. + +“My God!” he exclaimed at last. “You mean that you wish me to murder +Leopold with my own hands?” + +“You put it too crudely, my dear Coblich,” replied the other. + +“I cannot do it,” muttered Coblich. “I have never killed a man in my +life. I am getting old. No, I could never do it. I should not sleep +nights.” + +“If it is not done, Coblich, and Leopold comes into his own,” said +Peter slowly, “you will be caught and hanged higher than Haman. And if +you do not do it, and the impostor is crowned today, then you will be +either hanged officially or knifed unofficially, and without any choice +in the matter whatsoever. Nothing, Coblich, but the dead body of the +true Leopold can save your neck. You have your choice, therefore, of +letting him live to prove your treason, or letting him die and becoming +chancellor of Lutha.” + +Slowly Coblich turned toward the door. “You are right,” he said, “but +may God have mercy on my soul. I never thought that I should have to do +it with my own hands.” + +So saying he left the room and a moment later Peter of Blentz smiled as +he heard the pounding of a horse’s hoofs upon the pavement without. + +Then the Regent entered the room he had recently quitted and spoke to +the nobles of Lutha who were gathered there. + +“Coblich has found the body of the murdered king,” he said. “I have +directed him to bring it to the cathedral. He came upon the impostor +and his confederate, Lieutenant Butzow, as they were bearing the corpse +from the hospital at Tafelberg where the king has lain unknown since +the rumor was spread by Von der Tann that he had been killed by +bandits. + +“He was not killed until last evening, my lords, and you shall see +today the fresh wounds upon him. When the time comes that we can +present this grisly evidence of the guilt of the impostor and those who +uphold him, I shall expect you all to stand at my side, as you have +promised.” + +With one accord the noblemen pledged anew their allegiance to Peter of +Blentz if he could produce one-quarter of the evidence he claimed to +possess. + +“All that we wish to know positively is,” said one, “that the man who +bears the title of king today is really Leopold of Lutha, or that he is +not. If not then he stands convicted of treason, and we shall know how +to conduct ourselves.” + +Together the party rode to the cathedral, the majority of the older +nobility now openly espousing the cause of the Regent. + +At the palace Barney was about distracted. Butzow was urging him to +take the crown whether he was Leopold or not, for the young lieutenant +saw no hope for Lutha, if either the scoundrelly Regent or the cowardly +man whom Barney had assured him was the true king should come into +power. + +It was eleven o’clock. In another hour Barney knew that he must have +found some new solution of his dilemma, for there seemed little +probability that the king would be located in the brief interval that +remained before the coronation. He wondered what they did to people who +stole thrones. For a time he figured his chances of reaching the border +ahead of the enraged populace. All had depended upon the finding of the +king, and he had been so sure that it could be accomplished in time, +for Coblich and Maenck had had but a few hours in which to conceal the +monarch before the search was well under way. + +Armed with the king’s warrants, his troopers had ridden through the +country, searching houses, and questioning all whom they met. Patrols +had guarded every road that the fugitives might take either to Lustadt, +Blentz, or the border; but no king had been found and no trace of his +abductors. + +Prince von der Tann, Barney was convinced, was on the point of +deserting him, and going over to the other side. It was true that the +old man had carried out his instructions relative to the placing of the +machine guns; but they might be used as well against him, where they +stood, as for him. + +From his window he could see the broad avenue which passes before the +royal palace of Lutha. It was crowded with throngs moving toward the +cathedral. Presently there came a knock upon the closed door of his +chamber. + +At his “Enter” a functionary announced: “His Royal Highness Ludwig, +Prince von der Tann!” + +The old man was much perturbed at the rumors he had heard relative to +the assassination of the true Leopold. Soldier-like, he blurted out his +suspicions and his ultimatum. + +“None but the royal blood of Rubinroth may reign in Lutha while there +be a Rubinroth left to reign and old Von der Tann lives,” he cried in +conclusion. + +At the name “Rubinroth” Barney started. It was his mother’s name. +Suddenly the truth flashed upon him. He understood now the reticence of +both his father and mother relative to her early life. + +“Prince Ludwig,” said the young man earnestly, “I have only the good of +Lutha in my heart. For three weeks I have labored and risked death a +hundred times to place the legitimate heir to the crown of Lutha upon +his throne. I—” + +He hesitated, not knowing just how to commence the confession he was +determined to make, though he was positive that it would place Peter of +Blentz upon the throne, since the old prince had promised to support +the Regent could it be proved that Barney was an impostor. + +“I,” he started again, and then there came an interruption at the door. + +“A messenger, your majesty,” announced the doorman, “who says that he +must have audience at once upon a matter of life and death to the +king.” + +“We will see him in the ante-chamber,” replied Barney, moving toward +the door. “Await us here, Prince Ludwig.” + +A moment later he re-entered the apartment. There was an expression of +renewed hope upon his face. + +“As we were about to remark, my dear prince,” he said, “I swear that +the royal blood of the Rubinroths flows in my veins, and as God is my +judge, none other than the true Leopold of Lutha shall be crowned +today. And now we must prepare for the coronation. If there be trouble +in the cathedral, Prince Ludwig, we look to your sword in protection of +the king.” + +“When I am with you, sire,” said Von der Tann, “I know that you are +king. When I saw how you led the troops in battle, I prayed that there +could be no mistake. God give that I am right. But God help you if you +are playing with old Ludwig von der Tann.” + +When the old man had left the apartment Barney summoned an aide and +sent for Butzow. Then he hurried to the bath that adjoined the +apartment, and when the lieutenant of horse was announced Barney called +through a soapy lather for his confederate to enter. + +“What are you doing, sire?” cried Butzow in amazement. + +“Cut out the ‘sire,’ old man,” shouted Barney Custer of Beatrice. “this +is the fifth of November and I am shaving off this alfalfa. The king is +found!” + +“What?” cried Butzow, and upon his face there was little to indicate +the rejoicing that a loyal subject of Leopold of Lutha should have felt +at that announcement. + +“There is a man in the next room,” went on Barney, “who can lead us to +the spot where Coblich and Maenck guard the king. Get him in here.” + +Butzow hastened to comply with the American’s instructions, and a +moment later returned to the apartment with the old shopkeeper of +Tafelberg. + +As Barney shaved he issued directions to the two. Within the room to +the east, he said, there were the king’s coronation robes, and in a +smaller dressingroom beyond they would find a long gray cloak. + +They were to wrap all these in a bundle which the old shopkeeper was to +carry. + +“And, Butzow,” added Barney, “look to my revolvers and your own, and +lay my sword out as well. The chances are that we shall have to use +them before we are ten minutes older.” + +In an incredibly short space of time the young man emerged from the +bath, his luxuriant beard gone forever, he hoped. Butzow looked at him +with a smile. + +“I must say that the beard did not add greatly to your majesty’s good +looks,” he said. + +“Never mind the bouquets, old man,” cried Barney, cramming his arms +into the sleeves of his khaki jacket and buckling sword and revolver +about him, as he hurried toward a small door that opened upon the +opposite side of the apartment to that through which his visitors had +been conducted. + +Together the three hastened through a narrow, little-used corridor and +down a flight of well-worn stone steps to a door that let upon the rear +court of the palace. + +There were grooms and servants there, and soldiers too, who saluted +Butzow, according the old shopkeeper and the smooth-faced young +stranger only cursory glances. It was evident that without his beard it +was not likely that Barney would be again mistaken for the king. + +At the stables Butzow requisitioned three horses, and soon the trio was +galloping through a little-frequented street toward the northern, hilly +environs of Lustadt. They rode in silence until they came to an old +stone building, whose boarded windows and general appearance of +dilapidation proclaimed its long tenantless condition. Rank weeds, now +rustling dry and yellow in the November wind, choked what once might +have been a luxuriant garden. A stone wall, which had at one time +entirely surrounded the grounds, had been almost completely removed +from the front to serve as foundation stone for a smaller edifice +farther down the mountainside. + +The horsemen avoided this break in the wall, coming up instead upon the +rear side where their approach was wholly screened from the building by +the wall upon that exposure. + +Close in they dismounted, and leaving the animals in charge of the +shopkeeper of Tafelberg, Barney and Butzow hastened toward a small +postern-gate which swung, groaning, upon a single rusted hinge. Each +felt that there was no time for caution or stratagem. Instead all +depended upon the very boldness and rashness of their attack, and so as +they came through into the courtyard the two dashed headlong for the +building. + +Chance accomplished for them what no amount of careful execution might +have done, and they came within the ruin unnoticed by the four who +occupied the old, darkened library. + +Possibly the fact that one of the men had himself just entered and was +excitedly talking to the others may have drowned the noisy approach of +the two. However that may be, it is a fact that Barney and the cavalry +officer came to the very door of the library unheard. + +There they halted, listening. Coblich was speaking. + +“The Regent commands it, Maenck,” he was saying. “It is the only thing +that can save our necks. He said that you had better be the one to do +it, since it was your carelessness that permitted the fellow to escape +from Blentz.” + +Huddled in a far corner of the room was an abject figure trembling in +terror. At the words of Coblich it staggered to its feet. It was the +king. + +“Have pity—have pity!” he cried. “Do not kill me, and I will go away +where none will ever know that I live. You can tell Peter that I am +dead. Tell him anything, only spare my life. Oh, why did I ever listen +to the cursed fool who tempted me to think of regaining the crown that +has brought me only misery and suffering—the crown that has now placed +the sentence of death upon me.” + +“Why not let him go?” suggested the trooper, who up to this time had +not spoken. “If we don’t kill him, we can’t be hanged for his murder.” + +“Don’t be too sure of that,” exclaimed Maenck. “If he goes away and +never returns, what proof can we offer that we did not kill him, should +we be charged with the crime? And if we let him go, and later he +returns and gains his throne, he will see that we are hanged anyway for +treason. + +“The safest thing to do is to put him where he at least cannot come +back to threaten us, and having done so upon the orders of Peter, let +the king’s blood be upon Peter’s head. I, at least, shall obey my +master, and let you two bear witness that I did the thing with my own +hand.” So saying he drew his sword and crossed toward the king. + +But Captain Ernst Maenck never reached his sovereign. + +As the terrified shriek of the sorry monarch rang through the interior +of the desolate ruin another sound mingled with it, half-drowning the +piercing wail of terror. + +It was the sharp crack of a revolver, and even as it spoke Maenck +lunged awkwardly forward, stumbled, and collapsed at Leopold’s feet. +With a moan the king shrank back from the grisly thing that touched his +boot, and then two men were in the center of the room, and things were +happening with a rapidity that was bewildering. + +About all that he could afterward recall with any distinctness was the +terrified face of Coblich, as he rushed past him toward a door in the +opposite side of the room, and the horrid leer upon the face of the +dead trooper, who foolishly, had made a move to draw his revolver. + +Within the cathedral at Lustadt excitement was at fever heat. It lacked +but two minutes of noon, and as yet no king had come to claim the +crown. Rumors were running riot through the close-packed audience. + +One man had heard the king’s chamberlain report to Prince von der Tann +that the master of ceremonies had found the king’s apartments vacant +when he had gone to urge the monarch to hasten his preparations for the +coronation. + +Another had seen Butzow and two strangers galloping north through the +city. A third told of a little old man who had come to the king with an +urgent message. + +Peter of Blentz and Prince Ludwig were talking in whispers at the foot +of the chancel steps. Peter ascended the steps and facing the +assemblage raised a silencing hand. + +“He who claimed to be Leopold of Lutha,” he said, “was but a mad +adventurer. He would have seized the throne of the Rubinroths had his +nerve not failed him at the last moment. He has fled. The true king is +dead. Now I, Prince Regent of Lutha, declare the throne vacant, and +announce myself king!” + +There were a few scattered cheers and some hissing. A score of the +nobles rose as though to protest, but before any could take a step the +attention of all was directed toward the sorry figure of a white-faced +man who scurried up the broad center aisle. + +It was Coblich. + +He ran to Peter’s side, and though he attempted to speak in a whisper, +so out of breath, and so filled with hysterical terror was he that his +words came out in gasps that were audible to many of those who stood +near by. + +“Maenck is dead,” he cried. “The impostor has stolen the king.” + +Peter of Blentz went white as his lieutenant. Von der Tann heard and +demanded an explanation. + +“You said that Leopold was dead,” he said accusingly. + +Peter regained his self-control quickly. + +“Coblich is excited,” he explained. “He means that the impostor has +stolen the body of the king that Coblich and Maenck had discovered and +were bringing to Lustadt.” + +Von der Tann looked troubled. + +He knew not what to make of the series of wild tales that had come to +his ears within the past hour. He had hoped that the young man whom he +had last seen in the king’s apartments was the true Leopold. He would +have been glad to have served such a one, but there had been many +inexplicable occurrences which tended to cast a doubt upon the man’s +claims—and yet, had he ever claimed to be the king? It suddenly +occurred to the old prince that he had not. On the contrary he had +repeatedly stated to Prince Ludwig’s daughter and to Lieutenant Butzow +that he was not Leopold. + +It seemed that they had all been so anxious to believe him king that +they had forced the false position upon him, and now if he had indeed +committed the atrocity that Coblich charged against him, who could +wonder? With less provocation men had before attempted to seize thrones +by more dastardly means. + +Peter of Blentz was speaking. + +“Let the coronation proceed,” he cried, “that Lutha may have a true +king to frustrate the plans of the impostor and the traitors who had +supported him.” + +He cast a meaning glance at Prince von der Tann. + +There were many cries for Peter of Blentz. “Let’s have done with +treason, and place upon the throne of Lutha one whom we know to be both +a Luthanian and sane. Down with the mad king! Down with the impostor!” + +Peter turned to ascend the chancel steps. + +Von der Tann still hesitated. Below him upon one side of the aisle were +massed his own retainers. Opposite them were the men of the Regent, and +dividing the two the parallel ranks of Horse Guards stretched from the +chancel down the broad aisle to the great doors. These were strongly +for the impostor, if impostor he was, who had led them to victory over +the men of the Blentz faction. + +Von der Tann knew that they would fight to the last ditch for their +hero should he come to claim the crown. Yet how would they fight—to +which side would they cleave, were he to attempt to frustrate the +design of the Regent to seize the throne of Lutha? + +Already Peter of Blentz had approached the bishop, who, eager to +propitiate whoever seemed most likely to become king, gave the signal +for the procession that was to mark the solemn bearing of the crown of +Lutha up the aisle to the chancel. + +Outside the cathedral there was the sudden blare of trumpets. The great +doors swung violently open, and the entire throng were upon their feet +in an instant as a trooper of the Royal Horse shouted: “The king! The +king! Make way for Leopold of Lutha!” + + + + +XII. +THE GRATITUDE OF A KING + + +At the cry silence fell upon the throng. Every head was turned toward +the great doors through which the head of a procession was just +visible. It was a grim looking procession—the head of it, at least. + +There were four khaki-clad trumpeters from the Royal Horse Guards, the +gay and resplendent uniforms which they should have donned today +conspicuous for their absence. From their brazen bugles sounded another +loud fanfare, and then they separated, two upon each side of the aisle, +and between them marched three men. + +One was tall, with gray eyes and had a reddish-brown beard. He was +fully clothed in the coronation robes of Leopold. Upon his either hand +walked the others—Lieutenant Butzow and a gray-eyed, smooth-faced, +square-jawed stranger. + +Behind them marched the balance of the Royal Horse Guards that were not +already on duty within the cathedral. As the eyes of the multitude fell +upon the man in the coronation robes there were cries of: “The king! +Impostor!” and “Von der Tann’s puppet!” + +“Denounce him!” whispered one of Peter’s henchmen in his master’s ear. + +The Regent moved closer to the aisle, that he might meet the impostor +at the foot of the chancel steps. The procession was moving steadily up +the aisle. + +Among the clan of Von der Tann a young girl with wide eyes was bending +forward that she might have a better look at the face of the king. As +he came opposite her her eyes filled with horror, and then she saw the +eyes of the smooth-faced stranger at the king’s side. They were brave, +laughing eyes, and as they looked straight into her own the truth +flashed upon her, and the girl gave a gasp of dismay as she realized +that the king of Lutha and the king of her heart were not one and the +same. + +At last the head of the procession was almost at the foot of the +chancel steps. There were murmurs of: “It is not the king,” and “Who is +this new impostor?” + +Leopold’s eyes were searching the faces of the close-packed nobility +about the chancel. At last they fell upon the face of Peter. The young +man halted not two paces from the Regent. The man went white as the +king’s eyes bored straight into his miserable soul. + +“Peter of Blentz,” cried the young man, “as God is your judge, tell the +truth today. Who am I?” + +The legs of the Prince Regent trembled. He sank upon his knees, raising +his hands in supplication toward the other. “Have pity on me, your +majesty, have pity!” he cried. + +“Who am I, man?” insisted the king. + +“You are Leopold Rubinroth, sire, by the grace of God, king of Lutha,” +cried the frightened man. “Have mercy on an old man, your majesty.” + +“Wait! Am I mad? Was I ever mad?” + +“As God is my judge, sire, no!” replied Peter of Blentz. + +Leopold turned to Butzow. + +“Remove the traitor from our presence,” he commanded, and at a word +from the lieutenant a dozen guardsmen seized the trembling man and +hustled him from the cathedral amid hisses and execrations. + +Following the coronation the king was closeted in his private audience +chamber in the palace with Prince Ludwig. + +“I cannot understand what has happened, even now, your majesty,” the +old man was saying. “That you are the true Leopold is all that I am +positive of, for the discomfiture of Prince Peter evidenced that fact +all too plainly. But who the impostor was who ruled Lutha in your name +for two days, disappearing as miraculously as he came, I cannot guess. + +“But for another miracle which preserved you for us in the nick of time +he might now be wearing the crown of Lutha in your stead. Having Peter +of Blentz safely in custody our next immediate task should be to hunt +down the impostor and bring him to justice also; though”—and the old +prince sighed—“he was indeed a brave man, and a noble figure of a king +as he led your troops to battle.” + +The king had been smiling as Von der Tann first spoke of the +“impostor,” but at the old man’s praise of the other’s bravery a slight +flush tinged his cheek, and the shadow of a scowl crossed his brow. + +“Wait,” he said, “we shall not have to look far for your ‘impostor,’” +and summoning an aide he dispatched him for “Lieutenant Butzow and Mr. +Custer.” + +A moment later the two entered the audience chamber. Barney found that +Leopold the king, surrounded by comforts and safety, was a very +different person from Leopold the fugitive. The weak face now wore an +expression of arrogance, though the king spoke most graciously to the +American. + +“Here, Von der Tann,” said Leopold, “is your ‘impostor.’ But for him I +should doubtless be dead by now, or once again a prisoner at Blentz.” + +Barney and Butzow found it necessary to repeat their stories several +times before the old man could fully grasp all that had transpired +beneath his very nose without his being aware of scarce a single detail +of it. + +When he was finally convinced that they were telling the truth, he +extended his hand to the American. + +“I knelt to you once, young man,” he said, “and kissed your hand. I +should be filled with bitterness and rage toward you. On the contrary, +I find that I am proud to have served in the retinue of such an +impostor as you, for you upheld the prestige of the house of Rubinroth +upon the battlefield, and though you might have had a crown, you +refused it and brought the true king into his own.” + +Leopold sat tapping his foot upon the carpet. It was all very well if +he, the king, chose to praise the American, but there was no need for +old von der Tann to slop over so. The king did not like it. As a matter +of fact, he found himself becoming very jealous of the man who had +placed him upon his throne. + +“There is only one thing that I can harbor against you,” continued +Prince Ludwig, “and that is that in a single instance you deceived me, +for an hour before the coronation you told me that you were a +Rubinroth.” + +“I told you, prince,” corrected Barney, “that the royal blood of +Rubinroth flowed in my veins, and so it does. I am the son of the +runaway Princess Victoria of Lutha.” + +Both Leopold and Ludwig looked their surprise, and to the king’s eyes +came a sudden look of fear. With the royal blood in his veins, what was +there to prevent this popular hero from some day striving for the +throne he had once refused? Leopold knew that the minds of men were +wont to change most unaccountably. + +“Butzow,” he said suddenly to the lieutenant of horse, “how many do you +imagine know positively that he who has ruled Lutha for the past two +days and he who was crowned in the cathedral this noon are not one and +the same?” + +“Only a few besides those who are in this room, your majesty,” replied +Butzow. “Peter and Coblich have known it from the first, and then there +is Kramer, the loyal old shopkeeper of Tafelberg, who followed Coblich +and Maenck all night and half a day as they dragged the king to the +hiding-place where we found him. Other than these there may be those +who guess the truth, but there are none who know.” + +For a moment the king sat in thought. Then he rose and commenced pacing +back and forth the length of the apartment. + +“Why should they ever know?” he said at last, halting before the three +men who had been standing watching him. “For the sake of Lutha they +should never know that another than the true king sat upon the throne +even for an hour.” + +He was thinking of the comparison that might be drawn between the +heroic figure of the American and his own colorless part in the events +which had led up to his coronation. In his heart of hearts he felt that +old Von der Tann rather regretted that the American had not been the +king, and he hated the old man accordingly, and was commencing to hate +the American as well. + +Prince Ludwig stood looking at the carpet after the king had spoken. +His judgment told him that the king’s suggestion was a wise one; but he +was sorry and ashamed that it had come from Leopold. Butzow’s lips +almost showed the contempt that he felt for the ingratitude of his +king. + +Barney Custer was the first to speak. + +“I think his majesty is quite right,” he said, “and tonight I can leave +the palace after dark and cross the border some time tomorrow evening. +The people need never know the truth.” + +Leopold looked relieved. + +“We must reward you, Mr. Custer,” he said. “Name that which it lies +within our power to grant you and it shall be yours.” + +Barney thought of the girl he loved; but he did not mention her name, +for he knew that she was not for him now. + +“There is nothing, your majesty,” he said. + +“A money reward,” Leopold started to suggest, and then Barney Custer +lost his temper. + +A flush mounted to his face, his chin went up, and there came to his +lips bitter words of sarcasm. With an effort, however, he held his +tongue, and, turning his back upon the king, his broad shoulders +proclaiming the contempt he felt, he walked slowly out of the room. + +Von der Tann and Butzow and Leopold of Lutha stood in silence as the +American passed out of sight beyond the portal. + +The manner of his going had been an affront to the king, and the young +ruler had gone red with anger. + +“Butzow,” he cried, “bring the fellow back; he shall be taught a lesson +in the deference that is due kings.” + +Butzow hesitated. “He has risked his life a dozen times for your +majesty,” said the lieutenant. + +Leopold flushed. + +“Do not humiliate him, sire,” advised Von der Tann. “He has earned a +greater reward at your hands than that.” + +The king resumed his pacing for a moment, coming to a halt once more +before the two. + +“We shall take no notice of his insolence,” he said, “and that shall be +our royal reward for his services. More than he deserves, we dare say, +at that.” + +As Barney hastened through the palace on his way to his new quarters to +obtain his arms and order his horse saddled, he came suddenly upon a +girlish figure gazing sadly from a window upon the drear November +world—her heart as sad as the day. + +At the sound of his footstep she turned, and as her eyes met the gray +ones of the man she stood poised as though of half a mind to fly. For a +moment neither spoke. + +“Can your highness forgive?” he asked. + +For answer the girl buried her face in her hands and dropped upon the +cushioned window seat before her. The American came close and knelt at +her side. + +“Don’t,” he begged as he saw her shoulders rise to the sudden sobbing +that racked her slender frame. “Don’t!” + +He thought that she wept from mortification that she had given her +kisses to another than the king. + +“None knows,” he continued, “what has passed between us. None but you +and I need ever know. I tried to make you understand that I was not +Leopold; but you would not believe. It is not my fault that I loved +you. It is not my fault that I shall always love you. Tell me that you +forgive me my part in the chain of strange circumstances that deceived +you into an acknowledgment of a love that you intended for another. +Forgive me, Emma!” + +Down the corridor behind them a tall figure approached on silent, +noiseless feet. At sight of the two at the window seat it halted. It +was the king. + +The girl looked up suddenly into the eyes of the American bending so +close above her. + +“I can never forgive you,” she cried, “for not being the king, for I am +betrothed to him—and I love you!” + +Before she could prevent him, Barney Custer had taken her in his arms, +and though at first she made a pretense of attempting to escape, at +last she lay quite still. Her arms found their way about the man’s +neck, and her lips returned the kisses that his were showering upon her +upturned mouth. + +Presently her glance wandered above the shoulder of the American, and +of a sudden her eyes filled with terror, and, with a little gasp of +consternation, she struggled to free herself. + +“Let me go!” she whispered. “Let me go—the king!” + +Barney sprang to his feet and, turning, faced Leopold. The king had +gone quite white. + +“Failing to rob me of my crown,” he cried in a trembling voice, “you +now seek to rob me of my betrothed! Go to your father at once, and as +for you—you shall learn what it means for you thus to meddle in the +affairs of kings.” + +Barney saw the terrible position in which his love had placed the +Princess Emma. His only thought now was for her. Bowing low before her +he spoke so that the king might hear, yet as though his words were for +her ears alone. + +“Your highness knows the truth, now,” he said, “and that after all I am +not the king. I can only ask that you will forgive me the deception. +Now go to your father as the king commands.” + +Slowly the girl turned away. Her heart was torn between love for this +man, and her duty toward the other to whom she had been betrothed in +childhood. The hereditary instinct of obedience to her sovereign was +strong within her, and the bonds of custom and society held her in +their relentless shackles. With a sob she passed up the corridor, +curtsying to the king as she passed him. + +When she had gone Leopold turned to the American. There was an evil +look in the little gray eyes of the monarch. + +“You may go your way,” he said coldly. “We shall give you forty-eight +hours to leave Lutha. Should you ever return your life shall be the +forfeit.” + +The American kept back the hot words that were ready upon the end of +his tongue. For her sake he must bow to fate. With a slight inclination +of his head toward Leopold he wheeled and resumed his way toward his +quarters. + +Half an hour later as he was about to descend to the courtyard where a +trooper of the Royal Horse held his waiting mount, Butzow burst +suddenly into his room. + +“For God’s sake,” cried the lieutenant, “get out of this. The king has +changed his mind, and there is an officer of the guard on his way here +now with a file of soldiers to place you under arrest. Leopold swears +that he will hang you for treason. Princess Emma has spurned him, and +he is wild with rage.” + +The dismal November twilight had given place to bleak night as two men +cantered from the palace courtyard and turned their horses’ heads +northward toward Lutha’s nearest boundary. All night they rode, +stopping at daylight before a distant farm to feed and water their +mounts and snatch a mouthful for themselves. Then onward once again +they pressed in their mad flight. + +Now that day had come they caught occasional glimpses of a body of +horsemen far behind them, but the border was near, and their start such +that there was no danger of their being overtaken. + +“For the thousandth time, Butzow,” said one of the men, “will you turn +back before it is too late?” + +But the other only shook his head obstinately, and so they came to the +great granite monument which marks the boundary between Lutha and her +powerful neighbor upon the north. + +Barney held out his hand. “Good-bye, old man,” he said. “If I’ve +learned the ingratitude of kings here in Lutha, I have found something +that more than compensates me—the friendship of a brave man. Now hurry +back and tell them that I escaped across the border just as I was about +to fall into your hands and they will think that you have been pursuing +me instead of aiding in my escape across the border.” + +But again Butzow shook his head. + +“I have fought shoulder to shoulder with you, my friend,” he said. “I +have called you king, and after that I could never serve the coward who +sits now upon the throne of Lutha. I have made up my mind during this +long ride from Lustadt, and I have come to the decision that I should +prefer to raise corn in Nebraska with you rather than serve in the +court of an ingrate.” + +“Well, you are an obstinate Dutchman, after all,” replied the American +with a smile, placing his hand affectionately upon the shoulder of his +comrade. + +There was a clatter of horses’ hoofs upon the gravel of the road behind +them. + +The two men put spurs to their mounts, and Barney Custer galloped +across the northern boundary of Lutha just ahead of a troop of +Luthanian cavalry, as had his father thirty years before; but a royal +princess had accompanied the father—only a soldier accompanied the son. + + + + +PART II + + + + +I. +BARNEY RETURNS TO LUTHA + + +“What’s the matter, Vic?” asked Barney Custer of his sister. “You look +peeved.” + +“I am peeved,” replied the girl, smiling. “I am terribly peeved. I +don’t want to play bridge this afternoon. I want to go motoring with +Lieutenant Butzow. This is his last day with us.” + +“Yes. I know it is, and I hate to think of it,” replied Barney; “but +why in the world do you have to play bridge if you don’t want to?” + +“I promised Margaret that I’d go. They’re short one, and she’s coming +after me in her car.” + +“Where are you going to play—at the champion lady bridge player’s on +Fourth Street?” asked Barney, grinning. + +His sister answered with a nod and a smile. “Where you brought down the +wrath of the lady champion upon your head the other night when you were +letting your mind wander across to Lutha and the Old Forest, instead of +paying attention to the game,” she added. + +“Well, cheer up, Vic,” cried her brother. “Bert’ll probably set fire to +the car, the way he did to their first one, and then you won’t have to +go.” + +“Oh, yes, I would; Margaret would send him after me in that +awful-looking, unwashed Ford runabout of his,” answered the girl. + +“And then you WOULD go,” said Barney. + +“You bet I would,” laughed Victoria. “I’d go in a wheelbarrow with +Bert.” + +But she didn’t have to; and after she had driven off with her chum, +Barney and Butzow strolled down through the little city of Beatrice to +the corn mill in which the former was interested. + +“I’m mighty sorry that you have to leave us, Butzow,” said Barney’s +partner. “It’s bad enough to lose you, but I’m afraid it will mean the +loss of Barney, too. He’s been hunting for some excuse to get back to +Lutha, and with you there and a war in sight I’m afraid nothing can +hold him.” + +“I don’t know but that it may be just as well for my friends here that +I leave,” said Butzow seriously. “I did not tell you, Barney, all there +is in this letter”—he tapped his breastpocket, where the +foreign-looking envelope reposed with its contents. + +Custer looked at him inquiringly. + +“Besides saying that war between Austria and Serbia seems unavoidable +and that Lutha doubtless will be drawn into it, my informant warns me +that Leopold had sent emissaries to America to search for you, Barney, +and myself. What his purpose may be my friend does not know, but he +warns us to be upon our guard. Von der Tann wants me to return to +Lutha. He has promised to protect me, and with the country in danger +there is nothing else for me to do. I must go.” + +“I wish I could go with you,” said Barney. “If it wasn’t for this +dinged old mill I would; but Bert wants to go away this summer, and as +I have been away most of the time for the past two years, it’s up to me +to stay.” + +As the three men talked the afternoon wore on. Heavy clouds gathered in +the sky; a storm was brewing. Outside, a man, skulking behind a box car +on the siding, watched the entrance through which the three had gone. +He watched the workmen, and as quitting time came and he saw them +leaving for their homes he moved more restlessly, transferring the +package which he held from one hand to another many times, yet always +gingerly. + +At last all had left. The man started from behind the box car, only to +jump back as the watchman appeared around the end of one of the +buildings. He watched the guardian of the property make his rounds; he +saw him enter his office, and then he crept forward toward the +building, holding his queer package in his right hand. + +In the office the watchman came upon the three friends. At sight of him +they looked at one another in surprise. + +“Why, what time is it?” exclaimed Custer, and as he looked at his watch +he rose with a laugh. “Late to dinner again,” he cried. “Come on, we’ll +go out this other way.” And with a cheery good night to the watchman +Barney and his friends hastened from the building. + +Upon the opposite side the stranger approached the doorway to the mill. +The rain was falling in blinding sheets. Ominously the thunder roared. +Vivid flashes of lightning shot the heavens. The watchman, coming +suddenly from the doorway, his hat brim pulled low over his eyes, +passed within a couple of paces of the stranger without seeing him. + +Five minutes later there was a blinding glare accompanied by a +deafening roar. It was as though nature had marshaled all her forces in +one mighty, devastating effort. At the same instant the walls of the +great mill burst asunder, a nebulous mass of burning gas shot +heavenward, and then the flames settled down to complete the +destruction of the ruin. + +It was the following morning that Victoria and Barney Custer, with +Lieutenant Butzow and Custer’s partner, stood contemplating the +smoldering wreckage. + +“And to think,” said Barney, “that yesterday this muss was the largest +corn mill west of anywhere. I guess we can both take vacations now, +Bert.” + +“Who would have thought that a single bolt of lightning could have +resulted in such havoc?” mused Victoria. + +“Who would?” agreed Lieutenant Butzow, and then, with a sudden +narrowing of his eyes and a quick glance at Barney, “if it WAS +lightning.” + +The American looked at the Luthanian. “You think—” he started. + +“I don’t dare think,” replied Butzow, “because of the fear of what this +may mean to you and Miss Victoria if it was not lightning that +destroyed the mill. I shouldn’t have spoken of it but that it may urge +you to greater caution, which I cannot but think is most necessary +since the warning I received from Lutha.” + +“Why should Leopold seek to harm me now?” asked Barney. “It has been +almost two years since you and I placed him upon his throne, only to be +rewarded with threats and hatred. In that time neither of us has +returned to Lutha nor in any way conspired against the king. I cannot +fathom his motives.” + +“There is the Princess Emma von der Tann,” Butzow reminded him. “She +still repulses him. He may think that, with you removed definitely and +permanently, all will then be plain sailing for him in that direction. +Evidently he does not know the princess.” + +An hour later they were all bidding Butzow good-bye at the station. +Victoria Custer was genuinely grieved to see him go, for she liked this +soldierly young officer of the Royal Horse Guards immensely. + +“You must come back to America soon,” she urged. + +He looked down at her from the steps of the moving train. There was +something in his expression that she had never seen there before. + +“I want to come back soon,” he answered, “to—to Beatrice,” and he +flushed and smiled at his own stumbling tongue. + +For about a week Barney Custer moped disconsolately, principally about +the ruins of the corn mill. He was in everyone’s way and accomplished +nothing. + +“I was never intended for a captain of industry,” he confided to his +partner for the hundredth time. “I wish some excuse would pop up to +which I might hang a reason for beating it to Europe. There’s something +doing there. Nearly everybody has declared war upon everybody else, and +here I am stagnating in peace. I’d even welcome a tornado.” + +His excuse was to come sooner than he imagined. That night, after the +other members of his family had retired, Barney sat smoking within a +screened porch off the living-room. His thoughts were upon a trim +little figure in riding togs, as he had first seen it nearly two years +before, clinging desperately to a runaway horse upon the narrow +mountain road above Tafelberg. + +He lived that thrilling experience through again as he had many times +before. He even smiled as he recalled the series of events that had +resulted from his resemblance to the mad king of Lutha. + +They had come to a culmination at the time when the king, whom Barney +had placed upon a throne at the risk of his own life, discovered that +his savior loved the girl to whom the king had been betrothed since +childhood and that the girl returned the American’s love even after she +knew that he had but played the part of a king. + +Barney’s cigar, forgotten, had long since died out. Not even its former +fitful glow proclaimed his presence upon the porch, whose black shadows +completely enveloped him. Before him stretched a wide acreage of lawn, +tree dotted at the side of the house. Bushes hid the stone wall that +marked the boundary of the Custer grounds and extended here and there +out upon the sward among the trees. The night was moonless but clear. A +faint light pervaded the scene. + +Barney sat staring straight ahead, but his gaze did not stop upon the +familiar objects of the foreground. Instead it spanned two continents +and an ocean to rest upon the little spot of woodland and rugged +mountain and lowland that is Lutha. It was with an effort that the man +suddenly focused his attention upon that which lay directly before him. +A shadow among the trees had moved! + +Barney Custer sat perfectly still, but now he was suddenly alert and +watchful. Again the shadow moved where no shadow should be moving. It +crossed from the shade of one tree to another. Barney came cautiously +to his feet. Silently he entered the house, running quickly to a side +door that opened upon the grounds. As he drew it back its hinges gave +forth no sound. Barney looked toward the spot where he had seen the +shadow. Again he saw it scuttle hurriedly beneath another tree nearer +the house. This time there was no doubt. It was a man! + +Directly before the door where Barney stood was a pergola, ivy-covered. +Behind this he slid, and, running its length, came out among the trees +behind the night prowler. Now he saw him distinctly. The fellow was +bearded, and in his right hand he carried a package. Instantly Barney +recalled Butzow’s comment upon the destruction of the mill—“if it WAS +lightning!” + +Cold sweat broke from every pore of his body. His mother and father +were there in the house, and Vic—all sleeping peacefully. He ran +quickly toward the menacing figure, and as he did so he saw the other +halt behind a great tree and strike a match. In the glow of the flame +he saw it touch close to the package that the fellow held, and then he +was upon him. + +There was a brief and terrific struggle. The stranger hurled the +package toward the house. Barney caught him by the throat, beating him +heavily in the face; and then, realizing what the package was, he +hurled the fellow from him, and sprang toward the hissing and +sputtering missile where it lay close to the foundation wall of the +house, though in the instant of his close contact with the man he had +recognized through the disguising beard the features of Captain Ernst +Maenck, the principal tool of Peter of Blentz. + +Quick though Barney was to reach the bomb and extinguish the fuse, +Maenck had disappeared before he returned to search for him; and, +though he roused the gardener and chauffeur and took turns with them in +standing guard the balance of the night, the would-be assassin did not +return. + +There was no question in Barney Custer’s mind as to whom the bomb was +intended for. That Maenck had hurled it toward the house after Barney +had seized him was merely the result of accident and the man’s desire +to get the death-dealing missile as far from himself as possible before +it exploded. That it would have wrecked the house in the hope of +reaching him, had he not fortunately interfered, was too evident to the +American to be questioned. + +And so he decided before the night was spent to put himself as far from +his family as possible, lest some future attempt upon his life might +endanger theirs. Then, too, righteous anger and a desire for revenge +prompted his decision. He would run Maenck to earth and have an +accounting with him. It was evident that his life would not be worth a +farthing so long as the fellow was at liberty. + +Before dawn he swore the gardener and chauffeur to silence, and at +breakfast announced his intention of leaving that day for New York to +seek a commission as correspondent with an old classmate, who owned the +New York Evening National. At the hotel Barney inquired of the +proprietor relative to a bearded stranger, but the man had had no one +of that description registered. Chance, however, gave him a clue. His +roadster was in a repair shop, and as he stopped in to get it he +overheard a conversation that told him all he wanted to know. As he +stood talking with the foreman a dust-covered automobile pulled into +the garage. + +“Hello, Bill,” called the foreman to the driver. “Where you been so +early?” + +“Took a guy to Lincoln,” replied the other. “He was in an awful hurry. +I bet we broke all the records for that stretch of road this morning—I +never knew the old boat had it in her.” + +“Who was it?” asked Barney. + +“I dunno,” replied the driver. “Talked like a furriner, and looked the +part. Bushy black beard. Said he was a German army officer, an’ had to +beat it back on account of the war. Seemed to me like he was mighty +anxious to get back there an’ be killed.” + +Barney waited to hear no more. He did not even go home to say good-bye +to his family. Instead he leaped into his gray roadster—a later model +of the one he had lost in Lutha—and the last that Beatrice, Nebraska, +saw of him was a whirling cloud of dust as he raced north out of town +toward Lincoln. + +He was five minutes too late into the capital city to catch the +eastbound limited that Maenck must have taken; but he caught the next +through train for Chicago, and the second day thereafter found him in +New York. There he had little difficulty in obtaining the desired +credentials from his newspaper friend, especially since Barney offered +to pay all his own expenses and donate to the paper anything he found +time to write. + +Passenger steamers were still sailing, though irregularly, and after +scanning the passenger-lists of three he found the name he sought. +“Captain Ernst Maenck, Lutha.” So he had not been mistaken, after all. +It was Maenck he had apprehended on his father’s grounds. Evidently the +man had little fear of being followed, for he had made no effort to +hide his identity in booking passage for Europe. + +The steamer he had caught had sailed that very morning. Barney was not +so sorry, after all, for he had had time during his trip from Beatrice +to do considerable thinking, and had found it rather difficult to +determine just what to do should he have overtaken Maenck in the United +States. He couldn’t kill the man in cold blood, justly as he may have +deserved the fate, and the thought of causing his arrest and dragging +his own name into the publicity of court proceedings was little less +distasteful to him. + +Furthermore, the pursuit of Maenck now gave Barney a legitimate excuse +for returning to Lutha, or at least to the close neighborhood of the +little kingdom, where he might await the outcome of events and be ready +to give his services in the cause of the house of Von der Tann should +they be required. + +By going directly to Italy and entering Austria from that country +Barney managed to arrive within the boundaries of the dual monarchy +with comparatively few delays. Nor did he encounter any considerable +bodies of troops until he reached the little town of Burgova, which +lies not far from the Serbian frontier. Beyond this point his +credentials would not carry him. The emperor’s officers were polite, +but firm. No newspaper correspondents could be permitted nearer the +front than Burgova. + +There was nothing to be done, therefore, but wait until some propitious +event gave him the opportunity to approach more closely the Serbian +boundary and Lutha. In the meantime he would communicate with Butzow, +who might be able to obtain passes for him to some village nearer the +Luthanian frontier, when it should be an easy matter to cross through +to Serbia. He was sure the Serbian authorities would object less +strenuously to his presence. + +The inn at which he applied for accommodations was already overrun by +officers, but the proprietor, with scant apologies for a civilian, +offered him a little box of a room in the attic. The place was scarce +more than a closet, and for that Barney was in a way thankful since the +limited space could accommodate but a single cot, thus insuring him the +privacy that a larger chamber would have precluded. + +He was very tired after his long and comfortless land journey, so after +an early dinner he went immediately to his room and to bed. How long he +slept he did not know, but some time during the night he was awakened +by the sound of voices apparently close to his ear. + +For a moment he thought the speakers must be in his own room, so +distinctly did he overhear each word of their conversation; but +presently he discovered that they were upon the opposite side of a thin +partition in an adjoining room. But half awake, and with the sole idea +of getting back to sleep again as quickly as possible, Barney paid only +the slightest attention to the meaning of the words that fell upon his +ears, until, like a bomb, a sentence broke through his sleepy +faculties, banishing Morpheus upon the instant. + +“It will take but little now to turn Leopold against Von der Tann.” The +speaker evidently was an Austrian. “Already I have half convinced him +that the old man aspires to the throne. Leopold fears the loyalty of +his army, which is for Von der Tann body and soul. He knows that Von +der Tann is strongly anti-Austrian, and I have made it plain to him +that if he allows his kingdom to take sides with Serbia he will have no +kingdom when the war is over—it will be a part of Austria. + +“It was with greater difficulty, however, my dear Peter, that I +convinced him that you, Von Coblich, and Captain Maenck were his most +loyal friends. He fears you yet, but, nevertheless, he has pardoned you +all. Do not forget when you return to your dear Lutha that you owe your +repatriation to Count Zellerndorf of Austria.” + +“You may be assured that we shall never forget,” replied another voice +that Barney recognized at once as belonging to Prince Peter of Blentz, +the one time regent of Lutha. + +“It is not for myself,” continued Count Zellerndorf, “that I crave your +gratitude, but for my emperor. You may do much to win his undying +gratitude, while for yourselves you may win to almost any height with +the friendship of Austria behind you. I am sure that should any +accident, which God forfend, deprive Lutha of her king, none would make +a more welcome successor in the eyes of Austria than our good friend +Peter.” + +Barney could almost see the smile of satisfaction upon the thin lips of +Peter of Blentz as this broad hint fell from the lips of the Austrian +diplomat—a hint that seemed to the American little short of the death +sentence of Leopold, King of Lutha. + +“We owed you much before, count,” said Peter. “But for you we should +have been hanged a year ago—without your aid we should never have been +able to escape from the fortress of Lustadt or cross the border into +Austria-Hungary. I am sorry that Maenck failed in his mission, for had +he not we would have had concrete evidence to present to the king that +we are indeed his loyal supporters. It would have dispelled at once +such fears and doubts as he may still entertain of our fealty.” + +“Yes, I, too, am sorry,” agreed Zellerndorf. “I can assure you that the +news we hoped Captain Maenck would bring from America would have gone a +long way toward restoring you to the confidence and good graces of the +king.” + +“I did my best,” came another voice that caused Barney’s eyes to go +wide in astonishment, for it was none other than the voice of Maenck +himself. “Twice I risked hanging to get him and only came away after I +had been recognized.” + +“It is too bad,” sighed Zellerndorf; “though it may not be without its +advantages after all, for now we still have this second bugbear to +frighten Leopold with. So long, of course, as the American lives there +is always the chance that he may return and seek to gain the throne. +The fact that his mother was a Rubinroth princess might make it easy +for Von der Tann to place him upon the throne without much opposition, +and if he married the old man’s daughter it is easy to conceive that +the prince might favor such a move. At any rate, it should not be +difficult to persuade Leopold of the possibility of such a thing. + +“Under the circumstances Leopold is almost convinced that his only hope +of salvation lies in cementing friendly relations with the most +powerful of Von der Tann’s enemies, of which you three gentlemen stand +preeminently in the foreground, and of assuring to himself the support +of Austria. And now, gentlemen,” he went on after a pause, “good night. +I have handed Prince Peter the necessary military passes to carry you +safely through our lines, and tomorrow you may be in Blentz if you +wish.” + + + + +II. +CONDEMNED TO DEATH + + +For some time Barney Custer lay there in the dark revolving in his mind +all that he had overheard through the partition—the thin partition +which alone lay between himself and three men who would be only too +glad to embrace the first opportunity to destroy him. But his fears +were not for himself so much as for the daughter of old Von der Tann, +and for all that might befall that princely house were these three +unhung rascals to gain Lutha and have their way with the weak and +cowardly king who reigned there. + +If he could but reach Von der Tann’s ear and through him the king +before the conspirators came to Lutha! But how might he accomplish it? +Count Zellerndorf’s parting words to the three had shown that military +passes were necessary to enable one to reach Lutha. + +His papers were practically worthless even inside the lines. That they +would carry him through the lines he had not the slightest hope. There +were two things to be accomplished if possible. One was to cross the +frontier into Lutha; and the other, which of course was quite out of +the question, was to prevent Peter of Blentz, Von Coblich, and Maenck +from doing so. But was that altogether impossible? + +The idea that followed that question came so suddenly that it brought +Barney Custer out onto the floor in a bound, to don his clothes and +sneak into the hall outside his room with the stealth of a professional +second-story man. + +To the right of his own door was the door to the apartment in which the +three conspirators slept. At least, Barney hoped they slept. He bent +close to the keyhole and listened. From within came no sound other than +the regular breathing of the inmates. It had been at least half an hour +since the American had heard the conversation cease. A glance through +the keyhole showed no light within the room. Stealthily Barney turned +the knob. Had they bolted the door? He felt the tumbler move to the +pressure—soundlessly. Then he pushed gently inward. The door swung. + +A moment later he stood in the room. Dimly he could see two beds—a +large one and a smaller. Peter of Blentz would be alone upon the +smaller bed, his henchmen sleeping together in the larger. Barney crept +toward the lone sleeper. At the bedside he fumbled in the dark groping +for the man’s clothing—for the coat, in the breastpocket of which he +hoped to find the military pass that might carry him safely out of +Austria-Hungary and into Lutha. On the foot of the bed he found some +garments. Gingerly he felt them over, seeking the coat. + +At last he found it. His fingers, steady even under the nervous tension +of this unaccustomed labor, discovered the inner pocket and the folded +paper. There were several of them; Barney took them all. + +So far he made no noise. None of the sleepers had stirred. Now he took +a step toward the doorway and—kicked a shoe that lay in his path. The +slight noise in that quiet room sounded to Barney’s ears like the fall +of a brick wall. Peter of Blentz stirred, turning in his sleep. Behind +him Barney heard one of the men in the other bed move. He turned his +head in that direction. Either Maenck or Coblich was sitting up peering +through the darkness. + +“Is that you, Prince Peter?” The voice was Maenck’s. + +“What’s the matter?” persisted Maenck. + +“I’m going for a drink of water,” replied the American, and stepped +toward the door. + +Behind him Peter of Blentz sat up in bed. + +“That you, Maenck?” he called. + +Instantly Maenck was out of bed, for the first voice had come from the +vicinity of the doorway; both could not be Peter’s. + +“Quick!” he cried; “there’s someone in our room.” + +Barney leaped for the doorway, and upon his heels came the three +conspirators. Maenck was closest to him—so close that Barney was forced +to turn at the top of the stairs. In the darkness he was just conscious +of the form of the man who was almost upon him. Then he swung a vicious +blow for the other’s face—a blow that landed, for there was a cry of +pain and anger as Maenck stumbled back into the arms of the two behind +him. From below came the sound of footsteps hurrying up the stairs to +the accompaniment of a clanking saber. Barney’s retreat was cut off. + +Turning, he dodged into his own room before the enemy could locate him +or even extricate themselves from the confusion of Maenck’s sudden +collision with the other two. But what could Barney gain by the slight +delay that would be immediately followed by his apprehension? + +He didn’t know. All that he was sure of was that there had been no +other place to go than this little room. As he entered the first thing +that his eyes fell upon was the small square window. Here at least was +some slight encouragement. + +He ran toward it. The lower sash was raised. As the door behind him +opened to admit Peter of Blentz and his companions, Barney slipped +through into the night, hanging by his hands from the sill without. +What lay beneath or how far the drop he could not guess, but that +certain death menaced him from above he knew from the conversation he +had overheard earlier in the evening. + +For an instant he hung suspended. He heard the men groping about the +room. Evidently they were in some fear of the unknown assailant they +sought, for they did not move about with undue rashness. Presently one +of them struck a light—Barney could see its flare lighten the window +casing for an instant. + +“The room is empty,” came a voice from above him. + +“Look to the window!” cried Peter of Blentz, and then Barney Custer let +go his hold upon the sill and dropped into the blackness below. + +His fall was a short one, for the window had been directly over a low +shed at the side of the inn. Upon the roof of this the American landed, +and from there he dropped to the courtyard without mishap. Glancing up, +he saw the heads of three men peering from the window of the room he +had just quitted. + +“There he is!” cried one, and instantly the three turned back into the +room. As Barney fled from the courtyard he heard the rattle of hasty +footsteps upon the rickety stairway of the inn. + +Choosing an alley rather than a street in which he might run upon +soldiers at any moment, he moved quickly yet cautiously away from the +inn. Behind him he could hear the voices of many men. They were raised +to a high pitch by excitement. It was clear to Barney that there were +many more than the original three—Prince Peter had, in all probability, +enlisted the aid of the military. + +Could he but reach the frontier with his stolen passes he would be +comparatively safe, for the rugged mountains of Lutha offered many +places of concealment, and, too, there were few Luthanians who did not +hate Peter of Blentz most cordially—among the men of the mountains at +least. Once there he could defy a dozen Blentz princes for the little +time that would be required to carry him into Serbia and comparative +safety. + +As he approached a cross street a couple of squares from the inn he +found it necessary to pass beneath a street lamp. For a moment he +paused in the shadows of the alley listening. Hearing nothing moving in +the street, Barney was about to make a swift spring for the shadows +upon the opposite side when it occurred to him that it might be safer +to make assurance doubly sure by having a look up and down the street +before emerging into the light. + +It was just as well that he did, for as he thrust his head around the +corner of the building the first thing that his eyes fell upon was the +figure of an Austrian sentry, scarcely three paces from him. The +soldier was standing in a listening attitude, his head half turned away +from the American. The sounds coming from the direction of the inn were +apparently what had attracted his attention. + +Behind him, Barney was sure he heard evidences of pursuit. Before him +was certain detection should he attempt to cross the street. On either +hand rose the walls of buildings. That he was trapped there seemed +little doubt. + +He continued to stand motionless, watching the Austrian soldier. Should +the fellow turn toward him, he had but to withdraw his head within the +shadow of the building that hid his body. Possibly the man might turn +and take his beat in the opposite direction. In which case Barney was +sure he could dodge across the street, undetected. + +Already the vague threat of pursuit from the direction of the inn had +developed into a certainty—he could hear men moving toward him through +the alley from the rear. Would the sentry never move! Evidently not, +until he heard the others coming through the alley. Then he would turn, +and the devil would be to pay for the American. + +Barney was about hopeless. He had been in the war zone long enough to +know that it might prove a very disagreeable matter to be caught +sneaking through back alleys at night. There was a single chance—a sort +of forlorn hope—and that was to risk fate and make a dash beneath the +sentry’s nose for the opposite alley mouth. + +“Well, here goes,” thought Barney. He had heard that many of the +Austrians were excellent shots. Visions of Beatrice, Nebraska, swarmed +his memory. They were pleasant visions, made doubly alluring by the +thought that the realities of them might never again be for him. + +He turned once more toward the sounds of pursuit—the men upon his track +could not be over a square away—there was not an instant to be lost. +And then from above him, upon the opposite side of the alley, came a +low: “S-s-t!” + +Barney looked up. Very dimly he could see the dark outline of a window +some dozen feet from the pavement, and framed within it the lighter +blotch that might have been a human face. Again came the challenging: +“S-s-t!” Yes, there was someone above, signaling to him. + +“S-s-t!” replied Barney. He knew that he had been discovered, and could +think of no better plan for throwing the discoverer off his guard than +to reply. + +Then a soft voice floated down to him—a woman’s voice! + +“Is that you?” The tongue was Serbian. Barney could understand it, +though he spoke it but indifferently. + +“Yes,” he replied truthfully. + +“Thank Heaven!” came the voice from above. “I have been watching you, +and thought you one of the Austrian pigs. Quick! They are coming—I can +hear them;” and at the same instant Barney saw something drop from the +window to the ground. He crossed the alley quickly, and could have +shouted in relief for what he found there—the end of a knotted rope +dangling from above. + +His pursuers were almost upon him when he seized the rude ladder to +clamber upward. At the window’s ledge a firm, young hand reached out +and, seizing his own, almost dragged him through the window. He turned +to look back into the alley. He had been just in time; the Austrian +sentry, alarmed by the sound of approaching footsteps down the alley, +had stepped into view. He stood there now with leveled rifle, a +challenge upon his lips. From the advancing party came a satisfactory +reply. + +At the same instant the girl beside him in the Stygian blackness of the +room threw her arms about Barney’s neck and drew his face down to hers. + +“Oh, Stefan,” she whispered, “what a narrow escape! It makes me tremble +to think of it. They would have shot you, my Stefan!” + +The American put an arm about the girl’s shoulders, and raised one hand +to her cheek—it might have been in caress, but it wasn’t. It was to +smother the cry of alarm he anticipated would follow the discovery that +he was not “Stefan.” He bent his lips close to her ear. + +“Do not make an outcry,” he whispered in very poor Serbian. “I am not +Stefan; but I am a friend.” + +The exclamation of surprise or fright that he had expected was not +forthcoming. The girl lowered her arms from about his neck. + +“Who are you?” she asked in a low whisper. + +“I am an American war correspondent,” replied Barney, “but if the +Austrians get hold of me now it will be mighty difficult to convince +them that I am not a spy.” And then a sudden determination came to him +to trust his fate to this unknown girl, whose face, even, he had never +seen. “I am entirely at your mercy,” he said. “There are Austrian +soldiers in the street below. You have but to call to them to send me +before the firing squad—or, you can let me remain here until I can find +an opportunity to get away in safety. I am trying to reach Serbia.” + +“Why do you wish to reach Serbia?” asked the girl suspiciously. + +“I have discovered too many enemies in Austria tonight to make it safe +for me to remain,” he replied, “and, further, my original intention was +to report the war from the Serbian side.” + +The girl hesitated for a while, evidently in thought. + +“They are moving on,” suggested Barney. “If you are going to give me up +you’d better do it at once.” + +“I’m not going to give you up,” replied the girl. “I’m going to keep +you prisoner until Stefan returns—he will know best what to do with +you. Now you must come with me and be locked up. Do not try to escape—I +have a revolver in my hand,” and to give her prisoner physical proof of +the weapon he could not see she thrust the muzzle against his side. + +“I’ll take your word for the gun,” said Barney, “if you’ll just turn it +in the other direction. Go ahead—I’ll follow you.” + +“No, you won’t,” replied the girl. “You’ll go first; but before that +you’ll raise your hands above your head. I want to search you.” + +Barney did as he was bid and a moment later felt deft fingers running +over his clothing in search of concealed weapons. Satisfied at last +that he was unarmed, the girl directed him to precede her, guiding his +steps from behind with a hand upon his arm. Occasionally he felt the +muzzle of her revolver touch his body. It was a most unpleasant +sensation. + +They crossed the room to a door which his captor directed him to open, +and after they had passed through and she had closed it behind them the +girl struck a match and lit a candle which stood upon a little bracket +on the partition wall. The dim light of the tallow dip showed Barney +that he was in a narrow hall from which several doors opened into +different rooms. At one end of the hall a stairway led to the floor +below, while at the opposite end another flight disappeared into the +darkness above. + +“This way,” said the girl, motioning toward the stairs that led upward. + +Barney had turned toward her as she struck the match, obtaining an +excellent view of her features. They were clear-cut and regular. Her +eyes were large and very dark. Dark also was her hair, which was piled +in great heaps upon her finely shaped head. Altogether the face was one +not easily to be forgotten. Barney could scarce have told whether the +girl was beautiful or not, but that she was striking there could be no +doubt. + +He preceded her up the stairway to a door at the top. At her direction +he turned the knob and entered a small room in which was a cot, an +ancient dresser and a single chair. + +“You will remain here,” she said, “until Stefan returns. Stefan will +know what to do with you.” Then she left him, taking the light with +her, and Barney heard a key turn in the lock of the door after she had +closed it. Presently her footfalls died out as she descended to the +lower floors. + +“Anyhow,” thought the American, “this is better than the Austrians. I +don’t know what Stefan will do with me, but I have a rather vivid idea +of what the Austrians would have done to me if they’d caught me +sneaking through the alleys of Burgova at midnight.” + +Throwing himself on the cot Barney was soon asleep, for though his +predicament was one that, under ordinary circumstances might have made +sleep impossible, yet he had so long been without the boon of slumber +that tired nature would no longer be denied. + +When he awoke it was broad daylight. The sun was pouring in through a +skylight in the ceiling of his tiny chamber. Aside from this there were +no windows in the room. The sound of voices came to him with an uncanny +distinctness that made it seem that the speakers must be in this very +chamber, but a glance about the blank walls convinced him that he was +alone. + +Presently he espied a small opening in the wall at the head of his cot. +He rose and examined it. The voices appeared to be coming from it. In +fact, they were. The opening was at the top of a narrow shaft that +seemed to lead to the basement of the structure—apparently once the +shaft of a dumb-waiter or a chute for refuse or soiled clothes. + +Barney put his ear close to it. The voices that came from below were +those of a man and a woman. He heard every word distinctly. + +“We must search the house, fraulein,” came in the deep voice of a man. + +“Whom do you seek?” inquired a woman’s voice. Barney recognized it as +the voice of his captor. + +“A Serbian spy, Stefan Drontoff,” replied the man. “Do you know him?” + +There was a considerable pause on the girl’s part before she answered, +and then her reply was in such a low voice that Barney could barely +hear it. + +“I do not know him,” she said. “There are several men who lodge here. +What may this Stefan Drontoff look like?” + +“I have never seen him,” replied the officer; “but by arresting all the +men in the house we must get this Stefan also, if he is here.” + +“Oh!” cried the girl, a new note in her voice, “I guess I know now whom +you mean. There is one man here I have heard them call Stefan, though +for the moment I had forgotten it. He is in the small attic-room at the +head of the stairs. Here is a key that will fit the lock. Yes, I am +sure that he is Stefan. You will find him there, and it should be easy +to take him, for I know that he is unarmed. He told me so last night +when he came in.” + +“The devil!” muttered Barney Custer; but whether he referred to his +predicament or to the girl it would be impossible to tell. Already the +sound of heavy boots on the stairs announced the coming of men—several +of them. Barney heard the rattle of accouterments—the clank of a +scabbard—the scraping of gun butts against the walls. The Austrians +were coming! + +He looked about. There was no way of escape except the door and the +skylight, and the door was impossible. + +Quickly he tilted the cot against the door, wedging its legs against a +crack in the floor—that would stop them for a minute or two. Then he +wheeled the dresser beneath the skylight and, placing the chair on top +of it, scrambled to the seat of the latter. His head was at the height +of the skylight. To force the skylight from its frame required but a +moment. A key entered the lock of the door from the opposite side and +turned. He knew that someone without was pushing. Then he heard an oath +and heavy battering upon the panels. A moment later he had drawn +himself through the skylight and stood upon the roof of the building. +Before him stretched a series of uneven roofs to the end of the street. +Barney did not hesitate. He started on a rapid trot toward the +adjoining roof. From that he clambered to a higher one beyond. + +On he went, now leaping narrow courts, now dropping to low sheds and +again clambering to the heights of the higher buildings, until he had +come almost to the end of the row. Suddenly, behind him he heard a +hoarse shout, followed by the report of a rifle. With a whir, a bullet +flew a few inches above his head. He had gained the last roof—a large, +level roof—and at the shot he turned to see how near to him were his +pursuers. + +Fatal turn! + +Scarce had he taken his eyes from the path ahead than his foot fell +upon a glass skylight, and with a loud crash he plunged through amid a +shower of broken glass. + +His fall was a short one. Directly beneath the skylight was a bed, and +on the bed a fat Austrian infantry captain. Barney lit upon the pit of +the captain’s stomach. With a howl of pain the officer catapulted +Barney to the floor. There were three other beds in the room, and in +each bed one or two other officers. Before the American could regain +his feet they were all sitting on him—all except the infantry captain. +He lay shrieking and cursing in a painful attempt to regain his breath, +every atom of which Barney had knocked out of him. + +The officers sitting on Barney alternately beat him and questioned him, +interspersing their interrogations with lurid profanity. + +“If you will get off of me,” at last shouted the American, “I shall be +glad to explain—and apologize.” + +They let him up, scowling ferociously. He had promised to explain, but +now that he was confronted by the immediate necessity of an explanation +that would prove at all satisfactory as to how he happened to be +wandering around the rooftops of Burgova, he discovered that his powers +of invention were entirely inadequate. The need for explaining, +however, was suddenly removed. A shadow fell upon them from above, and +as they glanced up Barney saw the figure of an officer surrounded by +several soldiers looking down upon him. + +“Ah, you have him!” cried the newcomer in evident satisfaction. “It is +well. Hold him until we descend.” + +A moment later he and his escort had dropped through the broken +skylight to the floor beside them. + +“Who is the mad man?” cried the captain who had broken Barney’s fall. +“The assassin! He tried to murder me.” + +“I cannot doubt it,” replied the officer who had just descended, “for +the fellow is no other than Stefan Drontoff, the famous Serbian spy!” + +“Himmel!” ejaculated the officers in chorus. “You have done a good +day’s work, lieutenant.” + +“The firing squad will do a better work in a few minutes,” replied the +lieutenant, with a grim pointedness that took Barney’s breath away. + + + + +III. +BEFORE THE FIRING SQUAD + + +They marched Barney before the staff where he urged his American +nationality, pointing to his credentials and passes in support of his +contention. + +The general before whom he had been brought shrugged his shoulders. +“They are all Americans as soon as they are caught,” he said; “but why +did you not claim to be Prince Peter of Blentz? You have his passes as +well. How can you expect us to believe your story when you have in your +possession passes for different men? + +“We have every respect for our friends the Americans. I would even +stretch a point rather than chance harming an American; but you will +admit that the evidence is all against you. You were found in the very +building where Drontoff was known to stay while in Burgova. The young +woman whose mother keeps the place directed our officer to your room, +and you tried to escape, which I do not think that an innocent American +would have done. + +“However, as I have said, I will go to almost any length rather than +chance a mistake in the case of one who from his appearance might pass +more readily for an American than a Serbian. I have sent for Prince +Peter of Blentz. If you can satisfactorily explain to him how you +chance to be in possession of military passes bearing his name I shall +be very glad to give you the benefit of every other doubt.” + +Peter of Blentz. Send for Peter of Blentz! Barney wondered just what +kind of a sensation it was to stand facing a firing squad. He hoped +that his knees wouldn’t tremble—they felt a trifle weak even now. There +was a chance that the man might not recall his face, but a very slight +chance. It had been his remarkable likeness to Leopold of Lutha that +had resulted in the snatching of a crown from Prince Peter’s head. + +Likely indeed that he would ever forget his, Barney’s, face, though he +had seen it but once without the red beard that had so added to +Barney’s likeness to the king. But Maenck would be along, of course, +and Maenck would have no doubts—he had seen Barney too recently in +Beatrice to fail to recognize him now. + +Several men were entering the room where Barney stood before the +general and his staff. A glance revealed to the prisoner that Peter of +Blentz had come, and with him Von Coblich and Maenck. At the same +instant Peter’s eyes met Barney’s, and the former, white and wide-eyed +came almost to a dead halt, grasping hurriedly at the arm of Maenck who +walked beside him. + +“My God!” was all that Barney heard him say, but he spoke a name that +the American did not hear. Maenck also looked his surprise, but his +expression was suddenly changed to one of malevolent cunning and +gratification. He turned toward Prince Peter with a few low-whispered +words. A look of relief crossed the face of the Blentz prince. + +“You appear to know the gentleman,” said the general who had been +conducting Barney’s examination. “He has been arrested as a Serbian +spy, and military passes in your name were found upon his person +together with the papers of an American newspaper correspondent, which +he claims to be. He is charged with being Stefan Drontoff, whom we long +have been anxious to apprehend. Do you chance to know anything about +him, Prince Peter?” + +“Yes,” replied Peter of Blentz, “I know him well by sight. He entered +my room last night and stole the military passes from my coat—we all +saw him and pursued him, but he got away in the dark. There can be no +doubt but that he is the Serbian spy.” + +“He insists that he is Bernard Custer, an American,” urged the general, +who, it seemed to Barney, was anxious to make no mistake, and to give +the prisoner every reasonable chance—a state of mind that rather +surprised him in a European military chieftain, all of whom appeared to +share the popular obsession regarding the prevalence of spies. + +“Pardon me, general,” interrupted Maenck. “I am well acquainted with +Mr. Custer, who spent some time in Lutha a couple of years ago. This +man is not he.” + +“That is sufficient, gentlemen, I thank you,” said the general. He did +not again look at the prisoner, but turned to a lieutenant who stood +near-by. “You may remove the prisoner,” he directed. “He will be +destroyed with the others—here is the order,” and he handed the +subaltern a printed form upon which many names were filled in and at +the bottom of which the general had just signed his own. It had +evidently been waiting the outcome of the examination of Stefan +Drontoff. + +Surrounded by soldiers, Barney Custer walked from the presence of the +military court. It was to him as though he moved in a strange world of +dreams. He saw the look of satisfaction upon the face of Peter of +Blentz as he passed him, and the open sneer of Maenck. As yet he did +not fully realize what it all meant—that he was marching to his death! +For the last time he was looking upon the faces of his fellow men; for +the last time he had seen the sun rise, never again to see it set. + +He was to be “destroyed.” He had heard that expression used many times +in connection with useless horses, or vicious dogs. Mechanically he +drew a cigarette from his pocket and lighted it. There was no bravado +in the act. On the contrary it was done almost unconsciously. The +soldiers marched him through the streets of Burgova. The men were +entirely impassive—even so early in the war they had become accustomed +to this grim duty. The young officer who commanded them was more +nervous than the prisoner—it was his first detail with a firing squad. +He looked wonderingly at Barney, expecting momentarily to see the man +collapse, or at least show some sign of terror at his close impending +fate; but the American walked silently toward his death, puffing +leisurely at his cigarette. + +At last, after what seemed a long time, his guard turned in at a large +gateway in a brick wall surrounding a factory. As they entered Barney +saw twenty or thirty men in civilian dress, guarded by a dozen +infantrymen. They were standing before the wall of a low brick +building. Barney noticed that there were no windows in the wall. It +suddenly occurred to him that there was something peculiarly grim and +sinister in the appearance of the dead, blank surface of +weather-stained brick. For the first time since he had faced the +military court he awakened to a full realization of what it all meant +to him—he was going to be lined up against that ominous brick wall with +these other men—they were going to shoot them. + +A momentary madness seized him. He looked about upon the other +prisoners and guards. A sudden break for liberty might give him +temporary respite. He could seize a rifle from the nearest soldier, and +at least have the satisfaction of selling his life dearly. As he looked +he saw more soldiers entering the factory yard. + +A sudden apathy overwhelmed him. What was the use? He could not escape. +Why should he wish to kill these soldiers? It was not they who were +responsible for his plight—they were but obeying orders. The close +presence of death made life seem very desirable. These men, too, +desired life. Why should he take it from them uselessly? At best he +might kill one or two, but in the end he would be killed as surely as +though he took his place before the brick wall with the others. + +He noticed now that these others evinced no inclination to contest +their fates. Why should he, then? Doubtless many of them were as +innocent as he, and all loved life as well. He saw that several were +weeping silently. Others stood with bowed heads gazing at the +hard-packed earth of the factory yard. Ah, what visions were their eyes +beholding for the last time! What memories of happy firesides! What +dear, loved faces were limned upon that sordid clay! + +His reveries were interrupted by the hoarse voice of a sergeant, +breaking rudely in upon the silence and the dumb terror. The fellow was +herding the prisoners into position. When he was done Barney found +himself in the front rank of the little, hopeless band. Opposite them, +at a few paces, stood the firing squad, their gun butts resting upon +the ground. + +The young lieutenant stood at one side. He issued some instructions in +a low tone, then he raised his voice. + +“Ready!” he commanded. Fascinated by the horror of it, Barney watched +the rifles raised smartly to the soldiers’ hips—the movement was as +precise as though the men were upon parade. Every bolt clicked in +unison with its fellows. + +“Aim!” the pieces leaped to the hollows of the men’s shoulders. The +leveled barrels were upon a line with the breasts of the condemned. A +man at Barney’s right moaned. Another sobbed. + +“Fire!” There was the hideous roar of the volley. Barney Custer +crumpled forward to the ground, and three bodies fell upon his. A +moment later there was a second volley—all had not fallen at the first. +Then the soldiers came among the bodies, searching for signs of life; +but evidently the two volleys had done their work. The sergeant formed +his men in line. The lieutenant marched them away. Only silence +remained on guard above the pitiful dead in the factory yard. + +The day wore on and still the stiffening corpses lay where they had +fallen. Twilight came and then darkness. A head appeared above the top +of the wall that had enclosed the grounds. Eyes peered through the +night and keen ears listened for any sign of life within. At last, +evidently satisfied that the place was deserted, a man crawled over the +summit of the wall and dropped to the ground within. Here again he +paused, peering and listening. + +What strange business had he here among the dead that demanded such +caution in its pursuit? Presently he advanced toward the pile of +corpses. Quickly he tore open coats and searched pockets. He ran his +fingers along the fingers of the dead. Two rings had rewarded his +search and he was busy with a third that encircled the finger of a body +that lay beneath three others. It would not come off. He pulled and +tugged, and then he drew a knife from his pocket. + +But he did not sever the digit. Instead he shrank back with a muffled +scream of terror. The corpse that he would have mutilated had staggered +suddenly to its feet, flinging the dead bodies to one side as it rose. + +“You fiend!” broke from the lips of the dead man, and the ghoul turned +and fled, gibbering in his fright. + +The tramp of soldiers in the street beyond ceased suddenly at the sound +from within the factory yard. It was a detail of the guard marching to +the relief of sentries. A moment later the gates swung open and a score +of soldiers entered. They saw a figure dodging toward the wall a dozen +paces from them, but they did not see the other that ran swiftly around +the corner of the factory. + +This other was Barney Custer of Beatrice. When the command to fire had +been given to the squad of riflemen, a single bullet had creased the +top of his head, stunning him. All day he had lain there unconscious. +It had been the tugging of the ghoul at his ring that had roused him to +life at last. + +Behind him, as he scurried around the end of the factory building, he +heard the scattering fire of half a dozen rifles, followed by a +scream—the fleeing hyena had been hit. Barney crouched in the shadow of +a pile of junk. He heard the voices of soldiers as they gathered about +the wounded man, questioning him, and a moment later the imperious +tones of an officer issuing instructions to his men to search the yard. +That he must be discovered seemed a certainty to the American. He +crouched further back in the shadows close to the wall, stepping with +the utmost caution. + +Presently to his chagrin his foot touched the metal cover of a manhole; +there was a resultant rattling that smote upon Barney’s ears and nerves +with all the hideous clatter of a boiler shop. He halted, petrified, +for an instant. He was no coward, but after being so near death, life +had never looked more inviting, and he knew that to be discovered meant +certain extinction this time. + +The soldiers were circling the building. Already he could hear them +nearing his position. In another moment they would round the corner of +the building and be upon him. For an instant he contemplated a bold +rush for the fence. In fact, he had gathered himself for the leaping +start and the quick sprint across the open under the noses of the +soldiers who still remained beside the dying ghoul, when his mind +suddenly reverted to the manhole beneath his feet. Here lay a hiding +place, at least until the soldiers had departed. + +Barney stooped and raised the heavy lid, sliding it to one side. How +deep was the black chasm beneath he could not even guess. Doubtless it +led into a coal bunker, or it might open over a pit of great depth. +There was no way to discover other than to plumb the abyss with his +body. Above was death—below, a chance of safety. + +The soldiers were quite close when Barney lowered himself through the +manhole. Clinging with his fingers to the upper edge his feet still +swung in space. How far beneath was the bottom? He heard the scraping +of the heavy shoes of the searchers close above him, and then he closed +his eyes, released the grasp of his fingers, and dropped. + + + + +IV. +A RACE TO LUTHA + + +Barney’s fall was not more than four or five feet. He found himself +upon a slippery floor of masonry over which two or three inches of +water ran sluggishly. Above him he heard the soldiers pass the open +manhole. It was evident that in the darkness they had missed it. + +For a few minutes the fugitive remained motionless, then, hearing no +sounds from above he started to grope about his retreat. Upon two sides +were blank, circular walls, upon the other two circular openings about +four feet in diameter. It was through these openings that the tiny +stream of water trickled. + +Barney came to the conclusion that he had dropped into a sewer. To get +out the way he had entered appeared impossible. He could not leap +upward from the slimy, concave bottom the distance he had dropped. To +follow the sewer upward would lead him nowhere nearer escape. There +remained no hope but to follow the trickling stream downward toward the +river, into which his judgment told him the entire sewer system of the +city must lead. + +Stooping, he entered the ill-smelling circular conduit, groping his way +slowly along. As he went the water deepened. It was half way to his +knees when he plunged unexpectedly into another tube running at right +angles to the first. The bottom of this tube was lower than that of the +one which emptied into it, so that Barney now found himself in a +swiftly running stream of filth that reached above his knees. Downward +he followed this flood—faster now for the fear of the deadly gases +which might overpower him before he could reach the river. + +The water deepened gradually as he went on. At last he reached a point +where, with his head scraping against the roof of the sewer, his chin +was just above the surface of the stream. A few more steps would be all +that he could take in this direction without drowning. Could he retrace +his way against the swift current? He did not know. He was weakened +from the effects of his wound, from lack of food and from the exertions +of the past hour. Well, he would go on as far as he could. The river +lay ahead of him somewhere. Behind was only the hostile city. + +He took another step. His foot found no support. He surged backward in +an attempt to regain his footing, but the power of the flood was too +much for him. He was swept forward to plunge into water that surged +above his head as he sank. An instant later he had regained the surface +and as his head emerged he opened his eyes. + +He looked up into a starlit heaven! He had reached the mouth of the +sewer and was in the river. For a moment he lay still, floating upon +his back to rest. Above him he heard the tread of a sentry along the +river front, and the sound of men’s voices. + +The sweet, fresh air, the star-shot void above, acted as a powerful +tonic to his shattered hopes and overwrought nerves. He lay inhaling +great lungsful of pure, invigorating air. He listened to the voices of +the Austrian soldiery above him. All the buoyancy of his inherent +Americanism returned to him. + +“This is no place for a minister’s son,” he murmured, and turning over +struck out for the opposite shore. The river was not wide, and Barney +was soon nearing the bank along which he could see occasional camp +fires. Here, too, were Austrians. He dropped down-stream below these, +and at last approached the shore where a wood grew close to the water’s +edge. The bank here was steep, and the American had some difficulty in +finding a place where he could clamber up the precipitous wall of rock. +But finally he was successful, finding himself in a little clump of +bushes on the river’s brim. Here he lay resting and listening—always +listening. It seemed to Barney that his ears ached with the constant +strain of unflagging duty that his very existence demanded of them. + +Hearing nothing, he crawled at last from his hiding place with the +purpose of making his way toward the south and to the frontier as +rapidly as possible. He could hope only to travel by night, and he +guessed that this night must be nearly spent. Stooping, he moved +cautiously away from the river. Through the shadows of the wood he made +his way for perhaps a hundred yards when he was suddenly confronted by +a figure that stepped from behind the bole of a tree. + +“Halt! Who goes there?” came the challenge. + +Barney’s heart stood still. With all his care he had run straight into +the arms of an Austrian sentry. To run would be to be shot. To advance +would mean capture, and that too would mean death. + +For the barest fraction of an instant he hesitated, and then his quick +American wits came to his aid. Feigning intoxication he answered the +challenge in dubious Austrian that he hoped his maudlin tongue would +excuse. + +“Friend,” he answered thickly. “Friend with a drink—have one?” And he +staggered drunkenly forward, banking all upon the credulity and thirst +of the soldier who confronted him with fixed bayonet. + +That the sentry was both credulous and thirsty was evidenced by the +fact that he let Barney come within reach of his gun. Instantly the +drunken Austrian was transformed into a very sober and active engine of +destruction. Seizing the barrel of the piece Barney jerked it to one +side and toward him, and at the same instant he leaped for the throat +of the sentry. + +So quickly was this accomplished that the Austrian had time only for a +single cry, and that was choked in his windpipe by the steel fingers of +the American. Together both men fell heavily to the ground, Barney +retaining his hold upon the other’s throat. + +Striking and clutching at one another they fought in silence for a +couple of minutes, then the soldier’s struggles began to weaken. He +squirmed and gasped for breath. His mouth opened and his tongue +protruded. His eyes started from their sockets. Barney closed his +fingers more tightly upon the bearded throat. He rained heavy blows +upon the upturned face. The beating fists of his adversary waved wildly +now—the blows that reached Barney were pitifully weak. Presently they +ceased. The man struggled violently for an instant, twitched +spasmodically and lay still. + +Barney clung to him for several minutes longer, until there was not the +slightest indication of remaining life. The perpetration of the deed +sickened him; but he knew that his act was warranted, for it had been +either his life or the other’s. He dragged the body back to the bushes +in which he had been hiding. There he stripped off the Austrian +uniform, put his own clothes upon the corpse and rolled it into the +river. + +Dressed as an Austrian private, Barney Custer shouldered the dead +soldier’s gun and walked boldly through the wood to the south. +Momentarily he expected to run upon other soldiers, but though he kept +straight on his way for hours he encountered none. The thin line of +sentries along the river had been posted only to double the preventive +measures that had been taken to keep Serbian spies either from entering +or leaving the city. + +Toward dawn, at the darkest period of the night, Barney saw lights +ahead of him. Apparently he was approaching a village. He went more +cautiously now, but all his care did not prevent him from running for +the second time that night almost into the arms of a sentry. This time, +however, Barney saw the soldier before he himself was discovered. It +was upon the edge of the town, in an orchard, that the sentinel was +posted. Barney, approaching through the trees, darting from one to +another, was within a few paces of the man before he saw him. + +The American remained quietly in the shadow of a tree waiting for an +opportunity to escape, but before it came he heard the approach of a +small body of troops. They were coming from the village directly toward +the orchard. They passed the sentry and marched within a dozen feet of +the tree behind which Barney was hiding. + +As they came opposite him he slipped around the tree to the opposite +side. The sentry had resumed his pacing, and was now out of sight +momentarily among the trees further on. He could not see the American, +but there were others who could. They came in the shape of a +non-commissioned officer and a detachment of the guard to relieve the +sentry. Barney almost bumped into them as he rounded the tree. There +was no escape—the non-commissioned officer was within two feet of him +when Barney discovered him. “What are you doing here?” shouted the +sergeant with an oath. “Your post is there,” and he pointed toward the +position where Barney had seen the sentry. + +At first Barney could scarce believe his ears. In the darkness the +sergeant had mistaken him for the sentinel! Could he carry it out? And +if so might it not lead him into worse predicament? No, Barney decided, +nothing could be worse. To be caught masquerading in the uniform of an +Austrian soldier within the Austrian lines was to plumb the uttermost +depth of guilt—nothing that he might do now could make his position +worse. + +He faced the sergeant, snapping his piece to present, hoping that this +was the proper thing to do. Then he stumbled through a brief excuse. +The officer in command of the troops that had just passed had demanded +the way of him, and he had but stepped a few paces from his post to +point out the road to his superior. + +The sergeant grunted and ordered him to fall in. Another man took his +place on duty. They were far from the enemy and discipline was lax, so +the thing was accomplished which under other circumstances would have +been well nigh impossible. A moment later Barney found himself marching +back toward the village, to all intents and purposes an Austrian +private. + +Before a low, windowless shed that had been converted into barracks for +the guard, the detail was dismissed. The men broke ranks and sought +their blankets within the shed, tired from their lonely vigil upon +sentry duty. + +Barney loitered until the last. All the others had entered. He dared +not, for he knew that any moment the sentry upon the post from which he +had been taken would appear upon the scene, after discovering another +of his comrades. He was certain to inquire of the sergeant. They would +be puzzled, of course, and, being soldiers, they would be suspicious. +There would be an investigation, which would start in the barracks of +the guard. That neighborhood would at once become a most unhealthy spot +for Barney Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska. + +When the last of the soldiers had entered the shed Barney glanced +quickly about. No one appeared to notice him. He walked directly past +the doorway to the end of the building. Around this he found a yard, +deeply shadowed. He entered it, crossed it, and passed out into an +alley beyond. At the first cross-street his way was blocked by the +sight of another sentry—the world seemed composed entirely of Austrian +sentries. Barney wondered if the entire Austrian army was kept +perpetually upon sentry duty; he had scarce been able to turn without +bumping into one. + +He turned back into the alley and at last found a crooked passageway +between buildings that he hoped might lead him to a spot where there +was no sentry, and from which he could find his way out of the village +toward the south. The passage, after devious windings, led into a +large, open court, but when Barney attempted to leave the court upon +the opposite side he found the ubiquitous sentries upon guard there. + +Evidently there would be no escape while the Austrians remained in the +town. There was nothing to do, therefore, but hide until the happy +moment of their departure arrived. He returned to the courtyard, and +after a short search discovered a shed in one corner that had evidently +been used to stable a horse, for there was straw at one end of it and a +stall in the other. Barney sat down upon the straw to wait +developments. Tired nature would be denied no longer. His eyes closed, +his head drooped upon his breast. In three minutes from the time he +entered the shed he was stretched full length upon the straw, fast +asleep. + +The chugging of a motor awakened him. It was broad daylight. Many +sounds came from the courtyard without. It did not take Barney long to +gather his scattered wits—in an instant he was wide awake. He glanced +about. He was the only occupant of the shed. Rising, he approached a +small window that looked out upon the court. All was life and movement. +A dozen military cars either stood about or moved in and out of the +wide gates at the opposite end of the enclosure. Officers and soldiers +moved briskly through a doorway that led into a large building that +flanked the court upon one side. While Barney slept the headquarters of +an Austrian army corps had moved in and taken possession of the +building, the back of which abutted upon the court where lay his modest +little shed. + +Barney took it all in at a single glance, but his eyes hung long and +greedily upon the great, high-powered machines that chugged or purred +about him. + +Gad! If he could but be behind the wheel of such a car for an hour! The +frontier could not be over fifty miles to the south, of that he was +quite positive; and what would fifty miles be to one of those machines? + +Barney sighed as a great, gray-painted car whizzed into the courtyard +and pulled up before the doorway. Two officers jumped out and ran up +the steps. The driver, a young man in a uniform not unlike that which +Barney wore, drew the car around to the end of the courtyard close +beside Barney’s shed. Here he left it and entered the building into +which his passengers had gone. By reaching through the window Barney +could have touched the fender of the machine. A few seconds’ start in +that and it would take more than an Austrian army corps to stop him +this side of the border. Thus mused Barney, knowing already that the +mad scheme that had been born within his brain would be put to action +before he was many minutes older. + +There were many soldiers on guard about the courtyard. The greatest +danger lay in arousing the suspicions of one of these should he chance +to see Barney emerge from the shed and enter the car. + +“The proper thing,” thought Barney, “is to come from the building into +which everyone seems to pass, and the only way to be seen coming out of +it is to get into it; but how the devil am I to get into it?” + +The longer he thought the more convinced he became that utter +recklessness and boldness would be his only salvation. Briskly he +walked from the shed out into the courtyard beneath the eyes of the +sentries, the officers, the soldiers, and the military drivers. He +moved straight among them toward the doorway of the headquarters as +though bent upon important business—which, indeed, he was. At least it +was quite the most important business to Barney Custer that that young +gentleman could recall having ventured upon for some time. + +No one paid the slightest attention to him. He had left his gun in the +shed for he noticed that only the men on guard carried them. Without an +instant’s hesitation he ran briskly up the short flight of steps and +entered the headquarters building. Inside was another sentry who barred +his way questioningly. Evidently one must state one’s business to this +person before going farther. Barney, without any loss of time or +composure, stepped up to the guard. + +“Has General Kampf passed in this morning?” he asked blithely. Barney +had never heard of any “General Kampf,” nor had the sentry, since there +was no such person in the Austrian army. But he did know, however, that +there were altogether too many generals for any one soldier to know the +names of them all. + +“I do not know the general by sight,” replied the sentry. + +Here was a pretty mess, indeed. Doubtless the sergeant would know a +great deal more than would be good for Barney Custer. The young man +looked toward the door through which he had just entered. His sole +object in coming into the spider’s parlor had been to make it possible +for him to come out again in full view of all the guards and officers +and military chauffeurs, that their suspicions might not be aroused +when he put his contemplated coup to the test. + +He glanced toward the door. Machines were whizzing in and out of the +courtyard. Officers on foot were passing and repassing. The sentry in +the hallway was on the point of calling his sergeant. + +“Ah!” cried Barney. “There is the general now,” and without waiting to +cast even a parting glance at the guard he stepped quickly through the +doorway and ran down the steps into the courtyard. Looking neither to +right nor to left, and with a convincing air of self-confidence and +important business, he walked directly to the big, gray machine that +stood beside the little shed at the end of the courtyard. + +To crank it and leap to the driver’s seat required but a moment. The +big car moved smoothly forward. A turn of the steering wheel brought it +around headed toward the wide gates. Barney shifted to second speed, +stepped on the accelerator and the cut-out simultaneously, and with a +noise like the rattle of a machine gun, shot out of the courtyard. + +None who saw his departure could have guessed from the manner of it +that the young man at the wheel of the gray car was stealing the +machine or that his life depended upon escape without detection. It was +the very boldness of his act that crowned it with success. + +Once in the street Barney turned toward the south. Cars were passing up +and down in both directions, usually at high speed. Their numbers +protected the fugitive. Momentarily he expected to be halted; but he +passed out of the village without mishap and reached a country road +which, except for a lane down its center along which automobiles were +moving, was blocked with troops marching southward. Through this +soldier-walled lane Barney drove for half an hour. + +From a great distance, toward the southeast, he could hear the boom of +cannon and the bursting of shells. Presently the road forked. The +troops were moving along the road on the left toward the distant battle +line. Not a man or machine was turning into the right fork, the road +toward the south that Barney wished to take. + +Could he successfully pass through the marching soldiers at his right? +Among all those officers there surely would be one who would question +the purpose and destination of this private soldier who drove alone in +the direction of the nearby frontier. + +The moment had come when he must stake everything on his ability to +gain the open road beyond the plodding mass of troops. Diminishing the +speed of the car Barney turned it in toward the marching men at the +same time sounding his horn loudly. An infantry captain, marching +beside his company, was directly in front of the car. He looked up at +the American. Barney saluted and pointed toward the right-hand fork. + +The captain turned and shouted a command to his men. Those who had not +passed in front of the car halted. Barney shot through the little lane +they had opened, which immediately closed up behind him. He was +through! He was upon the open road! Ahead, as far as he could see, +there was no sign of any living creature to bar his way, and the +frontier could not be more than twenty-five miles away. + + + + +V. +THE TRAITOR KING + + +In his castle at Lustadt, Leopold of Lutha paced nervously back and +forth between his great desk and the window that overlooked the royal +gardens. Upon the opposite side of the desk stood an old man—a tall, +straight, old man with the bearing of a soldier and the head of a lion. +His keen, gray eyes were upon the king, and sorrow was written upon his +face. He was Ludwig von der Tann, chancellor of the kingdom of Lutha. + +At last the king stopped his pacing and faced the old man, though he +could not meet those eagle eyes squarely, try as he would. It was his +inability to do so, possibly, that added to his anger. Weak himself, he +feared this strong man and envied him his strength, which, in a weak +nature, is but a step from hatred. There evidently had been a long +pause in their conversation, yet the king’s next words took up the +thread of their argument where it had broken. + +“You speak as though I had no right to do it,” he snapped. “One might +think that you were the king from the manner with which you upbraid and +reproach me. I tell you, Prince von der Tann, that I shall stand it no +longer.” + +The king approached the desk and pounded heavily upon its polished +surface with his fist. The physical act of violence imparted to him a +certain substitute for the moral courage which he lacked. + +“I will tell you, sir, that I am king. It was not necessary that I +consult you or any other man before pardoning Prince Peter and his +associates. I have investigated the matter thoroughly and I am +convinced that they have been taught a sufficient lesson and that +hereafter they will be my most loyal subjects.” + +He hesitated. “Their presence here,” he added, “may prove an antidote +to the ambitions of others who lately have taken it upon themselves to +rule Lutha for me.” + +There was no mistaking the king’s meaning, but Prince Ludwig did not +show by any change of expression that the shot had struck him in a +vulnerable spot; nor, upon the other hand, did he ignore the +insinuation. There was only sorrow in his voice when he replied. + +“Sire,” he said, “for some time I have been aware of the activity of +those who would like to see Peter of Blentz returned to favor with your +majesty. I have warned you, only to see that my motives were always +misconstrued. There is a greater power at work, your majesty, than any +of us—greater than Lutha itself. One that will stop at nothing in order +to gain its ends. It cares naught for Peter of Blentz, naught for me, +naught for you. It cares only for Lutha. For strategic purposes it must +have Lutha. It will trample you under foot to gain its end, and then it +will cast Peter of Blentz aside. You have insinuated, sire, that I am +ambitious. I am. I am ambitious to maintain the integrity and freedom +of Lutha. + +“For three hundred years the Von der Tanns have labored and fought for +the welfare of Lutha. It was a Von der Tann that put the first +Rubinroth king upon the throne of Lutha. To the last they were loyal to +the former dynasty while that dynasty was loyal to Lutha. Only when the +king attempted to sell the freedom of his people to a powerful neighbor +did the Von der Tanns rise against him. + +“Sire! the Von der Tanns have always been loyal to the house of +Rubinroth. And but a single thing rises superior within their breasts +to that loyalty, and that is their loyalty to Lutha.” He paused for an +instant before concluding. “And I, sire, am a Von der Tann.” + +There could be no mistaking the old man’s meaning. So long as Leopold +was loyal to his people and their interests Ludwig von der Tann would +be loyal to Leopold. The king was cowed. He was very much afraid of +this grim old warrior. He chafed beneath his censure. + +“You are always scolding me,” he cried irritably. “I am getting tired +of it. And now you threaten me. Do you call that loyalty? Do you call +it loyalty to refuse to compel your daughter to keep her plighted +troth? If you wish to prove your loyalty command the Princess Emma to +fulfil the promise you made my father—command her to wed me at once.” + +Von der Tann looked the king straight in the eyes. + +“I cannot do that,” he said. “She has told me that she will kill +herself rather than wed with your majesty. She is all I have left, +sire. What good would be accomplished by robbing me of her if you could +not gain her by the act? Win her confidence and love, sire. It may be +done. Thus only may happiness result to you and to her.” + +“You see,” exclaimed the king, “what your loyalty amounts to! I believe +that you are saving her for the impostor—I have heard as much hinted at +before this. Nor do I doubt that she would gladly connive with the +fellow if she thought there was a chance of his seizing the throne.” + +Von der Tann paled. For the first time righteous indignation and anger +got the better of him. He took a step toward the king. + +“Stop!” he commanded. “No man, not even my king, may speak such words +to a Von der Tann.” + +In an antechamber just outside the room a man sat near the door that +led into the apartment where the king and his chancellor quarreled. He +had been straining his ears to catch the conversation which he could +hear rising and falling in the adjoining chamber, but till now he had +been unsuccessful. Then came Prince Ludwig’s last words booming loudly +through the paneled door, and the man smiled. He was Count Zellerndorf, +the Austrian minister to Lutha. + +The king’s outraged majesty goaded him to an angry retort. + +“You forget yourself, Prince von der Tann,” he cried. “Leave our +presence. When we again desire to be insulted we shall send for you.” + +As the chancellor passed into the antechamber Count Zellerndorf rose +and greeted him warmly, almost effusively. Von der Tann returned his +salutations with courtesy but with no answering warmth. Then he passed +on out of the palace. + +“The old fox must have heard,” he mused as he mounted his horse and +turned his face toward Tann and the Old Forest. + +When Count Zellerndorf of Austria entered the presence of Leopold of +Lutha he found that young ruler much disturbed. He had resumed his +restless pacing between desk and window, and as the Austrian entered he +scarce paused to receive his salutation. Count Zellerndorf was a +frequent visitor at the palace. There were few formalities between this +astute diplomat and the young king; those had passed gradually away as +their acquaintance and friendship ripened. + +“Prince Ludwig appeared angry when he passed through the antechamber,” +ventured Zellerndorf. “Evidently your majesty found cause to rebuke +him.” + +The king nodded and looked narrowly at the Austrian. “The Prince von +der Tann insinuated that Austria’s only wish in connection with Lutha +is to seize her,” he said. + +Zellerndorf raised his hands in well-simulated horror. + +“Your majesty!” he exclaimed. “It cannot be that the prince has gone to +such lengths to turn you against your best friend, my emperor. If he +has I can only attribute it to his own ambitions. I have hesitated to +speak to you of this matter, your majesty, but now that the honor of my +own ruler is questioned I must defend him. + +“Bear with me then, should what I have to say wound you. I well know +the confidence which the house of Von der Tann has enjoyed for +centuries in Lutha; but I must brave your wrath in the interest of +right. I must tell you that it is common gossip in Vienna that Von der +Tann aspires to the throne of Lutha either for himself or for his +daughter through the American impostor who once sat upon your throne +for a few days. And let me tell you more. + +“The American will never again menace you—he was arrested in Burgova as +a spy and executed. He is dead; but not so are Von der Tann’s +ambitions. When he learns that he no longer may rely upon the strain of +the Rubinroth blood that flowed in the veins of the American from his +royal mother, the runaway Princess Victoria, there will remain to him +only the other alternative of seizing the throne for himself. He is a +very ambitious man, your majesty. Already he has caused it to become +current gossip that he is the real power behind the throne of +Lutha—that your majesty is but a figure-head, the puppet of Von der +Tann.” + +Zellerndorf paused. He saw the flush of shame and anger that suffused +the king’s face, and then he shot the bolt that he had come to fire, +but which he had not dared to hope would find its target so denuded of +defense. + +“Your majesty,” he whispered, coming quite close to the king, “all +Lutha is inclined to believe that you fear Prince von der Tann. Only a +few of us know the truth to be the contrary. For the sake of your +prestige you must take some step to counteract this belief and stamp it +out for good and all. I have planned a way—hear it. + +“Von der Tann’s hatred of Peter of Blentz is well known. No man in +Lutha believes that he would permit you to have any intercourse with +Peter. I have brought from Blentz an invitation to your majesty to +honor the Blentz prince with your presence as a guest for the ensuing +week. Accept it, your majesty. + +“Nothing could more conclusively prove to the most skeptical that you +are still the king, and that Von der Tann, nor any other, may not dare +to dictate to you. It will be the most splendid stroke of statesmanship +that you could achieve at the present moment.” + +For an instant the king stood in thought. He still feared Peter of +Blentz as the devil is reputed to fear holy water, though for converse +reasons. Yet he was very angry with Von der Tann. It would indeed be an +excellent way to teach the presumptuous chancellor his place. + +Leopold almost smiled as he thought of the chagrin with which Prince +Ludwig would receive the news that he had gone to Blentz as the guest +of Peter. It was the last impetus that was required by his weak, +vindictive nature to press it to a decision. + +“Very well,” he said, “I will go tomorrow.” + +It was late the following day that Prince von der Tann received in his +castle in the Old Forest word that an Austrian army had crossed the +Luthanian frontier—the neutrality of Lutha had been violated. The old +chancellor set out immediately for Lustadt. At the palace he sought an +interview with the king only to learn that Leopold had departed earlier +in the day to visit Peter of Blentz. + +There was but one thing to do and that was to follow the king to +Blentz. Some action must be taken immediately—it would never do to let +this breach of treaty pass unnoticed. + +The Serbian minister who had sent word to the chancellor of the +invasion by the Austrian troops was closeted with him for an hour after +his arrival at the palace. It was clear to both these men that the hand +of Zellerndorf was plainly in evidence in both the important moves that +had occurred in Lutha within the past twenty-four hours—the luring of +the king to Blentz and the entrance of Austrian soldiery into Lutha. + +Following his interview with the Serbian minister Von der Tann rode +toward Blentz with only his staff in attendance. It was long past +midnight when the lights of the town appeared directly ahead of the +little party. They rode at a trot along the road which passes through +the village to wind upward again toward the ancient feudal castle that +looks down from its hilltop upon the town. + +At the edge of the village Von der Tann was thunderstruck by a +challenge from a sentry posted in the road, nor was his dismay lessened +when he discovered that the man was an Austrian. + +“What is the meaning of this?” he cried angrily. “What are Austrian +soldiers doing barring the roads of Lutha to the chancellor of Lutha?” + +The sentry called an officer. The latter was extremely suave. He +regretted the incident, but his orders were most positive—no one could +be permitted to pass through the lines without an order from the +general commanding. He would go at once to the general and see if he +could procure the necessary order. Would the prince be so good as to +await his return? Von der Tann turned on the young officer, his face +purpling with rage. + +“I will pass nowhere within the boundaries of Lutha,” he said, “upon +the order of an Austrian. You may tell your general that my only regret +is that I have not with me tonight the necessary force to pass through +his lines to my king—another time I shall not be so handicapped,” and +Ludwig, Prince von der Tann, wheeled his mount and spurred away in the +direction of Lustadt, at his heels an extremely angry and revengeful +staff. + + + + +VI. +A TRAP IS SPRUNG + + +Long before Prince von der Tann reached Lustadt he had come to the +conclusion that Leopold was in virtue a prisoner in Blentz. To prove +his conclusion he directed one of his staff to return to Blentz and +attempt to have audience with the king. + +“Risk anything,” he instructed the officer to whom he had entrusted the +mission. “Submit, if necessary, to the humiliation of seeking an +Austrian pass through the lines to the castle. See the king at any cost +and deliver this message to him and to him alone and secretly. Tell him +my fears, and that if I do not have word from him within twenty-four +hours I shall assume that he is indeed a prisoner. + +“I shall then direct the mobilization of the army and take such steps +as seem fit to rescue him and drive the invaders from the soil of +Lutha. If you do not return I shall understand that you are held +prisoner by the Austrians and that my worst fears have been realized.” + +But Prince Ludwig was one who believed in being forehanded and so it +happened that the orders for the mobilization of the army of Lutha were +issued within fifteen minutes of his return to Lustadt. It would do no +harm, thought the old man, with a grim smile, to get things well under +way a day ahead of time. This accomplished, he summoned the Serbian +minister, with what purpose and to what effect became historically +evident several days later. When, after twenty-four hours’ absence, his +aide had not returned from Blentz, the chancellor had no regrets for +his forehandedness. + +In the castle of Peter of Blentz the king of Lutha was being +entertained royally. He was told nothing of the attempt of his +chancellor to see him, nor did he know that a messenger from Prince von +der Tann was being held a prisoner in the camp of the Austrians in the +village. He was surrounded by the creatures of Prince Peter and by +Peter’s staunch allies, the Austrian minister and the Austrian officers +attached to the expeditionary force occupying the town. They told him +that they had positive information that the Serbians already had +crossed the frontier into Lutha, and that the presence of the Austrian +troops was purely for the protection of Lutha. + +It was not until the morning following the rebuff of Prince von der +Tann that Peter of Blentz, Count Zellerndorf and Maenck heard of the +occurrence. They were chagrined by the accident, for they were not +ready to deliver their final stroke. The young officer of the guard +had, of course, but followed his instructions—who would have thought +that old Von der Tann would come to Blentz! That he suspected their +motives seemed apparent, and now that his rebuff at the gates had +aroused his ire and, doubtless, crystallized his suspicions, they might +find in him a very ugly obstacle to the fruition of their plans. + +With Von der Tann actively opposed to them, the value of having the +king upon their side would be greatly minimized. The people and the +army had every confidence in the old chancellor. Even if he opposed the +king there was reason to believe that they might still side with him. + +“What is to be done?” asked Zellerndorf. “Is there no way either to win +or force Von der Tann to acquiescence?” + +“I think we can accomplish it,” said Prince Peter, after a moment of +thought. “Let us see Leopold. His mind has been prepared to receive +almost gratefully any insinuations against the loyalty of Von der Tann. +With proper evidence the king may easily be persuaded to order the +chancellor’s arrest—possibly his execution as well.” + +So they saw the king, only to meet a stubborn refusal upon the part of +Leopold to accede to their suggestions. He still was madly in love with +Von der Tann’s daughter, and he knew that a blow delivered at her +father would only tend to increase her bitterness toward him. The +conspirators were nonplussed. + +They had looked for a comparatively easy road to the consummation of +their desires. What in the world could be the cause of the king’s +stubborn desire to protect the man they knew he feared, hated, and +mistrusted with all the energy of his suspicious nature? It was the +king himself who answered their unspoken question. + +“I cannot believe in the disloyalty of Prince Ludwig,” he said, “nor +could I, even if I desired it, take such drastic steps as you suggest. +Some day the Princess Emma, his daughter, will be my queen.” + +Count Zellerndorf was the first to grasp the possibilities that lay in +the suggestion the king’s words carried. + +“Your majesty,” he cried, “there is a way to unite all factions in +Lutha. It would be better to insure the loyalty of Von der Tann through +bonds of kinship than to antagonize him. Marry the Princess Emma at +once. + +“Wait, your majesty,” he added, as Leopold raised an objecting hand. “I +am well informed as to the strange obstinacy of the princess, but for +the welfare of the state—yes, for the sake of your very throne, +sire—you should exert your royal prerogatives and command the Princess +Emma to carry out the terms of your betrothal.” + +“What do you mean, Zellerndorf?” asked the king. + +“I mean, sire, that we should bring the princess here and compel her to +marry you.” + +Leopold shook his head. “You do not know her,” he said. “You do not +know the Von der Tann nature—one cannot force a Von der Tann.” + +“Pardon, sire,” urged Zellerndorf, “but I think it can be accomplished. +If the Princess Emma knew that your majesty believed her father to be a +traitor—that the order for his arrest and execution but awaited your +signature—I doubt not that she would gladly become queen of Lutha, with +her father’s life and liberty as a wedding gift.” + +For several minutes no one spoke after Count Zellerndorf had ceased. +Leopold sat looking at the toe of his boot. Peter of Blentz, Maenck, +and the Austrian watched him intently. The possibilities of the plan +were sinking deep into the minds of all four. At last the king rose. He +was mumbling to himself as though unconscious of the presence of the +others. + +“She is a stubborn jade,” he mumbled. “It would be an excellent lesson +for her. She needs to be taught that I am her king,” and then as though +his conscience required a sop, “I shall be very good to her. Afterward +she will be happy.” He turned toward Zellerndorf. “You think it can be +done?” + +“Most assuredly, your majesty. We shall take immediate steps to fetch +the Princess Emma to Blentz,” and the Austrian rose and backed from the +apartment lest the king change his mind. Prince Peter and Maenck +followed him. + +Princess Emma von der Tann sat in her boudoir in her father’s castle in +the Old Forest. Except for servants, she was alone in the fortress, for +Prince von der Tann was in Lustadt. Her mind was occupied with memories +of the young American who had entered her life under such strange +circumstances two years before—memories that had been awakened by the +return of Lieutenant Otto Butzow to Lutha. He had come directly to her +father and had been attached to the prince’s personal staff. + +From him she had heard a great deal about Barney Custer, and the old +interest, never a moment forgotten during these two years, was +reawakened to all its former intensity. + +Butzow had accompanied Prince Ludwig to Lustadt, but Princess Emma +would not go with them. For two years she had not entered the capital, +and much of that period had been spent in Paris. Only within the past +fortnight had she returned to Lutha. + +In the middle of the morning her reveries were interrupted by the +entrance of a servant bearing a message. She had to read it twice +before she could realize its purport; though it was plainly worded—the +shock of it had stunned her. It was dated at Lustadt and signed by one +of the palace functionaries: + +Prince von der Tann has suffered a slight stroke. Do not be alarmed, +but come at once. The two troopers who bear this message will act as +your escort. + +It required but a few minutes for the girl to change to her riding +clothes, and when she ran down into the court she found her horse +awaiting her in the hands of her groom, while close by two mounted +troopers raised their hands to their helmets in salute. + +A moment later the three clattered over the drawbridge and along the +road that leads toward Lustadt. The escort rode a short distance behind +the girl, and they were hard put to it to hold the mad pace which she +set them. + +A few miles from Tann the road forks. One branch leads toward the +capital and the other winds over the hills in the direction of Blentz. +The fork occurs within the boundaries of the Old Forest. Great trees +overhang the winding road, casting a twilight shade even at high noon. +It is a lonely spot, far from any habitation. + +As the Princess Emma approached the fork she reined in her mount, for +across the road to Lustadt a dozen horsemen barred her way. At first +she thought nothing of it, turning her horse’s head to the righthand +side of the road to pass the party, all of whom were in uniform; but as +she did so one of the men reined directly in her path. The act was +obviously intentional. + +The girl looked quickly up into the man’s face, and her own went white. +He who stopped her way was Captain Ernst Maenck. She had not seen the +man for two years, but she had good cause to remember him as the +governor of the castle of Blentz and the man who had attempted to take +advantage of her helplessness when she had been a prisoner in Prince +Peter’s fortress. Now she looked straight into the fellow’s eyes. + +“Let me pass, please,” she said coldly. + +“I am sorry,” replied Maenck with an evil smile; “but the king’s orders +are that you accompany me to Blentz—the king is there.” + +For answer the girl drove her spur into her mount’s side. The animal +leaped forward, striking Maenck’s horse on the shoulder and half +turning him aside, but the man clutched at the girl’s bridle-rein, and, +seizing it, brought her to a stop. + +“You may as well come voluntarily, for come you must,” he said. “It +will be easier for you.” + +“I shall not come voluntarily,” she replied. “If you take me to Blentz +you will have to take me by force, and if my king is not sufficiently a +gentleman to demand an accounting of you, I am at least more fortunate +in the possession of a father who will.” + +“Your father will scarce wish to question the acts of his king,” said +Maenck—“his king and the husband of his daughter.” + +“What do you mean?” she cried. + +“That before you are many hours older, your highness, you will be queen +of Lutha.” + +The Princess Emma turned toward her tardy escort that had just arrived +upon the scene. + +“This person has stopped me,” she said, “and will not permit me to +continue toward Lustadt. Make a way for me; you are armed!” + +Maenck smiled. “Both of them are my men,” he explained. + +The girl saw it all now—the whole scheme to lure her to Blentz. Even +then, though, she could not believe the king had been one of the +conspirators of the plot. + +Weak as he was he was still a Rubinroth, and it was difficult for a Von +der Tann to believe in the duplicity of a member of the house they had +served so loyally for centuries. With bowed head the princess turned +her horse into the road that led toward Blentz. Half the troopers +preceded her, the balance following behind. + +Maenck wondered at the promptness of her surrender. + +“To be a queen—ah! that was the great temptation,” he thought but he +did not know what was passing in the girl’s mind. She had seen that +escape for the moment was impossible, and so had decided to bide her +time until a more propitious chance should come. In silence she rode +among her captors. The thought of being brought to Blentz alive was +unbearable. + +Somewhere along the road there would be an opportunity to escape. Her +horse was fleet; with a short start he could easily outdistance these +heavier cavalry animals and as a last resort she could—she must—find +some way to end her life, rather than to be dragged to the altar beside +Leopold of Lutha. + +Since childhood Emma von der Tann had ridden these hilly roads. She +knew every lane and bypath for miles around. She knew the short cuts, +the gullies and ravines. She knew where one might, with a good jumper, +save a wide detour, and as she rode toward Blentz she passed in review +through her mind each of the many spots where a sudden break for +liberty might have the best chance to succeed. + +And at last she hit upon the place where a quick turn would take her +from the main road into the roughest sort of going for one not familiar +with the trail. Maenck and his soldiers had already partially relaxed +their vigilance. The officer had come to the conclusion that his +prisoner was resigned to her fate and that, after all, the fate of +being forced to be queen did not appear so dark to her. + +They had wound up a wooded hill and were half way up to the summit. The +princess was riding close to the right-hand side of the road. Quite +suddenly, and before a hand could be raised to stay her, she wheeled +her mount between two trees, struck home her spur, and was gone into +the wood upon the steep hillside. + +With an oath, Maenck cried to his men to be after her. He himself +spurred into the forest at the point where the girl had disappeared. So +sudden had been her break for liberty and so quickly had the foliage +swallowed her that there was something almost uncanny in it. + +A hundred yards from the road the trees were further apart, and through +them the pursuers caught a glimpse of their quarry. The girl was riding +like mad along the rough, uneven hillside. Her mount, surefooted as a +chamois, seemed in his element. But two of the horses of her pursuers +were as swift, and under the cruel spurs of their riders were closing +up on their fugitive. The girl urged her horse to greater speed, yet +still the two behind closed in. + +A hundred yards ahead lay a deep and narrow gully, hid by bushes that +grew rankly along its verge. Straight toward this the Princess Emma von +der Tann rode. Behind her came her pursuers—two quite close and the +others trailing farther in the rear. The girl reined in a trifle, +letting the troopers that were closest to her gain until they were but +a few strides behind, then she put spur to her horse and drove him at +topmost speed straight toward the gully. At the bushes she spoke a low +word in his backlaid ears, raised him quickly with the bit, leaning +forward as he rose in air. Like a bird that animal took the bushes and +the gully beyond, while close behind him crashed the two luckless +troopers. + +Emma von der Tann cast a single backward glance over her shoulder, as +her horse regained his stride upon the opposite side of the gully, to +see her two foremost pursuers plunging headlong into it. Then she shook +free her reins and gave her mount his head along a narrow trail that +both had followed many times before. + +Behind her, Maenck and the balance of his men came to a sudden stop at +the edge of the gully. Below them one of the troopers was struggling to +his feet. The other lay very still beneath his motionless horse. With +an angry oath Maenck directed one of his men to remain and help the two +who had plunged over the brink, then with the others he rode along the +gully searching for a crossing. + +Before they found one their captive was a mile ahead of them, and, +barring accident, quite beyond recapture. She was making for a highway +that would lead her to Lustadt. Ordinarily she had been wont to bear a +little to the north-east at this point and strike back into the road +that she had just left; but today she feared to do so lest she be cut +off before she gained the north and south highroad which the other road +crossed a little farther on. + +To her right was a small farm across which she had never ridden, for +she always had made it a point never to trespass upon fenced grounds. +On the opposite side of the farm was a wood, and somewhere beyond that +a small stream which the highroad crossed upon a little bridge. It was +all new country to her, but it must be ventured. + +She took the fence at the edge of the clearing and then reined in a +moment to look behind her. A mile away she saw the head and shoulders +of a horseman above some low bushes—the pursuers had found a way +through the gully. + +Turning once more to her flight the girl rode rapidly across the fields +toward the wood. Here she found a high wire fence so close to thickly +growing trees upon the opposite side that she dared not attempt to jump +it—there was no point at which she would not have been raked from the +saddle by overhanging boughs. Slipping to the ground she attacked the +barrier with her bare hands, attempting to tear away the staples that +held the wire in place. For several minutes she surged and tugged upon +the unyielding metal strand. An occasional backward glance revealed to +her horrified eyes the rapid approach of her enemies. One of them was +far in advance of the others—in another moment he would be upon her. + +With redoubled fury she turned again to the fence. A superhuman effort +brought away a staple. One wire was down and an instant later two more. +Standing with one foot upon the wires to keep them from tangling about +her horse’s legs, she pulled her mount across into the wood. The +foremost horseman was close upon her as she finally succeeded in urging +the animal across the fallen wires. + +The girl sprang to her horse’s side just as the man reached the fence. +The wires, released from her weight, sprang up breast high against his +horse. He leaped from the saddle the instant that the girl was swinging +into her own. Then the fellow jumped the fence and caught her bridle. + +She struck at him with her whip, lashing him across the head and face, +but he clung tightly, dragged hither and thither by the frightened +horse, until at last he managed to reach the girl’s arm and drag her to +the ground. + +Almost at the same instant a man, unkempt and disheveled, sprang from +behind a tree and with a single blow stretched the trooper unconscious +upon the ground. + + + + +VII. +BARNEY TO THE RESCUE + + +As Barney Custer raced along the Austrian highroad toward the frontier +and Lutha, his spirits rose to a pitch of buoyancy to which they had +been strangers for the past several days. For the first time in many +hours it seemed possible to Barney to entertain reasonable hopes of +escape from the extremely dangerous predicament into which he had +gotten himself. + +He was even humming a gay little tune as he drove into a tiny hamlet +through which the road wound. No sign of military appeared to fill him +with apprehension. He was very hungry and the odor of cooking fell +gratefully upon his nostrils. He drew up before the single inn, and +presently, washed and brushed, was sitting before the first meal he had +seen for two days. In the enjoyment of the food he almost forgot the +dangers he had passed through, or that other dangers might be lying in +wait for him at his elbow. + +From the landlord he learned that the frontier lay but three miles to +the south of the hamlet. Three miles! Three miles to Lutha! What if +there was a price upon his head in that kingdom? It was HER home. It +had been his mother’s birthplace. He loved it. + +Further, he must enter there and reach the ear of old Prince von der +Tann. Once more he must save the king who had shown such scant +gratitude upon another occasion. + +For Leopold, Barney Custer did not give the snap of his fingers; but +what Leopold, the king, stood for in the lives and sentiments of the +Luthanians—of the Von der Tanns—was very dear to the American because +it was dear to a trim, young girl and to a rugged, leonine, old man, of +both of whom Barney was inordinately fond. And possibly, too, it was +dear to him because of the royal blood his mother had bequeathed him. + +His meal disposed of to the last morsel, and paid for, Barney entered +the stolen car and resumed his journey toward Lutha. That he could +remain there he knew to be impossible, but in delivering his news to +Prince Ludwig he might have an opportunity to see the Princess Emma +once again—it would be worth risking his life for, of that he was +perfectly satisfied. And then he could go across into Serbia with the +new credentials that he had no doubt Prince von der Tann would furnish +him for the asking to replace those the Austrians had confiscated. + +At the frontier Barney was halted by an Austrian customs officer; but +when the latter recognized the military car and the Austrian uniform of +the driver he waved him through without comment. Upon the other side +the American expected possible difficulty with the Luthanian customs +officer, but to his surprise he found the little building deserted, and +none to bar his way. At last he was in Lutha—by noon on the following +day he should be at Tann. + +To reach the Old Forest by the best roads it was necessary to bear a +little to the southeast, passing through Tafelberg and striking the +north and south highway between that point and Lustadt, to which he +could hold until reaching the east and west road that runs through both +Tann and Blentz on its way across the kingdom. + +The temptation to stop for a few minutes in Tafelberg for a visit with +his old friend Herr Kramer was strong, but fear that he might be +recognized by others, who would not guard his secret so well as the +shopkeeper of Tafelberg would, decided him to keep on his way. So he +flew through the familiar main street of the quaint old village at a +speed that was little, if any less, than fifty miles an hour. + +On he raced toward the south, his speed often necessarily diminished +upon the winding mountain roads, but for the most part clinging to a +reckless mileage that caused the few natives he encountered to flee to +the safety of the bordering fields, there to stand in open-mouthed awe. + +Halfway between Tafelberg and the crossroad into which he purposed +turning to the west toward Tann there is an S-curve where the bases of +two small hills meet. The road here is narrow and treacherous—fifteen +miles an hour is almost a reckless speed at which to travel around the +curves of the S. Beyond are open fields upon either side of the road. + +Barney took the turns carefully and had just emerged into the last leg +of the S when he saw, to his consternation, a half-dozen Austrian +infantrymen lolling beside the road. An officer stood near them talking +with a sergeant. To turn back in that narrow road was impossible. He +could only go ahead and trust to his uniform and the military car to +carry him safely through. Before he reached the group of soldiers the +fields upon either hand came into view. They were dotted with tents, +wagons, motor-vans and artillery. What did it mean? What was this +Austrian army doing in Lutha? + +Already the officer had seen him. This was doubtless an outpost, +however clumsily placed it might be for strategic purposes. To pass it +was Barney’s only hope. He had passed through one Austrian army—why not +another? He approached the outpost at a moderate rate of speed—to tear +toward it at the rate his heart desired would be to awaken not +suspicion only but positive conviction that his purposes and motives +were ulterior. + +The officer stepped toward the road as though to halt him. Barney +pretended to be fussing with some refractory piece of controlling +mechanism beneath the cowl—apparently he did not see the officer. He +was just opposite him when the latter shouted to him. Barney +straightened up quickly and saluted, but did not stop. + +“Halt!” cried the officer. + +Barney pointed down the road in the direction in which he was headed. + +“Halt!” repeated the officer, running to the car. + +Barney glanced ahead. Two hundred yards farther on was another +post—beyond that he saw no soldiers. He turned and shouted a volley of +intentionally unintelligible jargon at the officer, continuing to point +ahead of him. + +He hoped to confuse the man for the few seconds necessary for him to +reach the last post. If the soldiers there saw that he had been +permitted to pass through the first they doubtless would not hinder his +further passage. That they were watching him Barney could see. + +He had passed the officer now. There was no necessity for dalliance. He +pressed the accelerator down a trifle. The car moved forward at +increased speed. A final angry shout broke from the officer behind him, +followed by a quick command. Barney did not have to wait long to learn +the tenor of the order, for almost immediately a shot sounded from +behind and a bullet whirred above his head. Another shot and another +followed. + +Barney was pressing the accelerator downward to the limit. The car +responded nobly—there was no sputtering, no choking. Just a rapid rush +of increasing momentum as the machine gained headway by leaps and +bounds. + +The bullets were ripping the air all about him. Just ahead the second +outpost stood directly in the center of the road. There were three +soldiers and they were taking deliberate aim, as carefully as though +upon the rifle range. It seemed to Barney that they couldn’t miss him. +He swerved the car suddenly from one side of the road to the other. At +the rate that it was going the move was fraught with but little less +danger than the supine facing of the leveled guns ahead. + +The three rifles spoke almost simultaneously. The glass of the +windshield shattered in Barney’s face. There was a hole in the +left-hand front fender that had not been there before. + +“Rotten shooting,” commented Barney Custer, of Beatrice. + +The soldiers still stood in the center of the road firing at the +swaying car as, lurching from side to side, it bore down upon them. +Barney sounded the raucous military horn; but the soldiers seemed +unconscious of their danger—they still stood there pumping lead toward +the onrushing Juggernaut. At the last instant they attempted to rush +from its path; but they were too late. + +At over sixty miles an hour the huge, gray monster bore down upon them. +One of them fell beneath the wheels—the two others were thrown high in +air as the bumper struck them. The body of the man who had fallen +beneath the wheels threw the car half way across the road—only iron +nerve and strong arms held it from the ditch upon the opposite side. + +Barney Custer had never been nearer death than at that moment—not even +when he faced the firing squad before the factory wall in Burgova. He +had done that without a tremor—he had heard the bullets of the outpost +whistling about his head a moment before, with a smile upon his lips—he +had faced the leveled rifles of the three he had ridden down and he had +not quailed. But now, his machine in the center of the road again, he +shook like a leaf, still in the grip of the sickening nausea of that +awful moment when the mighty, insensate monster beneath him had reeled +drunkenly in its mad flight, swerving toward the ditch and destruction. + +For a few minutes he held to his rapid pace before he looked around, +and then it was to see two cars climbing into the road from the +encampment in the field and heading toward him in pursuit. Barney +grinned. Once more he was master of his nerves. They’d have a merry +chase, he thought, and again he accelerated the speed of the car. Once +before he had had it up to seventy-five miles, and for a moment, when +he had had no opportunity to even glance at the speedometer, much +higher. Now he was to find the maximum limit of the possibilities of +the brave car he had come to look upon with real affection. + +The road ahead was comparatively straight and level. Behind him came +the enemy. Barney watched the road rushing rapidly out of sight beneath +the gray fenders. He glanced occasionally at the speedometer. +Seventy-five miles an hour. Seventy-seven! “Going some,” murmured +Barney as he saw the needle vibrate up to eighty. Gradually he nursed +her up and up to greater speed. + +Eighty-five! The trees were racing by him in an indistinct blur of +green. The fences were thin, wavering lines—the road a white-gray +ribbon, ironed by the terrific speed to smooth unwrinkledness. He could +not take his eyes from the business of steering to glance behind; but +presently there broke faintly through the whir of the wind beating +against his ears the faint report of a gun. He was being fired upon +again. He pressed down still further upon the accelerator. The car +answered to the pressure. The needle rose steadily until it reached +ninety miles an hour—and topped it. + +Then from somewhere in the radiator hose a hissing and a spurt of +steam. Barney was dumbfounded. He had filled the cooling system at the +inn where he had eaten. It had been working perfectly before and since. +What could have happened? There could be but a single explanation. A +bullet from the gun of one of the three men who had attempted to stop +him at the second outpost had penetrated the radiator, and had slowly +drained it. + +Barney knew that the end was near, since the usefulness of the car in +furthering his escape was over. At the speed he was going it would be +but a short time before the superheated pistons expanding in their +cylinders would tear the motor to pieces. Barney felt that he would be +lucky if he himself were not killed when it happened. + +He reduced his speed and glanced behind. His pursuers had not gained +upon him, but they still were coming. A bend in the road shut them from +his view. A little way ahead the road crossed over a river upon a +wooden bridge. On the opposite side and to the right of the road was a +wood. It seemed to offer the most likely possibilities of concealment +in the vicinity. If he could but throw his pursuers off the trail for a +while he might succeed in escaping through the wood, eventually +reaching Tann on foot. He had a rather hazy idea of the exact direction +of the town and castle, but that he could find them eventually he was +sure. + +The sight of the river and the bridge he was nearing suggested a plan, +and the ominous grating of the overheated motor warned him that +whatever he was to do he must do at once. As he neared the bridge he +reduced the speed of the car to fifteen miles an hour, and set the hand +throttle to hold it there. Still gripping the steering wheel with one +hand, he climbed over the left-hand door to the running board. As the +front wheels of the car ran up onto the bridge Barney gave the steering +wheel a sudden turn to the right, and jumped. + +The car veered toward the wooden handrail, there was a splintering of +stanchions, as, with a crash, the big machine plunged through them +headforemost into the river. Without waiting to give even a glance at +his handiwork Barney Custer ran across the bridge, leaped the fence +upon the right-hand side and plunged into the shelter of the wood. + +Then he turned to look back up the road in the direction from which his +pursuers were coming. They were not in sight—they had not seen his +ruse. The water in the river was of sufficient depth to completely +cover the car—no sign of it appeared above the surface. + +Barney turned into the wood smiling. His scheme had worked well. The +occupants of the two cars following him might not note the broken +handrail, or, if they did, might not connect it with Barney in any way. +In this event they would continue in the direction of Lustadt, +wondering what in the world had become of their quarry. Or, if they +guessed that his car had gone over into the river, they would doubtless +believe that its driver had gone with it. In either event Barney would +be given ample time to find his way to Tann. + +He wished that he might find other clothes, since if he were dressed +otherwise there would be no reason to imagine that his pursuers would +recognize him should they come upon him. None of them could possibly +have gained a sufficiently good look at his features to recognize them +again. + +The Austrian uniform, however, would convict him, or at least lay him +under suspicion, and in Barney’s present case, suspicion was as good as +conviction were he to fall into the hands of the Austrians. The garb +had served its purpose well in aiding in his escape from Austria, but +now it was more of a menace than an asset. + +For a week Barney Custer wandered through the woods and mountains of +Lutha. He did not dare approach or question any human being. Several +times he had seen Austrian cavalry that seemed to be scouring the +country for some purpose that the American could easily believe was +closely connected with himself. At least he did not feel disposed to +stop them, as they cantered past his hiding place, to inquire the +nature of their business. + +Such farmhouses as he came upon he gave a wide berth except at night, +and then he only approached them stealthily for such provender as he +might filch. Before the week was up he had become an expert chicken +thief, being able to rob a roost as quietly as the most finished +carpetbagger on the sunny side of Mason and Dixon’s line. + +A careless housewife, leaving her lord and master’s rough shirt and +trousers hanging upon the line overnight, had made possible for Barney +the coveted change in raiment. Now he was barged as a Luthanian +peasant. He was hatless, since the lady had failed to hang out her +mate’s woolen cap, and Barney had not dared retain a single vestige of +the damning Austrian uniform. + +What the peasant woman thought when she discovered the empty line the +following morning Barney could only guess, but he was morally certain +that her grief was more than tempered by the gold piece he had wrapped +in a bit of cloth torn from the soldier’s coat he had worn, which he +pinned on the line where the shirt and pants had been. + +It was somewhere near noon upon the seventh day that Barney skirting a +little stream, followed through the concealing shade of a forest toward +the west. In his peasant dress he now felt safer to approach a +farmhouse and inquire his way to Tann, for he had come a sufficient +distance from the spot where he had stolen his new clothes to hope that +they would not be recognized or that the news of their theft had not +preceded him. + +As he walked he heard the sound of the feet of a horse galloping over a +dry field—muffled, rapid thud approaching closer upon his right hand. +Barney remained motionless. He was sure that the rider would not enter +the wood which, with its low-hanging boughs and thick underbrush, was +ill adapted to equestrianism. + +Closer and closer came the sound until it ceased suddenly scarce a +hundred yards from where the American hid. He waited in silence to +discover what would happen next. Would the rider enter the wood on +foot? What was his purpose? Was it another Austrian who had by some +miracle discovered the whereabouts of the fugitive? Barney could scarce +believe it possible. + +Presently he heard another horse approaching at the same mad gallop. He +heard the sound of rapid, almost frantic efforts of some nature where +the first horse had come to a stop. He heard a voice urging the animal +forward—pleading, threatening. A woman’s voice. Barney’s excitement +became intense in sympathy with the subdued excitement of the woman +whom he could not as yet see. + +A moment later the second rider came to a stop at the same point at +which the first had reined in. A man’s voice rose roughly. “Halt!” it +cried. “In the name of the king, halt!” The American could no longer +resist the temptation to see what was going on so close to him “in the +name of the king.” + +He advanced from behind his tree until he saw the two figures—a man’s +and a woman’s. Some bushes intervened—he could not get a clear view of +them, yet there was something about the figure of the woman, whose back +was toward him as she struggled to mount her frightened horse, that +caused him to leap rapidly toward her. He rounded a tree a few paces +from her just as the man—a trooper in the uniform of the house of +Blentz—caught her arm and dragged her from the saddle. At the same +instant Barney recognized the girl—it was Princess Emma. + +Before either the trooper or the princess were aware of his presence he +had leaped to the man’s side and dealt him a blow that stretched him at +full length upon the ground—stunned. + + + + +VIII. +AN ADVENTUROUS DAY + + +For an instant the two stood looking at one another. The girl’s eyes +were wide with incredulity, with hope, with fear. She was the first to +break the silence. + +“Who are you?” she breathed in a half whisper. + +“I don’t wonder that you ask,” returned the man. “I must look like a +scarecrow. I’m Barney Custer. Don’t you remember me now? Who did you +think I was?” + +The girl took a step toward him. Her eyes lighted with relief. + +“Captain Maenck told me that you were dead,” she said, “that you had +been shot as a spy in Austria, and then there is that uncanny +resemblance to the king—since he has shaved his beard it is infinitely +more remarkable. I thought you might be he. He has been at Blentz and I +knew that it was quite possible that he had discovered treachery upon +the part of Prince Peter. In which case he might have escaped in +disguise. I really wasn’t sure that you were not he until you spoke.” + +Barney stooped and removed the bandoleer of cartridges from the fallen +trooper, as well as his revolver and carbine. Then he took the girl’s +hand and together they turned into the wood. Behind them came the sound +of pursuit. They heard the loud words of Maenck as he ordered his three +remaining men into the wood on foot. As he advanced, Barney looked to +the magazine of his carbine and the cylinder of his revolver. + +“Why were they pursuing you?” he asked. + +“They were taking me to Blentz to force me to wed Leopold,” she +replied. “They told me that my father’s life depended upon my +consenting; but I should not have done so. The honor of my house is +more precious than the life of any of its members. I escaped them a few +miles back, and they were following to overtake me.” + +A noise behind them caused Barney to turn. One of the troopers had come +into view. He carried his carbine in his hands and at sight of the man +with the fugitive girl he raised it to his shoulder; but as the +American turned toward him his eyes went wide and his jaw dropped. + +Instantly Barney knew that the fellow had noted his resemblance to the +king. Barney’s body was concealed from the view of the other by a bush +which grew between them, so the man saw only the face of the American. +The fellow turned and shouted to Maenck: “The king is with her.” + +“Nonsense,” came the reply from farther back in the wood. “If there is +a man with her and he will not surrender, shoot him.” At the words +Barney and the girl turned once more to their flight. From behind came +the command to halt—“Halt! or I fire.” Just ahead Barney saw the river. + +They were sure to be taken there if he was unable to gain the time +necessary to make good a crossing. Upon the opposite side was a +continuation of the wood. Behind them the leading trooper was crashing +through the underbrush in renewed pursuit. He came in sight of them +again, just as they reached the river bank. Once more his carbine was +leveled. Barney pushed the girl to her knees behind a bush. Then he +wheeled and fired, so quickly that the man with the already leveled gun +had no time to anticipate his act. + +With a cry the fellow threw his hands above his head, staggered forward +and plunged full length upon his face. Barney gathered the princess in +his arms and plunged into the shallow stream. The girl held his carbine +as he stumbled over the rocky bottom. The water deepened rapidly—the +opposite shore seemed a long way off and behind there were three more +enemies in hot pursuit. + +Under ordinary circumstances Barney could have found it in his heart to +wish the little Luthanian river as broad as the Mississippi, for only +under such circumstances as these could he ever hope to hold the +Princess Emma in his arms. Two years before she had told him that she +loved him; but at the same time she had given him to understand that +their love was hopeless. She might refuse to wed the king; but that she +should ever wed another while the king lived was impossible, unless +Leopold saw fit to release her from her betrothal to him and sanction +her marriage to another. That he ever would do this was to those who +knew him not even remotely possible. + +He loved Emma von der Tann and he hated Barney Custer—hated him with a +jealous hatred that was almost fanatic in its intensity. And even that +the Princess Emma von der Tann would wed him were she free to wed was a +question that was not at all clear in the mind of Barney Custer. He +knew something of the traditions of this noble family—of the pride of +caste, of the fetish of blood that inexorably dictated the ordering of +their lives. + +The girl had just said that the honor of her house was more precious +than the life of any of its members. How much more precious would it be +to her than her own material happiness! Barney Custer sighed and +struggled through the swirling waters that were now above his hips. If +he pressed the lithe form closer to him than necessity demanded, who +may blame him? + +The girl, whose face was toward the bank they had just quitted, gave no +evidence of displeasure if she noted the fierce pressure of his +muscles. Her eyes were riveted upon the wood behind. Presently a man +emerged. He called to them in a loud and threatening tone. + +Barney redoubled his Herculean efforts to gain the opposite bank. He +was in midstream now and the water had risen to his waist. The girl saw +Maenck and the other trooper emerge from the underbrush beside the +first. Maenck was crazed with anger. He shook his fist and screamed +aloud his threatening commands to halt, and then, of a sudden, gave an +order to one of the men at his side. Immediately the fellow raised his +carbine and fired at the escaping couple. + +The bullet struck the water behind them. At the sound of the report the +girl raised the gun she held and leveled it at the group behind her. +She pulled the trigger. There was a sharp report, and one of the +troopers fell. Then she fired again, quickly, and again and again. She +did not score another hit, but she had the satisfaction of seeing +Maenck and the last of his troopers dodge back to the safety of +protecting trees. + +“The cowards!” muttered Barney as the enemy’s shot announced his +sinister intention; “they might have hit your highness.” + +The girl did not reply until she had ceased firing. + +“Captain Maenck is notoriously a coward,” she said. “He is hiding +behind a tree now with one of his men—I hit the other.” + +“You hit one of them!” exclaimed Barney enthusiastically. + +“Yes,” said the girl. “I have shot a man. I often wondered what the +sensation must be to have done such a thing. I should feel terribly, +but I don’t. They were firing at you, trying to shoot you in the back +while you were defenseless. I am not sorry—I cannot be; but I only wish +that it had been Captain Maenck.” + +In a short time Barney reached the bank and, helping the girl up, +climbed to her side. A couple of shots followed them as they left the +river, but did not fall dangerously near. Barney took the carbine and +replied, then both of them disappeared into the wood. + +For the balance of the day they tramped on in the direction of Lustadt, +making but little progress owing to the fear of apprehension. They did +not dare utilize the high road, for they were still too close to +Blentz. Their only hope lay in reaching the protection of Prince von +der Tann before they should be recaptured by the king’s emissaries. At +dusk they came to the outskirts of a town. Here they hid until darkness +settled, for Barney had determined to enter the place after dark and +hire horses. + +The American marveled at the bravery and endurance of the girl. He had +always supposed that a princess was so carefully guarded from fatigue +and privation all her life that the least exertion would prove her +undoing; but no hardy peasant girl could have endured more bravely the +hardships and dangers through which the Princess Emma had passed since +the sun rose that morning. + +At last darkness came, and with it they approached and entered the +village. They kept to unlighted side streets until they met a villager, +of whom they inquired their way to some private house where they might +obtain refreshments. The fellow scrutinized them with evident +suspicion. + +“There is an inn yonder,” he said, pointing toward the main street. +“You can obtain food there. Why should respectable folk want to go +elsewhere than to the public inn? And if you are afraid to go there you +must have very good reasons for not wanting to be seen, and—” he +stopped short as though assailed by an idea. “Wait,” he cried, +excitedly, “I will go and see if I can find a place for you. Wait right +here,” and off he ran toward the inn. + +“I don’t like the looks of that,” said Barney, after the man had left +them. “He’s gone to report us to someone. Come, we’d better get out of +here before he comes back.” + +The two turned up a side street away from the inn. They had gone but a +short distance when they heard the sound of voices and the thud of +horses’ feet behind them. The horses were coming at a walk and with +them were several men on foot. Barney took the princess’ hand and drew +her up a hedge bordered driveway that led into private grounds. In the +shadows of the hedge they waited for the party behind them to pass. It +might be no one searching for them, but it was just as well to be on +the safe side—they were still near Blentz. Before the men reached their +hiding place a motor car followed and caught up with them, and as the +party came opposite the driveway Barney and the princess overheard a +portion of their conversation. + +“Some of you go back and search the street behind the inn—they may not +have come this way.” The speaker was in the motor car. “We will follow +along this road for a bit and then turn into the Lustadt highway. If +you don’t find them go back along the road toward Tann.” + +In her excitement the Princess Emma had not noticed that Barney Custer +still held her hand in his. Now he pressed it. “It is Maenck’s voice,” +he whispered. “Every road will be guarded.” + +For a moment he was silent, thinking. The searching party had passed +on. They could still hear the purring of the motor as Maenck’s car +moved slowly up the street. + +“This is a driveway,” murmured Barney. “People who build driveways into +their grounds usually have something to drive. Whatever it is it should +be at the other end of the driveway. Let’s see if it will carry two.” + +Still in the shadow of the hedge they moved cautiously toward the upper +end of the private road until presently they saw a building looming in +their path. + +“A garage?” whispered Barney. + +“Or a barn,” suggested the princess. + +“In either event it should contain something that can go,” returned the +American. “Let us hope that it can go like—like—ah—the wind.” + +“And carry two,” supplemented the princess. + +“Wait here,” said Barney. “If I get caught, run. Whatever happens you +mustn’t be caught.” + +Princess Emma dropped back close to the hedge and Barney approached the +building, which proved to be a private garage. The doors were locked, +as also were the three windows. Barney passed entirely around the +structure halting at last upon the darkest side. Here was a window. +Barney tried to loosen the catch with the blade of his pocket knife, +but it wouldn’t unfasten. His endeavors resulted only in snapping short +the blade of his knife. For a moment he stood contemplating the +baffling window. He dared not break the glass for fear of arousing the +inmates of the house which, though he could not see it, might be close +at hand. + +Presently he recalled a scene he had witnessed on State Street in +Chicago several years before—a crowd standing before the window of a +jeweler’s shop inspecting a neat little hole that a thief had cut in +the glass with a diamond and through which he had inserted his hand and +brought forth several hundred dollars worth of loot. But Barney Custer +wore no diamond—he would as soon have worn a celluloid collar. But +women wore diamonds. Doubtless the Princess Emma had one. He ran +quickly to her side. + +“Have you a diamond ring?” he whispered. + +“Gracious!” she exclaimed, “you are progressing rapidly,” and slipped a +solitaire from her finger to his hand. + +“Thanks,” said Barney. “I need the practice; but wait and you’ll see +that a diamond may be infinitely more valuable than even the broker +claims,” and he was gone again into the shadows of the garage. Here +upon the window pane he scratched a rough deep circle, close to the +catch. A quick blow sent the glass clattering to the floor within. For +a minute Barney stood listening for any sign that the noise had +attracted attention, but hearing nothing he ran his hand through the +hole that he had made and unlatched the frame. A moment later he had +crawled within. + +Before him, in the darkness, stood a roadster. He ran his hand over the +pedals and levers, breathing a sigh of relief as his touch revealed the +familiar control of a standard make. Then he went to the double doors. +They opened easily and silently. + +Once outside he hastened to the side of the waiting girl. + +“It’s a machine,” he whispered. “We must both be in it when it leaves +the garage—it’s the through express for Lustadt and makes no stops for +passengers or freight.” + +He led her back to the garage and helped her into the seat beside him. +As silently as possible he ran the machine into the driveway. A hundred +yards to the left, half hidden by intervening trees and shrubbery, rose +the dark bulk of a house. A subdued light shone through the drawn +blinds of several windows—the only sign of life about the premises +until the car had cleared the garage and was moving slowly down the +driveway. Then a door opened in the house letting out a flood of light +in which the figure of a man was silhouetted. A voice broke the +silence. + +“Who are you? What are you doing there? Come back!” + +The man in the doorway called excitedly, “Friedrich! Come! Come +quickly! Someone is stealing the automobile,” and the speaker came +running toward the driveway at top speed. Behind him came Friedrich. +Both were shouting, waving their arms and threatening. Their combined +din might have aroused the dead. + +Barney sought speed—silence now was useless. He turned to the left into +the street away from the center of the town. In this direction had gone +the automobile with Maenck, but by taking the first righthand turn +Barney hoped to elude the captain. In a moment Friedrich and the other +were hopelessly distanced. It was with a sigh of relief that the +American turned the car into the dark shadows beneath the overarching +trees of the first cross street. + +He was running without lights along an unknown way; and beside him was +the most precious burden that Barney Custer might ever expect to carry. +Under these circumstances his speed was greatly reduced from what he +would have wished, but at that he was forced to accept grave risks. The +road might end abruptly at the brink of a ravine—it might swerve +perilously close to a stone quarry—or plunge headlong into a pond or +river. Barney shuddered at the possibilities; but nothing of the sort +happened. The street ran straight out of the town into a country road, +rather heavy with sand. In the open the possibilities of speed were +increased, for the night, though moonless, was clear, and the road +visible for some distance ahead. + +The fugitives were congratulating themselves upon the excellent chance +they now had to reach Lustadt. There was only Maenck and his companion +ahead of them in the other car, and as there were several roads by +which one might reach the main highway the chances were fair that +Prince Peter’s aide would miss them completely. + +Already escape seemed assured when the pounding of horses’ hoofs upon +the roadway behind them arose to blast their new found hope. Barney +increased the speed of the car. It leaped ahead in response to his +foot; but the road was heavy, and the sides of the ruts gripping the +tires retarded the speed. For a mile they held the lead of the +galloping horsemen. The shouts of their pursuers fell clearly upon +their ears, and the Princess Emma, turning in her seat, could easily +see the four who followed. At last the car began to draw away—the +distance between it and the riders grew gradually greater. + +“I believe we are going to make it,” whispered the girl, her voice +tense with excitement. “If you could only go a little faster, Mr. +Custer, I’m sure that we will.” + +“She’s reached her limit in this sand,” replied the man, “and there’s a +grade just ahead—we may find better going beyond, but they’re bound to +gain on us before we reach the top.” + +The girl strained her eyes into the night before them. On the right of +the road stood an ancient ruin—grim and forbidding. As her eyes rested +upon it she gave a little exclamation of relief. + +“I know where we are now,” she cried. “The hill ahead is sandy, and +there is a quarter of a mile of sand beyond, but then we strike the +Lustadt highway, and if we can reach it ahead of them their horses will +have to go ninety miles an hour to catch us—provided this car possesses +any such speed possibilities.” + +“If it can go forty we are safe enough,” replied Barney; “but we’ll +give it a chance to go as fast as it can—the farther we are from the +vicinity of Blentz the safer I shall feel for the welfare of your +highness.” + +A shot rang behind them, and a bullet whistled high above their heads. +The princess seized the carbine that rested on the seat between them. + +“Shall I?” she asked, turning its muzzle back over the lowered top. + +“Better not,” answered the man. “They are only trying to frighten us +into surrendering—that shot was much too high to have been aimed at +us—they are shooting over our heads purposely. If they deliberately +attempt to pot us later, then go for them, but to do it now would only +draw their fire upon us. I doubt if they wish to harm your highness, +but they certainly would fire to hit in self-defense.” + +The girl lowered the firearm. “I am becoming perfectly bloodthirsty,” +she said, “but it makes me furious to be hunted like a wild animal in +my native land, and by the command of my king, at that. And to think +that you who placed him upon his throne, you who have risked your life +many times for him, will find no protection at his hands should you be +captured is maddening. Ach, Gott, if I were a man!” + +“I thank God that you are not, your highness,” returned Barney +fervently. + +Gently she laid her hand upon his where it gripped the steering wheel. + +“No,” she said, “I was wrong—I do not need to be a man while there +still be such men as you, my friend; but I would that I were not the +unhappy woman whom Fate had bound to an ingrate king—to a miserable +coward!” + +They had reached the grade at last, and the motor was straining to the +Herculean task imposed upon it. + +Grinding and grating in second speed the car toiled upward through the +clinging sand. The pace was snail-like. Behind, the horsemen were +gaining rapidly. The labored breathing of their mounts was audible even +above the noise of the motor, so close were they. The top of the ascent +lay but a few yards ahead, and the pursuers were but a few yards +behind. + +“Halt!” came from behind, and then a shot. The ping of the bullet and +the scream of the ricochet warned the man and the girl that those +behind them were becoming desperate—the bullet had struck one of the +rear fenders. Without again asking assent the princess turned and, +kneeling upon the cushion of the seat, fired at the nearest horseman. +The horse stumbled and plunged to his knees. Another, just behind, ran +upon him, and the two rolled over together with their riders. Two more +shots were fired by the remaining horsemen and answered by the girl in +the automobile, and then the car topped the hill, shot into high, and +with renewed speed forged into the last quarter-mile of heavy going +toward the good road ahead; but now the grade was slightly downward and +all the advantage was upon the side of the fugitives. + +However, their margin would be but scant when they reached the highway, +for behind them the remaining troopers were spurring their jaded horses +to a final spurt of speed. At last the white ribbon of the main road +became visible. To the right they saw the headlights of a machine. It +was Maenck probably, doubtless attracted their way by the shooting. + +But the machine was a mile away and could not possibly reach the +intersection of the two roads before they had turned to the left toward +Lustadt. Then the incident would resolve itself into a simple test of +speed between the two cars—and the ability and nerve of the drivers. +Barney hadn’t the slightest doubt now as to the outcome. His borrowed +car was a good one, in good condition. And in the matter of driving he +rather prided himself that he needn’t take his hat off to anyone when +it came to ability and nerve. + +They were only about fifty feet from the highway. The girl touched his +hand again. “We’re safe,” she cried, her voice vibrant with excitement, +“we’re safe at last.” From beneath the bonnet, as though in answer to +her statement, came a sickly, sucking sputter. The momentum of the car +diminished. The throbbing of the engine ceased. They sat in silence as +the machine coasted toward the highway and came to a dead stop, with +its front wheels upon the road to safety. The girl turned toward Barney +with an exclamation of surprise and interrogation. + +“The jig’s up,” he groaned; “we’re out of gasoline!” + + + + +IX. +THE CAPTURE + + +The capture of Princess Emma von der Tann and Barney Custer was a +relatively simple matter. Open fields spread in all directions about +the crossroads at which their car had come to its humiliating stop. +There was no cover. To have sought escape by flight, thus in the open, +would have been to expose the princess to the fire of the troopers. +Barney could not do this. He preferred to surrender and trust to chance +to open the way to escape later. + +When Captain Ernst Maenck drove up he found the prisoners disarmed, +standing beside the now-useless car. He alighted from his own machine +and with a low bow saluted the princess, an ironical smile upon his +thin lips. Then he turned his attention toward her companion. + +“Who are you?” he demanded gruffly. In the darkness he failed to +recognize the American whom he thought dead in Austria. + +“A servant of the house of Von der Tann,” replied Barney. + +“You deserve shooting,” growled the officer, “but we’ll leave that to +Prince Peter and the king. When I tell them the trouble you have caused +us—well, God help you.” + +The journey to Blentz was a short one. They had been much nearer that +grim fortress than either had guessed. At the outskirts of the town +they were challenged by Austrian sentries, through which Maenck passed +with ease after the sentinel had summoned an officer. From this man +Maenck received the password that would carry them through the line of +outposts between the town and the castle—“Slankamen.” Barney, who +overheard the word, made a mental note of it. + +At last they reached the dreary castle of Peter of Blentz. In the +courtyard Austrian soldiers mingled with the men of the bodyguard of +the king of Lutha. Within, the king’s officers fraternized with the +officers of the emperor. Maenck led his prisoners to the great hall +which was filled with officers and officials of both Austria and Lutha. + +The king was not there. Maenck learned that he had retired to his +apartments a few minutes earlier in company with Prince Peter of Blentz +and Von Coblich. He sent a servant to announce his return with the +Princess von der Tann and a man who had attempted to prevent her being +brought to Blentz. + +Barney had, as far as possible, kept his face averted from Maenck since +they had entered the lighted castle. He hoped to escape recognition, +for he knew that if his identity were guessed it might go hard with the +princess. As for himself, it might go even harder, but of that he gave +scarcely a thought—the safety of the princess was paramount. + +After a few minutes of waiting the servant returned with the king’s +command to fetch the prisoners to his apartments. The face of the +Princess Emma was haggard. For the first time Barney saw signs of fear +upon her countenance. With leaden steps they accompanied their guard up +the winding stairway to the tower rooms that had been furnished for the +king. They were the same in which Emma von der Tann had been imprisoned +two years before. + +On either side of the doorway stood a soldier of the king’s bodyguard. +As Captain Maenck approached they saluted. A servant opened the door +and they passed into the room. Before them were Peter of Blentz and Von +Coblich standing beside a table at which Leopold of Lutha was sitting. +The eyes of the three men were upon the doorway as the little party +entered. The king’s face was flushed with wine. He rose as his eyes +rested upon the face of the princess. + +“Greetings, your highness,” he cried with an attempt at cordiality. + +The girl looked straight into his eyes, coldly, and then bent her knee +in formal curtsy. The king was about to speak again when his eyes +wandered to the face of the American. Instantly his own went white and +then scarlet. The eyes of Peter of Blentz followed those of the king, +widening in astonishment as they rested upon the features of Barney +Custer. + +“You told me he was dead,” shouted the king. “What is the meaning of +this, Captain Maenck?” + +Maenck looked at his male prisoner and staggered back as though struck +between the eyes. + +“Mein Gott,” he exclaimed, “the impostor!” + +“You told me he was dead,” repeated the king accusingly. + +“As God is my judge, your majesty,” cried Peter of Blentz, “this man +was shot by an Austrian firing squad in Burgova over a week ago.” + +“Sire,” exclaimed Maenck, “this is the first sight I have had of the +prisoners except in the darkness of the night; until this instant I had +not the remotest suspicion of his identity. He told me that he was a +servant of the house of Von der Tann.” + +“I told you the truth, then,” interjected Barney. + +“Silence, you ingrate!” cried the king. + +“Ingrate?” repeated Barney. “You have the effrontery to call me an +ingrate? You miserable puppy.” + +A silence, menacing in its intensity, fell upon the little assemblage. +The king trembled. His rage choked him. The others looked as though +they scarce could believe the testimony of their own ears. All there, +with the possible exception of the king, knew that he deserved even +more degrading appellations; but they were Europeans, and to Europeans +a king is a king—that they can never forget. It had been the inherent +suggestion of kingship that had bent the knee of the Princess Emma +before the man she despised. + +But to the American a king was only what he made himself. In this +instance he was not even a man in the estimation of Barney Custer. +Maenck took a step toward the prisoner—a menacing step, for his hand +had gone to his sword. Barney met him with a level look from between +narrowed lids. Maenck hesitated, for he was a great coward. Peter of +Blentz spoke: + +“Sire,” he said, “the fellow knows that he is already as good as dead, +and so in his bravado he dares affront you. He has been convicted of +spying by the Austrians. He is still a spy. It is unnecessary to repeat +the formality of a trial.” + +Leopold at last found his voice, though it trembled and broke as he +spoke. + +“Carry out the sentence of the Austrian court in the morning,” he said. +“A volley now might arouse the garrison in the town and be +misconstrued.” + +Maenck ordered Barney escorted from the apartment, then he turned +toward the king. + +“And the other prisoner, sire?” he inquired. + +“There is no other prisoner,” he said. “Her highness, the Princess von +der Tann, is a guest of Prince Peter. She will be escorted to her +apartment at once.” + +“Her highness, the Princess von der Tann, is not a guest of Prince +Peter.” The girl’s voice was low and cold. “If Mr. Custer is a +prisoner, her highness, too, is a prisoner. If he is to be shot, she +demands a like fate. To die by the side of a MAN would be infinitely +preferable to living by the side of your majesty.” + +Once again Leopold of Lutha reddened. For a moment he paced the room +angrily to hide his emotion. Then he turned once to Maenck. + +“Escort the prisoner to the north tower,” he commanded, “and this +insolent girl to the chambers next to ours. Tomorrow we shall talk with +her again.” + +Outside the room Barney turned for a last look at the princess as he +was being led in one direction and she in another. A smile of +encouragement was on his lips and cold hopelessness in his heart. She +answered the smile and her lips formed a silent “good-bye.” They formed +something else, too—three words which he was sure he could not have +mistaken, and then they parted, he for the death chamber and she for +what fate she could but guess. + +As his guard halted before a door at the far end of a long corridor +Barney Custer sensed a sudden familiarity in his surroundings. He was +conscious of that sensation which is common to all of us—of having +lived through a scene at some former time, to each minutest detail. + +As the door opened and he was pushed into the room he realized that +there was excellent foundation for the impression—he immediately +recognized the apartment as the same in which he had once before been +imprisoned. At that time he had been mistaken for the mad king who had +escaped from the clutches of Peter of Blentz. The same king was now +visiting as a guest the fortress in which he had spent ten bitter years +as a prisoner. + +“Say your prayers, my friend,” admonished Maenck, as he was about to +leave him alone, “for at dawn you die—and this time the firing squad +will make a better job of it.” + +Barney did not answer him, and the captain departed, locking the door +after him and leaving two men on guard in the corridor. Alone, Barney +looked about the room. It was in no wise changed since his former visit +to it. He recalled the incidents of the hour of his imprisonment here, +thought of old Joseph who had aided his escape, looked at the paneled +fireplace, whose secret, it was evident, not even the master of Blentz +was familiar with—and grinned. + +“‘For at dawn you die!’” he repeated to himself, still smiling broadly. +Then he crossed quickly to the fireplace, running his fingers along the +edge of one of the large tiled panels that hid the entrance to the +well-like shaft that rose from the cellars beneath to the towers above +and which opened through similar concealed exits upon each floor. If +the floor above should be untenanted he might be able to reach it as he +and Joseph had done two years ago when they opened the secret panel in +the fireplace and climbed a hidden ladder to the room overhead; and +then by vacant corridors reached the far end of the castle above the +suite in which the princess had been confined and near which Barney had +every reason to believe she was now imprisoned. + +Carefully Barney’s fingers traversed the edges of the panel. No hidden +latch rewarded his search. Again and again he examined the perfectly +fitted joints until he was convinced either that there was no latch +there or that it was hid beyond possibility of discovery. With each +succeeding minute the American’s heart and hopes sank lower and lower. +Two years had elapsed since he had seen the secret portal swing to the +touch of Joseph’s fingers. One may forget much in two years; but that +he was at work upon the right panel Barney was positive. However, it +would do no harm to examine its mate which resembled it in minutest +detail. + +Almost indifferently Barney turned his attention to the other panel. He +ran his fingers over it, his eyes following them. What was that? A +finger-print? Upon the left side half way up a tiny smudge was visible. +Barney examined it more carefully. A round, white figure of the +conventional design that was burned into the tile bore the telltale +smudge. + +Otherwise it differed apparently in no way from the numerous other +round, white figures that were repeated many times in the scheme of +decoration. Barney placed his thumb exactly over the mark that another +thumb had left there and pushed. The figure sank into the panel beneath +the pressure. Barney pushed harder, breathless with suspense. The panel +swung in at his effort. The American could have whooped with delight. + +A moment more and he stood upon the opposite side of the secret door in +utter darkness, for he had quickly closed it after him. To strike a +match was but the matter of a moment. The wavering light revealed the +top of the ladder that led downward and the foot of another leading +aloft. He struck still more matches in search of the rope. It was not +there, but his quest revealed the fact that the well at this point was +much larger than he had imagined—it broadened into a small chamber. + +The light of many matches finally led him to the discovery of a +passageway directly behind the fireplace. It was narrow, and after +spanning the chimney descended by a few rough steps to a slightly lower +level. It led toward the opposite end of the castle. Could it be +possible that it connected directly with the apartments in the farther +tower—in the tower where the king was and the Princess Emma? Barney +could scarce hope for any such good luck, but at least it was worth +investigating—it must lead somewhere. + +He followed it warily, feeling his way with hands and feet and +occasionally striking a match. It was evident that the corridor lay in +the thick wall of the castle, midway between the bottoms of the windows +of the second floor and the tops of those upon the first—this would +account for the slightly lower level of the passage from the floor of +the second story. + +Barney had traversed some distance in the darkness along the forgotten +corridor when the sound of voices came to him from beyond the wall at +his right. He stopped, motionless, pressing his ear against the side +wall. As he did so he became aware of the fact that at this point the +wall was of wood—a large panel of hardwood. Now he could hear even the +words of the speaker upon the opposite side. + +“Fetch her here, captain, and I will talk with her alone.” The voice +was the king’s. “And, captain, you might remove the guard from before +the door temporarily. I shall not require them, nor do I wish them to +overhear my conversation with the princess.” + +Barney could hear the officer acknowledge the commands of the king, and +then he heard a door close. The man had gone to fetch the princess. The +American struck a match and examined the panel before him. It reached +to the top of the passageway and was some three feet in width. + +At one side were three hinges, and at the other an ancient spring lock. +For an instant Barney stood in indecision. What should he do? His entry +into the apartments of the king would result in alarming the entire +fortress. Were he sure the king was alone it might be accomplished. +Should he enter now or wait until the Princess Emma had been brought to +the king? + +With the question came the answer—a bold and daring scheme. His fingers +sought the lock. Very gently, he unlatched it and pushed outward upon +the panel. Suddenly the great doorway gave beneath his touch. It opened +a crack letting a flood of light into his dark cell that almost blinded +him. + +For a moment he could see nothing, and then out of the glaring blur +grew the figure of a man sitting at a table—with his back toward the +panel. + +It was the king, and he was alone. Noiselessly Barney Custer entered +the apartment, closing the panel after him. At his back now was the +great oil painting of the Blentz princess that had hid the secret +entrance to the room. He crossed the thick rugs until he stood behind +the king. Then he clapped one hand over the mouth of the monarch of +Lutha and threw the other arm about his neck. + +“Make the slightest outcry and I shall kill you,” he whispered in the +ear of the terrified man. + +Across the room Barney saw a revolver lying upon a small table. He +raised the king to his feet and, turning his back toward the weapon +dragged him across the apartment until the table was within easy reach. +Then he snatched up the revolver and swung the king around into a chair +facing him, the muzzle of the gun pressed against his face. + +“Silence,” he whispered. + +The king, white and trembling, gasped as his eyes fell upon the face of +the American. + +“You?” His voice was barely audible. + +“Take off your clothes—every stitch of them—and if any one asks for +admittance, deny them. Quick, now,” as the king hesitated. “My life is +forfeited unless I can escape. If I am apprehended I shall see that you +pay for my recapture with your life—if any one enters this room without +my sanction they will enter it to find a dead king upon the floor; do +you understand?” + +The king made no reply other than to commence divesting himself of his +clothing. Barney followed his example, but not before he had crossed to +the door that opened into the main corridor and shot the bolt upon the +inside. When both men had removed their clothing Barney pointed to the +little pile of soiled peasant garb that he had worn. + +“Put those on,” he commanded. + +The king hesitated, drawing back in disgust. Barney paused, half-way +into the royal union suit, and leveled the revolver at Leopold. The +king picked up one of the garments gingerly between the tips of his +thumb and finger. + +“Hurry!” admonished the American, drawing the silk half-hose of the +ruler of Lutha over his foot. “If you don’t hurry,” he added, “someone +may interrupt us, and you know what the result would be—to you.” + +Scowling, Leopold donned the rough garments. Barney, fully clothed in +the uniform the king had been wearing, stepped across the apartment to +where the king’s sword and helmet lay upon the side table that had also +borne the revolver. He placed the helmet upon his head and buckled the +sword-belt about his waist, then he faced the king, behind whom was a +cheval glass. In it Barney saw his image. The king was looking at the +American, his eyes wide and his jaw dropped. Barney did not wonder at +his consternation. He himself was dumbfounded by the likeness which he +bore to the king. It was positively uncanny. He approached Leopold. + +“Remove your rings,” he said, holding out his hand. The king did as he +was bid, and Barney slipped the two baubles upon his fingers. One of +them was the royal ring of the kings of Lutha. + +The American now blindfolded the king and led him toward the panel +which had given him ingress to the room. Through it the two men passed, +Barney closing the panel after them. Then he conducted the king back +along the dark passageway to the room which the American had but +recently quitted. At the back of the panel which led into his former +prison Barney halted and listened. No sound came from beyond the +partition. Gently Barney opened the secret door a trifle—just enough to +permit him a quick survey of the interior of the apartment. It was +empty. A smile crossed his face as he thought of the difficulty Leopold +might encounter the following morning in convincing his jailers that he +was not the American. + +Then he recalled his reflection in the cheval glass and frowned. Could +Leopold convince them? He doubted it—and what then? The American was +sentenced to be shot at dawn. They would shoot the king instead. Then +there would be none to whom to return the kingship. What would he do +with it? The temptation was great. Again a throne lay within his +grasp—a throne and the woman he loved. None might ever know unless he +chose to tell—his resemblance to Leopold was too perfect. It defied +detection. + +With an exclamation of impatience he wheeled about and dragged the +frightened monarch back to the room from which he had stolen him. As he +entered he heard a knock at the door. + +“Do not disturb me now,” he called. “Come again in half an hour.” + +“But it is Her Highness, Princess Emma, sire,” came a voice from beyond +the door. “You summoned her.” + +“She may return to her apartments,” replied Barney. + +All the time he kept his revolver leveled at the king, from his eyes he +had removed the blind after they had entered the apartment. He crossed +to the table where the king had been sitting when he surprised him, +motioning the ragged ruler to follow and be seated. + +“Take that pen,” he said, “and write a full pardon for Mr. Bernard +Custer, and an order requiring that he be furnished with money and set +at liberty at dawn.” + +The king did as he was bid. For a moment the American stood looking at +him before he spoke again. + +“You do not deserve what I am going to do for you,” he said. “And Lutha +deserves a better king than the one my act will give her; but I am +neither a thief nor a murderer, and so I must forbear leaving you to +your just deserts and return your throne to you. I shall do so after I +have insured my own safety and done what I can for Lutha—what you are +too little a man and king to do yourself. + +“So soon as they liberate you in the morning, make the best of your way +to Brosnov, on the Serbian frontier. Await me there. When I can, I +shall come. Again we may exchange clothing and you can return to +Lustadt. I shall cross over into Siberia out of your reach, for I know +you too well to believe that any sense of honor or gratitude would +prevent you signing my death-warrant at the first opportunity. Now, +come!” + +Once again Barney led the blindfolded king through the dark corridor to +the room in the opposite tower—to the prison of the American. At the +open panel he shoved him into the apartment. Then he drew the door +quietly to, leaving the king upon the inside, and retraced his steps to +the royal apartments. Crossing to the center table, he touched an +electric button. A moment later an officer knocked at the door, which, +in the meantime, Barney had unbolted. + +“Enter!” said the American. He stood with his back toward the door +until he heard it close behind the officer. When he turned he was +apparently examining his revolver. If the officer suspected his +identity, it was just as well to be prepared. Slowly he raised his eyes +to the newcomer, who stood stiffly at salute. The officer looked him +full in the face. + +“I answered your majesty’s summons,” said the man. + +“Oh, yes!” returned the American. “You may fetch the Princess Emma.” + +The officer saluted once more and backed out of the apartment. Barney +walked to the table and sat down. A tin box of cigarettes lay beside +the lamp. Barney lighted one of them. The king had good taste in the +selection of tobacco, he thought. Well, a man must need have some +redeeming characteristics. + +Outside, in the corridor, he heard voices, and again the knock at the +door. He bade them enter. As the door opened Emma von der Tann, her +head thrown back and a flush of anger on her face, entered the room. +Behind her was the officer who had been despatched to bring her. Barney +nodded to the latter. + +“You may go,” he said. He drew a chair from the table and asked the +princess to be seated. She ignored his request. + +“What do you wish of me?” she asked. She was looking straight into his +eyes. The officer had withdrawn and closed the door after him. They +were alone, with nothing to fear; yet she did not recognize him. + +“You are the king,” she continued in cold, level tones, “but if you are +also a gentleman, you will at once order me returned to my father at +Lustadt, and with me the man to whom you owe so much. I do not expect +it of you, but I wish to give you the chance. + +“I shall not go without him. I am betrothed to you; but until tonight I +should rather have died than wed you. Now I am ready to compromise. If +you will set Mr. Custer at liberty in Serbia and return me unharmed to +my father, I will fulfill my part of our betrothal.” + +Barney Custer looked straight into the girl’s face for a long moment. A +half smile played upon his lips at the thought of her surprise when she +learned the truth, when suddenly it dawned upon him that she and he +were both much safer if no one, not even her loyal self, guessed that +he was other than the king. It is not difficult to live a part, but +often it is difficult to act one. Some little word or look, were she to +know that he was Barney Custer, might betray them; no, it was better to +leave her in ignorance, though his conscience pricked him for the +disloyalty that his act implied. + +It seemed a poor return for her courage and loyalty to him that her +statement to the man she thought king had revealed. He marveled that a +Von der Tann could have spoken those words—a Von der Tann who but the +day before had refused to save her father’s life at the loss of the +family honor. It seemed incredible to the American that he had won such +love from such a woman. Again came the mighty temptation to keep the +crown and the girl both; but with a straightening of his broad +shoulders he threw it from him. + +She was promised to the king, and while he masqueraded in the king’s +clothes, he at least would act the part that a king should. He drew a +folded paper from his inside pocket and handed it to the girl. + +“Here is the American’s pardon,” he said, “drawn up and signed by the +king’s own hand.” + +She opened it and, glancing through it hurriedly, looked up at the man +before her with a questioning expression in her eyes. + +“You came, then,” she said, “to a realization of the enormity of your +ingratitude?” + +The man shrugged. + +“He will never die at my command,” he said. + +“I thank your majesty,” she said simply. “As a Von der Tann, I have +tried to believe that a Rubinroth could not be guilty of such baseness. +And now, tell me what your answer is to my proposition.” + +“We shall return to Lustadt tonight,” he replied. “I fear the purpose +of Prince Peter. In fact, it may be difficult—even impossible—for us to +leave Blentz; but we can at least make the attempt.” + +“Can we not take Mr. Custer with us?” she asked. “Prince Peter may +disregard your majesty’s commands and, after you are gone, have him +shot. Do not forget that he kept the crown from Peter of Blentz—it is +certain that Prince Peter will never forget it.” + +“I give you my word, your highness, that I know positively that if I +leave Blentz tonight Prince Peter will not have Mr. Custer shot in the +morning, and it will so greatly jeopardize his own plans if we attempt +to release the prisoner that in all probability we ourselves will be +unable to escape.” + +She looked at him thoughtfully for a moment. + +“You give me your word that he will be safe?” she asked. + +“My royal word,” he replied. + +“Very well, let us leave at once.” + +Barney touched the bell once more, and presently an officer of the +Blentz faction answered the summons. As the man closed the door and +approached, saluting, Barney stepped close to him. + +“We are leaving for Tann tonight,” he said, “at once. You will conduct +us from the castle and procure horses for us. All the time I shall walk +at your elbow, and in my hand I shall carry this,” and he displayed the +king’s revolver. “At the first indication of defection upon your part I +shall kill you. Do you perfectly understand me?” + +“But, your majesty,” exclaimed the officer, “why is it necessary that +you leave thus surreptitiously? May not the king go and come in his own +kingdom as he desires? Let me announce your wishes to Prince Peter that +he may furnish you with a proper escort. Doubtless he will wish to +accompany you himself, sire.” + +“You will do precisely what I say without further comment,” snapped +Barney. “Now get a—” He had been about to say: “Now get a move on you,” +when it occurred to him that this was not precisely the sort of +language that kings were supposed to use to their inferiors. So he +changed it. “Now get a couple of horses for her highness and myself, as +well as your own, for you will accompany us to Tann.” + +The officer looked at the weapon in the king’s hand. He measured the +distance between himself and the king. He well knew the reputed +cowardice of Leopold. Could he make the leap and strike up the king’s +hand before the timorous monarch found even the courage of the cornered +rat to fire at him? Then his eyes sought the face of the king, +searching for the signs of nervous terror that would make his conquest +an easy one; but what he saw in the eyes that bored straight into his +brought his own to the floor at the king’s feet. + +What new force animated Leopold of Lutha? Those were not the eyes of a +coward. No fear was reflected in their steely glitter. The officer +mumbled an apology, saluted, and turned toward the door. At his elbow +walked the impostor; a cavalry cape that had belonged to the king now +covered his shoulders and hid the weapon that pressed its hard warning +now and again into the short-ribs of the Blentz officer. Just behind +the American came the Princess Emma von der Tann. + +The three passed through the deserted corridors of the sleeping castle, +taking a route at Barney’s suggestion that led them to the stable +courtyard without necessitating traversing the main corridors or the +great hall or the guardroom, in all of which there still were Austrian +and Blentz soldiers, whose duties or pleasures had kept them from their +blankets. + +At the stables a sleepy groom answered the summons of the officer, whom +Barney had warned not to divulge the identity of himself or the +princess. He left the princess in the shadows outside the building. +After what seemed an eternity to the American, three horses were led +into the courtyard, saddled, and bridled. The party mounted and +approached the gates. Here, Barney knew, might be encountered the most +serious obstacle in their path. He rode close to the side of their +unwilling conductor. Leaning forward in his saddle, he whispered in the +man’s ear. + +“Failure to pass us through the gates,” he said, “will be the signal +for your death.” + +The man reined in his mount and turned toward the American. + +“I doubt if they will pass even me without a written order from Prince +Peter,” he said. “If they refuse, you must reveal your identity. The +guard is composed of Luthanians—I doubt if they will dare refuse your +majesty.” + +Then they rode on up to the gates. A soldier stepped from the sentry +box and challenged them. + +“Lower the drawbridge,” ordered the officer. “It is Captain Krantzwort +on a mission for the king.” + +The soldier approached, raising a lantern, which he had brought from +the sentry box, and inspected the captain’s face. He seemed ill at +ease. In the light of the lantern, the American saw that he was scarce +more than a boy—doubtless a recruit. He saw the expression of fear and +awe with which he regarded the officer, and it occurred to him that the +effect of the king’s presence upon him would be absolutely +overpowering. Still the soldier hesitated. + +“My orders are very strict, sir,” he said. “I am to let no one leave +without a written order from Prince Peter. If the sergeant or the +lieutenant were here they would know what to do; but they are both at +the castle—only two other soldiers are at the gates with me. Wait, and +I will send one of them for the lieutenant.” + +“No,” interposed the American. “You will send for no one, my man. Come +closer—look at my face.” + +The soldier approached, holding his lantern above his head. As its +feeble rays fell upon the face and uniform of the man on horseback, the +sentry gave a little gasp of astonishment. + +“Now, lower the drawbridge,” said Barney Custer, “it is your king’s +command.” + +Quickly the fellow hastened to obey the order. The chains creaked and +the windlass groaned as the heavy planking sank to place across the +moat. + +As Barney passed the soldier he handed him the pardon Leopold had +written for the American. + +“Give this to your lieutenant,” he said, “and tell him to hand it to +Prince Peter before dawn tomorrow. Do not fail.” + +A moment later the three were riding down the winding road toward +Blentz. Barney had no further need of the officer who rode with them. +He would be glad to be rid of him, for he anticipated that the fellow +might find ample opportunity to betray them as they passed through the +Austrian lines, which they must do to reach Lustadt. + +He had told the captain that they were going to Tann in order that, +should the man find opportunity to institute pursuit, he might be +thrown off the track. The Austrian sentries were no great distance +ahead when Barney ordered a halt. + +“Dismount,” he directed the captain, leaping to the ground himself at +the same time. “Put your hands behind your back.” + +The officer did as he was bid, and Barney bound his wrists securely +with a strap and buckle that he had removed from the cantle of his +saddle as he rode. Then he led him off the road among some weeds and +compelled him to lie down, after which he bound his ankles together and +stuffed a gag in his mouth, securing it in place with a bit of stick +and the chinstrap from the man’s helmet. The threat of the revolver +kept Captain Krantzwort silent and obedient throughout the hasty +operations. + +“Good-bye, captain,” whispered Barney, “and let me suggest that you +devote the time until your discovery and release in pondering the value +of winning your king’s confidence in the future. Had you chosen your +associates more carefully in the past, this need not have occurred.” + +Barney unsaddled the captain’s horse and turned him loose, then he +remounted and, with the princess at his side, rode down toward Blentz. + + + + +X. +A NEW KING IN LUTHA + + +As the two riders approached the edge of the village of Blentz a sentry +barred their way. To his challenge the American replied that they were +“friends from the castle.” + +“Advance,” directed the sentry, “and give the countersign.” + +Barney rode to the fellow’s side, and leaning from the saddle whispered +in his ear the word “Slankamen.” + +Would it pass them out as it had passed Maenck in? Barney scarcely +breathed as he awaited the result of his experiment. The soldier +brought his rifle to present and directed them to pass. With a sigh of +relief that was almost audible the two rode into the village and the +Austrian lines. + +Once within they met with no further obstacle until they reached the +last line of sentries upon the far side of the town. It was with more +confidence that Barney gave the countersign here, nor was he surprised +that the soldier passed them readily; and now they were upon the +highroad to Lustadt, with nothing more to bar their way. + +For hours they rode on in silence. Barney wanted to talk with his +companion, but as king he found nothing to say to her. The girl’s mind +was filled with morbid reflections of the past few hours and dumb +terror for the future. She would keep her promise to the king; but +after—life would not be worth the living; why should she live? She +glanced at the man beside her in the light of the coming dawn. Ah, why +was he so like her American in outward appearances only? Their own +mothers could scarce have distinguished them, and yet in character no +two men could have differed more widely. The man turned to her. + +“We are almost there,” he said. “You must be very tired.” + +The words reflected a consideration that had never been a +characteristic of Leopold. The girl began to wonder if there might not +possibly be a vein of nobility in the man, after all, that she had +never discovered. Since she had entered his apartments at Blentz he had +been in every way a different man from the Leopold she had known of +old. The boldness of his escape from Blentz supposed a courage that the +king had never given the slightest indication of in the past. Could it +be that he was making a genuine effort to become a man—to win her +respect? + +They were approaching Lustadt as the sun rose. A troop of horse was +just emerging from the north gate. As it neared them they saw that the +cavalrymen wore the uniforms of the Royal Horse Guard. At their head +rode a lieutenant. As his eyes fell upon the face of the princess and +her companion, he brought his troopers to a halt, and, with incredulity +plain upon his countenance, advanced to meet them, his hand raised in +salute to the king. It was Butzow. + +Now Barney was sure that he would be recognized. For two years he and +the Luthanian officer had been inseparable. Surely Butzow would +penetrate his disguise. He returned his friend’s salute, looked him +full in the eyes, and asked where he was riding. + +“To Blentz, your majesty,” replied Butzow, “to demand an audience. I +bear important word from Prince von der Tann. He has learned the +Austrians are moving an entire army corps into Lutha, together with +siege howitzers. Serbia has demanded that all Austrian troops be +withdrawn from Luthanian territory at once, and has offered to assist +your majesty in maintaining your neutrality by force, if necessary.” + +As Butzow spoke his eyes were often upon the Princess Emma, and it was +quite evident that he was much puzzled to account for her presence with +the king. She was supposed to be at Tann, and Butzow knew well enough +her estimate of Leopold to know that she would not be in his company of +her own volition. His expression as he addressed the man he supposed to +be his king was far from deferential. Barney could scarce repress a +smile. + +“We will ride at once to the palace,” he said. “At the gate you may +instruct one of your sergeants to telephone to Prince von der Tann that +the king is returning and will grant him audience immediately. You and +your detachment will act as our escort.” + +Butzow saluted and turned to his troopers, giving the necessary +commands that brought them about in the wake of the pseudo-king. Once +again Barney Custer, of Beatrice, rode into Lustadt as king of Lutha. +The few people upon the streets turned to look at him as he passed, but +there was little demonstration of love or enthusiasm. + +Leopold had awakened no emotions of this sort in the hearts of his +subjects. Some there were who still remembered the gallant actions of +their ruler on the field of battle when his forces had defeated those +of the regent, upon that other occasion when this same American had sat +upon the throne of Lutha for two days and had led the little army to +victory; but since then the true king had been with them daily in his +true colors. Arrogance, haughtiness, and petty tyranny had marked his +reign. Taxes had gone even higher than under the corrupt influence of +the Blentz regime. The king’s days were spent in bed; his nights in +dissipation. Old Ludwig von der Tann seemed Lutha’s only friend at +court. Him the people loved and trusted. + +It was the old chancellor who met them as they entered the palace—the +Princess Emma, Lieutenant Butzow, and the false king. As the old man’s +eyes fell upon his daughter, he gave an exclamation of surprise and of +incredulity. He looked from her to the American. + +“What is the meaning of this, your majesty?” he cried in a voice hoarse +with emotion. “What does her highness in your company?” + +There was neither fear nor respect in Prince Ludwig’s tone—only anger. +He was demanding an accounting from Leopold, the man; not from Leopold, +the king. Barney raised his hand. + +“Wait,” he said, “before you judge. The princess was brought to Blentz +by Prince Peter. She will tell you that I have aided her to escape and +that I have accorded her only such treatment as a woman has a right to +expect from a king.” + +The girl inclined her head. + +“His majesty has been most kind,” she said. “He has treated me with +every consideration and respect, and I am convinced that he was not a +willing party to my arrest and forcible detention at Blentz; or,” she +added, “if he was, he regretted his action later and has made full +reparation by bringing me to Lustadt.” + +Prince von der Tann found difficulty in hiding his surprise at this +evidence of chivalry in the cowardly king. But for his daughter’s +testimony he could not have believed it possible that it lay within the +nature of Leopold of Lutha to have done what he had done within the +past few hours. + +He bowed low before the man who wore the king’s uniform. The American +extended his hand, and Von der Tann, taking it in his own, raised it to +his lips. + +“And now,” said Barney briskly, “let us go to my apartments and get to +work. Your highness”—and he turned toward the Princess Emma—“must be +greatly fatigued. Lieutenant Butzow, you will see that a suite is +prepared for her highness. Afterward you may call upon Count +Zellerndorf, whom I understand returned to Lustadt yesterday, and +notify him that I will receive him in an hour. Inform the Serbian +minister that I desire his presence at the palace immediately. Lose no +time, lieutenant, and be sure to impress upon the Serbian minister that +immediately means immediately.” + +Butzow saluted and the Princess Emma curtsied, as the king turned and, +slipping his arm through that of Prince Ludwig, walked away in the +direction of the royal apartments. Once at the king’s desk Barney +turned toward the chancellor. In his mind was the determination to save +Lutha if Lutha could be saved. He had been forced to place the king in +a position where he would be helpless, though that he would have been +equally as helpless upon his throne the American did not doubt for an +instant. However, the course of events had placed within his hands the +power to serve not only Lutha but the house of Von der Tann as well. He +would do in the king’s place what the king should have done if the king +had been a man. + +“Now, Prince Ludwig,” he said, “tell me just what conditions we must +face. Remember that I have been at Blentz and that there the King of +Lutha is not apt to learn all that transpires in Lustadt.” + +“Sire,” replied the chancellor, “we face a grave crisis. Not only is +there within Lutha the small force of Austrian troops that surround +Blentz, but now an entire army corps has crossed the border. +Unquestionably they are marching on Lustadt. The emperor is going to +take no chances. He sent the first force into Lutha to compel Serbian +intervention and draw Serbian troops from the Austro-Serbian battle +line. Serbia has withheld her forces at my request, but she will not +withhold them for long. We must make a declaration at once. If we +declare against Austria we are faced by the menace of the Austrian +troops already within our boundaries, but we shall have Serbia to help +us. + +“A Serbian army corps is on the frontier at this moment awaiting word +from Lutha. If it is adverse to Austria that army corps will cross the +border and march to our assistance. If it is favorable to Austria it +will none the less cross into Lutha, but as enemies instead of allies. +Serbia has acted honorably toward Lutha. She has not violated our +neutrality. She has no desire to increase her possessions in this +direction. + +“On the other hand, Austria has violated her treaty with us. She has +marched troops into our country and occupied the town of Blentz. +Constantly in the past she has incited internal discord. She is openly +championing the Blentz cause, which at last I trust your majesty has +discovered is inimical to your interests. + +“If Austria is victorious in her war with Serbia, she will find some +pretext to hold Lutha whether Lutha takes her stand either for or +against her. And most certainly is this true if it occurs that Austrian +troops are still within the boundaries of Lutha when peace is +negotiated. Not only our honor but our very existence demands that +there be no Austrian troops in Lutha at the close of this war. If we +cannot force them across the border we can at least make such an effort +as will win us the respect of the world and a voice in the peace +negotiations. + +“If we must bow to the surrender of our national integrity, let us do +so only after we have exhausted every resource of the country in our +country’s defense. In the past your majesty has not appeared to realize +the menace of your most powerful neighbor. I beg of you, sire, to trust +me. Believe that I have only the interests of Lutha at heart, and let +us work together for the salvation of our country and your majesty’s +throne.” + +Barney laid his hand upon the old man’s shoulder. It seemed a shame to +carry the deception further, but the American well knew that only so +could he accomplish aught for Lutha or the Von der Tanns. Once the old +chancellor suspected the truth as to his identity he would be the first +to denounce him. + +“I think that you and I can work together, Prince Ludwig,” he said. “I +have sent for the Serbian and Austrian ministers. The former should be +here immediately.” + +Nor did they have long to wait before the tall Slav was announced. +Barney lost no time in getting down to business. He asked no questions. +What Von der Tann had told him, what he had seen with his own eyes +since he had entered Lutha, and what he had overheard in the inn at +Burgova was sufficient evidence that the fate of Lutha hung upon the +prompt and energetic decisions of the man who sat upon Lutha’s throne +for the next few days. + +Had Leopold been the present incumbent Lutha would have been lost, for +that he would play directly into the hands of Austria was not to be +questioned. Were Von der Tann to seize the reins of government a state +of revolution would exist that would divide the state into two bitter +factions, weaken its defense, and give Austria what she most desired—a +plausible pretext for intervention. + +Lutha’s only hope lay in united defense of her liberties under the +leadership of the one man whom all acknowledged king—Leopold. Very +well, Barney Custer, of Beatrice, would be Leopold for a few days, +since the real Leopold had proven himself incompetent to meet the +emergency. + +General Petko, the Serbian minister to Lutha, brought to the audience +the memory of a series of unpleasant encounters with the king. Leopold +had never exerted himself to hide his pro-Austrian sentiments. Austria +was a powerful country—Serbia, a relatively weak neighbor. Leopold, +being a royal snob, had courted the favor of the emperor and turned up +his nose at Serbia. The general was prepared for a repetition of the +veiled affronts that Leopold delighted in according him; but this time +he brought with him a reply that for two years he had been living in +the hope of some day being able to deliver to the young monarch he so +cordially despised. + +It was an ultimatum from his government—an ultimatum couched in terms +from which all diplomatic suavity had been stripped. If Barney Custer, +of Beatrice, could have read it he would have smiled, for in plain +American it might have been described as announcing to Leopold +precisely “where he got off.” But Barney did not have the opportunity +to read it, since that ultimatum was never delivered. + +Barney took the wind all out of it by his first words. “Your excellency +may wonder why it is that we have summoned you at such an early hour,” +he said. + +General Petko inclined his head in deferential acknowledgment of the +truth of the inference. + +“It is because we have learned from our chancellor,” continued the +American, “that Serbia has mobilized an entire army corps upon the +Luthanian frontier. Am I correctly informed?” + +General Petko squared his shoulders and bowed in assent. At the same +time he reached into his breast-pocket for the ultimatum. + +“Good!” exclaimed Barney, and then he leaned close to the ear of the +Serbian. “How long will it take to move that army corps to Lustadt?” + +General Petko gasped and returned the ultimatum to his pocket. + +“Sire!” he cried, his face lighting with incredulity. “You mean—” + +“I mean,” said the American, “that if Serbia will loan Lutha an army +corps until the Austrians have evacuated Luthanian territory, Lutha +will loan Serbia an army corps until such time as peace is declared +between Serbia and Austria. Other than this neither government will +incur any obligations to the other. + +“We may not need your help, but it will do us no harm to have them well +on the way toward Lustadt as quickly as possible. Count Zellerndorf +will be here in a few minutes. We shall, through him, give Austria +twenty-four hours to withdraw all her troops beyond our frontiers. The +army of Lutha is mobilized before Lustadt. It is not a large army, but +with the help of Serbia it should be able to drive the Austrians from +the country, provided they do not leave of their own accord.” + +General Petko smiled. So did the American and the chancellor. Each knew +that Austria would not withdraw her army from Lutha. + +“With your majesty’s permission I will withdraw,” said the Serbian, +“and transmit Lutha’s proposition to my government; but I may say that +your majesty need have no apprehension but that a Serbian army corps +will be crossing into Lutha before noon today.” + +“And now, Prince Ludwig,” said the American after the Serbian had bowed +himself out of the apartment, “I suggest that you take immediate steps +to entrench a strong force north of Lustadt along the road to Blentz.” + +Von der Tann smiled as he replied. “It is already done, sire,” he said. + +“But I passed in along the road this morning,” said Barney, “and saw +nothing of such preparations.” + +“The trenches and the soldiers were there, nevertheless, sire,” replied +the old man, “only a little gap was left on either side of the highway +that those who came and went might not suspect our plans and carry word +of them to the Austrians. A few hours will complete the link across the +road.” + +“Good! Let it be completed at once. Here is Count Zellerndorf now,” as +the minister was announced. + +Von der Tann bowed himself out as the Austrian entered the king’s +presence. For the first time in two years the chancellor felt that the +destiny of Lutha was safe in the hands of her king. What had caused the +metamorphosis in Leopold he could not guess. He did not seem to be the +same man that had whined and growled at their last audience a week +before. + +The Austrian minister entered the king’s presence with an expression of +ill-concealed surprise upon his face. Two days before he had left +Leopold safely ensconced at Blentz, where he was to have remained +indefinitely. He glanced hurriedly about the room in search of Prince +Peter or another of the conspirators who should have been with the +king. He saw no one. The king was speaking. The Austrian’s eyes went +wider, not only at the words, but at the tone of voice. + +“Count Zellerndorf,” said the American, “you were doubtless aware of +the embarrassment under which the king of Lutha was compelled at Blentz +to witness the entry of a foreign army within his domain. But we are +not now at Blentz. We have summoned you that you may receive from us, +and transmit to your emperor, the expression of our surprise and dismay +at the unwarranted violation of Luthanian neutrality.” + +“But, your majesty—” interrupted the Austrian. + +“But nothing, your excellency,” snapped the American. “The moment for +diplomacy is passed; the time for action has come. You will oblige us +by transmitting to your government at once a request that every +Austrian soldier now in Lutha be withdrawn by noon tomorrow.” + +Zellerndorf looked his astonishment. + +“Are you mad, sire?” he cried. “It will mean war!” + +“It is what Austria has been looking for,” snapped the American, “and +what people look for they usually get, especially if they chance to be +looking for trouble. When can you expect a reply from Vienna?” + +“By noon, your majesty,” replied the Austrian, “but are you +irretrievably bound to your present policy? Remember the power of +Austria, sire. Think of your throne. Think—” + +“We have thought of everything,” interrupted Barney. “A throne means +less to us than you may imagine, count; but the honor of Lutha means a +great deal.” + + + + +XI. +THE BATTLE + + +At five o’clock that afternoon the sidewalks bordering Margaretha +Street were crowded with promenaders. The little tables before the +cafes were filled. Nearly everyone spoke of the great war and of the +peril which menaced Lutha. Upon many a lip was open disgust at the +supine attitude of Leopold of Lutha in the face of an Austrian invasion +of his country. Discontent was open. It was ripening to something worse +for Leopold than an Austrian invasion. + +Presently a sergeant of the Royal Horse Guards cantered down the street +from the palace. He stopped here and there, and, dismounting, tacked +placards in conspicuous places. At the notice, and in each instance +cheers and shouting followed the sergeant as he rode on to the next +stop. + +Now, at each point men and women were gathered, eagerly awaiting an +explanation of the jubilation farther up the street. Those whom the +sergeant passed called to him for an explanation, and not receiving it, +followed in a quickly growing mob that filled Margaretha Street from +wall to wall. When he dismounted he had almost to fight his way to the +post or door upon which he was to tack the next placard. The crowd +surged about him in its anxiety to read what the placard bore, and +then, between the cheering and yelling, those in the front passed back +to the crowd the tidings that filled them with so great rejoicing. + +“Leopold has declared war on Austria!” “The king calls for volunteers!” +“Long live the king!” + +The battle of Lustadt has passed into history. Outside of the little +kingdom of Lutha it received but passing notice by the world at large, +whose attention was riveted upon the great conflicts along the banks of +the Meuse, the Marne, and the Aisne. But in Lutha! Ah, it will be told +and retold, handed down from mouth to mouth and from generation to +generation to the end of time. + +How the cavalry that the king sent north toward Blentz met the +advancing Austrian army. How, fighting, they fell back upon the +infantry which lay, a thin line that stretched east and west across the +north of Lustadt, in its first line of trenches. A pitifully weak line +it was, numerically, in comparison with the forces of the invaders; but +it stood its ground heroically, and from the heights to the north of +the city the fire from the forts helped to hold the enemy in check for +many hours. + +And then the enemy succeeded in bringing up their heavy artillery to +the ridge that lies three miles north of the forts. Shells were +bursting in the trenches, the forts, and the city. To the south a +stream of terror-stricken refugees was pouring out of Lustadt along the +King’s Road. Rich and poor, animated by a common impulse, filled the +narrow street that led to the city’s southern gate. Carts drawn by +dogs, laden donkeys, French limousines, victorias, wheelbarrows—every +conceivable wheeled vehicle and beast of burden—were jammed in a +seemingly inextricable tangle in the mad rush for safety. + +Rumor passed back and forth through the fleeing thousands. Now came +word that Fort No. 2 had been silenced by the Austrian guns. +Immediately followed news that the Luthanian line was falling back upon +the city. Fear turned to panic. Men fought to outdistance their +neighbors. + +A shell burst upon a roof-top in an adjoining square. + +Women fainted and were trampled. Hoarse shouts of anger mingled with +screams of terror, and then into the midst of it from Margaretha Street +rode a man on horseback. Behind him were a score of officers. A +trumpeter raised his instrument to his lips, and above the din of the +fleeing multitude rose the sharp, triple call that announces the coming +of the king. The mob halted and turned. + +Looking down upon them from his saddle was Leopold of Lutha. His palm +was raised for silence and there was a smile upon his lips. Quite +suddenly, and as by a miracle, fear left them. They made a line for him +and his staff to ride through. One of the officers turned in his saddle +to address a civilian friend in an automobile. + +“His majesty is riding to the firing line,” he said and he raised his +voice that many might hear. Quickly the word passed from mouth to +mouth, and as Barney Custer, of Beatrice, passed along Margaretha +Street he was followed by a mad din of cheering that drowned the +booming of the distant cannon and the bursting of the shells above the +city. + +The balance of the day the pseudo-king rode back and forth along his +lines. Three of his staff were killed and two horses were shot from +beneath him, but from the moment that he appeared the Luthanian line +ceased to waver or fall back. The advanced trenches that they had +abandoned to the Austrians they took again at the point of the bayonet. +Charge after charge they repulsed, and all the time there hovered above +the enemy Lutha’s sole aeroplane, watching, watching, ever watching for +the coming of the allies. Somewhere to the northeast the Serbians were +advancing toward Lustadt. Would they come in time? + +It was five o’clock in the morning of the second day, and though the +Luthanian line still held, Barney Custer knew that it could not hold +for long. The Austrian artillery fire, which had been rather wild the +preceding day, had now become of deadly accuracy. Each bursting shell +filled some part of the trenches with dead and wounded, and though +their places were taken by fresh men from the reserve, there would soon +be no reserve left to call upon. + +At his left, in the rear, the American had massed the bulk of his +reserves, and at the foot of the heights north of the city and just +below the forts the major portion of the cavalry was drawn up in the +shelter of a little ravine. Barney’s eyes were fixed upon the soaring +aeroplane. + +In his hand was his watch. He would wait another fifteen minutes, and +if by then the signal had not come that the Serbians were approaching, +he would strike the blow that he had decided upon. From time to time he +glanced at his watch. + +The fifteen minutes had almost elapsed when there fluttered from the +tiny monoplane a paper parachute. It dropped for several hundred feet +before it spread to the air pressure and floated more gently toward the +earth and a moment later there burst from its basket a puff of white +smoke. Two more parachutes followed the first and two more puffs of +smoke. Then the machine darted rapidly off toward the northeast. + +Barney turned to Prince von der Tann with a smile. “They are none too +soon,” he said. + +The old prince bowed in acquiescence. He had been very happy for two +days. Lutha might be defeated now, but she could never be subdued. She +had a king at last—a real king. Gott! How he had changed. It reminded +Prince von der Tann of the day he had ridden beside the impostor two +years before in the battle with the forces of Peter of Blentz. Many +times he had caught himself scrutinizing the face of the monarch, +searching for some proof that after all he was not Leopold. + +“Direct the commanders of forts three and four to concentrate their +fire on the enemy’s guns directly north of Fort No. 3,” Barney directed +an aide. “Simultaneously let the cavalry and Colonel Kazov’s infantry +make a determined assault on the Austrian trenches.” + +Then he turned his horse toward the left of his line, where, a little +to the rear, lay the fresh troops that he had been holding in readiness +against this very moment. As he galloped across the plain, his staff at +his heels, shrapnel burst about them. Von der Tann spurred to his side. + +“Sire,” he cried, “it is unnecessary that you take such grave risks. +Your staff is ready and willing to perform such service that you may be +preserved to your people and your throne.” + +“I believe the men fight better when they think their king is watching +them,” said the American simply. + +“I know it, sire,” replied Von der Tann, “but even so, Lutha could ill +afford to lose you now. I thank God, your majesty, that I have lived to +see this day—to see the last of the Rubinroths upholding the glorious +traditions of the Rubinroth blood.” + +Barney led the reserves slowly through the wood to the rear of the +extreme left of his line. The attack upon the Austrian right center +appeared to be meeting with much greater success than the American +dared to hope for. Already, through his glasses, he could see +indications that the enemy was concentrating a larger force at this +point to repulse the vicious assaults of the Luthanians. To do this +they must be drawing from their reserves back of other portions of +their line. + +It was what Barney had desired. The three bombs from the aeroplane had +told him that the Serbians had been sighted three miles away. Already +they were engaging the Austrians. He could hear the rattle of rifles +and quick-firers and the roar of cannon far to the northeast. And now +he gave the word to the commander of the reserve. + +At a rapid trot the men moved forward behind the extreme left end of +the Luthanian left wing. They were almost upon the Austrians before +they emerged from the shelter of the wood, and then with hoarse shouts +and leveled bayonets they charged the enemy’s position. The fight there +was the bloodiest of the two long days. Back and forth the tide of +battle surged. In the thick of it rode the false king encouraging his +men to greater effort. Slowly at last they bore the Austrians from +their trenches. Back and back they bore them until retreat became a +rout. The Austrian right was crumpled back upon its center! + +Here the enemy made a determined stand; but just before dark a great +shouting arose from the heights to their left, where the bulk of their +artillery was stationed. Both the Luthanian and Austrian troops engaged +in the plain saw Austrian infantry and artillery running down the +slopes in disorderly rout. Upon their heads came a cheering line of +soldiers firing as they ran, and above them waved the battleflag of +Serbia. + +A mighty shout rose from the Luthanian ranks—an answering groan from +the throats of the Austrians. Hemmed in between the two lines of +allies, the Austrians were helpless. Their artillery was captured, +retreat cut off. There was but a single alternative to massacre—the +white flag. + +A few regiments between Lustadt and Blentz, but nearer the latter town, +escaped back into Austria, the balance Barney arranged with the Serbian +minister to have taken back to Serbia as prisoners of war. The +Luthanian army corps that the American had promised the Serbs was to be +utilized along the Austrian frontier to prevent the passage of Austrian +troops into Serbia through Lutha. + +The return to Lustadt after the battle was made through cheering troops +and along streets choked with joy-mad citizenry. The name of the +soldier-king was upon every tongue. Men went wild with enthusiasm as +the tall figure rode slowly through the crowd toward the palace. + +Von der Tann, grim and martial, found his lids damp with the moisture +of a great happiness. Even now with all the proofs of reality about +him, it seemed impossible that this scene could be aught but the +ephemeral vapors of a dream—that Leopold of Lutha, the coward, the +craven, could have become in a single day the heroic figure that had +loomed so large upon the battlefield of Lustadt—the simple, modest +gentleman who received the plaudits of his subjects with bowed head and +humble mien. + +As Barney Custer rode up Margaretha Street toward the royal palace of +the kings of Lutha, a dust-covered horseman in the uniform of an +officer of the Horse Guards entered Lustadt from the south. It was the +young aide of Prince von der Tann’s staff, who had been sent to Blentz +nearly a week earlier with a message for the king, and who had been +captured and held by the Austrians. + +During the battle before Lustadt all the Austrian troops had been +withdrawn from Blentz and hurried to the front. It was then that the +aide had been transferred to the castle, from which he had escaped +early that morning. To reach Lustadt he had been compelled to circle +the Austrian position, coming to Lustadt from the south. + +Once within the city he rode straight to the palace, flung himself from +his jaded mount, and entered the left wing of the building—the wing in +which the private apartments of the chancellor were located. + +Here he inquired for the Princess Emma, learning with evident relief +that she was there. A moment later, white with dust, his face streamed +with sweat, he was ushered into her presence. + +“Your highness,” he blurted, “the king’s commands have been +disregarded—the American is to be shot tomorrow. I have just escaped +from Blentz. Peter is furious. He realizes that whether the Austrians +win or lose, his standing with the king is gone forever. + +“In a fit of rage he has ordered that Mr. Custer be sacrificed to his +desire for revenge, in the hope that it will insure for him the favor +of the Austrians. Something must be done at once if he is to be saved.” + +For a moment the girl swayed as though about to fall. The young officer +stepped quickly to support her, but before he reached her side she had +regained complete mastery of herself. From the street without there +rose the blare of trumpets and the cheering of the populace. + +Through senses numb with the cold of anguish the meaning of the tumult +slowly filtered to her brain—the king had come. He was returning from +the battlefield, covered with honors and flushed with glory—the man who +was to be her husband; but there was no rejoicing in the heart of the +Princess Emma. + +Instead, there was a dull ache and impotent rebellion at the injustice +of the thing—that Leopold should be reaping these great rewards, while +he who had made it possible for him to be a king at all was to die on +the morrow because of what he had done to place the Rubinroth upon his +throne. + +“Perhaps Lieutenant Butzow might find a way,” suggested the officer. +“He or your father; they are both fond of Mr. Custer.” + +“Yes,” said the girl dully, “see Lieutenant Butzow—he would do the +most.” + +The officer bowed and hastened from the apartment in search of Butzow. +The girl approached the window and stood there for a long time, looking +out at the surging multitude that pressed around the palace gates, +filling Margaretha Street with a solid mass of happy faces. + +They cheered the king, the chancellor, the army; but most often they +cheered the king. From a despised monarch Leopold had risen in a single +bound to the position of a national idol. + +Repeatedly he was called to the balcony over the grand entrance that +the people might feast their eyes on him. The princess wondered how +long it was before she herself would be forced to offer her +congratulations and, perchance, suffer his caresses. She shivered and +cringed at the thought, and then there came a knock upon the door, and +in answer to her permission it opened, and the king stood upon the +threshold alone. + +At a glance the man took in the pain and sorrow mirrored upon the +girl’s face. He stepped quickly across the room toward her. + +“What is it?” he asked. “What is the matter?” + +For a moment he had forgotten the part that he had been playing—forgot +that the Princess Emma was ignorant of his identity. He had come to her +to share with her the happiness of the hour—the glory of the victorious +arms of Lutha. For a time he had almost forgotten that he was not the +king, and now he was forgetting that he was not Barney Custer to the +girl who stood before him with misery and hopelessness writ so large +upon her countenance. + +For a brief instant the girl did not reply. She was weighing the +problematical value of an attempt to enlist the king in the cause of +the American. Leopold had shown a spark of magnanimity when he had +written a pardon for Mr. Custer; might he not rise again above his +petty jealousy and save the American’s life? It was a forlorn hope to +the woman who knew the true Leopold so well; but it was a hope. + +“What is the matter?” the king repeated. + +“I have just received word that Prince Peter has ignored your commands, +sire,” replied the girl, “and that Mr. Custer is to be shot tomorrow.” + +Barney’s eyes went wide with incredulity. Here was a pretty pass, +indeed! The princess came close to him and seized his arm. + +“You promised, sire,” she said, “that he would not be harmed—you gave +your royal word. You can save him. You have an army at your command. Do +not forget that he once saved you.” + +The note of appeal in her voice and the sorrow in her eyes gave Barney +Custer a twinge of compunction. The necessity for longer concealing his +identity in so far as the salvation of Lutha was concerned seemed past; +but the American had intended to carry the deception to the end. + +He had given the matter much thought, but he could find no grounds for +belief that Emma von der Tann would be any happier in the knowledge +that her future husband had had nothing to do with the victory of his +army. If she was doomed to a life at his side, why not permit her the +grain of comfort that she might derive from the memory of her husband’s +achievements upon the battlefield of Lustadt? Why rob her of that +little? + +But now, face to face with her, and with the evidence of her suffering +so plain before him, Barney’s intentions wavered. Like most fighting +men, he was tender in his dealings with women. And now the last straw +came in the form of a single tiny tear that trickled down the girl’s +cheek. He seized the hand that lay upon his arm. + +“Your highness,” he said, “do not grieve for the American. He is not +worth it. He has deceived you. He is not at Blentz.” + +The girl drew her hand from his and straightened to her full height. + +“What do you mean, sire?” she exclaimed. “Mr. Custer would not deceive +me even if he had an opportunity—which he has not had. But if he is not +at Blentz, where is he?” + +Barney bowed his head and looked at the floor. + +“He is here, your highness, asking your forgiveness,” he said. + +There was a puzzled expression upon the girl’s face as she looked at +the man before her. She did not understand. Why should she? Barney drew +a diamond ring from his little finger and held it out to her. + +“You gave it to me to cut a hole in the window of the garage where I +stole the automobile,” he said. “I forgot to return it. Now do you know +who I am?” + +Emma von der Tann’s eyes showed her incredulity; then, act by act, she +recalled all that this man had said and done since they had escaped +from Blentz that had been so unlike the king she knew. + +“When did you assume the king’s identity?” she asked. + +Barney told her all that had transpired in the king’s apartments at +Blentz before she had been conducted to the king’s presence. + +“And Leopold is there now?” she asked. + +“He is there,” replied Barney, “and he is to be shot in the morning.” + +“Gott!” exclaimed the girl. “What are we to do?” + +“There is but one thing to do,” replied the American, “and that is for +Butzow and me to ride to Blentz as fast as horses will carry us and +rescue the king.” + +“And then?” asked the girl, a shadow crossing her face. + +“And then Barney Custer will have to beat it for the boundary,” he +replied with a sorry smile. + +She came quite close to him, laying her hands upon his shoulders. + +“I cannot give you up now,” she said simply. “I have tried to be loyal +to Leopold and the promise that my father made his king when I was only +a little girl; but since I thought that you were to be shot, I have +wished a thousand times that I had gone with you to America two years +ago. Take me with you now, Barney. We can send Lieutenant Butzow to +rescue the king, and before he has returned we can be safe across the +Serbian frontier.” + +The American shook his head. + +“I got the king into this mess and I must get him out,” he said. “He +may deserve to be shot, but it is up to me to prevent it, if I can. And +there is your father to consider. If Butzow rides to Blentz and rescues +the king, it may be difficult to get him back to Lustadt without the +truth of his identity and mine becoming known. With me there, the +change can be effected easily, and not even Butzow need know what has +happened. + +“If the people should guess that it was not Leopold who won the battle +of Lustadt there might be the devil to pay, and your father would go +down along with the throne. No, I must stay until Leopold is safe in +Lustadt. But there is a hope for us. I may be able to wrest from +Leopold his sanction of our marriage. I shall not hesitate to use +threats to get it, and I rather imagine that he will be in such a +terror-stricken condition that he will assent to any terms for his +release from Blentz. If he gives me such a paper, Emma, will you marry +me?” + +Perhaps there never had been a stranger proposal than this; but to +neither did it seem strange. For two years each had known the love of +the other. The girl’s betrothal to the king had prevented an avowal of +their love while Barney posed in his own identity. Now they merely +accepted the conditions that had existed for two years as though a +matter of fact which had been often discussed between them. + +“Of course I’ll marry you,” said the princess. “Why in the world would +I want you to take me to America otherwise?” + +As Barney Custer took her in his arms he was happier than he had ever +before been in all his life, and so, too, was the Princess Emma von der +Tann. + + + + +XII. +LEOPOLD WAITS FOR DAWN + + +After the American had shoved him through the secret doorway into the +tower room of the castle of Blentz, Leopold had stood for several +minutes waiting for the next command from his captor. Presently, +hearing no sound other than that of his own breathing, the king +ventured to speak. He asked the American what he purposed doing with +him next. + +There was no reply. For another minute the king listened intently; then +he raised his hands and removed the bandage from his eyes. He looked +about him. The room was vacant except for himself. He recognized it as +the one in which he had spent ten years of his life as a prisoner. He +shuddered. What had become of the American? He approached the door and +listened. Beyond the panels he could hear the two soldiers on guard +there conversing. He called to them. + +“What do you want?” shouted one of the men through the closed door. + +“I want Prince Peter!” yelled the king. “Send him at once!” + +The soldiers laughed. + +“He wants Prince Peter,” they mocked. “Wouldn’t you rather have us send +the king to you?” they asked. + +“I am the king!” yelled Leopold. “I am the king! Open the door, pigs, +or it will go hard with you! I shall have you both shot in the morning +if you do not open the door and fetch Prince Peter.” + +“Ah!” exclaimed one of the soldiers. “Then there will be three of us +shot together.” + +Leopold went white. He had not connected the sentence of the American +with himself; but now, quite vividly, he realized what it might mean to +him if he failed before dawn to convince someone that he was not the +American. Peter would not be awake at so early an hour, and if he had +no better success with others than he was having with these soldiers, +it was possible that he might be led out and shot before his identity +was discovered. The thing was preposterous. The king’s knees became +suddenly quite weak. They shook, and his legs gave beneath his weight +so that he had to lean against the back of a chair to keep from +falling. + +Once more he turned to the soldiers. This time he pleaded with them, +begging them to carry word to Prince Peter that a terrible mistake had +been made, and that it was the king and not the American who was +confined in the death chamber. But the soldiers only laughed at him, +and finally threatened to come in and beat him if he again interrupted +their conversation. + +It was a white and shaken prisoner that the officer of the guard found +when he entered the room at dawn. The man before him, his face streaked +with tears of terror and self-pity, fell upon his knees before him, +beseeching him to carry word to Peter of Blentz, that he was the king. +The officer drew away with a gesture of disgust. + +“I might well believe from your actions that you are Leopold,” he said; +“for, by Heaven, you do not act as I have always imagined the American +would act in the face of danger. He has a reputation for bravery that +would suffer could his admirers see him now.” + +“But I am not the American,” pleaded the king. “I tell you that the +American came to my apartments last night, overpowered me, forced me to +change clothing with him, and then led me back here.” + +A sudden inspiration came to the king with the memory of all that had +transpired during that humiliating encounter with the American. + +“I signed a pardon for him!” he cried. “He forced me to do so. If you +think I am the American, you cannot kill me now, for there is a pardon +signed by the king, and an order for the American’s immediate release. +Where is it? Do not tell me that Prince Peter did not receive it.” + +“He received it,” replied the officer, “and I am here to acquaint you +with the fact, but Prince Peter said nothing about your release. All he +told me was that you were not to be shot this morning,” and the man +emphasized the last two words. + +Leopold of Lutha spent two awful days a prisoner at Blentz, not knowing +at what moment Prince Peter might see fit to carry out the verdict of +the Austrian court martial. He could convince no one that he was the +king. Peter would not even grant him an audience. Upon the evening of +the third day, word came that the Austrians had been defeated before +Lustadt, and those that were not prisoners were retreating through +Blentz toward the Austrian frontier. + +The news filtered to Leopold’s prison room through the servant who +brought him his scant and rough fare. The king was utterly disheartened +before this word reached him. For the moment he seemed to see a ray of +hope, for, since the impostor had been victorious, he would be in a +position to force Peter of Blentz to give up the true king. + +There was the chance that the American, flushed with success and power, +might elect to hold the crown he had seized. Who would guess the +transfer that had been effected, or, guessing, would dare voice his +suspicions in the face of the power and popularity that Leopold knew +such a victory as the impostor had won must have given him in the +hearts and minds of the people of Lutha? Still, there was a bare +possibility that the American would be as good as his word, and return +the crown as he had promised. Though he hated to admit it, the king had +every reason to believe that the impostor was a man of honor, whose +bare word was as good as another’s bond. + +He was commencing, under this line of reasoning, to achieve a certain +hopeful content when the door to his prison opened and Peter of Blentz, +black and scowling, entered. At his elbow was Captain Ernst Maenck. + +“Leopold has defeated the Austrians,” announced the former. “Until you +returned to Lutha he considered the Austrians his best friends. I do +not know how you could have reached or influenced him. It is to learn +how you accomplished it that I am here. The fact that he signed your +pardon indicates that his attitude toward you changed suddenly—almost +within an hour. There is something at the bottom of it all, and that +something I must know.” + +“I am Leopold!” cried the king. “Don’t you recognize me, Prince Peter? +Look at me! Maenck must know me. It was I who wrote and signed the +American’s pardon—at the point of the American’s revolver. He forced me +to exchange clothing with him, and then he brought me here to this room +and left me.” + +The two men looked at the speaker and smiled. + +“You bank too strongly, my friend,” said Peter of Blentz, “upon your +resemblance to the king of Lutha. I will admit that it is strong, but +not so strong as to convince me of the truth of so improbable a story. +How in the world could the American have brought you through the +castle, from one end to the other, unseen? There was a guard before the +king’s door and another before this. No, Herr Custer, you will have to +concoct a more plausible tale. + +“No,” and Peter of Blentz scowled savagely, as though to impress upon +his listener the importance of his next utterance, “there were more +than you and the king involved in his sudden departure from Blentz and +in his hasty change of policy toward Austria. To be quite candid, it +seems to me that it may be necessary to my future welfare—vitally +necessary, I may say—to know precisely how all this occurred, and just +what influence you have over Leopold of Lutha. Who was it that acted as +the go-between in the king’s negotiations with you, or rather, yours +with the king? And what argument did you bring to bear to force Leopold +to the action he took?” + +“I have told you all that I know about the matter,” whined the king. +“The American appeared suddenly in my apartment. When he brought me +here he first blindfolded me. I have no idea by what route we traveled +through the castle, and unless your guards outside this door were +bribed they can tell you more about how we got in here than I +can—provided we entered through that doorway,” and the king pointed to +the door which had just opened to admit his two visitors. + +“Oh, pshaw!” exclaimed Maenck. “There is but one door to this room—if +the king came in here at all, he came through that door.” + +“Enough!” cried Peter of Blentz. “I shall not be trifled with longer. I +shall give you until tomorrow morning to make a full explanation of the +truth and to form some plan whereby you may utilize once more whatever +influence you had over Leopold to the end that he grant to myself and +my associates his royal assurance that our lives and property will be +safe in Lutha.” + +“But I tell you it is impossible,” wailed the king. + +“I think not,” sneered Prince Peter, “especially when I tell you that +if you do not accede to my wishes the order of the Austrian military +court that sentenced you to death at Burgova will be carried out in the +morning.” + +With his final words the two men turned and left the room. Behind them, +upon the floor, inarticulate with terror, knelt Leopold of Lutha, his +hands outstretched in supplication. + +The long night wore its weary way to dawn at last. The sleepless man, +alternately tossing upon his bed and pacing the floor, looked fearfully +from time to time at the window through which the lightening of the sky +would proclaim the coming day and his last hour on earth. His windows +faced the west. At the foot of the hill beneath the castle nestled the +village of Blentz, once more enveloped in peaceful silence since the +Austrians were gone. + +An unmistakable lessening of the darkness in the east had just +announced the proximity of day, when the king heard a clatter of +horses’ hoofs upon the road before the castle. The sound ceased at the +gates and a loud voice broke out upon the stillness of the dying night +demanding entrance “in the name of the king.” + +New hope burst aflame in the breast of the condemned man. The impostor +had not forsaken him. Leopold ran to the window, leaning far out. He +heard the voices of the sentries in the barbican as they conversed with +the newcomers. Then silence came, broken only by the rapid footsteps of +a soldier hastening from the gate to the castle. His hobnail shoes +pounding upon the cobbles of the courtyard echoed among the angles of +the lofty walls. When he had entered the castle the silence became +oppressive. For five minutes there was no sound other than the pawing +of the horses outside the barbican and the subdued conversation of +their riders. + +Presently the soldier emerged from the castle. With him was an officer. +The two went to the barbican. Again there was a parley between the +horsemen and the guard. Leopold could hear the officer demanding terms. +He would lower the drawbridge and admit them upon conditions. + +One of these the king overheard—it concerned an assurance of full +pardon for Peter of Blentz and the garrison; and again Leopold heard +the officer addressing someone as “your majesty.” + +Ah, the impostor was there in person. Ach, Gott! How Leopold of Lutha +hated him, and yet, in the hands of this American lay not only his +throne but his very life as well. + +Evidently the negotiations proved unsuccessful for after a time the +party wheeled their horses from the gate and rode back toward Blentz. +As the sound of the iron-shod hoofs diminished in the distance, with +them diminished the hopes of the king. + +When they ceased entirely his hopes were at an end, to be supplanted by +renewed terror at the turning of the knob of his prison door as it +swung open to admit Maenck and a squad of soldiers. + +“Come!” ordered the captain. “The king has refused to intercede in your +behalf. When he returns with his army he will find your body at the +foot of the west wall in the courtyard.” + +With an ear-piercing shriek that rang through the grim old castle, +Leopold of Lutha flung his arms above his head and lunged forward upon +his face. Roughly the soldiers seized the unconscious man and dragged +him from the room. + +Along the corridor they hauled him and down the winding stairs within +the north tower to the narrow slit of a door that opened upon the +courtyard. To the foot of the west wall they brought him, tossing him +brutally to the stone flagging. Here one of the soldiers brought a +flagon of water and dashed it in the face of the king. The cold douche +returned Leopold to a consciousness of the nearness of his impending +fate. + +He saw the little squad of soldiers before him. He saw the cold, gray +wall behind, and, above, the cold, gray sky of early dawn. The dismal +men leaning upon their shadowy guns seemed unearthly specters in the +weird light of the hour that is neither God’s day nor devil’s night. +With difficulty two of them dragged Leopold to his feet. + +Then the dismal men formed in line before him at the opposite side of +the courtyard. Maenck stood to the left of them. He was giving +commands. They fell upon the doomed man’s ears with all the cruelty of +physical blows. Tears coursed down his white cheeks. With incoherent +mumblings he begged for his life. Leopold, King of Lutha, trembling in +the face of death! + + + + +XIII. +THE TWO KINGS + + +Twenty troopers had ridden with Lieutenant Butzow and the false king +from Lustadt to Blentz. During the long, hard ride there had been +little or no conversation between the American and his friend, for +Butzow was still unsuspicious of the true identity of the man who posed +as the ruler of Lutha. The lieutenant was all anxiety to reach Blentz +and rescue the American he thought imprisoned there and in danger of +being shot. + +At the gate they were refused admittance unless the king would accept +conditions. Barney refused—there was another way to gain entrance to +Blentz that not even the master of Blentz knew. Butzow urged him to +accede to anything to save the life of the American. He recalled all +that the latter had done in the service of Lutha and Leopold. Barney +leaned close to the other’s ear. + +“If they have not already shot him,” he whispered, “we shall save the +prisoner yet. Let them think that we give up and are returning to +Lustadt. Then follow me.” + +Slowly the little cavalcade rode down from the castle of Blentz toward +the village. Just out of sight of the grim pile where the road wound +down into a ravine Barney turned his horse’s head up the narrow defile. +In single file Butzow and the troopers followed until the rank +undergrowth precluded farther advance. Here the American directed that +they dismount, and, leaving the horses in charge of three troopers, set +out once more with the balance of the company on foot. + +It was with difficulty that the men forced their way through the +bushes, but they had not gone far when their leader stopped before a +sheer wall of earth and stone, covered with densely growing shrubbery. +Here he groped in the dim light, feeling his way with his hands before +him, while at his heels came his followers. At last he separated a wall +of bushes and disappeared within the aperture his hands had made. One +by one his men followed, finding themselves in inky darkness, but upon +a smooth stone floor and with stone walls close upon either hand. Those +who lifted their hands above their heads discovered an arched stone +ceiling close above them. + +Along this buried corridor the “king” led them, for though he had never +traversed it himself the Princess Emma had, and from her he had +received minute directions. Occasionally he struck a match, and +presently in the fitful glare of one of these he and those directly +behind him saw the foot of a ladder that disappeared in the Stygian +darkness above. + +“Follow me up this, very quietly,” he said to those behind him. “Up to +the third landing.” + +They did as he bid them. At the third landing Barney felt for the latch +he knew was there—he was on familiar ground now. Finding it he pushed +open the door it held in place, and through a tiny crack surveyed the +room beyond. It was vacant. The American threw the door wide and +stepped within. Directly behind him was Butzow, his eyes wide in +wonderment. After him filed the troopers until seventeen of them stood +behind their lieutenant and the “king.” + +Through the window overlooking the courtyard came a piteous wailing. +Barney ran to the casement and looked out. Butzow was at his side. + +“_Himmel!_” ejaculated the Luthanian. “They are about to shoot him. +Quick, your majesty,” and without waiting to see if he were followed +the lieutenant raced for the door of the apartment. Close behind him +came the American and the seventeen. + +It took but a moment to reach the stairway down which the rescuers +tumbled pell-mell. + +Maenck was giving his commands to the firing squad with fiendish +deliberation and delay. He seemed to enjoy dragging out the agony that +the condemned man suffered. But it was this very cruelty that caused +Maenck’s undoing and saved the life of Leopold of Lutha. Just before he +gave the word to fire Maenck paused and laughed aloud at the pitiable +figure trembling and whining against the stone wall before him, and +during that pause a commotion arose at the tower doorway behind the +firing squad. + +Maenck turned to discover the cause of the interruption, and as he +turned he saw the figure of the king leaping toward him with leveled +revolver. At the king’s back a company of troopers of the Royal Horse +Guard was pouring into the courtyard. + +Maenck snatched his own revolver from his hip and fired point-blank at +the “king.” The firing squad had turned at the sound of assault from +the rear. Some of them discharged their pieces at the advancing +troopers. Butzow gave a command and seventeen carbines poured their +deadly hail into the ranks of the Blentz retainers. At Maenck’s shot +the “king” staggered and fell to the pavement. + +Maenck leaped across his prostrate form, yelling to his men “Shoot the +American.” Then he was lost to Barney’s sight in the hand-to-hand +scrimmage that was taking place. The American tried to regain his feet, +but the shock of the wound in his breast had apparently paralyzed him +for the moment. A Blentz soldier was running toward the prisoner +standing open-mouthed against the wall. The fellow’s rifle was raised +to his hip—his intention was only too obvious. + +Barney drew himself painfully and slowly to one elbow. The man was +rapidly nearing the true Leopold. In another moment he would shoot. The +American raised his revolver and, taking careful aim, fired. The +soldier shrieked, covered his face with his hands, spun around once, +and dropped at the king’s feet. + +The troopers under Butzow were forcing the men of Blentz toward the far +end of the courtyard. Two of the Blentz faction were standing a little +apart, backing slowly away and at the same time deliberately firing at +the king. Barney seemed the only one who noticed them. Once again he +raised his revolver and fired. One of the men sat down suddenly, looked +vacantly about him, and then rolled over upon his side. The other fired +once more at the king and the same instant Barney fired at the soldier. +Soldier and king—would-be assassin and his victim—fell simultaneously. +Barney grimaced. The wound in his breast was painful. He had done his +best to save the king. It was no fault of his that he had failed. It +was a long way to Beatrice. He wondered if Emma von der Tann would be +on the station platform, awaiting him—then he swooned. + +Butzow and his seventeen had it all their own way in the courtyard and +castle of Blentz. After the first resistance the soldiery of Peter fled +to the guardroom. Butzow followed them, and there they laid down their +arms. Then the lieutenant returned to the courtyard to look for the +king and Barney Custer. He found them both, and both were wounded. He +had them carried to the royal apartments in the north tower. When +Barney regained consciousness he found the scowling portrait of the +Blentz princess frowning down upon him. He lay upon a great bed where +the soldiers, thinking him king, had placed him. Opposite him, against +the farther wall, the real king lay upon a cot. Butzow was working over +him. + +“Not so bad, after all, Barney,” the lieutenant was saying. “Only a +flesh wound in the calf of the leg.” + +The king made no reply. He was afraid to declare his identity. First he +must learn the intentions of the impostor. He only closed his eyes +wearily. Presently he asked a question. + +“Is he badly wounded?” and he indicated the figure upon the great bed. + +Butzow turned and crossed to where the American lay. He saw that the +latter’s eyes were open and that he was conscious. + +“How does your majesty feel?” he asked. There was more respect in his +tone than ever before. One of the Blentz soldiers had told him how the +“king,” after being wounded by Maenck, had raised himself upon his +elbow and saved the prisoner’s life by shooting three of his +assailants. + +“I thought I was done for,” answered Barney Custer, “but I rather guess +the bullet struck only a glancing blow. It couldn’t have entered my +lungs, for I neither cough nor spit blood. To tell you the truth, I +feel surprisingly fit. How’s the prisoner?” + +“Only a flesh wound in the calf of his left leg, sire,” replied Butzow. + +“I am glad,” was Barney’s only comment. He didn’t want to be king of +Lutha; but he had foreseen that with the death of the king his +imposture might be forced upon him for life. + +After Butzow and one of the troopers had washed and dressed the wounds +of both men Barney asked them to leave the room. + +“I wish to sleep,” he said. “If I require you I will ring.” + +Saluting, the two backed from the apartment. Just as they were passing +through the doorway the American called out to Butzow. + +“You have Peter of Blentz and Maenck in custody?” he asked. + +“I regret having to report to your majesty,” replied the officer, “that +both must have escaped. A thorough search of the entire castle has +failed to reveal them.” + +Barney scowled. He had hoped to place these two conspirators once and +for all where they would never again threaten the peace of the throne +of Lutha—in hell. For a moment he lay in thought. Then he addressed the +officer again. + +“Leave your force here,” he said, “to guard us. Ride, yourself, to +Lustadt and inform Prince von der Tann that it is the king’s desire +that every effort be made to capture these two men. Have them brought +to Lustadt immediately they are apprehended. Bring them dead or alive.” + +Again Butzow saluted and prepared to leave the room. + +“Wait,” said Barney. “Convey our greetings to the Princess von der +Tann, and inform her that my wound is of small importance, as is also +that of the—Mr. Custer. You may go, lieutenant.” + +When they were alone Barney turned toward the king. The other lay upon +his side glaring at the American. When he caught the latter’s eyes upon +him he spoke. + +“What do you intend doing with me?” he said. “Are you going to keep +your word and return my identity?” + +“I have promised,” replied Barney, “and what I promise I always +perform.” + +“Then exchange clothing with me at once,” cried the king, half rising +from his cot. + +“Not so fast, my friend,” rejoined the American. “There are a few +trifling details to be arranged before we resume our proper +personalities.” + +“Do you realize that you should be hanged for what you have done?” +snarled the king. “You assaulted me, stole my clothing, left me here to +be shot by Peter, and sat upon my throne in Lustadt while I lay a +prisoner condemned to death.” + +“And do you realize,” replied Barney, “that by so doing I saved your +foolish little throne for you; that I drove the invaders from your +dominions; that I have unmasked your enemies, and that I have once +again proven to you that the Prince von der Tann is your best friend +and most loyal supporter?” + +“You laid your plebeian hands upon me,” cried the king, raising his +voice. “You humiliated me, and you shall suffer for it.” + +Barney Custer eyed the king for a long moment before he spoke again. It +was difficult to believe that the man was so devoid of gratitude, and +so blind as not to see that even the rough treatment that he had +received at the American’s hands was as nothing by comparison with the +service that the American had done him. Apparently Leopold had already +forgotten that three times Barney Custer had saved his life in the +courtyard below. From the man’s demeanor, now that his life was no +longer at stake, Barney caught an inkling of what his attitude might be +when once again he was returned to the despotic power of his kingship. + +“It is futile to reason with you,” he said. “There is only one way to +handle such as you. At present I hold the power to coerce you, and I +shall continue to hold that power until I am safely out of your +two-by-four kingdom. If you do as I say you shall have your throne back +again. If you refuse, why by Heaven you shall never have it. I’ll stay +king of Lutha myself.” + +“What are your terms?” asked the king. + +“That Prince Peter of Blentz, Captain Ernst Maenck, and old Von Coblich +be tried, convicted, and hanged for high treason,” replied the +American. + +“That is easy,” said the king. “I should do so anyway immediately I +resumed my throne. Now get up and give me my clothes. Take this cot and +I will take the bed. None will know of the exchange.” + +“Again you are too fast,” answered Barney. “There is another +condition.” + +“Well?” + +“You must promise upon your royal honor that Ludwig, Prince von der +Tann, remain chancellor of Lutha during your life or his.” + +“Very well,” assented the king. “I promise,” and again he half rose +from his cot. + +“Hold on a minute,” admonished the American; “there is yet one more +condition of which I have not made mention.” + +“What, another?” exclaimed Leopold testily. “How much do you want for +returning to me what you have stolen?” + +“So far I have asked for nothing for myself,” replied Barney. “Now I am +coming to that part of the agreement. The Princess Emma von der Tann is +betrothed to you. She does not love you. She has honored me with her +affection, but she will not wed until she has been formally released +from her promise to wed Leopold of Lutha. The king must sign such a +release and also a sanction of her marriage to Barney Custer, of +Beatrice. Do you understand what I want?” + +The king went livid. He came to his feet beside the cot. For the +moment, his wound was forgotten. He tottered toward the impostor. + +“You scoundrel!” he screamed. “You scoundrel! You have stolen my +identity and my throne and now you wish to steal the woman who loves +me.” + +“Don’t get excited, Leo,” warned the American, “and don’t talk so loud. +The Princess doesn’t love you, and you know it as well as I. She will +never marry you. If you want your dinky throne back you’ll have to do +as I desire; that is, sign the release and the sanction. + +“Now let’s don’t have any heroics about it. You have the proposition. +Now I am going to sleep. In the meantime you may think it over. If the +papers are not ready when it comes time for us to leave, and from the +way I feel now I rather think I shall be ready to mount a horse by +morning, I shall ride back to Lustadt as king of Lutha, and I shall +marry her highness into the bargain, and you may go hang! + +“How the devil you will earn a living with that king job taken away +from you I don’t know. You’re a long way from New York, and in the +present state of carnage in Europe I rather doubt that there are many +headwaiters jobs open this side of the American metropolis, and I can’t +for the moment think of anything else at which you would shine—with all +due respect to some excellent headwaiters I have known.” + +For some time the king remained silent. He was thinking. He realized +that it lay in the power of the American to do precisely what he had +threatened to do. No one would doubt his identity. Even Peter of Blentz +had not recognized the real king despite Leopold’s repeated and +hysterical claims. + +Lieutenant Butzow, the American’s best friend, had no more suspected +the exchange of identities. Von der Tann, too, must have been deceived. +Everyone had been deceived. There was no hope that the people, who +really saw so little of their king, would guess the deception that was +being played upon them. Leopold groaned. Barney opened his eyes and +turned toward him. + +“What’s the matter?” he asked. + +“I will sign the release and the sanction of her highness’ marriage to +you,” said the king. + +“Good!” exclaimed the American. “You will then go at once to Brosnov as +originally planned. I will return to Lustadt and get her highness, and +we will immediately leave Lutha via Brosnov. There you and I will +effect a change of raiment, and you will ride back to Lustadt with the +small guard that accompanies her highness and me to the frontier.” + +“Why do you not remain in Lustadt?” asked the king. “You could as well +be married there as elsewhere.” + +“Because I don’t trust your majesty,” replied the American. “It must be +done precisely as I say or not at all. Are you agreeable?” + +The king assented with a grumpy nod. + +“Then get up and write as I dictate,” said Barney. Leopold of Lutha did +as he was bid. The result was two short, crisply worded documents. At +the bottom of each was the signature of Leopold of Lutha. Barney took +the two papers and carefully tucked them beneath his pillow. + +“Now let’s sleep,” he said. “It is getting late and we both need the +rest. In the morning we have long rides ahead of us. Good night.” + +The king did not respond. In a short time Barney was fast asleep. The +light still burned. + + + + +XIV. +“THE KING’S WILL IS LAW” + + +The Blentz princess frowned down upon the king and impostor impartially +from her great gilt frame. It must have been close to midnight that the +painting moved—just a fraction of an inch. Then it remained motionless +for a time. Again it moved. This time it revealed a narrow crack at its +edge. In the crack an eye shone. + +One of the sleepers moved. He opened his eyes. Stealthily he raised +himself on his elbow and gazed at the other across the apartment. He +listened intently. The regular breathing of the sleeper proclaimed the +soundness of his slumber. Gingerly the man placed one foot upon the +floor. The eye glued to the crack at the edge of the great, gilt frame +of the Blentz princess remained fastened upon him. He let his other +foot slip to the floor beside the first. Carefully he raised himself +until he stood erect upon the floor. Then, on tiptoe he started across +the room. + +The eye in the dark followed him. The man reached the side of the +sleeper. Bending over he listened intently to the other’s breathing. +Satisfied that slumber was profound he stepped quickly to a wardrobe in +which a soldier had hung the clothing of both the king and the +American. He took down the uniform of the former, casting from time to +time apprehensive glances toward the sleeper. The latter did not stir, +and the other passed to the little dressing-room adjoining. + +A few minutes later he reentered the apartment fully clothed and +wearing the accouterments of Leopold of Lutha. In his hand was a drawn +sword. Silently and swiftly he crossed to the side of the sleeping man. +The eye at the crack beside the gilded frame pressed closer to the +aperture. The sword was raised above the body of the slumberer—its +point hovered above his heart. The face of the man who wielded it was +hard with firm resolve. + +His muscles tensed to drive home the blade, but something held his +hand. His face paled. His shoulders contracted with a little shudder, +and he turned toward the door of the apartment, almost running across +the floor in his anxiety to escape. The eye in the dark maintained its +unblinking vigilance. + +With his hand upon the knob a sudden thought stayed the fugitive’s +flight. He glanced quickly back at the sleeper—he had not moved. Then +the man who wore the uniform of the king of Lutha recrossed the +apartment to the bed, reached beneath one of the pillows and withdrew +two neatly folded official-looking documents. These he placed in the +breastpocket of his uniform. A moment later he was walking down the +spiral stairway to the main floor of the castle. + +In the guardroom the troopers of the Royal Horse who were not on guard +were stretched in slumber. Only a corporal remained awake. As the man +entered the guardroom the corporal glanced up, and as his eyes fell +upon the newcomer, he sprang to his feet, saluting. + +“Turn out the guard!” he cried. “Turn out the guard for his majesty, +the king!” + +The sleeping soldiers, but half awake, scrambled to their feet, their +muscles reacting to the command that their brains but half perceived. +They snatched their guns from the racks and formed a line behind the +corporal. The king raised his fingers to the vizor of his helmet in +acknowledgment of their salute. + +“Saddle up quietly, corporal,” he said. “We shall ride to Lustadt +tonight.” + +The non-commissioned officer saluted. “And an extra horse for Herr +Custer?” he said. + +The king shook his head. “The man died of his wound about an hour ago,” +he said. “While you are saddling up I shall arrange with some of the +Blentz servants for his burial—now hurry!” + +The corporal marched his troopers from the guardroom toward the +stables. The man in the king’s clothes touched a bell which was +obviously a servant call. He waited impatiently a reply to his summons, +tapping his finger-tips against the sword-scabbard that was belted to +his side. At last a sleepy-eyed man responded—a man who had grown gray +in the service of Peter of Blentz. At sight of the king he opened his +eyes in astonishment, pulled his foretop, and bowed uneasily. + +“Come closer,” whispered the king. The man did so, and the king spoke +in his ear earnestly, but in scarce audible tones. The eyes of the +listener narrowed to mere slits—of avarice and cunning, cruelly cold +and calculating. The speaker searched through the pockets of the king’s +clothes that covered him. At last he withdrew a roll of bills. The +amount must have been a large one, but he did not stop to count it. He +held the money under the eyes of the servant. The fellow’s claw-like +fingers reached for the tempting wealth. He nodded his head +affirmatively. + +“You may trust me, sire,” he whispered. + +The king slipped the money into the other’s palm. “And as much more,” +he said, “when I receive proof that my wishes have been fulfilled.” + +“Thank you, sire,” said the servant. + +The king looked steadily into the other’s face before he spoke again. + +“And if you fail me,” he said, “may God have mercy on your soul.” Then +he wheeled and left the guardroom, walking out into the courtyard where +the soldiers were busy saddling their mounts. + +A few minutes later the party clattered over the drawbridge and down +the road toward Blentz and Lustadt. From a window of the apartments of +Peter of Blentz a man watched them depart. When they passed across a +strip of moonlit road, and he had counted them, he smiled with relief. + +A moment later he entered a panel beside the huge fireplace in the west +wall and disappeared. There he struck a match, found a candle and +lighted it. Walking a few steps he came to a figure sleeping upon a +pile of clothing. He stooped and shook the sleeper by the shoulder. + +“Wake up!” he cried in a subdued voice. “Wake up, Prince Peter; I have +good news for you.” + +The other opened his eyes, stretched, and at last sat up. + +“What is it, Maenck?” he asked querulously. + +“Great news, my prince,” replied the other. + +“While you have been sleeping many things have transpired within the +walls of your castle. The king’s troopers have departed; but that is a +small matter compared with the other. Here, behind the portrait of your +great-grandmother, I have listened and watched all night. I opened the +secret door a fraction of an inch—just enough to permit me to look into +the apartment where the king and the American lay wounded. They had +been talking as I opened the door, but after that they ceased—the king +falling asleep at once—the American feigning slumber. For a long time I +watched, but nothing happened until near midnight. Then the American +arose and donned the king’s clothes. + +“He approached Leopold with drawn sword, but when he would have thrust +it through the heart of the sleeping man his nerve failed him. Then he +stole some papers from the room and left. Just now he has ridden out +toward Lustadt with the men of the Royal Horse who captured the castle +yesterday.” + +Before Maenck was half-way through his narrative, Peter of Blentz was +wide awake and all attention. His eyes glowed with suddenly aroused +interest. + +“Somewhere in this, prince,” concluded Maenck, “there must lie the seed +of fortune for you and me.” + +Peter nodded. “Yes,” he mused, “there must.” + +For a time both men were buried in thought. Suddenly Maenck snapped his +fingers. “I have it!” he cried. He bent toward Prince Peter’s ear and +whispered his plan. When he was done the Blentz prince grasped his +hand. + +“Just the thing, Maenck!” he cried. “Just the thing. Leopold will never +again listen to idle gossip directed against our loyalty. If I know +him—and who should know him better—he will heap honors upon you, my +Maenck; and as for me, he will at least forgive me and take me back +into his confidence. Lose no time now, my friend. We are free now to go +and come, since the king’s soldiers have been withdrawn.” + +In the garden back of the castle an old man was busy digging a hole. It +was a long, narrow hole, and, when it was completed, nearly four feet +deep. It looked like a grave. When he had finished the old man hobbled +to a shed that leaned against the south wall. Here were boards, tools, +and a bench. It was the castle workshop. The old man selected a number +of rough pine boards. These he measured and sawed, fitted and nailed, +working all the balance of the night. By dawn, he had a long, narrow +box, just a trifle smaller than the hole he had dug in the garden. The +box resembled a crude coffin. When it was quite finished, including a +cover, he dragged it out into the garden and set it upon two boards +that spanned the hole, so that it rested precisely over the excavation. + +All these precautions methodically made, he returned to the castle. In +a little storeroom he searched for and found an ax. With his thumb he +felt of the edge—for an ax it was marvelously sharp. The old fellow +grinned and shook his head, as one who appreciates in anticipation the +consummation of a good joke. Then he crept noiselessly through the +castle’s corridors and up the spiral stairway in the north tower. In +one hand was the sharp ax. + +The moment Lieutenant Butzow had reached Lustadt he had gone directly +to Prince von der Tann; but the moment his message had been delivered +to the chancellor he sought out the chancellor’s daughter, to tell her +all that had occurred at Blentz. + +“I saw but little of Mr. Custer,” he said. “He was very quiet. I think +all that he has been through has unnerved him. He was slightly wounded +in the left leg. The king was wounded in the breast. His majesty +conducted himself in a most valiant and generous manner. Wounded, he +lay upon his stomach in the courtyard of the castle and defended Mr. +Custer, who was, of course, unarmed. The king shot three of Prince +Peter’s soldiers who were attempting to assassinate Mr. Custer.” + +Emma von der Tann smiled. It was evident that Lieutenant Butzow had not +discovered the deception that had been practiced upon him in common +with all Lutha—she being the only exception. It seemed incredible that +this good friend of the American had not seen in the heroism of the man +who wore the king’s clothes the attributes and ear-marks of Barney +Custer. She glowed with pride at the narration of his heroism, though +she suffered with him because of his wound. + +It was not yet noon when the detachment of the Royal Horse arrived in +Lustadt from Blentz. At their head rode one whom all upon the streets +of the capital greeted enthusiastically as king. The party rode +directly to the royal palace, and the king retired immediately to his +apartments. A half hour later an officer of the king’s household +knocked upon the door of the Princess Emma von der Tann’s boudoir. In +accord with her summons he entered, saluted respectfully, and handed +her a note. + +It was written upon the personal stationery of Leopold of Lutha. The +girl read and reread it. For some time she could not seem to grasp the +enormity of the thing that had overwhelmed her—the daring of the action +that the message explained. The note was short and to the point, and +was signed only with initials. + +DEAREST EMMA: + + +The king died of his wounds just before midnight. I shall keep the +throne. There is no other way. None knows and none must ever know the +truth. Your father alone may suspect; but if we are married at once our +alliance will cement him and his faction to us. Send word by the bearer +that you agree with the wisdom of my plan, and that we may be wed at +once—this afternoon, in fact. + The people may wonder for a few days at the strange haste, but my + answer shall be that I am going to the front with my troops. The + son and many of the high officials of the Kaiser have already + established the precedent, marrying hurriedly upon the eve of their + departure for the front. + With every assurance of my undying love, believe me, + + +Yours, +B. C. + + +The girl walked slowly across the room to her writing table. The +officer stood in respectful silence awaiting the answer that the king +had told him to bring. The princess sat down before the carved bit of +furniture. Mechanically she drew a piece of note paper from a drawer. +Many times she dipped her pen in the ink before she could determine +what reply to send. Ages of ingrained royalistic principles were +shocked and shattered by the enormity of the thing the man she loved +had asked of her, and yet cold reason told her that it was the only +way. + +Lutha would be lost should the truth be known—that the king was dead, +for there was no heir of closer blood connection with the royal house +than Prince Peter of Blentz, whose great-grandmother had been a +Rubinroth princess. Slowly, at last, she wrote as follows: + +SIRE: + + +The king’s will is law. + + +EMMA. + + +That was all. Placing the note in an envelope she sealed it and handed +it to the officer, who bowed and left the room. + +A half hour later officers of the Royal Horse were riding through the +streets of Lustadt. Some announced to the people upon the streets the +coming marriage of the king and princess. Others rode to the houses of +the nobility with the king’s command that they be present at the +ceremony in the old cathedral at four o’clock that afternoon. + +Never had there been such bustling about the royal palace or in the +palaces of the nobles of Lutha. The buzz and hum of excited +conversation filled the whole town. That the choice of the king met the +approval of his subjects was more than evident. Upon every lip was +praise and love of the Princess Emma von der Tann. The future of Lutha +seemed assured with a king who could fight joined in marriage to a +daughter of the warrior line of Von der Tann. + +The princess was busy up to the last minute. She had not seen her +future husband since his return from Blentz, for he, too, had been +busy. Twice he had sent word to her, but on both occasions had +regretted that he could not come personally because of the pressure of +state matters and the preparations for the ceremony that was to take +place in the cathedral in so short a time. + +At last the hour arrived. The cathedral was filled to overflowing. +After the custom of Lutha, the bride had walked alone up the broad +center aisle to the foot of the chancel. Guardsmen lining the way on +either hand stood rigidly at salute until she stopped at the end of the +soft, rose-strewn carpet and turned to await the coming of the king. + +Presently the doors at the opposite end of the cathedral opened. There +was a fanfare of trumpets, and up the center aisle toward the waiting +girl walked the royal groom. It seemed ages to the princess since she +had seen her lover. Her eyes devoured him as he approached her. She +noticed that he limped, and wondered; but for a moment the fact carried +no special suggestion to her brain. + +The people had risen as the king entered. Again, the pieces of the +guardsmen had snapped to present; but silence, intense and utter, +reigned over the vast assembly. The only movement was the measured +stride of the king as he advanced to claim his bride. + +At the head of each line of guardsmen, nearest the chancel and upon +either side of the bridal party, the ranks were formed of commissioned +officers. Butzow was among them. He, too, out of the corner of his eye +watched the advancing figure. Suddenly he noted the limp, and gave a +little involuntary gasp. He looked at the Princess Emma, and saw her +eyes suddenly widen with consternation. + +Slowly at first, and then in a sudden tidal wave of memory, Butzow’s +story of the fight in the courtyard at Blentz came back to her. + +“I saw but little of Mr. Custer,” he had said. “He was slightly wounded +in the left leg. The king was wounded in the breast.” But Lieutenant +Butzow had not known the true identity of either. + +The real Leopold it was who had been wounded in the left leg, and the +man who was approaching her up the broad cathedral aisle was limping +noticeably—and favoring his left leg. The man to whom she was to be +married was not Barney Custer—he was Leopold of Lutha! + +A hundred mad schemes rioted through her brain. The wedding must not go +on! But how was she to avert it? The king was within a few paces of her +now. There was a smile upon his lips, and in that smile she saw the +final confirmation of her fears. When Leopold of Lutha smiled his upper +lip curved just a trifle into a shadow of a sneer. It was a trivial +characteristic that Barney Custer did not share in common with the +king. + +Half mad with terror, the girl seized upon the only subterfuge which +seemed at all likely to succeed. It would, at least, give her a slight +reprieve—a little time in which to think, and possibly find an avenue +from her predicament. + +She staggered forward a step, clapped her two hands above her heart, +and reeled as though to fall. Butzow, who had been watching her +narrowly, sprang forward and caught her in his arms, where she lay limp +with closed eyes as though in a dead faint. The king ran forward. The +people craned their necks. A sudden burst of exclamations rose +throughout the cathedral, and then Lieutenant Butzow, shouldering his +way past the chancel, carried the Princess Emma to a little anteroom +off the east transept. Behind him walked the king, the bishop, and +Prince Ludwig. + + + + +XV. +MAENCK BLUNDERS + + +After a hurried breakfast Peter of Blentz and Captain Ernst Maenck left +the castle of Blentz. Prince Peter rode north toward the frontier, +Austria, and safety, Captain Maenck rode south toward Lustadt. Neither +knew that general orders had been issued to soldiery and gendarmerie of +Lutha to capture them dead or alive. So Prince Peter rode carelessly; +but Captain Maenck, because of the nature of his business and the +proximity of enemies about Lustadt, proceeded with circumspection. + +Prince Peter was arrested at Tafelberg, and, though he stormed and +raged and threatened, he was immediately packed off under heavy guard +back toward Lustadt. + +Captain Ernst Maenck was more fortunate. He reached the capital of +Lutha in safety, though he had to hide on several occasions from +detachments of troops moving toward the north. Once within the city he +rode rapidly to the house of a friend. Here he learned that which set +him into a fine state of excitement and profanity. The king and the +Princess Emma von der Tann were to be wed that very afternoon! It +lacked but half an hour to four o’clock. + +Maenck grabbed his cap and dashed from the house before his astonished +friend could ask a single question. He hurried straight toward the +cathedral. The king had just arrived, and entered when Maenck came up, +breathless. The guard at the doorway did not recognize him. If they had +they would have arrested him. Instead they contented themselves with +refusing him admission, and when he insisted they threatened him with +arrest. + +To be arrested now would be to ruin his fine plan, so he turned and +walked away. At the first cross street he turned up the side of the +cathedral. The grounds were walled up on this side, and he sought in +vain for entrance. At the rear he discovered a limousine standing in +the alley where its chauffeur had left it after depositing his +passengers at the front door of the cathedral. The top of the limousine +was but a foot or two below the top of the wall. + +Maenck clambered to the hood of the machine, and from there to the top. +A moment later he dropped to the earth inside the cathedral grounds. +Before him were many windows. Most of them were too high for him to +reach, and the others that he tried at first were securely fastened. +Passing around the end of the building, he at last discovered one that +was open—it led into the east transept. + +Maenck crawled through. He was within the building that held the man he +sought. He found himself in a small room—evidently a dressing-room. +There were two doors leading from it. He approached one and listened. +He heard the tones of subdued conversation beyond. + +Very cautiously he opened the door a crack. He could not believe the +good fortune that was revealed before him. On a couch lay the Princess +Emma von der Tann. Beside her her father. At the door was Lieutenant +Butzow. The bishop and a doctor were talking at the head of the couch. +Pacing up and down the room, resplendent in the marriage robes of a +king of Lutha, was the man he sought. + +Maenck drew his revolver. He broke the barrel, and saw that there was a +good cartridge in each chamber of the cylinder. He closed it quietly. +Then he threw open the door, stepped into the room, took deliberate +aim, and fired. + +The old man with the ax moved cautiously along the corridor upon the +second floor of the Castle of Blentz until he came to a certain door. +Gently he turned the knob and pushed the door inward. Holding the ax +behind his back, he entered. In his pocket was a great roll of money, +and there was to be an equal amount waiting him at Lustadt when his +mission had been fulfilled. + +Once within the room, he looked quickly about him. Upon a great bed lay +the figure of a man asleep. His face was turned toward the opposite +wall away from the side of the bed nearer the menacing figure of the +old servant. On tiptoe the man with the ax approached. The neck of his +victim lay uncovered before him. He swung the ax behind him. A single +blow, as mighty as his ancient muscles could deliver, would suffice. + +Barney Custer opened his eyes. Directly opposite him upon the wall was +a dark-toned photogravure of a hunting scene. It tilted slightly +forward upon its wire support. As Barney’s eyes opened it chanced that +they were directed straight upon the shiny glass of the picture. The +light from the window struck the glass in such a way as to transform it +into a mirror. The American’s eyes were glued with horror upon the +reflection that he saw there—an old man swinging a huge ax down upon +his head. + +It is an open question as to which of the two was the most surprised at +the cat-like swiftness of the movement that carried Barney Custer out +of that bed and landed him in temporary safety upon the opposite side. + +With a snarl the old man ran around the foot of the bed to corner his +prey between the bed and the wall. He was swinging the ax as though to +hurl it. So close was he that Barney guessed it would be difficult for +him to miss his mark. The least he could expect would be a frightful +wound. To have attempted to escape would have necessitated turning his +back to his adversary, inviting instant death. To grapple with a man +thus armed appeared an equally hopeless alternative. + +Shoulder-high beside him hung the photogravure that had already saved +his life once. Why not again? He snatched it from its hangings, lifted +it above his head in both hands, and hurled it at the head of the old +man. The glass shattered full upon the ancient’s crown, the man’s head +went through the picture, and the frame settled over his shoulders. At +the same instant Barney Custer leaped across the bed, seized a light +chair, and turned to face his foe upon more even terms. + +The old man did not pause to remove the frame from about his neck. +Blood trickled down his forehead and cheeks from deep gashes that the +broken glass had made. Now he was in a berserker rage. + +As he charged again he uttered a peculiar whistling noise from between +his set teeth. To the American it sounded like the hissing of a snake, +and as he would have met a snake he met the venomous attack of the old +man. + +When the short battle was over the Blentz servitor lay unconscious upon +the floor, while above him leaned the American, uninjured, ripping long +strips from a sheet torn from the bed, twisting them into rope-like +strands and, with them, binding the wrists and ankles of his defeated +foe. Finally he stuffed a gag between the toothless gums. + +Running to the wardrobe, he discovered that the king’s uniform was +gone. That, with the witness of the empty bed, told him the whole +story. The American smiled. “More nerve than I gave him credit for,” he +mused, as he walked back to his bed and reached under the pillow for +the two papers he had forced the king to sign. They, too, were gone. +Slowly Barney Custer realized his plight, as there filtered through his +mind a suggestion of the possibilities of the trick that had been +played upon him. + +Why should Leopold wish these papers? Of course, he might merely have +taken them that he might destroy them; but something told Barney Custer +that such was not the case. And something, too, told him whither the +king had ridden and what he would do there when he arrived. + +He ran back to the wardrobe. In it hung the peasant attire that he had +stolen from the line of the careless house frau, and later wished upon +his majesty the king. Barney grinned as he recalled the royal disgust +with which Leopold had fingered the soiled garments. He scarce blamed +him. Looking further toward the back of the wardrobe, the American +discovered other clothing. + +He dragged it all out upon the floor. There was an old shooting jacket, +several pairs of trousers and breeches, and a hunting coat. In a drawer +at the bottom of the wardrobe he found many old shoes, puttees, and +boots. + +From this miscellany he selected riding breeches, a pair of boots, and +the red hunting coat as the only articles that fitted his rather large +frame. Hastily he dressed, and, taking the ax the old man had brought +to the room as the only weapon available, he walked boldly into the +corridor, down the spiral stairway and into the guardroom. + +Barney Custer was prepared to fight. He was desperate. He could have +slunk from the Castle of Blentz as he had entered it—through the secret +passageway to the ravine; but to attempt to reach Lustadt on foot was +not at all compatible with the urgent haste that he felt necessary. He +must have a horse, and a horse he would have if he had to fight his way +through a Blentz army. + +But there were no armed retainers left at Blentz. The guardroom was +vacant; but there were arms there and ammunition. Barney commandeered a +sword and a revolver, then he walked into the courtyard and crossed to +the stables. The way took him by the garden. In it he saw a coffin-like +box resting upon planks above a grave-like excavation. Barney +investigated. The box was empty. Once again he grinned. “It is not +always wise,” he mused, “to count your corpses before they’re dead. +What a lot of work the old man might have spared himself if he’d only +caught his cadaver first—or at least tried to.” + +Passing on by his own grave, he came to the stables. A groom was +currying a strong, clean-limbed hunter haltered in the doorway. The man +looked up as Barney approached him. A puzzled expression entered the +fellow’s eyes. He was a young man—a stupid-looking lout. It was evident +that he half recognized the face of the newcomer as one he had seen +before. Barney nodded to him. + +“Never mind finishing,” he said. “I am in a hurry. You may saddle him +at once.” The voice was authoritative—it brooked no demur. The groom +touched his forehead, dropped the currycomb and brush, and turned back +into the stable to fetch saddle and bridle. + +Five minutes later Barney was riding toward the gate. The portcullis +was raised—the drawbridge spanned the moat—no guard was there to bar +his way. The sunlight flooded the green valley, stretching lazily below +him in the soft warmth of a mellow autumn morning. Behind him he had +left the brooding shadows of the grim old fortress—the cold, cruel, +depressing stronghold of intrigue, treason, and sudden death. + +He threw back his shoulders and filled his lungs with the sweet, pure +air of freedom. He was a new man. The wound in his breast was +forgotten. Lightly he touched his spurs to the hunter’s sides. Tossing +his head and curveting, the animal broke into a long, easy trot. Where +the road dipped into the ravine and down through the village to the +valley the rider drew his restless mount into a walk; but, once in the +valley, he let him out. Barney took the short road to Lustadt. It would +cut ten miles off the distance that the main wagonroad covered, and it +was a good road for a horseman. It should bring him to Lustadt by one +o’clock or a little after. The road wound through the hills to the east +of the main highway, and was scarcely more than a trail where it +crossed the Ru River upon a narrow bridge that spanned the deep +mountain gorge that walls the Ru for ten miles through the hills. + +When Barney reached the river his hopes sank. The bridge was +gone—dynamited by the Austrians in their retreat. The nearest bridge +was at the crossing of the main highway over ten miles to the +southwest. There, too, the river might be forded even if the Austrians +had destroyed that bridge also; but here or elsewhere in the hills +there could be no fording—the banks of the Ru were perpendicular +cliffs. + +The misfortune would add nearly twenty miles to his journey—he could +not now hope to reach Lustadt before late in the afternoon. Turning his +horse back along the trail he had come, he retraced his way until he +reached a narrow bridle path that led toward the southwest. The trail +was rough and indistinct, yet he pushed forward, even more rapidly than +safety might have suggested. The noble beast beneath him was all +loyalty and ambition. + +“Take it easy, old boy,” whispered Barney into the slim, pointed ears +that moved ceaselessly backward and forward, “you’ll get your chance +when we strike the highway, never fear.” + +And he did. + +So unexpected had been Maenck’s entrance into the room in the east +transept, so sudden his attack, that it was all over before a hand +could be raised to stay him. At the report of his revolver the king +sank to the floor. At almost the same instant Lieutenant Butzow whipped +a revolver from beneath his tunic and fired at the assassin. Maenck +staggered forward and stumbled across the body of the king. Butzow was +upon him instantly, wresting the revolver from his fingers. Prince +Ludwig ran to the king’s side and, kneeling there, raised Leopold’s +head in his arms. The bishop and the doctor bent over the limp form. +The Princess Emma stood a little apart. She had leaped from the couch +where she had been lying. Her eyes were wide in horror. Her palms +pressed to her cheeks. + +It was upon this scene that a hatless, dust-covered man in a red +hunting coat burst through the door that had admitted Maenck. The man +had seen and recognized the conspirator as he climbed to the top of the +limousine and dropped within the cathedral grounds, and he had followed +close upon his heels. + +No one seemed to note his entrance. All ears were turned toward the +doctor, who was speaking. + +“The king is dead,” he said. + +Maenck raised himself upon an elbow. He spoke feebly. + +“You fools,” he cried. “That man was not the king. I saw him steal the +king’s clothes at Blentz and I followed him here. He is the +American—the impostor.” Then his eyes, circling the faces about him to +note the results of his announcements, fell upon the face of the man in +the red hunting coat. Amazement and wonder were in his face. Slowly he +raised his finger and pointed. + +“There is the king,” he said. + +Every eye turned in the direction he indicated. Exclamations of +surprise and incredulity burst from every lip. The old chancellor +looked from the man in the red hunting coat to the still form of the +man upon the floor in the blood-spattered marriage garments of a king +of Lutha. He let the king’s head gently down upon the carpet, and then +he rose to his feet and faced the man in the red hunting coat. + +“Who are you?” he demanded. + +Before Barney could speak Lieutenant Butzow spoke. + +“He is the king, your highness,” he said. “I rode with him to Blentz to +free Mr. Custer. Both were wounded in the courtyard in the fight that +took place there. I helped to dress their wounds. The king was wounded +in the breast—Mr. Custer in the left leg.” + +Prince von der Tann looked puzzled. Again he turned his eyes +questioningly toward the newcomer. + +“Is this the truth?” he asked. + +Barney looked toward the Princess Emma. In her eyes he could read the +relief that the sight of him alive had brought her. Since she had +recognized the king she had believed that Barney was dead. The +temptation was great—he dreaded losing her, and he feared he would lose +her when her father learned the truth of the deception that had been +practiced upon him. He might lose even more—men had lost their heads +for tampering with the affairs of kings. + +“Well?” persisted the chancellor. + +“Lieutenant Butzow is partially correct—he honestly believes that he is +entirely so,” replied the American. “He did ride with me from Lustadt +to Blentz to save the man who lies dead here at your feet. The +lieutenant thought that he was riding with his king, just as your +highness thought that he was riding with his king during the battle of +Lustadt. You were both wrong—you were riding with Mr. Bernard Custer, +of Beatrice. I am he. I have no apologies to make. What I did I would +do again. I did it for Lutha and for the woman I love. She knows and +the king knew that I intended restoring his identity to him with no one +the wiser for the interchange that had taken place. The king upset my +plans by stealing back his identity while I slept, with the result that +you see before you upon the floor. He has died as he had +lived—futilely.” + +As he spoke the Princess Emma had crossed the room toward him. Now she +stood at his side, her hand in his. Tense silence reigned in the +apartment. The old chancellor stood with bowed head, buried in thought. +All eyes were upon him except those of the doctor, who had turned his +attention from the dead king to the wounded assassin. Butzow stood +looking at Barney Custer in open relief and admiration. He had been +trying to vindicate his friend in his own mind ever since he had +discovered, as he believed, that Barney had tricked Leopold after the +latter had saved his life at Blentz and ridden to Lustadt in the king’s +guise. Now that he knew the whole truth he realized how stupid he had +been not to guess that the man who had led the victorious Luthanian +army before Lustadt could not have been the cowardly Leopold. + +Presently the chancellor broke the silence. + +“You say that Leopold of Lutha lived futilely. You are right; but when +you say that he has died futilely, you are, I believe, wrong. Living, +he gave us a poor weakling. Dying, he leaves the throne to a brave man, +in whose veins flows the blood of the Rubinroths, hereditary rulers of +Lutha. + +“You are the only rightful successor to the throne of Lutha,” he +argued, “other than Peter of Blentz. Your mother’s marriage to a +foreigner did not bar the succession of her offspring. Aside from the +fact that Peter of Blentz is out of the question, is the more important +fact that your line is closer to the throne than his. He knew it, and +this knowledge was the real basis of his hatred of you.” + +As the old chancellor ceased speaking he drew his sword and raised it +on high above his head. + +“The king is dead,” he said. “Long live the king!” + + + + +XVI. +KING OF LUTHA + + +Barney Custer, of Beatrice, had no desire to be king of Lutha. He lost +no time in saying so. All that he wanted of Lutha was the girl he had +found there, as his father before him had found the girl of his choice. +Von der Tann pleaded with him. + +“Twice have I fought under you, sire,” he urged. “Twice, and only twice +since the old king died, have I felt that the future of Lutha was safe +in the hands of her ruler, and both these times it was you who sat upon +the throne. Do not desert us now. Let me live to see Lutha once more +happy, with a true Rubinroth upon the throne and my daughter at his +side.” + +Butzow added his pleas to those of the old chancellor. The American +hesitated. + +“Let us leave it to the representatives of the people and to the house +of nobles,” he suggested. + +The chancellor of Lutha explained the situation to both houses. Their +reply was unanimous. He carried it to the American, who awaited the +decision of Lutha in the royal apartments of the palace. With him was +the Princess Emma von der Tann. + +“The people of Lutha will have no other king, sire,” said the old man. + +Barney turned toward the girl. + +“There is no other way, my lord king,” she said with grave dignity. +“With her blood your mother bequeathed you a duty which you may not +shirk. It is not for you or for me to choose. God chose for you when +you were born.” + +Barney Custer took her hand in his and raised it to his lips. + +“Let the King of Lutha,” he said, “be the first to salute Lutha’s +queen.” + +And so Barney Custer, of Beatrice, was crowned King of Lutha, and Emma +became his queen. Maenck died of his wound on the floor of the little +room in the east transept of the cathedral of Lustadt beside the body +of the king he had slain. Prince Peter of Blentz was tried by the +highest court of Lutha on the charge of treason; he was found guilty +and hanged. Von Coblich committed suicide on the eve of his arrest. +Lieutenant Otto Butzow was ennobled and given the confiscated estates +of the Blentz prince. He became a general in the army of Lutha, and was +sent to the front in command of the army corps that guarded the +northern frontier of the little kingdom. + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAD KING *** + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/364-0.zip b/364-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d88deb --- /dev/null +++ b/364-0.zip diff --git a/364-h.zip b/364-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e03f3d --- /dev/null +++ b/364-h.zip diff --git a/364-h/364-h.htm b/364-h/364-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca8f406 --- /dev/null +++ b/364-h/364-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,15268 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Mad King, by Edgar Rice Burroughs</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} + +p.letter {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.right {text-align: right; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Mad King, by Edgar Rice Burroughs</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Mad King</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Edgar Rice Burroughs</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: November, 1995 [eBook #364]<br /> +[Most recently updated: December 21, 2021]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Judith Boss</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAD KING ***</div> + +<h1>The Mad King</h1> + +<h2>by Edgar Rice Burroughs</h2> + +<hr /> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#part01"><b>PART I</b></a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap01">I. A RUNAWAY HORSE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap02">II. OVER THE PRECIPICE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap03">III. AN ANGRY KING</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap04">IV. BARNEY FINDS A FRIEND</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap05">V. THE ESCAPE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap06">VI. A KING’S RANSOM</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap07">VII. THE REAL LEOPOLD</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap08">VIII. THE CORONATION DAY</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap09">IX. THE KING’S GUESTS</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap10">X. ON THE BATTLEFIELD</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap11">XI. A TIMELY INTERVENTION</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap12">XII. THE GRATITUDE OF A KING</a><br /><br /></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#part02"><b>PART II</b></a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap13">I. BARNEY RETURNS TO LUTHA</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap14">II. CONDEMNED TO DEATH</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap15">III. BEFORE THE FIRING SQUAD</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap16">IV. A RACE TO LUTHA</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap17">V. THE TRAITOR KING</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap18">VI. A TRAP IS SPRUNG</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap19">VII. BARNEY TO THE RESCUE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap20">VIII. AN ADVENTUROUS DAY</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap21">IX. THE CAPTURE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap22">X. A NEW KING IN LUTHA</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap23">XI. THE BATTLE</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap24">XII. LEOPOLD WAITS FOR DAWN</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap25">XIII. THE TWO KINGS</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap26">XIV. “THE KING’S WILL IS LAW”</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap27">XV. MAENCK BLUNDERS</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap28">XVI. KING OF LUTHA</a></td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="part01"></a>PART I</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap01"></a>I.<br /> +A RUNAWAY HORSE</h2> + +<p> +All Lustadt was in an uproar. The mad king had escaped. Little knots of excited +men stood upon the street corners listening to each latest rumor concerning +this most absorbing occurrence. Before the palace a great crowd surged to and +fro, awaiting they knew not what. +</p> + +<p> +For ten years no man of them had set eyes upon the face of the boy-king who had +been hastened to the grim castle of Blentz upon the death of the old king, his +father. +</p> + +<p> +There had been murmurings then when the lad’s uncle, Peter of Blentz, had +announced to the people of Lutha the sudden mental affliction which had fallen +upon his nephew, and more murmurings for a time after the announcement that +Peter of Blentz had been appointed Regent during the lifetime of the young King +Leopold, “or until God, in His infinite mercy, shall see fit to restore +to us in full mental vigor our beloved monarch.” +</p> + +<p> +But ten years is a long time. The boy-king had become but a vague memory to the +subjects who could recall him at all. +</p> + +<p> +There were many, of course, in the capital city, Lustadt, who still retained a +mental picture of the handsome boy who had ridden out nearly every morning from +the palace gates beside the tall, martial figure of the old king, his father, +for a canter across the broad plain which lies at the foot of the mountain town +of Lustadt; but even these had long since given up hope that their young king +would ever ascend his throne, or even that they should see him alive again. +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz had not proved a good or kind ruler. Taxes had doubled during +his regency. Executives and judiciary, following the example of their chief, +had become tyrannical and corrupt. For ten years there had been small joy in +Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +There had been whispered rumors off and on that the young king was dead these +many years, but not even in whispers did the men of Lutha dare voice the name +of him whom they believed had caused his death. For lesser things they had seen +their friends and neighbors thrown into the hitherto long-unused dungeons of +the royal castle. +</p> + +<p> +And now came the rumor that Leopold of Lutha had escaped the Castle of Blentz +and was roaming somewhere in the wild mountains or ravines upon the opposite +side of the plain of Lustadt. +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz was filled with rage and, possibly, fear as well. +</p> + +<p> +“I tell you, Coblich,” he cried, addressing his dark-visaged +minister of war, “there’s more than coincidence in this matter. +Someone has betrayed us. That he should have escaped upon the very eve of the +arrival at Blentz of the new physician is most suspicious. None but you, +Coblich, had knowledge of the part that Dr. Stein was destined to play in this +matter,” concluded Prince Peter pointedly. +</p> + +<p> +Coblich looked the Regent full in the eye. +</p> + +<p> +“Your highness wrongs not only my loyalty, but my intelligence,” he +said quietly, “by even so much as intimating that I have any guilty +knowledge of Leopold’s escape. With Leopold upon the throne of Lutha, +where, think you, my prince, would old Coblich be?” +</p> + +<p> +Peter smiled. +</p> + +<p> +“You are right, Coblich,” he said. “I know that you would not +be such a fool; but whom, then, have we to thank?” +</p> + +<p> +“The walls have ears, prince,” replied Coblich, “and we have +not always been as careful as we should in discussing the matter. Something may +have come to the ears of old Von der Tann. I don’t for a moment doubt but +that he has his spies among the palace servants, or even the guard. You know +the old fox has always made it a point to curry favor with the common soldiers. +When he was minister of war he treated them better than he did his +officers.” +</p> + +<p> +“It seems strange, Coblich, that so shrewd a man as you should have been +unable to discover some irregularity in the political life of Prince Ludwig von +der Tann before now,” said the prince querulously. “He is the +greatest menace to our peace and sovereignty. With Von der Tann out of the way +there would be none powerful enough to question our right to the throne of +Lutha—after poor Leopold passes away.” +</p> + +<p> +“You forget that Leopold has escaped,” suggested Coblich, +“and that there is no immediate prospect of his passing away.” +</p> + +<p> +“He must be retaken at once, Coblich!” cried Prince Peter of +Blentz. “He is a dangerous maniac, and we must make this fact plain to +the people—this and a thorough description of him. A handsome reward for +his safe return to Blentz might not be out of the way, Coblich.” +</p> + +<p> +“It shall be done, your highness,” replied Coblich. “And +about Von der Tann? You have never spoken to me quite +so—ah—er—pointedly before. He hunts a great deal in the Old +Forest. It might be possible—in fact, it has happened, before—there +are many accidents in hunting, are there not, your highness?” +</p> + +<p> +“There are, Coblich,” replied the prince, “and if Leopold is +able he will make straight for the Tann, so that there may be two hunting +together in a day or so, Coblich.” +</p> + +<p> +“I understand, your highness,” replied the minister. “With +your permission, I shall go at once and dispatch troops to search the forest +for Leopold. Captain Maenck will command them.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good, Coblich! Maenck is a most intelligent and loyal officer. We must +reward him well. A baronetcy, at least, if he handles this matter well,” +said Peter. “It might not be a bad plan to hint at as much to him, +Coblich.” +</p> + +<p> +And so it happened that shortly thereafter Captain Ernst Maenck, in command of +a troop of the Royal Horse Guards of Lutha, set out toward the Old Forest, +which lies beyond the mountains that are visible upon the other side of the +plain stretching out before Lustadt. At the same time other troopers rode in +many directions along the highways and byways of Lutha, tacking placards upon +trees and fence posts and beside the doors of every little rural post office. +</p> + +<p> +The placard told of the escape of the mad king, offering a large reward for his +safe return to Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +It was the last paragraph especially which caused a young man, the following +day in the little hamlet of Tafelberg, to whistle as he carefully read it over. +</p> + +<p> +“I am glad that I am not the mad king of Lutha,” he said as he paid +the storekeeper for the gasoline he had just purchased and stepped into the +gray roadster for whose greedy maw it was destined. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, mein Herr?” asked the man. +</p> + +<p> +“This notice practically gives immunity to whoever shoots down the +king,” replied the traveler. “Worse still, it gives such an account +of the maniacal ferocity of the fugitive as to warrant anyone in shooting him +on sight.” +</p> + +<p> +As the young man spoke the storekeeper had examined his face closely for the +first time. A shrewd look came into the man’s ordinarily stolid +countenance. He leaned forward quite close to the other’s ear. +</p> + +<p> +“We of Lutha,” he whispered, “love our ‘mad +king’—no reward could be offered that would tempt us to betray him. +Even in self-protection we would not kill him, we of the mountains who remember +him as a boy and loved his father and his grandfather, before him. +</p> + +<p> +“But there are the scum of the low country in the army these days, who +would do anything for money, and it is these that the king must guard against. +I could not help but note that mein Herr spoke too perfect German for a +foreigner. Were I in mein Herr’s place, I should speak mostly the +English, and, too, I should shave off the ‘full, reddish-brown +beard.’” +</p> + +<p> +Whereupon the storekeeper turned hastily back into his shop, leaving Barney +Custer of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., to wonder if all the inhabitants of Lutha +were afflicted with a mental disorder similar to that of the unfortunate ruler. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t wonder,” soliloquized the young man, “that he +advised me to shave off this ridiculous crop of alfalfa. Hang election bets, +anyway; if things had gone half right I shouldn’t have had to wear this +badge of idiocy. And to think that it’s got to be for a whole month +longer! A year’s a mighty long while at best, but a year in company with +a full set of red whiskers is an eternity.” +</p> + +<p> +The road out of Tafelberg wound upward among tall trees toward the pass that +would lead him across the next valley on his way to the Old Forest, where he +hoped to find some excellent shooting. All his life Barney had promised himself +that some day he should visit his mother’s native land, and now that he +was here he found it as wild and beautiful as she had said it would be. +</p> + +<p> +Neither his mother nor his father had ever returned to the little country since +the day, thirty years before, that the big American had literally stolen his +bride away, escaping across the border but a scant half-hour ahead of the +pursuing troop of Luthanian cavalry. Barney had often wondered why it was that +neither of them would ever speak of those days, or of the early life of his +mother, Victoria Rubinroth, though of the beauties of her native land Mrs. +Custer never tired of talking. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer was thinking of these things as his machine wound up the +picturesque road. Just before him was a long, heavy grade, and as he took it +with open muffler the chugging of his motor drowned the sound of pounding hoof +beats rapidly approaching behind him. +</p> + +<p> +It was not until he topped the grade that he heard anything unusual, and at the +same instant a girl on horseback tore past him. The speed of the animal would +have been enough to have told him that it was beyond the control of its frail +rider, even without the added testimony of the broken bit that dangled beneath +the tensely outstretched chin. +</p> + +<p> +Foam flecked the beast’s neck and shoulders. It was evident that the +horse had been running for some distance, yet its speed was still that of the +thoroughly frightened runaway. +</p> + +<p> +The road at the point where the animal had passed Custer was cut from the +hillside. At the left an embankment rose steeply to a height of ten or fifteen +feet. On the right there was a drop of a hundred feet or more into a wooded +ravine. Ahead, the road apparently ran quite straight and smooth for a +considerable distance. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer knew that so long as the road ran straight the girl might be safe +enough, for she was evidently an excellent horsewoman; but he also knew that if +there should be a sharp turn to the left ahead, the horse in his blind fright +would in all probability dash headlong into the ravine below him. +</p> + +<p> +There was but a single thing that the man might attempt if he were to save the +girl from the almost certain death which seemed in store for her, since he knew +that sooner or later the road would turn, as all mountain roads do. The chances +that he must take, if he failed, could only hasten the girl’s end. There +was no alternative except to sit supinely by and see the fear-crazed horse +carry its rider into eternity, and Barney Custer was not the sort for that +role. +</p> + +<p> +Scarcely had the beast come abreast of him than his foot leaped to the +accelerator. Like a frightened deer the gray roadster sprang forward in +pursuit. The road was narrow. Two machines could not have passed upon it. +Barney took the outside that he might hold the horse away from the dangerous +ravine. +</p> + +<p> +At the sound of the whirring thing behind him the animal cast an affrighted +glance in its direction, and with a little squeal of terror redoubled its +frantic efforts to escape. The girl, too, looked back over her shoulder. Her +face was very white, but her eyes were steady and brave. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer smiled up at her in encouragement, and the girl smiled back at +him. +</p> + +<p> +“She’s sure a game one,” thought Barney. +</p> + +<p> +Now she was calling to him. At first he could not catch her words above the +pounding of the horse’s hoofs and the noise of his motor. Presently he +understood. +</p> + +<p> +“Stop!” she cried. “Stop or you will be killed. The road +turns to the left just ahead. You’ll go into the ravine at that +speed.” +</p> + +<p> +The front wheel of the roadster was at the horse’s right flank. Barney +stepped upon the accelerator a little harder. There was barely room between the +horse and the edge of the road for the four wheels of the roadster, and Barney +must be very careful not to touch the horse. The thought of that and what it +would mean to the girl sent a cold shudder through Barney Custer’s +athletic frame. +</p> + +<p> +The man cast a glance to his right. His machine drove from the left side, and +he could not see the road at all over the right hand door. The sight of tree +tops waving beneath him was all that was visible. Just ahead the road’s +edge rushed swiftly beneath the right-hand fender; the wheels on that side must +have been on the very verge of the embankment. +</p> + +<p> +Now he was abreast the girl. Just ahead he could see where the road disappeared +around a corner of the bluff at the dangerous curve the girl had warned him +against. +</p> + +<p> +Custer leaned far out over the side of his car. The lunging of the horse in his +stride, and the swaying of the leaping car carried him first close to the girl +and then away again. With his right hand he held the car between the frantic +horse and the edge of the embankment. His left hand, outstretched, was almost +at the girl’s waist. The turn was just before them. +</p> + +<p> +“Jump!” cried Barney. +</p> + +<p> +The girl fell backward from her mount, turning to grasp Custer’s arm as +it closed about her. At the same instant Barney closed the throttle, and threw +all the weight of his body upon the foot brake. +</p> + +<p> +The gray roadster swerved toward the embankment as the hind wheels skidded on +the loose surface gravel. They were at the turn. The horse was just abreast the +bumper. There was one chance in a thousand of making the turn were the running +beast out of the way. There was still a chance if he turned ahead of them. If +he did not turn—Barney hated to think of what must follow. +</p> + +<p> +But it was all over in a second. The horse bolted straight ahead. Barney +swerved the roadster to the turn. It caught the animal full in the side. There +was a sickening lurch as the hind wheels slid over the embankment, and then the +man shoved the girl from the running board to the road, and horse, man and +roadster went over into the ravine. +</p> + +<p> +A moment before a tall young man with a reddish-brown beard had stood at the +turn of the road listening intently to the sound of the hurrying hoof beats and +the purring of the racing motor car approaching from the distance. In his eyes +lurked the look of the hunted. For a moment he stood in evident indecision, but +just before the runaway horse and the pursuing machine came into view he +slipped over the edge of the road to slink into the underbrush far down toward +the bottom of the ravine. +</p> + +<p> +When Barney pushed the girl from the running board she fell heavily to the +road, rolling over several times, but in an instant she scrambled to her feet, +hardly the worse for the tumble other than a few scratches. +</p> + +<p> +Quickly she ran to the edge of the embankment, a look of immense relief coming +to her soft, brown eyes as she saw her rescuer scrambling up the precipitous +side of the ravine toward her. +</p> + +<p> +“You are not killed?” she cried in German. “It is a +miracle!” +</p> + +<p> +“Not even bruised,” reassured Barney. “But you? You must have +had a nasty fall.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am not hurt at all,” she replied. “But for you I should be +lying dead, or terribly maimed down there at the bottom of that awful ravine at +this very moment. It’s awful.” She drew her shoulders upward in a +little shudder of horror. “But how did you escape? Even now I can scarce +believe it possible.” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m quite sure I don’t know how I did escape,” said +Barney, clambering over the rim of the road to her side. “That I had +nothing to do with it I am positive. It was just luck. I simply dropped out +onto that bush down there.” +</p> + +<p> +They were standing side by side, now peering down into the ravine where the car +was visible, bottom side up against a tree, near the base of the declivity. The +horse’s head could be seen protruding from beneath the wreckage. +</p> + +<p> +“I’d better go down and put him out of his misery,” said +Barney, “if he is not already dead.” +</p> + +<p> +“I think he is quite dead,” said the girl. “I have not seen +him move.” +</p> + +<p> +Just then a little puff of smoke arose from the machine, followed by a tongue +of yellow flame. Barney had already started toward the horse. +</p> + +<p> +“Please don’t go,” begged the girl. “I am sure that he +is quite dead, and it wouldn’t be safe for you down there now. The +gasoline tank may explode any minute.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney stopped. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, he is dead all right,” he said, “but all my belongings +are down there. My guns, six-shooters and all my ammunition. And,” he +added ruefully, “I’ve heard so much about the brigands that infest +these mountains.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl laughed. +</p> + +<p> +“Those stories are really exaggerated,” she said. “I was born +in Lutha, and except for a few months each year have always lived here, and +though I ride much I have never seen a brigand. You need not be afraid.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer looked up at her quickly, and then he grinned. His only fear had +been that he would not meet brigands, for Mr. Bernard Custer, Jr., was young +and the spirit of Romance and Adventure breathed strong within him. +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you smile?” asked the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“At our dilemma,” evaded Barney. “Have you paused to consider +our situation?” +</p> + +<p> +The girl smiled, too. +</p> + +<p> +“It is most unconventional,” she said. “On foot and alone in +the mountains, far from home, and we do not even know each other’s +name.” +</p> + +<p> +“Pardon me,” cried Barney, bowing low. “Permit me to +introduce myself. I am,” and then to the spirits of Romance and Adventure +was added a third, the spirit of Deviltry, “I am the mad king of +Lutha.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap02"></a>II.<br /> +OVER THE PRECIPICE</h2> + +<p> +The effect of his words upon the girl were quite different from what he had +expected. An American girl would have laughed, knowing that he but joked. This +girl did not laugh. Instead her face went white, and she clutched her bosom +with her two hands. Her brown eyes peered searchingly into the face of the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Leopold!” she cried in a suppressed voice. “Oh, your +majesty, thank God that you are free—and sane!” +</p> + +<p> +Before he could prevent it the girl had seized his hand and pressed it to her +lips. +</p> + +<p> +Here was a pretty muddle! Barney Custer swore at himself inwardly for a boorish +fool. What in the world had ever prompted him to speak those ridiculous words! +And now how was he to unsay them without mortifying this beautiful girl who had +just kissed his hand? +</p> + +<p> +She would never forgive that—he was sure of it. +</p> + +<p> +There was but one thing to do, however, and that was to make a clean breast of +it. Somehow, he managed to stumble through his explanation of what had prompted +him, and when he had finished he saw that the girl was smiling indulgently at +him. +</p> + +<p> +“It shall be Mr. Bernard Custer if you wish it so,” she said; +“but your majesty need fear nothing from Emma von der Tann. Your secret +is as safe with me as with yourself, as the name of Von der Tann must assure +you.” +</p> + +<p> +She looked to see the expression of relief and pleasure that her father’s +name should have brought to the face of Leopold of Lutha, but when he gave no +indication that he had ever before heard the name she sighed and looked +puzzled. +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps,” she thought, “he doubts me. Or can it be possible +that, after all, his poor mind is gone?” +</p> + +<p> +“I wish,” said Barney in a tone of entreaty, “that you would +forgive and forget my foolish words, and then let me accompany you to the end +of your journey.” +</p> + +<p> +“Whither were you bound when I became the means of wrecking your motor +car?” asked the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“To the Old Forest,” replied Barney. +</p> + +<p> +Now she was positive that she was indeed with the mad king of Lutha, but she +had no fear of him, for since childhood she had heard her father scout the idea +that Leopold was mad. For what other purpose would he hasten toward the Old +Forest than to take refuge in her father’s castle upon the banks of the +Tann at the forest’s verge? +</p> + +<p> +“Thither was I bound also,” she said, “and if you would come +there quickly and in safety I can show you a short path across the mountains +that my father taught me years ago. It touches the main road but once or twice, +and much of the way passes through dense woods and undergrowth where an army +might hide.” +</p> + +<p> +“Hadn’t we better find the nearest town,” suggested Barney, +“where I can obtain some sort of conveyance to take you home?” +</p> + +<p> +“It would not be safe,” said the girl. “Peter of Blentz will +have troops out scouring all Lutha about Blentz and the Old Forest until the +king is captured.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer shook his head despairingly. +</p> + +<p> +“Won’t you please believe that I am but a plain American?” he +begged. +</p> + +<p> +Upon the bole of a large wayside tree a fresh, new placard stared them in the +face. Emma von der Tann pointed at one of the paragraphs. +</p> + +<p> +“Gray eyes, brown hair, and a full reddish-brown beard,” she read. +“No matter who you may be,” she said, “you are safer off the +highways of Lutha than on them until you can find and use a razor.” +</p> + +<p> +“But I cannot shave until the fifth of November,” said Barney. +</p> + +<p> +Again the girl looked quickly into his eyes and again in her mind rose the +question that had hovered there once before. Was he indeed, after all, quite +sane? +</p> + +<p> +“Then please come with me the safest way to my father’s,” she +urged. “He will know what is best to do.” +</p> + +<p> +“He cannot make me shave,” insisted Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you wish not to shave?” asked the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“It is a matter of my honor,” he replied. “I had my choice of +wearing a green wastebasket bonnet trimmed with red roses for six months, or a +beard for twelve. If I shave off the beard before the fifth of November I shall +be without honor in the sight of all men or else I shall have to wear the green +bonnet. The beard is bad enough, but the bonnet—ugh!” +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann was now quite assured that the poor fellow was indeed quite +demented, but she had seen no indications of violence as yet, though when that +too might develop there was no telling. However, he was to her Leopold of +Lutha, and her father’s house had been loyal to him or his ancestors for +three hundred years. +</p> + +<p> +If she must sacrifice her life in the attempt, nevertheless still must she do +all within her power to save her king from recapture and to lead him in safety +to the castle upon the Tann. +</p> + +<p> +“Come,” she said; “we waste time here. Let us make haste, for +the way is long. At best we cannot reach Tann by dark.” +</p> + +<p> +“I will do anything you wish,” replied Barney, “but I shall +never forgive myself for having caused you the long and tedious journey that +lies before us. It would be perfectly safe to go to the nearest town and secure +a rig.” +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann had heard that it was always well to humor maniacs and she +thought of it now. She would put the scheme to the test. +</p> + +<p> +“The reason that I fear to have you go to the village,” she said, +“is that I am quite sure they would catch you and shave off your +beard.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney started to laugh, but when he saw the deep seriousness of the +girl’s eyes he changed his mind. Then he recalled her rather peculiar +insistence that he was a king, and it suddenly occurred to him that he had been +foolish not to have guessed the truth before. +</p> + +<p> +“That is so,” he agreed; “I guess we had better do as you +say,” for he had determined that the best way to handle her would be to +humor her—he had always heard that that was the proper method for +handling the mentally defective. “Where is +the—er—ah—sanatorium?” he blurted out at last. +</p> + +<p> +“The what?” she asked. “There is no sanatorium near here, +your majesty, unless you refer to the Castle of Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +“Is there no asylum for the insane near by?” +</p> + +<p> +“None that I know of, your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +For a while they moved on in silence, each wondering what the other might do +next. +</p> + +<p> +Barney had evolved a plan. He would try and ascertain the location of the +institution from which the girl had escaped and then as gently as possible lead +her back to it. It was not safe for as beautiful a woman as she to be roaming +through the forest in any such manner as this. He wondered what in the world +the authorities at the asylum had been thinking of to permit her to ride out +alone in the first place. +</p> + +<p> +“From where did you ride today?” he blurted out suddenly. +</p> + +<p> +“From Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is where we are going now?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney drew a breath of relief. The way had become suddenly difficult and he +took the girl’s arm to help her down a rather steep place. At the bottom +of the ravine there was a little brook. +</p> + +<p> +“There used to be a fallen log across it here,” said the girl. +“How in the world am I ever to get across, your majesty?” +</p> + +<p> +“If you call me that again, I shall begin to believe that I am a +king,” he humored her, “and then, being a king, I presume that it +wouldn’t be proper for me to carry you across, or would it? Never really +having been a king, I do not know.” +</p> + +<p> +“I think,” replied the girl, “that it would be eminently +proper.” +</p> + +<p> +She had difficulty in keeping in mind the fact that this handsome, smiling +young man was a dangerous maniac, though it was easy to believe that he was the +king. In fact, he looked much as she had always pictured Leopold as looking. +She had known him as a boy, and there were many paintings and photographs of +his ancestors in her father’s castle. She saw much resemblance between +these and the young man. +</p> + +<p> +The brook was very narrow, and the girl thought that it took the young man an +unreasonably long time to carry her across, though she was forced to admit that +she was far from uncomfortable in the strong arms that bore her so easily. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, what are you doing?” she cried presently. “You are not +crossing the stream at all. You are walking right up the middle of it!” +</p> + +<p> +She saw his face flush, and then he turned laughing eyes upon her. +</p> + +<p> +“I am looking for a safe landing,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann did not know whether to be frightened or amused. As her eyes +met the clear, gray ones of the man she could not believe that insanity lurked +behind that laughing, level gaze of her carrier. She found herself continually +forgetting that the man was mad. He had turned toward the bank now, and a +couple of steps carried them to the low sward that fringed the little brooklet. +Here he lowered her to the ground. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty is very strong,” she said. “I should not have +expected it after the years of confinement you have suffered.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” he said, realizing that he must humor her—it was +difficult to remember that this lovely girl was insane. “Let me see, now +just what was I in prison for? I do not seem to be able to recall it. In +Nebraska, they used to hang men for horse stealing; so I am sure it must have +been something else not quite so bad. Do you happen to know?” +</p> + +<p> +“When the king, your father, died you were thirteen years old,” the +girl explained, hoping to reawaken the sleeping mind, “and then your +uncle, Prince Peter of Blentz, announced that the shock of your father’s +death had unbalanced your mind. He shut you up in Blentz then, where you have +been for ten years, and he has ruled as regent. Now, my father says, he has +recently discovered a plot to take your life so that Peter may become king. But +I suppose you learned of that, and because of it you escaped!” +</p> + +<p> +“This Peter person is all-powerful in Lutha?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“He controls the army,” the girl replied. +</p> + +<p> +“And you really believe that I am the mad king Leopold?” +</p> + +<p> +“You are the king,” she said in a convincing manner. +</p> + +<p> +“You are a very brave young lady,” he said earnestly. “If all +the mad king’s subjects were as loyal as you, and as brave, he would not +have languished for ten years behind the walls of Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am a Von der Tann,” she said proudly, as though that was +explanation sufficient to account for any bravery or loyalty. +</p> + +<p> +“Even a Von der Tann might, without dishonor, hesitate to accompany a mad +man through the woods,” he replied, “especially if she happened to +be a very—a very—” He halted, flushing. +</p> + +<p> +“A very what, your majesty?” asked the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“A very young woman,” he ended lamely. +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann knew that he had not intended saying that at all. Being a +woman, she knew precisely what he had meant to say, and she discovered that she +would very much have liked to hear him say it. +</p> + +<p> +“Suppose,” said Barney, “that Peter’s soldiers run +across us—what then?” +</p> + +<p> +“They will take you back to Blentz, your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +“And you?” +</p> + +<p> +“I do not think that they will dare lay hands on me, though it is +possible that Peter might do so. He hates my father even more now than he did +when the old king lived.” +</p> + +<p> +“I wish,” said Mr. Custer, “that I had gone down after my +guns. Why didn’t you tell me, in the first place, that I was a king, and +that I might get you in trouble if you were found with me? Why, they may even +take me for an emperor or a mikado—who knows? And then look at all the +trouble we’d be in.” +</p> + +<p> +Which was Barney’s way of humoring a maniac. +</p> + +<p> +“And they might even shave off your beautiful beard.” +</p> + +<p> +Which was the girl’s way. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you think that you would like me better in the green wastebasket hat +with the red roses?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +A very sad look came into the girl’s eyes. It was pitiful to think that +this big, handsome young man, for whose return to the throne all Lutha had +prayed for ten long years, was only a silly half-wit. What might he not have +accomplished for his people had this terrible misfortune not overtaken him! In +every other way he seemed fitted to be the savior of his country. If she could +but make him remember! +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty,” she said, “do you not recall the time that +your father came upon a state visit to my father’s castle? You were a +little boy then. He brought you with him. I was a little girl, and we played +together. You would not let me call you ‘highness,’ but insisted +that I should always call you Leopold. When I forgot you would accuse me of +lese-majeste, and sentence me to—to punishment.” +</p> + +<p> +“What was the punishment?” asked Barney, noticing her hesitation +and wishing to encourage her in the pretty turn her dementia had taken. +</p> + +<p> +Again the girl hesitated; she hated to say it, but if it would help to recall +the past to that poor, dimmed mind, it was her duty. +</p> + +<p> +“Every time I called you ‘highness’ you made me give you +a—a kiss,” she almost whispered. +</p> + +<p> +“I hope,” said Barney, “that you will be guilty of +lese-majeste often.” +</p> + +<p> +“We were little children then, your majesty,” the girl reminded +him. +</p> + +<p> +Had he thought her of sound mind Mr. Custer might have taken advantage of his +royal prerogatives on the spot, for the girl’s lips were most tempting; +but when he remembered the poor, weak mind, tears almost came to his eyes, and +there sprang to his heart a great desire to protect and guard this unfortunate +child. +</p> + +<p> +“And when I was Crown Prince what were you, way back there in the +beautiful days of our childhood?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, I was what I still am, your majesty,” replied the girl. +“Princess Emma von der Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +So the poor child, besides thinking him a king, thought herself a princess! She +certainly was mad. Well, he would humor her. +</p> + +<p> +“Then I should call you ‘your highness,’ shouldn’t +I?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“You always called me Emma when we were children.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well, then, you shall be Emma and I Leopold. Is it a +bargain?” +</p> + +<p> +“The king’s will is law,” she said. +</p> + +<p> +They had come to a very steep hillside, up which the half-obliterated trail +zigzagged toward the crest of a flat-topped hill. Barney went ahead, taking the +girl’s hand in his to help her, and thus they came to the top, to stand +hand in hand, breathing heavily after the stiff climb. +</p> + +<p> +The girl’s hair had come loose about her temples and a lock was blowing +over her face. Her cheeks were very red and her eyes bright. Barney thought he +had never looked upon a lovelier picture. He smiled down into her eyes and she +smiled back at him. +</p> + +<p> +“I wished, back there a way,” he said, “that that little +brook had been as wide as the ocean—now I wish that this little hill had +been as high as Mont Blanc.” +</p> + +<p> +“You like to climb?” she asked. +</p> + +<p> +“I should like to climb forever—with you,” he said seriously. +</p> + +<p> +She looked up at him quickly. A reply was on her lips, but she never uttered +it, for at that moment a ruffian in picturesque rags leaped out from behind a +near-by bush, confronting them with leveled revolver. He was so close that the +muzzle of the weapon almost touched Barney’s face. In that the fellow +made his mistake. +</p> + +<p> +“You see,” said Barney unexcitedly, “that I was right about +the brigands after all. What do you want, my man?” +</p> + +<p> +The man’s eyes had suddenly gone wide. He stared with open mouth at the +young fellow before him. Then a cunning look came into his eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“I want you, your majesty,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“Godfrey!” exclaimed Barney. “Did the whole bunch +escape?” +</p> + +<p> +“Quick!” growled the man. “Hold up your hands. The notice +made it plain that you would be worth as much dead as alive, and I have no mind +to lose you, so do not tempt me to kill you.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney’s hands went up, but not in the way that the brigand had expected. +Instead, one of them seized his weapon and shoved it aside, while with the +other Custer planted a blow between his eyes and sent him reeling backward. The +two men closed, fighting for possession of the gun. In the scrimmage it was +exploded, but a moment later the American succeeded in wresting it from his +adversary and hurled it into the ravine. +</p> + +<p> +Striking at one another, the two surged backward and forward at the very edge +of the hill, each searching for the other’s throat. The girl stood by, +watching the battle with wide, frightened eyes. If she could only do something +to aid the king! +</p> + +<p> +She saw a loose stone lying at a little distance from the fighters and hastened +to procure it. If she could strike the brigand a single good blow on the side +of the head, Leopold might easily overpower him. When she had gathered up the +rock and turned back toward the two she saw that the man she thought to be the +king was not much in the way of needing outside assistance. She could not but +marvel at the strength and dexterity of this poor fellow who had spent almost +half his life penned within the four walls of a prison. It must be, she +thought, the superhuman strength with which maniacs are always credited. +</p> + +<p> +Nevertheless, she hurried toward them with her weapon; but just before she +reached them the brigand made a last mad effort to free himself from the +fingers that had found his throat. He lunged backward, dragging the other with +him. His foot struck upon the root of a tree, and together the two toppled over +into the ravine. +</p> + +<p> +As the girl hastened toward the spot where the two had disappeared, she was +startled to see three troopers of the palace cavalry headed by an officer break +through the trees at a short distance from where the battle had waged. The four +men ran rapidly toward her. +</p> + +<p> +“What has happened here?” shouted the officer to Emma von der Tann; +and then, as he came closer: “Gott! Can it be possible that it is your +highness?” +</p> + +<p> +The girl paid no attention to the officer. Instead, she hurried down the steep +embankment toward the underbrush into which the two men had fallen. There was +no sound from below, and no movement in the bushes to indicate that a moment +before two desperately battling human beings had dropped among them. +</p> + +<p> +The soldiers were close upon the girl’s heels, but it was she who first +reached the two quiet figures that lay side by side upon the stony ground +halfway down the hillside. +</p> + +<p> +When the officer stopped beside her she was sitting on the ground holding the +head of one of the combatants in her lap. +</p> + +<p> +A little stream of blood trickled from a wound in the forehead. The officer +stooped closer. +</p> + +<p> +“He is dead?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“The king is dead,” replied the Princess Emma von der Tann, a +little sob in her voice. +</p> + +<p> +“The king!” exclaimed the officer; and then, as he bent lower over +the white face: “Leopold!” +</p> + +<p> +The girl nodded. +</p> + +<p> +“We were searching for him,” said the officer, “when we heard +the shot.” Then, arising, he removed his cap, saying in a very low voice: +“The king is dead. Long live the king!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap03"></a>III.<br /> +AN ANGRY KING</h2> + +<p> +The soldiers stood behind their officer. None of them had ever seen Leopold of +Lutha—he had been but a name to them—they cared nothing for him; +but in the presence of death they were awed by the majesty of the king they had +never known. +</p> + +<p> +The hands of Emma von der Tann were chafing the wrists of the man whose head +rested in her lap. +</p> + +<p> +“Leopold!” she whispered. “Leopold, come back! Mad king you +may have been, but still you were king of Lutha—my father’s +king—my king.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl nearly cried out in shocked astonishment as she saw the eyes of the +dead king open. But Emma von der Tann was quick-witted. She knew for what +purpose the soldiers from the palace were scouring the country. +</p> + +<p> +Had she not thought the king dead she would have cut out her tongue rather than +reveal his identity to these soldiers of his great enemy. Now she saw that +Leopold lived, and she must undo the harm she had innocently wrought. She bent +lower over Barney’s face, trying to hide it from the soldiers. +</p> + +<p> +“Go away, please!” she called to them. “Leave me with my dead +king. You are Peter’s men. You do not care for Leopold, living or dead. +Go back to your new king and tell him that this poor young man can never more +stand between him and the throne.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer hesitated. +</p> + +<p> +“We shall have to take the king’s body with us, your +highness,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +The officer evidently becoming suspicious, came closer, and as he did so Barney +Custer sat up. +</p> + +<p> +“Go away!” cried the girl, for she saw that the king was attempting +to speak. “My father’s people will carry Leopold of Lutha in state +to the capital of his kingdom.” +</p> + +<p> +“What’s all this row about?” he asked. “Can’t you +let a dead king alone if the young lady asks you to? What kind of a short sport +are you, anyway? Run along, now, and tie yourself outside.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer smiled, a trifle maliciously perhaps. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah,” he said, “I am very glad indeed that you are not dead, +your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer turned his incredulous eyes upon the lieutenant. +</p> + +<p> +“Et tu, Brute?” he cried in anguished accents, letting his head +fall back into the girl’s lap. He found it very comfortable there indeed. +</p> + +<p> +The officer smiled and shook his head. Then he tapped his forehead meaningly. +</p> + +<p> +“I did not know,” he said to the girl, “that he was so bad. +But come—it is some distance to Blentz, and the afternoon is already well +spent. Your highness will accompany us.” +</p> + +<p> +“I?” cried the girl. “You certainly cannot be serious.” +</p> + +<p> +“And why not, your highness?” asked the officer. “We had +strict orders to arrest not only the king, but any companions who may have been +involved in his escape.” +</p> + +<p> +“I had nothing whatever to do with his escape,” said the girl, +“though I should have been only too glad to have aided him had the +opportunity presented.” +</p> + +<p> +“King Peter may think differently,” replied the man. +</p> + +<p> +“The Regent, you mean?” the girl corrected him haughtily. +</p> + +<p> +The officer shrugged his shoulders. +</p> + +<p> +“Regent or King, he is ruler of Lutha nevertheless, and he would take +away my commission were I to tell him that I had found a Von der Tann in +company with the king and had permitted her to escape. Your blood convicts your +highness.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are going to take me to Blentz and confine me there?” asked +the girl in a very small voice and with wide incredulous eyes. “You would +not dare thus to humiliate a Von der Tann?” +</p> + +<p> +“I am very sorry,” said the officer, “but I am a soldier, and +soldiers must obey their superiors. My orders are strict. You may be +thankful,” he added, “that it was not Maenck who discovered +you.” +</p> + +<p> +At the mention of the name the girl shuddered. +</p> + +<p> +“In so far as it is in my power your highness and his majesty will be +accorded every consideration of dignity and courtesy while under my escort. You +need not entertain any fear of me,” he concluded. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer, during this, to him, remarkable dialogue, had risen to his feet, +and assisted the girl in rising. Now he turned and spoke to the officer. +</p> + +<p> +“This farce,” he said, “has gone quite far enough. If it is a +joke it is becoming a very sorry one. I am not a king. I am an +American—Bernard Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A. Look at me. Look +at me closely. Do I look like a king?” +</p> + +<p> +“Every inch, your majesty,” replied the officer. +</p> + +<p> +Barney looked at the man aghast. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I am not a king,” he said at last, “and if you go to +arresting me and throwing me into one of your musty old dungeons you will find +that I am a whole lot more important than most kings. I’m an American +citizen.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, your majesty,” replied the officer, a trifle impatiently. +“But we waste time in idle discussion. Will your majesty be so good as to +accompany me without resistance?” +</p> + +<p> +“If you will first escort this young lady to a place of safety,” +replied Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“She will be quite safe at Blentz,” said the lieutenant. +</p> + +<p> +Barney turned to look at the girl, a question in his eyes. Before them stood +the soldiers with drawn revolvers, and now at the summit of the hill a dozen +more appeared in command of a sergeant. They were two against nearly a score, +and Barney Custer was unarmed. +</p> + +<p> +The girl shook her head. +</p> + +<p> +“There, is no alternative, I am afraid, your majesty,” she said. +</p> + +<p> +Barney wheeled toward the officer. +</p> + +<p> +“Very well, lieutenant,” he said, “we will accompany +you.” +</p> + +<p> +The party turned back up the hillside, leaving the dead bandit where he +lay—the fellow’s neck had been broken by the fall. A short distance +from where the man had confronted them the two prisoners were brought to the +main road where they saw still other troopers, and with them the horses of +those who had gone into the forest on foot. +</p> + +<p> +Barney and the girl were mounted on two of the animals, the soldiers who had +ridden them clambering up behind two of their comrades. A moment later the +troop set out along the road which leads to Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +The prisoners rode near the center of the column, surrounded by troopers. For a +time they were both silent. Barney was wondering if he had accidentally tumbled +into the private grounds of Lutha’s largest madhouse, or if, in reality, +these people mistook him for the young king—it seemed incredible. +</p> + +<p> +It had commenced slowly to dawn upon him that perhaps the girl was not crazy +after all. Had not the officer addressed her as “your highness”? +Now that he thought upon it he recalled that she did have quite a haughty and +regal way with her at times, especially so when she had addressed the officer. +</p> + +<p> +Of course she might be mad, after all, and possibly the bandit, too, but it +seemed unbelievable that the officer was mad and his entire troop of cavalry +should be composed of maniacs, yet they all persisted in speaking and acting as +though he were indeed the mad king of Lutha and the young girl at his side a +princess. +</p> + +<p> +From pitying the girl he had come to feel a little bit in awe of her. To the +best of his knowledge he had never before associated with a real princess. When +he recalled that he had treated her as he would an ordinary mortal, and that he +had thought her demented, and had tried to humor her mad whims, he felt very +foolish indeed. +</p> + +<p> +Presently he turned a sheepish glance in her direction, to find her looking at +him. He saw her flush slightly as his eyes met hers. +</p> + +<p> +“Can your highness ever forgive me?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“Forgive you!” she cried in astonishment. “For what, your +majesty?” +</p> + +<p> +“For thinking you insane, and for getting you into this horrible +predicament,” he replied. “But especially for thinking you +insane.” +</p> + +<p> +“Did you think me mad?” she asked in wide-eyed astonishment. +</p> + +<p> +“When you insisted that I was a king, yes,” he replied. “But +now I begin to believe that it must be I who am mad, after all, or else I bear +a remarkable resemblance to Leopold of Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +“You do, your majesty,” replied the girl. +</p> + +<p> +Barney saw it was useless to attempt to convince them and so he decided to give +up for the time. +</p> + +<p> +“Have me king, if you will,” he said, “but please do not call +me ‘your majesty’ any more. It gets on my nerves.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your will is law—Leopold,” replied the girl, hesitating +prettily before the familiar name, “but do not forget your part of the +compact.” +</p> + +<p> +He smiled at her. A princess wasn’t half so terrible after all. +</p> + +<p> +“And your will shall be my law, Emma,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +It was almost dark when they came to Blentz. The castle lay far up on the side +of a steep hill above the town. It was an ancient pile, but had been maintained +in an excellent state of repair. As Barney Custer looked up at the grim towers +and mighty, buttressed walls his heart sank. It had taken the mad king ten +years to make his escape from that gloomy and forbidding pile! +</p> + +<p> +“Poor child,” he murmured, thinking of the girl. +</p> + +<p> +Before the barbican the party was halted by the guard. An officer with a +lantern stepped out upon the lowered portcullis. The lieutenant who had +captured them rode forward to meet him. +</p> + +<p> +“A detachment of the Royal Horse Guards escorting His Majesty the King, +who is returning to Blentz,” he said in reply to the officer’s +sharp challenge. +</p> + +<p> +“The king!” exclaimed the officer. “You have found +him?” and he advanced with raised lantern searching for the monarch. +</p> + +<p> +“At last,” whispered Barney to the girl at his side, “I shall +be vindicated. This man, at least, who is stationed at Blentz must know his +king by sight.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer came quite close, holding his lantern until the rays fell full in +Barney’s face. He scrutinized the young man for a moment. There was +neither humility nor respect in his manner, so that the American was sure that +the fellow had discovered the imposture. +</p> + +<p> +From the bottom of his heart he hoped so. Then the officer swung the lantern +until its light shone upon the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“And who’s the wench with him?” he asked the officer who had +found them. +</p> + +<p> +The man was standing close beside Barney’s horse, and the words were +scarce out of his month when the American slipped from his saddle to the +portcullis and struck the officer full in the face. +</p> + +<p> +“She is the Princess von der Tann, you boor,” said Barney, +“and let that help you remember it in future.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer scrambled to his feet, white with rage. Whipping out his sword he +rushed at Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“You shall die for that, you half-wit,” he cried. +</p> + +<p> +Lieutenant Butzow, he of the Royal Horse, rushed forward to prevent the assault +and Emma von der Tann sprang from her saddle and threw herself in front of +Barney. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow grasped the other officer’s arm. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you mad, Schonau?” he cried. “Would you kill the +king?” +</p> + +<p> +The fellow tugged to escape the grasp of Butzow. He was crazed with anger. +</p> + +<p> +“Why not?” he bellowed. “You were a fool not to have done it +yourself. Maenck will do it and get a baronetcy. It will mean a captaincy for +me at least. Let me at him—no man can strike Karl Schonau and +live.” +</p> + +<p> +“The king is unarmed,” cried Emma von der Tann. “Would you +murder him in cold blood?” +</p> + +<p> +“He shall not murder him at all, your highness,” said Lieutenant +Butzow quietly. “Give me your sword, Lieutenant Schonau. I place you +under arrest. What you have just said will not please the Regent when it is +reported to him. You should keep your head better when you are angry.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is the truth,” growled Schonau, regretting that his anger had +led him into a disclosure of the plot against the king’s life, but like +most weak characters fearing to admit himself in error even more than he feared +the consequences of his rash words. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you intend taking my sword?” asked Schonau suddenly, turning +toward Lieutenant Butzow standing beside him. +</p> + +<p> +“We will forget the whole occurrence, lieutenant,” replied Butzow, +“if you will promise not to harm his majesty, or offer him or the +Princess von der Tann further humiliation. Their position is sufficiently +unpleasant without our adding to the degradation of it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” grumbled Schonau. “Pass on into the +courtyard.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney and the girl remounted and the little cavalcade moved forward through +the ballium and the great gate into the court beyond. +</p> + +<p> +“Did you notice,” said Barney to the princess, “that even he +believes me to be the king? I cannot fathom it.” +</p> + +<p> +Within the castle they were met by a number of servants and soldiers. An +officer escorted them to the great hall, and presently a dark visaged captain +of cavalry entered and approached them. Butzow saluted. +</p> + +<p> +“His Majesty, the King,” he announced, “has returned to +Blentz. In accordance with the commands of the Regent I deliver his august +person into your safe keeping, Captain Maenck.” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck nodded. He was looking at Barney with evident curiosity. +</p> + +<p> +“Where did you find him?” he asked Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +He made no pretense of according to Barney the faintest indication of the +respect that is supposed to be due to those of royal blood. Barney commenced to +hope that he had finally come upon one who would know that he was not king. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow recounted the details of the finding of the king. As he spoke, +Maenck’s eyes, restless and furtive, seemed to be appraising the personal +charms of the girl who stood just back of Barney. +</p> + +<p> +The American did not like the appearance of the officer, but he saw that he was +evidently supreme at Blentz, and he determined to appeal to him in the hope +that the man might believe his story and untangle the ridiculous muddle that a +chance resemblance to a fugitive monarch had thrown him and the girl into. +</p> + +<p> +“Captain,” said Barney, stepping closer to the officer, +“there has been a mistake in identity here. I am not the king. I am an +American traveling for pleasure in Lutha. The fact that I have gray eyes and +wear a full reddish-brown beard is my only offense. You are doubtless familiar +with the king’s appearance and so you at least have already seen that I +am not his majesty. +</p> + +<p> +“Not being the king, there is no cause to detain me longer, and as I am +not a fugitive and never have been, this young lady has been guilty of no +misdemeanor or crime in being in my company. Therefore she too should be +released. In the name of justice and common decency I am sure that you will +liberate us both at once and furnish the Princess von der Tann, at least, with +a proper escort to her home.” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck listened in silence until Barney had finished, a half smile upon his +thick lips. +</p> + +<p> +“I am commencing to believe that you are not so crazy as we have all +thought,” he said. “Certainly,” and he let his eyes rest upon +Emma von der Tann, “you are not mentally deficient in so far as your +judgment of a good-looking woman is concerned. I could not have made a better +selection myself. +</p> + +<p> +“As for my familiarity with your appearance, you know as well as I that I +have never seen you before. But that is not necessary—you conform +perfectly to the printed description of you with which the kingdom is flooded. +Were that not enough, the fact that you were discovered with old Von der +Tann’s daughter is sufficient to remove the least doubt as to your +identity.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are governor of Blentz,” cried Barney, “and yet you say +that you have never seen the king?” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly,” replied Maenck. “After you escaped the entire +personnel of the garrison here was changed, even the old servants to a man were +withdrawn and others substituted. You will have difficulty in again escaping, +for those who aided you before are no longer here.” +</p> + +<p> +“There is no man in the castle of Blentz who has ever seen the +king?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“None who has seen him before tonight,” replied Maenck. “But +were we in doubt we have the word of the Princess Emma that you are Leopold. +Did she not admit it to you, Butzow?” +</p> + +<p> +“When she thought his majesty dead she admitted it,” replied +Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“We gain nothing by discussing the matter,” said Maenck shortly. +“You are Leopold of Lutha. Prince Peter says that you are mad. All that +concerns me is that you do not escape again, and you may rest assured that +while Ernst Maenck is governor of Blentz you shall not escape and go at large +again. +</p> + +<p> +“Are the royal apartments in readiness for his majesty, Dr. Stein?” +he concluded, turning toward a rat-faced little man with bushy whiskers, who +stood just behind him. +</p> + +<p> +The query was propounded in an ironical tone, and with a manner that made no +pretense of concealing the contempt of the speaker for the man he thought the +king. +</p> + +<p> +The eyes of the Princess Emma were blazing as she caught the scant respect in +Maenck’s manner. She looked quickly toward Barney to see if he intended +rebuking the man for his impertinence. She saw that the king evidently intended +overlooking Maenck’s attitude. But Emma von der Tann was of a different +mind. +</p> + +<p> +She had seen Maenck several times at social functions in the capital. He had +even tried to win a place in her favor, but she had always disliked him, even +before the nasty stories of his past life had become common gossip, and within +the year she had won his hatred by definitely indicating to him that he was +persona non grata, in so far as she was concerned. Now she turned upon him, her +eyes flashing with indignation. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you forget, sir, that you address the king?” she cried. +“That you are without honor I have heard men say, and I may truly believe +it now that I have seen what manner of man you are. The most lowly-bred boor in +all Lutha would not be so ungenerous as to take advantage of his king’s +helplessness to heap indignities upon him. +</p> + +<p> +“Leopold of Lutha shall come into his own some day, and my dearest hope +is that his first act may be to mete out to such as you the punishment you +deserve.” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck paled in anger. His fingers twitched nervously, but he controlled his +temper remarkably well, biding his time for revenge. +</p> + +<p> +“Take the king to his apartments, Stein,” he commanded curtly, +“and you, Lieutenant Butzow, accompany them with a guard, nor leave until +you see that he is safely confined. You may return here afterward for my +further instructions. In the meantime I wish to examine the king’s +mistress.” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment tense silence reigned in the apartment after Maenck had delivered +his wanton insult. +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann, her little chin high in the air, stood straight and haughty, +nor was there any sign in her expression to indicate that she had heard the +man’s words. +</p> + +<p> +Barney was the first to take cognizance of them. +</p> + +<p> +“You cur!” he cried, and took a step toward Maenck. +“You’re going to eat that, word for word.” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck stepped back, his hand upon his sword. Butzow laid a hand upon +Barney’s arm. +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t, your majesty,” he implored, “it will but make +your position more unpleasant, nor will it add to the safety of the Princess +von der Tann for you to strike him now.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney shook himself free from Butzow, and before either Stein or the +lieutenant could prevent had sprung upon Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +The latter had not been quick enough with his sword, so that Barney had struck +him twice, heavily in the face before the officer was able to draw. Butzow had +sprung to the king’s side, and was attempting to interpose himself +between Maenck and the American. In a moment more the sword of the infuriated +captain would be in the king’s heart. Barney turned the first thrust with +his forearm. +</p> + +<p> +“Stop!” cried Butzow to Maenck. “Are you mad, that you would +kill the king?” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck lunged again, viciously, at the unprotected body of his antagonist. +</p> + +<p> +“Die, you pig of an idiot!” he screamed. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow saw that the man really meant to murder Leopold. He seized Barney by the +shoulder and whirled him backward. At the same instant his own sword leaped +from his scabbard, and now Maenck found himself facing grim steel in the hand +of a master swordsman. +</p> + +<p> +The governor of Blentz drew back from the touch of that sharp point. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean?” he cried. “This is mutiny.” +</p> + +<p> +“When I received my commission,” replied Butzow, quietly, “I +swore to protect the person of the king with my life, and while I live no man +shall affront Leopold of Lutha in my presence, or threaten his safety else he +accounts to me for his act. Return your sword, Captain Maenck, nor ever again +draw it against the king while I be near.” +</p> + +<p> +Slowly Maenck sheathed his weapon. Black hatred for Butzow and the man he was +protecting smoldered in his eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“If he wishes peace,” said Barney, “let him apologize to the +princess.” +</p> + +<p> +“You had better apologize, captain,” counseled Butzow, “for +if the king should command me to do so I should have to compel you to,” +and the lieutenant half drew his sword once more. +</p> + +<p> +There was something in Butzow’s voice that warned Maenck that his +subordinate would like nothing better than the king’s command to run him +through. +</p> + +<p> +He well knew the fame of Butzow’s sword arm, and having no stomach for an +encounter with it he grumbled an apology. +</p> + +<p> +“And don’t let it occur again,” warned Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“Come,” said Dr. Stein, “your majesty should be in your +apartments, away from all excitement, if we are to effect a cure, so that you +may return to your throne quickly.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow formed the soldiers about the American, and the party moved silently out +of the great hall, leaving Captain Maenck and Princess Emma von der Tann its +only occupants. +</p> + +<p> +Barney cast a troubled glance toward Maenck, and half hesitated. +</p> + +<p> +“I am sorry, your majesty,” said Butzow in a low voice, “but +you must accompany us. In this the governor of Blentz is well within his +authority, and I must obey him.” +</p> + +<p> +“Heaven help her!” murmured Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“The governor will not dare harm her,” said Butzow. “Your +majesty need entertain no apprehension.” +</p> + +<p> +“I wouldn’t trust him,” replied the American. “I know +his kind.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap04"></a>IV.<br /> +BARNEY FINDS A FRIEND</h2> + +<p> +After the party had left the room Maenck stood looking at the princess for +several seconds. A cunning expression supplanted the anger that had shown so +plainly upon his face but a moment before. The girl had moved to one side of +the apartment and was pretending an interest in a large tapestry that covered +the wall at that point. Maenck watched her with greedy eyes. Presently he +spoke. +</p> + +<p> +“Let us be friends,” he said. “You shall be my guest at +Blentz for a long time. I doubt if Peter will care to release you soon, for he +has no love for your father—and it will be easier for both if we +establish pleasant relations from the beginning. What do you say?” +</p> + +<p> +“I shall not be at Blentz long,” she replied, not even looking in +Maenck’s direction, “though while I am it shall be as a prisoner +and not as a guest. It is incredible that one could believe me willing to pose +as the guest of a traitor, even were he less impossible than the notorious and +infamous Captain Maenck.” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck smiled. He was one of those who rather pride themselves upon the +possession of racy reputations. He walked across the room to a bell cord which +he pulled. Then he turned toward the girl again. +</p> + +<p> +“I have given you an opportunity,” he said, “to lighten the +burdens of your captivity. I hoped that you would be sensible and accept my +advances of friendship voluntarily,” and he emphasized the word +“voluntarily,” “but—” +</p> + +<p> +He shrugged his shoulders. +</p> + +<p> +A servant had entered the apartment in response to Maenck’s summons. +</p> + +<p> +“Show the Princess von der Tann to her apartments,” he commanded +with a sinister tone. +</p> + +<p> +The man, who was in the livery of Peter of Blentz, bowed, and with a +deferential sign to the girl led the way from the room. Emma von der Tann +followed her guide up a winding stairway which spiraled within a tower at the +end of a long passage. On the second floor of the castle the servant led her to +a large and beautifully furnished suite of three rooms—a bedroom, +dressing-room and boudoir. After showing her the rooms that were to be hers the +servant left her alone. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as he had gone the Princess von der Tann took another turn through the +suite, looking to the doors and windows to ascertain how securely she might +barricade herself against unwelcome visitors. +</p> + +<p> +She found that the three rooms lay in an angle of the old, moss-covered castle +wall. +</p> + +<p> +The bedroom and dressing-room were connected by a doorway, and each in turn had +another door opening into the boudoir. The only connection with the corridor +without was through a single doorway from the boudoir. This door was equipped +with a massive bolt, which, when she had shot it, gave her a feeling of immense +relief and security. The windows were all too high above the court on one side +and the moat upon the other to cause her the slightest apprehension of danger +from the outside. +</p> + +<p> +The girl found the boudoir not only beautiful, but extremely comfortable and +cozy. A huge log-fire blazed upon the hearth, and, though it was summer, its +warmth was most welcome, for the night was chill. Across the room from the +fireplace a full length oil of a former Blentz princess looked down in +arrogance upon the unwilling occupant of the room. It seemed to the girl that +there was an expression of annoyance upon the painted countenance that another, +and an enemy of her house, should be making free with her belongings. She +wondered a little, too, that this huge oil should have been hung in a +lady’s boudoir. It seemed singularly out of place. +</p> + +<p> +“If she would but smile,” thought Emma von der Tann, “she +would detract less from the otherwise pleasant surroundings, but I suppose she +serves her purpose in some way, whatever it may be.” +</p> + +<p> +There were papers, magazines and books upon the center table and more books +upon a low tier of shelves on either side of the fireplace. The girl tried to +amuse herself by reading, but she found her thoughts continually reverting to +the unhappy situation of the king, and her eyes momentarily wandered to the +cold and repellent face of the Blentz princess. +</p> + +<p> +Finally she wheeled a great armchair near the fireplace, and with her back +toward the portrait made a final attempt to submerge her unhappy thoughts in a +current periodical. +</p> + +<p> +When Barney and his escort reached the apartments that had been occupied by the +king of Lutha before his escape, Butzow and the soldiers left him in company +with Dr. Stein and an old servant, whom the doctor introduced as his new +personal attendant. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty will find him a very attentive and faithful servant,” +said Stein. “He will remain with you and administer your medicine at +proper intervals.” +</p> + +<p> +“Medicine?” ejaculated Barney. “What in the world do I need +of medicine? There is nothing the matter with me.” +</p> + +<p> +Stein smiled indulgently. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, your majesty,” he said, “if you could but realize the +sad affliction that clouds your life! You may never sit upon your throne until +the last trace of this sinister mental disorder is eradicated, so take your +medicine voluntarily, or otherwise Joseph will be compelled to administer it by +force. Remember, sire, that only through this treatment will you be able to +leave Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +After Stein had left the room Joseph bolted the door behind him. Then he came +to where Barney stood in the center of the apartment, and dropping to his knees +took the young man’s hand in his and kissed it. +</p> + +<p> +“God has been good indeed, your majesty,” he whispered. “It +was He who made it possible for old Joseph to deceive them and find his way to +your side.” +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you, my man?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“I am from Tann,” whispered the old man, in a very low voice. +“His highness, the prince, found the means to obtain service for me with +the new retinue that has replaced the old which permitted your majesty’s +escape. There was another from Tann among the former servants here. +</p> + +<p> +“It was through his efforts that you escaped before, you will recall. I +have seen Fritz and learned from him the way, so that if your majesty does not +recall it it will make no difference, for I know it well, having been over it +three times already since I came here, to be sure that when the time came that +they should recapture you I might lead you out quickly before they could slay +you.” +</p> + +<p> +“You really think that they intend murdering me?” +</p> + +<p> +“There is no doubt about it, your majesty,” replied the old man. +“This very bottle”—Joseph touched the phial which Stein had +left upon the table—“contains the means whereby, through my hands, +you were to be slowly poisoned.” +</p> + +<p> +“Do you know what it is?” +</p> + +<p> +“Bichloride of mercury, your majesty. One dose would have been +sufficient, and after a few days—perhaps a week—you would have died +in great agony.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney shuddered. +</p> + +<p> +“But I am not the king, Joseph,” said the young man, “so even +had they succeeded in killing me it would have profited them nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +Joseph shook his head sadly. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty will pardon the presumption of one who loves him,” he +said, “if he makes so bold as to suggest that your majesty must not again +deny that he is king. That only tends to corroborate the contention of Prince +Peter that your majesty is not—er, just sane, and so, incompetent to rule +Lutha. But we of Tann know differently, and with the help of the good God we +will place your majesty upon the throne which Peter has kept from you all these +years.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney sighed. They were determined that he should be king whether he would or +no. He had often thought he would like to be a king; but now the realization of +his boyish dreaming which seemed so imminent bade fair to be almost anything +than pleasant. +</p> + +<p> +Barney suddenly realized that the old fellow was talking. He was explaining how +they might escape. It seemed that a secret passage led from this very chamber +to the vaults beneath the castle and from there through a narrow tunnel below +the moat to a cave in the hillside far beyond the structure. +</p> + +<p> +“They will not return again tonight to see your majesty,” said +Joseph, “and so we had best make haste to leave at once. I have a rope +and swords in readiness. We shall need the rope to make our way down the +hillside, but let us hope that we shall not need the swords.” +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot leave Blentz,” said Barney, “unless the Princess +Emma goes with us.” +</p> + +<p> +“The Princess Emma!” cried the old man. “What Princess +Emma?” +</p> + +<p> +“Princess von der Tann,” replied Barney. “Did you not know +that she was captured with me!” +</p> + +<p> +The old man was visibly affected by the knowledge that his young mistress was a +prisoner within the walls of Blentz. He seemed torn by conflicting +emotions—his duty toward his king and his love for the daughter of his +old master. So it was that he seemed much relieved when he found that Barney +insisted upon saving the girl before any thought of their own escape should be +taken into consideration. +</p> + +<p> +“My first duty, your majesty,” said Joseph, “is to bring you +safely out of the hands of your enemies, but if you command me to try to bring +your betrothed with us I am sure that his highness, Prince Ludwig, would be the +last to censure me for deviating thus from his instructions, for if he loves +another more than he loves his king it is his daughter, the beautiful Princess +Emma.” +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean, Joseph,” asked Barney, “by referring to +the princess as my betrothed? I never saw her before today.” +</p> + +<p> +“It has slipped your majesty’s mind,” said the old man sadly; +“but you and my young mistress were betrothed many years ago while you +were yet but children. It was the old king’s wish that you wed the +daughter of his best friend and most loyal subject.” +</p> + +<p> +Here was a pretty pass, indeed, thought Barney. It was sufficiently +embarrassing to be mistaken for the king, but to be thrown into this false +position in company with a beautiful young woman to whom the king was engaged +to be married, and who, with the others, thought him to be the king, was quite +the last word in impossible positions. +</p> + +<p> +Following this knowledge there came to Barney the first pangs of regret that he +was not really the king, and then the realization, so sudden that it almost +took his breath away, that the girl was very beautiful and very much to be +desired. He had not thought about the matter until her utter impossibility was +forced upon him. +</p> + +<p> +It was decided that Joseph should leave the king’s apartment at once and +discover in what part of the castle Emma von der Tann was imprisoned. Their +further plans were to depend upon the information gained by the old man during +his tour of investigation of the castle. +</p> + +<p> +In the interval of his absence Barney paced the length of his prison time and +time again. He thought the fellow would never return. Perhaps he had been +detected in the act of spying, and was himself a prisoner in some other part of +the castle! The thought came to Barney like a blow in the face, for he realized +that then he would be entirely at the mercy of his captors, and that there +would be none to champion the cause of the Princess von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +When his nervous tension had about reached the breaking point there came a +sound of stealthy movement just outside the door of his room. Barney halted +close to the massive panels. He heard a key fitted quietly and then the lock +grated as it turned. +</p> + +<p> +Barney thought that they had surely detected Joseph’s duplicity and had +come to make short work of the king before other traitors arose in their midst +entirely to frustrate their plans. The young American stepped to the wall +behind the door that he might be out of sight of whoever entered. Should it +prove other than Joseph, might the Lord help them! The clenched fists, +square-set chin, and gleaming gray eyes of the prisoner presaged no good for +any incoming enemy. +</p> + +<p> +Slowly the door swung open and a man entered the room. Barney breathed a deep +sigh of relief—it was Joseph. +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” cried the young man from behind him, and Joseph started as +though Peter of Blentz himself had laid an accusing finger upon his shoulder. +“What news?” +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty,” gasped Joseph, “how you did startle me! I +found the apartments of the princess, sire. There is a bare chance that we may +succeed in rescuing her, but a very bare one, indeed. +</p> + +<p> +“We must traverse a main corridor of the castle to reach her suite, and +then return by the same way. It will be a miracle if we are not discovered; but +the worst of it is that next to her apartments, and between them and your +majesty’s, are the apartments of Captain Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +“He is sure to be there and officers and servants may be coming and going +throughout the entire night, for the man is a convivial fellow, sitting at +cards and drink until sunrise nearly every day.” +</p> + +<p> +“And when we have brought the princess in safety to my quarters,” +asked Barney, “what then? How shall we conduct her from the castle? You +have not told me that as yet.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man explained then the plan of escape. It seemed that one of the two +huge tile panels that flanked the fireplace on either side was in reality a +door hiding the entrance to a shaft that rose from the vaults beneath the +castle to the roof. At each floor there was a similar secret door concealing +the mouth of the passage. From the vaults a corridor led through another secret +panel to the tunnel that wound downward to the cave in the hillside. +</p> + +<p> +“Beyond that we shall find horses, your majesty,” concluded the old +man. “They have been hidden in the woods since I came to Blentz. Each day +I go there to water and feed them.” +</p> + +<p> +During the servant’s explanation Barney had been casting about in his +mind for some means of rescuing the princess without so great risk of +detection, and as the plan of the secret passageway became clear to him he +thought that he saw a way to accomplish the thing with comparative safety in so +far as detection was concerned. +</p> + +<p> +“Who occupies the floor above us, Joseph?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“It is vacant,” replied the old man. +</p> + +<p> +“Good! Come, show me the entrance to the shaft,” directed Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“You will go without attempting to succor the Princess Emma?” +exclaimed the old fellow in ill-concealed chagrin. +</p> + +<p> +“Far from it,” replied Barney. “Bring your rope and the +swords. I think we are going to find the rescuing of the Princess Emma the +easiest part of our adventure.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man shook his head, but went to another room of the suite, from which +he presently emerged with a stout rope about fifty feet in length and two +swords. As he buckled one of the weapons to Barney his eyes fell upon the +American’s seal ring that encircled the third finger of his left hand. +</p> + +<p> +“The Royal Ring of Lutha!” exclaimed Joseph. “Where is it, +your majesty? What has become of the Royal Ring of the Kings of Lutha?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m sure I don’t know, Joseph,” replied the young man. +“Should I be wearing a royal ring?” +</p> + +<p> +“The profaning miscreants!” cried Joseph. “They have dared to +filch from you the great ring that has been handed down from king to king for +three hundred years. When did they take it from you?” +</p> + +<p> +“I have never seen it, Joseph,” replied the young man, “and +possibly this fact may assure you where all else has failed that I am no true +king of Lutha, after all.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, no, your majesty,” replied the old servitor; “it but +makes assurance doubly sure as to your true identity, for the fact that you +have not the ring is positive proof that you are king and that they have sought +to hide the fact by removing the insignia of your divine right to rule in +Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney could not but smile at the old fellow’s remarkable logic. He saw +that nothing short of a miracle would ever convince Joseph that he was not the +real monarch, and so, as matters of greater importance were to the fore, he +would have allowed the subject to drop had not the man attempted to recall to +the impoverished memory of his king a recollection of the historic and +venerated relic of the dead monarchs of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you not remember, sir,” he asked, “the great ruby that +glared, blood-red from its center, and the four sets of golden wings that +formed the setting? From the blood of Charlemagne was the ruby made, so history +tells us, and the setting represented the protecting wings of the power of the +kings of Lutha spread to the four points of the compass. Now your majesty must +recall the royal ring, I am sure.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney only shook his head, much to Joseph’s evident sorrow. +</p> + +<p> +“Never mind the ring, Joseph,” said the young man. “Bring +your rope and lead me to the floor above.” +</p> + +<p> +“The floor above? But, your majesty, we cannot reach the vaults and +tunnel by going upward!” +</p> + +<p> +“You forget, Joseph, that we are going to fetch the Princess Emma +first.” +</p> + +<p> +“But she is not on the floor above us, sire; she is upon the same floor +as we are,” insisted the old man, hesitating. +</p> + +<p> +“Joseph, who do you think I am?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“You are the king, my lord,” replied the old man. +</p> + +<p> +“Then do as your king commands,” said the American sharply. +</p> + +<p> +Joseph turned with dubious mutterings and approached the tiled panel at the +left of the fireplace. Here he fumbled about for a moment until his fingers +found the hidden catch that held the cunningly devised door in place. An +instant later the panel swung inward before his touch, and standing to one +side, the old fellow bowed low as he ushered Barney into the Stygian darkness +of the space beyond their vision. +</p> + +<p> +Joseph halted the young man just within the doorway, cautioning him against the +danger of falling into the shaft, then he closed the panel, and a moment later +had found the lantern he had hidden there and lighted it. The rays disclosed to +the American the rough masonry of the interior of a narrow, well-built shaft. A +rude ladder standing upon a narrow ledge beside him extended upward to lose +itself in the shadows above. At its foot the top of another ladder was visible +protruding through the opening from the floor beneath. +</p> + +<p> +No sooner had Joseph’s lantern shown him the way than Barney was +ascending the ladder toward the floor above. At the next landing he waited for +the old man. +</p> + +<p> +Joseph put out the light and placed the lantern where they could easily find it +upon their return. Then he cautiously slipped the catch that held the panel in +place and slowly opened the door until a narrow line of lesser darkness showed +from without. +</p> + +<p> +For a moment they stood in silence listening for any sound from the chamber +beyond, but as nothing occurred to indicate that the apartment was occupied the +old man opened the portal a trifle further, and finally far enough to permit +his body to pass through. Barney followed him. They found themselves in a +large, empty chamber, identical in size and shape with that which they had just +quitted upon the floor below. +</p> + +<p> +From this the two passed into the corridor beyond, and thence to the apartments +at the far end of the wing, directly over those occupied by Emma von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +Barney hastened to a window overlooking the moat. By leaning far out he could +see the light from the princess’s chamber shining upon the sill. He +wished that the light was not there, for the window was in plain view of the +guard on the lookout upon the barbican. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly he caught the sound of voices from the chamber beneath. For an instant +he listened, and then, catching a few words of the dialogue, he turned +hurriedly toward his companion. +</p> + +<p> +“The rope, Joseph! And for God’s sake be quick about it.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap05"></a>V.<br /> +THE ESCAPE</h2> + +<p> +For half an hour the Princess von der Tann succeeded admirably in immersing +herself in the periodical, to the exclusion of her unhappy thoughts and the +depressing influence of the austere countenance of the Blentz Princess hanging +upon the wall behind her. +</p> + +<p> +But presently she became unaccountably nervous. At the slightest sound from the +palace-life on the floor below she would start up with a tremor of excitement. +Once she heard footsteps in the corridor before her door, but they passed on, +and she thought she discerned the click of a latch a short distance further on +along the passageway. +</p> + +<p> +Again she attempted to gather up the thread of the article she had been +reading, but she was unsuccessful. A stealthy scratching brought her round +quickly, staring in the direction of the great portrait. The girl would have +sworn that she had heard a noise within her chamber. She shuddered at the +thought that it might have come from that painted thing upon the wall. +</p> + +<p> +What was the matter with her? Was she losing all control of herself to be +frightened like a little child by ghostly noises? +</p> + +<p> +She tried to return to her reading, but for the life of her she could not keep +her eyes off the silent, painted woman who stared and stared and stared in +cold, threatening silence upon this ancient enemy of her house. +</p> + +<p> +Presently the girl’s eyes went wide in horror. She could feel the scalp +upon her head contract with fright. Her terror-filled gaze was frozen upon that +awful figure that loomed so large and sinister above her, for the thing had +moved! She had seen it with her own eyes. There could be no mistake—no +hallucination of overwrought nerves about it. The Blentz Princess was moving +slowly toward her! +</p> + +<p> +Like one in a trance the girl rose from her chair, her eyes glued upon the +awful apparition that seemed creeping upon her. Slowly she withdrew toward the +opposite side of the chamber. As the painting moved more quickly the truth +flashed upon her—it was mounted on a door. +</p> + +<p> +The crack of the door widened and beyond it the girl saw dimly, eyes fastened +upon her. With difficulty she restrained a shriek. The portal swung wide and a +man in uniform stepped into the room. +</p> + +<p> +It was Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann gazed in unveiled abhorrence upon the leering face of the +governor of Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +“What means this intrusion?” cried the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“What would you have here?” +</p> + +<p> +“You,” replied Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +The girl crimsoned. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck regarded her sneeringly. +</p> + +<p> +“You coward!” she cried. “Leave my apartments at once. Not +even Peter of Blentz would countenance such abhorrent treatment of a +prisoner.” +</p> + +<p> +“You do not know Peter, my dear,” responded Maenck. “But you +need not fear. You shall be my wife. Peter has promised me a baronetcy for the +capture of Leopold, and before I am done I shall be made a prince, of that you +may rest assured, so you see I am not so bad a match after all.” +</p> + +<p> +He crossed over toward her and would have laid a rough hand upon her arm. +</p> + +<p> +The girl sprang away from him, running to the opposite side of the library +table at which she had been reading. Maenck started to pursue her, when she +seized a heavy, copper bowl that stood upon the table and hurled it full in his +face. The missile struck him a glancing blow, but the edge laid open the flesh +of one cheek almost to the jaw bone. +</p> + +<p> +With a cry of pain and rage Captain Ernst Maenck leaped across the table full +upon the young girl. With vicious, murderous fingers he seized upon her fair +throat, shaking her as a terrier might shake a rat. Futilely the girl struck at +the hate-contorted features so close to hers. +</p> + +<p> +“Stop!” she cried. “You are killing me.” +</p> + +<p> +The fingers released their hold. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” muttered the man, and dragged the princess roughly across the +room. +</p> + +<p> +Half a dozen steps he had taken when there came a sudden crash of breaking +glass from the window across the chamber. Both turned in astonishment to see +the figure of a man leap into the room, carrying the shattered crystal and the +casement with him. In one hand was a naked sword. +</p> + +<p> +“The king!” cried Emma von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +“The devil!” muttered Maenck, as, dropping the girl, he scurried +toward the great painting from behind which he had found ingress to the +chambers of the princess. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck was a coward, and he had seen murder in the eyes of the man rushing upon +him. With a bound he reached the picture which still stood swung wide into the +room. +</p> + +<p> +Barney was close behind him, but fear lent wings to the governor of Blentz, so +that he was able to dart into the passage behind the picture and slam the door +behind him a moment before the infuriated man was upon him. +</p> + +<p> +The American clawed at the edge of the massive frame, but all to no avail. Then +he raised his sword and slashed the canvas, hoping to find a way into the place +beyond, but mighty oaken panels barred his further progress. With a whispered +oath he turned back toward the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“Thank Heaven that I was in time, Emma,” he cried. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, Leopold, my king, but at what a price,” replied the girl. +“He will return now with others and kill you. He is furious—so +furious that he scarce knows what he does.” +</p> + +<p> +“He seemed to know what he was doing when he ran for that hole in the +wall,” replied Barney with a grin. “But come, it won’t pay to +let them find us should they return.” +</p> + +<p> +Together they hastened to the window beyond which the girl could see a rope +dangling from above. The sight of it partially solved the riddle of the +king’s almost uncanny presence upon her window sill in the very nick of +time. +</p> + +<p> +Below, the lights in the watch tower at the outer gate were plainly visible, +and the twinkling of them reminded Barney of the danger of detection from that +quarter. Quickly he recrossed the apartment to the wall-switch that operated +the recently installed electric lights, and an instant later the chamber was in +total darkness. +</p> + +<p> +Once more at the girl’s side Barney drew in one end of the rope and made +it fast about her body below her arms, leaving a sufficient length terminating +in a small loop to permit her to support herself more comfortably with one foot +within the noose. Then he stepped to the outer sill, and reaching down assisted +her to his side. +</p> + +<p> +Far below them the moonlight played upon the sluggish waters of the moat. In +the distance twinkled the lights of the village of Blentz. From the courtyard +and the palace came faintly the sound of voices, and the movement of men. A +horse whinnied from the stables. +</p> + +<p> +Barney turned his eyes upward. He could see the head and shoulders of Joseph +leaning from the window of the chamber directly above them. +</p> + +<p> +“Hoist away, Joseph!” whispered the American, and to the girl: +“Be brave. Shut your eyes and trust to Joseph and—and—” +</p> + +<p> +“And my king,” finished the girl for him. +</p> + +<p> +His arm was about her shoulders, supporting her upon the narrow sill. His cheek +so close to hers that once he felt the soft velvet of it brush his own. +Involuntarily his arm tightened about the supple body. +</p> + +<p> +“My princess!” he murmured, and as he turned his face toward hers +their lips almost touched. +</p> + +<p> +Joseph was pulling upon the rope from above. They could feel it tighten beneath +the girl’s arms. Impulsively Barney Custer drew the sweet lips closer to +his own. There was no resistance. +</p> + +<p> +“I love you,” he whispered. The words were smothered as their lips +met. +</p> + +<p> +Joseph, above, wondered at the great weight of the Princess Emma von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +“I love you, Leopold, forever,” whispered the girl, and then as +Joseph’s Herculean tugging seemed likely to drag them both from the +narrow sill, Barney lifted the girl upward with one hand while he clung to the +window frame with the other. The distance to the sill above was short, and a +moment later Joseph had grasped the princess’s hand and was helping her +over the ledge into the room beyond. +</p> + +<p> +At the same instant there came a sudden commotion from the interior of the room +in the window of which Barney still stood waiting for Joseph to remove the rope +from about the princess and lower it for him. Barney heard the heavy feet of +men, the clank of arms, and muttered oaths as the searchers stumbled against +the furniture. +</p> + +<p> +Presently one of them found the switch and instantly the room was flooded with +light, which revealed to the American a dozen Luthanian troopers headed by the +murderous Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +Barney looked anxiously aloft. Would Joseph never lower that rope! Within the +room the men were searching. He could hear Maenck directing them. Only a thin +portiere screened him from their view. It was but a matter of seconds before +they would investigate the window through which Maenck knew the king had found +ingress. +</p> + +<p> +Yes! It had come. +</p> + +<p> +“Look to the window,” commanded Maenck. “He may have gone as +he came.” +</p> + +<p> +Two of the soldiers crossed the room toward the casement. From above Joseph was +lowering the rope; but it was too late. The men would be at the window before +he could clamber out of their reach. +</p> + +<p> +“Hoist away!” he whispered to Joseph. “Quick now, my man, and +make your escape with the Princess von der Tann. It is the king’s +command.” +</p> + +<p> +Already the soldiers were at the window. At the sound of his voice they tore +aside the draperies; at the same instant the pseudo-king turned and leaped out +into the blackness of the night. +</p> + +<p> +There were exclamations of surprise and rage from the soldiers—a +woman’s scream. Then from far below came a dull splash as the body of +Bernard Custer struck the surface of the moat. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck, leaning from the window, heard the scream and the splash, and jumped to +the conclusion that both the king and the princess had attempted to make their +escape in this harebrained way. Immediately all the resources at his command +were put to the task of searching the moat and the adjacent woods. +</p> + +<p> +He was sure that one or both of the prisoners would be stunned by impact with +the surface of the water, and then drowned before they regained consciousness, +but he did not know Bernard Custer, nor the facility and almost uncanny ease +with which that young man could negotiate a high dive into shallow water. +</p> + +<p> +Nor did he know that upon the floor above him one Joseph was hastening along a +dark corridor toward a secret panel in another apartment, and that with him was +the Princess Emma bound for liberty and safety far from the frowning walls of +Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney’s head emerged above the surface of the moat he shook it +vigorously to free his eyes from water, and then struck out for the further +bank. +</p> + +<p> +Long before his pursuers had reached the courtyard and alarmed the watch at the +barbican, the American had crawled out upon dry land and hastened across the +broad clearing to the patch of stunted trees that grew lower down upon the +steep hillside before the castle. +</p> + +<p> +He shrank from the thought of leaving Blentz without knowing positively that +Joseph had made good the escape of himself and the princess, but he finally +argued that even if they had been retaken, he could serve her best by hastening +to her father and fetching the only succor that might prevail against the +strength of Blentz—armed men in sufficient force to storm the ancient +fortress. +</p> + +<p> +He had scarcely entered the wood when he heard the sound of the searchers at +the moat, and saw the rays of their lanterns flitting hither and thither as +they moved back and forth along the bank. +</p> + +<p> +Then the young man turned his face from the castle and set forth across the +unfamiliar country in the direction of the Old Forest and the castle Von der +Tann. +</p> + +<p> +The memory of the warm lips that had so recently been pressed to his urged him +on in the service of the wondrous girl who had come so suddenly into his life, +bringing to him the realization of a love that he knew must alter, for +happiness or for sorrow, all the balance of his existence, even unto death. +</p> + +<p> +He dreaded the day of reckoning when, at last, she must learn that he was no +king. He did not have the temerity to hope that her courage would be equal to +the great sacrifice which the acknowledgment of her love for one not of noble +blood must entail; but he could not believe that she would cease to love him +when she learned the truth. +</p> + +<p> +So the future looked black and cheerless to Barney Custer as he trudged along +the rocky, moonlit way. The only bright spot was the realization that for a +while at least he might be serving the one woman in all the world. +</p> + +<p> +All the balance of the long night the young man traversed valley and mountain, +holding due south in the direction he supposed the Old Forest to lie. He passed +many a little farm tucked away in the hollow of a hillside, and quaint hamlets, +and now and then the ruins of an ancient feudal stronghold, but no great forest +of black oaks loomed before him to apprise him of the nearness of his goal, nor +did he dare to ask the correct route at any of the homes he passed. +</p> + +<p> +His fatal likeness to the description of the mad king of Lutha warned him from +intercourse with the men of Lutha until he might know which were friends and +which enemies of the hapless monarch. +</p> + +<p> +Dawn found him still upon his way, but with the determination fully +crystallized to hail the first man he met and ask the way to Tann. He still +avoided the main traveled roads, but from time to time he paralleled them close +enough that he might have ample opportunity to hail the first passerby. +</p> + +<p> +The road was becoming more and more mountainous and difficult. There were fewer +homes and no hamlets, and now he began to despair entirely of meeting any who +could give him direction unless he turned and retraced his steps to the nearest +farm. +</p> + +<p> +Directly before him the narrow trail he had been following for the past few +miles wound sharply about the shoulder of a protruding cliff. He would see what +lay beyond the turn—perhaps he would find the Old Forest there, after +all. +</p> + +<p> +But instead he found something very different, though in its way quite as +interesting, for as he rounded the rugged bluff he came face to face with two +evil-looking fellows astride stocky, rough-coated ponies. +</p> + +<p> +At sight of him they drew in their mounts and eyed him suspiciously. Nor was +there great cause for wonderment in that, for the American presented aught but +a respectable appearance. His khaki motoring suit, soaked from immersion in the +moat, had but partially dried upon him. Mud from the banks of the stagnant pool +caked his legs to the knees, almost hiding his once tan puttees. More mud +streaked his jacket front and stained its sleeves to the elbows. He was +bare-headed, for his cap had remained in the moat at Blentz, and his disheveled +hair was tousled upon his head, while his full beard had dried into a weird and +tangled fringe about his face. At his side still hung the sword that Joseph had +buckled there, and it was this that caused the two men the greatest suspicion +of this strange looking character. +</p> + +<p> +They continued to eye Barney in silence, every now and then casting +apprehensive glances beyond him, as though expecting others of his kind to +appear in the trail at his back. And that is precisely what they did fear, for +the sword at Barney’s side had convinced them that he must be an officer +of the army, and they looked to see his command following in his wake. +</p> + +<p> +The young man saluted them pleasantly, asking the direction to the Old Forest. +They thought it strange that a soldier of Lutha should not know his own way +about his native land, and so judged that his question was but a blind to +deceive them. +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you not ask your own men the way?” parried one of the +fellows. +</p> + +<p> +“I have no men, I am alone,” replied Barney. “I am a stranger +in Lutha and have lost my way.” +</p> + +<p> +He who had spoken before pointed to the sword at Barney’s side. +</p> + +<p> +“Strangers traveling in Lutha do not wear swords,” he said. +“You are an officer. Why should you desire to conceal the fact from two +honest farmers? We have done nothing. Let us go our way.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney looked his astonishment at this reply. +</p> + +<p> +“Most certainly, go your way, my friends,” he said laughing. +“I would not delay you if I could; but before you go please be good +enough to tell me how to reach the Old Forest and the ancient castle of the +Prince von der Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment the two men whispered together, then the spokesman turned to +Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“We will lead you upon the right road. Come,” and the two turned +their horses, one of them starting slowly back up the trail while the other +remained waiting for Barney to pass him. +</p> + +<p> +The American, suspecting nothing, voiced his thanks, and set out after him who +had gone before. As he passed the fellow who waited the latter moved in behind +him, so that Barney walked between the two. Occasionally the rider at his back +turned in his saddle to scan the trail behind, as though still fearful that +Barney had been lying to them and that he would discover a company of soldiers +charging down upon them. +</p> + +<p> +The trail became more and more difficult as they advanced, until Barney +wondered how the little horses clung to the steep mountainside, where he +himself had difficulty in walking without using his hand to keep from falling. +</p> + +<p> +Twice the American attempted to break through the taciturnity of his guides, +but his advances were met with nothing more than sultry grunts or silence, and +presently a suspicion began to obtrude itself among his thoughts that possibly +these “honest farmers” were something more sinister than they +represented themselves to be. +</p> + +<p> +A malign and threatening atmosphere seemed to surround them. Even the cat-like +movement of their silent mounts breathed a sinister secrecy, and now, for the +first time, Barney noticed the short, ugly looking carbines that were slung in +boots at their saddle-horns. Then, prompted to further investigation, he +dropped back beside the man who had been riding behind him, and as he did so he +saw beneath the fellow’s cloak the butts of two villainous-looking +pistols. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney dropped back beside him the man turned his mount across the narrow +trail, and reining him in motioned Barney ahead. +</p> + +<p> +“I have changed my mind,” said the American, “about going to +the Old Forest.” +</p> + +<p> +He had determined that he might as well have the thing out now as later, and +discover at once how he stood with these two, and whether or not his suspicions +of them were well grounded. +</p> + +<p> +The man ahead had halted at the sound of Barney’s voice, and swung about +in the saddle. +</p> + +<p> +“What’s the trouble?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“He don’t want to go to the Old Forest,” explained his +companion, and for the first time Barney saw one of them grin. It was not at +all a pleasant grin, nor reassuring. +</p> + +<p> +“He don’t, eh?” growled the other. “Well, he +ain’t goin’, is he? Who ever said he was?” +</p> + +<p> +And then he, too, laughed. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m going back the way I came,” said Barney, starting around +the horse that blocked his way. +</p> + +<p> +“No, you ain’t,” said the horseman. “You’re +goin’ with us.” +</p> + +<p> +And Barney found himself gazing down the muzzle of one of the wicked looking +pistols. +</p> + +<p> +For a moment he stood in silence, debating mentally the wisdom of attempting to +rush the fellow, and then, with a shake of his head, he turned back up the +trail between his captors. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” he said, “on second thought I have decided to go with +you. Your logic is most convincing.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap06"></a>VI.<br /> +A KING’S RANSOM</h2> + +<p> +For another mile the two brigands conducted their captor along the +mountainside, then they turned into a narrow ravine near the summit of the +hills—a deep, rocky, wooded ravine into whose black shadows it seemed the +sun might never penetrate. +</p> + +<p> +A winding path led crookedly among the pines that grew thickly in this +sheltered hollow, until presently, after half an hour of rough going, they came +upon a small natural clearing, rock-bound and impregnable. +</p> + +<p> +As they filed from the wood Barney saw a score of villainous fellows clustered +about a camp fire where they seemed engaged in cooking their noonday meal. Bits +of meat were roasting upon iron skewers, and a great iron pot boiled vigorously +at one side of the blaze. +</p> + +<p> +At the sound of their approach the men sprang to their feet in alarm, and as +many weapons as there were men leaped to view; but when they saw Barney’s +companions they returned their pistols to their holsters, and at sight of +Barney they pressed forward to inspect the prisoner. +</p> + +<p> +“Who have we here?” shouted a big blond giant, who affected +extremely gaudy colors in his selection of wearing apparel, and whose pistols +and knife had their grips heavily ornamented with pearl and silver. +</p> + +<p> +“A stranger in Lutha he calls himself,” replied one of +Barney’s captors. “But from the sword I take it he is one of old +Peter’s wolfhounds.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, he’s found the wolves at any rate,” replied the giant, +with a wide grin at his witticism. “And if Yellow Franz is the particular +wolf you’re after, my friend, why here I am,” he concluded, +addressing the American with a leer. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m after no one,” replied Barney. “I tell you +I’m a stranger, and I lost my way in your infernal mountains. All I wish +is to be set upon the right road to Tann, and if you will do that for me you +shall be well paid for your trouble.” +</p> + +<p> +The giant, Yellow Franz, had come quite close to Barney and was inspecting him +with an expression of considerable interest. Presently he drew a soiled and +much-folded paper from his breast. Upon one side was a printed notice, and at +the corners bits were torn away as though the paper had once been tacked upon +wood, and then torn down without removing the tacks. +</p> + +<p> +At sight of it Barney’s heart sank. The look of the thing was all too +familiar. Before the yellow one had commenced to read aloud from it Barney had +repeated to himself the words he knew were coming. +</p> + +<p> +“‘Gray eyes,’” read the brigand, “‘brown +hair, and a full, reddish-brown beard.’ Herman and Friedrich, my dear +children, you have stumbled upon the richest haul in all Lutha. Down upon your +marrow-bones, you swine, and rub your low-born noses in the dirt before your +king.” +</p> + +<p> +The others looked their surprise. +</p> + +<p> +“The king?” one cried. +</p> + +<p> +“Behold!” cried Yellow Franz. “Leopold of Lutha!” +</p> + +<p> +He waved a ham-like hand toward Barney. +</p> + +<p> +Among the rough men was a young smooth-faced boy, and now with wide eyes he +pressed forward to get a nearer view of the wonderful person of a king. +</p> + +<p> +“Take a good look at him, Rudolph,” cried Yellow Franz. “It +is the first and will probably be the last time you will ever see a king. Kings +seldom visit the court of their fellow monarch, Yellow Franz of the Black +Mountains. +</p> + +<p> +“Come, my children, remove his majesty’s sword, lest he fall and +stick himself upon it, and then prepare the royal chamber, seeing to it that it +be made so comfortable that Leopold will remain with us a long time. Rudolph, +fetch food and water for his majesty, and see to it that the silver plates and +the golden goblets are well scoured and polished up.” +</p> + +<p> +They conducted Barney to a miserable lean-to shack at one side of the clearing, +and for a while the motley crew loitered about bandying coarse jests at the +expense of the “king.” The boy, Rudolph, brought food and water, he +alone of them all evincing the slightest respect or awe for the royalty of +their unwilling guest. +</p> + +<p> +After a time the men tired of the sport of king-baiting, for Barney showed +neither rancor nor outraged majesty at their keenest thrusts, instead, often +joining in the laugh with them at his own expense. They thought it odd that the +king should hold his dignity in so low esteem, but that he was king they never +doubted, attributing his denials to a disposition to deceive them, and rob them +of the “king’s ransom” they had already commenced to consider +as their own. +</p> + +<p> +Shortly after Barney arrived at the rendezvous he saw a messenger dispatched by +Yellow Franz, and from the repeated gestures toward himself that had +accompanied the giant’s instructions to his emissary, Barney was positive +that the man’s errand had to do with him. +</p> + +<p> +After the men had left his prison, leaving the boy standing awkwardly in +wide-eyed contemplation of his august charge, the American ventured to open a +conversation with his youthful keeper. +</p> + +<p> +“Aren’t you rather young to be starting in the bandit business, +Rudolph?” asked Barney, who had taken a fancy to the youth. +</p> + +<p> +“I do not want to be a bandit, your majesty,” whispered the lad; +“but my father owes Yellow Franz a great sum of money, and as he could +not pay the debt Yellow Franz stole me from my home and says that he will keep +me until my father pays him, and that if he does not pay he will make a bandit +of me, and that then some day I shall be caught and hanged until I am +dead.” +</p> + +<p> +“Can’t you escape?” asked the young man. “It would seem +to me that there would be many opportunities for you to get away +undetected.” +</p> + +<p> +“There are, but I dare not. Yellow Franz says that if I run away he will +be sure to come across me some day again and that then he will kill me.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney laughed. +</p> + +<p> +“He is just talking, my boy,” he said. “He thinks that by +frightening you he will be able to keep you from running away.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty does not know him,” whispered the youth, shuddering. +“He is the wickedest man in all the world. Nothing would please him more +than killing me, and he would have done it long since but for two things. One +is that I have made myself useful about his camp, doing chores and the like, +and the other is that were he to kill me he knows that my father would never +pay him.” +</p> + +<p> +“How much does your father owe him?” +</p> + +<p> +“Five hundred marks, your majesty,” replied Rudolph. “Two +hundred of this amount is the original debt, and the balance Yellow Franz has +added since he captured me, so that it is really ransom money. But my father is +a poor man, so that it will take a long time before he can accumulate so large +a sum. +</p> + +<p> +“You would really like to go home again, Rudolph?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, very much, your majesty, if I only dared.” Barney was silent +for some time, thinking. Possibly he could effect his own escape with the +connivance of Rudolph, and at the same time free the boy. The paltry ransom he +could pay out of his own pocket and send to Yellow Franz later, so that the +youth need not fear the brigand’s revenge. It was worth thinking about, +at any rate. +</p> + +<p> +“How long do you imagine they will keep me, Rudolph?” he asked +after a time. +</p> + +<p> +“Yellow Franz has already sent Herman to Lustadt with a message for +Prince Peter, telling him that you are being held for ransom, and demanding the +payment of a huge sum for your release. Day after tomorrow or the next day he +should return with Prince Peter’s reply. +</p> + +<p> +“If it is favorable, arrangements will be made to turn you over to Prince +Peter’s agents, who will have to come to some distant meeting place with +the money. A week, perhaps, it will take, maybe longer.” +</p> + +<p> +It was the second day before Herman returned from Lustadt. He rode in just at +dark, his pony lathered from hard going. +</p> + +<p> +Barney and the boy saw him coming, and the youth ran forward with the others to +learn the news that he had brought; but Yellow Franz and his messenger withdrew +to a hut which the brigand chief reserved for his own use, nor would he permit +any beside the messenger to accompany him to hear the report. +</p> + +<p> +For half an hour Barney sat alone waiting for word from Yellow Franz that +arrangements had been consummated for his release, and then out of the darkness +came Rudolph, wide-eyed and trembling. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, my king?” he whispered. “What shall we do? Peter has +refused to ransom you alive, but he has offered a great sum for unquestioned +proof of your death. Already he has caused a proclamation to be issued stating +that you have been killed by bandits after escaping from Blentz, and ordering a +period of national mourning. In three weeks he is to be crowned king of +Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +“When do they intend terminating my existence?” queried Barney. +</p> + +<p> +There was a smile upon his lips, for even now he could scarce believe that in +the twentieth century there could be any such medieval plotting against a +king’s life, and yet, on second thought, had he not ample proof of the +lengths to which Peter of Blentz was willing to go to obtain the crown of +Lutha! +</p> + +<p> +“I do not know, your majesty,” replied Rudolph, “when they +will do it; but soon, doubtless, since the sooner it is done the sooner they +can collect their pay.” +</p> + +<p> +Further conversation was interrupted by the sound of footsteps without, and an +instant later Yellow Franz entered the squalid apartment and the dim circle of +light which flickered feebly from the smoky lantern that hung suspended from +the rafters. +</p> + +<p> +He stopped just within the doorway and stood eyeing the American with an ugly +grin upon his vicious face. Then his eyes fell upon the trembling Rudolph. +</p> + +<p> +“Get out of here, you!” he growled. “I’ve got private +business with this king. And see that you don’t come nosing round either, +or I’ll slit that soft throat for you.” +</p> + +<p> +Rudolph slipped past the burly ruffian, barely dodging a brutal blow aimed at +him by the giant, and escaped into the darkness without. +</p> + +<p> +“And now for you, my fine fellow,” said the brigand, turning toward +Barney. “Peter says you ain’t worth nothing to him—alive, but +that your dead body will fetch us a hundred thousand marks.” +</p> + +<p> +“Rather cheap for a king, isn’t it?” was Barney’s only +comment. +</p> + +<p> +“That’s what Herman tells him,” replied Yellow Franz. +“But he’s a close one, Peter is, and so it was that or +nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +“When are you going to pull off this little—er—ah—royal +demise?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“If you mean when am I going to kill you,” replied the bandit, +“why, there ain’t no particular rush about it. I’m a +tender-hearted chap, I am. I never should have been in this business at all, +but here I be, and as there ain’t nobody that can do a better job of the +kind than me, or do it so painlessly, why I just got to do it myself, and +that’s all there is to it. But, as I says, there ain’t no great +rush. If you want to pray, why, go ahead and pray. I’ll wait for +you.” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t remember,” said Barney, “when I have met so +generous a party as you, my friend. Your self-sacrificing magnanimity quite +overpowers me. It reminds me of another unloved Robin Hood whom I once met. It +was in front of Burket’s coal-yard on Ella Street, back in dear old +Beatrice, at some unchristian hour of the night. +</p> + +<p> +“After he had relieved me of a dollar and forty cents he remarked: +‘I gotta good mind to kick yer slats in fer not havin’ more of de +cush on yeh; but I’m feelin’ so good about de last guy I stuck up +I’ll let youse off dis time.’” +</p> + +<p> +“I do not know what you are talking about,” replied Yellow Franz; +“but if you want to pray you’d better hurry up about it.” +</p> + +<p> +He drew his pistol from its holster on the belt at his hips. +</p> + +<p> +Now Barney Custer had no mind to give up the ghost without a struggle; but just +how he was to overcome the great beast who confronted him with menacing pistol +was, to say the least, not precisely plain. He wished the man would come a +little nearer where he might have some chance to close with him before the +fellow could fire. To gain time the American assumed a prayerful attitude, but +kept one eye on the bandit. +</p> + +<p> +Presently Yellow Franz showed indications of impatience. He fingered the +trigger of his weapon, and then slowly raised it on a line with Barney’s +chest. +</p> + +<p> +“Hadn’t you better come closer?” asked the young man. +“You might miss at that distance, or just wound me.” +</p> + +<p> +Yellow Franz grinned. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t miss,” he said, and then: “You’re +certainly a game one. If it wasn’t for the hundred thousand marks, +I’d be hanged if I’d kill you.” +</p> + +<p> +“The chances are that you will be if you do,” said Barney, +“so wouldn’t you rather take one hundred and fifty thousand marks +and let me make my escape?” +</p> + +<p> +Yellow Franz looked at the speaker a moment through narrowed lids. +</p> + +<p> +“Where would you find any one willing to pay that amount for a crazy +king?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“I have told you that I am not the king,” said Barney. “I am +an American with a father who would gladly pay that amount on my safe delivery +to any American consul.” +</p> + +<p> +Yellow Franz shook his head and tapped his brow significantly. +</p> + +<p> +“Even if you was what you are dreaming, it wouldn’t pay me,” +he said. +</p> + +<p> +“I’ll make it two hundred thousand,” said Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“No—it’s a waste of time talking about it. It’s worth +more than money to me to know that I’ll always have this thing on Peter, +and that when he’s king he won’t dare bother me for fear I’ll +publish the details of this little deal. Come, you must be through praying by +this time. I can’t wait around here all night.” Again Yellow Franz +raised his pistol toward Barney’s heart. +</p> + +<p> +Before the brigand could pull the trigger, or Barney hurl himself upon his +would-be assassin, there was a flash and a loud report from the open window of +the shack. +</p> + +<p> +With a groan Yellow Franz crumpled to the dirt floor, and simultaneously Barney +was upon him and had wrested the pistol from his hand; but the precaution was +unnecessary for Yellow Franz would never again press finger to trigger. He was +dead even before Barney reached his side. +</p> + +<p> +In possession of the weapon, the American turned toward the window from which +had come the rescuing shot, and as he did so he saw the boy, Rudolph, +clambering over the sill, white-faced and trembling. In his hand was a smoking +carbine, and on his brow great beads of cold sweat. +</p> + +<p> +“God forgive me!” murmured the youth. “I have killed a +man.” +</p> + +<p> +“You have killed a dangerous wild beast, Rudolph,” said Barney, +“and both God and your fellow man will thank and reward you.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am glad that I killed him, though,” went on the boy, “for +he would have killed you, my king, had I not done so. Gladly would I go to the +gallows to save my king.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are a brave lad, Rudolph,” said Barney, “and if ever I +get out of the pretty pickle I’m in you’ll be well rewarded for +your loyalty to Leopold of Lutha. After all,” thought the young man, +“being a kind has its redeeming features, for if the boy had not thought +me his monarch he would never have risked the vengeance of the bloodthirsty +brigands in this attempt to save me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Hasten, your majesty,” whispered the boy, tugging at the sleeve of +Barney’s jacket. “There is no time to be lost. We must be far away +from here when the others discover that Yellow Franz has been killed.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney stooped above the dead man, and removing his belt and cartridges +transferred them to his own person. Then blowing out the lantern the two +slipped out into the darkness of the night. +</p> + +<p> +About the camp fire of the brigands the entire pack was congregated. They were +talking together in low voices, ever and anon glancing expectantly toward the +shack to which their chief had gone to dispatch the king. It is not every day +that a king is murdered, and even these hardened cut-throats felt the spell of +awe at the thought of what they believed the sharp report they had heard from +the shack portended. +</p> + +<p> +Keeping well to the far side of the clearing, Rudolph led Barney around the +group of men and safely into the wood below them. From this point the boy +followed the trail which Barney and his captors had traversed two days +previously, until he came to a diverging ravine that led steeply up through the +mountains upon their right hand. +</p> + +<p> +In the distance behind them they suddenly heard, faintly, the shouting of men. +</p> + +<p> +“They have discovered Yellow Franz,” whispered the boy, shuddering. +</p> + +<p> +“Then they’ll be after us directly,” said Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, your majesty,” replied Rudolph, “but in the darkness +they will not see that we have turned up this ravine, and so they will ride on +down the other. I have chosen this way because their horses cannot follow us +here, and thus we shall be under no great disadvantage. It may be, however, +that we shall have to hide in the mountains for a while, since there will be no +place of safety for us between here and Lustadt until after the edge of their +anger is dulled.” +</p> + +<p> +And such proved to be the case, for try as they would they found it impossible +to reach Lustadt without detection by the brigands who patrolled every highway +and byway from their rugged mountains to the capital of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +For nearly three weeks Barney and the boy hid in caves or dense underbrush by +day, and by night sought some avenue which would lead them past the vigilant +sentries that patrolled the ways to freedom. +</p> + +<p> +Often they were wet by rains, nor were they ever in the warm sunlight for a +sufficient length of time to become thoroughly dry and comfortable. Of food +they had little, and of the poorest quality. +</p> + +<p> +They dared not light a fire for warmth or cooking, and their light was so +miserable that, but for the boy’s pitiful terror at the thought of being +recaptured by the bandits, Barney would long since have made a break for +Lustadt, depending upon their arms and ammunition to carry them safely through +were they discovered by their enemies. +</p> + +<p> +Rudolph had contracted a severe cold the first night, and now, it having +settled upon his lungs, he had developed a persistent and aggravating cough +that caused Barney not a little apprehension. When, after nearly three weeks of +suffering and privation, it became clear that the boy’s lungs were +affected, the American decided to take matters into his own hands and attempt +to reach Lustadt and a good doctor; but before he had an opportunity to put his +plan into execution the entire matter was removed from his jurisdiction. +</p> + +<p> +It happened like this: After a particularly fatiguing and uncomfortable night +spent in attempting to elude the sentinels who blocked their way from the +mountains, daylight found them near a little spring, and here they decided to +rest for an hour before resuming their way. +</p> + +<p> +The little pool lay not far from a clump of heavy bushes which would offer them +excellent shelter, as it was Barney’s intention to go into hiding as soon +as they had quenched their thirst at the spring. +</p> + +<p> +Rudolph was coughing pitifully, his slender frame wracked by the convulsion of +each new attack. Barney had placed an arm about the boy to support him, for the +paroxysms always left him very weak. +</p> + +<p> +The young man’s heart went out to the poor boy, and pangs of regret +filled his mind as he realized that the child’s pathetic condition was +the direct result of his self-sacrificing attempt to save his king. Barney felt +much like a murderer and a thief, and dreaded the time when the boy should be +brought to a realization of his mistake. +</p> + +<p> +He had come to feel a warm affection for the loyal little lad, who had suffered +so uncomplainingly and whose every thought had been for the safety and comfort +of his king. +</p> + +<p> +Today, thought Barney, I’ll take this child through to Lustadt even if +every ragged brigand in Lutha lies between us and the capital; but even as he +spoke a sudden crashing of underbrush behind caused him to wheel about, and +there, not twenty paces from them, stood two of Yellow Franz’s +cutthroats. +</p> + +<p> +At sight of Barney and the lad they gave voice to a shout of triumph, and +raising their carbines fired point-blank at the two fugitives. +</p> + +<p> +But Barney had been equally as quick with his own weapon, and at the moment +that they fired he grasped Rudolph and dragged him backward to a great boulder +behind which their bodies might be protected from the fire of their enemies. +</p> + +<p> +Both the bullets of the bandits’ first volley had been directed at +Barney, for it was upon his head that the great price rested. They had missed +him by a narrow margin, due, perhaps, to the fact that the mounts of the +brigands had been prancing in alarm at the unexpected sight of the two +strangers at the very moment that their riders attempted to take aim and fire. +</p> + +<p> +But now they had ridden back into the brush and dismounted, and after hiding +their ponies they came creeping out upon their bellies upon opposite sides of +Barney’s shelter. +</p> + +<p> +The American saw that it would be an easy thing for them to pick him off if he +remained where he was, and so with a word to Rudolph he sprang up and the boy +with him. Each delivered a quick shot at the bandit nearest him, and then +together they broke for the bushes in which the brigand’s mounts were +hidden. +</p> + +<p> +Two shots answered theirs. Rudolph, who was ahead of Barney, stumbled and threw +up his hands. He would have fallen had not the American thrown a strong arm +about him. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m shot, your majesty,” murmured the boy, his head dropping +against Barney’s breast. +</p> + +<p> +With the lad grasped close to him, the young man turned at the edge of the +brush to meet the charge of the two ruffians. The wounding of the youth had +delayed them just enough to preclude their making this temporary refuge in +safety. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney turned both the men fired simultaneously, and both missed. The +American raised his revolver, and with the flash of it the foremost brigand +came to a sudden stop. An expression of bewilderment crossed his features. He +extended his arms straight before him, the revolver slipped from his grasp, and +then like a dying top he pivoted once drunkenly and collapsed upon the turf. +</p> + +<p> +At the instant of his fall his companion and the American fired point-blank at +one another. +</p> + +<p> +Barney felt a burning sensation in his shoulder, but it was forgotten for the +moment in the relief that came to him as he saw the second rascal sprawl +headlong upon his face. Then he turned his attention to the limp little figure +that hung across his left arm. +</p> + +<p> +Gently Barney laid the boy upon the sward, and fetching water from the pool +bathed his face and forced a few drops between the white lips. The cooling +draft revived the wounded child, but brought on a paroxysm of coughing. When +this had subsided Rudolph raised his eyes to those of the man bending above +him. +</p> + +<p> +“Thank God, your majesty is unharmed,” he whispered. “Now I +can die in peace.” +</p> + +<p> +The white lids drooped lower, and with a tired sigh the boy lay quiet. Tears +came to the young man’s eyes as he let the limp body gently to the +ground. +</p> + +<p> +“Brave little heart,” he murmured, “you gave up your life in +the service of your king as truly as though you had not been all mistaken in +the object of your veneration, and if it lies within the power of Barney Custer +you shall not have died in vain.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap07"></a>VII.<br /> +THE REAL LEOPOLD</h2> + +<p> +Two hours later a horseman pushed his way between tumbled and tangled briers +along the bottom of a deep ravine. +</p> + +<p> +He was hatless, and his stained and ragged khaki betokened much exposure to the +elements and hard and continued usage. At his saddle-bow a carbine swung in its +boot, and upon either hip was strapped a long revolver. Ammunition in plenty +filled the cross belts that he had looped about his shoulders. +</p> + +<p> +Grim and warlike as were his trappings, no less grim was the set of his strong +jaw or the glint of his gray eyes, nor did the patch of brown stain that had +soaked through the left shoulder of his jacket tend to lessen the martial +atmosphere which surrounded him. Fortunate it was for the brigands of the late +Yellow Franz that none of them chanced in the path of Barney Custer that day. +</p> + +<p> +For nearly two hours the man had ridden downward out of the high hills in +search of a dwelling at which he might ask the way to Tann; but as yet he had +passed but a single house, and that a long untenanted ruin. He was wondering +what had become of all the inhabitants of Lutha when his horse came to a sudden +halt before an obstacle which entirely blocked the narrow trail at the bottom +of the ravine. +</p> + +<p> +As the horseman’s eyes fell upon the thing they went wide in +astonishment, for it was no less than the charred remnants of the once +beautiful gray roadster that had brought him into this twentieth century land +of medieval adventure and intrigue. Barney saw that the machine had been lifted +from where it had fallen across the horse of the Princess von der Tann, for the +animal’s decaying carcass now lay entirely clear of it; but why this +should have been done, or by whom, the young man could not imagine. +</p> + +<p> +A glance aloft showed him the road far above him, from which he, the horse and +the roadster had catapulted; and with the sight of it there flashed to his mind +the fair face of the young girl in whose service the thing had happened. Barney +wondered if Joseph had been successful in returning her to Tann, and he +wondered, too, if she mourned for the man she had thought king—if she +would be very angry should she ever learn the truth. +</p> + +<p> +Then there came to the American’s mind the figure of the shopkeeper of +Tafelberg, and the fellow’s evident loyalty to the mad king he had never +seen. Here was one who might aid him, thought Barney. He would have the will, +at least, and with the thought the young man turned his pony’s head +diagonally up the steep ravine side. +</p> + +<p> +It was a tough and dangerous struggle to the road above, but at last by dint of +strenuous efforts on the part of the sturdy little beast the two finally +scrambled over the edge of the road and stood once more upon level footing. +</p> + +<p> +After breathing his mount for a few minutes Barney swung himself into the +saddle again and set off toward Tafelberg. He met no one upon the road, nor +within the outskirts of the village, and so he came to the door of the shop he +sought without attracting attention. +</p> + +<p> +Swinging to the ground he tied the pony to one of the supporting columns of the +porch-roof and a moment later had stepped within the shop. +</p> + +<p> +From a back room the shopkeeper presently emerged, and when he saw who it was +that stood before him his eyes went wide in consternation. +</p> + +<p> +“In the name of all the saints, your majesty,” cried the old +fellow, “what has happened? How comes it that you are out of the +hospital, and travel-stained as though from a long, hard ride? I cannot +understand it, sire.” +</p> + +<p> +“Hospital?” queried the young man. “What do you mean, my good +fellow? I have been in no hospital.” +</p> + +<p> +“You were there only last evening when I inquired after you of the +doctor,” insisted the shopkeeper, “nor did any there yet suspect +your true identity.” +</p> + +<p> +“Last evening I was hiding far up in the mountains from Yellow +Franz’s band of cutthroats,” replied Barney. “Tell me what +manner of riddle you are propounding.” +</p> + +<p> +Then a sudden light of understanding flashed through Barney’s mind. +</p> + +<p> +“Man!” he exclaimed. “Tell me—you have found the true +king? He is at a hospital in Tafelberg?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, your majesty, I have found the true king, and it is so that he was +at the Tafelberg sanatorium last evening. It was beside the remnants of your +wrecked automobile that two of the men of Tafelberg found you. +</p> + +<p> +“One leg was pinioned beneath the machine which was on fire when they +discovered you. They brought you to my shop, which is the first on the road +into town, and not guessing your true identity they took my word for it that +you were an old acquaintance of mine and without more ado turned you over to my +care.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney scratched his head in puzzled bewilderment. He began to doubt if he were +in truth himself, or, after all, Leopold of Lutha. As no one but himself could, +by the wildest stretch of imagination, have been in such a position, he was +almost forced to the conclusion that all that had passed since the instant that +his car shot over the edge of the road into the ravine had been but the +hallucinations of a fever-excited brain, and that for the past three weeks he +had been lying in a hospital cot instead of experiencing the strange and +inexplicable adventures that he had believed to have befallen him. +</p> + +<p> +But yet the more he thought of it the more ridiculous such a conclusion +appeared, for it did not in the least explain the pony tethered without, which +he plainly could see from where he stood within the shop, nor did it +satisfactorily account for the blotch of blood upon his shoulder from a wound +so fresh that the stain still was damp; nor for the sword which Joseph had +buckled about his waist within Blentz’s forbidding walls; nor for the +arms and ammunition he had taken from the dead brigands—all of which he +had before him as tangible evidence of the rationality of the past few weeks. +</p> + +<p> +“My friend,” said Barney at last, “I cannot wonder that you +have mistaken me for the king, since all those I have met within Lutha have +leaped to the same error, though not one among them made the slightest pretense +of ever having seen his majesty. A ridiculous beard started the trouble, and +later a series of happenings, no one of which was particularly remarkable in +itself, aggravated it, until but a moment since I myself was almost upon the +point of believing that I am the king. +</p> + +<p> +“But, my dear Herr Kramer, I am not the king; and when you have +accompanied me to the hospital and seen that your patient still is there, you +may be willing to admit that there is some justification for doubt as to my +royalty.” +</p> + +<p> +The old man shook his head. +</p> + +<p> +“I am not so sure of that,” he said, “for he who lies at the +hospital, providing you are not he, or he you, maintains as sturdily as do you +that he is not Leopold. If one of you, whichever be king—providing that +you are not one and the same, and that I be not the only maniac in the sad +muddle—if one of you would but trust my loyalty and love for the true +king and admit your identity, then I might be of some real service to that one +of you who is really Leopold. Herr Gott! My words are as mixed as my poor +brain.” +</p> + +<p> +“If you will listen to me, Herr Kramer,” said Barney, “and +believe what I tell you, I shall be able to unscramble your ideas in so far as +they pertain to me and my identity. As to the man you say was found beneath my +car, and who now lies in the sanatorium of Tafelberg, I cannot say until I have +seen and talked with him. He may be the king and he may not; but if he insists +that he is not, I shall be the last to wish a kingship upon him. I know from +sad experience the hardships and burdens that the thing entails.” +</p> + +<p> +Then Barney narrated carefully and in detail the principal events of his life, +from his birth in Beatrice to his coming to Lutha upon pleasure. He showed Herr +Kramer his watch with his monogram upon it, his seal ring, and inside the +pocket of his coat the label of his tailor, with his own name written beneath +it and the date that the garment had been ordered. +</p> + +<p> +When he had completed his narrative the old man shook his head. +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot understand it,” he said; “and yet I am almost +forced to believe that you are not the king.” +</p> + +<p> +“Direct me to the sanatorium,” suggested Barney, “and if it +be within the range of possibility I shall learn whether the man who lies there +is Leopold or another, and if he be the king I shall serve him as loyally as +you would have served me. Together we may assist him to gain the safety of Tann +and the protection of old Prince Ludwig.” +</p> + +<p> +“If you are not the king,” said Kramer suspiciously, “why +should you be so interested in aiding Leopold? You may even be an enemy. How +can I know?” +</p> + +<p> +“You cannot know, my good friend,” replied Barney. “But had I +been an enemy, how much more easily might I have encompassed my designs, +whatever they might have been, had I encouraged you to believe that I was king. +The fact that I did not, must assure you that I have no ulterior designs +against Leopold.” +</p> + +<p> +This line of reasoning proved quite convincing to the old shopkeeper, and at +last he consented to lead Barney to the sanatorium. Together they traversed the +quiet village streets to the outskirts of the town, where in large, park-like +grounds the well-known sanatorium of Tafelberg is situated in quiet +surroundings. It is an institution for the treatment of nervous diseases to +which patients are brought from all parts of Europe, and is doubtless +Lutha’s principal claim upon the attention of the outer world. +</p> + +<p> +As the two crossed the gardens which lay between the gate and the main entrance +and mounted the broad steps leading to the veranda an old servant opened the +door, and recognizing Herr Kramer, nodded pleasantly to him. +</p> + +<p> +“Your patient seems much brighter this morning, Herr Kramer,” he +said, “and has been asking to be allowed to sit up.” +</p> + +<p> +“He is still here, then?” questioned the shopkeeper with a sigh +that might have indicated either relief or resignation. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, certainly. You did not expect that he had entirely recovered +overnight, did you?” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” replied Herr Kramer, “not exactly. In fact, I did not +know what I should expect.” +</p> + +<p> +As the two passed him on their way to the room in which the patient lay, the +servant eyed Herr Kramer in surprise, as though wondering what had occurred to +his mentality since he had seen him the previous day. He paid no attention to +Barney other than to bow to him as he passed, but there was another who +did—an attendant standing in the hallway through which the two men walked +toward the private room where one of them expected to find the real mad king of +Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +He was a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed; and as his glance rested +upon the features of the American a puzzled expression crossed his face. He let +his gaze follow the two as they moved on up the corridor until they turned in +at the door of the room they sought, then he followed them, entering an +apartment next to that in which Herr Kramer’s patient lay. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney and the shopkeeper entered the small, whitewashed room, the former +saw upon the narrow iron cot the figure of a man of about his own height. The +face that turned toward them as they entered was covered by a full, +reddish-brown beard, and the eyes that looked up at them in troubled surprise +were gray. Beyond these Barney could see no likenesses to himself; yet they +were sufficient, he realized, to have deceived any who might have compared one +solely to the printed description of the other. +</p> + +<p> +At the doorway Kramer halted, motioning Barney within. +</p> + +<p> +“It will be better if you talk with him alone,” he said. “I +am sure that before both of us he will admit nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney nodded, and the shopkeeper of Tafelberg withdrew and closed the door +behind him. The American approached the bedside with a cheery “Good +morning.” +</p> + +<p> +The man returned the salutation with a slight inclination of his head. There +was a questioning look in his eyes; but dominating that was a pitiful, hunted +expression that touched the American’s heart. +</p> + +<p> +The man’s left hand lay upon the coverlet. Barney glanced at the third +finger. About it was a plain gold band. There was no royal ring of the kings of +Lutha in evidence, yet that was no indication that the man was not Leopold; for +were he the king and desirous of concealing his identity, his first act would +be to remove every symbol of his kingship. +</p> + +<p> +Barney took the hand in his. +</p> + +<p> +“They tell me that you are well on the road to recovery,” he said. +“I am very glad that it is so.” +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” asked the man. +</p> + +<p> +“I am Bernard Custer, an American. You were found beneath my car at the +bottom of a ravine. I feel that I owe you full reparation for the injuries you +received, though it is beyond me how you happened to be found under the +machine. Unless I am truly mad, I was the only occupant of the roadster when it +plunged over the embankment.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is very simple,” replied the man upon the cot. “I chanced +to be at the bottom of the ravine at the time and the car fell upon me.” +</p> + +<p> +“What were you doing at the bottom of the ravine?” asked Barney +quite suddenly, after the manner of one who administers a third degree. +</p> + +<p> +The man started and flushed with suspicion. +</p> + +<p> +“That is my own affair,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +He tried to disengage his hand from Barney’s, and as he did so the +American felt something within the fingers of the other. For an instant his own +fingers tightened upon those that lay within them, so that as the others were +withdrawn his index finger pressed close upon the thing that had aroused his +curiosity. +</p> + +<p> +It was a large setting turned inward upon the third finger of the left hand. +The gold band that Barney had seen was but the opposite side of the same ring. +</p> + +<p> +A quick look of comprehension came to Barney’s eyes. The man upon the cot +evidently noted it and rightly interpreted its cause, for, having freed his +hand, he now slipped it quickly beneath the coverlet. +</p> + +<p> +“I have passed through a series of rather remarkable adventures since I +came to Lutha,” said Barney apparently quite irrelevantly, after the two +had remained silent for a moment. “Shortly after my car fell upon you I +was mistaken for the fugitive King Leopold by the young lady whose horse fell +into the ravine with my car. She is a most loyal supporter of the king, being +none other than the Princess Emma von der Tann. From her I learned to espouse +the cause of Leopold.” +</p> + +<p> +Step by step Barney took the man through the adventures that had befallen him +during the past three weeks, closing with the story of the death of the boy, +Rudolph. +</p> + +<p> +“Above his dead body I swore to serve Leopold of Lutha as loyally as the +poor, mistaken child had served me, your majesty,” and Barney looked +straight into the eyes of him who lay upon the little iron cot. +</p> + +<p> +For a moment the man held his eyes upon those of the American, but finally, +under the latter’s steady gaze, they dropped and wandered. +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you address me as ‘your majesty’?” he asked +irritably. +</p> + +<p> +“With my forefinger I felt the ruby and the four wings of the setting of +the royal ring of the kings of Lutha upon the third finger of your left +hand,” replied Barney. +</p> + +<p> +The king started up upon his elbow, his eyes wild with apprehension. +</p> + +<p> +“It is not so,” he cried. “It is a lie! I am not the +king.” +</p> + +<p> +“Hush!” admonished Barney. “You have nothing to fear from me. +There are good friends and loyal subjects in plenty to serve and protect your +majesty, and place you upon the throne that has been stolen from you. I have +sworn to serve you. The old shopkeeper, Herr Kramer, who brought me here, is an +honest, loyal old soul. He would die for you, your majesty. Trust us. Let us +help you. Tomorrow, Kramer tells me, Peter of Blentz is to have himself crowned +as king in the cathedral at Lustadt. +</p> + +<p> +“Will you sit supinely by and see another rob you of your kingdom, and +then continue to rob and throttle your subjects as he has been doing for the +past ten years? No, you will not. Even if you do not want the crown, you were +born to the duties and obligations it entails, and for the sake of your people +you must assume them now.” +</p> + +<p> +“How am I to know that you are not another of the creatures of that fiend +of Blentz?” cried the king. “How am I to know that you will not +drag me back to the terrors of that awful castle, and to the poisonous potions +of the new physician Peter has employed to assassinate me? I can trust none. +</p> + +<p> +“Go away and leave me. I do not want to be king. I wish only to go away +as far from Lutha as I can get and pass the balance of my life in peace and +security. Peter may have the crown. He is welcome to it, for all of me. All I +ask is my life and my liberty.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney saw that while the king was evidently of sound mind, his was not one of +those iron characters and courageous hearts that would willingly fight to the +death for his own rights and the rights and happiness of his people. Perhaps +the long years of bitter disappointment and misery, the tedious hours of +imprisonment, and the constant haunting fears for his life had reduced him to +this pitiable condition. +</p> + +<p> +Whatever the cause, Barney Custer was determined to overcome the man’s +aversion to assuming the duties which were rightly his, for in his memory were +the words of Emma von der Tann, in which she had made plain to him the fate +that would doubtless befall her father and his house were Peter of Blentz to +become king of Lutha. Then, too, there was the life of the little peasant boy. +Was that to be given up uselessly for a king with so mean a spirit that he +would not take a scepter when it was forced upon him? +</p> + +<p> +And the people of Lutha? Were they to be further and continually robbed and +downtrodden beneath the heel of Peter’s scoundrelly officials because +their true king chose to evade the responsibilities that were his by birth? +</p> + +<p> +For half an hour Barney pleaded and argued with the king, until he infused in +the weak character of the young man a part of his own tireless enthusiasm and +courage. Leopold commenced to take heart and see things in a brighter and more +engaging light. Finally he became quite excited about the prospects, and at +last Barney obtained a willing promise from him that he would consent to being +placed upon his throne and would go to Lustadt at any time that Barney should +come for him with a force from the retainers of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +“Let us hope,” cried the king, “that the luck of the reigning +house of Lutha has been at last restored. Not since my aunt, the Princess +Victoria, ran away with a foreigner has good fortune shone upon my house. It +was when my father was still a young man—before he had yet come to the +throne—and though his reign was marked with great peace and prosperity +for the people of Lutha, his own private fortunes were most unhappy. +</p> + +<p> +“My mother died at my birth, and the last days of my father’s life +were filled with suffering from the cancer that was slowly killing him. Let us +pray, Herr Custer, that you have brought new life to the fortunes of my +house.” +</p> + +<p> +“Amen, your majesty,” said Barney. “And now I’ll be off +for Tann—there must not be a moment lost if we are to bring you to +Lustadt in time for the coronation. Herr Kramer will watch over you, but as +none here guesses your true identity you are safer here than anywhere else in +Lutha. Good-bye, your majesty. Be of good heart. We’ll have you on the +road to Lustadt and the throne tomorrow morning.” +</p> + +<p> +After Barney Custer had closed the door of the king’s chamber behind him +and hurried down the corridor, the door of the room next the king’s +opened quietly and a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed, emerged. Upon +his lips was a smile of cunning satisfaction, as he hastened to the office of +the medical director and obtained a leave of absence for twenty-four hours. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap08"></a>VIII.<br /> +THE CORONATION DAY</h2> + +<p> +Toward dusk of the day upon which the mad king of Lutha had been found, a +dust-covered horseman reined in before the great gate of the castle of Prince +Ludwig von der Tann. The unsettled political conditions which overhung the +little kingdom of Lutha were evident in the return to medievalism which the +raised portcullis and the armed guard upon the barbican of the ancient feudal +fortress revealed. Not for a hundred years before had these things been done +other than as a part of the ceremonials of a fete day, or in honor of visiting +royalty. +</p> + +<p> +At the challenge from the gate Barney replied that he bore a message for the +prince. Slowly the portcullis sank into position across the moat and an officer +advanced to meet the rider. +</p> + +<p> +“The prince has ridden to Lustadt with a large retinue,” he said, +“to attend the coronation of Peter of Blentz tomorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +“Prince Ludwig von der Tann has gone to attend the coronation of +Peter!” cried Barney in amazement. “Has the Princess Emma returned +from her captivity in the castle of Blentz?” +</p> + +<p> +“She is with her father now, having returned nearly three weeks +ago,” replied the officer, “and Peter has disclaimed responsibility +for the outrage, promising that those responsible shall be punished. He has +convinced Prince Ludwig that Leopold is dead, and for the sake of +Lutha—to save her from civil strife—my prince has patched a truce +with Peter; though unless I mistake the character of the latter and the temper +of the former it will be short-lived. +</p> + +<p> +“To demonstrate to the people,” continued the officer, “that +Prince Ludwig and Peter are good friends, the great Von der Tann will attend +the coronation, but that he takes little stock in the sincerity of the Prince +of Blentz would be apparent could the latter have a peep beneath the cloaks and +look into the loyal hearts of the men of Tann who rode down to Lustadt +today.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney did not wait to hear more. He was glad that in the gathering dusk the +officer had not seen his face plainly enough to mistake him for the king. With +a parting, “Then I must ride to Lustadt with my message for the +prince,” he wheeled his tired mount and trotted down the steep trail from +Tann toward the highway which leads to the capital. +</p> + +<p> +All night Barney rode. Three times he wandered from the way and was forced to +stop at farmhouses to inquire the proper direction; but darkness hid his +features from the sleepy eyes of those who answered his summons, and daylight +found him still forging ahead in the direction of the capital of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +The American was sunk in unhappy meditation as his weary little mount plodded +slowly along the dusty road. For hours the man had not been able to urge the +beast out of a walk. The loss of time consequent upon his having followed wrong +roads during the night and the exhaustion of the pony which retarded his speed +to what seemed little better than a snail’s pace seemed to assure the +failure of his mission, for at best he could not reach Lustadt before noon. +</p> + +<p> +There was no possibility of bringing Leopold to his capital in time for the +coronation, and but a bare possibility that Prince Ludwig would accept the word +of an entire stranger that Leopold lived, for the acknowledgment of such a +condition by the old prince could result in nothing less than an immediate +resort to arms by the two factions. It was certain that Peter would be +infinitely more anxious to proceed with his coronation should it be rumored +that Leopold lived, and equally certain that Prince Ludwig would interpose +every obstacle, even to armed resistance, to prevent the consummation of the +ceremony. +</p> + +<p> +Yet there seemed to Barney no other alternative than to place before the +king’s one powerful friend the information that he had. It would then +rest with Ludwig to do what he thought advisable. +</p> + +<p> +An hour from Lustadt the road wound through a dense forest, whose pleasant +shade was a grateful relief to both horse and rider from the hot sun beneath +which they had been journeying the greater part of the morning. Barney was +still lost in thought, his eyes bent forward, when at a sudden turning of the +road he came face to face with a troop of horse that were entering the main +highway at this point from an unfrequented byroad. +</p> + +<p> +At sight of them the American instinctively wheeled his mount in an effort to +escape, but at a command from an officer a half dozen troopers spurred after +him, their fresh horses soon overtaking his jaded pony. +</p> + +<p> +For a moment Barney contemplated resistance, for these were troopers of the +Royal Horse, the body which was now Peter’s most effective personal tool; +but even as his hand slipped to the butt of one of the revolvers at his hip, +the young man saw the foolish futility of such a course, and with a shrug and a +smile he drew rein and turned to face the advancing soldiers. +</p> + +<p> +As he did so the officer rode up, and at sight of Barney’s face gave an +exclamation of astonishment. The officer was Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“Well met, your majesty,” he cried saluting. “We are riding +to the coronation. We shall be just in time.” +</p> + +<p> +“To see Peter of Blentz rob Leopold of a crown,” said the American +in a disgusted tone. +</p> + +<p> +“To see Leopold of Lutha come into his own, your majesty. Long live the +king!” cried the officer. +</p> + +<p> +Barney thought the man either poking fun at him because he was not the king, +or, thinking he was Leopold, taking a mean advantage of his helplessness to +bait him. Yet this last suspicion seemed unfair to Butzow, who at Blentz had +given ample evidence that he was a gentleman, and of far different caliber from +Maenck and the others who served Peter. +</p> + +<p> +If he could but convince the man that he was no king and thus gain his liberty +long enough to reach Prince Ludwig’s ear, his mission would have been +served in so far as it lay in his power to serve it. For some minutes Barney +expended his best eloquence and logic upon the cavalry officer in an effort to +convince him that he was not Leopold. +</p> + +<p> +The king had given the American his great ring to safeguard for him until it +should be less dangerous for Leopold to wear it, and for fear that at the last +moment someone within the sanatorium might recognize it and bear word to Peter +of the king’s whereabouts. Barney had worn it turned in upon the third +finger of his left hand, and now he slipped it surreptitiously into his +breeches pocket lest Butzow should see it and by it be convinced that Barney +was indeed Leopold. +</p> + +<p> +“Never mind who you are,” cried Butzow, thinking to humor the +king’s strange obsession. “You look enough like Leopold to be his +twin, and you must help us save Lutha from Peter of Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +The American showed in his expression the surprise he felt at these words from +an officer of the prince regent. +</p> + +<p> +“You wonder at my change of heart?” asked Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“How can I do otherwise?” +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot blame you,” said the officer. “Yet I think that +when you know the truth you will see that I have done only that which I +believed to be the duty of a patriotic officer and a true gentleman.” +</p> + +<p> +They had rejoined the troop by this time, and the entire company was once more +headed toward Lustadt. Butzow had commanded one of the troopers to exchange +horses with Barney, bringing the jaded animal into the city slowly, and now +freshly mounted the American was making better time toward his destination. His +spirits rose, and as they galloped along the highway, he listened with renewed +interest to the story which Lieutenant Butzow narrated in detail. +</p> + +<p> +It seemed that Butzow had been absent from Lutha for a number of years as +military attache to the Luthanian legation at a foreign court. He had known +nothing of the true condition at home until his return, when he saw such +scoundrels as Coblich, Maenck, and Stein high in the favor of the prince +regent. For some time before the events that had transpired after he had +brought Barney and the Princess Emma to Blentz he had commenced to have his +doubts as to the true patriotism of Peter of Blentz; and when he had learned +through the unguarded words of Schonau that there was a real foundation for the +rumor that the regent had plotted the assassination of the king his suspicions +had crystallized into knowledge, and he had sworn to serve his king before all +others—were he sane or mad. From this loyalty he could not be shaken. +</p> + +<p> +“And what do you intend doing now?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“I intend placing you upon the throne of your ancestors, sire,” +replied Butzow; “nor will Peter of Blentz dare the wrath of the people by +attempting to interpose any obstacle. When he sees Leopold of Lutha ride into +the capital of his kingdom at the head of even so small a force as ours he will +know that the end of his own power is at hand, for he is not such a fool that +he does not perfectly realize that he is the most cordially hated man in all +Lutha, and that only those attend upon him who hope to profit through his +success or who fear his evil nature.” +</p> + +<p> +“If Peter is crowned today,” asked Barney, “will it prevent +Leopold regaining his throne?” +</p> + +<p> +“It is difficult to say,” replied Butzow; “but the chances +are that the throne would be lost to him forever. To regain it he would have to +plunge Lutha into a bitter civil war, for once Peter is proclaimed king he will +have the law upon his side, and with the resources of the State behind +him—the treasury and the army—he will feel in no mood to relinquish +the scepter without a struggle. I doubt much that you will ever sit upon your +throne, sire, unless you do so within the very next hour.” +</p> + +<p> +For some time Barney rode in silence. He saw that only by a master stroke could +the crown be saved for the true king. Was it worth it? The man was happier +without a crown. Barney had come to believe that no man lived who could be +happy in possession of one. Then there came before his mind’s eye the +delicate, patrician face of Emma von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +Would Peter of Blentz be true to his new promises to the house of Von der Tann? +Barney doubted it. He recalled all that it might mean of danger and suffering +to the girl whose kisses he still felt upon his lips as though it had been but +now that hers had placed them there. He recalled the limp little body of the +boy, Rudolph, and the Spartan loyalty with which the little fellow had given +his life in the service of the man he had thought king. The pitiful figure of +the fear-haunted man upon the iron cot at Tafelberg rose before him and cried +for vengeance. +</p> + +<p> +To this man was the woman he loved betrothed! He knew that he might never wed +the Princess Emma. Even were she not promised to another, the iron shackles of +convention and age-old customs must forever separate her from an untitled +American. But if he couldn’t have her he still could serve her! +</p> + +<p> +“For her sake,” he muttered. +</p> + +<p> +“Did your majesty speak?” asked Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, lieutenant. We urge greater haste, for if we are to be crowned +today we have no time to lose.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow smiled a relieved smile. The king had at last regained his senses! +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Within the ancient cathedral at Lustadt a great and gorgeously attired +assemblage had congregated. All the nobles of Lutha were gathered there with +their wives, their children, and their retainers. There were the newer nobility +of the lowlands—many whose patents dated but since the regency of +Peter—and there were the proud nobility of the highlands—the old +nobility of which Prince Ludwig von der Tann was the chief. +</p> + +<p> +It was noticeable that though a truce had been made between Ludwig and Peter, +yet the former chancellor of the kingdom did not stand upon the chancel with +the other dignitaries of the State and court. +</p> + +<p> +Few there were who knew that he had been invited to occupy a place of honor +there, and had replied that he would take no active part in the making of any +king in Lutha whose veins did not pulse to the flow of the blood of the house +in whose service he had grown gray. +</p> + +<p> +Close packed were the retainers of the old prince so that their great number +was scarcely noticeable, though quite so was the fact that they kept their +cloaks on, presenting a somber appearance in the midst of all the glitter of +gold and gleam of jewels that surrounded them—a grim, business-like +appearance that cast a chill upon Peter of Blentz as his eyes scanned the +multitude of faces below him. +</p> + +<p> +He would have shown his indignation at this seeming affront had he dared; but +until the crown was safely upon his head and the royal scepter in his hand +Peter had no mind to do aught that might jeopardize the attainment of the power +he had sought for the past ten years. +</p> + +<p> +The solemn ceremony was all but completed; the Bishop of Lustadt had received +the great golden crown from the purple cushion upon which it had been borne at +the head of the procession which accompanied Peter up the broad center aisle of +the cathedral. He had raised it above the head of the prince regent, and was +repeating the solemn words which precede the placing of the golden circlet upon +the man’s brow. In another moment Peter of Blentz would be proclaimed the +king of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +By her father’s side stood Emma von der Tann. Upon her haughty, high-bred +face there was no sign of the emotions which ran riot within her fair bosom. In +the act that she was witnessing she saw the eventual ruin of her father’s +house. That Peter would long want for an excuse to break and humble his ancient +enemy she did not believe; but this was not the only cause for the sorrow that +overwhelmed her. +</p> + +<p> +Her most poignant grief, like that of her father, was for the dead king, +Leopold; but to the sorrow of the loyal subject was added the grief of the +loving woman, bereft. Close to her heart she hugged the memory of the brief +hours spent with the man whom she had been taught since childhood to look upon +as her future husband, but for whom the all-consuming fires of love had only +been fanned to life within her since that moment, now three weeks gone, that he +had crushed her to his breast to cover her lips with kisses for the short +moment ere he sacrificed his life to save her from a fate worse than death. +</p> + +<p> +Before her stood the Nemesis of her dead king. The last act of the hideous +crime against the man she had loved was nearing its close. As the crown, poised +over the head of Peter of Blentz, sank slowly downward the girl felt that she +could scarce restrain her desire to shriek aloud a protest against the wicked +act—the crowning of a murderer king of her beloved Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +A glance at the old man at her side showed her the stern, commanding features +of her sire molded in an expression of haughty dignity; only the slight +movement of the muscles of the strong jaw revealed the tensity of the hidden +emotions of the stern old warrior. He was meeting disappointment and defeat as +a Von der Tann should—brave to the end. +</p> + +<p> +The crown had all but touched the head of Peter of Blentz when a sudden +commotion at the back of the cathedral caused the bishop to look up in +ill-concealed annoyance. At the sight that met his eyes his hands halted in +mid-air. +</p> + +<p> +The great audience turned as one toward the doors at the end of the long +central aisle. There, through the wide-swung portals, they saw mounted men +forcing their way into the cathedral. The great horses shouldered aside the +foot-soldiers that attempted to bar their way, and twenty troopers of the Royal +Horse thundered to the very foot of the chancel steps. +</p> + +<p> +At their head rode Lieutenant Butzow and a tall young man in soiled and +tattered khaki, whose gray eyes and full reddish-brown beard brought an +exclamation from Captain Maenck who commanded the guard about Peter of Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +“Mein Gott—the king!” cried Maenck, and at the words Peter +went white. +</p> + +<p> +In open-mouthed astonishment the spectators saw the hurrying troopers and heard +Butzow’s “The king! The king! Make way for Leopold, King of +Lutha!” +</p> + +<p> +And a girl saw, and as she saw her heart leaped to her mouth. Her small hand +gripped the sleeve of her father’s coat. “The king, father,” +she cried. “It is the king.” +</p> + +<p> +Old Von der Tann, the light of a new hope firing his eyes, threw aside his +cloak and leaped to the chancel steps beside Butzow and the others who were +mounting them. Behind him a hundred cloaks dropped from the shoulders of his +fighting men, exposing not silks and satins and fine velvet, but the coarse tan +of khaki, and grim cartridge belts well filled, and stern revolvers slung to +well-worn service belts. +</p> + +<p> +As Butzow and Barney stepped upon the chancel Peter of Blentz leaped forward. +“What mad treason is this?” he fairly screamed. +</p> + +<p> +“The days of treason are now past, prince,” replied Butzow +meaningly. “Here is not treason, but Leopold of Lutha come to claim his +crown which he inherited from his father.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is a plot,” cried Peter, “to place an impostor upon the +throne! This man is not the king.” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment there was silence. The people had not taken sides as yet. They +awaited a leader. Old Von der Tann scrutinized the American closely. +</p> + +<p> +“How may we know that you are Leopold?” he asked. “For ten +years we have not seen our king.” +</p> + +<p> +“The governor of Blentz has already acknowledged his identity,” +cried Butzow. “Maenck was the first to proclaim the presence of the +putative king.” +</p> + +<p> +At that someone near the chancel cried: “Long live Leopold, king of +Lutha!” and at the words the whole assemblage raised their voices in a +tumultuous: “Long live the king!” +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz turned toward Maenck. “The guard!” he cried. +“Arrest those traitors, and restore order in the cathedral. Let the +coronation proceed.” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck took a step toward Barney and Butzow, when old Prince von der Tann +interposed his giant frame with grim resolve. +</p> + +<p> +“Hold!” He spoke in a low, stern voice that brought the cowardly +Maenck to a sudden halt. +</p> + +<p> +The men of Tann had pressed eagerly forward until they stood, with bared +swords, a solid rank of fighting men in grim semicircle behind their chief. +There were cries from different parts of the cathedral of: “Crown +Leopold, our true king! Down with Peter! Down with the assassin!” +</p> + +<p> +“Enough of this,” cried Peter. “Clear the cathedral!” +</p> + +<p> +He drew his own sword, and with half a hundred loyal retainers at his back +pressed forward to clear the chancel. There was a brief fight, from which +Barney, much to his disgust, was barred by the mighty figure of the old prince +and the stalwart sword-arm of Butzow. He did get one crack at Maenck, and had +the satisfaction of seeing blood spurt from a flesh wound across the +fellow’s cheek. +</p> + +<p> +“That for the Princess Emma,” he called to the governor of Blentz, +and then men crowded between them and he did not see the captain again during +the battle. +</p> + +<p> +When Peter saw that more than half of the palace guard were shouting for +Leopold, and fighting side by side with the men of Tann, he realized the +futility of further armed resistance at this time. Slowly he withdrew, and at +last the fighting ceased and some semblance of order was restored within the +cathedral. +</p> + +<p> +Fearfully, the bishop emerged from hiding, his robes disheveled and his miter +askew. Butzow grasped him none too reverently by the arm and dragged him before +Barney. The crown of Lutha dangled in the priest’s palsied hands. +</p> + +<p> +“Crown the king!” cried the lieutenant. “Crown Leopold, king +of Lutha!” +</p> + +<p> +A mad roar of acclaim greeted this demand, and again from all parts of the +cathedral rose the same wild cry. But in the lull that followed there were some +who demanded proof of the tattered young man who stood before them and claimed +that he was king. +</p> + +<p> +“Let Prince Ludwig speak!” cried a dozen voices. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Prince Ludwig! Prince Ludwig!” took up the throng. +</p> + +<p> +Prince Ludwig von der Tann turned toward the bearded young man. Silence fell +upon the crowded cathedral. Peter of Blentz stood awaiting the outcome, ready +to demand the crown upon the first indication of wavering belief in the man he +knew was not Leopold. +</p> + +<p> +“How may we know that you are really Leopold?” again asked Ludwig +of Barney. +</p> + +<p> +The American raised his left hand, upon the third finger of which gleamed the +great ruby of the royal ring of the kings of Lutha. Even Peter of Blentz +started back in surprise as his eyes fell upon the ring. +</p> + +<p> +Where had the man come upon it? +</p> + +<p> +Prince von der Tann dropped to one knee before Mr. Bernard Custer of Beatrice, +Nebraska, U.S.A., and lifted that gentleman’s hand to his lips, and as +the people of Lutha saw the act they went mad with joy. +</p> + +<p> +Slowly Prince Ludwig rose and addressed the bishop. “Leopold, the +rightful heir to the throne of Lutha, is here. Let the coronation +proceed.” +</p> + +<p> +The quiet of the sepulcher fell upon the assemblage as the holy man raised the +crown above the head of the king. Barney saw from the corner of his eye the sea +of faces upturned toward him. He saw the relief and happiness upon the stern +countenance of the old prince. +</p> + +<p> +He hated to dash all their new found joy by the announcement that he was not +the king. He could not do that, for the moment he did Peter would step forward +and demand that his own coronation continue. How was he to save the throne for +Leopold? +</p> + +<p> +Among the faces beneath him he suddenly descried that of a beautiful young girl +whose eyes, filled with the tears of a great happiness and a greater love, were +upturned to his. To reveal his true identity would lose him this girl forever. +None save Peter knew that he was not the king. All save Peter would hail him +gladly as Leopold of Lutha. How easily he might win a throne and the woman he +loved by a moment of seeming passive compliance. +</p> + +<p> +The temptation was great, and then he recalled the boy, lying dead for his king +in the desolate mountains, and the pathetic light in the eyes of the sorrowful +man at Tafelberg, and the great trust and confidence in the heart of the woman +who had shown that she loved him. +</p> + +<p> +Slowly Barney Custer raised his palm toward the bishop in a gesture of +restraint. +</p> + +<p> +“There are those who doubt that I am king,” he said. “In +these circumstances there should be no coronation in Lutha until all doubts are +allayed and all may unite in accepting without question the royal right of the +true Leopold to the crown of his father. Let the coronation wait, then, until +another day, and all will be well.” +</p> + +<p> +“It must take place before noon of the fifth day of November, or not +until a year later,” said Prince Ludwig. “In the meantime the +Prince Regent must continue to rule. For the sake of Lutha the coronation must +take place today, your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +“What is the date?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“The third, sire.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let the coronation wait until the fifth.” +</p> + +<p> +“But your majesty,” interposed Von der Tann, “all may be lost +in two days.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is the king’s command,” said Barney quietly. +</p> + +<p> +“But Peter of Blentz will rule for these two days, and in that time with +the army at his command there is no telling what he may accomplish,” +insisted the old man. +</p> + +<p> +“Peter of Blentz shall not rule Lutha for two days, or two +minutes,” replied Barney. “We shall rule. Lieutenant Butzow, you +may place Prince Peter, Coblich, Maenck, and Stein under arrest. We charge them +with treason against their king, and conspiring to assassinate their rightful +monarch.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow smiled as he turned with his troopers at his back to execute this most +welcome of commissions; but in a moment he was again at Barney’s side. +</p> + +<p> +“They have fled, your majesty,” he said. “Shall I ride to +Blentz after them?” +</p> + +<p> +“Let them go,” replied the American, and then, with his retinue +about him the new king of Lutha passed down the broad aisle of the cathedral of +Lustadt and took his way to the royal palace between ranks of saluting soldiery +backed by cheering thousands. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap09"></a>IX.<br /> +THE KING’S GUESTS</h2> + +<p> +Once within the palace Barney sought the seclusion of a small room off the +audience chamber. Here he summoned Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“Lieutenant,” said the American, “for the sake of a woman, a +dead child and an unhappy king I have become dictator of Lutha for forty-eight +hours; but at noon upon the fifth this farce must cease. Then we must place the +true Leopold upon the throne, or a new dictator must replace me. +</p> + +<p> +“In vain I have tried to convince you that I am not the king, and today +in the cathedral so great was the temptation to take advantage of the odd train +of circumstances that had placed a crown within my reach that I all but +surrendered to it—not for the crown of gold, Butzow, but for an +infinitely more sacred diadem which belongs to him to whom by right of birth +and lineage, belongs the crown of Lutha. I do not ask you to +understand—it is not necessary—but this you must know and believe: +that I am not Leopold, and that the true Leopold lies in hiding in the +sanatorium at Tafelberg, from which you and I, Butzow, must fetch him to +Lustadt before noon on the fifth.” +</p> + +<p> +“But, sire—” commenced Butzow, when Barney raised his hand. +</p> + +<p> +“Enough of that, Butzow!” he cried almost irritably. “I am +sick of being ‘sired’ and ‘majestied’—my name is +Custer. Call me that when others are not present. Believe what you will, but +ride with me in secrecy to Tafelberg tonight, and together we shall bring back +Leopold of Lutha. Then we may call Prince Ludwig into our confidence, and none +need ever know of the substitution. +</p> + +<p> +“I doubt if many had a sufficiently close view of me today to realize the +trick that I have played upon them, and if they note a difference they will +attribute it to the change in apparel, for we shall see to it that the king is +fittingly garbed before we exhibit him to his subjects, while hereafter I shall +continue in khaki, which becomes me better than ermine.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow shook his head. +</p> + +<p> +“King or dictator,” he said, “it is all the same, and I must +obey whatever commands you see fit to give, and so I will ride to Tafelberg +tonight, though what we shall find there I cannot imagine, unless there are two +Leopolds of Lutha. But shall we also find another royal ring upon the finger of +this other king?” +</p> + +<p> +Barney smiled. “You’re a typical hard-headed Dutchman, +Butzow,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +The lieutenant drew himself up haughtily. “I am not a Dutchman, your +majesty. I am a Luthanian.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney laughed. “Whatever else you may be, Butzow, you’re a +brick,” he said, laying his hand upon the other’s arm. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow looked at him narrowly. +</p> + +<p> +“From your speech,” he said, “and the occasional Americanisms +into which you fall I might believe that you were other than the king but for +the ring.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is my commission from the king,” replied Barney. “Leopold +placed it upon my finger in token of his royal authority to act in his behalf. +Tonight, then Butzow, you and I shall ride to Tafelberg. Have three good +horses. We must lead one for the king.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow saluted and left the apartment. For an hour or two the American was busy +with tailors whom he had ordered sent to the palace to measure him for the +numerous garments of a royal wardrobe, for he knew the king to be near enough +his own size that he might easily wear clothes that had been fitted to Barney; +and it was part of his plan to have everything in readiness for the +substitution which was to take place the morning of the coronation. +</p> + +<p> +Then there were foreign dignitaries, and the heads of numerous domestic and +civic delegations to be given audience. Old Von der Tann stood close behind +Barney prompting him upon the royal duties that had fallen so suddenly upon his +shoulders, and none thought it strange that he was unfamiliar with the craft of +kingship, for was it not common knowledge that he had been kept a close +prisoner in Blentz since boyhood, nor been given any coaching for the duties +Peter of Blentz never intended he should perform? +</p> + +<p> +After it was all over Prince Ludwig’s grim and leathery face relaxed into +a smile of satisfaction. +</p> + +<p> +“None who witnessed the conduct of your first audience, sire,” he +said, “could for a moment doubt your royal lineage—if ever a man +was born to kingship, your majesty, it be you.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney smiled, a bit ruefully, however, for in his mind’s eye he saw a +future moment when the proud old Prince von der Tann would know the truth of +the imposture that had been played upon him, and the young man foresaw that he +would have a rather unpleasant half-hour. +</p> + +<p> +At a little distance from them Barney saw Emma von der Tann surrounded by a +group of officials and palace officers. Since he had come to Lustadt that day +he had had no word with her, and now he crossed toward her, amused as the +throng parted to form an aisle for him, the men saluting and the women +curtsying low. +</p> + +<p> +He took both of the girl’s hands in his, and, drawing one through his +arm, took advantage of the prerogatives of kingship to lead her away from the +throng of courtiers. +</p> + +<p> +“I thought that I should never be done with all the tiresome business +which seems to devolve upon kings,” he said, laughing. “All the +while that I should have been bending my royal intellect to matters of state, I +was wondering just how a king might find a way to see the woman he loves +without interruptions from the horde that dogs his footsteps.” +</p> + +<p> +“You seem to have found a way, Leopold,” she whispered, pressing +his arm close to her. “Kings usually do.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is not because I am a king that I found a way, Emma,” he +replied. “It is because I am an American.” +</p> + +<p> +She looked up at him with an expression of pleading in her eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you persist?” she cried. “You have come into your +own, and there is no longer aught to fear from Peter or any other. To me at +least, it is most unkind still to deny your identity.” +</p> + +<p> +“I wonder,” said Barney, “if your love could withstand the +knowledge that I am not the king.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is the MAN I love, Leopold,” the girl replied. +</p> + +<p> +“You think so now,” he said, “but wait until the test comes, +and when it does, remember that I have always done my best to undeceive you. I +know that you are not for such as I, my princess, and when I have returned your +true king to you all that I shall ask is that you be happy with him.” +</p> + +<p> +“I shall always be happy with my king,” she whispered, and the look +that she gave him made Barney Custer curse the fate that had failed to make him +a king by birth. +</p> + +<p> +An hour later darkness had fallen upon the little city of Lustadt, and from a +small gateway in the rear of the palace grounds two horsemen rode out into the +ill-paved street and turned their mounts’ heads toward the north. At the +side of one trotted a led horse. +</p> + +<p> +As they passed beneath the glare of an arc-light before a cafe at the side of +the public square, a diner sitting at a table upon the walk spied the tall +figure and the bearded face of him who rode a few feet in advance of his +companion. Leaping to his feet the man waved his napkin above his head. +</p> + +<p> +“Long live the king!” he cried. “God save Leopold of +Lutha!” +</p> + +<p> +And amid the din of cheering that followed, Barney Custer of Beatrice and +Lieutenant Butzow of the Royal Horse rode out into the night upon the road to +Tafelberg. +</p> + +<p> +When Peter of Blentz had escaped from the cathedral he had hastily mounted with +a handful of his followers and hurried out of Lustadt along the road toward his +formidable fortress at Blentz. Half way upon the journey he had met a dusty and +travel-stained horseman hastening toward the capital city that Peter and his +lieutenants had just left. +</p> + +<p> +At sight of the prince regent the fellow reined in and saluted. +</p> + +<p> +“May I have a word in private with your highness?” he asked. +“I have news of the greatest importance for your ears alone.” +</p> + +<p> +Peter drew to one side with the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” he asked, “and what news have you for Peter of +Blentz?” +</p> + +<p> +The man leaned from his horse close to Peter’s ear. +</p> + +<p> +“The king is in Tafelberg, your highness,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“The king is dead,” snapped Peter. “There is an impostor in +the palace at Lustadt. But the real Leopold of Lutha was slain by Yellow +Franz’s band of brigands weeks ago.” +</p> + +<p> +“I heard the man at Tafelberg tell another that he was the king,” +insisted the fellow. “Through the keyhole of his room I saw him take a +great ring from his finger—a ring with a mighty ruby set in its +center—and give it to the other. Both were bearded men with gray +eyes—either might have passed for the king by the description upon the +placards that have covered Lutha for the past month. At first he denied his +identity, but when the other had convinced him that he sought only the +king’s welfare he at last admitted that he was Leopold.” +</p> + +<p> +“Where is he now?” cried Peter. +</p> + +<p> +“He is still in the sanatorium at Tafelberg. In room twenty-seven. The +other promised to return for him and take him to Lustadt, but when I left +Tafelberg he had not yet done so, and if you hasten you may reach there before +they take him away, and if there be any reward for my loyalty to you, prince, +my name is Ferrath.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ride with us and if you have told the truth, fellow, there shall be a +reward and if not—then there shall be deserts,” and Peter of Blentz +wheeled his horse and with his company galloped on toward Tafelberg. +</p> + +<p> +As he rode he talked with his lieutenants Coblich, Maenck, and Stein, and among +them it was decided that it would be best that Peter stop at Blentz for the +night while the others rode on to Tafelberg. +</p> + +<p> +“Do not bring Leopold to Blentz,” directed Peter, “for if it +be he who lies at Tafelberg and they find him gone it will be toward Blentz +that they will first look. Take him—” +</p> + +<p> +The Regent leaned from his saddle so that his mouth was close to the ear of +Coblich, that none of the troopers might hear. +</p> + +<p> +Coblich nodded his head. +</p> + +<p> +“And, Coblich, the fewer that ride to Tafelberg tonight the surer the +success of the mission. Take Maenck, Stein and one other with you. I shall keep +this man with me, for it may prove but a plot to lure me to Tafelberg.” +</p> + +<p> +Peter scowled at the now frightened hospital attendant. +</p> + +<p> +“Tomorrow I shall be riding through the lowlands, Coblich, and so you may +not find means to communicate with me, but before noon of the fifth have word +at your town house in Lustadt for me of the success of your venture.” +</p> + +<p> +They had reached the point now where the road to Tafelberg branches from that +to Blentz, and the four who were to fetch the king wheeled their horses into +the left-hand fork and cantered off upon their mission. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +The direct road between Lustadt and Tafelberg is but little more than half the +distance of that which Coblich and his companions had to traverse because of +the wide detour they had made by riding almost to Blentz first, and so it was +that when they cantered into the little mountain town near midnight Barney +Custer and Lieutenant Butzow were but a mile or two behind them. +</p> + +<p> +Had the latter had even the faintest of suspicions that the identity of the +hiding place of the king might come to the knowledge of Peter of Blentz they +could have reached Tafelberg ahead of Coblich and his party, but all +unsuspecting they rode slowly to conserve the energy of their mounts for the +return trip. +</p> + +<p> +In silence the two men approached the grounds surrounding the sanatorium. In +the soft dirt of the road the hoofs of their mounts made no sound, and the +shadows of the trees that border the front of the enclosure hid them from the +view of the trooper who held four riderless horses in a little patch of +moonlight that broke through the opening in the trees at the main gate of the +institution. +</p> + +<p> +Barney was the first to see the animals and the man. +</p> + +<p> +“S-s-st,” he hissed, reining in his horse. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow drew alongside the American. +</p> + +<p> +“What can it mean?” asked Barney. “That fellow is a trooper, +but I cannot make out his uniform.” +</p> + +<p> +“Wait here,” said Butzow, and slipping from his horse he crept +closer to the man, hugging the dense shadows close to the trees. +</p> + +<p> +Barney reined in nearer the low wall. From his saddle he could see the grounds +beyond through the branches of a tree. As he looked his attention was suddenly +riveted upon a sight that sent his heart into his throat. +</p> + +<p> +Three men were dragging a struggling, half-naked figure down the gravel walk +from the sanatorium toward the gate. One kept a hand clapped across the mouth +of the prisoner, who struck and fought his assailants with all the frenzy of +despair. +</p> + +<p> +Barney leaped from his saddle and ran headlong after Butzow. The lieutenant had +reached the gate but an instant ahead of him when the trooper, turning suddenly +at some slight sound of the officer’s foot upon the ground, detected the +man creeping upon him. In an instant the fellow had whipped out a revolver, and +raising it fired point-blank at Butzow’s chest; but in the same instant a +figure shot out of the shadows beside him, and with the report of the revolver +a heavy fist caught the trooper on the side of the chin, crumpling him to the +ground as if he were dead. +</p> + +<p> +The blow had been in time to deflect the muzzle of the firearm, and the bullet +whistled harmlessly past the lieutenant. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty!” exclaimed Butzow excitedly. “Go back. He +might have killed you.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney leaped to the other’s side and grasping him by the shoulders +wheeled him about so that he faced the gate. +</p> + +<p> +“There, Butzow,” he cried, “there is your king, and from the +looks of it he never needed a loyal subject more than he does this moment. +Come!” Without waiting to see if the other followed him, Barney Custer +leaped through the gate full in the faces of the astonished trio that was +dragging Leopold of Lutha from his sanctuary. +</p> + +<p> +At sight of the American the king gave a muffled cry of relief, and then Barney +was upon those who held him. A stinging uppercut lifted Coblich clear of the +ground to drop him, dazed and bewildered, at the foot of the monarch he had +outraged. Maenck drew a revolver only to have it struck from his hand by the +sword of Butzow, who had followed closely upon the American’s heels. +</p> + +<p> +Barney, seizing the king by the arm, started on a run for the gateway. In his +wake came Butzow with a drawn sword beating back Stein, who was armed with a +cavalry saber, and Maenck who had now drawn his own sword. +</p> + +<p> +The American saw that the two were pressing Butzow much too closely for safety +and that Coblich had now recovered from the effects of the blow and was in +pursuit, drawing his saber as he ran. Barney thrust the king behind him and +turned to face the enemy, at Butzow’s side. +</p> + +<p> +The three men rushed upon the two who stood between them and their prey. The +moonlight was now full in the faces of Butzow and the American. For the first +time Maenck and the others saw who it was that had interrupted them. +</p> + +<p> +“The impostor!” cried the governor of Blentz. “The false +king!” +</p> + +<p> +Imbued with temporary courage by the knowledge that his side had the advantage +of superior numbers he launched himself full upon the American. To his surprise +he met a sword-arm that none might have expected in an American, for Barney +Custer had been a pupil of the redoubtable Colonel Monstery, who was, as Barney +was wont to say, “one of the thanwhomest of fencing masters.” +</p> + +<p> +Quickly Maenck fell back to give place to Stein, but not before the +American’s point had found him twice to leave him streaming blood from +two deep flesh wounds. +</p> + +<p> +Neither of those who fought in the service of the king saw the trembling, +weak-kneed figure, which had stood behind them, turn and scurry through the +gateway, leaving the men who battled for him to their fate. +</p> + +<p> +The trooper whom Barney had felled had regained consciousness and as he came to +his feet rubbing his swollen jaw he saw a disheveled, half-dressed figure +running toward him from the sanatorium grounds. The fellow was no fool, and +knowing the purpose of the expedition as he did he was quick to jump to the +conclusion that this fleeing personification of abject terror was Leopold of +Lutha; and so it was that as the king emerged from the gateway in search of +freedom he ran straight into the widespread arms of the trooper. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck and Coblich had seen the king’s break for liberty, and the latter +maneuvered to get himself between Butzow and the open gate that he might follow +after the fleeing monarch. +</p> + +<p> +At the same instant Maenck, seeing that Stein was being worsted by the +American, rushed in upon the latter, and thus relieved, the rat-faced doctor +was enabled to swing a heavy cut at Barney which struck him a glancing blow +upon the head, sending him stunned and bleeding to the sward. +</p> + +<p> +Coblich and the governor of Blentz hastened toward the gate, pausing for an +instant to overwhelm Butzow. In the fierce scrimmage that followed the +lieutenant was overthrown, though not before his sword had passed through the +heart of the rat-faced one. Deserting their fallen comrade the two dashed +through the gate, where to their immense relief they found Leopold safe in the +hands of the trooper. +</p> + +<p> +An instant later the precious trio, with Leopold upon the horse of the late Dr. +Stein, were galloping swiftly into the darkness of the wood that lies at the +outskirts of Tafelberg. +</p> + +<p> +When Barney regained consciousness he found himself upon a cot within the +sanatorium. Close beside him lay Butzow, and above them stood an interne and +several nurses. No sooner had the American regained his scattered wits than he +leaped to the floor. The interne and the nurses tried to force him back upon +the cot, thinking that he was in the throes of a delirium, and it required his +best efforts to convince them that he was quite rational. +</p> + +<p> +During the melee Butzow regained consciousness; his wound being as superficial +as that of the American, the two men were soon donning their clothing, and, +half-dressed, rushing toward the outer gate. +</p> + +<p> +The interne had told them that when he had reached the scene of the conflict in +company with the gardener he had found them and another lying upon the sward. +</p> + +<p> +Their companion, he said, was quite dead. +</p> + +<p> +“That must have been Stein,” said Butzow. “And the others had +escaped with the king!” +</p> + +<p> +“The king?” cried the interne. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, the king, man—Leopold of Lutha. Did you not know that he who +has lain here for three weeks was the king?” replied Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +The interne accompanied them to the gate and beyond, but everywhere was +silence. The king was gone. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap10"></a>X.<br /> +ON THE BATTLEFIELD</h2> + +<p> +All that night and the following day Barney Custer and his aide rode in search +of the missing king. +</p> + +<p> +They came to Blentz, and there Butzow rode boldly into the great court, +admitted by virtue of the fact that the guard upon the gate knew him only as an +officer of the royal guard whom they believed still loyal to Peter of Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +The lieutenant learned that the king was not there, nor had he been since his +escape. He also learned that Peter was abroad in the lowland recruiting +followers to aid him forcibly to regain the crown of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +The lieutenant did not wait to hear more, but, hurrying from the castle, rode +to Barney where the latter had remained in hiding in the wood below the +moat—the same wood through which he had stumbled a few weeks previously +after his escape from the stagnant waters of the moat. +</p> + +<p> +“The king is not here,” said Butzow to him, as soon as the former +reached his side. “Peter is recruiting an army to aid him in seizing the +palace at Lustadt, and king or no king, we must ride for the capital in time to +check that move. Thank God,” he added, “that we shall have a king +to place upon the throne of Lutha at noon tomorrow in spite of all that Peter +can do.” +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean?” asked Barney. “Have you any clue to the +whereabouts of Leopold?” +</p> + +<p> +“I saw the man at Tafelberg whom you say is king,” replied Butzow. +“I saw him tremble and whimper in the face of danger. I saw him run when +he might have seized something, even a stone, and fought at the sides of the +men who were come to rescue him. And I saw you there also. +</p> + +<p> +“The truth and the falsity of this whole strange business is beyond me, +but this I know: if you are not the king today I pray God that the other may +not find his way to Lustadt before noon tomorrow, for by then a brave man will +sit upon the throne of Lutha, your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney laid his hand upon the shoulder of the other. +</p> + +<p> +“It cannot be, my friend,” he said. “There is more than a +throne at stake for me, but to win them both I could not do the thing you +suggest. If Leopold of Lutha lives he must be crowned tomorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +“And if he does not live?” asked Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer shrugged his shoulders. +</p> + +<p> +It was dusk when the two entered the palace grounds in Lustadt. The sight of +Barney threw the servants and functionaries of the royal household into wild +excitement and confusion. Men ran hither and thither bearing the glad tidings +that the king had returned. +</p> + +<p> +Old von der Tann was announced within ten minutes after Barney reached his +apartments. He urged upon the American the necessity for greater caution in the +future. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty’s life is never safe while Peter of Blentz is abroad +in Lutha,” cried he. +</p> + +<p> +“It was to save your king from Peter that we rode from Lustadt last +night,” replied Barney, but the old prince did not catch the double +meaning of the words. +</p> + +<p> +While they talked a young officer of cavalry begged an audience. He had +important news for the king, he said. From him Barney learned that Peter of +Blentz had succeeded in recruiting a fair-sized army in the lowlands. Two +regiments of government infantry and a squadron of cavalry had united forces +with him, for there were those who still accepted him as regent, believing his +contention that the true king was dead, and that he whose coronation was to be +attempted was but the puppet of old Von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +The morning of November 5 broke clear and cold. The old town of Lustadt was +awakened with a start at daybreak by the booming of cannon. Mounted messengers +galloped hither and thither through the steep, winding streets. Troops, foot +and horse, moved at the double from the barracks along the King’s Road to +the fortifications which guard the entrance to the city at the foot of +Margaretha Street. +</p> + +<p> +Upon the heights above the town Barney Custer and the old Prince von der Tann +stood surrounded by officers and aides watching the advance of a skirmish line +up the slopes toward Lustadt. Behind, the thin line columns of troops were +marching under cover of two batteries of field artillery that Peter of Blentz +had placed upon a wooden knoll to the southeast of the city. +</p> + +<p> +The guns upon the single fort that, overlooking the broad valley, guarded the +entire southern exposure of the city were answering the fire of Prince +Peter’s artillery, while several machine guns had been placed to sweep +the slope up which the skirmish line was advancing. +</p> + +<p> +The trees that masked the enemy’s pieces extended upward along the ridge +and the eastern edge of the city. Barney saw that a force of men might easily +reach a commanding position from that direction and enter Lustadt almost in +rear of the fortifications. Below him a squadron of the Royal Horse were just +emerging from their stables, taking their way toward the plain to join in a +concerted movement against the troops that were advancing toward the fort. +</p> + +<p> +He turned to an aide de camp standing just behind him. +</p> + +<p> +“Intercept that squadron and direct the major to move due east along the +King’s Road to the grove,” he commanded. “We will join him +there.” +</p> + +<p> +And as the officer spurred down the steep and narrow street the American, +followed by Von der Tann and his staff, wheeled and galloped eastward. +</p> + +<p> +Ten minutes later the party entered the wood at the edge of town, where the +squadron soon joined them. Von der Tann was mystified at the purpose of this +change in the position of the general staff, since from the wood they could see +nothing of the battle waging upon the slope. During his brief intercourse with +the man he thought king he had quite forgotten that there had been any question +as to the young man’s sanity, for he had given no indication of +possessing aught but a well-balanced mind. Now, however, he commenced to have +misgivings, if not of his sanity, then as to his judgment at least. +</p> + +<p> +“I fear, your majesty,” he ventured, “that we are putting +ourselves too much out of touch with the main body of the army. We can neither +see nor accomplish anything from this position.” +</p> + +<p> +“We were too far away to accomplish much upon the top of that +mountain,” replied Barney, “but we’re going to commence doing +things now. You will please to ride back along the King’s Road and take +direct command of the troops mobilized near the fort. +</p> + +<p> +“Direct the artillery to redouble their fire upon the enemy’s +battery for five minutes, and then to cease firing into the wood entirely. At +the same instant you may order a cautious advance against the troops advancing +up the slope. +</p> + +<p> +“When you see us emerge upon the west side of the grove where the +enemy’s guns are now, you may order a charge, and we will take them +simultaneously upon their right flank with a cavalry charge.” +</p> + +<p> +“But, your majesty,” exclaimed Von der Tann dubiously, “where +will you be in the mean time?” +</p> + +<p> +“We shall be with the major’s squadron, and when you see us +emerging from the grove, you will know that we have taken Peter’s guns +and that everything is over except the shouting.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are not going to accompany the charge!” cried the old prince. +</p> + +<p> +“We are going to lead it,” and the pseudo-king of Lutha wheeled his +mount as though to indicate that the time for talking was past. +</p> + +<p> +With a signal to the major commanding the squadron of Royal Horse, he moved +eastward into the wood. Prince Ludwig hesitated a moment as though to question +further the wisdom of the move, but finally with a shake of his head he trotted +off in the direction of the fort. +</p> + +<p> +Five minutes later the enemy were delighted to note that the fire upon their +concealed battery had suddenly ceased. +</p> + +<p> +Then Peter saw a force of foot-soldiers deploy from the city and advance slowly +in line of skirmishers down the slope to meet his own firing line. +</p> + +<p> +Immediately he did what Barney had expected that he would—turned the fire +of his artillery toward the southwest, directly away from the point from which +the American and the crack squadron were advancing. +</p> + +<p> +So it came that the cavalrymen crept through the woods upon the rear of the +guns, unseen; the noise of their advance was drowned by the detonation of the +cannon. +</p> + +<p> +The first that the artillerymen knew of the enemy in their rear was a shout of +warning from one of the powder-men at a caisson, who had caught a glimpse of +the grim line advancing through the trees at his rear. +</p> + +<p> +Instantly an effort was made to wheel several of the pieces about and train +them upon the advancing horsemen; but even had there been time, a shout that +rose from several of Peter’s artillerymen as the Royal Horse broke into +full view would doubtless have prevented the maneuver, for at sight of the +tall, bearded, young man who galloped in front of the now charging cavalrymen +there rose a shout of “The king! The king!” +</p> + +<p> +With the force of an avalanche the Royal Horse rode through those two batteries +of field artillery; and in the thick of the fight that followed rode the +American, a smile upon his face, for in his ears rang the wild shouts of his +troopers: “For the king! For the king!” +</p> + +<p> +In the moment that the enemy made their first determined stand a bullet brought +down the great bay upon which Barney rode. A dozen of Peter’s men rushed +forward to seize the man stumbling to his feet. As many more of the Royal Horse +closed around him, and there, for five minutes, was waged as fierce a battle +for possession of a king as was ever fought. +</p> + +<p> +But already many of the artillerymen had deserted the guns that had not yet +been attacked, for the magic name of king had turned their blood to water. +Fifty or more raised a white flag and surrendered without striking a blow, and +when, at last, Barney and his little bodyguard fought their way through those +who surrounded them they found the balance of the field already won. +</p> + +<p> +Upon the slope below the city the loyal troops were advancing upon the enemy. +Old Prince Ludwig paced back and forth behind them, apparently oblivious to the +rain of bullets about him. Every moment he turned his eyes toward the wooded +ridge from which there now belched an almost continuous fusillade of shells +upon the advancing royalists. +</p> + +<p> +Quite suddenly the cannonading ceased and the old man halted in his tracks, his +gaze riveted upon the wood. For several minutes he saw no sign of what was +transpiring behind that screen of sere and yellow autumn leaves, and then a man +came running out, and after him another and another. +</p> + +<p> +The prince raised his field glasses to his eyes. He almost cried aloud in his +relief—the uniforms of the fugitives were those of artillerymen, and only +cavalry had accompanied the king. A moment later there appeared in the center +of his lenses a tall figure with a full beard. He rode, swinging his saber +above his head, and behind him at full gallop came a squadron of the Royal +Horse. +</p> + +<p> +Old von der Tann could restrain himself no longer. +</p> + +<p> +“The king! The king!” he cried to those about him, pointing in the +direction of the wood. +</p> + +<p> +The officers gathered there and the soldiery before him heard and took up the +cry, and then from the old man’s lips came the command, +“Charge!” and a thousand men tore down the slopes of Lustadt upon +the forces of Peter of Blentz, while from the east the king charged their right +flank at the head of the Royal Horse. +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz saw that the day was lost, for the troops upon the right were +crumpling before the false king while he and his cavalrymen were yet a half +mile distant. Before the retreat could become a rout the prince regent ordered +his forces to fall back slowly upon a suburb that lies in the valley below the +city. +</p> + +<p> +Once safely there he raised a white flag, asking a conference with Prince +Ludwig. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty,” said the old man, “what answer shall we send +the traitor who even now ignores the presence of his king?” +</p> + +<p> +“Treat with him,” replied the American. “He may be honest +enough in his belief that I am an impostor.” +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann shrugged his shoulders, but did as Barney bid, and for half an +hour the young man waited with Butzow while Von der Tann and Peter met halfway +between the forces for their conference. +</p> + +<p> +A dozen members of the most powerful of the older nobility accompanied Ludwig. +When they returned their faces were a picture of puzzled bewilderment. With +them were several officers, soldiers and civilians from Peter’s +contingency. +</p> + +<p> +“What said he?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“He said, your majesty,” replied Von der Tann, “that he is +confident you are not the king, and that these men he has sent with me knew the +king well at Blentz. As proof that you are not the king he has offered the +evidence of your own denials—made not only to his officers and soldiers, +but to the man who is now your loyal lieutenant, Butzow, and to the Princess +Emma von der Tann, my daughter. +</p> + +<p> +“He insists that he is fighting for the welfare of Lutha, while we are +traitors, attempting to seat an impostor upon the throne of the dead Leopold. I +will admit that we are at a loss, your majesty, to know where lies the truth +and where the falsity in this matter. +</p> + +<p> +“We seek only to serve our country and our king but there are those among +us who, to be entirely frank, are not yet convinced that you are Leopold. The +result of the conference may not, then, meet with the hearty approval of your +majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +“What was the result?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“It was decided that all hostilities cease, and that Prince Peter be +given an opportunity to establish the validity of his claim that your majesty +is an impostor. If he is able to do so to the entire satisfaction of a majority +of the old nobility, we have agreed to support him in a return to his +regency.” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment there was deep silence. Many of the nobles stood with averted +faces and eyes upon the ground. +</p> + +<p> +The American, a half-smile upon his face, turned toward the men of Peter who +had come to denounce him. He knew what their verdict would be. He knew that if +he were to save the throne for Leopold he must hold it at any cost until +Leopold should be found. +</p> + +<p> +Troopers were scouring the country about Lustadt as far as Blentz in search of +Maenck and Coblich. Could they locate these two and arrest them “with all +found in their company,” as his order read, he felt sure that he would be +able to deliver the missing king to his subjects in time for the coronation at +noon. +</p> + +<p> +Barney looked straight into the eyes of old Von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +“You have given us the opinion of others, Prince Ludwig,” he said. +“Now you may tell us your own views of the matter.” +</p> + +<p> +“I shall have to abide by the decision of the majority,” replied +the old man. “But I have seen your majesty under fire, and if you are not +the king, for Lutha’s sake you ought to be.” +</p> + +<p> +“He is not Leopold,” said one of the officers who had accompanied +the prince from Peter’s camp. “I was governor of Blentz for three +years and as familiar with the king’s face as with that of my own +brother.” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” cried several of the others, “this man is not the +king.” +</p> + +<p> +Several of the nobles drew away from Barney. Others looked at him +questioningly. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow stepped close to his side, and it was noticeable that the troopers, and +even the officers, of the Royal Horse which Barney had led in the charge upon +the two batteries in the wood, pressed a little closer to the American. This +fact did not escape Butzow’s notice. +</p> + +<p> +“If you are content to take the word of the servants of a traitor and a +would-be regicide,” he cried, “I am not. There has been no proof +advanced that this man is not the king. In so far as I am concerned he is the +king, nor ever do I expect to serve another more worthy of the title. +</p> + +<p> +“If Peter of Blentz has real proof—not the testimony of his own +faction—that Leopold of Lutha is dead, let him bring it forward before +noon today, for at noon we shall crown a king in the cathedral at Lustadt, and +I for one pray to God that it may be he who has led us in battle today.” +</p> + +<p> +A shout of applause rose from the Royal Horse, and from the foot-soldiers who +had seen the king charge across the plain, scattering the enemy before him. +</p> + +<p> +Barney, appreciating the advantage in the sudden turn affairs had taken +following Butzow’s words, swung to his saddle. +</p> + +<p> +“Until Peter of Blentz brings to Lustadt one with a better claim to the +throne,” he said, “we shall continue to rule Lutha, nor shall other +than Leopold be crowned her king. We approve of the amnesty you have granted, +Prince Ludwig, and Peter of Blentz is free to enter Lustadt, as he will, so +long as he does not plot against the true king. +</p> + +<p> +“Major,” he added, turning to the commander of the squadron at his +back, “we are returning to the palace. Your squadron will escort us, +remaining on guard there about the grounds. Prince Ludwig, you will see that +machine guns are placed about the palace and commanding the approaches to the +cathedral.” +</p> + +<p> +With a nod to the cavalry major he wheeled his horse and trotted up the slope +toward Lustadt. +</p> + +<p> +With a grim smile Prince Ludwig von der Tann mounted his horse and rode toward +the fort. At his side were several of the nobles of Lutha. They looked at him +in astonishment. +</p> + +<p> +“You are doing his bidding, although you do not know that he is the true +king?” asked one of them. +</p> + +<p> +“Were he an impostor,” replied the old man, “he would have +insisted by word of mouth that he is king. But not once has he said that he is +Leopold. Instead, he has proved his kingship by his acts.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap11"></a>XI.<br /> +A TIMELY INTERVENTION</h2> + +<p> +Nine o’clock found Barney Custer pacing up and down his apartments in the +palace. No clue as to the whereabouts of Coblich, Maenck or the king had been +discovered. One by one his troopers had returned to Butzow empty-handed, and as +much at a loss as to the hiding-place of their quarry as when they had set out +upon their search. +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz and his retainers had entered the city and already had +commenced to gather at the cathedral. +</p> + +<p> +Peter, at the residence of Coblich, had succeeded in gathering about him many +of the older nobility whom he pledged to support him in case he could prove to +them that the man who occupied the royal palace was not Leopold of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +They agreed to support him in his regency if he produced proof that the true +Leopold was dead, and Peter of Blentz waited with growing anxiety the coming of +Coblich with word that he had the king in custody. Peter was staking all on a +single daring move which he had decided to make in his game of intrigue. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney paced within the palace, waiting for word that Leopold had been +found, Peter of Blentz was filled with equal apprehension as he, too, waited +for the same tidings. At last he heard the pound of hoofs upon the pavement +without and a moment later Coblich, his clothing streaked with dirt, blood +caked upon his face from a wound across the forehead, rushed into the presence +of the prince regent. +</p> + +<p> +Peter drew him hurriedly into a small study on the first floor. +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” he whispered, as the two faced each other. +</p> + +<p> +“We have him,” replied Coblich. “But we had the devil’s +own time getting him. Stein was killed and Maenck and I both wounded, and all +morning we have spent the time hiding from troopers who seemed to be searching +for us. Only fifteen minutes since did we reach the hiding-place that you +instructed us to use. But we have him, your highness, and he is in such a state +of cowardly terror that he is ready to agree to anything, if you will but spare +his life and set him free across the border.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is too late for that now, Coblich,” replied Peter. “There +is but one way that Leopold of Lutha can serve me now, and that is—dead. +Were his corpse to be carried into the cathedral of Lustadt before noon today, +and were those who fetched it to swear that the king was killed by the impostor +after being dragged from the hospital at Tafelberg where you and Maenck had +located him, and from which you were attempting to rescue him, I believe that +the people would tear our enemies to pieces. What say you, Coblich?” +</p> + +<p> +The other stared at Peter of Blentz for several seconds while the atrocity of +his chief’s plan filtered through his brain. +</p> + +<p> +“My God!” he exclaimed at last. “You mean that you wish me to +murder Leopold with my own hands?” +</p> + +<p> +“You put it too crudely, my dear Coblich,” replied the other. +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot do it,” muttered Coblich. “I have never killed a +man in my life. I am getting old. No, I could never do it. I should not sleep +nights.” +</p> + +<p> +“If it is not done, Coblich, and Leopold comes into his own,” said +Peter slowly, “you will be caught and hanged higher than Haman. And if +you do not do it, and the impostor is crowned today, then you will be either +hanged officially or knifed unofficially, and without any choice in the matter +whatsoever. Nothing, Coblich, but the dead body of the true Leopold can save +your neck. You have your choice, therefore, of letting him live to prove your +treason, or letting him die and becoming chancellor of Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +Slowly Coblich turned toward the door. “You are right,” he said, +“but may God have mercy on my soul. I never thought that I should have to +do it with my own hands.” +</p> + +<p> +So saying he left the room and a moment later Peter of Blentz smiled as he +heard the pounding of a horse’s hoofs upon the pavement without. +</p> + +<p> +Then the Regent entered the room he had recently quitted and spoke to the +nobles of Lutha who were gathered there. +</p> + +<p> +“Coblich has found the body of the murdered king,” he said. +“I have directed him to bring it to the cathedral. He came upon the +impostor and his confederate, Lieutenant Butzow, as they were bearing the +corpse from the hospital at Tafelberg where the king has lain unknown since the +rumor was spread by Von der Tann that he had been killed by bandits. +</p> + +<p> +“He was not killed until last evening, my lords, and you shall see today +the fresh wounds upon him. When the time comes that we can present this grisly +evidence of the guilt of the impostor and those who uphold him, I shall expect +you all to stand at my side, as you have promised.” +</p> + +<p> +With one accord the noblemen pledged anew their allegiance to Peter of Blentz +if he could produce one-quarter of the evidence he claimed to possess. +</p> + +<p> +“All that we wish to know positively is,” said one, “that the +man who bears the title of king today is really Leopold of Lutha, or that he is +not. If not then he stands convicted of treason, and we shall know how to +conduct ourselves.” +</p> + +<p> +Together the party rode to the cathedral, the majority of the older nobility +now openly espousing the cause of the Regent. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +At the palace Barney was about distracted. Butzow was urging him to take the +crown whether he was Leopold or not, for the young lieutenant saw no hope for +Lutha, if either the scoundrelly Regent or the cowardly man whom Barney had +assured him was the true king should come into power. +</p> + +<p> +It was eleven o’clock. In another hour Barney knew that he must have +found some new solution of his dilemma, for there seemed little probability +that the king would be located in the brief interval that remained before the +coronation. He wondered what they did to people who stole thrones. For a time +he figured his chances of reaching the border ahead of the enraged populace. +All had depended upon the finding of the king, and he had been so sure that it +could be accomplished in time, for Coblich and Maenck had had but a few hours +in which to conceal the monarch before the search was well under way. +</p> + +<p> +Armed with the king’s warrants, his troopers had ridden through the +country, searching houses, and questioning all whom they met. Patrols had +guarded every road that the fugitives might take either to Lustadt, Blentz, or +the border; but no king had been found and no trace of his abductors. +</p> + +<p> +Prince von der Tann, Barney was convinced, was on the point of deserting him, +and going over to the other side. It was true that the old man had carried out +his instructions relative to the placing of the machine guns; but they might be +used as well against him, where they stood, as for him. +</p> + +<p> +From his window he could see the broad avenue which passes before the royal +palace of Lutha. It was crowded with throngs moving toward the cathedral. +Presently there came a knock upon the closed door of his chamber. +</p> + +<p> +At his “Enter” a functionary announced: “His Royal Highness +Ludwig, Prince von der Tann!” +</p> + +<p> +The old man was much perturbed at the rumors he had heard relative to the +assassination of the true Leopold. Soldier-like, he blurted out his suspicions +and his ultimatum. +</p> + +<p> +“None but the royal blood of Rubinroth may reign in Lutha while there be +a Rubinroth left to reign and old Von der Tann lives,” he cried in +conclusion. +</p> + +<p> +At the name “Rubinroth” Barney started. It was his mother’s +name. Suddenly the truth flashed upon him. He understood now the reticence of +both his father and mother relative to her early life. +</p> + +<p> +“Prince Ludwig,” said the young man earnestly, “I have only +the good of Lutha in my heart. For three weeks I have labored and risked death +a hundred times to place the legitimate heir to the crown of Lutha upon his +throne. I—” +</p> + +<p> +He hesitated, not knowing just how to commence the confession he was determined +to make, though he was positive that it would place Peter of Blentz upon the +throne, since the old prince had promised to support the Regent could it be +proved that Barney was an impostor. +</p> + +<p> +“I,” he started again, and then there came an interruption at the +door. +</p> + +<p> +“A messenger, your majesty,” announced the doorman, “who says +that he must have audience at once upon a matter of life and death to the +king.” +</p> + +<p> +“We will see him in the ante-chamber,” replied Barney, moving +toward the door. “Await us here, Prince Ludwig.” +</p> + +<p> +A moment later he re-entered the apartment. There was an expression of renewed +hope upon his face. +</p> + +<p> +“As we were about to remark, my dear prince,” he said, “I +swear that the royal blood of the Rubinroths flows in my veins, and as God is +my judge, none other than the true Leopold of Lutha shall be crowned today. And +now we must prepare for the coronation. If there be trouble in the cathedral, +Prince Ludwig, we look to your sword in protection of the king.” +</p> + +<p> +“When I am with you, sire,” said Von der Tann, “I know that +you are king. When I saw how you led the troops in battle, I prayed that there +could be no mistake. God give that I am right. But God help you if you are +playing with old Ludwig von der Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +When the old man had left the apartment Barney summoned an aide and sent for +Butzow. Then he hurried to the bath that adjoined the apartment, and when the +lieutenant of horse was announced Barney called through a soapy lather for his +confederate to enter. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you doing, sire?” cried Butzow in amazement. +</p> + +<p> +“Cut out the ‘sire,’ old man,” shouted Barney Custer of +Beatrice. “this is the fifth of November and I am shaving off this +alfalfa. The king is found!” +</p> + +<p> +“What?” cried Butzow, and upon his face there was little to +indicate the rejoicing that a loyal subject of Leopold of Lutha should have +felt at that announcement. +</p> + +<p> +“There is a man in the next room,” went on Barney, “who can +lead us to the spot where Coblich and Maenck guard the king. Get him in +here.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow hastened to comply with the American’s instructions, and a moment +later returned to the apartment with the old shopkeeper of Tafelberg. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney shaved he issued directions to the two. Within the room to the east, +he said, there were the king’s coronation robes, and in a smaller +dressingroom beyond they would find a long gray cloak. +</p> + +<p> +They were to wrap all these in a bundle which the old shopkeeper was to carry. +</p> + +<p> +“And, Butzow,” added Barney, “look to my revolvers and your +own, and lay my sword out as well. The chances are that we shall have to use +them before we are ten minutes older.” +</p> + +<p> +In an incredibly short space of time the young man emerged from the bath, his +luxuriant beard gone forever, he hoped. Butzow looked at him with a smile. +</p> + +<p> +“I must say that the beard did not add greatly to your majesty’s +good looks,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“Never mind the bouquets, old man,” cried Barney, cramming his arms +into the sleeves of his khaki jacket and buckling sword and revolver about him, +as he hurried toward a small door that opened upon the opposite side of the +apartment to that through which his visitors had been conducted. +</p> + +<p> +Together the three hastened through a narrow, little-used corridor and down a +flight of well-worn stone steps to a door that let upon the rear court of the +palace. +</p> + +<p> +There were grooms and servants there, and soldiers too, who saluted Butzow, +according the old shopkeeper and the smooth-faced young stranger only cursory +glances. It was evident that without his beard it was not likely that Barney +would be again mistaken for the king. +</p> + +<p> +At the stables Butzow requisitioned three horses, and soon the trio was +galloping through a little-frequented street toward the northern, hilly +environs of Lustadt. They rode in silence until they came to an old stone +building, whose boarded windows and general appearance of dilapidation +proclaimed its long tenantless condition. Rank weeds, now rustling dry and +yellow in the November wind, choked what once might have been a luxuriant +garden. A stone wall, which had at one time entirely surrounded the grounds, +had been almost completely removed from the front to serve as foundation stone +for a smaller edifice farther down the mountainside. +</p> + +<p> +The horsemen avoided this break in the wall, coming up instead upon the rear +side where their approach was wholly screened from the building by the wall +upon that exposure. +</p> + +<p> +Close in they dismounted, and leaving the animals in charge of the shopkeeper +of Tafelberg, Barney and Butzow hastened toward a small postern-gate which +swung, groaning, upon a single rusted hinge. Each felt that there was no time +for caution or stratagem. Instead all depended upon the very boldness and +rashness of their attack, and so as they came through into the courtyard the +two dashed headlong for the building. +</p> + +<p> +Chance accomplished for them what no amount of careful execution might have +done, and they came within the ruin unnoticed by the four who occupied the old, +darkened library. +</p> + +<p> +Possibly the fact that one of the men had himself just entered and was +excitedly talking to the others may have drowned the noisy approach of the two. +However that may be, it is a fact that Barney and the cavalry officer came to +the very door of the library unheard. +</p> + +<p> +There they halted, listening. Coblich was speaking. +</p> + +<p> +“The Regent commands it, Maenck,” he was saying. “It is the +only thing that can save our necks. He said that you had better be the one to +do it, since it was your carelessness that permitted the fellow to escape from +Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +Huddled in a far corner of the room was an abject figure trembling in terror. +At the words of Coblich it staggered to its feet. It was the king. +</p> + +<p> +“Have pity—have pity!” he cried. “Do not kill me, and I +will go away where none will ever know that I live. You can tell Peter that I +am dead. Tell him anything, only spare my life. Oh, why did I ever listen to +the cursed fool who tempted me to think of regaining the crown that has brought +me only misery and suffering—the crown that has now placed the sentence +of death upon me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why not let him go?” suggested the trooper, who up to this time +had not spoken. “If we don’t kill him, we can’t be hanged for +his murder.” +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t be too sure of that,” exclaimed Maenck. “If he +goes away and never returns, what proof can we offer that we did not kill him, +should we be charged with the crime? And if we let him go, and later he returns +and gains his throne, he will see that we are hanged anyway for treason. +</p> + +<p> +“The safest thing to do is to put him where he at least cannot come back +to threaten us, and having done so upon the orders of Peter, let the +king’s blood be upon Peter’s head. I, at least, shall obey my +master, and let you two bear witness that I did the thing with my own +hand.” So saying he drew his sword and crossed toward the king. +</p> + +<p> +But Captain Ernst Maenck never reached his sovereign. +</p> + +<p> +As the terrified shriek of the sorry monarch rang through the interior of the +desolate ruin another sound mingled with it, half-drowning the piercing wail of +terror. +</p> + +<p> +It was the sharp crack of a revolver, and even as it spoke Maenck lunged +awkwardly forward, stumbled, and collapsed at Leopold’s feet. With a moan +the king shrank back from the grisly thing that touched his boot, and then two +men were in the center of the room, and things were happening with a rapidity +that was bewildering. +</p> + +<p> +About all that he could afterward recall with any distinctness was the +terrified face of Coblich, as he rushed past him toward a door in the opposite +side of the room, and the horrid leer upon the face of the dead trooper, who +foolishly, had made a move to draw his revolver. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Within the cathedral at Lustadt excitement was at fever heat. It lacked but two +minutes of noon, and as yet no king had come to claim the crown. Rumors were +running riot through the close-packed audience. +</p> + +<p> +One man had heard the king’s chamberlain report to Prince von der Tann +that the master of ceremonies had found the king’s apartments vacant when +he had gone to urge the monarch to hasten his preparations for the coronation. +</p> + +<p> +Another had seen Butzow and two strangers galloping north through the city. A +third told of a little old man who had come to the king with an urgent message. +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz and Prince Ludwig were talking in whispers at the foot of the +chancel steps. Peter ascended the steps and facing the assemblage raised a +silencing hand. +</p> + +<p> +“He who claimed to be Leopold of Lutha,” he said, “was but a +mad adventurer. He would have seized the throne of the Rubinroths had his nerve +not failed him at the last moment. He has fled. The true king is dead. Now I, +Prince Regent of Lutha, declare the throne vacant, and announce myself +king!” +</p> + +<p> +There were a few scattered cheers and some hissing. A score of the nobles rose +as though to protest, but before any could take a step the attention of all was +directed toward the sorry figure of a white-faced man who scurried up the broad +center aisle. +</p> + +<p> +It was Coblich. +</p> + +<p> +He ran to Peter’s side, and though he attempted to speak in a whisper, so +out of breath, and so filled with hysterical terror was he that his words came +out in gasps that were audible to many of those who stood near by. +</p> + +<p> +“Maenck is dead,” he cried. “The impostor has stolen the +king.” +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz went white as his lieutenant. Von der Tann heard and demanded +an explanation. +</p> + +<p> +“You said that Leopold was dead,” he said accusingly. +</p> + +<p> +Peter regained his self-control quickly. +</p> + +<p> +“Coblich is excited,” he explained. “He means that the +impostor has stolen the body of the king that Coblich and Maenck had discovered +and were bringing to Lustadt.” +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann looked troubled. +</p> + +<p> +He knew not what to make of the series of wild tales that had come to his ears +within the past hour. He had hoped that the young man whom he had last seen in +the king’s apartments was the true Leopold. He would have been glad to +have served such a one, but there had been many inexplicable occurrences which +tended to cast a doubt upon the man’s claims—and yet, had he ever +claimed to be the king? It suddenly occurred to the old prince that he had not. +On the contrary he had repeatedly stated to Prince Ludwig’s daughter and +to Lieutenant Butzow that he was not Leopold. +</p> + +<p> +It seemed that they had all been so anxious to believe him king that they had +forced the false position upon him, and now if he had indeed committed the +atrocity that Coblich charged against him, who could wonder? With less +provocation men had before attempted to seize thrones by more dastardly means. +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz was speaking. +</p> + +<p> +“Let the coronation proceed,” he cried, “that Lutha may have +a true king to frustrate the plans of the impostor and the traitors who had +supported him.” +</p> + +<p> +He cast a meaning glance at Prince von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +There were many cries for Peter of Blentz. “Let’s have done with +treason, and place upon the throne of Lutha one whom we know to be both a +Luthanian and sane. Down with the mad king! Down with the impostor!” +</p> + +<p> +Peter turned to ascend the chancel steps. +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann still hesitated. Below him upon one side of the aisle were massed +his own retainers. Opposite them were the men of the Regent, and dividing the +two the parallel ranks of Horse Guards stretched from the chancel down the +broad aisle to the great doors. These were strongly for the impostor, if +impostor he was, who had led them to victory over the men of the Blentz +faction. +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann knew that they would fight to the last ditch for their hero should +he come to claim the crown. Yet how would they fight—to which side would +they cleave, were he to attempt to frustrate the design of the Regent to seize +the throne of Lutha? +</p> + +<p> +Already Peter of Blentz had approached the bishop, who, eager to propitiate +whoever seemed most likely to become king, gave the signal for the procession +that was to mark the solemn bearing of the crown of Lutha up the aisle to the +chancel. +</p> + +<p> +Outside the cathedral there was the sudden blare of trumpets. The great doors +swung violently open, and the entire throng were upon their feet in an instant +as a trooper of the Royal Horse shouted: “The king! The king! Make way +for Leopold of Lutha!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap12"></a>XII.<br /> +THE GRATITUDE OF A KING</h2> + +<p> +At the cry silence fell upon the throng. Every head was turned toward the great +doors through which the head of a procession was just visible. It was a grim +looking procession—the head of it, at least. +</p> + +<p> +There were four khaki-clad trumpeters from the Royal Horse Guards, the gay and +resplendent uniforms which they should have donned today conspicuous for their +absence. From their brazen bugles sounded another loud fanfare, and then they +separated, two upon each side of the aisle, and between them marched three men. +</p> + +<p> +One was tall, with gray eyes and had a reddish-brown beard. He was fully +clothed in the coronation robes of Leopold. Upon his either hand walked the +others—Lieutenant Butzow and a gray-eyed, smooth-faced, square-jawed +stranger. +</p> + +<p> +Behind them marched the balance of the Royal Horse Guards that were not already +on duty within the cathedral. As the eyes of the multitude fell upon the man in +the coronation robes there were cries of: “The king! Impostor!” and +“Von der Tann’s puppet!” +</p> + +<p> +“Denounce him!” whispered one of Peter’s henchmen in his +master’s ear. +</p> + +<p> +The Regent moved closer to the aisle, that he might meet the impostor at the +foot of the chancel steps. The procession was moving steadily up the aisle. +</p> + +<p> +Among the clan of Von der Tann a young girl with wide eyes was bending forward +that she might have a better look at the face of the king. As he came opposite +her her eyes filled with horror, and then she saw the eyes of the smooth-faced +stranger at the king’s side. They were brave, laughing eyes, and as they +looked straight into her own the truth flashed upon her, and the girl gave a +gasp of dismay as she realized that the king of Lutha and the king of her heart +were not one and the same. +</p> + +<p> +At last the head of the procession was almost at the foot of the chancel steps. +There were murmurs of: “It is not the king,” and “Who is this +new impostor?” +</p> + +<p> +Leopold’s eyes were searching the faces of the close-packed nobility +about the chancel. At last they fell upon the face of Peter. The young man +halted not two paces from the Regent. The man went white as the king’s +eyes bored straight into his miserable soul. +</p> + +<p> +“Peter of Blentz,” cried the young man, “as God is your +judge, tell the truth today. Who am I?” +</p> + +<p> +The legs of the Prince Regent trembled. He sank upon his knees, raising his +hands in supplication toward the other. “Have pity on me, your majesty, +have pity!” he cried. +</p> + +<p> +“Who am I, man?” insisted the king. +</p> + +<p> +“You are Leopold Rubinroth, sire, by the grace of God, king of +Lutha,” cried the frightened man. “Have mercy on an old man, your +majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +“Wait! Am I mad? Was I ever mad?” +</p> + +<p> +“As God is my judge, sire, no!” replied Peter of Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +Leopold turned to Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“Remove the traitor from our presence,” he commanded, and at a word +from the lieutenant a dozen guardsmen seized the trembling man and hustled him +from the cathedral amid hisses and execrations. +</p> + +<p> +Following the coronation the king was closeted in his private audience chamber +in the palace with Prince Ludwig. +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot understand what has happened, even now, your majesty,” +the old man was saying. “That you are the true Leopold is all that I am +positive of, for the discomfiture of Prince Peter evidenced that fact all too +plainly. But who the impostor was who ruled Lutha in your name for two days, +disappearing as miraculously as he came, I cannot guess. +</p> + +<p> +“But for another miracle which preserved you for us in the nick of time +he might now be wearing the crown of Lutha in your stead. Having Peter of +Blentz safely in custody our next immediate task should be to hunt down the +impostor and bring him to justice also; though”—and the old prince +sighed—“he was indeed a brave man, and a noble figure of a king as +he led your troops to battle.” +</p> + +<p> +The king had been smiling as Von der Tann first spoke of the +“impostor,” but at the old man’s praise of the other’s +bravery a slight flush tinged his cheek, and the shadow of a scowl crossed his +brow. +</p> + +<p> +“Wait,” he said, “we shall not have to look far for your +‘impostor,’” and summoning an aide he dispatched him for +“Lieutenant Butzow and Mr. Custer.” +</p> + +<p> +A moment later the two entered the audience chamber. Barney found that Leopold +the king, surrounded by comforts and safety, was a very different person from +Leopold the fugitive. The weak face now wore an expression of arrogance, though +the king spoke most graciously to the American. +</p> + +<p> +“Here, Von der Tann,” said Leopold, “is your +‘impostor.’ But for him I should doubtless be dead by now, or once +again a prisoner at Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney and Butzow found it necessary to repeat their stories several times +before the old man could fully grasp all that had transpired beneath his very +nose without his being aware of scarce a single detail of it. +</p> + +<p> +When he was finally convinced that they were telling the truth, he extended his +hand to the American. +</p> + +<p> +“I knelt to you once, young man,” he said, “and kissed your +hand. I should be filled with bitterness and rage toward you. On the contrary, +I find that I am proud to have served in the retinue of such an impostor as +you, for you upheld the prestige of the house of Rubinroth upon the +battlefield, and though you might have had a crown, you refused it and brought +the true king into his own.” +</p> + +<p> +Leopold sat tapping his foot upon the carpet. It was all very well if he, the +king, chose to praise the American, but there was no need for old von der Tann +to slop over so. The king did not like it. As a matter of fact, he found +himself becoming very jealous of the man who had placed him upon his throne. +</p> + +<p> +“There is only one thing that I can harbor against you,” continued +Prince Ludwig, “and that is that in a single instance you deceived me, +for an hour before the coronation you told me that you were a Rubinroth.” +</p> + +<p> +“I told you, prince,” corrected Barney, “that the royal blood +of Rubinroth flowed in my veins, and so it does. I am the son of the runaway +Princess Victoria of Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +Both Leopold and Ludwig looked their surprise, and to the king’s eyes +came a sudden look of fear. With the royal blood in his veins, what was there +to prevent this popular hero from some day striving for the throne he had once +refused? Leopold knew that the minds of men were wont to change most +unaccountably. +</p> + +<p> +“Butzow,” he said suddenly to the lieutenant of horse, “how +many do you imagine know positively that he who has ruled Lutha for the past +two days and he who was crowned in the cathedral this noon are not one and the +same?” +</p> + +<p> +“Only a few besides those who are in this room, your majesty,” +replied Butzow. “Peter and Coblich have known it from the first, and then +there is Kramer, the loyal old shopkeeper of Tafelberg, who followed Coblich +and Maenck all night and half a day as they dragged the king to the +hiding-place where we found him. Other than these there may be those who guess +the truth, but there are none who know.” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment the king sat in thought. Then he rose and commenced pacing back +and forth the length of the apartment. +</p> + +<p> +“Why should they ever know?” he said at last, halting before the +three men who had been standing watching him. “For the sake of Lutha they +should never know that another than the true king sat upon the throne even for +an hour.” +</p> + +<p> +He was thinking of the comparison that might be drawn between the heroic figure +of the American and his own colorless part in the events which had led up to +his coronation. In his heart of hearts he felt that old Von der Tann rather +regretted that the American had not been the king, and he hated the old man +accordingly, and was commencing to hate the American as well. +</p> + +<p> +Prince Ludwig stood looking at the carpet after the king had spoken. His +judgment told him that the king’s suggestion was a wise one; but he was +sorry and ashamed that it had come from Leopold. Butzow’s lips almost +showed the contempt that he felt for the ingratitude of his king. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer was the first to speak. +</p> + +<p> +“I think his majesty is quite right,” he said, “and tonight I +can leave the palace after dark and cross the border some time tomorrow +evening. The people need never know the truth.” +</p> + +<p> +Leopold looked relieved. +</p> + +<p> +“We must reward you, Mr. Custer,” he said. “Name that which +it lies within our power to grant you and it shall be yours.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney thought of the girl he loved; but he did not mention her name, for he +knew that she was not for him now. +</p> + +<p> +“There is nothing, your majesty,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“A money reward,” Leopold started to suggest, and then Barney +Custer lost his temper. +</p> + +<p> +A flush mounted to his face, his chin went up, and there came to his lips +bitter words of sarcasm. With an effort, however, he held his tongue, and, +turning his back upon the king, his broad shoulders proclaiming the contempt he +felt, he walked slowly out of the room. +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann and Butzow and Leopold of Lutha stood in silence as the American +passed out of sight beyond the portal. +</p> + +<p> +The manner of his going had been an affront to the king, and the young ruler +had gone red with anger. +</p> + +<p> +“Butzow,” he cried, “bring the fellow back; he shall be +taught a lesson in the deference that is due kings.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow hesitated. “He has risked his life a dozen times for your +majesty,” said the lieutenant. +</p> + +<p> +Leopold flushed. +</p> + +<p> +“Do not humiliate him, sire,” advised Von der Tann. “He has +earned a greater reward at your hands than that.” +</p> + +<p> +The king resumed his pacing for a moment, coming to a halt once more before the +two. +</p> + +<p> +“We shall take no notice of his insolence,” he said, “and +that shall be our royal reward for his services. More than he deserves, we dare +say, at that.” +</p> + +<p> +As Barney hastened through the palace on his way to his new quarters to obtain +his arms and order his horse saddled, he came suddenly upon a girlish figure +gazing sadly from a window upon the drear November world—her heart as sad +as the day. +</p> + +<p> +At the sound of his footstep she turned, and as her eyes met the gray ones of +the man she stood poised as though of half a mind to fly. For a moment neither +spoke. +</p> + +<p> +“Can your highness forgive?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +For answer the girl buried her face in her hands and dropped upon the cushioned +window seat before her. The American came close and knelt at her side. +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t,” he begged as he saw her shoulders rise to the sudden +sobbing that racked her slender frame. “Don’t!” +</p> + +<p> +He thought that she wept from mortification that she had given her kisses to +another than the king. +</p> + +<p> +“None knows,” he continued, “what has passed between us. None +but you and I need ever know. I tried to make you understand that I was not +Leopold; but you would not believe. It is not my fault that I loved you. It is +not my fault that I shall always love you. Tell me that you forgive me my part +in the chain of strange circumstances that deceived you into an acknowledgment +of a love that you intended for another. Forgive me, Emma!” +</p> + +<p> +Down the corridor behind them a tall figure approached on silent, noiseless +feet. At sight of the two at the window seat it halted. It was the king. +</p> + +<p> +The girl looked up suddenly into the eyes of the American bending so close +above her. +</p> + +<p> +“I can never forgive you,” she cried, “for not being the +king, for I am betrothed to him—and I love you!” +</p> + +<p> +Before she could prevent him, Barney Custer had taken her in his arms, and +though at first she made a pretense of attempting to escape, at last she lay +quite still. Her arms found their way about the man’s neck, and her lips +returned the kisses that his were showering upon her upturned mouth. +</p> + +<p> +Presently her glance wandered above the shoulder of the American, and of a +sudden her eyes filled with terror, and, with a little gasp of consternation, +she struggled to free herself. +</p> + +<p> +“Let me go!” she whispered. “Let me go—the king!” +</p> + +<p> +Barney sprang to his feet and, turning, faced Leopold. The king had gone quite +white. +</p> + +<p> +“Failing to rob me of my crown,” he cried in a trembling voice, +“you now seek to rob me of my betrothed! Go to your father at once, and +as for you—you shall learn what it means for you thus to meddle in the +affairs of kings.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney saw the terrible position in which his love had placed the Princess +Emma. His only thought now was for her. Bowing low before her he spoke so that +the king might hear, yet as though his words were for her ears alone. +</p> + +<p> +“Your highness knows the truth, now,” he said, “and that +after all I am not the king. I can only ask that you will forgive me the +deception. Now go to your father as the king commands.” +</p> + +<p> +Slowly the girl turned away. Her heart was torn between love for this man, and +her duty toward the other to whom she had been betrothed in childhood. The +hereditary instinct of obedience to her sovereign was strong within her, and +the bonds of custom and society held her in their relentless shackles. With a +sob she passed up the corridor, curtsying to the king as she passed him. +</p> + +<p> +When she had gone Leopold turned to the American. There was an evil look in the +little gray eyes of the monarch. +</p> + +<p> +“You may go your way,” he said coldly. “We shall give you +forty-eight hours to leave Lutha. Should you ever return your life shall be the +forfeit.” +</p> + +<p> +The American kept back the hot words that were ready upon the end of his +tongue. For her sake he must bow to fate. With a slight inclination of his head +toward Leopold he wheeled and resumed his way toward his quarters. +</p> + +<p> +Half an hour later as he was about to descend to the courtyard where a trooper +of the Royal Horse held his waiting mount, Butzow burst suddenly into his room. +</p> + +<p> +“For God’s sake,” cried the lieutenant, “get out of +this. The king has changed his mind, and there is an officer of the guard on +his way here now with a file of soldiers to place you under arrest. Leopold +swears that he will hang you for treason. Princess Emma has spurned him, and he +is wild with rage.” +</p> + +<p> +The dismal November twilight had given place to bleak night as two men cantered +from the palace courtyard and turned their horses’ heads northward toward +Lutha’s nearest boundary. All night they rode, stopping at daylight +before a distant farm to feed and water their mounts and snatch a mouthful for +themselves. Then onward once again they pressed in their mad flight. +</p> + +<p> +Now that day had come they caught occasional glimpses of a body of horsemen far +behind them, but the border was near, and their start such that there was no +danger of their being overtaken. +</p> + +<p> +“For the thousandth time, Butzow,” said one of the men, “will +you turn back before it is too late?” +</p> + +<p> +But the other only shook his head obstinately, and so they came to the great +granite monument which marks the boundary between Lutha and her powerful +neighbor upon the north. +</p> + +<p> +Barney held out his hand. “Good-bye, old man,” he said. “If +I’ve learned the ingratitude of kings here in Lutha, I have found +something that more than compensates me—the friendship of a brave man. +Now hurry back and tell them that I escaped across the border just as I was +about to fall into your hands and they will think that you have been pursuing +me instead of aiding in my escape across the border.” +</p> + +<p> +But again Butzow shook his head. +</p> + +<p> +“I have fought shoulder to shoulder with you, my friend,” he said. +“I have called you king, and after that I could never serve the coward +who sits now upon the throne of Lutha. I have made up my mind during this long +ride from Lustadt, and I have come to the decision that I should prefer to +raise corn in Nebraska with you rather than serve in the court of an +ingrate.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, you are an obstinate Dutchman, after all,” replied the +American with a smile, placing his hand affectionately upon the shoulder of his +comrade. +</p> + +<p> +There was a clatter of horses’ hoofs upon the gravel of the road behind +them. +</p> + +<p> +The two men put spurs to their mounts, and Barney Custer galloped across the +northern boundary of Lutha just ahead of a troop of Luthanian cavalry, as had +his father thirty years before; but a royal princess had accompanied the +father—only a soldier accompanied the son. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="part02"></a>PART II</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap13"></a>I.<br /> +BARNEY RETURNS TO LUTHA</h2> + +<p> +“What’s the matter, Vic?” asked Barney Custer of his sister. +“You look peeved.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am peeved,” replied the girl, smiling. “I am terribly +peeved. I don’t want to play bridge this afternoon. I want to go motoring +with Lieutenant Butzow. This is his last day with us.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. I know it is, and I hate to think of it,” replied Barney; +“but why in the world do you have to play bridge if you don’t want +to?” +</p> + +<p> +“I promised Margaret that I’d go. They’re short one, and +she’s coming after me in her car.” +</p> + +<p> +“Where are you going to play—at the champion lady bridge +player’s on Fourth Street?” asked Barney, grinning. +</p> + +<p> +His sister answered with a nod and a smile. “Where you brought down the +wrath of the lady champion upon your head the other night when you were letting +your mind wander across to Lutha and the Old Forest, instead of paying +attention to the game,” she added. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, cheer up, Vic,” cried her brother. “Bert’ll +probably set fire to the car, the way he did to their first one, and then you +won’t have to go.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, yes, I would; Margaret would send him after me in that +awful-looking, unwashed Ford runabout of his,” answered the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“And then you WOULD go,” said Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“You bet I would,” laughed Victoria. “I’d go in a +wheelbarrow with Bert.” +</p> + +<p> +But she didn’t have to; and after she had driven off with her chum, +Barney and Butzow strolled down through the little city of Beatrice to the corn +mill in which the former was interested. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m mighty sorry that you have to leave us, Butzow,” said +Barney’s partner. “It’s bad enough to lose you, but I’m +afraid it will mean the loss of Barney, too. He’s been hunting for some +excuse to get back to Lutha, and with you there and a war in sight I’m +afraid nothing can hold him.” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t know but that it may be just as well for my friends here +that I leave,” said Butzow seriously. “I did not tell you, Barney, +all there is in this letter”—he tapped his breastpocket, where the +foreign-looking envelope reposed with its contents. +</p> + +<p> +Custer looked at him inquiringly. +</p> + +<p> +“Besides saying that war between Austria and Serbia seems unavoidable and +that Lutha doubtless will be drawn into it, my informant warns me that Leopold +had sent emissaries to America to search for you, Barney, and myself. What his +purpose may be my friend does not know, but he warns us to be upon our guard. +Von der Tann wants me to return to Lutha. He has promised to protect me, and +with the country in danger there is nothing else for me to do. I must +go.” +</p> + +<p> +“I wish I could go with you,” said Barney. “If it +wasn’t for this dinged old mill I would; but Bert wants to go away this +summer, and as I have been away most of the time for the past two years, +it’s up to me to stay.” +</p> + +<p> +As the three men talked the afternoon wore on. Heavy clouds gathered in the +sky; a storm was brewing. Outside, a man, skulking behind a box car on the +siding, watched the entrance through which the three had gone. He watched the +workmen, and as quitting time came and he saw them leaving for their homes he +moved more restlessly, transferring the package which he held from one hand to +another many times, yet always gingerly. +</p> + +<p> +At last all had left. The man started from behind the box car, only to jump +back as the watchman appeared around the end of one of the buildings. He +watched the guardian of the property make his rounds; he saw him enter his +office, and then he crept forward toward the building, holding his queer +package in his right hand. +</p> + +<p> +In the office the watchman came upon the three friends. At sight of him they +looked at one another in surprise. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, what time is it?” exclaimed Custer, and as he looked at his +watch he rose with a laugh. “Late to dinner again,” he cried. +“Come on, we’ll go out this other way.” And with a cheery +good night to the watchman Barney and his friends hastened from the building. +</p> + +<p> +Upon the opposite side the stranger approached the doorway to the mill. The +rain was falling in blinding sheets. Ominously the thunder roared. Vivid +flashes of lightning shot the heavens. The watchman, coming suddenly from the +doorway, his hat brim pulled low over his eyes, passed within a couple of paces +of the stranger without seeing him. +</p> + +<p> +Five minutes later there was a blinding glare accompanied by a deafening roar. +It was as though nature had marshaled all her forces in one mighty, devastating +effort. At the same instant the walls of the great mill burst asunder, a +nebulous mass of burning gas shot heavenward, and then the flames settled down +to complete the destruction of the ruin. +</p> + +<p> +It was the following morning that Victoria and Barney Custer, with Lieutenant +Butzow and Custer’s partner, stood contemplating the smoldering wreckage. +</p> + +<p> +“And to think,” said Barney, “that yesterday this muss was +the largest corn mill west of anywhere. I guess we can both take vacations now, +Bert.” +</p> + +<p> +“Who would have thought that a single bolt of lightning could have +resulted in such havoc?” mused Victoria. +</p> + +<p> +“Who would?” agreed Lieutenant Butzow, and then, with a sudden +narrowing of his eyes and a quick glance at Barney, “if it WAS +lightning.” +</p> + +<p> +The American looked at the Luthanian. “You think—” he +started. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t dare think,” replied Butzow, “because of the +fear of what this may mean to you and Miss Victoria if it was not lightning +that destroyed the mill. I shouldn’t have spoken of it but that it may +urge you to greater caution, which I cannot but think is most necessary since +the warning I received from Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why should Leopold seek to harm me now?” asked Barney. “It +has been almost two years since you and I placed him upon his throne, only to +be rewarded with threats and hatred. In that time neither of us has returned to +Lutha nor in any way conspired against the king. I cannot fathom his +motives.” +</p> + +<p> +“There is the Princess Emma von der Tann,” Butzow reminded him. +“She still repulses him. He may think that, with you removed definitely +and permanently, all will then be plain sailing for him in that direction. +Evidently he does not know the princess.” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +An hour later they were all bidding Butzow good-bye at the station. Victoria +Custer was genuinely grieved to see him go, for she liked this soldierly young +officer of the Royal Horse Guards immensely. +</p> + +<p> +“You must come back to America soon,” she urged. +</p> + +<p> +He looked down at her from the steps of the moving train. There was something +in his expression that she had never seen there before. +</p> + +<p> +“I want to come back soon,” he answered, “to—to +Beatrice,” and he flushed and smiled at his own stumbling tongue. +</p> + +<p> +For about a week Barney Custer moped disconsolately, principally about the +ruins of the corn mill. He was in everyone’s way and accomplished +nothing. +</p> + +<p> +“I was never intended for a captain of industry,” he confided to +his partner for the hundredth time. “I wish some excuse would pop up to +which I might hang a reason for beating it to Europe. There’s something +doing there. Nearly everybody has declared war upon everybody else, and here I +am stagnating in peace. I’d even welcome a tornado.” +</p> + +<p> +His excuse was to come sooner than he imagined. That night, after the other +members of his family had retired, Barney sat smoking within a screened porch +off the living-room. His thoughts were upon a trim little figure in riding +togs, as he had first seen it nearly two years before, clinging desperately to +a runaway horse upon the narrow mountain road above Tafelberg. +</p> + +<p> +He lived that thrilling experience through again as he had many times before. +He even smiled as he recalled the series of events that had resulted from his +resemblance to the mad king of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +They had come to a culmination at the time when the king, whom Barney had +placed upon a throne at the risk of his own life, discovered that his savior +loved the girl to whom the king had been betrothed since childhood and that the +girl returned the American’s love even after she knew that he had but +played the part of a king. +</p> + +<p> +Barney’s cigar, forgotten, had long since died out. Not even its former +fitful glow proclaimed his presence upon the porch, whose black shadows +completely enveloped him. Before him stretched a wide acreage of lawn, tree +dotted at the side of the house. Bushes hid the stone wall that marked the +boundary of the Custer grounds and extended here and there out upon the sward +among the trees. The night was moonless but clear. A faint light pervaded the +scene. +</p> + +<p> +Barney sat staring straight ahead, but his gaze did not stop upon the familiar +objects of the foreground. Instead it spanned two continents and an ocean to +rest upon the little spot of woodland and rugged mountain and lowland that is +Lutha. It was with an effort that the man suddenly focused his attention upon +that which lay directly before him. A shadow among the trees had moved! +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer sat perfectly still, but now he was suddenly alert and watchful. +Again the shadow moved where no shadow should be moving. It crossed from the +shade of one tree to another. Barney came cautiously to his feet. Silently he +entered the house, running quickly to a side door that opened upon the grounds. +As he drew it back its hinges gave forth no sound. Barney looked toward the +spot where he had seen the shadow. Again he saw it scuttle hurriedly beneath +another tree nearer the house. This time there was no doubt. It was a man! +</p> + +<p> +Directly before the door where Barney stood was a pergola, ivy-covered. Behind +this he slid, and, running its length, came out among the trees behind the +night prowler. Now he saw him distinctly. The fellow was bearded, and in his +right hand he carried a package. Instantly Barney recalled Butzow’s +comment upon the destruction of the mill—“if it WAS +lightning!” +</p> + +<p> +Cold sweat broke from every pore of his body. His mother and father were there +in the house, and Vic—all sleeping peacefully. He ran quickly toward the +menacing figure, and as he did so he saw the other halt behind a great tree and +strike a match. In the glow of the flame he saw it touch close to the package +that the fellow held, and then he was upon him. +</p> + +<p> +There was a brief and terrific struggle. The stranger hurled the package toward +the house. Barney caught him by the throat, beating him heavily in the face; +and then, realizing what the package was, he hurled the fellow from him, and +sprang toward the hissing and sputtering missile where it lay close to the +foundation wall of the house, though in the instant of his close contact with +the man he had recognized through the disguising beard the features of Captain +Ernst Maenck, the principal tool of Peter of Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +Quick though Barney was to reach the bomb and extinguish the fuse, Maenck had +disappeared before he returned to search for him; and, though he roused the +gardener and chauffeur and took turns with them in standing guard the balance +of the night, the would-be assassin did not return. +</p> + +<p> +There was no question in Barney Custer’s mind as to whom the bomb was +intended for. That Maenck had hurled it toward the house after Barney had +seized him was merely the result of accident and the man’s desire to get +the death-dealing missile as far from himself as possible before it exploded. +That it would have wrecked the house in the hope of reaching him, had he not +fortunately interfered, was too evident to the American to be questioned. +</p> + +<p> +And so he decided before the night was spent to put himself as far from his +family as possible, lest some future attempt upon his life might endanger +theirs. Then, too, righteous anger and a desire for revenge prompted his +decision. He would run Maenck to earth and have an accounting with him. It was +evident that his life would not be worth a farthing so long as the fellow was +at liberty. +</p> + +<p> +Before dawn he swore the gardener and chauffeur to silence, and at breakfast +announced his intention of leaving that day for New York to seek a commission +as correspondent with an old classmate, who owned the New York Evening +National. At the hotel Barney inquired of the proprietor relative to a bearded +stranger, but the man had had no one of that description registered. Chance, +however, gave him a clue. His roadster was in a repair shop, and as he stopped +in to get it he overheard a conversation that told him all he wanted to know. +As he stood talking with the foreman a dust-covered automobile pulled into the +garage. +</p> + +<p> +“Hello, Bill,” called the foreman to the driver. “Where you +been so early?” +</p> + +<p> +“Took a guy to Lincoln,” replied the other. “He was in an +awful hurry. I bet we broke all the records for that stretch of road this +morning—I never knew the old boat had it in her.” +</p> + +<p> +“Who was it?” asked Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“I dunno,” replied the driver. “Talked like a furriner, and +looked the part. Bushy black beard. Said he was a German army officer, +an’ had to beat it back on account of the war. Seemed to me like he was +mighty anxious to get back there an’ be killed.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney waited to hear no more. He did not even go home to say good-bye to his +family. Instead he leaped into his gray roadster—a later model of the one +he had lost in Lutha—and the last that Beatrice, Nebraska, saw of him was +a whirling cloud of dust as he raced north out of town toward Lincoln. +</p> + +<p> +He was five minutes too late into the capital city to catch the eastbound +limited that Maenck must have taken; but he caught the next through train for +Chicago, and the second day thereafter found him in New York. There he had +little difficulty in obtaining the desired credentials from his newspaper +friend, especially since Barney offered to pay all his own expenses and donate +to the paper anything he found time to write. +</p> + +<p> +Passenger steamers were still sailing, though irregularly, and after scanning +the passenger-lists of three he found the name he sought. “Captain Ernst +Maenck, Lutha.” So he had not been mistaken, after all. It was Maenck he +had apprehended on his father’s grounds. Evidently the man had little +fear of being followed, for he had made no effort to hide his identity in +booking passage for Europe. +</p> + +<p> +The steamer he had caught had sailed that very morning. Barney was not so +sorry, after all, for he had had time during his trip from Beatrice to do +considerable thinking, and had found it rather difficult to determine just what +to do should he have overtaken Maenck in the United States. He couldn’t +kill the man in cold blood, justly as he may have deserved the fate, and the +thought of causing his arrest and dragging his own name into the publicity of +court proceedings was little less distasteful to him. +</p> + +<p> +Furthermore, the pursuit of Maenck now gave Barney a legitimate excuse for +returning to Lutha, or at least to the close neighborhood of the little +kingdom, where he might await the outcome of events and be ready to give his +services in the cause of the house of Von der Tann should they be required. +</p> + +<p> +By going directly to Italy and entering Austria from that country Barney +managed to arrive within the boundaries of the dual monarchy with comparatively +few delays. Nor did he encounter any considerable bodies of troops until he +reached the little town of Burgova, which lies not far from the Serbian +frontier. Beyond this point his credentials would not carry him. The +emperor’s officers were polite, but firm. No newspaper correspondents +could be permitted nearer the front than Burgova. +</p> + +<p> +There was nothing to be done, therefore, but wait until some propitious event +gave him the opportunity to approach more closely the Serbian boundary and +Lutha. In the meantime he would communicate with Butzow, who might be able to +obtain passes for him to some village nearer the Luthanian frontier, when it +should be an easy matter to cross through to Serbia. He was sure the Serbian +authorities would object less strenuously to his presence. +</p> + +<p> +The inn at which he applied for accommodations was already overrun by officers, +but the proprietor, with scant apologies for a civilian, offered him a little +box of a room in the attic. The place was scarce more than a closet, and for +that Barney was in a way thankful since the limited space could accommodate but +a single cot, thus insuring him the privacy that a larger chamber would have +precluded. +</p> + +<p> +He was very tired after his long and comfortless land journey, so after an +early dinner he went immediately to his room and to bed. How long he slept he +did not know, but some time during the night he was awakened by the sound of +voices apparently close to his ear. +</p> + +<p> +For a moment he thought the speakers must be in his own room, so distinctly did +he overhear each word of their conversation; but presently he discovered that +they were upon the opposite side of a thin partition in an adjoining room. But +half awake, and with the sole idea of getting back to sleep again as quickly as +possible, Barney paid only the slightest attention to the meaning of the words +that fell upon his ears, until, like a bomb, a sentence broke through his +sleepy faculties, banishing Morpheus upon the instant. +</p> + +<p> +“It will take but little now to turn Leopold against Von der Tann.” +The speaker evidently was an Austrian. “Already I have half convinced him +that the old man aspires to the throne. Leopold fears the loyalty of his army, +which is for Von der Tann body and soul. He knows that Von der Tann is strongly +anti-Austrian, and I have made it plain to him that if he allows his kingdom to +take sides with Serbia he will have no kingdom when the war is over—it +will be a part of Austria. +</p> + +<p> +“It was with greater difficulty, however, my dear Peter, that I convinced +him that you, Von Coblich, and Captain Maenck were his most loyal friends. He +fears you yet, but, nevertheless, he has pardoned you all. Do not forget when +you return to your dear Lutha that you owe your repatriation to Count +Zellerndorf of Austria.” +</p> + +<p> +“You may be assured that we shall never forget,” replied another +voice that Barney recognized at once as belonging to Prince Peter of Blentz, +the one time regent of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +“It is not for myself,” continued Count Zellerndorf, “that I +crave your gratitude, but for my emperor. You may do much to win his undying +gratitude, while for yourselves you may win to almost any height with the +friendship of Austria behind you. I am sure that should any accident, which God +forfend, deprive Lutha of her king, none would make a more welcome successor in +the eyes of Austria than our good friend Peter.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney could almost see the smile of satisfaction upon the thin lips of Peter +of Blentz as this broad hint fell from the lips of the Austrian +diplomat—a hint that seemed to the American little short of the death +sentence of Leopold, King of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +“We owed you much before, count,” said Peter. “But for you we +should have been hanged a year ago—without your aid we should never have +been able to escape from the fortress of Lustadt or cross the border into +Austria-Hungary. I am sorry that Maenck failed in his mission, for had he not +we would have had concrete evidence to present to the king that we are indeed +his loyal supporters. It would have dispelled at once such fears and doubts as +he may still entertain of our fealty.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I, too, am sorry,” agreed Zellerndorf. “I can assure +you that the news we hoped Captain Maenck would bring from America would have +gone a long way toward restoring you to the confidence and good graces of the +king.” +</p> + +<p> +“I did my best,” came another voice that caused Barney’s eyes +to go wide in astonishment, for it was none other than the voice of Maenck +himself. “Twice I risked hanging to get him and only came away after I +had been recognized.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is too bad,” sighed Zellerndorf; “though it may not be +without its advantages after all, for now we still have this second bugbear to +frighten Leopold with. So long, of course, as the American lives there is +always the chance that he may return and seek to gain the throne. The fact that +his mother was a Rubinroth princess might make it easy for Von der Tann to +place him upon the throne without much opposition, and if he married the old +man’s daughter it is easy to conceive that the prince might favor such a +move. At any rate, it should not be difficult to persuade Leopold of the +possibility of such a thing. +</p> + +<p> +“Under the circumstances Leopold is almost convinced that his only hope +of salvation lies in cementing friendly relations with the most powerful of Von +der Tann’s enemies, of which you three gentlemen stand preeminently in +the foreground, and of assuring to himself the support of Austria. And now, +gentlemen,” he went on after a pause, “good night. I have handed +Prince Peter the necessary military passes to carry you safely through our +lines, and tomorrow you may be in Blentz if you wish.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap14"></a>II.<br /> +CONDEMNED TO DEATH</h2> + +<p> +For some time Barney Custer lay there in the dark revolving in his mind all +that he had overheard through the partition—the thin partition which +alone lay between himself and three men who would be only too glad to embrace +the first opportunity to destroy him. But his fears were not for himself so +much as for the daughter of old Von der Tann, and for all that might befall +that princely house were these three unhung rascals to gain Lutha and have +their way with the weak and cowardly king who reigned there. +</p> + +<p> +If he could but reach Von der Tann’s ear and through him the king before +the conspirators came to Lutha! But how might he accomplish it? Count +Zellerndorf’s parting words to the three had shown that military passes +were necessary to enable one to reach Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +His papers were practically worthless even inside the lines. That they would +carry him through the lines he had not the slightest hope. There were two +things to be accomplished if possible. One was to cross the frontier into +Lutha; and the other, which of course was quite out of the question, was to +prevent Peter of Blentz, Von Coblich, and Maenck from doing so. But was that +altogether impossible? +</p> + +<p> +The idea that followed that question came so suddenly that it brought Barney +Custer out onto the floor in a bound, to don his clothes and sneak into the +hall outside his room with the stealth of a professional second-story man. +</p> + +<p> +To the right of his own door was the door to the apartment in which the three +conspirators slept. At least, Barney hoped they slept. He bent close to the +keyhole and listened. From within came no sound other than the regular +breathing of the inmates. It had been at least half an hour since the American +had heard the conversation cease. A glance through the keyhole showed no light +within the room. Stealthily Barney turned the knob. Had they bolted the door? +He felt the tumbler move to the pressure—soundlessly. Then he pushed +gently inward. The door swung. +</p> + +<p> +A moment later he stood in the room. Dimly he could see two beds—a large +one and a smaller. Peter of Blentz would be alone upon the smaller bed, his +henchmen sleeping together in the larger. Barney crept toward the lone sleeper. +At the bedside he fumbled in the dark groping for the man’s +clothing—for the coat, in the breastpocket of which he hoped to find the +military pass that might carry him safely out of Austria-Hungary and into +Lutha. On the foot of the bed he found some garments. Gingerly he felt them +over, seeking the coat. +</p> + +<p> +At last he found it. His fingers, steady even under the nervous tension of this +unaccustomed labor, discovered the inner pocket and the folded paper. There +were several of them; Barney took them all. +</p> + +<p> +So far he made no noise. None of the sleepers had stirred. Now he took a step +toward the doorway and—kicked a shoe that lay in his path. The slight +noise in that quiet room sounded to Barney’s ears like the fall of a +brick wall. Peter of Blentz stirred, turning in his sleep. Behind him Barney +heard one of the men in the other bed move. He turned his head in that +direction. Either Maenck or Coblich was sitting up peering through the +darkness. +</p> + +<p> +“Is that you, Prince Peter?” The voice was Maenck’s. +</p> + +<p> +“What’s the matter?” persisted Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m going for a drink of water,” replied the American, and +stepped toward the door. +</p> + +<p> +Behind him Peter of Blentz sat up in bed. +</p> + +<p> +“That you, Maenck?” he called. +</p> + +<p> +Instantly Maenck was out of bed, for the first voice had come from the vicinity +of the doorway; both could not be Peter’s. +</p> + +<p> +“Quick!” he cried; “there’s someone in our room.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney leaped for the doorway, and upon his heels came the three conspirators. +Maenck was closest to him—so close that Barney was forced to turn at the +top of the stairs. In the darkness he was just conscious of the form of the man +who was almost upon him. Then he swung a vicious blow for the other’s +face—a blow that landed, for there was a cry of pain and anger as Maenck +stumbled back into the arms of the two behind him. From below came the sound of +footsteps hurrying up the stairs to the accompaniment of a clanking saber. +Barney’s retreat was cut off. +</p> + +<p> +Turning, he dodged into his own room before the enemy could locate him or even +extricate themselves from the confusion of Maenck’s sudden collision with +the other two. But what could Barney gain by the slight delay that would be +immediately followed by his apprehension? +</p> + +<p> +He didn’t know. All that he was sure of was that there had been no other +place to go than this little room. As he entered the first thing that his eyes +fell upon was the small square window. Here at least was some slight +encouragement. +</p> + +<p> +He ran toward it. The lower sash was raised. As the door behind him opened to +admit Peter of Blentz and his companions, Barney slipped through into the +night, hanging by his hands from the sill without. What lay beneath or how far +the drop he could not guess, but that certain death menaced him from above he +knew from the conversation he had overheard earlier in the evening. +</p> + +<p> +For an instant he hung suspended. He heard the men groping about the room. +Evidently they were in some fear of the unknown assailant they sought, for they +did not move about with undue rashness. Presently one of them struck a +light—Barney could see its flare lighten the window casing for an +instant. +</p> + +<p> +“The room is empty,” came a voice from above him. +</p> + +<p> +“Look to the window!” cried Peter of Blentz, and then Barney Custer +let go his hold upon the sill and dropped into the blackness below. +</p> + +<p> +His fall was a short one, for the window had been directly over a low shed at +the side of the inn. Upon the roof of this the American landed, and from there +he dropped to the courtyard without mishap. Glancing up, he saw the heads of +three men peering from the window of the room he had just quitted. +</p> + +<p> +“There he is!” cried one, and instantly the three turned back into +the room. As Barney fled from the courtyard he heard the rattle of hasty +footsteps upon the rickety stairway of the inn. +</p> + +<p> +Choosing an alley rather than a street in which he might run upon soldiers at +any moment, he moved quickly yet cautiously away from the inn. Behind him he +could hear the voices of many men. They were raised to a high pitch by +excitement. It was clear to Barney that there were many more than the original +three—Prince Peter had, in all probability, enlisted the aid of the +military. +</p> + +<p> +Could he but reach the frontier with his stolen passes he would be +comparatively safe, for the rugged mountains of Lutha offered many places of +concealment, and, too, there were few Luthanians who did not hate Peter of +Blentz most cordially—among the men of the mountains at least. Once there +he could defy a dozen Blentz princes for the little time that would be required +to carry him into Serbia and comparative safety. +</p> + +<p> +As he approached a cross street a couple of squares from the inn he found it +necessary to pass beneath a street lamp. For a moment he paused in the shadows +of the alley listening. Hearing nothing moving in the street, Barney was about +to make a swift spring for the shadows upon the opposite side when it occurred +to him that it might be safer to make assurance doubly sure by having a look up +and down the street before emerging into the light. +</p> + +<p> +It was just as well that he did, for as he thrust his head around the corner of +the building the first thing that his eyes fell upon was the figure of an +Austrian sentry, scarcely three paces from him. The soldier was standing in a +listening attitude, his head half turned away from the American. The sounds +coming from the direction of the inn were apparently what had attracted his +attention. +</p> + +<p> +Behind him, Barney was sure he heard evidences of pursuit. Before him was +certain detection should he attempt to cross the street. On either hand rose +the walls of buildings. That he was trapped there seemed little doubt. +</p> + +<p> +He continued to stand motionless, watching the Austrian soldier. Should the +fellow turn toward him, he had but to withdraw his head within the shadow of +the building that hid his body. Possibly the man might turn and take his beat +in the opposite direction. In which case Barney was sure he could dodge across +the street, undetected. +</p> + +<p> +Already the vague threat of pursuit from the direction of the inn had developed +into a certainty—he could hear men moving toward him through the alley +from the rear. Would the sentry never move! Evidently not, until he heard the +others coming through the alley. Then he would turn, and the devil would be to +pay for the American. +</p> + +<p> +Barney was about hopeless. He had been in the war zone long enough to know that +it might prove a very disagreeable matter to be caught sneaking through back +alleys at night. There was a single chance—a sort of forlorn +hope—and that was to risk fate and make a dash beneath the sentry’s +nose for the opposite alley mouth. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, here goes,” thought Barney. He had heard that many of the +Austrians were excellent shots. Visions of Beatrice, Nebraska, swarmed his +memory. They were pleasant visions, made doubly alluring by the thought that +the realities of them might never again be for him. +</p> + +<p> +He turned once more toward the sounds of pursuit—the men upon his track +could not be over a square away—there was not an instant to be lost. And +then from above him, upon the opposite side of the alley, came a low: +“S-s-t!” +</p> + +<p> +Barney looked up. Very dimly he could see the dark outline of a window some +dozen feet from the pavement, and framed within it the lighter blotch that +might have been a human face. Again came the challenging: “S-s-t!” +Yes, there was someone above, signaling to him. +</p> + +<p> +“S-s-t!” replied Barney. He knew that he had been discovered, and +could think of no better plan for throwing the discoverer off his guard than to +reply. +</p> + +<p> +Then a soft voice floated down to him—a woman’s voice! +</p> + +<p> +“Is that you?” The tongue was Serbian. Barney could understand it, +though he spoke it but indifferently. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” he replied truthfully. +</p> + +<p> +“Thank Heaven!” came the voice from above. “I have been +watching you, and thought you one of the Austrian pigs. Quick! They are +coming—I can hear them;” and at the same instant Barney saw +something drop from the window to the ground. He crossed the alley quickly, and +could have shouted in relief for what he found there—the end of a knotted +rope dangling from above. +</p> + +<p> +His pursuers were almost upon him when he seized the rude ladder to clamber +upward. At the window’s ledge a firm, young hand reached out and, seizing +his own, almost dragged him through the window. He turned to look back into the +alley. He had been just in time; the Austrian sentry, alarmed by the sound of +approaching footsteps down the alley, had stepped into view. He stood there now +with leveled rifle, a challenge upon his lips. From the advancing party came a +satisfactory reply. +</p> + +<p> +At the same instant the girl beside him in the Stygian blackness of the room +threw her arms about Barney’s neck and drew his face down to hers. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, Stefan,” she whispered, “what a narrow escape! It makes +me tremble to think of it. They would have shot you, my Stefan!” +</p> + +<p> +The American put an arm about the girl’s shoulders, and raised one hand +to her cheek—it might have been in caress, but it wasn’t. It was to +smother the cry of alarm he anticipated would follow the discovery that he was +not “Stefan.” He bent his lips close to her ear. +</p> + +<p> +“Do not make an outcry,” he whispered in very poor Serbian. +“I am not Stefan; but I am a friend.” +</p> + +<p> +The exclamation of surprise or fright that he had expected was not forthcoming. +The girl lowered her arms from about his neck. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” she asked in a low whisper. +</p> + +<p> +“I am an American war correspondent,” replied Barney, “but if +the Austrians get hold of me now it will be mighty difficult to convince them +that I am not a spy.” And then a sudden determination came to him to +trust his fate to this unknown girl, whose face, even, he had never seen. +“I am entirely at your mercy,” he said. “There are Austrian +soldiers in the street below. You have but to call to them to send me before +the firing squad—or, you can let me remain here until I can find an +opportunity to get away in safety. I am trying to reach Serbia.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you wish to reach Serbia?” asked the girl suspiciously. +</p> + +<p> +“I have discovered too many enemies in Austria tonight to make it safe +for me to remain,” he replied, “and, further, my original intention +was to report the war from the Serbian side.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl hesitated for a while, evidently in thought. +</p> + +<p> +“They are moving on,” suggested Barney. “If you are going to +give me up you’d better do it at once.” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m not going to give you up,” replied the girl. +“I’m going to keep you prisoner until Stefan returns—he will +know best what to do with you. Now you must come with me and be locked up. Do +not try to escape—I have a revolver in my hand,” and to give her +prisoner physical proof of the weapon he could not see she thrust the muzzle +against his side. +</p> + +<p> +“I’ll take your word for the gun,” said Barney, “if +you’ll just turn it in the other direction. Go ahead—I’ll +follow you.” +</p> + +<p> +“No, you won’t,” replied the girl. “You’ll go +first; but before that you’ll raise your hands above your head. I want to +search you.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney did as he was bid and a moment later felt deft fingers running over his +clothing in search of concealed weapons. Satisfied at last that he was unarmed, +the girl directed him to precede her, guiding his steps from behind with a hand +upon his arm. Occasionally he felt the muzzle of her revolver touch his body. +It was a most unpleasant sensation. +</p> + +<p> +They crossed the room to a door which his captor directed him to open, and +after they had passed through and she had closed it behind them the girl struck +a match and lit a candle which stood upon a little bracket on the partition +wall. The dim light of the tallow dip showed Barney that he was in a narrow +hall from which several doors opened into different rooms. At one end of the +hall a stairway led to the floor below, while at the opposite end another +flight disappeared into the darkness above. +</p> + +<p> +“This way,” said the girl, motioning toward the stairs that led +upward. +</p> + +<p> +Barney had turned toward her as she struck the match, obtaining an excellent +view of her features. They were clear-cut and regular. Her eyes were large and +very dark. Dark also was her hair, which was piled in great heaps upon her +finely shaped head. Altogether the face was one not easily to be forgotten. +Barney could scarce have told whether the girl was beautiful or not, but that +she was striking there could be no doubt. +</p> + +<p> +He preceded her up the stairway to a door at the top. At her direction he +turned the knob and entered a small room in which was a cot, an ancient dresser +and a single chair. +</p> + +<p> +“You will remain here,” she said, “until Stefan returns. +Stefan will know what to do with you.” Then she left him, taking the +light with her, and Barney heard a key turn in the lock of the door after she +had closed it. Presently her footfalls died out as she descended to the lower +floors. +</p> + +<p> +“Anyhow,” thought the American, “this is better than the +Austrians. I don’t know what Stefan will do with me, but I have a rather +vivid idea of what the Austrians would have done to me if they’d caught +me sneaking through the alleys of Burgova at midnight.” +</p> + +<p> +Throwing himself on the cot Barney was soon asleep, for though his predicament +was one that, under ordinary circumstances might have made sleep impossible, +yet he had so long been without the boon of slumber that tired nature would no +longer be denied. +</p> + +<p> +When he awoke it was broad daylight. The sun was pouring in through a skylight +in the ceiling of his tiny chamber. Aside from this there were no windows in +the room. The sound of voices came to him with an uncanny distinctness that +made it seem that the speakers must be in this very chamber, but a glance about +the blank walls convinced him that he was alone. +</p> + +<p> +Presently he espied a small opening in the wall at the head of his cot. He rose +and examined it. The voices appeared to be coming from it. In fact, they were. +The opening was at the top of a narrow shaft that seemed to lead to the +basement of the structure—apparently once the shaft of a dumb-waiter or a +chute for refuse or soiled clothes. +</p> + +<p> +Barney put his ear close to it. The voices that came from below were those of a +man and a woman. He heard every word distinctly. +</p> + +<p> +“We must search the house, fraulein,” came in the deep voice of a +man. +</p> + +<p> +“Whom do you seek?” inquired a woman’s voice. Barney +recognized it as the voice of his captor. +</p> + +<p> +“A Serbian spy, Stefan Drontoff,” replied the man. “Do you +know him?” +</p> + +<p> +There was a considerable pause on the girl’s part before she answered, +and then her reply was in such a low voice that Barney could barely hear it. +</p> + +<p> +“I do not know him,” she said. “There are several men who +lodge here. What may this Stefan Drontoff look like?” +</p> + +<p> +“I have never seen him,” replied the officer; “but by +arresting all the men in the house we must get this Stefan also, if he is +here.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh!” cried the girl, a new note in her voice, “I guess I +know now whom you mean. There is one man here I have heard them call Stefan, +though for the moment I had forgotten it. He is in the small attic-room at the +head of the stairs. Here is a key that will fit the lock. Yes, I am sure that +he is Stefan. You will find him there, and it should be easy to take him, for I +know that he is unarmed. He told me so last night when he came in.” +</p> + +<p> +“The devil!” muttered Barney Custer; but whether he referred to his +predicament or to the girl it would be impossible to tell. Already the sound of +heavy boots on the stairs announced the coming of men—several of them. +Barney heard the rattle of accouterments—the clank of a +scabbard—the scraping of gun butts against the walls. The Austrians were +coming! +</p> + +<p> +He looked about. There was no way of escape except the door and the skylight, +and the door was impossible. +</p> + +<p> +Quickly he tilted the cot against the door, wedging its legs against a crack in +the floor—that would stop them for a minute or two. Then he wheeled the +dresser beneath the skylight and, placing the chair on top of it, scrambled to +the seat of the latter. His head was at the height of the skylight. To force +the skylight from its frame required but a moment. A key entered the lock of +the door from the opposite side and turned. He knew that someone without was +pushing. Then he heard an oath and heavy battering upon the panels. A moment +later he had drawn himself through the skylight and stood upon the roof of the +building. Before him stretched a series of uneven roofs to the end of the +street. Barney did not hesitate. He started on a rapid trot toward the +adjoining roof. From that he clambered to a higher one beyond. +</p> + +<p> +On he went, now leaping narrow courts, now dropping to low sheds and again +clambering to the heights of the higher buildings, until he had come almost to +the end of the row. Suddenly, behind him he heard a hoarse shout, followed by +the report of a rifle. With a whir, a bullet flew a few inches above his head. +He had gained the last roof—a large, level roof—and at the shot he +turned to see how near to him were his pursuers. +</p> + +<p> +Fatal turn! +</p> + +<p> +Scarce had he taken his eyes from the path ahead than his foot fell upon a +glass skylight, and with a loud crash he plunged through amid a shower of +broken glass. +</p> + +<p> +His fall was a short one. Directly beneath the skylight was a bed, and on the +bed a fat Austrian infantry captain. Barney lit upon the pit of the +captain’s stomach. With a howl of pain the officer catapulted Barney to +the floor. There were three other beds in the room, and in each bed one or two +other officers. Before the American could regain his feet they were all sitting +on him—all except the infantry captain. He lay shrieking and cursing in a +painful attempt to regain his breath, every atom of which Barney had knocked +out of him. +</p> + +<p> +The officers sitting on Barney alternately beat him and questioned him, +interspersing their interrogations with lurid profanity. +</p> + +<p> +“If you will get off of me,” at last shouted the American, “I +shall be glad to explain—and apologize.” +</p> + +<p> +They let him up, scowling ferociously. He had promised to explain, but now that +he was confronted by the immediate necessity of an explanation that would prove +at all satisfactory as to how he happened to be wandering around the rooftops +of Burgova, he discovered that his powers of invention were entirely +inadequate. The need for explaining, however, was suddenly removed. A shadow +fell upon them from above, and as they glanced up Barney saw the figure of an +officer surrounded by several soldiers looking down upon him. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, you have him!” cried the newcomer in evident satisfaction. +“It is well. Hold him until we descend.” +</p> + +<p> +A moment later he and his escort had dropped through the broken skylight to the +floor beside them. +</p> + +<p> +“Who is the mad man?” cried the captain who had broken +Barney’s fall. “The assassin! He tried to murder me.” +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot doubt it,” replied the officer who had just descended, +“for the fellow is no other than Stefan Drontoff, the famous Serbian +spy!” +</p> + +<p> +“Himmel!” ejaculated the officers in chorus. “You have done a +good day’s work, lieutenant.” +</p> + +<p> +“The firing squad will do a better work in a few minutes,” replied +the lieutenant, with a grim pointedness that took Barney’s breath away. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap15"></a>III.<br /> +BEFORE THE FIRING SQUAD</h2> + +<p> +They marched Barney before the staff where he urged his American nationality, +pointing to his credentials and passes in support of his contention. +</p> + +<p> +The general before whom he had been brought shrugged his shoulders. “They +are all Americans as soon as they are caught,” he said; “but why +did you not claim to be Prince Peter of Blentz? You have his passes as well. +How can you expect us to believe your story when you have in your possession +passes for different men? +</p> + +<p> +“We have every respect for our friends the Americans. I would even +stretch a point rather than chance harming an American; but you will admit that +the evidence is all against you. You were found in the very building where +Drontoff was known to stay while in Burgova. The young woman whose mother keeps +the place directed our officer to your room, and you tried to escape, which I +do not think that an innocent American would have done. +</p> + +<p> +“However, as I have said, I will go to almost any length rather than +chance a mistake in the case of one who from his appearance might pass more +readily for an American than a Serbian. I have sent for Prince Peter of Blentz. +If you can satisfactorily explain to him how you chance to be in possession of +military passes bearing his name I shall be very glad to give you the benefit +of every other doubt.” +</p> + +<p> +Peter of Blentz. Send for Peter of Blentz! Barney wondered just what kind of a +sensation it was to stand facing a firing squad. He hoped that his knees +wouldn’t tremble—they felt a trifle weak even now. There was a +chance that the man might not recall his face, but a very slight chance. It had +been his remarkable likeness to Leopold of Lutha that had resulted in the +snatching of a crown from Prince Peter’s head. +</p> + +<p> +Likely indeed that he would ever forget his, Barney’s, face, though he +had seen it but once without the red beard that had so added to Barney’s +likeness to the king. But Maenck would be along, of course, and Maenck would +have no doubts—he had seen Barney too recently in Beatrice to fail to +recognize him now. +</p> + +<p> +Several men were entering the room where Barney stood before the general and +his staff. A glance revealed to the prisoner that Peter of Blentz had come, and +with him Von Coblich and Maenck. At the same instant Peter’s eyes met +Barney’s, and the former, white and wide-eyed came almost to a dead halt, +grasping hurriedly at the arm of Maenck who walked beside him. +</p> + +<p> +“My God!” was all that Barney heard him say, but he spoke a name +that the American did not hear. Maenck also looked his surprise, but his +expression was suddenly changed to one of malevolent cunning and gratification. +He turned toward Prince Peter with a few low-whispered words. A look of relief +crossed the face of the Blentz prince. +</p> + +<p> +“You appear to know the gentleman,” said the general who had been +conducting Barney’s examination. “He has been arrested as a Serbian +spy, and military passes in your name were found upon his person together with +the papers of an American newspaper correspondent, which he claims to be. He is +charged with being Stefan Drontoff, whom we long have been anxious to +apprehend. Do you chance to know anything about him, Prince Peter?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” replied Peter of Blentz, “I know him well by sight. He +entered my room last night and stole the military passes from my coat—we +all saw him and pursued him, but he got away in the dark. There can be no doubt +but that he is the Serbian spy.” +</p> + +<p> +“He insists that he is Bernard Custer, an American,” urged the +general, who, it seemed to Barney, was anxious to make no mistake, and to give +the prisoner every reasonable chance—a state of mind that rather +surprised him in a European military chieftain, all of whom appeared to share +the popular obsession regarding the prevalence of spies. +</p> + +<p> +“Pardon me, general,” interrupted Maenck. “I am well +acquainted with Mr. Custer, who spent some time in Lutha a couple of years ago. +This man is not he.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is sufficient, gentlemen, I thank you,” said the general. He +did not again look at the prisoner, but turned to a lieutenant who stood +near-by. “You may remove the prisoner,” he directed. “He will +be destroyed with the others—here is the order,” and he handed the +subaltern a printed form upon which many names were filled in and at the bottom +of which the general had just signed his own. It had evidently been waiting the +outcome of the examination of Stefan Drontoff. +</p> + +<p> +Surrounded by soldiers, Barney Custer walked from the presence of the military +court. It was to him as though he moved in a strange world of dreams. He saw +the look of satisfaction upon the face of Peter of Blentz as he passed him, and +the open sneer of Maenck. As yet he did not fully realize what it all +meant—that he was marching to his death! For the last time he was looking +upon the faces of his fellow men; for the last time he had seen the sun rise, +never again to see it set. +</p> + +<p> +He was to be “destroyed.” He had heard that expression used many +times in connection with useless horses, or vicious dogs. Mechanically he drew +a cigarette from his pocket and lighted it. There was no bravado in the act. On +the contrary it was done almost unconsciously. The soldiers marched him through +the streets of Burgova. The men were entirely impassive—even so early in +the war they had become accustomed to this grim duty. The young officer who +commanded them was more nervous than the prisoner—it was his first detail +with a firing squad. He looked wonderingly at Barney, expecting momentarily to +see the man collapse, or at least show some sign of terror at his close +impending fate; but the American walked silently toward his death, puffing +leisurely at his cigarette. +</p> + +<p> +At last, after what seemed a long time, his guard turned in at a large gateway +in a brick wall surrounding a factory. As they entered Barney saw twenty or +thirty men in civilian dress, guarded by a dozen infantrymen. They were +standing before the wall of a low brick building. Barney noticed that there +were no windows in the wall. It suddenly occurred to him that there was +something peculiarly grim and sinister in the appearance of the dead, blank +surface of weather-stained brick. For the first time since he had faced the +military court he awakened to a full realization of what it all meant to +him—he was going to be lined up against that ominous brick wall with +these other men—they were going to shoot them. +</p> + +<p> +A momentary madness seized him. He looked about upon the other prisoners and +guards. A sudden break for liberty might give him temporary respite. He could +seize a rifle from the nearest soldier, and at least have the satisfaction of +selling his life dearly. As he looked he saw more soldiers entering the factory +yard. +</p> + +<p> +A sudden apathy overwhelmed him. What was the use? He could not escape. Why +should he wish to kill these soldiers? It was not they who were responsible for +his plight—they were but obeying orders. The close presence of death made +life seem very desirable. These men, too, desired life. Why should he take it +from them uselessly? At best he might kill one or two, but in the end he would +be killed as surely as though he took his place before the brick wall with the +others. +</p> + +<p> +He noticed now that these others evinced no inclination to contest their fates. +Why should he, then? Doubtless many of them were as innocent as he, and all +loved life as well. He saw that several were weeping silently. Others stood +with bowed heads gazing at the hard-packed earth of the factory yard. Ah, what +visions were their eyes beholding for the last time! What memories of happy +firesides! What dear, loved faces were limned upon that sordid clay! +</p> + +<p> +His reveries were interrupted by the hoarse voice of a sergeant, breaking +rudely in upon the silence and the dumb terror. The fellow was herding the +prisoners into position. When he was done Barney found himself in the front +rank of the little, hopeless band. Opposite them, at a few paces, stood the +firing squad, their gun butts resting upon the ground. +</p> + +<p> +The young lieutenant stood at one side. He issued some instructions in a low +tone, then he raised his voice. +</p> + +<p> +“Ready!” he commanded. Fascinated by the horror of it, Barney +watched the rifles raised smartly to the soldiers’ hips—the +movement was as precise as though the men were upon parade. Every bolt clicked +in unison with its fellows. +</p> + +<p> +“Aim!” the pieces leaped to the hollows of the men’s +shoulders. The leveled barrels were upon a line with the breasts of the +condemned. A man at Barney’s right moaned. Another sobbed. +</p> + +<p> +“Fire!” There was the hideous roar of the volley. Barney Custer +crumpled forward to the ground, and three bodies fell upon his. A moment later +there was a second volley—all had not fallen at the first. Then the +soldiers came among the bodies, searching for signs of life; but evidently the +two volleys had done their work. The sergeant formed his men in line. The +lieutenant marched them away. Only silence remained on guard above the pitiful +dead in the factory yard. +</p> + +<p> +The day wore on and still the stiffening corpses lay where they had fallen. +Twilight came and then darkness. A head appeared above the top of the wall that +had enclosed the grounds. Eyes peered through the night and keen ears listened +for any sign of life within. At last, evidently satisfied that the place was +deserted, a man crawled over the summit of the wall and dropped to the ground +within. Here again he paused, peering and listening. +</p> + +<p> +What strange business had he here among the dead that demanded such caution in +its pursuit? Presently he advanced toward the pile of corpses. Quickly he tore +open coats and searched pockets. He ran his fingers along the fingers of the +dead. Two rings had rewarded his search and he was busy with a third that +encircled the finger of a body that lay beneath three others. It would not come +off. He pulled and tugged, and then he drew a knife from his pocket. +</p> + +<p> +But he did not sever the digit. Instead he shrank back with a muffled scream of +terror. The corpse that he would have mutilated had staggered suddenly to its +feet, flinging the dead bodies to one side as it rose. +</p> + +<p> +“You fiend!” broke from the lips of the dead man, and the ghoul +turned and fled, gibbering in his fright. +</p> + +<p> +The tramp of soldiers in the street beyond ceased suddenly at the sound from +within the factory yard. It was a detail of the guard marching to the relief of +sentries. A moment later the gates swung open and a score of soldiers entered. +They saw a figure dodging toward the wall a dozen paces from them, but they did +not see the other that ran swiftly around the corner of the factory. +</p> + +<p> +This other was Barney Custer of Beatrice. When the command to fire had been +given to the squad of riflemen, a single bullet had creased the top of his +head, stunning him. All day he had lain there unconscious. It had been the +tugging of the ghoul at his ring that had roused him to life at last. +</p> + +<p> +Behind him, as he scurried around the end of the factory building, he heard the +scattering fire of half a dozen rifles, followed by a scream—the fleeing +hyena had been hit. Barney crouched in the shadow of a pile of junk. He heard +the voices of soldiers as they gathered about the wounded man, questioning him, +and a moment later the imperious tones of an officer issuing instructions to +his men to search the yard. That he must be discovered seemed a certainty to +the American. He crouched further back in the shadows close to the wall, +stepping with the utmost caution. +</p> + +<p> +Presently to his chagrin his foot touched the metal cover of a manhole; there +was a resultant rattling that smote upon Barney’s ears and nerves with +all the hideous clatter of a boiler shop. He halted, petrified, for an instant. +He was no coward, but after being so near death, life had never looked more +inviting, and he knew that to be discovered meant certain extinction this time. +</p> + +<p> +The soldiers were circling the building. Already he could hear them nearing his +position. In another moment they would round the corner of the building and be +upon him. For an instant he contemplated a bold rush for the fence. In fact, he +had gathered himself for the leaping start and the quick sprint across the open +under the noses of the soldiers who still remained beside the dying ghoul, when +his mind suddenly reverted to the manhole beneath his feet. Here lay a hiding +place, at least until the soldiers had departed. +</p> + +<p> +Barney stooped and raised the heavy lid, sliding it to one side. How deep was +the black chasm beneath he could not even guess. Doubtless it led into a coal +bunker, or it might open over a pit of great depth. There was no way to +discover other than to plumb the abyss with his body. Above was +death—below, a chance of safety. +</p> + +<p> +The soldiers were quite close when Barney lowered himself through the manhole. +Clinging with his fingers to the upper edge his feet still swung in space. How +far beneath was the bottom? He heard the scraping of the heavy shoes of the +searchers close above him, and then he closed his eyes, released the grasp of +his fingers, and dropped. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap16"></a>IV.<br /> +A RACE TO LUTHA</h2> + +<p> +Barney’s fall was not more than four or five feet. He found himself upon +a slippery floor of masonry over which two or three inches of water ran +sluggishly. Above him he heard the soldiers pass the open manhole. It was +evident that in the darkness they had missed it. +</p> + +<p> +For a few minutes the fugitive remained motionless, then, hearing no sounds +from above he started to grope about his retreat. Upon two sides were blank, +circular walls, upon the other two circular openings about four feet in +diameter. It was through these openings that the tiny stream of water trickled. +</p> + +<p> +Barney came to the conclusion that he had dropped into a sewer. To get out the +way he had entered appeared impossible. He could not leap upward from the +slimy, concave bottom the distance he had dropped. To follow the sewer upward +would lead him nowhere nearer escape. There remained no hope but to follow the +trickling stream downward toward the river, into which his judgment told him +the entire sewer system of the city must lead. +</p> + +<p> +Stooping, he entered the ill-smelling circular conduit, groping his way slowly +along. As he went the water deepened. It was half way to his knees when he +plunged unexpectedly into another tube running at right angles to the first. +The bottom of this tube was lower than that of the one which emptied into it, +so that Barney now found himself in a swiftly running stream of filth that +reached above his knees. Downward he followed this flood—faster now for +the fear of the deadly gases which might overpower him before he could reach +the river. +</p> + +<p> +The water deepened gradually as he went on. At last he reached a point where, +with his head scraping against the roof of the sewer, his chin was just above +the surface of the stream. A few more steps would be all that he could take in +this direction without drowning. Could he retrace his way against the swift +current? He did not know. He was weakened from the effects of his wound, from +lack of food and from the exertions of the past hour. Well, he would go on as +far as he could. The river lay ahead of him somewhere. Behind was only the +hostile city. +</p> + +<p> +He took another step. His foot found no support. He surged backward in an +attempt to regain his footing, but the power of the flood was too much for him. +He was swept forward to plunge into water that surged above his head as he +sank. An instant later he had regained the surface and as his head emerged he +opened his eyes. +</p> + +<p> +He looked up into a starlit heaven! He had reached the mouth of the sewer and +was in the river. For a moment he lay still, floating upon his back to rest. +Above him he heard the tread of a sentry along the river front, and the sound +of men’s voices. +</p> + +<p> +The sweet, fresh air, the star-shot void above, acted as a powerful tonic to +his shattered hopes and overwrought nerves. He lay inhaling great lungsful of +pure, invigorating air. He listened to the voices of the Austrian soldiery +above him. All the buoyancy of his inherent Americanism returned to him. +</p> + +<p> +“This is no place for a minister’s son,” he murmured, and +turning over struck out for the opposite shore. The river was not wide, and +Barney was soon nearing the bank along which he could see occasional camp +fires. Here, too, were Austrians. He dropped down-stream below these, and at +last approached the shore where a wood grew close to the water’s edge. +The bank here was steep, and the American had some difficulty in finding a +place where he could clamber up the precipitous wall of rock. But finally he +was successful, finding himself in a little clump of bushes on the +river’s brim. Here he lay resting and listening—always listening. +It seemed to Barney that his ears ached with the constant strain of unflagging +duty that his very existence demanded of them. +</p> + +<p> +Hearing nothing, he crawled at last from his hiding place with the purpose of +making his way toward the south and to the frontier as rapidly as possible. He +could hope only to travel by night, and he guessed that this night must be +nearly spent. Stooping, he moved cautiously away from the river. Through the +shadows of the wood he made his way for perhaps a hundred yards when he was +suddenly confronted by a figure that stepped from behind the bole of a tree. +</p> + +<p> +“Halt! Who goes there?” came the challenge. +</p> + +<p> +Barney’s heart stood still. With all his care he had run straight into +the arms of an Austrian sentry. To run would be to be shot. To advance would +mean capture, and that too would mean death. +</p> + +<p> +For the barest fraction of an instant he hesitated, and then his quick American +wits came to his aid. Feigning intoxication he answered the challenge in +dubious Austrian that he hoped his maudlin tongue would excuse. +</p> + +<p> +“Friend,” he answered thickly. “Friend with a +drink—have one?” And he staggered drunkenly forward, banking all +upon the credulity and thirst of the soldier who confronted him with fixed +bayonet. +</p> + +<p> +That the sentry was both credulous and thirsty was evidenced by the fact that +he let Barney come within reach of his gun. Instantly the drunken Austrian was +transformed into a very sober and active engine of destruction. Seizing the +barrel of the piece Barney jerked it to one side and toward him, and at the +same instant he leaped for the throat of the sentry. +</p> + +<p> +So quickly was this accomplished that the Austrian had time only for a single +cry, and that was choked in his windpipe by the steel fingers of the American. +Together both men fell heavily to the ground, Barney retaining his hold upon +the other’s throat. +</p> + +<p> +Striking and clutching at one another they fought in silence for a couple of +minutes, then the soldier’s struggles began to weaken. He squirmed and +gasped for breath. His mouth opened and his tongue protruded. His eyes started +from their sockets. Barney closed his fingers more tightly upon the bearded +throat. He rained heavy blows upon the upturned face. The beating fists of his +adversary waved wildly now—the blows that reached Barney were pitifully +weak. Presently they ceased. The man struggled violently for an instant, +twitched spasmodically and lay still. +</p> + +<p> +Barney clung to him for several minutes longer, until there was not the +slightest indication of remaining life. The perpetration of the deed sickened +him; but he knew that his act was warranted, for it had been either his life or +the other’s. He dragged the body back to the bushes in which he had been +hiding. There he stripped off the Austrian uniform, put his own clothes upon +the corpse and rolled it into the river. +</p> + +<p> +Dressed as an Austrian private, Barney Custer shouldered the dead +soldier’s gun and walked boldly through the wood to the south. +Momentarily he expected to run upon other soldiers, but though he kept straight +on his way for hours he encountered none. The thin line of sentries along the +river had been posted only to double the preventive measures that had been +taken to keep Serbian spies either from entering or leaving the city. +</p> + +<p> +Toward dawn, at the darkest period of the night, Barney saw lights ahead of +him. Apparently he was approaching a village. He went more cautiously now, but +all his care did not prevent him from running for the second time that night +almost into the arms of a sentry. This time, however, Barney saw the soldier +before he himself was discovered. It was upon the edge of the town, in an +orchard, that the sentinel was posted. Barney, approaching through the trees, +darting from one to another, was within a few paces of the man before he saw +him. +</p> + +<p> +The American remained quietly in the shadow of a tree waiting for an +opportunity to escape, but before it came he heard the approach of a small body +of troops. They were coming from the village directly toward the orchard. They +passed the sentry and marched within a dozen feet of the tree behind which +Barney was hiding. +</p> + +<p> +As they came opposite him he slipped around the tree to the opposite side. The +sentry had resumed his pacing, and was now out of sight momentarily among the +trees further on. He could not see the American, but there were others who +could. They came in the shape of a non-commissioned officer and a detachment of +the guard to relieve the sentry. Barney almost bumped into them as he rounded +the tree. There was no escape—the non-commissioned officer was within two +feet of him when Barney discovered him. “What are you doing here?” +shouted the sergeant with an oath. “Your post is there,” and he +pointed toward the position where Barney had seen the sentry. +</p> + +<p> +At first Barney could scarce believe his ears. In the darkness the sergeant had +mistaken him for the sentinel! Could he carry it out? And if so might it not +lead him into worse predicament? No, Barney decided, nothing could be worse. To +be caught masquerading in the uniform of an Austrian soldier within the +Austrian lines was to plumb the uttermost depth of guilt—nothing that he +might do now could make his position worse. +</p> + +<p> +He faced the sergeant, snapping his piece to present, hoping that this was the +proper thing to do. Then he stumbled through a brief excuse. The officer in +command of the troops that had just passed had demanded the way of him, and he +had but stepped a few paces from his post to point out the road to his +superior. +</p> + +<p> +The sergeant grunted and ordered him to fall in. Another man took his place on +duty. They were far from the enemy and discipline was lax, so the thing was +accomplished which under other circumstances would have been well nigh +impossible. A moment later Barney found himself marching back toward the +village, to all intents and purposes an Austrian private. +</p> + +<p> +Before a low, windowless shed that had been converted into barracks for the +guard, the detail was dismissed. The men broke ranks and sought their blankets +within the shed, tired from their lonely vigil upon sentry duty. +</p> + +<p> +Barney loitered until the last. All the others had entered. He dared not, for +he knew that any moment the sentry upon the post from which he had been taken +would appear upon the scene, after discovering another of his comrades. He was +certain to inquire of the sergeant. They would be puzzled, of course, and, +being soldiers, they would be suspicious. There would be an investigation, +which would start in the barracks of the guard. That neighborhood would at once +become a most unhealthy spot for Barney Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska. +</p> + +<p> +When the last of the soldiers had entered the shed Barney glanced quickly +about. No one appeared to notice him. He walked directly past the doorway to +the end of the building. Around this he found a yard, deeply shadowed. He +entered it, crossed it, and passed out into an alley beyond. At the first +cross-street his way was blocked by the sight of another sentry—the world +seemed composed entirely of Austrian sentries. Barney wondered if the entire +Austrian army was kept perpetually upon sentry duty; he had scarce been able to +turn without bumping into one. +</p> + +<p> +He turned back into the alley and at last found a crooked passageway between +buildings that he hoped might lead him to a spot where there was no sentry, and +from which he could find his way out of the village toward the south. The +passage, after devious windings, led into a large, open court, but when Barney +attempted to leave the court upon the opposite side he found the ubiquitous +sentries upon guard there. +</p> + +<p> +Evidently there would be no escape while the Austrians remained in the town. +There was nothing to do, therefore, but hide until the happy moment of their +departure arrived. He returned to the courtyard, and after a short search +discovered a shed in one corner that had evidently been used to stable a horse, +for there was straw at one end of it and a stall in the other. Barney sat down +upon the straw to wait developments. Tired nature would be denied no longer. +His eyes closed, his head drooped upon his breast. In three minutes from the +time he entered the shed he was stretched full length upon the straw, fast +asleep. +</p> + +<p> +The chugging of a motor awakened him. It was broad daylight. Many sounds came +from the courtyard without. It did not take Barney long to gather his scattered +wits—in an instant he was wide awake. He glanced about. He was the only +occupant of the shed. Rising, he approached a small window that looked out upon +the court. All was life and movement. A dozen military cars either stood about +or moved in and out of the wide gates at the opposite end of the enclosure. +Officers and soldiers moved briskly through a doorway that led into a large +building that flanked the court upon one side. While Barney slept the +headquarters of an Austrian army corps had moved in and taken possession of the +building, the back of which abutted upon the court where lay his modest little +shed. +</p> + +<p> +Barney took it all in at a single glance, but his eyes hung long and greedily +upon the great, high-powered machines that chugged or purred about him. +</p> + +<p> +Gad! If he could but be behind the wheel of such a car for an hour! The +frontier could not be over fifty miles to the south, of that he was quite +positive; and what would fifty miles be to one of those machines? +</p> + +<p> +Barney sighed as a great, gray-painted car whizzed into the courtyard and +pulled up before the doorway. Two officers jumped out and ran up the steps. The +driver, a young man in a uniform not unlike that which Barney wore, drew the +car around to the end of the courtyard close beside Barney’s shed. Here +he left it and entered the building into which his passengers had gone. By +reaching through the window Barney could have touched the fender of the +machine. A few seconds’ start in that and it would take more than an +Austrian army corps to stop him this side of the border. Thus mused Barney, +knowing already that the mad scheme that had been born within his brain would +be put to action before he was many minutes older. +</p> + +<p> +There were many soldiers on guard about the courtyard. The greatest danger lay +in arousing the suspicions of one of these should he chance to see Barney +emerge from the shed and enter the car. +</p> + +<p> +“The proper thing,” thought Barney, “is to come from the +building into which everyone seems to pass, and the only way to be seen coming +out of it is to get into it; but how the devil am I to get into it?” +</p> + +<p> +The longer he thought the more convinced he became that utter recklessness and +boldness would be his only salvation. Briskly he walked from the shed out into +the courtyard beneath the eyes of the sentries, the officers, the soldiers, and +the military drivers. He moved straight among them toward the doorway of the +headquarters as though bent upon important business—which, indeed, he +was. At least it was quite the most important business to Barney Custer that +that young gentleman could recall having ventured upon for some time. +</p> + +<p> +No one paid the slightest attention to him. He had left his gun in the shed for +he noticed that only the men on guard carried them. Without an instant’s +hesitation he ran briskly up the short flight of steps and entered the +headquarters building. Inside was another sentry who barred his way +questioningly. Evidently one must state one’s business to this person +before going farther. Barney, without any loss of time or composure, stepped up +to the guard. +</p> + +<p> +“Has General Kampf passed in this morning?” he asked blithely. +Barney had never heard of any “General Kampf,” nor had the sentry, +since there was no such person in the Austrian army. But he did know, however, +that there were altogether too many generals for any one soldier to know the +names of them all. +</p> + +<p> +“I do not know the general by sight,” replied the sentry. +</p> + +<p> +Here was a pretty mess, indeed. Doubtless the sergeant would know a great deal +more than would be good for Barney Custer. The young man looked toward the door +through which he had just entered. His sole object in coming into the +spider’s parlor had been to make it possible for him to come out again in +full view of all the guards and officers and military chauffeurs, that their +suspicions might not be aroused when he put his contemplated coup to the test. +</p> + +<p> +He glanced toward the door. Machines were whizzing in and out of the courtyard. +Officers on foot were passing and repassing. The sentry in the hallway was on +the point of calling his sergeant. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” cried Barney. “There is the general now,” and +without waiting to cast even a parting glance at the guard he stepped quickly +through the doorway and ran down the steps into the courtyard. Looking neither +to right nor to left, and with a convincing air of self-confidence and +important business, he walked directly to the big, gray machine that stood +beside the little shed at the end of the courtyard. +</p> + +<p> +To crank it and leap to the driver’s seat required but a moment. The big +car moved smoothly forward. A turn of the steering wheel brought it around +headed toward the wide gates. Barney shifted to second speed, stepped on the +accelerator and the cut-out simultaneously, and with a noise like the rattle of +a machine gun, shot out of the courtyard. +</p> + +<p> +None who saw his departure could have guessed from the manner of it that the +young man at the wheel of the gray car was stealing the machine or that his +life depended upon escape without detection. It was the very boldness of his +act that crowned it with success. +</p> + +<p> +Once in the street Barney turned toward the south. Cars were passing up and +down in both directions, usually at high speed. Their numbers protected the +fugitive. Momentarily he expected to be halted; but he passed out of the +village without mishap and reached a country road which, except for a lane down +its center along which automobiles were moving, was blocked with troops +marching southward. Through this soldier-walled lane Barney drove for half an +hour. +</p> + +<p> +From a great distance, toward the southeast, he could hear the boom of cannon +and the bursting of shells. Presently the road forked. The troops were moving +along the road on the left toward the distant battle line. Not a man or machine +was turning into the right fork, the road toward the south that Barney wished +to take. +</p> + +<p> +Could he successfully pass through the marching soldiers at his right? Among +all those officers there surely would be one who would question the purpose and +destination of this private soldier who drove alone in the direction of the +nearby frontier. +</p> + +<p> +The moment had come when he must stake everything on his ability to gain the +open road beyond the plodding mass of troops. Diminishing the speed of the car +Barney turned it in toward the marching men at the same time sounding his horn +loudly. An infantry captain, marching beside his company, was directly in front +of the car. He looked up at the American. Barney saluted and pointed toward the +right-hand fork. +</p> + +<p> +The captain turned and shouted a command to his men. Those who had not passed +in front of the car halted. Barney shot through the little lane they had +opened, which immediately closed up behind him. He was through! He was upon the +open road! Ahead, as far as he could see, there was no sign of any living +creature to bar his way, and the frontier could not be more than twenty-five +miles away. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap17"></a>V.<br /> +THE TRAITOR KING</h2> + +<p> +In his castle at Lustadt, Leopold of Lutha paced nervously back and forth +between his great desk and the window that overlooked the royal gardens. Upon +the opposite side of the desk stood an old man—a tall, straight, old man +with the bearing of a soldier and the head of a lion. His keen, gray eyes were +upon the king, and sorrow was written upon his face. He was Ludwig von der +Tann, chancellor of the kingdom of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +At last the king stopped his pacing and faced the old man, though he could not +meet those eagle eyes squarely, try as he would. It was his inability to do so, +possibly, that added to his anger. Weak himself, he feared this strong man and +envied him his strength, which, in a weak nature, is but a step from hatred. +There evidently had been a long pause in their conversation, yet the +king’s next words took up the thread of their argument where it had +broken. +</p> + +<p> +“You speak as though I had no right to do it,” he snapped. +“One might think that you were the king from the manner with which you +upbraid and reproach me. I tell you, Prince von der Tann, that I shall stand it +no longer.” +</p> + +<p> +The king approached the desk and pounded heavily upon its polished surface with +his fist. The physical act of violence imparted to him a certain substitute for +the moral courage which he lacked. +</p> + +<p> +“I will tell you, sir, that I am king. It was not necessary that I +consult you or any other man before pardoning Prince Peter and his associates. +I have investigated the matter thoroughly and I am convinced that they have +been taught a sufficient lesson and that hereafter they will be my most loyal +subjects.” +</p> + +<p> +He hesitated. “Their presence here,” he added, “may prove an +antidote to the ambitions of others who lately have taken it upon themselves to +rule Lutha for me.” +</p> + +<p> +There was no mistaking the king’s meaning, but Prince Ludwig did not show +by any change of expression that the shot had struck him in a vulnerable spot; +nor, upon the other hand, did he ignore the insinuation. There was only sorrow +in his voice when he replied. +</p> + +<p> +“Sire,” he said, “for some time I have been aware of the +activity of those who would like to see Peter of Blentz returned to favor with +your majesty. I have warned you, only to see that my motives were always +misconstrued. There is a greater power at work, your majesty, than any of +us—greater than Lutha itself. One that will stop at nothing in order to +gain its ends. It cares naught for Peter of Blentz, naught for me, naught for +you. It cares only for Lutha. For strategic purposes it must have Lutha. It +will trample you under foot to gain its end, and then it will cast Peter of +Blentz aside. You have insinuated, sire, that I am ambitious. I am. I am +ambitious to maintain the integrity and freedom of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +“For three hundred years the Von der Tanns have labored and fought for +the welfare of Lutha. It was a Von der Tann that put the first Rubinroth king +upon the throne of Lutha. To the last they were loyal to the former dynasty +while that dynasty was loyal to Lutha. Only when the king attempted to sell the +freedom of his people to a powerful neighbor did the Von der Tanns rise against +him. +</p> + +<p> +“Sire! the Von der Tanns have always been loyal to the house of +Rubinroth. And but a single thing rises superior within their breasts to that +loyalty, and that is their loyalty to Lutha.” He paused for an instant +before concluding. “And I, sire, am a Von der Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +There could be no mistaking the old man’s meaning. So long as Leopold was +loyal to his people and their interests Ludwig von der Tann would be loyal to +Leopold. The king was cowed. He was very much afraid of this grim old warrior. +He chafed beneath his censure. +</p> + +<p> +“You are always scolding me,” he cried irritably. “I am +getting tired of it. And now you threaten me. Do you call that loyalty? Do you +call it loyalty to refuse to compel your daughter to keep her plighted troth? +If you wish to prove your loyalty command the Princess Emma to fulfil the +promise you made my father—command her to wed me at once.” +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann looked the king straight in the eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot do that,” he said. “She has told me that she will +kill herself rather than wed with your majesty. She is all I have left, sire. +What good would be accomplished by robbing me of her if you could not gain her +by the act? Win her confidence and love, sire. It may be done. Thus only may +happiness result to you and to her.” +</p> + +<p> +“You see,” exclaimed the king, “what your loyalty amounts to! +I believe that you are saving her for the impostor—I have heard as much +hinted at before this. Nor do I doubt that she would gladly connive with the +fellow if she thought there was a chance of his seizing the throne.” +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann paled. For the first time righteous indignation and anger got the +better of him. He took a step toward the king. +</p> + +<p> +“Stop!” he commanded. “No man, not even my king, may speak +such words to a Von der Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +In an antechamber just outside the room a man sat near the door that led into +the apartment where the king and his chancellor quarreled. He had been +straining his ears to catch the conversation which he could hear rising and +falling in the adjoining chamber, but till now he had been unsuccessful. Then +came Prince Ludwig’s last words booming loudly through the paneled door, +and the man smiled. He was Count Zellerndorf, the Austrian minister to Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +The king’s outraged majesty goaded him to an angry retort. +</p> + +<p> +“You forget yourself, Prince von der Tann,” he cried. “Leave +our presence. When we again desire to be insulted we shall send for you.” +</p> + +<p> +As the chancellor passed into the antechamber Count Zellerndorf rose and +greeted him warmly, almost effusively. Von der Tann returned his salutations +with courtesy but with no answering warmth. Then he passed on out of the +palace. +</p> + +<p> +“The old fox must have heard,” he mused as he mounted his horse and +turned his face toward Tann and the Old Forest. +</p> + +<p> +When Count Zellerndorf of Austria entered the presence of Leopold of Lutha he +found that young ruler much disturbed. He had resumed his restless pacing +between desk and window, and as the Austrian entered he scarce paused to +receive his salutation. Count Zellerndorf was a frequent visitor at the palace. +There were few formalities between this astute diplomat and the young king; +those had passed gradually away as their acquaintance and friendship ripened. +</p> + +<p> +“Prince Ludwig appeared angry when he passed through the +antechamber,” ventured Zellerndorf. “Evidently your majesty found +cause to rebuke him.” +</p> + +<p> +The king nodded and looked narrowly at the Austrian. “The Prince von der +Tann insinuated that Austria’s only wish in connection with Lutha is to +seize her,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +Zellerndorf raised his hands in well-simulated horror. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty!” he exclaimed. “It cannot be that the prince +has gone to such lengths to turn you against your best friend, my emperor. If +he has I can only attribute it to his own ambitions. I have hesitated to speak +to you of this matter, your majesty, but now that the honor of my own ruler is +questioned I must defend him. +</p> + +<p> +“Bear with me then, should what I have to say wound you. I well know the +confidence which the house of Von der Tann has enjoyed for centuries in Lutha; +but I must brave your wrath in the interest of right. I must tell you that it +is common gossip in Vienna that Von der Tann aspires to the throne of Lutha +either for himself or for his daughter through the American impostor who once +sat upon your throne for a few days. And let me tell you more. +</p> + +<p> +“The American will never again menace you—he was arrested in +Burgova as a spy and executed. He is dead; but not so are Von der Tann’s +ambitions. When he learns that he no longer may rely upon the strain of the +Rubinroth blood that flowed in the veins of the American from his royal mother, +the runaway Princess Victoria, there will remain to him only the other +alternative of seizing the throne for himself. He is a very ambitious man, your +majesty. Already he has caused it to become current gossip that he is the real +power behind the throne of Lutha—that your majesty is but a figure-head, +the puppet of Von der Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +Zellerndorf paused. He saw the flush of shame and anger that suffused the +king’s face, and then he shot the bolt that he had come to fire, but +which he had not dared to hope would find its target so denuded of defense. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty,” he whispered, coming quite close to the king, +“all Lutha is inclined to believe that you fear Prince von der Tann. Only +a few of us know the truth to be the contrary. For the sake of your prestige +you must take some step to counteract this belief and stamp it out for good and +all. I have planned a way—hear it. +</p> + +<p> +“Von der Tann’s hatred of Peter of Blentz is well known. No man in +Lutha believes that he would permit you to have any intercourse with Peter. I +have brought from Blentz an invitation to your majesty to honor the Blentz +prince with your presence as a guest for the ensuing week. Accept it, your +majesty. +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing could more conclusively prove to the most skeptical that you are +still the king, and that Von der Tann, nor any other, may not dare to dictate +to you. It will be the most splendid stroke of statesmanship that you could +achieve at the present moment.” +</p> + +<p> +For an instant the king stood in thought. He still feared Peter of Blentz as +the devil is reputed to fear holy water, though for converse reasons. Yet he +was very angry with Von der Tann. It would indeed be an excellent way to teach +the presumptuous chancellor his place. +</p> + +<p> +Leopold almost smiled as he thought of the chagrin with which Prince Ludwig +would receive the news that he had gone to Blentz as the guest of Peter. It was +the last impetus that was required by his weak, vindictive nature to press it +to a decision. +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” he said, “I will go tomorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +It was late the following day that Prince von der Tann received in his castle +in the Old Forest word that an Austrian army had crossed the Luthanian +frontier—the neutrality of Lutha had been violated. The old chancellor +set out immediately for Lustadt. At the palace he sought an interview with the +king only to learn that Leopold had departed earlier in the day to visit Peter +of Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +There was but one thing to do and that was to follow the king to Blentz. Some +action must be taken immediately—it would never do to let this breach of +treaty pass unnoticed. +</p> + +<p> +The Serbian minister who had sent word to the chancellor of the invasion by the +Austrian troops was closeted with him for an hour after his arrival at the +palace. It was clear to both these men that the hand of Zellerndorf was plainly +in evidence in both the important moves that had occurred in Lutha within the +past twenty-four hours—the luring of the king to Blentz and the entrance +of Austrian soldiery into Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +Following his interview with the Serbian minister Von der Tann rode toward +Blentz with only his staff in attendance. It was long past midnight when the +lights of the town appeared directly ahead of the little party. They rode at a +trot along the road which passes through the village to wind upward again +toward the ancient feudal castle that looks down from its hilltop upon the +town. +</p> + +<p> +At the edge of the village Von der Tann was thunderstruck by a challenge from a +sentry posted in the road, nor was his dismay lessened when he discovered that +the man was an Austrian. +</p> + +<p> +“What is the meaning of this?” he cried angrily. “What are +Austrian soldiers doing barring the roads of Lutha to the chancellor of +Lutha?” +</p> + +<p> +The sentry called an officer. The latter was extremely suave. He regretted the +incident, but his orders were most positive—no one could be permitted to +pass through the lines without an order from the general commanding. He would +go at once to the general and see if he could procure the necessary order. +Would the prince be so good as to await his return? Von der Tann turned on the +young officer, his face purpling with rage. +</p> + +<p> +“I will pass nowhere within the boundaries of Lutha,” he said, +“upon the order of an Austrian. You may tell your general that my only +regret is that I have not with me tonight the necessary force to pass through +his lines to my king—another time I shall not be so handicapped,” +and Ludwig, Prince von der Tann, wheeled his mount and spurred away in the +direction of Lustadt, at his heels an extremely angry and revengeful staff. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap18"></a>VI.<br /> +A TRAP IS SPRUNG</h2> + +<p> +Long before Prince von der Tann reached Lustadt he had come to the conclusion +that Leopold was in virtue a prisoner in Blentz. To prove his conclusion he +directed one of his staff to return to Blentz and attempt to have audience with +the king. +</p> + +<p> +“Risk anything,” he instructed the officer to whom he had entrusted +the mission. “Submit, if necessary, to the humiliation of seeking an +Austrian pass through the lines to the castle. See the king at any cost and +deliver this message to him and to him alone and secretly. Tell him my fears, +and that if I do not have word from him within twenty-four hours I shall assume +that he is indeed a prisoner. +</p> + +<p> +“I shall then direct the mobilization of the army and take such steps as +seem fit to rescue him and drive the invaders from the soil of Lutha. If you do +not return I shall understand that you are held prisoner by the Austrians and +that my worst fears have been realized.” +</p> + +<p> +But Prince Ludwig was one who believed in being forehanded and so it happened +that the orders for the mobilization of the army of Lutha were issued within +fifteen minutes of his return to Lustadt. It would do no harm, thought the old +man, with a grim smile, to get things well under way a day ahead of time. This +accomplished, he summoned the Serbian minister, with what purpose and to what +effect became historically evident several days later. When, after twenty-four +hours’ absence, his aide had not returned from Blentz, the chancellor had +no regrets for his forehandedness. +</p> + +<p> +In the castle of Peter of Blentz the king of Lutha was being entertained +royally. He was told nothing of the attempt of his chancellor to see him, nor +did he know that a messenger from Prince von der Tann was being held a prisoner +in the camp of the Austrians in the village. He was surrounded by the creatures +of Prince Peter and by Peter’s staunch allies, the Austrian minister and +the Austrian officers attached to the expeditionary force occupying the town. +They told him that they had positive information that the Serbians already had +crossed the frontier into Lutha, and that the presence of the Austrian troops +was purely for the protection of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +It was not until the morning following the rebuff of Prince von der Tann that +Peter of Blentz, Count Zellerndorf and Maenck heard of the occurrence. They +were chagrined by the accident, for they were not ready to deliver their final +stroke. The young officer of the guard had, of course, but followed his +instructions—who would have thought that old Von der Tann would come to +Blentz! That he suspected their motives seemed apparent, and now that his +rebuff at the gates had aroused his ire and, doubtless, crystallized his +suspicions, they might find in him a very ugly obstacle to the fruition of +their plans. +</p> + +<p> +With Von der Tann actively opposed to them, the value of having the king upon +their side would be greatly minimized. The people and the army had every +confidence in the old chancellor. Even if he opposed the king there was reason +to believe that they might still side with him. +</p> + +<p> +“What is to be done?” asked Zellerndorf. “Is there no way +either to win or force Von der Tann to acquiescence?” +</p> + +<p> +“I think we can accomplish it,” said Prince Peter, after a moment +of thought. “Let us see Leopold. His mind has been prepared to receive +almost gratefully any insinuations against the loyalty of Von der Tann. With +proper evidence the king may easily be persuaded to order the +chancellor’s arrest—possibly his execution as well.” +</p> + +<p> +So they saw the king, only to meet a stubborn refusal upon the part of Leopold +to accede to their suggestions. He still was madly in love with Von der +Tann’s daughter, and he knew that a blow delivered at her father would +only tend to increase her bitterness toward him. The conspirators were +nonplussed. +</p> + +<p> +They had looked for a comparatively easy road to the consummation of their +desires. What in the world could be the cause of the king’s stubborn +desire to protect the man they knew he feared, hated, and mistrusted with all +the energy of his suspicious nature? It was the king himself who answered their +unspoken question. +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot believe in the disloyalty of Prince Ludwig,” he said, +“nor could I, even if I desired it, take such drastic steps as you +suggest. Some day the Princess Emma, his daughter, will be my queen.” +</p> + +<p> +Count Zellerndorf was the first to grasp the possibilities that lay in the +suggestion the king’s words carried. +</p> + +<p> +“Your majesty,” he cried, “there is a way to unite all +factions in Lutha. It would be better to insure the loyalty of Von der Tann +through bonds of kinship than to antagonize him. Marry the Princess Emma at +once. +</p> + +<p> +“Wait, your majesty,” he added, as Leopold raised an objecting +hand. “I am well informed as to the strange obstinacy of the princess, +but for the welfare of the state—yes, for the sake of your very throne, +sire—you should exert your royal prerogatives and command the Princess +Emma to carry out the terms of your betrothal.” +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean, Zellerndorf?” asked the king. +</p> + +<p> +“I mean, sire, that we should bring the princess here and compel her to +marry you.” +</p> + +<p> +Leopold shook his head. “You do not know her,” he said. “You +do not know the Von der Tann nature—one cannot force a Von der +Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +“Pardon, sire,” urged Zellerndorf, “but I think it can be +accomplished. If the Princess Emma knew that your majesty believed her father +to be a traitor—that the order for his arrest and execution but awaited +your signature—I doubt not that she would gladly become queen of Lutha, +with her father’s life and liberty as a wedding gift.” +</p> + +<p> +For several minutes no one spoke after Count Zellerndorf had ceased. Leopold +sat looking at the toe of his boot. Peter of Blentz, Maenck, and the Austrian +watched him intently. The possibilities of the plan were sinking deep into the +minds of all four. At last the king rose. He was mumbling to himself as though +unconscious of the presence of the others. +</p> + +<p> +“She is a stubborn jade,” he mumbled. “It would be an +excellent lesson for her. She needs to be taught that I am her king,” and +then as though his conscience required a sop, “I shall be very good to +her. Afterward she will be happy.” He turned toward Zellerndorf. +“You think it can be done?” +</p> + +<p> +“Most assuredly, your majesty. We shall take immediate steps to fetch the +Princess Emma to Blentz,” and the Austrian rose and backed from the +apartment lest the king change his mind. Prince Peter and Maenck followed him. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Princess Emma von der Tann sat in her boudoir in her father’s castle in +the Old Forest. Except for servants, she was alone in the fortress, for Prince +von der Tann was in Lustadt. Her mind was occupied with memories of the young +American who had entered her life under such strange circumstances two years +before—memories that had been awakened by the return of Lieutenant Otto +Butzow to Lutha. He had come directly to her father and had been attached to +the prince’s personal staff. +</p> + +<p> +From him she had heard a great deal about Barney Custer, and the old interest, +never a moment forgotten during these two years, was reawakened to all its +former intensity. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow had accompanied Prince Ludwig to Lustadt, but Princess Emma would not go +with them. For two years she had not entered the capital, and much of that +period had been spent in Paris. Only within the past fortnight had she returned +to Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +In the middle of the morning her reveries were interrupted by the entrance of a +servant bearing a message. She had to read it twice before she could realize +its purport; though it was plainly worded—the shock of it had stunned +her. It was dated at Lustadt and signed by one of the palace functionaries: +</p> + +<p> +Prince von der Tann has suffered a slight stroke. Do not be alarmed, but come +at once. The two troopers who bear this message will act as your escort. +</p> + +<p> +It required but a few minutes for the girl to change to her riding clothes, and +when she ran down into the court she found her horse awaiting her in the hands +of her groom, while close by two mounted troopers raised their hands to their +helmets in salute. +</p> + +<p> +A moment later the three clattered over the drawbridge and along the road that +leads toward Lustadt. The escort rode a short distance behind the girl, and +they were hard put to it to hold the mad pace which she set them. +</p> + +<p> +A few miles from Tann the road forks. One branch leads toward the capital and +the other winds over the hills in the direction of Blentz. The fork occurs +within the boundaries of the Old Forest. Great trees overhang the winding road, +casting a twilight shade even at high noon. It is a lonely spot, far from any +habitation. +</p> + +<p> +As the Princess Emma approached the fork she reined in her mount, for across +the road to Lustadt a dozen horsemen barred her way. At first she thought +nothing of it, turning her horse’s head to the righthand side of the road +to pass the party, all of whom were in uniform; but as she did so one of the +men reined directly in her path. The act was obviously intentional. +</p> + +<p> +The girl looked quickly up into the man’s face, and her own went white. +He who stopped her way was Captain Ernst Maenck. She had not seen the man for +two years, but she had good cause to remember him as the governor of the castle +of Blentz and the man who had attempted to take advantage of her helplessness +when she had been a prisoner in Prince Peter’s fortress. Now she looked +straight into the fellow’s eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“Let me pass, please,” she said coldly. +</p> + +<p> +“I am sorry,” replied Maenck with an evil smile; “but the +king’s orders are that you accompany me to Blentz—the king is +there.” +</p> + +<p> +For answer the girl drove her spur into her mount’s side. The animal +leaped forward, striking Maenck’s horse on the shoulder and half turning +him aside, but the man clutched at the girl’s bridle-rein, and, seizing +it, brought her to a stop. +</p> + +<p> +“You may as well come voluntarily, for come you must,” he said. +“It will be easier for you.” +</p> + +<p> +“I shall not come voluntarily,” she replied. “If you take me +to Blentz you will have to take me by force, and if my king is not sufficiently +a gentleman to demand an accounting of you, I am at least more fortunate in the +possession of a father who will.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your father will scarce wish to question the acts of his king,” +said Maenck—“his king and the husband of his daughter.” +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean?” she cried. +</p> + +<p> +“That before you are many hours older, your highness, you will be queen +of Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +The Princess Emma turned toward her tardy escort that had just arrived upon the +scene. +</p> + +<p> +“This person has stopped me,” she said, “and will not permit +me to continue toward Lustadt. Make a way for me; you are armed!” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck smiled. “Both of them are my men,” he explained. +</p> + +<p> +The girl saw it all now—the whole scheme to lure her to Blentz. Even +then, though, she could not believe the king had been one of the conspirators +of the plot. +</p> + +<p> +Weak as he was he was still a Rubinroth, and it was difficult for a Von der +Tann to believe in the duplicity of a member of the house they had served so +loyally for centuries. With bowed head the princess turned her horse into the +road that led toward Blentz. Half the troopers preceded her, the balance +following behind. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck wondered at the promptness of her surrender. +</p> + +<p> +“To be a queen—ah! that was the great temptation,” he thought +but he did not know what was passing in the girl’s mind. She had seen +that escape for the moment was impossible, and so had decided to bide her time +until a more propitious chance should come. In silence she rode among her +captors. The thought of being brought to Blentz alive was unbearable. +</p> + +<p> +Somewhere along the road there would be an opportunity to escape. Her horse was +fleet; with a short start he could easily outdistance these heavier cavalry +animals and as a last resort she could—she must—find some way to +end her life, rather than to be dragged to the altar beside Leopold of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +Since childhood Emma von der Tann had ridden these hilly roads. She knew every +lane and bypath for miles around. She knew the short cuts, the gullies and +ravines. She knew where one might, with a good jumper, save a wide detour, and +as she rode toward Blentz she passed in review through her mind each of the +many spots where a sudden break for liberty might have the best chance to +succeed. +</p> + +<p> +And at last she hit upon the place where a quick turn would take her from the +main road into the roughest sort of going for one not familiar with the trail. +Maenck and his soldiers had already partially relaxed their vigilance. The +officer had come to the conclusion that his prisoner was resigned to her fate +and that, after all, the fate of being forced to be queen did not appear so +dark to her. +</p> + +<p> +They had wound up a wooded hill and were half way up to the summit. The +princess was riding close to the right-hand side of the road. Quite suddenly, +and before a hand could be raised to stay her, she wheeled her mount between +two trees, struck home her spur, and was gone into the wood upon the steep +hillside. +</p> + +<p> +With an oath, Maenck cried to his men to be after her. He himself spurred into +the forest at the point where the girl had disappeared. So sudden had been her +break for liberty and so quickly had the foliage swallowed her that there was +something almost uncanny in it. +</p> + +<p> +A hundred yards from the road the trees were further apart, and through them +the pursuers caught a glimpse of their quarry. The girl was riding like mad +along the rough, uneven hillside. Her mount, surefooted as a chamois, seemed in +his element. But two of the horses of her pursuers were as swift, and under the +cruel spurs of their riders were closing up on their fugitive. The girl urged +her horse to greater speed, yet still the two behind closed in. +</p> + +<p> +A hundred yards ahead lay a deep and narrow gully, hid by bushes that grew +rankly along its verge. Straight toward this the Princess Emma von der Tann +rode. Behind her came her pursuers—two quite close and the others +trailing farther in the rear. The girl reined in a trifle, letting the troopers +that were closest to her gain until they were but a few strides behind, then +she put spur to her horse and drove him at topmost speed straight toward the +gully. At the bushes she spoke a low word in his backlaid ears, raised him +quickly with the bit, leaning forward as he rose in air. Like a bird that +animal took the bushes and the gully beyond, while close behind him crashed the +two luckless troopers. +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann cast a single backward glance over her shoulder, as her horse +regained his stride upon the opposite side of the gully, to see her two +foremost pursuers plunging headlong into it. Then she shook free her reins and +gave her mount his head along a narrow trail that both had followed many times +before. +</p> + +<p> +Behind her, Maenck and the balance of his men came to a sudden stop at the edge +of the gully. Below them one of the troopers was struggling to his feet. The +other lay very still beneath his motionless horse. With an angry oath Maenck +directed one of his men to remain and help the two who had plunged over the +brink, then with the others he rode along the gully searching for a crossing. +</p> + +<p> +Before they found one their captive was a mile ahead of them, and, barring +accident, quite beyond recapture. She was making for a highway that would lead +her to Lustadt. Ordinarily she had been wont to bear a little to the north-east +at this point and strike back into the road that she had just left; but today +she feared to do so lest she be cut off before she gained the north and south +highroad which the other road crossed a little farther on. +</p> + +<p> +To her right was a small farm across which she had never ridden, for she always +had made it a point never to trespass upon fenced grounds. On the opposite side +of the farm was a wood, and somewhere beyond that a small stream which the +highroad crossed upon a little bridge. It was all new country to her, but it +must be ventured. +</p> + +<p> +She took the fence at the edge of the clearing and then reined in a moment to +look behind her. A mile away she saw the head and shoulders of a horseman above +some low bushes—the pursuers had found a way through the gully. +</p> + +<p> +Turning once more to her flight the girl rode rapidly across the fields toward +the wood. Here she found a high wire fence so close to thickly growing trees +upon the opposite side that she dared not attempt to jump it—there was no +point at which she would not have been raked from the saddle by overhanging +boughs. Slipping to the ground she attacked the barrier with her bare hands, +attempting to tear away the staples that held the wire in place. For several +minutes she surged and tugged upon the unyielding metal strand. An occasional +backward glance revealed to her horrified eyes the rapid approach of her +enemies. One of them was far in advance of the others—in another moment +he would be upon her. +</p> + +<p> +With redoubled fury she turned again to the fence. A superhuman effort brought +away a staple. One wire was down and an instant later two more. Standing with +one foot upon the wires to keep them from tangling about her horse’s +legs, she pulled her mount across into the wood. The foremost horseman was +close upon her as she finally succeeded in urging the animal across the fallen +wires. +</p> + +<p> +The girl sprang to her horse’s side just as the man reached the fence. +The wires, released from her weight, sprang up breast high against his horse. +He leaped from the saddle the instant that the girl was swinging into her own. +Then the fellow jumped the fence and caught her bridle. +</p> + +<p> +She struck at him with her whip, lashing him across the head and face, but he +clung tightly, dragged hither and thither by the frightened horse, until at +last he managed to reach the girl’s arm and drag her to the ground. +</p> + +<p> +Almost at the same instant a man, unkempt and disheveled, sprang from behind a +tree and with a single blow stretched the trooper unconscious upon the ground. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap19"></a>VII.<br /> +BARNEY TO THE RESCUE</h2> + +<p> +As Barney Custer raced along the Austrian highroad toward the frontier and +Lutha, his spirits rose to a pitch of buoyancy to which they had been strangers +for the past several days. For the first time in many hours it seemed possible +to Barney to entertain reasonable hopes of escape from the extremely dangerous +predicament into which he had gotten himself. +</p> + +<p> +He was even humming a gay little tune as he drove into a tiny hamlet through +which the road wound. No sign of military appeared to fill him with +apprehension. He was very hungry and the odor of cooking fell gratefully upon +his nostrils. He drew up before the single inn, and presently, washed and +brushed, was sitting before the first meal he had seen for two days. In the +enjoyment of the food he almost forgot the dangers he had passed through, or +that other dangers might be lying in wait for him at his elbow. +</p> + +<p> +From the landlord he learned that the frontier lay but three miles to the south +of the hamlet. Three miles! Three miles to Lutha! What if there was a price +upon his head in that kingdom? It was HER home. It had been his mother’s +birthplace. He loved it. +</p> + +<p> +Further, he must enter there and reach the ear of old Prince von der Tann. Once +more he must save the king who had shown such scant gratitude upon another +occasion. +</p> + +<p> +For Leopold, Barney Custer did not give the snap of his fingers; but what +Leopold, the king, stood for in the lives and sentiments of the +Luthanians—of the Von der Tanns—was very dear to the American +because it was dear to a trim, young girl and to a rugged, leonine, old man, of +both of whom Barney was inordinately fond. And possibly, too, it was dear to +him because of the royal blood his mother had bequeathed him. +</p> + +<p> +His meal disposed of to the last morsel, and paid for, Barney entered the +stolen car and resumed his journey toward Lutha. That he could remain there he +knew to be impossible, but in delivering his news to Prince Ludwig he might +have an opportunity to see the Princess Emma once again—it would be worth +risking his life for, of that he was perfectly satisfied. And then he could go +across into Serbia with the new credentials that he had no doubt Prince von der +Tann would furnish him for the asking to replace those the Austrians had +confiscated. +</p> + +<p> +At the frontier Barney was halted by an Austrian customs officer; but when the +latter recognized the military car and the Austrian uniform of the driver he +waved him through without comment. Upon the other side the American expected +possible difficulty with the Luthanian customs officer, but to his surprise he +found the little building deserted, and none to bar his way. At last he was in +Lutha—by noon on the following day he should be at Tann. +</p> + +<p> +To reach the Old Forest by the best roads it was necessary to bear a little to +the southeast, passing through Tafelberg and striking the north and south +highway between that point and Lustadt, to which he could hold until reaching +the east and west road that runs through both Tann and Blentz on its way across +the kingdom. +</p> + +<p> +The temptation to stop for a few minutes in Tafelberg for a visit with his old +friend Herr Kramer was strong, but fear that he might be recognized by others, +who would not guard his secret so well as the shopkeeper of Tafelberg would, +decided him to keep on his way. So he flew through the familiar main street of +the quaint old village at a speed that was little, if any less, than fifty +miles an hour. +</p> + +<p> +On he raced toward the south, his speed often necessarily diminished upon the +winding mountain roads, but for the most part clinging to a reckless mileage +that caused the few natives he encountered to flee to the safety of the +bordering fields, there to stand in open-mouthed awe. +</p> + +<p> +Halfway between Tafelberg and the crossroad into which he purposed turning to +the west toward Tann there is an S-curve where the bases of two small hills +meet. The road here is narrow and treacherous—fifteen miles an hour is +almost a reckless speed at which to travel around the curves of the S. Beyond +are open fields upon either side of the road. +</p> + +<p> +Barney took the turns carefully and had just emerged into the last leg of the S +when he saw, to his consternation, a half-dozen Austrian infantrymen lolling +beside the road. An officer stood near them talking with a sergeant. To turn +back in that narrow road was impossible. He could only go ahead and trust to +his uniform and the military car to carry him safely through. Before he reached +the group of soldiers the fields upon either hand came into view. They were +dotted with tents, wagons, motor-vans and artillery. What did it mean? What was +this Austrian army doing in Lutha? +</p> + +<p> +Already the officer had seen him. This was doubtless an outpost, however +clumsily placed it might be for strategic purposes. To pass it was +Barney’s only hope. He had passed through one Austrian army—why not +another? He approached the outpost at a moderate rate of speed—to tear +toward it at the rate his heart desired would be to awaken not suspicion only +but positive conviction that his purposes and motives were ulterior. +</p> + +<p> +The officer stepped toward the road as though to halt him. Barney pretended to +be fussing with some refractory piece of controlling mechanism beneath the +cowl—apparently he did not see the officer. He was just opposite him when +the latter shouted to him. Barney straightened up quickly and saluted, but did +not stop. +</p> + +<p> +“Halt!” cried the officer. +</p> + +<p> +Barney pointed down the road in the direction in which he was headed. +</p> + +<p> +“Halt!” repeated the officer, running to the car. +</p> + +<p> +Barney glanced ahead. Two hundred yards farther on was another +post—beyond that he saw no soldiers. He turned and shouted a volley of +intentionally unintelligible jargon at the officer, continuing to point ahead +of him. +</p> + +<p> +He hoped to confuse the man for the few seconds necessary for him to reach the +last post. If the soldiers there saw that he had been permitted to pass through +the first they doubtless would not hinder his further passage. That they were +watching him Barney could see. +</p> + +<p> +He had passed the officer now. There was no necessity for dalliance. He pressed +the accelerator down a trifle. The car moved forward at increased speed. A +final angry shout broke from the officer behind him, followed by a quick +command. Barney did not have to wait long to learn the tenor of the order, for +almost immediately a shot sounded from behind and a bullet whirred above his +head. Another shot and another followed. +</p> + +<p> +Barney was pressing the accelerator downward to the limit. The car responded +nobly—there was no sputtering, no choking. Just a rapid rush of +increasing momentum as the machine gained headway by leaps and bounds. +</p> + +<p> +The bullets were ripping the air all about him. Just ahead the second outpost +stood directly in the center of the road. There were three soldiers and they +were taking deliberate aim, as carefully as though upon the rifle range. It +seemed to Barney that they couldn’t miss him. He swerved the car suddenly +from one side of the road to the other. At the rate that it was going the move +was fraught with but little less danger than the supine facing of the leveled +guns ahead. +</p> + +<p> +The three rifles spoke almost simultaneously. The glass of the windshield +shattered in Barney’s face. There was a hole in the left-hand front +fender that had not been there before. +</p> + +<p> +“Rotten shooting,” commented Barney Custer, of Beatrice. +</p> + +<p> +The soldiers still stood in the center of the road firing at the swaying car +as, lurching from side to side, it bore down upon them. Barney sounded the +raucous military horn; but the soldiers seemed unconscious of their +danger—they still stood there pumping lead toward the onrushing +Juggernaut. At the last instant they attempted to rush from its path; but they +were too late. +</p> + +<p> +At over sixty miles an hour the huge, gray monster bore down upon them. One of +them fell beneath the wheels—the two others were thrown high in air as +the bumper struck them. The body of the man who had fallen beneath the wheels +threw the car half way across the road—only iron nerve and strong arms +held it from the ditch upon the opposite side. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer had never been nearer death than at that moment—not even +when he faced the firing squad before the factory wall in Burgova. He had done +that without a tremor—he had heard the bullets of the outpost whistling +about his head a moment before, with a smile upon his lips—he had faced +the leveled rifles of the three he had ridden down and he had not quailed. But +now, his machine in the center of the road again, he shook like a leaf, still +in the grip of the sickening nausea of that awful moment when the mighty, +insensate monster beneath him had reeled drunkenly in its mad flight, swerving +toward the ditch and destruction. +</p> + +<p> +For a few minutes he held to his rapid pace before he looked around, and then +it was to see two cars climbing into the road from the encampment in the field +and heading toward him in pursuit. Barney grinned. Once more he was master of +his nerves. They’d have a merry chase, he thought, and again he +accelerated the speed of the car. Once before he had had it up to seventy-five +miles, and for a moment, when he had had no opportunity to even glance at the +speedometer, much higher. Now he was to find the maximum limit of the +possibilities of the brave car he had come to look upon with real affection. +</p> + +<p> +The road ahead was comparatively straight and level. Behind him came the enemy. +Barney watched the road rushing rapidly out of sight beneath the gray fenders. +He glanced occasionally at the speedometer. Seventy-five miles an hour. +Seventy-seven! “Going some,” murmured Barney as he saw the needle +vibrate up to eighty. Gradually he nursed her up and up to greater speed. +</p> + +<p> +Eighty-five! The trees were racing by him in an indistinct blur of green. The +fences were thin, wavering lines—the road a white-gray ribbon, ironed by +the terrific speed to smooth unwrinkledness. He could not take his eyes from +the business of steering to glance behind; but presently there broke faintly +through the whir of the wind beating against his ears the faint report of a +gun. He was being fired upon again. He pressed down still further upon the +accelerator. The car answered to the pressure. The needle rose steadily until +it reached ninety miles an hour—and topped it. +</p> + +<p> +Then from somewhere in the radiator hose a hissing and a spurt of steam. Barney +was dumbfounded. He had filled the cooling system at the inn where he had +eaten. It had been working perfectly before and since. What could have +happened? There could be but a single explanation. A bullet from the gun of one +of the three men who had attempted to stop him at the second outpost had +penetrated the radiator, and had slowly drained it. +</p> + +<p> +Barney knew that the end was near, since the usefulness of the car in +furthering his escape was over. At the speed he was going it would be but a +short time before the superheated pistons expanding in their cylinders would +tear the motor to pieces. Barney felt that he would be lucky if he himself were +not killed when it happened. +</p> + +<p> +He reduced his speed and glanced behind. His pursuers had not gained upon him, +but they still were coming. A bend in the road shut them from his view. A +little way ahead the road crossed over a river upon a wooden bridge. On the +opposite side and to the right of the road was a wood. It seemed to offer the +most likely possibilities of concealment in the vicinity. If he could but throw +his pursuers off the trail for a while he might succeed in escaping through the +wood, eventually reaching Tann on foot. He had a rather hazy idea of the exact +direction of the town and castle, but that he could find them eventually he was +sure. +</p> + +<p> +The sight of the river and the bridge he was nearing suggested a plan, and the +ominous grating of the overheated motor warned him that whatever he was to do +he must do at once. As he neared the bridge he reduced the speed of the car to +fifteen miles an hour, and set the hand throttle to hold it there. Still +gripping the steering wheel with one hand, he climbed over the left-hand door +to the running board. As the front wheels of the car ran up onto the bridge +Barney gave the steering wheel a sudden turn to the right, and jumped. +</p> + +<p> +The car veered toward the wooden handrail, there was a splintering of +stanchions, as, with a crash, the big machine plunged through them headforemost +into the river. Without waiting to give even a glance at his handiwork Barney +Custer ran across the bridge, leaped the fence upon the right-hand side and +plunged into the shelter of the wood. +</p> + +<p> +Then he turned to look back up the road in the direction from which his +pursuers were coming. They were not in sight—they had not seen his ruse. +The water in the river was of sufficient depth to completely cover the +car—no sign of it appeared above the surface. +</p> + +<p> +Barney turned into the wood smiling. His scheme had worked well. The occupants +of the two cars following him might not note the broken handrail, or, if they +did, might not connect it with Barney in any way. In this event they would +continue in the direction of Lustadt, wondering what in the world had become of +their quarry. Or, if they guessed that his car had gone over into the river, +they would doubtless believe that its driver had gone with it. In either event +Barney would be given ample time to find his way to Tann. +</p> + +<p> +He wished that he might find other clothes, since if he were dressed otherwise +there would be no reason to imagine that his pursuers would recognize him +should they come upon him. None of them could possibly have gained a +sufficiently good look at his features to recognize them again. +</p> + +<p> +The Austrian uniform, however, would convict him, or at least lay him under +suspicion, and in Barney’s present case, suspicion was as good as +conviction were he to fall into the hands of the Austrians. The garb had served +its purpose well in aiding in his escape from Austria, but now it was more of a +menace than an asset. +</p> + +<p> +For a week Barney Custer wandered through the woods and mountains of Lutha. He +did not dare approach or question any human being. Several times he had seen +Austrian cavalry that seemed to be scouring the country for some purpose that +the American could easily believe was closely connected with himself. At least +he did not feel disposed to stop them, as they cantered past his hiding place, +to inquire the nature of their business. +</p> + +<p> +Such farmhouses as he came upon he gave a wide berth except at night, and then +he only approached them stealthily for such provender as he might filch. Before +the week was up he had become an expert chicken thief, being able to rob a +roost as quietly as the most finished carpetbagger on the sunny side of Mason +and Dixon’s line. +</p> + +<p> +A careless housewife, leaving her lord and master’s rough shirt and +trousers hanging upon the line overnight, had made possible for Barney the +coveted change in raiment. Now he was barged as a Luthanian peasant. He was +hatless, since the lady had failed to hang out her mate’s woolen cap, and +Barney had not dared retain a single vestige of the damning Austrian uniform. +</p> + +<p> +What the peasant woman thought when she discovered the empty line the following +morning Barney could only guess, but he was morally certain that her grief was +more than tempered by the gold piece he had wrapped in a bit of cloth torn from +the soldier’s coat he had worn, which he pinned on the line where the +shirt and pants had been. +</p> + +<p> +It was somewhere near noon upon the seventh day that Barney skirting a little +stream, followed through the concealing shade of a forest toward the west. In +his peasant dress he now felt safer to approach a farmhouse and inquire his way +to Tann, for he had come a sufficient distance from the spot where he had +stolen his new clothes to hope that they would not be recognized or that the +news of their theft had not preceded him. +</p> + +<p> +As he walked he heard the sound of the feet of a horse galloping over a dry +field—muffled, rapid thud approaching closer upon his right hand. Barney +remained motionless. He was sure that the rider would not enter the wood which, +with its low-hanging boughs and thick underbrush, was ill adapted to +equestrianism. +</p> + +<p> +Closer and closer came the sound until it ceased suddenly scarce a hundred +yards from where the American hid. He waited in silence to discover what would +happen next. Would the rider enter the wood on foot? What was his purpose? Was +it another Austrian who had by some miracle discovered the whereabouts of the +fugitive? Barney could scarce believe it possible. +</p> + +<p> +Presently he heard another horse approaching at the same mad gallop. He heard +the sound of rapid, almost frantic efforts of some nature where the first horse +had come to a stop. He heard a voice urging the animal forward—pleading, +threatening. A woman’s voice. Barney’s excitement became intense in +sympathy with the subdued excitement of the woman whom he could not as yet see. +</p> + +<p> +A moment later the second rider came to a stop at the same point at which the +first had reined in. A man’s voice rose roughly. “Halt!” it +cried. “In the name of the king, halt!” The American could no +longer resist the temptation to see what was going on so close to him “in +the name of the king.” +</p> + +<p> +He advanced from behind his tree until he saw the two figures—a +man’s and a woman’s. Some bushes intervened—he could not get +a clear view of them, yet there was something about the figure of the woman, +whose back was toward him as she struggled to mount her frightened horse, that +caused him to leap rapidly toward her. He rounded a tree a few paces from her +just as the man—a trooper in the uniform of the house of +Blentz—caught her arm and dragged her from the saddle. At the same +instant Barney recognized the girl—it was Princess Emma. +</p> + +<p> +Before either the trooper or the princess were aware of his presence he had +leaped to the man’s side and dealt him a blow that stretched him at full +length upon the ground—stunned. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap20"></a>VIII.<br /> +AN ADVENTUROUS DAY</h2> + +<p> +For an instant the two stood looking at one another. The girl’s eyes were +wide with incredulity, with hope, with fear. She was the first to break the +silence. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” she breathed in a half whisper. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t wonder that you ask,” returned the man. “I +must look like a scarecrow. I’m Barney Custer. Don’t you remember +me now? Who did you think I was?” +</p> + +<p> +The girl took a step toward him. Her eyes lighted with relief. +</p> + +<p> +“Captain Maenck told me that you were dead,” she said, “that +you had been shot as a spy in Austria, and then there is that uncanny +resemblance to the king—since he has shaved his beard it is infinitely +more remarkable. I thought you might be he. He has been at Blentz and I knew +that it was quite possible that he had discovered treachery upon the part of +Prince Peter. In which case he might have escaped in disguise. I really +wasn’t sure that you were not he until you spoke.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney stooped and removed the bandoleer of cartridges from the fallen trooper, +as well as his revolver and carbine. Then he took the girl’s hand and +together they turned into the wood. Behind them came the sound of pursuit. They +heard the loud words of Maenck as he ordered his three remaining men into the +wood on foot. As he advanced, Barney looked to the magazine of his carbine and +the cylinder of his revolver. +</p> + +<p> +“Why were they pursuing you?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“They were taking me to Blentz to force me to wed Leopold,” she +replied. “They told me that my father’s life depended upon my +consenting; but I should not have done so. The honor of my house is more +precious than the life of any of its members. I escaped them a few miles back, +and they were following to overtake me.” +</p> + +<p> +A noise behind them caused Barney to turn. One of the troopers had come into +view. He carried his carbine in his hands and at sight of the man with the +fugitive girl he raised it to his shoulder; but as the American turned toward +him his eyes went wide and his jaw dropped. +</p> + +<p> +Instantly Barney knew that the fellow had noted his resemblance to the king. +Barney’s body was concealed from the view of the other by a bush which +grew between them, so the man saw only the face of the American. The fellow +turned and shouted to Maenck: “The king is with her.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense,” came the reply from farther back in the wood. “If +there is a man with her and he will not surrender, shoot him.” At the +words Barney and the girl turned once more to their flight. From behind came +the command to halt—“Halt! or I fire.” Just ahead Barney saw +the river. +</p> + +<p> +They were sure to be taken there if he was unable to gain the time necessary to +make good a crossing. Upon the opposite side was a continuation of the wood. +Behind them the leading trooper was crashing through the underbrush in renewed +pursuit. He came in sight of them again, just as they reached the river bank. +Once more his carbine was leveled. Barney pushed the girl to her knees behind a +bush. Then he wheeled and fired, so quickly that the man with the already +leveled gun had no time to anticipate his act. +</p> + +<p> +With a cry the fellow threw his hands above his head, staggered forward and +plunged full length upon his face. Barney gathered the princess in his arms and +plunged into the shallow stream. The girl held his carbine as he stumbled over +the rocky bottom. The water deepened rapidly—the opposite shore seemed a +long way off and behind there were three more enemies in hot pursuit. +</p> + +<p> +Under ordinary circumstances Barney could have found it in his heart to wish +the little Luthanian river as broad as the Mississippi, for only under such +circumstances as these could he ever hope to hold the Princess Emma in his +arms. Two years before she had told him that she loved him; but at the same +time she had given him to understand that their love was hopeless. She might +refuse to wed the king; but that she should ever wed another while the king +lived was impossible, unless Leopold saw fit to release her from her betrothal +to him and sanction her marriage to another. That he ever would do this was to +those who knew him not even remotely possible. +</p> + +<p> +He loved Emma von der Tann and he hated Barney Custer—hated him with a +jealous hatred that was almost fanatic in its intensity. And even that the +Princess Emma von der Tann would wed him were she free to wed was a question +that was not at all clear in the mind of Barney Custer. He knew something of +the traditions of this noble family—of the pride of caste, of the fetish +of blood that inexorably dictated the ordering of their lives. +</p> + +<p> +The girl had just said that the honor of her house was more precious than the +life of any of its members. How much more precious would it be to her than her +own material happiness! Barney Custer sighed and struggled through the swirling +waters that were now above his hips. If he pressed the lithe form closer to him +than necessity demanded, who may blame him? +</p> + +<p> +The girl, whose face was toward the bank they had just quitted, gave no +evidence of displeasure if she noted the fierce pressure of his muscles. Her +eyes were riveted upon the wood behind. Presently a man emerged. He called to +them in a loud and threatening tone. +</p> + +<p> +Barney redoubled his Herculean efforts to gain the opposite bank. He was in +midstream now and the water had risen to his waist. The girl saw Maenck and the +other trooper emerge from the underbrush beside the first. Maenck was crazed +with anger. He shook his fist and screamed aloud his threatening commands to +halt, and then, of a sudden, gave an order to one of the men at his side. +Immediately the fellow raised his carbine and fired at the escaping couple. +</p> + +<p> +The bullet struck the water behind them. At the sound of the report the girl +raised the gun she held and leveled it at the group behind her. She pulled the +trigger. There was a sharp report, and one of the troopers fell. Then she fired +again, quickly, and again and again. She did not score another hit, but she had +the satisfaction of seeing Maenck and the last of his troopers dodge back to +the safety of protecting trees. +</p> + +<p> +“The cowards!” muttered Barney as the enemy’s shot announced +his sinister intention; “they might have hit your highness.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl did not reply until she had ceased firing. +</p> + +<p> +“Captain Maenck is notoriously a coward,” she said. “He is +hiding behind a tree now with one of his men—I hit the other.” +</p> + +<p> +“You hit one of them!” exclaimed Barney enthusiastically. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said the girl. “I have shot a man. I often wondered +what the sensation must be to have done such a thing. I should feel terribly, +but I don’t. They were firing at you, trying to shoot you in the back +while you were defenseless. I am not sorry—I cannot be; but I only wish +that it had been Captain Maenck.” +</p> + +<p> +In a short time Barney reached the bank and, helping the girl up, climbed to +her side. A couple of shots followed them as they left the river, but did not +fall dangerously near. Barney took the carbine and replied, then both of them +disappeared into the wood. +</p> + +<p> +For the balance of the day they tramped on in the direction of Lustadt, making +but little progress owing to the fear of apprehension. They did not dare +utilize the high road, for they were still too close to Blentz. Their only hope +lay in reaching the protection of Prince von der Tann before they should be +recaptured by the king’s emissaries. At dusk they came to the outskirts +of a town. Here they hid until darkness settled, for Barney had determined to +enter the place after dark and hire horses. +</p> + +<p> +The American marveled at the bravery and endurance of the girl. He had always +supposed that a princess was so carefully guarded from fatigue and privation +all her life that the least exertion would prove her undoing; but no hardy +peasant girl could have endured more bravely the hardships and dangers through +which the Princess Emma had passed since the sun rose that morning. +</p> + +<p> +At last darkness came, and with it they approached and entered the village. +They kept to unlighted side streets until they met a villager, of whom they +inquired their way to some private house where they might obtain refreshments. +The fellow scrutinized them with evident suspicion. +</p> + +<p> +“There is an inn yonder,” he said, pointing toward the main street. +“You can obtain food there. Why should respectable folk want to go +elsewhere than to the public inn? And if you are afraid to go there you must +have very good reasons for not wanting to be seen, and—” he stopped +short as though assailed by an idea. “Wait,” he cried, excitedly, +“I will go and see if I can find a place for you. Wait right here,” +and off he ran toward the inn. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t like the looks of that,” said Barney, after the man +had left them. “He’s gone to report us to someone. Come, we’d +better get out of here before he comes back.” +</p> + +<p> +The two turned up a side street away from the inn. They had gone but a short +distance when they heard the sound of voices and the thud of horses’ feet +behind them. The horses were coming at a walk and with them were several men on +foot. Barney took the princess’ hand and drew her up a hedge bordered +driveway that led into private grounds. In the shadows of the hedge they waited +for the party behind them to pass. It might be no one searching for them, but +it was just as well to be on the safe side—they were still near Blentz. +Before the men reached their hiding place a motor car followed and caught up +with them, and as the party came opposite the driveway Barney and the princess +overheard a portion of their conversation. +</p> + +<p> +“Some of you go back and search the street behind the inn—they may +not have come this way.” The speaker was in the motor car. “We will +follow along this road for a bit and then turn into the Lustadt highway. If you +don’t find them go back along the road toward Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +In her excitement the Princess Emma had not noticed that Barney Custer still +held her hand in his. Now he pressed it. “It is Maenck’s +voice,” he whispered. “Every road will be guarded.” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment he was silent, thinking. The searching party had passed on. They +could still hear the purring of the motor as Maenck’s car moved slowly up +the street. +</p> + +<p> +“This is a driveway,” murmured Barney. “People who build +driveways into their grounds usually have something to drive. Whatever it is it +should be at the other end of the driveway. Let’s see if it will carry +two.” +</p> + +<p> +Still in the shadow of the hedge they moved cautiously toward the upper end of +the private road until presently they saw a building looming in their path. +</p> + +<p> +“A garage?” whispered Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“Or a barn,” suggested the princess. +</p> + +<p> +“In either event it should contain something that can go,” returned +the American. “Let us hope that it can go +like—like—ah—the wind.” +</p> + +<p> +“And carry two,” supplemented the princess. +</p> + +<p> +“Wait here,” said Barney. “If I get caught, run. Whatever +happens you mustn’t be caught.” +</p> + +<p> +Princess Emma dropped back close to the hedge and Barney approached the +building, which proved to be a private garage. The doors were locked, as also +were the three windows. Barney passed entirely around the structure halting at +last upon the darkest side. Here was a window. Barney tried to loosen the catch +with the blade of his pocket knife, but it wouldn’t unfasten. His +endeavors resulted only in snapping short the blade of his knife. For a moment +he stood contemplating the baffling window. He dared not break the glass for +fear of arousing the inmates of the house which, though he could not see it, +might be close at hand. +</p> + +<p> +Presently he recalled a scene he had witnessed on State Street in Chicago +several years before—a crowd standing before the window of a +jeweler’s shop inspecting a neat little hole that a thief had cut in the +glass with a diamond and through which he had inserted his hand and brought +forth several hundred dollars worth of loot. But Barney Custer wore no +diamond—he would as soon have worn a celluloid collar. But women wore +diamonds. Doubtless the Princess Emma had one. He ran quickly to her side. +</p> + +<p> +“Have you a diamond ring?” he whispered. +</p> + +<p> +“Gracious!” she exclaimed, “you are progressing +rapidly,” and slipped a solitaire from her finger to his hand. +</p> + +<p> +“Thanks,” said Barney. “I need the practice; but wait and +you’ll see that a diamond may be infinitely more valuable than even the +broker claims,” and he was gone again into the shadows of the garage. +Here upon the window pane he scratched a rough deep circle, close to the catch. +A quick blow sent the glass clattering to the floor within. For a minute Barney +stood listening for any sign that the noise had attracted attention, but +hearing nothing he ran his hand through the hole that he had made and unlatched +the frame. A moment later he had crawled within. +</p> + +<p> +Before him, in the darkness, stood a roadster. He ran his hand over the pedals +and levers, breathing a sigh of relief as his touch revealed the familiar +control of a standard make. Then he went to the double doors. They opened +easily and silently. +</p> + +<p> +Once outside he hastened to the side of the waiting girl. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s a machine,” he whispered. “We must both be in it +when it leaves the garage—it’s the through express for Lustadt and +makes no stops for passengers or freight.” +</p> + +<p> +He led her back to the garage and helped her into the seat beside him. As +silently as possible he ran the machine into the driveway. A hundred yards to +the left, half hidden by intervening trees and shrubbery, rose the dark bulk of +a house. A subdued light shone through the drawn blinds of several +windows—the only sign of life about the premises until the car had +cleared the garage and was moving slowly down the driveway. Then a door opened +in the house letting out a flood of light in which the figure of a man was +silhouetted. A voice broke the silence. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you? What are you doing there? Come back!” +</p> + +<p> +The man in the doorway called excitedly, “Friedrich! Come! Come quickly! +Someone is stealing the automobile,” and the speaker came running toward +the driveway at top speed. Behind him came Friedrich. Both were shouting, +waving their arms and threatening. Their combined din might have aroused the +dead. +</p> + +<p> +Barney sought speed—silence now was useless. He turned to the left into +the street away from the center of the town. In this direction had gone the +automobile with Maenck, but by taking the first righthand turn Barney hoped to +elude the captain. In a moment Friedrich and the other were hopelessly +distanced. It was with a sigh of relief that the American turned the car into +the dark shadows beneath the overarching trees of the first cross street. +</p> + +<p> +He was running without lights along an unknown way; and beside him was the most +precious burden that Barney Custer might ever expect to carry. Under these +circumstances his speed was greatly reduced from what he would have wished, but +at that he was forced to accept grave risks. The road might end abruptly at the +brink of a ravine—it might swerve perilously close to a stone +quarry—or plunge headlong into a pond or river. Barney shuddered at the +possibilities; but nothing of the sort happened. The street ran straight out of +the town into a country road, rather heavy with sand. In the open the +possibilities of speed were increased, for the night, though moonless, was +clear, and the road visible for some distance ahead. +</p> + +<p> +The fugitives were congratulating themselves upon the excellent chance they now +had to reach Lustadt. There was only Maenck and his companion ahead of them in +the other car, and as there were several roads by which one might reach the +main highway the chances were fair that Prince Peter’s aide would miss +them completely. +</p> + +<p> +Already escape seemed assured when the pounding of horses’ hoofs upon the +roadway behind them arose to blast their new found hope. Barney increased the +speed of the car. It leaped ahead in response to his foot; but the road was +heavy, and the sides of the ruts gripping the tires retarded the speed. For a +mile they held the lead of the galloping horsemen. The shouts of their pursuers +fell clearly upon their ears, and the Princess Emma, turning in her seat, could +easily see the four who followed. At last the car began to draw away—the +distance between it and the riders grew gradually greater. +</p> + +<p> +“I believe we are going to make it,” whispered the girl, her voice +tense with excitement. “If you could only go a little faster, Mr. Custer, +I’m sure that we will.” +</p> + +<p> +“She’s reached her limit in this sand,” replied the man, +“and there’s a grade just ahead—we may find better going +beyond, but they’re bound to gain on us before we reach the top.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl strained her eyes into the night before them. On the right of the road +stood an ancient ruin—grim and forbidding. As her eyes rested upon it she +gave a little exclamation of relief. +</p> + +<p> +“I know where we are now,” she cried. “The hill ahead is +sandy, and there is a quarter of a mile of sand beyond, but then we strike the +Lustadt highway, and if we can reach it ahead of them their horses will have to +go ninety miles an hour to catch us—provided this car possesses any such +speed possibilities.” +</p> + +<p> +“If it can go forty we are safe enough,” replied Barney; “but +we’ll give it a chance to go as fast as it can—the farther we are +from the vicinity of Blentz the safer I shall feel for the welfare of your +highness.” +</p> + +<p> +A shot rang behind them, and a bullet whistled high above their heads. The +princess seized the carbine that rested on the seat between them. +</p> + +<p> +“Shall I?” she asked, turning its muzzle back over the lowered top. +</p> + +<p> +“Better not,” answered the man. “They are only trying to +frighten us into surrendering—that shot was much too high to have been +aimed at us—they are shooting over our heads purposely. If they +deliberately attempt to pot us later, then go for them, but to do it now would +only draw their fire upon us. I doubt if they wish to harm your highness, but +they certainly would fire to hit in self-defense.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl lowered the firearm. “I am becoming perfectly +bloodthirsty,” she said, “but it makes me furious to be hunted like +a wild animal in my native land, and by the command of my king, at that. And to +think that you who placed him upon his throne, you who have risked your life +many times for him, will find no protection at his hands should you be captured +is maddening. Ach, Gott, if I were a man!” +</p> + +<p> +“I thank God that you are not, your highness,” returned Barney +fervently. +</p> + +<p> +Gently she laid her hand upon his where it gripped the steering wheel. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” she said, “I was wrong—I do not need to be a man +while there still be such men as you, my friend; but I would that I were not +the unhappy woman whom Fate had bound to an ingrate king—to a miserable +coward!” +</p> + +<p> +They had reached the grade at last, and the motor was straining to the +Herculean task imposed upon it. +</p> + +<p> +Grinding and grating in second speed the car toiled upward through the clinging +sand. The pace was snail-like. Behind, the horsemen were gaining rapidly. The +labored breathing of their mounts was audible even above the noise of the +motor, so close were they. The top of the ascent lay but a few yards ahead, and +the pursuers were but a few yards behind. +</p> + +<p> +“Halt!” came from behind, and then a shot. The ping of the bullet +and the scream of the ricochet warned the man and the girl that those behind +them were becoming desperate—the bullet had struck one of the rear +fenders. Without again asking assent the princess turned and, kneeling upon the +cushion of the seat, fired at the nearest horseman. The horse stumbled and +plunged to his knees. Another, just behind, ran upon him, and the two rolled +over together with their riders. Two more shots were fired by the remaining +horsemen and answered by the girl in the automobile, and then the car topped +the hill, shot into high, and with renewed speed forged into the last +quarter-mile of heavy going toward the good road ahead; but now the grade was +slightly downward and all the advantage was upon the side of the fugitives. +</p> + +<p> +However, their margin would be but scant when they reached the highway, for +behind them the remaining troopers were spurring their jaded horses to a final +spurt of speed. At last the white ribbon of the main road became visible. To +the right they saw the headlights of a machine. It was Maenck probably, +doubtless attracted their way by the shooting. +</p> + +<p> +But the machine was a mile away and could not possibly reach the intersection +of the two roads before they had turned to the left toward Lustadt. Then the +incident would resolve itself into a simple test of speed between the two +cars—and the ability and nerve of the drivers. Barney hadn’t the +slightest doubt now as to the outcome. His borrowed car was a good one, in good +condition. And in the matter of driving he rather prided himself that he +needn’t take his hat off to anyone when it came to ability and nerve. +</p> + +<p> +They were only about fifty feet from the highway. The girl touched his hand +again. “We’re safe,” she cried, her voice vibrant with +excitement, “we’re safe at last.” From beneath the bonnet, as +though in answer to her statement, came a sickly, sucking sputter. The momentum +of the car diminished. The throbbing of the engine ceased. They sat in silence +as the machine coasted toward the highway and came to a dead stop, with its +front wheels upon the road to safety. The girl turned toward Barney with an +exclamation of surprise and interrogation. +</p> + +<p> +“The jig’s up,” he groaned; “we’re out of +gasoline!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap21"></a>IX.<br /> +THE CAPTURE</h2> + +<p> +The capture of Princess Emma von der Tann and Barney Custer was a relatively +simple matter. Open fields spread in all directions about the crossroads at +which their car had come to its humiliating stop. There was no cover. To have +sought escape by flight, thus in the open, would have been to expose the +princess to the fire of the troopers. Barney could not do this. He preferred to +surrender and trust to chance to open the way to escape later. +</p> + +<p> +When Captain Ernst Maenck drove up he found the prisoners disarmed, standing +beside the now-useless car. He alighted from his own machine and with a low bow +saluted the princess, an ironical smile upon his thin lips. Then he turned his +attention toward her companion. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” he demanded gruffly. In the darkness he failed to +recognize the American whom he thought dead in Austria. +</p> + +<p> +“A servant of the house of Von der Tann,” replied Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“You deserve shooting,” growled the officer, “but we’ll +leave that to Prince Peter and the king. When I tell them the trouble you have +caused us—well, God help you.” +</p> + +<p> +The journey to Blentz was a short one. They had been much nearer that grim +fortress than either had guessed. At the outskirts of the town they were +challenged by Austrian sentries, through which Maenck passed with ease after +the sentinel had summoned an officer. From this man Maenck received the +password that would carry them through the line of outposts between the town +and the castle—“Slankamen.” Barney, who overheard the word, +made a mental note of it. +</p> + +<p> +At last they reached the dreary castle of Peter of Blentz. In the courtyard +Austrian soldiers mingled with the men of the bodyguard of the king of Lutha. +Within, the king’s officers fraternized with the officers of the emperor. +Maenck led his prisoners to the great hall which was filled with officers and +officials of both Austria and Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +The king was not there. Maenck learned that he had retired to his apartments a +few minutes earlier in company with Prince Peter of Blentz and Von Coblich. He +sent a servant to announce his return with the Princess von der Tann and a man +who had attempted to prevent her being brought to Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +Barney had, as far as possible, kept his face averted from Maenck since they +had entered the lighted castle. He hoped to escape recognition, for he knew +that if his identity were guessed it might go hard with the princess. As for +himself, it might go even harder, but of that he gave scarcely a +thought—the safety of the princess was paramount. +</p> + +<p> +After a few minutes of waiting the servant returned with the king’s +command to fetch the prisoners to his apartments. The face of the Princess Emma +was haggard. For the first time Barney saw signs of fear upon her countenance. +With leaden steps they accompanied their guard up the winding stairway to the +tower rooms that had been furnished for the king. They were the same in which +Emma von der Tann had been imprisoned two years before. +</p> + +<p> +On either side of the doorway stood a soldier of the king’s bodyguard. As +Captain Maenck approached they saluted. A servant opened the door and they +passed into the room. Before them were Peter of Blentz and Von Coblich standing +beside a table at which Leopold of Lutha was sitting. The eyes of the three men +were upon the doorway as the little party entered. The king’s face was +flushed with wine. He rose as his eyes rested upon the face of the princess. +</p> + +<p> +“Greetings, your highness,” he cried with an attempt at cordiality. +</p> + +<p> +The girl looked straight into his eyes, coldly, and then bent her knee in +formal curtsy. The king was about to speak again when his eyes wandered to the +face of the American. Instantly his own went white and then scarlet. The eyes +of Peter of Blentz followed those of the king, widening in astonishment as they +rested upon the features of Barney Custer. +</p> + +<p> +“You told me he was dead,” shouted the king. “What is the +meaning of this, Captain Maenck?” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck looked at his male prisoner and staggered back as though struck between +the eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“Mein Gott,” he exclaimed, “the impostor!” +</p> + +<p> +“You told me he was dead,” repeated the king accusingly. +</p> + +<p> +“As God is my judge, your majesty,” cried Peter of Blentz, +“this man was shot by an Austrian firing squad in Burgova over a week +ago.” +</p> + +<p> +“Sire,” exclaimed Maenck, “this is the first sight I have had +of the prisoners except in the darkness of the night; until this instant I had +not the remotest suspicion of his identity. He told me that he was a servant of +the house of Von der Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +“I told you the truth, then,” interjected Barney. +</p> + +<p> +“Silence, you ingrate!” cried the king. +</p> + +<p> +“Ingrate?” repeated Barney. “You have the effrontery to call +me an ingrate? You miserable puppy.” +</p> + +<p> +A silence, menacing in its intensity, fell upon the little assemblage. The king +trembled. His rage choked him. The others looked as though they scarce could +believe the testimony of their own ears. All there, with the possible exception +of the king, knew that he deserved even more degrading appellations; but they +were Europeans, and to Europeans a king is a king—that they can never +forget. It had been the inherent suggestion of kingship that had bent the knee +of the Princess Emma before the man she despised. +</p> + +<p> +But to the American a king was only what he made himself. In this instance he +was not even a man in the estimation of Barney Custer. Maenck took a step +toward the prisoner—a menacing step, for his hand had gone to his sword. +Barney met him with a level look from between narrowed lids. Maenck hesitated, +for he was a great coward. Peter of Blentz spoke: +</p> + +<p> +“Sire,” he said, “the fellow knows that he is already as good +as dead, and so in his bravado he dares affront you. He has been convicted of +spying by the Austrians. He is still a spy. It is unnecessary to repeat the +formality of a trial.” +</p> + +<p> +Leopold at last found his voice, though it trembled and broke as he spoke. +</p> + +<p> +“Carry out the sentence of the Austrian court in the morning,” he +said. “A volley now might arouse the garrison in the town and be +misconstrued.” +</p> + +<p> +Maenck ordered Barney escorted from the apartment, then he turned toward the +king. +</p> + +<p> +“And the other prisoner, sire?” he inquired. +</p> + +<p> +“There is no other prisoner,” he said. “Her highness, the +Princess von der Tann, is a guest of Prince Peter. She will be escorted to her +apartment at once.” +</p> + +<p> +“Her highness, the Princess von der Tann, is not a guest of Prince +Peter.” The girl’s voice was low and cold. “If Mr. Custer is +a prisoner, her highness, too, is a prisoner. If he is to be shot, she demands +a like fate. To die by the side of a MAN would be infinitely preferable to +living by the side of your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +Once again Leopold of Lutha reddened. For a moment he paced the room angrily to +hide his emotion. Then he turned once to Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +“Escort the prisoner to the north tower,” he commanded, “and +this insolent girl to the chambers next to ours. Tomorrow we shall talk with +her again.” +</p> + +<p> +Outside the room Barney turned for a last look at the princess as he was being +led in one direction and she in another. A smile of encouragement was on his +lips and cold hopelessness in his heart. She answered the smile and her lips +formed a silent “good-bye.” They formed something else, +too—three words which he was sure he could not have mistaken, and then +they parted, he for the death chamber and she for what fate she could but +guess. +</p> + +<p> +As his guard halted before a door at the far end of a long corridor Barney +Custer sensed a sudden familiarity in his surroundings. He was conscious of +that sensation which is common to all of us—of having lived through a +scene at some former time, to each minutest detail. +</p> + +<p> +As the door opened and he was pushed into the room he realized that there was +excellent foundation for the impression—he immediately recognized the +apartment as the same in which he had once before been imprisoned. At that time +he had been mistaken for the mad king who had escaped from the clutches of +Peter of Blentz. The same king was now visiting as a guest the fortress in +which he had spent ten bitter years as a prisoner. +</p> + +<p> +“Say your prayers, my friend,” admonished Maenck, as he was about +to leave him alone, “for at dawn you die—and this time the firing +squad will make a better job of it.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney did not answer him, and the captain departed, locking the door after him +and leaving two men on guard in the corridor. Alone, Barney looked about the +room. It was in no wise changed since his former visit to it. He recalled the +incidents of the hour of his imprisonment here, thought of old Joseph who had +aided his escape, looked at the paneled fireplace, whose secret, it was +evident, not even the master of Blentz was familiar with—and grinned. +</p> + +<p> +“‘For at dawn you die!’” he repeated to himself, still +smiling broadly. Then he crossed quickly to the fireplace, running his fingers +along the edge of one of the large tiled panels that hid the entrance to the +well-like shaft that rose from the cellars beneath to the towers above and +which opened through similar concealed exits upon each floor. If the floor +above should be untenanted he might be able to reach it as he and Joseph had +done two years ago when they opened the secret panel in the fireplace and +climbed a hidden ladder to the room overhead; and then by vacant corridors +reached the far end of the castle above the suite in which the princess had +been confined and near which Barney had every reason to believe she was now +imprisoned. +</p> + +<p> +Carefully Barney’s fingers traversed the edges of the panel. No hidden +latch rewarded his search. Again and again he examined the perfectly fitted +joints until he was convinced either that there was no latch there or that it +was hid beyond possibility of discovery. With each succeeding minute the +American’s heart and hopes sank lower and lower. Two years had elapsed +since he had seen the secret portal swing to the touch of Joseph’s +fingers. One may forget much in two years; but that he was at work upon the +right panel Barney was positive. However, it would do no harm to examine its +mate which resembled it in minutest detail. +</p> + +<p> +Almost indifferently Barney turned his attention to the other panel. He ran his +fingers over it, his eyes following them. What was that? A finger-print? Upon +the left side half way up a tiny smudge was visible. Barney examined it more +carefully. A round, white figure of the conventional design that was burned +into the tile bore the telltale smudge. +</p> + +<p> +Otherwise it differed apparently in no way from the numerous other round, white +figures that were repeated many times in the scheme of decoration. Barney +placed his thumb exactly over the mark that another thumb had left there and +pushed. The figure sank into the panel beneath the pressure. Barney pushed +harder, breathless with suspense. The panel swung in at his effort. The +American could have whooped with delight. +</p> + +<p> +A moment more and he stood upon the opposite side of the secret door in utter +darkness, for he had quickly closed it after him. To strike a match was but the +matter of a moment. The wavering light revealed the top of the ladder that led +downward and the foot of another leading aloft. He struck still more matches in +search of the rope. It was not there, but his quest revealed the fact that the +well at this point was much larger than he had imagined—it broadened into +a small chamber. +</p> + +<p> +The light of many matches finally led him to the discovery of a passageway +directly behind the fireplace. It was narrow, and after spanning the chimney +descended by a few rough steps to a slightly lower level. It led toward the +opposite end of the castle. Could it be possible that it connected directly +with the apartments in the farther tower—in the tower where the king was +and the Princess Emma? Barney could scarce hope for any such good luck, but at +least it was worth investigating—it must lead somewhere. +</p> + +<p> +He followed it warily, feeling his way with hands and feet and occasionally +striking a match. It was evident that the corridor lay in the thick wall of the +castle, midway between the bottoms of the windows of the second floor and the +tops of those upon the first—this would account for the slightly lower +level of the passage from the floor of the second story. +</p> + +<p> +Barney had traversed some distance in the darkness along the forgotten corridor +when the sound of voices came to him from beyond the wall at his right. He +stopped, motionless, pressing his ear against the side wall. As he did so he +became aware of the fact that at this point the wall was of wood—a large +panel of hardwood. Now he could hear even the words of the speaker upon the +opposite side. +</p> + +<p> +“Fetch her here, captain, and I will talk with her alone.” The +voice was the king’s. “And, captain, you might remove the guard +from before the door temporarily. I shall not require them, nor do I wish them +to overhear my conversation with the princess.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney could hear the officer acknowledge the commands of the king, and then he +heard a door close. The man had gone to fetch the princess. The American struck +a match and examined the panel before him. It reached to the top of the +passageway and was some three feet in width. +</p> + +<p> +At one side were three hinges, and at the other an ancient spring lock. For an +instant Barney stood in indecision. What should he do? His entry into the +apartments of the king would result in alarming the entire fortress. Were he +sure the king was alone it might be accomplished. Should he enter now or wait +until the Princess Emma had been brought to the king? +</p> + +<p> +With the question came the answer—a bold and daring scheme. His fingers +sought the lock. Very gently, he unlatched it and pushed outward upon the +panel. Suddenly the great doorway gave beneath his touch. It opened a crack +letting a flood of light into his dark cell that almost blinded him. +</p> + +<p> +For a moment he could see nothing, and then out of the glaring blur grew the +figure of a man sitting at a table—with his back toward the panel. +</p> + +<p> +It was the king, and he was alone. Noiselessly Barney Custer entered the +apartment, closing the panel after him. At his back now was the great oil +painting of the Blentz princess that had hid the secret entrance to the room. +He crossed the thick rugs until he stood behind the king. Then he clapped one +hand over the mouth of the monarch of Lutha and threw the other arm about his +neck. +</p> + +<p> +“Make the slightest outcry and I shall kill you,” he whispered in +the ear of the terrified man. +</p> + +<p> +Across the room Barney saw a revolver lying upon a small table. He raised the +king to his feet and, turning his back toward the weapon dragged him across the +apartment until the table was within easy reach. Then he snatched up the +revolver and swung the king around into a chair facing him, the muzzle of the +gun pressed against his face. +</p> + +<p> +“Silence,” he whispered. +</p> + +<p> +The king, white and trembling, gasped as his eyes fell upon the face of the +American. +</p> + +<p> +“You?” His voice was barely audible. +</p> + +<p> +“Take off your clothes—every stitch of them—and if any one +asks for admittance, deny them. Quick, now,” as the king hesitated. +“My life is forfeited unless I can escape. If I am apprehended I shall +see that you pay for my recapture with your life—if any one enters this +room without my sanction they will enter it to find a dead king upon the floor; +do you understand?” +</p> + +<p> +The king made no reply other than to commence divesting himself of his +clothing. Barney followed his example, but not before he had crossed to the +door that opened into the main corridor and shot the bolt upon the inside. When +both men had removed their clothing Barney pointed to the little pile of soiled +peasant garb that he had worn. +</p> + +<p> +“Put those on,” he commanded. +</p> + +<p> +The king hesitated, drawing back in disgust. Barney paused, half-way into the +royal union suit, and leveled the revolver at Leopold. The king picked up one +of the garments gingerly between the tips of his thumb and finger. +</p> + +<p> +“Hurry!” admonished the American, drawing the silk half-hose of the +ruler of Lutha over his foot. “If you don’t hurry,” he added, +“someone may interrupt us, and you know what the result would be—to +you.” +</p> + +<p> +Scowling, Leopold donned the rough garments. Barney, fully clothed in the +uniform the king had been wearing, stepped across the apartment to where the +king’s sword and helmet lay upon the side table that had also borne the +revolver. He placed the helmet upon his head and buckled the sword-belt about +his waist, then he faced the king, behind whom was a cheval glass. In it Barney +saw his image. The king was looking at the American, his eyes wide and his jaw +dropped. Barney did not wonder at his consternation. He himself was dumbfounded +by the likeness which he bore to the king. It was positively uncanny. He +approached Leopold. +</p> + +<p> +“Remove your rings,” he said, holding out his hand. The king did as +he was bid, and Barney slipped the two baubles upon his fingers. One of them +was the royal ring of the kings of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +The American now blindfolded the king and led him toward the panel which had +given him ingress to the room. Through it the two men passed, Barney closing +the panel after them. Then he conducted the king back along the dark passageway +to the room which the American had but recently quitted. At the back of the +panel which led into his former prison Barney halted and listened. No sound +came from beyond the partition. Gently Barney opened the secret door a +trifle—just enough to permit him a quick survey of the interior of the +apartment. It was empty. A smile crossed his face as he thought of the +difficulty Leopold might encounter the following morning in convincing his +jailers that he was not the American. +</p> + +<p> +Then he recalled his reflection in the cheval glass and frowned. Could Leopold +convince them? He doubted it—and what then? The American was sentenced to +be shot at dawn. They would shoot the king instead. Then there would be none to +whom to return the kingship. What would he do with it? The temptation was +great. Again a throne lay within his grasp—a throne and the woman he +loved. None might ever know unless he chose to tell—his resemblance to +Leopold was too perfect. It defied detection. +</p> + +<p> +With an exclamation of impatience he wheeled about and dragged the frightened +monarch back to the room from which he had stolen him. As he entered he heard a +knock at the door. +</p> + +<p> +“Do not disturb me now,” he called. “Come again in half an +hour.” +</p> + +<p> +“But it is Her Highness, Princess Emma, sire,” came a voice from +beyond the door. “You summoned her.” +</p> + +<p> +“She may return to her apartments,” replied Barney. +</p> + +<p> +All the time he kept his revolver leveled at the king, from his eyes he had +removed the blind after they had entered the apartment. He crossed to the table +where the king had been sitting when he surprised him, motioning the ragged +ruler to follow and be seated. +</p> + +<p> +“Take that pen,” he said, “and write a full pardon for Mr. +Bernard Custer, and an order requiring that he be furnished with money and set +at liberty at dawn.” +</p> + +<p> +The king did as he was bid. For a moment the American stood looking at him +before he spoke again. +</p> + +<p> +“You do not deserve what I am going to do for you,” he said. +“And Lutha deserves a better king than the one my act will give her; but +I am neither a thief nor a murderer, and so I must forbear leaving you to your +just deserts and return your throne to you. I shall do so after I have insured +my own safety and done what I can for Lutha—what you are too little a man +and king to do yourself. +</p> + +<p> +“So soon as they liberate you in the morning, make the best of your way +to Brosnov, on the Serbian frontier. Await me there. When I can, I shall come. +Again we may exchange clothing and you can return to Lustadt. I shall cross +over into Siberia out of your reach, for I know you too well to believe that +any sense of honor or gratitude would prevent you signing my death-warrant at +the first opportunity. Now, come!” +</p> + +<p> +Once again Barney led the blindfolded king through the dark corridor to the +room in the opposite tower—to the prison of the American. At the open +panel he shoved him into the apartment. Then he drew the door quietly to, +leaving the king upon the inside, and retraced his steps to the royal +apartments. Crossing to the center table, he touched an electric button. A +moment later an officer knocked at the door, which, in the meantime, Barney had +unbolted. +</p> + +<p> +“Enter!” said the American. He stood with his back toward the door +until he heard it close behind the officer. When he turned he was apparently +examining his revolver. If the officer suspected his identity, it was just as +well to be prepared. Slowly he raised his eyes to the newcomer, who stood +stiffly at salute. The officer looked him full in the face. +</p> + +<p> +“I answered your majesty’s summons,” said the man. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, yes!” returned the American. “You may fetch the Princess +Emma.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer saluted once more and backed out of the apartment. Barney walked to +the table and sat down. A tin box of cigarettes lay beside the lamp. Barney +lighted one of them. The king had good taste in the selection of tobacco, he +thought. Well, a man must need have some redeeming characteristics. +</p> + +<p> +Outside, in the corridor, he heard voices, and again the knock at the door. He +bade them enter. As the door opened Emma von der Tann, her head thrown back and +a flush of anger on her face, entered the room. Behind her was the officer who +had been despatched to bring her. Barney nodded to the latter. +</p> + +<p> +“You may go,” he said. He drew a chair from the table and asked the +princess to be seated. She ignored his request. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you wish of me?” she asked. She was looking straight into +his eyes. The officer had withdrawn and closed the door after him. They were +alone, with nothing to fear; yet she did not recognize him. +</p> + +<p> +“You are the king,” she continued in cold, level tones, “but +if you are also a gentleman, you will at once order me returned to my father at +Lustadt, and with me the man to whom you owe so much. I do not expect it of +you, but I wish to give you the chance. +</p> + +<p> +“I shall not go without him. I am betrothed to you; but until tonight I +should rather have died than wed you. Now I am ready to compromise. If you will +set Mr. Custer at liberty in Serbia and return me unharmed to my father, I will +fulfill my part of our betrothal.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer looked straight into the girl’s face for a long moment. A +half smile played upon his lips at the thought of her surprise when she learned +the truth, when suddenly it dawned upon him that she and he were both much +safer if no one, not even her loyal self, guessed that he was other than the +king. It is not difficult to live a part, but often it is difficult to act one. +Some little word or look, were she to know that he was Barney Custer, might +betray them; no, it was better to leave her in ignorance, though his conscience +pricked him for the disloyalty that his act implied. +</p> + +<p> +It seemed a poor return for her courage and loyalty to him that her statement +to the man she thought king had revealed. He marveled that a Von der Tann could +have spoken those words—a Von der Tann who but the day before had refused +to save her father’s life at the loss of the family honor. It seemed +incredible to the American that he had won such love from such a woman. Again +came the mighty temptation to keep the crown and the girl both; but with a +straightening of his broad shoulders he threw it from him. +</p> + +<p> +She was promised to the king, and while he masqueraded in the king’s +clothes, he at least would act the part that a king should. He drew a folded +paper from his inside pocket and handed it to the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“Here is the American’s pardon,” he said, “drawn up and +signed by the king’s own hand.” +</p> + +<p> +She opened it and, glancing through it hurriedly, looked up at the man before +her with a questioning expression in her eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“You came, then,” she said, “to a realization of the enormity +of your ingratitude?” +</p> + +<p> +The man shrugged. +</p> + +<p> +“He will never die at my command,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +“I thank your majesty,” she said simply. “As a Von der Tann, +I have tried to believe that a Rubinroth could not be guilty of such baseness. +And now, tell me what your answer is to my proposition.” +</p> + +<p> +“We shall return to Lustadt tonight,” he replied. “I fear the +purpose of Prince Peter. In fact, it may be difficult—even +impossible—for us to leave Blentz; but we can at least make the +attempt.” +</p> + +<p> +“Can we not take Mr. Custer with us?” she asked. “Prince +Peter may disregard your majesty’s commands and, after you are gone, have +him shot. Do not forget that he kept the crown from Peter of Blentz—it is +certain that Prince Peter will never forget it.” +</p> + +<p> +“I give you my word, your highness, that I know positively that if I +leave Blentz tonight Prince Peter will not have Mr. Custer shot in the morning, +and it will so greatly jeopardize his own plans if we attempt to release the +prisoner that in all probability we ourselves will be unable to escape.” +</p> + +<p> +She looked at him thoughtfully for a moment. +</p> + +<p> +“You give me your word that he will be safe?” she asked. +</p> + +<p> +“My royal word,” he replied. +</p> + +<p> +“Very well, let us leave at once.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney touched the bell once more, and presently an officer of the Blentz +faction answered the summons. As the man closed the door and approached, +saluting, Barney stepped close to him. +</p> + +<p> +“We are leaving for Tann tonight,” he said, “at once. You +will conduct us from the castle and procure horses for us. All the time I shall +walk at your elbow, and in my hand I shall carry this,” and he displayed +the king’s revolver. “At the first indication of defection upon +your part I shall kill you. Do you perfectly understand me?” +</p> + +<p> +“But, your majesty,” exclaimed the officer, “why is it +necessary that you leave thus surreptitiously? May not the king go and come in +his own kingdom as he desires? Let me announce your wishes to Prince Peter that +he may furnish you with a proper escort. Doubtless he will wish to accompany +you himself, sire.” +</p> + +<p> +“You will do precisely what I say without further comment,” snapped +Barney. “Now get a—” He had been about to say: “Now get +a move on you,” when it occurred to him that this was not precisely the +sort of language that kings were supposed to use to their inferiors. So he +changed it. “Now get a couple of horses for her highness and myself, as +well as your own, for you will accompany us to Tann.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer looked at the weapon in the king’s hand. He measured the +distance between himself and the king. He well knew the reputed cowardice of +Leopold. Could he make the leap and strike up the king’s hand before the +timorous monarch found even the courage of the cornered rat to fire at him? +Then his eyes sought the face of the king, searching for the signs of nervous +terror that would make his conquest an easy one; but what he saw in the eyes +that bored straight into his brought his own to the floor at the king’s +feet. +</p> + +<p> +What new force animated Leopold of Lutha? Those were not the eyes of a coward. +No fear was reflected in their steely glitter. The officer mumbled an apology, +saluted, and turned toward the door. At his elbow walked the impostor; a +cavalry cape that had belonged to the king now covered his shoulders and hid +the weapon that pressed its hard warning now and again into the short-ribs of +the Blentz officer. Just behind the American came the Princess Emma von der +Tann. +</p> + +<p> +The three passed through the deserted corridors of the sleeping castle, taking +a route at Barney’s suggestion that led them to the stable courtyard +without necessitating traversing the main corridors or the great hall or the +guardroom, in all of which there still were Austrian and Blentz soldiers, whose +duties or pleasures had kept them from their blankets. +</p> + +<p> +At the stables a sleepy groom answered the summons of the officer, whom Barney +had warned not to divulge the identity of himself or the princess. He left the +princess in the shadows outside the building. After what seemed an eternity to +the American, three horses were led into the courtyard, saddled, and bridled. +The party mounted and approached the gates. Here, Barney knew, might be +encountered the most serious obstacle in their path. He rode close to the side +of their unwilling conductor. Leaning forward in his saddle, he whispered in +the man’s ear. +</p> + +<p> +“Failure to pass us through the gates,” he said, “will be the +signal for your death.” +</p> + +<p> +The man reined in his mount and turned toward the American. +</p> + +<p> +“I doubt if they will pass even me without a written order from Prince +Peter,” he said. “If they refuse, you must reveal your identity. +The guard is composed of Luthanians—I doubt if they will dare refuse your +majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +Then they rode on up to the gates. A soldier stepped from the sentry box and +challenged them. +</p> + +<p> +“Lower the drawbridge,” ordered the officer. “It is Captain +Krantzwort on a mission for the king.” +</p> + +<p> +The soldier approached, raising a lantern, which he had brought from the sentry +box, and inspected the captain’s face. He seemed ill at ease. In the +light of the lantern, the American saw that he was scarce more than a +boy—doubtless a recruit. He saw the expression of fear and awe with which +he regarded the officer, and it occurred to him that the effect of the +king’s presence upon him would be absolutely overpowering. Still the +soldier hesitated. +</p> + +<p> +“My orders are very strict, sir,” he said. “I am to let no +one leave without a written order from Prince Peter. If the sergeant or the +lieutenant were here they would know what to do; but they are both at the +castle—only two other soldiers are at the gates with me. Wait, and I will +send one of them for the lieutenant.” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” interposed the American. “You will send for no one, my +man. Come closer—look at my face.” +</p> + +<p> +The soldier approached, holding his lantern above his head. As its feeble rays +fell upon the face and uniform of the man on horseback, the sentry gave a +little gasp of astonishment. +</p> + +<p> +“Now, lower the drawbridge,” said Barney Custer, “it is your +king’s command.” +</p> + +<p> +Quickly the fellow hastened to obey the order. The chains creaked and the +windlass groaned as the heavy planking sank to place across the moat. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney passed the soldier he handed him the pardon Leopold had written for +the American. +</p> + +<p> +“Give this to your lieutenant,” he said, “and tell him to +hand it to Prince Peter before dawn tomorrow. Do not fail.” +</p> + +<p> +A moment later the three were riding down the winding road toward Blentz. +Barney had no further need of the officer who rode with them. He would be glad +to be rid of him, for he anticipated that the fellow might find ample +opportunity to betray them as they passed through the Austrian lines, which +they must do to reach Lustadt. +</p> + +<p> +He had told the captain that they were going to Tann in order that, should the +man find opportunity to institute pursuit, he might be thrown off the track. +The Austrian sentries were no great distance ahead when Barney ordered a halt. +</p> + +<p> +“Dismount,” he directed the captain, leaping to the ground himself +at the same time. “Put your hands behind your back.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer did as he was bid, and Barney bound his wrists securely with a +strap and buckle that he had removed from the cantle of his saddle as he rode. +Then he led him off the road among some weeds and compelled him to lie down, +after which he bound his ankles together and stuffed a gag in his mouth, +securing it in place with a bit of stick and the chinstrap from the man’s +helmet. The threat of the revolver kept Captain Krantzwort silent and obedient +throughout the hasty operations. +</p> + +<p> +“Good-bye, captain,” whispered Barney, “and let me suggest +that you devote the time until your discovery and release in pondering the +value of winning your king’s confidence in the future. Had you chosen +your associates more carefully in the past, this need not have occurred.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney unsaddled the captain’s horse and turned him loose, then he +remounted and, with the princess at his side, rode down toward Blentz. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap22"></a>X.<br /> +A NEW KING IN LUTHA</h2> + +<p> +As the two riders approached the edge of the village of Blentz a sentry barred +their way. To his challenge the American replied that they were “friends +from the castle.” +</p> + +<p> +“Advance,” directed the sentry, “and give the +countersign.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney rode to the fellow’s side, and leaning from the saddle whispered +in his ear the word “Slankamen.” +</p> + +<p> +Would it pass them out as it had passed Maenck in? Barney scarcely breathed as +he awaited the result of his experiment. The soldier brought his rifle to +present and directed them to pass. With a sigh of relief that was almost +audible the two rode into the village and the Austrian lines. +</p> + +<p> +Once within they met with no further obstacle until they reached the last line +of sentries upon the far side of the town. It was with more confidence that +Barney gave the countersign here, nor was he surprised that the soldier passed +them readily; and now they were upon the highroad to Lustadt, with nothing more +to bar their way. +</p> + +<p> +For hours they rode on in silence. Barney wanted to talk with his companion, +but as king he found nothing to say to her. The girl’s mind was filled +with morbid reflections of the past few hours and dumb terror for the future. +She would keep her promise to the king; but after—life would not be worth +the living; why should she live? She glanced at the man beside her in the light +of the coming dawn. Ah, why was he so like her American in outward appearances +only? Their own mothers could scarce have distinguished them, and yet in +character no two men could have differed more widely. The man turned to her. +</p> + +<p> +“We are almost there,” he said. “You must be very +tired.” +</p> + +<p> +The words reflected a consideration that had never been a characteristic of +Leopold. The girl began to wonder if there might not possibly be a vein of +nobility in the man, after all, that she had never discovered. Since she had +entered his apartments at Blentz he had been in every way a different man from +the Leopold she had known of old. The boldness of his escape from Blentz +supposed a courage that the king had never given the slightest indication of in +the past. Could it be that he was making a genuine effort to become a +man—to win her respect? +</p> + +<p> +They were approaching Lustadt as the sun rose. A troop of horse was just +emerging from the north gate. As it neared them they saw that the cavalrymen +wore the uniforms of the Royal Horse Guard. At their head rode a lieutenant. As +his eyes fell upon the face of the princess and her companion, he brought his +troopers to a halt, and, with incredulity plain upon his countenance, advanced +to meet them, his hand raised in salute to the king. It was Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +Now Barney was sure that he would be recognized. For two years he and the +Luthanian officer had been inseparable. Surely Butzow would penetrate his +disguise. He returned his friend’s salute, looked him full in the eyes, +and asked where he was riding. +</p> + +<p> +“To Blentz, your majesty,” replied Butzow, “to demand an +audience. I bear important word from Prince von der Tann. He has learned the +Austrians are moving an entire army corps into Lutha, together with siege +howitzers. Serbia has demanded that all Austrian troops be withdrawn from +Luthanian territory at once, and has offered to assist your majesty in +maintaining your neutrality by force, if necessary.” +</p> + +<p> +As Butzow spoke his eyes were often upon the Princess Emma, and it was quite +evident that he was much puzzled to account for her presence with the king. She +was supposed to be at Tann, and Butzow knew well enough her estimate of Leopold +to know that she would not be in his company of her own volition. His +expression as he addressed the man he supposed to be his king was far from +deferential. Barney could scarce repress a smile. +</p> + +<p> +“We will ride at once to the palace,” he said. “At the gate +you may instruct one of your sergeants to telephone to Prince von der Tann that +the king is returning and will grant him audience immediately. You and your +detachment will act as our escort.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow saluted and turned to his troopers, giving the necessary commands that +brought them about in the wake of the pseudo-king. Once again Barney Custer, of +Beatrice, rode into Lustadt as king of Lutha. The few people upon the streets +turned to look at him as he passed, but there was little demonstration of love +or enthusiasm. +</p> + +<p> +Leopold had awakened no emotions of this sort in the hearts of his subjects. +Some there were who still remembered the gallant actions of their ruler on the +field of battle when his forces had defeated those of the regent, upon that +other occasion when this same American had sat upon the throne of Lutha for two +days and had led the little army to victory; but since then the true king had +been with them daily in his true colors. Arrogance, haughtiness, and petty +tyranny had marked his reign. Taxes had gone even higher than under the corrupt +influence of the Blentz regime. The king’s days were spent in bed; his +nights in dissipation. Old Ludwig von der Tann seemed Lutha’s only friend +at court. Him the people loved and trusted. +</p> + +<p> +It was the old chancellor who met them as they entered the palace—the +Princess Emma, Lieutenant Butzow, and the false king. As the old man’s +eyes fell upon his daughter, he gave an exclamation of surprise and of +incredulity. He looked from her to the American. +</p> + +<p> +“What is the meaning of this, your majesty?” he cried in a voice +hoarse with emotion. “What does her highness in your company?” +</p> + +<p> +There was neither fear nor respect in Prince Ludwig’s tone—only +anger. He was demanding an accounting from Leopold, the man; not from Leopold, +the king. Barney raised his hand. +</p> + +<p> +“Wait,” he said, “before you judge. The princess was brought +to Blentz by Prince Peter. She will tell you that I have aided her to escape +and that I have accorded her only such treatment as a woman has a right to +expect from a king.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl inclined her head. +</p> + +<p> +“His majesty has been most kind,” she said. “He has treated +me with every consideration and respect, and I am convinced that he was not a +willing party to my arrest and forcible detention at Blentz; or,” she +added, “if he was, he regretted his action later and has made full +reparation by bringing me to Lustadt.” +</p> + +<p> +Prince von der Tann found difficulty in hiding his surprise at this evidence of +chivalry in the cowardly king. But for his daughter’s testimony he could +not have believed it possible that it lay within the nature of Leopold of Lutha +to have done what he had done within the past few hours. +</p> + +<p> +He bowed low before the man who wore the king’s uniform. The American +extended his hand, and Von der Tann, taking it in his own, raised it to his +lips. +</p> + +<p> +“And now,” said Barney briskly, “let us go to my apartments +and get to work. Your highness”—and he turned toward the Princess +Emma—“must be greatly fatigued. Lieutenant Butzow, you will see +that a suite is prepared for her highness. Afterward you may call upon Count +Zellerndorf, whom I understand returned to Lustadt yesterday, and notify him +that I will receive him in an hour. Inform the Serbian minister that I desire +his presence at the palace immediately. Lose no time, lieutenant, and be sure +to impress upon the Serbian minister that immediately means immediately.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow saluted and the Princess Emma curtsied, as the king turned and, slipping +his arm through that of Prince Ludwig, walked away in the direction of the +royal apartments. Once at the king’s desk Barney turned toward the +chancellor. In his mind was the determination to save Lutha if Lutha could be +saved. He had been forced to place the king in a position where he would be +helpless, though that he would have been equally as helpless upon his throne +the American did not doubt for an instant. However, the course of events had +placed within his hands the power to serve not only Lutha but the house of Von +der Tann as well. He would do in the king’s place what the king should +have done if the king had been a man. +</p> + +<p> +“Now, Prince Ludwig,” he said, “tell me just what conditions +we must face. Remember that I have been at Blentz and that there the King of +Lutha is not apt to learn all that transpires in Lustadt.” +</p> + +<p> +“Sire,” replied the chancellor, “we face a grave crisis. Not +only is there within Lutha the small force of Austrian troops that surround +Blentz, but now an entire army corps has crossed the border. Unquestionably +they are marching on Lustadt. The emperor is going to take no chances. He sent +the first force into Lutha to compel Serbian intervention and draw Serbian +troops from the Austro-Serbian battle line. Serbia has withheld her forces at +my request, but she will not withhold them for long. We must make a declaration +at once. If we declare against Austria we are faced by the menace of the +Austrian troops already within our boundaries, but we shall have Serbia to help +us. +</p> + +<p> +“A Serbian army corps is on the frontier at this moment awaiting word +from Lutha. If it is adverse to Austria that army corps will cross the border +and march to our assistance. If it is favorable to Austria it will none the +less cross into Lutha, but as enemies instead of allies. Serbia has acted +honorably toward Lutha. She has not violated our neutrality. She has no desire +to increase her possessions in this direction. +</p> + +<p> +“On the other hand, Austria has violated her treaty with us. She has +marched troops into our country and occupied the town of Blentz. Constantly in +the past she has incited internal discord. She is openly championing the Blentz +cause, which at last I trust your majesty has discovered is inimical to your +interests. +</p> + +<p> +“If Austria is victorious in her war with Serbia, she will find some +pretext to hold Lutha whether Lutha takes her stand either for or against her. +And most certainly is this true if it occurs that Austrian troops are still +within the boundaries of Lutha when peace is negotiated. Not only our honor but +our very existence demands that there be no Austrian troops in Lutha at the +close of this war. If we cannot force them across the border we can at least +make such an effort as will win us the respect of the world and a voice in the +peace negotiations. +</p> + +<p> +“If we must bow to the surrender of our national integrity, let us do so +only after we have exhausted every resource of the country in our +country’s defense. In the past your majesty has not appeared to realize +the menace of your most powerful neighbor. I beg of you, sire, to trust me. +Believe that I have only the interests of Lutha at heart, and let us work +together for the salvation of our country and your majesty’s +throne.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney laid his hand upon the old man’s shoulder. It seemed a shame to +carry the deception further, but the American well knew that only so could he +accomplish aught for Lutha or the Von der Tanns. Once the old chancellor +suspected the truth as to his identity he would be the first to denounce him. +</p> + +<p> +“I think that you and I can work together, Prince Ludwig,” he said. +“I have sent for the Serbian and Austrian ministers. The former should be +here immediately.” +</p> + +<p> +Nor did they have long to wait before the tall Slav was announced. Barney lost +no time in getting down to business. He asked no questions. What Von der Tann +had told him, what he had seen with his own eyes since he had entered Lutha, +and what he had overheard in the inn at Burgova was sufficient evidence that +the fate of Lutha hung upon the prompt and energetic decisions of the man who +sat upon Lutha’s throne for the next few days. +</p> + +<p> +Had Leopold been the present incumbent Lutha would have been lost, for that he +would play directly into the hands of Austria was not to be questioned. Were +Von der Tann to seize the reins of government a state of revolution would exist +that would divide the state into two bitter factions, weaken its defense, and +give Austria what she most desired—a plausible pretext for intervention. +</p> + +<p> +Lutha’s only hope lay in united defense of her liberties under the +leadership of the one man whom all acknowledged king—Leopold. Very well, +Barney Custer, of Beatrice, would be Leopold for a few days, since the real +Leopold had proven himself incompetent to meet the emergency. +</p> + +<p> +General Petko, the Serbian minister to Lutha, brought to the audience the +memory of a series of unpleasant encounters with the king. Leopold had never +exerted himself to hide his pro-Austrian sentiments. Austria was a powerful +country—Serbia, a relatively weak neighbor. Leopold, being a royal snob, +had courted the favor of the emperor and turned up his nose at Serbia. The +general was prepared for a repetition of the veiled affronts that Leopold +delighted in according him; but this time he brought with him a reply that for +two years he had been living in the hope of some day being able to deliver to +the young monarch he so cordially despised. +</p> + +<p> +It was an ultimatum from his government—an ultimatum couched in terms +from which all diplomatic suavity had been stripped. If Barney Custer, of +Beatrice, could have read it he would have smiled, for in plain American it +might have been described as announcing to Leopold precisely “where he +got off.” But Barney did not have the opportunity to read it, since that +ultimatum was never delivered. +</p> + +<p> +Barney took the wind all out of it by his first words. “Your excellency +may wonder why it is that we have summoned you at such an early hour,” he +said. +</p> + +<p> +General Petko inclined his head in deferential acknowledgment of the truth of +the inference. +</p> + +<p> +“It is because we have learned from our chancellor,” continued the +American, “that Serbia has mobilized an entire army corps upon the +Luthanian frontier. Am I correctly informed?” +</p> + +<p> +General Petko squared his shoulders and bowed in assent. At the same time he +reached into his breast-pocket for the ultimatum. +</p> + +<p> +“Good!” exclaimed Barney, and then he leaned close to the ear of +the Serbian. “How long will it take to move that army corps to +Lustadt?” +</p> + +<p> +General Petko gasped and returned the ultimatum to his pocket. +</p> + +<p> +“Sire!” he cried, his face lighting with incredulity. “You +mean—” +</p> + +<p> +“I mean,” said the American, “that if Serbia will loan Lutha +an army corps until the Austrians have evacuated Luthanian territory, Lutha +will loan Serbia an army corps until such time as peace is declared between +Serbia and Austria. Other than this neither government will incur any +obligations to the other. +</p> + +<p> +“We may not need your help, but it will do us no harm to have them well +on the way toward Lustadt as quickly as possible. Count Zellerndorf will be +here in a few minutes. We shall, through him, give Austria twenty-four hours to +withdraw all her troops beyond our frontiers. The army of Lutha is mobilized +before Lustadt. It is not a large army, but with the help of Serbia it should +be able to drive the Austrians from the country, provided they do not leave of +their own accord.” +</p> + +<p> +General Petko smiled. So did the American and the chancellor. Each knew that +Austria would not withdraw her army from Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +“With your majesty’s permission I will withdraw,” said the +Serbian, “and transmit Lutha’s proposition to my government; but I +may say that your majesty need have no apprehension but that a Serbian army +corps will be crossing into Lutha before noon today.” +</p> + +<p> +“And now, Prince Ludwig,” said the American after the Serbian had +bowed himself out of the apartment, “I suggest that you take immediate +steps to entrench a strong force north of Lustadt along the road to +Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann smiled as he replied. “It is already done, sire,” he +said. +</p> + +<p> +“But I passed in along the road this morning,” said Barney, +“and saw nothing of such preparations.” +</p> + +<p> +“The trenches and the soldiers were there, nevertheless, sire,” +replied the old man, “only a little gap was left on either side of the +highway that those who came and went might not suspect our plans and carry word +of them to the Austrians. A few hours will complete the link across the +road.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good! Let it be completed at once. Here is Count Zellerndorf now,” +as the minister was announced. +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann bowed himself out as the Austrian entered the king’s +presence. For the first time in two years the chancellor felt that the destiny +of Lutha was safe in the hands of her king. What had caused the metamorphosis +in Leopold he could not guess. He did not seem to be the same man that had +whined and growled at their last audience a week before. +</p> + +<p> +The Austrian minister entered the king’s presence with an expression of +ill-concealed surprise upon his face. Two days before he had left Leopold +safely ensconced at Blentz, where he was to have remained indefinitely. He +glanced hurriedly about the room in search of Prince Peter or another of the +conspirators who should have been with the king. He saw no one. The king was +speaking. The Austrian’s eyes went wider, not only at the words, but at +the tone of voice. +</p> + +<p> +“Count Zellerndorf,” said the American, “you were doubtless +aware of the embarrassment under which the king of Lutha was compelled at +Blentz to witness the entry of a foreign army within his domain. But we are not +now at Blentz. We have summoned you that you may receive from us, and transmit +to your emperor, the expression of our surprise and dismay at the unwarranted +violation of Luthanian neutrality.” +</p> + +<p> +“But, your majesty—” interrupted the Austrian. +</p> + +<p> +“But nothing, your excellency,” snapped the American. “The +moment for diplomacy is passed; the time for action has come. You will oblige +us by transmitting to your government at once a request that every Austrian +soldier now in Lutha be withdrawn by noon tomorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +Zellerndorf looked his astonishment. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you mad, sire?” he cried. “It will mean war!” +</p> + +<p> +“It is what Austria has been looking for,” snapped the American, +“and what people look for they usually get, especially if they chance to +be looking for trouble. When can you expect a reply from Vienna?” +</p> + +<p> +“By noon, your majesty,” replied the Austrian, “but are you +irretrievably bound to your present policy? Remember the power of Austria, +sire. Think of your throne. Think—” +</p> + +<p> +“We have thought of everything,” interrupted Barney. “A +throne means less to us than you may imagine, count; but the honor of Lutha +means a great deal.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap23"></a>XI.<br /> +THE BATTLE</h2> + +<p> +At five o’clock that afternoon the sidewalks bordering Margaretha Street +were crowded with promenaders. The little tables before the cafes were filled. +Nearly everyone spoke of the great war and of the peril which menaced Lutha. +Upon many a lip was open disgust at the supine attitude of Leopold of Lutha in +the face of an Austrian invasion of his country. Discontent was open. It was +ripening to something worse for Leopold than an Austrian invasion. +</p> + +<p> +Presently a sergeant of the Royal Horse Guards cantered down the street from +the palace. He stopped here and there, and, dismounting, tacked placards in +conspicuous places. At the notice, and in each instance cheers and shouting +followed the sergeant as he rode on to the next stop. +</p> + +<p> +Now, at each point men and women were gathered, eagerly awaiting an explanation +of the jubilation farther up the street. Those whom the sergeant passed called +to him for an explanation, and not receiving it, followed in a quickly growing +mob that filled Margaretha Street from wall to wall. When he dismounted he had +almost to fight his way to the post or door upon which he was to tack the next +placard. The crowd surged about him in its anxiety to read what the placard +bore, and then, between the cheering and yelling, those in the front passed +back to the crowd the tidings that filled them with so great rejoicing. +</p> + +<p> +“Leopold has declared war on Austria!” “The king calls for +volunteers!” “Long live the king!” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +The battle of Lustadt has passed into history. Outside of the little kingdom of +Lutha it received but passing notice by the world at large, whose attention was +riveted upon the great conflicts along the banks of the Meuse, the Marne, and +the Aisne. But in Lutha! Ah, it will be told and retold, handed down from mouth +to mouth and from generation to generation to the end of time. +</p> + +<p> +How the cavalry that the king sent north toward Blentz met the advancing +Austrian army. How, fighting, they fell back upon the infantry which lay, a +thin line that stretched east and west across the north of Lustadt, in its +first line of trenches. A pitifully weak line it was, numerically, in +comparison with the forces of the invaders; but it stood its ground heroically, +and from the heights to the north of the city the fire from the forts helped to +hold the enemy in check for many hours. +</p> + +<p> +And then the enemy succeeded in bringing up their heavy artillery to the ridge +that lies three miles north of the forts. Shells were bursting in the trenches, +the forts, and the city. To the south a stream of terror-stricken refugees was +pouring out of Lustadt along the King’s Road. Rich and poor, animated by +a common impulse, filled the narrow street that led to the city’s +southern gate. Carts drawn by dogs, laden donkeys, French limousines, +victorias, wheelbarrows—every conceivable wheeled vehicle and beast of +burden—were jammed in a seemingly inextricable tangle in the mad rush for +safety. +</p> + +<p> +Rumor passed back and forth through the fleeing thousands. Now came word that +Fort No. 2 had been silenced by the Austrian guns. Immediately followed news +that the Luthanian line was falling back upon the city. Fear turned to panic. +Men fought to outdistance their neighbors. +</p> + +<p> +A shell burst upon a roof-top in an adjoining square. +</p> + +<p> +Women fainted and were trampled. Hoarse shouts of anger mingled with screams of +terror, and then into the midst of it from Margaretha Street rode a man on +horseback. Behind him were a score of officers. A trumpeter raised his +instrument to his lips, and above the din of the fleeing multitude rose the +sharp, triple call that announces the coming of the king. The mob halted and +turned. +</p> + +<p> +Looking down upon them from his saddle was Leopold of Lutha. His palm was +raised for silence and there was a smile upon his lips. Quite suddenly, and as +by a miracle, fear left them. They made a line for him and his staff to ride +through. One of the officers turned in his saddle to address a civilian friend +in an automobile. +</p> + +<p> +“His majesty is riding to the firing line,” he said and he raised +his voice that many might hear. Quickly the word passed from mouth to mouth, +and as Barney Custer, of Beatrice, passed along Margaretha Street he was +followed by a mad din of cheering that drowned the booming of the distant +cannon and the bursting of the shells above the city. +</p> + +<p> +The balance of the day the pseudo-king rode back and forth along his lines. +Three of his staff were killed and two horses were shot from beneath him, but +from the moment that he appeared the Luthanian line ceased to waver or fall +back. The advanced trenches that they had abandoned to the Austrians they took +again at the point of the bayonet. Charge after charge they repulsed, and all +the time there hovered above the enemy Lutha’s sole aeroplane, watching, +watching, ever watching for the coming of the allies. Somewhere to the +northeast the Serbians were advancing toward Lustadt. Would they come in time? +</p> + +<p> +It was five o’clock in the morning of the second day, and though the +Luthanian line still held, Barney Custer knew that it could not hold for long. +The Austrian artillery fire, which had been rather wild the preceding day, had +now become of deadly accuracy. Each bursting shell filled some part of the +trenches with dead and wounded, and though their places were taken by fresh men +from the reserve, there would soon be no reserve left to call upon. +</p> + +<p> +At his left, in the rear, the American had massed the bulk of his reserves, and +at the foot of the heights north of the city and just below the forts the major +portion of the cavalry was drawn up in the shelter of a little ravine. +Barney’s eyes were fixed upon the soaring aeroplane. +</p> + +<p> +In his hand was his watch. He would wait another fifteen minutes, and if by +then the signal had not come that the Serbians were approaching, he would +strike the blow that he had decided upon. From time to time he glanced at his +watch. +</p> + +<p> +The fifteen minutes had almost elapsed when there fluttered from the tiny +monoplane a paper parachute. It dropped for several hundred feet before it +spread to the air pressure and floated more gently toward the earth and a +moment later there burst from its basket a puff of white smoke. Two more +parachutes followed the first and two more puffs of smoke. Then the machine +darted rapidly off toward the northeast. +</p> + +<p> +Barney turned to Prince von der Tann with a smile. “They are none too +soon,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +The old prince bowed in acquiescence. He had been very happy for two days. +Lutha might be defeated now, but she could never be subdued. She had a king at +last—a real king. Gott! How he had changed. It reminded Prince von der +Tann of the day he had ridden beside the impostor two years before in the +battle with the forces of Peter of Blentz. Many times he had caught himself +scrutinizing the face of the monarch, searching for some proof that after all +he was not Leopold. +</p> + +<p> +“Direct the commanders of forts three and four to concentrate their fire +on the enemy’s guns directly north of Fort No. 3,” Barney directed +an aide. “Simultaneously let the cavalry and Colonel Kazov’s +infantry make a determined assault on the Austrian trenches.” +</p> + +<p> +Then he turned his horse toward the left of his line, where, a little to the +rear, lay the fresh troops that he had been holding in readiness against this +very moment. As he galloped across the plain, his staff at his heels, shrapnel +burst about them. Von der Tann spurred to his side. +</p> + +<p> +“Sire,” he cried, “it is unnecessary that you take such grave +risks. Your staff is ready and willing to perform such service that you may be +preserved to your people and your throne.” +</p> + +<p> +“I believe the men fight better when they think their king is watching +them,” said the American simply. +</p> + +<p> +“I know it, sire,” replied Von der Tann, “but even so, Lutha +could ill afford to lose you now. I thank God, your majesty, that I have lived +to see this day—to see the last of the Rubinroths upholding the glorious +traditions of the Rubinroth blood.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney led the reserves slowly through the wood to the rear of the extreme left +of his line. The attack upon the Austrian right center appeared to be meeting +with much greater success than the American dared to hope for. Already, through +his glasses, he could see indications that the enemy was concentrating a larger +force at this point to repulse the vicious assaults of the Luthanians. To do +this they must be drawing from their reserves back of other portions of their +line. +</p> + +<p> +It was what Barney had desired. The three bombs from the aeroplane had told him +that the Serbians had been sighted three miles away. Already they were engaging +the Austrians. He could hear the rattle of rifles and quick-firers and the roar +of cannon far to the northeast. And now he gave the word to the commander of +the reserve. +</p> + +<p> +At a rapid trot the men moved forward behind the extreme left end of the +Luthanian left wing. They were almost upon the Austrians before they emerged +from the shelter of the wood, and then with hoarse shouts and leveled bayonets +they charged the enemy’s position. The fight there was the bloodiest of +the two long days. Back and forth the tide of battle surged. In the thick of it +rode the false king encouraging his men to greater effort. Slowly at last they +bore the Austrians from their trenches. Back and back they bore them until +retreat became a rout. The Austrian right was crumpled back upon its center! +</p> + +<p> +Here the enemy made a determined stand; but just before dark a great shouting +arose from the heights to their left, where the bulk of their artillery was +stationed. Both the Luthanian and Austrian troops engaged in the plain saw +Austrian infantry and artillery running down the slopes in disorderly rout. +Upon their heads came a cheering line of soldiers firing as they ran, and above +them waved the battleflag of Serbia. +</p> + +<p> +A mighty shout rose from the Luthanian ranks—an answering groan from the +throats of the Austrians. Hemmed in between the two lines of allies, the +Austrians were helpless. Their artillery was captured, retreat cut off. There +was but a single alternative to massacre—the white flag. +</p> + +<p> +A few regiments between Lustadt and Blentz, but nearer the latter town, escaped +back into Austria, the balance Barney arranged with the Serbian minister to +have taken back to Serbia as prisoners of war. The Luthanian army corps that +the American had promised the Serbs was to be utilized along the Austrian +frontier to prevent the passage of Austrian troops into Serbia through Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +The return to Lustadt after the battle was made through cheering troops and +along streets choked with joy-mad citizenry. The name of the soldier-king was +upon every tongue. Men went wild with enthusiasm as the tall figure rode slowly +through the crowd toward the palace. +</p> + +<p> +Von der Tann, grim and martial, found his lids damp with the moisture of a +great happiness. Even now with all the proofs of reality about him, it seemed +impossible that this scene could be aught but the ephemeral vapors of a +dream—that Leopold of Lutha, the coward, the craven, could have become in +a single day the heroic figure that had loomed so large upon the battlefield of +Lustadt—the simple, modest gentleman who received the plaudits of his +subjects with bowed head and humble mien. +</p> + +<p> +As Barney Custer rode up Margaretha Street toward the royal palace of the kings +of Lutha, a dust-covered horseman in the uniform of an officer of the Horse +Guards entered Lustadt from the south. It was the young aide of Prince von der +Tann’s staff, who had been sent to Blentz nearly a week earlier with a +message for the king, and who had been captured and held by the Austrians. +</p> + +<p> +During the battle before Lustadt all the Austrian troops had been withdrawn +from Blentz and hurried to the front. It was then that the aide had been +transferred to the castle, from which he had escaped early that morning. To +reach Lustadt he had been compelled to circle the Austrian position, coming to +Lustadt from the south. +</p> + +<p> +Once within the city he rode straight to the palace, flung himself from his +jaded mount, and entered the left wing of the building—the wing in which +the private apartments of the chancellor were located. +</p> + +<p> +Here he inquired for the Princess Emma, learning with evident relief that she +was there. A moment later, white with dust, his face streamed with sweat, he +was ushered into her presence. +</p> + +<p> +“Your highness,” he blurted, “the king’s commands have +been disregarded—the American is to be shot tomorrow. I have just escaped +from Blentz. Peter is furious. He realizes that whether the Austrians win or +lose, his standing with the king is gone forever. +</p> + +<p> +“In a fit of rage he has ordered that Mr. Custer be sacrificed to his +desire for revenge, in the hope that it will insure for him the favor of the +Austrians. Something must be done at once if he is to be saved.” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment the girl swayed as though about to fall. The young officer stepped +quickly to support her, but before he reached her side she had regained +complete mastery of herself. From the street without there rose the blare of +trumpets and the cheering of the populace. +</p> + +<p> +Through senses numb with the cold of anguish the meaning of the tumult slowly +filtered to her brain—the king had come. He was returning from the +battlefield, covered with honors and flushed with glory—the man who was +to be her husband; but there was no rejoicing in the heart of the Princess +Emma. +</p> + +<p> +Instead, there was a dull ache and impotent rebellion at the injustice of the +thing—that Leopold should be reaping these great rewards, while he who +had made it possible for him to be a king at all was to die on the morrow +because of what he had done to place the Rubinroth upon his throne. +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps Lieutenant Butzow might find a way,” suggested the +officer. “He or your father; they are both fond of Mr. Custer.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said the girl dully, “see Lieutenant Butzow—he +would do the most.” +</p> + +<p> +The officer bowed and hastened from the apartment in search of Butzow. The girl +approached the window and stood there for a long time, looking out at the +surging multitude that pressed around the palace gates, filling Margaretha +Street with a solid mass of happy faces. +</p> + +<p> +They cheered the king, the chancellor, the army; but most often they cheered +the king. From a despised monarch Leopold had risen in a single bound to the +position of a national idol. +</p> + +<p> +Repeatedly he was called to the balcony over the grand entrance that the people +might feast their eyes on him. The princess wondered how long it was before she +herself would be forced to offer her congratulations and, perchance, suffer his +caresses. She shivered and cringed at the thought, and then there came a knock +upon the door, and in answer to her permission it opened, and the king stood +upon the threshold alone. +</p> + +<p> +At a glance the man took in the pain and sorrow mirrored upon the girl’s +face. He stepped quickly across the room toward her. +</p> + +<p> +“What is it?” he asked. “What is the matter?” +</p> + +<p> +For a moment he had forgotten the part that he had been playing—forgot +that the Princess Emma was ignorant of his identity. He had come to her to +share with her the happiness of the hour—the glory of the victorious arms +of Lutha. For a time he had almost forgotten that he was not the king, and now +he was forgetting that he was not Barney Custer to the girl who stood before +him with misery and hopelessness writ so large upon her countenance. +</p> + +<p> +For a brief instant the girl did not reply. She was weighing the problematical +value of an attempt to enlist the king in the cause of the American. Leopold +had shown a spark of magnanimity when he had written a pardon for Mr. Custer; +might he not rise again above his petty jealousy and save the American’s +life? It was a forlorn hope to the woman who knew the true Leopold so well; but +it was a hope. +</p> + +<p> +“What is the matter?” the king repeated. +</p> + +<p> +“I have just received word that Prince Peter has ignored your commands, +sire,” replied the girl, “and that Mr. Custer is to be shot +tomorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney’s eyes went wide with incredulity. Here was a pretty pass, indeed! +The princess came close to him and seized his arm. +</p> + +<p> +“You promised, sire,” she said, “that he would not be +harmed—you gave your royal word. You can save him. You have an army at +your command. Do not forget that he once saved you.” +</p> + +<p> +The note of appeal in her voice and the sorrow in her eyes gave Barney Custer a +twinge of compunction. The necessity for longer concealing his identity in so +far as the salvation of Lutha was concerned seemed past; but the American had +intended to carry the deception to the end. +</p> + +<p> +He had given the matter much thought, but he could find no grounds for belief +that Emma von der Tann would be any happier in the knowledge that her future +husband had had nothing to do with the victory of his army. If she was doomed +to a life at his side, why not permit her the grain of comfort that she might +derive from the memory of her husband’s achievements upon the battlefield +of Lustadt? Why rob her of that little? +</p> + +<p> +But now, face to face with her, and with the evidence of her suffering so plain +before him, Barney’s intentions wavered. Like most fighting men, he was +tender in his dealings with women. And now the last straw came in the form of a +single tiny tear that trickled down the girl’s cheek. He seized the hand +that lay upon his arm. +</p> + +<p> +“Your highness,” he said, “do not grieve for the American. He +is not worth it. He has deceived you. He is not at Blentz.” +</p> + +<p> +The girl drew her hand from his and straightened to her full height. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you mean, sire?” she exclaimed. “Mr. Custer would +not deceive me even if he had an opportunity—which he has not had. But if +he is not at Blentz, where is he?” +</p> + +<p> +Barney bowed his head and looked at the floor. +</p> + +<p> +“He is here, your highness, asking your forgiveness,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +There was a puzzled expression upon the girl’s face as she looked at the +man before her. She did not understand. Why should she? Barney drew a diamond +ring from his little finger and held it out to her. +</p> + +<p> +“You gave it to me to cut a hole in the window of the garage where I +stole the automobile,” he said. “I forgot to return it. Now do you +know who I am?” +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann’s eyes showed her incredulity; then, act by act, she +recalled all that this man had said and done since they had escaped from Blentz +that had been so unlike the king she knew. +</p> + +<p> +“When did you assume the king’s identity?” she asked. +</p> + +<p> +Barney told her all that had transpired in the king’s apartments at +Blentz before she had been conducted to the king’s presence. +</p> + +<p> +“And Leopold is there now?” she asked. +</p> + +<p> +“He is there,” replied Barney, “and he is to be shot in the +morning.” +</p> + +<p> +“Gott!” exclaimed the girl. “What are we to do?” +</p> + +<p> +“There is but one thing to do,” replied the American, “and +that is for Butzow and me to ride to Blentz as fast as horses will carry us and +rescue the king.” +</p> + +<p> +“And then?” asked the girl, a shadow crossing her face. +</p> + +<p> +“And then Barney Custer will have to beat it for the boundary,” he +replied with a sorry smile. +</p> + +<p> +She came quite close to him, laying her hands upon his shoulders. +</p> + +<p> +“I cannot give you up now,” she said simply. “I have tried to +be loyal to Leopold and the promise that my father made his king when I was +only a little girl; but since I thought that you were to be shot, I have wished +a thousand times that I had gone with you to America two years ago. Take me +with you now, Barney. We can send Lieutenant Butzow to rescue the king, and +before he has returned we can be safe across the Serbian frontier.” +</p> + +<p> +The American shook his head. +</p> + +<p> +“I got the king into this mess and I must get him out,” he said. +“He may deserve to be shot, but it is up to me to prevent it, if I can. +And there is your father to consider. If Butzow rides to Blentz and rescues the +king, it may be difficult to get him back to Lustadt without the truth of his +identity and mine becoming known. With me there, the change can be effected +easily, and not even Butzow need know what has happened. +</p> + +<p> +“If the people should guess that it was not Leopold who won the battle of +Lustadt there might be the devil to pay, and your father would go down along +with the throne. No, I must stay until Leopold is safe in Lustadt. But there is +a hope for us. I may be able to wrest from Leopold his sanction of our +marriage. I shall not hesitate to use threats to get it, and I rather imagine +that he will be in such a terror-stricken condition that he will assent to any +terms for his release from Blentz. If he gives me such a paper, Emma, will you +marry me?” +</p> + +<p> +Perhaps there never had been a stranger proposal than this; but to neither did +it seem strange. For two years each had known the love of the other. The +girl’s betrothal to the king had prevented an avowal of their love while +Barney posed in his own identity. Now they merely accepted the conditions that +had existed for two years as though a matter of fact which had been often +discussed between them. +</p> + +<p> +“Of course I’ll marry you,” said the princess. “Why in +the world would I want you to take me to America otherwise?” +</p> + +<p> +As Barney Custer took her in his arms he was happier than he had ever before +been in all his life, and so, too, was the Princess Emma von der Tann. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap24"></a>XII.<br /> +LEOPOLD WAITS FOR DAWN</h2> + +<p> +After the American had shoved him through the secret doorway into the tower +room of the castle of Blentz, Leopold had stood for several minutes waiting for +the next command from his captor. Presently, hearing no sound other than that +of his own breathing, the king ventured to speak. He asked the American what he +purposed doing with him next. +</p> + +<p> +There was no reply. For another minute the king listened intently; then he +raised his hands and removed the bandage from his eyes. He looked about him. +The room was vacant except for himself. He recognized it as the one in which he +had spent ten years of his life as a prisoner. He shuddered. What had become of +the American? He approached the door and listened. Beyond the panels he could +hear the two soldiers on guard there conversing. He called to them. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you want?” shouted one of the men through the closed door. +</p> + +<p> +“I want Prince Peter!” yelled the king. “Send him at +once!” +</p> + +<p> +The soldiers laughed. +</p> + +<p> +“He wants Prince Peter,” they mocked. “Wouldn’t you +rather have us send the king to you?” they asked. +</p> + +<p> +“I am the king!” yelled Leopold. “I am the king! Open the +door, pigs, or it will go hard with you! I shall have you both shot in the +morning if you do not open the door and fetch Prince Peter.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” exclaimed one of the soldiers. “Then there will be +three of us shot together.” +</p> + +<p> +Leopold went white. He had not connected the sentence of the American with +himself; but now, quite vividly, he realized what it might mean to him if he +failed before dawn to convince someone that he was not the American. Peter +would not be awake at so early an hour, and if he had no better success with +others than he was having with these soldiers, it was possible that he might be +led out and shot before his identity was discovered. The thing was +preposterous. The king’s knees became suddenly quite weak. They shook, +and his legs gave beneath his weight so that he had to lean against the back of +a chair to keep from falling. +</p> + +<p> +Once more he turned to the soldiers. This time he pleaded with them, begging +them to carry word to Prince Peter that a terrible mistake had been made, and +that it was the king and not the American who was confined in the death +chamber. But the soldiers only laughed at him, and finally threatened to come +in and beat him if he again interrupted their conversation. +</p> + +<p> +It was a white and shaken prisoner that the officer of the guard found when he +entered the room at dawn. The man before him, his face streaked with tears of +terror and self-pity, fell upon his knees before him, beseeching him to carry +word to Peter of Blentz, that he was the king. The officer drew away with a +gesture of disgust. +</p> + +<p> +“I might well believe from your actions that you are Leopold,” he +said; “for, by Heaven, you do not act as I have always imagined the +American would act in the face of danger. He has a reputation for bravery that +would suffer could his admirers see him now.” +</p> + +<p> +“But I am not the American,” pleaded the king. “I tell you +that the American came to my apartments last night, overpowered me, forced me +to change clothing with him, and then led me back here.” +</p> + +<p> +A sudden inspiration came to the king with the memory of all that had +transpired during that humiliating encounter with the American. +</p> + +<p> +“I signed a pardon for him!” he cried. “He forced me to do +so. If you think I am the American, you cannot kill me now, for there is a +pardon signed by the king, and an order for the American’s immediate +release. Where is it? Do not tell me that Prince Peter did not receive +it.” +</p> + +<p> +“He received it,” replied the officer, “and I am here to +acquaint you with the fact, but Prince Peter said nothing about your release. +All he told me was that you were not to be shot this morning,” and the +man emphasized the last two words. +</p> + +<p> +Leopold of Lutha spent two awful days a prisoner at Blentz, not knowing at what +moment Prince Peter might see fit to carry out the verdict of the Austrian +court martial. He could convince no one that he was the king. Peter would not +even grant him an audience. Upon the evening of the third day, word came that +the Austrians had been defeated before Lustadt, and those that were not +prisoners were retreating through Blentz toward the Austrian frontier. +</p> + +<p> +The news filtered to Leopold’s prison room through the servant who +brought him his scant and rough fare. The king was utterly disheartened before +this word reached him. For the moment he seemed to see a ray of hope, for, +since the impostor had been victorious, he would be in a position to force +Peter of Blentz to give up the true king. +</p> + +<p> +There was the chance that the American, flushed with success and power, might +elect to hold the crown he had seized. Who would guess the transfer that had +been effected, or, guessing, would dare voice his suspicions in the face of the +power and popularity that Leopold knew such a victory as the impostor had won +must have given him in the hearts and minds of the people of Lutha? Still, +there was a bare possibility that the American would be as good as his word, +and return the crown as he had promised. Though he hated to admit it, the king +had every reason to believe that the impostor was a man of honor, whose bare +word was as good as another’s bond. +</p> + +<p> +He was commencing, under this line of reasoning, to achieve a certain hopeful +content when the door to his prison opened and Peter of Blentz, black and +scowling, entered. At his elbow was Captain Ernst Maenck. +</p> + +<p> +“Leopold has defeated the Austrians,” announced the former. +“Until you returned to Lutha he considered the Austrians his best +friends. I do not know how you could have reached or influenced him. It is to +learn how you accomplished it that I am here. The fact that he signed your +pardon indicates that his attitude toward you changed suddenly—almost +within an hour. There is something at the bottom of it all, and that something +I must know.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am Leopold!” cried the king. “Don’t you recognize +me, Prince Peter? Look at me! Maenck must know me. It was I who wrote and +signed the American’s pardon—at the point of the American’s +revolver. He forced me to exchange clothing with him, and then he brought me +here to this room and left me.” +</p> + +<p> +The two men looked at the speaker and smiled. +</p> + +<p> +“You bank too strongly, my friend,” said Peter of Blentz, +“upon your resemblance to the king of Lutha. I will admit that it is +strong, but not so strong as to convince me of the truth of so improbable a +story. How in the world could the American have brought you through the castle, +from one end to the other, unseen? There was a guard before the king’s +door and another before this. No, Herr Custer, you will have to concoct a more +plausible tale. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” and Peter of Blentz scowled savagely, as though to impress +upon his listener the importance of his next utterance, “there were more +than you and the king involved in his sudden departure from Blentz and in his +hasty change of policy toward Austria. To be quite candid, it seems to me that +it may be necessary to my future welfare—vitally necessary, I may +say—to know precisely how all this occurred, and just what influence you +have over Leopold of Lutha. Who was it that acted as the go-between in the +king’s negotiations with you, or rather, yours with the king? And what +argument did you bring to bear to force Leopold to the action he took?” +</p> + +<p> +“I have told you all that I know about the matter,” whined the +king. “The American appeared suddenly in my apartment. When he brought me +here he first blindfolded me. I have no idea by what route we traveled through +the castle, and unless your guards outside this door were bribed they can tell +you more about how we got in here than I can—provided we entered through +that doorway,” and the king pointed to the door which had just opened to +admit his two visitors. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, pshaw!” exclaimed Maenck. “There is but one door to this +room—if the king came in here at all, he came through that door.” +</p> + +<p> +“Enough!” cried Peter of Blentz. “I shall not be trifled with +longer. I shall give you until tomorrow morning to make a full explanation of +the truth and to form some plan whereby you may utilize once more whatever +influence you had over Leopold to the end that he grant to myself and my +associates his royal assurance that our lives and property will be safe in +Lutha.” +</p> + +<p> +“But I tell you it is impossible,” wailed the king. +</p> + +<p> +“I think not,” sneered Prince Peter, “especially when I tell +you that if you do not accede to my wishes the order of the Austrian military +court that sentenced you to death at Burgova will be carried out in the +morning.” +</p> + +<p> +With his final words the two men turned and left the room. Behind them, upon +the floor, inarticulate with terror, knelt Leopold of Lutha, his hands +outstretched in supplication. +</p> + +<p> +The long night wore its weary way to dawn at last. The sleepless man, +alternately tossing upon his bed and pacing the floor, looked fearfully from +time to time at the window through which the lightening of the sky would +proclaim the coming day and his last hour on earth. His windows faced the west. +At the foot of the hill beneath the castle nestled the village of Blentz, once +more enveloped in peaceful silence since the Austrians were gone. +</p> + +<p> +An unmistakable lessening of the darkness in the east had just announced the +proximity of day, when the king heard a clatter of horses’ hoofs upon the +road before the castle. The sound ceased at the gates and a loud voice broke +out upon the stillness of the dying night demanding entrance “in the name +of the king.” +</p> + +<p> +New hope burst aflame in the breast of the condemned man. The impostor had not +forsaken him. Leopold ran to the window, leaning far out. He heard the voices +of the sentries in the barbican as they conversed with the newcomers. Then +silence came, broken only by the rapid footsteps of a soldier hastening from +the gate to the castle. His hobnail shoes pounding upon the cobbles of the +courtyard echoed among the angles of the lofty walls. When he had entered the +castle the silence became oppressive. For five minutes there was no sound other +than the pawing of the horses outside the barbican and the subdued conversation +of their riders. +</p> + +<p> +Presently the soldier emerged from the castle. With him was an officer. The two +went to the barbican. Again there was a parley between the horsemen and the +guard. Leopold could hear the officer demanding terms. He would lower the +drawbridge and admit them upon conditions. +</p> + +<p> +One of these the king overheard—it concerned an assurance of full pardon +for Peter of Blentz and the garrison; and again Leopold heard the officer +addressing someone as “your majesty.” +</p> + +<p> +Ah, the impostor was there in person. Ach, Gott! How Leopold of Lutha hated +him, and yet, in the hands of this American lay not only his throne but his +very life as well. +</p> + +<p> +Evidently the negotiations proved unsuccessful for after a time the party +wheeled their horses from the gate and rode back toward Blentz. As the sound of +the iron-shod hoofs diminished in the distance, with them diminished the hopes +of the king. +</p> + +<p> +When they ceased entirely his hopes were at an end, to be supplanted by renewed +terror at the turning of the knob of his prison door as it swung open to admit +Maenck and a squad of soldiers. +</p> + +<p> +“Come!” ordered the captain. “The king has refused to +intercede in your behalf. When he returns with his army he will find your body +at the foot of the west wall in the courtyard.” +</p> + +<p> +With an ear-piercing shriek that rang through the grim old castle, Leopold of +Lutha flung his arms above his head and lunged forward upon his face. Roughly +the soldiers seized the unconscious man and dragged him from the room. +</p> + +<p> +Along the corridor they hauled him and down the winding stairs within the north +tower to the narrow slit of a door that opened upon the courtyard. To the foot +of the west wall they brought him, tossing him brutally to the stone flagging. +Here one of the soldiers brought a flagon of water and dashed it in the face of +the king. The cold douche returned Leopold to a consciousness of the nearness +of his impending fate. +</p> + +<p> +He saw the little squad of soldiers before him. He saw the cold, gray wall +behind, and, above, the cold, gray sky of early dawn. The dismal men leaning +upon their shadowy guns seemed unearthly specters in the weird light of the +hour that is neither God’s day nor devil’s night. With difficulty +two of them dragged Leopold to his feet. +</p> + +<p> +Then the dismal men formed in line before him at the opposite side of the +courtyard. Maenck stood to the left of them. He was giving commands. They fell +upon the doomed man’s ears with all the cruelty of physical blows. Tears +coursed down his white cheeks. With incoherent mumblings he begged for his +life. Leopold, King of Lutha, trembling in the face of death! +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap25"></a>XIII.<br /> +THE TWO KINGS</h2> + +<p> +Twenty troopers had ridden with Lieutenant Butzow and the false king from +Lustadt to Blentz. During the long, hard ride there had been little or no +conversation between the American and his friend, for Butzow was still +unsuspicious of the true identity of the man who posed as the ruler of Lutha. +The lieutenant was all anxiety to reach Blentz and rescue the American he +thought imprisoned there and in danger of being shot. +</p> + +<p> +At the gate they were refused admittance unless the king would accept +conditions. Barney refused—there was another way to gain entrance to +Blentz that not even the master of Blentz knew. Butzow urged him to accede to +anything to save the life of the American. He recalled all that the latter had +done in the service of Lutha and Leopold. Barney leaned close to the +other’s ear. +</p> + +<p> +“If they have not already shot him,” he whispered, “we shall +save the prisoner yet. Let them think that we give up and are returning to +Lustadt. Then follow me.” +</p> + +<p> +Slowly the little cavalcade rode down from the castle of Blentz toward the +village. Just out of sight of the grim pile where the road wound down into a +ravine Barney turned his horse’s head up the narrow defile. In single +file Butzow and the troopers followed until the rank undergrowth precluded +farther advance. Here the American directed that they dismount, and, leaving +the horses in charge of three troopers, set out once more with the balance of +the company on foot. +</p> + +<p> +It was with difficulty that the men forced their way through the bushes, but +they had not gone far when their leader stopped before a sheer wall of earth +and stone, covered with densely growing shrubbery. Here he groped in the dim +light, feeling his way with his hands before him, while at his heels came his +followers. At last he separated a wall of bushes and disappeared within the +aperture his hands had made. One by one his men followed, finding themselves in +inky darkness, but upon a smooth stone floor and with stone walls close upon +either hand. Those who lifted their hands above their heads discovered an +arched stone ceiling close above them. +</p> + +<p> +Along this buried corridor the “king” led them, for though he had +never traversed it himself the Princess Emma had, and from her he had received +minute directions. Occasionally he struck a match, and presently in the fitful +glare of one of these he and those directly behind him saw the foot of a ladder +that disappeared in the Stygian darkness above. +</p> + +<p> +“Follow me up this, very quietly,” he said to those behind him. +“Up to the third landing.” +</p> + +<p> +They did as he bid them. At the third landing Barney felt for the latch he knew +was there—he was on familiar ground now. Finding it he pushed open the +door it held in place, and through a tiny crack surveyed the room beyond. It +was vacant. The American threw the door wide and stepped within. Directly +behind him was Butzow, his eyes wide in wonderment. After him filed the +troopers until seventeen of them stood behind their lieutenant and the +“king.” +</p> + +<p> +Through the window overlooking the courtyard came a piteous wailing. Barney ran +to the casement and looked out. Butzow was at his side. +</p> + +<p> +“<i>Himmel!</i>” ejaculated the Luthanian. “They are about to +shoot him. Quick, your majesty,” and without waiting to see if he were +followed the lieutenant raced for the door of the apartment. Close behind him +came the American and the seventeen. +</p> + +<p> +It took but a moment to reach the stairway down which the rescuers tumbled +pell-mell. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck was giving his commands to the firing squad with fiendish deliberation +and delay. He seemed to enjoy dragging out the agony that the condemned man +suffered. But it was this very cruelty that caused Maenck’s undoing and +saved the life of Leopold of Lutha. Just before he gave the word to fire Maenck +paused and laughed aloud at the pitiable figure trembling and whining against +the stone wall before him, and during that pause a commotion arose at the tower +doorway behind the firing squad. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck turned to discover the cause of the interruption, and as he turned he +saw the figure of the king leaping toward him with leveled revolver. At the +king’s back a company of troopers of the Royal Horse Guard was pouring +into the courtyard. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck snatched his own revolver from his hip and fired point-blank at the +“king.” The firing squad had turned at the sound of assault from +the rear. Some of them discharged their pieces at the advancing troopers. +Butzow gave a command and seventeen carbines poured their deadly hail into the +ranks of the Blentz retainers. At Maenck’s shot the “king” +staggered and fell to the pavement. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck leaped across his prostrate form, yelling to his men “Shoot the +American.” Then he was lost to Barney’s sight in the hand-to-hand +scrimmage that was taking place. The American tried to regain his feet, but the +shock of the wound in his breast had apparently paralyzed him for the moment. A +Blentz soldier was running toward the prisoner standing open-mouthed against +the wall. The fellow’s rifle was raised to his hip—his intention +was only too obvious. +</p> + +<p> +Barney drew himself painfully and slowly to one elbow. The man was rapidly +nearing the true Leopold. In another moment he would shoot. The American raised +his revolver and, taking careful aim, fired. The soldier shrieked, covered his +face with his hands, spun around once, and dropped at the king’s feet. +</p> + +<p> +The troopers under Butzow were forcing the men of Blentz toward the far end of +the courtyard. Two of the Blentz faction were standing a little apart, backing +slowly away and at the same time deliberately firing at the king. Barney seemed +the only one who noticed them. Once again he raised his revolver and fired. One +of the men sat down suddenly, looked vacantly about him, and then rolled over +upon his side. The other fired once more at the king and the same instant +Barney fired at the soldier. Soldier and king—would-be assassin and his +victim—fell simultaneously. Barney grimaced. The wound in his breast was +painful. He had done his best to save the king. It was no fault of his that he +had failed. It was a long way to Beatrice. He wondered if Emma von der Tann +would be on the station platform, awaiting him—then he swooned. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow and his seventeen had it all their own way in the courtyard and castle +of Blentz. After the first resistance the soldiery of Peter fled to the +guardroom. Butzow followed them, and there they laid down their arms. Then the +lieutenant returned to the courtyard to look for the king and Barney Custer. He +found them both, and both were wounded. He had them carried to the royal +apartments in the north tower. When Barney regained consciousness he found the +scowling portrait of the Blentz princess frowning down upon him. He lay upon a +great bed where the soldiers, thinking him king, had placed him. Opposite him, +against the farther wall, the real king lay upon a cot. Butzow was working over +him. +</p> + +<p> +“Not so bad, after all, Barney,” the lieutenant was saying. +“Only a flesh wound in the calf of the leg.” +</p> + +<p> +The king made no reply. He was afraid to declare his identity. First he must +learn the intentions of the impostor. He only closed his eyes wearily. +Presently he asked a question. +</p> + +<p> +“Is he badly wounded?” and he indicated the figure upon the great +bed. +</p> + +<p> +Butzow turned and crossed to where the American lay. He saw that the +latter’s eyes were open and that he was conscious. +</p> + +<p> +“How does your majesty feel?” he asked. There was more respect in +his tone than ever before. One of the Blentz soldiers had told him how the +“king,” after being wounded by Maenck, had raised himself upon his +elbow and saved the prisoner’s life by shooting three of his assailants. +</p> + +<p> +“I thought I was done for,” answered Barney Custer, “but I +rather guess the bullet struck only a glancing blow. It couldn’t have +entered my lungs, for I neither cough nor spit blood. To tell you the truth, I +feel surprisingly fit. How’s the prisoner?” +</p> + +<p> +“Only a flesh wound in the calf of his left leg, sire,” replied +Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“I am glad,” was Barney’s only comment. He didn’t want +to be king of Lutha; but he had foreseen that with the death of the king his +imposture might be forced upon him for life. +</p> + +<p> +After Butzow and one of the troopers had washed and dressed the wounds of both +men Barney asked them to leave the room. +</p> + +<p> +“I wish to sleep,” he said. “If I require you I will +ring.” +</p> + +<p> +Saluting, the two backed from the apartment. Just as they were passing through +the doorway the American called out to Butzow. +</p> + +<p> +“You have Peter of Blentz and Maenck in custody?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“I regret having to report to your majesty,” replied the officer, +“that both must have escaped. A thorough search of the entire castle has +failed to reveal them.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney scowled. He had hoped to place these two conspirators once and for all +where they would never again threaten the peace of the throne of Lutha—in +hell. For a moment he lay in thought. Then he addressed the officer again. +</p> + +<p> +“Leave your force here,” he said, “to guard us. Ride, +yourself, to Lustadt and inform Prince von der Tann that it is the king’s +desire that every effort be made to capture these two men. Have them brought to +Lustadt immediately they are apprehended. Bring them dead or alive.” +</p> + +<p> +Again Butzow saluted and prepared to leave the room. +</p> + +<p> +“Wait,” said Barney. “Convey our greetings to the Princess +von der Tann, and inform her that my wound is of small importance, as is also +that of the—Mr. Custer. You may go, lieutenant.” +</p> + +<p> +When they were alone Barney turned toward the king. The other lay upon his side +glaring at the American. When he caught the latter’s eyes upon him he +spoke. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you intend doing with me?” he said. “Are you going +to keep your word and return my identity?” +</p> + +<p> +“I have promised,” replied Barney, “and what I promise I +always perform.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then exchange clothing with me at once,” cried the king, half +rising from his cot. +</p> + +<p> +“Not so fast, my friend,” rejoined the American. “There are a +few trifling details to be arranged before we resume our proper +personalities.” +</p> + +<p> +“Do you realize that you should be hanged for what you have done?” +snarled the king. “You assaulted me, stole my clothing, left me here to +be shot by Peter, and sat upon my throne in Lustadt while I lay a prisoner +condemned to death.” +</p> + +<p> +“And do you realize,” replied Barney, “that by so doing I +saved your foolish little throne for you; that I drove the invaders from your +dominions; that I have unmasked your enemies, and that I have once again proven +to you that the Prince von der Tann is your best friend and most loyal +supporter?” +</p> + +<p> +“You laid your plebeian hands upon me,” cried the king, raising his +voice. “You humiliated me, and you shall suffer for it.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer eyed the king for a long moment before he spoke again. It was +difficult to believe that the man was so devoid of gratitude, and so blind as +not to see that even the rough treatment that he had received at the +American’s hands was as nothing by comparison with the service that the +American had done him. Apparently Leopold had already forgotten that three +times Barney Custer had saved his life in the courtyard below. From the +man’s demeanor, now that his life was no longer at stake, Barney caught +an inkling of what his attitude might be when once again he was returned to the +despotic power of his kingship. +</p> + +<p> +“It is futile to reason with you,” he said. “There is only +one way to handle such as you. At present I hold the power to coerce you, and I +shall continue to hold that power until I am safely out of your two-by-four +kingdom. If you do as I say you shall have your throne back again. If you +refuse, why by Heaven you shall never have it. I’ll stay king of Lutha +myself.” +</p> + +<p> +“What are your terms?” asked the king. +</p> + +<p> +“That Prince Peter of Blentz, Captain Ernst Maenck, and old Von Coblich +be tried, convicted, and hanged for high treason,” replied the American. +</p> + +<p> +“That is easy,” said the king. “I should do so anyway +immediately I resumed my throne. Now get up and give me my clothes. Take this +cot and I will take the bed. None will know of the exchange.” +</p> + +<p> +“Again you are too fast,” answered Barney. “There is another +condition.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“You must promise upon your royal honor that Ludwig, Prince von der Tann, +remain chancellor of Lutha during your life or his.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” assented the king. “I promise,” and again +he half rose from his cot. +</p> + +<p> +“Hold on a minute,” admonished the American; “there is yet +one more condition of which I have not made mention.” +</p> + +<p> +“What, another?” exclaimed Leopold testily. “How much do you +want for returning to me what you have stolen?” +</p> + +<p> +“So far I have asked for nothing for myself,” replied Barney. +“Now I am coming to that part of the agreement. The Princess Emma von der +Tann is betrothed to you. She does not love you. She has honored me with her +affection, but she will not wed until she has been formally released from her +promise to wed Leopold of Lutha. The king must sign such a release and also a +sanction of her marriage to Barney Custer, of Beatrice. Do you understand what +I want?” +</p> + +<p> +The king went livid. He came to his feet beside the cot. For the moment, his +wound was forgotten. He tottered toward the impostor. +</p> + +<p> +“You scoundrel!” he screamed. “You scoundrel! You have stolen +my identity and my throne and now you wish to steal the woman who loves +me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t get excited, Leo,” warned the American, “and +don’t talk so loud. The Princess doesn’t love you, and you know it +as well as I. She will never marry you. If you want your dinky throne back +you’ll have to do as I desire; that is, sign the release and the +sanction. +</p> + +<p> +“Now let’s don’t have any heroics about it. You have the +proposition. Now I am going to sleep. In the meantime you may think it over. If +the papers are not ready when it comes time for us to leave, and from the way I +feel now I rather think I shall be ready to mount a horse by morning, I shall +ride back to Lustadt as king of Lutha, and I shall marry her highness into the +bargain, and you may go hang! +</p> + +<p> +“How the devil you will earn a living with that king job taken away from +you I don’t know. You’re a long way from New York, and in the +present state of carnage in Europe I rather doubt that there are many +headwaiters jobs open this side of the American metropolis, and I can’t +for the moment think of anything else at which you would shine—with all +due respect to some excellent headwaiters I have known.” +</p> + +<p> +For some time the king remained silent. He was thinking. He realized that it +lay in the power of the American to do precisely what he had threatened to do. +No one would doubt his identity. Even Peter of Blentz had not recognized the +real king despite Leopold’s repeated and hysterical claims. +</p> + +<p> +Lieutenant Butzow, the American’s best friend, had no more suspected the +exchange of identities. Von der Tann, too, must have been deceived. Everyone +had been deceived. There was no hope that the people, who really saw so little +of their king, would guess the deception that was being played upon them. +Leopold groaned. Barney opened his eyes and turned toward him. +</p> + +<p> +“What’s the matter?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“I will sign the release and the sanction of her highness’ marriage +to you,” said the king. +</p> + +<p> +“Good!” exclaimed the American. “You will then go at once to +Brosnov as originally planned. I will return to Lustadt and get her highness, +and we will immediately leave Lutha via Brosnov. There you and I will effect a +change of raiment, and you will ride back to Lustadt with the small guard that +accompanies her highness and me to the frontier.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you not remain in Lustadt?” asked the king. “You +could as well be married there as elsewhere.” +</p> + +<p> +“Because I don’t trust your majesty,” replied the American. +“It must be done precisely as I say or not at all. Are you +agreeable?” +</p> + +<p> +The king assented with a grumpy nod. +</p> + +<p> +“Then get up and write as I dictate,” said Barney. Leopold of Lutha +did as he was bid. The result was two short, crisply worded documents. At the +bottom of each was the signature of Leopold of Lutha. Barney took the two +papers and carefully tucked them beneath his pillow. +</p> + +<p> +“Now let’s sleep,” he said. “It is getting late and we +both need the rest. In the morning we have long rides ahead of us. Good +night.” +</p> + +<p> +The king did not respond. In a short time Barney was fast asleep. The light +still burned. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap26"></a>XIV.<br /> +“THE KING’S WILL IS LAW”</h2> + +<p> +The Blentz princess frowned down upon the king and impostor impartially from +her great gilt frame. It must have been close to midnight that the painting +moved—just a fraction of an inch. Then it remained motionless for a time. +Again it moved. This time it revealed a narrow crack at its edge. In the crack +an eye shone. +</p> + +<p> +One of the sleepers moved. He opened his eyes. Stealthily he raised himself on +his elbow and gazed at the other across the apartment. He listened intently. +The regular breathing of the sleeper proclaimed the soundness of his slumber. +Gingerly the man placed one foot upon the floor. The eye glued to the crack at +the edge of the great, gilt frame of the Blentz princess remained fastened upon +him. He let his other foot slip to the floor beside the first. Carefully he +raised himself until he stood erect upon the floor. Then, on tiptoe he started +across the room. +</p> + +<p> +The eye in the dark followed him. The man reached the side of the sleeper. +Bending over he listened intently to the other’s breathing. Satisfied +that slumber was profound he stepped quickly to a wardrobe in which a soldier +had hung the clothing of both the king and the American. He took down the +uniform of the former, casting from time to time apprehensive glances toward +the sleeper. The latter did not stir, and the other passed to the little +dressing-room adjoining. +</p> + +<p> +A few minutes later he reentered the apartment fully clothed and wearing the +accouterments of Leopold of Lutha. In his hand was a drawn sword. Silently and +swiftly he crossed to the side of the sleeping man. The eye at the crack beside +the gilded frame pressed closer to the aperture. The sword was raised above the +body of the slumberer—its point hovered above his heart. The face of the +man who wielded it was hard with firm resolve. +</p> + +<p> +His muscles tensed to drive home the blade, but something held his hand. His +face paled. His shoulders contracted with a little shudder, and he turned +toward the door of the apartment, almost running across the floor in his +anxiety to escape. The eye in the dark maintained its unblinking vigilance. +</p> + +<p> +With his hand upon the knob a sudden thought stayed the fugitive’s +flight. He glanced quickly back at the sleeper—he had not moved. Then the +man who wore the uniform of the king of Lutha recrossed the apartment to the +bed, reached beneath one of the pillows and withdrew two neatly folded +official-looking documents. These he placed in the breastpocket of his uniform. +A moment later he was walking down the spiral stairway to the main floor of the +castle. +</p> + +<p> +In the guardroom the troopers of the Royal Horse who were not on guard were +stretched in slumber. Only a corporal remained awake. As the man entered the +guardroom the corporal glanced up, and as his eyes fell upon the newcomer, he +sprang to his feet, saluting. +</p> + +<p> +“Turn out the guard!” he cried. “Turn out the guard for his +majesty, the king!” +</p> + +<p> +The sleeping soldiers, but half awake, scrambled to their feet, their muscles +reacting to the command that their brains but half perceived. They snatched +their guns from the racks and formed a line behind the corporal. The king +raised his fingers to the vizor of his helmet in acknowledgment of their +salute. +</p> + +<p> +“Saddle up quietly, corporal,” he said. “We shall ride to +Lustadt tonight.” +</p> + +<p> +The non-commissioned officer saluted. “And an extra horse for Herr +Custer?” he said. +</p> + +<p> +The king shook his head. “The man died of his wound about an hour +ago,” he said. “While you are saddling up I shall arrange with some +of the Blentz servants for his burial—now hurry!” +</p> + +<p> +The corporal marched his troopers from the guardroom toward the stables. The +man in the king’s clothes touched a bell which was obviously a servant +call. He waited impatiently a reply to his summons, tapping his finger-tips +against the sword-scabbard that was belted to his side. At last a sleepy-eyed +man responded—a man who had grown gray in the service of Peter of Blentz. +At sight of the king he opened his eyes in astonishment, pulled his foretop, +and bowed uneasily. +</p> + +<p> +“Come closer,” whispered the king. The man did so, and the king +spoke in his ear earnestly, but in scarce audible tones. The eyes of the +listener narrowed to mere slits—of avarice and cunning, cruelly cold and +calculating. The speaker searched through the pockets of the king’s +clothes that covered him. At last he withdrew a roll of bills. The amount must +have been a large one, but he did not stop to count it. He held the money under +the eyes of the servant. The fellow’s claw-like fingers reached for the +tempting wealth. He nodded his head affirmatively. +</p> + +<p> +“You may trust me, sire,” he whispered. +</p> + +<p> +The king slipped the money into the other’s palm. “And as much +more,” he said, “when I receive proof that my wishes have been +fulfilled.” +</p> + +<p> +“Thank you, sire,” said the servant. +</p> + +<p> +The king looked steadily into the other’s face before he spoke again. +</p> + +<p> +“And if you fail me,” he said, “may God have mercy on your +soul.” Then he wheeled and left the guardroom, walking out into the +courtyard where the soldiers were busy saddling their mounts. +</p> + +<p> +A few minutes later the party clattered over the drawbridge and down the road +toward Blentz and Lustadt. From a window of the apartments of Peter of Blentz a +man watched them depart. When they passed across a strip of moonlit road, and +he had counted them, he smiled with relief. +</p> + +<p> +A moment later he entered a panel beside the huge fireplace in the west wall +and disappeared. There he struck a match, found a candle and lighted it. +Walking a few steps he came to a figure sleeping upon a pile of clothing. He +stooped and shook the sleeper by the shoulder. +</p> + +<p> +“Wake up!” he cried in a subdued voice. “Wake up, Prince +Peter; I have good news for you.” +</p> + +<p> +The other opened his eyes, stretched, and at last sat up. +</p> + +<p> +“What is it, Maenck?” he asked querulously. +</p> + +<p> +“Great news, my prince,” replied the other. +</p> + +<p> +“While you have been sleeping many things have transpired within the +walls of your castle. The king’s troopers have departed; but that is a +small matter compared with the other. Here, behind the portrait of your +great-grandmother, I have listened and watched all night. I opened the secret +door a fraction of an inch—just enough to permit me to look into the +apartment where the king and the American lay wounded. They had been talking as +I opened the door, but after that they ceased—the king falling asleep at +once—the American feigning slumber. For a long time I watched, but +nothing happened until near midnight. Then the American arose and donned the +king’s clothes. +</p> + +<p> +“He approached Leopold with drawn sword, but when he would have thrust it +through the heart of the sleeping man his nerve failed him. Then he stole some +papers from the room and left. Just now he has ridden out toward Lustadt with +the men of the Royal Horse who captured the castle yesterday.” +</p> + +<p> +Before Maenck was half-way through his narrative, Peter of Blentz was wide +awake and all attention. His eyes glowed with suddenly aroused interest. +</p> + +<p> +“Somewhere in this, prince,” concluded Maenck, “there must +lie the seed of fortune for you and me.” +</p> + +<p> +Peter nodded. “Yes,” he mused, “there must.” +</p> + +<p> +For a time both men were buried in thought. Suddenly Maenck snapped his +fingers. “I have it!” he cried. He bent toward Prince Peter’s +ear and whispered his plan. When he was done the Blentz prince grasped his +hand. +</p> + +<p> +“Just the thing, Maenck!” he cried. “Just the thing. Leopold +will never again listen to idle gossip directed against our loyalty. If I know +him—and who should know him better—he will heap honors upon you, my +Maenck; and as for me, he will at least forgive me and take me back into his +confidence. Lose no time now, my friend. We are free now to go and come, since +the king’s soldiers have been withdrawn.” +</p> + +<p> +In the garden back of the castle an old man was busy digging a hole. It was a +long, narrow hole, and, when it was completed, nearly four feet deep. It looked +like a grave. When he had finished the old man hobbled to a shed that leaned +against the south wall. Here were boards, tools, and a bench. It was the castle +workshop. The old man selected a number of rough pine boards. These he measured +and sawed, fitted and nailed, working all the balance of the night. By dawn, he +had a long, narrow box, just a trifle smaller than the hole he had dug in the +garden. The box resembled a crude coffin. When it was quite finished, including +a cover, he dragged it out into the garden and set it upon two boards that +spanned the hole, so that it rested precisely over the excavation. +</p> + +<p> +All these precautions methodically made, he returned to the castle. In a little +storeroom he searched for and found an ax. With his thumb he felt of the +edge—for an ax it was marvelously sharp. The old fellow grinned and shook +his head, as one who appreciates in anticipation the consummation of a good +joke. Then he crept noiselessly through the castle’s corridors and up the +spiral stairway in the north tower. In one hand was the sharp ax. +</p> + +<p> +The moment Lieutenant Butzow had reached Lustadt he had gone directly to Prince +von der Tann; but the moment his message had been delivered to the chancellor +he sought out the chancellor’s daughter, to tell her all that had +occurred at Blentz. +</p> + +<p> +“I saw but little of Mr. Custer,” he said. “He was very +quiet. I think all that he has been through has unnerved him. He was slightly +wounded in the left leg. The king was wounded in the breast. His majesty +conducted himself in a most valiant and generous manner. Wounded, he lay upon +his stomach in the courtyard of the castle and defended Mr. Custer, who was, of +course, unarmed. The king shot three of Prince Peter’s soldiers who were +attempting to assassinate Mr. Custer.” +</p> + +<p> +Emma von der Tann smiled. It was evident that Lieutenant Butzow had not +discovered the deception that had been practiced upon him in common with all +Lutha—she being the only exception. It seemed incredible that this good +friend of the American had not seen in the heroism of the man who wore the +king’s clothes the attributes and ear-marks of Barney Custer. She glowed +with pride at the narration of his heroism, though she suffered with him +because of his wound. +</p> + +<p> +It was not yet noon when the detachment of the Royal Horse arrived in Lustadt +from Blentz. At their head rode one whom all upon the streets of the capital +greeted enthusiastically as king. The party rode directly to the royal palace, +and the king retired immediately to his apartments. A half hour later an +officer of the king’s household knocked upon the door of the Princess +Emma von der Tann’s boudoir. In accord with her summons he entered, +saluted respectfully, and handed her a note. +</p> + +<p> +It was written upon the personal stationery of Leopold of Lutha. The girl read +and reread it. For some time she could not seem to grasp the enormity of the +thing that had overwhelmed her—the daring of the action that the message +explained. The note was short and to the point, and was signed only with +initials. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +D<small>EAREST</small> E<small>MMA</small>: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +The king died of his wounds just before midnight. I shall keep the throne. +There is no other way. None knows and none must ever know the truth. Your +father alone may suspect; but if we are married at once our alliance will +cement him and his faction to us. Send word by the bearer that you agree with +the wisdom of my plan, and that we may be wed at once—this afternoon, in +fact.<br /> + The people may wonder for a few days at the strange haste, but my answer +shall be that I am going to the front with my troops. The son and many of the +high officials of the Kaiser have already established the precedent, marrying +hurriedly upon the eve of their departure for the front.<br /> + With every assurance of my undying love, believe me, +</p> + +<p class="right"> +Yours,<br /> +B. C. +</p> + +<p> +The girl walked slowly across the room to her writing table. The officer stood +in respectful silence awaiting the answer that the king had told him to bring. +The princess sat down before the carved bit of furniture. Mechanically she drew +a piece of note paper from a drawer. Many times she dipped her pen in the ink +before she could determine what reply to send. Ages of ingrained royalistic +principles were shocked and shattered by the enormity of the thing the man she +loved had asked of her, and yet cold reason told her that it was the only way. +</p> + +<p> +Lutha would be lost should the truth be known—that the king was dead, for +there was no heir of closer blood connection with the royal house than Prince +Peter of Blentz, whose great-grandmother had been a Rubinroth princess. Slowly, +at last, she wrote as follows: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +S<small>IRE</small>: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +The king’s will is law. +</p> + +<p class="right"> +E<small>MMA</small>. +</p> + +<p> +That was all. Placing the note in an envelope she sealed it and handed it to +the officer, who bowed and left the room. +</p> + +<p> +A half hour later officers of the Royal Horse were riding through the streets +of Lustadt. Some announced to the people upon the streets the coming marriage +of the king and princess. Others rode to the houses of the nobility with the +king’s command that they be present at the ceremony in the old cathedral +at four o’clock that afternoon. +</p> + +<p> +Never had there been such bustling about the royal palace or in the palaces of +the nobles of Lutha. The buzz and hum of excited conversation filled the whole +town. That the choice of the king met the approval of his subjects was more +than evident. Upon every lip was praise and love of the Princess Emma von der +Tann. The future of Lutha seemed assured with a king who could fight joined in +marriage to a daughter of the warrior line of Von der Tann. +</p> + +<p> +The princess was busy up to the last minute. She had not seen her future +husband since his return from Blentz, for he, too, had been busy. Twice he had +sent word to her, but on both occasions had regretted that he could not come +personally because of the pressure of state matters and the preparations for +the ceremony that was to take place in the cathedral in so short a time. +</p> + +<p> +At last the hour arrived. The cathedral was filled to overflowing. After the +custom of Lutha, the bride had walked alone up the broad center aisle to the +foot of the chancel. Guardsmen lining the way on either hand stood rigidly at +salute until she stopped at the end of the soft, rose-strewn carpet and turned +to await the coming of the king. +</p> + +<p> +Presently the doors at the opposite end of the cathedral opened. There was a +fanfare of trumpets, and up the center aisle toward the waiting girl walked the +royal groom. It seemed ages to the princess since she had seen her lover. Her +eyes devoured him as he approached her. She noticed that he limped, and +wondered; but for a moment the fact carried no special suggestion to her brain. +</p> + +<p> +The people had risen as the king entered. Again, the pieces of the guardsmen +had snapped to present; but silence, intense and utter, reigned over the vast +assembly. The only movement was the measured stride of the king as he advanced +to claim his bride. +</p> + +<p> +At the head of each line of guardsmen, nearest the chancel and upon either side +of the bridal party, the ranks were formed of commissioned officers. Butzow was +among them. He, too, out of the corner of his eye watched the advancing figure. +Suddenly he noted the limp, and gave a little involuntary gasp. He looked at +the Princess Emma, and saw her eyes suddenly widen with consternation. +</p> + +<p> +Slowly at first, and then in a sudden tidal wave of memory, Butzow’s +story of the fight in the courtyard at Blentz came back to her. +</p> + +<p> +“I saw but little of Mr. Custer,” he had said. “He was +slightly wounded in the left leg. The king was wounded in the breast.” +But Lieutenant Butzow had not known the true identity of either. +</p> + +<p> +The real Leopold it was who had been wounded in the left leg, and the man who +was approaching her up the broad cathedral aisle was limping +noticeably—and favoring his left leg. The man to whom she was to be +married was not Barney Custer—he was Leopold of Lutha! +</p> + +<p> +A hundred mad schemes rioted through her brain. The wedding must not go on! But +how was she to avert it? The king was within a few paces of her now. There was +a smile upon his lips, and in that smile she saw the final confirmation of her +fears. When Leopold of Lutha smiled his upper lip curved just a trifle into a +shadow of a sneer. It was a trivial characteristic that Barney Custer did not +share in common with the king. +</p> + +<p> +Half mad with terror, the girl seized upon the only subterfuge which seemed at +all likely to succeed. It would, at least, give her a slight reprieve—a +little time in which to think, and possibly find an avenue from her +predicament. +</p> + +<p> +She staggered forward a step, clapped her two hands above her heart, and reeled +as though to fall. Butzow, who had been watching her narrowly, sprang forward +and caught her in his arms, where she lay limp with closed eyes as though in a +dead faint. The king ran forward. The people craned their necks. A sudden burst +of exclamations rose throughout the cathedral, and then Lieutenant Butzow, +shouldering his way past the chancel, carried the Princess Emma to a little +anteroom off the east transept. Behind him walked the king, the bishop, and +Prince Ludwig. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap27"></a>XV.<br /> +MAENCK BLUNDERS</h2> + +<p> +After a hurried breakfast Peter of Blentz and Captain Ernst Maenck left the +castle of Blentz. Prince Peter rode north toward the frontier, Austria, and +safety, Captain Maenck rode south toward Lustadt. Neither knew that general +orders had been issued to soldiery and gendarmerie of Lutha to capture them +dead or alive. So Prince Peter rode carelessly; but Captain Maenck, because of +the nature of his business and the proximity of enemies about Lustadt, +proceeded with circumspection. +</p> + +<p> +Prince Peter was arrested at Tafelberg, and, though he stormed and raged and +threatened, he was immediately packed off under heavy guard back toward +Lustadt. +</p> + +<p> +Captain Ernst Maenck was more fortunate. He reached the capital of Lutha in +safety, though he had to hide on several occasions from detachments of troops +moving toward the north. Once within the city he rode rapidly to the house of a +friend. Here he learned that which set him into a fine state of excitement and +profanity. The king and the Princess Emma von der Tann were to be wed that very +afternoon! It lacked but half an hour to four o’clock. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck grabbed his cap and dashed from the house before his astonished friend +could ask a single question. He hurried straight toward the cathedral. The king +had just arrived, and entered when Maenck came up, breathless. The guard at the +doorway did not recognize him. If they had they would have arrested him. +Instead they contented themselves with refusing him admission, and when he +insisted they threatened him with arrest. +</p> + +<p> +To be arrested now would be to ruin his fine plan, so he turned and walked +away. At the first cross street he turned up the side of the cathedral. The +grounds were walled up on this side, and he sought in vain for entrance. At the +rear he discovered a limousine standing in the alley where its chauffeur had +left it after depositing his passengers at the front door of the cathedral. The +top of the limousine was but a foot or two below the top of the wall. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck clambered to the hood of the machine, and from there to the top. A +moment later he dropped to the earth inside the cathedral grounds. Before him +were many windows. Most of them were too high for him to reach, and the others +that he tried at first were securely fastened. Passing around the end of the +building, he at last discovered one that was open—it led into the east +transept. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck crawled through. He was within the building that held the man he sought. +He found himself in a small room—evidently a dressing-room. There were +two doors leading from it. He approached one and listened. He heard the tones +of subdued conversation beyond. +</p> + +<p> +Very cautiously he opened the door a crack. He could not believe the good +fortune that was revealed before him. On a couch lay the Princess Emma von der +Tann. Beside her her father. At the door was Lieutenant Butzow. The bishop and +a doctor were talking at the head of the couch. Pacing up and down the room, +resplendent in the marriage robes of a king of Lutha, was the man he sought. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck drew his revolver. He broke the barrel, and saw that there was a good +cartridge in each chamber of the cylinder. He closed it quietly. Then he threw +open the door, stepped into the room, took deliberate aim, and fired. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +The old man with the ax moved cautiously along the corridor upon the second +floor of the Castle of Blentz until he came to a certain door. Gently he turned +the knob and pushed the door inward. Holding the ax behind his back, he +entered. In his pocket was a great roll of money, and there was to be an equal +amount waiting him at Lustadt when his mission had been fulfilled. +</p> + +<p> +Once within the room, he looked quickly about him. Upon a great bed lay the +figure of a man asleep. His face was turned toward the opposite wall away from +the side of the bed nearer the menacing figure of the old servant. On tiptoe +the man with the ax approached. The neck of his victim lay uncovered before +him. He swung the ax behind him. A single blow, as mighty as his ancient +muscles could deliver, would suffice. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer opened his eyes. Directly opposite him upon the wall was a +dark-toned photogravure of a hunting scene. It tilted slightly forward upon its +wire support. As Barney’s eyes opened it chanced that they were directed +straight upon the shiny glass of the picture. The light from the window struck +the glass in such a way as to transform it into a mirror. The American’s +eyes were glued with horror upon the reflection that he saw there—an old +man swinging a huge ax down upon his head. +</p> + +<p> +It is an open question as to which of the two was the most surprised at the +cat-like swiftness of the movement that carried Barney Custer out of that bed +and landed him in temporary safety upon the opposite side. +</p> + +<p> +With a snarl the old man ran around the foot of the bed to corner his prey +between the bed and the wall. He was swinging the ax as though to hurl it. So +close was he that Barney guessed it would be difficult for him to miss his +mark. The least he could expect would be a frightful wound. To have attempted +to escape would have necessitated turning his back to his adversary, inviting +instant death. To grapple with a man thus armed appeared an equally hopeless +alternative. +</p> + +<p> +Shoulder-high beside him hung the photogravure that had already saved his life +once. Why not again? He snatched it from its hangings, lifted it above his head +in both hands, and hurled it at the head of the old man. The glass shattered +full upon the ancient’s crown, the man’s head went through the +picture, and the frame settled over his shoulders. At the same instant Barney +Custer leaped across the bed, seized a light chair, and turned to face his foe +upon more even terms. +</p> + +<p> +The old man did not pause to remove the frame from about his neck. Blood +trickled down his forehead and cheeks from deep gashes that the broken glass +had made. Now he was in a berserker rage. +</p> + +<p> +As he charged again he uttered a peculiar whistling noise from between his set +teeth. To the American it sounded like the hissing of a snake, and as he would +have met a snake he met the venomous attack of the old man. +</p> + +<p> +When the short battle was over the Blentz servitor lay unconscious upon the +floor, while above him leaned the American, uninjured, ripping long strips from +a sheet torn from the bed, twisting them into rope-like strands and, with them, +binding the wrists and ankles of his defeated foe. Finally he stuffed a gag +between the toothless gums. +</p> + +<p> +Running to the wardrobe, he discovered that the king’s uniform was gone. +That, with the witness of the empty bed, told him the whole story. The American +smiled. “More nerve than I gave him credit for,” he mused, as he +walked back to his bed and reached under the pillow for the two papers he had +forced the king to sign. They, too, were gone. Slowly Barney Custer realized +his plight, as there filtered through his mind a suggestion of the +possibilities of the trick that had been played upon him. +</p> + +<p> +Why should Leopold wish these papers? Of course, he might merely have taken +them that he might destroy them; but something told Barney Custer that such was +not the case. And something, too, told him whither the king had ridden and what +he would do there when he arrived. +</p> + +<p> +He ran back to the wardrobe. In it hung the peasant attire that he had stolen +from the line of the careless house frau, and later wished upon his majesty the +king. Barney grinned as he recalled the royal disgust with which Leopold had +fingered the soiled garments. He scarce blamed him. Looking further toward the +back of the wardrobe, the American discovered other clothing. +</p> + +<p> +He dragged it all out upon the floor. There was an old shooting jacket, several +pairs of trousers and breeches, and a hunting coat. In a drawer at the bottom +of the wardrobe he found many old shoes, puttees, and boots. +</p> + +<p> +From this miscellany he selected riding breeches, a pair of boots, and the red +hunting coat as the only articles that fitted his rather large frame. Hastily +he dressed, and, taking the ax the old man had brought to the room as the only +weapon available, he walked boldly into the corridor, down the spiral stairway +and into the guardroom. +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer was prepared to fight. He was desperate. He could have slunk from +the Castle of Blentz as he had entered it—through the secret passageway +to the ravine; but to attempt to reach Lustadt on foot was not at all +compatible with the urgent haste that he felt necessary. He must have a horse, +and a horse he would have if he had to fight his way through a Blentz army. +</p> + +<p> +But there were no armed retainers left at Blentz. The guardroom was vacant; but +there were arms there and ammunition. Barney commandeered a sword and a +revolver, then he walked into the courtyard and crossed to the stables. The way +took him by the garden. In it he saw a coffin-like box resting upon planks +above a grave-like excavation. Barney investigated. The box was empty. Once +again he grinned. “It is not always wise,” he mused, “to +count your corpses before they’re dead. What a lot of work the old man +might have spared himself if he’d only caught his cadaver first—or +at least tried to.” +</p> + +<p> +Passing on by his own grave, he came to the stables. A groom was currying a +strong, clean-limbed hunter haltered in the doorway. The man looked up as +Barney approached him. A puzzled expression entered the fellow’s eyes. He +was a young man—a stupid-looking lout. It was evident that he half +recognized the face of the newcomer as one he had seen before. Barney nodded to +him. +</p> + +<p> +“Never mind finishing,” he said. “I am in a hurry. You may +saddle him at once.” The voice was authoritative—it brooked no +demur. The groom touched his forehead, dropped the currycomb and brush, and +turned back into the stable to fetch saddle and bridle. +</p> + +<p> +Five minutes later Barney was riding toward the gate. The portcullis was +raised—the drawbridge spanned the moat—no guard was there to bar +his way. The sunlight flooded the green valley, stretching lazily below him in +the soft warmth of a mellow autumn morning. Behind him he had left the brooding +shadows of the grim old fortress—the cold, cruel, depressing stronghold +of intrigue, treason, and sudden death. +</p> + +<p> +He threw back his shoulders and filled his lungs with the sweet, pure air of +freedom. He was a new man. The wound in his breast was forgotten. Lightly he +touched his spurs to the hunter’s sides. Tossing his head and curveting, +the animal broke into a long, easy trot. Where the road dipped into the ravine +and down through the village to the valley the rider drew his restless mount +into a walk; but, once in the valley, he let him out. Barney took the short +road to Lustadt. It would cut ten miles off the distance that the main +wagonroad covered, and it was a good road for a horseman. It should bring him +to Lustadt by one o’clock or a little after. The road wound through the +hills to the east of the main highway, and was scarcely more than a trail where +it crossed the Ru River upon a narrow bridge that spanned the deep mountain +gorge that walls the Ru for ten miles through the hills. +</p> + +<p> +When Barney reached the river his hopes sank. The bridge was +gone—dynamited by the Austrians in their retreat. The nearest bridge was +at the crossing of the main highway over ten miles to the southwest. There, +too, the river might be forded even if the Austrians had destroyed that bridge +also; but here or elsewhere in the hills there could be no fording—the +banks of the Ru were perpendicular cliffs. +</p> + +<p> +The misfortune would add nearly twenty miles to his journey—he could not +now hope to reach Lustadt before late in the afternoon. Turning his horse back +along the trail he had come, he retraced his way until he reached a narrow +bridle path that led toward the southwest. The trail was rough and indistinct, +yet he pushed forward, even more rapidly than safety might have suggested. The +noble beast beneath him was all loyalty and ambition. +</p> + +<p> +“Take it easy, old boy,” whispered Barney into the slim, pointed +ears that moved ceaselessly backward and forward, “you’ll get your +chance when we strike the highway, never fear.” +</p> + +<p> +And he did. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +So unexpected had been Maenck’s entrance into the room in the east +transept, so sudden his attack, that it was all over before a hand could be +raised to stay him. At the report of his revolver the king sank to the floor. +At almost the same instant Lieutenant Butzow whipped a revolver from beneath +his tunic and fired at the assassin. Maenck staggered forward and stumbled +across the body of the king. Butzow was upon him instantly, wresting the +revolver from his fingers. Prince Ludwig ran to the king’s side and, +kneeling there, raised Leopold’s head in his arms. The bishop and the +doctor bent over the limp form. The Princess Emma stood a little apart. She had +leaped from the couch where she had been lying. Her eyes were wide in horror. +Her palms pressed to her cheeks. +</p> + +<p> +It was upon this scene that a hatless, dust-covered man in a red hunting coat +burst through the door that had admitted Maenck. The man had seen and +recognized the conspirator as he climbed to the top of the limousine and +dropped within the cathedral grounds, and he had followed close upon his heels. +</p> + +<p> +No one seemed to note his entrance. All ears were turned toward the doctor, who +was speaking. +</p> + +<p> +“The king is dead,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +Maenck raised himself upon an elbow. He spoke feebly. +</p> + +<p> +“You fools,” he cried. “That man was not the king. I saw him +steal the king’s clothes at Blentz and I followed him here. He is the +American—the impostor.” Then his eyes, circling the faces about him +to note the results of his announcements, fell upon the face of the man in the +red hunting coat. Amazement and wonder were in his face. Slowly he raised his +finger and pointed. +</p> + +<p> +“There is the king,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +Every eye turned in the direction he indicated. Exclamations of surprise and +incredulity burst from every lip. The old chancellor looked from the man in the +red hunting coat to the still form of the man upon the floor in the +blood-spattered marriage garments of a king of Lutha. He let the king’s +head gently down upon the carpet, and then he rose to his feet and faced the +man in the red hunting coat. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” he demanded. +</p> + +<p> +Before Barney could speak Lieutenant Butzow spoke. +</p> + +<p> +“He is the king, your highness,” he said. “I rode with him to +Blentz to free Mr. Custer. Both were wounded in the courtyard in the fight that +took place there. I helped to dress their wounds. The king was wounded in the +breast—Mr. Custer in the left leg.” +</p> + +<p> +Prince von der Tann looked puzzled. Again he turned his eyes questioningly +toward the newcomer. +</p> + +<p> +“Is this the truth?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +Barney looked toward the Princess Emma. In her eyes he could read the relief +that the sight of him alive had brought her. Since she had recognized the king +she had believed that Barney was dead. The temptation was great—he +dreaded losing her, and he feared he would lose her when her father learned the +truth of the deception that had been practiced upon him. He might lose even +more—men had lost their heads for tampering with the affairs of kings. +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” persisted the chancellor. +</p> + +<p> +“Lieutenant Butzow is partially correct—he honestly believes that +he is entirely so,” replied the American. “He did ride with me from +Lustadt to Blentz to save the man who lies dead here at your feet. The +lieutenant thought that he was riding with his king, just as your highness +thought that he was riding with his king during the battle of Lustadt. You were +both wrong—you were riding with Mr. Bernard Custer, of Beatrice. I am he. +I have no apologies to make. What I did I would do again. I did it for Lutha +and for the woman I love. She knows and the king knew that I intended restoring +his identity to him with no one the wiser for the interchange that had taken +place. The king upset my plans by stealing back his identity while I slept, +with the result that you see before you upon the floor. He has died as he had +lived—futilely.” +</p> + +<p> +As he spoke the Princess Emma had crossed the room toward him. Now she stood at +his side, her hand in his. Tense silence reigned in the apartment. The old +chancellor stood with bowed head, buried in thought. All eyes were upon him +except those of the doctor, who had turned his attention from the dead king to +the wounded assassin. Butzow stood looking at Barney Custer in open relief and +admiration. He had been trying to vindicate his friend in his own mind ever +since he had discovered, as he believed, that Barney had tricked Leopold after +the latter had saved his life at Blentz and ridden to Lustadt in the +king’s guise. Now that he knew the whole truth he realized how stupid he +had been not to guess that the man who had led the victorious Luthanian army +before Lustadt could not have been the cowardly Leopold. +</p> + +<p> +Presently the chancellor broke the silence. +</p> + +<p> +“You say that Leopold of Lutha lived futilely. You are right; but when +you say that he has died futilely, you are, I believe, wrong. Living, he gave +us a poor weakling. Dying, he leaves the throne to a brave man, in whose veins +flows the blood of the Rubinroths, hereditary rulers of Lutha. +</p> + +<p> +“You are the only rightful successor to the throne of Lutha,” he +argued, “other than Peter of Blentz. Your mother’s marriage to a +foreigner did not bar the succession of her offspring. Aside from the fact that +Peter of Blentz is out of the question, is the more important fact that your +line is closer to the throne than his. He knew it, and this knowledge was the +real basis of his hatred of you.” +</p> + +<p> +As the old chancellor ceased speaking he drew his sword and raised it on high +above his head. +</p> + +<p> +“The king is dead,” he said. “Long live the king!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap28"></a>XVI.<br /> +KING OF LUTHA</h2> + +<p> +Barney Custer, of Beatrice, had no desire to be king of Lutha. He lost no time +in saying so. All that he wanted of Lutha was the girl he had found there, as +his father before him had found the girl of his choice. Von der Tann pleaded +with him. +</p> + +<p> +“Twice have I fought under you, sire,” he urged. “Twice, and +only twice since the old king died, have I felt that the future of Lutha was +safe in the hands of her ruler, and both these times it was you who sat upon +the throne. Do not desert us now. Let me live to see Lutha once more happy, +with a true Rubinroth upon the throne and my daughter at his side.” +</p> + +<p> +Butzow added his pleas to those of the old chancellor. The American hesitated. +</p> + +<p> +“Let us leave it to the representatives of the people and to the house of +nobles,” he suggested. +</p> + +<p> +The chancellor of Lutha explained the situation to both houses. Their reply was +unanimous. He carried it to the American, who awaited the decision of Lutha in +the royal apartments of the palace. With him was the Princess Emma von der +Tann. +</p> + +<p> +“The people of Lutha will have no other king, sire,” said the old +man. +</p> + +<p> +Barney turned toward the girl. +</p> + +<p> +“There is no other way, my lord king,” she said with grave dignity. +“With her blood your mother bequeathed you a duty which you may not +shirk. It is not for you or for me to choose. God chose for you when you were +born.” +</p> + +<p> +Barney Custer took her hand in his and raised it to his lips. +</p> + +<p> +“Let the King of Lutha,” he said, “be the first to salute +Lutha’s queen.” +</p> + +<p> +And so Barney Custer, of Beatrice, was crowned King of Lutha, and Emma became +his queen. Maenck died of his wound on the floor of the little room in the east +transept of the cathedral of Lustadt beside the body of the king he had slain. +Prince Peter of Blentz was tried by the highest court of Lutha on the charge of +treason; he was found guilty and hanged. Von Coblich committed suicide on the +eve of his arrest. Lieutenant Otto Butzow was ennobled and given the +confiscated estates of the Blentz prince. He became a general in the army of +Lutha, and was sent to the front in command of the army corps that guarded the +northern frontier of the little kingdom. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAD KING ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + +</body> + +</html> + + diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..522efa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #364 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/364) diff --git a/old/364.txt b/old/364.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..146357f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/364.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11493 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Mad King, by Edgar Rice Burroughs + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + + +Title: The Mad King + +Author: Edgar Rice Burroughs + +Release Date: June 14, 2004 [EBook #364] +[Last updated: July 28, 2012] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAD KING *** + + + + +This etext was created by Judith Boss, Omaha, Nebraska. +The equipment: an IBM-compatible 486/50, a Hewlett-Packard +ScanJet IIc flatbed scanner, and Calera Recognition Systems' +M/600 Series Professional OCR software and RISC accelerator board +donated by Calera Recognition Systems. + + + + + + + +EDGAR RICE BURROUGHS + +THE MAD KING + + + + + + + +PART I + + +I + +A RUNAWAY HORSE + + +All Lustadt was in an uproar. The mad king had escaped. Little +knots of excited men stood upon the street corners listening to each +latest rumor concerning this most absorbing occurrence. Before the +palace a great crowd surged to and fro, awaiting they knew not what. + +For ten years no man of them had set eyes upon the face of the +boy-king who had been hastened to the grim castle of Blentz upon the +death of the old king, his father. + +There had been murmurings then when the lad's uncle, Peter of +Blentz, had announced to the people of Lutha the sudden mental +affliction which had fallen upon his nephew, and more murmurings for +a time after the announcement that Peter of Blentz had been +appointed Regent during the lifetime of the young King Leopold, "or +until God, in His infinite mercy, shall see fit to restore to us in +full mental vigor our beloved monarch." + +But ten years is a long time. The boy-king had become but a vague +memory to the subjects who could recall him at all. + +There were many, of course, in the capital city, Lustadt, who still +retained a mental picture of the handsome boy who had ridden out +nearly every morning from the palace gates beside the tall, martial +figure of the old king, his father, for a canter across the broad +plain which lies at the foot of the mountain town of Lustadt; but +even these had long since given up hope that their young king would +ever ascend his throne, or even that they should see him alive +again. + +Peter of Blentz had not proved a good or kind ruler. Taxes had +doubled during his regency. Executives and judiciary, following the +example of their chief, had become tyrannical and corrupt. For ten +years there had been small joy in Lutha. + +There had been whispered rumors off and on that the young king was +dead these many years, but not even in whispers did the men of Lutha +dare voice the name of him whom they believed had caused his death. +For lesser things they had seen their friends and neighbors thrown +into the hitherto long-unused dungeons of the royal castle. + +And now came the rumor that Leopold of Lutha had escaped the Castle +of Blentz and was roaming somewhere in the wild mountains or ravines +upon the opposite side of the plain of Lustadt. + +Peter of Blentz was filled with rage and, possibly, fear as well. + +"I tell you, Coblich," he cried, addressing his dark-visaged +minister of war, "there's more than coincidence in this matter. +Someone has betrayed us. That he should have escaped upon the very +eve of the arrival at Blentz of the new physician is most +suspicious. None but you, Coblich, had knowledge of the part that +Dr. Stein was destined to play in this matter," concluded Prince +Peter pointedly. + +Coblich looked the Regent full in the eye. + +"Your highness wrongs not only my loyalty, but my intelligence," he +said quietly, "by even so much as intimating that I have any guilty +knowledge of Leopold's escape. With Leopold upon the throne of +Lutha, where, think you, my prince, would old Coblich be?" + +Peter smiled. + +"You are right, Coblich," he said. "I know that you would not be +such a fool; but whom, then, have we to thank?" + +"The walls have ears, prince," replied Coblich, "and we have not +always been as careful as we should in discussing the matter. +Something may have come to the ears of old Von der Tann. I don't for +a moment doubt but that he has his spies among the palace servants, +or even the guard. You know the old fox has always made it a point +to curry favor with the common soldiers. When he was minister of war +he treated them better than he did his officers." + +"It seems strange, Coblich, that so shrewd a man as you should have +been unable to discover some irregularity in the political life of +Prince Ludwig von der Tann before now," said the prince querulously. +"He is the greatest menace to our peace and sovereignty. With Von +der Tann out of the way there would be none powerful enough to +question our right to the throne of Lutha--after poor Leopold passes +away." + +"You forget that Leopold has escaped," suggested Coblich, "and that +there is no immediate prospect of his passing away." + +"He must be retaken at once, Coblich!" cried Prince Peter of Blentz. +"He is a dangerous maniac, and we must make this fact plain to the +people--this and a thorough description of him. A handsome reward +for his safe return to Blentz might not be out of the way, Coblich." + +"It shall be done, your highness," replied Coblich. "And about Von +der Tann? You have never spoken to me quite so--ah--er--pointedly +before. He hunts a great deal in the Old Forest. It might be +possible--in fact, it has happened, before--there are many accidents +in hunting, are there not, your highness?" + +"There are, Coblich," replied the prince, "and if Leopold is able he +will make straight for the Tann, so that there may be two hunting +together in a day or so, Coblich." + +"I understand, your highness," replied the minister. "With your +permission, I shall go at once and dispatch troops to search the +forest for Leopold. Captain Maenck will command them." + +"Good, Coblich! Maenck is a most intelligent and loyal officer. We +must reward him well. A baronetcy, at least, if he handles this +matter well," said Peter. "It might not be a bad plan to hint at as +much to him, Coblich." + +And so it happened that shortly thereafter Captain Ernst Maenck, in +command of a troop of the Royal Horse Guards of Lutha, set out +toward the Old Forest, which lies beyond the mountains that are +visible upon the other side of the plain stretching out before +Lustadt. At the same time other troopers rode in many directions +along the highways and byways of Lutha, tacking placards upon trees +and fence posts and beside the doors of every little rural post +office. + +The placard told of the escape of the mad king, offering a large +reward for his safe return to Blentz. + +It was the last paragraph especially which caused a young man, the +following day in the little hamlet of Tafelberg, to whistle as he +carefully read it over. + +"I am glad that I am not the mad king of Lutha," he said as he paid +the storekeeper for the gasoline he had just purchased and stepped +into the gray roadster for whose greedy maw it was destined. + +"Why, mein Herr?" asked the man. + +"This notice practically gives immunity to whoever shoots down the +king," replied the traveler. "Worse still, it gives such an account +of the maniacal ferocity of the fugitive as to warrant anyone in +shooting him on sight." + +As the young man spoke the storekeeper had examined his face closely +for the first time. A shrewd look came into the man's ordinarily +stolid countenance. He leaned forward quite close to the other's +ear. + +"We of Lutha," he whispered, "love our 'mad king'--no reward could +be offered that would tempt us to betray him. Even in +self-protection we would not kill him, we of the mountains who +remember him as a boy and loved his father and his grandfather, +before him. + +"But there are the scum of the low country in the army these days, +who would do anything for money, and it is these that the king must +guard against. I could not help but note that mein Herr spoke too +perfect German for a foreigner. Were I in mein Herr's place, I +should speak mostly the English, and, too, I should shave off the +'full, reddish-brown beard.'" + +Whereupon the storekeeper turned hastily back into his shop, leaving +Barney Custer of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., to wonder if all the +inhabitants of Lutha were afflicted with a mental disorder similar +to that of the unfortunate ruler. + +"I don't wonder," soliloquized the young man, "that he advised me to +shave off this ridiculous crop of alfalfa. Hang election bets, +anyway; if things had gone half right I shouldn't have had to wear +this badge of idiocy. And to think that it's got to be for a whole +month longer! A year's a mighty long while at best, but a year in +company with a full set of red whiskers is an eternity." + +The road out of Tafelberg wound upward among tall trees toward the +pass that would lead him across the next valley on his way to the +Old Forest, where he hoped to find some excellent shooting. +All his life Barney had promised himself that some day he should +visit his mother's native land, and now that he was here he found it +as wild and beautiful as she had said it would be. + +Neither his mother nor his father had ever returned to the little +country since the day, thirty years before, that the big American +had literally stolen his bride away, escaping across the border but +a scant half-hour ahead of the pursuing troop of Luthanian cavalry. +Barney had often wondered why it was that neither of them would ever +speak of those days, or of the early life of his mother, Victoria +Rubinroth, though of the beauties of her native land Mrs. Custer +never tired of talking. + +Barney Custer was thinking of these things as his machine wound up +the picturesque road. Just before him was a long, heavy grade, and +as he took it with open muffler the chugging of his motor drowned +the sound of pounding hoof beats rapidly approaching behind him. + +It was not until he topped the grade that he heard anything unusual, +and at the same instant a girl on horseback tore past him. The speed +of the animal would have been enough to have told him that it was +beyond the control of its frail rider, even without the added +testimony of the broken bit that dangled beneath the tensely +outstretched chin. + +Foam flecked the beast's neck and shoulders. It was evident that +the horse had been running for some distance, yet its speed was +still that of the thoroughly frightened runaway. + +The road at the point where the animal had passed Custer was cut +from the hillside. At the left an embankment rose steeply to a +height of ten or fifteen feet. On the right there was a drop of a +hundred feet or more into a wooded ravine. Ahead, the road +apparently ran quite straight and smooth for a considerable +distance. + +Barney Custer knew that so long as the road ran straight the girl +might be safe enough, for she was evidently an excellent horsewoman; +but he also knew that if there should be a sharp turn to the left +ahead, the horse in his blind fright would in all probability dash +headlong into the ravine below him. + +There was but a single thing that the man might attempt if he were +to save the girl from the almost certain death which seemed in store +for her, since he knew that sooner or later the road would turn, as +all mountain roads do. The chances that he must take, if he failed, +could only hasten the girl's end. There was no alternative except to +sit supinely by and see the fear-crazed horse carry its rider into +eternity, and Barney Custer was not the sort for that role. + +Scarcely had the beast come abreast of him than his foot leaped to +the accelerator. Like a frightened deer the gray roadster sprang +forward in pursuit. The road was narrow. Two machines could not have +passed upon it. Barney took the outside that he might hold the horse +away from the dangerous ravine. + +At the sound of the whirring thing behind him the animal cast an +affrighted glance in its direction, and with a little squeal of +terror redoubled its frantic efforts to escape. The girl, too, +looked back over her shoulder. Her face was very white, but her eyes +were steady and brave. + +Barney Custer smiled up at her in encouragement, and the girl smiled +back at him. + +"She's sure a game one," thought Barney. + +Now she was calling to him. At first he could not catch her words +above the pounding of the horse's hoofs and the noise of his motor. +Presently he understood. + +"Stop!" she cried. "Stop or you will be killed. The road turns to +the left just ahead. You'll go into the ravine at that speed." + +The front wheel of the roadster was at the horse's right flank. +Barney stepped upon the accelerator a little harder. There was +barely room between the horse and the edge of the road for the four +wheels of the roadster, and Barney must be very careful not to touch +the horse. The thought of that and what it would mean to the girl +sent a cold shudder through Barney Custer's athletic frame. + +The man cast a glance to his right. His machine drove from the left +side, and he could not see the road at all over the right hand door. +The sight of tree tops waving beneath him was all that was visible. +Just ahead the road's edge rushed swiftly beneath the right-hand +fender; the wheels on that side must have been on the very verge of +the embankment. + +Now he was abreast the girl. Just ahead he could see where the road +disappeared around a corner of the bluff at the dangerous curve the +girl had warned him against. + +Custer leaned far out over the side of his car. The lunging of the +horse in his stride, and the swaying of the leaping car carried him +first close to the girl and then away again. With his right hand he +held the car between the frantic horse and the edge of the +embankment. His left hand, outstretched, was almost at the girl's +waist. The turn was just before them. + +"Jump!" cried Barney. + +The girl fell backward from her mount, turning to grasp Custer's arm +as it closed about her. At the same instant Barney closed the +throttle, and threw all the weight of his body upon the foot brake. + +The gray roadster swerved toward the embankment as the hind wheels +skidded on the loose surface gravel. They were at the turn. The +horse was just abreast the bumper. There was one chance in a +thousand of making the turn were the running beast out of the way. +There was still a chance if he turned ahead of them. If he did not +turn--Barney hated to think of what must follow. + +But it was all over in a second. The horse bolted straight ahead. +Barney swerved the roadster to the turn. It caught the animal full +in the side. There was a sickening lurch as the hind wheels slid +over the embankment, and then the man shoved the girl from the +running board to the road, and horse, man and roadster went over +into the ravine. + +A moment before a tall young man with a reddish-brown beard had +stood at the turn of the road listening intently to the sound of the +hurrying hoof beats and the purring of the racing motor car +approaching from the distance. In his eyes lurked the look of the +hunted. For a moment he stood in evident indecision, but just before +the runaway horse and the pursuing machine came into view he slipped +over the edge of the road to slink into the underbrush far down +toward the bottom of the ravine. + +When Barney pushed the girl from the running board she fell heavily +to the road, rolling over several times, but in an instant she +scrambled to her feet, hardly the worse for the tumble other than a +few scratches. + +Quickly she ran to the edge of the embankment, a look of immense +relief coming to her soft, brown eyes as she saw her rescuer +scrambling up the precipitous side of the ravine toward her. + +"You are not killed?" she cried in German. "It is a miracle!" + +"Not even bruised," reassured Barney. "But you? You must have had +a nasty fall." + +"I am not hurt at all," she replied. "But for you I should be lying +dead, or terribly maimed down there at the bottom of that awful +ravine at this very moment. It's awful." She drew her shoulders +upward in a little shudder of horror. "But how did you escape? Even +now I can scarce believe it possible." + +"I'm quite sure I don't know how I did escape," said Barney, +clambering over the rim of the road to her side. "That I had nothing +to do with it I am positive. It was just luck. I simply dropped out +onto that bush down there." + +They were standing side by side, now peering down into the ravine +where the car was visible, bottom side up against a tree, near the +base of the declivity. The horse's head could be seen protruding +from beneath the wreckage. + +"I'd better go down and put him out of his misery," said Barney, "if +he is not already dead." + +"I think he is quite dead," said the girl. "I have not seen him +move." + +Just then a little puff of smoke arose from the machine, followed by +a tongue of yellow flame. Barney had already started toward the +horse. + +"Please don't go," begged the girl. "I am sure that he is quite +dead, and it wouldn't be safe for you down there now. The gasoline +tank may explode any minute." + +Barney stopped. + +"Yes, he is dead all right," he said, "but all my belongings are +down there. My guns, six-shooters and all my ammunition. And," he +added ruefully, "I've heard so much about the brigands that infest +these mountains." + +The girl laughed. + +"Those stories are really exaggerated," she said. "I was born in +Lutha, and except for a few months each year have always lived here, +and though I ride much I have never seen a brigand. You need not be +afraid." + +Barney Custer looked up at her quickly, and then he grinned. His +only fear had been that he would not meet brigands, for Mr. Bernard +Custer, Jr., was young and the spirit of Romance and Adventure +breathed strong within him. + +"Why do you smile?" asked the girl. + +"At our dilemma," evaded Barney. "Have you paused to consider our +situation?" + +The girl smiled, too. + +"It is most unconventional," she said. "On foot and alone in the +mountains, far from home, and we do not even know each other's +name." + +"Pardon me," cried Barney, bowing low. "Permit me to introduce +myself. I am," and then to the spirits of Romance and Adventure was +added a third, the spirit of Deviltry, "I am the mad king of Lutha." + + + +II + +OVER THE PRECIPICE + +The effect of his words upon the girl were quite different from what +he had expected. An American girl would have laughed, knowing that +he but joked. This girl did not laugh. Instead her face went white, +and she clutched her bosom with her two hands. Her brown eyes peered +searchingly into the face of the man. + +"Leopold!" she cried in a suppressed voice. "Oh, your majesty, +thank God that you are free--and sane!" + +Before he could prevent it the girl had seized his hand and pressed +it to her lips. + +Here was a pretty muddle! Barney Custer swore at himself inwardly +for a boorish fool. What in the world had ever prompted him to speak +those ridiculous words! And now how was he to unsay them without +mortifying this beautiful girl who had just kissed his hand? + +She would never forgive that--he was sure of it. + +There was but one thing to do, however, and that was to make a clean +breast of it. Somehow, he managed to stumble through his explanation +of what had prompted him, and when he had finished he saw that the +girl was smiling indulgently at him. + +"It shall be Mr. Bernard Custer if you wish it so," she said; "but +your majesty need fear nothing from Emma von der Tann. Your secret +is as safe with me as with yourself, as the name of Von der Tann +must assure you." + +She looked to see the expression of relief and pleasure that her +father's name should have brought to the face of Leopold of Lutha, +but when he gave no indication that he had ever before heard the +name she sighed and looked puzzled. + +"Perhaps," she thought, "he doubts me. Or can it be possible that, +after all, his poor mind is gone?" + +"I wish," said Barney in a tone of entreaty, "that you would forgive +and forget my foolish words, and then let me accompany you to the +end of your journey." + +"Whither were you bound when I became the means of wrecking your +motor car?" asked the girl. + +"To the Old Forest," replied Barney. + +Now she was positive that she was indeed with the mad king of Lutha, +but she had no fear of him, for since childhood she had heard her +father scout the idea that Leopold was mad. For what other purpose +would he hasten toward the Old Forest than to take refuge in her +father's castle upon the banks of the Tann at the forest's verge? + +"Thither was I bound also," she said, "and if you would come there +quickly and in safety I can show you a short path across the +mountains that my father taught me years ago. It touches the main +road but once or twice, and much of the way passes through dense +woods and undergrowth where an army might hide." + +"Hadn't we better find the nearest town," suggested Barney, "where I +can obtain some sort of conveyance to take you home?" + +"It would not be safe," said the girl. "Peter of Blentz will have +troops out scouring all Lutha about Blentz and the Old Forest until +the king is captured." + +Barney Custer shook his head despairingly. + +"Won't you please believe that I am but a plain American?" he +begged. + +Upon the bole of a large wayside tree a fresh, new placard stared +them in the face. Emma von der Tann pointed at one of the +paragraphs. + +"Gray eyes, brown hair, and a full reddish-brown beard," she read. +"No matter who you may be," she said, "you are safer off the +highways of Lutha than on them until you can find and use a razor." + +"But I cannot shave until the fifth of November," said Barney. + +Again the girl looked quickly into his eyes and again in her mind +rose the question that had hovered there once before. Was he indeed, +after all, quite sane? + +"Then please come with me the safest way to my father's," she urged. +"He will know what is best to do." + +"He cannot make me shave," insisted Barney. + +"Why do you wish not to shave?" asked the girl. + +"It is a matter of my honor," he replied. "I had my choice of +wearing a green wastebasket bonnet trimmed with red roses for six +months, or a beard for twelve. If I shave off the beard before the +fifth of November I shall be without honor in the sight of all men +or else I shall have to wear the green bonnet. The beard is bad +enough, but the bonnet--ugh!" + +Emma von der Tann was now quite assured that the poor fellow was +indeed quite demented, but she had seen no indications of violence +as yet, though when that too might develop there was no telling. +However, he was to her Leopold of Lutha, and her father's house had +been loyal to him or his ancestors for three hundred years. + +If she must sacrifice her life in the attempt, nevertheless still +must she do all within her power to save her king from recapture and +to lead him in safety to the castle upon the Tann. + +"Come," she said; "we waste time here. Let us make haste, for the +way is long. At best we cannot reach Tann by dark." + +"I will do anything you wish," replied Barney, "but I shall never +forgive myself for having caused you the long and tedious journey +that lies before us. It would be perfectly safe to go to the nearest +town and secure a rig." + +Emma von der Tann had heard that it was always well to humor maniacs +and she thought of it now. She would put the scheme to the test. + +"The reason that I fear to have you go to the village," she said, +"is that I am quite sure they would catch you and shave off your +beard." + +Barney started to laugh, but when he saw the deep seriousness of the +girl's eyes he changed his mind. Then he recalled her rather +peculiar insistence that he was a king, and it suddenly occurred to +him that he had been foolish not to have guessed the truth before. + +"That is so," he agreed; "I guess we had better do as you say," for +he had determined that the best way to handle her would be to humor +her--he had always heard that that was the proper method for +handling the mentally defective. "Where is the--er--ah--sanatorium?" +he blurted out at last. + +"The what?" she asked. "There is no sanatorium near here, your +majesty, unless you refer to the Castle of Blentz." + +"Is there no asylum for the insane near by?" + +"None that I know of, your majesty." + +For a while they moved on in silence, each wondering what the other +might do next. + +Barney had evolved a plan. He would try and ascertain the location +of the institution from which the girl had escaped and then as +gently as possible lead her back to it. It was not safe for as +beautiful a woman as she to be roaming through the forest in any +such manner as this. He wondered what in the world the authorities +at the asylum had been thinking of to permit her to ride out alone +in the first place. + +"From where did you ride today?" he blurted out suddenly. + +"From Tann." + +"That is where we are going now?" + +"Yes, your majesty." + +Barney drew a breath of relief. The way had become suddenly +difficult and he took the girl's arm to help her down a rather steep +place. At the bottom of the ravine there was a little brook. + +"There used to be a fallen log across it here," said the girl. "How +in the world am I ever to get across, your majesty?" + +"If you call me that again, I shall begin to believe that I am a +king," he humored her, "and then, being a king, I presume that it +wouldn't be proper for me to carry you across, or would it? Never +really having been a king, I do not know." + +"I think," replied the girl, "that it would be eminently proper." + +She had difficulty in keeping in mind the fact that this handsome, +smiling young man was a dangerous maniac, though it was easy to +believe that he was the king. In fact, he looked much as she had +always pictured Leopold as looking. She had known him as a boy, and +there were many paintings and photographs of his ancestors in her +father's castle. She saw much resemblance between these and the +young man. + +The brook was very narrow, and the girl thought that it took the +young man an unreasonably long time to carry her across, though she +was forced to admit that she was far from uncomfortable in the +strong arms that bore her so easily. + +"Why, what are you doing?" she cried presently. "You are not +crossing the stream at all. You are walking right up the middle of +it!" + +She saw his face flush, and then he turned laughing eyes upon her. + +"I am looking for a safe landing," he said. + +Emma von der Tann did not know whether to be frightened or amused. +As her eyes met the clear, gray ones of the man she could not +believe that insanity lurked behind that laughing, level gaze of her +carrier. She found herself continually forgetting that the man was +mad. He had turned toward the bank now, and a couple of steps +carried them to the low sward that fringed the little brooklet. Here +he lowered her to the ground. + +"Your majesty is very strong," she said. "I should not have +expected it after the years of confinement you have suffered." + +"Yes," he said, realizing that he must humor her--it was difficult +to remember that this lovely girl was insane. "Let me see, now just +what was I in prison for? I do not seem to be able to recall it. In +Nebraska, they used to hang men for horse stealing; so I am sure it +must have been something else not quite so bad. Do you happen to +know?" + +"When the king, your father, died you were thirteen years old," the +girl explained, hoping to reawaken the sleeping mind, "and then your +uncle, Prince Peter of Blentz, announced that the shock of your +father's death had unbalanced your mind. He shut you up in Blentz +then, where you have been for ten years, and he has ruled as regent. +Now, my father says, he has recently discovered a plot to take your +life so that Peter may become king. But I suppose you learned of +that, and because of it you escaped!" + +"This Peter person is all-powerful in Lutha?" he asked. + +"He controls the army," the girl replied. + +"And you really believe that I am the mad king Leopold?" + +"You are the king," she said in a convincing manner. + +"You are a very brave young lady," he said earnestly. "If all the +mad king's subjects were as loyal as you, and as brave, he would not +have languished for ten years behind the walls of Blentz." + +"I am a Von der Tann," she said proudly, as though that was +explanation sufficient to account for any bravery or loyalty. + +"Even a Von der Tann might, without dishonor, hesitate to accompany +a mad man through the woods," he replied, "especially if she +happened to be a very--a very--" He halted, flushing. + +"A very what, your majesty?" asked the girl. + +"A very young woman," he ended lamely. + +Emma von der Tann knew that he had not intended saying that at all. +Being a woman, she knew precisely what he had meant to say, and she +discovered that she would very much have liked to hear him say it. + +"Suppose," said Barney, "that Peter's soldiers run across us--what +then?" + +"They will take you back to Blentz, your majesty." + +"And you?" + +"I do not think that they will dare lay hands on me, though it is +possible that Peter might do so. He hates my father even more now +than he did when the old king lived." + +"I wish," said Mr. Custer, "that I had gone down after my guns. Why +didn't you tell me, in the first place, that I was a king, and that +I might get you in trouble if you were found with me? Why, they may +even take me for an emperor or a mikado--who knows? And then look at +all the trouble we'd be in." + +Which was Barney's way of humoring a maniac. + +"And they might even shave off your beautiful beard." + +Which was the girl's way. + +"Do you think that you would like me better in the green wastebasket +hat with the red roses?" asked Barney. + +A very sad look came into the girl's eyes. It was pitiful to think +that this big, handsome young man, for whose return to the throne +all Lutha had prayed for ten long years, was only a silly half-wit. +What might he not have accomplished for his people had this terrible +misfortune not overtaken him! In every other way he seemed fitted to +be the savior of his country. If she could but make him remember! + +"Your majesty," she said, "do you not recall the time that your +father came upon a state visit to my father's castle? You were a +little boy then. He brought you with him. I was a little girl, and +we played together. You would not let me call you 'highness,' but +insisted that I should always call you Leopold. When I forgot you +would accuse me of lese-majeste, and sentence me to--to punishment." + +"What was the punishment?" asked Barney, noticing her hesitation and +wishing to encourage her in the pretty turn her dementia had taken. + +Again the girl hesitated; she hated to say it, but if it would help +to recall the past to that poor, dimmed mind, it was her duty. + +"Every time I called you 'highness' you made me give you a--a kiss," +she almost whispered. + +"I hope," said Barney, "that you will be guilty of lese-majeste +often." + +"We were little children then, your majesty," the girl reminded him. + +Had he thought her of sound mind Mr. Custer might have taken +advantage of his royal prerogatives on the spot, for the girl's lips +were most tempting; but when he remembered the poor, weak mind, +tears almost came to his eyes, and there sprang to his heart a great +desire to protect and guard this unfortunate child. + +"And when I was Crown Prince what were you, way back there in the +beautiful days of our childhood?" asked Barney. + +"Why, I was what I still am, your majesty," replied the girl. +"Princess Emma von der Tann." + +So the poor child, besides thinking him a king, thought herself a +princess! She certainly was mad. Well, he would humor her. + +"Then I should call you 'your highness,' shouldn't I?" he asked. + +"You always called me Emma when we were children." + +"Very well, then, you shall be Emma and I Leopold. Is it a +bargain?" + +"The king's will is law," she said. + +They had come to a very steep hillside, up which the +half-obliterated trail zigzagged toward the crest of a flat-topped +hill. Barney went ahead, taking the girl's hand in his to help her, +and thus they came to the top, to stand hand in hand, breathing +heavily after the stiff climb. + +The girl's hair had come loose about her temples and a lock was +blowing over her face. Her cheeks were very red and her eyes bright. +Barney thought he had never looked upon a lovelier picture. He +smiled down into her eyes and she smiled back at him. + +"I wished, back there a way," he said, "that that little brook had +been as wide as the ocean--now I wish that this little hill had been +as high as Mont Blanc." + +"You like to climb?" she asked. + +"I should like to climb forever--with you," he said seriously. + +She looked up at him quickly. A reply was on her lips, but she +never uttered it, for at that moment a ruffian in picturesque rags +leaped out from behind a near-by bush, confronting them with leveled +revolver. He was so close that the muzzle of the weapon almost +touched Barney's face. In that the fellow made his mistake. + +"You see," said Barney unexcitedly, "that I was right about the +brigands after all. What do you want, my man?" + +The man's eyes had suddenly gone wide. He stared with open mouth at +the young fellow before him. Then a cunning look came into his eyes. + +"I want you, your majesty," he said. + +"Godfrey!" exclaimed Barney. "Did the whole bunch escape?" + +"Quick!" growled the man. "Hold up your hands. The notice made it +plain that you would be worth as much dead as alive, and I have no +mind to lose you, so do not tempt me to kill you." + +Barney's hands went up, but not in the way that the brigand had +expected. Instead, one of them seized his weapon and shoved it +aside, while with the other Custer planted a blow between his eyes +and sent him reeling backward. The two men closed, fighting for +possession of the gun. In the scrimmage it was exploded, but a +moment later the American succeeded in wresting it from his +adversary and hurled it into the ravine. + +Striking at one another, the two surged backward and forward at the +very edge of the hill, each searching for the other's throat. The +girl stood by, watching the battle with wide, frightened eyes. If +she could only do something to aid the king! + +She saw a loose stone lying at a little distance from the fighters +and hastened to procure it. If she could strike the brigand a single +good blow on the side of the head, Leopold might easily overpower +him. When she had gathered up the rock and turned back toward the +two she saw that the man she thought to be the king was not much in +the way of needing outside assistance. She could not but marvel at +the strength and dexterity of this poor fellow who had spent almost +half his life penned within the four walls of a prison. It must be, +she thought, the superhuman strength with which maniacs are always +credited. + +Nevertheless, she hurried toward them with her weapon; but just +before she reached them the brigand made a last mad effort to free +himself from the fingers that had found his throat. He lunged +backward, dragging the other with him. His foot struck upon the root +of a tree, and together the two toppled over into the ravine. + +As the girl hastened toward the spot where the two had disappeared, +she was startled to see three troopers of the palace cavalry headed +by an officer break through the trees at a short distance from where +the battle had waged. The four men ran rapidly toward her. + +"What has happened here?" shouted the officer to Emma von der Tann; +and then, as he came closer: "Gott! Can it be possible that it is +your highness?" + +The girl paid no attention to the officer. Instead, she hurried +down the steep embankment toward the underbrush into which the two +men had fallen. There was no sound from below, and no movement in +the bushes to indicate that a moment before two desperately battling +human beings had dropped among them. + +The soldiers were close upon the girl's heels, but it was she who +first reached the two quiet figures that lay side by side upon the +stony ground halfway down the hillside. + +When the officer stopped beside her she was sitting on the ground +holding the head of one of the combatants in her lap. + +A little stream of blood trickled from a wound in the forehead. The +officer stooped closer. + +"He is dead?" he asked. + +"The king is dead," replied the Princess Emma von der Tann, a little +sob in her voice. + +"The king!" exclaimed the officer; and then, as he bent lower over +the white face: "Leopold!" + +The girl nodded. + +"We were searching for him," said the officer, "when we heard the +shot." Then, arising, he removed his cap, saying in a very low +voice: "The king is dead. Long live the king!" + + + + +III + +AN ANGRY KING + +The soldiers stood behind their officer. None of them had ever seen +Leopold of Lutha--he had been but a name to them--they cared nothing +for him; but in the presence of death they were awed by the majesty +of the king they had never known. + +The hands of Emma von der Tann were chafing the wrists of the man +whose head rested in her lap. + +"Leopold!" she whispered. "Leopold, come back! Mad king you may +have been, but still you were king of Lutha--my father's king--my +king." + +The girl nearly cried out in shocked astonishment as she saw the +eyes of the dead king open. But Emma von der Tann was quick-witted. +She knew for what purpose the soldiers from the palace were scouring +the country. + +Had she not thought the king dead she would have cut out her tongue +rather than reveal his identity to these soldiers of his great +enemy. Now she saw that Leopold lived, and she must undo the harm +she had innocently wrought. She bent lower over Barney's face, +trying to hide it from the soldiers. + +"Go away, please!" she called to them. "Leave me with my dead king. +You are Peter's men. You do not care for Leopold, living or dead. Go +back to your new king and tell him that this poor young man can +never more stand between him and the throne." + +The officer hesitated. + +"We shall have to take the king's body with us, your highness," he +said. + +The officer evidently becoming suspicious, came closer, and as he +did so Barney Custer sat up. + +"Go away!" cried the girl, for she saw that the king was attempting +to speak. "My father's people will carry Leopold of Lutha in state +to the capital of his kingdom." + +"What's all this row about?" he asked. "Can't you let a dead king +alone if the young lady asks you to? What kind of a short sport are +you, anyway? Run along, now, and tie yourself outside." + +The officer smiled, a trifle maliciously perhaps. + +"Ah," he said, "I am very glad indeed that you are not dead, your +majesty." + +Barney Custer turned his incredulous eyes upon the lieutenant. + +"Et tu, Brute?" he cried in anguished accents, letting his head fall +back into the girl's lap. He found it very comfortable there indeed. + +The officer smiled and shook his head. Then he tapped his forehead +meaningly. + +"I did not know," he said to the girl, "that he was so bad. But +come--it is some distance to Blentz, and the afternoon is already +well spent. Your highness will accompany us." + +"I?" cried the girl. "You certainly cannot be serious." + +"And why not, your highness?" asked the officer. "We had strict +orders to arrest not only the king, but any companions who may have +been involved in his escape." + +"I had nothing whatever to do with his escape," said the girl, +"though I should have been only too glad to have aided him had the +opportunity presented." + +"King Peter may think differently," replied the man. + +"The Regent, you mean?" the girl corrected him haughtily. + +The officer shrugged his shoulders. + +"Regent or King, he is ruler of Lutha nevertheless, and he would +take away my commission were I to tell him that I had found a Von +der Tann in company with the king and had permitted her to escape. +Your blood convicts your highness." + +"You are going to take me to Blentz and confine me there?" asked the +girl in a very small voice and with wide incredulous eyes. "You +would not dare thus to humiliate a Von der Tann?" + +"I am very sorry," said the officer, "but I am a soldier, and +soldiers must obey their superiors. My orders are strict. You may be +thankful," he added, "that it was not Maenck who discovered you." + +At the mention of the name the girl shuddered. + +"In so far as it is in my power your highness and his majesty will +be accorded every consideration of dignity and courtesy while under +my escort. You need not entertain any fear of me," he concluded. + +Barney Custer, during this, to him, remarkable dialogue, had risen +to his feet, and assisted the girl in rising. Now he turned and +spoke to the officer. + +"This farce," he said, "has gone quite far enough. If it is a joke +it is becoming a very sorry one. I am not a king. I am an +American--Bernard Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A. Look at me. +Look at me closely. Do I look like a king?" + +"Every inch, your majesty," replied the officer. + +Barney looked at the man aghast. + +"Well, I am not a king," he said at last, "and if you go to +arresting me and throwing me into one of your musty old dungeons +you will find that I am a whole lot more important than most kings. +I'm an American citizen." + +"Yes, your majesty," replied the officer, a trifle impatiently. "But +we waste time in idle discussion. Will your majesty be so good as to +accompany me without resistance?" + +"If you will first escort this young lady to a place of safety," +replied Barney. + +"She will be quite safe at Blentz," said the lieutenant. + +Barney turned to look at the girl, a question in his eyes. Before +them stood the soldiers with drawn revolvers, and now at the summit +of the hill a dozen more appeared in command of a sergeant. They +were two against nearly a score, and Barney Custer was unarmed. + +The girl shook her head. + +"There, is no alternative, I am afraid, your majesty," she said. + +Barney wheeled toward the officer. + +"Very well, lieutenant," he said, "we will accompany you." + +The party turned back up the hillside, leaving the dead bandit where +he lay--the fellow's neck had been broken by the fall. A short +distance from where the man had confronted them the two prisoners +were brought to the main road where they saw still other troopers, +and with them the horses of those who had gone into the forest on +foot. + +Barney and the girl were mounted on two of the animals, the soldiers +who had ridden them clambering up behind two of their comrades. A +moment later the troop set out along the road which leads to Blentz. + +The prisoners rode near the center of the column, surrounded by +troopers. For a time they were both silent. Barney was wondering if +he had accidentally tumbled into the private grounds of Lutha's +largest madhouse, or if, in reality, these people mistook him for +the young king--it seemed incredible. + +It had commenced slowly to dawn upon him that perhaps the girl was +not crazy after all. Had not the officer addressed her as "your +highness"? Now that he thought upon it he recalled that she did have +quite a haughty and regal way with her at times, especially so when +she had addressed the officer. + +Of course she might be mad, after all, and possibly the bandit, too, +but it seemed unbelievable that the officer was mad and his entire +troop of cavalry should be composed of maniacs, yet they all +persisted in speaking and acting as though he were indeed the mad +king of Lutha and the young girl at his side a princess. + +From pitying the girl he had come to feel a little bit in awe of +her. To the best of his knowledge he had never before associated +with a real princess. When he recalled that he had treated her as he +would an ordinary mortal, and that he had thought her demented, and +had tried to humor her mad whims, he felt very foolish indeed. + +Presently he turned a sheepish glance in her direction, to find her +looking at him. He saw her flush slightly as his eyes met hers. + +"Can your highness ever forgive me?" he asked. + +"Forgive you!" she cried in astonishment. "For what, your +majesty?" + +"For thinking you insane, and for getting you into this horrible +predicament," he replied. "But especially for thinking you insane." + +"Did you think me mad?" she asked in wide-eyed astonishment. + +"When you insisted that I was a king, yes," he replied. "But now I +begin to believe that it must be I who am mad, after all, or else I +bear a remarkable resemblance to Leopold of Lutha." + +"You do, your majesty," replied the girl. + +Barney saw it was useless to attempt to convince them and so he +decided to give up for the time. + +"Have me king, if you will," he said, "but please do not call me +'your majesty' any more. It gets on my nerves." + +"Your will is law--Leopold," replied the girl, hesitating prettily +before the familiar name, "but do not forget your part of the +compact." + +He smiled at her. A princess wasn't half so terrible after all. + +"And your will shall be my law, Emma," he said. + +It was almost dark when they came to Blentz. The castle lay far up +on the side of a steep hill above the town. It was an ancient pile, +but had been maintained in an excellent state of repair. As Barney +Custer looked up at the grim towers and mighty, buttressed walls his +heart sank. It had taken the mad king ten years to make his escape +from that gloomy and forbidding pile! + +"Poor child," he murmured, thinking of the girl. + +Before the barbican the party was halted by the guard. An officer +with a lantern stepped out upon the lowered portcullis. The +lieutenant who had captured them rode forward to meet him. + +"A detachment of the Royal Horse Guards escorting His Majesty the +King, who is returning to Blentz," he said in reply to the officer's +sharp challenge. + +"The king!" exclaimed the officer. "You have found him?" and he +advanced with raised lantern searching for the monarch. + +"At last," whispered Barney to the girl at his side, "I shall be +vindicated. This man, at least, who is stationed at Blentz must +know his king by sight." + +The officer came quite close, holding his lantern until the +rays fell full in Barney's face. He scrutinized the young man +for a moment. There was neither humility nor respect in his +manner, so that the American was sure that the fellow had +discovered the imposture. + +From the bottom of his heart he hoped so. Then the officer +swung the lantern until its light shone upon the girl. + +"And who's the wench with him?" he asked the officer who +had found them. + +The man was standing close beside Barney's horse, and the words were +scarce out of his month when the American slipped from his saddle to +the portcullis and struck the officer full in the face. + +"She is the Princess von der Tann, you boor," said Barney, "and let +that help you remember it in future." + +The officer scrambled to his feet, white with rage. Whipping out +his sword he rushed at Barney. + +"You shall die for that, you half-wit," he cried. + +Lieutenant Butzow, he of the Royal Horse, rushed forward to prevent +the assault and Emma von der Tann sprang from her saddle and threw +herself in front of Barney. + +Butzow grasped the other officer's arm. + +"Are you mad, Schonau?" he cried. "Would you kill the king?" + +The fellow tugged to escape the grasp of Butzow. He was crazed with +anger. + +"Why not?" he bellowed. "You were a fool not to have done it +yourself. Maenck will do it and get a baronetcy. It will mean a +captaincy for me at least. Let me at him--no man can strike Karl +Schonau and live." + +"The king is unarmed," cried Emma von der Tann. "Would you murder +him in cold blood?" + +"He shall not murder him at all, your highness," said Lieutenant +Butzow quietly. "Give me your sword, Lieutenant Schonau. I place you +under arrest. What you have just said will not please the Regent +when it is reported to him. You should keep your head better when +you are angry." + +"It is the truth," growled Schonau, regretting that his anger had +led him into a disclosure of the plot against the king's life, but +like most weak characters fearing to admit himself in error even +more than he feared the consequences of his rash words. + +"Do you intend taking my sword?" asked Schonau suddenly, turning +toward Lieutenant Butzow standing beside him. + +"We will forget the whole occurrence, lieutenant," replied Butzow, +"if you will promise not to harm his majesty, or offer him or the +Princess von der Tann further humiliation. Their position is +sufficiently unpleasant without our adding to the degradation of +it." + +"Very well," grumbled Schonau. "Pass on into the courtyard." + +Barney and the girl remounted and the little cavalcade moved forward +through the ballium and the great gate into the court beyond. + +"Did you notice," said Barney to the princess, "that even he +believes me to be the king? I cannot fathom it." + +Within the castle they were met by a number of servants and +soldiers. An officer escorted them to the great hall, and presently +a dark visaged captain of cavalry entered and approached them. +Butzow saluted. + +"His Majesty, the King," he announced, "has returned to Blentz. In +accordance with the commands of the Regent I deliver his august +person into your safe keeping, Captain Maenck." + +Maenck nodded. He was looking at Barney with evident curiosity. + +"Where did you find him?" he asked Butzow. + +He made no pretense of according to Barney the faintest indication +of the respect that is supposed to be due to those of royal blood. +Barney commenced to hope that he had finally come upon one who would +know that he was not king. + +Butzow recounted the details of the finding of the king. As he +spoke, Maenck's eyes, restless and furtive, seemed to be appraising +the personal charms of the girl who stood just back of Barney. + +The American did not like the appearance of the officer, but he saw +that he was evidently supreme at Blentz, and he determined to appeal +to him in the hope that the man might believe his story and untangle +the ridiculous muddle that a chance resemblance to a fugitive +monarch had thrown him and the girl into. + +"Captain," said Barney, stepping closer to the officer, "there has +been a mistake in identity here. I am not the king. I am an American +traveling for pleasure in Lutha. The fact that I have gray eyes and +wear a full reddish-brown beard is my only offense. You are +doubtless familiar with the king's appearance and so you at least +have already seen that I am not his majesty. + +"Not being the king, there is no cause to detain me longer, and as I +am not a fugitive and never have been, this young lady has been +guilty of no misdemeanor or crime in being in my company. Therefore +she too should be released. In the name of justice and common +decency I am sure that you will liberate us both at once and furnish +the Princess von der Tann, at least, with a proper escort to her +home." + +Maenck listened in silence until Barney had finished, a half smile +upon his thick lips. + +"I am commencing to believe that you are not so crazy as we have all +thought," he said. "Certainly," and he let his eyes rest upon Emma +von der Tann, "you are not mentally deficient in so far as your +judgment of a good-looking woman is concerned. I could not have made +a better selection myself. + +"As for my familiarity with your appearance, you know as well as I +that I have never seen you before. But that is not necessary--you +conform perfectly to the printed description of you with which the +kingdom is flooded. Were that not enough, the fact that you were +discovered with old Von der Tann's daughter is sufficient to remove +the least doubt as to your identity." + +"You are governor of Blentz," cried Barney, "and yet you say that +you have never seen the king?" + +"Certainly," replied Maenck. "After you escaped the entire +personnel of the garrison here was changed, even the old servants to +a man were withdrawn and others substituted. You will have +difficulty in again escaping, for those who aided you before are no +longer here." + +"There is no man in the castle of Blentz who has ever seen the +king?" asked Barney. + +"None who has seen him before tonight," replied Maenck. "But were we +in doubt we have the word of the Princess Emma that you are Leopold. +Did she not admit it to you, Butzow?" + +"When she thought his majesty dead she admitted it," replied Butzow. + +"We gain nothing by discussing the matter," said Maenck shortly. +"You are Leopold of Lutha. Prince Peter says that you are mad. All +that concerns me is that you do not escape again, and you may rest +assured that while Ernst Maenck is governor of Blentz you shall not +escape and go at large again. + +"Are the royal apartments in readiness for his majesty, Dr. Stein?" +he concluded, turning toward a rat-faced little man with bushy +whiskers, who stood just behind him. + +The query was propounded in an ironical tone, and with a manner that +made no pretense of concealing the contempt of the speaker for the +man he thought the king. + +The eyes of the Princess Emma were blazing as she caught the scant +respect in Maenck's manner. She looked quickly toward Barney to see +if he intended rebuking the man for his impertinence. She saw that +the king evidently intended overlooking Maenck's attitude. But Emma +von der Tann was of a different mind. + +She had seen Maenck several times at social functions in the +capital. He had even tried to win a place in her favor, but she had +always disliked him, even before the nasty stories of his past life +had become common gossip, and within the year she had won his hatred +by definitely indicating to him that he was persona non grata, in so +far as she was concerned. Now she turned upon him, her eyes flashing +with indignation. + +"Do you forget, sir, that you address the king?" she cried. "That +you are without honor I have heard men say, and I may truly believe +it now that I have seen what manner of man you are. The most +lowly-bred boor in all Lutha would not be so ungenerous as to take +advantage of his king's helplessness to heap indignities upon him. + +"Leopold of Lutha shall come into his own some day, and my dearest +hope is that his first act may be to mete out to such as you the +punishment you deserve." + +Maenck paled in anger. His fingers twitched nervously, but he +controlled his temper remarkably well, biding his time for revenge. + +"Take the king to his apartments, Stein," he commanded curtly, "and +you, Lieutenant Butzow, accompany them with a guard, nor leave until +you see that he is safely confined. You may return here afterward +for my further instructions. In the meantime I wish to examine the +king's mistress." + +For a moment tense silence reigned in the apartment after Maenck had +delivered his wanton insult. + +Emma von der Tann, her little chin high in the air, stood straight +and haughty, nor was there any sign in her expression to indicate +that she had heard the man's words. + +Barney was the first to take cognizance of them. + +"You cur!" he cried, and took a step toward Maenck. "You're going to +eat that, word for word." + +Maenck stepped back, his hand upon his sword. Butzow laid a hand +upon Barney's arm. + +"Don't, your majesty," he implored, "it will but make your position +more unpleasant, nor will it add to the safety of the Princess von +der Tann for you to strike him now." + +Barney shook himself free from Butzow, and before either Stein or +the lieutenant could prevent had sprung upon Maenck. + +The latter had not been quick enough with his sword, so that Barney +had struck him twice, heavily in the face before the officer was +able to draw. Butzow had sprung to the king's side, and was +attempting to interpose himself between Maenck and the American. In +a moment more the sword of the infuriated captain would be in the +king's heart. Barney turned the first thrust with his forearm. + +"Stop!" cried Butzow to Maenck. "Are you mad, that you would kill +the king?" + +Maenck lunged again, viciously, at the unprotected body of his +antagonist. + +"Die, you pig of an idiot!" he screamed. + +Butzow saw that the man really meant to murder Leopold. He seized +Barney by the shoulder and whirled him backward. At the same instant +his own sword leaped from his scabbard, and now Maenck found himself +facing grim steel in the hand of a master swordsman. + +The governor of Blentz drew back from the touch of that sharp point. + +"What do you mean?" he cried. "This is mutiny." + +"When I received my commission," replied Butzow, quietly, "I swore +to protect the person of the king with my life, and while I live no +man shall affront Leopold of Lutha in my presence, or threaten his +safety else he accounts to me for his act. Return your sword, +Captain Maenck, nor ever again draw it against the king while I be +near." + +Slowly Maenck sheathed his weapon. Black hatred for Butzow and the +man he was protecting smoldered in his eyes. + +"If he wishes peace," said Barney, "let him apologize to the +princess." + +"You had better apologize, captain," counseled Butzow, "for if the +king should command me to do so I should have to compel you to," and +the lieutenant half drew his sword once more. + +There was something in Butzow's voice that warned Maenck that his +subordinate would like nothing better than the king's command to run +him through. + +He well knew the fame of Butzow's sword arm, and having no stomach +for an encounter with it he grumbled an apology. + +"And don't let it occur again," warned Barney. + +"Come," said Dr. Stein, "your majesty should be in your apartments, +away from all excitement, if we are to effect a cure, so that you +may return to your throne quickly." + +Butzow formed the soldiers about the American, and the party moved +silently out of the great hall, leaving Captain Maenck and Princess +Emma von der Tann its only occupants. + +Barney cast a troubled glance toward Maenck, and half hesitated. + +"I am sorry, your majesty," said Butzow in a low voice, "but you +must accompany us. In this the governor of Blentz is well within his +authority, and I must obey him." + +"Heaven help her!" murmured Barney. + +"The governor will not dare harm her," said Butzow. "Your majesty +need entertain no apprehension." + +"I wouldn't trust him," replied the American. "I know his kind." + + + + +IV + +BARNEY FINDS A FRIEND + +After the party had left the room Maenck stood looking at the +princess for several seconds. A cunning expression supplanted the +anger that had shown so plainly upon his face but a moment before. +The girl had moved to one side of the apartment and was pretending +an interest in a large tapestry that covered the wall at that point. +Maenck watched her with greedy eyes. Presently he spoke. + +"Let us be friends," he said. "You shall be my guest at Blentz for +a long time. I doubt if Peter will care to release you soon, for he +has no love for your father--and it will be easier for both if we +establish pleasant relations from the beginning. What do you say?" + +"I shall not be at Blentz long," she replied, not even looking in +Maenck's direction, "though while I am it shall be as a prisoner and +not as a guest. It is incredible that one could believe me willing +to pose as the guest of a traitor, even were he less impossible than +the notorious and infamous Captain Maenck." + +Maenck smiled. He was one of those who rather pride themselves upon +the possession of racy reputations. He walked across the room to a +bell cord which he pulled. Then he turned toward the girl again. + +"I have given you an opportunity," he said, "to lighten the burdens +of your captivity. I hoped that you would be sensible and accept my +advances of friendship voluntarily," and he emphasized the word +"voluntarily," "but--" + +He shrugged his shoulders. + +A servant had entered the apartment in response to Maenck's summons. + +"Show the Princess von der Tann to her apartments," he commanded +with a sinister tone. + +The man, who was in the livery of Peter of Blentz, bowed, and with a +deferential sign to the girl led the way from the room. Emma von der +Tann followed her guide up a winding stairway which spiraled within +a tower at the end of a long passage. On the second floor of the +castle the servant led her to a large and beautifully furnished +suite of three rooms--a bedroom, dressing-room and boudoir. After +showing her the rooms that were to be hers the servant left her +alone. + +As soon as he had gone the Princess von der Tann took another turn +through the suite, looking to the doors and windows to ascertain how +securely she might barricade herself against unwelcome visitors. + +She found that the three rooms lay in an angle of the old, +moss-covered castle wall. + +The bedroom and dressing-room were connected by a doorway, and each +in turn had another door opening into the boudoir. The only +connection with the corridor without was through a single doorway +from the boudoir. This door was equipped with a massive bolt, which, +when she had shot it, gave her a feeling of immense relief and +security. The windows were all too high above the court on one side +and the moat upon the other to cause her the slightest apprehension +of danger from the outside. + +The girl found the boudoir not only beautiful, but extremely +comfortable and cozy. A huge log-fire blazed upon the hearth, and, +though it was summer, its warmth was most welcome, for the night was +chill. Across the room from the fireplace a full length oil of a +former Blentz princess looked down in arrogance upon the unwilling +occupant of the room. It seemed to the girl that there was an +expression of annoyance upon the painted countenance that another, +and an enemy of her house, should be making free with her +belongings. She wondered a little, too, that this huge oil should +have been hung in a lady's boudoir. It seemed singularly out of +place. + +"If she would but smile," thought Emma von der Tann, "she would +detract less from the otherwise pleasant surroundings, but I suppose +she serves her purpose in some way, whatever it may be." + +There were papers, magazines and books upon the center table and +more books upon a low tier of shelves on either side of the +fireplace. The girl tried to amuse herself by reading, but she found +her thoughts continually reverting to the unhappy situation of the +king, and her eyes momentarily wandered to the cold and repellent +face of the Blentz princess. + +Finally she wheeled a great armchair near the fireplace, and with +her back toward the portrait made a final attempt to submerge her +unhappy thoughts in a current periodical. + + +When Barney and his escort reached the apartments that had been +occupied by the king of Lutha before his escape, Butzow and the +soldiers left him in company with Dr. Stein and an old servant, +whom the doctor introduced as his new personal attendant. + +"Your majesty will find him a very attentive and faithful servant," +said Stein. "He will remain with you and administer your medicine at +proper intervals." + +"Medicine?" ejaculated Barney. "What in the world do I need of +medicine? There is nothing the matter with me." + +Stein smiled indulgently. + +"Ah, your majesty," he said, "if you could but realize the sad +affliction that clouds your life! You may never sit upon your throne +until the last trace of this sinister mental disorder is eradicated, +so take your medicine voluntarily, or otherwise Joseph will be +compelled to administer it by force. Remember, sire, that only +through this treatment will you be able to leave Blentz." + +After Stein had left the room Joseph bolted the door behind him. +Then he came to where Barney stood in the center of the apartment, +and dropping to his knees took the young man's hand in his and +kissed it. + +"God has been good indeed, your majesty," he whispered. "It was He +who made it possible for old Joseph to deceive them and find his way +to your side." + +"Who are you, my man?" asked Barney. + +"I am from Tann," whispered the old man, in a very low voice. "His +highness, the prince, found the means to obtain service for me with +the new retinue that has replaced the old which permitted your +majesty's escape. There was another from Tann among the former +servants here. + +"It was through his efforts that you escaped before, you will +recall. I have seen Fritz and learned from him the way, so that if +your majesty does not recall it it will make no difference, for I +know it well, having been over it three times already since I came +here, to be sure that when the time came that they should recapture +you I might lead you out quickly before they could slay you." + +"You really think that they intend murdering me?" + +"There is no doubt about it, your majesty," replied the old man. +"This very bottle"--Joseph touched the phial which Stein had left +upon the table--"contains the means whereby, through my hands, you +were to be slowly poisoned." + +"Do you know what it is?" + +"Bichloride of mercury, your majesty. One dose would have been +sufficient, and after a few days--perhaps a week--you would have +died in great agony." + +Barney shuddered. + +"But I am not the king, Joseph," said the young man, "so even had +they succeeded in killing me it would have profited them nothing." + +Joseph shook his head sadly. + +"Your majesty will pardon the presumption of one who loves him," he +said, "if he makes so bold as to suggest that your majesty must not +again deny that he is king. That only tends to corroborate the +contention of Prince Peter that your majesty is not--er, just sane, +and so, incompetent to rule Lutha. But we of Tann know differently, +and with the help of the good God we will place your majesty upon +the throne which Peter has kept from you all these years." + +Barney sighed. They were determined that he should be king whether +he would or no. He had often thought he would like to be a king; but +now the realization of his boyish dreaming which seemed so imminent +bade fair to be almost anything than pleasant. + +Barney suddenly realized that the old fellow was talking. He was +explaining how they might escape. It seemed that a secret passage +led from this very chamber to the vaults beneath the castle and from +there through a narrow tunnel below the moat to a cave in the +hillside far beyond the structure. + +"They will not return again tonight to see your majesty," said +Joseph, "and so we had best make haste to leave at once. I have a +rope and swords in readiness. We shall need the rope to make our way +down the hillside, but let us hope that we shall not need the +swords." + +"I cannot leave Blentz," said Barney, "unless the Princess Emma goes +with us." + +"The Princess Emma!" cried the old man. "What Princess Emma?" + +"Princess von der Tann," replied Barney. "Did you not know that she +was captured with me!" + +The old man was visibly affected by the knowledge that his young +mistress was a prisoner within the walls of Blentz. He seemed torn +by conflicting emotions--his duty toward his king and his love for +the daughter of his old master. So it was that he seemed much +relieved when he found that Barney insisted upon saving the girl +before any thought of their own escape should be taken into +consideration. + +"My first duty, your majesty," said Joseph, "is to bring you safely +out of the hands of your enemies, but if you command me to try to +bring your betrothed with us I am sure that his highness, Prince +Ludwig, would be the last to censure me for deviating thus from his +instructions, for if he loves another more than he loves his king it +is his daughter, the beautiful Princess Emma." + +"What do you mean, Joseph," asked Barney, "by referring to the +princess as my betrothed? I never saw her before today." + +"It has slipped your majesty's mind," said the old man sadly; "but +you and my young mistress were betrothed many years ago while you +were yet but children. It was the old king's wish that you wed the +daughter of his best friend and most loyal subject." + +Here was a pretty pass, indeed, thought Barney. It was sufficiently +embarrassing to be mistaken for the king, but to be thrown into this +false position in company with a beautiful young woman to whom the +king was engaged to be married, and who, with the others, thought +him to be the king, was quite the last word in impossible positions. + +Following this knowledge there came to Barney the first pangs of +regret that he was not really the king, and then the realization, so +sudden that it almost took his breath away, that the girl was very +beautiful and very much to be desired. He had not thought about the +matter until her utter impossibility was forced upon him. + +It was decided that Joseph should leave the king's apartment at once +and discover in what part of the castle Emma von der Tann was +imprisoned. Their further plans were to depend upon the information +gained by the old man during his tour of investigation of the +castle. + +In the interval of his absence Barney paced the length of his prison +time and time again. He thought the fellow would never return. +Perhaps he had been detected in the act of spying, and was himself a +prisoner in some other part of the castle! The thought came to +Barney like a blow in the face, for he realized that then he would +be entirely at the mercy of his captors, and that there would be +none to champion the cause of the Princess von der Tann. + +When his nervous tension had about reached the breaking point there +came a sound of stealthy movement just outside the door of his room. +Barney halted close to the massive panels. He heard a key fitted +quietly and then the lock grated as it turned. + +Barney thought that they had surely detected Joseph's duplicity and +had come to make short work of the king before other traitors arose +in their midst entirely to frustrate their plans. The young American +stepped to the wall behind the door that he might be out of sight of +whoever entered. Should it prove other than Joseph, might the Lord +help them! The clenched fists, square-set chin, and gleaming gray +eyes of the prisoner presaged no good for any incoming enemy. + +Slowly the door swung open and a man entered the room. Barney +breathed a deep sigh of relief--it was Joseph. + +"Well?" cried the young man from behind him, and Joseph started as +though Peter of Blentz himself had laid an accusing finger upon his +shoulder. "What news?" + +"Your majesty," gasped Joseph, "how you did startle me! I found the +apartments of the princess, sire. There is a bare chance that we may +succeed in rescuing her, but a very bare one, indeed. + +"We must traverse a main corridor of the castle to reach her suite, +and then return by the same way. It will be a miracle if we are not +discovered; but the worst of it is that next to her apartments, and +between them and your majesty's, are the apartments of Captain +Maenck. + +"He is sure to be there and officers and servants may be coming and +going throughout the entire night, for the man is a convivial +fellow, sitting at cards and drink until sunrise nearly every day." + +"And when we have brought the princess in safety to my quarters," +asked Barney, "what then? How shall we conduct her from the castle? +You have not told me that as yet." + +The old man explained then the plan of escape. It seemed that one +of the two huge tile panels that flanked the fireplace on either +side was in reality a door hiding the entrance to a shaft that rose +from the vaults beneath the castle to the roof. At each floor there +was a similar secret door concealing the mouth of the passage. From +the vaults a corridor led through another secret panel to the tunnel +that wound downward to the cave in the hillside. + +"Beyond that we shall find horses, your majesty," concluded the old +man. "They have been hidden in the woods since I came to Blentz. +Each day I go there to water and feed them." + +During the servant's explanation Barney had been casting about in +his mind for some means of rescuing the princess without so great +risk of detection, and as the plan of the secret passageway became +clear to him he thought that he saw a way to accomplish the thing +with comparative safety in so far as detection was concerned. + +"Who occupies the floor above us, Joseph?" he asked. + +"It is vacant," replied the old man. + +"Good! Come, show me the entrance to the shaft," directed Barney. + +"You will go without attempting to succor the Princess Emma?" +exclaimed the old fellow in ill-concealed chagrin. + +"Far from it," replied Barney. "Bring your rope and the swords. I +think we are going to find the rescuing of the Princess Emma the +easiest part of our adventure." + +The old man shook his head, but went to another room of the suite, +from which he presently emerged with a stout rope about fifty feet +in length and two swords. As he buckled one of the weapons to Barney +his eyes fell upon the American's seal ring that encircled the third +finger of his left hand. + +"The Royal Ring of Lutha!" exclaimed Joseph. "Where is it, your +majesty? What has become of the Royal Ring of the Kings of Lutha?" + +"I'm sure I don't know, Joseph," replied the young man. "Should I be +wearing a royal ring?" + +"The profaning miscreants!" cried Joseph. "They have dared to filch +from you the great ring that has been handed down from king to king +for three hundred years. When did they take it from you?" + +"I have never seen it, Joseph," replied the young man, "and possibly +this fact may assure you where all else has failed that I am no true +king of Lutha, after all." + +"Ah, no, your majesty," replied the old servitor; "it but makes +assurance doubly sure as to your true identity, for the fact that +you have not the ring is positive proof that you are king and that +they have sought to hide the fact by removing the insignia of your +divine right to rule in Lutha." + +Barney could not but smile at the old fellow's remarkable logic. He +saw that nothing short of a miracle would ever convince Joseph that +he was not the real monarch, and so, as matters of greater +importance were to the fore, he would have allowed the subject to +drop had not the man attempted to recall to the impoverished memory +of his king a recollection of the historic and venerated relic of +the dead monarchs of Lutha. + +"Do you not remember, sir," he asked, "the great ruby that glared, +blood-red from its center, and the four sets of golden wings that +formed the setting? From the blood of Charlemagne was the ruby made, +so history tells us, and the setting represented the protecting +wings of the power of the kings of Lutha spread to the four points +of the compass. Now your majesty must recall the royal ring, I am +sure." + +Barney only shook his head, much to Joseph's evident sorrow. + +"Never mind the ring, Joseph," said the young man. "Bring your rope +and lead me to the floor above." + +"The floor above? But, your majesty, we cannot reach the vaults and +tunnel by going upward!" + +"You forget, Joseph, that we are going to fetch the Princess Emma +first." + +"But she is not on the floor above us, sire; she is upon the same +floor as we are," insisted the old man, hesitating. + +"Joseph, who do you think I am?" asked Barney. + +"You are the king, my lord," replied the old man. + +"Then do as your king commands," said the American sharply. + +Joseph turned with dubious mutterings and approached the tiled panel +at the left of the fireplace. Here he fumbled about for a moment +until his fingers found the hidden catch that held the cunningly +devised door in place. An instant later the panel swung inward +before his touch, and standing to one side, the old fellow bowed low +as he ushered Barney into the Stygian darkness of the space beyond +their vision. + +Joseph halted the young man just within the doorway, cautioning him +against the danger of falling into the shaft, then he closed the +panel, and a moment later had found the lantern he had hidden there +and lighted it. The rays disclosed to the American the rough masonry +of the interior of a narrow, well-built shaft. A rude ladder +standing upon a narrow ledge beside him extended upward to lose +itself in the shadows above. At its foot the top of another ladder +was visible protruding through the opening from the floor beneath. + +No sooner had Joseph's lantern shown him the way than Barney was +ascending the ladder toward the floor above. At the next landing he +waited for the old man. + +Joseph put out the light and placed the lantern where they could +easily find it upon their return. Then he cautiously slipped the +catch that held the panel in place and slowly opened the door until +a narrow line of lesser darkness showed from without. + +For a moment they stood in silence listening for any sound from the +chamber beyond, but as nothing occurred to indicate that the +apartment was occupied the old man opened the portal a trifle +further, and finally far enough to permit his body to pass through. +Barney followed him. They found themselves in a large, empty +chamber, identical in size and shape with that which they had just +quitted upon the floor below. + +From this the two passed into the corridor beyond, and thence to the +apartments at the far end of the wing, directly over those occupied +by Emma von der Tann. + +Barney hastened to a window overlooking the moat. By leaning far +out he could see the light from the princess's chamber shining upon +the sill. He wished that the light was not there, for the window was +in plain view of the guard on the lookout upon the barbican. + +Suddenly he caught the sound of voices from the chamber beneath. +For an instant he listened, and then, catching a few words of the +dialogue, he turned hurriedly toward his companion. + +"The rope, Joseph! And for God's sake be quick about it." + + + + +V + +THE ESCAPE + +For half an hour the Princess von der Tann succeeded admirably in +immersing herself in the periodical, to the exclusion of her unhappy +thoughts and the depressing influence of the austere countenance of +the Blentz Princess hanging upon the wall behind her. + +But presently she became unaccountably nervous. At the slightest +sound from the palace-life on the floor below she would start up +with a tremor of excitement. Once she heard footsteps in the +corridor before her door, but they passed on, and she thought she +discerned the click of a latch a short distance further on along the +passageway. + +Again she attempted to gather up the thread of the article she had +been reading, but she was unsuccessful. A stealthy scratching +brought her round quickly, staring in the direction of the great +portrait. The girl would have sworn that she had heard a noise +within her chamber. She shuddered at the thought that it might have +come from that painted thing upon the wall. + +What was the matter with her? Was she losing all control of herself +to be frightened like a little child by ghostly noises? + +She tried to return to her reading, but for the life of her she +could not keep her eyes off the silent, painted woman who stared and +stared and stared in cold, threatening silence upon this ancient +enemy of her house. + +Presently the girl's eyes went wide in horror. She could feel the +scalp upon her head contract with fright. Her terror-filled gaze was +frozen upon that awful figure that loomed so large and sinister +above her, for the thing had moved! She had seen it with her own +eyes. There could be no mistake--no hallucination of overwrought +nerves about it. The Blentz Princess was moving slowly toward her! + +Like one in a trance the girl rose from her chair, her eyes glued +upon the awful apparition that seemed creeping upon her. Slowly she +withdrew toward the opposite side of the chamber. As the painting +moved more quickly the truth flashed upon her--it was mounted on a +door. + +The crack of the door widened and beyond it the girl saw dimly, eyes +fastened upon her. With difficulty she restrained a shriek. The +portal swung wide and a man in uniform stepped into the room. + +It was Maenck. + +Emma von der Tann gazed in unveiled abhorrence upon the leering face +of the governor of Blentz. + +"What means this intrusion?" cried the girl. + +"What would you have here?" + +"You," replied Maenck. + +The girl crimsoned. + +Maenck regarded her sneeringly. + +"You coward!" she cried. "Leave my apartments at once. Not even +Peter of Blentz would countenance such abhorrent treatment of a +prisoner." + +"You do not know Peter, my dear," responded Maenck. "But you need not +fear. You shall be my wife. Peter has promised me a baronetcy for +the capture of Leopold, and before I am done I shall be made a +prince, of that you may rest assured, so you see I am not so bad a +match after all." + +He crossed over toward her and would have laid a rough hand upon her +arm. + +The girl sprang away from him, running to the opposite side of the +library table at which she had been reading. Maenck started to +pursue her, when she seized a heavy, copper bowl that stood upon the +table and hurled it full in his face. The missile struck him a +glancing blow, but the edge laid open the flesh of one cheek almost +to the jaw bone. + +With a cry of pain and rage Captain Ernst Maenck leaped across the +table full upon the young girl. With vicious, murderous fingers he +seized upon her fair throat, shaking her as a terrier might shake a +rat. Futilely the girl struck at the hate-contorted features so +close to hers. + +"Stop!" she cried. "You are killing me." + +The fingers released their hold. + +"No," muttered the man, and dragged the princess roughly across the +room. + +Half a dozen steps he had taken when there came a sudden crash of +breaking glass from the window across the chamber. Both turned in +astonishment to see the figure of a man leap into the room, carrying +the shattered crystal and the casement with him. In one hand was a +naked sword. + +"The king!" cried Emma von der Tann. + +"The devil!" muttered Maenck, as, dropping the girl, he scurried +toward the great painting from behind which he had found ingress to +the chambers of the princess. + +Maenck was a coward, and he had seen murder in the eyes of the man +rushing upon him. With a bound he reached the picture which still +stood swung wide into the room. + +Barney was close behind him, but fear lent wings to the governor of +Blentz, so that he was able to dart into the passage behind the +picture and slam the door behind him a moment before the infuriated +man was upon him. + +The American clawed at the edge of the massive frame, but all to no +avail. Then he raised his sword and slashed the canvas, hoping to +find a way into the place beyond, but mighty oaken panels barred his +further progress. With a whispered oath he turned back toward the +girl. + +"Thank Heaven that I was in time, Emma," he cried. + +"Oh, Leopold, my king, but at what a price," replied the girl. "He +will return now with others and kill you. He is furious--so furious +that he scarce knows what he does." + +"He seemed to know what he was doing when he ran for that hole in +the wall," replied Barney with a grin. "But come, it won't pay to +let them find us should they return." + +Together they hastened to the window beyond which the girl could see +a rope dangling from above. The sight of it partially solved the +riddle of the king's almost uncanny presence upon her window sill in +the very nick of time. + +Below, the lights in the watch tower at the outer gate were plainly +visible, and the twinkling of them reminded Barney of the danger of +detection from that quarter. Quickly he recrossed the apartment to +the wall-switch that operated the recently installed electric +lights, and an instant later the chamber was in total darkness. + +Once more at the girl's side Barney drew in one end of the rope and +made it fast about her body below her arms, leaving a sufficient +length terminating in a small loop to permit her to support herself +more comfortably with one foot within the noose. Then he stepped to +the outer sill, and reaching down assisted her to his side. + +Far below them the moonlight played upon the sluggish waters of the +moat. In the distance twinkled the lights of the village of Blentz. +From the courtyard and the palace came faintly the sound of voices, +and the movement of men. A horse whinnied from the stables. + +Barney turned his eyes upward. He could see the head and shoulders +of Joseph leaning from the window of the chamber directly above +them. + +"Hoist away, Joseph!" whispered the American, and to the girl: "Be +brave. Shut your eyes and trust to Joseph and--and--" + +"And my king," finished the girl for him. + +His arm was about her shoulders, supporting her upon the narrow +sill. His cheek so close to hers that once he felt the soft velvet +of it brush his own. Involuntarily his arm tightened about the +supple body. + +"My princess!" he murmured, and as he turned his face toward hers +their lips almost touched. + +Joseph was pulling upon the rope from above. They could feel it +tighten beneath the girl's arms. Impulsively Barney Custer drew the +sweet lips closer to his own. There was no resistance. + +"I love you," he whispered. The words were smothered as their lips +met. + +Joseph, above, wondered at the great weight of the Princess Emma von +der Tann. + +"I love you, Leopold, forever," whispered the girl, and then as +Joseph's Herculean tugging seemed likely to drag them both from the +narrow sill, Barney lifted the girl upward with one hand while he +clung to the window frame with the other. The distance to the sill +above was short, and a moment later Joseph had grasped the +princess's hand and was helping her over the ledge into the room +beyond. + +At the same instant there came a sudden commotion from the interior +of the room in the window of which Barney still stood waiting for +Joseph to remove the rope from about the princess and lower it for +him. Barney heard the heavy feet of men, the clank of arms, and +muttered oaths as the searchers stumbled against the furniture. + +Presently one of them found the switch and instantly the room was +flooded with light, which revealed to the American a dozen Luthanian +troopers headed by the murderous Maenck. + +Barney looked anxiously aloft. Would Joseph never lower that rope! +Within the room the men were searching. He could hear Maenck +directing them. Only a thin portiere screened him from their view. +It was but a matter of seconds before they would investigate the +window through which Maenck knew the king had found ingress. + +Yes! It had come. + +"Look to the window," commanded Maenck. "He may have gone as he +came." + +Two of the soldiers crossed the room toward the casement. From above +Joseph was lowering the rope; but it was too late. The men would be +at the window before he could clamber out of their reach. + +"Hoist away!" he whispered to Joseph. "Quick now, my man, and make +your escape with the Princess von der Tann. It is the king's +command." + +Already the soldiers were at the window. At the sound of his voice +they tore aside the draperies; at the same instant the pseudo-king +turned and leaped out into the blackness of the night. + +There were exclamations of surprise and rage from the soldiers--a +woman's scream. Then from far below came a dull splash as the body +of Bernard Custer struck the surface of the moat. + +Maenck, leaning from the window, heard the scream and the splash, +and jumped to the conclusion that both the king and the princess had +attempted to make their escape in this harebrained way. Immediately +all the resources at his command were put to the task of searching +the moat and the adjacent woods. + +He was sure that one or both of the prisoners would be stunned by +impact with the surface of the water, and then drowned before they +regained consciousness, but he did not know Bernard Custer, nor the +facility and almost uncanny ease with which that young man could +negotiate a high dive into shallow water. + +Nor did he know that upon the floor above him one Joseph was +hastening along a dark corridor toward a secret panel in another +apartment, and that with him was the Princess Emma bound for liberty +and safety far from the frowning walls of Blentz. + +As Barney's head emerged above the surface of the moat he shook it +vigorously to free his eyes from water, and then struck out for the +further bank. + +Long before his pursuers had reached the courtyard and alarmed the +watch at the barbican, the American had crawled out upon dry land +and hastened across the broad clearing to the patch of stunted trees +that grew lower down upon the steep hillside before the castle. + +He shrank from the thought of leaving Blentz without knowing +positively that Joseph had made good the escape of himself and the +princess, but he finally argued that even if they had been retaken, +he could serve her best by hastening to her father and fetching the +only succor that might prevail against the strength of Blentz--armed +men in sufficient force to storm the ancient fortress. + +He had scarcely entered the wood when he heard the sound of the +searchers at the moat, and saw the rays of their lanterns flitting +hither and thither as they moved back and forth along the bank. + +Then the young man turned his face from the castle and set forth +across the unfamiliar country in the direction of the Old Forest and +the castle Von der Tann. + +The memory of the warm lips that had so recently been pressed to his +urged him on in the service of the wondrous girl who had come so +suddenly into his life, bringing to him the realization of a love +that he knew must alter, for happiness or for sorrow, all the +balance of his existence, even unto death. + +He dreaded the day of reckoning when, at last, she must learn that +he was no king. He did not have the temerity to hope that her +courage would be equal to the great sacrifice which the +acknowledgment of her love for one not of noble blood must entail; +but he could not believe that she would cease to love him when she +learned the truth. + +So the future looked black and cheerless to Barney Custer as he +trudged along the rocky, moonlit way. The only bright spot was the +realization that for a while at least he might be serving the one +woman in all the world. + +All the balance of the long night the young man traversed valley and +mountain, holding due south in the direction he supposed the Old +Forest to lie. He passed many a little farm tucked away in the +hollow of a hillside, and quaint hamlets, and now and then the ruins +of an ancient feudal stronghold, but no great forest of black oaks +loomed before him to apprise him of the nearness of his goal, nor +did he dare to ask the correct route at any of the homes he passed. + +His fatal likeness to the description of the mad king of Lutha +warned him from intercourse with the men of Lutha until he might +know which were friends and which enemies of the hapless monarch. + +Dawn found him still upon his way, but with the determination fully +crystallized to hail the first man he met and ask the way to Tann. +He still avoided the main traveled roads, but from time to time he +paralleled them close enough that he might have ample opportunity to +hail the first passerby. + +The road was becoming more and more mountainous and difficult. +There were fewer homes and no hamlets, and now he began to despair +entirely of meeting any who could give him direction unless he +turned and retraced his steps to the nearest farm. + +Directly before him the narrow trail he had been following for the +past few miles wound sharply about the shoulder of a protruding +cliff. He would see what lay beyond the turn--perhaps he would find +the Old Forest there, after all. + +But instead he found something very different, though in its way +quite as interesting, for as he rounded the rugged bluff he came +face to face with two evil-looking fellows astride stocky, +rough-coated ponies. + +At sight of him they drew in their mounts and eyed him suspiciously. +Nor was there great cause for wonderment in that, for the American +presented aught but a respectable appearance. His khaki motoring +suit, soaked from immersion in the moat, had but partially dried +upon him. Mud from the banks of the stagnant pool caked his legs to +the knees, almost hiding his once tan puttees. More mud streaked his +jacket front and stained its sleeves to the elbows. He was +bare-headed, for his cap had remained in the moat at Blentz, and his +disheveled hair was tousled upon his head, while his full beard had +dried into a weird and tangled fringe about his face. At his side +still hung the sword that Joseph had buckled there, and it was this +that caused the two men the greatest suspicion of this strange +looking character. + +They continued to eye Barney in silence, every now and then casting +apprehensive glances beyond him, as though expecting others of his +kind to appear in the trail at his back. And that is precisely what +they did fear, for the sword at Barney's side had convinced them +that he must be an officer of the army, and they looked to see his +command following in his wake. + +The young man saluted them pleasantly, asking the direction to the +Old Forest. They thought it strange that a soldier of Lutha should +not know his own way about his native land, and so judged that his +question was but a blind to deceive them. + +"Why do you not ask your own men the way?" parried one of the +fellows. + +"I have no men, I am alone," replied Barney. "I am a stranger in +Lutha and have lost my way." + +He who had spoken before pointed to the sword at Barney's side. + +"Strangers traveling in Lutha do not wear swords," he said. "You are +an officer. Why should you desire to conceal the fact from two +honest farmers? We have done nothing. Let us go our way." + +Barney looked his astonishment at this reply. + +"Most certainly, go your way, my friends," he said laughing. "I +would not delay you if I could; but before you go please be good +enough to tell me how to reach the Old Forest and the ancient castle +of the Prince von der Tann." + +For a moment the two men whispered together, then the spokesman +turned to Barney. + +"We will lead you upon the right road. Come," and the two turned +their horses, one of them starting slowly back up the trail while +the other remained waiting for Barney to pass him. + +The American, suspecting nothing, voiced his thanks, and set out +after him who had gone before. As he passed the fellow who waited +the latter moved in behind him, so that Barney walked between the +two. Occasionally the rider at his back turned in his saddle to scan +the trail behind, as though still fearful that Barney had been lying +to them and that he would discover a company of soldiers charging +down upon them. + +The trail became more and more difficult as they advanced, until +Barney wondered how the little horses clung to the steep +mountainside, where he himself had difficulty in walking without +using his hand to keep from falling. + +Twice the American attempted to break through the taciturnity of his +guides, but his advances were met with nothing more than sultry +grunts or silence, and presently a suspicion began to obtrude itself +among his thoughts that possibly these "honest farmers" were +something more sinister than they represented themselves to be. + +A malign and threatening atmosphere seemed to surround them. Even +the cat-like movement of their silent mounts breathed a sinister +secrecy, and now, for the first time, Barney noticed the short, ugly +looking carbines that were slung in boots at their saddle-horns. +Then, prompted to further investigation, he dropped back beside the +man who had been riding behind him, and as he did so he saw beneath +the fellow's cloak the butts of two villainous-looking pistols. + +As Barney dropped back beside him the man turned his mount across +the narrow trail, and reining him in motioned Barney ahead. + +"I have changed my mind," said the American, "about going to the Old +Forest." + +He had determined that he might as well have the thing out now as +later, and discover at once how he stood with these two, and whether +or not his suspicions of them were well grounded. + +The man ahead had halted at the sound of Barney's voice, and swung +about in the saddle. + +"What's the trouble?" he asked. + +"He don't want to go to the Old Forest," explained his companion, +and for the first time Barney saw one of them grin. It was not at +all a pleasant grin, nor reassuring. + +"He don't, eh?" growled the other. "Well, he ain't goin', is he? +Who ever said he was?" + +And then he, too, laughed. + +"I'm going back the way I came," said Barney, starting around the +horse that blocked his way. + +"No, you ain't," said the horseman. "You're goin' with us." + +And Barney found himself gazing down the muzzle of one of the wicked +looking pistols. + +For a moment he stood in silence, debating mentally the wisdom of +attempting to rush the fellow, and then, with a shake of his head, +he turned back up the trail between his captors. + +"Yes," he said, "on second thought I have decided to go with you. +Your logic is most convincing." + + + + +VI + +A KING'S RANSOM + +For another mile the two brigands conducted their captor along the +mountainside, then they turned into a narrow ravine near the summit +of the hills--a deep, rocky, wooded ravine into whose black shadows +it seemed the sun might never penetrate. + +A winding path led crookedly among the pines that grew thickly in +this sheltered hollow, until presently, after half an hour of rough +going, they came upon a small natural clearing, rock-bound and +impregnable. + +As they filed from the wood Barney saw a score of villainous fellows +clustered about a camp fire where they seemed engaged in cooking +their noonday meal. Bits of meat were roasting upon iron skewers, +and a great iron pot boiled vigorously at one side of the blaze. + +At the sound of their approach the men sprang to their feet in +alarm, and as many weapons as there were men leaped to view; but +when they saw Barney's companions they returned their pistols to +their holsters, and at sight of Barney they pressed forward to +inspect the prisoner. + +"Who have we here?" shouted a big blond giant, who affected +extremely gaudy colors in his selection of wearing apparel, and +whose pistols and knife had their grips heavily ornamented with +pearl and silver. + +"A stranger in Lutha he calls himself," replied one of Barney's +captors. "But from the sword I take it he is one of old Peter's +wolfhounds." + +"Well, he's found the wolves at any rate," replied the giant, with a +wide grin at his witticism. "And if Yellow Franz is the particular +wolf you're after, my friend, why here I am," he concluded, +addressing the American with a leer. + +"I'm after no one," replied Barney. "I tell you I'm a stranger, and +I lost my way in your infernal mountains. All I wish is to be set +upon the right road to Tann, and if you will do that for me you +shall be well paid for your trouble." + +The giant, Yellow Franz, had come quite close to Barney and was +inspecting him with an expression of considerable interest. +Presently he drew a soiled and much-folded paper from his breast. +Upon one side was a printed notice, and at the corners bits were +torn away as though the paper had once been tacked upon wood, and +then torn down without removing the tacks. + +At sight of it Barney's heart sank. The look of the thing was all +too familiar. Before the yellow one had commenced to read aloud from +it Barney had repeated to himself the words he knew were coming. + +"'Gray eyes,'" read the brigand, "'brown hair, and a full, +reddish-brown beard.' Herman and Friedrich, my dear children, you +have stumbled upon the richest haul in all Lutha. Down upon your +marrow-bones, you swine, and rub your low-born noses in the dirt +before your king." + +The others looked their surprise. + +"The king?" one cried. + +"Behold!" cried Yellow Franz. "Leopold of Lutha!" + +He waved a ham-like hand toward Barney. + +Among the rough men was a young smooth-faced boy, and now with wide +eyes he pressed forward to get a nearer view of the wonderful person +of a king. + +"Take a good look at him, Rudolph," cried Yellow Franz. "It is the +first and will probably be the last time you will ever see a king. +Kings seldom visit the court of their fellow monarch, Yellow Franz +of the Black Mountains. + +"Come, my children, remove his majesty's sword, lest he fall and +stick himself upon it, and then prepare the royal chamber, seeing to +it that it be made so comfortable that Leopold will remain with us a +long time. Rudolph, fetch food and water for his majesty, and see to +it that the silver plates and the golden goblets are well scoured +and polished up." + +They conducted Barney to a miserable lean-to shack at one side of +the clearing, and for a while the motley crew loitered about +bandying coarse jests at the expense of the "king." The boy, +Rudolph, brought food and water, he alone of them all evincing the +slightest respect or awe for the royalty of their unwilling guest. + +After a time the men tired of the sport of king-baiting, for Barney +showed neither rancor nor outraged majesty at their keenest thrusts, +instead, often joining in the laugh with them at his own expense. +They thought it odd that the king should hold his dignity in so low +esteem, but that he was king they never doubted, attributing his +denials to a disposition to deceive them, and rob them of the +"king's ransom" they had already commenced to consider as their own. + +Shortly after Barney arrived at the rendezvous he saw a messenger +dispatched by Yellow Franz, and from the repeated gestures toward +himself that had accompanied the giant's instructions to his +emissary, Barney was positive that the man's errand had to do with +him. + +After the men had left his prison, leaving the boy standing +awkwardly in wide-eyed contemplation of his august charge, the +American ventured to open a conversation with his youthful keeper. + +"Aren't you rather young to be starting in the bandit business, +Rudolph?" asked Barney, who had taken a fancy to the youth. + +"I do not want to be a bandit, your majesty," whispered the lad; +"but my father owes Yellow Franz a great sum of money, and as he +could not pay the debt Yellow Franz stole me from my home and says +that he will keep me until my father pays him, and that if he does +not pay he will make a bandit of me, and that then some day I shall +be caught and hanged until I am dead." + +"Can't you escape?" asked the young man. "It would seem to me that +there would be many opportunities for you to get away undetected." + +"There are, but I dare not. Yellow Franz says that if I run away he +will be sure to come across me some day again and that then he will +kill me." + +Barney laughed. + +"He is just talking, my boy," he said. "He thinks that by +frightening you he will be able to keep you from running away." + +"Your majesty does not know him," whispered the youth, shuddering. +"He is the wickedest man in all the world. Nothing would please him +more than killing me, and he would have done it long since but for +two things. One is that I have made myself useful about his camp, +doing chores and the like, and the other is that were he to kill me +he knows that my father would never pay him." + +"How much does your father owe him?" + +"Five hundred marks, your majesty," replied Rudolph. "Two hundred of +this amount is the original debt, and the balance Yellow Franz has +added since he captured me, so that it is really ransom money. But +my father is a poor man, so that it will take a long time before he +can accumulate so large a sum. + +"You would really like to go home again, Rudolph?" + +"Oh, very much, your majesty, if I only dared." Barney was silent +for some time, thinking. Possibly he could effect his own escape +with the connivance of Rudolph, and at the same time free the boy. +The paltry ransom he could pay out of his own pocket and send to +Yellow Franz later, so that the youth need not fear the brigand's +revenge. It was worth thinking about, at any rate. + +"How long do you imagine they will keep me, Rudolph?" he asked after +a time. + +"Yellow Franz has already sent Herman to Lustadt with a message for +Prince Peter, telling him that you are being held for ransom, and +demanding the payment of a huge sum for your release. Day after +tomorrow or the next day he should return with Prince Peter's reply. + +"If it is favorable, arrangements will be made to turn you over to +Prince Peter's agents, who will have to come to some distant meeting +place with the money. A week, perhaps, it will take, maybe longer." + +It was the second day before Herman returned from Lustadt. He rode +in just at dark, his pony lathered from hard going. + +Barney and the boy saw him coming, and the youth ran forward with +the others to learn the news that he had brought; but Yellow Franz +and his messenger withdrew to a hut which the brigand chief reserved +for his own use, nor would he permit any beside the messenger to +accompany him to hear the report. + +For half an hour Barney sat alone waiting for word from Yellow Franz +that arrangements had been consummated for his release, and then out +of the darkness came Rudolph, wide-eyed and trembling. + +"Oh, my king?" he whispered. "What shall we do? Peter has refused +to ransom you alive, but he has offered a great sum for unquestioned +proof of your death. Already he has caused a proclamation to be +issued stating that you have been killed by bandits after escaping +from Blentz, and ordering a period of national mourning. In three +weeks he is to be crowned king of Lutha." + +"When do they intend terminating my existence?" queried Barney. + +There was a smile upon his lips, for even now he could scarce +believe that in the twentieth century there could be any such +medieval plotting against a king's life, and yet, on second thought, +had he not ample proof of the lengths to which Peter of Blentz was +willing to go to obtain the crown of Lutha! + +"I do not know, your majesty," replied Rudolph, "when they will do +it; but soon, doubtless, since the sooner it is done the sooner they +can collect their pay." + +Further conversation was interrupted by the sound of footsteps +without, and an instant later Yellow Franz entered the squalid +apartment and the dim circle of light which flickered feebly from +the smoky lantern that hung suspended from the rafters. + +He stopped just within the doorway and stood eyeing the American +with an ugly grin upon his vicious face. Then his eyes fell upon the +trembling Rudolph. + +"Get out of here, you!" he growled. "I've got private business with +this king. And see that you don't come nosing round either, or I'll +slit that soft throat for you." + +Rudolph slipped past the burly ruffian, barely dodging a brutal blow +aimed at him by the giant, and escaped into the darkness without. + +"And now for you, my fine fellow," said the brigand, turning toward +Barney. "Peter says you ain't worth nothing to him--alive, but that +your dead body will fetch us a hundred thousand marks." + +"Rather cheap for a king, isn't it?" was Barney's only comment. + +"That's what Herman tells him," replied Yellow Franz. "But he's a +close one, Peter is, and so it was that or nothing." + +"When are you going to pull off this little--er--ah--royal demise?" +asked Barney. + +"If you mean when am I going to kill you," replied the bandit, "why, +there ain't no particular rush about it. I'm a tender-hearted chap, +I am. I never should have been in this business at all, but here I +be, and as there ain't nobody that can do a better job of the kind +than me, or do it so painlessly, why I just got to do it myself, and +that's all there is to it. But, as I says, there ain't no great +rush. If you want to pray, why, go ahead and pray. I'll wait for +you." + +"I don't remember," said Barney, "when I have met so generous a +party as you, my friend. Your self-sacrificing magnanimity quite +overpowers me. It reminds me of another unloved Robin Hood whom I +once met. It was in front of Burket's coal-yard on Ella Street, back +in dear old Beatrice, at some unchristian hour of the night. + +"After he had relieved me of a dollar and forty cents he remarked: +'I gotta good mind to kick yer slats in fer not havin' more of de +cush on yeh; but I'm feelin' so good about de last guy I stuck up +I'll let youse off dis time.'" + +"I do not know what you are talking about," replied Yellow Franz; +"but if you want to pray you'd better hurry up about it." + +He drew his pistol from its holster on the belt at his hips. + +Now Barney Custer had no mind to give up the ghost without a +struggle; but just how he was to overcome the great beast who +confronted him with menacing pistol was, to say the least, not +precisely plain. He wished the man would come a little nearer where +he might have some chance to close with him before the fellow could +fire. To gain time the American assumed a prayerful attitude, but +kept one eye on the bandit. + +Presently Yellow Franz showed indications of impatience. He fingered +the trigger of his weapon, and then slowly raised it on a line with +Barney's chest. + +"Hadn't you better come closer?" asked the young man. "You might +miss at that distance, or just wound me." + +Yellow Franz grinned. + +"I don't miss," he said, and then: "You're certainly a game one. If +it wasn't for the hundred thousand marks, I'd be hanged if I'd kill +you." + +"The chances are that you will be if you do," said Barney, "so +wouldn't you rather take one hundred and fifty thousand marks and +let me make my escape?" + +Yellow Franz looked at the speaker a moment through narrowed lids. + +"Where would you find any one willing to pay that amount for a crazy +king?" he asked. + +"I have told you that I am not the king," said Barney. "I am an +American with a father who would gladly pay that amount on my safe +delivery to any American consul." + +Yellow Franz shook his head and tapped his brow significantly. + +"Even if you was what you are dreaming, it wouldn't pay me," he +said. + +"I'll make it two hundred thousand," said Barney. + +"No--it's a waste of time talking about it. It's worth more than +money to me to know that I'll always have this thing on Peter, and +that when he's king he won't dare bother me for fear I'll publish +the details of this little deal. Come, you must be through praying +by this time. I can't wait around here all night." Again Yellow +Franz raised his pistol toward Barney's heart. + +Before the brigand could pull the trigger, or Barney hurl himself +upon his would-be assassin, there was a flash and a loud report from +the open window of the shack. + +With a groan Yellow Franz crumpled to the dirt floor, and +simultaneously Barney was upon him and had wrested the pistol from +his hand; but the precaution was unnecessary for Yellow Franz would +never again press finger to trigger. He was dead even before Barney +reached his side. + +In possession of the weapon, the American turned toward the window +from which had come the rescuing shot, and as he did so he saw the +boy, Rudolph, clambering over the sill, white-faced and trembling. +In his hand was a smoking carbine, and on his brow great beads of +cold sweat. + +"God forgive me!" murmured the youth. "I have killed a man." + +"You have killed a dangerous wild beast, Rudolph," said Barney, "and +both God and your fellow man will thank and reward you." + +"I am glad that I killed him, though," went on the boy, "for he +would have killed you, my king, had I not done so. Gladly would I go +to the gallows to save my king." + +"You are a brave lad, Rudolph," said Barney, "and if ever I get out +of the pretty pickle I'm in you'll be well rewarded for your loyalty +to Leopold of Lutha. After all," thought the young man, "being a +kind has its redeeming features, for if the boy had not thought me +his monarch he would never have risked the vengeance of the +bloodthirsty brigands in this attempt to save me." + +"Hasten, your majesty," whispered the boy, tugging at the sleeve of +Barney's jacket. "There is no time to be lost. We must be far away +from here when the others discover that Yellow Franz has been +killed." + +Barney stooped above the dead man, and removing his belt and +cartridges transferred them to his own person. Then blowing out the +lantern the two slipped out into the darkness of the night. + +About the camp fire of the brigands the entire pack was congregated. +They were talking together in low voices, ever and anon glancing +expectantly toward the shack to which their chief had gone to +dispatch the king. It is not every day that a king is murdered, and +even these hardened cut-throats felt the spell of awe at the thought +of what they believed the sharp report they had heard from the shack +portended. + +Keeping well to the far side of the clearing, Rudolph led Barney +around the group of men and safely into the wood below them. From +this point the boy followed the trail which Barney and his captors +had traversed two days previously, until he came to a diverging +ravine that led steeply up through the mountains upon their right +hand. + +In the distance behind them they suddenly heard, faintly, the +shouting of men. + +"They have discovered Yellow Franz," whispered the boy, shuddering. + +"Then they'll be after us directly," said Barney. + +"Yes, your majesty," replied Rudolph, "but in the darkness they will +not see that we have turned up this ravine, and so they will ride on +down the other. I have chosen this way because their horses cannot +follow us here, and thus we shall be under no great disadvantage. It +may be, however, that we shall have to hide in the mountains for a +while, since there will be no place of safety for us between here +and Lustadt until after the edge of their anger is dulled." + +And such proved to be the case, for try as they would they found it +impossible to reach Lustadt without detection by the brigands who +patrolled every highway and byway from their rugged mountains to the +capital of Lutha. + +For nearly three weeks Barney and the boy hid in caves or dense +underbrush by day, and by night sought some avenue which would lead +them past the vigilant sentries that patrolled the ways to freedom. + +Often they were wet by rains, nor were they ever in the warm +sunlight for a sufficient length of time to become thoroughly dry +and comfortable. Of food they had little, and of the poorest +quality. + +They dared not light a fire for warmth or cooking, and their light +was so miserable that, but for the boy's pitiful terror at the +thought of being recaptured by the bandits, Barney would long since +have made a break for Lustadt, depending upon their arms and +ammunition to carry them safely through were they discovered by +their enemies. + +Rudolph had contracted a severe cold the first night, and now, it +having settled upon his lungs, he had developed a persistent and +aggravating cough that caused Barney not a little apprehension. +When, after nearly three weeks of suffering and privation, it became +clear that the boy's lungs were affected, the American decided to +take matters into his own hands and attempt to reach Lustadt and a +good doctor; but before he had an opportunity to put his plan into +execution the entire matter was removed from his jurisdiction. + +It happened like this: After a particularly fatiguing and +uncomfortable night spent in attempting to elude the sentinels who +blocked their way from the mountains, daylight found them near a +little spring, and here they decided to rest for an hour before +resuming their way. + +The little pool lay not far from a clump of heavy bushes which would +offer them excellent shelter, as it was Barney's intention to go +into hiding as soon as they had quenched their thirst at the spring. + +Rudolph was coughing pitifully, his slender frame wracked by the +convulsion of each new attack. Barney had placed an arm about the +boy to support him, for the paroxysms always left him very weak. + +The young man's heart went out to the poor boy, and pangs of regret +filled his mind as he realized that the child's pathetic condition +was the direct result of his self-sacrificing attempt to save his +king. Barney felt much like a murderer and a thief, and dreaded the +time when the boy should be brought to a realization of his mistake. + +He had come to feel a warm affection for the loyal little lad, who +had suffered so uncomplainingly and whose every thought had been for +the safety and comfort of his king. + +Today, thought Barney, I'll take this child through to Lustadt even +if every ragged brigand in Lutha lies between us and the capital; +but even as he spoke a sudden crashing of underbrush behind caused +him to wheel about, and there, not twenty paces from them, stood two +of Yellow Franz's cutthroats. + +At sight of Barney and the lad they gave voice to a shout of +triumph, and raising their carbines fired point-blank at the two +fugitives. + +But Barney had been equally as quick with his own weapon, and at the +moment that they fired he grasped Rudolph and dragged him backward +to a great boulder behind which their bodies might be protected from +the fire of their enemies. + +Both the bullets of the bandits' first volley had been directed at +Barney, for it was upon his head that the great price rested. They +had missed him by a narrow margin, due, perhaps, to the fact that +the mounts of the brigands had been prancing in alarm at the +unexpected sight of the two strangers at the very moment that their +riders attempted to take aim and fire. + +But now they had ridden back into the brush and dismounted, and +after hiding their ponies they came creeping out upon their bellies +upon opposite sides of Barney's shelter. + +The American saw that it would be an easy thing for them to pick him +off if he remained where he was, and so with a word to Rudolph he +sprang up and the boy with him. Each delivered a quick shot at the +bandit nearest him, and then together they broke for the bushes in +which the brigand's mounts were hidden. + +Two shots answered theirs. Rudolph, who was ahead of Barney, +stumbled and threw up his hands. He would have fallen had not the +American thrown a strong arm about him. + +"I'm shot, your majesty," murmured the boy, his head dropping +against Barney's breast. + +With the lad grasped close to him, the young man turned at the edge +of the brush to meet the charge of the two ruffians. The wounding of +the youth had delayed them just enough to preclude their making this +temporary refuge in safety. + +As Barney turned both the men fired simultaneously, and both missed. +The American raised his revolver, and with the flash of it the +foremost brigand came to a sudden stop. An expression of +bewilderment crossed his features. He extended his arms straight +before him, the revolver slipped from his grasp, and then like a +dying top he pivoted once drunkenly and collapsed upon the turf. + +At the instant of his fall his companion and the American fired +point-blank at one another. + +Barney felt a burning sensation in his shoulder, but it was +forgotten for the moment in the relief that came to him as he saw +the second rascal sprawl headlong upon his face. Then he turned his +attention to the limp little figure that hung across his left arm. + +Gently Barney laid the boy upon the sward, and fetching water from +the pool bathed his face and forced a few drops between the white +lips. The cooling draft revived the wounded child, but brought on a +paroxysm of coughing. When this had subsided Rudolph raised his eyes +to those of the man bending above him. + +"Thank God, your majesty is unharmed," he whispered. "Now I can die +in peace." + +The white lids drooped lower, and with a tired sigh the boy lay +quiet. Tears came to the young man's eyes as he let the limp body +gently to the ground. + +"Brave little heart," he murmured, "you gave up your life in the +service of your king as truly as though you had not been all +mistaken in the object of your veneration, and if it lies within the +power of Barney Custer you shall not have died in vain." + + + + +VII + +THE REAL LEOPOLD + +Two hours later a horseman pushed his way between tumbled and +tangled briers along the bottom of a deep ravine. + +He was hatless, and his stained and ragged khaki betokened much +exposure to the elements and hard and continued usage. At his +saddle-bow a carbine swung in its boot, and upon either hip was +strapped a long revolver. Ammunition in plenty filled the cross +belts that he had looped about his shoulders. + +Grim and warlike as were his trappings, no less grim was the set of +his strong jaw or the glint of his gray eyes, nor did the patch of +brown stain that had soaked through the left shoulder of his jacket +tend to lessen the martial atmosphere which surrounded him. +Fortunate it was for the brigands of the late Yellow Franz that none +of them chanced in the path of Barney Custer that day. + +For nearly two hours the man had ridden downward out of the high +hills in search of a dwelling at which he might ask the way to Tann; +but as yet he had passed but a single house, and that a long +untenanted ruin. He was wondering what had become of all the +inhabitants of Lutha when his horse came to a sudden halt before an +obstacle which entirely blocked the narrow trail at the bottom of +the ravine. + +As the horseman's eyes fell upon the thing they went wide in +astonishment, for it was no less than the charred remnants of the +once beautiful gray roadster that had brought him into this +twentieth century land of medieval adventure and intrigue. Barney +saw that the machine had been lifted from where it had fallen across +the horse of the Princess von der Tann, for the animal's decaying +carcass now lay entirely clear of it; but why this should have been +done, or by whom, the young man could not imagine. + +A glance aloft showed him the road far above him, from which he, the +horse and the roadster had catapulted; and with the sight of it +there flashed to his mind the fair face of the young girl in whose +service the thing had happened. Barney wondered if Joseph had been +successful in returning her to Tann, and he wondered, too, if she +mourned for the man she had thought king--if she would be very angry +should she ever learn the truth. + +Then there came to the American's mind the figure of the shopkeeper +of Tafelberg, and the fellow's evident loyalty to the mad king he +had never seen. Here was one who might aid him, thought Barney. He +would have the will, at least, and with the thought the young man +turned his pony's head diagonally up the steep ravine side. + +It was a tough and dangerous struggle to the road above, but at last +by dint of strenuous efforts on the part of the sturdy little beast +the two finally scrambled over the edge of the road and stood once +more upon level footing. + +After breathing his mount for a few minutes Barney swung himself +into the saddle again and set off toward Tafelberg. He met no one +upon the road, nor within the outskirts of the village, and so he +came to the door of the shop he sought without attracting attention. + +Swinging to the ground he tied the pony to one of the supporting +columns of the porch-roof and a moment later had stepped within the +shop. + +From a back room the shopkeeper presently emerged, and when he saw +who it was that stood before him his eyes went wide in +consternation. + +"In the name of all the saints, your majesty," cried the old fellow, +"what has happened? How comes it that you are out of the hospital, +and travel-stained as though from a long, hard ride? I cannot +understand it, sire." + +"Hospital?" queried the young man. "What do you mean, my good +fellow? I have been in no hospital." + +"You were there only last evening when I inquired after you of the +doctor," insisted the shopkeeper, "nor did any there yet suspect +your true identity." + +"Last evening I was hiding far up in the mountains from Yellow +Franz's band of cutthroats," replied Barney. "Tell me what manner of +riddle you are propounding." + +Then a sudden light of understanding flashed through Barney's mind. + +"Man!" he exclaimed. "Tell me--you have found the true king? He is +at a hospital in Tafelberg?" + +"Yes, your majesty, I have found the true king, and it is so that he +was at the Tafelberg sanatorium last evening. It was beside the +remnants of your wrecked automobile that two of the men of Tafelberg +found you. + +"One leg was pinioned beneath the machine which was on fire when +they discovered you. They brought you to my shop, which is the first +on the road into town, and not guessing your true identity they took +my word for it that you were an old acquaintance of mine and without +more ado turned you over to my care." + +Barney scratched his head in puzzled bewilderment. He began to +doubt if he were in truth himself, or, after all, Leopold of Lutha. +As no one but himself could, by the wildest stretch of imagination, +have been in such a position, he was almost forced to the conclusion +that all that had passed since the instant that his car shot over +the edge of the road into the ravine had been but the hallucinations +of a fever-excited brain, and that for the past three weeks he had +been lying in a hospital cot instead of experiencing the strange and +inexplicable adventures that he had believed to have befallen him. + +But yet the more he thought of it the more ridiculous such a +conclusion appeared, for it did not in the least explain the pony +tethered without, which he plainly could see from where he stood +within the shop, nor did it satisfactorily account for the blotch of +blood upon his shoulder from a wound so fresh that the stain still +was damp; nor for the sword which Joseph had buckled about his waist +within Blentz's forbidding walls; nor for the arms and ammunition he +had taken from the dead brigands--all of which he had before him as +tangible evidence of the rationality of the past few weeks. + +"My friend," said Barney at last, "I cannot wonder that you have +mistaken me for the king, since all those I have met within Lutha +have leaped to the same error, though not one among them made the +slightest pretense of ever having seen his majesty. A ridiculous +beard started the trouble, and later a series of happenings, no one +of which was particularly remarkable in itself, aggravated it, until +but a moment since I myself was almost upon the point of believing +that I am the king. + +"But, my dear Herr Kramer, I am not the king; and when you have +accompanied me to the hospital and seen that your patient still is +there, you may be willing to admit that there is some justification +for doubt as to my royalty." + +The old man shook his head. + +"I am not so sure of that," he said, "for he who lies at the +hospital, providing you are not he, or he you, maintains as sturdily +as do you that he is not Leopold. If one of you, whichever be +king--providing that you are not one and the same, and that I be not +the only maniac in the sad muddle--if one of you would but trust my +loyalty and love for the true king and admit your identity, then I +might be of some real service to that one of you who is really +Leopold. Herr Gott! My words are as mixed as my poor brain." + +"If you will listen to me, Herr Kramer," said Barney, "and believe +what I tell you, I shall be able to unscramble your ideas in so far +as they pertain to me and my identity. As to the man you say was +found beneath my car, and who now lies in the sanatorium of +Tafelberg, I cannot say until I have seen and talked with him. He +may be the king and he may not; but if he insists that he is not, I +shall be the last to wish a kingship upon him. I know from sad +experience the hardships and burdens that the thing entails." + +Then Barney narrated carefully and in detail the principal events of +his life, from his birth in Beatrice to his coming to Lutha upon +pleasure. He showed Herr Kramer his watch with his monogram upon it, +his seal ring, and inside the pocket of his coat the label of his +tailor, with his own name written beneath it and the date that the +garment had been ordered. + +When he had completed his narrative the old man shook his head. + +"I cannot understand it," he said; "and yet I am almost forced to +believe that you are not the king." + +"Direct me to the sanatorium," suggested Barney, "and if it be +within the range of possibility I shall learn whether the man who +lies there is Leopold or another, and if he be the king I shall +serve him as loyally as you would have served me. Together we may +assist him to gain the safety of Tann and the protection of old +Prince Ludwig." + +"If you are not the king," said Kramer suspiciously, "why should you +be so interested in aiding Leopold? You may even be an enemy. How +can I know?" + +"You cannot know, my good friend," replied Barney. "But had I been +an enemy, how much more easily might I have encompassed my designs, +whatever they might have been, had I encouraged you to believe that +I was king. The fact that I did not, must assure you that I have no +ulterior designs against Leopold." + +This line of reasoning proved quite convincing to the old +shopkeeper, and at last he consented to lead Barney to the +sanatorium. Together they traversed the quiet village streets to the +outskirts of the town, where in large, park-like grounds the +well-known sanatorium of Tafelberg is situated in quiet +surroundings. It is an institution for the treatment of nervous +diseases to which patients are brought from all parts of Europe, and +is doubtless Lutha's principal claim upon the attention of the outer +world. + +As the two crossed the gardens which lay between the gate and the +main entrance and mounted the broad steps leading to the veranda an +old servant opened the door, and recognizing Herr Kramer, nodded +pleasantly to him. + +"Your patient seems much brighter this morning, Herr Kramer," he +said, "and has been asking to be allowed to sit up." + +"He is still here, then?" questioned the shopkeeper with a sigh that +might have indicated either relief or resignation. + +"Why, certainly. You did not expect that he had entirely recovered +overnight, did you?" + +"No," replied Herr Kramer, "not exactly. In fact, I did not know +what I should expect." + +As the two passed him on their way to the room in which the patient +lay, the servant eyed Herr Kramer in surprise, as though wondering +what had occurred to his mentality since he had seen him the +previous day. He paid no attention to Barney other than to bow to +him as he passed, but there was another who did--an attendant +standing in the hallway through which the two men walked toward the +private room where one of them expected to find the real mad king of +Lutha. + +He was a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed; and as his +glance rested upon the features of the American a puzzled expression +crossed his face. He let his gaze follow the two as they moved on up +the corridor until they turned in at the door of the room they +sought, then he followed them, entering an apartment next to that in +which Herr Kramer's patient lay. + +As Barney and the shopkeeper entered the small, whitewashed room, +the former saw upon the narrow iron cot the figure of a man of about +his own height. The face that turned toward them as they entered was +covered by a full, reddish-brown beard, and the eyes that looked up +at them in troubled surprise were gray. Beyond these Barney could +see no likenesses to himself; yet they were sufficient, he realized, +to have deceived any who might have compared one solely to the +printed description of the other. + +At the doorway Kramer halted, motioning Barney within. + +"It will be better if you talk with him alone," he said. "I am sure +that before both of us he will admit nothing." + +Barney nodded, and the shopkeeper of Tafelberg withdrew and closed +the door behind him. The American approached the bedside with a +cheery "Good morning." + +The man returned the salutation with a slight inclination of his +head. There was a questioning look in his eyes; but dominating that +was a pitiful, hunted expression that touched the American's heart. + +The man's left hand lay upon the coverlet. Barney glanced at the +third finger. About it was a plain gold band. There was no royal +ring of the kings of Lutha in evidence, yet that was no indication +that the man was not Leopold; for were he the king and desirous of +concealing his identity, his first act would be to remove every +symbol of his kingship. + +Barney took the hand in his. + +"They tell me that you are well on the road to recovery," he said. +"I am very glad that it is so." + +"Who are you?" asked the man. + +"I am Bernard Custer, an American. You were found beneath my car at +the bottom of a ravine. I feel that I owe you full reparation for +the injuries you received, though it is beyond me how you happened +to be found under the machine. Unless I am truly mad, I was the only +occupant of the roadster when it plunged over the embankment." + +"It is very simple," replied the man upon the cot. "I chanced to be +at the bottom of the ravine at the time and the car fell upon me." + +"What were you doing at the bottom of the ravine?" asked Barney +quite suddenly, after the manner of one who administers a third +degree. + +The man started and flushed with suspicion. + +"That is my own affair," he said. + +He tried to disengage his hand from Barney's, and as he did so the +American felt something within the fingers of the other. For an +instant his own fingers tightened upon those that lay within them, +so that as the others were withdrawn his index finger pressed close +upon the thing that had aroused his curiosity. + +It was a large setting turned inward upon the third finger of the +left hand. The gold band that Barney had seen was but the opposite +side of the same ring. + +A quick look of comprehension came to Barney's eyes. The man upon +the cot evidently noted it and rightly interpreted its cause, for, +having freed his hand, he now slipped it quickly beneath the +coverlet. + +"I have passed through a series of rather remarkable adventures +since I came to Lutha," said Barney apparently quite irrelevantly, +after the two had remained silent for a moment. "Shortly after my +car fell upon you I was mistaken for the fugitive King Leopold by +the young lady whose horse fell into the ravine with my car. She is +a most loyal supporter of the king, being none other than the +Princess Emma von der Tann. From her I learned to espouse the cause +of Leopold." + +Step by step Barney took the man through the adventures that had +befallen him during the past three weeks, closing with the story of +the death of the boy, Rudolph. + +"Above his dead body I swore to serve Leopold of Lutha as loyally as +the poor, mistaken child had served me, your majesty," and Barney +looked straight into the eyes of him who lay upon the little iron +cot. + +For a moment the man held his eyes upon those of the American, but +finally, under the latter's steady gaze, they dropped and wandered. + +"Why do you address me as 'your majesty'?" he asked irritably. + +"With my forefinger I felt the ruby and the four wings of the +setting of the royal ring of the kings of Lutha upon the third +finger of your left hand," replied Barney. + +The king started up upon his elbow, his eyes wild with apprehension. + +"It is not so," he cried. "It is a lie! I am not the king." + +"Hush!" admonished Barney. "You have nothing to fear from me. +There are good friends and loyal subjects in plenty to serve and +protect your majesty, and place you upon the throne that has been +stolen from you. I have sworn to serve you. The old shopkeeper, Herr +Kramer, who brought me here, is an honest, loyal old soul. He would +die for you, your majesty. Trust us. Let us help you. Tomorrow, +Kramer tells me, Peter of Blentz is to have himself crowned as king +in the cathedral at Lustadt. + +"Will you sit supinely by and see another rob you of your kingdom, +and then continue to rob and throttle your subjects as he has been +doing for the past ten years? No, you will not. Even if you do not +want the crown, you were born to the duties and obligations it +entails, and for the sake of your people you must assume them now." + +"How am I to know that you are not another of the creatures of that +fiend of Blentz?" cried the king. "How am I to know that you will +not drag me back to the terrors of that awful castle, and to the +poisonous potions of the new physician Peter has employed to +assassinate me? I can trust none. + +"Go away and leave me. I do not want to be king. I wish only to go +away as far from Lutha as I can get and pass the balance of my life +in peace and security. Peter may have the crown. He is welcome to +it, for all of me. All I ask is my life and my liberty." + +Barney saw that while the king was evidently of sound mind, his was +not one of those iron characters and courageous hearts that would +willingly fight to the death for his own rights and the rights and +happiness of his people. Perhaps the long years of bitter +disappointment and misery, the tedious hours of imprisonment, and +the constant haunting fears for his life had reduced him to this +pitiable condition. + +Whatever the cause, Barney Custer was determined to overcome the +man's aversion to assuming the duties which were rightly his, for in +his memory were the words of Emma von der Tann, in which she had +made plain to him the fate that would doubtless befall her father +and his house were Peter of Blentz to become king of Lutha. Then, +too, there was the life of the little peasant boy. Was that to be +given up uselessly for a king with so mean a spirit that he would +not take a scepter when it was forced upon him? + +And the people of Lutha? Were they to be further and continually +robbed and downtrodden beneath the heel of Peter's scoundrelly +officials because their true king chose to evade the +responsibilities that were his by birth? + +For half an hour Barney pleaded and argued with the king, until he +infused in the weak character of the young man a part of his own +tireless enthusiasm and courage. Leopold commenced to take heart and +see things in a brighter and more engaging light. Finally he became +quite excited about the prospects, and at last Barney obtained a +willing promise from him that he would consent to being placed upon +his throne and would go to Lustadt at any time that Barney should +come for him with a force from the retainers of Prince Ludwig von +der Tann. + +"Let us hope," cried the king, "that the luck of the reigning house +of Lutha has been at last restored. Not since my aunt, the Princess +Victoria, ran away with a foreigner has good fortune shone upon my +house. It was when my father was still a young man--before he had +yet come to the throne--and though his reign was marked with great +peace and prosperity for the people of Lutha, his own private +fortunes were most unhappy. + +"My mother died at my birth, and the last days of my father's life +were filled with suffering from the cancer that was slowly killing +him. Let us pray, Herr Custer, that you have brought new life to the +fortunes of my house." + +"Amen, your majesty," said Barney. "And now I'll be off for +Tann--there must not be a moment lost if we are to bring you to +Lustadt in time for the coronation. Herr Kramer will watch over you, +but as none here guesses your true identity you are safer here than +anywhere else in Lutha. Good-bye, your majesty. Be of good heart. +We'll have you on the road to Lustadt and the throne tomorrow +morning." + +After Barney Custer had closed the door of the king's chamber behind +him and hurried down the corridor, the door of the room next the +king's opened quietly and a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and +small-eyed, emerged. Upon his lips was a smile of cunning +satisfaction, as he hastened to the office of the medical director +and obtained a leave of absence for twenty-four hours. + + + + +VIII + +THE CORONATION DAY + +Toward dusk of the day upon which the mad king of Lutha had been +found, a dust-covered horseman reined in before the great gate of +the castle of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. The unsettled political +conditions which overhung the little kingdom of Lutha were evident +in the return to medievalism which the raised portcullis and the +armed guard upon the barbican of the ancient feudal fortress +revealed. Not for a hundred years before had these things been done +other than as a part of the ceremonials of a fete day, or in honor +of visiting royalty. + +At the challenge from the gate Barney replied that he bore a message +for the prince. Slowly the portcullis sank into position across the +moat and an officer advanced to meet the rider. + +"The prince has ridden to Lustadt with a large retinue," he said, +"to attend the coronation of Peter of Blentz tomorrow." + +"Prince Ludwig von der Tann has gone to attend the coronation of +Peter!" cried Barney in amazement. "Has the Princess Emma returned +from her captivity in the castle of Blentz?" + +"She is with her father now, having returned nearly three weeks +ago," replied the officer, "and Peter has disclaimed responsibility +for the outrage, promising that those responsible shall be punished. +He has convinced Prince Ludwig that Leopold is dead, and for the +sake of Lutha--to save her from civil strife--my prince has patched +a truce with Peter; though unless I mistake the character of the +latter and the temper of the former it will be short-lived. + +"To demonstrate to the people," continued the officer, "that Prince +Ludwig and Peter are good friends, the great Von der Tann will +attend the coronation, but that he takes little stock in the +sincerity of the Prince of Blentz would be apparent could the latter +have a peep beneath the cloaks and look into the loyal hearts of the +men of Tann who rode down to Lustadt today." + +Barney did not wait to hear more. He was glad that in the gathering +dusk the officer had not seen his face plainly enough to mistake him +for the king. With a parting, "Then I must ride to Lustadt with my +message for the prince," he wheeled his tired mount and trotted down +the steep trail from Tann toward the highway which leads to the +capital. + +All night Barney rode. Three times he wandered from the way and was +forced to stop at farmhouses to inquire the proper direction; but +darkness hid his features from the sleepy eyes of those who answered +his summons, and daylight found him still forging ahead in the +direction of the capital of Lutha. + +The American was sunk in unhappy meditation as his weary little +mount plodded slowly along the dusty road. For hours the man had not +been able to urge the beast out of a walk. The loss of time +consequent upon his having followed wrong roads during the night and +the exhaustion of the pony which retarded his speed to what seemed +little better than a snail's pace seemed to assure the failure of +his mission, for at best he could not reach Lustadt before noon. + +There was no possibility of bringing Leopold to his capital in time +for the coronation, and but a bare possibility that Prince Ludwig +would accept the word of an entire stranger that Leopold lived, for +the acknowledgment of such a condition by the old prince could +result in nothing less than an immediate resort to arms by the two +factions. It was certain that Peter would be infinitely more anxious +to proceed with his coronation should it be rumored that Leopold +lived, and equally certain that Prince Ludwig would interpose every +obstacle, even to armed resistance, to prevent the consummation of +the ceremony. + +Yet there seemed to Barney no other alternative than to place before +the king's one powerful friend the information that he had. It would +then rest with Ludwig to do what he thought advisable. + +An hour from Lustadt the road wound through a dense forest, whose +pleasant shade was a grateful relief to both horse and rider from +the hot sun beneath which they had been journeying the greater part +of the morning. Barney was still lost in thought, his eyes bent +forward, when at a sudden turning of the road he came face to face +with a troop of horse that were entering the main highway at this +point from an unfrequented byroad. + +At sight of them the American instinctively wheeled his mount in an +effort to escape, but at a command from an officer a half dozen +troopers spurred after him, their fresh horses soon overtaking his +jaded pony. + +For a moment Barney contemplated resistance, for these were troopers +of the Royal Horse, the body which was now Peter's most effective +personal tool; but even as his hand slipped to the butt of one of +the revolvers at his hip, the young man saw the foolish futility of +such a course, and with a shrug and a smile he drew rein and turned +to face the advancing soldiers. + +As he did so the officer rode up, and at sight of Barney's face gave +an exclamation of astonishment. The officer was Butzow. + +"Well met, your majesty," he cried saluting. "We are riding to the +coronation. We shall be just in time." + +"To see Peter of Blentz rob Leopold of a crown," said the American +in a disgusted tone. + +"To see Leopold of Lutha come into his own, your majesty. Long live +the king!" cried the officer. + +Barney thought the man either poking fun at him because he was not +the king, or, thinking he was Leopold, taking a mean advantage of +his helplessness to bait him. Yet this last suspicion seemed unfair +to Butzow, who at Blentz had given ample evidence that he was a +gentleman, and of far different caliber from Maenck and the others +who served Peter. + +If he could but convince the man that he was no king and thus gain +his liberty long enough to reach Prince Ludwig's ear, his mission +would have been served in so far as it lay in his power to serve it. +For some minutes Barney expended his best eloquence and logic upon +the cavalry officer in an effort to convince him that he was not +Leopold. + +The king had given the American his great ring to safeguard for him +until it should be less dangerous for Leopold to wear it, and for +fear that at the last moment someone within the sanatorium might +recognize it and bear word to Peter of the king's whereabouts. +Barney had worn it turned in upon the third finger of his left hand, +and now he slipped it surreptitiously into his breeches pocket lest +Butzow should see it and by it be convinced that Barney was indeed +Leopold. + +"Never mind who you are," cried Butzow, thinking to humor the king's +strange obsession. "You look enough like Leopold to be his twin, and +you must help us save Lutha from Peter of Blentz." + +The American showed in his expression the surprise he felt at these +words from an officer of the prince regent. + +"You wonder at my change of heart?" asked Butzow. + +"How can I do otherwise?" + +"I cannot blame you," said the officer. "Yet I think that when you +know the truth you will see that I have done only that which I +believed to be the duty of a patriotic officer and a true +gentleman." + +They had rejoined the troop by this time, and the entire company was +once more headed toward Lustadt. Butzow had commanded one of the +troopers to exchange horses with Barney, bringing the jaded animal +into the city slowly, and now freshly mounted the American was +making better time toward his destination. His spirits rose, and as +they galloped along the highway, he listened with renewed interest +to the story which Lieutenant Butzow narrated in detail. + +It seemed that Butzow had been absent from Lutha for a number of +years as military attache to the Luthanian legation at a foreign +court. He had known nothing of the true condition at home until his +return, when he saw such scoundrels as Coblich, Maenck, and Stein +high in the favor of the prince regent. For some time before the +events that had transpired after he had brought Barney and the +Princess Emma to Blentz he had commenced to have his doubts as to +the true patriotism of Peter of Blentz; and when he had learned +through the unguarded words of Schonau that there was a real +foundation for the rumor that the regent had plotted the +assassination of the king his suspicions had crystallized into +knowledge, and he had sworn to serve his king before all +others--were he sane or mad. From this loyalty he could not be +shaken. + +"And what do you intend doing now?" asked Barney. + +"I intend placing you upon the throne of your ancestors, sire," +replied Butzow; "nor will Peter of Blentz dare the wrath of the +people by attempting to interpose any obstacle. When he sees Leopold +of Lutha ride into the capital of his kingdom at the head of even so +small a force as ours he will know that the end of his own power is +at hand, for he is not such a fool that he does not perfectly +realize that he is the most cordially hated man in all Lutha, and +that only those attend upon him who hope to profit through his +success or who fear his evil nature." + +"If Peter is crowned today," asked Barney, "will it prevent Leopold +regaining his throne?" + +"It is difficult to say," replied Butzow; "but the chances are that +the throne would be lost to him forever. To regain it he would have +to plunge Lutha into a bitter civil war, for once Peter is +proclaimed king he will have the law upon his side, and with the +resources of the State behind him--the treasury and the army--he +will feel in no mood to relinquish the scepter without a struggle. I +doubt much that you will ever sit upon your throne, sire, unless you +do so within the very next hour." + +For some time Barney rode in silence. He saw that only by a master +stroke could the crown be saved for the true king. Was it worth it? +The man was happier without a crown. Barney had come to believe that +no man lived who could be happy in possession of one. Then there +came before his mind's eye the delicate, patrician face of Emma von +der Tann. + +Would Peter of Blentz be true to his new promises to the house of +Von der Tann? Barney doubted it. He recalled all that it might mean +of danger and suffering to the girl whose kisses he still felt upon +his lips as though it had been but now that hers had placed them +there. He recalled the limp little body of the boy, Rudolph, and the +Spartan loyalty with which the little fellow had given his life in +the service of the man he had thought king. The pitiful figure of +the fear-haunted man upon the iron cot at Tafelberg rose before him +and cried for vengeance. + +To this man was the woman he loved betrothed! He knew that he might +never wed the Princess Emma. Even were she not promised to another, +the iron shackles of convention and age-old customs must forever +separate her from an untitled American. But if he couldn't have her +he still could serve her! + +"For her sake," he muttered. + +"Did your majesty speak?" asked Butzow. + +"Yes, lieutenant. We urge greater haste, for if we are to be +crowned today we have no time to lose." + +Butzow smiled a relieved smile. The king had at last regained his +senses! + + +Within the ancient cathedral at Lustadt a great and gorgeously +attired assemblage had congregated. All the nobles of Lutha were +gathered there with their wives, their children, and their +retainers. There were the newer nobility of the lowlands--many whose +patents dated but since the regency of Peter--and there were the +proud nobility of the highlands--the old nobility of which Prince +Ludwig von der Tann was the chief. + +It was noticeable that though a truce had been made between Ludwig +and Peter, yet the former chancellor of the kingdom did not stand +upon the chancel with the other dignitaries of the State and court. + +Few there were who knew that he had been invited to occupy a place +of honor there, and had replied that he would take no active part in +the making of any king in Lutha whose veins did not pulse to the +flow of the blood of the house in whose service he had grown gray. + +Close packed were the retainers of the old prince so that their +great number was scarcely noticeable, though quite so was the fact +that they kept their cloaks on, presenting a somber appearance in +the midst of all the glitter of gold and gleam of jewels that +surrounded them--a grim, business-like appearance that cast a chill +upon Peter of Blentz as his eyes scanned the multitude of faces +below him. + +He would have shown his indignation at this seeming affront had he +dared; but until the crown was safely upon his head and the royal +scepter in his hand Peter had no mind to do aught that might +jeopardize the attainment of the power he had sought for the past +ten years. + +The solemn ceremony was all but completed; the Bishop of Lustadt had +received the great golden crown from the purple cushion upon which +it had been borne at the head of the procession which accompanied +Peter up the broad center aisle of the cathedral. He had raised it +above the head of the prince regent, and was repeating the solemn +words which precede the placing of the golden circlet upon the man's +brow. In another moment Peter of Blentz would be proclaimed the king +of Lutha. + +By her father's side stood Emma von der Tann. Upon her haughty, +high-bred face there was no sign of the emotions which ran riot +within her fair bosom. In the act that she was witnessing she saw +the eventual ruin of her father's house. That Peter would long want +for an excuse to break and humble his ancient enemy she did not +believe; but this was not the only cause for the sorrow that +overwhelmed her. + +Her most poignant grief, like that of her father, was for the dead +king, Leopold; but to the sorrow of the loyal subject was added the +grief of the loving woman, bereft. Close to her heart she hugged the +memory of the brief hours spent with the man whom she had been +taught since childhood to look upon as her future husband, but for +whom the all-consuming fires of love had only been fanned to life +within her since that moment, now three weeks gone, that he had +crushed her to his breast to cover her lips with kisses for the +short moment ere he sacrificed his life to save her from a fate +worse than death. + +Before her stood the Nemesis of her dead king. The last act of the +hideous crime against the man she had loved was nearing its close. +As the crown, poised over the head of Peter of Blentz, sank slowly +downward the girl felt that she could scarce restrain her desire to +shriek aloud a protest against the wicked act--the crowning of a +murderer king of her beloved Lutha. + +A glance at the old man at her side showed her the stern, commanding +features of her sire molded in an expression of haughty dignity; +only the slight movement of the muscles of the strong jaw revealed +the tensity of the hidden emotions of the stern old warrior. He was +meeting disappointment and defeat as a Von der Tann should--brave to +the end. + +The crown had all but touched the head of Peter of Blentz when a +sudden commotion at the back of the cathedral caused the bishop to +look up in ill-concealed annoyance. At the sight that met his eyes +his hands halted in mid-air. + +The great audience turned as one toward the doors at the end of the +long central aisle. There, through the wide-swung portals, they saw +mounted men forcing their way into the cathedral. The great horses +shouldered aside the foot-soldiers that attempted to bar their way, +and twenty troopers of the Royal Horse thundered to the very foot of +the chancel steps. + +At their head rode Lieutenant Butzow and a tall young man in soiled +and tattered khaki, whose gray eyes and full reddish-brown beard +brought an exclamation from Captain Maenck who commanded the guard +about Peter of Blentz. + +"Mein Gott--the king!" cried Maenck, and at the words Peter went +white. + +In open-mouthed astonishment the spectators saw the hurrying +troopers and heard Butzow's "The king! The king! Make way for +Leopold, King of Lutha!" + +And a girl saw, and as she saw her heart leaped to her mouth. Her +small hand gripped the sleeve of her father's coat. "The king, +father," she cried. "It is the king." + +Old Von der Tann, the light of a new hope firing his eyes, threw +aside his cloak and leaped to the chancel steps beside Butzow and +the others who were mounting them. Behind him a hundred cloaks +dropped from the shoulders of his fighting men, exposing not silks +and satins and fine velvet, but the coarse tan of khaki, and grim +cartridge belts well filled, and stern revolvers slung to well-worn +service belts. + +As Butzow and Barney stepped upon the chancel Peter of Blentz leaped +forward. "What mad treason is this?" he fairly screamed. + +"The days of treason are now past, prince," replied Butzow +meaningly. "Here is not treason, but Leopold of Lutha come to claim +his crown which he inherited from his father." + +"It is a plot," cried Peter, "to place an impostor upon the throne! +This man is not the king." + +For a moment there was silence. The people had not taken sides as +yet. They awaited a leader. Old Von der Tann scrutinized the +American closely. + +"How may we know that you are Leopold?" he asked. "For ten years we +have not seen our king." + +"The governor of Blentz has already acknowledged his identity," +cried Butzow. "Maenck was the first to proclaim the presence of the +putative king." + +At that someone near the chancel cried: "Long live Leopold, king of +Lutha!" and at the words the whole assemblage raised their voices in +a tumultuous: "Long live the king!" + +Peter of Blentz turned toward Maenck. "The guard!" he cried. +"Arrest those traitors, and restore order in the cathedral. Let the +coronation proceed." + +Maenck took a step toward Barney and Butzow, when old Prince von der +Tann interposed his giant frame with grim resolve. + +"Hold!" He spoke in a low, stern voice that brought the cowardly +Maenck to a sudden halt. + +The men of Tann had pressed eagerly forward until they stood, with +bared swords, a solid rank of fighting men in grim semicircle behind +their chief. There were cries from different parts of the cathedral +of: "Crown Leopold, our true king! Down with Peter! Down with the +assassin!" + +"Enough of this," cried Peter. "Clear the cathedral!" + +He drew his own sword, and with half a hundred loyal retainers at +his back pressed forward to clear the chancel. There was a brief +fight, from which Barney, much to his disgust, was barred by the +mighty figure of the old prince and the stalwart sword-arm of +Butzow. He did get one crack at Maenck, and had the satisfaction of +seeing blood spurt from a flesh wound across the fellow's cheek. + +"That for the Princess Emma," he called to the governor of Blentz, +and then men crowded between them and he did not see the captain +again during the battle. + +When Peter saw that more than half of the palace guard were shouting +for Leopold, and fighting side by side with the men of Tann, he +realized the futility of further armed resistance at this time. +Slowly he withdrew, and at last the fighting ceased and some +semblance of order was restored within the cathedral. + +Fearfully, the bishop emerged from hiding, his robes disheveled and +his miter askew. Butzow grasped him none too reverently by the arm +and dragged him before Barney. The crown of Lutha dangled in the +priest's palsied hands. + +"Crown the king!" cried the lieutenant. "Crown Leopold, king of +Lutha!" + +A mad roar of acclaim greeted this demand, and again from all parts +of the cathedral rose the same wild cry. But in the lull that +followed there were some who demanded proof of the tattered young +man who stood before them and claimed that he was king. + +"Let Prince Ludwig speak!" cried a dozen voices. + +"Yes, Prince Ludwig! Prince Ludwig!" took up the throng. + +Prince Ludwig von der Tann turned toward the bearded young man. +Silence fell upon the crowded cathedral. Peter of Blentz stood +awaiting the outcome, ready to demand the crown upon the first +indication of wavering belief in the man he knew was not Leopold. + +"How may we know that you are really Leopold?" again asked Ludwig of +Barney. + +The American raised his left hand, upon the third finger of which +gleamed the great ruby of the royal ring of the kings of Lutha. Even +Peter of Blentz started back in surprise as his eyes fell upon the +ring. + +Where had the man come upon it? + +Prince von der Tann dropped to one knee before Mr. Bernard Custer of +Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., and lifted that gentleman's hand to his +lips, and as the people of Lutha saw the act they went mad with joy. + +Slowly Prince Ludwig rose and addressed the bishop. "Leopold, the +rightful heir to the throne of Lutha, is here. Let the coronation +proceed." + +The quiet of the sepulcher fell upon the assemblage as the holy man +raised the crown above the head of the king. Barney saw from the +corner of his eye the sea of faces upturned toward him. He saw the +relief and happiness upon the stern countenance of the old prince. + +He hated to dash all their new found joy by the announcement that he +was not the king. He could not do that, for the moment he did Peter +would step forward and demand that his own coronation continue. How +was he to save the throne for Leopold? + +Among the faces beneath him he suddenly descried that of a beautiful +young girl whose eyes, filled with the tears of a great happiness +and a greater love, were upturned to his. To reveal his true +identity would lose him this girl forever. None save Peter knew that +he was not the king. All save Peter would hail him gladly as Leopold +of Lutha. How easily he might win a throne and the woman he loved by +a moment of seeming passive compliance. + +The temptation was great, and then he recalled the boy, lying dead +for his king in the desolate mountains, and the pathetic light in +the eyes of the sorrowful man at Tafelberg, and the great trust and +confidence in the heart of the woman who had shown that she loved +him. + +Slowly Barney Custer raised his palm toward the bishop in a gesture +of restraint. + +"There are those who doubt that I am king," he said. "In these +circumstances there should be no coronation in Lutha until all +doubts are allayed and all may unite in accepting without question +the royal right of the true Leopold to the crown of his father. Let +the coronation wait, then, until another day, and all will be well." + +"It must take place before noon of the fifth day of November, or not +until a year later," said Prince Ludwig. "In the meantime the Prince +Regent must continue to rule. For the sake of Lutha the coronation +must take place today, your majesty." + +"What is the date?" asked Barney. + +"The third, sire." + +"Let the coronation wait until the fifth." + +"But your majesty," interposed Von der Tann, "all may be lost in two +days." + +"It is the king's command," said Barney quietly. + +"But Peter of Blentz will rule for these two days, and in that time +with the army at his command there is no telling what he may +accomplish," insisted the old man. + +"Peter of Blentz shall not rule Lutha for two days, or two minutes," +replied Barney. "We shall rule. Lieutenant Butzow, you may place +Prince Peter, Coblich, Maenck, and Stein under arrest. We charge +them with treason against their king, and conspiring to assassinate +their rightful monarch." + +Butzow smiled as he turned with his troopers at his back to execute +this most welcome of commissions; but in a moment he was again at +Barney's side. + +"They have fled, your majesty," he said. "Shall I ride to Blentz +after them?" + +"Let them go," replied the American, and then, with his retinue +about him the new king of Lutha passed down the broad aisle of the +cathedral of Lustadt and took his way to the royal palace between +ranks of saluting soldiery backed by cheering thousands. + + + + +IX + +THE KING'S GUESTS + +Once within the palace Barney sought the seclusion of a small room +off the audience chamber. Here he summoned Butzow. + +"Lieutenant," said the American, "for the sake of a woman, a dead +child and an unhappy king I have become dictator of Lutha for +forty-eight hours; but at noon upon the fifth this farce must cease. +Then we must place the true Leopold upon the throne, or a new +dictator must replace me. + +"In vain I have tried to convince you that I am not the king, and +today in the cathedral so great was the temptation to take advantage +of the odd train of circumstances that had placed a crown within my +reach that I all but surrendered to it--not for the crown of gold, +Butzow, but for an infinitely more sacred diadem which belongs to +him to whom by right of birth and lineage, belongs the crown of +Lutha. I do not ask you to understand--it is not necessary--but this +you must know and believe: that I am not Leopold, and that the true +Leopold lies in hiding in the sanatorium at Tafelberg, from which +you and I, Butzow, must fetch him to Lustadt before noon on the +fifth." + +"But, sire--" commenced Butzow, when Barney raised his hand. + +"Enough of that, Butzow!" he cried almost irritably. "I am sick of +being 'sired' and 'majestied'--my name is Custer. Call me that when +others are not present. Believe what you will, but ride with me in +secrecy to Tafelberg tonight, and together we shall bring back +Leopold of Lutha. Then we may call Prince Ludwig into our +confidence, and none need ever know of the substitution. + +"I doubt if many had a sufficiently close view of me today to +realize the trick that I have played upon them, and if they note a +difference they will attribute it to the change in apparel, for we +shall see to it that the king is fittingly garbed before we exhibit +him to his subjects, while hereafter I shall continue in khaki, +which becomes me better than ermine." + +Butzow shook his head. + +"King or dictator," he said, "it is all the same, and I must obey +whatever commands you see fit to give, and so I will ride to +Tafelberg tonight, though what we shall find there I cannot imagine, +unless there are two Leopolds of Lutha. But shall we also find +another royal ring upon the finger of this other king?" + +Barney smiled. "You're a typical hard-headed Dutchman, Butzow," he +said. + +The lieutenant drew himself up haughtily. "I am not a Dutchman, +your majesty. I am a Luthanian." + +Barney laughed. "Whatever else you may be, Butzow, you're a brick," +he said, laying his hand upon the other's arm. + +Butzow looked at him narrowly. + +"From your speech," he said, "and the occasional Americanisms into +which you fall I might believe that you were other than the king but +for the ring." + +"It is my commission from the king," replied Barney. "Leopold +placed it upon my finger in token of his royal authority to act in +his behalf. Tonight, then Butzow, you and I shall ride to Tafelberg. +Have three good horses. We must lead one for the king." + +Butzow saluted and left the apartment. For an hour or two the +American was busy with tailors whom he had ordered sent to the +palace to measure him for the numerous garments of a royal wardrobe, +for he knew the king to be near enough his own size that he might +easily wear clothes that had been fitted to Barney; and it was part +of his plan to have everything in readiness for the substitution +which was to take place the morning of the coronation. + +Then there were foreign dignitaries, and the heads of numerous +domestic and civic delegations to be given audience. Old Von der +Tann stood close behind Barney prompting him upon the royal duties +that had fallen so suddenly upon his shoulders, and none thought it +strange that he was unfamiliar with the craft of kingship, for was +it not common knowledge that he had been kept a close prisoner in +Blentz since boyhood, nor been given any coaching for the duties +Peter of Blentz never intended he should perform? + +After it was all over Prince Ludwig's grim and leathery face relaxed +into a smile of satisfaction. + +"None who witnessed the conduct of your first audience, sire," he +said, "could for a moment doubt your royal lineage--if ever a man +was born to kingship, your majesty, it be you." + +Barney smiled, a bit ruefully, however, for in his mind's eye he saw +a future moment when the proud old Prince von der Tann would know +the truth of the imposture that had been played upon him, and the +young man foresaw that he would have a rather unpleasant half-hour. + +At a little distance from them Barney saw Emma von der Tann +surrounded by a group of officials and palace officers. Since he had +come to Lustadt that day he had had no word with her, and now he +crossed toward her, amused as the throng parted to form an aisle for +him, the men saluting and the women curtsying low. + +He took both of the girl's hands in his, and, drawing one through +his arm, took advantage of the prerogatives of kingship to lead her +away from the throng of courtiers. + +"I thought that I should never be done with all the tiresome +business which seems to devolve upon kings," he said, laughing. "All +the while that I should have been bending my royal intellect to +matters of state, I was wondering just how a king might find a way +to see the woman he loves without interruptions from the horde that +dogs his footsteps." + +"You seem to have found a way, Leopold," she whispered, pressing his +arm close to her. "Kings usually do." + +"It is not because I am a king that I found a way, Emma," he +replied. "It is because I am an American." + +She looked up at him with an expression of pleading in her eyes. + +"Why do you persist?" she cried. "You have come into your own, and +there is no longer aught to fear from Peter or any other. To me at +least, it is most unkind still to deny your identity." + +"I wonder," said Barney, "if your love could withstand the knowledge +that I am not the king." + +"It is the MAN I love, Leopold," the girl replied. + +"You think so now," he said, "but wait until the test comes, and +when it does, remember that I have always done my best to undeceive +you. I know that you are not for such as I, my princess, and when I +have returned your true king to you all that I shall ask is that you +be happy with him." + +"I shall always be happy with my king," she whispered, and the look +that she gave him made Barney Custer curse the fate that had failed +to make him a king by birth. + +An hour later darkness had fallen upon the little city of Lustadt, +and from a small gateway in the rear of the palace grounds two +horsemen rode out into the ill-paved street and turned their mounts' +heads toward the north. At the side of one trotted a led horse. + +As they passed beneath the glare of an arc-light before a cafe at +the side of the public square, a diner sitting at a table upon the +walk spied the tall figure and the bearded face of him who rode a +few feet in advance of his companion. Leaping to his feet the man +waved his napkin above his head. + +"Long live the king!" he cried. "God save Leopold of Lutha!" + +And amid the din of cheering that followed, Barney Custer of +Beatrice and Lieutenant Butzow of the Royal Horse rode out into the +night upon the road to Tafelberg. + + +When Peter of Blentz had escaped from the cathedral he had hastily +mounted with a handful of his followers and hurried out of Lustadt +along the road toward his formidable fortress at Blentz. Half way +upon the journey he had met a dusty and travel-stained horseman +hastening toward the capital city that Peter and his lieutenants had +just left. + +At sight of the prince regent the fellow reined in and saluted. + +"May I have a word in private with your highness?" he asked. "I +have news of the greatest importance for your ears alone." + +Peter drew to one side with the man. + +"Well," he asked, "and what news have you for Peter of Blentz?" + +The man leaned from his horse close to Peter's ear. + +"The king is in Tafelberg, your highness," he said. + +"The king is dead," snapped Peter. "There is an impostor in the +palace at Lustadt. But the real Leopold of Lutha was slain by Yellow +Franz's band of brigands weeks ago." + +"I heard the man at Tafelberg tell another that he was the king," +insisted the fellow. "Through the keyhole of his room I saw him take +a great ring from his finger--a ring with a mighty ruby set in its +center--and give it to the other. Both were bearded men with gray +eyes--either might have passed for the king by the description upon +the placards that have covered Lutha for the past month. At first he +denied his identity, but when the other had convinced him that he +sought only the king's welfare he at last admitted that he was +Leopold." + +"Where is he now?" cried Peter. + +"He is still in the sanatorium at Tafelberg. In room twenty-seven. +The other promised to return for him and take him to Lustadt, but +when I left Tafelberg he had not yet done so, and if you hasten you +may reach there before they take him away, and if there be any +reward for my loyalty to you, prince, my name is Ferrath." + +"Ride with us and if you have told the truth, fellow, there shall be +a reward and if not--then there shall be deserts," and Peter of +Blentz wheeled his horse and with his company galloped on toward +Tafelberg. + +As he rode he talked with his lieutenants Coblich, Maenck, and +Stein, and among them it was decided that it would be best that +Peter stop at Blentz for the night while the others rode on to +Tafelberg. + +"Do not bring Leopold to Blentz," directed Peter, "for if it be he +who lies at Tafelberg and they find him gone it will be toward +Blentz that they will first look. Take him--" + +The Regent leaned from his saddle so that his mouth was close to the +ear of Coblich, that none of the troopers might hear. + +Coblich nodded his head. + +"And, Coblich, the fewer that ride to Tafelberg tonight the surer +the success of the mission. Take Maenck, Stein and one other with +you. I shall keep this man with me, for it may prove but a plot to +lure me to Tafelberg." + +Peter scowled at the now frightened hospital attendant. + +"Tomorrow I shall be riding through the lowlands, Coblich, and so +you may not find means to communicate with me, but before noon of +the fifth have word at your town house in Lustadt for me of the +success of your venture." + +They had reached the point now where the road to Tafelberg branches +from that to Blentz, and the four who were to fetch the king wheeled +their horses into the left-hand fork and cantered off upon their +mission. + +The direct road between Lustadt and Tafelberg is but little more +than half the distance of that which Coblich and his companions had +to traverse because of the wide detour they had made by riding +almost to Blentz first, and so it was that when they cantered into +the little mountain town near midnight Barney Custer and Lieutenant +Butzow were but a mile or two behind them. + +Had the latter had even the faintest of suspicions that the identity +of the hiding place of the king might come to the knowledge of Peter +of Blentz they could have reached Tafelberg ahead of Coblich and his +party, but all unsuspecting they rode slowly to conserve the energy +of their mounts for the return trip. + +In silence the two men approached the grounds surrounding the +sanatorium. In the soft dirt of the road the hoofs of their mounts +made no sound, and the shadows of the trees that border the front of +the enclosure hid them from the view of the trooper who held four +riderless horses in a little patch of moonlight that broke through +the opening in the trees at the main gate of the institution. + +Barney was the first to see the animals and the man. + +"S-s-st," he hissed, reining in his horse. + +Butzow drew alongside the American. + +"What can it mean?" asked Barney. "That fellow is a trooper, but I +cannot make out his uniform." + +"Wait here," said Butzow, and slipping from his horse he crept +closer to the man, hugging the dense shadows close to the trees. + +Barney reined in nearer the low wall. From his saddle he could see +the grounds beyond through the branches of a tree. As he looked his +attention was suddenly riveted upon a sight that sent his heart into +his throat. + +Three men were dragging a struggling, half-naked figure down the +gravel walk from the sanatorium toward the gate. One kept a hand +clapped across the mouth of the prisoner, who struck and fought his +assailants with all the frenzy of despair. + +Barney leaped from his saddle and ran headlong after Butzow. The +lieutenant had reached the gate but an instant ahead of him when the +trooper, turning suddenly at some slight sound of the officer's foot +upon the ground, detected the man creeping upon him. In an instant +the fellow had whipped out a revolver, and raising it fired +point-blank at Butzow's chest; but in the same instant a figure shot +out of the shadows beside him, and with the report of the revolver a +heavy fist caught the trooper on the side of the chin, crumpling him +to the ground as if he were dead. + +The blow had been in time to deflect the muzzle of the firearm, and +the bullet whistled harmlessly past the lieutenant. + +"Your majesty!" exclaimed Butzow excitedly. "Go back. He might have +killed you." + +Barney leaped to the other's side and grasping him by the shoulders +wheeled him about so that he faced the gate. + +"There, Butzow," he cried, "there is your king, and from the looks +of it he never needed a loyal subject more than he does this moment. +Come!" Without waiting to see if the other followed him, Barney +Custer leaped through the gate full in the faces of the astonished +trio that was dragging Leopold of Lutha from his sanctuary. + +At sight of the American the king gave a muffled cry of relief, and +then Barney was upon those who held him. A stinging uppercut lifted +Coblich clear of the ground to drop him, dazed and bewildered, at +the foot of the monarch he had outraged. Maenck drew a revolver only +to have it struck from his hand by the sword of Butzow, who had +followed closely upon the American's heels. + +Barney, seizing the king by the arm, started on a run for the +gateway. In his wake came Butzow with a drawn sword beating back +Stein, who was armed with a cavalry saber, and Maenck who had now +drawn his own sword. + +The American saw that the two were pressing Butzow much too closely +for safety and that Coblich had now recovered from the effects of +the blow and was in pursuit, drawing his saber as he ran. Barney +thrust the king behind him and turned to face the enemy, at Butzow's +side. + +The three men rushed upon the two who stood between them and their +prey. The moonlight was now full in the faces of Butzow and the +American. For the first time Maenck and the others saw who it was +that had interrupted them. + +"The impostor!" cried the governor of Blentz. "The false king!" + +Imbued with temporary courage by the knowledge that his side had the +advantage of superior numbers he launched himself full upon the +American. To his surprise he met a sword-arm that none might have +expected in an American, for Barney Custer had been a pupil of the +redoubtable Colonel Monstery, who was, as Barney was wont to say, +"one of the thanwhomest of fencing masters." + +Quickly Maenck fell back to give place to Stein, but not before the +American's point had found him twice to leave him streaming blood +from two deep flesh wounds. + +Neither of those who fought in the service of the king saw the +trembling, weak-kneed figure, which had stood behind them, turn and +scurry through the gateway, leaving the men who battled for him to +their fate. + +The trooper whom Barney had felled had regained consciousness and as +he came to his feet rubbing his swollen jaw he saw a disheveled, +half-dressed figure running toward him from the sanatorium grounds. +The fellow was no fool, and knowing the purpose of the expedition as +he did he was quick to jump to the conclusion that this fleeing +personification of abject terror was Leopold of Lutha; and so it was +that as the king emerged from the gateway in search of freedom he +ran straight into the widespread arms of the trooper. + +Maenck and Coblich had seen the king's break for liberty, and the +latter maneuvered to get himself between Butzow and the open gate +that he might follow after the fleeing monarch. + +At the same instant Maenck, seeing that Stein was being worsted by +the American, rushed in upon the latter, and thus relieved, the +rat-faced doctor was enabled to swing a heavy cut at Barney which +struck him a glancing blow upon the head, sending him stunned and +bleeding to the sward. + +Coblich and the governor of Blentz hastened toward the gate, pausing +for an instant to overwhelm Butzow. In the fierce scrimmage that +followed the lieutenant was overthrown, though not before his sword +had passed through the heart of the rat-faced one. Deserting their +fallen comrade the two dashed through the gate, where to their +immense relief they found Leopold safe in the hands of the trooper. + +An instant later the precious trio, with Leopold upon the horse of +the late Dr. Stein, were galloping swiftly into the darkness of the +wood that lies at the outskirts of Tafelberg. + +When Barney regained consciousness he found himself upon a cot +within the sanatorium. Close beside him lay Butzow, and above them +stood an interne and several nurses. No sooner had the American +regained his scattered wits than he leaped to the floor. The interne +and the nurses tried to force him back upon the cot, thinking that +he was in the throes of a delirium, and it required his best efforts +to convince them that he was quite rational. + +During the melee Butzow regained consciousness; his wound being as +superficial as that of the American, the two men were soon donning +their clothing, and, half-dressed, rushing toward the outer gate. + +The interne had told them that when he had reached the scene of the +conflict in company with the gardener he had found them and another +lying upon the sward. + +Their companion, he said, was quite dead. + +"That must have been Stein," said Butzow. "And the others had +escaped with the king!" + +"The king?" cried the interne. + +"Yes, the king, man--Leopold of Lutha. Did you not know that he who +has lain here for three weeks was the king?" replied Butzow. + +The interne accompanied them to the gate and beyond, but everywhere +was silence. The king was gone. + + + + +X + +ON THE BATTLEFIELD + +All that night and the following day Barney Custer and his aide rode +in search of the missing king. + +They came to Blentz, and there Butzow rode boldly into the great +court, admitted by virtue of the fact that the guard upon the gate +knew him only as an officer of the royal guard whom they believed +still loyal to Peter of Blentz. + +The lieutenant learned that the king was not there, nor had he been +since his escape. He also learned that Peter was abroad in the +lowland recruiting followers to aid him forcibly to regain the crown +of Lutha. + +The lieutenant did not wait to hear more, but, hurrying from the +castle, rode to Barney where the latter had remained in hiding in +the wood below the moat--the same wood through which he had stumbled +a few weeks previously after his escape from the stagnant waters of +the moat. + +"The king is not here," said Butzow to him, as soon as the former +reached his side. "Peter is recruiting an army to aid him in seizing +the palace at Lustadt, and king or no king, we must ride for the +capital in time to check that move. Thank God," he added, "that we +shall have a king to place upon the throne of Lutha at noon tomorrow +in spite of all that Peter can do." + +"What do you mean?" asked Barney. "Have you any clue to the +whereabouts of Leopold?" + +"I saw the man at Tafelberg whom you say is king," replied Butzow. +"I saw him tremble and whimper in the face of danger. I saw him run +when he might have seized something, even a stone, and fought at the +sides of the men who were come to rescue him. And I saw you there +also. + +"The truth and the falsity of this whole strange business is beyond +me, but this I know: if you are not the king today I pray God that +the other may not find his way to Lustadt before noon tomorrow, for +by then a brave man will sit upon the throne of Lutha, your +majesty." + +Barney laid his hand upon the shoulder of the other. + +"It cannot be, my friend," he said. "There is more than a throne at +stake for me, but to win them both I could not do the thing you +suggest. If Leopold of Lutha lives he must be crowned tomorrow." + +"And if he does not live?" asked Butzow. + +Barney Custer shrugged his shoulders. + +It was dusk when the two entered the palace grounds in Lustadt. The +sight of Barney threw the servants and functionaries of the royal +household into wild excitement and confusion. Men ran hither and +thither bearing the glad tidings that the king had returned. + +Old von der Tann was announced within ten minutes after Barney +reached his apartments. He urged upon the American the necessity for +greater caution in the future. + +"Your majesty's life is never safe while Peter of Blentz is abroad +in Lutha," cried he. + +"It was to save your king from Peter that we rode from Lustadt last +night," replied Barney, but the old prince did not catch the double +meaning of the words. + +While they talked a young officer of cavalry begged an audience. He +had important news for the king, he said. From him Barney learned +that Peter of Blentz had succeeded in recruiting a fair-sized army +in the lowlands. Two regiments of government infantry and a squadron +of cavalry had united forces with him, for there were those who +still accepted him as regent, believing his contention that the true +king was dead, and that he whose coronation was to be attempted was +but the puppet of old Von der Tann. + +The morning of November 5 broke clear and cold. The old town of +Lustadt was awakened with a start at daybreak by the booming of +cannon. Mounted messengers galloped hither and thither through the +steep, winding streets. Troops, foot and horse, moved at the double +from the barracks along the King's Road to the fortifications which +guard the entrance to the city at the foot of Margaretha Street. + +Upon the heights above the town Barney Custer and the old Prince von +der Tann stood surrounded by officers and aides watching the advance +of a skirmish line up the slopes toward Lustadt. Behind, the thin +line columns of troops were marching under cover of two batteries of +field artillery that Peter of Blentz had placed upon a wooden knoll +to the southeast of the city. + +The guns upon the single fort that, overlooking the broad valley, +guarded the entire southern exposure of the city were answering the +fire of Prince Peter's artillery, while several machine guns had +been placed to sweep the slope up which the skirmish line was +advancing. + +The trees that masked the enemy's pieces extended upward along the +ridge and the eastern edge of the city. Barney saw that a force of +men might easily reach a commanding position from that direction and +enter Lustadt almost in rear of the fortifications. Below him a +squadron of the Royal Horse were just emerging from their stables, +taking their way toward the plain to join in a concerted movement +against the troops that were advancing toward the fort. + +He turned to an aide de camp standing just behind him. + +"Intercept that squadron and direct the major to move due east along +the King's Road to the grove," he commanded. "We will join him +there." + +And as the officer spurred down the steep and narrow street the +American, followed by Von der Tann and his staff, wheeled and +galloped eastward. + +Ten minutes later the party entered the wood at the edge of town, +where the squadron soon joined them. Von der Tann was mystified at +the purpose of this change in the position of the general staff, +since from the wood they could see nothing of the battle waging upon +the slope. During his brief intercourse with the man he thought king +he had quite forgotten that there had been any question as to the +young man's sanity, for he had given no indication of possessing +aught but a well-balanced mind. Now, however, he commenced to have +misgivings, if not of his sanity, then as to his judgment at least. + +"I fear, your majesty," he ventured, "that we are putting ourselves +too much out of touch with the main body of the army. We can neither +see nor accomplish anything from this position." + +"We were too far away to accomplish much upon the top of that +mountain," replied Barney, "but we're going to commence doing things +now. You will please to ride back along the King's Road and take +direct command of the troops mobilized near the fort. + +"Direct the artillery to redouble their fire upon the enemy's +battery for five minutes, and then to cease firing into the wood +entirely. At the same instant you may order a cautious advance +against the troops advancing up the slope. + +"When you see us emerge upon the west side of the grove where the +enemy's guns are now, you may order a charge, and we will take them +simultaneously upon their right flank with a cavalry charge." + +"But, your majesty," exclaimed Von der Tann dubiously, "where will +you be in the mean time?" + +"We shall be with the major's squadron, and when you see us emerging +from the grove, you will know that we have taken Peter's guns and +that everything is over except the shouting." + +"You are not going to accompany the charge!" cried the old prince. + +"We are going to lead it," and the pseudo-king of Lutha wheeled his +mount as though to indicate that the time for talking was past. + +With a signal to the major commanding the squadron of Royal Horse, +he moved eastward into the wood. Prince Ludwig hesitated a moment as +though to question further the wisdom of the move, but finally with +a shake of his head he trotted off in the direction of the fort. + +Five minutes later the enemy were delighted to note that the fire +upon their concealed battery had suddenly ceased. + +Then Peter saw a force of foot-soldiers deploy from the city and +advance slowly in line of skirmishers down the slope to meet his own +firing line. + +Immediately he did what Barney had expected that he would--turned +the fire of his artillery toward the southwest, directly away from +the point from which the American and the crack squadron were +advancing. + +So it came that the cavalrymen crept through the woods upon the rear +of the guns, unseen; the noise of their advance was drowned by the +detonation of the cannon. + +The first that the artillerymen knew of the enemy in their rear was +a shout of warning from one of the powder-men at a caisson, who had +caught a glimpse of the grim line advancing through the trees at his +rear. + +Instantly an effort was made to wheel several of the pieces about +and train them upon the advancing horsemen; but even had there been +time, a shout that rose from several of Peter's artillerymen as the +Royal Horse broke into full view would doubtless have prevented the +maneuver, for at sight of the tall, bearded, young man who galloped +in front of the now charging cavalrymen there rose a shout of "The +king! The king!" + +With the force of an avalanche the Royal Horse rode through those +two batteries of field artillery; and in the thick of the fight that +followed rode the American, a smile upon his face, for in his ears +rang the wild shouts of his troopers: "For the king! For the king!" + +In the moment that the enemy made their first determined stand a +bullet brought down the great bay upon which Barney rode. A dozen of +Peter's men rushed forward to seize the man stumbling to his feet. +As many more of the Royal Horse closed around him, and there, for +five minutes, was waged as fierce a battle for possession of a king +as was ever fought. + +But already many of the artillerymen had deserted the guns that had +not yet been attacked, for the magic name of king had turned their +blood to water. Fifty or more raised a white flag and surrendered +without striking a blow, and when, at last, Barney and his little +bodyguard fought their way through those who surrounded them they +found the balance of the field already won. + +Upon the slope below the city the loyal troops were advancing upon +the enemy. Old Prince Ludwig paced back and forth behind them, +apparently oblivious to the rain of bullets about him. Every moment +he turned his eyes toward the wooded ridge from which there now +belched an almost continuous fusillade of shells upon the advancing +royalists. + +Quite suddenly the cannonading ceased and the old man halted in his +tracks, his gaze riveted upon the wood. For several minutes he saw +no sign of what was transpiring behind that screen of sere and +yellow autumn leaves, and then a man came running out, and after him +another and another. + +The prince raised his field glasses to his eyes. He almost cried +aloud in his relief--the uniforms of the fugitives were those of +artillerymen, and only cavalry had accompanied the king. A moment +later there appeared in the center of his lenses a tall figure with +a full beard. He rode, swinging his saber above his head, and behind +him at full gallop came a squadron of the Royal Horse. + +Old von der Tann could restrain himself no longer. + +"The king! The king!" he cried to those about him, pointing in the +direction of the wood. + +The officers gathered there and the soldiery before him heard and +took up the cry, and then from the old man's lips came the command, +"Charge!" and a thousand men tore down the slopes of Lustadt upon +the forces of Peter of Blentz, while from the east the king charged +their right flank at the head of the Royal Horse. + +Peter of Blentz saw that the day was lost, for the troops upon the +right were crumpling before the false king while he and his +cavalrymen were yet a half mile distant. Before the retreat could +become a rout the prince regent ordered his forces to fall back +slowly upon a suburb that lies in the valley below the city. + +Once safely there he raised a white flag, asking a conference with +Prince Ludwig. + +"Your majesty," said the old man, "what answer shall we send the +traitor who even now ignores the presence of his king?" + +"Treat with him," replied the American. "He may be honest enough in +his belief that I am an impostor." + +Von der Tann shrugged his shoulders, but did as Barney bid, and for +half an hour the young man waited with Butzow while Von der Tann and +Peter met halfway between the forces for their conference. + +A dozen members of the most powerful of the older nobility +accompanied Ludwig. When they returned their faces were a picture of +puzzled bewilderment. With them were several officers, soldiers and +civilians from Peter's contingency. + +"What said he?" asked Barney. + +"He said, your majesty," replied Von der Tann, "that he is confident +you are not the king, and that these men he has sent with me knew +the king well at Blentz. As proof that you are not the king he has +offered the evidence of your own denials--made not only to his +officers and soldiers, but to the man who is now your loyal +lieutenant, Butzow, and to the Princess Emma von der Tann, my +daughter. + +"He insists that he is fighting for the welfare of Lutha, while we +are traitors, attempting to seat an impostor upon the throne of the +dead Leopold. I will admit that we are at a loss, your majesty, to +know where lies the truth and where the falsity in this matter. + +"We seek only to serve our country and our king but there are those +among us who, to be entirely frank, are not yet convinced that you +are Leopold. The result of the conference may not, then, meet with +the hearty approval of your majesty." + +"What was the result?" asked Barney. + +"It was decided that all hostilities cease, and that Prince Peter be +given an opportunity to establish the validity of his claim that +your majesty is an impostor. If he is able to do so to the entire +satisfaction of a majority of the old nobility, we have agreed to +support him in a return to his regency." + +For a moment there was deep silence. Many of the nobles stood with +averted faces and eyes upon the ground. + +The American, a half-smile upon his face, turned toward the men of +Peter who had come to denounce him. He knew what their verdict would +be. He knew that if he were to save the throne for Leopold he must +hold it at any cost until Leopold should be found. + +Troopers were scouring the country about Lustadt as far as Blentz in +search of Maenck and Coblich. Could they locate these two and arrest +them "with all found in their company," as his order read, he felt +sure that he would be able to deliver the missing king to his +subjects in time for the coronation at noon. + +Barney looked straight into the eyes of old Von der Tann. + +"You have given us the opinion of others, Prince Ludwig," he said. +"Now you may tell us your own views of the matter." + +"I shall have to abide by the decision of the majority," replied the +old man. "But I have seen your majesty under fire, and if you are +not the king, for Lutha's sake you ought to be." + +"He is not Leopold," said one of the officers who had accompanied +the prince from Peter's camp. "I was governor of Blentz for three +years and as familiar with the king's face as with that of my own +brother." + +"No," cried several of the others, "this man is not the king." + +Several of the nobles drew away from Barney. Others looked at him +questioningly. + +Butzow stepped close to his side, and it was noticeable that the +troopers, and even the officers, of the Royal Horse which Barney had +led in the charge upon the two batteries in the wood, pressed a +little closer to the American. This fact did not escape Butzow's +notice. + +"If you are content to take the word of the servants of a traitor +and a would-be regicide," he cried, "I am not. There has been no +proof advanced that this man is not the king. In so far as I am +concerned he is the king, nor ever do I expect to serve another more +worthy of the title. + +"If Peter of Blentz has real proof--not the testimony of his own +faction--that Leopold of Lutha is dead, let him bring it forward +before noon today, for at noon we shall crown a king in the +cathedral at Lustadt, and I for one pray to God that it may be he +who has led us in battle today." + +A shout of applause rose from the Royal Horse, and from the +foot-soldiers who had seen the king charge across the plain, +scattering the enemy before him. + +Barney, appreciating the advantage in the sudden turn affairs had +taken following Butzow's words, swung to his saddle. + +"Until Peter of Blentz brings to Lustadt one with a better claim to +the throne," he said, "we shall continue to rule Lutha, nor shall +other than Leopold be crowned her king. We approve of the amnesty +you have granted, Prince Ludwig, and Peter of Blentz is free to +enter Lustadt, as he will, so long as he does not plot against the +true king. + +"Major," he added, turning to the commander of the squadron at his +back, "we are returning to the palace. Your squadron will escort us, +remaining on guard there about the grounds. Prince Ludwig, you will +see that machine guns are placed about the palace and commanding the +approaches to the cathedral." + +With a nod to the cavalry major he wheeled his horse and trotted up +the slope toward Lustadt. + +With a grim smile Prince Ludwig von der Tann mounted his horse and +rode toward the fort. At his side were several of the nobles of +Lutha. They looked at him in astonishment. + +"You are doing his bidding, although you do not know that he is the +true king?" asked one of them. + +"Were he an impostor," replied the old man, "he would have insisted +by word of mouth that he is king. But not once has he said that he +is Leopold. Instead, he has proved his kingship by his acts." + + + + +XI + +A TIMELY INTERVENTION + +Nine o'clock found Barney Custer pacing up and down his apartments +in the palace. No clue as to the whereabouts of Coblich, Maenck or +the king had been discovered. One by one his troopers had returned +to Butzow empty-handed, and as much at a loss as to the hiding-place +of their quarry as when they had set out upon their search. + +Peter of Blentz and his retainers had entered the city and already +had commenced to gather at the cathedral. + +Peter, at the residence of Coblich, had succeeded in gathering about +him many of the older nobility whom he pledged to support him in +case he could prove to them that the man who occupied the royal +palace was not Leopold of Lutha. + +They agreed to support him in his regency if he produced proof that +the true Leopold was dead, and Peter of Blentz waited with growing +anxiety the coming of Coblich with word that he had the king in +custody. Peter was staking all on a single daring move which he had +decided to make in his game of intrigue. + +As Barney paced within the palace, waiting for word that Leopold had +been found, Peter of Blentz was filled with equal apprehension as +he, too, waited for the same tidings. At last he heard the pound of +hoofs upon the pavement without and a moment later Coblich, his +clothing streaked with dirt, blood caked upon his face from a wound +across the forehead, rushed into the presence of the prince regent. + +Peter drew him hurriedly into a small study on the first floor. + +"Well?" he whispered, as the two faced each other. + +"We have him," replied Coblich. "But we had the devil's own time +getting him. Stein was killed and Maenck and I both wounded, and all +morning we have spent the time hiding from troopers who seemed to be +searching for us. Only fifteen minutes since did we reach the +hiding-place that you instructed us to use. But we have him, your +highness, and he is in such a state of cowardly terror that he is +ready to agree to anything, if you will but spare his life and set +him free across the border." + +"It is too late for that now, Coblich," replied Peter. "There is but +one way that Leopold of Lutha can serve me now, and that is--dead. +Were his corpse to be carried into the cathedral of Lustadt before +noon today, and were those who fetched it to swear that the king was +killed by the impostor after being dragged from the hospital at +Tafelberg where you and Maenck had located him, and from which you +were attempting to rescue him, I believe that the people would tear +our enemies to pieces. What say you, Coblich?" + +The other stared at Peter of Blentz for several seconds while the +atrocity of his chief's plan filtered through his brain. + +"My God!" he exclaimed at last. "You mean that you wish me to +murder Leopold with my own hands?" + +"You put it too crudely, my dear Coblich," replied the other. + +"I cannot do it," muttered Coblich. "I have never killed a man in +my life. I am getting old. No, I could never do it. I should not +sleep nights." + +"If it is not done, Coblich, and Leopold comes into his own," said +Peter slowly, "you will be caught and hanged higher than Haman. And +if you do not do it, and the impostor is crowned today, then you +will be either hanged officially or knifed unofficially, and without +any choice in the matter whatsoever. Nothing, Coblich, but the dead +body of the true Leopold can save your neck. You have your choice, +therefore, of letting him live to prove your treason, or letting him +die and becoming chancellor of Lutha." + +Slowly Coblich turned toward the door. "You are right," he said, +"but may God have mercy on my soul. I never thought that I should +have to do it with my own hands." + +So saying he left the room and a moment later Peter of Blentz smiled +as he heard the pounding of a horse's hoofs upon the pavement +without. + +Then the Regent entered the room he had recently quitted and spoke +to the nobles of Lutha who were gathered there. + +"Coblich has found the body of the murdered king," he said. "I have +directed him to bring it to the cathedral. He came upon the impostor +and his confederate, Lieutenant Butzow, as they were bearing the +corpse from the hospital at Tafelberg where the king has lain +unknown since the rumor was spread by Von der Tann that he had been +killed by bandits. + +"He was not killed until last evening, my lords, and you shall see +today the fresh wounds upon him. When the time comes that we can +present this grisly evidence of the guilt of the impostor and those +who uphold him, I shall expect you all to stand at my side, as you +have promised." + +With one accord the noblemen pledged anew their allegiance to Peter +of Blentz if he could produce one-quarter of the evidence he claimed +to possess. + +"All that we wish to know positively is," said one, "that the man +who bears the title of king today is really Leopold of Lutha, or +that he is not. If not then he stands convicted of treason, and we +shall know how to conduct ourselves." + +Together the party rode to the cathedral, the majority of the older +nobility now openly espousing the cause of the Regent. + + +At the palace Barney was about distracted. Butzow was urging him to +take the crown whether he was Leopold or not, for the young +lieutenant saw no hope for Lutha, if either the scoundrelly Regent +or the cowardly man whom Barney had assured him was the true king +should come into power. + +It was eleven o'clock. In another hour Barney knew that he must +have found some new solution of his dilemma, for there seemed little +probability that the king would be located in the brief interval +that remained before the coronation. He wondered what they did to +people who stole thrones. For a time he figured his chances of +reaching the border ahead of the enraged populace. All had depended +upon the finding of the king, and he had been so sure that it could +be accomplished in time, for Coblich and Maenck had had but a few +hours in which to conceal the monarch before the search was well +under way. + +Armed with the king's warrants, his troopers had ridden through the +country, searching houses, and questioning all whom they met. +Patrols had guarded every road that the fugitives might take either +to Lustadt, Blentz, or the border; but no king had been found and no +trace of his abductors. + +Prince von der Tann, Barney was convinced, was on the point of +deserting him, and going over to the other side. It was true that +the old man had carried out his instructions relative to the placing +of the machine guns; but they might be used as well against him, +where they stood, as for him. + +From his window he could see the broad avenue which passes before +the royal palace of Lutha. It was crowded with throngs moving toward +the cathedral. Presently there came a knock upon the closed door of +his chamber. + +At his "Enter" a functionary announced: "His Royal Highness Ludwig, +Prince von der Tann!" + +The old man was much perturbed at the rumors he had heard relative +to the assassination of the true Leopold. Soldier-like, he blurted +out his suspicions and his ultimatum. + +"None but the royal blood of Rubinroth may reign in Lutha while +there be a Rubinroth left to reign and old Von der Tann lives," he +cried in conclusion. + +At the name "Rubinroth" Barney started. It was his mother's name. +Suddenly the truth flashed upon him. He understood now the reticence +of both his father and mother relative to her early life. + +"Prince Ludwig," said the young man earnestly, "I have only the good +of Lutha in my heart. For three weeks I have labored and risked +death a hundred times to place the legitimate heir to the crown of +Lutha upon his throne. I--" + +He hesitated, not knowing just how to commence the confession he was +determined to make, though he was positive that it would place Peter +of Blentz upon the throne, since the old prince had promised to +support the Regent could it be proved that Barney was an impostor. + +"I," he started again, and then there came an interruption at the +door. + +"A messenger, your majesty," announced the doorman, "who says that +he must have audience at once upon a matter of life and death to the +king." + +"We will see him in the ante-chamber," replied Barney, moving toward +the door. "Await us here, Prince Ludwig." + +A moment later he re-entered the apartment. There was an expression +of renewed hope upon his face. + +"As we were about to remark, my dear prince," he said, "I swear that +the royal blood of the Rubinroths flows in my veins, and as God is +my judge, none other than the true Leopold of Lutha shall be crowned +today. And now we must prepare for the coronation. If there be +trouble in the cathedral, Prince Ludwig, we look to your sword in +protection of the king." + +"When I am with you, sire," said Von der Tann, "I know that you are +king. When I saw how you led the troops in battle, I prayed that +there could be no mistake. God give that I am right. But God help +you if you are playing with old Ludwig von der Tann." + +When the old man had left the apartment Barney summoned an aide and +sent for Butzow. Then he hurried to the bath that adjoined the +apartment, and when the lieutenant of horse was announced Barney +called through a soapy lather for his confederate to enter. + +"What are you doing, sire?" cried Butzow in amazement. + +"Cut out the 'sire,' old man," shouted Barney Custer of Beatrice. +"this is the fifth of November and I am shaving off this alfalfa. +The king is found!" + +"What?" cried Butzow, and upon his face there was little to indicate +the rejoicing that a loyal subject of Leopold of Lutha should have +felt at that announcement. + +"There is a man in the next room," went on Barney, "who can lead us +to the spot where Coblich and Maenck guard the king. Get him in +here." + +Butzow hastened to comply with the American's instructions, and a +moment later returned to the apartment with the old shopkeeper of +Tafelberg. + +As Barney shaved he issued directions to the two. Within the room +to the east, he said, there were the king's coronation robes, and in +a smaller dressingroom beyond they would find a long gray cloak. + +They were to wrap all these in a bundle which the old shopkeeper was +to carry. + +"And, Butzow," added Barney, "look to my revolvers and your own, and +lay my sword out as well. The chances are that we shall have to use +them before we are ten minutes older." + +In an incredibly short space of time the young man emerged from the +bath, his luxuriant beard gone forever, he hoped. Butzow looked at +him with a smile. + +"I must say that the beard did not add greatly to your majesty's +good looks," he said. + +"Never mind the bouquets, old man," cried Barney, cramming his arms +into the sleeves of his khaki jacket and buckling sword and revolver +about him, as he hurried toward a small door that opened upon the +opposite side of the apartment to that through which his visitors +had been conducted. + +Together the three hastened through a narrow, little-used corridor +and down a flight of well-worn stone steps to a door that let upon +the rear court of the palace. + +There were grooms and servants there, and soldiers too, who saluted +Butzow, according the old shopkeeper and the smooth-faced young +stranger only cursory glances. It was evident that without his beard +it was not likely that Barney would be again mistaken for the king. + +At the stables Butzow requisitioned three horses, and soon the trio +was galloping through a little-frequented street toward the +northern, hilly environs of Lustadt. They rode in silence until they +came to an old stone building, whose boarded windows and general +appearance of dilapidation proclaimed its long tenantless condition. +Rank weeds, now rustling dry and yellow in the November wind, choked +what once might have been a luxuriant garden. A stone wall, which +had at one time entirely surrounded the grounds, had been almost +completely removed from the front to serve as foundation stone for a +smaller edifice farther down the mountainside. + +The horsemen avoided this break in the wall, coming up instead upon +the rear side where their approach was wholly screened from the +building by the wall upon that exposure. + +Close in they dismounted, and leaving the animals in charge of the +shopkeeper of Tafelberg, Barney and Butzow hastened toward a small +postern-gate which swung, groaning, upon a single rusted hinge. Each +felt that there was no time for caution or stratagem. Instead all +depended upon the very boldness and rashness of their attack, and so +as they came through into the courtyard the two dashed headlong for +the building. + +Chance accomplished for them what no amount of careful execution +might have done, and they came within the ruin unnoticed by the four +who occupied the old, darkened library. + +Possibly the fact that one of the men had himself just entered and +was excitedly talking to the others may have drowned the noisy +approach of the two. However that may be, it is a fact that Barney +and the cavalry officer came to the very door of the library +unheard. + +There they halted, listening. Coblich was speaking. + +"The Regent commands it, Maenck," he was saying. "It is the only +thing that can save our necks. He said that you had better be the +one to do it, since it was your carelessness that permitted the +fellow to escape from Blentz." + +Huddled in a far corner of the room was an abject figure trembling +in terror. At the words of Coblich it staggered to its feet. It was +the king. + +"Have pity--have pity!" he cried. "Do not kill me, and I will go +away where none will ever know that I live. You can tell Peter that +I am dead. Tell him anything, only spare my life. Oh, why did I ever +listen to the cursed fool who tempted me to think of regaining the +crown that has brought me only misery and suffering--the crown that +has now placed the sentence of death upon me." + +"Why not let him go?" suggested the trooper, who up to this time had +not spoken. "If we don't kill him, we can't be hanged for his +murder." + +"Don't be too sure of that," exclaimed Maenck. "If he goes away and +never returns, what proof can we offer that we did not kill him, +should we be charged with the crime? And if we let him go, and later +he returns and gains his throne, he will see that we are hanged +anyway for treason. + +"The safest thing to do is to put him where he at least cannot come +back to threaten us, and having done so upon the orders of Peter, +let the king's blood be upon Peter's head. I, at least, shall obey +my master, and let you two bear witness that I did the thing with my +own hand." So saying he drew his sword and crossed toward the king. + +But Captain Ernst Maenck never reached his sovereign. + +As the terrified shriek of the sorry monarch rang through the +interior of the desolate ruin another sound mingled with it, +half-drowning the piercing wail of terror. + +It was the sharp crack of a revolver, and even as it spoke Maenck +lunged awkwardly forward, stumbled, and collapsed at Leopold's feet. +With a moan the king shrank back from the grisly thing that touched +his boot, and then two men were in the center of the room, and +things were happening with a rapidity that was bewildering. + +About all that he could afterward recall with any distinctness was +the terrified face of Coblich, as he rushed past him toward a door +in the opposite side of the room, and the horrid leer upon the face +of the dead trooper, who foolishly, had made a move to draw his +revolver. + + +Within the cathedral at Lustadt excitement was at fever heat. It +lacked but two minutes of noon, and as yet no king had come to claim +the crown. Rumors were running riot through the close-packed +audience. + +One man had heard the king's chamberlain report to Prince von der +Tann that the master of ceremonies had found the king's apartments +vacant when he had gone to urge the monarch to hasten his +preparations for the coronation. + +Another had seen Butzow and two strangers galloping north through +the city. A third told of a little old man who had come to the king +with an urgent message. + +Peter of Blentz and Prince Ludwig were talking in whispers at the +foot of the chancel steps. Peter ascended the steps and facing the +assemblage raised a silencing hand. + +"He who claimed to be Leopold of Lutha," he said, "was but a mad +adventurer. He would have seized the throne of the Rubinroths had +his nerve not failed him at the last moment. He has fled. The true +king is dead. Now I, Prince Regent of Lutha, declare the throne +vacant, and announce myself king!" + +There were a few scattered cheers and some hissing. A score of the +nobles rose as though to protest, but before any could take a step +the attention of all was directed toward the sorry figure of a +white-faced man who scurried up the broad center aisle. + +It was Coblich. + +He ran to Peter's side, and though he attempted to speak in a +whisper, so out of breath, and so filled with hysterical terror was +he that his words came out in gasps that were audible to many of +those who stood near by. + +"Maenck is dead," he cried. "The impostor has stolen the king." + +Peter of Blentz went white as his lieutenant. Von der Tann heard +and demanded an explanation. + +"You said that Leopold was dead," he said accusingly. + +Peter regained his self-control quickly. + +"Coblich is excited," he explained. "He means that the impostor has +stolen the body of the king that Coblich and Maenck had discovered +and were bringing to Lustadt." + +Von der Tann looked troubled. + +He knew not what to make of the series of wild tales that had come +to his ears within the past hour. He had hoped that the young man +whom he had last seen in the king's apartments was the true Leopold. +He would have been glad to have served such a one, but there had +been many inexplicable occurrences which tended to cast a doubt upon +the man's claims--and yet, had he ever claimed to be the king? It +suddenly occurred to the old prince that he had not. On the contrary +he had repeatedly stated to Prince Ludwig's daughter and to +Lieutenant Butzow that he was not Leopold. + +It seemed that they had all been so anxious to believe him king that +they had forced the false position upon him, and now if he had +indeed committed the atrocity that Coblich charged against him, who +could wonder? With less provocation men had before attempted to +seize thrones by more dastardly means. + +Peter of Blentz was speaking. + +"Let the coronation proceed," he cried, "that Lutha may have a true +king to frustrate the plans of the impostor and the traitors who had +supported him." + +He cast a meaning glance at Prince von der Tann. + +There were many cries for Peter of Blentz. "Let's have done with +treason, and place upon the throne of Lutha one whom we know to be +both a Luthanian and sane. Down with the mad king! Down with the +impostor!" + +Peter turned to ascend the chancel steps. + +Von der Tann still hesitated. Below him upon one side of the aisle +were massed his own retainers. Opposite them were the men of the +Regent, and dividing the two the parallel ranks of Horse Guards +stretched from the chancel down the broad aisle to the great doors. +These were strongly for the impostor, if impostor he was, who had +led them to victory over the men of the Blentz faction. + +Von der Tann knew that they would fight to the last ditch for their +hero should he come to claim the crown. Yet how would they fight--to +which side would they cleave, were he to attempt to frustrate the +design of the Regent to seize the throne of Lutha? + +Already Peter of Blentz had approached the bishop, who, eager to +propitiate whoever seemed most likely to become king, gave the +signal for the procession that was to mark the solemn bearing of the +crown of Lutha up the aisle to the chancel. + +Outside the cathedral there was the sudden blare of trumpets. The +great doors swung violently open, and the entire throng were upon +their feet in an instant as a trooper of the Royal Horse shouted: +"The king! The king! Make way for Leopold of Lutha!" + + + + +XII + +THE GRATITUDE OF A KING + +At the cry silence fell upon the throng. Every head was turned +toward the great doors through which the head of a procession was +just visible. It was a grim looking procession--the head of it, at +least. + +There were four khaki-clad trumpeters from the Royal Horse Guards, +the gay and resplendent uniforms which they should have donned today +conspicuous for their absence. From their brazen bugles sounded +another loud fanfare, and then they separated, two upon each side of +the aisle, and between them marched three men. + +One was tall, with gray eyes and had a reddish-brown beard. He was +fully clothed in the coronation robes of Leopold. Upon his either +hand walked the others--Lieutenant Butzow and a gray-eyed, +smooth-faced, square-jawed stranger. + +Behind them marched the balance of the Royal Horse Guards that were +not already on duty within the cathedral. As the eyes of the +multitude fell upon the man in the coronation robes there were cries +of: "The king! Impostor!" and "Von der Tann's puppet!" + +"Denounce him!" whispered one of Peter's henchmen in his master's +ear. + +The Regent moved closer to the aisle, that he might meet the +impostor at the foot of the chancel steps. The procession was moving +steadily up the aisle. + +Among the clan of Von der Tann a young girl with wide eyes was +bending forward that she might have a better look at the face of the +king. As he came opposite her her eyes filled with horror, and then +she saw the eyes of the smooth-faced stranger at the king's side. +They were brave, laughing eyes, and as they looked straight into her +own the truth flashed upon her, and the girl gave a gasp of dismay +as she realized that the king of Lutha and the king of her heart +were not one and the same. + +At last the head of the procession was almost at the foot of the +chancel steps. There were murmurs of: "It is not the king," and "Who +is this new impostor?" + +Leopold's eyes were searching the faces of the close-packed nobility +about the chancel. At last they fell upon the face of Peter. The +young man halted not two paces from the Regent. The man went white +as the king's eyes bored straight into his miserable soul. + +"Peter of Blentz," cried the young man, "as God is your judge, tell +the truth today. Who am I?" + +The legs of the Prince Regent trembled. He sank upon his knees, +raising his hands in supplication toward the other. "Have pity on +me, your majesty, have pity!" he cried. + +"Who am I, man?" insisted the king. + +"You are Leopold Rubinroth, sire, by the grace of God, king of +Lutha," cried the frightened man. "Have mercy on an old man, your +majesty." + +"Wait! Am I mad? Was I ever mad?" + +"As God is my judge, sire, no!" replied Peter of Blentz. + +Leopold turned to Butzow. + +"Remove the traitor from our presence," he commanded, and at a word +from the lieutenant a dozen guardsmen seized the trembling man and +hustled him from the cathedral amid hisses and execrations. + + +Following the coronation the king was closeted in his private +audience chamber in the palace with Prince Ludwig. + +"I cannot understand what has happened, even now, your majesty," the +old man was saying. "That you are the true Leopold is all that I am +positive of, for the discomfiture of Prince Peter evidenced that +fact all too plainly. But who the impostor was who ruled Lutha in +your name for two days, disappearing as miraculously as he came, I +cannot guess. + +"But for another miracle which preserved you for us in the nick of +time he might now be wearing the crown of Lutha in your stead. +Having Peter of Blentz safely in custody our next immediate task +should be to hunt down the impostor and bring him to justice also; +though"--and the old prince sighed--"he was indeed a brave man, and +a noble figure of a king as he led your troops to battle." + +The king had been smiling as Von der Tann first spoke of the +"impostor," but at the old man's praise of the other's bravery a +slight flush tinged his cheek, and the shadow of a scowl crossed his +brow. + +"Wait," he said, "we shall not have to look far for your +'impostor,'" and summoning an aide he dispatched him for "Lieutenant +Butzow and Mr. Custer." + +A moment later the two entered the audience chamber. Barney found +that Leopold the king, surrounded by comforts and safety, was a very +different person from Leopold the fugitive. The weak face now wore +an expression of arrogance, though the king spoke most graciously to +the American. + +"Here, Von der Tann," said Leopold, "is your 'impostor.' But for him +I should doubtless be dead by now, or once again a prisoner at +Blentz." + +Barney and Butzow found it necessary to repeat their stories several +times before the old man could fully grasp all that had transpired +beneath his very nose without his being aware of scarce a single +detail of it. + +When he was finally convinced that they were telling the truth, he +extended his hand to the American. + +"I knelt to you once, young man," he said, "and kissed your hand. I +should be filled with bitterness and rage toward you. On the +contrary, I find that I am proud to have served in the retinue of +such an impostor as you, for you upheld the prestige of the house of +Rubinroth upon the battlefield, and though you might have had a +crown, you refused it and brought the true king into his own." + +Leopold sat tapping his foot upon the carpet. It was all very well +if he, the king, chose to praise the American, but there was no need +for old von der Tann to slop over so. The king did not like it. As a +matter of fact, he found himself becoming very jealous of the man +who had placed him upon his throne. + +"There is only one thing that I can harbor against you," continued +Prince Ludwig, "and that is that in a single instance you deceived +me, for an hour before the coronation you told me that you were a +Rubinroth." + +"I told you, prince," corrected Barney, "that the royal blood of +Rubinroth flowed in my veins, and so it does. I am the son of the +runaway Princess Victoria of Lutha." + +Both Leopold and Ludwig looked their surprise, and to the king's +eyes came a sudden look of fear. With the royal blood in his veins, +what was there to prevent this popular hero from some day striving +for the throne he had once refused? Leopold knew that the minds of +men were wont to change most unaccountably. + +"Butzow," he said suddenly to the lieutenant of horse, "how many do +you imagine know positively that he who has ruled Lutha for the past +two days and he who was crowned in the cathedral this noon are not +one and the same?" + +"Only a few besides those who are in this room, your majesty," +replied Butzow. "Peter and Coblich have known it from the first, and +then there is Kramer, the loyal old shopkeeper of Tafelberg, who +followed Coblich and Maenck all night and half a day as they dragged +the king to the hiding-place where we found him. Other than these +there may be those who guess the truth, but there are none who +know." + +For a moment the king sat in thought. Then he rose and commenced +pacing back and forth the length of the apartment. + +"Why should they ever know?" he said at last, halting before the +three men who had been standing watching him. "For the sake of Lutha +they should never know that another than the true king sat upon the +throne even for an hour." + +He was thinking of the comparison that might be drawn between the +heroic figure of the American and his own colorless part in the +events which had led up to his coronation. In his heart of hearts he +felt that old Von der Tann rather regretted that the American had +not been the king, and he hated the old man accordingly, and was +commencing to hate the American as well. + +Prince Ludwig stood looking at the carpet after the king had spoken. +His judgment told him that the king's suggestion was a wise one; but +he was sorry and ashamed that it had come from Leopold. Butzow's +lips almost showed the contempt that he felt for the ingratitude of +his king. + +Barney Custer was the first to speak. + +"I think his majesty is quite right," he said, "and tonight I can +leave the palace after dark and cross the border some time tomorrow +evening. The people need never know the truth." + +Leopold looked relieved. + +"We must reward you, Mr. Custer," he said. "Name that which it lies +within our power to grant you and it shall be yours." + +Barney thought of the girl he loved; but he did not mention her +name, for he knew that she was not for him now. + +"There is nothing, your majesty," he said. + +"A money reward," Leopold started to suggest, and then Barney Custer +lost his temper. + +A flush mounted to his face, his chin went up, and there came to his +lips bitter words of sarcasm. With an effort, however, he held his +tongue, and, turning his back upon the king, his broad shoulders +proclaiming the contempt he felt, he walked slowly out of the room. + +Von der Tann and Butzow and Leopold of Lutha stood in silence as the +American passed out of sight beyond the portal. + +The manner of his going had been an affront to the king, and the +young ruler had gone red with anger. + +"Butzow," he cried, "bring the fellow back; he shall be taught a +lesson in the deference that is due kings." + +Butzow hesitated. "He has risked his life a dozen times for your +majesty," said the lieutenant. + +Leopold flushed. + +"Do not humiliate him, sire," advised Von der Tann. "He has earned +a greater reward at your hands than that." + +The king resumed his pacing for a moment, coming to a halt once more +before the two. + +"We shall take no notice of his insolence," he said, "and that shall +be our royal reward for his services. More than he deserves, we dare +say, at that." + +As Barney hastened through the palace on his way to his new quarters +to obtain his arms and order his horse saddled, he came suddenly +upon a girlish figure gazing sadly from a window upon the drear +November world--her heart as sad as the day. + +At the sound of his footstep she turned, and as her eyes met the +gray ones of the man she stood poised as though of half a mind to +fly. For a moment neither spoke. + +"Can your highness forgive?" he asked. + +For answer the girl buried her face in her hands and dropped upon +the cushioned window seat before her. The American came close and +knelt at her side. + +"Don't," he begged as he saw her shoulders rise to the sudden +sobbing that racked her slender frame. "Don't!" + +He thought that she wept from mortification that she had given her +kisses to another than the king. + +"None knows," he continued, "what has passed between us. None but +you and I need ever know. I tried to make you understand that I was +not Leopold; but you would not believe. It is not my fault that I +loved you. It is not my fault that I shall always love you. Tell me +that you forgive me my part in the chain of strange circumstances +that deceived you into an acknowledgment of a love that you intended +for another. Forgive me, Emma!" + +Down the corridor behind them a tall figure approached on silent, +noiseless feet. At sight of the two at the window seat it halted. It +was the king. + +The girl looked up suddenly into the eyes of the American bending so +close above her. + +"I can never forgive you," she cried, "for not being the king, for I +am betrothed to him--and I love you!" + +Before she could prevent him, Barney Custer had taken her in his +arms, and though at first she made a pretense of attempting to +escape, at last she lay quite still. Her arms found their way about +the man's neck, and her lips returned the kisses that his were +showering upon her upturned mouth. + +Presently her glance wandered above the shoulder of the American, +and of a sudden her eyes filled with terror, and, with a little gasp +of consternation, she struggled to free herself. + +"Let me go!" she whispered. "Let me go--the king!" + +Barney sprang to his feet and, turning, faced Leopold. The king had +gone quite white. + +"Failing to rob me of my crown," he cried in a trembling voice, "you +now seek to rob me of my betrothed! Go to your father at once, and +as for you--you shall learn what it means for you thus to meddle in +the affairs of kings." + +Barney saw the terrible position in which his love had placed the +Princess Emma. His only thought now was for her. Bowing low before +her he spoke so that the king might hear, yet as though his words +were for her ears alone. + +"Your highness knows the truth, now," he said, "and that after all I +am not the king. I can only ask that you will forgive me the +deception. Now go to your father as the king commands." + +Slowly the girl turned away. Her heart was torn between love for +this man, and her duty toward the other to whom she had been +betrothed in childhood. The hereditary instinct of obedience to her +sovereign was strong within her, and the bonds of custom and society +held her in their relentless shackles. With a sob she passed up the +corridor, curtsying to the king as she passed him. + +When she had gone Leopold turned to the American. There was an evil +look in the little gray eyes of the monarch. + +"You may go your way," he said coldly. "We shall give you +forty-eight hours to leave Lutha. Should you ever return your life +shall be the forfeit." + +The American kept back the hot words that were ready upon the end of +his tongue. For her sake he must bow to fate. With a slight +inclination of his head toward Leopold he wheeled and resumed his +way toward his quarters. + +Half an hour later as he was about to descend to the courtyard where +a trooper of the Royal Horse held his waiting mount, Butzow burst +suddenly into his room. + +"For God's sake," cried the lieutenant, "get out of this. The king +has changed his mind, and there is an officer of the guard on his +way here now with a file of soldiers to place you under arrest. +Leopold swears that he will hang you for treason. Princess Emma has +spurned him, and he is wild with rage." + +The dismal November twilight had given place to bleak night as two +men cantered from the palace courtyard and turned their horses' +heads northward toward Lutha's nearest boundary. All night they +rode, stopping at daylight before a distant farm to feed and water +their mounts and snatch a mouthful for themselves. Then onward once +again they pressed in their mad flight. + +Now that day had come they caught occasional glimpses of a body of +horsemen far behind them, but the border was near, and their start +such that there was no danger of their being overtaken. + +"For the thousandth time, Butzow," said one of the men, "will you +turn back before it is too late?" + +But the other only shook his head obstinately, and so they came to +the great granite monument which marks the boundary between Lutha +and her powerful neighbor upon the north. + +Barney held out his hand. "Good-bye, old man," he said. "If I've +learned the ingratitude of kings here in Lutha, I have found +something that more than compensates me--the friendship of a brave +man. Now hurry back and tell them that I escaped across the border +just as I was about to fall into your hands and they will think that +you have been pursuing me instead of aiding in my escape across the +border." + +But again Butzow shook his head. + +"I have fought shoulder to shoulder with you, my friend," he said. +"I have called you king, and after that I could never serve the +coward who sits now upon the throne of Lutha. I have made up my mind +during this long ride from Lustadt, and I have come to the decision +that I should prefer to raise corn in Nebraska with you rather than +serve in the court of an ingrate." + +"Well, you are an obstinate Dutchman, after all," replied the +American with a smile, placing his hand affectionately upon the +shoulder of his comrade. + +There was a clatter of horses' hoofs upon the gravel of the road +behind them. + +The two men put spurs to their mounts, and Barney Custer galloped +across the northern boundary of Lutha just ahead of a troop of +Luthanian cavalry, as had his father thirty years before; but a +royal princess had accompanied the father--only a soldier +accompanied the son. + + + + + +PART II + + +I + +BARNEY RETURNS TO LUTHA + +"What's the matter, Vic?" asked Barney Custer of his sister. "You +look peeved." + +"I am peeved," replied the girl, smiling. "I am terribly peeved. I +don't want to play bridge this afternoon. I want to go motoring with +Lieutenant Butzow. This is his last day with us." + +"Yes. I know it is, and I hate to think of it," replied Barney; +"but why in the world do you have to play bridge if you don't want +to?" + +"I promised Margaret that I'd go. They're short one, and she's +coming after me in her car." + +"Where are you going to play--at the champion lady bridge player's +on Fourth Street?" asked Barney, grinning. + +His sister answered with a nod and a smile. "Where you brought down +the wrath of the lady champion upon your head the other night when +you were letting your mind wander across to Lutha and the Old +Forest, instead of paying attention to the game," she added. + +"Well, cheer up, Vic," cried her brother. "Bert'll probably set +fire to the car, the way he did to their first one, and then you +won't have to go." + +"Oh, yes, I would; Margaret would send him after me in that +awful-looking, unwashed Ford runabout of his," answered the girl. + +"And then you WOULD go," said Barney. + +"You bet I would," laughed Victoria. "I'd go in a wheelbarrow with +Bert." + +But she didn't have to; and after she had driven off with her chum, +Barney and Butzow strolled down through the little city of Beatrice +to the corn mill in which the former was interested. + +"I'm mighty sorry that you have to leave us, Butzow," said Barney's +partner. "It's bad enough to lose you, but I'm afraid it will mean +the loss of Barney, too. He's been hunting for some excuse to get +back to Lutha, and with you there and a war in sight I'm afraid +nothing can hold him." + +"I don't know but that it may be just as well for my friends here +that I leave," said Butzow seriously. "I did not tell you, Barney, +all there is in this letter"--he tapped his breastpocket, where the +foreign-looking envelope reposed with its contents. + +Custer looked at him inquiringly. + +"Besides saying that war between Austria and Serbia seems +unavoidable and that Lutha doubtless will be drawn into it, my +informant warns me that Leopold had sent emissaries to America to +search for you, Barney, and myself. What his purpose may be my +friend does not know, but he warns us to be upon our guard. Von der +Tann wants me to return to Lutha. He has promised to protect me, and +with the country in danger there is nothing else for me to do. I +must go." + +"I wish I could go with you," said Barney. "If it wasn't for this +dinged old mill I would; but Bert wants to go away this summer, and +as I have been away most of the time for the past two years, it's up +to me to stay." + +As the three men talked the afternoon wore on. Heavy clouds +gathered in the sky; a storm was brewing. Outside, a man, skulking +behind a box car on the siding, watched the entrance through which +the three had gone. He watched the workmen, and as quitting time +came and he saw them leaving for their homes he moved more +restlessly, transferring the package which he held from one hand to +another many times, yet always gingerly. + +At last all had left. The man started from behind the box car, only +to jump back as the watchman appeared around the end of one of the +buildings. He watched the guardian of the property make his rounds; +he saw him enter his office, and then he crept forward toward the +building, holding his queer package in his right hand. + +In the office the watchman came upon the three friends. At sight of +him they looked at one another in surprise. + +"Why, what time is it?" exclaimed Custer, and as he looked at his +watch he rose with a laugh. "Late to dinner again," he cried. "Come +on, we'll go out this other way." And with a cheery good night to +the watchman Barney and his friends hastened from the building. + +Upon the opposite side the stranger approached the doorway to the +mill. The rain was falling in blinding sheets. Ominously the thunder +roared. Vivid flashes of lightning shot the heavens. The watchman, +coming suddenly from the doorway, his hat brim pulled low over his +eyes, passed within a couple of paces of the stranger without seeing +him. + +Five minutes later there was a blinding glare accompanied by a +deafening roar. It was as though nature had marshaled all her forces +in one mighty, devastating effort. At the same instant the walls of +the great mill burst asunder, a nebulous mass of burning gas shot +heavenward, and then the flames settled down to complete the +destruction of the ruin. + +It was the following morning that Victoria and Barney Custer, with +Lieutenant Butzow and Custer's partner, stood contemplating the +smoldering wreckage. + +"And to think," said Barney, "that yesterday this muss was the +largest corn mill west of anywhere. I guess we can both take +vacations now, Bert." + +"Who would have thought that a single bolt of lightning could have +resulted in such havoc?" mused Victoria. + +"Who would?" agreed Lieutenant Butzow, and then, with a sudden +narrowing of his eyes and a quick glance at Barney, "if it WAS +lightning." + +The American looked at the Luthanian. "You think--" he started. + +"I don't dare think," replied Butzow, "because of the fear of what +this may mean to you and Miss Victoria if it was not lightning that +destroyed the mill. I shouldn't have spoken of it but that it may +urge you to greater caution, which I cannot but think is most +necessary since the warning I received from Lutha." + +"Why should Leopold seek to harm me now?" asked Barney. "It has +been almost two years since you and I placed him upon his throne, +only to be rewarded with threats and hatred. In that time neither of +us has returned to Lutha nor in any way conspired against the king. +I cannot fathom his motives." + +"There is the Princess Emma von der Tann," Butzow reminded him. +"She still repulses him. He may think that, with you removed +definitely and permanently, all will then be plain sailing for him +in that direction. Evidently he does not know the princess." + + +An hour later they were all bidding Butzow good-bye at the station. +Victoria Custer was genuinely grieved to see him go, for she liked +this soldierly young officer of the Royal Horse Guards immensely. + +"You must come back to America soon," she urged. + +He looked down at her from the steps of the moving train. There was +something in his expression that she had never seen there before. + +"I want to come back soon," he answered, "to--to Beatrice," and he +flushed and smiled at his own stumbling tongue. + +For about a week Barney Custer moped disconsolately, principally +about the ruins of the corn mill. He was in everyone's way and +accomplished nothing. + +"I was never intended for a captain of industry," he confided to his +partner for the hundredth time. "I wish some excuse would pop up to +which I might hang a reason for beating it to Europe. There's +something doing there. Nearly everybody has declared war upon +everybody else, and here I am stagnating in peace. I'd even welcome +a tornado." + +His excuse was to come sooner than he imagined. That night, after +the other members of his family had retired, Barney sat smoking +within a screened porch off the living-room. His thoughts were upon +a trim little figure in riding togs, as he had first seen it nearly +two years before, clinging desperately to a runaway horse upon the +narrow mountain road above Tafelberg. + +He lived that thrilling experience through again as he had many +times before. He even smiled as he recalled the series of events +that had resulted from his resemblance to the mad king of Lutha. + +They had come to a culmination at the time when the king, whom +Barney had placed upon a throne at the risk of his own life, +discovered that his savior loved the girl to whom the king had been +betrothed since childhood and that the girl returned the American's +love even after she knew that he had but played the part of a king. + +Barney's cigar, forgotten, had long since died out. Not even its +former fitful glow proclaimed his presence upon the porch, whose +black shadows completely enveloped him. Before him stretched a wide +acreage of lawn, tree dotted at the side of the house. Bushes hid +the stone wall that marked the boundary of the Custer grounds and +extended here and there out upon the sward among the trees. The +night was moonless but clear. A faint light pervaded the scene. + +Barney sat staring straight ahead, but his gaze did not stop upon +the familiar objects of the foreground. Instead it spanned two +continents and an ocean to rest upon the little spot of woodland and +rugged mountain and lowland that is Lutha. It was with an effort +that the man suddenly focused his attention upon that which lay +directly before him. A shadow among the trees had moved! + +Barney Custer sat perfectly still, but now he was suddenly alert and +watchful. Again the shadow moved where no shadow should be moving. +It crossed from the shade of one tree to another. Barney came +cautiously to his feet. Silently he entered the house, running +quickly to a side door that opened upon the grounds. As he drew it +back its hinges gave forth no sound. Barney looked toward the spot +where he had seen the shadow. Again he saw it scuttle hurriedly +beneath another tree nearer the house. This time there was no doubt. +It was a man! + +Directly before the door where Barney stood was a pergola, +ivy-covered. Behind this he slid, and, running its length, came out +among the trees behind the night prowler. Now he saw him distinctly. +The fellow was bearded, and in his right hand he carried a package. +Instantly Barney recalled Butzow's comment upon the destruction of +the mill--"if it WAS lightning!" + +Cold sweat broke from every pore of his body. His mother and father +were there in the house, and Vic--all sleeping peacefully. He ran +quickly toward the menacing figure, and as he did so he saw the +other halt behind a great tree and strike a match. In the glow of +the flame he saw it touch close to the package that the fellow held, +and then he was upon him. + +There was a brief and terrific struggle. The stranger hurled the +package toward the house. Barney caught him by the throat, beating +him heavily in the face; and then, realizing what the package was, +he hurled the fellow from him, and sprang toward the hissing and +sputtering missile where it lay close to the foundation wall of the +house, though in the instant of his close contact with the man he +had recognized through the disguising beard the features of Captain +Ernst Maenck, the principal tool of Peter of Blentz. + +Quick though Barney was to reach the bomb and extinguish the fuse, +Maenck had disappeared before he returned to search for him; and, +though he roused the gardener and chauffeur and took turns with them +in standing guard the balance of the night, the would-be assassin +did not return. + +There was no question in Barney Custer's mind as to whom the bomb +was intended for. That Maenck had hurled it toward the house after +Barney had seized him was merely the result of accident and the +man's desire to get the death-dealing missile as far from himself as +possible before it exploded. That it would have wrecked the house in +the hope of reaching him, had he not fortunately interfered, was too +evident to the American to be questioned. + +And so he decided before the night was spent to put himself as far +from his family as possible, lest some future attempt upon his life +might endanger theirs. Then, too, righteous anger and a desire for +revenge prompted his decision. He would run Maenck to earth and have +an accounting with him. It was evident that his life would not be +worth a farthing so long as the fellow was at liberty. + +Before dawn he swore the gardener and chauffeur to silence, and at +breakfast announced his intention of leaving that day for New York +to seek a commission as correspondent with an old classmate, who +owned the New York Evening National. At the hotel Barney inquired of +the proprietor relative to a bearded stranger, but the man had had +no one of that description registered. Chance, however, gave him a +clue. His roadster was in a repair shop, and as he stopped in to get +it he overheard a conversation that told him all he wanted to know. +As he stood talking with the foreman a dust-covered automobile +pulled into the garage. + +"Hello, Bill," called the foreman to the driver. "Where you been so +early?" + +"Took a guy to Lincoln," replied the other. "He was in an awful +hurry. I bet we broke all the records for that stretch of road this +morning--I never knew the old boat had it in her." + +"Who was it?" asked Barney. + +"I dunno," replied the driver. "Talked like a furriner, and looked +the part. Bushy black beard. Said he was a German army officer, an' +had to beat it back on account of the war. Seemed to me like he was +mighty anxious to get back there an' be killed." + +Barney waited to hear no more. He did not even go home to say +good-bye to his family. Instead he leaped into his gray roadster--a +later model of the one he had lost in Lutha--and the last that +Beatrice, Nebraska, saw of him was a whirling cloud of dust as he +raced north out of town toward Lincoln. + +He was five minutes too late into the capital city to catch the +eastbound limited that Maenck must have taken; but he caught the +next through train for Chicago, and the second day thereafter found +him in New York. There he had little difficulty in obtaining the +desired credentials from his newspaper friend, especially since +Barney offered to pay all his own expenses and donate to the paper +anything he found time to write. + +Passenger steamers were still sailing, though irregularly, and after +scanning the passenger-lists of three he found the name he sought. +"Captain Ernst Maenck, Lutha." So he had not been mistaken, after +all. It was Maenck he had apprehended on his father's grounds. +Evidently the man had little fear of being followed, for he had made +no effort to hide his identity in booking passage for Europe. + +The steamer he had caught had sailed that very morning. Barney was +not so sorry, after all, for he had had time during his trip from +Beatrice to do considerable thinking, and had found it rather +difficult to determine just what to do should he have overtaken +Maenck in the United States. He couldn't kill the man in cold blood, +justly as he may have deserved the fate, and the thought of causing +his arrest and dragging his own name into the publicity of court +proceedings was little less distasteful to him. + +Furthermore, the pursuit of Maenck now gave Barney a legitimate +excuse for returning to Lutha, or at least to the close neighborhood +of the little kingdom, where he might await the outcome of events +and be ready to give his services in the cause of the house of Von +der Tann should they be required. + +By going directly to Italy and entering Austria from that country +Barney managed to arrive within the boundaries of the dual monarchy +with comparatively few delays. Nor did he encounter any considerable +bodies of troops until he reached the little town of Burgova, which +lies not far from the Serbian frontier. Beyond this point his +credentials would not carry him. The emperor's officers were polite, +but firm. No newspaper correspondents could be permitted nearer the +front than Burgova. + +There was nothing to be done, therefore, but wait until some +propitious event gave him the opportunity to approach more closely +the Serbian boundary and Lutha. In the meantime he would communicate +with Butzow, who might be able to obtain passes for him to some +village nearer the Luthanian frontier, when it should be an easy +matter to cross through to Serbia. He was sure the Serbian +authorities would object less strenuously to his presence. + +The inn at which he applied for accommodations was already overrun +by officers, but the proprietor, with scant apologies for a +civilian, offered him a little box of a room in the attic. The place +was scarce more than a closet, and for that Barney was in a way +thankful since the limited space could accommodate but a single cot, +thus insuring him the privacy that a larger chamber would have +precluded. + +He was very tired after his long and comfortless land journey, so +after an early dinner he went immediately to his room and to bed. +How long he slept he did not know, but some time during the night he +was awakened by the sound of voices apparently close to his ear. + +For a moment he thought the speakers must be in his own room, so +distinctly did he overhear each word of their conversation; but +presently he discovered that they were upon the opposite side of a +thin partition in an adjoining room. But half awake, and with the +sole idea of getting back to sleep again as quickly as possible, +Barney paid only the slightest attention to the meaning of the words +that fell upon his ears, until, like a bomb, a sentence broke +through his sleepy faculties, banishing Morpheus upon the instant. + +"It will take but little now to turn Leopold against Von der Tann." +The speaker evidently was an Austrian. "Already I have half +convinced him that the old man aspires to the throne. Leopold fears +the loyalty of his army, which is for Von der Tann body and soul. He +knows that Von der Tann is strongly anti-Austrian, and I have made +it plain to him that if he allows his kingdom to take sides with +Serbia he will have no kingdom when the war is over--it will be a +part of Austria. + +"It was with greater difficulty, however, my dear Peter, that I +convinced him that you, Von Coblich, and Captain Maenck were his +most loyal friends. He fears you yet, but, nevertheless, he has +pardoned you all. Do not forget when you return to your dear Lutha +that you owe your repatriation to Count Zellerndorf of Austria." + +"You may be assured that we shall never forget," replied another +voice that Barney recognized at once as belonging to Prince Peter of +Blentz, the one time regent of Lutha. + +"It is not for myself," continued Count Zellerndorf, "that I crave +your gratitude, but for my emperor. You may do much to win his +undying gratitude, while for yourselves you may win to almost any +height with the friendship of Austria behind you. I am sure that +should any accident, which God forfend, deprive Lutha of her king, +none would make a more welcome successor in the eyes of Austria than +our good friend Peter." + +Barney could almost see the smile of satisfaction upon the thin lips +of Peter of Blentz as this broad hint fell from the lips of the +Austrian diplomat--a hint that seemed to the American little short +of the death sentence of Leopold, King of Lutha. + +"We owed you much before, count," said Peter. "But for you we +should have been hanged a year ago--without your aid we should never +have been able to escape from the fortress of Lustadt or cross the +border into Austria-Hungary. I am sorry that Maenck failed in his +mission, for had he not we would have had concrete evidence to +present to the king that we are indeed his loyal supporters. It +would have dispelled at once such fears and doubts as he may still +entertain of our fealty." + +"Yes, I, too, am sorry," agreed Zellerndorf. "I can assure you that +the news we hoped Captain Maenck would bring from America would have +gone a long way toward restoring you to the confidence and good +graces of the king." + +"I did my best," came another voice that caused Barney's eyes to go +wide in astonishment, for it was none other than the voice of Maenck +himself. "Twice I risked hanging to get him and only came away after +I had been recognized." + +"It is too bad," sighed Zellerndorf; "though it may not be without +its advantages after all, for now we still have this second bugbear +to frighten Leopold with. So long, of course, as the American lives +there is always the chance that he may return and seek to gain the +throne. The fact that his mother was a Rubinroth princess might make +it easy for Von der Tann to place him upon the throne without much +opposition, and if he married the old man's daughter it is easy to +conceive that the prince might favor such a move. At any rate, it +should not be difficult to persuade Leopold of the possibility of +such a thing. + +"Under the circumstances Leopold is almost convinced that his only +hope of salvation lies in cementing friendly relations with the most +powerful of Von der Tann's enemies, of which you three gentlemen +stand preeminently in the foreground, and of assuring to himself the +support of Austria. And now, gentlemen," he went on after a pause, +"good night. I have handed Prince Peter the necessary military +passes to carry you safely through our lines, and tomorrow you may +be in Blentz if you wish." + + + + +II + +CONDEMNED TO DEATH + +For some time Barney Custer lay there in the dark revolving in his +mind all that he had overheard through the partition--the thin +partition which alone lay between himself and three men who would be +only too glad to embrace the first opportunity to destroy him. But +his fears were not for himself so much as for the daughter of old +Von der Tann, and for all that might befall that princely house were +these three unhung rascals to gain Lutha and have their way with the +weak and cowardly king who reigned there. + +If he could but reach Von der Tann's ear and through him the king +before the conspirators came to Lutha! But how might he accomplish +it? Count Zellerndorf's parting words to the three had shown that +military passes were necessary to enable one to reach Lutha. + +His papers were practically worthless even inside the lines. That +they would carry him through the lines he had not the slightest +hope. There were two things to be accomplished if possible. One was +to cross the frontier into Lutha; and the other, which of course was +quite out of the question, was to prevent Peter of Blentz, Von +Coblich, and Maenck from doing so. But was that altogether +impossible? + +The idea that followed that question came so suddenly that it +brought Barney Custer out onto the floor in a bound, to don his +clothes and sneak into the hall outside his room with the stealth of +a professional second-story man. + +To the right of his own door was the door to the apartment in which +the three conspirators slept. At least, Barney hoped they slept. He +bent close to the keyhole and listened. From within came no sound +other than the regular breathing of the inmates. It had been at +least half an hour since the American had heard the conversation +cease. A glance through the keyhole showed no light within the room. +Stealthily Barney turned the knob. Had they bolted the door? He felt +the tumbler move to the pressure--soundlessly. Then he pushed gently +inward. The door swung. + +A moment later he stood in the room. Dimly he could see two beds--a +large one and a smaller. Peter of Blentz would be alone upon the +smaller bed, his henchmen sleeping together in the larger. Barney +crept toward the lone sleeper. At the bedside he fumbled in the dark +groping for the man's clothing--for the coat, in the breastpocket of +which he hoped to find the military pass that might carry him safely +out of Austria-Hungary and into Lutha. On the foot of the bed he +found some garments. Gingerly he felt them over, seeking the coat. + +At last he found it. His fingers, steady even under the nervous +tension of this unaccustomed labor, discovered the inner pocket and +the folded paper. There were several of them; Barney took them all. + +So far he made no noise. None of the sleepers had stirred. Now he +took a step toward the doorway and--kicked a shoe that lay in his +path. The slight noise in that quiet room sounded to Barney's ears +like the fall of a brick wall. Peter of Blentz stirred, turning in +his sleep. Behind him Barney heard one of the men in the other bed +move. He turned his head in that direction. Either Maenck or Coblich +was sitting up peering through the darkness. + +"Is that you, Prince Peter?" The voice was Maenck's. + +"What's the matter?" persisted Maenck. + +"I'm going for a drink of water," replied the American, and stepped +toward the door. + +Behind him Peter of Blentz sat up in bed. + +"That you, Maenck?" he called. + +Instantly Maenck was out of bed, for the first voice had come from +the vicinity of the doorway; both could not be Peter's. + +"Quick!" he cried; "there's someone in our room." + +Barney leaped for the doorway, and upon his heels came the three +conspirators. Maenck was closest to him--so close that Barney was +forced to turn at the top of the stairs. In the darkness he was just +conscious of the form of the man who was almost upon him. Then he +swung a vicious blow for the other's face--a blow that landed, for +there was a cry of pain and anger as Maenck stumbled back into the +arms of the two behind him. From below came the sound of footsteps +hurrying up the stairs to the accompaniment of a clanking saber. +Barney's retreat was cut off. + +Turning, he dodged into his own room before the enemy could locate +him or even extricate themselves from the confusion of Maenck's +sudden collision with the other two. But what could Barney gain by +the slight delay that would be immediately followed by his +apprehension? + +He didn't know. All that he was sure of was that there had been no +other place to go than this little room. As he entered the first +thing that his eyes fell upon was the small square window. Here at +least was some slight encouragement. + +He ran toward it. The lower sash was raised. As the door behind +him opened to admit Peter of Blentz and his companions, Barney +slipped through into the night, hanging by his hands from the sill +without. What lay beneath or how far the drop he could not guess, +but that certain death menaced him from above he knew from the +conversation he had overheard earlier in the evening. + +For an instant he hung suspended. He heard the men groping about +the room. Evidently they were in some fear of the unknown assailant +they sought, for they did not move about with undue rashness. +Presently one of them struck a light--Barney could see its flare +lighten the window casing for an instant. + +"The room is empty," came a voice from above him. + +"Look to the window!" cried Peter of Blentz, and then Barney Custer +let go his hold upon the sill and dropped into the blackness below. + +His fall was a short one, for the window had been directly over a +low shed at the side of the inn. Upon the roof of this the American +landed, and from there he dropped to the courtyard without mishap. +Glancing up, he saw the heads of three men peering from the window +of the room he had just quitted. + +"There he is!" cried one, and instantly the three turned back into +the room. As Barney fled from the courtyard he heard the rattle of +hasty footsteps upon the rickety stairway of the inn. + +Choosing an alley rather than a street in which he might run upon +soldiers at any moment, he moved quickly yet cautiously away from +the inn. Behind him he could hear the voices of many men. They were +raised to a high pitch by excitement. It was clear to Barney that +there were many more than the original three--Prince Peter had, in +all probability, enlisted the aid of the military. + +Could he but reach the frontier with his stolen passes he would be +comparatively safe, for the rugged mountains of Lutha offered many +places of concealment, and, too, there were few Luthanians who did +not hate Peter of Blentz most cordially--among the men of the +mountains at least. Once there he could defy a dozen Blentz princes +for the little time that would be required to carry him into Serbia +and comparative safety. + +As he approached a cross street a couple of squares from the inn he +found it necessary to pass beneath a street lamp. For a moment he +paused in the shadows of the alley listening. Hearing nothing moving +in the street, Barney was about to make a swift spring for the +shadows upon the opposite side when it occurred to him that it might +be safer to make assurance doubly sure by having a look up and down +the street before emerging into the light. + +It was just as well that he did, for as he thrust his head around +the corner of the building the first thing that his eyes fell upon +was the figure of an Austrian sentry, scarcely three paces from him. +The soldier was standing in a listening attitude, his head half +turned away from the American. The sounds coming from the direction +of the inn were apparently what had attracted his attention. + +Behind him, Barney was sure he heard evidences of pursuit. Before +him was certain detection should he attempt to cross the street. On +either hand rose the walls of buildings. That he was trapped there +seemed little doubt. + +He continued to stand motionless, watching the Austrian soldier. +Should the fellow turn toward him, he had but to withdraw his head +within the shadow of the building that hid his body. Possibly the +man might turn and take his beat in the opposite direction. In which +case Barney was sure he could dodge across the street, undetected. + +Already the vague threat of pursuit from the direction of the inn +had developed into a certainty--he could hear men moving toward him +through the alley from the rear. Would the sentry never move! +Evidently not, until he heard the others coming through the alley. +Then he would turn, and the devil would be to pay for the American. + +Barney was about hopeless. He had been in the war zone long enough +to know that it might prove a very disagreeable matter to be caught +sneaking through back alleys at night. There was a single chance--a +sort of forlorn hope--and that was to risk fate and make a dash +beneath the sentry's nose for the opposite alley mouth. + +"Well, here goes," thought Barney. He had heard that many of the +Austrians were excellent shots. Visions of Beatrice, Nebraska, +swarmed his memory. They were pleasant visions, made doubly alluring +by the thought that the realities of them might never again be for +him. + +He turned once more toward the sounds of pursuit--the men upon his +track could not be over a square away--there was not an instant to +be lost. And then from above him, upon the opposite side of the +alley, came a low: "S-s-t!" + +Barney looked up. Very dimly he could see the dark outline of a +window some dozen feet from the pavement, and framed within it the +lighter blotch that might have been a human face. Again came the +challenging: "S-s-t!" Yes, there was someone above, signaling to +him. + +"S-s-t!" replied Barney. He knew that he had been discovered, and +could think of no better plan for throwing the discoverer off his +guard than to reply. + +Then a soft voice floated down to him--a woman's voice! + +"Is that you?" The tongue was Serbian. Barney could understand it, +though he spoke it but indifferently. + +"Yes," he replied truthfully. + +"Thank Heaven!" came the voice from above. "I have been watching +you, and thought you one of the Austrian pigs. Quick! They are +coming--I can hear them;" and at the same instant Barney saw +something drop from the window to the ground. He crossed the alley +quickly, and could have shouted in relief for what he found +there--the end of a knotted rope dangling from above. + +His pursuers were almost upon him when he seized the rude ladder to +clamber upward. At the window's ledge a firm, young hand reached out +and, seizing his own, almost dragged him through the window. He +turned to look back into the alley. He had been just in time; the +Austrian sentry, alarmed by the sound of approaching footsteps down +the alley, had stepped into view. He stood there now with leveled +rifle, a challenge upon his lips. From the advancing party came a +satisfactory reply. + +At the same instant the girl beside him in the Stygian blackness of +the room threw her arms about Barney's neck and drew his face down +to hers. + +"Oh, Stefan," she whispered, "what a narrow escape! It makes me +tremble to think of it. They would have shot you, my Stefan!" + +The American put an arm about the girl's shoulders, and raised one +hand to her cheek--it might have been in caress, but it wasn't. It +was to smother the cry of alarm he anticipated would follow the +discovery that he was not "Stefan." He bent his lips close to her +ear. + +"Do not make an outcry," he whispered in very poor Serbian. "I am +not Stefan; but I am a friend." + +The exclamation of surprise or fright that he had expected was not +forthcoming. The girl lowered her arms from about his neck. + +"Who are you?" she asked in a low whisper. + +"I am an American war correspondent," replied Barney, "but if the +Austrians get hold of me now it will be mighty difficult to convince +them that I am not a spy." And then a sudden determination came to +him to trust his fate to this unknown girl, whose face, even, he had +never seen. "I am entirely at your mercy," he said. "There are +Austrian soldiers in the street below. You have but to call to them +to send me before the firing squad--or, you can let me remain here +until I can find an opportunity to get away in safety. I am trying +to reach Serbia." + +"Why do you wish to reach Serbia?" asked the girl suspiciously. + +"I have discovered too many enemies in Austria tonight to make it +safe for me to remain," he replied, "and, further, my original +intention was to report the war from the Serbian side." + +The girl hesitated for a while, evidently in thought. + +"They are moving on," suggested Barney. "If you are going to give +me up you'd better do it at once." + +"I'm not going to give you up," replied the girl. "I'm going to +keep you prisoner until Stefan returns--he will know best what to do +with you. Now you must come with me and be locked up. Do not try to +escape--I have a revolver in my hand," and to give her prisoner +physical proof of the weapon he could not see she thrust the muzzle +against his side. + +"I'll take your word for the gun," said Barney, "if you'll just turn +it in the other direction. Go ahead--I'll follow you." + +"No, you won't," replied the girl. "You'll go first; but before +that you'll raise your hands above your head. I want to search you." + +Barney did as he was bid and a moment later felt deft fingers +running over his clothing in search of concealed weapons. Satisfied +at last that he was unarmed, the girl directed him to precede her, +guiding his steps from behind with a hand upon his arm. Occasionally +he felt the muzzle of her revolver touch his body. It was a most +unpleasant sensation. + +They crossed the room to a door which his captor directed him to +open, and after they had passed through and she had closed it behind +them the girl struck a match and lit a candle which stood upon a +little bracket on the partition wall. The dim light of the tallow +dip showed Barney that he was in a narrow hall from which several +doors opened into different rooms. At one end of the hall a stairway +led to the floor below, while at the opposite end another flight +disappeared into the darkness above. + +"This way," said the girl, motioning toward the stairs that led +upward. + +Barney had turned toward her as she struck the match, obtaining an +excellent view of her features. They were clear-cut and regular. Her +eyes were large and very dark. Dark also was her hair, which was +piled in great heaps upon her finely shaped head. Altogether the +face was one not easily to be forgotten. Barney could scarce have +told whether the girl was beautiful or not, but that she was +striking there could be no doubt. + +He preceded her up the stairway to a door at the top. At her +direction he turned the knob and entered a small room in which was a +cot, an ancient dresser and a single chair. + +"You will remain here," she said, "until Stefan returns. Stefan will +know what to do with you." Then she left him, taking the light with +her, and Barney heard a key turn in the lock of the door after she +had closed it. Presently her footfalls died out as she descended to +the lower floors. + +"Anyhow," thought the American, "this is better than the Austrians. +I don't know what Stefan will do with me, but I have a rather vivid +idea of what the Austrians would have done to me if they'd caught me +sneaking through the alleys of Burgova at midnight." + +Throwing himself on the cot Barney was soon asleep, for though his +predicament was one that, under ordinary circumstances might have +made sleep impossible, yet he had so long been without the boon of +slumber that tired nature would no longer be denied. + +When he awoke it was broad daylight. The sun was pouring in through +a skylight in the ceiling of his tiny chamber. Aside from this there +were no windows in the room. The sound of voices came to him with an +uncanny distinctness that made it seem that the speakers must be in +this very chamber, but a glance about the blank walls convinced him +that he was alone. + +Presently he espied a small opening in the wall at the head of his +cot. He rose and examined it. The voices appeared to be coming from +it. In fact, they were. The opening was at the top of a narrow shaft +that seemed to lead to the basement of the structure--apparently +once the shaft of a dumb-waiter or a chute for refuse or soiled +clothes. + +Barney put his ear close to it. The voices that came from below +were those of a man and a woman. He heard every word distinctly. + +"We must search the house, fraulein," came in the deep voice of a +man. + +"Whom do you seek?" inquired a woman's voice. Barney recognized it +as the voice of his captor. + +"A Serbian spy, Stefan Drontoff," replied the man. "Do you know +him?" + +There was a considerable pause on the girl's part before she +answered, and then her reply was in such a low voice that Barney +could barely hear it. + +"I do not know him," she said. "There are several men who lodge +here. What may this Stefan Drontoff look like?" + +"I have never seen him," replied the officer; "but by arresting all +the men in the house we must get this Stefan also, if he is here." + +"Oh!" cried the girl, a new note in her voice, "I guess I know now +whom you mean. There is one man here I have heard them call Stefan, +though for the moment I had forgotten it. He is in the small +attic-room at the head of the stairs. Here is a key that will fit +the lock. Yes, I am sure that he is Stefan. You will find him there, +and it should be easy to take him, for I know that he is unarmed. He +told me so last night when he came in." + +"The devil!" muttered Barney Custer; but whether he referred to his +predicament or to the girl it would be impossible to tell. Already +the sound of heavy boots on the stairs announced the coming of +men--several of them. Barney heard the rattle of accouterments--the +clank of a scabbard--the scraping of gun butts against the walls. +The Austrians were coming! + +He looked about. There was no way of escape except the door and the +skylight, and the door was impossible. + +Quickly he tilted the cot against the door, wedging its legs against +a crack in the floor--that would stop them for a minute or two. Then +he wheeled the dresser beneath the skylight and, placing the chair +on top of it, scrambled to the seat of the latter. His head was at +the height of the skylight. To force the skylight from its frame +required but a moment. A key entered the lock of the door from the +opposite side and turned. He knew that someone without was pushing. +Then he heard an oath and heavy battering upon the panels. A moment +later he had drawn himself through the skylight and stood upon the +roof of the building. Before him stretched a series of uneven roofs +to the end of the street. Barney did not hesitate. He started on a +rapid trot toward the adjoining roof. From that he clambered to a +higher one beyond. + +On he went, now leaping narrow courts, now dropping to low sheds and +again clambering to the heights of the higher buildings, until he +had come almost to the end of the row. Suddenly, behind him he heard +a hoarse shout, followed by the report of a rifle. With a whir, a +bullet flew a few inches above his head. He had gained the last +roof--a large, level roof--and at the shot he turned to see how near +to him were his pursuers. + +Fatal turn! + +Scarce had he taken his eyes from the path ahead than his foot fell +upon a glass skylight, and with a loud crash he plunged through amid +a shower of broken glass. + +His fall was a short one. Directly beneath the skylight was a bed, +and on the bed a fat Austrian infantry captain. Barney lit upon the +pit of the captain's stomach. With a howl of pain the officer +catapulted Barney to the floor. There were three other beds in the +room, and in each bed one or two other officers. Before the American +could regain his feet they were all sitting on him--all except the +infantry captain. He lay shrieking and cursing in a painful attempt +to regain his breath, every atom of which Barney had knocked out of +him. + +The officers sitting on Barney alternately beat him and questioned +him, interspersing their interrogations with lurid profanity. + +"If you will get off of me," at last shouted the American, "I shall +be glad to explain--and apologize." + +They let him up, scowling ferociously. He had promised to explain, +but now that he was confronted by the immediate necessity of an +explanation that would prove at all satisfactory as to how he +happened to be wandering around the rooftops of Burgova, he +discovered that his powers of invention were entirely inadequate. +The need for explaining, however, was suddenly removed. A shadow +fell upon them from above, and as they glanced up Barney saw the +figure of an officer surrounded by several soldiers looking down +upon him. + +"Ah, you have him!" cried the newcomer in evident satisfaction. +"It is well. Hold him until we descend." + +A moment later he and his escort had dropped through the broken +skylight to the floor beside them. + +"Who is the mad man?" cried the captain who had broken Barney's +fall. "The assassin! He tried to murder me." + +"I cannot doubt it," replied the officer who had just descended, +"for the fellow is no other than Stefan Drontoff, the famous Serbian +spy!" + +"Himmel!" ejaculated the officers in chorus. "You have done a good +day's work, lieutenant." + +"The firing squad will do a better work in a few minutes," replied +the lieutenant, with a grim pointedness that took Barney's breath +away. + + + + +III + +BEFORE THE FIRING SQUAD + +They marched Barney before the staff where he urged his American +nationality, pointing to his credentials and passes in support of +his contention. + +The general before whom he had been brought shrugged his shoulders. +"They are all Americans as soon as they are caught," he said; "but +why did you not claim to be Prince Peter of Blentz? You have his +passes as well. How can you expect us to believe your story when you +have in your possession passes for different men? + +"We have every respect for our friends the Americans. I would even +stretch a point rather than chance harming an American; but you will +admit that the evidence is all against you. You were found in the +very building where Drontoff was known to stay while in Burgova. The +young woman whose mother keeps the place directed our officer to +your room, and you tried to escape, which I do not think that an +innocent American would have done. + +"However, as I have said, I will go to almost any length rather than +chance a mistake in the case of one who from his appearance might +pass more readily for an American than a Serbian. I have sent for +Prince Peter of Blentz. If you can satisfactorily explain to him how +you chance to be in possession of military passes bearing his name I +shall be very glad to give you the benefit of every other doubt." + +Peter of Blentz. Send for Peter of Blentz! Barney wondered just +what kind of a sensation it was to stand facing a firing squad. He +hoped that his knees wouldn't tremble--they felt a trifle weak even +now. There was a chance that the man might not recall his face, but +a very slight chance. It had been his remarkable likeness to Leopold +of Lutha that had resulted in the snatching of a crown from Prince +Peter's head. + +Likely indeed that he would ever forget his, Barney's, face, though +he had seen it but once without the red beard that had so added to +Barney's likeness to the king. But Maenck would be along, of course, +and Maenck would have no doubts--he had seen Barney too recently in +Beatrice to fail to recognize him now. + +Several men were entering the room where Barney stood before the +general and his staff. A glance revealed to the prisoner that Peter +of Blentz had come, and with him Von Coblich and Maenck. At the same +instant Peter's eyes met Barney's, and the former, white and +wide-eyed came almost to a dead halt, grasping hurriedly at the arm +of Maenck who walked beside him. + +"My God!" was all that Barney heard him say, but he spoke a name +that the American did not hear. Maenck also looked his surprise, but +his expression was suddenly changed to one of malevolent cunning and +gratification. He turned toward Prince Peter with a few +low-whispered words. A look of relief crossed the face of the Blentz +prince. + +"You appear to know the gentleman," said the general who had been +conducting Barney's examination. "He has been arrested as a Serbian +spy, and military passes in your name were found upon his person +together with the papers of an American newspaper correspondent, +which he claims to be. He is charged with being Stefan Drontoff, +whom we long have been anxious to apprehend. Do you chance to know +anything about him, Prince Peter?" + +"Yes," replied Peter of Blentz, "I know him well by sight. He +entered my room last night and stole the military passes from my +coat--we all saw him and pursued him, but he got away in the dark. +There can be no doubt but that he is the Serbian spy." + +"He insists that he is Bernard Custer, an American," urged the +general, who, it seemed to Barney, was anxious to make no mistake, +and to give the prisoner every reasonable chance--a state of mind +that rather surprised him in a European military chieftain, all of +whom appeared to share the popular obsession regarding the +prevalence of spies. + +"Pardon me, general," interrupted Maenck. "I am well acquainted +with Mr. Custer, who spent some time in Lutha a couple of years ago. +This man is not he." + +"That is sufficient, gentlemen, I thank you," said the general. He +did not again look at the prisoner, but turned to a lieutenant who +stood near-by. "You may remove the prisoner," he directed. "He will +be destroyed with the others--here is the order," and he handed the +subaltern a printed form upon which many names were filled in and at +the bottom of which the general had just signed his own. It had +evidently been waiting the outcome of the examination of Stefan +Drontoff. + +Surrounded by soldiers, Barney Custer walked from the presence of +the military court. It was to him as though he moved in a strange +world of dreams. He saw the look of satisfaction upon the face of +Peter of Blentz as he passed him, and the open sneer of Maenck. As +yet he did not fully realize what it all meant--that he was marching +to his death! For the last time he was looking upon the faces of his +fellow men; for the last time he had seen the sun rise, never again +to see it set. + +He was to be "destroyed." He had heard that expression used many +times in connection with useless horses, or vicious dogs. +Mechanically he drew a cigarette from his pocket and lighted it. +There was no bravado in the act. On the contrary it was done almost +unconsciously. The soldiers marched him through the streets of +Burgova. The men were entirely impassive--even so early in the war +they had become accustomed to this grim duty. The young officer who +commanded them was more nervous than the prisoner--it was his first +detail with a firing squad. He looked wonderingly at Barney, +expecting momentarily to see the man collapse, or at least show some +sign of terror at his close impending fate; but the American walked +silently toward his death, puffing leisurely at his cigarette. + +At last, after what seemed a long time, his guard turned in at a +large gateway in a brick wall surrounding a factory. As they entered +Barney saw twenty or thirty men in civilian dress, guarded by a +dozen infantrymen. They were standing before the wall of a low brick +building. Barney noticed that there were no windows in the wall. It +suddenly occurred to him that there was something peculiarly grim +and sinister in the appearance of the dead, blank surface of +weather-stained brick. For the first time since he had faced the +military court he awakened to a full realization of what it all +meant to him--he was going to be lined up against that ominous brick +wall with these other men--they were going to shoot them. + +A momentary madness seized him. He looked about upon the other +prisoners and guards. A sudden break for liberty might give him +temporary respite. He could seize a rifle from the nearest soldier, +and at least have the satisfaction of selling his life dearly. As he +looked he saw more soldiers entering the factory yard. + +A sudden apathy overwhelmed him. What was the use? He could not +escape. Why should he wish to kill these soldiers? It was not they +who were responsible for his plight--they were but obeying orders. +The close presence of death made life seem very desirable. These +men, too, desired life. Why should he take it from them uselessly? +At best he might kill one or two, but in the end he would be killed +as surely as though he took his place before the brick wall with the +others. + +He noticed now that these others evinced no inclination to contest +their fates. Why should he, then? Doubtless many of them were as +innocent as he, and all loved life as well. He saw that several were +weeping silently. Others stood with bowed heads gazing at the +hard-packed earth of the factory yard. Ah, what visions were their +eyes beholding for the last time! What memories of happy firesides! +What dear, loved faces were limned upon that sordid clay! + +His reveries were interrupted by the hoarse voice of a sergeant, +breaking rudely in upon the silence and the dumb terror. The fellow +was herding the prisoners into position. When he was done Barney +found himself in the front rank of the little, hopeless band. +Opposite them, at a few paces, stood the firing squad, their gun +butts resting upon the ground. + +The young lieutenant stood at one side. He issued some instructions +in a low tone, then he raised his voice. + +"Ready!" he commanded. Fascinated by the horror of it, Barney +watched the rifles raised smartly to the soldiers' hips--the +movement was as precise as though the men were upon parade. Every +bolt clicked in unison with its fellows. + +"Aim!" the pieces leaped to the hollows of the men's shoulders. +The leveled barrels were upon a line with the breasts of the +condemned. A man at Barney's right moaned. Another sobbed. + +"Fire!" There was the hideous roar of the volley. Barney Custer +crumpled forward to the ground, and three bodies fell upon his. A +moment later there was a second volley--all had not fallen at the +first. Then the soldiers came among the bodies, searching for signs +of life; but evidently the two volleys had done their work. The +sergeant formed his men in line. The lieutenant marched them away. +Only silence remained on guard above the pitiful dead in the factory +yard. + +The day wore on and still the stiffening corpses lay where they had +fallen. Twilight came and then darkness. A head appeared above the +top of the wall that had enclosed the grounds. Eyes peered through +the night and keen ears listened for any sign of life within. At +last, evidently satisfied that the place was deserted, a man crawled +over the summit of the wall and dropped to the ground within. Here +again he paused, peering and listening. + +What strange business had he here among the dead that demanded such +caution in its pursuit? Presently he advanced toward the pile of +corpses. Quickly he tore open coats and searched pockets. He ran his +fingers along the fingers of the dead. Two rings had rewarded his +search and he was busy with a third that encircled the finger of a +body that lay beneath three others. It would not come off. He pulled +and tugged, and then he drew a knife from his pocket. + +But he did not sever the digit. Instead he shrank back with a +muffled scream of terror. The corpse that he would have mutilated +had staggered suddenly to its feet, flinging the dead bodies to one +side as it rose. + +"You fiend!" broke from the lips of the dead man, and the ghoul +turned and fled, gibbering in his fright. + +The tramp of soldiers in the street beyond ceased suddenly at the +sound from within the factory yard. It was a detail of the guard +marching to the relief of sentries. A moment later the gates swung +open and a score of soldiers entered. They saw a figure dodging +toward the wall a dozen paces from them, but they did not see the +other that ran swiftly around the corner of the factory. + +This other was Barney Custer of Beatrice. When the command to fire +had been given to the squad of riflemen, a single bullet had creased +the top of his head, stunning him. All day he had lain there +unconscious. It had been the tugging of the ghoul at his ring that +had roused him to life at last. + +Behind him, as he scurried around the end of the factory building, +he heard the scattering fire of half a dozen rifles, followed by a +scream--the fleeing hyena had been hit. Barney crouched in the +shadow of a pile of junk. He heard the voices of soldiers as they +gathered about the wounded man, questioning him, and a moment later +the imperious tones of an officer issuing instructions to his men to +search the yard. That he must be discovered seemed a certainty to +the American. He crouched further back in the shadows close to the +wall, stepping with the utmost caution. + +Presently to his chagrin his foot touched the metal cover of a +manhole; there was a resultant rattling that smote upon Barney's +ears and nerves with all the hideous clatter of a boiler shop. He +halted, petrified, for an instant. He was no coward, but after being +so near death, life had never looked more inviting, and he knew that +to be discovered meant certain extinction this time. + +The soldiers were circling the building. Already he could hear them +nearing his position. In another moment they would round the corner +of the building and be upon him. For an instant he contemplated a +bold rush for the fence. In fact, he had gathered himself for the +leaping start and the quick sprint across the open under the noses +of the soldiers who still remained beside the dying ghoul, when his +mind suddenly reverted to the manhole beneath his feet. Here lay a +hiding place, at least until the soldiers had departed. + +Barney stooped and raised the heavy lid, sliding it to one side. +How deep was the black chasm beneath he could not even guess. +Doubtless it led into a coal bunker, or it might open over a pit of +great depth. There was no way to discover other than to plumb the +abyss with his body. Above was death--below, a chance of safety. + +The soldiers were quite close when Barney lowered himself through +the manhole. Clinging with his fingers to the upper edge his feet +still swung in space. How far beneath was the bottom? He heard the +scraping of the heavy shoes of the searchers close above him, and +then he closed his eyes, released the grasp of his fingers, and +dropped. + + + + +IV + +A RACE TO LUTHA + +Barney's fall was not more than four or five feet. He found himself +upon a slippery floor of masonry over which two or three inches of +water ran sluggishly. Above him he heard the soldiers pass the open +manhole. It was evident that in the darkness they had missed it. + +For a few minutes the fugitive remained motionless, then, hearing no +sounds from above he started to grope about his retreat. Upon two +sides were blank, circular walls, upon the other two circular +openings about four feet in diameter. It was through these openings +that the tiny stream of water trickled. + +Barney came to the conclusion that he had dropped into a sewer. To +get out the way he had entered appeared impossible. He could not +leap upward from the slimy, concave bottom the distance he had +dropped. To follow the sewer upward would lead him nowhere nearer +escape. There remained no hope but to follow the trickling stream +downward toward the river, into which his judgment told him the +entire sewer system of the city must lead. + +Stooping, he entered the ill-smelling circular conduit, groping his +way slowly along. As he went the water deepened. It was half way to +his knees when he plunged unexpectedly into another tube running at +right angles to the first. The bottom of this tube was lower than +that of the one which emptied into it, so that Barney now found +himself in a swiftly running stream of filth that reached above his +knees. Downward he followed this flood--faster now for the fear of +the deadly gases which might overpower him before he could reach the +river. + +The water deepened gradually as he went on. At last he reached a +point where, with his head scraping against the roof of the sewer, +his chin was just above the surface of the stream. A few more steps +would be all that he could take in this direction without drowning. +Could he retrace his way against the swift current? He did not know. +He was weakened from the effects of his wound, from lack of food and +from the exertions of the past hour. Well, he would go on as far as +he could. The river lay ahead of him somewhere. Behind was only the +hostile city. + +He took another step. His foot found no support. He surged +backward in an attempt to regain his footing, but the power of the +flood was too much for him. He was swept forward to plunge into +water that surged above his head as he sank. An instant later he had +regained the surface and as his head emerged he opened his eyes. + +He looked up into a starlit heaven! He had reached the mouth of the +sewer and was in the river. For a moment he lay still, floating upon +his back to rest. Above him he heard the tread of a sentry along the +river front, and the sound of men's voices. + +The sweet, fresh air, the star-shot void above, acted as a powerful +tonic to his shattered hopes and overwrought nerves. He lay inhaling +great lungsful of pure, invigorating air. He listened to the voices +of the Austrian soldiery above him. All the buoyancy of his inherent +Americanism returned to him. + +"This is no place for a minister's son," he murmured, and turning +over struck out for the opposite shore. The river was not wide, and +Barney was soon nearing the bank along which he could see occasional +camp fires. Here, too, were Austrians. He dropped down-stream below +these, and at last approached the shore where a wood grew close to +the water's edge. The bank here was steep, and the American had some +difficulty in finding a place where he could clamber up the +precipitous wall of rock. But finally he was successful, finding +himself in a little clump of bushes on the river's brim. Here he lay +resting and listening--always listening. It seemed to Barney that +his ears ached with the constant strain of unflagging duty that his +very existence demanded of them. + +Hearing nothing, he crawled at last from his hiding place with the +purpose of making his way toward the south and to the frontier as +rapidly as possible. He could hope only to travel by night, and he +guessed that this night must be nearly spent. Stooping, he moved +cautiously away from the river. Through the shadows of the wood he +made his way for perhaps a hundred yards when he was suddenly +confronted by a figure that stepped from behind the bole of a tree. + +"Halt! Who goes there?" came the challenge. + +Barney's heart stood still. With all his care he had run straight +into the arms of an Austrian sentry. To run would be to be shot. To +advance would mean capture, and that too would mean death. + +For the barest fraction of an instant he hesitated, and then his +quick American wits came to his aid. Feigning intoxication he +answered the challenge in dubious Austrian that he hoped his maudlin +tongue would excuse. + +"Friend," he answered thickly. "Friend with a drink--have one?" +And he staggered drunkenly forward, banking all upon the credulity +and thirst of the soldier who confronted him with fixed bayonet. + +That the sentry was both credulous and thirsty was evidenced by the +fact that he let Barney come within reach of his gun. Instantly the +drunken Austrian was transformed into a very sober and active engine +of destruction. Seizing the barrel of the piece Barney jerked it to +one side and toward him, and at the same instant he leaped for the +throat of the sentry. + +So quickly was this accomplished that the Austrian had time only for +a single cry, and that was choked in his windpipe by the steel +fingers of the American. Together both men fell heavily to the +ground, Barney retaining his hold upon the other's throat. + +Striking and clutching at one another they fought in silence for a +couple of minutes, then the soldier's struggles began to weaken. He +squirmed and gasped for breath. His mouth opened and his tongue +protruded. His eyes started from their sockets. Barney closed his +fingers more tightly upon the bearded throat. He rained heavy blows +upon the upturned face. The beating fists of his adversary waved +wildly now--the blows that reached Barney were pitifully weak. +Presently they ceased. The man struggled violently for an instant, +twitched spasmodically and lay still. + +Barney clung to him for several minutes longer, until there was not +the slightest indication of remaining life. The perpetration of the +deed sickened him; but he knew that his act was warranted, for it +had been either his life or the other's. He dragged the body back to +the bushes in which he had been hiding. There he stripped off the +Austrian uniform, put his own clothes upon the corpse and rolled it +into the river. + +Dressed as an Austrian private, Barney Custer shouldered the dead +soldier's gun and walked boldly through the wood to the south. +Momentarily he expected to run upon other soldiers, but though he +kept straight on his way for hours he encountered none. The thin +line of sentries along the river had been posted only to double the +preventive measures that had been taken to keep Serbian spies either +from entering or leaving the city. + +Toward dawn, at the darkest period of the night, Barney saw lights +ahead of him. Apparently he was approaching a village. He went more +cautiously now, but all his care did not prevent him from running +for the second time that night almost into the arms of a sentry. +This time, however, Barney saw the soldier before he himself was +discovered. It was upon the edge of the town, in an orchard, that +the sentinel was posted. Barney, approaching through the trees, +darting from one to another, was within a few paces of the man +before he saw him. + +The American remained quietly in the shadow of a tree waiting for an +opportunity to escape, but before it came he heard the approach of a +small body of troops. They were coming from the village directly +toward the orchard. They passed the sentry and marched within a +dozen feet of the tree behind which Barney was hiding. + +As they came opposite him he slipped around the tree to the opposite +side. The sentry had resumed his pacing, and was now out of sight +momentarily among the trees further on. He could not see the +American, but there were others who could. They came in the shape of +a non-commissioned officer and a detachment of the guard to relieve +the sentry. Barney almost bumped into them as he rounded the tree. +There was no escape--the non-commissioned officer was within two +feet of him when Barney discovered him. "What are you doing here?" +shouted the sergeant with an oath. "Your post is there," and he +pointed toward the position where Barney had seen the sentry. + +At first Barney could scarce believe his ears. In the darkness the +sergeant had mistaken him for the sentinel! Could he carry it out? +And if so might it not lead him into worse predicament? No, Barney +decided, nothing could be worse. To be caught masquerading in the +uniform of an Austrian soldier within the Austrian lines was to +plumb the uttermost depth of guilt--nothing that he might do now +could make his position worse. + +He faced the sergeant, snapping his piece to present, hoping that +this was the proper thing to do. Then he stumbled through a brief +excuse. The officer in command of the troops that had just passed +had demanded the way of him, and he had but stepped a few paces from +his post to point out the road to his superior. + +The sergeant grunted and ordered him to fall in. Another man took +his place on duty. They were far from the enemy and discipline was +lax, so the thing was accomplished which under other circumstances +would have been well nigh impossible. A moment later Barney found +himself marching back toward the village, to all intents and +purposes an Austrian private. + +Before a low, windowless shed that had been converted into barracks +for the guard, the detail was dismissed. The men broke ranks and +sought their blankets within the shed, tired from their lonely vigil +upon sentry duty. + +Barney loitered until the last. All the others had entered. He +dared not, for he knew that any moment the sentry upon the post from +which he had been taken would appear upon the scene, after +discovering another of his comrades. He was certain to inquire of +the sergeant. They would be puzzled, of course, and, being soldiers, +they would be suspicious. There would be an investigation, which +would start in the barracks of the guard. That neighborhood would at +once become a most unhealthy spot for Barney Custer, of Beatrice, +Nebraska. + +When the last of the soldiers had entered the shed Barney glanced +quickly about. No one appeared to notice him. He walked directly +past the doorway to the end of the building. Around this he found a +yard, deeply shadowed. He entered it, crossed it, and passed out +into an alley beyond. At the first cross-street his way was blocked +by the sight of another sentry--the world seemed composed entirely +of Austrian sentries. Barney wondered if the entire Austrian army +was kept perpetually upon sentry duty; he had scarce been able to +turn without bumping into one. + +He turned back into the alley and at last found a crooked passageway +between buildings that he hoped might lead him to a spot where there +was no sentry, and from which he could find his way out of the +village toward the south. The passage, after devious windings, led +into a large, open court, but when Barney attempted to leave the +court upon the opposite side he found the ubiquitous sentries upon +guard there. + +Evidently there would be no escape while the Austrians remained in +the town. There was nothing to do, therefore, but hide until the +happy moment of their departure arrived. He returned to the +courtyard, and after a short search discovered a shed in one corner +that had evidently been used to stable a horse, for there was straw +at one end of it and a stall in the other. Barney sat down upon the +straw to wait developments. Tired nature would be denied no longer. +His eyes closed, his head drooped upon his breast. In three minutes +from the time he entered the shed he was stretched full length upon +the straw, fast asleep. + +The chugging of a motor awakened him. It was broad daylight. Many +sounds came from the courtyard without. It did not take Barney long +to gather his scattered wits--in an instant he was wide awake. He +glanced about. He was the only occupant of the shed. Rising, he +approached a small window that looked out upon the court. All was +life and movement. A dozen military cars either stood about or moved +in and out of the wide gates at the opposite end of the enclosure. +Officers and soldiers moved briskly through a doorway that led into +a large building that flanked the court upon one side. While Barney +slept the headquarters of an Austrian army corps had moved in and +taken possession of the building, the back of which abutted upon the +court where lay his modest little shed. + +Barney took it all in at a single glance, but his eyes hung long and +greedily upon the great, high-powered machines that chugged or +purred about him. + +Gad! If he could but be behind the wheel of such a car for an hour! +The frontier could not be over fifty miles to the south, of that he +was quite positive; and what would fifty miles be to one of those +machines? + +Barney sighed as a great, gray-painted car whizzed into the +courtyard and pulled up before the doorway. Two officers jumped out +and ran up the steps. The driver, a young man in a uniform not +unlike that which Barney wore, drew the car around to the end of the +courtyard close beside Barney's shed. Here he left it and entered +the building into which his passengers had gone. By reaching through +the window Barney could have touched the fender of the machine. A +few seconds' start in that and it would take more than an Austrian +army corps to stop him this side of the border. Thus mused Barney, +knowing already that the mad scheme that had been born within his +brain would be put to action before he was many minutes older. + +There were many soldiers on guard about the courtyard. The greatest +danger lay in arousing the suspicions of one of these should he +chance to see Barney emerge from the shed and enter the car. + +"The proper thing," thought Barney, "is to come from the building +into which everyone seems to pass, and the only way to be seen +coming out of it is to get into it; but how the devil am I to get +into it?" + +The longer he thought the more convinced he became that utter +recklessness and boldness would be his only salvation. Briskly he +walked from the shed out into the courtyard beneath the eyes of the +sentries, the officers, the soldiers, and the military drivers. He +moved straight among them toward the doorway of the headquarters as +though bent upon important business--which, indeed, he was. At least +it was quite the most important business to Barney Custer that that +young gentleman could recall having ventured upon for some time. + +No one paid the slightest attention to him. He had left his gun in +the shed for he noticed that only the men on guard carried them. +Without an instant's hesitation he ran briskly up the short flight +of steps and entered the headquarters building. Inside was another +sentry who barred his way questioningly. Evidently one must state +one's business to this person before going farther. Barney, without +any loss of time or composure, stepped up to the guard. + +"Has General Kampf passed in this morning?" he asked blithely. +Barney had never heard of any "General Kampf," nor had the sentry, +since there was no such person in the Austrian army. But he did +know, however, that there were altogether too many generals for any +one soldier to know the names of them all. + +"I do not know the general by sight," replied the sentry. + +Here was a pretty mess, indeed. Doubtless the sergeant would know a +great deal more than would be good for Barney Custer. The young man +looked toward the door through which he had just entered. His sole +object in coming into the spider's parlor had been to make it +possible for him to come out again in full view of all the guards +and officers and military chauffeurs, that their suspicions might +not be aroused when he put his contemplated coup to the test. + +He glanced toward the door. Machines were whizzing in and out of +the courtyard. Officers on foot were passing and repassing. The +sentry in the hallway was on the point of calling his sergeant. + +"Ah!" cried Barney. "There is the general now," and without waiting +to cast even a parting glance at the guard he stepped quickly +through the doorway and ran down the steps into the courtyard. +Looking neither to right nor to left, and with a convincing air of +self-confidence and important business, he walked directly to the +big, gray machine that stood beside the little shed at the end of +the courtyard. + +To crank it and leap to the driver's seat required but a moment. +The big car moved smoothly forward. A turn of the steering wheel +brought it around headed toward the wide gates. Barney shifted to +second speed, stepped on the accelerator and the cut-out +simultaneously, and with a noise like the rattle of a machine gun, +shot out of the courtyard. + +None who saw his departure could have guessed from the manner of it +that the young man at the wheel of the gray car was stealing the +machine or that his life depended upon escape without detection. It +was the very boldness of his act that crowned it with success. + +Once in the street Barney turned toward the south. Cars were +passing up and down in both directions, usually at high speed. Their +numbers protected the fugitive. Momentarily he expected to be +halted; but he passed out of the village without mishap and reached +a country road which, except for a lane down its center along which +automobiles were moving, was blocked with troops marching southward. +Through this soldier-walled lane Barney drove for half an hour. + +From a great distance, toward the southeast, he could hear the boom +of cannon and the bursting of shells. Presently the road forked. The +troops were moving along the road on the left toward the distant +battle line. Not a man or machine was turning into the right fork, +the road toward the south that Barney wished to take. + +Could he successfully pass through the marching soldiers at his +right? Among all those officers there surely would be one who would +question the purpose and destination of this private soldier who +drove alone in the direction of the nearby frontier. + +The moment had come when he must stake everything on his ability to +gain the open road beyond the plodding mass of troops. Diminishing +the speed of the car Barney turned it in toward the marching men at +the same time sounding his horn loudly. An infantry captain, +marching beside his company, was directly in front of the car. He +looked up at the American. Barney saluted and pointed toward the +right-hand fork. + +The captain turned and shouted a command to his men. Those who had +not passed in front of the car halted. Barney shot through the +little lane they had opened, which immediately closed up behind him. +He was through! He was upon the open road! Ahead, as far as he could +see, there was no sign of any living creature to bar his way, and +the frontier could not be more than twenty-five miles away. + + + + +V + +THE TRAITOR KING + +In his castle at Lustadt, Leopold of Lutha paced nervously back and +forth between his great desk and the window that overlooked the +royal gardens. Upon the opposite side of the desk stood an old +man--a tall, straight, old man with the bearing of a soldier and the +head of a lion. His keen, gray eyes were upon the king, and sorrow +was written upon his face. He was Ludwig von der Tann, chancellor of +the kingdom of Lutha. + +At last the king stopped his pacing and faced the old man, though he +could not meet those eagle eyes squarely, try as he would. It was +his inability to do so, possibly, that added to his anger. Weak +himself, he feared this strong man and envied him his strength, +which, in a weak nature, is but a step from hatred. There evidently +had been a long pause in their conversation, yet the king's next +words took up the thread of their argument where it had broken. + +"You speak as though I had no right to do it," he snapped. "One +might think that you were the king from the manner with which you +upbraid and reproach me. I tell you, Prince von der Tann, that I +shall stand it no longer." + +The king approached the desk and pounded heavily upon its polished +surface with his fist. The physical act of violence imparted to him +a certain substitute for the moral courage which he lacked. + +"I will tell you, sir, that I am king. It was not necessary that I +consult you or any other man before pardoning Prince Peter and his +associates. I have investigated the matter thoroughly and I am +convinced that they have been taught a sufficient lesson and that +hereafter they will be my most loyal subjects." + +He hesitated. "Their presence here," he added, "may prove an +antidote to the ambitions of others who lately have taken it upon +themselves to rule Lutha for me." + +There was no mistaking the king's meaning, but Prince Ludwig did not +show by any change of expression that the shot had struck him in a +vulnerable spot; nor, upon the other hand, did he ignore the +insinuation. There was only sorrow in his voice when he replied. + +"Sire," he said, "for some time I have been aware of the activity of +those who would like to see Peter of Blentz returned to favor with +your majesty. I have warned you, only to see that my motives were +always misconstrued. There is a greater power at work, your majesty, +than any of us--greater than Lutha itself. One that will stop at +nothing in order to gain its ends. It cares naught for Peter of +Blentz, naught for me, naught for you. It cares only for Lutha. For +strategic purposes it must have Lutha. It will trample you under +foot to gain its end, and then it will cast Peter of Blentz aside. +You have insinuated, sire, that I am ambitious. I am. I am ambitious +to maintain the integrity and freedom of Lutha. + +"For three hundred years the Von der Tanns have labored and fought +for the welfare of Lutha. It was a Von der Tann that put the first +Rubinroth king upon the throne of Lutha. To the last they were loyal +to the former dynasty while that dynasty was loyal to Lutha. Only +when the king attempted to sell the freedom of his people to a +powerful neighbor did the Von der Tanns rise against him. + +"Sire! the Von der Tanns have always been loyal to the house of +Rubinroth. And but a single thing rises superior within their +breasts to that loyalty, and that is their loyalty to Lutha." He +paused for an instant before concluding. "And I, sire, am a Von der +Tann." + +There could be no mistaking the old man's meaning. So long as +Leopold was loyal to his people and their interests Ludwig von der +Tann would be loyal to Leopold. The king was cowed. He was very much +afraid of this grim old warrior. He chafed beneath his censure. + +"You are always scolding me," he cried irritably. "I am getting +tired of it. And now you threaten me. Do you call that loyalty? Do +you call it loyalty to refuse to compel your daughter to keep her +plighted troth? If you wish to prove your loyalty command the +Princess Emma to fulfil the promise you made my father--command her +to wed me at once." + +Von der Tann looked the king straight in the eyes. + +"I cannot do that," he said. "She has told me that she will kill +herself rather than wed with your majesty. She is all I have left, +sire. What good would be accomplished by robbing me of her if you +could not gain her by the act? Win her confidence and love, sire. It +may be done. Thus only may happiness result to you and to her." + +"You see," exclaimed the king, "what your loyalty amounts to! I +believe that you are saving her for the impostor--I have heard as +much hinted at before this. Nor do I doubt that she would gladly +connive with the fellow if she thought there was a chance of his +seizing the throne." + +Von der Tann paled. For the first time righteous indignation and +anger got the better of him. He took a step toward the king. + +"Stop!" he commanded. "No man, not even my king, may speak such +words to a Von der Tann." + +In an antechamber just outside the room a man sat near the door that +led into the apartment where the king and his chancellor quarreled. +He had been straining his ears to catch the conversation which he +could hear rising and falling in the adjoining chamber, but till now +he had been unsuccessful. Then came Prince Ludwig's last words +booming loudly through the paneled door, and the man smiled. He was +Count Zellerndorf, the Austrian minister to Lutha. + +The king's outraged majesty goaded him to an angry retort. + +"You forget yourself, Prince von der Tann," he cried. "Leave our +presence. When we again desire to be insulted we shall send for +you." + +As the chancellor passed into the antechamber Count Zellerndorf rose +and greeted him warmly, almost effusively. Von der Tann returned his +salutations with courtesy but with no answering warmth. Then he +passed on out of the palace. + +"The old fox must have heard," he mused as he mounted his horse and +turned his face toward Tann and the Old Forest. + +When Count Zellerndorf of Austria entered the presence of Leopold of +Lutha he found that young ruler much disturbed. He had resumed his +restless pacing between desk and window, and as the Austrian entered +he scarce paused to receive his salutation. Count Zellerndorf was a +frequent visitor at the palace. There were few formalities between +this astute diplomat and the young king; those had passed gradually +away as their acquaintance and friendship ripened. + +"Prince Ludwig appeared angry when he passed through the +antechamber," ventured Zellerndorf. "Evidently your majesty found +cause to rebuke him." + +The king nodded and looked narrowly at the Austrian. "The Prince von +der Tann insinuated that Austria's only wish in connection with +Lutha is to seize her," he said. + +Zellerndorf raised his hands in well-simulated horror. + +"Your majesty!" he exclaimed. "It cannot be that the prince has +gone to such lengths to turn you against your best friend, my +emperor. If he has I can only attribute it to his own ambitions. I +have hesitated to speak to you of this matter, your majesty, but now +that the honor of my own ruler is questioned I must defend him. + +"Bear with me then, should what I have to say wound you. I well +know the confidence which the house of Von der Tann has enjoyed for +centuries in Lutha; but I must brave your wrath in the interest of +right. I must tell you that it is common gossip in Vienna that Von +der Tann aspires to the throne of Lutha either for himself or for +his daughter through the American impostor who once sat upon your +throne for a few days. And let me tell you more. + +"The American will never again menace you--he was arrested in +Burgova as a spy and executed. He is dead; but not so are Von der +Tann's ambitions. When he learns that he no longer may rely upon the +strain of the Rubinroth blood that flowed in the veins of the +American from his royal mother, the runaway Princess Victoria, there +will remain to him only the other alternative of seizing the throne +for himself. He is a very ambitious man, your majesty. Already he +has caused it to become current gossip that he is the real power +behind the throne of Lutha--that your majesty is but a figure-head, +the puppet of Von der Tann." + +Zellerndorf paused. He saw the flush of shame and anger that +suffused the king's face, and then he shot the bolt that he had come +to fire, but which he had not dared to hope would find its target so +denuded of defense. + +"Your majesty," he whispered, coming quite close to the king, "all +Lutha is inclined to believe that you fear Prince von der Tann. Only +a few of us know the truth to be the contrary. For the sake of your +prestige you must take some step to counteract this belief and stamp +it out for good and all. I have planned a way--hear it. + +"Von der Tann's hatred of Peter of Blentz is well known. No man in +Lutha believes that he would permit you to have any intercourse with +Peter. I have brought from Blentz an invitation to your majesty to +honor the Blentz prince with your presence as a guest for the +ensuing week. Accept it, your majesty. + +"Nothing could more conclusively prove to the most skeptical that +you are still the king, and that Von der Tann, nor any other, may +not dare to dictate to you. It will be the most splendid stroke of +statesmanship that you could achieve at the present moment." + +For an instant the king stood in thought. He still feared Peter of +Blentz as the devil is reputed to fear holy water, though for +converse reasons. Yet he was very angry with Von der Tann. It would +indeed be an excellent way to teach the presumptuous chancellor his +place. + +Leopold almost smiled as he thought of the chagrin with which Prince +Ludwig would receive the news that he had gone to Blentz as the +guest of Peter. It was the last impetus that was required by his +weak, vindictive nature to press it to a decision. + +"Very well," he said, "I will go tomorrow." + +It was late the following day that Prince von der Tann received in +his castle in the Old Forest word that an Austrian army had crossed +the Luthanian frontier--the neutrality of Lutha had been violated. +The old chancellor set out immediately for Lustadt. At the palace he +sought an interview with the king only to learn that Leopold had +departed earlier in the day to visit Peter of Blentz. + +There was but one thing to do and that was to follow the king to +Blentz. Some action must be taken immediately--it would never do to +let this breach of treaty pass unnoticed. + +The Serbian minister who had sent word to the chancellor of the +invasion by the Austrian troops was closeted with him for an hour +after his arrival at the palace. It was clear to both these men that +the hand of Zellerndorf was plainly in evidence in both the +important moves that had occurred in Lutha within the past +twenty-four hours--the luring of the king to Blentz and the entrance +of Austrian soldiery into Lutha. + +Following his interview with the Serbian minister Von der Tann rode +toward Blentz with only his staff in attendance. It was long past +midnight when the lights of the town appeared directly ahead of the +little party. They rode at a trot along the road which passes +through the village to wind upward again toward the ancient feudal +castle that looks down from its hilltop upon the town. + +At the edge of the village Von der Tann was thunderstruck by a +challenge from a sentry posted in the road, nor was his dismay +lessened when he discovered that the man was an Austrian. + +"What is the meaning of this?" he cried angrily. "What are Austrian +soldiers doing barring the roads of Lutha to the chancellor of +Lutha?" + +The sentry called an officer. The latter was extremely suave. He +regretted the incident, but his orders were most positive--no one +could be permitted to pass through the lines without an order from +the general commanding. He would go at once to the general and see +if he could procure the necessary order. Would the prince be so good +as to await his return? Von der Tann turned on the young officer, +his face purpling with rage. + +"I will pass nowhere within the boundaries of Lutha," he said, "upon +the order of an Austrian. You may tell your general that my only +regret is that I have not with me tonight the necessary force to +pass through his lines to my king--another time I shall not be so +handicapped," and Ludwig, Prince von der Tann, wheeled his mount and +spurred away in the direction of Lustadt, at his heels an extremely +angry and revengeful staff. + + + + +VI + +A TRAP IS SPRUNG + +Long before Prince von der Tann reached Lustadt he had come to the +conclusion that Leopold was in virtue a prisoner in Blentz. To prove +his conclusion he directed one of his staff to return to Blentz and +attempt to have audience with the king. + +"Risk anything," he instructed the officer to whom he had entrusted +the mission. "Submit, if necessary, to the humiliation of seeking an +Austrian pass through the lines to the castle. See the king at any +cost and deliver this message to him and to him alone and secretly. +Tell him my fears, and that if I do not have word from him within +twenty-four hours I shall assume that he is indeed a prisoner. + +"I shall then direct the mobilization of the army and take such +steps as seem fit to rescue him and drive the invaders from the soil +of Lutha. If you do not return I shall understand that you are held +prisoner by the Austrians and that my worst fears have been +realized." + +But Prince Ludwig was one who believed in being forehanded and so it +happened that the orders for the mobilization of the army of Lutha +were issued within fifteen minutes of his return to Lustadt. It +would do no harm, thought the old man, with a grim smile, to get +things well under way a day ahead of time. This accomplished, he +summoned the Serbian minister, with what purpose and to what effect +became historically evident several days later. When, after +twenty-four hours' absence, his aide had not returned from Blentz, +the chancellor had no regrets for his forehandedness. + +In the castle of Peter of Blentz the king of Lutha was being +entertained royally. He was told nothing of the attempt of his +chancellor to see him, nor did he know that a messenger from Prince +von der Tann was being held a prisoner in the camp of the Austrians +in the village. He was surrounded by the creatures of Prince Peter +and by Peter's staunch allies, the Austrian minister and the +Austrian officers attached to the expeditionary force occupying the +town. They told him that they had positive information that the +Serbians already had crossed the frontier into Lutha, and that the +presence of the Austrian troops was purely for the protection of +Lutha. + +It was not until the morning following the rebuff of Prince von der +Tann that Peter of Blentz, Count Zellerndorf and Maenck heard of the +occurrence. They were chagrined by the accident, for they were not +ready to deliver their final stroke. The young officer of the guard +had, of course, but followed his instructions--who would have +thought that old Von der Tann would come to Blentz! That he +suspected their motives seemed apparent, and now that his rebuff at +the gates had aroused his ire and, doubtless, crystallized his +suspicions, they might find in him a very ugly obstacle to the +fruition of their plans. + +With Von der Tann actively opposed to them, the value of having the +king upon their side would be greatly minimized. The people and the +army had every confidence in the old chancellor. Even if he opposed +the king there was reason to believe that they might still side with +him. + +"What is to be done?" asked Zellerndorf. "Is there no way either to +win or force Von der Tann to acquiescence?" + +"I think we can accomplish it," said Prince Peter, after a moment of +thought. "Let us see Leopold. His mind has been prepared to receive +almost gratefully any insinuations against the loyalty of Von der +Tann. With proper evidence the king may easily be persuaded to order +the chancellor's arrest--possibly his execution as well." + +So they saw the king, only to meet a stubborn refusal upon the part +of Leopold to accede to their suggestions. He still was madly in +love with Von der Tann's daughter, and he knew that a blow delivered +at her father would only tend to increase her bitterness toward him. +The conspirators were nonplussed. + +They had looked for a comparatively easy road to the consummation of +their desires. What in the world could be the cause of the king's +stubborn desire to protect the man they knew he feared, hated, and +mistrusted with all the energy of his suspicious nature? It was the +king himself who answered their unspoken question. + +"I cannot believe in the disloyalty of Prince Ludwig," he said, "nor +could I, even if I desired it, take such drastic steps as you +suggest. Some day the Princess Emma, his daughter, will be my +queen." + +Count Zellerndorf was the first to grasp the possibilities that lay +in the suggestion the king's words carried. + +"Your majesty," he cried, "there is a way to unite all factions in +Lutha. It would be better to insure the loyalty of Von der Tann +through bonds of kinship than to antagonize him. Marry the Princess +Emma at once. + +"Wait, your majesty," he added, as Leopold raised an objecting hand. +"I am well informed as to the strange obstinacy of the princess, but +for the welfare of the state--yes, for the sake of your very throne, +sire--you should exert your royal prerogatives and command the +Princess Emma to carry out the terms of your betrothal." + +"What do you mean, Zellerndorf?" asked the king. + +"I mean, sire, that we should bring the princess here and compel her +to marry you." + +Leopold shook his head. "You do not know her," he said. "You do not +know the Von der Tann nature--one cannot force a Von der Tann." + +"Pardon, sire," urged Zellerndorf, "but I think it can be +accomplished. If the Princess Emma knew that your majesty believed +her father to be a traitor--that the order for his arrest and +execution but awaited your signature--I doubt not that she would +gladly become queen of Lutha, with her father's life and liberty as +a wedding gift." + +For several minutes no one spoke after Count Zellerndorf had ceased. +Leopold sat looking at the toe of his boot. Peter of Blentz, Maenck, +and the Austrian watched him intently. The possibilities of the plan +were sinking deep into the minds of all four. At last the king rose. +He was mumbling to himself as though unconscious of the presence of +the others. + +"She is a stubborn jade," he mumbled. "It would be an excellent +lesson for her. She needs to be taught that I am her king," and then +as though his conscience required a sop, "I shall be very good to +her. Afterward she will be happy." He turned toward Zellerndorf. +"You think it can be done?" + +"Most assuredly, your majesty. We shall take immediate steps to +fetch the Princess Emma to Blentz," and the Austrian rose and backed +from the apartment lest the king change his mind. Prince Peter and +Maenck followed him. + + +Princess Emma von der Tann sat in her boudoir in her father's castle +in the Old Forest. Except for servants, she was alone in the +fortress, for Prince von der Tann was in Lustadt. Her mind was +occupied with memories of the young American who had entered her +life under such strange circumstances two years before--memories +that had been awakened by the return of Lieutenant Otto Butzow to +Lutha. He had come directly to her father and had been attached to +the prince's personal staff. + +From him she had heard a great deal about Barney Custer, and the old +interest, never a moment forgotten during these two years, was +reawakened to all its former intensity. + +Butzow had accompanied Prince Ludwig to Lustadt, but Princess Emma +would not go with them. For two years she had not entered the +capital, and much of that period had been spent in Paris. Only +within the past fortnight had she returned to Lutha. + +In the middle of the morning her reveries were interrupted by the +entrance of a servant bearing a message. She had to read it twice +before she could realize its purport; though it was plainly +worded--the shock of it had stunned her. It was dated at Lustadt and +signed by one of the palace functionaries: + + +Prince von der Tann has suffered a slight stroke. Do not be +alarmed, but come at once. The two troopers who bear this message +will act as your escort. + + +It required but a few minutes for the girl to change to her riding +clothes, and when she ran down into the court she found her horse +awaiting her in the hands of her groom, while close by two mounted +troopers raised their hands to their helmets in salute. + +A moment later the three clattered over the drawbridge and along the +road that leads toward Lustadt. The escort rode a short distance +behind the girl, and they were hard put to it to hold the mad pace +which she set them. + +A few miles from Tann the road forks. One branch leads toward the +capital and the other winds over the hills in the direction of +Blentz. The fork occurs within the boundaries of the Old Forest. +Great trees overhang the winding road, casting a twilight shade even +at high noon. It is a lonely spot, far from any habitation. + +As the Princess Emma approached the fork she reined in her mount, +for across the road to Lustadt a dozen horsemen barred her way. At +first she thought nothing of it, turning her horse's head to the +righthand side of the road to pass the party, all of whom were in +uniform; but as she did so one of the men reined directly in her +path. The act was obviously intentional. + +The girl looked quickly up into the man's face, and her own went +white. He who stopped her way was Captain Ernst Maenck. She had not +seen the man for two years, but she had good cause to remember him +as the governor of the castle of Blentz and the man who had +attempted to take advantage of her helplessness when she had been a +prisoner in Prince Peter's fortress. Now she looked straight into +the fellow's eyes. + +"Let me pass, please," she said coldly. + +"I am sorry," replied Maenck with an evil smile; "but the king's +orders are that you accompany me to Blentz--the king is there." + +For answer the girl drove her spur into her mount's side. The animal +leaped forward, striking Maenck's horse on the shoulder and half +turning him aside, but the man clutched at the girl's bridle-rein, +and, seizing it, brought her to a stop. + +"You may as well come voluntarily, for come you must," he said. "It +will be easier for you." + +"I shall not come voluntarily," she replied. "If you take me to +Blentz you will have to take me by force, and if my king is not +sufficiently a gentleman to demand an accounting of you, I am at +least more fortunate in the possession of a father who will." + +"Your father will scarce wish to question the acts of his king," +said Maenck--"his king and the husband of his daughter." + +"What do you mean?" she cried. + +"That before you are many hours older, your highness, you will be +queen of Lutha." + +The Princess Emma turned toward her tardy escort that had just +arrived upon the scene. + +"This person has stopped me," she said, "and will not permit me to +continue toward Lustadt. Make a way for me; you are armed!" + +Maenck smiled. "Both of them are my men," he explained. + +The girl saw it all now--the whole scheme to lure her to Blentz. +Even then, though, she could not believe the king had been one of +the conspirators of the plot. + +Weak as he was he was still a Rubinroth, and it was difficult for a +Von der Tann to believe in the duplicity of a member of the house +they had served so loyally for centuries. With bowed head the +princess turned her horse into the road that led toward Blentz. Half +the troopers preceded her, the balance following behind. + +Maenck wondered at the promptness of her surrender. + +"To be a queen--ah! that was the great temptation," he thought but +he did not know what was passing in the girl's mind. She had seen +that escape for the moment was impossible, and so had decided to +bide her time until a more propitious chance should come. In silence +she rode among her captors. The thought of being brought to Blentz +alive was unbearable. + +Somewhere along the road there would be an opportunity to escape. +Her horse was fleet; with a short start he could easily outdistance +these heavier cavalry animals and as a last resort she could--she +must--find some way to end her life, rather than to be dragged to +the altar beside Leopold of Lutha. + +Since childhood Emma von der Tann had ridden these hilly roads. She +knew every lane and bypath for miles around. She knew the short +cuts, the gullies and ravines. She knew where one might, with a good +jumper, save a wide detour, and as she rode toward Blentz she passed +in review through her mind each of the many spots where a sudden +break for liberty might have the best chance to succeed. + +And at last she hit upon the place where a quick turn would take her +from the main road into the roughest sort of going for one not +familiar with the trail. Maenck and his soldiers had already +partially relaxed their vigilance. The officer had come to the +conclusion that his prisoner was resigned to her fate and that, +after all, the fate of being forced to be queen did not appear so +dark to her. + +They had wound up a wooded hill and were half way up to the summit. +The princess was riding close to the right-hand side of the road. +Quite suddenly, and before a hand could be raised to stay her, she +wheeled her mount between two trees, struck home her spur, and was +gone into the wood upon the steep hillside. + +With an oath, Maenck cried to his men to be after her. He himself +spurred into the forest at the point where the girl had disappeared. +So sudden had been her break for liberty and so quickly had the +foliage swallowed her that there was something almost uncanny in it. + +A hundred yards from the road the trees were further apart, and +through them the pursuers caught a glimpse of their quarry. The girl +was riding like mad along the rough, uneven hillside. Her mount, +surefooted as a chamois, seemed in his element. But two of the +horses of her pursuers were as swift, and under the cruel spurs of +their riders were closing up on their fugitive. The girl urged her +horse to greater speed, yet still the two behind closed in. + +A hundred yards ahead lay a deep and narrow gully, hid by bushes +that grew rankly along its verge. Straight toward this the Princess +Emma von der Tann rode. Behind her came her pursuers--two quite +close and the others trailing farther in the rear. The girl reined +in a trifle, letting the troopers that were closest to her gain +until they were but a few strides behind, then she put spur to her +horse and drove him at topmost speed straight toward the gully. At +the bushes she spoke a low word in his backlaid ears, raised him +quickly with the bit, leaning forward as he rose in air. Like a bird +that animal took the bushes and the gully beyond, while close behind +him crashed the two luckless troopers. + +Emma von der Tann cast a single backward glance over her shoulder, +as her horse regained his stride upon the opposite side of the +gully, to see her two foremost pursuers plunging headlong into it. +Then she shook free her reins and gave her mount his head along a +narrow trail that both had followed many times before. + +Behind her, Maenck and the balance of his men came to a sudden stop +at the edge of the gully. Below them one of the troopers was +struggling to his feet. The other lay very still beneath his +motionless horse. With an angry oath Maenck directed one of his men +to remain and help the two who had plunged over the brink, then with +the others he rode along the gully searching for a crossing. + +Before they found one their captive was a mile ahead of them, and, +barring accident, quite beyond recapture. She was making for a +highway that would lead her to Lustadt. Ordinarily she had been wont +to bear a little to the north-east at this point and strike back +into the road that she had just left; but today she feared to do so +lest she be cut off before she gained the north and south highroad +which the other road crossed a little farther on. + +To her right was a small farm across which she had never ridden, for +she always had made it a point never to trespass upon fenced +grounds. On the opposite side of the farm was a wood, and somewhere +beyond that a small stream which the highroad crossed upon a little +bridge. It was all new country to her, but it must be ventured. + +She took the fence at the edge of the clearing and then reined in a +moment to look behind her. A mile away she saw the head and +shoulders of a horseman above some low bushes--the pursuers had +found a way through the gully. + +Turning once more to her flight the girl rode rapidly across the +fields toward the wood. Here she found a high wire fence so close to +thickly growing trees upon the opposite side that she dared not +attempt to jump it--there was no point at which she would not have +been raked from the saddle by overhanging boughs. Slipping to the +ground she attacked the barrier with her bare hands, attempting to +tear away the staples that held the wire in place. For several +minutes she surged and tugged upon the unyielding metal strand. An +occasional backward glance revealed to her horrified eyes the rapid +approach of her enemies. One of them was far in advance of the +others--in another moment he would be upon her. + +With redoubled fury she turned again to the fence. A superhuman +effort brought away a staple. One wire was down and an instant later +two more. Standing with one foot upon the wires to keep them from +tangling about her horse's legs, she pulled her mount across into +the wood. The foremost horseman was close upon her as she finally +succeeded in urging the animal across the fallen wires. + +The girl sprang to her horse's side just as the man reached the +fence. The wires, released from her weight, sprang up breast high +against his horse. He leaped from the saddle the instant that the +girl was swinging into her own. Then the fellow jumped the fence and +caught her bridle. + +She struck at him with her whip, lashing him across the head and +face, but he clung tightly, dragged hither and thither by the +frightened horse, until at last he managed to reach the girl's arm +and drag her to the ground. + +Almost at the same instant a man, unkempt and disheveled, sprang +from behind a tree and with a single blow stretched the trooper +unconscious upon the ground. + + + + +VII + +BARNEY TO THE RESCUE + +As Barney Custer raced along the Austrian highroad toward the +frontier and Lutha, his spirits rose to a pitch of buoyancy to which +they had been strangers for the past several days. For the first +time in many hours it seemed possible to Barney to entertain +reasonable hopes of escape from the extremely dangerous predicament +into which he had gotten himself. + +He was even humming a gay little tune as he drove into a tiny hamlet +through which the road wound. No sign of military appeared to fill +him with apprehension. He was very hungry and the odor of cooking +fell gratefully upon his nostrils. He drew up before the single inn, +and presently, washed and brushed, was sitting before the first meal +he had seen for two days. In the enjoyment of the food he almost +forgot the dangers he had passed through, or that other dangers +might be lying in wait for him at his elbow. + +From the landlord he learned that the frontier lay but three miles +to the south of the hamlet. Three miles! Three miles to Lutha! What +if there was a price upon his head in that kingdom? It was HER home. +It had been his mother's birthplace. He loved it. + +Further, he must enter there and reach the ear of old Prince von der +Tann. Once more he must save the king who had shown such scant +gratitude upon another occasion. + +For Leopold, Barney Custer did not give the snap of his fingers; but +what Leopold, the king, stood for in the lives and sentiments of the +Luthanians--of the Von der Tanns--was very dear to the American +because it was dear to a trim, young girl and to a rugged, leonine, +old man, of both of whom Barney was inordinately fond. And possibly, +too, it was dear to him because of the royal blood his mother had +bequeathed him. + +His meal disposed of to the last morsel, and paid for, Barney +entered the stolen car and resumed his journey toward Lutha. That he +could remain there he knew to be impossible, but in delivering his +news to Prince Ludwig he might have an opportunity to see the +Princess Emma once again--it would be worth risking his life for, of +that he was perfectly satisfied. And then he could go across into +Serbia with the new credentials that he had no doubt Prince von der +Tann would furnish him for the asking to replace those the Austrians +had confiscated. + +At the frontier Barney was halted by an Austrian customs officer; +but when the latter recognized the military car and the Austrian +uniform of the driver he waved him through without comment. Upon the +other side the American expected possible difficulty with the +Luthanian customs officer, but to his surprise he found the little +building deserted, and none to bar his way. At last he was in +Lutha--by noon on the following day he should be at Tann. + +To reach the Old Forest by the best roads it was necessary to bear a +little to the southeast, passing through Tafelberg and striking the +north and south highway between that point and Lustadt, to which he +could hold until reaching the east and west road that runs through +both Tann and Blentz on its way across the kingdom. + +The temptation to stop for a few minutes in Tafelberg for a visit +with his old friend Herr Kramer was strong, but fear that he might +be recognized by others, who would not guard his secret so well as +the shopkeeper of Tafelberg would, decided him to keep on his way. +So he flew through the familiar main street of the quaint old +village at a speed that was little, if any less, than fifty miles an +hour. + +On he raced toward the south, his speed often necessarily diminished +upon the winding mountain roads, but for the most part clinging to a +reckless mileage that caused the few natives he encountered to flee +to the safety of the bordering fields, there to stand in +open-mouthed awe. + +Halfway between Tafelberg and the crossroad into which he purposed +turning to the west toward Tann there is an S-curve where the bases +of two small hills meet. The road here is narrow and +treacherous--fifteen miles an hour is almost a reckless speed at +which to travel around the curves of the S. Beyond are open fields +upon either side of the road. + +Barney took the turns carefully and had just emerged into the last +leg of the S when he saw, to his consternation, a half-dozen +Austrian infantrymen lolling beside the road. An officer stood near +them talking with a sergeant. To turn back in that narrow road was +impossible. He could only go ahead and trust to his uniform and the +military car to carry him safely through. Before he reached the +group of soldiers the fields upon either hand came into view. They +were dotted with tents, wagons, motor-vans and artillery. What did +it mean? What was this Austrian army doing in Lutha? + +Already the officer had seen him. This was doubtless an outpost, +however clumsily placed it might be for strategic purposes. To pass +it was Barney's only hope. He had passed through one Austrian +army--why not another? He approached the outpost at a moderate rate +of speed--to tear toward it at the rate his heart desired would be +to awaken not suspicion only but positive conviction that his +purposes and motives were ulterior. + +The officer stepped toward the road as though to halt him. Barney +pretended to be fussing with some refractory piece of controlling +mechanism beneath the cowl--apparently he did not see the officer. +He was just opposite him when the latter shouted to him. Barney +straightened up quickly and saluted, but did not stop. + +"Halt!" cried the officer. + +Barney pointed down the road in the direction in which he was +headed. + +"Halt!" repeated the officer, running to the car. + +Barney glanced ahead. Two hundred yards farther on was another +post--beyond that he saw no soldiers. He turned and shouted a volley +of intentionally unintelligible jargon at the officer, continuing to +point ahead of him. + +He hoped to confuse the man for the few seconds necessary for him to +reach the last post. If the soldiers there saw that he had been +permitted to pass through the first they doubtless would not hinder +his further passage. That they were watching him Barney could see. + +He had passed the officer now. There was no necessity for +dalliance. He pressed the accelerator down a trifle. The car moved +forward at increased speed. A final angry shout broke from the +officer behind him, followed by a quick command. Barney did not have +to wait long to learn the tenor of the order, for almost immediately +a shot sounded from behind and a bullet whirred above his head. +Another shot and another followed. + +Barney was pressing the accelerator downward to the limit. The car +responded nobly--there was no sputtering, no choking. Just a rapid +rush of increasing momentum as the machine gained headway by leaps +and bounds. + +The bullets were ripping the air all about him. Just ahead the +second outpost stood directly in the center of the road. There were +three soldiers and they were taking deliberate aim, as carefully as +though upon the rifle range. It seemed to Barney that they couldn't +miss him. He swerved the car suddenly from one side of the road to +the other. At the rate that it was going the move was fraught with +but little less danger than the supine facing of the leveled guns +ahead. + +The three rifles spoke almost simultaneously. The glass of the +windshield shattered in Barney's face. There was a hole in the +left-hand front fender that had not been there before. + +"Rotten shooting," commented Barney Custer, of Beatrice. + +The soldiers still stood in the center of the road firing at the +swaying car as, lurching from side to side, it bore down upon them. +Barney sounded the raucous military horn; but the soldiers seemed +unconscious of their danger--they still stood there pumping lead +toward the onrushing Juggernaut. At the last instant they attempted +to rush from its path; but they were too late. + +At over sixty miles an hour the huge, gray monster bore down upon +them. One of them fell beneath the wheels--the two others were +thrown high in air as the bumper struck them. The body of the man +who had fallen beneath the wheels threw the car half way across the +road--only iron nerve and strong arms held it from the ditch upon +the opposite side. + +Barney Custer had never been nearer death than at that moment--not +even when he faced the firing squad before the factory wall in +Burgova. He had done that without a tremor--he had heard the bullets +of the outpost whistling about his head a moment before, with a +smile upon his lips--he had faced the leveled rifles of the three he +had ridden down and he had not quailed. But now, his machine in the +center of the road again, he shook like a leaf, still in the grip of +the sickening nausea of that awful moment when the mighty, insensate +monster beneath him had reeled drunkenly in its mad flight, swerving +toward the ditch and destruction. + +For a few minutes he held to his rapid pace before he looked around, +and then it was to see two cars climbing into the road from the +encampment in the field and heading toward him in pursuit. Barney +grinned. Once more he was master of his nerves. They'd have a merry +chase, he thought, and again he accelerated the speed of the car. +Once before he had had it up to seventy-five miles, and for a +moment, when he had had no opportunity to even glance at the +speedometer, much higher. Now he was to find the maximum limit of +the possibilities of the brave car he had come to look upon with +real affection. + +The road ahead was comparatively straight and level. Behind him +came the enemy. Barney watched the road rushing rapidly out of sight +beneath the gray fenders. He glanced occasionally at the +speedometer. Seventy-five miles an hour. Seventy-seven! "Going +some," murmured Barney as he saw the needle vibrate up to eighty. +Gradually he nursed her up and up to greater speed. + +Eighty-five! The trees were racing by him in an indistinct blur of +green. The fences were thin, wavering lines--the road a white-gray +ribbon, ironed by the terrific speed to smooth unwrinkledness. He +could not take his eyes from the business of steering to glance +behind; but presently there broke faintly through the whir of the +wind beating against his ears the faint report of a gun. He was +being fired upon again. He pressed down still further upon the +accelerator. The car answered to the pressure. The needle rose +steadily until it reached ninety miles an hour--and topped it. + +Then from somewhere in the radiator hose a hissing and a spurt of +steam. Barney was dumbfounded. He had filled the cooling system at +the inn where he had eaten. It had been working perfectly before and +since. What could have happened? There could be but a single +explanation. A bullet from the gun of one of the three men who had +attempted to stop him at the second outpost had penetrated the +radiator, and had slowly drained it. + +Barney knew that the end was near, since the usefulness of the car +in furthering his escape was over. At the speed he was going it +would be but a short time before the superheated pistons expanding +in their cylinders would tear the motor to pieces. Barney felt that +he would be lucky if he himself were not killed when it happened. + +He reduced his speed and glanced behind. His pursuers had not +gained upon him, but they still were coming. A bend in the road shut +them from his view. A little way ahead the road crossed over a river +upon a wooden bridge. On the opposite side and to the right of the +road was a wood. It seemed to offer the most likely possibilities of +concealment in the vicinity. If he could but throw his pursuers off +the trail for a while he might succeed in escaping through the wood, +eventually reaching Tann on foot. He had a rather hazy idea of the +exact direction of the town and castle, but that he could find them +eventually he was sure. + +The sight of the river and the bridge he was nearing suggested a +plan, and the ominous grating of the overheated motor warned him +that whatever he was to do he must do at once. As he neared the +bridge he reduced the speed of the car to fifteen miles an hour, and +set the hand throttle to hold it there. Still gripping the steering +wheel with one hand, he climbed over the left-hand door to the +running board. As the front wheels of the car ran up onto the bridge +Barney gave the steering wheel a sudden turn to the right, and +jumped. + +The car veered toward the wooden handrail, there was a splintering +of stanchions, as, with a crash, the big machine plunged through +them headforemost into the river. Without waiting to give even a +glance at his handiwork Barney Custer ran across the bridge, leaped +the fence upon the right-hand side and plunged into the shelter of +the wood. + +Then he turned to look back up the road in the direction from which +his pursuers were coming. They were not in sight--they had not seen +his ruse. The water in the river was of sufficient depth to +completely cover the car--no sign of it appeared above the surface. + +Barney turned into the wood smiling. His scheme had worked well. +The occupants of the two cars following him might not note the +broken handrail, or, if they did, might not connect it with Barney +in any way. In this event they would continue in the direction of +Lustadt, wondering what in the world had become of their quarry. Or, +if they guessed that his car had gone over into the river, they +would doubtless believe that its driver had gone with it. In either +event Barney would be given ample time to find his way to Tann. + +He wished that he might find other clothes, since if he were dressed +otherwise there would be no reason to imagine that his pursuers +would recognize him should they come upon him. None of them could +possibly have gained a sufficiently good look at his features to +recognize them again. + +The Austrian uniform, however, would convict him, or at least lay +him under suspicion, and in Barney's present case, suspicion was as +good as conviction were he to fall into the hands of the Austrians. +The garb had served its purpose well in aiding in his escape from +Austria, but now it was more of a menace than an asset. + +For a week Barney Custer wandered through the woods and mountains of +Lutha. He did not dare approach or question any human being. Several +times he had seen Austrian cavalry that seemed to be scouring the +country for some purpose that the American could easily believe was +closely connected with himself. At least he did not feel disposed to +stop them, as they cantered past his hiding place, to inquire the +nature of their business. + +Such farmhouses as he came upon he gave a wide berth except at +night, and then he only approached them stealthily for such +provender as he might filch. Before the week was up he had become an +expert chicken thief, being able to rob a roost as quietly as the +most finished carpetbagger on the sunny side of Mason and Dixon's +line. + +A careless housewife, leaving her lord and master's rough shirt and +trousers hanging upon the line overnight, had made possible for +Barney the coveted change in raiment. Now he was barged as a +Luthanian peasant. He was hatless, since the lady had failed to hang +out her mate's woolen cap, and Barney had not dared retain a single +vestige of the damning Austrian uniform. + +What the peasant woman thought when she discovered the empty line +the following morning Barney could only guess, but he was morally +certain that her grief was more than tempered by the gold piece he +had wrapped in a bit of cloth torn from the soldier's coat he had +worn, which he pinned on the line where the shirt and pants had +been. + +It was somewhere near noon upon the seventh day that Barney skirting +a little stream, followed through the concealing shade of a forest +toward the west. In his peasant dress he now felt safer to approach +a farmhouse and inquire his way to Tann, for he had come a +sufficient distance from the spot where he had stolen his new +clothes to hope that they would not be recognized or that the news +of their theft had not preceded him. + +As he walked he heard the sound of the feet of a horse galloping +over a dry field--muffled, rapid thud approaching closer upon his +right hand. Barney remained motionless. He was sure that the rider +would not enter the wood which, with its low-hanging boughs and +thick underbrush, was ill adapted to equestrianism. + +Closer and closer came the sound until it ceased suddenly scarce a +hundred yards from where the American hid. He waited in silence to +discover what would happen next. Would the rider enter the wood on +foot? What was his purpose? Was it another Austrian who had by some +miracle discovered the whereabouts of the fugitive? Barney could +scarce believe it possible. + +Presently he heard another horse approaching at the same mad gallop. +He heard the sound of rapid, almost frantic efforts of some nature +where the first horse had come to a stop. He heard a voice urging +the animal forward--pleading, threatening. A woman's voice. Barney's +excitement became intense in sympathy with the subdued excitement of +the woman whom he could not as yet see. + +A moment later the second rider came to a stop at the same point at +which the first had reined in. A man's voice rose roughly. "Halt!" +it cried. "In the name of the king, halt!" The American could no +longer resist the temptation to see what was going on so close to +him "in the name of the king." + +He advanced from behind his tree until he saw the two figures--a +man's and a woman's. Some bushes intervened--he could not get a +clear view of them, yet there was something about the figure of the +woman, whose back was toward him as she struggled to mount her +frightened horse, that caused him to leap rapidly toward her. He +rounded a tree a few paces from her just as the man--a trooper in +the uniform of the house of Blentz--caught her arm and dragged her +from the saddle. At the same instant Barney recognized the girl--it +was Princess Emma. + +Before either the trooper or the princess were aware of his presence +he had leaped to the man's side and dealt him a blow that stretched +him at full length upon the ground--stunned. + + + + +VIII + +AN ADVENTUROUS DAY + +For an instant the two stood looking at one another. The girl's +eyes were wide with incredulity, with hope, with fear. She was the +first to break the silence. + +"Who are you?" she breathed in a half whisper. + +"I don't wonder that you ask," returned the man. "I must look like +a scarecrow. I'm Barney Custer. Don't you remember me now? Who did +you think I was?" + +The girl took a step toward him. Her eyes lighted with relief. + +"Captain Maenck told me that you were dead," she said, "that you had +been shot as a spy in Austria, and then there is that uncanny +resemblance to the king--since he has shaved his beard it is +infinitely more remarkable. I thought you might be he. He has been +at Blentz and I knew that it was quite possible that he had +discovered treachery upon the part of Prince Peter. In which case he +might have escaped in disguise. I really wasn't sure that you were +not he until you spoke." + +Barney stooped and removed the bandoleer of cartridges from the +fallen trooper, as well as his revolver and carbine. Then he took +the girl's hand and together they turned into the wood. Behind them +came the sound of pursuit. They heard the loud words of Maenck as he +ordered his three remaining men into the wood on foot. As he +advanced, Barney looked to the magazine of his carbine and the +cylinder of his revolver. + +"Why were they pursuing you?" he asked. + +"They were taking me to Blentz to force me to wed Leopold," she +replied. "They told me that my father's life depended upon my +consenting; but I should not have done so. The honor of my house is +more precious than the life of any of its members. I escaped them a +few miles back, and they were following to overtake me." + +A noise behind them caused Barney to turn. One of the troopers had +come into view. He carried his carbine in his hands and at sight of +the man with the fugitive girl he raised it to his shoulder; but as +the American turned toward him his eyes went wide and his jaw +dropped. + +Instantly Barney knew that the fellow had noted his resemblance to +the king. Barney's body was concealed from the view of the other by +a bush which grew between them, so the man saw only the face of the +American. The fellow turned and shouted to Maenck: "The king is with +her." + +"Nonsense," came the reply from farther back in the wood. "If there +is a man with her and he will not surrender, shoot him." At the +words Barney and the girl turned once more to their flight. From +behind came the command to halt--"Halt! or I fire." Just ahead +Barney saw the river. + +They were sure to be taken there if he was unable to gain the time +necessary to make good a crossing. Upon the opposite side was a +continuation of the wood. Behind them the leading trooper was +crashing through the underbrush in renewed pursuit. He came in sight +of them again, just as they reached the river bank. Once more his +carbine was leveled. Barney pushed the girl to her knees behind a +bush. Then he wheeled and fired, so quickly that the man with the +already leveled gun had no time to anticipate his act. + +With a cry the fellow threw his hands above his head, staggered +forward and plunged full length upon his face. Barney gathered the +princess in his arms and plunged into the shallow stream. The girl +held his carbine as he stumbled over the rocky bottom. The water +deepened rapidly--the opposite shore seemed a long way off and +behind there were three more enemies in hot pursuit. + +Under ordinary circumstances Barney could have found it in his heart +to wish the little Luthanian river as broad as the Mississippi, for +only under such circumstances as these could he ever hope to hold +the Princess Emma in his arms. Two years before she had told him +that she loved him; but at the same time she had given him to +understand that their love was hopeless. She might refuse to wed the +king; but that she should ever wed another while the king lived was +impossible, unless Leopold saw fit to release her from her betrothal +to him and sanction her marriage to another. That he ever would do +this was to those who knew him not even remotely possible. + +He loved Emma von der Tann and he hated Barney Custer--hated him +with a jealous hatred that was almost fanatic in its intensity. And +even that the Princess Emma von der Tann would wed him were she free +to wed was a question that was not at all clear in the mind of +Barney Custer. He knew something of the traditions of this noble +family--of the pride of caste, of the fetish of blood that +inexorably dictated the ordering of their lives. + +The girl had just said that the honor of her house was more precious +than the life of any of its members. How much more precious would it +be to her than her own material happiness! Barney Custer sighed and +struggled through the swirling waters that were now above his hips. +If he pressed the lithe form closer to him than necessity demanded, +who may blame him? + +The girl, whose face was toward the bank they had just quitted, gave +no evidence of displeasure if she noted the fierce pressure of his +muscles. Her eyes were riveted upon the wood behind. Presently a man +emerged. He called to them in a loud and threatening tone. + +Barney redoubled his Herculean efforts to gain the opposite bank. +He was in midstream now and the water had risen to his waist. The +girl saw Maenck and the other trooper emerge from the underbrush +beside the first. Maenck was crazed with anger. He shook his fist +and screamed aloud his threatening commands to halt, and then, of a +sudden, gave an order to one of the men at his side. Immediately the +fellow raised his carbine and fired at the escaping couple. + +The bullet struck the water behind them. At the sound of the report +the girl raised the gun she held and leveled it at the group behind +her. She pulled the trigger. There was a sharp report, and one of +the troopers fell. Then she fired again, quickly, and again and +again. She did not score another hit, but she had the satisfaction +of seeing Maenck and the last of his troopers dodge back to the +safety of protecting trees. + +"The cowards!" muttered Barney as the enemy's shot announced his +sinister intention; "they might have hit your highness." + +The girl did not reply until she had ceased firing. + +"Captain Maenck is notoriously a coward," she said. "He is hiding +behind a tree now with one of his men--I hit the other." + +"You hit one of them!" exclaimed Barney enthusiastically. + +"Yes," said the girl. "I have shot a man. I often wondered what +the sensation must be to have done such a thing. I should feel +terribly, but I don't. They were firing at you, trying to shoot you +in the back while you were defenseless. I am not sorry--I cannot be; +but I only wish that it had been Captain Maenck." + +In a short time Barney reached the bank and, helping the girl up, +climbed to her side. A couple of shots followed them as they left +the river, but did not fall dangerously near. Barney took the +carbine and replied, then both of them disappeared into the wood. + +For the balance of the day they tramped on in the direction of +Lustadt, making but little progress owing to the fear of +apprehension. They did not dare utilize the high road, for they were +still too close to Blentz. Their only hope lay in reaching the +protection of Prince von der Tann before they should be recaptured +by the king's emissaries. At dusk they came to the outskirts of a +town. Here they hid until darkness settled, for Barney had +determined to enter the place after dark and hire horses. + +The American marveled at the bravery and endurance of the girl. He +had always supposed that a princess was so carefully guarded from +fatigue and privation all her life that the least exertion would +prove her undoing; but no hardy peasant girl could have endured more +bravely the hardships and dangers through which the Princess Emma +had passed since the sun rose that morning. + +At last darkness came, and with it they approached and entered the +village. They kept to unlighted side streets until they met a +villager, of whom they inquired their way to some private house +where they might obtain refreshments. The fellow scrutinized them +with evident suspicion. + +"There is an inn yonder," he said, pointing toward the main street. +"You can obtain food there. Why should respectable folk want to go +elsewhere than to the public inn? And if you are afraid to go there +you must have very good reasons for not wanting to be seen, and--" +he stopped short as though assailed by an idea. "Wait," he cried, +excitedly, "I will go and see if I can find a place for you. Wait +right here," and off he ran toward the inn. + +"I don't like the looks of that," said Barney, after the man had +left them. "He's gone to report us to someone. Come, we'd better get +out of here before he comes back." + +The two turned up a side street away from the inn. They had gone +but a short distance when they heard the sound of voices and the +thud of horses' feet behind them. The horses were coming at a walk +and with them were several men on foot. Barney took the princess' +hand and drew her up a hedge bordered driveway that led into private +grounds. In the shadows of the hedge they waited for the party +behind them to pass. It might be no one searching for them, but it +was just as well to be on the safe side--they were still near +Blentz. Before the men reached their hiding place a motor car +followed and caught up with them, and as the party came opposite the +driveway Barney and the princess overheard a portion of their +conversation. + +"Some of you go back and search the street behind the inn--they may +not have come this way." The speaker was in the motor car. "We will +follow along this road for a bit and then turn into the Lustadt +highway. If you don't find them go back along the road toward Tann." + +In her excitement the Princess Emma had not noticed that Barney +Custer still held her hand in his. Now he pressed it. "It is +Maenck's voice," he whispered. "Every road will be guarded." + +For a moment he was silent, thinking. The searching party had +passed on. They could still hear the purring of the motor as +Maenck's car moved slowly up the street. + +"This is a driveway," murmured Barney. "People who build driveways +into their grounds usually have something to drive. Whatever it is +it should be at the other end of the driveway. Let's see if it will +carry two." + +Still in the shadow of the hedge they moved cautiously toward the +upper end of the private road until presently they saw a building +looming in their path. + +"A garage?" whispered Barney. + +"Or a barn," suggested the princess. + +"In either event it should contain something that can go," returned +the American. "Let us hope that it can go like--like--ah--the wind." + +"And carry two," supplemented the princess. + +"Wait here," said Barney. "If I get caught, run. Whatever happens +you mustn't be caught." + +Princess Emma dropped back close to the hedge and Barney approached +the building, which proved to be a private garage. The doors were +locked, as also were the three windows. Barney passed entirely +around the structure halting at last upon the darkest side. Here was +a window. Barney tried to loosen the catch with the blade of his +pocket knife, but it wouldn't unfasten. His endeavors resulted only +in snapping short the blade of his knife. For a moment he stood +contemplating the baffling window. He dared not break the glass for +fear of arousing the inmates of the house which, though he could not +see it, might be close at hand. + +Presently he recalled a scene he had witnessed on State Street in +Chicago several years before--a crowd standing before the window of +a jeweler's shop inspecting a neat little hole that a thief had cut +in the glass with a diamond and through which he had inserted his +hand and brought forth several hundred dollars worth of loot. But +Barney Custer wore no diamond--he would as soon have worn a +celluloid collar. But women wore diamonds. Doubtless the Princess +Emma had one. He ran quickly to her side. + +"Have you a diamond ring?" he whispered. + +"Gracious!" she exclaimed, "you are progressing rapidly," and +slipped a solitaire from her finger to his hand. + +"Thanks," said Barney. "I need the practice; but wait and you'll +see that a diamond may be infinitely more valuable than even the +broker claims," and he was gone again into the shadows of the +garage. Here upon the window pane he scratched a rough deep circle, +close to the catch. A quick blow sent the glass clattering to the +floor within. For a minute Barney stood listening for any sign that +the noise had attracted attention, but hearing nothing he ran his +hand through the hole that he had made and unlatched the frame. A +moment later he had crawled within. + +Before him, in the darkness, stood a roadster. He ran his hand over +the pedals and levers, breathing a sigh of relief as his touch +revealed the familiar control of a standard make. Then he went to +the double doors. They opened easily and silently. + +Once outside he hastened to the side of the waiting girl. + +"It's a machine," he whispered. "We must both be in it when it +leaves the garage--it's the through express for Lustadt and makes no +stops for passengers or freight." + +He led her back to the garage and helped her into the seat beside +him. As silently as possible he ran the machine into the driveway. A +hundred yards to the left, half hidden by intervening trees and +shrubbery, rose the dark bulk of a house. A subdued light shone +through the drawn blinds of several windows--the only sign of life +about the premises until the car had cleared the garage and was +moving slowly down the driveway. Then a door opened in the house +letting out a flood of light in which the figure of a man was +silhouetted. A voice broke the silence. + +"Who are you? What are you doing there? Come back!" + +The man in the doorway called excitedly, "Friedrich! Come! Come +quickly! Someone is stealing the automobile," and the speaker came +running toward the driveway at top speed. Behind him came Friedrich. +Both were shouting, waving their arms and threatening. Their +combined din might have aroused the dead. + +Barney sought speed--silence now was useless. He turned to the left +into the street away from the center of the town. In this direction +had gone the automobile with Maenck, but by taking the first +righthand turn Barney hoped to elude the captain. In a moment +Friedrich and the other were hopelessly distanced. It was with a +sigh of relief that the American turned the car into the dark +shadows beneath the overarching trees of the first cross street. + +He was running without lights along an unknown way; and beside him +was the most precious burden that Barney Custer might ever expect to +carry. Under these circumstances his speed was greatly reduced from +what he would have wished, but at that he was forced to accept grave +risks. The road might end abruptly at the brink of a ravine--it +might swerve perilously close to a stone quarry--or plunge headlong +into a pond or river. Barney shuddered at the possibilities; but +nothing of the sort happened. The street ran straight out of the +town into a country road, rather heavy with sand. In the open the +possibilities of speed were increased, for the night, though +moonless, was clear, and the road visible for some distance ahead. + +The fugitives were congratulating themselves upon the excellent +chance they now had to reach Lustadt. There was only Maenck and his +companion ahead of them in the other car, and as there were several +roads by which one might reach the main highway the chances were +fair that Prince Peter's aide would miss them completely. + +Already escape seemed assured when the pounding of horses' hoofs +upon the roadway behind them arose to blast their new found hope. +Barney increased the speed of the car. It leaped ahead in response +to his foot; but the road was heavy, and the sides of the ruts +gripping the tires retarded the speed. For a mile they held the lead +of the galloping horsemen. The shouts of their pursuers fell clearly +upon their ears, and the Princess Emma, turning in her seat, could +easily see the four who followed. At last the car began to draw +away--the distance between it and the riders grew gradually greater. + +"I believe we are going to make it," whispered the girl, her voice +tense with excitement. "If you could only go a little faster, Mr. +Custer, I'm sure that we will." + +"She's reached her limit in this sand," replied the man, "and +there's a grade just ahead--we may find better going beyond, but +they're bound to gain on us before we reach the top." + +The girl strained her eyes into the night before them. On the right +of the road stood an ancient ruin--grim and forbidding. As her eyes +rested upon it she gave a little exclamation of relief. + +"I know where we are now," she cried. "The hill ahead is sandy, and +there is a quarter of a mile of sand beyond, but then we strike the +Lustadt highway, and if we can reach it ahead of them their horses +will have to go ninety miles an hour to catch us--provided this car +possesses any such speed possibilities." + +"If it can go forty we are safe enough," replied Barney; "but we'll +give it a chance to go as fast as it can--the farther we are from +the vicinity of Blentz the safer I shall feel for the welfare of +your highness." + +A shot rang behind them, and a bullet whistled high above their +heads. The princess seized the carbine that rested on the seat +between them. + +"Shall I?" she asked, turning its muzzle back over the lowered top. + +"Better not," answered the man. "They are only trying to frighten +us into surrendering--that shot was much too high to have been aimed +at us--they are shooting over our heads purposely. If they +deliberately attempt to pot us later, then go for them, but to do it +now would only draw their fire upon us. I doubt if they wish to harm +your highness, but they certainly would fire to hit in +self-defense." + +The girl lowered the firearm. "I am becoming perfectly +bloodthirsty," she said, "but it makes me furious to be hunted like +a wild animal in my native land, and by the command of my king, at +that. And to think that you who placed him upon his throne, you who +have risked your life many times for him, will find no protection at +his hands should you be captured is maddening. Ach, Gott, if I were +a man!" + +"I thank God that you are not, your highness," returned Barney +fervently. + +Gently she laid her hand upon his where it gripped the steering +wheel. + +"No," she said, "I was wrong--I do not need to be a man while there +still be such men as you, my friend; but I would that I were not the +unhappy woman whom Fate had bound to an ingrate king--to a miserable +coward!" + +They had reached the grade at last, and the motor was straining to +the Herculean task imposed upon it. + +Grinding and grating in second speed the car toiled upward through +the clinging sand. The pace was snail-like. Behind, the horsemen +were gaining rapidly. The labored breathing of their mounts was +audible even above the noise of the motor, so close were they. The +top of the ascent lay but a few yards ahead, and the pursuers were +but a few yards behind. + +"Halt!" came from behind, and then a shot. The ping of the bullet +and the scream of the ricochet warned the man and the girl that +those behind them were becoming desperate--the bullet had struck one +of the rear fenders. Without again asking assent the princess turned +and, kneeling upon the cushion of the seat, fired at the nearest +horseman. The horse stumbled and plunged to his knees. Another, just +behind, ran upon him, and the two rolled over together with their +riders. Two more shots were fired by the remaining horsemen and +answered by the girl in the automobile, and then the car topped the +hill, shot into high, and with renewed speed forged into the last +quarter-mile of heavy going toward the good road ahead; but now the +grade was slightly downward and all the advantage was upon the side +of the fugitives. + +However, their margin would be but scant when they reached the +highway, for behind them the remaining troopers were spurring their +jaded horses to a final spurt of speed. At last the white ribbon of +the main road became visible. To the right they saw the headlights +of a machine. It was Maenck probably, doubtless attracted their way +by the shooting. + +But the machine was a mile away and could not possibly reach the +intersection of the two roads before they had turned to the left +toward Lustadt. Then the incident would resolve itself into a simple +test of speed between the two cars--and the ability and nerve of the +drivers. Barney hadn't the slightest doubt now as to the outcome. +His borrowed car was a good one, in good condition. And in the +matter of driving he rather prided himself that he needn't take his +hat off to anyone when it came to ability and nerve. + +They were only about fifty feet from the highway. The girl touched +his hand again. "We're safe," she cried, her voice vibrant with +excitement, "we're safe at last." From beneath the bonnet, as though +in answer to her statement, came a sickly, sucking sputter. The +momentum of the car diminished. The throbbing of the engine ceased. +They sat in silence as the machine coasted toward the highway and +came to a dead stop, with its front wheels upon the road to safety. +The girl turned toward Barney with an exclamation of surprise and +interrogation. + +"The jig's up," he groaned; "we're out of gasoline!" + + + + +IX + +THE CAPTURE + +The capture of Princess Emma von der Tann and Barney Custer was a +relatively simple matter. Open fields spread in all directions about +the crossroads at which their car had come to its humiliating stop. +There was no cover. To have sought escape by flight, thus in the +open, would have been to expose the princess to the fire of the +troopers. Barney could not do this. He preferred to surrender and +trust to chance to open the way to escape later. + +When Captain Ernst Maenck drove up he found the prisoners disarmed, +standing beside the now-useless car. He alighted from his own +machine and with a low bow saluted the princess, an ironical smile +upon his thin lips. Then he turned his attention toward her +companion. + +"Who are you?" he demanded gruffly. In the darkness he failed to +recognize the American whom he thought dead in Austria. + +"A servant of the house of Von der Tann," replied Barney. + +"You deserve shooting," growled the officer, "but we'll leave that +to Prince Peter and the king. When I tell them the trouble you have +caused us--well, God help you." + +The journey to Blentz was a short one. They had been much nearer +that grim fortress than either had guessed. At the outskirts of the +town they were challenged by Austrian sentries, through which Maenck +passed with ease after the sentinel had summoned an officer. From +this man Maenck received the password that would carry them through +the line of outposts between the town and the castle--"Slankamen." +Barney, who overheard the word, made a mental note of it. + +At last they reached the dreary castle of Peter of Blentz. In the +courtyard Austrian soldiers mingled with the men of the bodyguard of +the king of Lutha. Within, the king's officers fraternized with the +officers of the emperor. Maenck led his prisoners to the great hall +which was filled with officers and officials of both Austria and +Lutha. + +The king was not there. Maenck learned that he had retired to his +apartments a few minutes earlier in company with Prince Peter of +Blentz and Von Coblich. He sent a servant to announce his return +with the Princess von der Tann and a man who had attempted to +prevent her being brought to Blentz. + +Barney had, as far as possible, kept his face averted from Maenck +since they had entered the lighted castle. He hoped to escape +recognition, for he knew that if his identity were guessed it might +go hard with the princess. As for himself, it might go even harder, +but of that he gave scarcely a thought--the safety of the princess +was paramount. + +After a few minutes of waiting the servant returned with the king's +command to fetch the prisoners to his apartments. The face of the +Princess Emma was haggard. For the first time Barney saw signs of +fear upon her countenance. With leaden steps they accompanied their +guard up the winding stairway to the tower rooms that had been +furnished for the king. They were the same in which Emma von der +Tann had been imprisoned two years before. + +On either side of the doorway stood a soldier of the king's +bodyguard. As Captain Maenck approached they saluted. A servant +opened the door and they passed into the room. Before them were +Peter of Blentz and Von Coblich standing beside a table at which +Leopold of Lutha was sitting. The eyes of the three men were upon +the doorway as the little party entered. The king's face was flushed +with wine. He rose as his eyes rested upon the face of the princess. + +"Greetings, your highness," he cried with an attempt at cordiality. + +The girl looked straight into his eyes, coldly, and then bent her +knee in formal curtsy. The king was about to speak again when his +eyes wandered to the face of the American. Instantly his own went +white and then scarlet. The eyes of Peter of Blentz followed those +of the king, widening in astonishment as they rested upon the +features of Barney Custer. + +"You told me he was dead," shouted the king. "What is the meaning +of this, Captain Maenck?" + +Maenck looked at his male prisoner and staggered back as though +struck between the eyes. + +"Mein Gott," he exclaimed, "the impostor!" + +"You told me he was dead," repeated the king accusingly. + +"As God is my judge, your majesty," cried Peter of Blentz, "this man +was shot by an Austrian firing squad in Burgova over a week ago." + +"Sire," exclaimed Maenck, "this is the first sight I have had of the +prisoners except in the darkness of the night; until this instant I +had not the remotest suspicion of his identity. He told me that he +was a servant of the house of Von der Tann." + +"I told you the truth, then," interjected Barney. + +"Silence, you ingrate!" cried the king. + +"Ingrate?" repeated Barney. "You have the effrontery to call me an +ingrate? You miserable puppy." + +A silence, menacing in its intensity, fell upon the little +assemblage. The king trembled. His rage choked him. The others +looked as though they scarce could believe the testimony of their +own ears. All there, with the possible exception of the king, knew +that he deserved even more degrading appellations; but they were +Europeans, and to Europeans a king is a king--that they can never +forget. It had been the inherent suggestion of kingship that had +bent the knee of the Princess Emma before the man she despised. + +But to the American a king was only what he made himself. In this +instance he was not even a man in the estimation of Barney Custer. +Maenck took a step toward the prisoner--a menacing step, for his +hand had gone to his sword. Barney met him with a level look from +between narrowed lids. Maenck hesitated, for he was a great coward. +Peter of Blentz spoke: + +"Sire," he said, "the fellow knows that he is already as good as +dead, and so in his bravado he dares affront you. He has been +convicted of spying by the Austrians. He is still a spy. It is +unnecessary to repeat the formality of a trial." + +Leopold at last found his voice, though it trembled and broke as he +spoke. + +"Carry out the sentence of the Austrian court in the morning," he +said. "A volley now might arouse the garrison in the town and be +misconstrued." + +Maenck ordered Barney escorted from the apartment, then he turned +toward the king. + +"And the other prisoner, sire?" he inquired. + +"There is no other prisoner," he said. "Her highness, the Princess +von der Tann, is a guest of Prince Peter. She will be escorted to +her apartment at once." + +"Her highness, the Princess von der Tann, is not a guest of Prince +Peter." The girl's voice was low and cold. "If Mr. Custer is a +prisoner, her highness, too, is a prisoner. If he is to be shot, she +demands a like fate. To die by the side of a MAN would be infinitely +preferable to living by the side of your majesty." + +Once again Leopold of Lutha reddened. For a moment he paced the +room angrily to hide his emotion. Then he turned once to Maenck. + +"Escort the prisoner to the north tower," he commanded, "and this +insolent girl to the chambers next to ours. Tomorrow we shall talk +with her again." + +Outside the room Barney turned for a last look at the princess as he +was being led in one direction and she in another. A smile of +encouragement was on his lips and cold hopelessness in his heart. +She answered the smile and her lips formed a silent "good-bye." They +formed something else, too--three words which he was sure he could +not have mistaken, and then they parted, he for the death chamber +and she for what fate she could but guess. + +As his guard halted before a door at the far end of a long corridor +Barney Custer sensed a sudden familiarity in his surroundings. He +was conscious of that sensation which is common to all of us--of +having lived through a scene at some former time, to each minutest +detail. + +As the door opened and he was pushed into the room he realized that +there was excellent foundation for the impression--he immediately +recognized the apartment as the same in which he had once before +been imprisoned. At that time he had been mistaken for the mad king +who had escaped from the clutches of Peter of Blentz. The same king +was now visiting as a guest the fortress in which he had spent ten +bitter years as a prisoner. + +"Say your prayers, my friend," admonished Maenck, as he was about to +leave him alone, "for at dawn you die--and this time the firing +squad will make a better job of it." + +Barney did not answer him, and the captain departed, locking the +door after him and leaving two men on guard in the corridor. Alone, +Barney looked about the room. It was in no wise changed since his +former visit to it. He recalled the incidents of the hour of his +imprisonment here, thought of old Joseph who had aided his escape, +looked at the paneled fireplace, whose secret, it was evident, not +even the master of Blentz was familiar with--and grinned. + +"'For at dawn you die!'" he repeated to himself, still smiling +broadly. Then he crossed quickly to the fireplace, running his +fingers along the edge of one of the large tiled panels that hid the +entrance to the well-like shaft that rose from the cellars beneath +to the towers above and which opened through similar concealed exits +upon each floor. If the floor above should be untenanted he might be +able to reach it as he and Joseph had done two years ago when they +opened the secret panel in the fireplace and climbed a hidden ladder +to the room overhead; and then by vacant corridors reached the far +end of the castle above the suite in which the princess had been +confined and near which Barney had every reason to believe she was +now imprisoned. + +Carefully Barney's fingers traversed the edges of the panel. No +hidden latch rewarded his search. Again and again he examined the +perfectly fitted joints until he was convinced either that there was +no latch there or that it was hid beyond possibility of discovery. +With each succeeding minute the American's heart and hopes sank +lower and lower. Two years had elapsed since he had seen the secret +portal swing to the touch of Joseph's fingers. One may forget much +in two years; but that he was at work upon the right panel Barney +was positive. However, it would do no harm to examine its mate which +resembled it in minutest detail. + +Almost indifferently Barney turned his attention to the other panel. +He ran his fingers over it, his eyes following them. What was that? +A finger-print? Upon the left side half way up a tiny smudge was +visible. Barney examined it more carefully. A round, white figure of +the conventional design that was burned into the tile bore the +telltale smudge. + +Otherwise it differed apparently in no way from the numerous other +round, white figures that were repeated many times in the scheme of +decoration. Barney placed his thumb exactly over the mark that +another thumb had left there and pushed. The figure sank into the +panel beneath the pressure. Barney pushed harder, breathless with +suspense. The panel swung in at his effort. The American could have +whooped with delight. + +A moment more and he stood upon the opposite side of the secret door +in utter darkness, for he had quickly closed it after him. To strike +a match was but the matter of a moment. The wavering light revealed +the top of the ladder that led downward and the foot of another +leading aloft. He struck still more matches in search of the rope. +It was not there, but his quest revealed the fact that the well at +this point was much larger than he had imagined--it broadened into a +small chamber. + +The light of many matches finally led him to the discovery of a +passageway directly behind the fireplace. It was narrow, and after +spanning the chimney descended by a few rough steps to a slightly +lower level. It led toward the opposite end of the castle. Could it +be possible that it connected directly with the apartments in the +farther tower--in the tower where the king was and the Princess +Emma? Barney could scarce hope for any such good luck, but at least +it was worth investigating--it must lead somewhere. + +He followed it warily, feeling his way with hands and feet and +occasionally striking a match. It was evident that the corridor lay +in the thick wall of the castle, midway between the bottoms of the +windows of the second floor and the tops of those upon the +first--this would account for the slightly lower level of the +passage from the floor of the second story. + +Barney had traversed some distance in the darkness along the +forgotten corridor when the sound of voices came to him from beyond +the wall at his right. He stopped, motionless, pressing his ear +against the side wall. As he did so he became aware of the fact that +at this point the wall was of wood--a large panel of hardwood. Now +he could hear even the words of the speaker upon the opposite side. + +"Fetch her here, captain, and I will talk with her alone." The voice +was the king's. "And, captain, you might remove the guard from +before the door temporarily. I shall not require them, nor do I wish +them to overhear my conversation with the princess." + +Barney could hear the officer acknowledge the commands of the king, +and then he heard a door close. The man had gone to fetch the +princess. The American struck a match and examined the panel before +him. It reached to the top of the passageway and was some three feet +in width. + +At one side were three hinges, and at the other an ancient spring +lock. For an instant Barney stood in indecision. What should he do? +His entry into the apartments of the king would result in alarming +the entire fortress. Were he sure the king was alone it might be +accomplished. Should he enter now or wait until the Princess Emma +had been brought to the king? + +With the question came the answer--a bold and daring scheme. His +fingers sought the lock. Very gently, he unlatched it and pushed +outward upon the panel. Suddenly the great doorway gave beneath his +touch. It opened a crack letting a flood of light into his dark cell +that almost blinded him. + +For a moment he could see nothing, and then out of the glaring blur +grew the figure of a man sitting at a table--with his back toward +the panel. + +It was the king, and he was alone. Noiselessly Barney Custer +entered the apartment, closing the panel after him. At his back now +was the great oil painting of the Blentz princess that had hid the +secret entrance to the room. He crossed the thick rugs until he +stood behind the king. Then he clapped one hand over the mouth of +the monarch of Lutha and threw the other arm about his neck. + +"Make the slightest outcry and I shall kill you," he whispered in +the ear of the terrified man. + +Across the room Barney saw a revolver lying upon a small table. He +raised the king to his feet and, turning his back toward the weapon +dragged him across the apartment until the table was within easy +reach. Then he snatched up the revolver and swung the king around +into a chair facing him, the muzzle of the gun pressed against his +face. + +"Silence," he whispered. + +The king, white and trembling, gasped as his eyes fell upon the face +of the American. + +"You?" His voice was barely audible. + +"Take off your clothes--every stitch of them--and if any one asks +for admittance, deny them. Quick, now," as the king hesitated. "My +life is forfeited unless I can escape. If I am apprehended I shall +see that you pay for my recapture with your life--if any one enters +this room without my sanction they will enter it to find a dead king +upon the floor; do you understand?" + +The king made no reply other than to commence divesting himself of +his clothing. Barney followed his example, but not before he had +crossed to the door that opened into the main corridor and shot the +bolt upon the inside. When both men had removed their clothing +Barney pointed to the little pile of soiled peasant garb that he had +worn. + +"Put those on," he commanded. + +The king hesitated, drawing back in disgust. Barney paused, +half-way into the royal union suit, and leveled the revolver at +Leopold. The king picked up one of the garments gingerly between the +tips of his thumb and finger. + +"Hurry!" admonished the American, drawing the silk half-hose of the +ruler of Lutha over his foot. "If you don't hurry," he added, +"someone may interrupt us, and you know what the result would be--to +you." + +Scowling, Leopold donned the rough garments. Barney, fully clothed +in the uniform the king had been wearing, stepped across the +apartment to where the king's sword and helmet lay upon the side +table that had also borne the revolver. He placed the helmet upon +his head and buckled the sword-belt about his waist, then he faced +the king, behind whom was a cheval glass. In it Barney saw his +image. The king was looking at the American, his eyes wide and his +jaw dropped. Barney did not wonder at his consternation. He himself +was dumbfounded by the likeness which he bore to the king. It was +positively uncanny. He approached Leopold. + +"Remove your rings," he said, holding out his hand. The king did as +he was bid, and Barney slipped the two baubles upon his fingers. One +of them was the royal ring of the kings of Lutha. + +The American now blindfolded the king and led him toward the panel +which had given him ingress to the room. Through it the two men +passed, Barney closing the panel after them. Then he conducted the +king back along the dark passageway to the room which the American +had but recently quitted. At the back of the panel which led into +his former prison Barney halted and listened. No sound came from +beyond the partition. Gently Barney opened the secret door a +trifle--just enough to permit him a quick survey of the interior of +the apartment. It was empty. A smile crossed his face as he thought +of the difficulty Leopold might encounter the following morning in +convincing his jailers that he was not the American. + +Then he recalled his reflection in the cheval glass and frowned. +Could Leopold convince them? He doubted it--and what then? The +American was sentenced to be shot at dawn. They would shoot the king +instead. Then there would be none to whom to return the kingship. +What would he do with it? The temptation was great. Again a throne +lay within his grasp--a throne and the woman he loved. None might +ever know unless he chose to tell--his resemblance to Leopold was +too perfect. It defied detection. + +With an exclamation of impatience he wheeled about and dragged the +frightened monarch back to the room from which he had stolen him. As +he entered he heard a knock at the door. + +"Do not disturb me now," he called. "Come again in half an hour." + +"But it is Her Highness, Princess Emma, sire," came a voice from +beyond the door. "You summoned her." + +"She may return to her apartments," replied Barney. + +All the time he kept his revolver leveled at the king, from his eyes +he had removed the blind after they had entered the apartment. He +crossed to the table where the king had been sitting when he +surprised him, motioning the ragged ruler to follow and be seated. + +"Take that pen," he said, "and write a full pardon for Mr. Bernard +Custer, and an order requiring that he be furnished with money and +set at liberty at dawn." + +The king did as he was bid. For a moment the American stood looking +at him before he spoke again. + +"You do not deserve what I am going to do for you," he said. "And +Lutha deserves a better king than the one my act will give her; but +I am neither a thief nor a murderer, and so I must forbear leaving +you to your just deserts and return your throne to you. I shall do +so after I have insured my own safety and done what I can for +Lutha--what you are too little a man and king to do yourself. + +"So soon as they liberate you in the morning, make the best of your +way to Brosnov, on the Serbian frontier. Await me there. When I can, +I shall come. Again we may exchange clothing and you can return to +Lustadt. I shall cross over into Siberia out of your reach, for I +know you too well to believe that any sense of honor or gratitude +would prevent you signing my death-warrant at the first opportunity. +Now, come!" + +Once again Barney led the blindfolded king through the dark corridor +to the room in the opposite tower--to the prison of the American. At +the open panel he shoved him into the apartment. Then he drew the +door quietly to, leaving the king upon the inside, and retraced his +steps to the royal apartments. Crossing to the center table, he +touched an electric button. A moment later an officer knocked at the +door, which, in the meantime, Barney had unbolted. + +"Enter!" said the American. He stood with his back toward the door +until he heard it close behind the officer. When he turned he was +apparently examining his revolver. If the officer suspected his +identity, it was just as well to be prepared. Slowly he raised his +eyes to the newcomer, who stood stiffly at salute. The officer +looked him full in the face. + +"I answered your majesty's summons," said the man. + +"Oh, yes!" returned the American. "You may fetch the Princess +Emma." + +The officer saluted once more and backed out of the apartment. +Barney walked to the table and sat down. A tin box of cigarettes lay +beside the lamp. Barney lighted one of them. The king had good taste +in the selection of tobacco, he thought. Well, a man must need have +some redeeming characteristics. + +Outside, in the corridor, he heard voices, and again the knock at +the door. He bade them enter. As the door opened Emma von der Tann, +her head thrown back and a flush of anger on her face, entered the +room. Behind her was the officer who had been despatched to bring +her. Barney nodded to the latter. + +"You may go," he said. He drew a chair from the table and asked the +princess to be seated. She ignored his request. + +"What do you wish of me?" she asked. She was looking straight into +his eyes. The officer had withdrawn and closed the door after him. +They were alone, with nothing to fear; yet she did not recognize +him. + +"You are the king," she continued in cold, level tones, "but if you +are also a gentleman, you will at once order me returned to my +father at Lustadt, and with me the man to whom you owe so much. I do +not expect it of you, but I wish to give you the chance. + +"I shall not go without him. I am betrothed to you; but until +tonight I should rather have died than wed you. Now I am ready to +compromise. If you will set Mr. Custer at liberty in Serbia and +return me unharmed to my father, I will fulfill my part of our +betrothal." + +Barney Custer looked straight into the girl's face for a long +moment. A half smile played upon his lips at the thought of her +surprise when she learned the truth, when suddenly it dawned upon +him that she and he were both much safer if no one, not even her +loyal self, guessed that he was other than the king. It is not +difficult to live a part, but often it is difficult to act one. Some +little word or look, were she to know that he was Barney Custer, +might betray them; no, it was better to leave her in ignorance, +though his conscience pricked him for the disloyalty that his act +implied. + +It seemed a poor return for her courage and loyalty to him that her +statement to the man she thought king had revealed. He marveled that +a Von der Tann could have spoken those words--a Von der Tann who but +the day before had refused to save her father's life at the loss of +the family honor. It seemed incredible to the American that he had +won such love from such a woman. Again came the mighty temptation to +keep the crown and the girl both; but with a straightening of his +broad shoulders he threw it from him. + +She was promised to the king, and while he masqueraded in the king's +clothes, he at least would act the part that a king should. He drew +a folded paper from his inside pocket and handed it to the girl. + +"Here is the American's pardon," he said, "drawn up and signed by +the king's own hand." + +She opened it and, glancing through it hurriedly, looked up at the +man before her with a questioning expression in her eyes. + +"You came, then," she said, "to a realization of the enormity of +your ingratitude?" + +The man shrugged. + +"He will never die at my command," he said. + +"I thank your majesty," she said simply. "As a Von der Tann, I have +tried to believe that a Rubinroth could not be guilty of such +baseness. And now, tell me what your answer is to my proposition." + +"We shall return to Lustadt tonight," he replied. "I fear the +purpose of Prince Peter. In fact, it may be difficult--even +impossible--for us to leave Blentz; but we can at least make the +attempt." + +"Can we not take Mr. Custer with us?" she asked. "Prince Peter may +disregard your majesty's commands and, after you are gone, have him +shot. Do not forget that he kept the crown from Peter of Blentz--it +is certain that Prince Peter will never forget it." + +"I give you my word, your highness, that I know positively that if I +leave Blentz tonight Prince Peter will not have Mr. Custer shot in +the morning, and it will so greatly jeopardize his own plans if we +attempt to release the prisoner that in all probability we ourselves +will be unable to escape." + +She looked at him thoughtfully for a moment. + +"You give me your word that he will be safe?" she asked. + +"My royal word," he replied. + +"Very well, let us leave at once." + +Barney touched the bell once more, and presently an officer of the +Blentz faction answered the summons. As the man closed the door and +approached, saluting, Barney stepped close to him. + +"We are leaving for Tann tonight," he said, "at once. You will +conduct us from the castle and procure horses for us. All the time I +shall walk at your elbow, and in my hand I shall carry this," and he +displayed the king's revolver. "At the first indication of defection +upon your part I shall kill you. Do you perfectly understand me?" + +"But, your majesty," exclaimed the officer, "why is it necessary +that you leave thus surreptitiously? May not the king go and come in +his own kingdom as he desires? Let me announce your wishes to Prince +Peter that he may furnish you with a proper escort. Doubtless he +will wish to accompany you himself, sire." + +"You will do precisely what I say without further comment," snapped +Barney. "Now get a--" He had been about to say: "Now get a move on +you," when it occurred to him that this was not precisely the sort +of language that kings were supposed to use to their inferiors. So +he changed it. "Now get a couple of horses for her highness and +myself, as well as your own, for you will accompany us to Tann." + +The officer looked at the weapon in the king's hand. He measured +the distance between himself and the king. He well knew the reputed +cowardice of Leopold. Could he make the leap and strike up the +king's hand before the timorous monarch found even the courage of +the cornered rat to fire at him? Then his eyes sought the face of +the king, searching for the signs of nervous terror that would make +his conquest an easy one; but what he saw in the eyes that bored +straight into his brought his own to the floor at the king's feet. + +What new force animated Leopold of Lutha? Those were not the eyes +of a coward. No fear was reflected in their steely glitter. The +officer mumbled an apology, saluted, and turned toward the door. At +his elbow walked the impostor; a cavalry cape that had belonged to +the king now covered his shoulders and hid the weapon that pressed +its hard warning now and again into the short-ribs of the Blentz +officer. Just behind the American came the Princess Emma von der +Tann. + +The three passed through the deserted corridors of the sleeping +castle, taking a route at Barney's suggestion that led them to the +stable courtyard without necessitating traversing the main corridors +or the great hall or the guardroom, in all of which there still were +Austrian and Blentz soldiers, whose duties or pleasures had kept +them from their blankets. + +At the stables a sleepy groom answered the summons of the officer, +whom Barney had warned not to divulge the identity of himself or the +princess. He left the princess in the shadows outside the building. +After what seemed an eternity to the American, three horses were led +into the courtyard, saddled, and bridled. The party mounted and +approached the gates. Here, Barney knew, might be encountered the +most serious obstacle in their path. He rode close to the side of +their unwilling conductor. Leaning forward in his saddle, he +whispered in the man's ear. + +"Failure to pass us through the gates," he said, "will be the signal +for your death." + +The man reined in his mount and turned toward the American. + +"I doubt if they will pass even me without a written order from +Prince Peter," he said. "If they refuse, you must reveal your +identity. The guard is composed of Luthanians--I doubt if they will +dare refuse your majesty." + +Then they rode on up to the gates. A soldier stepped from the +sentry box and challenged them. + +"Lower the drawbridge," ordered the officer. "It is Captain +Krantzwort on a mission for the king." + +The soldier approached, raising a lantern, which he had brought from +the sentry box, and inspected the captain's face. He seemed ill at +ease. In the light of the lantern, the American saw that he was +scarce more than a boy--doubtless a recruit. He saw the expression +of fear and awe with which he regarded the officer, and it occurred +to him that the effect of the king's presence upon him would be +absolutely overpowering. Still the soldier hesitated. + +"My orders are very strict, sir," he said. "I am to let no one +leave without a written order from Prince Peter. If the sergeant or +the lieutenant were here they would know what to do; but they are +both at the castle--only two other soldiers are at the gates with +me. Wait, and I will send one of them for the lieutenant." + +"No," interposed the American. "You will send for no one, my man. +Come closer--look at my face." + +The soldier approached, holding his lantern above his head. As its +feeble rays fell upon the face and uniform of the man on horseback, +the sentry gave a little gasp of astonishment. + +"Now, lower the drawbridge," said Barney Custer, "it is your king's +command." + +Quickly the fellow hastened to obey the order. The chains creaked +and the windlass groaned as the heavy planking sank to place across +the moat. + +As Barney passed the soldier he handed him the pardon Leopold had +written for the American. + +"Give this to your lieutenant," he said, "and tell him to hand it to +Prince Peter before dawn tomorrow. Do not fail." + +A moment later the three were riding down the winding road toward +Blentz. Barney had no further need of the officer who rode with +them. He would be glad to be rid of him, for he anticipated that the +fellow might find ample opportunity to betray them as they passed +through the Austrian lines, which they must do to reach Lustadt. + +He had told the captain that they were going to Tann in order that, +should the man find opportunity to institute pursuit, he might be +thrown off the track. The Austrian sentries were no great distance +ahead when Barney ordered a halt. + +"Dismount," he directed the captain, leaping to the ground himself +at the same time. "Put your hands behind your back." + +The officer did as he was bid, and Barney bound his wrists securely +with a strap and buckle that he had removed from the cantle of his +saddle as he rode. Then he led him off the road among some weeds and +compelled him to lie down, after which he bound his ankles together +and stuffed a gag in his mouth, securing it in place with a bit of +stick and the chinstrap from the man's helmet. The threat of the +revolver kept Captain Krantzwort silent and obedient throughout the +hasty operations. + +"Good-bye, captain," whispered Barney, "and let me suggest that you +devote the time until your discovery and release in pondering the +value of winning your king's confidence in the future. Had you +chosen your associates more carefully in the past, this need not +have occurred." + +Barney unsaddled the captain's horse and turned him loose, then he +remounted and, with the princess at his side, rode down toward +Blentz. + + + +X + +A NEW KING IN LUTHA + +As the two riders approached the edge of the village of Blentz a +sentry barred their way. To his challenge the American replied that +they were "friends from the castle." + +"Advance," directed the sentry, "and give the countersign." + +Barney rode to the fellow's side, and leaning from the saddle +whispered in his ear the word "Slankamen." + +Would it pass them out as it had passed Maenck in? Barney scarcely +breathed as he awaited the result of his experiment. The soldier +brought his rifle to present and directed them to pass. With a sigh +of relief that was almost audible the two rode into the village and +the Austrian lines. + +Once within they met with no further obstacle until they reached the +last line of sentries upon the far side of the town. It was with +more confidence that Barney gave the countersign here, nor was he +surprised that the soldier passed them readily; and now they were +upon the highroad to Lustadt, with nothing more to bar their way. + +For hours they rode on in silence. Barney wanted to talk with his +companion, but as king he found nothing to say to her. The girl's +mind was filled with morbid reflections of the past few hours and +dumb terror for the future. She would keep her promise to the king; +but after--life would not be worth the living; why should she live? +She glanced at the man beside her in the light of the coming dawn. +Ah, why was he so like her American in outward appearances only? +Their own mothers could scarce have distinguished them, and yet in +character no two men could have differed more widely. The man turned +to her. + +"We are almost there," he said. "You must be very tired." + +The words reflected a consideration that had never been a +characteristic of Leopold. The girl began to wonder if there might +not possibly be a vein of nobility in the man, after all, that she +had never discovered. Since she had entered his apartments at Blentz +he had been in every way a different man from the Leopold she had +known of old. The boldness of his escape from Blentz supposed a +courage that the king had never given the slightest indication of in +the past. Could it be that he was making a genuine effort to become +a man--to win her respect? + +They were approaching Lustadt as the sun rose. A troop of horse was +just emerging from the north gate. As it neared them they saw that +the cavalrymen wore the uniforms of the Royal Horse Guard. At their +head rode a lieutenant. As his eyes fell upon the face of the +princess and her companion, he brought his troopers to a halt, and, +with incredulity plain upon his countenance, advanced to meet them, +his hand raised in salute to the king. It was Butzow. + +Now Barney was sure that he would be recognized. For two years he +and the Luthanian officer had been inseparable. Surely Butzow would +penetrate his disguise. He returned his friend's salute, looked him +full in the eyes, and asked where he was riding. + +"To Blentz, your majesty," replied Butzow, "to demand an audience. +I bear important word from Prince von der Tann. He has learned the +Austrians are moving an entire army corps into Lutha, together with +siege howitzers. Serbia has demanded that all Austrian troops be +withdrawn from Luthanian territory at once, and has offered to +assist your majesty in maintaining your neutrality by force, if +necessary." + +As Butzow spoke his eyes were often upon the Princess Emma, and it +was quite evident that he was much puzzled to account for her +presence with the king. She was supposed to be at Tann, and Butzow +knew well enough her estimate of Leopold to know that she would not +be in his company of her own volition. His expression as he +addressed the man he supposed to be his king was far from +deferential. Barney could scarce repress a smile. + +"We will ride at once to the palace," he said. "At the gate you may +instruct one of your sergeants to telephone to Prince von der Tann +that the king is returning and will grant him audience immediately. +You and your detachment will act as our escort." + +Butzow saluted and turned to his troopers, giving the necessary +commands that brought them about in the wake of the pseudo-king. +Once again Barney Custer, of Beatrice, rode into Lustadt as king of +Lutha. The few people upon the streets turned to look at him as he +passed, but there was little demonstration of love or enthusiasm. + +Leopold had awakened no emotions of this sort in the hearts of his +subjects. Some there were who still remembered the gallant actions +of their ruler on the field of battle when his forces had defeated +those of the regent, upon that other occasion when this same +American had sat upon the throne of Lutha for two days and had led +the little army to victory; but since then the true king had been +with them daily in his true colors. Arrogance, haughtiness, and +petty tyranny had marked his reign. Taxes had gone even higher than +under the corrupt influence of the Blentz regime. The king's days +were spent in bed; his nights in dissipation. Old Ludwig von der +Tann seemed Lutha's only friend at court. Him the people loved and +trusted. + +It was the old chancellor who met them as they entered the +palace--the Princess Emma, Lieutenant Butzow, and the false king. As +the old man's eyes fell upon his daughter, he gave an exclamation of +surprise and of incredulity. He looked from her to the American. + +"What is the meaning of this, your majesty?" he cried in a voice +hoarse with emotion. "What does her highness in your company?" + +There was neither fear nor respect in Prince Ludwig's tone--only +anger. He was demanding an accounting from Leopold, the man; not +from Leopold, the king. Barney raised his hand. + +"Wait," he said, "before you judge. The princess was brought to +Blentz by Prince Peter. She will tell you that I have aided her to +escape and that I have accorded her only such treatment as a woman +has a right to expect from a king." + +The girl inclined her head. + +"His majesty has been most kind," she said. "He has treated me with +every consideration and respect, and I am convinced that he was not +a willing party to my arrest and forcible detention at Blentz; or," +she added, "if he was, he regretted his action later and has made +full reparation by bringing me to Lustadt." + +Prince von der Tann found difficulty in hiding his surprise at this +evidence of chivalry in the cowardly king. But for his daughter's +testimony he could not have believed it possible that it lay within +the nature of Leopold of Lutha to have done what he had done within +the past few hours. + +He bowed low before the man who wore the king's uniform. The +American extended his hand, and Von der Tann, taking it in his own, +raised it to his lips. + +"And now," said Barney briskly, "let us go to my apartments and get +to work. Your highness"--and he turned toward the Princess +Emma--"must be greatly fatigued. Lieutenant Butzow, you will see +that a suite is prepared for her highness. Afterward you may call +upon Count Zellerndorf, whom I understand returned to Lustadt +yesterday, and notify him that I will receive him in an hour. Inform +the Serbian minister that I desire his presence at the palace +immediately. Lose no time, lieutenant, and be sure to impress upon +the Serbian minister that immediately means immediately." + +Butzow saluted and the Princess Emma curtsied, as the king turned +and, slipping his arm through that of Prince Ludwig, walked away in +the direction of the royal apartments. Once at the king's desk +Barney turned toward the chancellor. In his mind was the +determination to save Lutha if Lutha could be saved. He had been +forced to place the king in a position where he would be helpless, +though that he would have been equally as helpless upon his throne +the American did not doubt for an instant. However, the course of +events had placed within his hands the power to serve not only Lutha +but the house of Von der Tann as well. He would do in the king's +place what the king should have done if the king had been a man. + +"Now, Prince Ludwig," he said, "tell me just what conditions we must +face. Remember that I have been at Blentz and that there the King of +Lutha is not apt to learn all that transpires in Lustadt." + +"Sire," replied the chancellor, "we face a grave crisis. Not only +is there within Lutha the small force of Austrian troops that +surround Blentz, but now an entire army corps has crossed the +border. Unquestionably they are marching on Lustadt. The emperor is +going to take no chances. He sent the first force into Lutha to +compel Serbian intervention and draw Serbian troops from the +Austro-Serbian battle line. Serbia has withheld her forces at my +request, but she will not withhold them for long. We must make a +declaration at once. If we declare against Austria we are faced by +the menace of the Austrian troops already within our boundaries, but +we shall have Serbia to help us. + +"A Serbian army corps is on the frontier at this moment awaiting +word from Lutha. If it is adverse to Austria that army corps will +cross the border and march to our assistance. If it is favorable to +Austria it will none the less cross into Lutha, but as enemies +instead of allies. Serbia has acted honorably toward Lutha. She has +not violated our neutrality. She has no desire to increase her +possessions in this direction. + +"On the other hand, Austria has violated her treaty with us. She +has marched troops into our country and occupied the town of Blentz. +Constantly in the past she has incited internal discord. She is +openly championing the Blentz cause, which at last I trust your +majesty has discovered is inimical to your interests. + +"If Austria is victorious in her war with Serbia, she will find some +pretext to hold Lutha whether Lutha takes her stand either for or +against her. And most certainly is this true if it occurs that +Austrian troops are still within the boundaries of Lutha when peace +is negotiated. Not only our honor but our very existence demands +that there be no Austrian troops in Lutha at the close of this war. +If we cannot force them across the border we can at least make such +an effort as will win us the respect of the world and a voice in the +peace negotiations. + +"If we must bow to the surrender of our national integrity, let us +do so only after we have exhausted every resource of the country in +our country's defense. In the past your majesty has not appeared to +realize the menace of your most powerful neighbor. I beg of you, +sire, to trust me. Believe that I have only the interests of Lutha +at heart, and let us work together for the salvation of our country +and your majesty's throne." + +Barney laid his hand upon the old man's shoulder. It seemed a shame +to carry the deception further, but the American well knew that only +so could he accomplish aught for Lutha or the Von der Tanns. Once +the old chancellor suspected the truth as to his identity he would +be the first to denounce him. + +"I think that you and I can work together, Prince Ludwig," he said. +"I have sent for the Serbian and Austrian ministers. The former +should be here immediately." + +Nor did they have long to wait before the tall Slav was announced. +Barney lost no time in getting down to business. He asked no +questions. What Von der Tann had told him, what he had seen with his +own eyes since he had entered Lutha, and what he had overheard in +the inn at Burgova was sufficient evidence that the fate of Lutha +hung upon the prompt and energetic decisions of the man who sat upon +Lutha's throne for the next few days. + +Had Leopold been the present incumbent Lutha would have been lost, +for that he would play directly into the hands of Austria was not to +be questioned. Were Von der Tann to seize the reins of government a +state of revolution would exist that would divide the state into two +bitter factions, weaken its defense, and give Austria what she most +desired--a plausible pretext for intervention. + +Lutha's only hope lay in united defense of her liberties under the +leadership of the one man whom all acknowledged king--Leopold. Very +well, Barney Custer, of Beatrice, would be Leopold for a few days, +since the real Leopold had proven himself incompetent to meet the +emergency. + +General Petko, the Serbian minister to Lutha, brought to the +audience the memory of a series of unpleasant encounters with the +king. Leopold had never exerted himself to hide his pro-Austrian +sentiments. Austria was a powerful country--Serbia, a relatively +weak neighbor. Leopold, being a royal snob, had courted the favor of +the emperor and turned up his nose at Serbia. The general was +prepared for a repetition of the veiled affronts that Leopold +delighted in according him; but this time he brought with him a +reply that for two years he had been living in the hope of some day +being able to deliver to the young monarch he so cordially despised. + +It was an ultimatum from his government--an ultimatum couched in +terms from which all diplomatic suavity had been stripped. If Barney +Custer, of Beatrice, could have read it he would have smiled, for in +plain American it might have been described as announcing to Leopold +precisely "where he got off." But Barney did not have the +opportunity to read it, since that ultimatum was never delivered. + +Barney took the wind all out of it by his first words. "Your +excellency may wonder why it is that we have summoned you at such an +early hour," he said. + +General Petko inclined his head in deferential acknowledgment of the +truth of the inference. + +"It is because we have learned from our chancellor," continued the +American, "that Serbia has mobilized an entire army corps upon the +Luthanian frontier. Am I correctly informed?" + +General Petko squared his shoulders and bowed in assent. At the same +time he reached into his breast-pocket for the ultimatum. + +"Good!" exclaimed Barney, and then he leaned close to the ear of the +Serbian. "How long will it take to move that army corps to Lustadt?" + +General Petko gasped and returned the ultimatum to his pocket. + +"Sire!" he cried, his face lighting with incredulity. "You mean--" + +"I mean," said the American, "that if Serbia will loan Lutha an army +corps until the Austrians have evacuated Luthanian territory, Lutha +will loan Serbia an army corps until such time as peace is declared +between Serbia and Austria. Other than this neither government will +incur any obligations to the other. + +"We may not need your help, but it will do us no harm to have them +well on the way toward Lustadt as quickly as possible. Count +Zellerndorf will be here in a few minutes. We shall, through him, +give Austria twenty-four hours to withdraw all her troops beyond our +frontiers. The army of Lutha is mobilized before Lustadt. It is not +a large army, but with the help of Serbia it should be able to drive +the Austrians from the country, provided they do not leave of their +own accord." + +General Petko smiled. So did the American and the chancellor. Each +knew that Austria would not withdraw her army from Lutha. + +"With your majesty's permission I will withdraw," said the Serbian, +"and transmit Lutha's proposition to my government; but I may say +that your majesty need have no apprehension but that a Serbian army +corps will be crossing into Lutha before noon today." + +"And now, Prince Ludwig," said the American after the Serbian had +bowed himself out of the apartment, "I suggest that you take +immediate steps to entrench a strong force north of Lustadt along +the road to Blentz." + +Von der Tann smiled as he replied. "It is already done, sire," he +said. + +"But I passed in along the road this morning," said Barney, "and saw +nothing of such preparations." + +"The trenches and the soldiers were there, nevertheless, sire," +replied the old man, "only a little gap was left on either side of +the highway that those who came and went might not suspect our plans +and carry word of them to the Austrians. A few hours will complete +the link across the road." + +"Good! Let it be completed at once. Here is Count Zellerndorf +now," as the minister was announced. + +Von der Tann bowed himself out as the Austrian entered the king's +presence. For the first time in two years the chancellor felt that +the destiny of Lutha was safe in the hands of her king. What had +caused the metamorphosis in Leopold he could not guess. He did not +seem to be the same man that had whined and growled at their last +audience a week before. + +The Austrian minister entered the king's presence with an expression +of ill-concealed surprise upon his face. Two days before he had left +Leopold safely ensconced at Blentz, where he was to have remained +indefinitely. He glanced hurriedly about the room in search of +Prince Peter or another of the conspirators who should have been +with the king. He saw no one. The king was speaking. The Austrian's +eyes went wider, not only at the words, but at the tone of voice. + +"Count Zellerndorf," said the American, "you were doubtless aware of +the embarrassment under which the king of Lutha was compelled at +Blentz to witness the entry of a foreign army within his domain. But +we are not now at Blentz. We have summoned you that you may receive +from us, and transmit to your emperor, the expression of our +surprise and dismay at the unwarranted violation of Luthanian +neutrality." + +"But, your majesty--" interrupted the Austrian. + +"But nothing, your excellency," snapped the American. "The moment +for diplomacy is passed; the time for action has come. You will +oblige us by transmitting to your government at once a request that +every Austrian soldier now in Lutha be withdrawn by noon tomorrow." + +Zellerndorf looked his astonishment. + +"Are you mad, sire?" he cried. "It will mean war!" + +"It is what Austria has been looking for," snapped the American, +"and what people look for they usually get, especially if they +chance to be looking for trouble. When can you expect a reply from +Vienna?" + +"By noon, your majesty," replied the Austrian, "but are you +irretrievably bound to your present policy? Remember the power of +Austria, sire. Think of your throne. Think--" + +"We have thought of everything," interrupted Barney. "A throne means +less to us than you may imagine, count; but the honor of Lutha means +a great deal." + + + +XI + +THE BATTLE + +At five o'clock that afternoon the sidewalks bordering Margaretha +Street were crowded with promenaders. The little tables before the +cafes were filled. Nearly everyone spoke of the great war and of the +peril which menaced Lutha. Upon many a lip was open disgust at the +supine attitude of Leopold of Lutha in the face of an Austrian +invasion of his country. Discontent was open. It was ripening to +something worse for Leopold than an Austrian invasion. + +Presently a sergeant of the Royal Horse Guards cantered down the +street from the palace. He stopped here and there, and, dismounting, +tacked placards in conspicuous places. At the notice, and in each +instance cheers and shouting followed the sergeant as he rode on to +the next stop. + +Now, at each point men and women were gathered, eagerly awaiting an +explanation of the jubilation farther up the street. Those whom the +sergeant passed called to him for an explanation, and not receiving +it, followed in a quickly growing mob that filled Margaretha Street +from wall to wall. When he dismounted he had almost to fight his way +to the post or door upon which he was to tack the next placard. The +crowd surged about him in its anxiety to read what the placard bore, +and then, between the cheering and yelling, those in the front +passed back to the crowd the tidings that filled them with so great +rejoicing. + +"Leopold has declared war on Austria!" "The king calls for +volunteers!" "Long live the king!" + + +The battle of Lustadt has passed into history. Outside of the +little kingdom of Lutha it received but passing notice by the world +at large, whose attention was riveted upon the great conflicts along +the banks of the Meuse, the Marne, and the Aisne. But in Lutha! Ah, +it will be told and retold, handed down from mouth to mouth and from +generation to generation to the end of time. + +How the cavalry that the king sent north toward Blentz met the +advancing Austrian army. How, fighting, they fell back upon the +infantry which lay, a thin line that stretched east and west across +the north of Lustadt, in its first line of trenches. A pitifully +weak line it was, numerically, in comparison with the forces of the +invaders; but it stood its ground heroically, and from the heights +to the north of the city the fire from the forts helped to hold the +enemy in check for many hours. + +And then the enemy succeeded in bringing up their heavy artillery to +the ridge that lies three miles north of the forts. Shells were +bursting in the trenches, the forts, and the city. To the south a +stream of terror-stricken refugees was pouring out of Lustadt along +the King's Road. Rich and poor, animated by a common impulse, filled +the narrow street that led to the city's southern gate. Carts drawn +by dogs, laden donkeys, French limousines, victorias, +wheelbarrows--every conceivable wheeled vehicle and beast of +burden--were jammed in a seemingly inextricable tangle in the mad +rush for safety. + +Rumor passed back and forth through the fleeing thousands. Now came +word that Fort No. 2 had been silenced by the Austrian guns. +Immediately followed news that the Luthanian line was falling back +upon the city. Fear turned to panic. Men fought to outdistance their +neighbors. + +A shell burst upon a roof-top in an adjoining square. + +Women fainted and were trampled. Hoarse shouts of anger mingled +with screams of terror, and then into the midst of it from +Margaretha Street rode a man on horseback. Behind him were a score +of officers. A trumpeter raised his instrument to his lips, and +above the din of the fleeing multitude rose the sharp, triple call +that announces the coming of the king. The mob halted and turned. + +Looking down upon them from his saddle was Leopold of Lutha. His +palm was raised for silence and there was a smile upon his lips. +Quite suddenly, and as by a miracle, fear left them. They made a +line for him and his staff to ride through. One of the officers +turned in his saddle to address a civilian friend in an automobile. + +"His majesty is riding to the firing line," he said and he raised +his voice that many might hear. Quickly the word passed from mouth +to mouth, and as Barney Custer, of Beatrice, passed along Margaretha +Street he was followed by a mad din of cheering that drowned the +booming of the distant cannon and the bursting of the shells above +the city. + +The balance of the day the pseudo-king rode back and forth along his +lines. Three of his staff were killed and two horses were shot from +beneath him, but from the moment that he appeared the Luthanian line +ceased to waver or fall back. The advanced trenches that they had +abandoned to the Austrians they took again at the point of the +bayonet. Charge after charge they repulsed, and all the time there +hovered above the enemy Lutha's sole aeroplane, watching, watching, +ever watching for the coming of the allies. Somewhere to the +northeast the Serbians were advancing toward Lustadt. Would they +come in time? + +It was five o'clock in the morning of the second day, and though the +Luthanian line still held, Barney Custer knew that it could not hold +for long. The Austrian artillery fire, which had been rather wild +the preceding day, had now become of deadly accuracy. Each bursting +shell filled some part of the trenches with dead and wounded, and +though their places were taken by fresh men from the reserve, there +would soon be no reserve left to call upon. + +At his left, in the rear, the American had massed the bulk of his +reserves, and at the foot of the heights north of the city and just +below the forts the major portion of the cavalry was drawn up in the +shelter of a little ravine. Barney's eyes were fixed upon the +soaring aeroplane. + +In his hand was his watch. He would wait another fifteen minutes, +and if by then the signal had not come that the Serbians were +approaching, he would strike the blow that he had decided upon. From +time to time he glanced at his watch. + +The fifteen minutes had almost elapsed when there fluttered from the +tiny monoplane a paper parachute. It dropped for several hundred +feet before it spread to the air pressure and floated more gently +toward the earth and a moment later there burst from its basket a +puff of white smoke. Two more parachutes followed the first and two +more puffs of smoke. Then the machine darted rapidly off toward the +northeast. + +Barney turned to Prince von der Tann with a smile. "They are none +too soon," he said. + +The old prince bowed in acquiescence. He had been very happy for +two days. Lutha might be defeated now, but she could never be +subdued. She had a king at last--a real king. Gott! How he had +changed. It reminded Prince von der Tann of the day he had ridden +beside the impostor two years before in the battle with the forces +of Peter of Blentz. Many times he had caught himself scrutinizing +the face of the monarch, searching for some proof that after all he +was not Leopold. + +"Direct the commanders of forts three and four to concentrate their +fire on the enemy's guns directly north of Fort No. 3," Barney +directed an aide. "Simultaneously let the cavalry and Colonel +Kazov's infantry make a determined assault on the Austrian +trenches." + +Then he turned his horse toward the left of his line, where, a +little to the rear, lay the fresh troops that he had been holding in +readiness against this very moment. As he galloped across the plain, +his staff at his heels, shrapnel burst about them. Von der Tann +spurred to his side. + +"Sire," he cried, "it is unnecessary that you take such grave risks. +Your staff is ready and willing to perform such service that you may +be preserved to your people and your throne." + +"I believe the men fight better when they think their king is +watching them," said the American simply. + +"I know it, sire," replied Von der Tann, "but even so, Lutha could +ill afford to lose you now. I thank God, your majesty, that I have +lived to see this day--to see the last of the Rubinroths upholding +the glorious traditions of the Rubinroth blood." + +Barney led the reserves slowly through the wood to the rear of the +extreme left of his line. The attack upon the Austrian right center +appeared to be meeting with much greater success than the American +dared to hope for. Already, through his glasses, he could see +indications that the enemy was concentrating a larger force at this +point to repulse the vicious assaults of the Luthanians. To do this +they must be drawing from their reserves back of other portions of +their line. + +It was what Barney had desired. The three bombs from the aeroplane +had told him that the Serbians had been sighted three miles away. +Already they were engaging the Austrians. He could hear the rattle +of rifles and quick-firers and the roar of cannon far to the +northeast. And now he gave the word to the commander of the reserve. + +At a rapid trot the men moved forward behind the extreme left end of +the Luthanian left wing. They were almost upon the Austrians before +they emerged from the shelter of the wood, and then with hoarse +shouts and leveled bayonets they charged the enemy's position. The +fight there was the bloodiest of the two long days. Back and forth +the tide of battle surged. In the thick of it rode the false king +encouraging his men to greater effort. Slowly at last they bore the +Austrians from their trenches. Back and back they bore them until +retreat became a rout. The Austrian right was crumpled back upon its +center! + +Here the enemy made a determined stand; but just before dark a great +shouting arose from the heights to their left, where the bulk of +their artillery was stationed. Both the Luthanian and Austrian +troops engaged in the plain saw Austrian infantry and artillery +running down the slopes in disorderly rout. Upon their heads came a +cheering line of soldiers firing as they ran, and above them waved +the battleflag of Serbia. + +A mighty shout rose from the Luthanian ranks--an answering groan +from the throats of the Austrians. Hemmed in between the two lines +of allies, the Austrians were helpless. Their artillery was +captured, retreat cut off. There was but a single alternative to +massacre--the white flag. + +A few regiments between Lustadt and Blentz, but nearer the latter +town, escaped back into Austria, the balance Barney arranged with +the Serbian minister to have taken back to Serbia as prisoners of +war. The Luthanian army corps that the American had promised the +Serbs was to be utilized along the Austrian frontier to prevent the +passage of Austrian troops into Serbia through Lutha. + +The return to Lustadt after the battle was made through cheering +troops and along streets choked with joy-mad citizenry. The name of +the soldier-king was upon every tongue. Men went wild with +enthusiasm as the tall figure rode slowly through the crowd toward +the palace. + +Von der Tann, grim and martial, found his lids damp with the +moisture of a great happiness. Even now with all the proofs of +reality about him, it seemed impossible that this scene could be +aught but the ephemeral vapors of a dream--that Leopold of Lutha, +the coward, the craven, could have become in a single day the heroic +figure that had loomed so large upon the battlefield of Lustadt--the +simple, modest gentleman who received the plaudits of his subjects +with bowed head and humble mien. + +As Barney Custer rode up Margaretha Street toward the royal palace +of the kings of Lutha, a dust-covered horseman in the uniform of an +officer of the Horse Guards entered Lustadt from the south. It was +the young aide of Prince von der Tann's staff, who had been sent to +Blentz nearly a week earlier with a message for the king, and who +had been captured and held by the Austrians. + +During the battle before Lustadt all the Austrian troops had been +withdrawn from Blentz and hurried to the front. It was then that the +aide had been transferred to the castle, from which he had escaped +early that morning. To reach Lustadt he had been compelled to circle +the Austrian position, coming to Lustadt from the south. + +Once within the city he rode straight to the palace, flung himself +from his jaded mount, and entered the left wing of the building--the +wing in which the private apartments of the chancellor were located. + +Here he inquired for the Princess Emma, learning with evident relief +that she was there. A moment later, white with dust, his face +streamed with sweat, he was ushered into her presence. + +"Your highness," he blurted, "the king's commands have been +disregarded--the American is to be shot tomorrow. I have just +escaped from Blentz. Peter is furious. He realizes that whether the +Austrians win or lose, his standing with the king is gone forever. + +"In a fit of rage he has ordered that Mr. Custer be sacrificed to +his desire for revenge, in the hope that it will insure for him the +favor of the Austrians. Something must be done at once if he is to +be saved." + +For a moment the girl swayed as though about to fall. The young +officer stepped quickly to support her, but before he reached her +side she had regained complete mastery of herself. From the street +without there rose the blare of trumpets and the cheering of the +populace. + +Through senses numb with the cold of anguish the meaning of the +tumult slowly filtered to her brain--the king had come. He was +returning from the battlefield, covered with honors and flushed with +glory--the man who was to be her husband; but there was no rejoicing +in the heart of the Princess Emma. + +Instead, there was a dull ache and impotent rebellion at the +injustice of the thing--that Leopold should be reaping these great +rewards, while he who had made it possible for him to be a king at +all was to die on the morrow because of what he had done to place +the Rubinroth upon his throne. + +"Perhaps Lieutenant Butzow might find a way," suggested the officer. +"He or your father; they are both fond of Mr. Custer." + +"Yes," said the girl dully, "see Lieutenant Butzow--he would do the +most." + +The officer bowed and hastened from the apartment in search of +Butzow. The girl approached the window and stood there for a long +time, looking out at the surging multitude that pressed around the +palace gates, filling Margaretha Street with a solid mass of happy +faces. + +They cheered the king, the chancellor, the army; but most often they +cheered the king. From a despised monarch Leopold had risen in a +single bound to the position of a national idol. + +Repeatedly he was called to the balcony over the grand entrance that +the people might feast their eyes on him. The princess wondered how +long it was before she herself would be forced to offer her +congratulations and, perchance, suffer his caresses. She shivered +and cringed at the thought, and then there came a knock upon the +door, and in answer to her permission it opened, and the king stood +upon the threshold alone. + +At a glance the man took in the pain and sorrow mirrored upon the +girl's face. He stepped quickly across the room toward her. + +"What is it?" he asked. "What is the matter?" + +For a moment he had forgotten the part that he had been +playing--forgot that the Princess Emma was ignorant of his identity. +He had come to her to share with her the happiness of the hour--the +glory of the victorious arms of Lutha. For a time he had almost +forgotten that he was not the king, and now he was forgetting that +he was not Barney Custer to the girl who stood before him with +misery and hopelessness writ so large upon her countenance. + +For a brief instant the girl did not reply. She was weighing the +problematical value of an attempt to enlist the king in the cause of +the American. Leopold had shown a spark of magnanimity when he had +written a pardon for Mr. Custer; might he not rise again above his +petty jealousy and save the American's life? It was a forlorn hope +to the woman who knew the true Leopold so well; but it was a hope. + +"What is the matter?" the king repeated. + +"I have just received word that Prince Peter has ignored your +commands, sire," replied the girl, "and that Mr. Custer is to be +shot tomorrow." + +Barney's eyes went wide with incredulity. Here was a pretty pass, +indeed! The princess came close to him and seized his arm. + +"You promised, sire," she said, "that he would not be harmed--you +gave your royal word. You can save him. You have an army at your +command. Do not forget that he once saved you." + +The note of appeal in her voice and the sorrow in her eyes gave +Barney Custer a twinge of compunction. The necessity for longer +concealing his identity in so far as the salvation of Lutha was +concerned seemed past; but the American had intended to carry the +deception to the end. + +He had given the matter much thought, but he could find no grounds +for belief that Emma von der Tann would be any happier in the +knowledge that her future husband had had nothing to do with the +victory of his army. If she was doomed to a life at his side, why +not permit her the grain of comfort that she might derive from the +memory of her husband's achievements upon the battlefield of +Lustadt? Why rob her of that little? + +But now, face to face with her, and with the evidence of her +suffering so plain before him, Barney's intentions wavered. Like +most fighting men, he was tender in his dealings with women. And now +the last straw came in the form of a single tiny tear that trickled +down the girl's cheek. He seized the hand that lay upon his arm. + +"Your highness," he said, "do not grieve for the American. He is not +worth it. He has deceived you. He is not at Blentz." + +The girl drew her hand from his and straightened to her full height. + +"What do you mean, sire?" she exclaimed. "Mr. Custer would not +deceive me even if he had an opportunity--which he has not had. But +if he is not at Blentz, where is he?" + +Barney bowed his head and looked at the floor. + +"He is here, your highness, asking your forgiveness," he said. + +There was a puzzled expression upon the girl's face as she looked at +the man before her. She did not understand. Why should she? Barney +drew a diamond ring from his little finger and held it out to her. + +"You gave it to me to cut a hole in the window of the garage where I +stole the automobile," he said. "I forgot to return it. Now do you +know who I am?" + +Emma von der Tann's eyes showed her incredulity; then, act by act, +she recalled all that this man had said and done since they had +escaped from Blentz that had been so unlike the king she knew. + +"When did you assume the king's identity?" she asked. + +Barney told her all that had transpired in the king's apartments at +Blentz before she had been conducted to the king's presence. + +"And Leopold is there now?" she asked. + +"He is there," replied Barney, "and he is to be shot in the +morning." + +"Gott!" exclaimed the girl. "What are we to do?" + +"There is but one thing to do," replied the American, "and that is +for Butzow and me to ride to Blentz as fast as horses will carry us +and rescue the king." + +"And then?" asked the girl, a shadow crossing her face. + +"And then Barney Custer will have to beat it for the boundary," he +replied with a sorry smile. + +She came quite close to him, laying her hands upon his shoulders. + +"I cannot give you up now," she said simply. "I have tried to be +loyal to Leopold and the promise that my father made his king when I +was only a little girl; but since I thought that you were to be +shot, I have wished a thousand times that I had gone with you to +America two years ago. Take me with you now, Barney. We can send +Lieutenant Butzow to rescue the king, and before he has returned we +can be safe across the Serbian frontier." + +The American shook his head. + +"I got the king into this mess and I must get him out," he said. +"He may deserve to be shot, but it is up to me to prevent it, if I +can. And there is your father to consider. If Butzow rides to Blentz +and rescues the king, it may be difficult to get him back to Lustadt +without the truth of his identity and mine becoming known. With me +there, the change can be effected easily, and not even Butzow need +know what has happened. + +"If the people should guess that it was not Leopold who won the +battle of Lustadt there might be the devil to pay, and your father +would go down along with the throne. No, I must stay until Leopold +is safe in Lustadt. But there is a hope for us. I may be able to +wrest from Leopold his sanction of our marriage. I shall not +hesitate to use threats to get it, and I rather imagine that he will +be in such a terror-stricken condition that he will assent to any +terms for his release from Blentz. If he gives me such a paper, +Emma, will you marry me?" + +Perhaps there never had been a stranger proposal than this; but to +neither did it seem strange. For two years each had known the love +of the other. The girl's betrothal to the king had prevented an +avowal of their love while Barney posed in his own identity. Now +they merely accepted the conditions that had existed for two years +as though a matter of fact which had been often discussed between +them. + +"Of course I'll marry you," said the princess. "Why in the world +would I want you to take me to America otherwise?" + +As Barney Custer took her in his arms he was happier than he had +ever before been in all his life, and so, too, was the Princess Emma +von der Tann. + + + + +XII + +LEOPOLD WAITS FOR DAWN + +After the American had shoved him through the secret doorway into +the tower room of the castle of Blentz, Leopold had stood for +several minutes waiting for the next command from his captor. +Presently, hearing no sound other than that of his own breathing, +the king ventured to speak. He asked the American what he purposed +doing with him next. + +There was no reply. For another minute the king listened intently; +then he raised his hands and removed the bandage from his eyes. He +looked about him. The room was vacant except for himself. He +recognized it as the one in which he had spent ten years of his life +as a prisoner. He shuddered. What had become of the American? He +approached the door and listened. Beyond the panels he could hear +the two soldiers on guard there conversing. He called to them. + +"What do you want?" shouted one of the men through the closed door. + +"I want Prince Peter!" yelled the king. "Send him at once!" + +The soldiers laughed. + +"He wants Prince Peter," they mocked. "Wouldn't you rather have us +send the king to you?" they asked. + +"I am the king!" yelled Leopold. "I am the king! Open the door, +pigs, or it will go hard with you! I shall have you both shot in the +morning if you do not open the door and fetch Prince Peter." + +"Ah!" exclaimed one of the soldiers. "Then there will be three of +us shot together." + +Leopold went white. He had not connected the sentence of the +American with himself; but now, quite vividly, he realized what it +might mean to him if he failed before dawn to convince someone that +he was not the American. Peter would not be awake at so early an +hour, and if he had no better success with others than he was having +with these soldiers, it was possible that he might be led out and +shot before his identity was discovered. The thing was preposterous. +The king's knees became suddenly quite weak. They shook, and his +legs gave beneath his weight so that he had to lean against the back +of a chair to keep from falling. + +Once more he turned to the soldiers. This time he pleaded with +them, begging them to carry word to Prince Peter that a terrible +mistake had been made, and that it was the king and not the American +who was confined in the death chamber. But the soldiers only laughed +at him, and finally threatened to come in and beat him if he again +interrupted their conversation. + +It was a white and shaken prisoner that the officer of the guard +found when he entered the room at dawn. The man before him, his face +streaked with tears of terror and self-pity, fell upon his knees +before him, beseeching him to carry word to Peter of Blentz, that he +was the king. The officer drew away with a gesture of disgust. + +"I might well believe from your actions that you are Leopold," he +said; "for, by Heaven, you do not act as I have always imagined the +American would act in the face of danger. He has a reputation for +bravery that would suffer could his admirers see him now." + +"But I am not the American," pleaded the king. "I tell you that the +American came to my apartments last night, overpowered me, forced me +to change clothing with him, and then led me back here." + +A sudden inspiration came to the king with the memory of all that +had transpired during that humiliating encounter with the American. + +"I signed a pardon for him!" he cried. "He forced me to do so. If +you think I am the American, you cannot kill me now, for there is a +pardon signed by the king, and an order for the American's immediate +release. Where is it? Do not tell me that Prince Peter did not +receive it." + +"He received it," replied the officer, "and I am here to acquaint +you with the fact, but Prince Peter said nothing about your release. +All he told me was that you were not to be shot this morning," and +the man emphasized the last two words. + +Leopold of Lutha spent two awful days a prisoner at Blentz, not +knowing at what moment Prince Peter might see fit to carry out the +verdict of the Austrian court martial. He could convince no one that +he was the king. Peter would not even grant him an audience. Upon +the evening of the third day, word came that the Austrians had been +defeated before Lustadt, and those that were not prisoners were +retreating through Blentz toward the Austrian frontier. + +The news filtered to Leopold's prison room through the servant who +brought him his scant and rough fare. The king was utterly +disheartened before this word reached him. For the moment he seemed +to see a ray of hope, for, since the impostor had been victorious, +he would be in a position to force Peter of Blentz to give up the +true king. + +There was the chance that the American, flushed with success and +power, might elect to hold the crown he had seized. Who would guess +the transfer that had been effected, or, guessing, would dare voice +his suspicions in the face of the power and popularity that Leopold +knew such a victory as the impostor had won must have given him in +the hearts and minds of the people of Lutha? Still, there was a bare +possibility that the American would be as good as his word, and +return the crown as he had promised. Though he hated to admit it, +the king had every reason to believe that the impostor was a man of +honor, whose bare word was as good as another's bond. + +He was commencing, under this line of reasoning, to achieve a +certain hopeful content when the door to his prison opened and Peter +of Blentz, black and scowling, entered. At his elbow was Captain +Ernst Maenck. + +"Leopold has defeated the Austrians," announced the former. "Until +you returned to Lutha he considered the Austrians his best friends. +I do not know how you could have reached or influenced him. It is to +learn how you accomplished it that I am here. The fact that he +signed your pardon indicates that his attitude toward you changed +suddenly--almost within an hour. There is something at the bottom of +it all, and that something I must know." + +"I am Leopold!" cried the king. "Don't you recognize me, Prince +Peter? Look at me! Maenck must know me. It was I who wrote and +signed the American's pardon--at the point of the American's +revolver. He forced me to exchange clothing with him, and then he +brought me here to this room and left me." + +The two men looked at the speaker and smiled. + +"You bank too strongly, my friend," said Peter of Blentz, "upon your +resemblance to the king of Lutha. I will admit that it is strong, +but not so strong as to convince me of the truth of so improbable a +story. How in the world could the American have brought you through +the castle, from one end to the other, unseen? There was a guard +before the king's door and another before this. No, Herr Custer, you +will have to concoct a more plausible tale. + +"No," and Peter of Blentz scowled savagely, as though to impress +upon his listener the importance of his next utterance, "there were +more than you and the king involved in his sudden departure from +Blentz and in his hasty change of policy toward Austria. To be quite +candid, it seems to me that it may be necessary to my future +welfare--vitally necessary, I may say--to know precisely how all +this occurred, and just what influence you have over Leopold of +Lutha. Who was it that acted as the go-between in the king's +negotiations with you, or rather, yours with the king? And what +argument did you bring to bear to force Leopold to the action he +took?" + +"I have told you all that I know about the matter," whined the king. +"The American appeared suddenly in my apartment. When he brought me +here he first blindfolded me. I have no idea by what route we +traveled through the castle, and unless your guards outside this +door were bribed they can tell you more about how we got in here +than I can--provided we entered through that doorway," and the king +pointed to the door which had just opened to admit his two visitors. + +"Oh, pshaw!" exclaimed Maenck. "There is but one door to this +room--if the king came in here at all, he came through that door." + +"Enough!" cried Peter of Blentz. "I shall not be trifled with +longer. I shall give you until tomorrow morning to make a full +explanation of the truth and to form some plan whereby you may +utilize once more whatever influence you had over Leopold to the end +that he grant to myself and my associates his royal assurance that +our lives and property will be safe in Lutha." + +"But I tell you it is impossible," wailed the king. + +"I think not," sneered Prince Peter, "especially when I tell you +that if you do not accede to my wishes the order of the Austrian +military court that sentenced you to death at Burgova will be +carried out in the morning." + +With his final words the two men turned and left the room. Behind +them, upon the floor, inarticulate with terror, knelt Leopold of +Lutha, his hands outstretched in supplication. + +The long night wore its weary way to dawn at last. The sleepless +man, alternately tossing upon his bed and pacing the floor, looked +fearfully from time to time at the window through which the +lightening of the sky would proclaim the coming day and his last +hour on earth. His windows faced the west. At the foot of the hill +beneath the castle nestled the village of Blentz, once more +enveloped in peaceful silence since the Austrians were gone. + +An unmistakable lessening of the darkness in the east had just +announced the proximity of day, when the king heard a clatter of +horses' hoofs upon the road before the castle. The sound ceased at +the gates and a loud voice broke out upon the stillness of the dying +night demanding entrance "in the name of the king." + +New hope burst aflame in the breast of the condemned man. The +impostor had not forsaken him. Leopold ran to the window, leaning +far out. He heard the voices of the sentries in the barbican as they +conversed with the newcomers. Then silence came, broken only by the +rapid footsteps of a soldier hastening from the gate to the castle. +His hobnail shoes pounding upon the cobbles of the courtyard echoed +among the angles of the lofty walls. When he had entered the castle +the silence became oppressive. For five minutes there was no sound +other than the pawing of the horses outside the barbican and the +subdued conversation of their riders. + +Presently the soldier emerged from the castle. With him was an +officer. The two went to the barbican. Again there was a parley +between the horsemen and the guard. Leopold could hear the officer +demanding terms. He would lower the drawbridge and admit them upon +conditions. + +One of these the king overheard--it concerned an assurance of full +pardon for Peter of Blentz and the garrison; and again Leopold heard +the officer addressing someone as "your majesty." + +Ah, the impostor was there in person. Ach, Gott! How Leopold of +Lutha hated him, and yet, in the hands of this American lay not only +his throne but his very life as well. + +Evidently the negotiations proved unsuccessful for after a time the +party wheeled their horses from the gate and rode back toward +Blentz. As the sound of the iron-shod hoofs diminished in the +distance, with them diminished the hopes of the king. + +When they ceased entirely his hopes were at an end, to be supplanted +by renewed terror at the turning of the knob of his prison door as +it swung open to admit Maenck and a squad of soldiers. + +"Come!" ordered the captain. "The king has refused to intercede in +your behalf. When he returns with his army he will find your body at +the foot of the west wall in the courtyard." + +With an ear-piercing shriek that rang through the grim old castle, +Leopold of Lutha flung his arms above his head and lunged forward +upon his face. Roughly the soldiers seized the unconscious man and +dragged him from the room. + +Along the corridor they hauled him and down the winding stairs +within the north tower to the narrow slit of a door that opened upon +the courtyard. To the foot of the west wall they brought him, +tossing him brutally to the stone flagging. Here one of the soldiers +brought a flagon of water and dashed it in the face of the king. The +cold douche returned Leopold to a consciousness of the nearness of +his impending fate. + +He saw the little squad of soldiers before him. He saw the cold, +gray wall behind, and, above, the cold, gray sky of early dawn. The +dismal men leaning upon their shadowy guns seemed unearthly specters +in the weird light of the hour that is neither God's day nor devil's +night. With difficulty two of them dragged Leopold to his feet. + +Then the dismal men formed in line before him at the opposite side +of the courtyard. Maenck stood to the left of them. He was giving +commands. They fell upon the doomed man's ears with all the cruelty +of physical blows. Tears coursed down his white cheeks. With +incoherent mumblings he begged for his life. Leopold, King of Lutha, +trembling in the face of death! + + + + +XIII + +THE TWO KINGS + +Twenty troopers had ridden with Lieutenant Butzow and the false king +from Lustadt to Blentz. During the long, hard ride there had been +little or no conversation between the American and his friend, for +Butzow was still unsuspicious of the true identity of the man who +posed as the ruler of Lutha. The lieutenant was all anxiety to reach +Blentz and rescue the American he thought imprisoned there and in +danger of being shot. + +At the gate they were refused admittance unless the king would +accept conditions. Barney refused--there was another way to gain +entrance to Blentz that not even the master of Blentz knew. Butzow +urged him to accede to anything to save the life of the American. He +recalled all that the latter had done in the service of Lutha and +Leopold. Barney leaned close to the other's ear. + +"If they have not already shot him," he whispered, "we shall save +the prisoner yet. Let them think that we give up and are returning +to Lustadt. Then follow me." + +Slowly the little cavalcade rode down from the castle of Blentz +toward the village. Just out of sight of the grim pile where the +road wound down into a ravine Barney turned his horse's head up the +narrow defile. In single file Butzow and the troopers followed until +the rank undergrowth precluded farther advance. Here the American +directed that they dismount, and, leaving the horses in charge of +three troopers, set out once more with the balance of the company on +foot. + +It was with difficulty that the men forced their way through the +bushes, but they had not gone far when their leader stopped before a +sheer wall of earth and stone, covered with densely growing +shrubbery. Here he groped in the dim light, feeling his way with his +hands before him, while at his heels came his followers. At last he +separated a wall of bushes and disappeared within the aperture his +hands had made. One by one his men followed, finding themselves in +inky darkness, but upon a smooth stone floor and with stone walls +close upon either hand. Those who lifted their hands above their +heads discovered an arched stone ceiling close above them. + +Along this buried corridor the "king" led them, for though he had +never traversed it himself the Princess Emma had, and from her he +had received minute directions. Occasionally he struck a match, and +presently in the fitful glare of one of these he and those directly +behind him saw the foot of a ladder that disappeared in the Stygian +darkness above. + +"Follow me up this, very quietly," he said to those behind him. "Up +to the third landing." + +They did as he bid them. At the third landing Barney felt for the +latch he knew was there--he was on familiar ground now. Finding it +he pushed open the door it held in place, and through a tiny crack +surveyed the room beyond. It was vacant. The American threw the door +wide and stepped within. Directly behind him was Butzow, his eyes +wide in wonderment. After him filed the troopers until seventeen of +them stood behind their lieutenant and the "king." + +Through the window overlooking the courtyard came a piteous wailing. +Barney ran to the casement and looked out. Butzow was at his side. + +"Himmel!" ejaculated the Luthanian. "They are about to shoot him. +Quick, your majesty," and without waiting to see if he were followed +the lieutenant raced for the door of the apartment. Close behind him +came the American and the seventeen. + +It took but a moment to reach the stairway down which the rescuers +tumbled pell-mell. + +Maenck was giving his commands to the firing squad with fiendish +deliberation and delay. He seemed to enjoy dragging out the agony +that the condemned man suffered. But it was this very cruelty that +caused Maenck's undoing and saved the life of Leopold of Lutha. Just +before he gave the word to fire Maenck paused and laughed aloud at +the pitiable figure trembling and whining against the stone wall +before him, and during that pause a commotion arose at the tower +doorway behind the firing squad. + +Maenck turned to discover the cause of the interruption, and as he +turned he saw the figure of the king leaping toward him with leveled +revolver. At the king's back a company of troopers of the Royal +Horse Guard was pouring into the courtyard. + +Maenck snatched his own revolver from his hip and fired point-blank +at the "king." The firing squad had turned at the sound of assault +from the rear. Some of them discharged their pieces at the advancing +troopers. Butzow gave a command and seventeen carbines poured their +deadly hail into the ranks of the Blentz retainers. At Maenck's shot +the "king" staggered and fell to the pavement. + +Maenck leaped across his prostrate form, yelling to his men "Shoot +the American." Then he was lost to Barney's sight in the +hand-to-hand scrimmage that was taking place. The American tried to +regain his feet, but the shock of the wound in his breast had +apparently paralyzed him for the moment. A Blentz soldier was +running toward the prisoner standing open-mouthed against the wall. +The fellow's rifle was raised to his hip--his intention was only too +obvious. + +Barney drew himself painfully and slowly to one elbow. The man was +rapidly nearing the true Leopold. In another moment he would shoot. +The American raised his revolver and, taking careful aim, fired. The +soldier shrieked, covered his face with his hands, spun around once, +and dropped at the king's feet. + +The troopers under Butzow were forcing the men of Blentz toward the +far end of the courtyard. Two of the Blentz faction were standing a +little apart, backing slowly away and at the same time deliberately +firing at the king. Barney seemed the only one who noticed them. +Once again he raised his revolver and fired. One of the men sat down +suddenly, looked vacantly about him, and then rolled over upon his +side. The other fired once more at the king and the same instant +Barney fired at the soldier. Soldier and king--would-be assassin and +his victim--fell simultaneously. Barney grimaced. The wound in his +breast was painful. He had done his best to save the king. It was no +fault of his that he had failed. It was a long way to Beatrice. He +wondered if Emma von der Tann would be on the station platform, +awaiting him--then he swooned. + +Butzow and his seventeen had it all their own way in the courtyard +and castle of Blentz. After the first resistance the soldiery of +Peter fled to the guardroom. Butzow followed them, and there they +laid down their arms. Then the lieutenant returned to the courtyard +to look for the king and Barney Custer. He found them both, and both +were wounded. He had them carried to the royal apartments in the +north tower. When Barney regained consciousness he found the +scowling portrait of the Blentz princess frowning down upon him. He +lay upon a great bed where the soldiers, thinking him king, had +placed him. Opposite him, against the farther wall, the real king +lay upon a cot. Butzow was working over him. + +"Not so bad, after all, Barney," the lieutenant was saying. "Only a +flesh wound in the calf of the leg." + +The king made no reply. He was afraid to declare his identity. +First he must learn the intentions of the impostor. He only closed +his eyes wearily. Presently he asked a question. + +"Is he badly wounded?" and he indicated the figure upon the great +bed. + +Butzow turned and crossed to where the American lay. He saw that the +latter's eyes were open and that he was conscious. + +"How does your majesty feel?" he asked. There was more respect in +his tone than ever before. One of the Blentz soldiers had told him +how the "king," after being wounded by Maenck, had raised himself +upon his elbow and saved the prisoner's life by shooting three of +his assailants. + +"I thought I was done for," answered Barney Custer, "but I rather +guess the bullet struck only a glancing blow. It couldn't have +entered my lungs, for I neither cough nor spit blood. To tell you +the truth, I feel surprisingly fit. How's the prisoner?" + +"Only a flesh wound in the calf of his left leg, sire," replied +Butzow. + +"I am glad," was Barney's only comment. He didn't want to be king +of Lutha; but he had foreseen that with the death of the king his +imposture might be forced upon him for life. + +After Butzow and one of the troopers had washed and dressed the +wounds of both men Barney asked them to leave the room. + +"I wish to sleep," he said. "If I require you I will ring." + +Saluting, the two backed from the apartment. Just as they were +passing through the doorway the American called out to Butzow. + +"You have Peter of Blentz and Maenck in custody?" he asked. + +"I regret having to report to your majesty," replied the officer, +"that both must have escaped. A thorough search of the entire castle +has failed to reveal them." + +Barney scowled. He had hoped to place these two conspirators once +and for all where they would never again threaten the peace of the +throne of Lutha--in hell. For a moment he lay in thought. Then he +addressed the officer again. + +"Leave your force here," he said, "to guard us. Ride, yourself, to +Lustadt and inform Prince von der Tann that it is the king's desire +that every effort be made to capture these two men. Have them +brought to Lustadt immediately they are apprehended. Bring them dead +or alive." + +Again Butzow saluted and prepared to leave the room. + +"Wait," said Barney. "Convey our greetings to the Princess von der +Tann, and inform her that my wound is of small importance, as is +also that of the--Mr. Custer. You may go, lieutenant." + +When they were alone Barney turned toward the king. The other lay +upon his side glaring at the American. When he caught the latter's +eyes upon him he spoke. + +"What do you intend doing with me?" he said. "Are you going to keep +your word and return my identity?" + +"I have promised," replied Barney, "and what I promise I always +perform." + +"Then exchange clothing with me at once," cried the king, half +rising from his cot. + +"Not so fast, my friend," rejoined the American. "There are a few +trifling details to be arranged before we resume our proper +personalities." + +"Do you realize that you should be hanged for what you have done?" +snarled the king. "You assaulted me, stole my clothing, left me here +to be shot by Peter, and sat upon my throne in Lustadt while I lay a +prisoner condemned to death." + +"And do you realize," replied Barney, "that by so doing I saved your +foolish little throne for you; that I drove the invaders from your +dominions; that I have unmasked your enemies, and that I have once +again proven to you that the Prince von der Tann is your best friend +and most loyal supporter?" + +"You laid your plebeian hands upon me," cried the king, raising his +voice. "You humiliated me, and you shall suffer for it." + +Barney Custer eyed the king for a long moment before he spoke again. +It was difficult to believe that the man was so devoid of gratitude, +and so blind as not to see that even the rough treatment that he had +received at the American's hands was as nothing by comparison with +the service that the American had done him. Apparently Leopold had +already forgotten that three times Barney Custer had saved his life +in the courtyard below. From the man's demeanor, now that his life +was no longer at stake, Barney caught an inkling of what his +attitude might be when once again he was returned to the despotic +power of his kingship. + +"It is futile to reason with you," he said. "There is only one way +to handle such as you. At present I hold the power to coerce you, +and I shall continue to hold that power until I am safely out of +your two-by-four kingdom. If you do as I say you shall have your +throne back again. If you refuse, why by Heaven you shall never have +it. I'll stay king of Lutha myself." + +"What are your terms?" asked the king. + +"That Prince Peter of Blentz, Captain Ernst Maenck, and old Von +Coblich be tried, convicted, and hanged for high treason," replied +the American. + +"That is easy," said the king. "I should do so anyway immediately I +resumed my throne. Now get up and give me my clothes. Take this cot +and I will take the bed. None will know of the exchange." + +"Again you are too fast," answered Barney. "There is another +condition." + +"Well?" + +"You must promise upon your royal honor that Ludwig, Prince von der +Tann, remain chancellor of Lutha during your life or his." + +"Very well," assented the king. "I promise," and again he half rose +from his cot. + +"Hold on a minute," admonished the American; "there is yet one more +condition of which I have not made mention." + +"What, another?" exclaimed Leopold testily. "How much do you want +for returning to me what you have stolen?" + +"So far I have asked for nothing for myself," replied Barney. "Now +I am coming to that part of the agreement. The Princess Emma von der +Tann is betrothed to you. She does not love you. She has honored me +with her affection, but she will not wed until she has been formally +released from her promise to wed Leopold of Lutha. The king must +sign such a release and also a sanction of her marriage to Barney +Custer, of Beatrice. Do you understand what I want?" + +The king went livid. He came to his feet beside the cot. For the +moment, his wound was forgotten. He tottered toward the impostor. + +"You scoundrel!" he screamed. "You scoundrel! You have stolen my +identity and my throne and now you wish to steal the woman who loves +me." + +"Don't get excited, Leo," warned the American, "and don't talk so +loud. The Princess doesn't love you, and you know it as well as I. +She will never marry you. If you want your dinky throne back you'll +have to do as I desire; that is, sign the release and the sanction. + +"Now let's don't have any heroics about it. You have the +proposition. Now I am going to sleep. In the meantime you may think +it over. If the papers are not ready when it comes time for us to +leave, and from the way I feel now I rather think I shall be ready +to mount a horse by morning, I shall ride back to Lustadt as king of +Lutha, and I shall marry her highness into the bargain, and you may +go hang! + +"How the devil you will earn a living with that king job taken away +from you I don't know. You're a long way from New York, and in the +present state of carnage in Europe I rather doubt that there are +many headwaiters jobs open this side of the American metropolis, and +I can't for the moment think of anything else at which you would +shine--with all due respect to some excellent headwaiters I have +known." + +For some time the king remained silent. He was thinking. He +realized that it lay in the power of the American to do precisely +what he had threatened to do. No one would doubt his identity. Even +Peter of Blentz had not recognized the real king despite Leopold's +repeated and hysterical claims. + +Lieutenant Butzow, the American's best friend, had no more suspected +the exchange of identities. Von der Tann, too, must have been +deceived. Everyone had been deceived. There was no hope that the +people, who really saw so little of their king, would guess the +deception that was being played upon them. Leopold groaned. Barney +opened his eyes and turned toward him. + +"What's the matter?" he asked. + +"I will sign the release and the sanction of her highness' marriage +to you," said the king. + +"Good!" exclaimed the American. "You will then go at once to +Brosnov as originally planned. I will return to Lustadt and get her +highness, and we will immediately leave Lutha via Brosnov. There you +and I will effect a change of raiment, and you will ride back to +Lustadt with the small guard that accompanies her highness and me to +the frontier." + +"Why do you not remain in Lustadt?" asked the king. "You could as +well be married there as elsewhere." + +"Because I don't trust your majesty," replied the American. "It must +be done precisely as I say or not at all. Are you agreeable?" + +The king assented with a grumpy nod. + +"Then get up and write as I dictate," said Barney. Leopold of Lutha +did as he was bid. The result was two short, crisply worded +documents. At the bottom of each was the signature of Leopold of +Lutha. Barney took the two papers and carefully tucked them beneath +his pillow. + +"Now let's sleep," he said. "It is getting late and we both need +the rest. In the morning we have long rides ahead of us. Good +night." + +The king did not respond. In a short time Barney was fast asleep. +The light still burned. + + + + +XIV + +"THE KING'S WILL IS LAW" + +The Blentz princess frowned down upon the king and impostor +impartially from her great gilt frame. It must have been close to +midnight that the painting moved--just a fraction of an inch. Then +it remained motionless for a time. Again it moved. This time it +revealed a narrow crack at its edge. In the crack an eye shone. + +One of the sleepers moved. He opened his eyes. Stealthily he +raised himself on his elbow and gazed at the other across the +apartment. He listened intently. The regular breathing of the +sleeper proclaimed the soundness of his slumber. Gingerly the man +placed one foot upon the floor. The eye glued to the crack at the +edge of the great, gilt frame of the Blentz princess remained +fastened upon him. He let his other foot slip to the floor beside +the first. Carefully he raised himself until he stood erect upon the +floor. Then, on tiptoe he started across the room. + +The eye in the dark followed him. The man reached the side of the +sleeper. Bending over he listened intently to the other's breathing. +Satisfied that slumber was profound he stepped quickly to a wardrobe +in which a soldier had hung the clothing of both the king and the +American. He took down the uniform of the former, casting from time +to time apprehensive glances toward the sleeper. The latter did not +stir, and the other passed to the little dressing-room adjoining. + +A few minutes later he reentered the apartment fully clothed and +wearing the accouterments of Leopold of Lutha. In his hand was a +drawn sword. Silently and swiftly he crossed to the side of the +sleeping man. The eye at the crack beside the gilded frame pressed +closer to the aperture. The sword was raised above the body of the +slumberer--its point hovered above his heart. The face of the man +who wielded it was hard with firm resolve. + +His muscles tensed to drive home the blade, but something held his +hand. His face paled. His shoulders contracted with a little +shudder, and he turned toward the door of the apartment, almost +running across the floor in his anxiety to escape. The eye in the +dark maintained its unblinking vigilance. + +With his hand upon the knob a sudden thought stayed the fugitive's +flight. He glanced quickly back at the sleeper--he had not moved. +Then the man who wore the uniform of the king of Lutha recrossed the +apartment to the bed, reached beneath one of the pillows and +withdrew two neatly folded official-looking documents. These he +placed in the breastpocket of his uniform. A moment later he was +walking down the spiral stairway to the main floor of the castle. + +In the guardroom the troopers of the Royal Horse who were not on +guard were stretched in slumber. Only a corporal remained awake. As +the man entered the guardroom the corporal glanced up, and as his +eyes fell upon the newcomer, he sprang to his feet, saluting. + +"Turn out the guard!" he cried. "Turn out the guard for his +majesty, the king!" + +The sleeping soldiers, but half awake, scrambled to their feet, +their muscles reacting to the command that their brains but half +perceived. They snatched their guns from the racks and formed a line +behind the corporal. The king raised his fingers to the vizor of his +helmet in acknowledgment of their salute. + +"Saddle up quietly, corporal," he said. "We shall ride to Lustadt +tonight." + +The non-commissioned officer saluted. "And an extra horse for Herr +Custer?" he said. + +The king shook his head. "The man died of his wound about an hour +ago," he said. "While you are saddling up I shall arrange with some +of the Blentz servants for his burial--now hurry!" + +The corporal marched his troopers from the guardroom toward the +stables. The man in the king's clothes touched a bell which was +obviously a servant call. He waited impatiently a reply to his +summons, tapping his finger-tips against the sword-scabbard that was +belted to his side. At last a sleepy-eyed man responded--a man who +had grown gray in the service of Peter of Blentz. At sight of the +king he opened his eyes in astonishment, pulled his foretop, and +bowed uneasily. + +"Come closer," whispered the king. The man did so, and the king +spoke in his ear earnestly, but in scarce audible tones. The eyes of +the listener narrowed to mere slits--of avarice and cunning, cruelly +cold and calculating. The speaker searched through the pockets of +the king's clothes that covered him. At last he withdrew a roll of +bills. The amount must have been a large one, but he did not stop to +count it. He held the money under the eyes of the servant. The +fellow's claw-like fingers reached for the tempting wealth. He +nodded his head affirmatively. + +"You may trust me, sire," he whispered. + +The king slipped the money into the other's palm. "And as much +more," he said, "when I receive proof that my wishes have been +fulfilled." + +"Thank you, sire," said the servant. + +The king looked steadily into the other's face before he spoke +again. + +"And if you fail me," he said, "may God have mercy on your soul." +Then he wheeled and left the guardroom, walking out into the +courtyard where the soldiers were busy saddling their mounts. + +A few minutes later the party clattered over the drawbridge and down +the road toward Blentz and Lustadt. From a window of the apartments +of Peter of Blentz a man watched them depart. When they passed +across a strip of moonlit road, and he had counted them, he smiled +with relief. + +A moment later he entered a panel beside the huge fireplace in the +west wall and disappeared. There he struck a match, found a candle +and lighted it. Walking a few steps he came to a figure sleeping +upon a pile of clothing. He stooped and shook the sleeper by the +shoulder. + +"Wake up!" he cried in a subdued voice. "Wake up, Prince Peter; I +have good news for you." + +The other opened his eyes, stretched, and at last sat up. + +"What is it, Maenck?" he asked querulously. + +"Great news, my prince," replied the other. + +"While you have been sleeping many things have transpired within the +walls of your castle. The king's troopers have departed; but that is +a small matter compared with the other. Here, behind the portrait of +your great-grandmother, I have listened and watched all night. I +opened the secret door a fraction of an inch--just enough to permit +me to look into the apartment where the king and the American lay +wounded. They had been talking as I opened the door, but after that +they ceased--the king falling asleep at once--the American feigning +slumber. For a long time I watched, but nothing happened until near +midnight. Then the American arose and donned the king's clothes. + +"He approached Leopold with drawn sword, but when he would have +thrust it through the heart of the sleeping man his nerve failed +him. Then he stole some papers from the room and left. Just now he +has ridden out toward Lustadt with the men of the Royal Horse who +captured the castle yesterday." + +Before Maenck was half-way through his narrative, Peter of Blentz +was wide awake and all attention. His eyes glowed with suddenly +aroused interest. + +"Somewhere in this, prince," concluded Maenck, "there must lie the +seed of fortune for you and me." + +Peter nodded. "Yes," he mused, "there must." + +For a time both men were buried in thought. Suddenly Maenck snapped +his fingers. "I have it!" he cried. He bent toward Prince Peter's +ear and whispered his plan. When he was done the Blentz prince +grasped his hand. + +"Just the thing, Maenck!" he cried. "Just the thing. Leopold will +never again listen to idle gossip directed against our loyalty. If I +know him--and who should know him better--he will heap honors upon +you, my Maenck; and as for me, he will at least forgive me and take +me back into his confidence. Lose no time now, my friend. We are +free now to go and come, since the king's soldiers have been +withdrawn." + +In the garden back of the castle an old man was busy digging a hole. +It was a long, narrow hole, and, when it was completed, nearly four +feet deep. It looked like a grave. When he had finished the old man +hobbled to a shed that leaned against the south wall. Here were +boards, tools, and a bench. It was the castle workshop. The old man +selected a number of rough pine boards. These he measured and sawed, +fitted and nailed, working all the balance of the night. By dawn, he +had a long, narrow box, just a trifle smaller than the hole he had +dug in the garden. The box resembled a crude coffin. When it was +quite finished, including a cover, he dragged it out into the garden +and set it upon two boards that spanned the hole, so that it rested +precisely over the excavation. + +All these precautions methodically made, he returned to the castle. +In a little storeroom he searched for and found an ax. With his +thumb he felt of the edge--for an ax it was marvelously sharp. The +old fellow grinned and shook his head, as one who appreciates in +anticipation the consummation of a good joke. Then he crept +noiselessly through the castle's corridors and up the spiral +stairway in the north tower. In one hand was the sharp ax. + + +The moment Lieutenant Butzow had reached Lustadt he had gone +directly to Prince von der Tann; but the moment his message had been +delivered to the chancellor he sought out the chancellor's daughter, +to tell her all that had occurred at Blentz. + +"I saw but little of Mr. Custer," he said. "He was very quiet. I +think all that he has been through has unnerved him. He was slightly +wounded in the left leg. The king was wounded in the breast. His +majesty conducted himself in a most valiant and generous manner. +Wounded, he lay upon his stomach in the courtyard of the castle and +defended Mr. Custer, who was, of course, unarmed. The king shot +three of Prince Peter's soldiers who were attempting to assassinate +Mr. Custer." + +Emma von der Tann smiled. It was evident that Lieutenant Butzow had +not discovered the deception that had been practiced upon him in +common with all Lutha--she being the only exception. It seemed +incredible that this good friend of the American had not seen in the +heroism of the man who wore the king's clothes the attributes and +ear-marks of Barney Custer. She glowed with pride at the narration +of his heroism, though she suffered with him because of his wound. + +It was not yet noon when the detachment of the Royal Horse arrived +in Lustadt from Blentz. At their head rode one whom all upon the +streets of the capital greeted enthusiastically as king. The party +rode directly to the royal palace, and the king retired immediately +to his apartments. A half hour later an officer of the king's +household knocked upon the door of the Princess Emma von der Tann's +boudoir. In accord with her summons he entered, saluted +respectfully, and handed her a note. + +It was written upon the personal stationary of Leopold of Lutha. +The girl read and reread it. For some time she could not seem to +grasp the enormity of the thing that had overwhelmed her--the daring +of the action that the message explained. The note was short and to +the point, and was signed only with initials. + + + +DEAREST EMMA: + +The king died of his wounds just before midnight. I +shall keep the throne. There is no other way. None +knows and none must ever know the truth. Your father +alone may suspect; but if we are married at once our +alliance will cement him and his faction to us. Send +word by the bearer that you agree with the wisdom +of my plan, and that we may be wed at once--this +afternoon, in fact. + +The people may wonder for a few days at the strange +haste, but my answer shall be that I am going to the +front with my troops. The son and many of the high +officials of the Kaiser have already established the +precedent, marrying hurriedly upon the eve of their +departure for the front. + +With every assurance of my undying love, believe me, + +Yours, +B. C. + + +The girl walked slowly across the room to her writing table. The +officer stood in respectful silence awaiting the answer that the +king had told him to bring. The princess sat down before the carved +bit of furniture. Mechanically she drew a piece of note paper from a +drawer. Many times she dipped her pen in the ink before she could +determine what reply to send. Ages of ingrained royalistic +principles were shocked and shattered by the enormity of the thing +the man she loved had asked of her, and yet cold reason told her +that it was the only way. + +Lutha would be lost should the truth be known--that the king was +dead, for there was no heir of closer blood connection with the +royal house than Prince Peter of Blentz, whose great-grandmother had +been a Rubinroth princess. Slowly, at last, she wrote as follows: + + +SIRE: + +The king's will is law. + +EMMA + + + +That was all. Placing the note in an envelope she sealed it and +handed it to the officer, who bowed and left the room. + +A half hour later officers of the Royal Horse were riding through +the streets of Lustadt. Some announced to the people upon the +streets the coming marriage of the king and princess. Others rode to +the houses of the nobility with the king's command that they be +present at the ceremony in the old cathedral at four o'clock that +afternoon. + +Never had there been such bustling about the royal palace or in the +palaces of the nobles of Lutha. The buzz and hum of excited +conversation filled the whole town. That the choice of the king met +the approval of his subjects was more than evident. Upon every lip +was praise and love of the Princess Emma von der Tann. The future of +Lutha seemed assured with a king who could fight joined in marriage +to a daughter of the warrior line of Von der Tann. + +The princess was busy up to the last minute. She had not seen her +future husband since his return from Blentz, for he, too, had been +busy. Twice he had sent word to her, but on both occasions had +regretted that he could not come personally because of the pressure +of state matters and the preparations for the ceremony that was to +take place in the cathedral in so short a time. + +At last the hour arrived. The cathedral was filled to overflowing. +After the custom of Lutha, the bride had walked alone up the broad +center aisle to the foot of the chancel. Guardsmen lining the way on +either hand stood rigidly at salute until she stopped at the end of +the soft, rose-strewn carpet and turned to await the coming of the +king. + +Presently the doors at the opposite end of the cathedral opened. +There was a fanfare of trumpets, and up the center aisle toward the +waiting girl walked the royal groom. It seemed ages to the princess +since she had seen her lover. Her eyes devoured him as he approached +her. She noticed that he limped, and wondered; but for a moment the +fact carried no special suggestion to her brain. + +The people had risen as the king entered. Again, the pieces of the +guardsmen had snapped to present; but silence, intense and utter, +reigned over the vast assembly. The only movement was the measured +stride of the king as he advanced to claim his bride. + +At the head of each line of guardsmen, nearest the chancel and upon +either side of the bridal party, the ranks were formed of +commissioned officers. Butzow was among them. He, too, out of the +corner of his eye watched the advancing figure. Suddenly he noted +the limp, and gave a little involuntary gasp. He looked at the +Princess Emma, and saw her eyes suddenly widen with consternation. + +Slowly at first, and then in a sudden tidal wave of memory, Butzow's +story of the fight in the courtyard at Blentz came back to her. + +"I saw but little of Mr. Custer," he had said. "He was slightly +wounded in the left leg. The king was wounded in the breast." But +Lieutenant Butzow had not known the true identity of either. + +The real Leopold it was who had been wounded in the left leg, and +the man who was approaching her up the broad cathedral aisle was +limping noticeably--and favoring his left leg. The man to whom she +was to be married was not Barney Custer--he was Leopold of Lutha! + +A hundred mad schemes rioted through her brain. The wedding must +not go on! But how was she to avert it? The king was within a few +paces of her now. There was a smile upon his lips, and in that smile +she saw the final confirmation of her fears. When Leopold of Lutha +smiled his upper lip curved just a trifle into a shadow of a sneer. +It was a trivial characteristic that Barney Custer did not share in +common with the king. + +Half mad with terror, the girl seized upon the only subterfuge which +seemed at all likely to succeed. It would, at least, give her a +slight reprieve--a little time in which to think, and possibly find +an avenue from her predicament. + +She staggered forward a step, clapped her two hands above her heart, +and reeled as though to fall. Butzow, who had been watching her +narrowly, sprang forward and caught her in his arms, where she lay +limp with closed eyes as though in a dead faint. The king ran +forward. The people craned their necks. A sudden burst of +exclamations rose throughout the cathedral, and then Lieutenant +Butzow, shouldering his way past the chancel, carried the Princess +Emma to a little anteroom off the east transept. Behind him walked +the king, the bishop, and Prince Ludwig. + + + + +XV + +MAENCK BLUNDERS + +After a hurried breakfast Peter of Blentz and Captain Ernst Maenck +left the castle of Blentz. Prince Peter rode north toward the +frontier, Austria, and safety, Captain Maenck rode south toward +Lustadt. Neither knew that general orders had been issued to +soldiery and gendarmerie of Lutha to capture them dead or alive. So +Prince Peter rode carelessly; but Captain Maenck, because of the +nature of his business and the proximity of enemies about Lustadt, +proceeded with circumspection. + +Prince Peter was arrested at Tafelberg, and, though he stormed and +raged and threatened, he was immediately packed off under heavy +guard back toward Lustadt. + +Captain Ernst Maenck was more fortunate. He reached the capital of +Lutha in safety, though he had to hide on several occasions from +detachments of troops moving toward the north. Once within the city +he rode rapidly to the house of a friend. Here he learned that which +set him into a fine state of excitement and profanity. The king and +the Princess Emma von der Tann were to be wed that very afternoon! +It lacked but half an hour to four o'clock. + +Maenck grabbed his cap and dashed from the house before his +astonished friend could ask a single question. He hurried straight +toward the cathedral. The king had just arrived, and entered when +Maenck came up, breathless. The guard at the doorway did not +recognize him. If they had they would have arrested him. Instead +they contented themselves with refusing him admission, and when he +insisted they threatened him with arrest. + +To be arrested now would be to ruin his fine plan, so he turned and +walked away. At the first cross street he turned up the side of the +cathedral. The grounds were walled up on this side, and he sought in +vain for entrance. At the rear he discovered a limousine standing in +the alley where its chauffeur had left it after depositing his +passengers at the front door of the cathedral. The top of the +limousine was but a foot or two below the top of the wall. + +Maenck clambered to the hood of the machine, and from there to the +top. A moment later he dropped to the earth inside the cathedral +grounds. Before him were many windows. Most of them were too high +for him to reach, and the others that he tried at first were +securely fastened. Passing around the end of the building, he at +last discovered one that was open--it led into the east transept. + +Maenck crawled through. He was within the building that held the +man he sought. He found himself in a small room--evidently a +dressing-room. There were two doors leading from it. He approached +one and listened. He heard the tones of subdued conversation beyond. + +Very cautiously he opened the door a crack. He could not believe +the good fortune that was revealed before him. On a couch lay the +Princess Emma von der Tann. Beside her her father. At the door was +Lieutenant Butzow. The bishop and a doctor were talking at the head +of the couch. Pacing up and down the room, resplendent in the +marriage robes of a king of Lutha, was the man he sought. + +Maenck drew his revolver. He broke the barrel, and saw that there +was a good cartridge in each chamber of the cylinder. He closed it +quietly. Then he threw open the door, stepped into the room, took +deliberate aim, and fired. + +The old man with the ax moved cautiously along the corridor upon the +second floor of the Castle of Blentz until he came to a certain +door. Gently he turned the knob and pushed the door inward. Holding +the ax behind his back, he entered. In his pocket was a great roll +of money, and there was to be an equal amount waiting him at Lustadt +when his mission had been fulfilled. + +Once within the room, he looked quickly about him. Upon a great bed +lay the figure of a man asleep. His face was turned toward the +opposite wall away from the side of the bed nearer the menacing +figure of the old servant. On tiptoe the man with the ax approached. +The neck of his victim lay uncovered before him. He swung the ax +behind him. A single blow, as mighty as his ancient muscles could +deliver, would suffice. + +Barney Custer opened his eyes. Directly opposite him upon the wall +was a dark-toned photogravure of a hunting scene. It tilted slightly +forward upon its wire support. As Barney's eyes opened it chanced that +they were directed straight upon the shiny glass of the picture. The +light from the window struck the glass in such a way as to transform +it into a mirror. The American's eyes were glued with horror upon +the reflection that he saw there--an old man swinging a huge ax down +upon his head. + +It is an open question as to which of the two was the most surprised +at the cat-like swiftness of the movement that carried Barney Custer +out of that bed and landed him in temporary safety upon the opposite +side. + +With a snarl the old man ran around the foot of the bed to corner +his prey between the bed and the wall. He was swinging the ax as +though to hurl it. So close was he that Barney guessed it would be +difficult for him to miss his mark. The least he could expect would +be a frightful wound. To have attempted to escape would have +necessitated turning his back to his adversary, inviting instant +death. To grapple with a man thus armed appeared an equally hopeless +alternative. + +Shoulder-high beside him hung the photogravure that had already +saved his life once. Why not again? He snatched it from its +hangings, lifted it above his head in both hands, and hurled it at +the head of the old man. The glass shattered full upon the ancient's +crown, the man's head went through the picture, and the frame +settled over his shoulders. At the same instant Barney Custer leaped +across the bed, seized a light chair, and turned to face his foe +upon more even terms. + +The old man did not pause to remove the frame from about his neck. +Blood trickled down his forehead and cheeks from deep gashes that +the broken glass had made. Now he was in a berserker rage. + +As he charged again he uttered a peculiar whistling noise from +between his set teeth. To the American it sounded like the hissing +of a snake, and as he would have met a snake he met the venomous +attack of the old man. + +When the short battle was over the Blentz servitor lay unconscious +upon the floor, while above him leaned the American, uninjured, +ripping long strips from a sheet torn from the bed, twisting them +into rope-like strands and, with them, binding the wrists and ankles +of his defeated foe. Finally he stuffed a gag between the toothless +gums. + +Running to the wardrobe, he discovered that the king's uniform was +gone. That, with the witness of the empty bed, told him the whole +story. The American smiled. "More nerve than I gave him credit for," +he mused, as he walked back to his bed and reached under the pillow +for the two papers he had forced the king to sign. They, too, were +gone. Slowly Barney Custer realized his plight, as there filtered +through his mind a suggestion of the possibilities of the trick that +had been played upon him. + +Why should Leopold wish these papers? Of course, he might merely +have taken them that he might destroy them; but something told +Barney Custer that such was not the case. And something, too, told +him whither the king had ridden and what he would do there when he +arrived. + +He ran back to the wardrobe. In it hung the peasant attire that he +had stolen from the line of the careless house frau, and later +wished upon his majesty the king. Barney grinned as he recalled the +royal disgust with which Leopold had fingered the soiled garments. +He scarce blamed him. Looking further toward the back of the +wardrobe, the American discovered other clothing. + +He dragged it all out upon the floor. There was an old shooting +jacket, several pairs of trousers and breeches, and a hunting coat. +In a drawer at the bottom of the wardrobe he found many old shoes, +puttees, and boots. + +From this miscellany he selected riding breeches, a pair of boots, +and the red hunting coat as the only articles that fitted his rather +large frame. Hastily he dressed, and, taking the ax the old man had +brought to the room as the only weapon available, he walked boldly +into the corridor, down the spiral stairway and into the guardroom. + +Barney Custer was prepared to fight. He was desperate. He could +have slunk from the Castle of Blentz as he had entered it--through +the secret passageway to the ravine; but to attempt to reach Lustadt +on foot was not at all compatible with the urgent haste that he felt +necessary. He must have a horse, and a horse he would have if he had +to fight his way through a Blentz army. + +But there were no armed retainers left at Blentz. The guardroom was +vacant; but there were arms there and ammunition. Barney +commandeered a sword and a revolver, then he walked into the +courtyard and crossed to the stables. The way took him by the +garden. In it he saw a coffin-like box resting upon planks above a +grave-like excavation. Barney investigated. The box was empty. Once +again he grinned. "It is not always wise," he mused, "to count your +corpses before they're dead. What a lot of work the old man might +have spared himself if he'd only caught his cadaver first--or at +least tried to." + +Passing on by his own grave, he came to the stables. A groom was +currying a strong, clean-limbed hunter haltered in the doorway. The +man looked up as Barney approached him. A puzzled expression entered +the fellow's eyes. He was a young man--a stupid-looking lout. It was +evident that he half recognized the face of the newcomer as one he +had seen before. Barney nodded to him. + +"Never mind finishing," he said. "I am in a hurry. You may saddle +him at once." The voice was authoritative--it brooked no demur. The +groom touched his forehead, dropped the currycomb and brush, and +turned back into the stable to fetch saddle and bridle. + +Five minutes later Barney was riding toward the gate. The portcullis +was raised--the drawbridge spanned the moat--no guard was there to +bar his way. The sunlight flooded the green valley, stretching +lazily below him in the soft warmth of a mellow autumn morning. +Behind him he had left the brooding shadows of the grim old +fortress--the cold, cruel, depressing stronghold of intrigue, +treason, and sudden death. + +He threw back his shoulders and filled his lungs with the sweet, +pure air of freedom. He was a new man. The wound in his breast was +forgotten. Lightly he touched his spurs to the hunter's sides. +Tossing his head and curveting, the animal broke into a long, easy +trot. Where the road dipped into the ravine and down through the +village to the valley the rider drew his restless mount into a walk; +but, once in the valley, he let him out. Barney took the short road +to Lustadt. It would cut ten miles off the distance that the main +wagonroad covered, and it was a good road for a horseman. It should +bring him to Lustadt by one o'clock or a little after. The road +wound through the hills to the east of the main highway, and was +scarcely more than a trail where it crossed the Ru River upon a +narrow bridge that spanned the deep mountain gorge that walls the Ru +for ten miles through the hills. + +When Barney reached the river his hopes sank. The bridge was +gone--dynamited by the Austrians in their retreat. The nearest +bridge was at the crossing of the main highway over ten miles to the +southwest. There, too, the river might be forded even if the +Austrians had destroyed that bridge also; but here or elsewhere in +the hills there could be no fording--the banks of the Ru were +perpendicular cliffs. + +The misfortune would add nearly twenty miles to his journey--he +could not now hope to reach Lustadt before late in the afternoon. +Turning his horse back along the trail he had come, he retraced his +way until he reached a narrow bridle path that led toward the +southwest. The trail was rough and indistinct, yet he pushed +forward, even more rapidly than safety might have suggested. The +noble beast beneath him was all loyalty and ambition. + +"Take it easy, old boy," whispered Barney into the slim, pointed +ears that moved ceaselessly backward and forward, "you'll get your +chance when we strike the highway, never fear." + +And he did. + + +So unexpected had been Maenck's entrance into the room in the east +transept, so sudden his attack, that it was all over before a hand +could be raised to stay him. At the report of his revolver the king +sank to the floor. At almost the same instant Lieutenant Butzow +whipped a revolver from beneath his tunic and fired at the assassin. +Maenck staggered forward and stumbled across the body of the king. +Butzow was upon him instantly, wresting the revolver from his +fingers. Prince Ludwig ran to the king's side and, kneeling there, +raised Leopold's head in his arms. The bishop and the doctor bent +over the limp form. The Princess Emma stood a little apart. She had +leaped from the couch where she had been lying. Her eyes were wide +in horror. Her palms pressed to her cheeks. + +It was upon this scene that a hatless, dust-covered man in a red +hunting coat burst through the door that had admitted Maenck. The +man had seen and recognized the conspirator as he climbed to the top +of the limousine and dropped within the cathedral grounds, and he +had followed close upon his heels. + +No one seemed to note his entrance. All ears were turned toward the +doctor, who was speaking. + +"The king is dead," he said. + +Maenck raised himself upon an elbow. He spoke feebly. + +"You fools," he cried. "That man was not the king. I saw him steal +the king's clothes at Blentz and I followed him here. He is the +American--the impostor." Then his eyes, circling the faces about him +to note the results of his announcements, fell upon the face of the +man in the red hunting coat. Amazement and wonder were in his face. +Slowly he raised his finger and pointed. + +"There is the king," he said. + +Every eye turned in the direction he indicated. Exclamations of +surprise and incredulity burst from every lip. The old chancellor +looked from the man in the red hunting coat to the still form of the +man upon the floor in the blood-spattered marriage garments of a +king of Lutha. He let the king's head gently down upon the carpet, +and then he rose to his feet and faced the man in the red hunting +coat. + +"Who are you?" he demanded. + +Before Barney could speak Lieutenant Butzow spoke. + +"He is the king, your highness," he said. "I rode with him to +Blentz to free Mr. Custer. Both were wounded in the courtyard in the +fight that took place there. I helped to dress their wounds. The +king was wounded in the breast--Mr. Custer in the left leg." + +Prince von der Tann looked puzzled. Again he turned his eyes +questioningly toward the newcomer. + +"Is this the truth?" he asked. + +Barney looked toward the Princess Emma. In her eyes he could read +the relief that the sight of him alive had brought her. Since she +had recognized the king she had believed that Barney was dead. The +temptation was great--he dreaded losing her, and he feared he would +lose her when her father learned the truth of the deception that had +been practiced upon him. He might lose even more--men had lost their +heads for tampering with the affairs of kings. + +"Well?" persisted the chancellor. + +"Lieutenant Butzow is partially correct--he honestly believes that +he is entirely so," replied the American. "He did ride with me from +Lustadt to Blentz to save the man who lies dead here at your feet. +The lieutenant thought that he was riding with his king, just as +your highness thought that he was riding with his king during the +battle of Lustadt. You were both wrong--you were riding with Mr. +Bernard Custer, of Beatrice. I am he. I have no apologies to make. +What I did I would do again. I did it for Lutha and for the woman I +love. She knows and the king knew that I intended restoring his +identity to him with no one the wiser for the interchange that had +taken place. The king upset my plans by stealing back his identity +while I slept, with the result that you see before you upon the +floor. He has died as he had lived--futilely." + +As he spoke the Princess Emma had crossed the room toward him. Now +she stood at his side, her hand in his. Tense silence reigned in the +apartment. The old chancellor stood with bowed head, buried in +thought. All eyes were upon him except those of the doctor, who had +turned his attention from the dead king to the wounded assassin. +Butzow stood looking at Barney Custer in open relief and admiration. +He had been trying to vindicate his friend in his own mind ever +since he had discovered, as he believed, that Barney had tricked +Leopold after the latter had saved his life at Blentz and ridden to +Lustadt in the king's guise. Now that he knew the whole truth he +realized how stupid he had been not to guess that the man who had +led the victorious Luthanian army before Lustadt could not have been +the cowardly Leopold. + +Presently the chancellor broke the silence. + +"You say that Leopold of Lutha lived futilely. You are right; but +when you say that he has died futilely, you are, I believe, wrong. +Living, he gave us a poor weakling. Dying, he leaves the throne to a +brave man, in whose veins flows the blood of the Rubinroths, +hereditary rulers of Lutha. + +"You are the only rightful successor to the throne of Lutha," he +argued, "other than Peter of Blentz. Your mother's marriage to a +foreigner did not bar the succession of her offspring. Aside from +the fact that Peter of Blentz is out of the question, is the more +important fact that your line is closer to the throne than his. He +knew it, and this knowledge was the real basis of his hatred of +you." + +As the old chancellor ceased speaking he drew his sword and raised +it on high above his head. + +"The king is dead," he said. "Long live the king!" + + + + +XVI + +KING OF LUTHA + +Barney Custer, of Beatrice, had no desire to be king of Lutha. He +lost no time in saying so. All that he wanted of Lutha was the girl +he had found there, as his father before him had found the girl of +his choice. Von der Tann pleaded with him. + +"Twice have I fought under you, sire," he urged. "Twice, and only +twice since the old king died, have I felt that the future of Lutha +was safe in the hands of her ruler, and both these times it was you +who sat upon the throne. Do not desert us now. Let me live to see +Lutha once more happy, with a true Rubinroth upon the throne and my +daughter at his side." + +Butzow added his pleas to those of the old chancellor. The American +hesitated. + +"Let us leave it to the representatives of the people and to the +house of nobles," he suggested. + +The chancellor of Lutha explained the situation to both houses. +Their reply was unanimous. He carried it to the American, who +awaited the decision of Lutha in the royal apartments of the palace. +With him was the Princess Emma von der Tann. + +"The people of Lutha will have no other king, sire," said the old +man. + +Barney turned toward the girl. + +"There is no other way, my lord king," she said with grave dignity. +"With her blood your mother bequeathed you a duty which you may not +shirk. It is not for you or for me to choose. God chose for you when +you were born." + +Barney Custer took her hand in his and raised it to his lips. + +"Let the King of Lutha," he said, "be the first to salute Lutha's +queen." + +And so Barney Custer, of Beatrice, was crowned King of Lutha, and +Emma became his queen. Maenck died of his wound on the floor of the +little room in the east transept of the cathedral of Lustadt beside +the body of the king he had slain. Prince Peter of Blentz was tried +by the highest court of Lutha on the charge of treason; he was found +guilty and hanged. Von Coblich committed suicide on the eve of his +arrest. Lieutenant Otto Butzow was ennobled and given the +confiscated estates of the Blentz prince. He became a general in the +army of Lutha, and was sent to the front in command of the army +corps that guarded the northern frontier of the little kingdom. + + + + + + + + +I have made the following changes to the text: +PAGE CHAPTER PARAGRAPH LINE ORIGINAL CHANGED TO + 72 VIII 3 1 Ludstadt Lustadt + 81 3 2 mier miter + 83 7 3 Ludstadt Lustadt + 86 3 2 him arm his arm + 90 4 4 monarch, he monarch he + 94 2 4 colums columns + 98 2 2 imposter impostor + 121 1 1 approaced approached + 126 2 5 from from the + 140 6 5 whom, appeared whom appeared + 142 5 1 once side one side + 143 4 8 knew drew + 158 4 5 presumptious presumptuous + 182 5 3 jeweler's shot jeweler's shop + 189 8 2 ingrate?" ingrate? + 193 5 3 oil panting oil painting + 200 7 1 soldiers soldier + 211 2 1 men and woman men and women + 212 3 5 instruments instrument + 217 4 1 The cheered They cheered + 217 6 2 gril's face girl's face + 218 1 magnamity magnanimity + 218 7 2 him. Barney's him, Barney's + 225 3 3 horseman horsemen + 228 5 1 ajaculated ejaculated + 233 8 6 king of Lustadt, king of Lutha, + 234 6 2 You "You + 251 9 Luthania army Luthanian army + 252 2 3 poor, weakling poor weakling + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Mad King, by Edgar Rice Burroughs + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MAD KING *** + +***** This file should be named 364.txt or 364.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.net/3/6/364/ + +This etext was created by Judith Boss, Omaha, Nebraska. +The equipment: an IBM-compatible 486/50, a Hewlett-Packard +ScanJet IIc flatbed scanner, and Calera Recognition Systems' +M/600 Series Professional OCR software and RISC accelerator board +donated by Calera Recognition Systems. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/mdkng10.txt b/old/mdkng10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e2f391 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12526 @@ +Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice Burroughs + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your donations. + + +The Mad King + +by Edgar Rice Burroughs + +November, 1995 [Etext #364] + + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice Burroughs + +*****This file should be named mdkng10.txt or mdkng10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, mdkng11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, mdkng10a.txt + + +This etext was created by Judith Boss, Omaha, Nebraska. +The equipment: an IBM-compatible 486/50, a Hewlett-Packard +ScanJet IIc flatbed scanner, and Calera Recognition Systems' +M/600 Series Professional OCR software and RISC accelerator board +donated by Calera Recognition Systems. + +We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance +of the official release dates, for time for better editing. + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an +up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes +in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has +a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a +look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a +new copy has at least one byte more or less. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $4 +million dollars per hour this year as we release some eight text +files per month: thus upping our productivity from $2 million. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is 10% of the expected number of computer users by the end +of the year 2001. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/IBC", and are +tax deductible to the extent allowable by law ("IBC" is Illinois +Benedictine College). (Subscriptions to our paper newsletter go +to IBC, too) + +For these and other matters, please mail to: + +Project Gutenberg +P. O. Box 2782 +Champaign, IL 61825 + +When all other email fails try our Michael S. Hart, Executive +Director: +hart@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu (internet) hart@uiucvmd (bitnet) + +We would prefer to send you this information by email +(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail). + +****** +If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please +FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives: +[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type] + +ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd etext/etext90 through /etext96 +or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information] +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET INDEX?00.GUT +for a list of books +and +GET NEW GUT for general information +and +MGET GUT* for newsletters. + +**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor** +(Three Pages) + + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG- +tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor +Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at +Illinois Benedictine College (the "Project"). Among other +things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this +etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors, +officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost +and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or +indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause: +[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification, +or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word pro- + cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the + net profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Association / Illinois + Benedictine College" within the 60 days following each + date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare) + your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time, +scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty +free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution +you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg +Association / Illinois Benedictine College". + +*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END* + + + + + + + + + + + +EDGAR RICE +BURROUGHS + +THE MAD KING + + + + + + + +PART I + + +I + +A RUNAWAY HORSE + + +ALL LUSTADT was in an uproar. The mad king had es- +caped. Little knots of excited men stood upon the street +corners listening to each latest rumor concerning this most +absorbing occurrence. Before the palace a great crowd +surged to and fro, awaiting they knew not what. + +For ten years no man of them had set eyes upon the face +of the boy-king who had been hastened to the grim castle +of Blentz upon the death of the old king, his father. + +There had been murmurings then when the lad's uncle, +Peter of Blentz, had announced to the people of Lutha the +sudden mental affliction which had fallen upon his nephew, +and more murmurings for a time after the announcement +that Peter of Blentz had been appointed Regent during the +lifetime of the young King Leopold, "or until God, in His +infinite mercy, shall see fit to restore to us in full mental +vigor our beloved monarch." + +But ten years is a long time. The boy-king had become +but a vague memory to the subjects who could recall him +at all. + +There were many, of course, in the capital city, Lustadt, +who still retained a mental picture of the handsome boy +who had ridden out nearly every morning from the palace +gates beside the tall, martial figure of the old king, his father, +for a canter across the broad plain which lies at the foot of +the mountain town of Lustadt; but even these had long since +given up hope that their young king would ever ascend his +throne, or even that they should see him alive again. + +Peter of Blentz had not proved a good or kind ruler. +Taxes had doubled during his regency. Executives and ju- +diciary, following the example of their chief, had become +tyrannical and corrupt. For ten years there had been small +joy in Lutha. + +There had been whispered rumors off and on that the +young king was dead these many years, but not even in +whispers did the men of Lutha dare voice the name of him +whom they believed had caused his death. For lesser things +they had seen their friends and neighbors thrown into the +hitherto long-unused dungeons of the royal castle. + +And now came the rumor that Leopold of Lutha had es- +caped the Castle of Blentz and was roaming somewhere in +the wild mountains or ravines upon the opposite side of the +plain of Lustadt. + +Peter of Blentz was filled with rage and, possibly, fear as +well. + +"I tell you, Coblich," he cried, addressing his dark-visaged +minister of war, there's more than coincidence in this +matter. Someone has betrayed us. That he should have es- +caped upon the very eve of the arrival at Blentz of the new +physician is most suspicious. None but you, Coblich, had +knowledge of the part that Dr. Stein was destined to play +in this matter," concluded Prince Peter pointedly. + +Coblich looked the Regent full in the eye. + +"Your highness wrongs not only my loyalty, but my intel- +ligence," he said quietly, "by even so much as intimating that +I have any guilty knowledge of Leopold's escape. With +Leopold upon the throne of Lutha, where, think you, my +prince, would old Coblich be?" + +Peter smiled. + +"You are right, Coblich," he said. "I know that you +would not be such a fool; but whom, then, have we to +thank?" + +"The walls have ears, prince," replied Coblich, "and we +have not always been as careful as we should in discussing +the matter. Something may have come to the ears of old +Von der Tann. I don't for a moment doubt but that he has +his spies among the palace servants, or even the guard. You +know the old fox has always made it a point to curry favor +with the common soldiers. When he was minister of war he +treated them better than he did his officers." + +"It seems strange, Coblich, that so shrewd a man as you +should have been unable to discover some irregularity in +the political life of Prince Ludwig von der Tann before +now," said the prince querulously. "He is the greatest men- +ace to our peace and sovereignty. With Von der Tann out +of the way there would be none powerful enough to ques- +tion our right to the throne of Lutha--after poor Leopold +passes away." + +"You forget that Leopold has escaped," suggested Coblich, +"and that there is no immediate prospect of his passing +away." + +"He must be retaken at once, Coblich!" cried Prince Peter +of Blentz. "He is a dangerous maniac, and we must make +this fact plain to the people--this and a thorough descrip- +tion of him. A handsome reward for his safe return to Blentz +might not be out of the way, Coblich." + +"It shall be done, your highness," replied Coblich. "And +about Von der Tann? You have never spoken to me quite +so--ah--er--pointedly before. He hunts a great deal in the +Old Forest. It might be possible--in fact, it has happened, +before--there are many accidents in hunting, are there not, +your highness?" + +"There are, Coblich," replied the prince, "and if Leopold +is able he will make straight for the Tann, so that there may +be two hunting together in a day or so, Coblich." + +"I understand, your highness," replied the minister. "With +your permission, I shall go at once and dispatch troops to +search the forest for Leopold. Captain Maenck will command +them." + +"Good, Coblich! Maenck is a most intelligent and loyal +officer. We must reward him well. A baronetcy, at least, if +he handles this matter well," said Peter. "It might not be a +bad plan to hint at as much to him, Coblich." + +And so it happened that shortly thereafter Captain Ernst +Maenck, in command of a troop of the Royal Horse Guards +of Lutha, set out toward the Old Forest, which lies beyond +the mountains that are visible upon the other side of the +plain stretching out before Lustadt. At the same time other +troopers rode in many directions along the highways and +byways of Lutha, tacking placards upon trees and fence posts +and beside the doors of every little rural post office. + +The placard told of the escape of the mad king, offering +a large reward for his safe return to Blentz. + +It was the last paragraph especially which caused a young +man, the following day in the little hamlet of Tafelberg, to +whistle as he carefully read it over. + +"I am glad that I am not the mad king of Lutha," he said +as he paid the storekeeper for the gasoline he had just pur- +chased and stepped into the gray roadster for whose greedy +maw it was destined. + +"Why, mein Herr?" asked the man. + +"This notice practically gives immunity to whoever shoots +down the king," replied the traveler. "Worse still, it gives +such an account of the maniacal ferocity of the fugitive as +to warrant anyone in shooting him on sight." + +As the young man spoke the storekeeper had examined +his face closely for the first time. A shrewd look came into +the man's ordinarily stolid countenance. He leaned forward +quite close to the other's ear. + +"We of Lutha," he whispered, "love our 'mad king'--no +reward could be offered that would tempt us to betray him. +Even in self-protection we would not kill him, we of the +mountains who remember him as a boy and loved his father +and his grandfather, before him. + +"But there are the scum of the low country in the army +these days, who would do anything for money, and it is +these that the king must guard against. I could not help but +note that mein Herr spoke too perfect German for a foreigner. +Were I in mein Herr's place, I should speak mostly the +English, and, too, I should shave off the 'full, reddish-brown +beard.'" + +Whereupon the storekeeper turned hastily back into his +shop, leaving Barney Custer of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., +to wonder if all the inhabitants of Lutha were afflicted with +a mental disorder similar to that of the unfortunate ruler. + +"I don't wonder," soliloquized the young man, "that he ad- +vised me to shave off this ridiculous crop of alfalfa. Hang +election bets, anyway; if things had gone half right I +shouldn't have had to wear this badge of idiocy. And to +think that it's got to be for a whole month longer! A year's +a mighty long while at best, but a year in company with a +full set of red whiskers is an eternity." + +The road out of Tafelberg wound upward among tall +trees toward the pass that would lead him across the next +some excellent shooting. All his life Barney had promised +himself that some day he should visit his mother's native +land, and now that he was here he found it as wild and +beautiful as she had said it would be. + +Neither his mother nor his father had ever returned to the +little country since the day, thirty years before, that the big +American had literally stolen his bride away, escaping across +the border but a scant half-hour ahead of the pursuing +troop of Luthanian cavalry. Barney had often wondered why +it was that neither of them would ever speak of those days, +or of the early life of his mother, Victoria Rubinroth, though +of the beauties of her native land Mrs. Custer never tired of +talking. + +Barney Custer was thinking of these things as his machine +wound up the picturesque road. Just before him was a long, +heavy grade, and as he took it with open muffler the chug- +ging of his motor drowned the sound of pounding hoof +beats rapidly approaching behind him. + +It was not until he topped the grade that he heard any- +thing unusual, and at the same instant a girl on horseback +tore past him. The speed of the animal would have been +enough to have told him that it was beyond the control of its +frail rider, even without the added testimony of the broken +bit that dangled beneath the tensely outstretched chin. + +Foam flecked the beast's neck and shoulders. It was evi- +dent that the horse had been running for some distance, yet +its speed was still that of the thoroughly frightened runaway. + +The road at the point where the animal had passed Custer +was cut from the hillside. At the left an embankment rose +steeply to a height of ten or fifteen feet. On the right there +was a drop of a hundred feet or more into a wooded ravine. +Ahead, the road apparently ran quite straight and smooth +for a considerable distance. + +Barney Custer knew that so long as the road ran straight +the girl might be safe enough, for she was evidently an +excellent horsewoman; but be also knew that if there should +be a sharp turn to the left ahead, the horse in his blind +fright would in all probability dash headlong into the ravine +below him. + +There was but a single thing that the man might attempt +if he were to save the girl from the almost certain death +which seemed in store for her, since he knew that sooner or +later the road would turn, as all mountain roads do. The +chances that he must take, if he failed, could only hasten the +girl's end. There was no alternative except to sit supinely by +and see the fear-crazed horse carry its rider into eternity, and +Barney Custer was not the sort for that role. + +Scarcely had the beast come abreast of him than his foot +leaped to the accelerator. Like a frightened deer the gray +roadster sprang forward in pursuit. The road was narrow. +Two machines could not have passed upon it. Barney took +the outside that he might hold the horse away from the +dangerous ravine. + +At the sound of the whirring thing behind him the animal +cast an affrighted glance in its direction, and with a little +squeal of terror redoubled its frantic efforts to escape. The +girl, too, looked back over her shoulder. Her face was very +white, but her eyes were steady and brave. + +Barney Custer smiled up at her in encouragement, and the +girl smiled back at him. + +"She's sure a game one," thought Barney. + +Now she was calling to him. At first he could not catch +her words above the pounding of the horse's hoofs and the +noise of his motor. Presently he understood. + +"Stop!" she cried. "Stop or you will be killed. The road +turns to the left just ahead. You'll go into the ravine at that +speed." + +The front wheel of the roadster was at the horse's right +flank. Barney stepped upon the accelerator a little harder. +There was barely room between the horse and the edge of +the road for the four wheels of the roadster, and Barney +must be very careful not to touch the horse. The thought of +that and what it would mean to the girl sent a cold shudder +through Barney Custer's athletic frame. + +The man cast a glance to his right. His machine drove +from the left side, and he could not see the road at all over +the right hand door. The sight of tree tops waving beneath +him was all that was visible. Just ahead the road's edge +rushed swiftly beneath the right-hand fender, the wheels +on that side must have been on the very verge of the em- +bankment. + +Now he was abreast the girl. Just ahead he could see +where the road disappeared around a corner of the bluff at +the dangerous curve the girl had warned him against. + +Custer leaned far out over the side of his car. The lung- +ing of the horse in his stride, and the swaying of the leaping +car carried him first close to the girl and then away again. +With his right hand he held the car between the frantic +horse and the edge of the embankment. His left hand, out- +stretched, was almost at the girl's waist. The turn was just +before them. + +"Jump!" cried Barney. + +The girl fell backward from her mount, turning to grasp +Custer's arm as it closed about her. At the same instant +Barney closed the throttle, and threw all the weight of his +body upon the foot brake. + +The gray roadster swerved toward the embankment as the +hind wheels skidded on the loose surface gravel. They were +at the turn. The horse was just abreast the bumper. There +was one chance in a thousand of making the turn were +the running beast out of the way. There was still a chance if +he turned ahead of them. If he did not turn--Barney hated +to think of what must follow. + +But it was all over in a second. The horse bolted straight +ahead. Barney swerved the roadster to the turn. It caught +the animal full in the side. There was a sickening lurch as +the hind wheels slid over the embankment, and then the +man shoved the girl from the running board to the road, and +horse, man and roadster went over into the ravine. + +A moment before a tall young man with a reddish-brown +beard had stood at the turn of the road listening intently to +the sound of the hurrying hoof beats and the purring of the +racing motor car approaching from the distance. In his eyes +lurked the look of the hunted. For a moment he stood in +evident indecision, but just before the runaway horse and +the pursuing machine came into view he slipped over the +edge of the road to slink into the underbrush far down +toward the bottom of the ravine. + +When Barney pushed the girl from the running board she +fell heavily to the road, rolling over several times, but in an +instant she scrambled to her feet, hardly the worse for the +tumble other than a few scratches. + +Quickly she ran to the edge of the embankment, a look of +immense relief coming to her soft, brown eyes as she saw +her rescuer scrambling up the precipitous side of the ravine +toward her. + +"You are not killed?" she cried in German. "It is a miracle!" + +"Not even bruised," reassured Barney. "But you? You +must have had a nasty fall." + +"I am not hurt at all," she replied. "But for you I should +be lying dead, or terribly maimed down there at the bottom +of that awful ravine at this very moment. It's awful." She +drew her shoulders upward in a little shudder of horror. +"But how did you escape? Even now I can scarce believe +it possible." + +"I'm quite sure I don't know how I did escape," said +Barney, clambering over the rim of the road to her side. +"That I had nothing to do with it I am positive. It was just +luck. I simply dropped out onto that bush down there." + +They were standing side by side, now peering down into +the ravine where the car was visible, bottom side up against +a tree, near the base of the declivity. The horse's head +could be seen protruding from beneath the wreckage. + +"I'd better go down and put him out of his misery," said +Barney, "if he is not already dead." + +"I think he is quite dead," said the girl. "I have not seen +him move." + +Just then a little puff of smoke arose from the machine, +followed by a tongue of yellow flame. Barney had already +started toward the horse. + +"Please don't go," begged the girl. "I am sure that he is +quite dead, and it wouldn't be safe for you down there now. +The gasoline tank may explode any minute." + +Barney stopped. + +"Yes, he is dead all right," he said, "but all my belongings +are down there. My guns, six-shooters and all my ammuni- +tion. And," he added ruefully, "I've heard so much about +the brigands that infest these mountains." + +The girl laughed. + +"Those stories are really exaggerated," she said. "I was +born in Lutha, and except for a few months each year have +always lived here, and though I ride much I have never +seen a brigand. You need not be afraid." + +Barney Custer looked up at her quickly, and then he +grinned. His only fear had been that he would not meet +brigands, for Mr. Bernard Custer, Jr., was young and the +spirit of Romance and Adventure breathed strong within +him. + +"Why do you smile?" asked the girl. + +"At our dilemma," evaded Barney. "Have you paused to +consider our situation?" + +The girl smiled, too. + +"It is most unconventional," she said. "On foot and alone +in the mountains, far from home, and we do not even know +each other's name." + +"Pardon me," cried Barney, bowing low. "Permit me to +introduce myself. I am," and then to the spirits of Romance +and Adventure was added a third, the spirit of Deviltry, "I +am the mad king of Lutha." + + + +II + +OVER THE PRECIPICE + +THE EFFECT of his words upon the girl were quite different +from what he had expected. An American girl would have +laughed, knowing that he but joked. This girl did not laugh. +Instead her face went white, and she clutched her bosom +with her two hands. Her brown eyes peered searchingly into +the face of the man. + +"Leopold!" she cried in a suppressed voice. "Oh, your +majesty, thank God that you are free--and sane!" + +Before he could prevent it the girl had seized his hand +and pressed it to her lips. + +Here was a pretty muddle! Barney Custer swore at himself +inwardly for a boorish fool. What in the world had ever +prompted him to speak those ridiculous words! And now +how was he to unsay them without mortifying this beautiful +girl who had just kissed his hand? + +She would never forgive that--he was sure of it. + +There was but one thing to do, however, and that was to +make a clean breast of it. Somehow, he managed to stumble +through his explanation of what had prompted him, and +when he had finished he saw that the girl was smiling in- +dulgently at him. + +"It shall be Mr. Bernard Custer if you wish it so," she said; +"but your majesty need fear nothing from Emma von der +Tann. Your secret is as safe with me as with yourself, as the +name of Von der Tann must assure you." + +She looked to see the expression of relief and pleasure +that her father's name should have brought to the face of +Leopold of Lutha, but when he gave no indication that he +had ever before heard the name she sighed and looked +puzzled. + +"Perhaps," she thought, "he doubts me. Or can it be pos- +sible that, after all, his poor mind is gone?" + +"I wish," said Barney in a tone of entreaty, "that you +would forgive and forget my foolish words, and then let me +accompany you to the end of your journey." + +"Whither were you bound when I became the means of +wrecking your motor car?" asked the girl. + +"To the Old Forest," replied Barney. + +Now she was positive that she was indeed with the mad +king of Lutha, but she had no fear of him, for since child- +hood she had heard her father scout the idea that Leopold +was mad. For what other purpose would he hasten toward +the Old Forest than to take refuge in her father's castle upon +the banks of the Tann at the forest's verge? + +"Thither was I bound also," she said, "and if you would +come there quickly and in safety I can show you a short +path across the mountains that my father taught me years +ago. It touches the main road but once or twice, and much +of the way passes through dense woods and undergrowth +where an army might hide." + +"Hadn't we better find the nearest town," suggested Bar- +ney, "where I can obtain some sort of conveyance to take +you home?" + +"It would not be safe," said the girl. "Peter of Blentz will +have troops out scouring all Lutha about Blentz and the Old +Forest until the king is captured." + +Barney Custer shook his head despairingly. + +"Won't you please believe that I am but a plain Ameri- +can?" he begged. + +Upon the bole of a large wayside tree a fresh, new placard +stared them in the face. Emma von der Tann pointed at one +of the paragraphs. + +"Gray eyes, brown hair, and a full reddish-brown beard," +she read. "No matter who you may be," she said, "you are +safer off the highways of Lutha than on them until you can +find and use a razor." + +"But I cannot shave until the fifth of November," said +Barney. + +Again the girl looked quickly into his eyes and again in +her mind rose the question that had hovered there once be- +fore. Was he indeed, after all, quite sane? + +"Then please come with me the safest way to my father's," +she urged. "He will know what is best to do." + +"He cannot make me shave," insisted Barney. + +"Why do you wish not to shave?" asked the girl., + +"It is a matter of my honor," he replied. "I had my choice +of wearing a green wastebasket bonnet trimmed with red +roses for six months, or a beard for twelve. If I shave off the +beard before the fifth of November I shall be without honor +in the sight of all men or else I shall have to wear the green +bonnet. The beard is bad enough, but the bonnet--ugh!" + +Emma von der Tann was now quite assured that the poor +fellow was indeed quite demented, but she had seen no in- +dications of violence as yet, though when that too might +develop there was no telling. However, he was to her Leo- +pold of Lutha, and her father's house had been loyal to +him or his ancestors for three hundred years. + +If she must sacrifice her life in the attempt, nevertheless +still must she do all within her power to save her king from +recapture and to lead him in safety to the castle upon the +Tann. + +"Come," she said; "we waste time here. Let us make +haste, for the way is long. At best we cannot reach Tann +by dark." + +"I will do anything you wish," replied Barney, "but I +shall never forgive myself for having caused you the long +and tedious journey that lies before us. It would be per- +fectly safe to go to the nearest town and secure a rig." + +Emma von der Tann had heard that it was always well to +humor maniacs and she thought of it now. She would put +the scheme to the test. + +"The reason that I fear to have you go to the village," she +said, "is that I am quite sure they would catch you and +shave off your beard." + +Barney started to laugh, but when he saw the deep serious- +ness of the girl's eyes he changed his mind. Then he recalled +her rather peculiar insistence that he was a king, and it +suddenly occurred to him that he had been foolish not to +have guessed the truth before. + +"That is so," he agreed; "I guess we had better do as you +say," for he had determined that the best way to handle her +would be to humor her--he had always heard that that was +the proper method for handling the mentally defective. +"Where is the--er--ah--sanatorium?" he blurted out at last. + +"The what?" she asked. "There is no sanatorium near here, +your majesty, unless you refer to the Castle of Blentz." + +"Is there no asylum for the insane near by?" + +"None that I know of, your majesty." + +For a while they moved on in silence, each wondering +what the other might do next. + +Barney had evolved a plan. He would try and ascertain +the location of the institution from which the girl had es- +caped and then as gently as possible lead her back to it. +It was not safe for as beautiful a woman as she to be roam- +ing through the forest in any such manner as this. He won- +dered what in the world the authorities at the asylum had +been thinking of to permit her to ride out alone in the first +place. + +"From where did you ride today?" he blurted out sud- +denly. + +"From Tann." + +"That is where we are going now?" + +"Yes, your majesty." + +Barney drew a breath of relief. The way had become +suddenly difficult and he took the girl's arm to help her +down a rather steep place. At the bottom of the ravine there +was a little brook. + +"There used to be a fallen log across it here," said the +girl. "How in the world am I ever to get across, your +majesty?" + +"If you call me that again, I shall begin to believe that +I am a king," he humored her, "and then, being a king, I +presume that it wouldn't be proper for me to carry you +across, or would it? Never really having been a king, I do +not know." + +"I think," replied the girl, "that it would be eminently +proper." + +She had difficulty in keeping in mind the fact that this +handsome, smiling young man was a dangerous maniac, +though it was easy to believe that he was the king. In fact, +he looked much as she had always pictured Leopold as +looking. She had known him as a boy, and there were many +paintings and photographs of his ancestors in her father's +castle. She saw much resemblance between these and the +young man. + +The brook was very narrow, and the girl thought that it +took the young man an unreasonably long time to carry her +across, though she was forced to admit that she was far +from uncomfortable in the strong arms that bore her so +easily. + +"Why, what are you doing?" she cried presently. "You +are not crossing the stream at all. You are walking right up +the middle of it!" + +She saw his face flush, and then he turned laughing eyes +upon her. + +"I am looking for a safe landing," he said. + +Emma von der Tann did not know whether to be frightened +or amused. As her eyes met the clear, gray ones of the man +she could not believe that insanity lurked behind that laugh- +ing, level gaze of her carrier. She found herself continually +forgetting that the man was mad. He had turned toward the +bank now, and a couple of steps carried them to the low +sward that fringed the little brooklet. Here he lowered her +to the ground. + +"Your majesty is very strong," she said. "I should not have +expected it after the years of confinement you have suffered." + +"Yes," he said, realizing that he must humor her--it was +difficult to remember that this lovely girl was insane. "Let +me see, now just what was I in prison for? I do not seem to +be able to recall it. In Nebraska, they used to hang men for +horse stealing; so I am sure it must have been something +else not quite so bad. Do you happen to know?" + +"When the king, your father, died you were thirteen years +old," the girl explained, hoping to reawaken the sleeping +mind, "and then your uncle, Prince Peter of Blentz, an- +nounced that the shock of your father's death had unbal- +anced your mind. He shut you up in Blentz then, where you +have been for ten years, and he has ruled as regent. Now, +my father says, he has recently discovered a plot to take +your life so that Peter may become king. But I suppose you +learned of that, and because of it you escaped!" + +"This Peter person is all-powerful in Lutha?" he asked. + +"He controls the army," the girl replied. + +"And you really believe that I am the mad king Leopold?" + +"You are the king," she said in a convincing manner. + +"You are a very brave young lady," he said earnestly. "If +all the mad king's subjects were as loyal as you, and as +brave, he would not have languished for ten years behind +the walls of Blentz." + +"I am a Von der Tann," she said proudly, as though that +was explanation sufficient to account for any bravery or +loyalty. + +"Even a Von der Tann might, without dishonor, hesitate +to accompany a mad man through the woods," he replied, +"especially if she happened to be a very--a very--" He +halted, flushing. + +"A very what, your majesty?" asked the girl. + +"A very young woman," he ended lamely. + +Emma von der Tann knew that he had not intended say- +ing that at all. Being a woman, she knew precisely what he +had meant to say, and she discovered that she would very +much have liked to hear him say it. + +"Suppose," said Barney, "that Peter's soldiers run across +us--what then?" + +"They will take you back to Blentz, your majesty." + +"And you?" + +"I do not think that they will dare lay hands on me, +though it is possible that Peter might do so. He hates my +father even more now than he did when the old king lived." + +"I wish," said Mr. Custer, "that I had gone down after my +guns. Why didn't you tell me, in the first place, that I was a +king, and that I might get you in trouble if you were found +with me? Why, they may even take me for an emperor or a +mikado--who knows? And then look at all the trouble we'd +be in." + +Which was Barney's way of humoring a maniac. + +"And they might even shave off your beautiful beard." + +Which was the girl's way. + +"Do you think that you would like me better in the green +wastebasket hat with the red roses?" asked Barney. + +A very sad look came into the girl's eyes. It was pitiful to +think that this big, handsome young man, for whose return +to the throne all Lutha had prayed for ten long years, was +only a silly half-wit. What might he not have accomplished +for his people had this terrible misfortune not overtaken +him! In every other way he seemed fitted to be the savior +of his country. If she could but make him remember! + +"Your majesty," she said, "do you not recall the time that +your father came upon a state visit to my father's castle? +You were a little boy then. He brought you with him. I was +a little girl, and we played together. You would not let me +call you 'highness,' but insisted that I should always call +you Leopold. When I forgot you would accuse me of lese- +majeste, and sentence me to--to punishment.' + +"What was the punishment?" asked Barney, noticing her +hesitation and wishing to encourage her in the pretty turn +her dementia had taken. + +Again the girl hesitated; she hated to say it, but if it +would help to recall the past to that poor, dimmed mind, +it was her duty. + +"Every time I called you 'highness' you made me give +you a--a kiss," she almost whispered. + +"I hope," said Barney, "that you will be guilty of lese- +majeste often." + +"We were little children then, your majesty," the girl re- +minded him. + +Had he thought her of sound mind Mr. Custer might have +taken advantage of his royal prerogatives on the spot, for +the girl's lips were most tempting; but when he remembered +the poor, weak mind, tears almost came to his eyes, and +there sprang to his heart a great desire to protect and guard +this unfortunate child. + +"And when I was Crown Prince what were you, way back +there in the beautiful days of our childhood?" asked Barney. + +"Why, I was what I still am, your majesty," replied the +girl. "Princess Emma von der Tann." + +So the poor child, beside thinking him a king, thought +herself a princess! She certainly was mad. Well, he would +humor her. + +"Then I should call you 'your highness,' shouldn't I?" he +asked. + +"You always called me Emma when we were children." + +"Very well, then, you shall be Emma and I Leopold. Is +it a bargain?" + +"The king's will is law," she said. + +They had come to a very steep hillside, up which the half- +obliterated trail zigzagged toward the crest of a flat-topped +hill. Barney went ahead, taking the girl's hand in his to help +her, and thus they came to the top, to stand hand in hand, +breathing heavily after the stiff climb. + +The girl's hair had come loose about her temples and a +lock was blowing over her face. Her cheeks were very red +and her eyes bright. Barney thought he had never looked +upon a lovelier picture. He smiled down into her eyes and +she smiled back at him. + +"I wished, back there a way," he said, "that that little +brook had been as wide as the ocean--now I wish that +this little hill had been as high as Mont Blanc." + +"You like to climb?" she asked. + +"I should like to climb forever--with you," he said +seriously. + +She looked up at him quickly. A reply was on her lips, but +she never uttered it, for at that moment a ruffian in pictur- +esque rags leaped out from behind a near-by bush, con- +fronting them with leveled revolver. He was so close that +the muzzle of the weapon almost touched Barney's face. In +that the fellow made his mistake. + +"You see," said Barney unexcitedly, "that I was right +about the brigands after all. What do you want, my man?" + +The man's eyes had suddenly gone wide. He stared with +open mouth at the young fellow before him. Then a cunning +look came into his eyes. + +"I want you, your majesty," he said. + +"Godfrey!" exclaimed Barney. "Did the whole bunch es- +cape?" + +"Quick!" growled the man. "Hold up your hands. The +notice made it plain that you would be worth as much dead +as alive, and I have no mind to lose you, so do not tempt +me to kill you." + +Barney's hands went up, but not in the way that the +brigand had expected. Instead, one of them seized his +weapon and shoved it aside, while with the other Custer +planted a blow between his eyes and sent him reeling back- +ward. The two men closed, fighting for possession of the gun. +In the scrimmage it was exploded, but a moment later the +American succeeded in wresting it from his adversary and +hurled it into the ravine. + +Striking at one another, the two surged backward and +forward at the very edge of the hill, each searching for the +other's throat. The girl stood by, watching the battle with +wide, frightened eyes. If she could only do something to +aid the king! + +She saw a loose stone lying at a little distance from the +fighters and hastened to procure it. If she could strike the +brigand a single good blow on the side of the head, Leopold +might easily overpower him. When she had gathered up the +rock and turned back toward the two she saw that the man +she thought to be the king was not much in the way of need- +ing outside assistance. She could not but marvel at the +strength and dexterity of this poor fellow who had spent +almost half his life penned within the four walls of a prison. +It must be, she thought, the superhuman strength with +which maniacs are always credited. + +Nevertheless, she hurried toward them with her weapon; +but just before she reached them the brigand made a last +mad effort to free himself from the fingers that had found +his throat. He lunged backward, dragging the other with +him. His foot struck upon the root of a tree, and together +the two toppled over into the ravine. + +As the girl hastened toward the spot where the two had +disappeared, she was startled to see three troopers of the pal- +ace cavalry headed by an officer break through the trees at a +short distance from where the battle had waged. The four +men ran rapidly toward her. + +"What has happened here? shouted the officer to Emma +von der Tann; and then, as he came closer: "Gott! Can it +be possible that it is your highness?" + +The girl paid no attention to the officer. Instead, she hur- +ried down the steep embankment toward the underbrush +into which the two men had fallen. There was no sound +from below, and no movement in the bushes to indicate that +a moment before two desperately battling human beings +had dropped among them. + +The soldiers were close upon the girl's heels, but it was +she who first reached the two quiet figures that lay side by +side upon the stony ground halfway down the hillside. + +When the officer stopped beside her she was sitting on +the ground holding the head of one of the combatants in +her lap. + +A little stream of blood trickled from a wound in the +forehead. The officer stooped closer. + +"He is dead?" he asked. + +"The king is dead," replied the Princess Emma von der +Tann, a little sob in her voice. + +"The king!" exclaimed the officer; and then, as he bent +lower over the white face: "Leopold!" + +The girl nodded. + +"We were searching for him," said the officer, "when we +heard the shot." Then, arising, he removed his cap, saying +in a very low voice: "The king is dead. Long live the king!" + + + + +III + +AN ANGRY KING + +THE SOLDIERS stood behind their officer. None of them had +ever seen Leopold of Lutha--he had been but a name to +them--they cared nothing for him; but in the presence of +death they were awed by the majesty of the king they had +never known. + +The hands of Emma von der Tann were chafing the wrists +of the man whose head rested in her lap. + +"Leopold!" she whispered. "Leopold, come back! Mad +king you may have been, but still you were king of Lutha-- +my father's king--my king." + +The girl nearly cried out in shocked astonishment as she +saw the eyes of the dead king open. But Emma von der +Tann was quick-witted. She knew for what purpose the +soldiers from the palace were scouring the country. + +Had she not thought the king dead she would have cut +out her tongue rather than reveal his identity to these sol- +diers of his great enemy. Now she saw that Leopold lived, +and she must undo the harm she had innocently wrought. +She bent lower over Barney's face, trying to hide it from +the soldiers. + +"Go away, please!" she called to them. "Leave me with +my dead king. You are Peter's men. You do not care for +Leopold, living or dead. Go back to your new king and tell +him that this poor young man can never more stand between +him and the throne." + +The officer hesitated. + +"We shall have to take the king's body with us, your +highness," he said. + +The officer evidently becoming suspicious, came closer, +and as he did so Barney Custer sat up. + +"Go away!" cried the girl, for she saw that the king was +attempting to speak. "My father's people will carry Leopold +of Lutha in state to the capital of his kingdom." + +"What's all this row about?" he asked. "Can't you let a +dead king alone if the young lady asks you to? What kind +of a short sport are you, anyway? Run along, now, and tie +yourself outside." + +The officer smiled, a trifle maliciously perhaps. + +"Ah," he said, "I am very glad indeed that you are not +dead, your majesty." + +Barney Custer turned his incredulous eyes upon the lieu- +tenant. + +"Et tu, Brute?" he cried in anguished accents, letting +his head fall back into the girl's lap. He found it very com- +fortable there indeed. + +The officer smiled and shook his head. Then he tapped +his forehead meaningly. + +"I did not know," he said to the girl, "that he was so bad. +But come--it is some distance to Blentz, and the afternoon +is already well spent. Your highness will accompany us." + +"I?" cried the girl. "You certainly cannot be serious." + +"And why not, your highness?" asked the officer. "We +had strict orders to arrest not only the king, but any com- +panions who may have been involved in his escape." + +"I had nothing whatever to do with his escape," said the +girl, "though I should have been only too glad to have +aided him had the opportunity presented." + +"King Peter may think differently," replied the man. + +"The Regent, you mean?" the girl corrected him haughtily. + +The officer shrugged his shoulders. + +"Regent or King, he is ruler of Lutha nevertheless, and he +would take away my commission were I to tell him that I +had found a Von der Tann in company with the king and +had permitted her to escape. Your blood convicts your high- +ness." + +"You are going to take me to Blentz and confine me +there?" asked the girl in a very small voice and with wide +incredulous eyes. "You would not dare thus to humiliate a +Von der Tann?" + +"I am very sorry," said the officer, "but I am a soldier, +and soldiers must obey their superiors. My orders are strict. +You may be thankful," he added, "that it was not Maenck +who discovered you." + +At the mention of the name the girl shuddered. + +"In so far as it is in my power your highness and his +majesty will be accorded every consideration of dignity and +courtesy while under my escort. You need not entertain +any fear of me," he concluded. + +Barney Custer, during this, to him, remarkable dialogue, +had risen to his feet, and assisted the girl in rising. Now he +turned and spoke to the officer. + +"This farce," he said, "has gone quite far enough. If it is +a +joke it is becoming a very sorry one. I am not a king. I am +an American--Bernard Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A. +Look at me. Look at me closely. Do I look like a king?" + +"Every inch, your majesty," replied the officer. + +Barney looked at the man aghast. + +"Well, I am not a king," he said at last, "and if you go to +arresting me and throwing me into one of your musty old +dungeons you will find that I am a whole lot more important +than most kings. I'm an American citizen." + +"Yes, your majesty," replied the officer, a trifle +impatiently. +"But we waste time in idle discussion. Will your majesty +be so good as to accompany me without resistance?" + +"If you will first escort this young lady to a place of +safety," replied Barney. + +"She will be quite safe at Blentz," said the lieutenant. + +Barney turned to look at the girl, a question in his eyes. +Before them stood the soldiers with drawn revolvers, and +now at the summit of the hill a dozen more appeared in +command of a sergeant. They were two against nearly a +score, and Barney Custer was unarmed. + +The girl shook her head. + +"There, is no alternative, I am afraid, your majesty," she +said. + +Barney wheeled toward the officer. + +"Very well, lieutenant," he said, "we will accompany you." + +The party turned back up the hillside, leaving the dead +bandit where he lay--the fellow's neck had been broken by +the fall. A short distance from where the man had confronted +them the two prisoners were brought to the main road +where they saw still other troopers, and with them the horses +of those who had gone into the forest on foot. + +Barney and the girl were mounted on two of the animals, +the soldiers who had ridden them clambering up behind +two of their comrades. A moment later the troop set out +along the road which leads to Blentz. + +The prisoners rode near the center of the column, sur- +rounded by troopers. For a time they were both silent. Bar- +ney was wondering if he had accidentally tumbled into the +private grounds of Lutha's largest madhouse, or if, in reality, +these people mistook him for the young king--it seemed +incredible. + +It had commenced slowly to dawn upon him that perhaps +the girl was not crazy after all. Had not the officer addressed +her as "your highness"? Now that he thought upon it he re- +called that she did have quite a haughty and regal way +with her at times, especially so when she had addressed the +officer. + +Of course she might be mad, after all, and possibly the +bandit, too, but it seemed unbelievable that the officer was +mad and his entire troop of cavalry should be composed of +maniacs, yet they all persisted in speaking and acting as +though he were indeed the mad king of Lutha and the +young girl at his side a princess. + +From pitying the girl he had come to feel a little bit in +awe of her. To the best of his knowledge he had never be- +fore associated with a real princess. When he recalled that +he had treated her as he would an ordinary mortal, and that +he had thought her demented, and had tried to humor her +mad whims, he felt very foolish indeed. + +Presently he turned a sheepish glance in her direction, +to find her looking at him. He saw her flush slightly as his +eyes met hers. + +"Can your highness ever forgive me?" he asked. + +"Forgive you!" she cried in astonishment. "For what, +your majesty?" + +"For thinking you insane, and for getting you into this +horrible predicament," he replied. "But especially for think- +ing you insane." + +"Did you think me mad?" she asked in wide-eyed aston- +ishment. + +"When you insisted that I was a king, yes," he replied. +"But now I begin to believe that it must be I who am mad, +after all, or else I bear a remarkable resemblance to Leopold +of Lutha." + +"You do, your majesty," replied the girl. + +Barney saw it was useless to attempt to convince them +and so he decided to give up for the time. + +"Have me king, if you will," he said, "but please do not +call me 'your majesty' any more. It gets on my nerves." + +"Your will is law--Leopold," replied the girl, hesitating +prettily before the familiar name, "but do not forget your +part of the compact." + +He smiled at her. A princess wasn't half so terrible after +all. + +"And your will shall be my law, Emma," he said. + +It was almost dark when they came to Blentz. The castle +lay far up on the side of a steep hill above the town. It was +an ancient pile, but had been maintained in an excellent +state of repair. As Barney Custer looked up at the grim tow- +ers and mighty, buttressed walls his heart sank. It had taken +the mad king ten years to make his escape from that gloomy +and forbidding pile! + +"Poor child," he murmured, thinking of the girl. + +Before the barbican the party was halted by the guard. +An officer with a lantern stepped out upon the lowered +portcullis. The lieutenant who had captured them rode for- +ward to meet him. + +"A detachment of the Royal Horse Guards escorting His +Majesty the King, who is returning to Blentz," he said in +reply to the officer's sharp challenge. + +"The king!" exclaimed the officer. "You have found him?" +and he advanced with raised lantern searching for the +monarch. + +"At last," whispered Barney to the girl at his side, "I shall +be vindicated. This man, at least, who is stationed at Blentz +must know his king by sight." + +The officer came quite close, holding his lantern until the +rays fell full in Barney's face. He scrutinized the young man +for a moment. There was neither humility nor respect in his +manner, so that the American was sure that the fellow had +discovered the imposture. + +From the bottom of his heart he hoped so. Then the officer +swung the lantern until its light shone upon the girl. + +"And who's the wench with him?" he asked the officer who +had found them. + +The man was standing close beside Barney's horse, and +the words were scarce out of his month when the American +slipped from his saddle to the portcullis and struck the offi- +cer full in the face. + +"She is the Princess von der Tann, you boor," said Bar- +ney, "and let that help you remember it in future." + +The officer scrambled to his feet, white with rage. Whip- +ping out his sword he rushed at Barney. + +"You shall die for that, you half-wit," he cried. + +Lieutenant Butzow, he of the Royal Horse, rushed forward +to prevent the assault and Emma von der Tann sprang +from her saddle and threw herself in front of Barney. + +Butzow grasped the other officer's arm. + +"Are you mad, Schonau?" he cried. "Would you kill the +king?" + +The fellow tugged to escape the grasp of Butzow. He was +crazed with anger. + +"Why not?" he bellowed. "You were a fool not to have +done it yourself. Maenck will do it and get a baronetcy. It +will mean a captaincy for me at least. Let me at him--no +man can strike Karl Schonau and live." + +"The king is unarmed," cried Emma von der Tann. "Would +you murder him in cold blood?" + +"He shall not murder him at all, your highness," said +Lieutenant Butzow quietly. "Give me your sword, Lieuten- +ant Schonau. I place you under arrest. What you have just +said will not please the Regent when it is reported to him. +You should keep your head better when you are angry." + +"It is the truth," growled Schonau, regretting that his +anger had led him into a disclosure of the plot against the +king's life, but like most weak characters fearing to admit +himself in error even more than he feared the consequences +of his rash words. + +"Do you intend taking my sword?" asked Schonau sud- +denly, turning toward Lieutenant Butzow standing beside +him. + +"We will forget the whole occurrence, lieutenant," replied +Butzow, "if you will promise not to harm his majesty, or +offer him or the Princess von der Tann further humiliation. +Their position is sufficiently unpleasant without our adding +to the degradation of it." + +"Very well," grumbled Schonau. "Pass on into the court- +yard." + +Barney and the girl remounted and the little cavalcade +moved forward through the ballium and the great gate into +the court beyond. + +"Did you notice," said Barney to the princess, "that even +he believes me to be the king? I cannot fathom it." + +Within the castle they were met by a number of servants +and soldiers. An officer escorted them to the great hall, and +presently a dark visaged captain of cavalry entered and +approached them. Butzow saluted. + +"His Majesty, the King," he announced, "has returned to +Blentz. In accordance with the commands of the Regent I +deliver his august person into your safe keeping, Captain +Maenck." + +Maenck nodded. He was looking at Barney with evident +curiosity. + +"Where did you find him?" he asked Butzow. + +He made no pretense of according to Barney the faintest +indication of the respect that is supposed to be due to those +of royal blood. Barney commenced to hope that he had +finally come upon one who would know that he was not +king. + +Butzow recounted the details of the finding of the king. As +he spoke, Maenck's eyes, restless and furtive, seemed to be +appraising the personal charms of the girl who stood just +back of Barney. + +The American did not like the appearance of the officer, +but he saw that he was evidently supreme at Blentz, and he +determined to appeal to him in the hope that the man +might believe his story and untangle the ridiculous muddle +that a chance resemblance to a fugitive monarch had thrown +him and the girl into. + +"Captain," said Barney, stepping closer to the officer, +"there has been a mistake in identity here. I am not the king. +I am an American traveling for pleasure in Lutha. The fact +that I have gray eyes and wear a full reddish-brown beard +is my only offense. You are doubtless familiar with the king's +appearance and so you at least have already seen that I am +not his majesty. + +"Not being the king, there is no cause to detain me longer, +and as I am not a fugitive and never have been, this young +lady has been guilty of no misdemeanor or crime in being +in my company. Therefore she too should be released. In +the name of justice and common decency I am sure that you +will liberate us both at once and furnish the Princess von +der Tann, at least, with a proper escort to her home." + +Maenck listened in silence until Barney had finished, a +half smile upon his thick lips. + +"I am commencing to believe that you are not so crazy +as we have all thought," he said. "Certainly," and he let his +eyes rest upon Emma von der Tann, "you are not mentally +deficient in so far as your judgment of a good-looking woman +is concerned. I could not have made a better selection my- +self. + +"As for my familiarity with your appearance, you know +as well as I that I have never seen you before. But that is +not necessary--you conform perfectly to the printed descrip- +tion of you with which the kingdom is flooded. Were that +not enough, the fact that you were discovered with old Von +der Tann's daughter is sufficient to remove the least doubt +as to your identity." + +"You are governor of Blentz," cried Barney, "and yet you +say that you have never seen the king?" + +"Certainly," replied Maenck. "After you escaped the en- +tire personnel of the garrison here was changed, even the +old servants to a man were withdrawn and others substituted. +You will have difficulty in again escaping, for those who +aided you before are no longer here." + +"There is no man in the castle of Blentz who has ever +seen the king?" asked Barney. + +"None who has seen him before tonight," replied Maenck. +"But were we in doubt we have the word of the Princess +Emma that you are Leopold. Did she not admit it to you, +Butzow?" + +"When she thought his majesty dead she admitted it," +replied Butzow. + +"We gain nothing by discussing the matter," said Maenck +shortly. "You are Leopold of Lutha. Prince Peter says that +you are mad. All that concerns me is that you do not escape +again, and you may rest assured that while Ernst Maenck +is governor of Blentz you shall not escape and go at large +again. + +"Are the royal apartments in readiness for his majesty, +Dr. Stein?" he concluded, turning toward a rat-faced little +man with bushy whiskers, who stood just behind him. + +The query was propounded in an ironical tone, and with +a manner that made no pretense of concealing the contempt +of the speaker for the man he thought the king. + +The eyes of the Princess Emma were blazing as she +caught the scant respect in Maenck's manner. She looked +quickly toward Barney to see if he intended rebuking the +man for his impertinence. She saw that the king evidently +intended overlooking Maenck's attitude. But Emma von der +Tann was of a different mind. + +She had seen Maenck several times at social functions in +the capital. He had even tried to win a place in her favor, +but she had always disliked him, even before the nasty +stories of his past life had become common gossip, and within +the year she had won his hatred by definitely indicating to +him that he was persona non grata, in so far as she was +concerned. Now she turned upon him, her eyes flashing with +indignation. + +"Do you forget, sir, that you address the king?" she cried. +"That you are without honor I have heard men say, and I +may truly believe it now that I have seen what manner of +man you are. The most lowly-bred boor in all Lutha would +not be so ungenerous as to take advantage of his king's help- +lessness to heap indignities upon him. + +"Leopold of Lutha shall come into his own some day, +and my dearest hope is that his first act may be to mete +out to such as you the punishment you deserve." + +Maenck paled in anger. His fingers twitched nervously, +but he controlled his temper remarkably well, biding his +time for revenge. + +"Take the king to his apartments, Stein," he commanded +curtly, "and you, Lieutenant Butzow, accompany them with +a guard, nor leave until you see that he is safely con- +fined. You may return here afterward for my further in- +structions. In the meantime I wish to examine the king's +mistress." + +For a moment tense silence reigned in the apartment after +Maenck had delivered his wanton insult. + +Emma von der Tann, her little chin high in the air, stood +straight and haughty, nor was there any sign in her expres- +sion to indicate that she had heard the man's words. + +Barney was the first to take cognizance of them. + +"You cur!" he cried, and took a step toward Maenck. +"You're going to eat that, word for word." + +Maenck stepped back, his hand upon his sword. Butzow +laid a hand upon Barney's arm. + +"Don't, your majesty," he implored, "it will but make +your position more unpleasant, nor will it add to the safety +of the Princess von der Tann for you to strike him now." + +Barney shook himself free from Butzow, and before either +Stein or the lieutenant could prevent had sprung upon +Maenck. + +The latter had not been quick enough with his sword, so +that Barney had struck him twice, heavily in the face before +the officer was able to draw. Butzow had sprung to the +king's side, and was attempting to interpose himself between +Maenck and the American. In a moment more the sword of +the infuriated captain would be in the king's heart. Barney +turned the first thrust with his forearm. + +"Stop!" cried Butzow to Maenck. "Are you mad, that you +would kill the king?" + +Maenck lunged again, viciously, at the unprotected body +of his antagonist. + +"Die, you pig of an idiot!" he screamed. + +Butzow saw that the man really meant to murder Leopold. +He seized Barney by the shoulder and whirled him back- +ward. At the same instant his own sword leaped from his +scabbard, and now Maenck found himself facing grim steel +in the hand of a master swordsman. + +The governor of Blentz drew back from the touch of that +sharp point. + +"What do you mean?" he cried. "This is mutiny." + +"When I received my commission," replied Butzow, quietly, +"I swore to protect the person of the king with my life, and +while I live no man shall affront Leopold of Lutha in my +presence, or threaten his safety else he accounts to me for +his act. Return your sword, Captain Maenck, nor ever again +draw it against the king while I be near." + +Slowly Maenck sheathed his weapon. Black hatred for +Butzow and the man he was protecting smoldered in his +eyes. + +"If he wishes peace," said Barney, "let him apologize to +the princess." + +"You had better apologize, captain," counseled Butzow, +"for if the king should command me to do so I should have +to compel you to," and the lieutenant half drew his sword +once more. + +There was something in Butzow's voice that warned +Maenck that his subordinate would like nothing better than +the king's command to run him through. + +He well knew the fame of Butzow's sword arm, and hav- +ing no stomach for an encounter with it he grumbled an +apology. + +"And don't let it occur again," warned Barney. + +"Come," said Dr. Stein, "your majesty should be in your +apartments, away from all excitement, if we are to effect a +cure, so that you may return to your throne quickly." + +Butzow formed the soldiers about the American, and the +party moved silently out of the great hall, leaving Captain +Maenck and Princess Emma von der Tann its only occupants. + +Barney cast a troubled glance toward Maenck, and half +hesitated. + +"I am sorry, your majesty," said Butzow in a low voice, +"but you must accompany us. In this the governor of Blentz +is well within his authority, and I must obey him." + +"Heaven help her!" murmured Barney. + +"The governor will not dare harm her," said Butzow. +"Your majesty need entertain no apprehension." + +"I wouldn't trust him," replied the American. "I know +his kind." + + + + +IV + +BARNEY FINDS A FRIEND + +AFTER THE party had left the room Maenck stood looking at +the princess for several seconds. A cunning expression sup- +planted the anger that had shown so plainly upon his face +but a moment before. The girl had moved to one side of the +apartment and was pretending an interest in a large tapestry +that covered the wall at that point. Maenck watched her +with greedy eves. Presently he spoke. + +"Let us be friends," he said. "You shall be my guest at +Blentz for a long time. I doubt if Peter will care to release +you soon, for he has no love for your father--and it will +he easier for both if we establish pleasant relations from +the beginning. What do you say?" + +"I shall not be at Blentz long," she replied, not even +looking in Maenck's direction, "though while I am it shall +be as a prisoner and not as a guest. It is incredible that one +could believe me willing to pose as the guest of a traitor, +even were he less impossible than the notorious and infamous +Captain Maenck." + +Maenck smiled. He was one of those who rather pride +themselves upon the possession of racy reputations. He +walked across the room to a bell cord which he pulled. Then +he turned toward the girl again. + +"I have given you an opportunity," he said, "to lighten +the burdens of your captivity. I hoped that you would be +sensible and accept my advances of friendship voluntarily," +and he emphasized the word "voluntarily," "but--" + +He shrugged his shoulders. + +A servant had entered the apartment in response to +Maenck's summons. + +"Show the Princess von der Tann to her apartments," he +commanded with a sinister tone. + +The man, who was in the livery of Peter of Blentz, bowed, +and with a deferential sign to the girl led the way from the +room. Emma von der Tann followed her guide up a winding +stairway which spiraled within a tower at the end of a long +passage. On the second floor of the castle the servant led her +to a large and beautifully furnished suite of three rooms--a +bedroom, dressing-room and boudoir. After showing her the +rooms that were to be hers the servant left her alone. + +As soon as he had gone the Princess von der Tann took +another turn through the suite, looking to the doors and +windows to ascertain how securely she might barricade her- +self against unwelcome visitors. + +She found that the three rooms lay in an angle of the +old, moss-covered castle wall. + +The bedroom and dressing-room were connected by a +doorway, and each in turn had another door opening into +the boudoir. The only connection with the corridor without +was through a single doorway from the boudoir. This door +was equipped with a massive bolt, which, when she had shot +it, gave her a feeling of immense relief and security. The +windows were all too high above the court on one side and +the moat upon the other to cause her the slightest appre- +hension of danger from the outside. + +The girl found the boudoir not only beautiful, but ex- +tremely comfortable and cozy. A huge log-fire blazed upon +the hearth, and, though it was summer, its warmth was +most welcome, for the night was chill. Across the room from +the fireplace a full length oil of a former Blentz princess +looked down in arrogance upon the unwilling occupant of +the room. It seemed to the girl that there was an expression +of annoyance upon the painted countenance that another, +and an enemy of her house, should be making free with her +belongings. She wondered a little, too, that this huge oil +should have been bung in a lady's boudoir. It seemed singu- +larly out of place. + +"If she would but smile," thought Emma von der Tann, +"she would detract less from the otherwise pleasant sur- +roundings, but I suppose she serves her purpose in some +way, whatever it may be." + +There were papers, magazines and books upon the center +table and more books upon a low tier of shelves on either +side of the fireplace. The girl tried to amuse herself by +reading, but she found her thoughts continually reverting to +the unhappy situation of the king, and her eyes momentarily +wandered to the cold and repellent face of the Blentz prin- +cess. + +Finally she wheeled a great armchair near the fireplace, +and with her back toward the portrait made a final attempt +to submerge her unhappy thoughts in a current periodical. + + +When Barney and his escort reached the apartments that +had been occupied by the king of Lutha before his escape, +Butzow and the soldiers left him in company with Dr. Stein +and an old servant, whom the doctor introduced as his new +personal attendant. + +"Your majesty will find him a very attentive and faithful +servant," said Stein. "He will remain with you and ad- +minister your medicine at proper intervals." + +"Medicine?" ejaculated Barney. "What in the world do I +need of medicine? There is nothing the matter with me." + +Stein smiled indulgently. + +"Ah, your majesty," he said, "if you could but realize the +sad affliction that clouds your life! You may never sit upon +your throne until the last trace of this sinister mental dis- +order is eradicated, so take your medicine voluntarily, or +otherwise Joseph will be compelled to administer it by force. +Remember, sire, that only through this treatment will you +be able to leave Blentz." + +After Stein had left the room Joseph bolted the door be- +hind him. Then he came to where Barney stood in the center +of the apartment, and dropping to his knees took the young +man's hand in his and kissed it. + +"God has been good indeed, your majesty," he whispered. +"It was He who made it possible for old Joseph to deceive +them and find his way to your side." + +"Who are you, my man?" asked Barney. + +"I am from Tann," whispered the old man, in a very low +voice. "His highness, the prince, found the means to obtain +service for me with the new retinue that has replaced the +old which permitted your majesty's escape. There was an- +other from Tann among the former servants here. + +"It was through his efforts that you escaped before, you +will recall. I have seen Fritz and learned from him the way, +so that if your majesty does not recall it it will make no +difference, for I know it well, having been over it three +times already since I came here, to be sure that when the +time came that they should recapture you I might lead you +out quickly before they could slay you." + +"You really think that they intend murdering me?" + +"There is no doubt about it, your majesty," replied the +old man. "This very bottle"--Joseph touched the phial +which Stein had left upon the table--"contains the means +whereby, through my hands, you were to be slowly poisoned." + +"Do you know what it is?" + +"Bichloride of mercury, your majesty. One dose would +have been sufficient, and after a few days--perhaps a week +--you would have died in great agony." + +Barney shuddered. + +"But I am not the king, Joseph," said the young man, "so +even had they succeeded in killing me it would have profited +them nothing." + +Joseph shook his head sadly. + +"Your majesty will pardon the presumption of one who +loves him," he said, "if he makes so bold as to suggest that +your majesty must not again deny that he is king. That only +tends to corroborate the contention of Prince Peter that your +majesty is not--er, just sane, and so, incompetent to rule +Lutha. But we of Tann know differently, and with the help +of the good God we will place your majesty upon the +throne which Peter has kept from you all these years." + +Barney sighed. They were determined that he should be +king whether he would or no. He had often thought he +would like to be a king; but now the realization of his boy- +ish dreaming which seemed so imminent bade fair to be +almost anything than pleasant. + +Barney suddenly realized that the old fellow was talking. +He was explaining how they might escape. It seemed that a +secret passage led from this very chamber to the vaults be- +neath the castle and from there through a narrow tunnel +below the moat to a cave in the hillside far beyond the +structure. + +"They will not return again tonight to see your majesty," +said Joseph, "and so we had best make haste to leave at +once. I have a rope and swords in readiness. We shall need +the rope to make our way down the hillside, but let us +hope that we shall not need the swords." + +"I cannot leave Blentz," said Barney, "unless the Princess +Emma goes with us." + +"The Princess Emma!" cried the old man. "What Princess +Emma?" + +"Princess von der Tann," replied Barney. "Did you not +know that she was captured with me!" + +The old man was visibly affected by the knowledge that +his young mistress was a prisoner within the walls of Blentz. +He seemed torn by conflicting emotions--his duty toward +his king and his love for the daughter of his old master. So +it was that he seemed much relieved when he found that +Barney insisted upon saving the girl before any thought of +their own escape should be taken into consideration. + +"My first duty, your majesty," said Joseph, "is to bring +you safely out of the hands of your enemies, but if you +command me to try to bring your betrothed with us I am +sure that his highness, Prince Ludwig, would be the last to +censure me for deviating thus from his instructions, for if he +loves another more than he loves his king it is his daughter, +the beautiful Princess Emma." + +"What do you mean, Joseph," asked Barney, "by referring +to the princess as my betrothed? I never saw her before +today." + +"It has slipped your majesty's mind," said the old man +sadly; "but you and my young mistress were betrothed many +years ago while you were yet but children. It was the old +king's wish that you wed the daughter of his best friend and +most loyal subject." + +Here was a pretty pass, indeed, thought Barney. It was +sufficiently embarrassing to be mistaken for the king, but to +be thrown into this false position in company with a beau- +tiful young woman to whom the king was engaged to be +married, and who, with the others, thought him to be the +king, was quite the last word in impossible positions. + +Following this knowledge there came to Barney the first +pangs of regret that he was not really the king, and then the +realization, so sudden that it almost took his breath away, +that the girl was very beautiful and very much to be desired. +He had not thought about the matter until her utter im- +possibility was forced upon him. + +It was decided that Joseph should leave the king's apart- +ment at once and discover in what part of the castle Emma +von der Tann was imprisoned. Their further plans were to +depend upon the information gained by the old man during +his tour of investigation of the castle. + +In the interval of his absence Barney paced the length of +his prison time and time again. He thought the fellow would +never return. Perhaps he had been detected in the act of +spying, and was himself a prisoner in some other part of the +castle! The thought came to Barney like a blow in the face, +for he realized that then he would be entirely at the mercy +of his captors, and that there would be none to champion +the cause of the Princess von der Tann. + +When his nervous tension had about reached the breaking +point there came a sound of stealthy movement just outside +the door of his room. Barney halted close to the massive +panels. He heard a key fitted quietly and then the lock +grated as it turned. + +Barney thought that they had surely detected Joseph's +duplicity and had come to make short work of the king +before other traitors arose in their midst entirely to frustrate +their plans. The young American stepped to the wall behind +the door that he might be out of sight of whoever entered. +Should it prove other than Joseph, might the Lord help +them! The clenched fists, square-set chin, and gleaming gray +eyes of the prisoner presaged no good for any incoming en- +emy. + +Slowly the door swung open and a man entered the room. +Barney breathed a deep sigh of relief--it was Joseph. + +"Well?" cried the young man from behind him, and +Joseph started as though Peter of Blentz himself had laid +an accusing finger upon his shoulder. "What news?" + +"Your majesty," gasped Joseph, "how you did startle me! +I found the apartments of the princess, sire. There is a bare +chance that we may succeed in rescuing her, but a very +bare one, indeed. + +"We must traverse a main corridor of the castle to reach +her suite, and then return by the same way. It will be a +miracle if we are not discovered; but the worst of it is that +next to her apartments, and between them and your majesty's, +are the apartments of Captain Maenck. + +"He is sure to be there and officers and servants may be +coming and going throughout the entire night, for the man +is a convivial fellow, sitting at cards and drink until sunrise +nearly every day." + +"And when we have brought the princess in safety to my +quarters," asked Barney, "what then? How shall we conduct +her from the castle? You have not told me that as yet." + +The old man explained then the plan of escape. It seemed +that one of the two huge tile panels that flanked the fire- +place on either side was in reality a door hiding the entrance +to a shaft that rose from the vaults beneath the castle to the +roof. At each floor there was a similar secret door conceal- +ing the mouth of the passage. From the vaults a corridor led +through another secret panel to the tunnel that wound down- +ward to the cave in the hillside. + +"Beyond that we shall find horses, your majesty," con- +cluded the old man. "They have been hidden in the woods +since I came to Blentz. Each day I go there to water and +feed them." + +During the servant's explanation Barney had been casting +about in his mind for some means of rescuing the princess +without so great risk of detection, and as the plan of the +secret passageway became clear to him he thought that he +saw a way to accomplish the thing with comparative safety +in so far as detection was concerned. + +"Who occupies the floor above us, Joseph?" he asked. + +"It is vacant," replied the old man. + +"Good! Come, show me the entrance to the shaft," di- +rected Barney. + +"You will go without attempting to succor the Princess +Emma?" exclaimed the old fellow in ill-concealed chagrin. + +"Far from it," replied Barney. "Bring your rope and the +swords. I think we are going to find the rescuing of the +Princess Emma the easiest part of our adventure." + +The old man shook his head, but went to another room +of the suite, from which he presently emerged with a stout +rope about fifty feet in length and two swords. As he +buckled one of the weapons to Barney his eyes fell upon +the American's seal ring that encircled the third finger of his +left hand. + +"The Royal Ring of Lutha!" exclaimed Joseph. "Where is +it, your majesty? What has become of the Royal Ring of +the Kings of Lutha?" + +"I'm sure I don't know, Joseph," replied the young man. +"Should I be wearing a royal ring?" + +"The profaning miscreants!" cried Joseph. "They have +dared to filch from you the great ring that has been handed +down from king to king for three hundred years. When did +they take it from you?" + +"I have never seen it, Joseph," replied the young man, +"and possibly this fact may assure you where all else has +failed that I am no true king of Lutha, after all." + +"Ah, no, your majesty," replied the old servitor; "it but +makes assurance doubly sure as to your true identity, for +the fact that you have not the ring is positive proof that +you are king and that they have sought to hide the fact by +removing the insignia of your divine right to rule in Lutha." + +Barney could not but smile at the old fellow's remarkable +logic. He saw that nothing short of a miracle would ever +convince Joseph that he was not the real monarch, and so, +as matters of greater importance were to the fore, he would +have allowed the subject to drop had not the man attempted +to recall to the impoverished memory of his king a recol- +lection of the historic and venerated relic of the dead mon- +archs of Lutha. + +"Do you not remember, sir," he asked, "the great ruby +that glared, blood-red from its center, and the four sets of +golden wings that formed the setting? From the blood of +Charlemagne was the ruby made, so history tells us, and +the setting represented the protecting wings of the power of +the kings of Lutha spread to the four points of the compass. +Now your majesty must recall the royal ring, I am sure." + +Barney only shook his head, much to Joseph's evident +sorrow. + +"Never mind the ring, Joseph," said the young man. "Bring +your rope and lead me to the floor above." + +"The floor above? But, your majesty, we cannot reach +the vaults and tunnel by going upward!" + +"You forget, Joseph, that we are going to fetch the +Princess Emma first." + +"But she is not on the floor above us, sire; she is upon +the same floor as we are," insisted the old man, hesitating. + +"Joseph, who do you think I am?" asked Barney. + +"You are the king, my lord," replied the old man. + +"Then do as your king commands," said the American +sharply. + +Joseph turned with dubious mutterings and approached +the tiled panel at the left of the fireplace. Here he fumbled +about for a moment until his fingers found the hidden catch +that held the cunningly devised door in place. An instant +later the panel swung inward before his touch, and stand- +ing to one side, the old fellow bowed low as he ushered +Barney into the Stygian darkness of the space beyond their +vision. + +Joseph halted the young man just within the doorway, +cautioning him against the danger of falling into the shaft, +then he closed the panel, and a moment later had found +the lantern he had hidden there and lighted it. The rays +disclosed to the American the rough masonry of the interior +of a narrow, well-built shaft. A rude ladder standing upon +a narrow ledge beside him extended upward to lose itself +in the shadows above. At its foot the top of another ladder +was visible protruding through the opening from the floor +beneath. + +No sooner had Joseph's lantern shown him the way than +Barney was ascending the ladder toward the floor above. +At the next landing he waited for the old man. + +Joseph put out the light and placed the lantern where +they could easily find it upon their return. Then he cautiously +slipped the catch that held the panel in place and slowly +opened the door until a narrow line of lesser darkness +showed from without. + +For a moment they stood in silence listening for any sound +from the chamber beyond, but as nothing occurred to indi- +cate that the apartment was occupied the old man opened +the portal a trifle further, and finally far enough to permit +his body to pass through. Barney followed him. They found +themselves in a large, empty chamber, identical in size and +shape with that which they had just quitted upon the floor +below. + +From this the two passed into the corridor beyond, and +thence to the apartments at the far end of the wing, directly +over those occupied by Emma von der Tann. + +Barney hastened to a window overlooking the moat. By +leaning far out he could see the light from the princess's +chamber shining upon the sill. He wished that the light +was not there, for the window was in plain view of the guard +on the lookout upon the barbican. + +Suddenly he caught the sound of voices from the chamber +beneath. For an instant he listened, and then, catching a +few words of the dialogue, he turned hurriedly toward his +companion. + +"The rope, Joseph! And for God's sake be quick about it." + + + + +V + +THE ESCAPE + +FOR HALF an hour the Princess von der Tann succeeded ad- +mirably in immersing herself in the periodical, to the ex- +clusion of her unhappy thoughts and the depressing influence +of the austere countenance of the Blentz Princess hanging +upon the wall behind her. + +But presently she became unaccountably nervous. At the +slightest sound from the palace-life on the floor below she +would start up with a tremor of excitement. Once she heard +footsteps in the corridor before her door, but they passed +on, and she thought she discerned the click of a latch a +short distance further on along the passageway. + +Again she attempted to gather up the thread of the article +she had been reading, but she was unsuccessful. A stealthy +scratching brought her round quickly, staring in the direc- +tion of the great portrait. The girl would have sworn that she +had heard a noise within her chamber. She shuddered at +the thought that it might have come from that painted thing +upon the wall. + +What was the matter with her? Was she losing all control +of herself to be frightened like a little child by ghostly noises? + +She tried to return to her reading, but for the life of her +she could not keep her eyes off the silent, painted woman +who stared and stared and stared in cold, threatening si- +lence upon this ancient enemy of her house. + +Presently the girl's eyes went wide in horror. She could +feel the scalp upon her head contract with fright. Her terror- +filled gaze was frozen upon that awful figure that loomed +so large and sinister above her, for the thing had moved! She +had seen it with her own eyes. There could be no mistake-- +no hallucination of overwrought nerves about it. The Blentz +Princess was moving slowly toward her! + +Like one in a trance the girl rose from her chair, her eyes +glued upon the awful apparition that seemed creeping upon +her. Slowly she withdrew toward the opposite side of the +chamber. As the painting moved more quickly the truth +flashed upon her--it was mounted on a door. + +The crack of the door widened and beyond it the girl saw +dimly, eyes fastened upon her. With difficulty she restrained +a shriek. The portal swung wide and a man in uniform +stepped into the room. + +It was Maenck. + +Emma von der Tann gazed in unveiled abhorrence upon +the leering face of the governor of Blentz. + +"What means this intrusion?" cried the girl. + +"What would you have here?" + +"You," replied Maenck. + +The girl crimsoned. + +Maenck regarded her sneeringly. + +"You coward!" she cried. "Leave my apartments at once. +Not even Peter of Blentz would countenance such abhorrent +treatment of a prisoner." + +"You do not know Peter my dear," responded Maenck. +"But you need not fear. You shall be my wife. Peter has +promised me a baronetcy for the capture of Leopold, and +before I am done I shall be made a prince, of that you may +rest assured, so you see I am not so bad a match after all." + +He crossed over toward her and would have laid a rough +hand upon her arm. + +The girl sprang away from him, running to the opposite +side of the library table at which she had been reading. +Maenck started to pursue her, when she seized a heavy, +copper bowl that stood upon the table and hurled it full +in his face. The missile struck him a glancing blow, but the +edge laid open the flesh of one cheek almost to the jaw bone. + +With a cry of pain and rage Captain Ernst Maenck leaped +across the table full upon the young girl. With vicious, mur- +derous fingers he seized upon her fair throat, shaking her as +a terrier might shake a rat. Futilely the girl struck at the +hate-contorted features so close to hers. + +"Stop!" she cried. "You are killing me." + +The fingers released their hold. + +"No," muttered the man, and dragged the princess roughly +across the room. + +Half a dozen steps he had taken when there came a sud- +den crash of breaking glass from the window across the +chamber. Both turned in astonishment to see the figure of a +man leap into the room, carrying the shattered crystal and +the casement with him. In one hand was a naked sword. + +"The king!" cried Emma von der Tann. + +"The devil!" muttered Maenck, as, dropping the girl, he +scurried toward the great painting from behind which he +had found ingress to the chambers of the princess. + +Maenck was a coward, and he had seen murder in the +eyes of the man rushing upon him. With a bound he reached +the picture which still stood swung wide into the room. + +Barney was close behind him, but fear lent wings to the +governor of Blentz, so that he was able to dart into the pas- +sage behind the picture and slam the door behind him a +moment before the infuriated man was upon him. + +The American clawed at the edge of the massive frame, +but all to no avail. Then he raised his sword and slashed +the canvas, hoping to find a way into the place beyond, but +mighty oaken panels barred his further progress. With a +whispered oath he turned back toward the girl. + +"Thank Heaven that I was in time, Emma," he cried. + +"Oh, Leopold, my king, but at what a price," replied the +girl. "He will return now with others and kill you. He is +furious--so furious that he scarce knows what he does." + +"He seemed to know what he was doing when he ran for +that hole in the wall," replied Barney with a grin. "But +come, it won't pay to let them find us should they return." + +Together they hastened to the window beyond which the +girl could see a rope dangling from above. The sight of it +partially solved the riddle of the king's almost uncanny pres- +ence upon her window sill in the very nick of time. + +Below, the lights in the watch tower at the outer gate +were plainly visible, and the twinkling of them reminded +Barney of the danger of detection from that quarter. Quickly +he recrossed the apartment to the wall-switch that operated +the recently installed electric lights, and an instant later the +chamber was in total darkness. + +Once more at the girl's side Barney drew in one end of +the rope and made it fast about her body below her arms, +leaving a sufficient length terminating in a small loop to per- +mit her to support herself more comfortably with one foot +within the noose. Then he stepped to the outer sill, and +reaching down assisted her to his side. + +Far below them the moonlight played upon the sluggish +waters of the moat. In the distance twinkled the lights of +the village of Blentz. From the courtyard and the palace +came faintly the sound of voices, and the movement of men. +A horse whinnied from the stables. + +Barney turned his eyes upward. He could see the head +and shoulders of Joseph leaning from the window of the +chamber directly above them. + +"Hoist away, Joseph!" whispered the American, and to +the girl: "Be brave. Shut your eyes and trust to Joseph and +--and--" + +"And my king," finished the girl for him. + +His arm was about her shoulders, supporting her upon +the narrow sill. His cheek so close to hers that once he felt +the soft velvet of it brush his own. Involuntarily his arm +tightened about the supple body. + +"My princess!" he murmured, and as he turned his face +toward hers their lips almost touched. + +Joseph was pulling upon the rope from above. They +could feel it tighten beneath the girl's arms. Impulsively +Barney Custer drew the sweet lips closer to his own. There +was no resistance. + +"I love you," he whispered. The words were smothered +as their lips met. + +Joseph, above, wondered at the great weight of the Princess +Emma von der Tann. + +"I love you, Leopold, forever," whispered the girl, and +then as Joseph's Herculean tugging seemed likely to drag +them both from the narrow sill, Barney lifted the girl up- +ward with one hand while he clung to the window frame +with the other. The distance to the sill above was short, +and a moment later Joseph had grasped the princess's hand +and was helping her over the ledge into the room beyond. + +At the same instant there came a sudden commotion from +the interior of the room in the window of which Barney still +stood waiting for Joseph to remove the rope from about the +princess and lower it for him. Barney heard the heavy feet +of men, the clank of arms, and muttered oaths as the +searchers stumbled against the furniture. + +Presently one of them found the switch and instantly the +room was flooded with light, which revealed to the American +a dozen Luthanian troopers headed by the murderous +Maenck. + +Barney looked anxiously aloft. Would Joseph never lower +that rope! Within the room the men were searching. He +could hear Maenck directing them. Only a thin portiere +screened him from their view. It was but a matter of seconds +before they would investigate the window through which +Maenck knew the king had found ingress. + +Yes! It had come. + +"Look to the window," commanded Maenck. "He may +have gone as he came." + +Two of the soldiers crossed the room toward the casement. +From above Joseph was lowering the rope; but it was too +late. The men would be at the window before he could +clamber out of their reach. + +"Hoist away!" he whispered to Joseph. "Quick now, my +man, and make your escape with the Princess von der Tann. +It is the king's command." + +Already the soldiers were at the window. At the sound +of his voice they tore aside the draperies; at the same instant +the pseudo-king turned and leaped out into the blackness +of the night. + +There were exclamations of surprise and rage from the +soldiers--a woman's scream. Then from far below came a +dull splash as the body of Bernard Custer struck the surface +of the moat. + +Maenck, leaning from the window, heard the scream and +the splash, and jumped to the conclusion that both the king +and the princess had attempted to make their escape in this +harebrained way. Immediately all the resources at his com- +mand were put to the task of searching the moat and the +adjacent woods. + +He was sure that one or both of the prisoners would be +stunned by impact with the surface of the water, and then +drowned before they regained consciousness, but he did not +know Bernard Custer, nor the facility and almost uncanny +ease with which that young man could negotiate a high dive +into shallow water. + +Nor did he know that upon the floor above him one +Joseph was hastening along a dark corridor toward a secret +panel in another apartment, and that with him was the Prin- +cess Emma bound for liberty and safety far from the frown- +ing walls of Blentz. + +As Barney's head emerged above the surface of the moat +he shook it vigorously to free his eyes from water, and then +struck out for the further bank. + +Long before his pursuers had reached the courtyard and +alarmed the watch at the barbican, the American had +crawled out upon dry land and hastened across the broad +clearing to the patch of stunted trees that grew lower down +upon the steep hillside before the castle. + +He shrank from the thought of leaving Blentz without +knowing positively that Joseph had made good the escape +of himself and the princess, but he finally argued that even +if they had been retaken, he could serve her best by hasten- +ing to her father and fetching the only succor that might +prevail against the strength of Blentz--armed men in suffi- +cient force to storm the ancient fortress. + +He had scarcely entered the wood when he heard the +sound of the searchers at the moat, and saw the rays of +their lanterns flitting hither and thither as they moved back +and forth along the bank. + +Then the young man turned his face from the castle and +set forth across the unfamiliar country in the direction of the +Old Forest and the castle Von der Tann. + +The memory of the warm lips that had so recently been +pressed to his urged him on in the service of the wondrous +girl who had come so suddenly into his life, bringing to him +the realization of a love that he knew must alter, for hap- +piness or for sorrow, all the balance of his existence, even +unto death. + +He dreaded the day of reckoning when, at last, she must +learn that he was no king. He did not have the temerity to +hope that her courage would be equal to the great sacrifice +which the acknowledgment of her love for one not of noble +blood must entail; but he could not believe that she would +cease to love him when she learned the truth. + +So the future looked black and cheerless to Barney Custer +as he trudged along the rocky, moonlit way. The only bright +spot was the realization that for a while at least he might +be serving the one woman in all the world. + +All the balance of the long night the young man traversed +valley and mountain, holding due south in the direction he +supposed the Old Forest to lie. He passed many a little +farm tucked away in the hollow of a hillside, and quaint +hamlets, and now and then the ruins of an ancient feudal +stronghold, but no great forest of black oaks loomed before +him to apprise him of the nearness of his goal, nor did he +dare to ask the correct route at any of the homes he passed. + +His fatal likeness to the description of the mad king of +Lutha warned him from intercourse with the men of Lutha +until he might know which were friends and which enemies +of the hapless monarch. + +Dawn found him still upon his way, but with the deter- +mination fully crystallized to hail the first man he met and +ask the way to Tann. He still avoided the main traveled +roads, but from time to time he paralleled them close enough +that he might have ample opportunity to hail the first +passerby. + +The road was becoming more and more mountainous and +difficult. There were fewer homes and no hamlets, and now +he began to despair entirely of meeting any who could give +him direction unless he turned and retraced his steps to the +nearest farm. + +Directly before him the narrow trail he had been following +for the past few miles wound sharply about the shoulder of +a protruding cliff. He would see what lay beyond the turn-- +perhaps he would find the Old Forest there, after all. + +But instead he found something very different, though +in its way quite as interesting, for as he rounded the rugged +bluff he came face to face with two evil-looking fellows +astride stocky, rough-coated ponies. + +At sight of him they drew in their mounts and eyed him +suspiciously. Nor was there great cause for wonderment in +that, for the American presented aught but a respectable +appearance. His khaki motoring suit, soaked from immersion +in the moat, had but partially dried upon him. Mud from +the banks of the stagnant pool caked his legs to the knees, +almost hiding his once tan puttees. More mud streaked his +jacket front and stained its sleeves to the elbows. He was +bare-headed, for his cap had remained in the moat at Blentz, +and his disheveled hair was tousled upon his head, while +his full beard had dried into a weird and tangled fringe +about his face. At his side still hung the sword that Joseph +had buckled there, and it was this that caused the two men +the greatest suspicion of this strange looking character. + +They continued to eye Barney in silence, every now and +then casting apprehensive glances beyond him, as though +expecting others of his kind to appear in the trail at his back. +And that is precisely what they did fear, for the sword at +Barney's side had convinced them that he must be an officer +of the army, and they looked to see his command following +in his wake. + +The young man saluted them pleasantly, asking the direc- +tion to the Old Forest. They thought it strange that a soldier +of Lutha should not know his own way about his native land, +and so judged that his question was but a blind to deceive +them. + +"Why do you not ask your own men the way?" parried +one of the fellows. + +"I have no men, I am alone," replied Barney. "I am a +stranger in Lutha and have lost my way." + +He who had spoken before pointed to the sword at Bar- +ney's side. + +"Strangers traveling in Lutha do not wear swords," he said. +"You are an officer. Why should you desire to conceal the +fact from two honest farmers? We have done nothing. Let +us go our way." + +Barney looked his astonishment at this reply. + +"Most certainly, go your way, my friends," he said laugh- +ing. "I would not delay you if I could; but before you go +please be good enough to tell me how to reach the Old +Forest and the ancient castle of the Prince von der Tann." + +For a moment the two men whispered together, then the +spokesman turned to Barney. + +"We will lead you upon the right road. Come," and the +two turned their horses, one of them starting slowly back up +the trail while the other remained waiting for Barney to +pass him. + +The American, suspecting nothing, voiced his thanks, and +set out after him who had gone before. As be passed the +fellow who waited the latter moved in behind him, so that +Barney walked between the two. Occasionally the rider at +his back turned in his saddle to scan the trail behind, as +though still fearful that Barney had been lying to them +and that he would discover a company of soldiers charging +down upon them. + +The trail became more and more difficult as they ad- +vanced, until Barney wondered how the little horses clung +to the steep mountainside, where he himself had difficulty +in walking without using his hand to keep from falling. + +Twice the American attempted to break through the taci- +turnity of his guides, but his advances were met with noth- +ing more than sultry grunts or silence, and presently a sus- +picion began to obtrude itself among his thoughts that pos- +sibly these "honest farmers" were something more sinister +than they represented themselves to be. + +A malign and threatening atmosphere seemed to surround +them. Even the cat-like movement of their silent mounts +breathed a sinister secrecy, and now, for the first time, +Barney noticed the short, ugly looking carbines that were +slung in boots at their saddle-horns. Then, promoted to fur- +ther investigation, he dropped back beside the man who had +been riding behind him, and as he did so he saw beneath +the fellow's cloak the butts of two villainous-looking pistols. + +As Barney dropped back beside him the man turned his +mount across the narrow trail, and reining him in motioned +Barney ahead. + +"I have changed my mind," said the American, "about +going to the Old Forest." + +He had determined that he might as well have the thing +out now as later, and discover at once how he stood with +these two, and whether or not his suspicions of them were +well grounded. + +The man ahead had halted at the sound of Barney's voice, +and swung about in the saddle. + +"What's the trouble?" he asked. + +"He don't want to go to the Old Forest," explained his +companion, and for the first time Barney saw one of them +grin. It was not at all a pleasant grin, nor reassuring. + +"He don't, eh?" growled the other. "Well, he ain't goin', +is he? Who ever said he was?" + +And then he, too, laughed. + +"I'm going back the way I came," said Barney, starting +around the horse that blocked his way. + +"No, you ain't," said the horseman. "You're goin' with us." + +And Barney found himself gazing down the muzzle of one +of the wicked looking pistols. + +For a moment he stood in silence, debating mentally the +wisdom of attempting to rush the fellow, and then, with a +shake of his head, he turned back up the trail between his +captors. + +"Yes," he said, "on second thought I have decided to go +with you. Your logic is most convincing." + + + + +VI + +A KING'S RANSOM + +FOR ANOTHER mile the two brigands conducted their captor +along the mountainside, then they turned into a narrow +ravine near the summit of the hills--a deep, rocky, wooded +ravine into whose black shadows it seemed the sun might +never penetrate. + +A winding path led crookedly among the pines that +grew thickly in this sheltered hollow, until presently, after +half an hour of rough going, they came upon a small natural +clearing, rock-bound and impregnable. + +As they filed from the wood Barney saw a score of vil- +lainous fellows clustered about a camp fire where they +seemed engaged in cooking their noonday meal. Bits of meat +were roasting upon iron skewers, and a great iron pot boiled +vigorously at one side of the blaze. + +At the sound of their approach the men sprang to their +feet in alarm, and as many weapons as there were men +leaped to view; but when they saw Barney's companions +they returned their pistols to their holsters, and at sight of +Barney they pressed forward to inspect the prisoner. + +"Who have we here?" shouted a big blond giant, who +affected extremely gaudy colors in his selection of wearing +apparel, and whose pistols and knife had their grips heavily +ornamented with pearl and silver. + +"A stranger in Lutha he calls himself," replied one of +Barney's captors. "But from the sword I take it he is one of +old Peter's wolfhounds." + +"Well, he's found the wolves at any rate," replied the giant, +with a wide grin at his witticism. "And if Yellow Franz is +the particular wolf you're after, my friend, why here I am," +he concluded, addressing the American with a leer. + +"I'm after no one," replied Barney. "I tell you I'm a +stranger, and I lost my way in your infernal mountains. All +I wish is to be set upon the right road to Tann, and if you +will do that for me you shall be well paid for your trouble." + +The giant, Yellow Franz, had come quite close to Barney +and was inspecting him with an expression of considerable +interest. Presently he drew a soiled and much-folded paper +from his breast. Upon one side was a printed notice, and at +the corners bits were torn away as though the paper had +once been tacked upon wood, and then torn down without +removing the tacks. + +At sight of it Barney's heart sank. The look of the thing +was all too familiar. Before the yellow one had commenced +to read aloud from it Barney had repeated to himself the +words he knew were coming. + +"'Gray eyes,'" read the brigand, "'brown hair, and a full, +reddish-brown beard.' Herman and Friedrich, my dear chil- +dren, you have stumbled upon the richest haul in all Lutha. +Down upon your marrow-bones, you swine, and rub your +low-born noses in the dirt before your king." + +The others looked their surprise. + +"The king?" one cried. + +"Behold!" cried Yellow Franz. "Leopold of Lutha!" + +He waved a ham-like hand toward Barney. + +Among the rough men was a young smooth-faced boy, +and now with wide eyes he pressed forward to get a nearer +view of the wonderful person of a king. + +"Take a good look at him, Rudolph," cried Yellow Franz. +"It is the first and will probably be the last time you will +ever see a king. Kings seldom visit the court of their fellow +monarch, Yellow Franz of the Black Mountains. + +"Come, my children, remove his majesty's sword, lest he +fall and stick himself upon it, and then prepare the royal +chamber, seeing to it that it be made so comfortable that +Leopold will remain with us a long time. Rudolph, fetch +food and water for his majesty, and see to it that the silver +plates and the golden goblets are well scoured and polished +up." + +They conducted Barney to a miserable lean-to shack at +one side of the clearing, and for a while the motley crew +loitered about bandying coarse jests at the expense of the +"king." The boy, Rudolph, brought food and water, he alone +of them all evincing the slightest respect or awe for the +royalty of their unwilling guest. + +After a time the men tired of the sport of king-baiting, for +Barney showed neither rancor nor outraged majesty at their +keenest thrusts, instead, often joining in the laugh with +them at his own expense. They thought it odd that the king +should hold his dignity in so low esteem, but that he was +king they never doubted, attributing his denials to a dis- +position to deceive them, and rob them of the "king's ran- +som" they had already commenced to consider as their own. + +Shortly after Barney arrived at the rendezvous he saw a +messenger dispatched by Yellow Franz, and from the re- +peated gestures toward himself that had accompanied the +giant's instructions to his emissary, Barney was positive that +the man's errand had to do with him. + +After the men had left his prison, leaving the boy standing +awkwardly in wide-eyed contemplation of his august charge, +the American ventured to open a conversation with his +youthful keeper. + +"Aren't you rather young to be starting in the bandit +business, Rudolph?" asked Barney, who had taken a fancy +to the youth. + +"I do not want to be a bandit, your majesty," whispered +the lad; "but my father owes Yellow Franz a great sum of +money, and as he could not pay the debt Yellow Franz stole +me from my home and says that he will keep me until my +father pays him, and that if he does not pay he will make a +bandit of me, and that then some day I shall be caught and +hanged until I am dead." + +"Can't you escape?" asked the young man. "It would +seem to me that there would be many opportunities for you +to get away undetected." + +"There are, but I dare not. Yellow Franz says that if I +run away he will be sure to come across me some day again +and that then he will kill me." + +Barney laughed. + +"He is just talking, my boy," he said. "He thinks that by +frightening you he will be able to keep you from running +away." + +"Your majesty does not know him," whispered the youth, +shuddering. "He is the wickedest man in all the world. +Nothing would please him more than killing me, and he +would have done it long since but for two things. One is +that I have made myself useful about his camp, doing +chores and the like, and the other is that were he to kill +me he knows that my father would never pay him." + +"How much does your father owe him?" + +"Five hundred marks, your majesty," replied Rudolph. +"Two hundred of this amount is the original debt, and the +balance Yellow Franz has added since he captured me, so +that it is really ransom money. But my father is a poor man, +so that it will take a long time before he can accumulate +so large a sum. + +"You would really like to go home again, Rudolph?" + +"Oh, very much, your majesty, if I only dared." +Barney was silent for some time, thinking. Possibly he +could effect his own escape with the connivance of Rudolph, +and at the same time free the boy. The paltry ransom he +could pay out of his own pocket and send to Yellow Franz +later, so that the youth need not fear the brigand's revenge. +It was worth thinking about, at any rate. + +"How long do you imagine they will keep me, Rudolph?" +he asked after a time. + +"Yellow Franz has already sent Herman to Lustadt with +a message for Prince Peter, telling him that you are being +held for ransom, and demanding the payment of a huge sum +for your release. Day after tomorrow or the next day he +should return with Prince Peter's reply. + +"If it is favorable, arrangements will be made to turn +you over to Prince Peter's agents, who will have to come to +some distant meeting place with the money. A week, per- +haps, it will take, maybe longer." + +It was the second day before Herman returned from Lus- +tadt. He rode in just at dark, his pony lathered from hard +going. + +Barney and the boy saw him coming, and the youth ran +forward with the others to learn the news that he had +brought; but Yellow Franz and his messenger withdrew to +a hut which the brigand chief reserved for his own use, nor +would he permit any beside the messenger to accompany +him to hear the report. + +For half an hour Barney sat alone waiting for word from +Yellow Franz that arrangements had been consummated for +his release, and then out of the darkness came Rudolph, +wide-eyed and trembling. + +"Oh, my king?" he whispered. "What shall we do? Peter +has refused to ransom you alive, but he has offered a great +sum for unquestioned proof of your death. Already he has +caused a proclamation to be issued stating that you have +been killed by bandits after escaping from Blentz, and or- +dering a period of national mourning. In three weeks he is +to be crowned king of Lutha." + +"When do they intend terminating my existence?" queried +Barney. + +There was a smile upon his lips, for even now he could +scarce believe that in the twentieth century there could be +any such medieval plotting against a king's life, and yet, on +second thought, had he not ample proof of the lengths +to which Peter of Blentz was willing to go to obtain the +crown of Lutha! + +"I do not know, your majesty," replied Rudolph, "when +they will do it; but soon, doubtless, since the sooner it is +done the sooner they can collect their pay." + +Further conversation was interrupted by the sound of +footsteps without, and an instant later Yellow Franz entered +the squalid apartment and the dim circle of light which +flickered feebly from the smoky lantern that hung suspended +from the rafters. + +He stopped just within the doorway and stood eyeing the +American with an ugly grin upon his vicious face. Then his +eyes fell upon the trembling Rudolph. + +"Get out of here, you!" he growled. "I've got private +business with this king. And see that you don't come nosing +round either, or I'll slit that soft throat for you." + +Rudolph slipped past the burly ruffian, barely dodging a +brutal blow aimed at him by the giant, and escaped into +the darkness without. + +"And now for you, my fine fellow," said the brigand, +turning toward Barney. "Peter says you ain't worth nothing +to him--alive, but that your dead body will fetch us a +hundred thousand marks." + +"Rather cheap for a king, isn't it?" was Barney's only +comment. + +"That's what Herman tells him," replied Yellow Franz. +"But he's a close one, Peter is, and so it was that or nothing." + +"When are you going to pull off this little--er--ah-- +royal demise?" asked Barney. + +"If you mean when am I going to kill you," replied the +bandit, "why, there ain't no particular rush about it. I'm a +tender-hearted chap, I am. I never should have been in this +business at all, but here I be, and as there ain't nobody that +can do a better job of the kind than me, or do it so pain- +lessly, why I just got to do it myself, and that's all there +is to it. But, as I says, there ain't no great rush. If you +want to pray, why, go ahead and pray. I'll wait for you." + +"I don't remember," said Barney, "when I have met so +generous a party as you, my friend. Your self-sacrificing +magnanimity quite overpowers me. It reminds me of an- +other unloved Robin Hood whom I once met. It was in +front of Burket's coal-yard on Ella Street, back in dear old +Beatrice, at some unchristian hour of the night. + +"After he had relieved me of a dollar and forty cents he +remarked: 'I gotta good mind to kick yer slats in fer not +havin' more of de cush on yeh; but I'm feelin' so good +about de last guy I stuck up I'll let youse off dis time.'" + +"I do not know what you are talking about," replied +Yellow Franz; "but if you want to pray you'd better hurry +up about it." + +He drew his pistol from its holster on the belt at his hips. + +Now Barney Custer had no mind to give up the ghost +without a struggle; but just how he was to overcome the +great beast who confronted him with menacing pistol was, +to say the least, not precisely plain. He wished the man +would come a little nearer where he might have some chance +to close with him before the fellow could fire. To gain time +the American assumed a prayerful attitude, but kept one +eye on the bandit. + +Presently Yellow Franz showed indications of impatience. +He fingered the trigger of his weapon, and then slowly +raised it on a line with Barney's chest. + +"Hadn't you better come closer?" asked the young man. +"You might miss at that distance, or just wound me." + +Yellow Franz grinned. + +"I don't miss," he said, and then: "You're certainly a game +one. If it wasn't for the hundred thousand marks, I'd be +hanged if I'd kill you." + +"The chances are that you will be if you do," said Barney, +"so wouldn't you rather take one hundred and fifty thousand +marks and let me make my escape?" + +Yellow Franz looked at the speaker a moment through +narrowed lids. + +"Where would you find any one willing to pay that +amount for a crazy king?" he asked. + +"I have told you that I am not the king," said Barney. +"I am an American with a father who would gladly pay +that amount on my safe delivery to any American consul." + +Yellow Franz shook his head and tapped his brow sig- +nificantly. + +"Even if you was what you are dreaming, it wouldn't pay +me," he said. + +"I'll make it two hundred thousand," said Barney. + +"No--it's a waste of time talking about it. It's worth more +than money to me to know that I'll always have this thing +on Peter, and that when he's king he won't dare bother me +for fear I'll publish the details of this little deal. Come, you +must be through praying by this time. I can't wait around +here all night." Again Yellow Franz raised his pistol toward +Barney's heart. + +Before the brigand could pull the trigger, or Barney hurl +himself upon his would-be assassin, there was a flash and a +loud report from the open window of the shack. + +With a groan Yellow Franz crumpled to the dirt floor, +and simultaneously Barney was upon him and had wrested +the pistol from his hand; but the precaution was unneces- +sary for Yellow Franz would never again press finger to +trigger. He was dead even before Barney reached his side. + +In possession of the weapon, the American turned toward +the window from which had come the rescuing shot, and +as he did so he saw the boy, Rudolph, clambering over the +sill, white-faced and trembling. In his hand was a smoking +carbine, and on his brow great beads of cold sweat. + +"God forgive me!" murmured the youth. "I have killed +a man." + +"You have killed a dangerous wild beast, Rudolph," said +Barney, "and both God and your fellow man will thank +and reward you." + +"I am glad that I killed him, though," went on the boy, +"for he would have killed you, my king, had I not done so. +Gladly would I go to the gallows to save my king." + +"You are a brave lad, Rudolph," said Barney, "and if ever +I get out of the pretty pickle I'm in you'll be well rewarded +for your loyalty to Leopold of Lutha. After all," thought the +young man, "being a kind has its redeeming features, for if +the boy had not thought me his monarch he would never +have risked the vengeance of the bloodthirsty brigands in +this attempt to save me." + +"Hasten, your majesty," whispered the boy, tugging at +the sleeve of Barney's jacket. "There is no time to be lost. +We must be far away from here when the others discover +that Yellow Franz has been killed." + +Barney stooped above the dead man, and removing his +belt and cartridges transferred them to his own person. Then +blowing out the lantern the two slipped out into the dark- +ness of the night. + +About the camp fire of the brigands the entire pack was +congregated. They were talking together in low voices, ever +and anon glancing expectantly toward the shack to which +their chief had gone to dispatch the king. It is not every day +that a king is murdered, and even these hardened cut- +throats felt the spell of awe at the thought of what they +believed the sharp report they had heard from the shack +portended. + +Keeping well to the far side of the clearing, Rudolph led +Barney around the group of men and safely into the wood +below them. From this point the boy followed the trail +which Barney and his captors had traversed two days previ- +ously, until he came to a diverging ravine that led steeply +up through the mountains upon their right hand. + +In the distance behind them they suddenly heard, faintly, +the shouting of men. + +"They have discovered Yellow Franz," whispered the boy, +shuddering. + +"Then they'll be after us directly," said Barney. + +"Yes, your majesty," replied Rudolph, "but in the dark- +ness they will not see that we have turned up this ravine, +and so they will ride on down the other. I have chosen this +way because their horses cannot follow us here, and thus +we shall be under no great disadvantage. It may be, how- +ever, that we shall have to hide in the mountains for a +while, since there will be no place of safety for us between +here and Lustadt until after the edge of their anger is dulled." + +And such proved to be the case, for try as they would +they found it impossible to reach Lustadt without detection +by the brigands who patrolled every highway and byway +from their rugged mountains to the capital of Lutha. + +For nearly three weeks Barney and the boy hid in caves +or dense underbrush by day, and by night sought some +avenue which would lead them past the vigilant sentries +that patrolled the ways to freedom. + +Often they were wet by rains, nor were they ever in the +warm sunlight for a sufficient length of time to become +thoroughly dry and comfortable. Of food they had little, +and of the poorest quality. + +They dared not light a fire for warmth or cooking, and +their light was so miserable that, but for the boy's pitiful +terror at the thought of being recaptured by the bandits, +Barney would long since have made a break for Lustadt, +depending upon their arms and ammunition to carry them +safely through were they discovered by their enemies. + +Rudolph had contracted a severe cold the first night, and +now, it having settled upon his lungs, he had developed a +persistent and aggravating cough that caused Barney not a +little apprehension. When, after nearly three weeks of suffer- +ing and privation, it became clear that the boy's lungs were +affected, the American decided to take matters into his own +hands and attempt to reach Lustadt and a good doctor; but +before he had an opportunity to put his plan into execution +the entire matter was removed from his jurisdiction. + +It happened like this: After a particularly fatiguing and +uncomfortable night spent in attempting to elude the senti- +nels who blocked their way from the mountains, daylight +found them near a little spring, and here they decided to +rest for an hour before resuming their way. + +The little pool lay not far from a clump of heavy bushes +which would offer them excellent shelter, as it was Barney's +intention to go into hiding as soon as they had quenched +their thirst at the spring. + +Rudolph was coughing pitifully, his slender frame wracked +by the convulsion of each new attack. Barney had placed +an arm about the boy to support him, for the paroxysms +always left him very weak. + +The young man's heart went out to the poor boy, and +pangs of regret filled his mind as he realized that the child's +pathetic condition was the direct result of his self-sacrificing +attempt to save his king. Barney felt much like a murderer +and a thief, and dreaded the time when the boy should be +brought to a realization of his mistake. + +He had come to feel a warm affection for the loyal little +lad, who had suffered so uncomplainingly and whose every +thought had been for the safety and comfort of his king. + +Today, thought Barney, I'll take this child through to +Lustadt even if every ragged brigand in Lutha lies between +us and the capital; but even as he spoke a sudden crashing +of underbrush behind caused him to wheel about, and there, +not twenty paces from them, stood two of Yellow Franz's +cutthroats. + +At sight of Barney and the lad they gave voice to a shout +of triumph, and raising their carbines fired point-blank at +the two fugitives. + +But Barney had been equally as quick with his own +weapon, and at the moment that they fired he grasped Ru- +dolph and dragged him backward to a great boulder behind +which their bodies might be protected from the fire of their +enemies. + +Both the bullets of the bandits' first volley had been di- +rected at Barney, for it was upon his head that the great +price rested. They had missed him by a narrow margin, +due, perhaps, to the fact that the mounts of the brigands +had been prancing in alarm at the unexpected sight of the +two strangers at the very moment that their riders attempted +to take aim and fire. + +But now they had ridden back into the brush and dis- +mounted, and after hiding their ponies they came creeping +out upon their bellies upon opposite sides of Barney's shelter. + +The American saw that it would be an easy thing for +them to pick him off if he remained where he was, and so +with a word to Rudolph he sprang up and the boy with +him. Each delivered a quick shot at the bandit nearest him, +and then together they broke for the bushes in which the +brigand's mounts were hidden. + +Two shots answered theirs. Rudolph, who was ahead of +Barney, stumbled and threw up his hands. He would have +fallen had not the American thrown a strong arm about him. + +"I'm shot, your majesty," murmured the boy, his head +dropping against Barney's breast. + +With the lad grasped close to him, the young man turned +at the edge of the brush to meet the charge of the two +ruffians. The wounding of the youth had delayed them just +enough to preclude their making this temporary refuge in +safety. + +As Barney turned both the men fired simultaneously, and +both missed. The American raised his revolver, and with the +flash of it the foremost brigand came to a sudden stop. An +expression of bewilderment crossed his features. He ex- +tended his arms straight before him, the revolver slipped +from his grasp, and then like a dying top he pivoted once +drunkenly and collapsed upon the turf. + +At the instant of his fall his companion and the American +fired point-blank at one another. + +Barney felt a burning sensation in his shoulder, but it was +forgotten for the moment in the relief that came to him as +he saw the second rascal sprawl headlong upon his face. +Then he turned his attention to the limp little figure that +hung across his left arm. + +Gently Barney laid the boy upon the sward, and fetching +water from the pool bathed his face and forced a few drops +between the white lips. The cooling draft revived the +wounded child, but brought on a paroxysm of coughing. +When this had subsided Rudolph raised his eyes to those +of the man bending above him. + +"Thank God, your majesty is unharmed," he whispered. +"Now I can die in peace." + +The white lids drooped lower, and with a tired sigh the +boy lay quiet. Tears came to the young man's eyes as he +let the limp body gently to the ground. + +"Brave little heart," he murmured, "you gave up your life +in the service of your king as truly as though you had not +been all mistaken in the object of your veneration, and if +it lies within the power of Barney Custer you shall not have +died in vain." + + + + +VII + +THE REAL LEOPOLD + +TWO HOURS later a horseman pushed his way between tum- +bled and tangled briers along the bottom of a deep ravine. + +He was hatless, and his stained and ragged khaki be- +tokened much exposure to the elements and hard and con- +tinued usage. At his saddle-bow a carbine swung in its boot, +and upon either hip was strapped a long revolver. Am- +munition in plenty filled the cross belts that he had looped +about his shoulders. + +Grim and warlike as were his trappings, no less grim was +the set of his strong jaw or the glint of his gray eyes, nor +did the patch of brown stain that had soaked through the +left shoulder of his jacket tend to lessen the martial atmos- +phere which surrounded him. Fortunate it was for the brig- +ands of the late Yellow Franz that none of them chanced in +the path of Barney Custer that day. + +For nearly two hours the man had ridden downward out +of the high hills in search of a dwelling at which he might +ask the way to Tann; but as yet he had passed but a single +house, and that a long untenanted ruin. He was wondering +what had become of all the inhabitants of Lutha when his +horse came to a sudden halt before an obstacle which en- +tirely blocked the narrow trail at the bottom of the ravine. + +As the horseman's eyes fell upon the thing they went wide +in astonishment, for it was no less than the charred rem- +nants of the once beautiful gray roadster that had brought +him into this twentieth century land of medieval adventure +and intrigue. Barney saw that the machine had been lifted +from where it had fallen across the horse of the Princess +von der Tann, for the animal's decaying carcass now lay +entirely clear of it; but why this should have been done, or +by whom, the young man could not imagine. + +A glance aloft showed him the road far above him, from +which he, the horse and the roadster had catapulted; and +with the sight of it there flashed to his mind the fair face of +the young girl in whose service the thing had happened. +Barney wondered if Joseph had been successful in returning +her to Tann, and he wondered, too, if she mourned for the +man she had thought king--if she would be very angry +should she ever learn the truth. + +Then there came to the American's mind the figure of the +shopkeeper of Tafelberg, and the fellow's evident loyalty to +the mad king he had never seen. Here was one who might +aid him, thought Barney. He would have the will, at least +and with the thought the young man turned his pony's head +diagonally up the steep ravine side. + +It was a tough and dangerous struggle to the road above, +but at last by dint of strenuous efforts on the part of the +sturdy little beast the two finally scrambled over the edge +of the road and stood once more upon level footing. + +After breathing his mount for a few minutes Barney +swung himself into the saddle again and set off toward +Tafelberg. He met no one upon the road, nor within the +outskirts of the village, and so he came to the door of the +shop he sought without attracting attention. + +Swinging to the ground he tied the pony to one of the +supporting columns of the porch-roof and a moment later +had stepped within the shop. + +From a back room the shopkeeper presently emerged, and +when he saw who it was that stood before him his eyes went +wide in consternation. + +"In the name of all the saints, your majesty," cried the old +fellow, "what has happened? How comes it that you are +out of the hospital, and travel-stained as though from a long, +hard ride? I cannot understand it, sire." + +"Hospital?" queried the young man. "What do you mean, +my good fellow? I have been in no hospital." + +"You were there only last evening when I inquired after +you of the doctor," insisted the shopkeeper, "nor did any +there yet suspect your true identity." + +"Last evening I was hiding far up in the mountains from +Yellow Franz's band of cutthroats," replied Barney. "Tell me +what manner of riddle you are propounding." + +Then a sudden light of understanding flashed through +Barney's mind. + +"Man!" he exclaimed. "Tell me--you have found the true +king? He is at a hospital in Tafelberg?" + +"Yes, your majesty, I have found the true king, and it is +so that he was at the Tafelberg sanatorium last evening. It +was beside the remnants of your wrecked automobile that +two of the men of Tafelberg found you. + +"One leg was pinioned beneath the machine which was +on fire when they discovered you. They brought you to my +shop, which is the first on the road into town, and not +guessing your true identity they took my word for it that +you were an old acquaintance of mine and without more +ado turned you over to my care." + +Barney scratched his head in puzzled bewilderment. He +began to doubt if he were in truth himself, or, after all, +Leopold of Lutha. As no one but himself could, by the +wildest stretch of imagination, have been in such a position, +he was almost forced to the conclusion that all that had +passed since the instant that his car shot over the edge of +the road into the ravine had been but the hallucinations +of a fever-excited brain, and that for the past three weeks +he had been lying in a hospital cot instead of experiencing +the strange and inexplicable adventures that he had believed +to have befallen him. + +But yet the more he thought of it the more ridiculous +such a conclusion appeared, for it did not in the least explain +the pony tethered without, which he plainly could see from +where he stood within the shop, nor did it satisfactorily ac- +count for the blotch of blood upon his shoulder from a +wound so fresh that the stain still was damp; nor for the +sword which Joseph had buckled about his waist within +Blentz's forbidding walls; nor for the arms and ammunition +he had taken from the dead brigands--all of which he had +before him as tangible evidence of the rationality of the +past few weeks. + +"My friend," said Barney at last, "I cannot wonder that +you have mistaken me for the king, since all those I have +met within Lutha have leaped to the same error, though +not one among them made the slightest pretense of ever +having seen his majesty. A ridiculous beard started the +trouble, and later a series of happenings, no one of which +was particularly remarkable in itself, aggravated it, until +but a moment since I myself was almost upon the point of +believing that I am the king. + +"But, my dear Herr Kramer, I am not the king; and when +you have accompanied me to the hospital and seen that your +patient still is there, you may be willing to admit that there +is some justification for doubt as to my royalty." + +The old man shook his head. + +"I am not so sure of that," he said, "for he who lies at the +hospital, providing you are not he, or he you, maintains as +sturdily as do you that he is not Leopold. If one of you, +whichever be king--providing that you are not one and +the same, and that I be not the only maniac in the sad +muddle--if one of you would but trust my loyalty and love +for the true king and admit your identity, then I might be +of some real service to that one of you who is really Leo- +pold. Herr Gott! My words are as mixed as my poor brain." + +"If you will listen to me, Herr Kramer," said Barney, "and +believe what I tell you, I shall be able to unscramble your +ideas in so far as they pertain to me and my identity. As to +the man you say was found beneath my car, and who now +lies in the sanatorium of Tafelberg, I cannot say until I have +seen and talked with him. He may be the king and he may +not; but if he insists that he is not, I shall be the last to +wish a kingship upon him. I know from sad experience the +hardships and burdens that the thing entails." + +Then Barney narrated carefully and in detail the principal +events of his life, from his birth in Beatrice to his coming to +Lutha upon pleasure. He showed Herr Kramer his watch +with his monogram upon it, his seal ring, and inside the +pocket of his coat the label of his tailor, with his own name +written beneath it and the date that the garment had been +ordered. + +When he had completed his narrative the old man shook +his head. + +"I cannot understand it," he said; "and yet I am almost +forced to believe that you are not the king." + +"Direct me to the sanatorium," suggested Barney, "and if +it be within the range of possibility I shall learn whether the +man who lies there is Leopold or another, and if he be the +king I shall serve him as loyally as you would have served +me. Together we may assist him to gain the safety of Tann +and the protection of old Prince Ludwig." + +"If you are not the king," said Kramer suspiciously, "why +should you be so interested in aiding Leopold? You may +even be an enemy. How can I know?" + +"You cannot know, my good friend," replied Barney. "But +had I been an enemy, how much more easily might I have +encompassed my designs, whatever they might have been, +had I encouraged you to believe that I was king. The fact +that I did not, must assure you that I have no ulterior +designs against Leopold." + +This line of reasoning proved quite convincing to the old +shopkeeper, and at last he consented to lead Barney to the +sanatorium. Together they traversed the quiet village streets +to the outskirts of the town, where in large, park-like grounds +the well-known sanatorium of Tafelberg is situated in quiet +surroundings. It is an institution for the treatment of nervous +diseases to which patients are brought from all parts of +Europe, and is doubtless Lutha's principal claim upon the +attention of the outer world. + +As the two crossed the gardens which lay between the +gate and the main entrance and mounted the broad steps +leading to the veranda an old servant opened the door, and +recognizing Herr Kramer, nodded pleasantly to him. + +"Your patient seems much brighter this morning, Herr +Kramer," he said, "and has been asking to be allowed to +sit up." + +"He is still here, then?" questioned the shopkeeper with +a sigh that might have indicated either relief or resignation. + +"Why, certainly. You did not expect that he had entirely +recovered overnight, did you?" + +"No," replied Herr Kramer, "not exactly. In fact, I did +not know what I should expect." + +As the two passed him on their way to the room in which +the patient lay, the servant eyed Herr Kramer in surprise, as +though wondering what had occurred to his mentality since +he had seen him the previous day. He paid no attention to +Barney other than to bow to him as he passed, but there +was another who did--an attendant standing in the hallway +through which the two men walked toward the private room +where one of them expected to find the real mad king of +Lutha. + +He was a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed; and +as his glance rested upon the features of the American a +puzzled expression crossed his face. He let his gaze follow +the two as they moved on up the corridor until they turned +in at the door of the room they sought, then he followed +them, entering an apartment next to that in which Herr +Kramer's patient lay. + +As Barney and the shopkeeper entered the small, white- +washed room, the former saw upon the narrow iron cot the +figure of a man of about his own height. The face that turned +toward them as they entered was covered by a full, reddish- +brown beard, and the eyes that looked up at them in trou- +bled surprise were gray. Beyond these Barney could see no +likenesses to himself; yet they were sufficient, he realized, +to have deceived any who might have compared one solely +to the printed description of the other. + +At the doorway Kramer halted, motioning Barney within. + +"It will be better if you talk with him alone," he said. "I +am sure that before both of us he will admit nothing." + +Barney nodded, and the shopkeeper of Tafelberg with- +drew and closed the door behind him. The American ap- +proached the bedside with a cheery "Good morning." + +The man returned the salutation with a slight inclination +of his head. There was a questioning look in his eyes; but +dominating that was a pitiful, hunted expression that touched +the American's heart. + +The man's left hand lay upon the coverlet. Barney glanced +at the third finger. About it was a plain gold band. There +was no royal ring of the kings of Lutha in evidence, yet +that was no indication that the man was not Leopold; for +were he the king and desirous of concealing his identity, his +first act would be to remove every symbol of his kingship. + +Barney took the hand in his. + +"They tell me that you are well on the road to recovery," +he said. "I am very glad that it is so." + +"Who are you?" asked the man. + +"I am Bernard Custer, an American. You were found +beneath my car at the bottom of a ravine. I feel that I owe +you full reparation for the injuries you received, though +it is beyond me how you happened to be found under the +machine. Unless I am truly mad, I was the only occupant +of the roadster when it plunged over the embankment." + +"It is very simple," replied the man upon the cot. "I +chanced to be at the bottom of the ravine at the time and +the car fell upon me." + +"What were you doing at the bottom of the ravine?" asked +Barney quite suddenly, after the manner of one who ad- +ministers a third degree. + +The man started and flushed with suspicion. + +"That is my own affair," he said. + +He tried to disengage his hand from Barney's, and as he +did so the American felt something within the fingers of the +other. For an instant his own fingers tightened upon those +that lay within them, so that as the others were withdrawn +his index finger pressed close upon the thing that had +aroused his curiosity. + +It was a large setting turned inward upon the third +finger of the left hand. The gold band that Barney had +seen was but the opposite side of the same ring. + +A quick look of comprehension came to Barney's eyes. The +man upon the cot evidently noted it and rightly interpreted +its cause, for, having freed his hand, he now slipped it +quickly beneath the coverlet. + +"I have passed through a series of rather remarkable ad- +ventures since I came to Lutha," said Barney apparently +quite irrelevantly, after the two had remained silent for a +moment. "Shortly after my car fell upon you I was mistaken +for the fugitive King Leopold by the young lady whose +horse fell into the ravine with my car. She is a most loyal +supporter of the king, being none other than the Princess +Emma von der Tann. From her I learned to espouse the +cause of Leopold." + +Step by step Barney took the man through the adventures +that had befallen him during the past three weeks, closing +with the story of the death of the boy, Rudolph. + +"Above his dead body I swore to serve Leopold of Lutha +as loyally as the poor, mistaken child had served me, your +majesty," and Barney looked straight into the eyes of him +who lay upon the little iron cot. + +For a moment the man held his eyes upon those of the +American, but finally, under the latter's steady gaze, they +dropped and wandered. + +"Why do you address me as 'your majesty'?" he asked +irritably. + +"With my forefinger I felt the ruby and the four wings of +the setting of the royal ring of the kings of Lutha upon +the third finger of your left hand," replied Barney. + +The king started up upon his elbow, his eyes wild with +apprehension. + +"It is not so," he cried. "It is a lie! I am not the king." + +"Hush!" admonished Barney. "You have nothing to fear +from me. There are good friends and loyal subjects in plenty +to serve and protect your majesty, and place you upon the +throne that has been stolen from you. I have sworn to serve +you. The old shopkeeper, Herr Kramer, who brought me +here, is an honest, loyal old soul. He would die for you, +your majesty. Trust us. Let us help you. Tomorrow, Kramer +tells me, Peter of Blentz is to have himself crowned as king +in the cathedral at Lustadt. + +"Will you sit supinely by and see another rob you of your +kingdom, and then continue to rob and throttle your sub- +jects as he has been doing for the past ten years? No, you +will not. Even if you do not want the crown, you were +born to the duties and obligations it entails, and for the sake +of your people you must assume them now." + +"How am I to know that you are not another of the +creatures of that fiend of Blentz?" cried the king. "How am +I to know that you will not drag me back to the terrors of +that awful castle, and to the poisonous potions of the new +physician Peter has employed to assassinate me? I can trust +none. + +"Go away and leave me. I do not want to be king. I wish +only to go away as far from Lutha as I can get and pass +the balance of my life in peace and security. Peter may +have the crown. He is welcome to it, for all of me. All I +ask is my life and my liberty." + +Barney saw that while the king was evidently of sound +mind, his was not one of those iron characters and coura- +geous hearts that would willingly fight to the death for his +own rights and the rights and happiness of his people. Per- +haps the long years of bitter disappointment and misery, +the tedious hours of imprisonment, and the constant haunt- +ing fears for his life had reduced him to this pitiable condi- +tion. + +Whatever the cause, Barney Custer was determined to +overcome the man's aversion to assuming the duties which +were rightly his, for in his memory were the words of Emma +von der Tann, in which she had made plain to him the fate +that would doubtless befall her father and his house were +Peter of Blentz to become king of Lutha. Then, too, there +was the life of the little peasant boy. Was that to be given +up uselessly for a king with so mean a spirit that he would +not take a scepter when it was forced upon him? + +And the people of Lutha? Were they to be further and +continually robbed and downtrodden beneath the heel of +Peter's scoundrelly officials because their true king chose to +evade the responsibilities that were his by birth? + +For half an hour Barney pleaded and argued with the +king, until he infused in the weak character of the young +man a part of his own tireless enthusiasm and courage. +Leopold commenced to take heart and see things in a brighter +and more engaging light. Finally he became quite excited +about the prospects, and at last Barney obtained a willing +promise from him that he would consent to being placed +upon his throne and would go to Lustadt at any time that +Barney should come for him with a force from the retainers +of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. + +"Let us hope," cried the king, "that the luck of the reign- +ing house of Lutha has been at last restored. Not since my +aunt, the Princess Victoria, ran away with a foreigner has +good fortune shone upon my house. It was when my father +was still a young man--before he had yet come to the +throne--and though his reign was marked with great peace +and prosperity for the people of Lutha, his own private +fortunes were most unhappy. + +"My mother died at my birth, and the last days of my +father's life were filled with suffering from the cancer that +was slowly killing him. Let us pray, Herr Custer, that you +have brought new life to the fortunes of my house." + +"Amen, your majesty," said Barney. "And now I'll be off +for Tann--there must not be a moment lost if we are to +bring you to Lustadt in time for the coronation. Herr +Kramer will watch over you, but as none here guesses your +true identity you are safer here than anywhere else in Lutha. +Good-bye, your majesty. Be of good heart. We'll have you +on the road to Lustadt and the throne tomorrow morning." + +After Barney Custer had closed the door of the king's +chamber behind him and hurried down the corridor, the door +of the room next the king's opened quietly and a dark- +visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed, emerged. Upon his +lips was a smile of cunning satisfaction, as he hastened to +the office of the medical director and obtained a leave of +absence for twenty-four hours. + + + + +VIII + +THE CORONATION DAY + +TOWARD DUSK of the day upon which the mad king of Lutha +had been found, a dust-covered horseman reined in before +the great gate of the castle of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. +The unsettled political conditions which overhung the little +kingdom of Lutha were evident in the return to medievalism +which the raised portcullis and the armed guard upon the +barbican of the ancient feudal fortress revealed. Not for a +hundred years before had these things been done other +than as a part of the ceremonials of a fete day, or in honor +of visiting royalty. + +At the challenge from the gate Barney replied that he +bore a message for the prince. Slowly the portcullis sank +into position across the moat and an officer advanced to +meet the rider. + +"The prince has ridden to Lustadt with a large retinue," +he said, "to attend the coronation of Peter of Blentz to- +morrow." + +"Prince Ludwig von der Tann has gone to attend the +coronation of Peter!" cried Barney in amazement. "Has the +Princess Emma returned from her captivity in the castle of +Blentz?" + +"She is with her father now, having returned nearly three +weeks ago," replied the officer, "and Peter has disclaimed +responsibility for the outrage, promising that those respon- +sible shall be punished. He has convinced Prince Ludwig +that Leopold is dead, and for the sake of Lutha--to save +her from civil strife--my prince has patched a truce with +Peter; though unless I mistake the character of the latter +and the temper of the former it will be short-lived. + +"To demonstrate to the people," continued the officer, "that +Prince Ludwig and Peter are good friends, the great Von +der Tann will attend the coronation, but that he takes little +stock in the sincerity of the Prince of Blentz would be ap- +parent could the latter have a peep beneath the cloaks and +look into the loyal hearts of the men of Tann who rode +down to Lustadt today." + +Barney did not wait to hear more. He was glad that in +the gathering dusk the officer had not seen his face plainly +enough to mistake him for the king. With a parting, "Then +I must ride to Lustadt with my message for the prince," he +wheeled his tired mount and trotted down the steep trail +from Tann toward the highway which leads to the capital. + +All night Barney rode. Three times he wandered from the +way and was forced to stop at farmhouses to inquire the +proper direction; but darkness hid his features from the +sleepy eyes of those who answered his summons, and day- +light found him still forging ahead in the direction of the +capital of Lutha. + +The American was sunk in unhappy meditation as his +weary little mount plodded slowly along the dusty road. +For hours the man had not been able to urge the beast out +of a walk. The loss of time consequent upon his having +followed wrong roads during the night and the exhaustion +of the pony which retarded his speed to what seemed little +better than a snail's pace seemed to assure the failure of +his mission, for at best he could not reach Lustadt before +noon. + +There was no possibility of bringing Leopold to his capital +in time for the coronation, and but a bare possibility that +Prince Ludwig would accept the word of an entire stranger +that Leopold lived, for the acknowledgment of such a con- +dition by the old prince could result in nothing less than an +immediate resort to arms by the two factions. It was certain +that Peter would be infinitely more anxious to proceed with +his coronation should it be rumored that Leopold lived, and +equally certain that Prince Ludwig would interpose every +obstacle, even to armed resistance, to prevent the consum- +mation of the ceremony. + +Yet there seemed to Barney no other alternative than to +place before the king's one powerful friend the information +that he had. It would then rest with Ludwig to do what he +thought advisable. + +An hour from Lustadt the road wound through a dense +forest, whose pleasant shade was a grateful relief to both +horse and rider from the hot sun beneath which they had +been journeying the greater part of the morning. Barney +was still lost in thought, his eyes bent forward, when at a +sudden turning of the road he came face to face with a +troop of horse that were entering the main highway at this +point from an unfrequented byroad. + +At sight of them the American instinctively wheeled his +mount in an effort to escape, but at a command from an +officer a half dozen troopers spurred after him, their fresh +horses soon overtaking his jaded pony. + +For a moment Barney contemplated resistance, for these +were troopers of the Royal Horse, the body which was now +Peter's most effective personal tool; but even as his hand +slipped to the butt of one of the revolvers at his hip, the +young man saw the foolish futility of such a course, and +with a shrug and a smile he drew rein and turned to face +the advancing soldiers. + +As he did so the officer rode up, and at sight of Barney's +face gave an exclamation of astonishment. The officer was +Butzow. + +"Well met, your majesty," he cried saluting. "We are rid- +ing to the coronation. We shall be just in time." + +"To see Peter of Blentz rob Leopold of a crown," said +the American in a disgusted tone. + +"To see Leopold of Lutha come into his own, your +majesty. Long live the king!" cried the officer. + +Barney thought the man either poking fun at him be- +cause he was not the king, or, thinking he was Leopold, tak- +ing a mean advantage of his helplessness to bait him. Yet +this last suspicion seemed unfair to Butzow, who at Blentz +had given ample evidence that he was a gentleman, and of +far different caliber from Maenck and the others who served +Peter. + +If he could but convince the man that he was no king +and thus gain his liberty long enough to reach Prince Lud- +wig's ear, his mission would have been served in so far as +it lay in his power to serve it. For some minutes Barney +expended his best eloquence and logic upon the cavalry +officer in an effort to convince him that he was not Leopold. + +The king had given the American his great ring to safe- +guard for him until it should be less dangerous for Leopold +to wear it, and for fear that at the last moment someone +within the sanatorium might recognize it and bear word to +Peter of the king's whereabouts. Barney had worn it turned +in upon the third finger of his left hand, and now he slipped +it surreptitiously into his breeches pocket lest Butzow should +see it and by it be convinced that Barney was indeed Leo- +pold. + +"Never mind who you are," cried Butzow, thinking to +humor the king's strange obsession. "You look enough like +Leopold to be his twin, and you must help us save Lutha +from Peter of Blentz." + +The American showed in his expression the surprise he +felt at these words from an officer of the prince regent. + +"You wonder at my change of heart?" asked Butzow. + +"How can I do otherwise?" + +"I cannot blame you," said the officer. "Yet I think that +when you know the truth you will see that I have done +only that which I believed to be the duty of a patriotic +officer and a true gentleman." + +They had rejoined the troop by this time, and the entire +company was once more headed toward Lustadt. Butzow +had commanded one of the troopers to exchange horses +with Barney, bringing the jaded animal into the city slowly, +and now freshly mounted the American was making better +time toward his destination. His spirits rose, and as they +galloped along the highway, he listened with renewed in- +terest to the story which Lieutenant Butzow narrated in +detail. + +It seemed that Butzow had been absent from Lutha for +a number of years as military attache to the Luthanian +legation at a foreign court. He had known nothing of the +true condition at home until his return, when he saw such +scoundrels as Coblich, Maenck, and Stein high in the +favor of the prince regent. For some time before the events +that had transpired after he had brought Barney and the +Princess Emma to Blentz he had commenced to have his +doubts as to the true patriotism of Peter of Blentz; and +when he had learned through the unguarded words of +Schonau that there was a real foundation for the rumor +that the regent had plotted the assassination of the king his +suspicions had crystallized into knowledge, and he had +sworn to serve his king before all others--were he sane or +mad. From this loyalty he could not be shaken. + +"And what do you intend doing now?" asked Barney. + +"I intend placing you upon the throne of your ancestors, +sire," replied Butzow; "nor will Peter of Blentz dare the +wrath of the people by attempting to interpose any ob- +stacle. When he sees Leopold of Lutha ride into the capital +of his kingdom at the head of even so small a force as ours +he will know that the end of his own power is at hand, for +he is not such a fool that he does not perfectly realize that +he is the most cordially hated man in all Lutha, and that +only those attend upon him who hope to profit through his +success or who fear his evil nature." + +"If Peter is crowned today," asked Barney, "will it pre- +vent Leopold regaining his throne?" + +"It is difficult to say," replied Butzow; "but the chances +are that the throne would be lost to him forever. To regain +it he would have to plunge Lutha into a bitter civil war, +for once Peter is proclaimed king he will have the law +upon his side, and with the resources of the State behind +him--the treasury and the army--he will feel in no mood +to relinquish the scepter without a struggle. I doubt much +that you will ever sit upon your throne, sire, unless you do +so within the very next hour." + +For some time Barney rode in silence. He saw that only +by a master stroke could the crown be saved for the true +king. Was it worth it? The man was happier without a +crown. Barney had come to believe that no man lived who +could be happy in possession of one. Then there came be- +fore his mind's eye the delicate, patrician face of Emma +von der Tann. + +Would Peter of Blentz be true to his new promises to +the house of Von der Tann? Barney doubted it. He recalled +all that it might mean of danger and suffering to the girl +whose kisses he still felt upon his lips as though it had +been but now that hers had placed them there. He re- +called the limp little body of the boy, Rudolph, and the +Spartan loyalty with which the little fellow had given his +life in the service of the man he had thought king. The +pitiful figure of the fear-haunted man upon the iron cot at +Tafelberg rose before him and cried for vengeance. + +To this man was the woman he loved betrothed! He +knew that he might never wed the Princess Emma. Even +were she not promised to another, the iron shackles of con- +vention and age-old customs must forever separate her from +an untitled American. But if he couldn't have her he still +could serve her! + +"For her sake," he muttered. + +"Did your majesty speak?" asked Butzow. + +"Yes, lieutenant. We urge greater haste, for if we are to +be crowned today we have no time to lose." + +Butzow smiled a relieved smile. The king had at last +regained his senses! + + +Within the ancient cathedral at Lustadt a great and gor- +geously attired assemblage had congregated. All the nobles +of Lutha were gathered there with their wives, their chil- +dren, and their retainers. There were the newer nobility of +the lowlands--many whose patents dated but since the +regency of Peter--and there were the proud nobility of the +highlands--the old nobility of which Prince Ludwig von +der Tann was the chief. + +It was noticeable that though a truce had been made +between Ludwig and Peter, yet the former chancellor of the +kingdom did not stand upon the chancel with the other +dignitaries of the State and court. + +Few there were who knew that he had been invited to +occupy a place of honor there, and had replied that he +would take no active part in the making of any king in +Lutha whose veins did not pulse to the flow of the blood +of the house in whose service he had grown gray. + +Close packed were the retainers of the old prince so that +their great number was scarcely noticeable, though quite so +was the fact that they kept their cloaks on, presenting a +somber appearance in the midst of all the glitter of gold +and gleam of jewels that surrounded them--a grim, business- +like appearance that cast a chill upon Peter of Blentz as his +eyes scanned the multitude of faces below him. + +He would have shown his indignation at this seeming +affront had he dared; but until the crown was safely upon +his head and the royal scepter in his hand Peter had no +mind to do aught that might jeopardize the attainment of +the power he had sought for the past ten years. + +The solemn ceremony was all but completed; the Bishop +of Lustadt had received the great golden crown from the +purple cushion upon which it had been borne at the head +of the procession which accompanied Peter up the broad +center aisle of the cathedral. He had raised it above the +head of the prince regent, and was repeating the solemn +words which precede the placing of the golden circlet upon +the man's brow. In another moment Peter of Blentz would +be proclaimed the king of Lutha. + +By her father's side stood Emma von der Tann. Upon +her haughty, high-bred face there was no sign of the emo- +tions which ran riot within her fair bosom. In the act that +she was witnessing she saw the eventual ruin of her father's +house. That Peter would long want for an excuse to break +and humble his ancient enemy she did not believe; but +this was not the only cause for the sorrow that overwhelmed +her. + +Her most poignant grief, like that of her father, was for +the dead king, Leopold; but to the sorrow of the loyal sub- +ject was added the grief of the loving woman, bereft. Close +to her heart she hugged the memory of the brief hours spent +with the man whom she had been taught since childhood to +look upon as her future husband, but for whom the all- +consuming fires of love had only been fanned to life within +her since that moment, now three weeks gone, that he had +crushed her to his breast to cover her lips with kisses for +the short moment ere he sacrificed his life to save her from a +fate worse than death. + +Before her stood the Nemesis of her dead king. The last +act of the hideous crime against the man she had loved was +nearing its close. As the crown, poised over the head of Peter +of Blentz, sank slowly downward the girl felt that she could +scarce restrain her desire to shriek aloud a protest against +the wicked act--the crowning of a murderer king of her +beloved Lutha. + +A glance at the old man at her side showed her the stern, +commanding features of her sire molded in an expression of +haughty dignity; only the slight movement of the muscles of +the strong jaw revealed the tensity of the hidden emotions +of the stern old warrior. He was meeting disappointment and +defeat as a Von der Tann should--brave to the end. + +The crown had all but touched the head of Peter of +Blentz when a sudden commotion at the back of the cathe- +dral caused the bishop to look up in ill-concealed annoy- +ance. At the sight that met his eyes his hands halted in +mid-air. + +The great audience turned as one toward the doors at +the end of the long central aisle. There, through the wide- +swung portals, they saw mounted men forcing their way into +the cathedral. The great horses shouldered aside the foot- +soldiers that attempted to bar their way, and twenty troop- +ers of the Royal Horse thundered to the very foot of the +chancel steps. + +At their head rode Lieutenant Butzow and a tall young +man in soiled and tattered khaki, whose gray eyes and full +reddish-brown beard brought an exclamation from Captain +Maenck who commanded the guard about Peter of Blentz. + +"Mein Gott--the king!" cried Maenck, and at the words +Peter went white. + +In open-mouthed astonishment the spectators saw the +hurrying troopers and heard Butzow's "The king! The king! +Make way for Leopold, King of Lutha!" + +And a girl saw, and as she saw her heart leaped to her +mouth. Her small hand gripped the sleeve of her father's +coat. "The king, father," she cried. "It is the king." + +Old Von der Tann, the light of a new hope firing his eyes, +threw aside his cloak and leaped to the chancel steps beside +Butzow and the others who were mounting them. Behind +him a hundred cloaks dropped from the shoulders of his +fighting men, exposing not silks and satins and fine velvet, +but the coarse tan of khaki, and grim cartridge belts well +filled, and stern revolvers slung to well-worn service belts. + +As Butzow and Barney stepped upon the chancel Peter +of Blentz leaped forward. "What mad treason is this?" he +fairly screamed. + +"The days of treason are now past, prince," replied But- +zow meaningly. "Here is not treason, but Leopold of Lutha +come to claim his crown which he inherited from his father." + +"It is a plot," cried Peter, "to place an impostor upon the +throne! This man is not the king." + +For a moment there was silence. The people had not taken +sides as yet. They awaited a leader. Old Von der Tann +scrutinized the American closely. + +"How may we know that you are Leopold?" he asked. +"For ten years we have not seen our king." + +"The governor of Blentz has already acknowledged his +identity," cried Butzow. "Maenck was the first to proclaim +the presence of the putative king." + +At that someone near the chancel cried: "Long live Leo- +pold, king of Lutha!" and at the words the whole assemblage +raised their voices in a tumultuous: "Long live the king!" + +Peter of Blentz turned toward Maenck. "The guard!" he +cried. "Arrest those traitors, and restore order in the cathe- +dral. Let the coronation proceed." + +Maenck took a step toward Barney and Butzow, when old +Prince von der Tann interposed his giant frame with grim +resolve. + +"Hold!" He spoke in a low, stern voice that brought the +cowardly Maenck to a sudden halt. + +The men of Tann had pressed eagerly forward until they +stood, with bared swords, a solid rank of fighting men in +grim semicircle behind their chief. There were cries from +different parts of the cathedral of: "Crown Leopold, our +true king! Down with Peter! Down with the assassin!" + +"Enough of this," cried Peter. "Clear the cathedral!" + +He drew his own sword, and with half a hundred loyal +retainers at his back pressed forward to clear the chancel. +There was a brief fight, from which Barney, much to his +disgust, was barred by the mighty figure of the old prince +and the stalwart sword-arm of Butzow. He did get one +crack at Maenck, and had the satisfaction of seeing blood +spurt from a fleshwound across the fellow's cheek. + +"That for the Princess Emma," he called to the governor of +Blentz, and then men crowded between them and he did +not see the captain again during the battle. + +When Peter saw that more than half of the palace guard +were shouting for Leopold, and fighting side by side with +the men of Tann, he realized the futility of further armed +resistance at this time. Slowly he withdrew, and at last the +fighting ceased and some semblance of order was restored +within the cathedral. + +Fearfully, the bishop emerged from hiding, his robes dis- +heveled and his miter askew. Butzow grasped him none too +reverently by the arm and dragged him before Barney. The +crown of Lutha dangled in the priest's palsied hands. + +"Crown the king!" cried the lieutenant. "Crown Leopold, +king of Lutha!" + +A mad roar of acclaim greeted this demand, and again +from all parts of the cathedral rose the same wild cry. But +in the lull that followed there were some who demanded +proof of the tattered young man who stood before them and +claimed that he was king. + +"Let Prince Ludwig speak!" cried a dozen voices. + +"Yes, Prince Ludwig! Prince Ludwig!" took up the throng. + +Prince Ludwig von der Tann turned toward the bearded +young man. Silence fell upon the crowded cathedral. Peter +of Blentz stood awaiting the outcome, ready to demand the +crown upon the first indication of wavering belief in the +man he knew was not Leopold. + +"How may we know that you are really Leopold?" again +asked Ludwig of Barney. + +The American raised his left hand, upon the third finger +of which gleamed the great ruby of the royal ring of the +kings of Lutha. Even Peter of Blentz started back in surprise +as his eyes fell upon the ring. + +Where had the man come upon it? + +Prince von der Tann dropped to one knee before Mr. +Bernard Custer of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., and lifted +that gentleman's hand to his lips, and as the people of Lutha +saw the act they went mad with joy. + +Slowly Prince Ludwig rose and addressed the bishop. +"Leopold, the rightful heir to the throne of Lutha, is here. +Let the coronation proceed." + +The quiet of the sepulcher fell upon the assemblage as the +holy man raised the crown above the head of the king. Bar- +ney saw from the corner of his eye the sea of faces up- +turned toward him. He saw the relief and happiness upon +the stern countenance of the old prince. + +He hated to dash all their new found joy by the an- +nouncement that he was not the king. He could not do that, +for the moment he did Peter would step forward and de- +mand that his own coronation continue. How was he to +save the throne for Leopold? + +Among the faces beneath him he suddenly descried that +of a beautiful young girl whose eyes, filled with the tears of +a great happiness and a greater love, were upturned to his. +To reveal his true identity would lose him this girl forever. +None save Peter knew that he was not the king. All save +Peter would hail him gladly as Leopold of Lutha. How +easily he might win a throne and the woman he loved by a +moment of seeming passive compliance. + +The temptation was great, and then he recalled the boy, +lying dead for his king in the desolate mountains, and the +pathetic light in the eyes of the sorrowful man at Tafelberg, +and the great trust and confidence in the heart of the +woman who had shown that she loved him. + +Slowly Barney Custer raised his palm toward the bishop +in a gesture of restraint. + +"There are those who doubt that I am king," he said. "In +these circumstances there should be no coronation in Lutha +until all doubts are allayed and all may unite in accepting +without question the royal right of the true Leopold to the +crown of his father. Let the coronation wait, then, until +another day, and all will be well." + +"It must take place before noon of the fifth day of Nov- +ember, or not until a year later," said Prince Ludwig. "In +the meantime the Prince Regent must continue to rule. For +the sake of Lutha the coronation must take place today, +your majesty." + +"What is the date?" asked Barney. + +"The third, sire." + +"Let the coronation wait until the fifth." + +"But your majesty," interposed Von der Tann, "all may +be lost in two days." + +"It is the king's command," said Barney quietly. + +"But Peter of Blentz will rule for these two days, and in +that time with the army at his command there is no telling +what he may accomplish," insisted the old man. + +"Peter of Blentz shall not rule Lutha for two days, or +two minutes," replied Barney. "We shall rule. Lieutenant +Butzow, you may place Prince Peter, Coblich, Maenck, and +Stein under arrest. We charge them with treason against +their king, and conspiring to assassinate their rightful mon- +arch." + +Butzow smiled as he turned with his troopers at his back +to execute this most welcome of commissions; but in a mo- +ment he was again at Barney's side. + +"They have fled, your majesty," he said. "Shall I ride to +Blentz after them?" + +"Let them go," replied the American, and then, with his +retinue about him the new king of Lutha passed down the +broad aisle of the cathedral of Lustadt and took his way +to the royal palace between ranks of saluting soldiery backed +by cheering thousands. + + + + +IX + +THE KING'S GUESTS + +ONCE WITHIN the palace Barney sought the seclusion of a +small room off the audience chamber. Here he summoned +Butzow. + +"Lieutenant," said the American, "for the sake of a woman, +a dead child and an unhappy king I have become dictator +of Lutha for forty-eight hours; but at noon upon the fifth +this farce must cease. Then we must place the true Leopold +upon the throne, or a new dictator must replace me. + +"In vain I have tried to convince you that I am not the +king, and today in the cathedral so great was the tempta- +tion to take advantage of the odd train of circumstances +that had placed a crown within my reach that I all but +surrendered to it--not for the crown of gold, Butzow, but +for an infinitely more sacred diadem which belongs to him +to whom by right of birth and lineage, belongs the crown +of Lutha. I do not ask you to understand--it is not neces- +sary--but this you must know and believe: that I am not +Leopold, and that the true Leopold lies in hiding in the +sanatorium at Tafelberg, from which you and I, Butzow, +must fetch him to Lustadt before noon on the fifth." + +"But, sire--" commenced Butzow, when Barney raised +his hand. + +"Enough of that, Butzow!" he cried almost irritably. "I +am sick of being 'sired' and 'majestied'--my name is Custer. +Call me that when others are not present. Believe what you +will, but ride with me in secrecy to Tafelberg tonight, and +together we shall bring back Leopold of Lutha. Then we +may call Prince Ludwig into our confidence, and none need +ever know of the substitution. + +"I doubt if many had a sufficiently close view of me to- +day to realize the trick that I have played upon them, and +if they note a difference they will attribute it to the change +in apparel, for we shall see to it that the king is fittingly +garbed before we exhibit him to his subjects, while here- +after I shall continue in khaki, which becomes me better +than ermine." + +Butzow shook his head. + +"King or dictator," he said, "it is all the same, and I must +obey whatever commands you see fit to give, and so I will +ride to Tafelberg tonight, though what we shall find there +I cannot imagine, unless there are two Leopolds of Lutha. +But shall we also find another royal ring upon the finger of +this other king?" + +Barney smiled. "You're a typical hard-headed Dutchman, +Butzow," he said. + +The lieutenant drew himself up haughtily. "I am not a +Dutchman, your majesty. I am a Luthanian." + +Barney laughed. "Whatever else you may be, Butzow, +you're a brick," he said, laying his hand upon the other's +arm. + +Butzow looked at him narrowly. + +"From your speech," he said, "and the occasional Ameri- +canisms into which you fall I might believe that you were +other than the king but for the ring." + +"It is my commission from the king," replied Barney. "Leo- +pold placed it upon my finger in token of his royal authority +to act in his behalf. Tonight, then Butzow, you and I shall +ride to Tafelberg. Have three good horses. We must lead +one for the king." + +Butzow saluted and left the apartment. For an hour or +two the American was busy with tailors whom he had or- +dered sent to the palace to measure him for the numerous +garments of a royal wardrobe, for he knew the king to be +near enough his own size that he might easily wear clothes +that had been fitted to Barney; and it was part of his plan +to have everything in readiness for the substitution which +was to take place the morning of the coronation. + +Then there were foreign dignitaries, and the heads of +numerous domestic and civic delegations to be given audi- +ence. Old Von der Tann stood close behind Barney prompt- +ing him upon the royal duties that had fallen so suddenly +upon his shoulders, and none thought it strange that he +was unfamiliar with the craft of kingship, for was it not +common knowledge that he had been kept a close prisoner +in Blentz since boyhood, nor been given any coaching for +the duties Peter of Blentz never intended he should perform? + +After it was all over Prince Ludwig's grim and leathery +face relaxed into a smile of satisfaction. + +"None who witnessed the conduct of your first audience, +sire," he said, "could for a moment doubt your royal line- +age--if ever a man was born to kingship, your majesty, +it be you." + +Barney smiled, a bit ruefully, however, for in his mind's +eye he saw a future moment when the proud old Prince von +der Tann would know the truth of the imposture that had +been played upon him, and the young man foresaw that he +would have a rather unpleasant half-hour. + +At a little distance from them Barney saw Emma von der +Tann surrounded by a group of officials and palace officers. +Since he had come to Lustadt that day he had had no +word with her, and now he crossed toward her, amused as +the throng parted to form an aisle for him, the men saluting +and the women curtsying low. + +He took both of the girl's hands in his, and, drawing one +through his arm, took advantage of the prerogatives of king- +ship to lead her away from the throng of courtiers. + +"I thought that I should never be done with all the tire- +some business which seems to devolve upon kings," he said, +laughing. "All the while that I should have been bending +my royal intellect to matters of state, I was wondering just +how a king might find a way to see the woman he loves +without interruptions from the horde that dogs his foot- +steps." + +"You seem to have found a way, Leopold," she whis- +pered, pressing his arm close to her. "Kings usually do." + +"It is not because I am a king that I found a way, Emma," +he replied. "It is because I am an American." + +She looked up at him with an expression of pleading in +her eyes. + +"Why do you persist?" she cried. "You have come into +your own, and there is no longer aught to fear from Peter +or any other. To me at least, it is most unkind still to deny +your identity." + +"I wonder," said Barney, "if your love could withstand +the knowledge that I am not the king." + +"It is the MAN I love, Leopold," the girl replied. + +"You think so now," he said, "but wait until the test +comes, and when it does, remember that I have always +done my best to undeceive you. I know that you are not for +such as I, my princess, and when I have returned your +true king to you all that I shall ask is that you be happy +with him." + +"I shall always be happy with my king," she whispered, +and the look that she gave him made Barney Custer curse +the fate that had failed to make him a king by birth. + +An hour later darkness had fallen upon the little city of +Lustadt, and from a small gateway in the rear of the palace +grounds two horsemen rode out into the ill-paved street +and turned their mounts' heads toward the north. At the +side of one trotted a led horse. + +As they passed beneath the glare of an arc-light before a +cafe at the side of the public square, a diner sitting at a +table upon the walk spied the tall figure and the bearded +face of him who rode a few feet in advance of his com- +panion. Leaping to his feet the man waved his napkin above +his head. + +"Long live the king!" he cried. "God save Leopold of +Lutha!" + +And amid the din of cheering that followed, Barney +Custer of Beatrice and Lieutenant Butzow of the Royal +Horse rode out into the night upon the road to Tafelberg. + + +When Peter of Blentz had escaped from the cathedral +he had hastily mounted with a handful of his followers and +hurried out of Lustadt along the road toward his formidable +fortress at Blentz. Half way upon the journey he had met a +dusty and travel-stained horseman hastening toward the +capital city that Peter and his lieutenants had just left. + +At sight of the prince regent the fellow reined in and +saluted. + +"May I have a word in private with your highness?" he +asked. "I have news of the greatest importance for your +ears alone." + +Peter drew to one side with the man. + +"Well," he asked, "and what news have you for Peter of +Blentz?" + +The man leaned from his horse close to Peter's ear. + +"The king is in Tafelberg, your highness," he said. + +"The king is dead," snapped Peter. "There is an impostor +in the palace at Lustadt. But the real Leopold of Lutha +was slain by Yellow Franz's band of brigands weeks ago." + +"I heard the man at Tafelberg tell another that he was +the king," insisted the fellow. "Through the keyhole of his +room I saw him take a great ring from his finger--a ring +with a mighty ruby set in its center--and give it to the other. +Both were bearded men with gray eyes--either might have +passed for the king by the description upon the placards +that have covered Lutha for the past month. At first he +denied his identity, but when the other had convinced him +that he sought only the king's welfare he at last admitted +that he was Leopold." + +"Where is he now?" cried Peter. + +"He is still in the sanatorium at Tafelberg. In room +twenty-seven. The other promised to return for him and take +him to Lustadt, but when I left Tafelberg he had not yet +done so, and if you hasten you may reach there before they +take him away, and if there be any reward for my loyalty +to you, prince, my name is Ferrath." + +"Ride with us and if you have told the truth, fellow, +there shall be a reward and if not--then there shall be +deserts," and Peter of Blentz wheeled his horse and with +his company galloped on toward Tafelberg. + +As he rode he talked with his lieutenants Coblich, Maenck, +and Stein, and among them it was decided that it would be +best that Peter stop at Blentz for the night while the others +rode on to Tafelberg. + +"Do not bring Leopold to Blentz," directed Peter, "for if +it be he who lies at Tafelberg and they find him gone it +will be toward Blentz that they will first look. Take him--" + +The Regent leaned from his saddle so that his mouth +was close to the ear of Coblich, that none of the troopers +might hear. + +Coblich nodded his head. + +"And, Coblich, the fewer that ride to Tafelberg tonight +the surer the success of the mission. Take Maenck, Stein +and one other with you. I shall keep this man with me, for +it may prove but a plot to lure me to Tafelberg." + +Peter scowled at the now frightened hospital attendant. + +"Tomorrow I shall be riding through the lowlands, Cob- +lich, and so you may not find means to communicate with +me, but before noon of the fifth have word at your town +house in Lustadt for me of the success of your venture." + +They had reached the point now where the road to Tafel- +berg branches from that to Blentz, and the four who were +to fetch the king wheeled their horses into the left-hand fork +and cantered off upon their mission. + +The direct road between Lustadt and Tafelberg is but +little more than half the distance of that which Coblich and +his companions had to traverse because of the wide detour +they had made by riding almost to Blentz first, and so it +was that when they cantered into the little mountain town +near midnight Barney Custer and Lieutenant Butzow were +but a mile or two behind them. + +Had the latter had even the faintest of suspicions that +the identity of the hiding place of the king might come to +the knowledge of Peter of Blentz they could have reached +Tafelberg ahead of Coblich and his party, but all unsus- +pecting they rode slowly to conserve the energy of their +mounts for the return trip. + +In silence the two men approached the grounds sur- +rounding the sanatorium. In the soft dirt of the road the +hoofs of their mounts made no sound, and the shadows of +the trees that border the front of the enclosure hid them +from the view of the trooper who held four riderless horses +in a little patch of moonlight that broke through the opening +in the trees at the main gate of the institution. + +Barney was the first to see the animals and the man. + +"S-s-st," he hissed, reining in his horse. + +Butzow drew alongside the American. + +"What can it mean?" asked Barney. "That fellow is a +trooper, but I cannot make out his uniform." + +"Wait here," said Butzow, and slipping from his horse he +crept closer to the man, hugging the dense shadows close +to the trees. + +Barney reined in nearer the low wall. From his saddle he +could see the grounds beyond through the branches of a +tree. As he looked his attention was suddenly riveted upon a +sight that sent his heart into his throat. + +Three men were dragging a struggling, half-naked figure +down the gravel walk from the sanatorium toward the gate. +One kept a hand clapped across the mouth of the prisoner, +who struck and fought his assailants with all the frenzy of +despair. + +Barney leaped from his saddle and ran headlong after +Butzow. The lieutenant had reached the gate but an instant +ahead of him when the trooper, turning suddenly at some +slight sound of the officer's foot upon the ground, detected +the man creeping upon him. In an instant the fellow had +whipped out a revolver, and raising it fired point-blank at +Butzow's chest; but in the same instant a figure shot out of +the shadows beside him, and with the report of the revolver +a heavy fist caught the trooper on the side of the chin, +crumpling him to the ground as if he were dead. + +The blow had been in time to deflect the muzzle of the +firearm, and the bullet whistled harmlessly past the lieu- +tenant. + +"Your majesty!" exclaimed Butzow excitedly. "Go back. +He might have killed you." + +Barney leaped to the other's side and grasping him by the +shoulders wheeled him about so that he faced the gate. + +"There, Butzow," he cried, "there is your king, and from +the looks of it he never needed a loyal subject more than he +does this moment. Come!" Without waiting to see if the other +followed him, Barney Custer leaped through the gate full +in the faces of the astonished trio that was dragging Leopold +of Lutha from his sanctuary. + +At sight of the American the king gave a muffled cry +of relief, and then Barney was upon those who held him. A +stinging uppercut lifted Coblich clear of the ground to drop +him, dazed and bewildered, at the foot of the monarch he +had outraged. Maenck drew a revolver only to have it struck +from his hand by the sword of Butzow, who had followed +closely upon the American's heels. + +Barney, seizing the king by the arm, started on a run for +the gateway. In his wake came Butzow with a drawn sword +beating back Stein, who was armed with a cavalry saber, +and Maenck who had now drawn his own sword. + +The American saw that the two were pressing Butzow +much too closely for safety and that Coblich had now re- +covered from the effects of the blow and was in pursuit, +drawing his saber as he ran. Barney thrust the king behind +him and turned to face the enemy, at Butzow's side. + +The three men rushed upon the two who stood between +them and their prey. The moonlight was now full in the +faces of Butzow and the American. For the first time Maenck +and the others saw who it was that had interrupted them. + +"The impostor!" cried the governor of Blentz. "The false +king!" + +Imbued with temporary courage by the knowledge that +his side had the advantage of superior numbers he launched +himself full upon the American. To his surprise he met a +sword-arm that none might have expected in an American, +for Barney Custer had been a pupil of the redoubtable +Colonel Monstery, who was, as Barney was wont to say, +"one of the thanwhomest of fencing masters." + +Quickly Maenck fell back to give place to Stein, but not +before the American's point had found him twice to leave +him streaming blood from two deep flesh wounds. + +Neither of those who fought in the service of the king +saw the trembling, weak-kneed figure, which had stood be- +hind them, turn and scurry through the gateway, leaving +the men who battled for him to their fate. + +The trooper whom Barney had felled had regained con- +sciousness and as he came to his feet rubbing his swollen +jaw he saw a disheveled, half-dressed figure running toward +him from the sanatorium grounds. The fellow was no fool, +and knowing the purpose of the expedition as he did he +was quick to jump to the conclusion that this fleeing personi- +fication of abject terror was Leopold of Lutha; and so it +was that as the king emerged from the gateway in search +of freedom he ran straight into the widespread arms of the +trooper. + +Maenck and Coblich had seen the king's break for liberty, +and the latter maneuvered to get himself between Butzow +and the open gate that he might follow after the fleeing +monarch. + +At the same instant Maenck, seeing that Stein was being +worsted by the American, rushed in upon the latter, and +thus relieved, the rat-faced doctor was enabled to swing a +heavy cut at Barney which struck him a glancing blow upon +the head, sending him stunned and bleeding to the sward. + +Coblich and the governor of Blentz hastened toward the +gate, pausing for an instant to overwhelm Butzow. In the +fierce scrimmage that followed the lieutenant was over- +thrown, though not before his sword had passed through +the heart of the rat-faced one. Deserting their fallen com- +rade the two dashed through the gate, where to their im- +mense relief they found Leopold safe in the hands of the +trooper. + +An instant later the precious trio, with Leopold upon the +horse of the late Dr. Stein, were galloping swiftly into the +darkness of the wood that lies at the outskirts of Tafelberg. + +When Barney regained consciousness he found himself +upon a cot within the sanatorium. Close beside him lay +Butzow, and above them stood an interne and several +nurses. No sooner had the American regained his scattered +wits than he leaped to the floor. The interne and the nurses +tried to force him back upon the cot, thinking that he was in +the throes of a delirium, and it required his best efforts to +convince them that he was quite rational. + +During the melee Butzow regained consciousness; his +wound being as superficial as that of the American, the two +men were soon donning their clothing, and, half-dressed, +rushing toward the outer gate. + +The interne had told them that when he had reached the +scene of the conflict in company with the gardener he had +found them and another lying upon the sward. + +Their companion, he said, was quite dead. + +"That must have been Stein," said Butzow. "And the +others had escaped with the king!" + +"The king?" cried the interne. + +"Yes, the king, man--Leopold of Lutha. Did you not +know that he who has lain here for three weeks was the +king?" replied Butzow. + +The interne accompanied them to the gate and beyond, +but everywhere was silence. The king was gone. + + + + +X + +ON THE BATTLEFIELD + +ALL THAT night and the following day Barney Custer and +his aide rode in search of the missing king. + +They came to Blentz, and there Butzow rode boldly into +the great court, admitted by virtue of the fact that the +guard upon the gate knew him only as an officer of the +royal guard whom they believed still loyal to Peter of Blentz. + +The lieutenant learned that the king was not there, nor +had he been since his escape. He also learned that Peter +was abroad in the lowland recruiting followers to aid him +forcibly to regain the crown of Lutha. + +The lieutenant did not wait to hear more, but, hurrying +from the castle, rode to Barney where the latter had re- +mained in hiding in the wood below the moat--the same +wood through which he had stumbled a few weeks previ- +ously after his escape from the stagnant waters of the moat. + +"The king is not here," said Butzow to him, as soon as the +former reached his side. "Peter is recruiting an army to aid +him in seizing the palace at Lustadt, and king or no king, +we must ride for the capital in time to check that move. +Thank God," he added, "that we shall have a king to place +upon the throne of Lutha at noon tomorrow in spite of all +that Peter can do." + +"What do you mean?" asked Barney. "Have you any +clue to the whereabouts of Leopold?" + +"I saw the man at Tafelberg whom you say is king," +replied Butzow. "I saw him tremble and whimper in the face +of danger. I saw him run when he might have seized some- +thing, even a stone, and fought at the sides of the men who +were come to rescue him. And I saw you there also. + +"The truth and the falsity of this whole strange business +is beyond me, but this I know: if you are not the king today +I pray God that the other may not find his way to Lustadt +before noon tomorrow, for by then a brave man will sit +upon the throne of Lutha, your majesty." + +Barney laid his hand upon the shoulder of the other. + +"It cannot be, my friend," he said. "There is more than a +throne at stake for me, but to win them both I could not +do the thing you suggest. If Leopold of Lutha lives he +must be crowned tomorrow." + +"And if he does not live?" asked Butzow. + +Barney Custer shrugged his shoulders. + +It was dusk when the two entered the palace grounds in +Lustadt. The sight of Barney threw the servants and func- +tionaries of the royal household into wild excitement and +confusion. Men ran hither and thither bearing the glad tid- +ings that the king had returned. + +Old von der Tann was announced within ten minutes after +Barney reached his apartments. He urged upon the Ameri- +can the necessity for greater caution in the future. + +"Your majesty's life is never safe while Peter of Blentz is +abroad in Lutha," cried he. + +"It was to save your king from Peter that we rode from +Lustadt last night," replied Barney, but the old prince did +not catch the double meaning of the words. + +While they talked a young officer of cavalry begged an +audience. He had important news for the king, he said. +From him Barney learned that Peter of Blentz had succeeded +in recruiting a fair-sized army in the lowlands. Two regi- +ments of government infantry and a squadron of cavalry +had united forces with him, for there were those who still +accepted him as regent, believing his contention that the +true king was dead, and that he whose coronation was to +be attempted was but the puppet of old Von der Tann. + +The morning of November 5 broke clear and cold. The +old town of Lustadt was awakened with a start at daybreak +by the booming of cannon. Mounted messengers galloped +hither and thither through the steep, winding streets. Troops, +foot and horse, moved at the double from the barracks +along the King's Road to the fortifications which guard the +entrance to the city at the foot of Margaretha Street. + +Upon the heights above the town Barney Custer and the +old Prince von der Tann stood surrounded by officers and +aides watching the advance of a skirmish line up the slopes +toward Lustadt. Behind, the thin line columns of troops +were marching under cover of two batteries of field artil- +lery that Peter of Blentz had placed upon a wooden knoll +to the southeast of the city. + +The guns upon the single fort that, overlooking the broad +valley, guarded the entire southern exposure of the city +were answering the fire of Prince Peter's artillery, while +several machine guns had been placed to sweep the slope +up which the skirmish line was advancing. + +The trees that masked the enemy's pieces extended up- +ward along the ridge and the eastern edge of the city. Bar- +ney saw that a force of men might easily reach a command- +ing position from that direction and enter Lustadt almost in +rear of the fortifications. Below him a squadron of the Royal +Horse were just emerging from their stables, taking their +way toward the plain to join in a concerted movement +against the troops that were advancing toward the fort. + +He turned to an aide de camp standing just behind him. + +"Intercept that squadron and direct the major to move +due east along the King's Road to the grove," he commanded. +"We will join him there." + +And as the officer spurred down the steep and narrow +street the American, followed by Von der Tann and his +staff, wheeled and galloped eastward. + +Ten minutes later the party entered the wood at the edge +of town, where the squadron soon joined them. Von der +Tann was mystified at the purpose of this change in the +position of the general staff, since from the wood they could +see nothing of the battle waging upon the slope. During his +brief intercourse with the man he thought king he had quite +forgotten that there had been any question as to the young +man's sanity, for he had given no indication of possessing +aught but a well-balanced mind. Now, however, he com- +menced to have misgivings, if not of his sanity, then as to +his judgment at least. + +"I fear, your majesty," he ventured, "that we are putting +ourselves too much out of touch with the main body of the +army. We can neither see nor accomplish anything from +this position." + +"We were too far away to accomplish much upon the top +of that mountain," replied Barney, "but we're going to +commence doing things now. You will please to ride back +along the King's Road and take direct command of the +troops mobilized near the fort. + +"Direct the artillery to redouble their fire upon the enemy's +battery for five minutes, and then to cease firing into the +wood entirely. At the same instant you may order a cautious +advance against the troops advancing up the slope. + +"When you see us emerge upon the west side of the +grove where the enemy's guns are now, you may order a +charge, and we will take them simultaneously upon their +right flank with a cavalry charge." + +"But, your majesty," exclaimed Von der Tann dubiously, +"where will you be in the mean time?" + +"We shall be with the major's squadron, and when you +see us emerging from the grove, you will know that we have +taken Peter's guns and that everything is over except the +shouting." + +"You are not going to accompany the charge!" cried the +old prince. + +"We are going to lead it," and the pseudo-king of Lutha +wheeled his mount as though to indicate that the time for +talking was past. + +With a signal to the major commanding the squadron of +Royal Horse, he moved eastward into the wood. Prince Lud- +wig hesitated a moment as though to question further the +wisdom of the move, but finally with a shake of his head he +trotted off in the direction of the fort. + +Five minutes later the enemy were delighted to note that +the fire upon their concealed battery had suddenly ceased. + +Then Peter saw a force of foot-soldiers deploy from the +city and advance slowly in line of skirmishers down the +slope to meet his own firing line. + +Immediately he did what Barney had expected that he +would--turned the fire of his artillery toward the south- +west, directly away from the point from which the Ameri- +can and the crack squadron were advancing. + +So it came that the cavalrymen crept through the woods +upon the rear of the guns, unseen; the noise of their advance +was drowned by the detonation of the cannon. + +The first that the artillerymen knew of the enemy in their +rear was a shout of warning from one of the powder-men +at a caisson, who had caught a glimpse of the grim line ad- +vancing through the trees at his rear. + +Instantly an effort was made to wheel several of the pieces +about and train them upon the advancing horsemen; but +even had there been time, a shout that rose from several of +Peter's artillerymen as the Royal Horse broke into full view +would doubtless have prevented the maneuver, for at sight +of the tall, bearded, young man who galloped in front of +the now charging cavalrymen there rose a shout of "The +king! The king!" + +With the force of an avalanche the Royal Horse rode +through those two batteries of field artillery; and in the +thick of the fight that followed rode the American, a smile +upon his face, for in his ears rang the wild shouts of his +troopers: "For the king! For the king!" + +In the moment that the enemy made their first determined +stand a bullet brought down the great bay upon which +Barney rode. A dozen of Peter's men rushed forward to +seize the man stumbling to his feet. As many more of the +Royal Horse closed around him, and there, for five minutes, +was waged as fierce a battle for possession of a king as was +ever fought. + +But already many of the artillerymen had deserted the +guns that had not yet been attacked, for the magic name of +king had turned their blood to water. Fifty or more raised +a white flag and surrendered without striking a blow, and +when, at last, Barney and his little bodyguard fought their +way through those who surrounded them they found the +balance of the field already won. + +Upon the slope below the city the loyal troops were ad- +vancing upon the enemy. Old Prince Ludwig paced back +and forth behind them, apparently oblivious to the rain of +bullets about him. Every moment he turned his eyes toward +the wooded ridge from which there now belched an almost +continuous fusillade of shells upon the advancing royalists. + +Quite suddenly the cannonading ceased and the old man +halted in his tracks, his gaze riveted upon the wood. For +several minutes he saw no sign of what was transpiring be- +hind that screen of sere and yellow autumn leaves, and then +a man came running out, and after him another and an- +other. + +The prince raised his field glasses to his eyes. He almost +cried aloud in his relief--the uniforms of the fugitives were +those of artillerymen, and only cavalry had accompanied the +king. A moment later there appeared in the center of his +lenses a tall figure with a full beard. He rode, swinging his +saber above his head, and behind him at full gallop came a +squadron of the Royal Horse. + +Old von der Tann could restrain himself no longer. + +"The king! The king!" he cried to those about him, point- +ing in the direction of the wood. + +The officers gathered there and the soldiery before him +heard and took up the cry, and then from the old man's +lips came the command, "Charge!" and a thousand men tore +down the slopes of Lustadt upon the forces of Peter of +Blentz, while from the east the king charged their right flank +at the head of the Royal Horse. + +Peter of Blentz saw that the day was lost, for the troops +upon the right were crumpling before the false king while +he and his cavalrymen were yet a half mile distant. Before +the retreat could become a rout the prince regent ordered +his forces to fall back slowly upon a suburb that lies in the +valley below the city. + +Once safely there he raised a white flag, asking a confer- +ence with Prince Ludwig. + +"Your majesty," said the old man, "what answer shall we +send the traitor who even now ignores the presence of his +king?" + +"Treat with him," replied the American. "He may be hon- +est enough in his belief that I am an impostor." + +Von der Tann shrugged his shoulders, but did as Barney +bid, and for half an hour the young man waited with Butzow +while Von der Tann and Peter met halfway between the +forces for their conference. + +A dozen members of the most powerful of the older no- +bility accompanied Ludwig. When they returned their faces +were a picture of puzzled bewilderment. With them were +several officers, soldiers and civilians from Peter's contingency. + +"What said he?" asked Barney. + +"He said, your majesty," replied Von der Tann, "that he +is confident you are not the king, and that these men he +has sent with me knew the king well at Blentz. As proof +that you are not the king he has offered the evidence of +your own denials--made not only to his officers and soldiers, +but to the man who is now your loyal lieutenant, Butzow, and +to the Princess Emma von der Tann, my daughter. + +"He insists that he is fighting for the welfare of Lutha, +while we are traitors, attempting to seat an impostor upon +the throne of the dead Leopold. I will admit that we are at +a loss, your majesty, to know where lies the truth and where +the falsity in this matter. + +"We seek only to serve our country and our king but +there are those among us who, to be entirely frank, are not +yet convinced that you are Leopold. The result of the con- +ference may not, then, meet with the hearty approval of +your majesty." + +"What was the result?" asked Barney. + +"It was decided that all hostilities cease, and that Prince +Peter be given an opportunity to establish the validity of +his claim that your majesty is an impostor. If he is able to +do so to the entire satisfaction of a majority of the old no- +bility, we have agreed to support him in a return to his +regency." + +For a moment there was deep silence. Many of the nobles +stood with averted faces and eyes upon the ground. + +The American, a half-smile upon his face, turned toward +the men of Peter who had come to denounce him. He knew +what their verdict would be. He knew that if he were to +save the throne for Leopold he must hold it at any cost until +Leopold should be found. + +Troopers were scouring the country about Lustadt as far +as Blentz in search of Maenck and Coblich. Could they lo- +cate these two and arrest them "with all found in their +company," as his order read, he felt sure that he would be +able to deliver the missing king to his subjects in time for +the coronation at noon. + +Barney looked straight into the eyes of old Von der Tann. + +"You have given us the opinion of others, Prince Lud- +wig," he said. "Now you may tell us your own views of +the matter." + +"I shall have to abide by the decision of the majority," +replied the old man. "But I have seen your majesty under +fire, and if you are not the king, for Lutha's sake you ought +to be." + +"He is not Leopold," said one of the officers who had ac- +companied the prince from Peter's camp. "I was governor +of Blentz for three years and as familiar with the king's +face as with that of my own brother." + +"No," cried several of the others, "this man is not the +king." + +Several of the nobles drew away from Barney. Others +looked at him questioningly. + +Butzow stepped close to his side, and it was noticeable +that the troopers, and even the officers, of the Royal Horse +which Barney had led in the charge upon the two batteries +in the wood, pressed a little closer to the American. This +fact did not escape Butzow's notice. + +"If you are content to take the word of the servants of a +traitor and a would-be regicide," he cried, "I am not. There +has been no proof advanced that this man is not the king. +In so far as I am concerned he is the king, nor ever do I +expect to serve another more worthy of the title. + +"If Peter of Blentz has real proof--not the testimony of +his own faction--that Leopold of Lutha is dead, let him +bring it forward before noon today, for at noon we shall +crown a king in the cathedral at Lustadt, and I for one +pray to God that it may be he who has led us in battle +today." + +A shout of applause rose from the Royal Horse, and from +the foot-soldiers who had seen the king charge across the +plain, scattering the enemy before him. + +Barney, appreciating the advantage in the sudden turn +affairs had taken following Butzow's words, swung to his +saddle. + +"Until Peter of Blentz brings to Lustadt one with a better +claim to the throne," he said, "we shall continue to rule +Lutha, nor shall other than Leopold be crowned her king. +We approve of the amnesty you have granted, Prince Lud- +wig, and Peter of Blentz is free to enter Lustadt, as he will, +so long as he does not plot against the true king. + +"Major," he added, turning to the commander of the +squadron at his back, "we are returning to the palace. Your +squadron will escort us, remaining on guard there about the +grounds. Prince Ludwig, you will see that machine guns are +placed about the palace and commanding the approaches to +the cathedral." + +With a nod to the cavalry major he wheeled his horse +and trotted up the slope toward Lustadt. + +With a grim smile Prince Ludwig von der Tann mounted +his horse and rode toward the fort. At his side were several +of the nobles of Lutha. They looked at him in astonishment. + +"You are doing his bidding, although you do not know +that he is the true king?" asked one of them. + +"Were he an impostor," replied the old man, "he would +have insisted by word of mouth that he is king. But not +once has he said that he is Leopold. Instead, he has proved +his kingship by his acts." + + + + +XI + +A TIMELY INTERVENTION + +NINE O'CLOCK found Barney Custer pacing up and down his +apartments in the palace. No clue as to the whereabouts of +Coblich, Maenck or the king had been discovered. One by +one his troopers had returned to Butzow empty-handed, +and as much at a loss as to the hiding-place of their quarry +as when they had set out upon their search. + +Peter of Blentz and his retainers had entered the city and +already had commenced to gather at the cathedral. + +Peter, at the residence of Coblich, had succeeded in +gathering about him many of the older nobility whom he +pledged to support him in case he could prove to them that +the man who occupied the royal palace was not Leopold +of Lutha. + +They agreed to support him in his regency if he produced +proof that the true Leopold was dead, and Peter of Blentz +waited with growing anxiety the coming of Coblich with +word that he had the king in custody. Peter was staking all +on a single daring move which he had decided to make in +his game of intrigue. + +As Barney paced within the palace, waiting for word +that Leopold had been found, Peter of Blentz was filled with +equal apprehension as he, too, waited for the same tidings. +At last he heard the pound of hoofs upon the pavement +without and a moment later Coblich, his clothing streaked +with dirt, blood caked upon his face from a wound across +the forehead, rushed in to the presence of the prince regent. + +Peter drew him hurriedly into a small study on the first +floor. + +"Well?" he whispered, as the two faced each other. + +"We have him," replied Coblich. But we had the devil's +own time getting him. Stein was killed and Maenck and I +both wounded, and all morning we have spent the time +hiding from troopers who seemed to be searching for us. +Only fifteen minutes since did we reach the hiding-place +that you instructed us to use. But we have him, your high- +ness, and he is in such a state of cowardly terror that he is +ready to agree to anything, if you will but spare his life +and set him free across the border." + +"It is too late for that now, Coblich," replied Peter. +"There is but one way that Leopold of Lutha can serve +me now, and that is--dead. Were his corpse to be carried +into the cathedral of Lustadt before noon today, and were +those who fetched it to swear that the king was killed by +the impostor after being dragged from the hospital at Tafel- +berg where you and Maenck had located him, and from +which you were attempting to rescue him, I believe that the +people would tear our enemies to pieces. What say you, +Coblich?" + +The other stared at Peter of Blentz for several seconds +while the atrocity of his chief's plan filtered through his +brain. + +"My God!" he exclaimed at last. "You mean that you +wish me to murder Leopold with my own hands?" + +"You put it too crudely, my dear Coblich," replied the +other. + +"I cannot do it," muttered Coblich. "I have never killed a +man in my life. I am getting old. No, I could never do it. +I should not sleep nights." + +"If it is not done, Coblich, and Leopold comes into his +own," said Peter slowly, "you will be caught and hanged +higher than Haman. And if you do not do it, and the im- +poster is crowned today, then you will be either hanged +officially or knifed unofficially, and without any choice in +the matter whatsoever. Nothing, Coblich, but the dead body +of the true Leopold can save your neck. You have your +choice, therefore, of letting him live to prove your treason, +or letting him die and becoming chancellor of Lutha." + +Slowly Coblich turned toward the door. "You are right," +he said, "but may God have mercy on my soul. I never +thought that I should have to do it with my own hands." + +So saying he left the room and a moment later Peter of +Blentz smiled as he heard the pounding of a horse's hoofs +upon the pavement without. + +Then the Regent entered the room he had recently quitted +and spoke to the nobles of Lutha who were gathered there. + +"Coblich has found the body of the murdered king," he +said. "I have directed him to bring it to the cathedral. He +came upon the impostor and his confederate, Lieutenant +Butzow, as they were bearing the corpse from the hospital +at Tafelberg where the king has lain unknown since the +rumor was spread by Von der Tann that he had been killed +by bandits. + +"He was not killed until last evening, my lords, and you +shall see today the fresh wounds upon him. When the time +comes that we can present this grisly evidence of the guilt +of the impostor and those who uphold him, I shall expect +you all to stand at my side, as you have promised." + +With one accord the noblemen pledged anew their alle- +giance to Peter of Blentz if he could produce one-quarter of +the evidence he claimed to possess. + +"All that we wish to know positively is," said one, "that +the man who bears the title of king today is really Leopold +of Lutha, or that he is not. If not then he stands convicted +of treason, and we shall know how to conduct ourselves." + +Together the party rode to the cathedral, the majority of +the older nobility now openly espousing the cause of the +Regent. + + +At the palace Barney was about distracted. Butzow was +urging him to take the crown whether he was Leopold or +not, for the young lieutenant saw no hope for Lutha, if +either the scoundrelly Regent or the cowardly man whom +Barney had assured him was the true king should come into +power. + +It was eleven o'clock. In another hour Barney knew that +he must have found some new solution of his dilemma, for +there seemed little probability that the king would be lo- +cated in the brief interval that remained before the corona- +tion. He wondered what they did to people who stole thrones. +For a time he figured his chances of reaching the border +ahead of the enraged populace. All had depended upon the +finding of the king, and he had been so sure that it could +be accomplished in time, for Coblich and Maenck had had +but a few hours in which to conceal the monarch before +the search was well under way. + +Armed with the king's warrants, his troopers had ridden +through the country, searching houses, and questioning all +whom they met. Patrols had guarded every road that the +fugitives might take either to Lustadt, Blentz, or the border; +but no king had been found and no trace of his abductors. + +Prince von der Tann, Barney was convinced, was on the +point of deserting him, and going over to the other side. It +was true that the old man had carried out his instructions +relative to the placing of the machine guns; but they might +be used as well against him, where they stood, as for him. + +From his window he could see the broad avenue which +passes before the royal palace of Lutha. It was crowded +with throngs moving toward the cathedral. Presently there +came a knock upon the closed door of his chamber. + +At his "Enter" a functionary announced: "His Royal High- +ness Ludwig, Prince von der Tann!" + +The old man was much perturbed at the rumors he had +heard relative to the assassination of the true Leopold. +Soldier-like, he blurted out his suspicions and his ultimatum. + +"None but the royal blood of Rubinroth may reign in +Lutha while there be a Rubinroth left to reign and old Von +der Tann lives," he cried in conclusion. + +At the name "Rubinroth" Barney started. It was his +mother's name. Suddenly the truth flashed upon him. He +understood now the reticence of both his father and mother +relative to her early life. + +"Prince Ludwig," said the young man earnestly, "I have +only the good of Lutha in my heart. For three weeks I have +labored and risked death a hundred times to place the +legitimate heir to the crown of Lutha upon his throne. I--" + +He hesitated, not knowing just how to commence the +confession he was determined to make, though he was posi- +tive that it would place Peter of Blentz upon the throne, +since the old prince had promised to support the Regent +could it be proved that Barney was an impostor. + +"I," he started again, and then there came an interruption +at the door. + +"A messenger, your majesty," announced the doorman, +"who says that he must have audience at once upon a mat- +ter of life and death to the king." + +"We will see him in the ante-chamber," replied Barney, +moving toward the door. "Await us here, Prince Ludwig." + +A moment later he re-entered the apartment. There was +an expression of renewed hope upon his face. + +"As we were about to remark, my dear prince," he said, +"I swear that the royal blood of the Rubinroths flows in my +veins, and as God is my judge, none other than the true +Leopold of Lutha shall be crowned today. And now we +must prepare for the coronation. If there be trouble in the +cathedral, Prince Ludwig, we look to your sword in pro- +tection of the king." + +"When I am with you, sire," said Von der Tann, "I know +that you are king. When I saw how you led the troops in +battle, I prayed that there could be no mistake. God give +that I am right. But God help you if you are playing with +old Ludwig von der Tann." + +When the old man had left the apartment Barney sum- +moned an aide and sent for Butzow. Then he hurried to the +bath that adjoined the apartment, and when the lieutenant +of horse was announced Barney called through a soapy +lather for his confederate to enter. + +"What are you doing, sire?" cried Butzow in amazement. + +"Cut out the 'sire,' old man," shouted Barney Custer of +Beatrice. "this is the fifth of November and I am shaving +off this alfalfa. The king is found!" + +"What?" cried Butzow, and upon his face there was little +to indicate the rejoicing that a loyal subject of Leopold of +Lutha should have felt at that announcement. + +"There is a man in the next room," went on Barney, "who +can lead us to the spot where Coblich and Maenck guard +the king. Get him in here." + +Butzow hastened to comply with the American's instruc- +tions, and a moment later returned to the apartment with +the old shopkeeper of Tafelberg. + +As Barney shaved he issued directions to the two. Within +the room to the east, he said, there were the king's corona- +tion robes, and in a smaller dressingroom beyond they would +find a long gray cloak. + +They were to wrap all these in a bundle which the old +shopkeeper was to carry. + +"And, Butzow," added Barney, "look to my revolvers and +your own, and lay my sword out as well. The chances are +that we shall have to use them before we are ten minutes +older." + +In an incredibly short space of time the young man +emerged from the bath, his luxuriant beard gone forever, +he hoped. Butzow looked at him with a smile. + +"I must say that the beard did not add greatly to your +majesty's good looks," he said. + +"Never mind the bouquets, old man," cried Barney, cram- +ming his arms into the sleeves of his khaki jacket and buck- +ling sword and revolver about him, as he hurried toward a +small door that opened upon the opposite side of the apart- +ment to that through which his visitors had been conducted. + +Together the three hastened through a narrow, little-used +corridor and down a flight of well-worn stone steps to a door +that let upon the rear court of the palace. + +There were grooms and servants there, and soldiers too, +who saluted Butzow, according the old shopkeeper and +the smooth-faced young stranger only cursory glances. It +was evident that without his beard it was not likely that +Barney would be again mistaken for the king. + +At the stables Butzow requisitioned three horses, and soon +the trio was galloping through a little-frequented street +toward the northern, hilly environs of Lustadt. They rode +in silence until they came to an old stone building, whose +boarded windows and general appearance of dilapidation +proclaimed its long tenantless condition. Rank weeds, now +rustling dry and yellow in the November wind, choked +what once might have been a luxuriant garden. A stone +wall, which had at one time entirely surrounded the grounds, +had been almost completely removed from the front to serve +as foundation stone for a smaller edifice farther down the +mountainside. + +The horsemen avoided this break in the wall, coming up +instead upon the rear side where their approach was wholly +screened from the building by the wall upon that exposure. + +Close in they dismounted, and leaving the animals in +charge of the shopkeeper of Tafelberg, Barney and Butzow +hastened toward a small postern-gate which swung, groan- +ing, upon a single rusted hinge. Each felt that there was no +time for caution or stratagem. Instead all depended upon +the very boldness and rashness of their attack, and so as +they came through into the courtyard the two dashed +headlong for the building. + +Chance accomplished for them what no amount of careful +execution might have done, and they came within the ruin +unnoticed by the four who occupied the old, darkened +library. + +Possibly the fact that one of the men had himself just +entered and was excitedly talking to the others may have +drowned the noisy approach of the two. However that may +be, it is a fact that Barney and the cavalry officer came to +the very door of the library unheard. + +There they halted, listening. Coblich was speaking. + +"The Regent commands it, Maenck," he was saying. "It is +the only thing that can save our necks. He said that you had +better be the one to do it, since it was your carelessness that +permitted the fellow to escape from Blentz." + +Huddled in a far corner of the room was an abject figure +trembling in terror. At the words of Coblich it staggered to +its feet. It was the king. + +"Have pity--have pity!" he cried. "Do not kill me, and I +will go away where none will ever know that I live. You can +tell Peter that I am dead. Tell him anything, only spare my +life. Oh, why did I ever listen to the cursed fool who +tempted me to think of regaining the crown that has brought +me only misery and suffering--the crown that has now +placed the sentence of death upon me." + +"Why not let him go?" suggested the trooper, who up to +this time had not spoken. "If we don't kill him, we can't be +hanged for his murder." + +"Don't be too sure of that," exclaimed Maenck. "If he +goes away and never returns, what proof can we offer that +we did not kill him, should we be charged with the crime? +And if we let him go, and later he returns and gains his +throne, he will see that we are hanged anyway for treason. + +"The safest thing to do is to put him where he at least +cannot come back to threaten us, and having done so upon +the orders of Peter, let the king's blood be upon Peter's +head. I, at least, shall obey my master, and let you two bear +witness that I did the thing with my own hand." So saying +he drew his sword and crossed toward the king. + +But Captain Ernst Maenck never reached his sovereign. + +As the terrified shriek of the sorry monarch rang through +the interior of the desolate ruin another sound mingled with +it, half-drowning the piercing wail of terror. + +It was the sharp crack of a revolver, and even as it spoke +Maenck lunged awkwardly forward, stumbled, and collapsed +at Leopold's feet. With a moan the king shrank back from +the grisly thing that touched his boot, and then two men +were in the center of the room, and things were happening +with a rapidity that was bewildering. + +About all that he could afterward recall with any distinct- +ness was the terrified face of Coblich, as he rushed past him +toward a door in the opposite side of the room, and the +horrid leer upon the face of the dead trooper, who foolishly, +had made a move to draw his revolver. + + +Within the cathedral at Lustadt excitement was at fever +heat. It lacked but two minutes of noon, and as yet no king +had come to claim the crown. Rumors were running riot +through the close-packed audience. + +One man had heard the king's chamberlain report to Prince +von der Tann that the master of ceremonies had found the +king's apartments vacant when he had gone to urge the +monarch to hasten his preparations for the coronation. + +Another had seen Butzow and two strangers galloping +north through the city. A third told of a little old man who +had come to the king with an urgent message. + +Peter of Blentz and Prince Ludwig were talking in whis- +pers at the foot of the chancel steps. Peter ascended the +steps and facing the assemblage raised a silencing hand. + +"He who claimed to be Leopold of Lutha," he said, "was +but a mad adventurer. He would have seized the throne of +the Rubinroths had his nerve not failed him at the last mo- +ment. He has fled. The true king is dead. Now I, Prince +Regent of Lutha, declare the throne vacant, and announce +myself king!" + +There were a few scattered cheers and some hissing. A +score of the nobles rose as though to protest, but before any +could take a step the attention of all was directed toward +the sorry figure of a white-faced man who scurried up the +broad center aisle. + +It was Coblich. + +He ran to Peter's side, and though he attempted to speak +in a whisper, so out of breath, and so filled with hysterical +terror was he that his words came out in gasps that were +audible to many of those who stood near by. + +"Maenck is dead," he cried. "The impostor has stolen the +king." + +Peter of Blentz went white as his lieutenant. Von der Tann +heard and demanded an explanation. + +"You said that Leopold was dead," he said accusingly. + +Peter regained his self-control quickly. + +"Coblich is excited," he explained. "He means that the +impostor has stolen the body of the king that Coblich and +Maenck had discovered and were bring to Lustadt." + +Von der Tann looked troubled. + +He knew not what to make of the series of wild tales that +had come to his ears within the past hour. He had hoped +that the young man whom he had last seen in the king's +apartments was the true Leopold. He would have been glad +to have served such a one, but there had been many in- +explicable occurrences which tended to cast a doubt upon +the man's claims--and yet, had he ever claimed to be the +king? It suddenly occurred to the old prince that he had +not. On the contrary he had repeatedly stated to Prince +Ludwig's daughter and to Lieutenant Butzow that he was +not Leopold. + +It seemed that they had all been so anxious to believe +him king that they had forced the false position upon him, +and now if he had indeed committed the atrocity that +Coblich charged against him, who could wonder? With less +provocation men had before attempted to seize thrones by +more dastardly means. + +Peter of Blentz was speaking. + +"Let the coronation proceed," he cried, "that Lutha may +have a true king to frustrate the plans of the impostor and +the traitors who had supported him." + +He cast a meaning glance at Prince von der Tann. + +There were many cries for Peter of Blentz. "Let's have +done with treason, and place upon the throne of Lutha +one whom we know to be both a Luthanian and sane. +Down with the mad king! Down with the impostor!" + +Peter turned to ascend the chancel steps. + +Von der Tann still hesitated. Below him upon one side of +the aisle were massed his own retainers. Opposite them were +the men of the Regent, and dividing the two the parallel +ranks of Horse Guards stretched from the chancel down +the broad aisle to the great doors. These were strongly for +the impostor, if impostor he was, who had led them to +victory over the men of the Blentz faction. + +Von der Tann knew that they would fight to the last ditch +for their hero should he come to claim the crown. Yet how +would they fight--to which side would they cleave, were +he to attempt to frustrate the design of the Regent to seize +the throne of Lutha? + +Already Peter of Blentz had approached the bishop, who, +eager to propitiate whoever seemed most likely to become +king, gave the signal for the procession that was to mark +the solemn bearing of the crown of Lutha up the aisle to +the chancel. + +Outside the cathedral there was the sudden blare of +trumpets. The great doors swung violently open, and the +entire throng were upon their feet in an instant as a trooper +of the Royal Horse shouted: "The king! The king! Make +way for Leopold of Lutha!" + + + + +XII + +THE GRATITUDE OF A KING + +AT THE CRY silence fell upon the throng. Every head was +turned toward the great doors through which the head of a +procession was just visible. It was a grim looking procession +--the head of it, at least. + +There were four khaki-clad trumpeters from the Royal +Horse Guards, the gay and resplendent uniforms which they +should have donned today conspicuous for their absence. +From their brazen bugles sounded another loud fanfare, and +then they separated, two upon each side of the aisle, and +between them marched three men. + +One was tall, with gray eyes and had a reddish-brown +beard. He was fully clothed in the coronation robes of Leo- +pold. Upon his either hand walked the others--Lieutenant +Butzow and a gray-eyed, smooth-faced, square-jawed stran- +ger. + +Behind them marched the balance of the Royal Horse +Guards that were not already on duty within the cathedral. +As the eyes of the multitude fell upon the man in the +coronation robes there were cries of: "The king! Impostor!" +and "Von der Tann's puppet!" + +"Denounce him!" whispered one of Peter's henchmen in +his master's ear. + +The Regent moved closer to the aisle, that he might meet +the impostor at the foot of the chancel steps. The pro- +cession was moving steadily up the aisle. + +Among the clan of Von der Tann a young girl with wide +eyes was bending forward that she might have a better +look at the face of the king. As he came opposite her her +eyes filled with horror, and then she saw the eyes of the +smooth-faced stranger at the king's side. They were brave, +laughing eyes, and as they looked straight into her own the +truth flashed upon her, and the girl gave a gasp of dismay +as she realized that the king of Lutha and the king of her +heart were not one and the same. + +At last the head of the procession was almost at the foot +of the chancel steps. There were murmurs of: "It is not +the king," and "Who is this new impostor?" + +Leopold's eyes were searching the faces of the close- +packed nobility about the chancel. At last they fell upon +the face of Peter. The young man halted not two paces +from the Regent. The man went white as the king's eyes +bored straight into his miserable soul. + +"Peter of Blentz," cried the young man, "as God is your +judge, tell the truth today. Who am I?" + +The legs of the Prince Regent trembled. He sank upon +his knees, raising his hands in supplication toward the other. +"Have pity on me, your majesty, have pity!" he cried. + +"Who am I, man?" insisted the king. + +"You are Leopold Rubinroth, sire, by the grace of God, +king of Lutha," cried the frightened man. "Have mercy on +an old man, your majesty." + +"Wait! Am I mad? Was I ever mad?" + +"As God is my judge, sire, no!" replied Peter of Blentz. + +Leopold turned to Butzow. + +"Remove the traitor from our presence," he commanded, +and at a word from the lieutenant a dozen guardsmen +seized the trembling man and hustled him from the cathedral +amid hisses and execrations. + + +Following the coronation the king was closeted in his +private audience chamber in the palace with Prince Lud- +wig. + +"I cannot understand what has happened, even now, your +majesty," the old man was saying. "That you are the true +Leopold is all that I am positive of, for the discomfiture +of Prince Peter evidenced that fact all too plainly. But who +the impostor was who ruled Lutha in your name for two +days, disappearing as miraculously as he came, I cannot +guess. + +"But for another miracle which preserved you for us in +the nick of time he might now be wearing the crown of +Lutha in your stead. Having Peter of Blentz safely in cus- +tody our next immediate task should be to hunt down the +impostor and bring him to justice also; though"--and the +old prince sighed--"he was indeed a brave man, and a +noble figure of a king as he led your troops to battle." + +The king had been smiling as Von der Tann first spoke of +the "impostor," but at the old man's praise of the other's +bravery a slight flush tinged his cheek, and the shadow of +a scowl crossed his brow. + +"Wait," he said, "we shall not have to look far for your +'impostor,'" and summoning an aide he dispatched him for +"Lieutenant Butzow and Mr. Custer." + +A moment later the two entered the audience chamber. +Barney found that Leopold the king, surrounded by com- +forts and safety, was a very different person from Leopold +the fugitive. The weak face now wore an expression of ar- +rogance, though the king spoke most graciously to the +American. + +"Here, Von der Tann," said Leopold, "is your 'impostor.' +But for him I should doubtless be dead by now, or once +again a prisoner at Blentz." + +Barney and Butzow found it necessary to repeat their +stories several times before the old man could fully grasp +all that had transpired beneath his very nose without his +being aware of scarce a single detail of it. + +When he was finally convinced that they were telling the +truth, he extended his hand to the American. + +"I knelt to you once, young man," he said, "and kissed +your hand. I should be filled with bitterness and rage to- +ward you. On the contrary, I find that I am proud to have +served in the retinue of such an impostor as you, for you +upheld the prestige of the house of Rubinroth upon the +battlefield, and though you might have had a crown, you +refused it and brought the true king into his own." + +Leopold sat tapping his foot upon the carpet. It was all +very well if he, the king, chose to praise the American, but +there was no need for old von der Tann to slop over so. +The king did not like it. As a matter of fact, he found him- +self becoming very jealous of the man who had placed him +upon his throne. + +"There is only one thing that I can harbor against you," +continued Prince Ludwig, "and that is that in a single in- +stance you deceived me, for an hour before the coronation +you told me that you were a Rubinroth." + +"I told you, prince," corrected Barney, "that the royal +blood of Rubinroth flowed in my veins, and so it does. I +am the son of the runaway Princess Victoria of Lutha." + +Both Leopold and Ludwig looked their surprise, and to +the king's eyes came a sudden look of fear. With the royal +blood in his veins, what was there to prevent this popular +hero from some day striving for the throne he had once re- +fused? Leopold knew that the minds of men were wont to +change most unaccountably. + +"Butzow," he said suddenly to the lieutenant of horse, +"how many do you imagine know positively that he who +has ruled Lutha for the past two days and he who was +crowned in the cathedral this noon are not one and the +same?" + +"Only a few besides those who are in this room, your +majesty," replied Butzow. "Peter and Coblich have known +it from the first, and then there is Kramer, the loyal old +shopkeeper of Tafelberg, who followed Coblich and Maenck +all night and half a day as they dragged the king to the +hiding-place where we found him. Other than these there +may be those who guess the truth, but there are none who +know." + +For a moment the king sat in thought. Then he rose and +commenced packing back and forth the length of the apart- +ment. + +"Why should they ever know?" he said at last, halting +before the three men who had been standing watching him. +"For the sake of Lutha they should never know that an- +other than the true king sat upon the throne even for an +hour." + +He was thinking of the comparison that might be drawn +between the heroic figure of the American and his own +colorless part in the events which had led up to his corona- +tion. In his heart of hearts he felt that old Von der Tann +rather regretted that the American had not been the king, +and he hated the old man accordingly, and was commenc- +ing to hate the American as well. + +Prince Ludwig stood looking at the carpet after the king +had spoken. His judgment told him that the king's sug- +gestion was a wise one; but he was sorry and ashamed that +it had come from Leopold. Butzow's lips almost showed +the contempt that he felt for the ingratitude of his king. + +Barney Custer was the first to speak. + +"I think his majesty is quite right," he said, "and tonight +I can leave the palace after dark and cross the border some +time tomorrow evening. The people need never know the +truth." + +Leopold looked relieved. + +"We must reward you, Mr. Custer," he said. "Name that +which it lies within our power to grant you and it shall +be yours." + +Barney thought of the girl he loved; but he did not men- +tion her name, for he knew that she was not for him now. + +"There is nothing, your majesty," he said. + +"A money reward," Leopold started to suggest, and then +Barney Custer lost his temper. + +A flush mounted to his face, his chin went up, and there +came to his lips bitter words of sarcasm. With an effort, +however, he held his tongue, and, turning his back upon +the king, his broad shoulders proclaiming the contempt he +felt, he walked slowly out of the room. + +Von der Tann and Butzow and Leopold of Lutha stood +in silence as the American passed out of sight beyond the +portal. + +The manner of his going had been an affront to the king, +and the young ruler had gone red with anger. + +"Butzow," he cried, "bring the fellow back; he shall be +taught a lesson in the deference that is due kings." + +Butzow hesitated. "He has risked his life a dozen times +for your majesty," said the lieutenant. + +Leopold flushed. + +"Do not humiliate him, sire," advised Von der Tann. "He +has earned a greater reward at your hands than that." + +The king resumed his pacing for a moment, coming to a +halt once more before the two. + +"We shall take no notice of his insolence," he said, "and +that shall be our royal reward for his services. More than he +deserves, we dare say, at that." + +As Barney hastened through the palace on his way to his +new quarters to obtain his arms and order his horse sad- +dled, he came suddenly upon a girlish figure gazing sadly +from a window upon the drear November world--her heart +as sad as the day. + +At the sound of his footstep she turned, and as her eyes +met the gray ones of the man she stood poised as though +of half a mind to fly. For a moment neither spoke. + +"Can your highness forgive?" he asked. + +For answer the girl buried her face in her hands and +dropped upon the cushioned window seat before her. The +American came close and knelt at her side. + +"Don't," he begged as he saw her shoulders rise to the +sudden sobbing that racked her slender frame. "Don't!" + +He thought that she wept from mortification that she had +given her kisses to another than the king. + +"None knows," he continued, "what has passed between +us. None but you and I need ever know. I tried to make +you understand that I was not Leopold; but you would +not believe. It is not my fault that I loved you. It is not +my fault that I shall always love you. Tell me that you for- +give me my part in the chain of strange circumstances that +deceived you into an acknowledgment of a love that you +intended for another. Forgive me, Emma!" + +Down the corridor behind them a tall figure approached +on silent, noiseless feet. At sight of the two at the window +seat it halted. It was the king. + +The girl looked up suddenly into the eyes of the Ameri- +can bending so close above her. + +"I can never forgive you," she cried, "for not being the +king, for I am betrothed to him--and I love you!" + +Before she could prevent him, Barney Custer had taken +her in his arms, and though at first she made a pretense of +attempting to escape, at last she lay quite still. Her arms +found their way about the man's neck, and her lips returned +the kisses that his were showering upon her upturned mouth. + +Presently her glance wandered above the shoulder of the +American, and of a sudden her eyes filled with terror, and, +with a little gasp of consternation, she struggled to free her- +self. + +"Let me go!" she whispered. "Let me go--the king!" + +Barney sprang to his feet and, turning, faced Leopold. +The king had gone quite white. + +"Failing to rob me of my crown," he cried in a trembling +voice, "you now seek to rob me of my betrothed! Go to +your father at once, and as for you--you shall learn what +it means for you thus to meddle in the affairs of kings." + +Barney saw the terrible position in which his love had +placed the Princess Emma. His only thought now was for +her. Bowing low before her he spoke so that the king might +hear, yet as though his words were for her ears alone. + +"Your highness knows the truth, now," he said, "and that +after all I am not the king. I can only ask that you will +forgive me the deception. Now go to your father as the +king commands." + +Slowly the girl turned away. Her heart was torn between +love for this man, and her duty toward the other to whom +she had been betrothed in childhood. The hereditary in- +stinct of obedience to her sovereign was strong within her, +and the bonds of custom and society held her in their re- +lentless shackles. With a sob she passed up the corridor, +curtsying to the king as she passed him. + +When she had gone Leopold turned to the American. +There was an evil look in the little gray eyes of the monarch. + +"You may go your way," he said coldly. "We shall give +you forty-eight hours to leave Lutha. Should you ever re- +turn your life shall be the forfeit." + +The American kept back the hot words that were ready +upon the end of his tongue. For her sake he must bow to +fate. With a slight inclination of his head toward Leopold +he wheeled and resumed his way toward his quarters. + +Half an hour later as he was about to descend to the +courtyard where a trooper of the Royal Horse held his +waiting mount, Butzow burst suddenly into his room. + +"For God's sake," cried the lieutenant, "get out of this. +The king has changed his mind, and there is an officer of the +guard on his way here now with a file of soldiers to place +you under arrest. Leopold swears that he will hang you for +treason. Princess Emma has spurned him, and he is wild +with rage." + +The dismal November twilight had given place to bleak +night as two men cantered from the palace courtyard and +turned their horses' heads northward toward Lutha's nearest +boundary. All night they rode, stopping at daylight before a +distant farm to feed and water their mounts and snatch a +mouthful for themselves. Then onward once again they +pressed in their mad flight. + +Now that day had come they caught occasional glimpses +of a body of horsemen far behind them, but the border was +near, and their start such that there was no danger of their +being overtaken. + +"For the thousandth time, Butzow," said one of the men, +"will you turn back before it is too late?" + +But the other only shook his head obstinately, and so +they came to the great granite monument which marks the +boundary between Lutha and her powerful neighbor upon +the north. + +Barney held out his hand. "Good-bye, old man," he said. +"If I've learned the ingratitude of kings here in Lutha, I +have found something that more than compensates me-- +the friendship of a brave man. Now hurry back and tell them +that I escaped across the border just as I was about to fall +into your hands and they will think that you have been +pursuing me instead of aiding in my escape across the +border." + +But again Butzow shook his head. + +"I have fought shoulder to shoulder with you, my friend," +he said. "I have called you king, and after that I could +never serve the coward who sits now upon the throne of +Lutha. I have made up my mind during this long ride from +Lustadt, and I have come to the decision that I should pre- +fer to raise corn in Nebraska with you rather than serve in +the court of an ingrate." + +"Well, you are an obstinate Dutchman, after all," replied +the American with a smile, placing his hand affectionately +upon the shoulder of his comrade. + +There was a clatter of horses' hoofs upon the gravel of +the road behind them. + +The two men put spurs to their mounts, and Barney +Custer galloped across the northern boundary of Lutha just +ahead of a troop of Luthanian cavalry, as had his father +thirty years before; but a royal princess had accompanied +the father--only a soldier accompanied the son. + + + + + +PART II + + +I + +BARNEY RETURNS TO LUTHA + +"WHAT'S THE MATTER, Vic?" asked Barney Custer of his +sister. "You look peeved." + +"I am peeved," replied the girl, smiling. "I am terribly +peeved. I don't want to play bridge this afternoon. I want +to go motoring with Lieutenant Butzow. This is his last +day with us." + +"Yes. I know it is, and I hate to think of it," replied +Barney; "but why in the world do you have to play bridge +if you don't want to?" + +"I promised Margaret that I'd go. They're short one, and +she's coming after me in her car." + +"Where are you going to play--at the champion lady +bridge player's on Fourth Street?" asked Barney, grinning. + +His sister answered with a nod and a smile. "Where you +brought down the wrath of the lady champion upon your +head the other night when you were letting your mind +wander across to Lutha and the Old Forest, instead of +paying attention to the game," she added. + +"Well, cheer up, Vic," cried her brother. "Bert'll probably +set fire to the car, the way he did to their first one, and +then you won't have to go." + +"Oh, yes, I would; Margaret would send him after me +in that awful-looking, unwashed Ford runabout of his," an- +swered the girl. + +"And then you WOULD go," said Barney. + +"You bet I would," laughed Victoria. "I'd go in a wheel- +barrow with Bert." + +But she didn't have to; and after she had driven off with +her chum, Barney and Butzow strolled down through the +little city of Beatrice to the corn mill in which the former +was interested. + +"I'm mighty sorry that you have to leave us, Butzow," +said Barney's partner. "It's bad enough to lose you, but I'm +afraid it will mean the loss of Barney, too. He's been hunt- +ing for some excuse to get back to Lutha, and with you +there and a war in sight I'm afraid nothing can hold him." + +"I don't know but that it may be just as well for my +friends here that I leave," said Butzow seriously. "I did not +tell you, Barney, all there is in this letter"--he tapped his +breastpocket, where the foreign-looking envelope reposed +with its contents. + +Custer looked at him inquiringly. + +"Besides saying that war between Austria and Serbia +seems unavoidable and that Lutha doubtless will be drawn +into it, my informant warns me that Leopold had sent +emissaries to America to search for you, Barney, and my- +self. What his purpose may be my friend does not know, +but he warns us to be upon our guard. Von der Tann wants +me to return to Lutha. He has promised to protect me, +and with the country in danger there is nothing else for +me to do. I must go." + +"I wish I could go with you," said Barney. "If it wasn't +for this dinged old mill I would; but Bert wants to go +away this summer, and as I have been away most of the +time for the past two years, it's up to me to stay." + +As the three men talked the afternoon wore on. Heavy +clouds gathered in the sky; a storm was brewing. Outside, a +man, skulking behind a box car on the siding, watched the +entrance through which the three had gone. He watched +the workmen, and as quitting time came and he saw them +leaving for their homes he moved more restlessly, trans- +ferring the package which he held from one hand to an- +other many times, yet always gingerly. + +At last all had left. The man started from behind the box +car, only to jump back as the watchman appeared around +the end of one of the buildings. He watched the guardian +of the property make his rounds; he saw him enter his of- +fice, and then he crept forward toward the building, hold- +ing his queer package in his right hand. + +In the office the watchman came upon the three friends. +At sight of him they looked at one another in surprise. + +"Why, what time is it?" exclaimed Custer, and as he +looked at his watch he rose with a laugh. "Late to dinner +again," he cried. "Come on, we'll go out this other way." +And with a cheery good night to the watchman Barney +and his friends hastened from the building. + +Upon the opposite side the stranger approached the door- +way to the mill. The rain was falling in blinding sheets. +Ominously the thunder roared. Vivid flashes of lightning +shot the heavens. The watchman, coming suddenly from +the doorway, his hat brim pulled low over his eyes, passed +within a couple of paces of the stranger without seeing him. + +Five minutes later there was a blinding glare accompanied +by a deafening roar. It was as though nature had marshaled +all her forces in one mighty, devastating effort. At the same +instant the walls of the great mill burst asunder, a nebulous +mass of burning gas shot heavenward, and then the flames +settled down to complete the destruction of the ruin. + +It was the following morning that Victoria and Barney +Custer, with Lieutenant Butzow and Custer's partner, stood +contemplating the smoldering wreckage. + +"And to think," said Barney, "that yesterday this muss +was the largest corn mill west of anywhere. I guess we +can both take vacations now, Bert." + +"Who would have thought that a single bolt of lightning +could have resulted in such havoc?" mused Victoria. + +"Who would?" agreed Lieutenant Butzow, and then, with +a sudden narrowing of his eyes and a quick glance at Bar- +ney, "if it WAS lightning." + +The American looked at the Luthanian. "You think--" he +started. + +"I don't dare think," replied Butzow, "because of the +fear of what this may mean to you and Miss Victoria if it +was not lightning that destroyed the mill. I shouldn't have +spoken of it but that it may urge you to greater caution, +which I cannot but think is most necessary since the warn- +ing I received from Lutha." + +"Why should Leopold seek to harm me now?" asked Bar- +ney. "It has been almost two years since you and I placed +him upon his throne, only to be rewarded with threats and +hatred. In that time neither of us has returned to Lutha +nor in any way conspired against the king. I cannot fathom +his motives." + +"There is the Princess Emma von der Tann," Butzow +reminded him. "She still repulses him. He may think that, +with you removed definitely and permanently, all will then +be plain sailing for him in that direction. Evidently he does +not know the princess." + + +An hour later they were all bidding Butzow good-bye at +the station. Victoria Custer was genuinely grieved to see +him go, for she liked this soldierly young officer of the Royal +Horse Guards immensely. + +"You must come back to America soon," she urged. + +He looked down at her from the steps of the moving train. +There was something in his expression that she had never +seen there before. + +"I want to come back soon," he answered, "to--to Bea- +trice," and he flushed and smiled at his own stumbling +tongue. + +For about a week Barney Custer moped disconsolately, +principally about the ruins of the corn mill. He was in every- +one's way and accomplished nothing. + +"I was never intended for a captain of industry," he con- +fided to his partner for the hundredth time. "I wish some +excuse would pop up to which I might hang a reason for +beating it to Europe. There's something doing there. Nearly +everybody has declared war upon everybody else, and here +I am stagnating in peace. I'd even welcome a tornado." + +His excuse was to come sooner than he imagined. That +night, after the other members of his family had retired, +Barney sat smoking within a screened porch off the living- +room. His thoughts were upon a trim little figure in riding +togs, as he had first seen it nearly two years before, clinging +desperately to a runaway horse upon the narrow mountain +road above Tafelberg. + +He lived that thrilling experience through again as he had +many times before. He even smiled as he recalled the series +of events that had resulted from his resemblance to the mad +king of Lutha. + +They had come to a culmination at the time when the +king, whom Barney had placed upon a throne at the risk +of his own life, discovered that his savior loved the girl to +whom the king had been betrothed since childhood and +that the girl returned the American's love even after she +knew that he had but played the part of a king. + +Barney's cigar, forgotten, had long since died out. Not +even its former fitful glow proclaimed his presence upon the +porch, whose black shadows completely enveloped him. Be- +fore him stretched a wide acreage of lawn, tree dotted at +the side of the house. Bushes hid the stone wall that +marked the boundary of the Custer grounds and extended +here and there out upon the sward among the trees. The +night was moonless but clear. A faint light pervaded the +scene. + +Barney sat staring straight ahead, but his gaze did not +stop upon the familiar objects of the foreground. Instead it +spanned two continents and an ocean to rest upon the little +spot of woodland and rugged mountain and lowland that +is Lutha. It was with an effort that the man suddenly focused +his attention upon that which lay directly before him. A +shadow among the trees had moved! + +Barney Custer sat perfectly still, but now he was sud- +denly alert and watchful. Again the shadow moved where +no shadow should be moving. It crossed from the shade of +one tree to another. Barney came cautiously to his feet. +Silently he entered the house, running quickly to a side door +that opened upon the grounds. As he drew it back its +hinges gave forth no sound. Barney looked toward the spot +where he had seen the shadow. Again he saw it scuttle +hurriedly beneath another tree nearer the house. This time +there was no doubt. It was a man! + +Directly before the door where Barney stood was a per- +gola, ivy-covered. Behind this he slid, and, running its +length, came out among the trees behind the night prowler. +Now he saw him distinctly. The fellow was bearded, and +in his right hand he carried a package. Instantly Barney +recalled Butzow's comment upon the destruction of the mill +--"if it WAS lightning!" + +Cold sweat broke from every pore of his body. His mother +and father were there in the house, and Vic--all sleeping +peacefully. He ran quickly toward the menacing figure, +and as he did so he saw the other halt behind a great tree +and strike a match. In the glow of the flame he saw it +touch close to the package that the fellow held, and then he +was upon him. + +There was a brief and terrific struggle. The stranger hurled +the package toward the house. Barney caught him by the +throat, beating him heavily in the face; and then, realizing +what the package was, he hurled the fellow from him, and +sprang toward the hissing and sputtering missile where it +lay close to the foundation wall of the house, though in the +instant of his close contact with the man he had recognized +through the disguising beard the features of Captain Ernst +Maenck, the principal tool of Peter of Blentz. + +Quick though Barney was to reach the bomb and ex- +tinguish the fuse, Maenck had disappeared before he re- +turned to search for him; and, though he roused the gardener +and chauffeur and took turns with them in standing guard +the balance of the night, the would-be assassin did not +return. + +There was no question in Barney Custer's mind as to +whom the bomb was intended for. That Maenck had hurled +it toward the house after Barney had seized him was merely +the result of accident and the man's desire to get the death- +dealing missile as far from himself as possible before it ex- +ploded. That it would have wrecked the house in the hope +of reaching him, had he not fortunately interfered, was too +evident to the American to be questioned. + +And so he decided before the night was spent to put him- +self as far from his family as possible, lest some future +attempt upon his life might endanger theirs. Then, too, +righteous anger and a desire for revenge prompted his de- +cision. He would run Maenck to earth and have an ac- +counting with him. It was evident that his life would not +be worth a farthing so long as the fellow was at liberty. + +Before dawn he swore the gardener and chauffeur to si- +lence, and at breakfast announced his intention of leaving +that day for New York to seek a commission as correspondent +with an old classmate, who owned the New York Evening +National. At the hotel Barney inquired of the proprietor +relative to a bearded stranger, but the man had had no one +of that description registered. Chance, however, gave him a +clue. His roadster was in a repair shop, and as he stopped +in to get it he overheard a conversation that told him all +he wanted to know. As he stood talking with the foreman +a dust-covered automobile pulled into the garage. + +"Hello, Bill," called the foreman to the driver. "Where +you been so early?" + +"Took a guy to Lincoln," replied the other. "He was in +an awful hurry. I bet we broke all the records for that +stretch of road this morning--I never knew the old boat +had it in her." + +"Who was it?" asked Barney. + +"I dunno," replied the driver. "Talked like a furriner, and +looked the part. Bushy black beard. Said he was a German +army officer, an' had to beat it back on account of the war. +Seemed to me like he was mighty anxious to get back there +an' be killed." + +Barney waited to hear no more. He did not even go +home to say good-bye to his family. Instead he leaped into +his gray roadster--a later model of the one he had lost in +Lutha--and the last that Beatrice, Nebraska, saw of him +was a whirling cloud of dust as he raced north out of town +toward Lincoln. + +He was five minutes too late into the capital city to catch +the eastbound limited that Maenck must have taken; but +he caught the next through train for Chicago, and the +second day thereafter found him in New York. There he +had little difficulty in obtaining the desired credentials from +his newspaper friend, especially since Barney offered to pay +all his own expenses and donate to the paper anything he +found time to write. + +Passenger steamers were still sailing, though irregularly, +and after scanning the passenger-lists of three he found the +name he sought. "Captain Ernst Maenck, Lutha." So he had +not been mistaken, after all. It was Maenck he had appre- +hended on his father's grounds. Evidently the man had little +fear of being followed, for he had made no effort to hide +his identity in booking passage for Europe. + +The steamer he had caught had sailed that very morning. +Barney was not so sorry, after all, for he had had time +during his trip from Beatrice to do considerable thinking, +and had found it rather difficult to determine just what to +do should he have overtaken Maenck in the United States. +He couldn't kill the man in cold blood, justly as he may +have deserved the fate, and the thought of causing his ar- +rest and dragging his own name into the publicity of court +proceedings was little less distasteful to him. + +Furthermore, the pursuit of Maenck now gave Barney a +legitimate excuse for returning to Lutha, or at least to the +close neighborhood of the little kingdom, where he might +await the outcome of events and be ready to give his services +in the cause of the house of Von der Tann should they be +required. + +By going directly to Italy and entering Austria from that +country Barney managed to arrive within the boundaries of +the dual monarchy with comparatively few delays. Nor did +he encounter any considerable bodies of troops until he +reached the little town of Burgova, which lies not far from the +Serbian frontier. Beyond this point his credentials would +not carry him. The emperor's officers were polite, but firm. +No newspaper correspondents could be permitted nearer +the front than Burgova. + +There was nothing to be done, therefore, but wait until +some propitious event gave him the opportunity to approach +more closely the Serbian boundary and Lutha. In the mean- +time he would communicate with Butzow, who might be +able to obtain passes for him to some village nearer the +Luthanian frontier, when it should be an easy matter to +cross through to Serbia. He was sure the Serbian authori- +ties would object less strenuously to his presence. + +The inn at which he applied for accommodations was al- +ready overrun by officers, but the proprietor, with scant +apologies for a civilian, offered him a little box of a room in +the attic. The place was scarce more than a closet, and for +that Barney was in a way thankful since the limited space +could accommodate but a single cot, thus insuring him the +privacy that a larger chamber would have precluded. + +He was very tired after his long and comfortless land +journey, so after an early dinner he went immediately to +his room and to bed. How long he slept he did not know, +but some time during the night he was awakened by the +sound of voices apparently close to his ear. + +For a moment he thought the speakers must be in his +own room, so distinctly did he overhear each word of their +conversation; but presently he discovered that they were +upon the opposite side of a thin partition in an adjoining +room. But half awake, and with the sole idea of getting +back to sleep again as quickly as possible, Barney paid only +the slightest attention to the meaning of the words that fell +upon his ears, until, like a bomb, a sentence broke through +his sleepy faculties, banishing Morpheus upon the instant. + +"It will take but little now to turn Leopold against Von +der Tann." The speaker evidently was an Austrian. "Already +I have half convinced him that the old man aspires to the +throne. Leopold fears the loyalty of his army, which is for +Von der Tann body and soul. He knows that Von der Tann +is strongly anti-Austrian, and I have made it plain to him +that if he allows his kingdom to take sides with Serbia he +will have no kingdom when the war is over--it will be a +part of Austria. + +"It was with greater difficulty, however, my dear Peter, +that I convinced him that you, Von Coblich, and Captain +Maenck were his most loyal friends. He fears you yet, but, +nevertheless, he has pardoned you all. Do not forget when +you return to your dear Lutha that you owe your repatria- +tion to Count Zellerndorf of Austria." + +"You may be assured that we shall never forget," replied +another voice that Barney recognized at once as belonging +to Prince Peter of Blentz, the one time regent of Lutha. + +"It is not for myself," continued Count Zellerndorf, "that I +crave your gratitude, but for my emperor. You may do +much to win his undying gratitude, while for yourselves +you may win to almost any height with the friendship of +Austria behind you. I am sure that should any accident, +which God forfend, deprive Lutha of her king, none would +make a more welcome successor in the eyes of Austria than +our good friend Peter." + +Barney could almost see the smile of satisfaction upon the +thin lips of Peter of Blentz as this broad hint fell from the +lips of the Austrian diplomat--a hint that seemed to the +American little short of the death sentence of Leopold, King +of Lutha. + +"We owed you much before, count," said Peter. "But for +you we should have been hanged a year ago--without your +aid we should never have been able to escape from the +fortress of Lustadt or cross the border into Austria-Hungary. +I am sorry that Maenck failed in his mission, for had he +not we would have had concrete evidence to present to the +king that we are indeed his loyal supporters. It would have +dispelled at once such fears and doubts as he may still +entertain of our fealty." + +"Yes, I, too, am sorry," agreed Zellerndorf. "I can assure +you that the news we hoped Captain Maenck would bring +from America would have gone a long way toward re- +storing you to the confidence and good graces of the king." + +"I did my best," came another voice that caused Barney's +eyes to go wide in astonishment, for it was none other than +the voice of Maenck himself. "Twice I risked hanging to +get him and only came away after I had been recognized." + +"It is too bad," sighed Zellerndorf; "though it may not be +without its advantages after all, for now we still have this +second bugbear to frighten Leopold with. So long, of course, +as the American lives there is always the chance that he +may return and seek to gain the throne. The fact that his +mother was a Rubinroth princess might make it easy for +Von der Tann to place him upon the throne without much +opposition, and if he married the old man's daughter it is +easy to conceive that the prince might favor such a move. +At any rate, it should not be difficult to persuade Leopold +of the possibility of such a thing. + +"Under the circumstances Leopold is almost convinced +that his only hope of salvation lies in cementing friendly +relations with the most powerful of Von der Tann's enemies, +of which you three gentlemen stand preeminently in the +foreground, and of assuring to himself the support of Aus- +tria. And now, gentlemen," he went on after a pause, "good +night. I have handed Prince Peter the necessary military +passes to carry you safely through our lines, and tomorrow +you may be in Blentz if you wish." + + + + +II + +CONDEMNED TO DEATH + +FOR SOME time Barney Custer lay there in the dark revolv- +ing in his mind all that he had overheard through the parti- +tion--the thin partition which alone lay between himself +and three men who would be only too glad to embrace the +first opportunity to destroy him. But his fears were not for +himself so much as for the daughter of old Von der Tann, +and for all that might befall that princely house were these +three unhung rascals to gain Lutha and have their way +with the weak and cowardly king who reigned there. + +If he could but reach Von der Tann's ear and through +him the king before the conspirators came to Lutha! But +how might he accomplish it? Count Zellerndorf's parting +words to the three had shown that military passes were +necessary to enable one to reach Lutha. + +His papers were practically worthless even inside the lines. +That they would carry him through the lines he had not +the slightest hope. There were two things to be accomplished +if possible. One was to cross the frontier into Lutha; and +the other, which of course was quite out of the question, +was to prevent Peter of Blentz, Von Coblich, and Maenck +from doing so. But was that altogether impossible? + +The idea that followed that question came so suddenly +that it brought Barney Custer out onto the floor in a bound, +to don his clothes and sneak into the hall outside his room +with the stealth of a professional second-story man. + +To the right of his own door was the door to the apart- +ment in which the three conspirators slept. At least, Barney +hoped they slept. He bent close to the keyhole and lis- +tened. From within came no sound other than the regular +breathing of the inmates. It had been at least half an hour +since the American had heard the conversation cease. A +glance through the keyhole showed no light within the +room. Stealthily Barney turned the knob. Had they bolted +the door? He felt the tumbler move to the pressure-- +soundlessly. Then he pushed gently inward. The door swung. + +A moment later he stood in the room. Dimly he could +see two beds--a large one and a smaller. Peter of Blentz +would be alone upon the smaller bed, his henchmen sleep- +ing together in the larger. Barney crept toward the lone +sleeper. At the bedside he fumbled in the dark groping for +the man's clothing--for the coat, in the breastpocket of +which he hoped to find the military pass that might carry +him safely out of Austria-Hungary and into Lutha. On the +foot of the bed he found some garments. Gingerly he felt +them over, seeking the coat. + +At last he found it. His fingers, steady even under the +nervous tension of this unaccustomed labor, discovered the +inner pocket and the folded paper. There were several of +them; Barney took them all. + +So far he made no noise. None of the sleepers had stirred. +Now he took a step toward the doorway and--kicked a +shoe that lay in his path. The slight noise in that quiet room +sounded to Barney's ears like the fall of a brick wall. Peter +of Blentz stirred, turning in his sleep. Behind him Barney +heard one of the men in the other bed move. He turned his +head in that direction. Either Maenck or Coblich was sitting +up peering through the darkness. + +"Is that you, Prince Peter?" The voice was Maenck's. + +"What's the matter?" persisted Maenck. + +"I'm going for a drink of water," replied the American, +and stepped toward the door. + +Behind him Peter of Blentz sat up in bed. + +"That you, Maenck?" he called. + +Instantly Maenck was out of bed, for the first voice had +come from the vicinity of the doorway; both could not be +Peter's. + +"Quick!" he cried; "there's someone in our room." + +Barney leaped for the doorway, and upon his heels came +the three conspirators. Maenck was closest to him--so close +that Barney was forced to turn at the top of the stairs. In +the darkness he was just conscious of the form of the man +who was almost upon him. Then he swung a vicious blow +for the other's face--a blow that landed, for there was a +cry of pain and anger as Maenck stumbled back into the +arms of the two behind him. From below came the sound +of footsteps hurrying up the stairs to the accompaniment +of a clanking saber. Barney's retreat was cut off. + +Turning, he dodged into his own room before the enemy +could locate him or even extricate themselves from the con- +fusion of Maenck's sudden collision with the other two. But +what could Barney gain by the slight delay that would be +immediately followed by his apprehension? + +He didn't know. All that he was sure of was that there +had been no other place to go than this little room. As he +entered the first thing that his eyes fell upon was the small +square window. Here at least was some slight encourage- +ment. + +He ran toward it. The lower sash was raised. As the +door behind him opened to admit Peter of Blentz and his +companions, Barney slipped through into the night, hanging +by his hands from the sill without. What lay beneath or +how far the drop he could not guess, but that certain death +menaced him from above he knew from the conversation he +had overheard earlier in the evening. + +For an instant he hung suspended. He heard the men +groping about the room. Evidently they were in some fear +of the unknown assailant they sought, for they did not +move about with undue rashness. Presently one of them +struck a light--Barney could see its flare lighten the window +casing for an instant. + +"The room is empty," came a voice from above him. + +"Look to the window!" cried Peter of Blentz, and then +Barney Custer let go his hold upon the sill and dropped +into the blackness below. + +His fall was a short one, for the window had been di- +rectly over a low shed at the side of the inn. Upon the +roof of this the American landed, and from there he dropped +to the courtyard without mishap. Glancing up, he saw the +heads of three men peering from the window of the room +he had just quitted. + +"There he is!" cried one, and instantly the three turned +back into the room. As Barney fled from the courtyard he +heard the rattle of hasty footsteps upon the rickety stairway +of the inn. + +Choosing an alley rather than a street in which he might +run upon soldiers at any moment, he moved quickly yet +cautiously away from the inn. Behind him he could hear +the voices of many men. They were raised to a high pitch +by excitement. It was clear to Barney that there were many +more than the original three--Prince Peter had, in all proba- +bility, enlisted the aid of the military. + +Could he but reach the frontier with his stolen passes he +would be comparatively safe, for the rugged mountains of +Lutha offered many places of concealment, and, too, there +were few Luthanians who did not hate Peter of Blentz +most cordially--among the men of the mountains at least. +Once there he could defy a dozen Blentz princes for the little +time that would be required to carry him into Serbia and +comparative safety. + +As he approached a cross street a couple of squares from +the inn he found it necessary to pass beneath a street lamp. +For a moment he paused in the shadows of the alley listen- +ing. Hearing nothing moving in the street, Barney was about +to make a swift spring for the shadows upon the opposite +side when it occurred to him that it might be safer to make +assurance doubly sure by having a look up and down the +street before emerging into the light. + +It was just as well that he did, for as he thrust his head +around the corner of the building the first thing that his eyes +fell upon was the figure of an Austrian sentry, scarcely three +paces from him. The soldier was standing in a listening +attitude, his head half turned away from the American. The +sounds coming from the direction of the inn were apparently +what had attracted his attention. + +Behind him, Barney was sure he heard evidences of pur- +suit. Before him was certain detection should he attempt to +cross the street. On either hand rose the walls of buildings. +That he was trapped there seemed little doubt. + +He continued to stand motionless, watching the Austrian +soldier. Should the fellow turn toward him, he had but to +withdraw his head within the shadow of the building that +hid his body. Possibly the man might turn and take his beat +in the opposite direction. In which case Barney was sure +he could dodge across the street, undetected. + +Already the vague threat of pursuit from the direction of +the inn had developed into a certainty--he could hear men +moving toward him through the alley from the rear. Would +the sentry never move! Evidently not, until he heard the +others coming through the alley. Then he would turn, and +the devil would be to pay for the American. + +Barney was about hopeless. He had been in the war zone +long enough to know that it might prove a very disagreeable +matter to be caught sneaking through back alleys at night. +There was a single chance--a sort of forlorn hope--and that +was to risk fate and make a dash beneath the sentry's nose +for the opposite alley mouth. + +"Well, here goes," thought Barney. He had heard that +many of the Austrians were excellent shots. Visions of Bea- +trice, Nebraska, swarmed his memory. They were pleasant +visions, made doubly alluring by the thought that the reali- +ties of them might never again be for him. + +He turned once more toward the sounds of pursuit--the +men upon his track could not be over a square away--there +was not an instant to be lost. And then from above him, +upon the opposite side of the alley, came a low: "S-s-t!" + +Barney looked up. Very dimly he could see the dark out- +line of a window some dozen feet from the pavement, and +framed within it the lighter blotch that might have been a +human face. Again came the challenging: "S-s-t!" Yes, there +was someone above, signaling to him. + +"S-s-t!" replied Barney. He knew that he had been dis- +covered, and could think of no better plan for throwing the +discoverer off his guard than to reply. + +Then a soft voice floated down to him--a woman's voice! + +"Is that you?" The tongue was Serbian. Barney could +understand it, though he spoke it but indifferently. + +"Yes," he replied truthfully. + +"Thank Heaven!" came the voice from above. "I have +been watching you, and thought you one of the Austrian +pigs. Quick! They are coming--I can hear them;" and at +the same instant Barney saw something drop from the win- +dow to the ground. He crossed the alley quickly, and could +have shouted in relief for what he found there--the end of +a knotted rope dangling from above. + +His pursuers were almost upon him when he seized the +rude ladder to clamber upward. At the window's ledge a +firm, young hand reached out and, seizing his own, almost +dragged him through the window. He turned to look back +into the alley. He had been just in time; the Austrian sentry, +alarmed by the sound of approaching footsteps down the +alley, had stepped into view. He stood there now with +leveled rifle, a challenge upon his lips. From the advancing +party came a satisfactory reply. + +At the same instant the girl beside him in the Stygian +blackness of the room threw her arms about Barney's neck +and drew his face down to hers. + +"Oh, Stefan," she whispered, "what a narrow escape! It +makes me tremble to think of it. They would have shot you, +my Stefan!" + +The American put an arm about the girl's shoulders, and +raised one hand to her cheek--it might have been in caress, +but it wasn't. It was to smother the cry of alarm he antici- +pated would follow the discovery that he was not "Stefan." +He bent his lips close to her ear. + +"Do not make an outcry," he whispered in very poor +Serbian. "I am not Stefan; but I am a friend." + +The exclamation of surprise or fright that he had expected +was not forthcoming. The girl lowered her arms from about +his neck. + +"Who are you?" she asked in a low whisper. + +"I am an American war correspondent," replied Barney, +"but if the Austrians get hold of me now it will be mighty +difficult to convince them that I am not a spy." And then a +sudden determination came to him to trust his fate to this +unknown girl, whose face, even, he had never seen. "I am +entirely at your mercy," he said. "There are Austrian soldiers +in the street below. You have but to call to them to send +me before the firing squad--or, you can let me remain here +until I can find an opportunity to get away in safety. I am +trying to reach Serbia." + +"Why do you wish to reach Serbia?" asked the girl sus- +piciously. + +"I have discovered too many enemies in Austria tonight +to make it safe for me to remain," he replied, "and, further, +my original intention was to report the war from the Serbian +side." + +The girl hesitated for a while, evidently in thought. + +"They are moving on," suggested Barney. "If you are +going to give me up you'd better do it at once." + +"I'm not going to give you up," replied the girl. "I'm going +to keep you prisoner until Stefan returns--he will know best +what to do with you. Now you must come with me and be +locked up. Do not try to escape--I have a revolver in my +hand," and to give her prisoner physical proof of the weapon +he could not see she thrust the muzzle against his side. + +"I'll take your word for the gun," said Barney, "if you'll +just turn it in the other direction. Go ahead--I'll follow you." + +"No, you won't," replied the girl. "You'll go first; but +before that you'll raise your hands above your head. I want +to search you." + +Barney did as he was bid and a moment later felt deft +fingers running over his clothing in search of concealed +weapons. Satisfied at last that he was unarmed, the girl +directed him to precede her, guiding his steps from behind +with a hand upon his arm. Occasionally he felt the muzzle +of her revolver touch his body. It was a most unpleasant +sensation. + +They crossed the room to a door which his captor directed +him to open, and after they had passed through and she had +closed it behind them the girl struck a match and lit a candle +which stood upon a little bracket on the partition wall. The +dim light of the tallow dip showed Barney that he was in a +narrow hall from which several doors opened into different +rooms. At one end of the hall a stairway led to the floor +below, while at the opposite end another flight disappeared +into the darkness above. + +"This way," said the girl, motioning toward the stairs +that led upward. + +Barney had turned toward her as she struck the match, +obtaining an excellent view of her features. They were clear- +cut and regular. Her eyes were large and very dark. Dark +also was her hair, which was piled in great heaps upon her +finely shaped head. Altogether the face was one not easily +to be forgotten. Barney could scarce have told whether the +girl was beautiful or not, but that she was striking there +could be no doubt. + +He preceded her up the stairway to a door at the top. At +her direction he turned the knob and entered a small room +in which was a cot, an ancient dresser and a single chair. + +"You will remain here," she said, "until Stefan returns. +Stefan will know what to do with you." Then she left him, +taking the light with her, and Barney heard a key turn in +the lock of the door after she had closed it. Presently her +footfalls died out as she descended to the lower floors. + +"Anyhow," thought the American, "this is better than the +Austrians. I don't know what Stefan will do with me, but I +have a rather vivid idea of what the Austrians would have +done to me if they'd caught me sneaking through the alleys +of Burgova at midnight." + +Throwing himself on the cot Barney was soon asleep, for +though his predicament was one that, under ordinary cir- +cumstances might have made sleep impossible, yet he had +so long been without the boon of slumber that tired nature +would no longer be denied. + +When he awoke it was broad daylight. The sun was +pouring in through a skylight in the ceiling of his tiny +chamber. Aside from this there were no windows in the +room. The sound of voices came to him with an uncanny +distinctness that made it seem that the speakers must be in +this very chamber, but a glance about the blank walls con- +vinced him that he was alone. + +Presently he espied a small opening in the wall at the +head of his cot. He rose and examined it. The voices ap- +peared to be coming from it. In fact, they were. The opening +was at the top of a narrow shaft that seemed to lead to +the basement of the structure--apparently once the shaft of +a dumb-waiter or a chute for refuse or soiled clothes. + +Barney put his ear close to it. The voices that came from +below were those of a man and a woman. He heard every +word distinctly. + +"We must search the house, fraulein," came in the deep +voice of a man. + +"Whom do you seek?" inquired a woman's voice. Barney +recognized it as the voice of his captor. + +"A Serbian spy, Stefan Drontoff," replied the man. "Do +you know him?" + +There was a considerable pause on the girl's part before +she answered, and then her reply was in such a low voice +that Barney could barely hear it. + +"I do not know him," she said. "There are several men +who lodge here. What may this Stefan Drontoff look like?" + +"I have never seen him," replied the officer; "but by ar- +resting all the men in the house we must get this Stefan +also, if he is here." + +"Oh!" cried the girl, a new note in her voice, "I guess I +know now whom you mean. There is one man here I have +heard them call Stefan, though for the moment I had for- +gotten it. He is in the small attic-room at the head of the +stairs. Here is a key that will fit the lock. Yes, I am sure +that he is Stefan. You will find him there, and it should be +easy to take him, for I know that he is unarmed. He told +me so last night when he came in." + +"The devil!" muttered Barney Custer; but whether he +referred to his predicament or to the girl it would be im- +possible to tell. Already the sound of heavy boots on the +stairs announced the coming of men--several of them. Bar- +ney heard the rattle of accouterments--the clank of a scab- +bard--the scraping of gun butts against the walls. The +Austrians were coming! + +He looked about. There was no way of escape except the +door and the skylight, and the door was impossible. + +Quickly he tilted the cot against the door, wedging its +legs against a crack in the floor--that would stop them for a +minute or two. then he wheeled the dresser beneath the sky- +light and, placing the chair on top of it, scrambled to the +seat of the latter. His head was at the height of the sky- +light. to force the skylight from its frame required but a +moment. A key entered the lock of the door from the op- +posite side and turned. He knew that someone without was +pushing. Then he heard an oath and heavy battering upon +the panels. A moment later he had drawn himself through +the skylight and stood upon the roof of the building. Be- +fore him stretched a series of uneven roofs to the end of +the street. Barney did not hesitate. He started on a rapid trot +toward the adjoining roof. From that he clambered to a +higher one beyond. + +On he went, now leaping narrow courts, now dropping +to low sheds and again clambering to the heights of the +higher buildings, until he had come almost to the end of the +row. Suddenly, behind him he heard a hoarse shout, fol- +lowed by the report of a rifle. With a whir, a bullet flew +a few inches above his head. He had gained the last roof-- +a large, level roof--and at the shot he turned to see how +near to him were his pursuers. + +Fatal turn! + +Scarce had he taken his eyes from the path ahead than +his foot fell upon a glass skylight, and with a loud crash he +plunged through amid a shower of broken glass. + +His fall was a short one. Directly beneath the skylight +was a bed, and on the bed a fat Austrian infantry captain. +Barney lit upon the pit of the captain's stomach. With a +howl of pain the officer catapulted Barney to the floor. There +were three other beds in the room, and in each bed one or +two other officers. Before the American could regain his +feet they were all sitting on him--all except the infantry +captain. He lay shrieking and cursing in a painful attempt +to regain his breath, every atom of which Barney had +knocked out of him. + +The officers sitting on Barney alternately beat him and +questioned him, interspersing their interrogations with lurid +profanity. + +"If you will get off of me," at last shouted the American, +"I shall be glad to explain--and apologize." + +They let him up, scowling ferociously. He had promised +to explain, but now that he was confronted by the immedi- +ate necessity of an explanation that would prove at all satis- +factory as to how he happened to be wandering around the +rooftops of Burgova, he discovered that his powers of in- +vention were entirely inadequate. The need for explaining, +however, was suddenly removed. A shadow fell upon them +from above, and as they glanced up Barney saw the figure +of an officer surrounded by several soldiers looking down +upon him. + +"Ah, you have him!" cried the new-comer in evident satis- +faction. "It is well. Hold him until we descend." + +A moment later he and his escort had dropped through +the broken skylight to the floor beside them. + +"Who is the mad man?" cried the captain who had broken +Barney's fall. "The assassin! He tried to murder me." + +"I cannot doubt it," replied the officer who had just de- +scended, "for the fellow is no other than Stefan Drontoff, +the famous Serbian spy!" + +"Himmel! ejaculated the officers in chorus. "You have +done a good days' work, lieutenant." + +"The firing squad will do a better work in a few minutes," +replied the lieutenant, with a grim pointedness that took +Barney's breath away. + + + + +III + +BEFORE THE FIRING SQUAD + +THEY MARCHED Barney before the staff where he urged his +American nationality, pointing to his credentials and passes +in support of his contention. + +The general before whom he had been brought shrugged +his shoulders. "They are all Americans as soon as they are +caught," he said; "but why did you not claim to be Prince +Peter of Blentz? You have his passes as well. How can you +expect us to believe your story when you have in your pos- +session passes for different men? + +"We have every respect for our friends the Americans. I +would even stretch a point rather than chance harming an +American; but you will admit that the evidence is all against +you. You were found in the very building where Drontoff +was known to stay while in Burgova. The young woman +whose mother keeps the place directed our officer to your +room, and you tried to escape, which I do not think that +an innocent American would have done. + +"However, as I have said, I will go to almost any length +rather than chance a mistake in the case of one who from +his appearance might pass more readily for an American +than a Serbian. I have sent for Prince Peter of Blentz. If +you can satisfactorily explain to him how you chance to be +in possession of military passes bearing his name I shall be +very glad to give you the benefit of every other doubt." + +Peter of Blentz. Send for Peter of Blentz! Barney won- +dered just what kind of a sensation it was to stand facing a +firing squad. He hoped that his knees wouldn't tremble-- +they felt a trifle weak even now. There was a chance that +the man might not recall his face, but a very slight chance. +It had been his remarkable likeness to Leopold of Lutha +that had resulted in the snatching of a crown from Prince +Peter's head. + +Likely indeed that he would ever forget his, Barney's, +face, though he had seen it but once without the red beard +that had so added to Barney's likeness to the king. But +Maenck would be along, of course, and Maenck would have +no doubts--he had seen Barney too recently in Beatrice to +fail to recognize him now. + +Several men were entering the room where Barney stood +before the general and his staff. A glance revealed to the +prisoner that Peter of Blentz had come, and with him Von +Coblich and Maenck. At the same instant Peter's eyes met +Barney's, and the former, white and wide-eyed came al- +most to a dead halt, grasping hurriedly at the arm of Maenck +who walked beside him. + +"My God!" was all that Barney heard him say, but he +spoke a name that the American did not hear. Maenck also +looked his surprise, but his expression was suddenly changed +to one of malevolent cunning and gratification. He turned +toward Prince Peter with a few low-whispered words. A look +of relief crossed the face of the Blentz prince. + +"You appear to know the gentleman," said the general +who had been conducting Barney's examination. "He has +been arrested as a Serbian spy, and military passes in your +name were found upon his person together with the papers +of an American newspaper correspondent, which he claims +to be. He is charged with being Stefan Drontoff, whom we +long have been anxious to apprehend. Do you chance to +know anything about him, Prince Peter?" + +"Yes," replied Peter of Blentz, "I know him well by sight. +He entered my room last night and stole the military passes +from my coat--we all saw him and pursued him, but he +got away in the dark. There can be no doubt but that he +is the Serbian spy." + +"He insists that he is Bernard Custer, an American," urged +the general, who, it seemed to Barney, was anxious to make +no mistake, and to give the prisoner every reasonable chance +--a state of mind that rather surprised him in a European +military chieftain, all of whom appeared to share the popu- +lar obsession regarding the prevalence of spies. + +"Pardon me, general," interrupted Maenck. "I am well +acquainted with Mr. Custer, who spent some time in Lutha +a couple of years ago. This man is not he." + +"That is sufficient, gentlemen, I thank you," said the gen- +eral. He did not again look at the prisoner, but turned to a +lieutenant who stood near-by. "You may remove the pris- +oner," he directed. "He will be destroyed with the others-- +here is the order," and he handed the subaltern a printed +form upon which many names were filled in and at the bot- +tom of which the general had just signed his own. It had +evidently been waiting the outcome of the examination of +Stefan Drontoff. + +Surrounded by soldiers, Barney Custer walked from the +presence of the military court. It was to him as though he +moved in a strange world of dreams. He saw the look of +satisfaction upon the face of Peter of Blentz as he passed +him, and the open sneer of Maenck. As yet he did not +fully realize what it all meant--that he was marching to +his death! For the last time he was looking upon the faces +of his fellow men; for the last time he had seen the sun +rise, never again to see it set. + +He was to be "destroyed." He had heard that expression +used many times in connection with useless horses, or vicious +dogs. Mechanically he drew a cigarette from his pocket and +lighted it. There was no bravado in the act. On the contrary +it was done almost unconsciously. The soldiers marched him +through the streets of Burgova. The men were entirely im- +passive--even so early in the war they had become accus- +tomed to this grim duty. The young officer who commanded +them was more nervous than the prisoner--it was his first +detail with a firing squad. He looked wonderingly at Bar- +ney, expecting momentarily to see the man collapse, or at +least show some sign of terror at his close impending fate; +but the American walked silently toward his death, puffing +leisurely at his cigarette. + +At last, after what seemed a long time, his guard turned +in at a large gateway in a brick wall surrounding a factory. +As they entered Barney saw twenty or thirty men in civilian +dress, guarded by a dozen infantrymen. They were stand- +ing before the wall of a low brick building. Barney noticed +that there were no windows in the wall. It suddenly oc- +curred to him that there was something peculiarly grim +and sinister in the appearance of the dead, blank surface +of weather-stained brick. For the first time since he had +faced the military court he awakened to a full realization of +what it all meant to him--he was going to be lined up +against that ominous brick wall with these other men-- +they were going to shoot them. + +A momentary madness seized him. He looked about upon +the other prisoners and guards. A sudden break for liberty +might give him temporary respite. He could seize a rifle +from the nearest soldier, and at least have the satisfaction of +selling his life dearly. As he looked he saw more soldiers +entering the factory yard. + +A sudden apathy overwhelmed him. What was the use? +He could not escape. Why should he wish to kill these +soldiers? It was not they who were responsible for his plight +--they were but obeying orders. The close presence of death +made life seem very desirable. These men, too, desired life. +Why should he take it from them uselessly. At best he +might kill one or two, but in the end he would be killed as +surely as though he took his place before the brick wall +with the others. + +He noticed now that these others evinced no inclination +to contest their fates. Why should he, then? Doubtless +many of them were as innocent as he, and all loved life as +well. He saw that several were weeping silently. Others +stood with bowed heads gazing at the hard-packed earth of +the factory yard. Ah, what visions were their eyes beholding +for the last time! What memories of happy firesides! What +dear, loved faces were limned upon that sordid clay! + +His reveries were interrupted by the hoarse voice of a +sergeant, breaking rudely in upon the silence and the dumb +terror. The fellow was herding the prisoners into position. +When he was done Barney found himself in the front rank +of the little, hopeless band. Opposite them, at a few paces, +stood the firing squad, their gun butts resting upon the +ground. + +The young lieutenant stood at one side. He issued some +instructions in a low tone, then he raised his voice. + +"Ready!" he commanded. Fascinated by the horror of it, +Barney watched the rifles raised smartly to the soldiers' +hips--the movement was as precise as though the men were +upon parade. Every bolt clicked in unison with its fellows. + +"Aim!" the pieces leaped to the hollows of the men's +shoulders. The leveled barrels were upon a line with the +breasts of the condemned. A man at Barney's right moaned. +Another sobbed. + +"Fire!" There was the hideous roar of the volley. Barney +Custer crumpled forward to the ground, and three bodies +fell upon his. A moment later there was a second volley-- +all had not fallen at the first. Then the soldiers came among +the bodies, searching for signs of life; but evidently the two +volleys had done their work. The sergeant formed his men +in line. The lieutenant marched them away. Only silence +remained on guard above the pitiful dead in the factory +yard. + +The day wore on and still the stiffening corpses lay where +they had fallen. Twilight came and then darkness. A head +appeared above the top of the wall that had enclosed the +grounds. Eyes peered through the night and keen ears lis- +tened for any sign of life within. At last, evidently satisfied +that the place was deserted, a man crawled over the summit +of the wall and dropped to the ground within. Here again +he paused, peering and listening. + +What strange business had he here among the dead that +demanded such caution in its pursuit? Presently he ad- +vanced toward the pile of corpses. Quickly he tore open +coats and searched pockets. He ran his fingers along the +fingers of the dead. Two rings had rewarded his search +and he was busy with a third that encircled the finger of a +body that lay beneath three others. It would not come off. +He pulled and tugged, and then he drew a knife from his +pocket. + +But he did not sever the digit. Instead he shrank back +with a muffled scream of terror. The corpse that he would +have mutilated had staggered suddenly to its feet, flinging +the dead bodies to one side as it rose. + +"You fiend!" broke from the lips of the dead man, and +the ghoul turned and fled, gibbering in his fright. + +The tramp of soldiers in the street beyond ceased sud- +denly at the sound from within the factory yard. It was a +detail of the guard marching to the relief of sentries. A +moment later the gates swung open and a score of soldiers +entered. They saw a figure dodging toward the wall a +dozen paces from them, but they did not see the other that +ran swiftly around the corner of the factory. + +This other was Barney Custer of Beatrice. When the com- +mand to fire had been given to the squad of riflemen, a +single bullet had creased the top of his head, stunning him. +All day he had lain there unconscious. It had been the +tugging of the ghoul at his ring that had roused him to life +at last. + +Behind him, as he scurried around the end of the factory +building, he heard the scattering fire of half a dozen rifles, +followed by a scream--the fleeing hyena had been hit. Bar- +ney crouched in the shadow of a pile of junk. He heard the +voices of soldiers as they gathered about the wounded +man, questioning him, and a moment later the imperious +tones of an officer issuing instructions to his men to search +the yard. That he must be discovered seemed a certainty +to the American. He crouched further back in the shadows +close to the wall, stepping with the utmost caution. + +Presently to his chagrin his foot touched the metal cover of +a manhole; there was a resultant rattling that smote upon +Barney's ears and nerves with all the hideous clatter of a +boiler shop. He halted, petrified, for an instant. He was no +coward, but after being so near death, life had never looked +more inviting, and he knew that to be discovered meant +certain extinction this time. + +The soldiers were circling the building. Already he could +hear them nearing his position. In another moment they +would round the corner of the building and be upon him. +For an instant he contemplated a bold rush for the fence. In +fact, he had gathered himself for the leaping start and the +quick sprint across the open under the noses of the soldiers +who still remained beside the dying ghoul, when his mind +suddenly reverted to the manhole beneath his feet. Here +lay a hiding place, at least until the soldiers had departed. + +Barney stooped and raised the heavy lid, sliding it to one +side. How deep was the black chasm beneath he could not +even guess. Doubtless it led into a coal bunker, or it might +open over a pit of great depth. There was no way to dis- +cover other than to plumb the abyss with his body. Above +was death--below, a chance of safety. + +The soldiers were quite close when Barney lowered him- +self through the manhole. Clinging with his fingers to the +upper edge his feet still swung in space. How far beneath +was the bottom? He heard the scraping of the heavy shoes +of the searchers close above him, and then he closed his +eyes, released the grasp of his fingers, and dropped. + + + + +IV + +A RACE TO LUTHA + +BARNEY'S FALL was not more than four or five feet. He +found himself upon a slippery floor of masonry over which +two or three inches of water ran sluggishly. Above him he +heard the soldiers pass the open manhole. It was evident +that in the darkness they had missed it. + +For a few minutes the fugitive remained motionless, then, +hearing no sounds from above he started to grope about his +retreat. Upon two sides were blank, circular walls, upon the +other two circular openings about four feet in diameter. It +was through these openings that the tiny stream of water +trickled. + +Barney came to the conclusion that he had dropped into +a sewer. To get out the way he had entered appeared im- +possible. He could not leap upward from the slimy, concave +bottom the distance he had dropped. To follow the sewer +upward would lead him nowhere nearer escape. There +remained no hope but to follow the trickling stream down- +ward toward the river, into which his judgment told him +the entire sewer system of the city must lead. + +Stooping, he entered the ill-smelling circular conduit, grop- +ing his way slowly along. As he went the water deepened. +It was half way to his knees when he plunged unexpectedly +into another tube running at right angles to the first. The +bottom of this tube was lower than that of the one which +emptied into it, so that Barney now found himself in a +swiftly running stream of filth that reached above his knees. +Downward he followed this flood--faster now for the fear +of the deadly gases which might overpower him before he +could reach the river. + +The water deepened gradually as he went on. At last he +reached a point where, with his head scraping against the +roof of the sewer, his chin was just above the surface of +the stream. A few more steps would be all that he could take +in this direction without drowning. Could he retrace his way +against the swift current? He did not know. He was weak- +ened from the effects of his wound, from lack of food and +from the exertions of the past hour. Well, he would go on +as far as he could. The river lay ahead of him somewhere. +Behind was only the hostile city. + +He took another step. His foot found no support. He +surged backward in an attempt to regain his footing, but the +power of the flood was too much for him. He was swept +forward to plunge into water that surged above his head +as he sank. An instant later he had regained the surface +and as his head emerged he opened his eyes. + +He looked up into a starlit heaven! He had reached the +mouth of the sewer and was in the river. For a moment he +lay still, floating upon his back to rest. Above him he heard +the tread of a sentry along the river front, and the sound of +men's voices. + +The sweet, fresh air, the star-shot void above, acted as a +powerful tonic to his shattered hopes and overwrought +nerves. He lay inhaling great lungsful of pure, invigorating +air. He listened to the voices of the Austrian soldiery above +him. All the buoyancy of his inherent Americanism returned +to him. + +"This is no place for a minister's son," he murmured, and +turning over struck out for the opposite shore. The river +was not wide, and Barney was soon nearing the bank along +which he could see occasional camp fires. Here, too, were +Austrians. He dropped down-stream below these, and at last +approached the shore where a wood grew close to the +water's edge. The bank here was steep, and the American +had some difficulty in finding a place where he could clamber +up the precipitous wall of rock. But finally he was success- +ful, finding himself in a little clump of bushes on the +river's brim. Here he lay resting and listening--always lis- +tening. It seemed to Barney that his ears ached with the +constant strain of unflagging duty that his very existence +demanded of them. + +Hearing nothing, he crawled at last from his hiding place +with the purpose of making his way toward the south and +to the frontier as rapidly as possible. He could hope only to +travel by night, and he guessed that this night must be +nearly spent. Stooping, he moved cautiously away from the +river. Through the shadows of the wood he made his way +for perhaps a hundred yards when he was suddenly con- +fronted by a figure that stepped from behind the bole of a +tree. + +"Halt! Who goes there?" came the challenge. + +Barney's heart stood still. With all his care he had run +straight into the arms of an Austrian sentry. To run would +be to be shot. To advance would mean capture, and that +too would mean death. + +For the barest fraction of an instant he hesitated, and +then his quick American wits came to his aid. Feigning +intoxication he answered the challenge in dubious Austrian +that he hoped his maudlin tongue would excuse. + +"Friend," he answered thickly. "Friend with a drink-- +have one?" And he staggered drunkenly forward, banking +all upon the credulity and thirst of the soldier who con- +fronted him with fixed bayonet. + +That the sentry was both credulous and thirsty was evi- +denced by the fact that he let Barney come within reach of +his gun. Instantly the drunken Austrian was transformed into +a very sober and active engine of destruction. Seizing the +barrel of the piece Barney jerked it to one side and toward +him, and at the same instant he leaped for the throat of the +sentry. + +So quickly was this accomplished that the Austrian had +time only for a single cry, and that was choked in his wind- +pipe by the steel fingers of the American. Together both men +fell heavily to the ground, Barney retaining his hold upon +the other's throat. + +Striking and clutching at one another they fought in +silence for a couple of minutes, then the soldier's struggles +began to weaken. He squirmed and gasped for breath. His +mouth opened and his tongue protruded. His eyes started +from their sockets. Barney closed his fingers more tightly +upon the bearded throat. He rained heavy blows upon the +upturned face. The beating fists of his adversary waved +wildly now--the blows that reached Barney were pitifully +weak. Presently they ceased. The man struggled violently +for an instant, twitched spasmodically and lay still. + +Barney clung to him for several minutes longer, until +there was not the slightest indication of remaining life. The +perpetration of the deed sickened him; but he knew that +his act was warranted, for it had been either his life or the +other's. He dragged the body back to the bushes in which +he had been hiding. There he stripped off the Austrian +uniform, put his own clothes upon the corpse and rolled it +into the river. + +Dressed as an Austrian private, Barney Custer shouldered +the dead soldier's gun and walked boldly through the wood +to the south. Momentarily he expected to run upon other +soldiers, but though he kept straight on his way for hours +he encountered none. The thin line of sentries along the +river had been posted only to double the preventive measures +that had been taken to keep Serbian spies either from enter- +ing or leaving the city. + +Toward dawn, at the darkest period of the night, Barney +saw lights ahead of him. Apparently he was approaching a +village. He went more cautiously now, but all his care did +not prevent him from running for the second time that night +almost into the arms of a sentry. This time, however, Barney +saw the soldier before he himself was discovered. It was +upon the edge of the town, in an orchard, that the sentinel +was posted. Barney, approaching through the trees, darting +from one to another, was within a few paces of the man be- +fore he saw him. + +The American remained quietly in the shadow of a tree +waiting for an opportunity to escape, but before it came he +heard the approach of a small body of troops. They were +coming from the village directly toward the orchard. They +passed the sentry and marched within a dozen feet of the +tree behind which Barney was hiding. + +As they came opposite him he slipped around the tree to +the opposite side. The sentry had resumed his pacing, and +was now out of sight momentarily among the trees further +on. He could not see the American, but there were others +who could. They came in the shape of a non-commissioned +officer and a detachment of the guard to relieve the sentry. +Barney almost bumped into them as he rounded the tree. +There was no escape--the non-commissioned officer was +within two feet of him when Barney discovered him. "What +are you doing here?" shouted the sergeant with an oath. +"Your post is there," and he pointed toward the position +where Barney had seen the sentry. + +At first Barney could scarce believe his ears. In the dark- +ness the sergeant had mistaken him for the sentinel! Could +he carry it out? And if so might it not lead him into worse +predicament? No, Barney decided, nothing could be worse. +To be caught masquerading in the uniform of an Austrian +soldier within the Austrian lines was to plumb the utter- +most depth of guilt--nothing that he might do now could +make his position worse. + +He faced the sergeant, snapping his piece to present, hop- +ing that this was the proper thing to do. Then he stumbled +through a brief excuse. The officer in command of the troops +that had just passed had demanded the way of him, and +he had but stepped a few paces from his post to point out +the road to his superior. + +The sergeant grunted and ordered him to fall in. Another +man took his place on duty. They were far from the enemy +and discipline was lax, so the thing was accomplished which +under other circumstances would have been well night im- +possible. A moment later Barney found himself marching +back toward the village, to all intents and purposes an Aus- +trian private. + +Before a low, windowless shed that had been converted +into barracks for the guard, the detail was dismissed. The +men broke ranks and sought their blankets within the shed, +tired from their lonely vigil upon sentry duty. + +Barney loitered until the last. All the others had entered. +He dared not, for he knew that any moment the sentry +upon the post from which he had been taken would appear +upon the scene, after discovering another of his comrades. +He was certain to inquire of the sergeant. They would be +puzzled, of course, and, being soldiers, they would be +suspicious. There would be an investigation, which would +start in the barracks of the guard. That neighborhood would +at once become a most unhealthy spot for Barney Custer, +of Beatrice, Nebraska. + +When the last of the soldiers had entered the shed Bar- +ney glanced quickly about. No one appeared to notice him. +He walked directly past the doorway to the end of the +building. Around this he found a yard, deeply shadowed. +He entered it, crossed it, and passed out into an alley be- +yond. At the first cross-street his way was blocked by the +sight of another sentry--the world seemed composed en- +tirely of Austrian sentries. Barney wondered if the entire +Austrian army was kept perpetually upon sentry duty; he +had scarce been able to turn without bumping into one. + +He turned back into the alley and at last found a crooked +passageway between buildings that he hoped might lead +him to a spot where there was no sentry, and from which he +could find his way out of the village toward the south. The +passage, after devious windings, led into a large, open court, +but when Barney attempted to leave the court upon the +opposite side he found the ubiquitous sentries upon guard +there. + +Evidently there would be no escape while the Austrians +remained in the town. There was nothing to do, therefore, +but hide until the happy moment of their departure arrived. +He returned to the courtyard, and after a short search dis- +covered a shed in one corner that had evidently been used +to stable a horse, for there was straw at one end of it and a +stall in the other. Barney sat down upon the straw to wait +developments. Tired nature would be denied no longer. His +eyes closed, his head drooped upon his breast. In three +minutes from the time he entered the shed he was stretched +full length upon the straw, fast asleep. + +The chugging of a motor awakened him. It was broad +daylight. Many sounds came from the courtyard without. +It did not take Barney long to gather his scattered wits--in +an instant he was wide awake. He glanced about. He was +the only occupant of the shed. Rising, he approached a +small window that looked out upon the court. All was life +and movement. A dozen military cars either stood about or +moved in and out of the wide gates at the opposite end of +the enclosure. Officers and soldiers moved briskly through a +doorway that led into a large building that flanked the court +upon one side. While Barney slept the headquarters of an +Austrian army corps had moved in and taken possession of +the building, the back of which abutted upon the court +where lay his modest little shed. + +Barney took it all in at a single glance, but his eyes hung +long and greedily upon the great, high-powered machines +that chugged or purred about him. + +Gad! If he could but be behind the wheel of such a car +for an hour! The frontier could not be over fifty miles to +the south, of that he was quite positive; and what would +fifty miles be to one of those machines? + +Barney sighed as a great, gray-painted car whizzed into +the courtyard and pulled up before the doorway. Two offi- +cers jumped out and ran up the steps. The driver, a young +man in a uniform not unlike that which Barney wore, drew +the car around to the end of the courtyard close beside +Barney's shed. Here he left it and entered the building into +which his passengers had gone. By reaching through the +window Barney could have touched the fender of the ma- +chine. A few seconds' start in that and it would take more +than an Austrian army corps to stop him this side of the +border. Thus mused Barney, knowing already that the mad +scheme that had been born within his brain would be put +to action before he was many minutes older. + +There were many soldiers on guard about the courtyard. +The greatest danger lay in arousing the suspicions of one +of these should he chance to see Barney emerge from the +shed and enter the car. + +"The proper thing," thought Barney, "is to come from +the building into which everyone seems to pass, and the +only way to be seen coming out of it is to get into it; but +how the devil am I to get into it?" + +The longer he thought the more convinced he became +that utter recklessness and boldness would be his only sal- +vation. Briskly he walked from the shed out into the court- +yard beneath the eyes of the sentries, the officers, the sol- +diers, and the military drivers. He moved straight among +them toward the doorway of the headquarters as though +bent upon important business--which, indeed, he was. At +least it was quite the most important business to Barney +Custer that that young gentleman could recall having ven- +tured upon for some time. + +No one paid the slightest attention to him. He had left +his gun in the shed for he noticed that only the men on +guard carried them. Without an instant's hesitation he ran +briskly up the short flight of steps and entered the head- +quarters building. Inside was another sentry who barred his +way questioningly. Evidently one must state one's business +to this person before going farther. Barney, without any +loss of time or composure, stepped up to the guard. + +"Has General Kampf passed in this morning?" he asked +blithely. Barney had never heard of any "General Kampf," +nor had the sentry, since there was no such person in the +Austrian army. But he did know, however, that there were +altogether too many generals for any one soldier to know +the names of them all. + +"I do not know the general by sight," replied the sentry. + +Here was a pretty mess, indeed. Doubtless the sergeant +would know a great deal more than would be good for +Barney Custer. The young man looked toward the door +through which he had just entered. His sole object in com- +ing into the spider's parlor had been to make it possible for +him to come out again in full view of all the guards and +officers and military chauffeurs, that their suspicions might +not be aroused when he put his contemplated coup to the +test. + +He glanced toward the door. Machines were whizzing in +and out of the courtyard. Officers on foot were passing and +repassing. The sentry in the hallway was on the point of +calling his sergeant. + +"Ah!" cried Barney. "There is the general now," and +without waiting to cast even a parting glance at the guard +he stepped quickly through the doorway and ran down +the steps into the courtyard. Looking neither to right nor to +left, and with a convincing air of self-confidence and im- +portant business, he walked directly to the big, gray ma- +chine that stood beside the little shed at the end of the +courtyard. + +To crank it and leap to the driver's seat required but a +moment. The big car moved smoothly forward. A turn of +the steering wheel brought it around headed toward the +wide gates. Barney shifted to second speed, stepped on +the accelerator and the cut-out simultaneously, and with a +noise like the rattle of a machine gun, shot out of the court- +yard. + +None who saw his departure could have guessed from +the manner of it that the young man at the wheel of the +gray car was stealing the machine or that his life depended +upon escape without detection. It was the very boldness of +his act that crowned it with success. + +Once in the street Barney turned toward the south. Cars +were passing up and down in both directions, usually at +high speed. Their numbers protected the fugitive. Momen- +tarily he expected to be halted; but he passed out of the +village without mishap and reached a country road which, +except for a lane down its center along which automobiles +were moving, was blocked with troops marching southward. +Through this soldier-walled lane Barney drove for half an +hour. + +From a great distance, toward the southeast, he could +hear the boom of cannon and the bursting of shells. Presently +the road forked. The troops were moving along the road on +the left toward the distant battle line. Not a man or ma- +chine was turning into the right fork, the road toward the +south that Barney wished to take. + +Could he successfully pass through the marching soldiers +at his right? Among all those officers there surely would be +one who would question the purpose and destination of this +private soldier who drove alone in the direction of the near- +by frontier. + +The moment had come when he must stake everything on +his ability to gain the open road beyond the plodding mass +of troops. Diminishing the speed of the car Barney turned it +in toward the marching men at the same time sounding his +horn loudly. An infantry captain, marching beside his com- +pany, was directly in front of the car. He looked up at the +American. Barney saluted and pointed toward the right- +hand fork. + +The captain turned and shouted a command to his men. +Those who had not passed in front of the car halted. Barney +shot through the little lane they had opened, which im- +mediately closed up behind him. He was through! He was +upon the open road! Ahead, as far as he could see, there +was no sign of any living creature to bar his way, and the +frontier could not be more than twenty-five miles away. + + + + +V + +THE TRAITOR KING + +IN HIS CASTLE at Lustadt, Leopold of Lutha paced nerv- +ously back and forth between his great desk and the window +that overlooked the royal gardens. Upon the opposite side +of the desk stood an old man--a tall, straight, old man with +the bearing of a soldier and the head of a lion. His keen, +gray eyes were upon the king, and sorrow was written +upon his face. He was Ludwig von der Tann, chancellor +of the kingdom of Lutha. + +At last the king stopped his pacing and faced the old man, +though he could not meet those eagle eyes squarely, try as +he would. It was his inability to do so, possibly, that added +to his anger. Weak himself, he feared this strong man and +envied him his strength, which, in a weak nature, is but +a step from hatred. There evidently had been a long pause +in their conversation, yet the king's next words took up the +thread of their argument where it had broken. + +"You speak as though I had no right to do it," he snapped. +"One might think that you were the king from the manner +with which you upbraid and reproach me. I tell you, Prince +von der Tann, that I shall stand it no longer." + +The king approached the desk and pounded heavily upon +its polished surface with his fist. The physical act of vio- +lence imparted to him a certain substitute for the moral +courage which he lacked. + +"I will tell you, sir, that I am king. It was not necessary +that I consult you or any other man before pardoning Prince +Peter and his associates. I have investigated the matter +thoroughly and I am convinced that they have been taught +a sufficient lesson and that hereafter they will be my most +loyal subjects." + +He hesitated. "Their presence here," he added, "may +prove an antidote to the ambitions of others who lately have +taken it upon themselves to rule Lutha for me." + +There was no mistaking the king's meaning, but Prince +Ludwig did not show by any change of expression that the +shot had struck him in a vulnerable spot; nor, upon the other +hand, did he ignore the insinuation. There was only sorrow +in his voice when he replied. + +"Sire," he said, "for some time I have been aware of the +activity of those who would like to see Peter of Blentz re- +turned to favor with your majesty. I have warned you, only +to see that my motives were always misconstrued. There is a +greater power at work, your majesty, than any of us-- +greater than Lutha itself. One that will stop at nothing in +order to gain its ends. It cares naught for Peter of Blentz, +naught for me, naught for you. It cares only for Lutha. For +strategic purposes it must have Lutha. It will trample you +under foot to gain its end, and then it will cast Peter of +Blentz aside. You have insinuated, sire, that I am ambitious. +I am. I am ambitious to maintain the integrity and freedom +of Lutha. + +"For three hundred years the Von der Tanns have labored +and fought for the welfare of Lutha. It was a Von der Tann +that put the first Rubinroth king upon the throne of Lutha. +To the last they were loyal to the former dynasty while +that dynasty was loyal to Lutha. Only when the king at- +tempted to sell the freedom of his people to a powerful +neighbor did the Von der Tanns rise against him. + +"Sire! the Von der Tanns have always been loyal to the +house of Rubinroth. And but a single thing rises superior +within their breasts to that loyalty, and that is their loyalty +to Lutha." He paused for an instant before concluding. "And +I, sire, am a Von der Tann." + +There could be no mistaking the old man's meaning. So +long as Leopold was loyal to his people and their interests +Ludwig von der Tann would be loyal to Leopold. The king +was cowed. He was very much afraid of this grim old war- +rior. He chafed beneath his censure. + +"You are always scolding me," he cried irritably. "I am +getting tired of it. And now you threaten me. Do you call +that loyalty? Do you call it loyalty to refuse to compel your +daughter to keep her plighted troth? If you wish to prove +your loyalty command the Princess Emma to fulfil the prom- +ise you made my father--command her to wed me at once." + +Von der Tann looked the king straight in the eyes. + +"I cannot do that," he said. "She has told me that she will +kill herself rather than wed with your majesty. She is all I +have left, sire. What good would be accomplished by rob- +bing me of her if you could not gain her by the act? Win +her confidence and love, sire. It may be done. Thus only +may happiness result to you and to her." + +"You see," exclaimed the king, "what your loyalty amounts +to! I believe that you are saving her for the impostor--I +have heard as much hinted at before this. Nor do I doubt +that she would gladly connive with the fellow if she thought +there was a chance of his seizing the throne." + +Von der Tann paled. For the first time righteous indigna- +tion and anger got the better of him. He took a step toward +the king. + +"Stop!" he commanded. "No man, not even my king, may +speak such words to a Von der Tann." + +In an antechamber just outside the room a man sat near +the door that led into the apartment where the king and his +chancellor quarreled. He had been straining his ears to catch +the conversation which he could hear rising and falling in +the adjoining chamber, but till now he had been unsuccess- +ful. Then came Prince Ludwig's last words booming loudly +through the paneled door, and the man smiled. He was +Count Zellerndorf, the Austrian minister to Lutha. + +The king's outraged majesty goaded him to an angry +retort. + +"You forget yourself, Prince von der Tann," he cried. +"Leave our presence. When we again desire to be insulted +we shall send for you." + +As the chancellor passed into the antechamber Count +Zellerndorf rose and greeted him warmly, almost effusively. +Von der Tann returned his salutations with courtesy but +with no answering warmth. Then he passed on out of the +palace. + +"The old fox must have heard," he mused as he mounted +his horse and turned his face toward Tann and the Old +Forest. + +When Count Zellerndorf of Austria entered the presence +of Leopold of Lutha he found that young ruler much dis- +turbed. He had resumed his restless pacing between desk +and window, and as the Austrian entered he scarce paused +to receive his salutation. Count Zellerndorf was a frequent +visitor at the +palace. There were few formalities between +this astute diplomat and the young king; those had passed +gradually away as their acquaintance and friendship ripened. + +"Prince Ludwig appeared angry when he passed through +the antechamber," ventured Zellerndorf. "Evidently your +majesty found cause to rebuke him." + +The king nodded and looked narrowly at the Austrian. +"The Prince von der Tann insinuated that Austria's only +wish in connection with Lutha is to seize her," he said. + +Zellerndorf raised his hands in well-simulated horror. + +"Your majesty!" he exclaimed. "It cannot be that the prince +has gone to such lengths to turn you against your best +friend, my emperor. If he has I can only attribute it to his +own ambitions. I have hesitated to speak to you of this +matter, your majesty, but now that the honor of my own +ruler is questioned I must defend him. + +"Bear with me then, should what I have to say wound +you. I well know the confidence which the house of Von der +Tann has enjoyed for centuries in Lutha; but I must brave +your wrath in the interest of right. I must tell you that it is +common gossip in Vienna that Von der Tann aspires to the +throne of Lutha either for himself or for his daughter +through the American impostor who once sat upon your +throne for a few days. And let me tell you more. + +"The American will never again menace you--he was +arrested in Burgova as a spy and executed. He is dead; but +not so are Von der Tann's ambitions. When he learns that he +no longer may rely upon the strain of the Rubinroth blood +that flowed in the veins of the American from his royal +mother, the runaway Princess Victoria, there will remain to +him only the other alternative of seizing the throne for him- +self. He is a very ambitious man, your majesty. Already he +has caused it to become current gossip that he is the real +power behind the throne of Lutha--that your majesty is +but a figure-head, the puppet of Von der Tann." + +Zellerndorf paused. He saw the flush of shame and anger +that suffused the king's face, and then he shot the bolt that +he had come to fire, but which he had not dared to hope +would find its target so denuded of defense. + +"Your majesty," he whispered, coming quite close to the +king, "all Lutha is inclined to believe that you fear Prince +von der Tann. Only a few of us know the truth to be the +contrary. For the sake of your prestige you must take some +step to counteract this belief and stamp it out for good and +all. I have planned a way--hear it. + +"Von der Tann's hatred of Peter of Blentz is well known. +No man in Lutha believes that he would permit you to have +any intercourse with Peter. I have brought from Blentz +an invitation to your majesty to honor the Blentz prince +with your presence as a guest for the ensuing week. Accept +it, your majesty. + +"Nothing could more conclusively prove to the most skep- +tical that you are still the king, and that Von der Tann, nor +any other, may not dare to dictate to you. It will be the +most splendid stroke of statesmanship that you could achieve +at the present moment." + +For an instant the king stood in thought. He still feared +Peter of Blentz as the devil is reputed to fear holy water, +though for converse reasons. Yet he was very angry with +Von der Tann. It would indeed be an excellent way to +teach the presumptuous chancellor his place. + +Leopold almost smiled as he thought of the chagrin with +which Prince Ludwig would receive the news that he had +gone to Blentz as the guest of Peter. It was the last impetus +that was required by his weak, vindictive nature to press +it to a decision. + +"Very well," he said, "I will go tomorrow." + +It was late the following day that Prince von der Tann +received in his castle in the Old Forest word that an Austrian +army had crossed the Luthanian frontier--the neutrality of +Lutha had been violated. The old chancellor set out im- +mediately for Lustadt. At the palace he sought an interview +with the king only to learn that Leopold had departed +earlier in the day to visit Peter of Blentz. + +There was but one thing to do and that was to follow the +king to Blentz. Some action must be taken immediately--it +would never do to let this breach of treaty pass unnoticed. + +The Serbian minister who had sent word to the chancellor +of the invasion by the Austrian troops was closeted with +him for an hour after his arrival at the palace. It was clear +to both these men that the hand of Zellerndorf was plainly in +evidence in both the important moves that had occurred in +Lutha within the past twenty-four hours--the luring of the +king to Blentz and the entrance of Austrian soldiery into +Lutha. + +Following his interview with the Serbian minister Von der +Tann rode toward Blentz with only his staff in attendance. +It was long past midnight when the lights of the town ap- +peared directly ahead of the little party. They rode at a +trot along the road which passes through the village to wind +upward again toward the ancient feudal castle that looks +down from its hilltop upon the town. + +At the edge of the village Von der Tann was thunder- +struck by a challenge from a sentry posted in the road, nor +was his dismay lessened when he discovered that the man +was an Austrian. + +"What is the meaning of this?" he cried angrily. "What +are Austrian soldiers doing barring the roads of Lutha to the +chancellor of Lutha?" + +The sentry called an officer. The latter was extremely +suave. He regretted the incident, but his orders were most +positive--no one could be permitted to pass through the +lines without an order from the general commanding. He +would go at once to the general and see if he could procure +the necessary order. Would the prince be so good as to await +his return? Von der Tann turned on the young officer, his +face purpling with rage. + +"I will pass nowhere within the boundaries of Lutha," he +said, "upon the order of an Austrian. You may tell your +general that my only regret is that I have not with me to- +night the necessary force to pass through his lines to my +king--another time I shall not be so handicapped," and Lud- +wig, Prince von der Tann, wheeled his mount and spurred +away in the direction of Lustadt, at his heels an extremely +angry and revengeful staff. + + + + +VI + +A TRAP IS SPRUNG + +LONG BEFORE Prince von der Tann reached Lustadt he had +come to the conclusion that Leopold was in virtue a prisoner +in Blentz. To prove his conclusion he directed one of his +staff to return to Blentz and attempt to have audience with +the king. + +"Risk anything," he instructed the officer to whom he had +entrusted the mission. "Submit, if necessary, to the humilia- +tion of seeking an Austrian pass through the lines to the +castle. See the king at any cost and deliver this message +to him and to him alone and secretly. Tell him my fears, +and that if I do not have word from him within twenty- +four hours I shall assume that he is indeed a prisoner. + +"I shall then direct the mobilization of the army and +take such steps as seem fit to rescue him and drive the in- +vaders from the soil of Lutha. If you do not return I shall +understand that you are held prisoner by the Austrians and +that my worst fears have been realized." + +But Prince Ludwig was one who believed in being fore- +handed and so it happened that the orders for the mobiliza- +tion of the army of Lutha were issued within fifteen minutes +of his return to Lustadt. It would do no harm, thought the +old man, with a grim smile, to get things well under way a +day ahead of time. This accomplished, he summoned the +Serbian minister, with what purpose and to what effect be- +came historically evident several days later. When, after +twenty-four hours' absence, his aide had not returned from +Blentz, the chancellor had no regrets for his forehanded- +ness. + +In the castle of Peter of Blentz the king of Lutha was be- +ing entertained royally. He was told nothing of the attempt +of his chancellor to see him, nor did he know that a messen- +ger from Prince von der Tann was being held a prisoner +in the camp of the Austrians in the village. He was sur- +rounded by the creatures of Prince Peter and by Peter's +staunch allies, the Austrian minister and the Austrian officers +attached to the expeditionary force occupying the town. +They told him that they had positive information that the +Serbians already had crossed the frontier into Lutha, and +that the presence of the Austrian troops was purely for the +protection of Lutha. + +It was not until the morning following the rebuff of +Prince von der Tann that Peter of Blentz, Count Zellern- +dorf and Maenck heard of the occurrence. They were cha- +grined by the accident, for they were not ready to deliver +their final stroke. The young officer of the guard had, of +course, but followed his instructions--who would have thought +that old Von der Tann would come to Blentz! That he +suspected their motives seemed apparent, and now that +his rebuff at the gates had aroused his ire and, doubtless, +crystallized his suspicions, they might find in him a very +ugly obstacle to the fruition of their plans. + +With Von der Tann actively opposed to them, the value +of having the king upon their side would be greatly mini- +mized. The people and the army had every confidence in +the old chancellor. Even if he opposed the king there was +reason to believe that they might still side with him. + +"What is to be done?" asked Zellerndorf. "Is there no +way either to win or force Von der Tann to acquiescence?" + +"I think we can accomplish it," said Prince Peter, after a +moment of thought. "Let us see Leopold. His mind has +been prepared to receive almost gratefully any insinuations +against the loyalty of Von der Tann. With proper evidence +the king may easily be persuaded to order the chancellor's +arrest--possibly his execution as well." + +So they saw the king, only to meet a stubborn refusal +upon the part of Leopold to accede to their suggestions. He +still was madly in love with Von der Tann's daughter, and +he knew that a blow delivered at her father would only +tend to increase her bitterness toward him. The conspirators +were nonplussed. + +They had looked for a comparatively easy road to the +consummation of their desires. What in the world could be +the cause of the king's stubborn desire to protect the man +they knew he feared, hated, and mistrusted with all the +energy of his suspicious nature? It was the king himself +who answered their unspoken question. + +"I cannot believe in the disloyalty of Prince Ludwig," he +said, "nor could I, even if I desired it, take such drastic +steps as you suggest. Some day the Princess Emma, his +daughter, will be my queen." + +Count Zellerndorf was the first to grasp the possibilities +that lay in the suggestion the king's words carried. + +"Your majesty," he cried, "there is a way to unite all +factions in Lutha. It would be better to insure the loyalty +of Von der Tann through bonds of kinship than to an- +tagonize him. Marry the Princess Emma at once. + +"Wait, your majesty," he added, as Leopold raised an ob- +jecting hand. "I am well informed as to the strange obsti- +nacy of the princess, but for the welfare of the state--yes, +for the sake of your very throne, sire--you should exert +your royal prerogatives and command the Princess Emma to +carry out the terms of your betrothal." + +"What do you mean, Zellerndorf?" asked the king. + +"I mean, sire, that we should bring the princess here and +compel her to marry you." + +Leopold shook his head. "You do not know her," he said. +"You do not know the Von der Tann nature--one cannot +force a Von der Tann." + +"Pardon, sire," urged Zellerndorf, "but I think it can be +accomplished. If the Princess Emma knew that your majesty +believed her father to be a traitor--that the order for his +arrest and execution but awaited your signature--I doubt +not that she would gladly become queen of Lutha, with +her father's life and liberty as a wedding gift." + +For several minutes no one spoke after Count Zellerndorf +had ceased. Leopold sat looking at the toe of his boot. +Peter of Blentz, Maenck, and the Austrian watched him in- +tently. The possibilities of the plan were sinking deep into +the minds of all four. At last the king rose. He was mum- +bling to himself as though unconscious of the presence of +the others. + +"She is a stubborn jade," he mumbled. "It would be an +excellent lesson for her. She needs to be taught that I am +her king," and then as though his conscience required a +sop, "I shall be very good to her. Afterward she will be +happy." He turned toward Zellerndorf. "You think it can +be done?" + +"Most assuredly, your majesty. We shall take immediate +steps to fetch the Princess Emma to Blentz," and the Aus- +trian rose and backed from the apartment lest the king +change his mind. Prince Peter and Maenck followed him. + + +Princess Emma von der Tann sat in her boudoir in her +father's castle in the Old Forest. Except for servants, she +was alone in the fortress, for Prince von der Tann was in +Lustadt. Her mind was occupied with memories of the +young American who had entered her life under such strange +circumstances two years before--memories that had been +awakened by the return of Lieutenant Otto Butzow to Lutha. +He had come directly to her father and had been attached +to the prince's personal staff. + +From him she had heard a great deal about Barney +Custer, and the old interest, never a moment forgotten dur- +ing these two years, was reawakened to all its former in- +tensity. + +Butzow had accompanied Prince Ludwig to Lustadt, but +Princess Emma would not go with them. For two years she +had not entered the capital, and much of that period had +been spent in Paris. Only within the past fortnight had she +returned to Lutha. + +In the middle of the morning her reveries were inter- +rupted by the entrance of a servant bearing a message. She +had to read it twice before she could realize its purport; +though it was plainly worded--the shock of it had stunned +her. It was dated at Lustadt and signed by one of the +palace functionaries: + + +Prince von der Tann has suffered a slight stroke. Do +not be alarmed, but come at once. The two troopers +who bear this message will act as your escort. + + +It required but a few minutes for the girl to change to +her riding clothes, and when she ran down into the court she +found her horse awaiting her in the hands of her groom, +while close by two mounted troopers raised their hands to +their helmets in salute. + +A moment later the three clattered over the drawbridge +and along the road that leads toward Lustadt. The escort +rode a short distance behind the girl, and they were hard +put to it to hold the mad pace which she set them. + +A few miles from Tann the road forks. One branch leads +toward the capital and the other winds over the hills in the +direction of Blentz. The fork occurs within the boundaries +of the Old Forest. Great trees overhang the winding road, +casting a twilight shade even at high noon. It is a lonely +spot, far from any habitation. + +As the Princess Emma approached the fork she reined in +her mount, for across the road to Lustadt a dozen horse- +men barred her way. At first she thought nothing of it, +turning her horse's head to the righthand side of the road +to pass the party, all of whom were in uniform; but as she +did so one of the men reined directly in her path. The act +was obviously intentional. + +The girl looked quickly up into the man's face, and her +own went white. He who stopped her way was Captain +Ernst Maenck. She had not seen the man for two years, but +she had good cause to remember him as the governor of the +castle of Blentz and the man who had attempted to take +advantage of her helplessness when she had been a prisoner +in Prince Peter's fortress. Now she looked straight into the +fellow's eyes. + +"Let me pass, please," she said coldly. + +"I am sorry," replied Maenck with an evil smile; "but the +king's orders are that you accompany me to Blentz--the +king is there." + +For answer the girl drove her spur into her mount's side. +The animal leaped forward, striking Maenck's horse on the +shoulder and half turning him aside, but the man clutched +at the girl's bridle-rein, and, seizing it, brought her to a stop. + +"You may as well come voluntarily, for come you must," +he said. "It will be easier for you." + +"I shall not come voluntarily," she replied. "If you take +me to Blentz you will have to take me by force, and if my +king is not sufficiently a gentleman to demand an account- +ing of you, I am at least more fortunate in the possession +of a father who will." + +"Your father will scarce wish to question the acts of his +king," said Maenck--"his king and the husband of his +daughter." + +"What do you mean?" she cried. + +"That before you are many hours older, your highness, +you will be queen of Lutha." + +The Princess Emma turned toward her tardy escort that +had just arrived upon the scene. + +"This person has stopped me," she said, "and will not +permit me to continue toward Lustadt. Make a way for me; +you are armed!" + +Maenck smiled. "Both of them are my men," he explained. + +The girl saw it all now--the whole scheme to lure her +to Blentz. Even then, though, she could not believe the king +had been one of the conspirators of the plot. + +Weak as he was he was still a Rubinroth, and it was +difficult for a Von der Tann to believe in the duplicity of a +member of the house they had served so loyally for cen- +turies. With bowed head the princess turned her horse into +the road that led toward Blentz. Half the troopers pre- +ceded her, the balance following behind. + +Maenck wondered at the promptness of her surrender. + +"To be a queen--ah! that was the great temptation," he +thought but he did not know what was passing in the girl's +mind. She had seen that escape for the moment was im- +possible, and so had decided to bide her time until a more +propitious chance should come. In silence she rode among +her captors. The thought of being brought to Blentz alive +was unbearable. + +Somewhere along the road there would be an opportunity +to escape. Her horse was fleet; with a short start he could +easily outdistance these heavier cavalry animals and as a +last resort she could--she must--find some way to end her +life, rather than to be dragged to the altar beside Leopold +of Lutha. + +Since childhood Emma von der Tann had ridden these +hilly roads. She knew every lane and bypath for miles +around. She knew the short cuts, the gullies and ravines. +She knew where one might, with a good jumper, save a +wide detour, and as she rode toward Blentz she passed in +review through her mind each of the many spots where a +sudden break for liberty might have the best chance to +succeed. + +And at last she hit upon the place where a quick turn +would take her from the main road into the roughest sort of +going for one not familiar with the trail. Maenck and his +soldiers had already partially relaxed their vigilance. The +officer had come to the conclusion that his prisoner was +resigned to her fate and that, after all, the fate of being +forced to be queen did not appear so dark to her. + +They had wound up a wooded hill and were half way +up to the summit. The princess was riding close to the right- +hand side of the road. Quite suddenly, and before a hand +could be raised to stay her, she wheeled her mount between +two trees, struck home her spur, and was gone into the +wood upon the steep hillside. + +With an oath, Maenck cried to his men to be after her. +He himself spurred into the forest at the point where the +girl had disappeared. So sudden had been her break for +liberty and so quickly had the foliage swallowed her that +there was something almost uncanny in it. + +A hundred yards from the road the trees were further +apart, and through them the pursuers caught a glimpse of +their quarry. The girl was riding like mad along the rough, +uneven hillside. Her mount, surefooted as a chamois, seemed +in his element. But two of the horses of her pursuers were +as swift, and under the cruel spurs of their riders were clos- +ing up on their fugitive. The girl urged her horse to greater +speed, yet still the two behind closed in. + +A hundred yards ahead lay a deep and narrow gully, +hid by bushes that grew rankly along its verge. Straight +toward this the Princess Emma von der Tann rode. Behind +her came her pursuers--two quite close and the others trail- +ing farther in the rear. The girl reined in a trifle, letting the +troopers that were closest to her gain until they were but a +few strides behind, then she put spur to her horse and drove +him at topmost speed straight toward the gully. At the +bushes she spoke a low word in his backlaid ears, raised +him quickly with the bit, leaning forward as he rose in air. +Like a bird that animal took the bushes and the gully be- +yond, while close behind him crashed the two luckless +troopers. + +Emma von der Tann cast a single backward glance over +her shoulder, as her horse regained his stride upon the op- +posite side of the gully, to see her two foremost pursuers +plunging headlong into it. Then she shook free her reins +and gave her mount his head along a narrow trail that both +had followed many times before. + +Behind her, Maenck and the balance of his men came to a +sudden stop at the edge of the gully. Below them one of the +troopers was struggling to his feet. The other lay very still +beneath his motionless horse. With an angry oath Maenck +directed one of his men to remain and help the two who +had plunged over the brink, then with the others he rode +along the gully searching for a crossing. + +Before they found one their captive was a mile ahead of +them, and, barring accident, quite beyond recapture. She +was making for a highway that would lead her to Lustadt. +Ordinarily she had been wont to bear a little to the north- +east at this point and strike back into the road that she had +just left; but today she feared to do so lest she be cut off +before she gained the north and south highroad which the +other road crossed a little farther on. + +To her right was a small farm across which she had never +ridden, for she always had made it a point never to trespass +upon fenced grounds. On the opposite side of the farm was +a wood, and somewhere beyond that a small stream which +the highroad crossed upon a little bridge. It was all new +country to her, but it must be ventured. + +She took the fence at the edge of the clearing and then +reined in a moment to look behind her. A mile away she +saw the head and shoulders of a horseman above some low +bushes--the pursuers had found a way through the gully. + +Turning once more to her flight the girl rode rapidly +across the fields toward the wood. Here she found a high +wire fence so close to thickly growing trees upon the opposite +side that she dared not attempt to jump it--there was no +point at which she would not have been raked from the +saddle by overhanging boughs. Slipping to the ground she +attacked the barrier with her bare hands, attempting to +tear away the staples that held the wire in place. For several +minutes she surged and tugged upon the unyielding metal +strand. An occasional backward glance revealed to her hor- +rified eyes the rapid approach of her enemies. One of them +was far in advance of the others--in another moment he +would be upon her. + +With redoubled fury she turned again to the fence. A +superhuman effort brought away a staple. One wire was +down and an instant later two more. Standing with one foot +upon the wires to keep them from tangling about her +horse's legs, she pulled her mount across into the wood. The +foremost horseman was close upon her as she finally suc- +ceeded in urging the animal across the fallen wires. + +The girl sprang to her horse's side just as the man reached +the fence. The wires, released from her weight, sprang up +breast high against his horse. He leaped from the saddle +the instant that the girl was swinging into her own. Then +the fellow jumped the fence and caught her bridle. + +She struck at him with her whip, lashing him across the +head and face, but he clung tightly, dragged hither and +thither by the frightened horse, until at last he managed to +reach the girl's arm and drag her to the ground. + +Almost at the same instant a man, unkempt and dis- +heveled, sprang from behind a tree and with a single blow +stretched the trooper unconscious upon the ground. + + + + +VII + +BARNEY TO THE RESCUE + +AS BARNEY CUSTER raced along the Austrian highroad to- +ward the frontier and Lutha, his spirits rose to a pitch of +buoyancy to which they had been strangers for the past +several days. For the first time in many hours it seemed +possible to Barney to entertain reasonable hopes of escape +from the extremely dangerous predicament into which he +had gotten himself. + +He was even humming a gay little tune as he drove into +a tiny hamlet through which the road wound. No sign of +military appeared to fill him with apprehension. He was +very hungry and the odor of cooking fell gratefully upon his +nostrils. He drew up before the single inn, and presently, +washed and brushed, was sitting before the first meal he +had seen for two days. In the enjoyment of the food he +almost forgot the dangers he had passed through, or that +other dangers might be lying in wait for him at his elbow. + +From the landlord he learned that the frontier lay but +three miles to the south of the hamlet. Three miles! Three +miles to Lutha! What if there was a price upon his head in +that kingdom? It was HER home. It had been his mother's +birthplace. He loved it. + +Further, he must enter there and reach the ear of old +Prince von der Tann. Once more he must save the king who +had shown such scant gratitude upon another occasion. + +For Leopold, Barney Custer did not give the snap of his +fingers; but what Leopold, the king, stood for in the lives +and sentiments of the Luthanians--of the Von der Tanns-- +was very dear to the American because it was dear to a +trim, young girl and to a rugged, leonine, old man, of both +of whom Barney was inordinately fond. And possibly, too, it +was dear to him because of the royal blood his mother +had bequeathed him. + +His meal disposed of to the last morsel, and paid for, +Barney entered the stolen car and resumed his journey +toward Lutha. That he could remain there he knew to be +impossible, but in delivering his news to Prince Ludwig he +might have an opportunity to see the Princess Emma once +again--it would be worth risking his life for, of that he was +perfectly satisfied. And then he could go across into Serbia +with the new credentials that he had no doubt Prince von +der Tann would furnish him for the asking to replace those +the Austrians had confiscated. + +At the frontier Barney was halted by an Austrian customs +officer; but when the latter recognized the military car and +the Austrian uniform of the driver he waved him through +without comment. Upon the other side the American ex- +pected possible difficulty with the Luthanian customs offi- +cer, but to his surprise he found the little building deserted, +and none to bar his way. At last he was in Lutha--by noon +on the following day he should be at Tann. + +To reach the Old Forest by the best roads it was neces- +sary to bear a little to the southeast, passing through Tafel- +berg and striking the north and south highway between that +point and Lustadt, to which he could hold until reaching +the east and west road that runs through both Tann and +Blentz on its way across the kingdom. + +The temptation to stop for a few minutes in Tafelberg for +a visit with his old friend Herr Kramer was strong, but fear +that he might be recognized by others, who would not +guard his secret so well as the shopkeeper of Tafelberg +would, decided him to keep on his way. So he flew through +the familiar main street of the quaint old village at a speed +that was little, if any less, than fifty miles an hour. + +On he raced toward the south, his speed often necessarily +diminished upon the winding mountain roads, but for the +most part clinging to a reckless mileage that caused the +few natives he encountered to flee to the safety of the +bordering fields, there to stand in open-mouthed awe. + +Halfway between Tafelberg and the crossroad into which +he purposed turning to the west toward Tann there is an +S-curve where the bases of two small hills meet. The road +here is narrow and treacherous--fifteen miles an hour is al- +most a reckless speed at which to travel around the curves +of the S. Beyond are open fields upon either side of the +road. + +Barney took the turns carefully and had just emerged into +the last leg of the S when he saw, to his consternation, a +half-dozen Austrian infantrymen lolling beside the road. An +officer stood near them talking with a sergeant. To turn back +in that narrow road was impossible. He could only go ahead +and trust to his uniform and the military car to carry him +safely through. Before he reached the group of soldiers the +fields upon either hand came into view. They were dotted +with tents, wagons, motor-vans and artillery. What did it +mean? What was this Austrian army doing in Lutha? + +Already the officer had seen him. This was doubtless an +outpost, however clumsily placed it might be for strategic +purposes. To pass it was Barney's only hope. He had passed +through one Austrian army--why not another? He approached +the outpost at a moderate rate of speed--to tear toward it +at the rate his heart desired would be to awaken not sus- +picion only but positive conviction that his purposes and mo- +tives were ulterior. + +The officer stepped toward the road as though to halt +him. Barney pretended to be fussing with some refractory +piece of controlling mechanism beneath the cowl--appar- +ently he did not see the officer. He was just opposite him +when the latter shouted to him. Barney straightened up +quickly and saluted, but did not stop. + +"Halt!" cried the officer. + +Barney pointed down the road in the direction in which +he was headed. + +"Halt!" repeated the officer, running to the car. + +Barney glanced ahead. Two hundred yards farther on +was another post--beyond that he saw no soldiers. He +turned and shouted a volley of intentionally unintelligible +jargon at the officer, continuing to point ahead of him. + +He hoped to confuse the man for the few seconds neces- +sary for him to reach the last post. If the soldiers there saw +that he had been permitted to pass through the first they +doubtless would not hinder his further passage. That they +were watching him Barney could see. + +He had passed the officer now. There was no necessity for +dalliance. He pressed the accelerator down a trifle. The car +moved forward at increased speed. a final angry shout +broke from the officer behind him, followed by a quick +command. Barney did not have to wait long to learn the +tenor of the order, for almost immediately a shot sounded +from behind and a bullet whirred above his head. Another +shot and another followed. + +Barney was pressing the accelerator downward to the +limit. The car responded nobly--there was no sputtering, +no choking. Just a rapid rush of increasing momentum as +the machine gained headway by leaps and bounds. + +The bullets were ripping the air all about him. Just ahead +the second outpost stood directly in the center of the road. +There were three soldiers and they were taking deliberate +aim, as carefully as though upon the rifle range. It seemed +to Barney that they couldn't miss him. He swerved the car +suddenly from one side of the road to the other. At the +rate that it was going the move was fraught with but little +less danger than the supine facing of the leveled guns ahead. + +The three rifles spoke almost simultaneously. The glass of +the windshield shattered in Barney's face. There was a hole +in the left-hand front fender that had not been there before. + +"Rotten shooting," commented Barney Custer, of Beatrice. + +The soldiers still stood in the center of the road firing at +the swaying car as, lurching from side to side, it bore down +upon them. Barney sounded the raucous military horn; but +the soldiers seemed unconscious of their danger--they still +stood there pumping lead toward the onrushing Juggernaut. +At the last instant they attempted to rush from its path; but +they were too late. + +At over sixty miles an hour the huge, gray monster bore +down upon them. One of them fell beneath the wheels--the +two others were thrown high in air as the bumper struck +them. The body of the man who had fallen beneath the +wheels threw the car half way across the road--only iron +nerve and strong arms held it from the ditch upon the op- +posite side. + +Barney Custer had never been nearer death than at that +moment--not even when he faced the firing squad before +the factory wall in Burgova. He had done that without a +tremor--he had heard the bullets of the outpost whistling +about his head a moment before, with a smile upon his lips-- +he had faced the leveled rifles of the three he had ridden +down and he had not quailed. But now, his machine in the +center of the road again, he shook like a leaf, still in the +grip of the sickening nausea of that awful moment when +the mighty, insensate monster beneath him had reeled +drunkenly in its mad flight, swerving toward the ditch and +destruction. + +For a few minutes he held to his rapid pace before he +looked around, and then it was to see two cars climbing into +the road from the encampment in the field and heading to- +ward him in pursuit. Barney grinned. Once more he was +master of his nerves. They'd have a merry chase, he thought, +and again he accelerated the speed of the car. Once before +he had had it up to seventy-five miles, and for a moment, +when he had had no opportunity to even glance at the +speedometer, much higher. Now he was to find the maxi- +mum limit of the possibilities of the brave car he had come +to look upon with real affection. + +The road ahead was comparatively straight and level. Be- +hind him came the enemy. Barney watched the road rushing +rapidly out of sight beneath the gray fenders. He glanced +occasionally at the speedometer. Seventy-five miles an hour. +Seventy-seven! "Going some," murmured Barney as he saw +the needle vibrate up to eighty. Gradually he nursed her up +and up to greater speed. + +Eighty-five! The trees were racing by him in an indis- +tinct blur of green. The fences were thin, wavering lines-- +the road a white-gray ribbon, ironed by the terrific speed +to smooth unwrinkledness. He could not take his eyes from +the business of steering to glance behind; but presently there +broke faintly through the whir of the wind beating against +his ears the faint report of a gun. He was being fired upon +again. He pressed down still further upon the accelerator. +The car answered to the pressure. The needle rose steadily +until it reached ninety miles an hour--and topped it. + +Then from somewhere in the radiator hose a hissing and a +spurt of steam. Barney was dumbfounded. He had filled the +cooling system at the inn where he had eaten. It had been +working perfectly before and since. What could have hap- +pened? There could be but a single explanation. A bullet +from the gun of one of the three men who had attempted +to stop him at the second outpost had penetrated the radia- +tor, and had slowly drained it. + +Barney knew that the end was near, since the usefulness +of the car in furthering his escape was over. At the speed +he was going it would be but a short time before the super- +heated pistons expanding in their cylinders would tear the +motor to pieces. Barney felt that he would be lucky if he +himself were not killed when it happened. + +He reduced his speed and glanced behind. His pursuers +had not gained upon him, but they still were coming. A +bend in the road shut them from his view. A little way +ahead the road crossed over a river upon a wooden bridge. +On the opposite side and to the right of the road was a +wood. It seemed to offer the most likely possibilities of con- +cealment in the vicinity. If he could but throw his pursuers +off the trail for a while he might succeed in escaping +through the wood, eventually reaching Tann on foot. He +had a rather hazy idea of the exact direction of the town +and castle, but that he could find them eventually he was +sure. + +The sight of the river and the bridge he was nearing sug- +gested a plan, and the ominous grating of the overheated +motor warned him that whatever he was to do he must do +at once. As he neared the bridge he reduced the speed of +the car to fifteen miles an hour, and set the hand throttle to +hold it there. Still gripping the steering wheel with one +hand, he climbed over the left-hand door to the running +board. As the front wheels of the car ran up onto the bridge +Barney gave the steering wheel a sudden turn to the right, +and jumped. + +The car veered toward the wooden handrail, there was a +splintering of stanchions, as, with a crash, the big machine +plunged through them headforemost into the river. Without +waiting to give even a glance at his handiwork Barney Cus- +ter ran across the bridge, leaped the fence upon the right- +hand side and plunged into the shelter of the wood. + +Then he turned to look back up the road in the direction +from which his pursuers were coming. They were not in +sight--they had not seen his ruse. The water in the river +was of sufficient depth to completely cover the car--no sign +of it appeared above the surface. + +Barney turned into the wood smiling. His scheme had +worked well. The occupants of the two cars following him +might not note the broken handrail, or, if they did, might +not connect it with Barney in any way. In this event they +would continue in the direction of Lustadt, wondering what +in the world had become of their quarry. Or, if they guessed +that his car had gone over into the river, they would doubt- +less believe that its driver had gone with it. In either event +Barney would be given ample time to find his way to Tann. + +He wished that he might find other clothes, since if he +were dressed otherwise there would be no reason to imagine +that his pursuers would recognize him should they come +upon him. None of them could possibly have gained a suf- +ficiently good look at his features to recognize them again. + +The Austrian uniform, however, would convict him, or at +least lay him under suspicion, and in Barney's present case, +suspicion was as good as conviction were he to fall into the +hands of the Austrians. The garb had served its purpose +well in aiding in his escape from Austria, but now it was +more of a menace than an asset. + +For a week Barney Custer wandered through the woods +and mountains of Lutha. He did not dare approach or +question any human being. Several times he had seen Aus- +trian cavalry that seemed to be scouring the country for +some purpose that the American could easily believe was +closely connected with himself. At least he did not feel dis- +posed to stop them, as they cantered past his hiding place, +to inquire the nature of their business. + +Such farmhouses as he came upon he gave a wide berth +except at night, and then he only approached them stealthily +for such provender as he might filch. Before the week was +up he had become an expert chicken thief, being able to rob +a roost as quietly as the most finished carpetbagger on the +sunny side of Mason and Dixon's line. + +A careless housewife, leaving her lord and master's rough +shirt and trousers hanging upon the line overnight, had +made possible for Barney the coveted change in raiment. +Now he was barged as a Luthanian peasant. He was hat- +less, since the lady had failed to hang out her mate's +woolen cap, and Barney had not dared retain a single ves- +tige of the damning Austrian uniform. + +What the peasant woman thought when she discovered +the empty line the following morning Barney could only +guess, but he was morally certain that her grief was more +than tempered by the gold piece he had wrapped in a bit +of cloth torn from the soldier's coat he had worn, which he +pinned on the line where the shirt and pants had been. + +It was somewhere near noon upon the seventh day that +Barney skirting a little stream, followed through the con- +cealing shade of a forest toward the west. In his peasant +dress he now felt safer to approach a farmhouse and in- +quire his way to Tann, for he had come a sufficient distance +from the spot where he had stolen his new clothes to hope +that they would not be recognized or that the news of their +theft had not preceded him. + +As he walked he heard the sound of the feet of a horse +galloping over a dry field--muffled, rapid thud approach- +ing closer upon his right hand. Barney remained motionless. +He was sure that the rider would not enter the wood which, +with its low-hanging boughs and thick underbrush, was ill +adapted to equestrianism. + +Closer and closer came the sound until it ceased suddenly +scarce a hundred yards from where the American hid. He +waited in silence to discover what would happen next. +Would the rider enter the wood on foot? What was his pur- +pose? Was it another Austrian who had by some miracle +discovered the whereabouts of the fugitive? Barney could +scarce believe it possible. + +Presently he heard another horse approaching at the same +mad gallop. He heard the sound of rapid, almost frantic +efforts of some nature where the first horse had come to a +stop. He heard a voice urging the animal forward--plead- +ing, threatening. A woman's voice. Barney's excitement be- +came intense in sympathy with the subdued excitement of +the woman whom he could not as yet see. + +A moment later the second rider came to a stop at the +same point at which the first had reined in. A man's voice +rose roughly. "Halt!" it cried. "In the name of the king, +halt!" The American could no longer resist the temptation to +see what was going on so close to him "in the name of the +king." + +He advanced from behind his tree until he saw the two +figures--a man's and a woman's. Some bushes intervened-- +he could not get a clear view of them, yet there was some- +thing about the figure of the woman, whose back was to- +ward him as she struggled to mount her frightened horse, +that caused him to leap rapidly toward her. He rounded a +tree a few paces from her just as the man--a trooper in the +uniform of the house of Blentz--caught her arm and dragged +her from the saddle. At the same instant Barney recognized +the girl--it was Princess Emma. + +Before either the trooper or the princess were aware of +his presence he had leaped to the man's side and dealt him +a blow that stretched him at full length upon the ground-- +stunned. + + + + +VIII + +AN ADVENTUROUS DAY + +FOR AN INSTANT the two stood looking at one another. The +girl's eyes were wide with incredulity, with hope, with fear. +She was the first to break the silence. + +"Who are you?" she breathed in a half whisper. + +"I don't wonder that you ask," returned the man. "I must +look like a scarecrow. I'm Barney Custer. Don't you re- +member me now? Who did you think I was?" + +The girl took a step toward him. Her eyes lighted with +relief. + +"Captain Maenck told me that you were dead," she said, +"that you had been shot as a spy in Austria, and then there +is that uncanny resemblance to the king--since he has shaved +his beard it is infinitely more remarkable. I thought you +might be he. He has been at Blentz and I knew that it was +quite possible that he had discovered treachery upon the +part of Prince Peter. In which case he might have escaped +in disguise. I really wasn't sure that you were not he until +you spoke." + +Barney stooped and removed the bandoleer of cartridges +from the fallen trooper, as well as his revolver and carbine. +Then he took the girl's hand and together they turned into +the wood. Behind them came the sound of pursuit. They +heard the loud words of Maenck as he ordered his three +remaining men into the wood on foot. As he advanced, +Barney looked to the magazine of his carbine and the cylin- +der of his revolver. + +"Why were they pursuing you?" he asked. + +"They were taking me to Blentz to force me to wed +Leopold," she replied. "They told me that my father's life +depended upon my consenting; but I should not have done +so. The honor of my house is more precious than the life of +any of its members. I escaped them a few miles back, and +they were following to overtake me." + +A noise behind them caused Barney to turn. One of the +troopers had come into view. He carried his carbine in his +hands and at sight of the man with the fugitive girl he +raised it to his shoulder; but as the American turned toward +him his eyes went wide and his jaw dropped. + +Instantly Barney knew that the fellow had noted his re- +semblance to the king. Barney's body was concealed from +the view of the other by a bush which grew between them, +so the man saw only the face of the American. The fellow +turned and shouted to Maenck: "The king is with her." + +"Nonsense," came the reply from farther back in the wood. +"If there is a man with her and he will not surrender, shoot +him." At the words Barney and the girl turned once more +to their flight. From behind came the command to halt-- +"Halt! or I fire." Just ahead Barney saw the river. + +They were sure to be taken there if he was unable to gain +the time necessary to make good a crossing. Upon the op- +posite side was a continuation of the wood. Behind them +the leading trooper was crashing through the underbrush +in renewed pursuit. He came in sight of them again, just as +they reached the river bank. Once more his carbine was +leveled. Barney pushed the girl to her knees behind a bush. +Then he wheeled and fired, so quickly that the man with +the already leveled gun had no time to anticipate his act. + +With a cry the fellow threw his hands above his head, +staggered forward and plunged full length upon his face. +Barney gathered the princess in his arms and plunged into +the shallow stream. The girl held his carbine as he stumbled +over the rocky bottom. The water deepened rapidly--the +opposite shore seemed a long way off and behind there were +three more enemies in hot pursuit. + +Under ordinary circumstances Barney could have found it +in his heart to wish the little Luthanian river as broad as the +Mississippi, for only under such circumstances as these could +he ever hope to hold the Princess Emma in his arms. Two +years before she had told him that she loved him; but at +the same time she had given him to understand that their +love was hopeless. She might refuse to wed the king; but +that she should ever wed another while the king lived was +impossible, unless Leopold saw fit to release her from her +betrothal to him and sanction her marriage to another. That +he ever would do this was to those who knew him not even +remotely possible. + +He loved Emma von der Tann and he hated Barney +Custer--hated him with a jealous hatred that was almost +fanatic in its intensity. And even that the Princess Emma +von der Tann would wed him were she free to wed was a +question that was not at all clear in the mind of Barney +Custer. He knew something of the traditions of this noble +family--of the pride of caste, of the fetish of blood that +inexorably dictated the ordering of their lives. + +The girl had just said that the honor of her house was +more precious than the life of any of its members. How much +more precious would it be to her than her own material +happiness! Barney Custer sighed and struggled through the +swirling waters that were now above his hips. If he pressed +the lithe form closer to him than necessity demanded, who +may blame him? + +The girl, whose face was toward the bank they had just +quitted, gave no evidence of displeasure if she noted the +fierce pressure of his muscles. Her eyes were riveted upon +the wood behind. Presently a man emerged. He called to +them in a loud and threatening tone. + +Barney redoubled his Herculean efforts to gain the oppo- +site bank. He was in midstream now and the water had +risen to his waist. The girl saw Maenck and the other +trooper emerge from the underbrush beside the first. Maenck +was crazed with anger. He shook his fist and screamed aloud +his threatening commands to halt, and then, of a sudden, +gave an order to one of the men at his side. Immediately +the fellow raised his carbine and fired at the escaping couple. + +The bullet struck the water behind them. At the sound of +the report the girl raised the gun she held and leveled it at +the group behind her. She pulled the trigger. There was a +sharp report, and one of the troopers fell. Then she fired +again, quickly, and again and again. She did not score an- +other hit, but she had the satisfaction of seeing Maenck and +the last of his troopers dodge back to the safety of protecting +trees. + +"The cowards!" muttered Barney as the enemy's shot an- +nounced his sinister intention; "they might have hit your +highness." + +The girl did not reply until she had ceased firing. + +"Captain Maenck is notoriously a coward," she said. "He +is hiding behind a tree now with one of his men--I hit the +other." + +"You hit one of them!" exclaimed Barney enthusiastically. + +"Yes," said the girl. "I have shot a man. I often wondered +what the sensation must be to have done such a thing. I +should feel terribly, but I don't. They were firing at you, +trying to shoot you in the back while you were defenseless. +I am not sorry--I cannot be; but I only wish that it had +been Captain Maenck." + +In a short time Barney reached the bank and, helping the +girl up, climbed to her side. A couple of shots followed +them as they left the river, but did not fall dangerously +near. Barney took the carbine and replied, then both of +them disappeared into the wood. + +For the balance of the day they tramped on in the +direction of Lustadt, making but little progress owing to the +fear of apprehension. They did not dare utilize the high +road, for they were still too close to Blentz. Their only hope +lay in reaching the protection of Prince von der Tann before +they should be recaptured by the king's emissaries. At +dusk they came to the outskirts of a town. Here they hid +until darkness settled, for Barney had determined to enter +the place after dark and hire horses. + +The American marveled at the bravery and endurance of +the girl. He had always supposed that a princess was so +carefully guarded from fatigue and privation all her life that +the least exertion would prove her undoing; but no hardy +peasant girl could have endured more bravely the hardships +and dangers through which the Princess Emma had passed +since the sun rose that morning. + +At last darkness came, and with it they approached and +entered the village. They kept to unlighted side streets until +they met a villager, of whom they inquired their way to +some private house where they might obtain refreshments. +The fellow scrutinized them with evident suspicion. + +"There is an inn yonder," he said, pointing toward the +main street. "You can obtain food there. Why should re- +spectable folk want to go elsewhere than to the public inn? +And if you are afraid to go there you must have very good +reasons for not wanting to be seen, and--" he stopped short +as though assailed by an idea. "Wait," he cried, excitedly, +"I will go and see if I can find a place for you. Wait right +here," and off he ran toward the inn. + +"I don't like the looks of that," said Barney, after the +man had left them. "He's gone to report us to someone. +Come, we'd better get out of here before he comes back." + +The two turned up a side street away from the inn. They +had gone but a short distance when they heard the sound +of voices and the thud of horses' feet behind them. The +horses were coming at a walk and with them were several +men on foot. Barney took the princess' hand and drew her up +a hedge bordered driveway that led into private grounds. In +the shadows of the hedge they waited for the party behind +them to pass. It might be no one searching for them, but it +was just as well to be on the safe side--they were still near +Blentz. Before the men reached their hiding place a motor +car followed and caught up with them, and as the party +came opposite the driveway Barney and the princess over- +heard a portion of their conversation. + +"Some of you go back and search the street behind the +inn--they may not have come this way." The speaker was +in the motor car. "We will follow along this road for a bit +and then turn into the Lustadt highway. If you don't find +them go back along the road toward Tann." + +In her excitement the Princess Emma had not noticed that +Barney Custer still held her hand in his. Now he pressed it. +"It is Maenck's voice," he whispered. "Every road will be +guarded." + +For a moment he was silent, thinking. The searching party +had passed on. They could still hear the purring of the +motor as Maenck's car moved slowly up the street. + +"This is a driveway," murmured Barney. "People who +build driveways into their grounds usually have something +to drive. Whatever it is it should be at the other end of the +driveway. Let's see if it will carry two." + +Still in the shadow of the hedge they moved cautiously +toward the upper end of the private road until presently +they saw a building looming in their path. + +"A garage?" whispered Barney. + +"Or a barn," suggested the princess. + +"In either event it should contain something that can go," +returned the American. "Let us hope that it can go like-- +like--ah--the wind." + +"And carry two," supplemented the princess. + +"Wait here," said Barney. "If I get caught, run. What- +ever happens you mustn't be caught." + +Princess Emma dropped back close to the hedge and +Barney approached the building, which proved to be a +private garage. The doors were locked, as also were the +three windows. Barney passed entirely around the structure +halting at last upon the darkest side. Here was a window. +Barney tried to loosen the catch with the blade of his pocket +knife, but it wouldn't unfasten. His endeavors resulted only +in snapping short the blade of his knife. For a moment he +stood contemplating the baffling window. He dared not break +the glass for fear of arousing the inmates of the house +which, though he could not see it, might be close at hand. + +Presently he recalled a scene he had witnessed on State +Street in Chicago several years before--a crowd standing +before the window of a jeweler's shop inspecting a neat little +hole that a thief had cut in the glass with a diamond and +through which he had inserted his hand and brought forth +several hundred dollars worth of loot. But Barney Custer +wore no diamond--he would as soon have worn a celluloid +collar. But women wore diamonds. Doubtless the Princess +Emma had one. He ran quickly to her side. + +"Have you a diamond ring?" he whispered. + +"Gracious!" she exclaimed, "you are progressing rapidly," +and slipped a solitaire from her finger to his hand. + +"Thanks," said Barney. "I need the practice; but wait and +you'll see that a diamond may be infinitely more valuable +than even the broker claims," and he was gone again into +the shadows of the garage. Here upon the window pane he +scratched a rough deep circle, close to the catch. A quick +blow sent the glass clattering to the floor within. For a +minute Barney stood listening for any sign that the noise +had attracted attention, but hearing nothing he ran his hand +through the hole that he had made and unlatched the +frame. A moment later he had crawled within. + +Before him, in the darkness, stood a roadster. He ran his +hand over the pedals and levers, breathing a sigh of relief +as his touch revealed the familiar control of a standard +make. Then he went to the double doors. They opened +easily and silently. + +Once outside he hastened to the side of the waiting girl. + +"It's a machine," he whispered. "We must both be in it +when it leaves the garage--it's the through express for Lus- +tadt and makes no stops for passengers or freight." + +He led her back to the garage and helped her into the +seat beside him. As silently as possible he ran the machine +into the driveway. A hundred yards to the left, half hidden +by intervening trees and shrubbery, rose the dark bulk of a +house. A subdued light shone through the drawn blinds of +several windows--the only sign of life about the premises +until the car had cleared the garage and was moving slowly +down the driveway. Then a door opened in the house let- +ting out a flood of light in which the figure of a man was +silhouetted. A voice broke the silence. + +"Who are you? What are you doing there? Come back!" + +The man in the doorway called excitedly, "Friedrich! Come! +Come quickly! Someone is stealing the automobile," and the +speaker came running toward the driveway at top speed. +Behind him came Friedrich. Both were shouting, waving +their arms and threatening. Their combined din might have +aroused the dead. + +Barney sought speed--silence now was useless. He turned +to the left into the street away from the center of the town. +In this direction had gone the automobile with Maenck, but +by taking the first righthand turn Barney hoped to elude +the captain. In a moment Friedrich and the other were +hopelessly distanced. It was with a sigh of relief that the +American turned the car into the dark shadows beneath the +overarching trees of the first cross street. + +He was running without lights along an unknown way; +and beside him was the most precious burden that Barney +Custer might ever expect to carry. Under these circumstances +his speed was greatly reduced from what he would have +wished, but at that he was forced to accept grave risks. The +road might end abruptly at the brink of a ravine--it might +swerve perilously close to a stone quarry--or plunge head- +long into a pond or river. Barney shuddered at the possibili- +ties; but nothing of the sort happened. The street ran straight +out of the town into a country road, rather heavy with +sand. In the open the possibilities of speed were increased, +for the night, though moonless, was clear, and the road +visible for some distance ahead. + +The fugitives were congratulating themselves upon the ex- +cellent chance they now had to reach Lustadt. There was +only Maenck and his companion ahead of them in the other +car, and as there were several roads by which one might +reach the main highway the chances were fair that Prince +Peter's aide would miss them completely. + +Already escape seemed assured when the pounding of +horses' hoofs upon the roadway behind them arose to blast +their new found hope. Barney increased the speed of the +car. It leaped ahead in response to his foot; but the road +was heavy, and the sides of the ruts gripping the tires re- +tarded the speed. For a mile they held the lead of the +galloping horsemen. The shouts of their pursuers fell clearly +upon their ears, and the Princess Emma, turning in her seat, +could easily see the four who followed. At last the car be- +gan to draw away--the distance between it and the riders +grew gradually greater. + +"I believe we are going to make it," whispered the girl, +her voice tense with excitement. "If you could only go a +little faster, Mr. Custer, I'm sure that we will." + +"She's reached her limit in this sand," replied the man, +"and there's a grade just ahead--we may find better going +beyond, but they're bound to gain on us before we reach +the top." + +The girl strained her eyes into the night before them. On +the right of the road stood an ancient ruin--grim and for- +bidding. As her eyes rested upon it she gave a little ex- +clamation of relief. + +"I know where we are now," she cried. "The hill ahead is +sandy, and there is a quarter of a mile of sand beyond, but +then we strike the Lustadt highway, and if we can reach it +ahead of them their horses will have to go ninety miles an +hour to catch us--provided this car possesses any such +speed possibilities." + +"If it can go forty we are safe enough," replied Barney; +"but we'll give it a chance to go as fast as it can--the +farther we are from the vicinity of Blentz the safer I shall +feel for the welfare of your highness." + +A shot rang behind them, and a bullet whistled high +above their heads. The princess seized the carbine that +rested on the seat between them. + +"Shall I?" she asked, turning its muzzle back over the low- +ered top. + +"Better not," answered the man. "They are only trying +to frighten us into surrendering--that shot was much too +high to have been aimed at us--they are shooting over our +heads purposely. If they deliberately attempt to pot us later, +then go for them, but to do it now would only draw their +fire upon us. I doubt if they wish to harm your highness, +but they certainly would fire to hit in self-defense." + +The girl lowered the firearm. "I am becoming perfectly +bloodthirsty," she said, "but it makes me furious to be +hunted like a wild animal in my native land, and by the +command of my king, at that. And to think that you who +placed him upon his throne, you who have risked your life +many times for him, will find no protection at his hands +should you be captured is maddening. Ach, Gott, if I +were a man!" + +"I thank God that you are not, your highness," returned +Barney fervently. + +Gently she laid her hand upon his where it gripped the +steering wheel. + +"No," she said, "I was wrong--I do not need to be a man +while there still be such men as you, my friend; but I would +that I were not the unhappy woman whom Fate had bound +to an ingrate king--to a miserable coward!" + +They had reached the grade at last, and the motor was +straining to the Herculean task imposed upon it. + +Grinding and grating in second speed the car toiled up- +ward through the clinging sand. The pace was snail-like. Be- +hind, the horsemen were gaining rapidly. The labored +breathing of their mounts was audible even above the noise +of the motor, so close were they. The top of the ascent lay +but a few yards ahead, and the pursuers were but a few +yards behind. + +"Halt!" came from behind, and then a shot. The ping of +the bullet and the scream of the ricochet warned the man +and the girl that those behind them were becoming desper- +ate--the bullet had struck one of the rear fenders. Without +again asking assent the princess turned and, kneeling upon +the cushion of the seat, fired at the nearest horseman. The +horse stumbled and plunged to his knees. Another, just be- +hind, ran upon him, and the two rolled over together with +their riders. Two more shots were fired by the remaining +horsemen and answered by the girl in the automobile, and +then the car topped the hill, shot into high, and with re- +newed speed forged into the last quarter-mile of heavy +going toward the good road ahead; but now the grade +was slightly downward and all the advantage was upon the +side of the fugitives. + +However, their margin would be but scant when they +reached the highway, for behind them the remaining troop- +ers were spurring their jaded horses to a final spurt of +speed. At last the white ribbon of the main road became +visible. To the right they saw the headlights of a machine. +It was Maenck probably, doubtless attracted their way by +the shooting. + +But the machine was a mile away and could not possibly +reach the intersection of the two roads before they had +turned to the left toward Lustadt. Then the incident would +resolve itself into a simple test of speed between the two +cars--and the ability and nerve of the drivers. Barney hadn't +the slightest doubt now as to the outcome. His borrowed +car was a good one, in good condition. And in the matter +of driving he rather prided himself that he needn't take his +hat off to anyone when it came to ability and nerve. + +They were only about fifty feet from the highway. The +girl touched his hand again. "We're safe," she cried, her +voice vibrant with excitement, "we're safe at last." From be- +neath the bonnet, as though in answer to her statement, +came a sickly, sucking sputter. The momentum of the car +diminished. The throbbing of the engine ceased. They sat +in silence as the machine coasted toward the highway and +came to a dead stop, with its front wheels upon the road +to safety. The girl turned toward Barney with an exclama- +tion of surprise and interrogation. + +"The jig's up," he groaned.; "we're out of gasoline!" + + + + +IX + +THE CAPTURE + +THE CAPTURE of Princess Emma von der Tann and Barney +Custer was a relatively simple matter. Open fields spread in +all directions about the crossroads at which their car had +come to its humiliating stop. There was no cover. To have +sought escape by flight, thus in the open, would have been +to expose the princess to the fire of the troopers. Barney +could not do this. He preferred to surrender and trust to +chance to open the way to escape later. + +When Captain Ernst Maenck drove up he found the pris- +oners disarmed, standing beside the now-useless car. He +alighted from his own machine and with a low bow saluted +the princess, an ironical smile upon his thin lips. Then he +turned his attention toward her companion. + +"Who are you?" he demanded gruffly. In the darkness +he failed to recognize the American whom he thought dead +in Austria. + +"A servant of the house of Von der Tann," replied Barney. + +"You deserve shooting," growled the officer, "but we'll +leave that to Prince Peter and the king. When I tell them +the trouble you have caused us--well, God help you." + +The journey to Blentz was a short one. They had been +much nearer that grim fortress than either had guessed. At +the outskirts of the town they were challenged by Austrian +sentries, through which Maenck passed with ease after the +sentinel had summoned an officer. From this man Maenck +received the password that would carry them through the +line of outposts between the town and the castle--"Slanka- +men." Barney, who overheard the word, made a mental note +of it. + +At last they reached the dreary castle of Peter of Blentz. +In the courtyard Austrian soldiers mingled with the men of +the bodyguard of the king of Lutha. Within, the king's offi- +cers fraternized with the officers of the emperor. Maenck +led his prisoners to the great hall which was filled with +officers and officials of both Austria and Lutha. + +The king was not there. Maenck learned that he had re- +tired to his apartments a few minutes earlier in company +with Prince Peter of Blentz and Von Coblich. He sent a +servant to announce his return with the Princess von der +Tann and a man who had attempted to prevent her being +brought to Blentz. + +Barney had, as far as possible, kept his face averted from +Maenck since they had entered the lighted castle. He hoped +to escape recognition, for he knew that if his identity were +guessed it might go hard with the princess. As for himself, +it might go even harder, but of that he gave scarcely a +thought--the safety of the princess was paramount. + +After a few minutes of waiting the servant returned with +the king's command to fetch the prisoners to his apartments. +The face of the Princess Emma was haggard. For the first +time Barney saw signs of fear upon her countenance. With +leaden steps they accompanied their guard up the winding +stairway to the tower rooms that had been furnished for +the king. They were the same in which Emma von der Tann +had been imprisoned two years before. + +On either side of the doorway stood a soldier of the king's +bodyguard. As Captain Maenck approached they saluted. +A servant opened the door and they passed into the room. +Before them were Peter of Blentz and Von Coblich standing +beside a table at which Leopold of Lutha was sitting. The +eyes of the three men were upon the doorway as the little +party entered. The king's face was flushed with wine. He +rose as his eyes rested upon the face of the princess. + +"Greetings, your highness," he cried with an attempt at +cordiality. + +The girl looked straight into his eyes, coldly, and then +bent her knee in formal curtsy. The king was about to speak +again when his eyes wandered to the face of the American. +Instantly his own went white and then scarlet. The eyes of +Peter of Blentz followed those of the king, widening in as- +tonishment as they rested upon the features of Barney Cus- +ter. + +"You told me he was dead," shouted the king. "What is +the meaning of this, Captain Maenck?" + +Maenck looked at his male prisoner and staggered back +as though struck between the eyes. + +"Mein Gott," he exclaimed, "the impostor!" + +"You told me he was dead," repeated the king accusingly. + +"As God is my judge, your majesty," cried Peter of Blentz, +"this man was shot by an Austrian firing squad in Burgova +over a week ago." + +"Sire," exclaimed Maenck, "this is the first sight I have +had of the prisoners except in the darkness of the night; +until this instant I had not the remotest suspicion of his +identity. He told me that he was a servant of the house of +Von der Tann." + +"I told you the truth, then," interjected Barney. + +"Silence, you ingrate!" cried the king. + +"Ingrate?" repeated Barney. "You have the effrontery to +call me an ingrate? You miserable puppy." + +A silence, menacing in its intensity, fell upon the little +assemblage. The king trembled. His rage choked him. The +others looked as though they scarce could believe the testi- +mony of their own ears. All there, with the possible excep- +tion of the king, knew that he deserved even more degrad- +ing appellations; but they were Europeans, and to Euro- +peans a king is a king--that they can never forget. It had +been the inherent suggestion of kingship that had bent the +knee of the Princess Emma before the man she despised. + +But to the American a king was only what he made him- +self. In this instance he was not even a man in the estimation +of Barney Custer. Maenck took a step toward the prisoner +--a menacing step, for his hand had gone to his sword. +Barney met him with a level look from between narrowed +lids. Maenck hesitated, for he was a great coward. Peter +of Blentz spoke: + +"Sire," he said, "the fellow knows that he is already as +good as dead, and so in his bravado he dares affront you. +He has been convicted of spying by the Austrians. He is +still a spy. It is unnecessary to repeat the formality of a +trial." + +Leopold at last found his voice, though it trembled and +broke as he spoke. + +"Carry out the sentence of the Austrian court in the +morning," he said. "A volley now might arouse the garrison +in the town and be misconstrued." + +Maenck ordered Barney escorted from the apartment, then +he turned toward the king. + +"And the other prisoner, sire?" he inquired. + +"There is no other prisoner," he said. "Her highness, the +Princess von der Tann, is a guest of Prince Peter. She will +be escorted to her apartment at once." + +"Her highness, the Princess von der Tann, is not a guest +of Prince Peter." The girl's voice was low and cold. "If Mr. +Custer is a prisoner, her highness, too, is a prisoner. If he is +to be shot, she demands a like fate. To die by the side of a +MAN would be infinitely preferable to living by the side of +your majesty." + +Once again Leopold of Lutha reddened. For a moment +he paced the room angrily to hide his emotion. Then he +turned once to Maenck. + +"Escort the prisoner to the north tower," he commanded, +"and this insolent girl to the chambers next to ours. To- +morrow we shall talk with her again." + +Outside the room Barney turned for a last look at the +princess as he was being led in one direction and she in +another. A smile of encouragement was on his lips and cold +hopelessness in his heart. She answered the smile and her +lips formed a silent "good-bye." They formed something +else, too--three words which he was sure he could not have +mistaken, and then they parted, he for the death chamber +and she for what fate she could but guess. + +As his guard halted before a door at the far end of a long +corridor Barney Custer sensed a sudden familiarity in his +surroundings. He was conscious of that sensation which is +common to all of us--of having lived through a scene at +some former time, to each minutest detail. + +As the door opened and he was pushed into the room he +realized that there was excellent foundation for the impres- +sion--he immediately recognized the apartment as the same +in which he had once before been imprisoned. At that time +he had been mistaken for the mad king who had escaped +from the clutches of Peter of Blentz. The same king was +now visiting as a guest the fortress in which he had spent +ten bitter years as a prisoner. + +"Say your prayers, my friend," admonished Maenck, as +he was about to leave him alone, "for at dawn you die-- +and this time the firing squad will make a better job of it." + +Barney did not answer him, and the captain departed, +locking the door after him and leaving two men on guard +in the corridor. Alone, Barney looked about the room. It was +in no wise changed since his former visit to it. He recalled +the incidents of the hour of his imprisonment here, thought +of old Joseph who had aided his escape, looked at the +paneled fireplace, whose secret, it was evident, not even the +master of Blentz was familiar with--and grinned. + +"'For at dawn you die!'" he repeated to himself, still +smiling broadly. Then he crossed quickly to the fireplace, +running his fingers along the edge of one of the large tiled +panels that hid the entrance to the well-like shaft that rose +from the cellars beneath to the towers above and which +opened through similar concealed exits upon each floor. If +the floor above should be untenanted he might be able to +reach it as he and Joseph had done two years ago when they +opened the secret panel in the fireplace and climbed a hid- +den ladder to the room overhead; and then by vacant cor- +ridors reached the far end of the castle above the suite in +which the princess had been confined and near which Bar- +ney had every reason to believe she was now imprisoned. + +Carefully Barney's fingers traversed the edges of the panel. +No hidden latch rewarded his search. Again and again he +examined the perfectly fitted joints until he was convinced +either that there was no latch there or that it was hid be- +yond possibility of discovery. With each succeeding minute +the American's heart and hopes sank lower and lower. Two +years had elapsed since he had seen the secret portal swing +to the touch of Joseph's fingers. One may forget much in +two years; but that he was at work upon the right panel +Barney was positive. However, it would do no harm to ex- +amine its mate which resembled it in minutest detail. + +Almost indifferently Barney turned his attention to the +other panel. He ran his fingers over it, his eyes following +them. What was that? A finger-print? Upon the left side half +way up a tiny smudge was visible. Barney examined it +more carefully. A round, white figure of the conventional +design that was burned into the tile bore the telltale smudge. + +Otherwise it differed apparently in no way from the +numerous other round, white figures that were repeated +many times in the scheme of decoration. Barney placed his +thumb exactly over the mark that another thumb had left +there and pushed. The figure sank into the panel beneath +the pressure. Barney pushed harder, breathless with sus- +pense. The panel swung in at his effort. The American could +have whooped with delight. + +A moment more and he stood upon the opposite side of +the secret door in utter darkness, for he had quickly closed +it after him. To strike a match was but the matter of a mo- +ment. The wavering light revealed the top of the ladder that +led downward and the foot of another leading aloft. He +struck still more matches in search of the rope. It was not +there, but his quest revealed the fact that the well at this +point was much larger than he had imagined--it broadened +into a small chamber. + +The light of many matches finally led him to the discovery +of a passageway directly behind the fireplace. It was nar- +row, and after spanning the chimney descended by a few +rough steps to a slightly lower level. It led toward the +opposite end of the castle. Could it be possible that it con- +nected directly with the apartments in the farther tower-- +in the tower where the king was and the Princess Emma? +Barney could scarce hope for any such good luck, but at +least it was worth investigating--it must lead somewhere. + +He followed it warily, feeling his way with hands and +feet and occasionally striking a match. It was evident that +the corridor lay in the thick wall of the castle, midway be- +tween the bottoms of the windows of the second floor and the +tops of those upon the first--this would account for the +slightly lower level of the passage from the floor of the +second story. + +Barney had traversed some distance in the darkness along +the forgotten corridor when the sound of voices came to +him from beyond the wall at his right. He stopped, motion- +less, pressing his ear against the side wall. As he did so he +became aware of the fact that at this point the wall was of +wood--a large panel of hardwood. Now he could hear even +the words of the speaker upon the opposite side. + +"Fetch her here, captain, and I will talk with her alone." +The voice was the king's. "And, captain, you might remove +the guard from before the door temporarily. I shall not re- +quire them, nor do I wish them to overhear my conversa- +tion with the princess." + +Barney could hear the officer acknowledge the commands +of the king, and then he heard a door close. The man had +gone to fetch the princess. The American struck a match +and examined the panel before him. It reached to the top +of the passageway and was some three feet in width. + +At one side were three hinges, and at the other an ancient +spring lock. For an instant Barney stood in indecision. What +should he do? His entry into the apartments of the king +would result in alarming the entire fortress. Were he sure +the king was alone it might be accomplished. Should he +enter now or wait until the Princess Emma had been brought +to the king? + +With the question came the answer--a bold and daring +scheme. His fingers sought the lock. Very gently, he un- +latched it and pushed outward upon the panel. Suddenly +the great doorway gave beneath his touch. It opened a +crack letting a flood of light into his dark cell that almost +blinded him. + +For a moment he could see nothing, and then out of the +glaring blur grew the figure of a man sitting at a table-- +with his back toward the panel. + +It was the king, and he was alone. Noiselessly Barney +Custer entered the apartment, closing the panel after him. +At his back now was the great oil painting of the Blentz +princess that had hid the secret entrance to the room. He +crossed the thick rugs until he stood behind the king. Then +he clapped one hand over the mouth of the monarch of +Lutha and threw the other arm about his neck. + +"Make the slightest outcry and I shall kill you," he whis- +pered in the ear of the terrified man. + +Across the room Barney saw a revolver lying upon a small +table. He raised the king to his feet and, turning his back +toward the weapon dragged him across the apartment until +the table was within easy reach. Then he snatched up the +revolver and swung the king around into a chair facing him, +the muzzle of the gun pressed against his face. + +"Silence," he whispered. + +The king, white and trembling, gasped as his eyes fell +upon the face of the American. + +"You?" His voice was barely audible. + +"Take off your clothes--every stitch of them--and if any +one asks for admittance, deny them. Quick, now," as the +king hesitated. "My life is forfeited unless I can escape. If I +am apprehended +I shall see that you pay for my recapture +with your life--if any one enters this room without my +sanction they will enter it to find a dead king upon the +floor; do you understand?" + +The king made no reply other than to commence divesting +himself of his clothing. Barney followed his example, but +not before he had crossed to the door that opened into the +main corridor and shot the bolt upon the inside. When both +men had removed their clothing Barney pointed to the little +pile of soiled peasant garb that he had worn. + +"Put those on," he commanded. + +The king hesitated, drawing back in disgust. Barney +paused, half-way into the royal union suit, and leveled the +revolver at Leopold. The king picked up one of the gar- +ments gingerly between the tips of his thumb and finger. + +"Hurry!" admonished the American, drawing the silk half- +hose of the ruler of Lutha over his foot. "If you don't hurry," +he added, "someone may interrupt us, and you know what +the result would be--to you." + +Scowling, Leopold donned the rough garments. Barney, +fully clothed in the uniform the king had been wearing, +stepped across the apartment to where the king's sword and +helmet lay upon the side table that had also borne the re- +volver. He placed the helmet upon his head and buckled the +sword-belt about his waist, then he faced the king, behind +whom was a cheval glass. In it Barney saw his image. The +king was looking at the American, his eyes wide and his jaw +dropped. Barney did not wonder at his consternation. He +himself was dumbfounded by the likeness which he bore +to the king. It was positively uncanny. He approached Leo- +pold. + +"Remove your rings," he said, holding out his hand. The +king did as he was bid, and Barney slipped the two baubles +upon his fingers. One of them was the royal ring of the kings +of Lutha. + +The American now blindfolded the king and led him to- +ward the panel which had given him ingress to the room. +Through it the two men passed, Barney closing the panel +after them. then he conducted the king back along the +dark passageway to the room which the American had but +recently quitted. At the back of the panel which led into his +former prison Barney halted and listened. No sound came +from beyond the partition. Gently Barney opened the secret +door a trifle--just enough to permit him a quick survey of +the interior of the apartment. It was empty. A smile crossed +his face as he thought of the difficulty Leopold might en- +counter the following morning in convincing his jailers that +he was not the American. + +Then he recalled his reflection in the cheval glass and +frowned. Could Leopold convince them? He doubted it-- +and what then? The American was sentenced to be shot at +dawn. They would shoot the king instead. Then there would +be none to whom to return the kingship. What would he do +with it? The temptation was great. Again a throne lay within +his grasp--a throne and the woman he loved. None might +ever know unless he chose to tell--his resemblance to Leo- +pold was too perfect. It defied detection. + +With an exclamation of impatience he wheeled about +and dragged the frightened monarch back to the room from +which he had stolen him. As he entered he heard a knock +at the door. + +"Do not disturb me now," he called. "Come again in +half an hour." + +"But it is Her Highness, Princess Emma, sire," came a +voice from beyond the door. "You summoned her." + +"She may return to her apartments," replied Barney. + +All the time he kept his revolver leveled at the king, +from his eyes he had removed the blind after they had +entered the apartment. He crossed to the table where the +king had been sitting when he surprised him, motioning +the ragged ruler to follow and be seated. + +"Take that pen," he said, "and write a full pardon for +Mr. Bernard Custer, and an order requiring that he be fur- +nished with money and set at liberty at dawn." + +The king did as he was bid. For a moment the American +stood looking at him before he spoke again. + +"You do not deserve what I am going to do for you," he +said. "And Lutha deserves a better king than the one my +act will give her; but I am neither a thief nor a murderer, +and so I must forbear leaving you to your just deserts and +return your throne to you. I shall do so after I have insured +my own safety and done what I can for Lutha--what you +are too little a man and king to do yourself. + +"So soon as they liberate you in the morning, make the +best of your way to Brosnov, on the Serbian frontier. Await +me there. When I can, I shall come. Again we may ex- +change clothing and you can return to Lustadt. I shall cross +over into Siberia out of your reach, for I know you too +well to believe that any sense of honor or gratitude would +prevent you signing my death-warrant at the first opportunity. +Now, come!" + +Once again Barney led the blindfolded king through the +dark corridor to the room in the opposite tower--to the +prison of the American. At the open panel he shoved him +into the apartment. Then he drew the door quietly to, +leaving the king upon the inside, and retraced his steps to +the royal apartments. Crossing to the center table, he touched +an electric button. A moment later an officer knocked at the +door, which, in the meantime, Barney had unbolted. + +"Enter!" said the American. He stood with his back to- +ward the door until he heard it close behind the officer. +When he turned he was apparently examining his revolver. +If the officer suspected his identity, it was just as well to +be prepared. Slowly he raised his eyes to the newcomer, who +stood stiffly at salute. The officer looked him full in the face. + +"I answered your majesty's summons," said the man. + +"Oh, yes!" returned the American. "You may fetch the +Princess Emma." + +The officer saluted once more and backed out of the +apartment. Barney walked to the table and sat down. A +tin box of cigarettes lay beside the lamp. Barney lighted one +of them. The king had good taste in the selection of tobacco, +he thought. Well, a man must need have some redeeming +characteristics. + +Outside, in the corridor, he heard voices, and again the +knock at the door. He bade them enter. As the door opened +Emma von der Tann, her head thrown back and a flush of +anger on her face, entered the room. Behind her was the +officer who had been despatched to bring her. Barney +nodded to the latter. + +"You may go," he said. He drew a chair from the table +and asked the princess to be seated. She ignored his re- +quest. + +"What do you wish of me?" she asked. She was looking +straight into his eyes. The officer had withdrawn and closed +the door after him. They were alone, with nothing to fear; +yet she did not recognize him. + +"You are the king," she continued in cold, level tones, +"but if you are also a gentleman, you will at once order +me returned to my father at Lustadt, and with me the man +to whom you owe so much. I do not expect it of you, but I +wish to give you the chance. + +"I shall not go without him. I am betrothed to you; but +until tonight I should rather have died than wed you. Now +I am ready to compromise. If you will set Mr. Custer at +liberty in Serbia and return me unharmed to my father, +I will fulfill my part of our betrothal." + +Barney Custer looked straight into the girl's face for a +long moment. A half smile played upon his lips at the +thought of her surprise when she learned the truth, when +suddenly it dawned upon him that she and he were both +much safer if no one, not even her loyal self, guessed that +he was other than the king. It is not difficult to live a part, +but often it is difficult to act one. Some little word or look, +were she to know that he was Barney Custer, might betray +them; no, it was better to leave her in ignorance, though +his conscience pricked him for the disloyalty that his act +implied. + +It seemed a poor return for her courage and loyalty to +him that her statement to the man she thought king had +revealed. He marveled that a Von der Tann could have +spoken those words--a Von der Tann who but the day be- +fore had refused to save her father's life at the loss of the +family honor. It seemed incredible to the American that he +had won such love from such a woman. Again came the +mighty temptation to keep the crown and the girl both; +but with a straightening of his broad shoulders he threw it +from him. + +She was promised to the king, and while he masqueraded +in the king's clothes, he at least would act the part that a +king should. He drew a folded paper from his inside pocket +and handed it to the girl. + +"Here is the American's pardon," he said, "drawn up and +signed by the king's own hand." + +She opened it and, glancing through it hurriedly, looked +up at the man before her with a questioning expression in +her eyes. + +"You came, then," she said, "to a realization of the enor- +mity of your ingratitude?" + +The man shrugged. + +"He will never die at my command," he said. + +"I thank your majesty," she said simply. "As a Von der +Tann, I have tried to believe that a Rubinroth could not be +guilty of such baseness. And now, tell me what your an- +swer is to my proposition." + +"We shall return to Lustadt tonight," he replied. "I fear +the purpose of Prince Peter. In fact, it may be difficult--even +impossible--for us to leave Blentz; but we can at least +make the attempt." + +"Can we not take Mr. Custer with us?" she asked. "Prince +Peter may disregard your majesty's commands and, after +you are gone, have him shot. Do not forget that he kept +the crown from Peter of Blentz--it is certain that Prince +Peter will never forget it." + +"I give you my word, your highness, that I know posi- +tively that if I leave Blentz tonight Prince Peter will not +have Mr. Custer shot in the morning, and it will so greatly +jeopardize his own plans if we attempt to release the prisoner +that in all probability we ourselves will be unable to es- +cape." + +She looked at him thoughtfully for a moment. + +"You give me your word that he will be safe?" she asked. + +"My royal word," he replied. + +"Very well, let us leave at once." + +Barney touched the bell once more, and presently an +officer of the Blentz faction answered the summons. As the +man closed the door and approached, saluting, Barney +stepped close to him. + +"We are leaving for Tann tonight," he said, "at once. You +will conduct us from the castle and procure horses for us. +All the time I shall walk at your elbow, and in my hand I +shall carry this," and he displayed the king's revolver. "At +the first indication of defection upon your part I shall kill +you. Do you perfectly understand me?" + +"But, your majesty," exclaimed the officer, "why is it +necessary that you leave thus surreptitiously? May not the +king go and come in his own kingdom as he desires? Let +me announce your wishes to Prince Peter that he may fur- +nish you with a proper escort. Doubtless he will wish to +accompany you himself, sire." + +"You will do precisely what I say without further com- +ment," snapped Barney. "Now get a--" He had been about +to say: "Now get a move on you," when it occurred to him +that this was not precisely the sort of language that kings +were supposed to use to their inferiors. So he changed it. +"Now get a couple of horses for her highness and myself, +as well as your own, for you will accompany us to Tann." + +The officer looked at the weapon in the king's hand. He +measured the distance between himself and the king. He +well knew the reputed cowardice of Leopold. Could he make +the leap and strike up the king's hand before the timorous +monarch found even the courage of the cornered rat to fire +at him? Then his eyes sought the face of the king, searching +for the signs of nervous terror that would make his con- +quest an easy one; but what he saw in the eyes that bored +straight into his brought his own to the floor at the king's +feet. + +What new force animated Leopold of Lutha? Those were +not the eyes of a coward. No fear was reflected in their +steely glitter. The officer mumbled an apology, saluted, and +turned toward the door. At his elbow walked the impostor; +a cavalry cape that had belonged to the king now covered +his shoulders and hid the weapon that pressed its hard +warning now and again into the short-ribs of the Blentz +officer. Just behind the American came the Princess Emma +von der Tann. + +The three passed through the deserted corridors of the +sleeping castle, taking a route at Barney's suggestion that led +them to the stable courtyard without necessitating traversing +the main corridors or the great hall or the guardroom, in all +of which there still were Austrian and Blentz soldiers, whose +duties or pleasures had kept them from their blankets. + +At the stables a sleepy groom answered the summons of +the officer, whom Barney had warned not to divulge the +identity of himself or the princess. He left the princess in +the shadows outside the building. After what seemed an +eternity to the American, three horses were led into the +courtyard, saddled, and bridled. The party mounted and +approached the gates. Here, Barney knew, might be en- +countered the most serious obstacle in their path. He rode +close to the side of their unwilling conductor. Leaning for- +ward in his saddle, he whispered in the man's ear. + +"Failure to pass us through the gates," he said, "will be +the signal for your death." + +The man reined in his mount and turned toward the +American. + +"I doubt if they will pass even me without a written +order from Prince Peter," he said. "If they refuse, you must +reveal your identity. The guard is composed of Luthanians +--I doubt if they will dare refuse your majesty." + +Then they rode on up to the gates. A soldier stepped +from the sentry box and challenged them. + +"Lower the drawbridge," ordered the officer. "It is +Captain Krantzwort on a mission for the king." + +The soldier approached, raising a lantern, which he had +brought from the sentry box, and inspected the captain's +face. He seemed ill at ease. In the light of the lantern, the +American saw that he was scarce more than a boy--doubt- +less a recruit. He saw the expression of fear and awe with +which he regarded the officer, and it occurred to him that +the effect of the king's presence upon him would be abso- +lutely overpowering. Still the soldier hesitated. + +"My orders are very strict, sir," he said. "I am to let no +one leave without a written order from Prince Peter. If the +sergeant or the lieutenant were here they would know what +to do; but they are both at the castle--only two other +soldiers are at the gates with me. Wait, and I will send one +of them for the lieutenant." + +"No," interposed the American. "You will send for no +one, my man. Come closer--look at my face." + +The soldier approached, holding his lantern above his +head. As its feeble rays fell upon the face and uniform of +the man on horseback, the sentry gave a little gasp of as- +tonishment. + +"Now, lower the drawbridge," said Barney Custer, "it is +your king's command." + +Quickly the fellow hastened to obey the order. The chains +creaked and the windlass groaned as the heavy planking +sank to place across the moat. + +As Barney passed the soldier he handed him the pardon +Leopold had written for the American. + +"Give this to your lieutenant," he said, "and tell him to +hand it to Prince Peter before dawn tomorrow. Do not fail." + +A moment later the three were riding down the winding +road toward Blentz. Barney had no further need of the +officer who rode with them. He would be glad to be rid of +him, for he anticipated that the fellow might find ample +opportunity to betray them as they passed through the +Austrian lines, which they must do to reach Lustadt. + +He had told the captain that they were going to Tann in +order that, should the man find opportunity to institute pur- +suit, he might be thrown off the track. The Austrian sentries +were no great distance ahead when Barney ordered a halt. + +"Dismount," he directed the captain, leaping to the ground +himself at the same time. "Put your hands behind your +back." + +The officer did as he was bid, and Barney bound his +wrists securely with a strap and buckle that he had re- +moved from the cantle of his saddle as he rode. Then he +led him off the road among some weeds and compelled him +to lie down, after which he bound his ankles together and +stuffed a gag in his mouth, securing it in place with a bit +of stick and the chinstrap from the man's helmet. The threat +of the revolver kept Captain Krantzwort silent and obedient +throughout the hasty operations. + +"Good-bye, captain," whispered Barney, "and let me sug- +gest that you devote the time until your discovery and re- +lease in pondering the value of winning your king's confi- +dence in the future. Had you chosen your associates more +carefully in the past, this need not have occurred." + +Barney unsaddled the captain's horse and turned him +loose, then he remounted and, with the princess at his side, +rode down toward Blentz. + + + +X + +A NEW KING IN LUTHA + +AS THE TWO riders approached the edge of the village of +Blentz a sentry barred their way. To his challenge the +American replied that they were "friends from the castle." + +"Advance," directed the sentry, "and give the counter- +sign." + +Barney rode to the fellow's side, and leaning from the +saddle whispered in his ear the word "Slankamen." + +Would it pass them out as it had passed Maenck in? +Barney scarcely breathed as he awaited the result of his +experiment. The soldier brought his rifle to present and +directed them to pass. With a sigh of relief that was almost +audible the two rode into the village and the Austrian lines. + +Once within they met with no further obstacle until they +reached the last line of sentries upon the far side of the +town. It was with more confidence that Barney gave the +countersign here, nor was he surprised that the soldier +passed them readily; and now they were upon the high- +road to Lustadt, with nothing more to bar their way. + +For hours they rode on in silence. Barney wanted to talk +with his companion, but as king he found nothing to say to +her. The girl's mind was filled with morbid reflections of the +past few hours and dumb terror for the future. She would +keep her promise to the king; but after--life would not be +worth the living; why should she live? She glanced at the +man beside her in the light of the coming dawn. Ah, why +was he so like her American in outward appearances only? +Their own mothers could scarce have distinguished them, +and yet in character no two men could have differed more +widely. The man turned to her. + +"We are almost there," he said. "You must be very tired." + +The words reflected a consideration that had never been +a characteristic of Leopold. The girl began to wonder if +there might not possibly be a vein of nobility in the man, +after all, that she had never discovered. Since she had en- +tered his apartments at Blentz he had been in every way a +different man from the Leopold she had known of old. The +boldness of his escape from Blentz supposed a courage that +the king had never given the slightest indication of in the +past. Could it be that he was making a genuine effort to +become a man--to win her respect? + +They were approaching Lustadt as the sun rose. A troop +of horse was just emerging from the north gate. As it neared +them they saw that the cavalrymen wore the uniforms of +the Royal Horse Guard. At their head rode a lieutenant. As +his eyes fell upon the face of the princess and her com- +panion, he brought his troopers to a halt, and, with in- +credulity plain upon his countenance, advanced to meet +them, his hand raised in salute to the king. It was Butzow. + +Now Barney was sure that he would be recognized. For +two years he and the Luthanian officer had been inseparable. +Surely Butzow would penetrate his disguise. He returned +his friend's salute, looked him full in the eyes, and asked +where he was riding. + +"To Blentz, your majesty," replied Butzow, "to demand +an audience. I bear important word from Prince von der +Tann. He has learned the Austrians are moving an entire +army corps into Lutha, together with siege howitzers. Serbia +has demanded that all Austrian troops be withdrawn from +Luthanian territory at once, and has offered to assist your +majesty in maintaining your neutrality by force, if neces- +sary." + +As Butzow spoke his eyes were often upon the Princess +Emma, and it was quite evident that he was much puzzled +to account for her presence with the king. She was sup- +posed to be at Tann, and Butzow knew well enough her +estimate of Leopold to know that she would not be in his +company of her own volition. His expression as he addressed +the man he supposed to be his king was far from deferen- +tial. Barney could scarce repress a smile. + +"We will ride at once to the palace," he said. "At the +gate you may instruct one of your sergeants to telephone to +will act as our escort." + +Butzow saluted and turned to his troopers, giving the +necessary commands that brought them about in the wake +of the pseudo-king. Once again Barney Custer, of Beatrice, +rode into Lustadt as king of Lutha. The few people upon +the streets turned to look at him as he passed, but there +was little demonstration of love or enthusiasm. + +Leopold had awakened no emotions of this sort in the +hearts of his subjects. Some there were who still remembered +the gallant actions of their ruler on the field of battle when +his forces had defeated those of the regent, upon that other +occasion when this same American had sat upon the +throne of Lutha for two days and had led the little army +to victory; but since then the true king had been with them +daily in his true colors. Arrogance, haughtiness, and petty +tyranny had marked his reign. Taxes had gone even higher +than under the corrupt influence of the Blentz regime. +The king's days were spent in bed; his nights in dissipation. +Old Ludwig von der Tann seemed Lutha's only friend at +court. Him the people loved and trusted. + +It was the old chancellor who met them as they entered +the palace--the Princess Emma, Lieutenant Butzow, and +the false king. As the old man's eyes fell upon his daughter, +he gave an exclamation of surprise and of incredulity. He +looked from her to the American. + +"What is the meaning of this, your majesty?" he cried in +a voice hoarse with emotion. "What does her highness in +your company?" + +There was neither fear nor respect in Prince Ludwig's +tone--only anger. He was demanding an accounting from +Leopold, the man; not from Leopold, the king. Barney +raised his hand. + +"Wait," he said, "before you judge. The princess was +brought to Blentz by Prince Peter. She will tell you that I +have aided her to escape and that I have accorded her only +such treatment as a woman has a right to expect from a +king." + +The girl inclined her head. + +"His majesty has been most kind," she said. "He has +treated me with every consideration and respect, and I am +convinced that he was not a willing party to my arrest and +forcible detention at Blentz; or," she added, "if he was, he +regretted his action later and has made full reparation by +bringing me to Lustadt." + +Prince von der Tann found difficulty in hiding his surprise +at this evidence of chivalry in the cowardly king. But for +his daughter's testimony he could not have believed it pos- +sible that it lay within the nature of Leopold of Lutha to +have done what he had done within the past few hours. + +He bowed low before the man who wore the king's uni- +form. The American extended his hand, and Von der Tann, +taking it in his own, raised it to his lips. + +"And now," said Barney briskly, "let us go to my apart- +ments and get to work. Your highness"--and he turned to- +ward the Princess Emma--"must be greatly fatigued. Lieu- +tenant Butzow, you will see that a suite is prepared for her +highness. Afterward you may call upon Count Zellerndorf, +whom I understand returned to Lustadt yesterday, and noti- +fy him that I will receive him in an hour. Inform the Serbian +minister that I desire his presence at the palace immediately. +Lose no time, lieutenant, and be sure to impress upon the +Serbian minister that immediately means immediately." + +Butzow saluted and the Princess Emma curtsied, as the +king turned and, slipping his arm through that of Prince +Ludwig, walked away in the direction of the royal apart- +ments. Once at the king's desk Barney turned toward the +chancellor. In his mind was the determination to save Lutha +if Lutha could be saved. He had been forced to place the +king in a position where he would be helpless, though that +he would have been equally as helpless upon his throne the +American did not doubt for an instant. However, the course +of events had placed within his hands the power to serve +not only Lutha but the house of Von der Tann as well. He +would do in the king's place what the king should have +done if the king had been a man. + +"Now, Prince Ludwig," he said, "tell me just what con- +ditions we must face. Remember that I have been at Blentz +and that there the King of Lutha is not apt to learn all +that transpires in Lustadt." + +"Sire," replied the chancellor, "we face a grave crisis. Not +only is there within Lutha the small force of Austrian troops +that surround Blentz, but now an entire army corps has +crossed the border. Unquestionably they are marching on +Lustadt. The emperor is going to take no chances. He sent +the first force into Lutha to compel Serbian intervention and +draw Serbian troops from the Austro-Serbian battle line. +Serbia has withheld her forces at my request, but she will +not withhold them for long. We must make a declaration +at once. If we declare against Austria we are faced by the +menace of the Austrian troops already within our bound- +aries, but we shall have Serbia to help us. + +"A Serbian army corps is on the frontier at this moment +awaiting word from Lutha. If it is adverse to Austria that +army corps will cross the border and march to our assist- +ance. If it is favorable to Austria it will none the less cross +into Lutha, but as enemies instead of allies. Serbia has +acted honorably toward Lutha. She has not violated our +neutrality. She has no desire to increase her possessions in +this direction. + +"On the other hand, Austria has violated her treaty with +us. She has marched troops into our country and occupied +the town of Blentz. Constantly in the past she has incited +internal discord. She is openly championing the Blentz +cause, which at last I trust your majesty has discovered is +inimical to your interests. + +"If Austria is victorious in her war with Serbia, she will +find some pretext to hold Lutha whether Lutha takes her +stand either for or against her. And most certainly is this +true if it occurs that Austrian troops are still within the +boundaries of Lutha when peace is negotiated. Not only our +honor but our very existence demands that there be no +Austrian troops in Lutha at the close of this war. If we +cannot force them across the border we can at least make +such an effort as will win us the respect of the world and +a voice in the peace negotiations. + +"If we must bow to the surrender of our national integrity, +let us do so only after we have exhausted every resource of +the country in our country's defense. In the past your majesty +has not appeared to realize the menace of your most power- +ful neighbor. I beg of you, sire, to trust me. Believe that I +have only the interests of Lutha at heart, and let us work +together for the salvation of our country and your majesty's +throne." + +Barney laid his hand upon the old man's shoulder. It +seemed a shame to carry the deception further, but the +American well knew that only so could he accomplish aught +for Lutha or the Von der Tanns. Once the old chancellor +suspected the truth as to his identity he would be the first +to denounce him. + +"I think that you and I can work together, Prince Lud- +wig," he said. "I have sent for the Serbian and Austrian +ministers. The former should be here immediately." + +Nor did they have long to wait before the tall Slav was +announced. Barney lost no time in getting down to business. +He asked no questions. What Von der Tann had told him, +what he had seen with his own eyes since he had entered +Lutha, and what he had overheard in the inn at Burgova +was sufficient evidence that the fate of Lutha hung upon +the prompt and energetic decisions of the man who sat +upon Lutha's throne for the next few days. + +Had Leopold been the present incumbent Lutha would +have been lost, for that he would play directly into the +hands of Austria was not to be questioned. Were Von der +Tann to seize the reins of government a state of revolution +would exist that would divide the state into two bitter +factions, weaken its defense, and give Austria what she most +desired--a plausible pretext for intervention. + +Lutha's only hope lay in united defense of her liberties +under the leadership of the one man whom all acknowledged +king--Leopold. Very well, Barney Custer, of Beatrice, would +be Leopold for a few days, since the real Leopold had +proven himself incompetent to meet the emergency. + +General Petko, the Serbian minister to Lutha, brought to +the audience the memory of a series of unpleasant encounters +with the king. Leopold had never exerted himself to hide +his pro-Austrian sentiments. Austria was a powerful country +--Serbia, a relatively weak neighbor. Leopold, being a royal +snob, had courted the favor of the emperor and turned up +his nose at Serbia. The general was prepared for a repetition +of the veiled affronts that Leopold delighted in according +him; but this time he brought with him a reply that for +two years he had been living in the hope of some day being +able to deliver to the young monarch he so cordially de- +spised. + +It was an ultimatum from his government--an ultimatum +couched in terms from which all diplomatic suavity had +been stripped. If Barney Custer, of Beatrice, could have +read it he would have smiled, for in plain American it might +have been described as announcing to Leopold precisely +"where he got off." But Barney did not have the opportunity +to read it, since that ultimatum was never delivered. + +Barney took the wind all out of it by his first words. "Your +excellency may wonder why it is that we have summoned +you at such an early hour," he said. + +General Petko inclined his head in deferential acknowl- +edgment of the truth of the inference. + +"It is because we have learned from our chancellor," +continued the American, "that Serbia has mobilized an en- +tire army corps upon the Luthanian frontier. Am I correctly +informed?" + +General Petko squared his shoulders and bowed in assent. +At the same time he reached into his breast-pocket for the +ultimatum. + +"Good!" exclaimed Barney, and then he leaned close to +the ear of the Serbian. "How long will it take to move that +army corps to Lustadt?" + +General Petko gasped and returned the ultimatum to his +pocket. + +"Sire!" he cried, his face lighting with incredulity. "You +mean--" + +"I mean," said the American, "that if Serbia will loan +Lutha an army corps until the Austrians have evacuated +Luthanian territory, Lutha will loan Serbia an army corps +until such time as peace is declared between Serbia and +Austria. Other than this neither government will incur any +obligations to the other. + +"We may not need your help, but it will do us no harm +to have them well on the way toward Lustadt as quickly as +possible. Count Zellerndorf will be here in a few minutes. +We shall, through him, give Austria twenty-four hours to +withdraw all her troops beyond our frontiers. The army of +Lutha is mobilized before Lustadt. It is not a large army, +but with the help of Serbia it should be able to drive the +Austrians from the country, provided they do not leave of +their own accord." + +General Petko smiled. So did the American and the chan- +cellor. Each knew that Austria would not withdraw her +army from Lutha. + +"With your majesty's permission I will withdraw," said +the Serbian, "and transmit Lutha's proposition to my gov- +ernment; but I may say that your majesty need have no +apprehension but that a Serbian army corps will be crossing +into Lutha before noon today." + +"And now, Prince Ludwig," said the American after the +Serbian had bowed himself out of the apartment, "I sug- +gest that you take immediate steps to entrench a strong +force north of Lustadt along the road to Blentz." + +Von der Tann smiled as he replied. "It is already done, +sire," he said. + +"But I passed in along the road this morning," said Bar- +ney, "and saw nothing of such preparations." + +"The trenches and the soldiers were there, nevertheless, +sire," replied the old man, "only a little gap was left on +either side of the highway that those who came and went +might not suspect our plans and carry word of them to +the Austrians. A few hours will complete the link across +the road." + +"Good! Let it be completed at once. Here is Count Zel- +lerndorf now," as the minister was announced. + +Von der Tann bowed himself out as the Austrian entered +the king's presence. For the first time in two years the +chancellor felt that the destiny of Lutha was safe in the +hands of her king. What had caused the metamorphosis +in Leopold he could not guess. He did not seem to be the +same man that had whined and growled at their last audi- +ence a week before. + +The Austrian minister entered the king's presence with an +expression of ill-concealed surprise upon his face. Two days +before he had left Leopold safely ensconced at Blentz, +where he was to have remained indefinitely. He glanced +hurriedly about the room in search of Prince Peter or an- +other of the conspirators who should have been with the +king. He saw no one. The king was speaking. The Austrian's +eyes went wider, not only at the words, but at the tone of +voice. + +"Count Zellerndorf," said the American, "you were doubt- +less aware of the embarrassment under which the king of +Lutha was compelled at Blentz to witness the entry of a +foreign army within his domain. But we are not now at +Blentz. We have summoned you that you may receive from +us, and transmit to your emperor, the expression of our +surprise and dismay at the unwarranted violation of Luth- +anian neutrality." + +"But, your majesty--" interrupted the Austrian. + +"But nothing, your excellency," snapped the American. +"The moment for diplomacy is passed; the time for action +has come. You will oblige us by transmitting to your govern- +ment at once a request that every Austrian soldier now in +Lutha be withdrawn by noon tomorrow." + +Zellerndorf looked his astonishment. + +"Are you mad, sire?" he cried. "It will mean war!" + +"It is what Austria has been looking for," snapped the +American, "and what people look for they usually get, es- +pecially if they chance to be looking for trouble. When can +you expect a reply from Vienna?" + +"By noon, your majesty," replied the Austrian, "but are +you irretrievably bound to your present policy? Remember +the power of Austria, sire. Think of your throne. Think--" + +"We have thought of everything," interrupted Barney. +"A throne means less to us than you may imagine, count; +but the honor of Lutha means a great deal." + + + +XI + +THE BATTLE + +AT FIVE o'clock that afternoon the sidewalks bordering Mar- +garetha Street were crowded with promenaders. The little +tables before the cafes were filled. Nearly everyone spoke +of the great war and of the peril which menaced Lutha. +Upon many a lip was open disgust at the supine attitude +of Leopold of Lutha in the face of an Austrian invasion of +his country. Discontent was open. It was ripening to some- +thing worse for Leopold than an Austrian invasion. + +Presently a sergeant of the Royal Horse Guards cantered +down the street from the palace. He stopped here and there, +and, dismounting, tacked placards in conspicuous places. At +the notice, and in each instance cheers and shouting fol- +lowed the sergeant as he rode on to the next stop. + +Now, at each point men and women were gathered, +eagerly awaiting an explanation of the jubilation farther up +the street. Those whom the sergeant passed called to him +for an explanation, and not receiving it, followed in a quickly +growing mob that filled Margaretha Street from wall to +wall. When he dismounted he had almost to fight his way +to the post or door upon which he was to tack the next +placard. The crowd surged about him in its anxiety to +read what the placard bore, and then, between the cheering +and yelling, those in the front passed back to the crowd the +tidings that filled them with so great rejoicing. + +"Leopold has declared war on Austria!" "The king calls +for volunteers!" "Long live the king!" + + +The battle of Lustadt has passed into history. Outside of +the little kingdom of Lutha it received but passing notice +by the world at large, whose attention was riveted upon the +great conflicts along the banks of the Meuse, the Marne, +and the Aisne. But in Lutha! Ah, it will be told and re- +told, handed down from mouth to mouth and from genera- +tion to generation to the end of time. + +How the cavalry that the king sent north toward Blentz +met the advancing Austrian army. How, fighting, they fell +back upon the infantry which lay, a thin line that stretched +east and west across the north of Lustadt, in its first line of +trenches. A pitifully weak line it was, numerically, in com- +parison with the forces of the invaders; but it stood its +ground heroically, and from the heights to the north of +the city the fire from the forts helped to hold the enemy +in check for many hours. + +And then the enemy succeeded in bringing up their +heavy artillery to the ridge that lies three miles north of +the forts. Shells were bursting in the trenches, the forts, and +the city. To the south a stream of terror-stricken refugees +was pouring out of Lustadt along the King's Road. Rich +and poor, animated by a common impulse, filled the narrow +street that led to the city's southern gate. Carts drawn by +dogs, laden donkeys, French limousines, victorias, wheel- +barrows--every conceivable wheeled vehicle and beast of +burden--were jammed in a seemingly inextricable tangle in +the mad rush for safety. + +Rumor passed back and forth through the fleeing thou- +sands. Now came word that Fort No. 2 had been silenced +by the Austrian guns. Immediately followed news that the +Luthanian line was falling back upon the city. Fear turned +to panic. Men fought to outdistance their neighbors. + +A shell burst upon a roof-top in an adjoining square. + +Women fainted and were trampled. Hoarse shouts of +anger mingled with screams of terror, and then into the +midst of it from Margaretha Street rode a man on horse- +back. Behind him were a score of officers. A trumpeter +raised his instrument to his lips, and above the din of +the fleeing multitude rose the sharp, triple call that an- +nounces the coming of the king. The mob halted and turned. + +Looking down upon them from his saddle was Leopold +of Lutha. His palm was raised for silence and there was a +smile upon his lips. Quite suddenly, and as by a miracle, +fear left them. They made a line for him and his staff to +ride through. One of the officers turned in his saddle to +address a civilian friend in an automobile. + +"His majesty is riding to the firing line," he said and he +raised his voice that many might hear. Quickly the word +passed from mouth to mouth, and as Barney Custer, of +Beatrice, passed along Margaretha Street he was followed +by a mad din of cheering that drowned the booming of the +distant cannon and the bursting of the shells above the +city. + +The balance of the day the pseudo-king rode back and +forth along his lines. Three of his staff were killed and two +horses were shot from beneath him, but from the moment +that he appeared the Luthanian line ceased to waver or +fall back. The advanced trenches that they had abandoned +to the Austrians they took again at the point of the bayonet. +Charge after charge they repulsed, and all the time there +hovered above the enemy Lutha's sole aeroplane, watching, +watching, ever watching for the coming of the allies. Some- +where to the northeast the Serbians were advancing toward +Lustadt. Would they come in time? + +It was five o'clock in the morning of the second day, and +though the Luthanian line still held, Barney Custer knew +that it could not hold for long. The Austrian artillery fire, +which had been rather wild the preceding day, had now +become of deadly accuracy. Each bursting shell filled some +part of the trenches with dead and wounded, and though +their places were taken by fresh men from the reserve, +there would soon be no reserve left to call upon. + +At his left, in the rear, the American had massed the +bulk of his reserves, and at the foot of the heights north of +the city and just below the forts the major portion of the +cavalry was drawn up in the shelter of a little ravine. Bar- +ney's eyes were fixed upon the soaring aeroplane. + +In his hand was his watch. He would wait another fifteen +minutes, and if by then the signal had not come that the +Serbians were approaching, he would strike the blow that +he had decided upon. From time to time he glanced at his +watch. + +The fifteen minutes had almost elapsed when there flut- +tered from the tiny monoplane a paper parachute. It dropped +for several hundred feet before it spread to the air pressure +and floated more gently toward the earth and a moment +later there burst from its basket a puff of white smoke. Two +more parachutes followed the first and two more puffs of +smoke. Then the machine darted rapidly off toward the +northeast. + +Barney turned to Prince von der Tann with a smile. "They +are none too soon," he said. + +The old prince bowed in acquiescence. He had been very +happy for two days. Lutha might be defeated now, but she +could never be subdued. She had a king at last--a real +king. Gott! How he had changed. It reminded Prince von +der Tann of the day he had ridden beside the imposter two +years before in the battle with the forces of Peter of Blentz. +Many times he had caught himself scrutinizing the face of +the monarch, searching for some proof that after all he +was not Leopold. + +"Direct the commanders of forts three and four to con- +centrate their fire on the enemy's guns directly north of Fort +No. 3," Barney directed an aide. "Simultaneously let the +cavalry and Colonel Kazov's infantry make a determined as- +sault on the Austrian trenches." + +Then he turned his horse toward the left of his line, where, +a little to the rear, lay the fresh troops that he had been +holding in readiness against this very moment. As he gal- +loped across the plain, his staff at his heels, shrapnel burst +about them. Von der Tann spurred to his side. + +"Sire," he cried, "it is unnecessary that you take such +grave risks. Your staff is ready and willing to perform such +service that you may be preserved to your people and your +throne." + +"I believe the men fight better when they think their king +is watching them," said the American simply. + +"I know it, sire," replied Von der Tann, "but even so, +Lutha could ill afford to lose you now. I thank God, your +majesty, that I have lived to see this day--to see the last of +the Rubinroths upholding the glorious traditions of the +Rubinroth blood." + +Barney led the reserves slowly through the wood to the +rear of the extreme left of his line. The attack upon the +Austrian right center appeared to be meeting with much +greater success than the American dared to hope for. Al- +ready, through his glasses, he could see indications that +the enemy was concentrating a larger force at this point to +repulse the vicious assaults of the Luthanians. To do this +they must be drawing from their reserves back of other por- +tions of their line. + +It was what Barney had desired. The three bombs from +the aeroplane had told him that the Serbians had been +sighted three miles away. Already they were engaging the +Austrians. He could hear the rattle of rifles and quick-firers +and the roar of cannon far to the northeast. And now he +gave the word to the commander of the reserve. + +At a rapid trot the men moved forward behind the ex- +treme left end of the Luthanian left wing. They were almost +upon the Austrians before they emerged from the shelter of +the wood, and then with hoarse shouts and leveled bayonets +they charged the enemy's position. The fight there was the +bloodiest of the two long days. Back and forth the tide of +battle surged. In the thick of it rode the false king en- +couraging his men to greater effort. Slowly at last they bore +the Austrians from their trenches. Back and back they bore +them until retreat became a rout. The Austrian right was +crumpled back upon its center! + +Here the enemy made a determined stand; but just be- +fore dark a great shouting arose from the heights to their +left, where the bulk of their artillery was stationed. Both the +Luthanian and Austrian troops engaged in the plain saw +Austrian infantry and artillery running down the slopes in +disorderly rout. Upon their heads came a cheering line of +soldiers firing as they ran, and above them waved the battle- +flag of Serbia. + +A mighty shout rose from the Luthanian ranks--an an- +swering groan from the throats of the Austrians. Hemmed +in between the two lines of allies, the Austrians were help- +less. Their artillery was captured, retreat cut off. There was +but a single alternative to massacre--the white flag. + +A few regiments between Lustadt and Blentz, but nearer +the latter town, escaped back into Austria, the balance Bar- +ney arranged with the Serbian minister to have taken back +to Serbia as prisoners of war. The Luthanian army corps that +the American had promised the Serbs was to be utilized +along the Austrian frontier to prevent the passage of Austrian +troops into Serbia through Lutha. + +The return to Lustadt after the battle was made through +cheering troops and along streets choked with joy-mad +citizenry. The name of the soldier-king was upon every +tongue. Men went wild with enthusiasm as the tall figure +rode slowly through the crowd toward the palace. + +Von der Tann, grim and martial, found his lids damp with +the moisture of a great happiness. Even now with all the +proofs of reality about him, it seemed impossible that this +scene could be aught but the ephemeral vapors of a dream +--that Leopold of Lutha, the coward, the craven, could +have become in a single day the heroic figure that had +loomed so large upon the battlefield of Lustadt--the simple, +modest gentleman who received the plaudits of his subjects +with bowed head and humble mien. + +As Barney Custer rode up Margaretha Street toward the +royal palace of the kings of Lutha, a dust-covered horseman +in the uniform of an officer of the Horse Guards entered +Lustadt from the south. It was the young aide of Prince +von der Tann's staff, who had been sent to Blentz nearly a +week earlier with a message for the king, and who had +been captured and held by the Austrians. + +During the battle before Lustadt all the Austrian troops +had been withdrawn from Blentz and hurried to the front. +It was then that the aide had been transferred to the castle, +from which he had escaped early that morning. To reach +Lustadt he had been compelled to circle the Austrian posi- +tion, coming to Lustadt from the south. + +Once within the city he rode straight to the palace, flung +himself from his jaded mount, and entered the left wing of +the building--the wing in which the private apartments of +the chancellor were located. + +Here he inquired for the Princess Emma, learning with +evident relief that she was there. A moment later, white +with dust, his face streamed with sweat, he was ushered +into her presence. + +"Your highness," he blurted, "the king's commands have +been disregarded--the American is to be shot tomorrow. I +have just escaped from Blentz. Peter is furious. He realizes +that whether the Austrians win or lose, his standing with +the king is gone forever. + +"In a fit of rage he has ordered that Mr. Custer be sacri- +ficed to his desire for revenge, in the hope that it will in- +sure for him the favor of the Austrians. Something must be +done at once if he is to be saved." + +For a moment the girl swayed as though about to fall. +The young officer stepped quickly to support her, but be- +fore he reached her side she had regained complete mastery +of herself. From the street without there rose the blare of +trumpets and the cheering of the populace. + +Through senses numb with the cold of anguish the mean- +ing of the tumult slowly filtered to her brain--the king had +come. He was returning from the battlefield, covered with +honors and flushed with glory--the man who was to be +her husband; but there was no rejoicing in the heart of the +Princess Emma. + +Instead, there was a dull ache and impotent rebellion +at the injustice of the thing--that Leopold should be reap- +ing these great rewards, while he who had made it possible +for him to be a king at all was to die on the morrow be- +cause of what he had done to place the Rubinroth upon +his throne. + +"Perhaps Lieutenant Butzow might find a way," suggested +the officer. "He or your father; they are both fond of Mr. +Custer." + +"Yes," said the girl dully, "see Lieutenant Butzow--he +would do the most." + +The officer bowed and hastened from the apartment in +search of Butzow. The girl approached the window and +stood there for a long time, looking out at the surging multi- +tude that pressed around the palace gates, filling Margaretha +Street with a solid mass of happy faces. + +They cheered the king, the chancellor, the army; but most +often they cheered the king. From a despised monarch Leo- +pold had risen in a single bound to the position of a national +idol. + +Repeatedly he was called to the balcony over the grand +entrance that the people might feast their eyes on him. The +princess wondered how long it was before she herself would +be forced to offer her congratulations and, perchance, suffer +his caresses. She shivered and cringed at the thought, and +then there came a knock upon the door, and in answer to +her permission it opened, and the king stood upon the +threshold alone. + +At a glance the man took in the pain and sorrow mir- +rored upon the girl's face. He stepped quickly across the +room toward her. + +"What is it?" he asked. "What is the matter?" + +For a moment he had forgotten the part that he had +been playing--forgot that the Princess Emma was ignorant +of his identity. He had come to her to share with her the +happiness of the hour--the glory of the victorious arms of +Lutha. For a time he had almost forgotten that he was not +the king, and now he was forgetting that he was not Barney +Custer to the girl who stood before him with misery and +hopelessness writ so large upon her countenance. + +For a brief instant the girl did not reply. She was weigh- +ing the problematical value of an attempt to enlist the king +in the cause of the American. Leopold had shown a spark of +magnanimity when he had written a pardon for Mr. Custer; +might he not rise again above his petty jealousy and save +the American's life? It was a forlorn hope to the woman +who knew the true Leopold so well; but it was a hope. + +"What is the matter?" the king repeated. + +"I have just received word that Prince Peter has ignored +your commands, sire," replied the girl, "and that Mr. Custer +is to be shot tomorrow." + +Barney's eyes went wide with incredulity. Here was a +pretty pass, indeed! The princess came close to him and +seized his arm. + +"You promised, sire," she said, "that he would not be +harmed--you gave your royal word. You can save him. You +have an army at your command. Do not forget that he +once saved you." + +The note of appeal in her voice and the sorrow in her +eyes gave Barney Custer a twinge of compunction. The +necessity for longer concealing his identity in so far as the +salvation of Lutha was concerned seemed past; but the +American had intended to carry the deception to the end. + +He had given the matter much thought, but he could find +no grounds for belief that Emma von der Tann would be +any happier in the knowledge that her future husband had +had nothing to do with the victory of his army. If she was +doomed to a life at his side, why not permit her the grain +of comfort that she might derive from the memory of her +husband's achievements upon the battlefield of Lustadt? Why +rob her of that little? + +But now, face to face with her, and with the evidence of +her suffering so plain before him, Barney's intentions wa- +vered. Like most fighting men, he was tender in his dealings +with women. And now the last straw came in the form of a +single tiny tear that trickled down the girl's cheek. He +seized the hand that lay upon his arm. + +"Your highness," he said, "do not grieve for the American. +He is not worth it. He has deceived you. He is not at +Blentz." + +The girl drew her hand from his and straightened to her +full height. + +"What do you mean, sire?" she exclaimed. "Mr. Custer +would not deceive me even if he had an opportunity--which +he has not had. But if he is not at Blentz, where is he?" + +Barney bowed his head and looked at the floor. + +"He is here, your highness, asking your forgiveness," he +said. + +There was a puzzled expression upon the girl's face as +she looked at the man before her. She did not understand. +Why should she? Barney drew a diamond ring from his +little finger and held it out to her. + +"You gave it to me to cut a hole in the window of the +garage where I stole the automobile," he said. "I forgot to +return it. Now do you know who I am?" + +Emma von der Tann's eyes showed her incredulity; then, +act by act, she recalled all that this man had said and +done since they had escaped from Blentz that had been +so unlike the king she knew. + +"When did you assume the king's identity?" she asked. + +Barney told her all that had transpired in the king's apart- +ments at Blentz before she had been conducted to the +king's presence. + +"And Leopold is there now?" she asked. + +"He is there," replied Barney, "and he is to be shot in +the morning." + +"Gott!" exclaimed the girl. "What are we to do?" + +"There is but one thing to do," replied the American, +"and that is for Butzow and me to ride to Blentz as fast as +horses will carry us and rescue the king." + +"And then?" asked the girl, a shadow crossing her face. + +"And then Barney Custer will have to beat it for the +boundary," he replied with a sorry smile. + +She came quite close to him, laying her hands upon his +shoulders. + +"I cannot give you up now," she said simply. "I have +tried to be loyal to Leopold and the promise that my father +made his king when I was only a little girl; but since I +thought that you were to be shot, I have wished a thousand +times that I had gone with you to America two years ago. +Take me with you now, Barney. We can send Lieutenant +Butzow to rescue the king, and before he has returned we +can be safe across the Serbian frontier." + +The American shook his head. + +"I got the king into this mess and I must get him out," +he said. "He may deserve to be shot, but it is up to me +to prevent it, if I can. And there is your father to consider. +If Butzow rides to Blentz and rescues the king, it may be +difficult to get him back to Lustadt without the truth of +his identity and mine becoming known. With me there, the +change can be effected easily, and not even Butzow need +know what has happened. + +"If the people should guess that it was not Leopold who +won the battle of Lustadt there might be the devil to pay, +and your father would go down along with the throne. No, +I must stay until Leopold is safe in Lustadt. But there is a +hope for us. I may be able to wrest from Leopold his +sanction of our marriage. I shall not hesitate to use threats +to get it, and I rather imagine that he will be in such a +terror-stricken condition that he will assent to any terms for +his release from Blentz. If he gives me such a paper, Emma, +will you marry me?" + +Perhaps there never had been a stranger proposal than +this; but to neither did it seem strange. For two years each +had known the love of the other. The girl's betrothal to +the king had prevented an avowal of their love while Barney +posed in his own identity. Now they merely accepted the +conditions that had existed for two years as though a mat- +ter of fact which had been often discussed between them. + +"Of course I'll marry you," said the princess. "Why in the +world would I want you to take me to America otherwise?" + +As Barney Custer took her in his arms he was happier +than he had ever before been in all his life, and so, too, +was the Princess Emma von der Tann. + + + + +XII + +LEOPOLD WAITS FOR DAWN + +AFTER THE American had shoved him through the secret +doorway into the tower room of the castle of Blentz, Leopold +had stood for several minutes waiting for the next command +from his captor. Presently, hearing no sound other than that +of his own breathing, the king ventured to speak. He asked +the American what he purposed doing with him next. + +There was no reply. For another minute the king listened +intently; then he raised his hands and removed the bandage +from his eyes. He looked about him. The room was vacant +except for himself. He recognized it as the one in which he +had spent ten years of his life as a prisoner. He shuddered. +What had become of the American? He approached the +door and listened. Beyond the panels he could hear the two +soldiers on guard there conversing. He called to them. + +"What do you want?" shouted one of the men through +the closed door. + +"I want Prince Peter!" yelled the king. "Send him at +once!" + +The soldiers laughed. + +"He wants Prince Peter," they mocked. "Wouldn't you +rather have us send the king to you?" they asked. + +"I am the king!" yelled Leopold. "I am the king! Open +the door, pigs, or it will go hard with you! I shall have you +both shot in the morning if you do not open the door and +fetch Prince Peter." + +"Ah!" exclaimed one of the soldiers. "Then there will be +three of us shot together." + +Leopold went white. He had not connected the sentence +of the American with himself; but now, quite vividly, he +realized what it might mean to him if he failed before dawn +to convince someone that he was not the American. Peter +would not be awake at so early an hour, and if he had no +better success with others than he was having with these +soldiers, it was possible that he might be led out and shot +before his identity was discovered. The thing was prepos- +terous. The king's knees became suddenly quite weak. They +shook, and his legs gave beneath his weight so that he had +to lean against the back of a chair to keep from falling. + +Once more he turned to the soldiers. This time he pleaded +with them, begging them to carry word to Prince Peter that +a terrible mistake had been made, and that it was the king +and not the American who was confined in the death cham- +ber. But the soldiers only laughed at him, and finally threat- +ened to come in and beat him if he again interrupted their +conversation. + +It was a white and shaken prisoner that the officer of the +guard found when he entered the room at dawn. The man +before him, his face streaked with tears of terror and self- +pity, fell upon his knees before him, beseeching him to carry +word to Peter of Blentz, that he was the king. The officer +drew away with a gesture of disgust. + +"I might well believe from your actions that you are Leo- +pold," he said; "for, by Heaven, you do not act as I have +always imagined the American would act in the face of +danger. He has a reputation for bravery that would suffer +could his admirers see him now." + +"But I am not the American," pleaded the king. "I tell +you that the American came to my apartments last night, +overpowered me, forced me to change clothing with him, +and then led me back here." + +A sudden inspiration came to the king with the memory +of all that had transpired during that humiliating encounter +with the American. + +"I signed a pardon for him!" he cried. "He forced me to +do so. If you think I am the American, you cannot kill me +now, for there is a pardon signed by the king, and an order +for the American's immediate release. Where is it? Do not +tell me that Prince Peter did not receive it." + +"He received it," replied the officer, "and I am here to +acquaint you with the fact, but Prince Peter said nothing +about your release. All he told me was that you were not to +be shot this morning," and the man emphasized the last two +words. + +Leopold of Lutha spent two awful days a prisoner at +Blentz, not knowing at what moment Prince Peter might +see fit to carry out the verdict of the Austrian court martial. +He could convince no one that he was the king. Peter would +not even grant him an audience. Upon the evening of the +third day, word came that the Austrians had been defeated +before Lustadt, and those that were not prisoners were re- +treating through Blentz toward the Austrian frontier. + +The news filtered to Leopold's prison room through the +servant who brought him his scant and rough fare. The king +was utterly disheartened before this word reached him. For +the moment he seemed to see a ray of hope, for, since the +impostor had been victorious, he would be in a position to +force Peter of Blentz to give up the true king. + +There was the chance that the American, flushed with +success and power, might elect to hold the crown he had +seized. Who would guess the transfer that had been ef- +fected, or, guessing, would dare voice his suspicions in the +face of the power and popularity that Leopold knew such a +victory as the impostor had won must have given him in +the hearts and minds of the people of Lutha? Still, there +was a bare possibility that the American would be as good +as his word, and return the crown as he had promised. +Though he hated to admit it, the king had every reason to +believe that the impostor was a man of honor, whose bare +word was as good as another's bond. + +He was commencing, under this line of reasoning, to +achieve a certain hopeful content when the door to his prison +opened and Peter of Blentz, black and scowling, entered. +At his elbow was Captain Ernst Maenck. + +"Leopold has defeated the Austrians," announced the +former. "Until you returned to Lutha he considered the Aus- +trians his best friends. I do not know how you could have +reached or influenced him. It is to learn how you accom- +plished it that I am here. The fact that he signed your +pardon indicates that his attitude toward you changed sud- +denly--almost within an hour. There is something at the +bottom of it all, and that something I must know." + +"I am Leopold!" cried the king. "Don't you recognize me, +Prince Peter? Look at me! Maenck must know me. It was I +who wrote and signed the American's pardon--at the point +of the American's revolver. He forced me to exchange cloth- +ing with him, and then he brought me here to this room +and left me." + +The two men looked at the speaker and smiled. + +"You bank too strongly, my friend," said Peter of Blentz, +"upon your resemblance to the king of Lutha. I will admit +that it is strong, but not so strong as to convince me of the +truth of so improbable a story. How in the world could the +American have brought you through the castle, from one +end to the other, unseen? There was a guard before the +king's door and another before this. No, Herr Custer, you +will have to concoct a more plausible tale. + +"No," and Peter of Blentz scowled savagely, as though to +impress upon his listener the importance of his next utterance, +"there were more than you and the king involved in his +sudden departure from Blentz and in his hasty change of +policy toward Austria. To be quite candid, it seems to me +that it may be necessary to my future welfare--vitally neces- +sary, I may say--to know precisely how all this occurred, +and just what influence you have over Leopold of Lutha. +Who was it that acted as the go-between in the king's nego- +tiations with you, or rather, yours with the king? And what +argument did you bring to bear to force Leopold to the +action he took?" + +"I have told you all that I know about the matter," +whined the king. "The American appeared suddenly in my +apartment. When he brought me here he first blindfolded +me. I have no idea by what route we traveled through the +castle, and unless your guards outside this door were bribed +they can tell you more about how we got in here than I +can--provided we entered through that doorway," and the +king pointed to the door which had just opened to admit +his two visitors. + +"Oh, pshaw!" exclaimed Maenck. "There is but one door +to this room--if the king came in here at all, he came +through that door." + +"Enough!" cried Peter of Blentz. "I shall not be trifled +with longer. I shall give you until tomorrow morning to make +a full explanation of the truth and to form some plan whereby +you may utilize once more whatever influence you had +over Leopold to the end that he grant to myself and my +associates his royal assurance that our lives and property +will be safe in Lutha." + +"But I tell you it is impossible," wailed the king. + +"I think not," sneered Prince Peter, "especially when I tell +you that if you do not accede to my wishes the order of the +Austrian military court that sentenced you to death at Bur- +gova will be carried out in the morning." + +With his final words the two men turned and left the +room. Behind them, upon the floor, inarticulate with terror, +knelt Leopold of Lutha, his hands outstretched in supplica- +tion. + +The long night wore its weary way to dawn at last. The +sleepless man, alternately tossing upon his bed and pacing +the floor, looked fearfully from time to time at the window +through which the lightening of the sky would proclaim the +coming day and his last hour on earth. His windows faced +the west. At the foot of the hill beneath the castle nestled +the village of Blentz, once more enveloped in peaceful si- +lence since the Austrians were gone. + +An unmistakable lessening of the darkness in the east +had just announced the proximity of day, when the king +heard a clatter of horses' hoofs upon the road before the +castle. The sound ceased at the gates and a loud voice broke +out upon the stillness of the dying night demanding en- +trance "in the name of the king." + +New hope burst aflame in the breast of the condemned +man. The impostor had not forsaken him. Leopold ran to +the window, leaning far out. He heard the voices of the +sentries in the barbican as they conversed with the new- +comers. Then silence came, broken only by the rapid foot- +steps of a soldier hastening from the gate to the castle. His +hobnail shoes pounding upon the cobbles of the courtyard +echoed among the angles of the lofty walls. When he had +entered the castle the silence became oppressive. For five +minutes there was no sound other than the pawing of the +horses outside the barbican and the subdued conversation +of their riders. + +Presently the soldier emerged from the castle. With him +was an officer. The two went to the barbican. Again there +was a parley between the horsemen and the guard. Leo- +pold could hear the officer demanding terms. He would +lower the drawbridge and admit them upon conditions. + +One of these the king overheard--it concerned an assur- +ance of full pardon for Peter of Blentz and the garrison; and +again Leopold heard the officer addressing someone as "your +majesty." + +Ah, the impostor was there in person. Ach, Gott! How +Leopold of Lutha hated him, and yet, in the hands of this +American lay not only his throne but his very life as well. + +Evidently the negotiations proved unsuccessful for after a +time the party wheeled their horses from the gate and rode +back toward Blentz. As the sound of the iron-shod hoofs +diminished in the distance, with them diminished the hopes +of the king. + +When they ceased entirely his hopes were at an end, +to be supplanted by renewed terror at the turning of the +knob of his prison door as it swung open to admit Maenck +and a squad of soldiers. + +"Come!" ordered the captain. "The king has refused to +intercede in your behalf. When he returns with his army he +will find your body at the foot of the west wall in the court- +yard." + +With an ear-piercing shriek that rang through the grim +old castle, Leopold of Lutha flung his arms above his head +and lunged forward upon his face. Roughly the soldiers +seized the unconscious man and dragged him from the room. + +Along the corridor they hauled him and down the wind- +ing stairs within the north tower to the narrow slit of a +door that opened upon the courtyard. To the foot of the +west wall they brought him, tossing him brutally to the stone +flagging. Here one of the soldiers brought a flagon of water +and dashed it in the face of the king. The cold douche re- +turned Leopold to a consciousness of the nearness of his +impending fate. + +He saw the little squad of soldiers before him. He saw +the cold, gray wall behind, and, above, the cold, gray sky +of early dawn. The dismal men leaning upon their shadowy +guns seemed unearthly specters in the weird light of the +hour that is neither God's day nor devil's night. With diffi- +culty two of them dragged Leopold to his feet. + +Then the dismal men formed in line before him at the +opposite side of the courtyard. Maenck stood to the left of +them. He was giving commands. They fell upon the doomed +man's ears with all the cruelty of physical blows. Tears +coursed down his white cheeks. With incoherent mumblings +he begged for his life. Leopold, King of Lutha, trembling +in the face of death! + + + + +XIII + +THE TWO KINGS + +TWENTY TROOPERS had ridden with Lieutenant Butzow and +the false king from Lustadt to Blentz. During the long, hard +ride there had been little or no conversation between the +American and his friend, for Butzow was still unsuspicious +of the true identity of the man who posed as the ruler of +Lutha. The lieutenant was all anxiety to reach Blentz and +rescue the American he thought imprisoned there and in +danger of being shot. + +At the gate they were refused admittance unless the king +would accept conditions. Barney refused--there was another +way to gain entrance to Blentz that not even the master of +Blentz knew. Butzow urged him to accede to anything to +save the life of the American. He recalled all that the latter +had done in the service of Lutha and Leopold. Barney leaned +close to the other's ear. + +"If they have not already shot him," he whispered, "we +shall save the prisoner yet. Let them think that we give up +and are returning to Lustadt. Then follow me." + +Slowly the little cavalcade rode down from the castle of +Blentz toward the village. Just out of sight of the grim pile +where the road wound down into a ravine Barney turned +his horse's head up the narrow defile. In single file Butzow +and the troopers followed until the rank undergrowth pre- +cluded farther advance. Here the American directed that +they dismount, and, leaving the horses in charge of three +troopers, set out once more with the balance of the com- +pany on foot. + +It was with difficulty that the men forced their way +through the bushes, but they had not gone far when their +leader stopped before a sheer wall of earth and stone, cov- +ered with densely growing shrubbery. Here he groped in +the dim light, feeling his way with his hands before him, +while at his heels came his followers. At last he separated +a wall of bushes and disappeared within the aperture his +hands had made. One by one his men followed, finding +themselves in inky darkness, but upon a smooth stone floor +and with stone walls close upon either hand. Those who +lifted their hands above their heads discovered an arched +stone ceiling close above them. + +Along this buried corridor the "king" led them, for though +he had never traversed it himself the Princess Emma had, +and from her he had received minute directions. Occasionally +he struck a match, and presently in the fitful glare of one of +these he and those directly behind him saw the foot of a +ladder that disappeared in the Stygian darkness above. + +"Follow me up this, very quietly," he said to those behind +him. "Up to the third landing." + +They did as he bid them. At the third landing Barney +felt for the latch he knew was there--he was on familiar +ground now. Finding it he pushed open the door it held in +place, and through a tiny crack surveyed the room beyond. +It was vacant. The American threw the door wide and +stepped within. Directly behind him was Butzow, his eyes +wide in wonderment. After him filed the troopers until +seventeen of them stood behind their lieutenant and the +"king." + +Through the window overlooking the courtyard came a +piteous wailing. Barney ran to the casement and looked out. +Butzow was at his side. + +"Himmel!" ejaculated the Luthanian. "They are about to +shoot him. Quick, your majesty," and without waiting to see +if he were followed the lieutenant raced for the door of the +apartment. Close behind him came the American and the +seventeen. + +It took but a moment to reach the stairway down which +the rescuers tumbled pell-mell. + +Maenck was giving his commands to the firing squad +with fiendish deliberation and delay. He seemed to enjoy +dragging out the agony that the condemned man suffered. +But it was this very cruelty that caused Maenck's undoing +and saved the life of Leopold of Lutha. Just before he gave +the word to fire Maenck paused and laughed aloud at the +pitiable figure trembling and whining against the stone wall +before him, and during that pause a commotion arose at +the tower doorway behind the firing squad. + +Maenck turned to discover the cause of the interruption, +and as he turned he saw the figure of the king leaping to- +ward him with leveled revolver. At the king's back a com- +pany of troopers of the Royal Horse Guard was pouring +into the courtyard. + +Maenck snatched his own revolver from his hip and fired +point-blank at the "king." The firing squad had turned at the +sound of assault from the rear. Some of them discharged +their pieces at the advancing troopers. Butzow gave a com- +mand and seventeen carbines poured their deadly hail into +the ranks of the Blentz retainers. At Maenck's shot the "king" +staggered and fell to the pavement. + +Maenck leaped across his prostrate form, yelling to his +men "Shoot the American." Then he was lost to Barney's +sight in the hand-to-hand scrimmage that was taking place. +The American tried to regain his feet, but the shock of the +wound in his breast had apparently paralyzed him for the +moment. A Blentz soldier was running toward the prisoner +standing open-mouthed against the wall. The fellow's rifle +was raised to his hip--his intention was only too obvious. + +Barney drew himself painfully and slowly to one elbow. +The man was rapidly nearing the true Leopold. In another +moment he would shoot. The American raised his revolver +and, taking careful aim, fired. The soldier shrieked, covered +his face with his hands, spun around once, and dropped at +the king's feet. + +The troopers under Butzow were forcing the men of Blentz +toward the far end of the courtyard. Two of the Blentz fac- +tion were standing a little apart, backing slowly away and at +the same time deliberately firing at the king. Barney seemed +the only one who noticed them. Once again he raised his +revolver and fired. One of the men sat down suddenly, looked +vacantly about him, and then rolled over upon his side. The +other fired once more at the king and the same instant +Barney fired at the soldier. Soldier and king--would-be +assassin and his victim--fell simultaneously. Barney gri- +maced. The wound in his breast was painful. He had done +his best to save the king. It was no fault of his that he had +failed. It was a long way to Beatrice. He wondered if Emma +von der Tann would be on the station platform, awaiting +him--then he swooned. + +Butzow and his seventeen had it all their own way in the +courtyard and castle of Blentz. After the first resistance the +soldiery of Peter fled to the guardroom. Butzow followed +them, and there they laid down their arms. Then the lieu- +tenant returned to the courtyard to look for the king and +Barney Custer. He found them both, and both were +wounded. He had them carried to the royal apartments in +the north tower. When Barney regained consciousness he +found the scowling portrait of the Blentz princess frowning +down upon him. He lay upon a great bed where the soldiers, +thinking him king, had placed him. Opposite him, against +the farther wall, the real king lay upon a cot. Butzow was +working over him. + +"Not so bad, after all, Barney," the lieutenant was saying. +"Only a flesh wound in the calf of the leg." + +The king made no reply. He was afraid to declare his +identity. First he must learn the intentions of the impostor. +He only closed his eyes wearily. Presently he asked a ques- +tion. + +"Is he badly wounded?" and he indicated the figure upon +the great bed. + +Butzow turned and crossed to where the American lay. +He saw that the latter's eyes were open and that he was +conscious. + +"How does your majesty feel?" he asked. There was more +respect in his tone than ever before. One of the Blentz sol- +diers had told him how the "king," after being wounded by +Maenck, had raised himself upon his elbow and saved the +prisoner's life by shooting three of his assailants. + +"I thought I was done for," answered Barney Custer, "but +I rather guess the bullet struck only a glancing blow. It +couldn't have entered my lungs, for I neither cough nor +spit blood. To tell you the truth, I feel surprisingly fit. +How's the prisoner?" + +"Only a flesh wound in the calf of his left leg, sire," re- +plied Butzow. + +"I am glad," was Barney's only comment. He didn't want +to be king of Lutha; but he had foreseen that with the death +of the king his imposture might be forced upon him for life. + +After Butzow and one of the troopers had washed and +dressed the wounds of both men Barney asked them to leave +the room. + +"I wish to sleep," he said. "If I require you I will ring." + +Saluting, the two backed from the apartment. Just as +they were passing through the doorway the American called +out to Butzow. + +"You have Peter of Blentz and Maenck in custody?" he +asked. + +"I regret having to report to your majesty," replied the +officer, "that both must have escaped. A thorough search of +the entire castle has failed to reveal them." + +Barney scowled. He had hoped to place these two con- +spirators once and for all where they would never again +threaten the peace of the throne of Lutha--in hell. For a +moment he lay in thought. Then he addressed the officer +again. + +"Leave your force here," he said, "to guard us. Ride, your- +self, to Lustadt and inform Prince von der Tann that it is the +king's desire that every effort be made to capture these two +men. Have them brought to Lustadt immediately they are +apprehended. Bring them dead or alive." + +Again Butzow saluted and prepared to leave the room. + +"Wait," said Barney. "Convey our greetings to the Prin- +cess von der Tann, and inform her that my wound is of +small importance, as is also that of the--Mr. Custer. You +may go, lieutenant." + +When they were alone Barney turned toward the king. +The other lay upon his side glaring at the American. When +he caught the latter's eyes upon him he spoke. + +"What do you intend doing with me?" he said. "Are you +going to keep your word and return my identity?" + +"I have promised," replied Barney, "and what I promise +I always perform." + +"Then exchange clothing with me at once," cried the +king, half rising from his cot. + +"Not so fast, my friend," rejoined the American. "There +are a few trifling details to be arranged before we resume +our proper personalities." + +"Do you realize that you should be hanged for what you +have done?" snarled the king. "You assaulted me, stole my +clothing, left me here to be shot by Peter, and sat upon my +throne in Lustadt while I lay a prisoner condemned to +death." + +"And do you realize," replied Barney, "that by so doing +I saved your foolish little throne for you; that I drove the +invaders from your dominions; that I have unmasked your +enemies, and that I have once again proven to you that the +Prince von der Tann is your best friend and most loyal +supporter?" + +"You laid your plebeian hands upon me," cried the king, +raising his voice. "You humiliated me, and you shall suffer +for it." + +Barney Custer eyed the king for a long moment before he +spoke again. It was difficult to believe that the man was so +devoid of gratitude, and so blind as not to see that even +the rough treatment that he had received at the American's +hands was as nothing by comparison with the service that +the American had done him. Apparently Leopold had al- +ready forgotten that three times Barney Custer had saved +his life in the courtyard below. From the man's demeanor, +now that his life was no longer at stake, Barney caught an +inkling of what his attitude might be when once again he +was returned to the despotic power of his kingship. + +"It is futile to reason with you," he said. "There is only +one way to handle such as you. At present I hold the power +to coerce you, and I shall continue to hold that power until +I am safely out of your two-by-four kingdom. If you do as +I say you shall have your throne back again. If you refuse, +why by Heaven you shall never have it. I'll stay king of +Lutha myself." + +"What are your terms?" asked the king. + +"That Prince Peter of Blentz, Captain Ernst Maenck, and +old Von Coblich be tried, convicted, and hanged for high +treason," replied the American. + +"That is easy," said the king. "I should do so anyway +immediately I resumed my throne. Now get up and give +me my clothes. Take this cot and I will take the bed. +None will know of the exchange." + +"Again you are too fast," answered Barney. "There is an- +other condition." + +"Well?" + +"You must promise upon your royal honor that Ludwig, +Prince von der Tann, remain chancellor of Lutha during +your life or his." + +"Very well," assented the king. "I promise," and again he +half rose from his cot. + +"Hold on a minute," admonished the American; "there +is yet one more condition of which I have not made mention." + +"What, another?" exclaimed Leopold testily. "How much +do you want for returning to me what you have stolen?" + +"So far I have asked for nothing for myself," replied Bar- +ney. "Now I am coming to that part of the agreement. +The Princess Emma von der Tann is betrothed to you. She +does not love you. She has honored me with her affection, +but she will not wed until she has been formally released +from her promise to wed Leopold of Lutha. The king must +sign such a release and also a sanction of her marriage to +Barney Custer, of Beatrice. Do you understand what I +want?" + +The king went livid. He came to his feet beside the cot. +For the moment, his wound was forgotten. He tottered to- +ward the impostor. + +"You scoundrel!" he screamed. "You scoundrel! You have +stolen my identity and my throne and now you wish to steal +the woman who loves me." + +"Don't get excited, Leo," warned the American, "and +don't talk so loud. The Princess doesn't love you, and you +know it as well as I. She will never marry you. If you want +your dinky throne back you'll have to do as I desire; that +is, sign the release and the sanction. + +"Now let's don't have any heroics about it. You have +the proposition. Now I am going to sleep. In the meantime +you may think it over. If the papers are not ready when it +comes time for us to leave, and from the way I feel now I +rather think I shall be ready to mount a horse by morning, +I shall ride back to Lustadt as king of Lutha, and I shall +marry her highness into the bargain, and you may go hang! + +"How the devil you will earn a living with that king job +taken away from you I don't know. You're a long way from +New York, and in the present state of carnage in Europe +I rather doubt that there are many headwaiters jobs open +this side of the American metropolis, and I can't for the +moment think of anything else at which you would shine-- +with all due respect to some excellent headwaiters I have +known." + +For some time the king remained silent. He was thinking. +He realized that it lay in the power of the American to do +precisely what he had threatened to do. No one would +doubt his identity. Even Peter of Blentz had not recognized +the real king despite Leopold's repeated and hysterical +claims. + +Lieutenant Butzow, the American's best friend, had no +more suspected the exchange of identities. Von der Tann, +too, must have been deceived. Everyone had been deceived. +There was no hope that the people, who really saw so little +of their king, would guess the deception that was being +played upon them. Leopold groaned. Barney opened his eyes +and turned toward him. + +"What's the matter?" he asked. + +"I will sign the release and the sanction of her highness' +marriage to you," said the king. + +"Good!" exclaimed the American. "You will then go at +once to Brosnov as originally planned. I will return to Lus- +tadt and get her highness, and we will immediately leave +Lutha via Brosnov. There you and I will effect a change of +raiment, and you will ride back to Lustadt with the small +guard that accompanies her highness and me to the frontier." + +"Why do you not remain in Lustadt?" asked the king. +"You could as well be married there as elsewhere." + +"Because I don't trust your majesty," replied the American. +"It must be done precisely as I say or not at all. Are you +agreeable?" + +The king assented with a grumpy nod. + +"Then get up and write as I dictate," said Barney. Leo- +pold of Lutha did as he was bid. The result was two short, +crisply worded documents. At the bottom of each was the +signature of Leopold of Lutha. Barney took the two papers +and carefully tucked them beneath his pillow. + +"Now let's sleep," he said. "It is getting late and we both +need the rest. In the morning we have long rides ahead of +us. Good night." + +The king did not respond. In a short time Barney was +fast asleep. The light still burned. + + + + +XIV + +"THE KING'S WILL IS LAW" + +THE BLENTZ princess frowned down upon the king and +impostor impartially from her great gilt frame. It must have +been close to midnight that the painting moved--just a frac- +tion of an inch. Then it remained motionless for a time. +Again it moved. This time it revealed a narrow crack at its +edge. In the crack an eye shone. + +One of the sleepers moved. He opened his eyes. Stealthily +he raised himself on his elbow and gazed at the other across +the apartment. He listened intently. The regular breathing +of the sleeper proclaimed the soundness of his slumber. Gin- +gerly the man placed one foot upon the floor. The eye glued +to the crack at the edge of the great, gilt frame of the +Blentz princess remained fastened upon him. He let his +other foot slip to the floor beside the first. Carefully he +raised himself until he stood erect upon the floor. Then, on +tiptoe he started across the room. + +The eye in the dark followed him. The man reached the +side of the sleeper. Bending over he listened intently to the +other's breathing. Satisfied that slumber was profound he +stepped quickly to a wardrobe in which a soldier had hung +the clothing of both the king and the American. He took +down the uniform of the former, casting from time to time +apprehensive glances toward the sleeper. The latter did not +stir, and the other passed to the little dressing-room adjoin- +ing. + +A few minutes later he reentered the apartment fully +clothed and wearing the accouterments of Leopold of Lutha. +In his hand was a drawn sword. Silently and swiftly he +crossed to the side of the sleeping man. The eye at the crack +beside the gilded frame pressed closer to the aperture. The +sword was raised above the body of the slumberer--its point +hovered above his heart. The face of the man who wielded +it was hard with firm resolve. + +His muscles tensed to drive home the blade, but some- +thing held his hand. His face paled. His shoulders con- +tracted with a little shudder, and he turned toward the +door of the apartment, almost running across the floor in his +anxiety to escape. The eye in the dark maintained its un- +blinking vigilance. + +With his hand upon the knob a sudden thought stayed +the fugitive's flight. He glanced quickly back at the sleeper +--he had not moved. Then the man who wore the uniform +of the king of Lutha recrossed the apartment to the bed, +reached beneath one of the pillows and withdrew two neatly +folded official-looking documents. These he placed in the +breastpocket of his uniform. A moment later he was walk- +ing down the spiral stairway to the main floor of the castle. + +In the guardroom the troopers of the Royal Horse who +were not on guard were stretched in slumber. Only a cor- +poral remained awake. As the man entered the guardroom +the corporal glanced up, and as his eyes fell upon the new- +comer, he sprang to his feet, saluting. + +"Turn out the guard!" he cried. "Turn out the guard for +his majesty, the king!" + +The sleeping soldiers, but half awake, scrambled to their +feet, their muscles reacting to the command that their brains +but half perceived. They snatched their guns from the racks +and formed a line behind the corporal. The king raised his +fingers to the vizor of his helmet in acknowledgment of their +salute. + +"Saddle up quietly, corporal," he said. "We shall ride to +Lustadt tonight." + +The non-commissioned officer saluted. "And an extra horse +for Herr Custer?" he said. + +The king shook his head. "The man died of his wound +about an hour ago," he said. "While you are saddling up I +shall arrange with some of the Blentz servants for his burial +--now hurry!" + +The corporal marched his troopers from the guardroom +toward the stables. The man in the king's clothes touched a +bell which was obviously a servant call. He waited impa- +tiently a reply to his summons, tapping his finger-tips against +the sword-scabbard that was belted to his side. At last a +sleepy-eyed man responded--a man who had grown gray +in the service of Peter of Blentz. At sight of the king he +opened his eyes in astonishment, pulled his foretop, and +bowed uneasily. + +"Come closer," whispered the king. The man did so, and +the king spoke in his ear earnestly, but in scarce audible +tones. The eyes of the listener narrowed to mere slits--of +avarice and cunning, cruelly cold and calculating. The speak- +er searched through the pockets of the king's clothes that +covered him. At last he withdrew a roll of bills. The amount +must have been a large one, but he did not stop to count it. +He held the money under the eyes of the servant. The fel- +low's claw-like fingers reached for the tempting wealth. He +nodded his head affirmatively. + +"You may trust me, sire," he whispered. + +The king slipped the money into the other's palm. "And +as much more," he said, "when I receive proof that my +wishes have been fulfilled." + +"Thank you, sire," said the servant. + +The king looked steadily into the other's face before he +spoke again. + +"And if you fail me," he said, "may God have mercy on +your soul." Then he wheeled and left the guardroom, walk- +ing out into the courtyard where the soldiers were busy +saddling their mounts. + +A few minutes later the party clattered over the draw- +bridge and down the road toward Blentz and Lustadt. From +a window of the apartments of Peter of Blentz a man +watched them depart. When they passed across a strip of +moonlit road, and he had counted them, he smiled with re- +lief. + +A moment later he entered a panel beside the huge fire- +place in the west wall and disappeared. There he struck a +match, found a candle and lighted it. Walking a few steps +he came to a figure sleeping upon a pile of clothing. He +stooped and shook the sleeper by the shoulder. + +"Wake up!" he cried in a subdued voice. "Wake up, Prince +Peter; I have good news for you." + +The other opened his eyes, stretched, and at last sat up. + +"What is it, Maenck?" he asked querulously. + +"Great news, my prince," replied the other. + +"While you have been sleeping many things have trans- +pired within the walls of your castle. The king's troopers +have departed; but that is a small matter compared with +the other. Here, behind the portrait of your great-grand- +mother, I have listened and watched all night. I opened the +secret door a fraction of an inch--just enough to permit me +to look into the apartment where the king and the American +lay wounded. They had been talking as I opened the door, +but after that they ceased--the king falling asleep at once-- +the American feigning slumber. For a long time I watched, +but nothing happened until near midnight. Then the Ameri- +can arose and donned the king's clothes. + +"He approached Leopold with drawn sword, but when +he would have thrust it through the heart of the sleeping +man his nerve failed him. Then he stole some papers from +the room and left. Just now he has ridden out toward +Lustadt with the men of the Royal Horse who captured +the castle yesterday." + +Before Maenck was half-way through his narrative, Peter +of Blentz was wide awake and all attention. His eyes +glowed with suddenly aroused interest. + +"Somewhere in this, prince," concluded Maenck, "there +must lie the seed of fortune for you and me." + +Peter nodded. "Yes," he mused, "there must." + +For a time both men were buried in thought. Suddenly +Maenck snapped his fingers. "I have it!" he cried. He bent +toward Prince Peter's ear and whispered his plan. When he +was done the Blentz prince grasped his hand. + +"Just the thing, Maenck!" he cried. "Just the thing. Leo- +pold will never again listen to idle gossip directed against +our loyalty. If I know him--and who should know him +better--he will heap honors upon you, my Maenck; and +as for me, he will at least forgive me and take me back +into his confidence. Lose no time now, my friend. We are +free now to go and come, since the king's soldiers have been +withdrawn." + +In the garden back of the castle an old man was busy +digging a hole. It was a long, narrow hole, and, when it +was completed, nearly four feet deep. It looked like a grave. +When he had finished the old man hobbled to a shed that +leaned against the south wall. Here were boards, tools, and +a bench. It was the castle workshop. The old man selected +a number of rough pine boards. These he measured and +sawed, fitted and nailed, working all the balance of the +night. By dawn, he had a long, narrow box, just a trifle +smaller than the hole he had dug in the garden. The box +resembled a crude coffin. When it was quite finished, in- +cluding a cover, he dragged it out into the garden and set +it upon two boards that spanned the hole, so that it rested +precisely over the excavation. + +All these precautions methodically made, he returned to +the castle. In a little storeroom he searched for and found an +ax. With his thumb he felt of the edge--for an ax it was +marvelously sharp. The old fellow grinned and shook his +head, as one who appreciates in anticipation the consumma- +tion of a good joke. Then he crept noiselessly through the +castle's corridors and up the spiral stairway in the north +tower. In one hand was the sharp ax. + + +The moment Lieutenant Butzow had reached Lustadt he +had gone directly to Prince von der Tann; but the moment +his message had been delivered to the chancellor he sought +out the chancellor's daughter, to tell her all that had oc- +curred at Blentz. + +"I saw but little of Mr. Custer," he said. "He was very +quiet. I think all that he has been through has unnerved +him. He was slightly wounded in the left leg. The king was +wounded in the breast. His majesty conducted himself in a +most valiant and generous manner. Wounded, he lay upon +his stomach in the courtyard of the castle and defended +Mr. Custer, who was, of course, unarmed. The king shot +three of Prince Peter's soldiers who were attempting to +assassinate Mr. Custer." + +Emma von der Tann smiled. It was evident that Lieuten- +ant Butzow had not discovered the deception that had been +practiced upon him in common with all Lutha--she being +the only exception. It seemed incredible that this good friend +of the American had not seen in the heroism of the man who +wore the king's clothes the attributes and ear-marks of Bar- +ney Custer. She glowed with pride at the narration of his +heroism, though she suffered with him because of his wound. + +It was not yet noon when the detachment of the Royal +Horse arrived in Lustadt from Blentz. At their head rode +one whom all upon the streets of the capital greeted enthusi- +astically as king. The party rode directly to the royal palace, +and the king retired immediately to his apartments. A half +hour later an officer of the king's household knocked upon +the door of the Princess Emma von der Tann's boudoir. In +accord with her summons he entered, saluted respectfully, +and handed her a note. + +It was written upon the personal stationary of Leopold of +Lutha. The girl read and reread it. For some time she could +not seem to grasp the enormity of the thing that had over- +whelmed her--the daring of the action that the message +explained. The note was short and to the point, and was +signed only with initials. + +DEAREST EMMA: + + +The king died of his wounds just before midnight. I +shall keep the throne. There is no other way. None +knows and none must ever know the truth. Your father +alone may suspect; but if we are married at once our +alliance will cement him and his faction to us. Send +word by the bearer that you agree with the wisdom +of my plan, and that we may be wed at once--this +afternoon, in fact. + +The people may wonder for a few days at the strange +haste, but my answer shall be that I am going to the +front with my troops. The son and many of the high +officials of the Kaiser have already established the prece- +dent, marrying hurriedly upon the eve of their departure +for the front. + +With every assurance of my undying love, believe me, + +Yours, +B. C. + + +The girl walked slowly across the room to her writing +table. The officer stood in respectful silence awaiting the +answer that the king had told him to bring. The princess sat +down before the carved bit of furniture. Mechanically she +drew a piece of note paper from a drawer. Many times she +dipped her pen in the ink before she could determine what +reply to send. Ages of ingrained royalistic principles were +shocked and shattered by the enormity of the thing the man +she loved had asked of her, and yet cold reason told her +that it was the only way. + +Lutha would be lost should the truth be known--that the +king was dead, for there was no heir of closer blood con- +nection with the royal house than Prince Peter of Blentz, +whose great-grandmother had been a Rubinroth princess. +Slowly, at last, she wrote as follows: + + +SIRE: +The king's will is law. +EMMA + + + +That was all. Placing the note in an envelope she sealed +it and handed it to the officer, who bowed and left the +room. + +A half hour later officers of the Royal Horse were riding +through the streets of Lustadt. Some announced to the +people upon the streets the coming marriage of the king +and princess. Others rode to the houses of the nobility with +the king's command that they be present at the ceremony +in the old cathedral at four o'clock that afternoon. + +Never had there been such bustling about the royal pal- +ace or in the palaces of the nobles of Lutha. The buzz and +hum of excited conversation filled the whole town. That the +choice of the king met the approval of his subjects was more +than evident. Upon every lip was praise and love of the +Princess Emma von der Tann. The future of Lutha seemed +assured with a king who could fight joined in marriage to a +daughter of the warrior line of Von der Tann. + +The princess was busy up to the last minute. She had +not seen her future husband since his return from Blentz, +for he, too, had been busy. Twice he had sent word to her, +but on both occasions had regretted that he could not come +personally because of the pressure of state matters and the +preparations for the ceremony that was to take place in the +cathedral in so short a time. + +At last the hour arrived. The cathedral was filled to over- +flowing. After the custom of Lutha, the bride had walked +alone up the broad center aisle to the foot of the chancel. +Guardsmen lining the way on either hand stood rigidly at +salute until she stopped at the end of the soft, rose-strewn +carpet and turned to await the coming of the king. + +Presently the doors at the opposite end of the cathedral +opened. There was a fanfare of trumpets, and up the center +aisle toward the waiting girl walked the royal groom. It +seemed ages to the princess since she had seen her lover. Her +eyes devoured him as he approached her. She noticed that +he limped, and wondered; but for a moment the fact car- +ried no special suggestion to her brain. + +The people had risen as the king entered. Again, the +pieces of the guardsmen had snapped to present; but si- +lence, intense and utter, reigned over the vast assembly. +The only movement was the measured stride of the king +as he advanced to claim his bride. + +At the head of each line of guardsmen, nearest the chan- +cel and upon either side of the bridal party, the ranks were +formed of commissioned officers. Butzow was among them. +He, too, out of the corner of his eye watched the advancing +figure. Suddenly he noted the limp, and gave a little in- +voluntary gasp. He looked at the Princess Emma, and saw +her eyes suddenly widen with consternation. + +Slowly at first, and then in a sudden tidal wave of mem- +ory, Butzow's story of the fight in the courtyard at Blentz +came back to her. + +"I saw but little of Mr. Custer," he had said. "He was +slightly wounded in the left leg. The king was wounded in +the breast." But Lieutenant Butzow had not known the true +identity of either. + +The real Leopold it was who had been wounded in the +left leg, and the man who was approaching her up the +broad cathedral aisle was limping noticeably--and favoring +his left leg. The man to whom she was to be married was +not Barney Custer--he was Leopold of Lutha! + +A hundred mad schemes rioted through her brain. The +wedding must not go on! But how was she to avert it? The +king was within a few paces of her now. There was a smile +upon his lips, and in that smile she saw the final confirma- +tion of her fears. When Leopold of Lutha smiled his upper +lip curved just a trifle into a shadow of a sneer. It was a +trivial characteristic that Barney Custer did not share in +common with the king. + +Half mad with terror, the girl seized upon the only sub- +terfuge which seemed at all likely to succeed. It would, at +least, give her a slight reprieve--a little time in which to +think, and possibly find an avenue from her predicament. + +She staggered forward a step, clapped her two hands +above her heart, and reeled as though to fall. Butzow, who +had been watching her narrowly, sprang forward and caught +her in his arms, where she lay limp with closed eyes as +though in a dead faint. The king ran forward. The people +craned their necks. A sudden burst of exclamations rose +throughout the cathedral, and then Lieutenant Butzow, +shouldering his way past the chancel, carried the Princess +Emma to a little anteroom off the east transept. Behind him +walked the king, the bishop, and Prince Ludwig. + + + + +XV + +MAENCK BLUNDERS + +AFTER a hurried breakfast Peter of Blentz and Captain +Ernst Maenck left the castle of Blentz. Prince Peter rode +north toward the frontier, Austria, and safety, Captain +Maenck rode south toward Lustadt. Neither knew that gen- +eral orders had been issued to soldiery and gendarmerie of +Lutha to capture them dead or alive. So Prince Peter rode +carelessly; but Captain Maenck, because of the nature of +his business and the proximity of enemies about Lustadt, +proceeded with circumspection. + +Prince Peter was arrested at Tafelberg, and, though he +stormed and raged and threatened, he was immediately +packed off under heavy guard back toward Lustadt. + +Captain Ernst Maenck was more fortunate. He reached +the capital of Lutha in safety, though he had to hide on +several occasions from detachments of troops moving toward +the north. Once within the city he rode rapidly to the house +of a friend. Here he learned that which set him into a fine +state of excitement and profanity. The king and the Princess +Emma von der Tann were to be wed that very afternoon! +It lacked but half an hour to four o'clock. + +Maenck grabbed his cap and dashed from the house be- +fore his astonished friend could ask a single question. He +hurried straight toward the cathedral. The king had just +arrived, and entered when Maenck came up, breathless. The +guard at the doorway did not recognize him. If they had +they would have arrested him. Instead they contented them- +selves with refusing him admission, and when he insisted +they threatened him with arrest. + +To be arrested now would be to ruin his fine plan, so he +turned and walked away. At the first cross street he turned +up the side of the cathedral. The grounds were walled +up on this side, and he sought in vain for entrance. At the +rear he discovered a limousine standing in the alley where +its chauffeur had left it after depositing his passengers at +the front door of the cathedral. The top of the limousine +was but a foot or two below the top of the wall. + +Maenck clambered to the hood of the machine, and from +there to the top. A moment later he dropped to the earth +inside the cathedral grounds. Before him were many win- +dows. Most of them were too high for him to reach, and +the others that he tried at first were securely fastened. Pass- +ing around the end of the building, he at last discovered +one that was open--it led into the east transept. + +Maenck crawled through. He was within the building that +held the man he sought. He found himself in a small room +--evidently a dressing-room. There were two doors leading +from it. He approached one and listened. He heard the +tones of subdued conversation beyond. + +Very cautiously he opened the door a crack. He could not +believe the good fortune that was revealed before him. On +a couch lay the Princess Emma von der Tann. Beside her +her father. At the door was Lieutenant Butzow. The bishop +and a doctor were talking at the head of the couch. Pacing +up and down the room, resplendent in the marriage robes +of a king of Lutha, was the man he sought. + +Maenck drew his revolver. He broke the barrel, and saw +that there was a good cartridge in each chamber of the cyl- +inder. He closed it quietly. Then he threw open the door, +stepped into the room, took deliberate aim, and fired. + +The old man with the ax moved cautiously along the cor- +ridor upon the second floor of the Castle of Blentz until he +came to a certain door. Gently he turned the knob and +pushed the door inward. Holding the ax behind his back, +he entered. In his pocket was a great roll of money, and +there was to be an equal amount waiting him at Lustadt +when his mission had been fulfilled. + +Once within the room, he looked quickly about him. +Upon a great bed lay the figure of a man asleep. His face +was turned toward the opposite wall away from the side of +the bed nearer the menacing figure of the old servant. On +tiptoe the man with the ax approached. The neck of his +victim lay uncovered before him. He swung the ax behind +him. a single blow, as mighty as his ancient muscles could +deliver, would suffice. + +Barney Custer opened his eyes. Directly opposite him +upon the wall was a dark-toned photogravure of a hunting +scene. It tilted slightly forward upon its wire support. As +Barney's opened it chanced that they were directed +straight upon the shiny glass of the picture. The light from +the window struck the glass in such a way as to transform +it into a mirror. The American's eyes were glued with horror +upon the reflection that he saw there--an old man swinging +a huge ax down upon his head. + +It is an open question as to which of the two was the +most surprised at the cat-like swiftness of the movement +that carried Barney Custer out of that bed and landed him +in temporary safety upon the opposite side. + +With a snarl the old man ran around the foot of the bed +to corner his prey between the bed and the wall. He was +swinging the ax as though to hurl it. So close was he that +Barney guessed it would be difficult for him to miss his +mark. The least he could expect would be a frightful wound. +To have attempted to escape would have necessitated turn- +ing his back to his adversary, inviting instant death. To +grapple with a man thus armed appeared an equally hope- +less alternative. + +Shoulder-high beside him hung the photogravure that +had already saved his life once. Why not again? He snatched +it from its hangings, lifted it above his head in both hands, +and hurled it at the head of the old man. The glass shat- +tered full upon the ancient's crown, the man's head went +through the picture, and the frame settled over his shoul- +ders. At the same instant Barney Custer leaped across the +bed, seized a light chair, and turned to face his foe upon +more even turns. + +The old man did not pause to remove the frame from +about his neck. Blood trickled down his forehead and cheeks +from deep gashes that the broken glass had made. Now he +was in a berserker rage. + +As he charged again he uttered a peculiar whistling noise +from between his set teeth. To the American it sounded like +the hissing of a snake, and as he would have met a snake he +met the venomous attack of the old man. + +When the short battle was over the Blentz servitor lay +unconscious upon the floor, while above him leaned the +American, uninjured, ripping long strips from a sheet torn +from the bed, twisting them into rope-like strands and, with +them, binding the wrists and ankles of his defeated foe. +Finally he stuffed a gag between the toothless gums. + +Running to the wardrobe, he discovered that the king's +uniform was gone. That, with the witness of the empty +bed, told him the whole story. The American smiled. "More +nerve than I gave him credit for," he mused, as he walked +back to his bed and reached under the pillow for the two +papers he had forced the king to sign. They, too, were +gone. Slowly Barney Custer realized his plight, as there +filtered through his mind a suggestion of the possibilities of +the trick that had been played upon him. + +Why should Leopold wish these papers? Of course, he +might merely have taken them that he might destroy them; +but something told Barney Custer that such was not the +case. And something, too, told him whither the king had +ridden and what he would do there when he arrived. + +He ran back to the wardrobe. In it hung the peasant +attire that he had stolen from the line of the careless house +frau, and later wished upon his majesty the king. Barney +grinned as he recalled the royal disgust with which Leopold +had fingered the soiled garments. He scarce blamed him. +Looking further toward the back of the wardrobe, the +American discovered other clothing. + +He dragged it all out upon the floor. There was an old +shooting jacket, several pairs of trousers and breeches, and +a hunting coat. In a drawer at the bottom of the wardrobe +he found many old shoes, puttees, and boots. + +From this miscellany he selected riding breeches, a pair +of boots, and the red hunting coat as the only articles that +fitted his rather large frame. Hastily he dressed, and, taking +the ax the old man had brought to the room as the only +weapon available, he walked boldly into the corridor, down +the spiral stairway and into the guardroom. + +Barney Custer was prepared to fight. He was desperate. +He could have slunk from the Castle of Blentz as he had +entered it--through the secret passageway to the ravine; +but to attempt to reach Lustadt on foot was not at all +compatible with the urgent haste that he felt necessary. He +must have a horse, and a horse he would have if he had to +fight his way through a Blentz army. + +But there were no armed retainers left at Blentz. The +guardroom was vacant; but there were arms there and am- +munition. Barney commandeered a sword and a revolver, +then he walked into the courtyard and crossed to the stables. +The way took him by the garden. In it he saw a coffin-like +box resting upon planks above a grave-like excavation. Bar- +ney investigated. The box was empty. Once again he grinned. +"It is not always wise," he mused, "to count your corpses +before they're dead. What a lot of work the old man might +have spared himself if he'd only caught his cadaver first-- +or at least tried to." + +Passing on by his own grave, he came to the stables. A +groom was carrying a strong, clean-limbed hunter haltered +in the doorway. The man looked up as Barney approached +him. A puzzled expression entered the fellow's eyes. He was +a young man--a stupid-looking lout. It was evident that he +half recognized the face of the newcomer as one he had +seen before. Barney nodded to him. + +"Never mind finishing," he said. "I am in a hurry. You +may saddle him at once." The voice was authoritative--it +brooked no demur. The groom touched his forehead, dropped +the currycomb and brush, and turned back into the stable +to fetch saddle and bridle. + +Five minutes later Barney was riding toward the gate. +The portcullis was raised--the drawbridge spanned the moat +--no guard was there to bar his way. The sunlight flooded +the green valley, stretching lazily below him in the soft +warmth of a mellow autumn morning. Behind him he had +left the brooding shadows of the grim old fortress--the cold, +cruel, depressing stronghold of intrigue, treason, and sud- +den death. + +He threw back his shoulders and filled his lungs with the +sweet, pure air of freedom. He was a new man. The wound +in his breast was forgotten. Lightly he touched his spurs to +the hunter's sides. Tossing his head and curveting, the ani- +mal broke into a long, easy trot. Where the road dipped into +the ravine and down through the village to the valley the +rider drew his restless mount into a walk; but, once in the +valley, he let him out. Barney took the short road to Lus- +tadt. It would cut ten miles off the distance that the main +wagonroad covered, and it was a good road for a horseman. +It should bring him to Lustadt by one o'clock or a little +after. The road wound through the hills to the east of the +main highway, and was scarcely more than a trail where it +crossed the Ru River upon a narrow bridge that spanned +the deep mountain gorge that walls the Ru for ten miles +through the hills. + +When Barney reached the river his hopes sank. The +bridge was gone--dynamited by the Austrians in their re- +treat. The nearest bridge was at the crossing of the main +highway over ten miles to the southwest. There, too, the +river might be forded even if the Austrians had destroyed +that bridge also; but here or elsewhere in the hills there +could be no fording--the banks of the Ru were perpendicular +cliffs. + +The misfortune would add nearly twenty miles to his +journey--he could not now hope to reach Lustadt before +late in the afternoon. Turning his horse back along the trail +he had come, he retraced his way until he reached a nar- +row bridle path that led toward the southwest. The trail +was rough and indistinct, yet he pushed forward, even +more rapidly than safety might have suggested. The noble +beast beneath him was all loyalty and ambition. + +"Take it easy, old boy," whispered Barney into the slim, +pointed ears that moved ceaselessly backward and forward, +"you'll get your chance when we strike the highway, never +fear." + +And he did. + + +So unexpected had been Maenck's entrance into the +room in the east transept, so sudden his attack, that it was +all over before a hand could be raised to stay him. At the +report of his revolver the king sank to the floor. At almost +the same instant Lieutenant Butzow whipped a revolver +from beneath his tunic and fired at the assassin. Maenck +staggered forward and stumbled across the body of the king. +Butzow was upon him instantly, wresting the revolver from +his fingers. Prince Ludwig ran to the king's side and, kneel- +ing there, raised Leopold's head in his arms. The bishop +and the doctor bent over the limp form. The Princess Emma +stood a little apart. She had leaped from the couch where +she had been lying. Her eyes were wide in horror. Her +palms pressed to her cheeks. + +It was upon this scene that a hatless, dust-covered man +in a red hunting coat burst through the door that had ad- +mitted Maenck. The man had seen and recognized the con- +spirator as he climbed to the top of the limousine and +dropped within the cathedral grounds, and he had followed +close upon his heels. + +No one seemed to note his entrance. All ears were turned +toward the doctor, who was speaking. + +"The king is dead," he said. + +Maenck raised himself upon an elbow. He spoke feebly. + +"You fools," he cried. "That man was not the king. I saw +him steal the king's clothes at Blentz and I followed him +here. He is the American--the impostor." Then his eyes, +circling the faces about him to note the results of his an- +nouncements, fell upon the face of the man in the red hunt- +ing coat. Amazement and wonder were in his face. Slowly +he raised his finger and pointed. + +"There is the king," he said. + +Every eye turned in the direction he indicated. Exclama- +tions of surprise and incredulity burst from every lip. The +old chancellor looked from the man in the red hunting coat +to the still form of the man upon the floor in the blood- +spattered marriage garments of a king of Lutha. He let the +king's head gently down upon the carpet, and then he rose +to his feet and faced the man in the red hunting coat. + +"Who are you?" he demanded. + +Before Barney could speak Lieutenant Butzow spoke. + +"He is the king, your highness," he said. "I rode with +him to Blentz to free Mr. Custer. Both were wounded in +the courtyard in the fight that took place there. I helped +to dress their wounds. The king was wounded in the breast-- +Mr. Custer in the left leg." + +Prince von der Tann looked puzzled. Again he turned +his eyes questioningly toward the newcomer. + +"Is this the truth?" he asked. + +Barney looked toward the Princess Emma. In her eyes he +could read the relief that the sight of him alive had brought +her. Since she had recognized the king she had believed +that Barney was dead. The temptation was great--he +dreaded losing her, and he feared he would lose her when +her father learned the truth of the deception that had been +practiced upon him. He might lose even more--men had +lost their heads for tampering with the affairs of kings. + +"Well?" persisted the chancellor. + +"Lieutenant Butzow is partially correct--he honestly be- +lieves that he is entirely so," replied the American. "He did +ride with me from Lustadt to Blentz to save the man who +lies dead here at your feet. The lieutenant thought that he +was riding with his king, just as your highness thought that +he was riding with his king during the battle of Lustadt. +You were both wrong--you were riding with Mr. Bernard +Custer, of Beatrice. I am he. I have no apologies to make. +What I did I would do again. I did it for Lutha and for the +woman I love. She knows and the king knew that I intended +restoring his identity to him with no one the wiser for the +interchange that had taken place. The king upset my plans +by stealing back his identity while I slept, with the result +that you see before you upon the floor. He has died as he +had lived--futilely." + +As he spoke the Princess Emma had crossed the room to- +ward him. Now she stood at his side, her hand in his. +Tense silence reigned in the apartment. The old chancellor +stood with bowed head, buried in thought. All eyes were +upon him except those of the doctor, who had turned his +attention from the dead king to the wounded assassin. But- +zow stood looking at Barney Custer in open relief and ad- +miration. He had been trying to vindicate his friend in his +own mind ever since he had discovered, as he believed, that +Barney had tricked Leopold after the latter had saved his +life at Blentz and ridden to Lustadt in the king's guise. Now +that he knew the whole truth he realized how stupid he +had been not to guess that the man who had led the vic- +torious Luthanian army before Lustadt could not have been +the cowardly Leopold. + +Presently the chancellor broke the silence. + +"You say that Leopold of Lutha lived futilely. You are +right; but when you say that he has died futilely, you are, +I believe, wrong. Living, he gave us a poor weakling. Dy- +ing, he leaves the throne to a brave man, in whose veins +flows the blood of the Rubinroths, hereditary rulers of Lutha. + +"You are the only rightful successor to the throne of +Lutha," he argued, "other than Peter of Blentz. Your +mother's marriage to a foreigner did not bar the succession +of her offspring. Aside from the fact that Peter of Blentz is +out of the question, is the more important fact that your +line is closer to the throne than his. He knew it, and this +knowledge was the real basis of his hatred of you." + +As the old chancellor ceased speaking he drew his sword +and raised it on high above his head. + +"The king is dead," he said. "Long live the king!" + + + + +XVI + +KING OF LUTHA + +BARNEY CUSTER, of Beatrice, had no desire to be king of +Lutha. He lost no time in saying so. All that he wanted of +Lutha was the girl he had found there, as his father before +him had found the girl of his choice. Von der Tann pleaded +with him. + +"Twice have I fought under you, sire," he urged. "Twice, +and only twice since the old king died, have I felt that the +future of Lutha was safe in the hands of her ruler, and both +these times it was you who sat upon the throne. Do not +desert us now. Let me live to see Lutha once more happy, +with a true Rubinroth upon the throne and my daughter +at his side." + +Butzow added his pleas to those of the old chancellor. +The American hesitated. + +"Let us leave it to the representatives of the people and +to the house of nobles," he suggested. + +The chancellor of Lutha explained the situation to both +houses. Their reply was unanimous. He carried it to the +American, who awaited the decision of Lutha in the royal +apartments of the palace. With him was the Princess Emma +von der Tann. + +"The people of Lutha will have no other king, sire," said +the old man. + +Barney turned toward the girl. + +"There is no other way, my lord king," she said with +grave dignity. "With her blood your mother bequeathed +you a duty which you may not shirk. It is not for you or +for me to choose. God chose for you when you were born." + +Barney Custer took her hand in his and raised it to his +lips. + +"Let the King of Lutha," he said, "be the first to salute +Lutha's queen." + +And so Barney Custer, of Beatrice, was crowned King of +Lutha, and Emma became his queen. Maenck died of his +wound on the floor of the little room in the east transept of +the cathedral of Lustadt beside the body of the king he +had slain. Prince Peter of Blentz was tried by the highest +court of Lutha on the charge of treason; he was found guilty +and hanged. Von Coblich committed suicide on the eve of +his arrest. Lieutenant Otto Butzow was ennobled and given +the confiscated estates of the Blentz prince. He became a +general in the army of Lutha, and was sent to the front in +command of the army corps that guarded the northern +frontier of the little kingdom. + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice Burroughs + +I have made the following changes to the text: +PAGE CHAPTER PARAGRAPH LINE ORIGINAL CHANGED TO + 72 VIII 3 1 Ludstadt Lustadt + 81 3 2 mier miter + 83 7 3 Ludstadt Lustadt + 86 3 2 him arm his arm + 90 4 4 monarch, he monarch he + 94 2 4 colums columns + 98 2 2 imposter impostor + 121 1 1 approaced approached + 126 2 5 from from the + 140 6 5 whom, appeared whom appeared + 142 5 1 once side one side + 143 4 8 knew drew + 158 4 5 presumptious presumptuous + 182 5 3 jeweler's shot jeweler's shop + 189 8 2 ingrate?" ingrate? + 193 5 3 oil panting oil painting + 200 7 1 soldiers soldier + 211 2 1 men and woman men and women + 212 3 5 instruments instrument + 217 4 1 The cheered They cheered + 217 6 2 gril's face girl's face + 218 1 magnamity magnanimity + 218 7 2 him. Barney's him, Barney's + 225 3 3 horseman horsemen + 228 5 1 ajaculated ejaculated + 233 8 6 king of Lustadt, king of Lutha, + 234 6 2 You "You + 251 9 Luthania army Luthanian army + 252 2 3 poor, weakling poor weakling + + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice Burroughs + diff --git a/old/mdkng10.zip b/old/mdkng10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..378c9ad --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10.zip diff --git a/old/mdkng10h.htm b/old/mdkng10h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24f4eab --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,11844 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<title>The Mad King</title> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= +"text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> +<style type="text/css"> +<!-- +body {margin:10%; text-align:justify} +blockquote {font-size:14pt} +P {font-size:14pt} +--> +</style> +</head> +<body> +Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice Burroughs +<br> +<p>Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to +check the copyright laws for your country before posting these +files!!<br> +</p> + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. +<br> +<p>Please take a look at the important information in this +header. We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, +keeping an electronic path open for the next readers. Do not +remove this.<br> +</p> + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** +<br> +<p>**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since +1971**<br> +</p> + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* +<br> +<p>Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your +donations.<br> +</p> + +The Mad King <br> +<p>by Edgar Rice Burroughs<br> +</p> + +November, 1995 [Etext #364] <br> +<p>The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice +Burroughs<br> +</p> + +*****This file should be named mdkng10.txt or mdkng10.zip****** +<br> +<p>Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, mdkng11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, +mdkng10a.txt<br> +</p> + +This etext was created by Judith Boss, Omaha, Nebraska. The +equipment: an IBM-compatible 486/50, a Hewlett-Packard ScanJet +IIc flatbed scanner, and Calera Recognition Systems' M/600 Series +Professional OCR software and RISC accelerator board donated by +Calera Recognition Systems. <br> +<p>We are now trying to release all our books one month in +advance of the official release dates, for time for better +editing.<br> +</p> + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an up +to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes in +the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has a bug +in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a look at +the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a new copy +has at least one byte more or less. <br> +<p>Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)<br> +</p> + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $4 +million dollars per hour this year as we release some eight text +files per month: thus upping our productivity from $2 million. +<br> +<p>The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion +Etext Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x +100,000,000=Trillion] This is ten thousand titles each to one +hundred million readers, which is 10% of the expected number of +computer users by the end of the year 2001.<br> +</p> + +We need your donations more than ever! <br> +<p>All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/IBC", and +are tax deductible to the extent allowable by law ("IBC" is +Illinois Benedictine College). (Subscriptions to our paper +newsletter go to IBC, too)<br> +</p> + +For these and other matters, please mail to: <br> +<p>Project Gutenberg P. O. Box 2782 Champaign, IL 61825<br> +</p> + +When all other email fails try our Michael S. Hart, Executive +Director: hart@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu (internet) hart@uiucvmd (bitnet) +<br> +<p>We would prefer to send you this information by email +(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail).<br> +</p> + +****** If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please FTP +directly to the Project Gutenberg archives: [Mac users, do NOT +point and click. . .type] <br> +<p>ftp uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu login: anonymous password: +your@login cd etext/etext90 through /etext96 or cd etext/articles +[get suggest gut for more information] dir [to see files] get or +mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] GET INDEX?00.GUT +for a list of books and GET NEW GUT for general information and +MGET GUT* for newsletters.<br> +</p> + +**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor** +(Three Pages) <br> +<p>***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from someone +other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our fault. So, +among other things, this "Small Print!" statement disclaims most +of our liability to you. It also tells you how you can distribute +copies of this etext if you want to.<br> +</p> + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT By using or reading any part +of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, you indicate that you +understand, agree to and accept this "Small Print!" statement. If +you do not, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you +paid for this etext by sending a request within 30 days of +receiving it to the person you got it from. If you received this +etext on a physical medium (such as a disk), you must return it +with your request. <br> +<p>ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERGtm etexts, is a "public domain" +work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart through the Project +Gutenberg Association at Illinois Benedictine College (the +"Project"). Among other things, this means that no one owns a +United States copyright on or for this work, so the Project (and +you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this +etext under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.<br> +</p> + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable efforts +to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain works. +Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any medium they +may be on may contain "Defects". Among other things, Defects may +take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, +transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property +infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other etext medium, +a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read +by your equipment. <br> +<p>LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES But for the "Right of +Replacement or Refund" described below, [1] the Project (and any +other party you may receive this etext from as a PROJECT +GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all liability to you for damages, +costs and expenses, including legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO +REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH +OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, +CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE +NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.<br> +</p> + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you +paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that time to +the person you received it from. If you received it on a physical +medium, you must return it with your note, and such person may +choose to alternatively give you a replacement copy. If you +received it electronically, such person may choose to +alternatively give you a second opportunity to receive it +electronically. <br> +<p>THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS TO +THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE.<br> +</p> + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or the +exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the above +disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you may have +other legal rights. <br> +<p>INDEMNITY You will indemnify and hold the Project, its +directors, officers, members and agents harmless from all +liability, cost and expense, including legal fees, that arise +directly or indirectly from any of the following that you do or +cause: [1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, +modification, or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.<br> +</p> + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" You may distribute +copies of this etext electronically, or by disk, book or any +other medium if you either delete this "Small Print!" and all +other references to Project Gutenberg, or: <br> +<p>[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this +requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the etext or +this "small print!" statement. You may however, if you wish, +distribute this etext in machine readable binary, compressed, +mark-up, or proprietary form, including any form resulting from +conversion by word pro cessing or hypertext software, but only so +long as *EITHER*:<br> +</p> + +[*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and does +*not* contain characters other than those intended by the author +of the work, although tilde (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) +characters may be used to convey punctuation intended by the +author, and additional characters may be used to indicate +hypertext links; OR <br> +<p>[*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at no +expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent form by the +program that displays the etext (as is the case, for instance, +with most word processors); OR<br> +</p> + +[*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at no +additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the etext in its +original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC or other equivalent +proprietary form). <br> +<p>[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this +"Small Print!" statement.<br> +</p> + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the net +profits you derive calculated using the method you already use to +calculate your applicable taxes. If you don't derive profits, no +royalty is due. Royalties are payable to "Project Gutenberg +Association / Illinois Benedictine College" within the 60 days +following each date you prepare (or were legally required to +prepare) your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return. <br> +<p>WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time, +scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty +free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution you +can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg +Association / Illinois Benedictine College".<br> +</p> + +*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END* +<br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<br> +<p><br> +</p> +<br> +<h1>THE MAD KING</h1> +<br><br> + +<h2>BY EDGAR RICE BURROUGHS</h2> + +<br><br> + +<br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_1">PART I<br> +</h1> + +<h1 id="ref_2">Chapter I A RUNAWAY HORSE</h1> + +<br> +<p>ALL LUSTADT was in an uproar. The mad king had escaped. Little +knots of excited men stood upon the street corners listening to +each latest rumor concerning this most absorbing occurrence. +Before the palace a great crowd surged to and fro, awaiting they +knew not what.<br> +</p> + +For ten years no man of them had set eyes upon the face of the +boy-king who had been hastened to the grim castle of Blentz upon +the death of the old king, his father. <br> +<p>There had been murmurings then when the lad's uncle, Peter of +Blentz, had announced to the people of Lutha the sudden mental +affliction which had fallen upon his nephew, and more murmurings +for a time after the announcement that Peter of Blentz had been +appointed Regent during the lifetime of the young King Leopold, +"or until God, in His infinite mercy, shall see fit to restore to +us in full mental vigor our beloved monarch."<br> +</p> + +But ten years is a long time. The boy-king had become but a vague +memory to the subjects who could recall him at all. <br> +<p>There were many, of course, in the capital city, Lustadt, who +still retained a mental picture of the handsome boy who had +ridden out nearly every morning from the palace gates beside the +tall, martial figure of the old king, his father, for a canter +across the broad plain which lies at the foot of the mountain +town of Lustadt; but even these had long since given up hope that +their young king would ever ascend his throne, or even that they +should see him alive again.<br> +</p> + +Peter of Blentz had not proved a good or kind ruler. Taxes had +doubled during his regency. Executives and judiciary, following +the example of their chief, had become tyrannical and corrupt. +For ten years there had been small joy in Lutha. <br> +<p>There had been whispered rumors off and on that the young king +was dead these many years, but not even in whispers did the men +of Lutha dare voice the name of him whom they believed had caused +his death. For lesser things they had seen their friends and +neighbors thrown into the hitherto long-unused dungeons of the +royal castle.<br> +</p> + +And now came the rumor that Leopold of Lutha had escaped the +Castle of Blentz and was roaming somewhere in the wild mountains +or ravines upon the opposite side of the plain of Lustadt. <br> +<p>Peter of Blentz was filled with rage and, possibly, fear as +well.<br> +</p> + +"I tell you, Coblich," he cried, addressing his dark-visaged +minister of war, there's more than coincidence in this matter. +Someone has betrayed us. That he should have escaped upon the +very eve of the arrival at Blentz of the new physician is most +suspicious. None but you, Coblich, had knowledge of the part that +Dr. Stein was destined to play in this matter," concluded Prince +Peter pointedly. <br> +<p>Coblich looked the Regent full in the eye.<br> +</p> + +"Your highness wrongs not only my loyalty, but my intelligence," +he said quietly, "by even so much as intimating that I have any +guilty knowledge of Leopold's escape. With Leopold upon the +throne of Lutha, where, think you, my prince, would old Coblich +be?" <br> +<p>Peter smiled.<br> +</p> + +"You are right, Coblich," he said. "I know that you would not be +such a fool; but whom, then, have we to thank?" <br> +<p>"The walls have ears, prince," replied Coblich, "and we have +not always been as careful as we should in discussing the matter. +Something may have come to the ears of old Von der Tann. I don't +for a moment doubt but that he has his spies among the palace +servants, or even the guard. You know the old fox has always made +it a point to curry favor with the common soldiers. When he was +minister of war he treated them better than he did his +officers."<br> +</p> + +"It seems strange, Coblich, that so shrewd a man as you should +have been unable to discover some irregularity in the political +life of Prince Ludwig von der Tann before now," said the prince +querulously. "He is the greatest menace to our peace and +sovereignty. With Von der Tann out of the way there would be none +powerful enough to question our right to the throne of +Lutha--after poor Leopold passes away." <br> +<p>"You forget that Leopold has escaped," suggested Coblich, "and +that there is no immediate prospect of his passing away."<br> +</p> + +"He must be retaken at once, Coblich!" cried Prince Peter of +Blentz. "He is a dangerous maniac, and we must make this fact +plain to the people--this and a thorough description of him. A +handsome reward for his safe return to Blentz might not be out of +the way, Coblich." <br> +<p>"It shall be done, your highness," replied Coblich. "And about +Von der Tann? You have never spoken to me quite +so--ah--er--pointedly before. He hunts a great deal in the Old +Forest. It might be possible--in fact, it has happened, +before--there are many accidents in hunting, are there not, your +highness?"<br> +</p> + +"There are, Coblich," replied the prince, "and if Leopold is able +he will make straight for the Tann, so that there may be two +hunting together in a day or so, Coblich." <br> +<p>"I understand, your highness," replied the minister. "With +your permission, I shall go at once and dispatch troops to search +the forest for Leopold. Captain Maenck will command them."<br> +</p> + +"Good, Coblich! Maenck is a most intelligent and loyal officer. +We must reward him well. A baronetcy, at least, if he handles +this matter well," said Peter. "It might not be a bad plan to +hint at as much to him, Coblich." <br> +<p>And so it happened that shortly thereafter Captain Ernst +Maenck, in command of a troop of the Royal Horse Guards of Lutha, +set out toward the Old Forest, which lies beyond the mountains +that are visible upon the other side of the plain stretching out +before Lustadt. At the same time other troopers rode in many +directions along the highways and byways of Lutha, tacking +placards upon trees and fence posts and beside the doors of every +little rural post office.<br> +</p> + +The placard told of the escape of the mad king, offering a large +reward for his safe return to Blentz. <br> +<p>It was the last paragraph especially which caused a young man, +the following day in the little hamlet of Tafelberg, to whistle +as he carefully read it over.<br> +</p> + +"I am glad that I am not the mad king of Lutha," he said as he +paid the storekeeper for the gasoline he had just purchased and +stepped into the gray roadster for whose greedy maw it was +destined. <br> +<p>"Why, mein Herr?" asked the man.<br> +</p> + +"This notice practically gives immunity to whoever shoots down +the king," replied the traveler. "Worse still, it gives such an +account of the maniacal ferocity of the fugitive as to warrant +anyone in shooting him on sight." <br> +<p>As the young man spoke the storekeeper had examined his face +closely for the first time. A shrewd look came into the man's +ordinarily stolid countenance. He leaned forward quite close to +the other's ear.<br> +</p> + +"We of Lutha," he whispered, "love our 'mad king'--no reward +could be offered that would tempt us to betray him. Even in +self-protection we would not kill him, we of the mountains who +remember him as a boy and loved his father and his grandfather, +before him. <br> +<p>"But there are the scum of the low country in the army these +days, who would do anything for money, and it is these that the +king must guard against. I could not help but note that mein Herr +spoke too perfect German for a foreigner. Were I in mein Herr's +place, I should speak mostly the English, and, too, I should +shave off the 'full, reddish-brown beard.'"<br> +</p> + +Whereupon the storekeeper turned hastily back into his shop, +leaving Barney Custer of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., to wonder if +all the inhabitants of Lutha were afflicted with a mental +disorder similar to that of the unfortunate ruler. <br> +<p>"I don't wonder," soliloquized the young man, "that he advised +me to shave off this ridiculous crop of alfalfa. Hang election +bets, anyway; if things had gone half right I shouldn't have had +to wear this badge of idiocy. And to think that it's got to be +for a whole month longer! A year's a mighty long while at best, +but a year in company with a full set of red whiskers is an +eternity."<br> +</p> + +The road out of Tafelberg wound upward among tall trees toward +the pass that would lead him across the next some excellent +shooting. All his life Barney had promised himself that some day +he should visit his mother's native land, and now that he was +here he found it as wild and beautiful as she had said it would +be. <br> +<p>Neither his mother nor his father had ever returned to the +little country since the day, thirty years before, that the big +American had literally stolen his bride away, escaping across the +border but a scant half-hour ahead of the pursuing troop of +Luthanian cavalry. Barney had often wondered why it was that +neither of them would ever speak of those days, or of the early +life of his mother, Victoria Rubinroth, though of the beauties of +her native land Mrs. Custer never tired of talking.<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer was thinking of these things as his machine wound +up the picturesque road. Just before him was a long, heavy grade, +and as he took it with open muffler the chugging of his motor +drowned the sound of pounding hoof beats rapidly approaching +behind him. <br> +<p>It was not until he topped the grade that he heard anything +unusual, and at the same instant a girl on horseback tore past +him. The speed of the animal would have been enough to have told +him that it was beyond the control of its frail rider, even +without the added testimony of the broken bit that dangled +beneath the tensely outstretched chin.<br> +</p> + +Foam flecked the beast's neck and shoulders. It was evident that +the horse had been running for some distance, yet its speed was +still that of the thoroughly frightened runaway. <br> +<p>The road at the point where the animal had passed Custer was +cut from the hillside. At the left an embankment rose steeply to +a height of ten or fifteen feet. On the right there was a drop of +a hundred feet or more into a wooded ravine. Ahead, the road +apparently ran quite straight and smooth for a considerable +distance.<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer knew that so long as the road ran straight the girl +might be safe enough, for she was evidently an excellent +horsewoman; but be also knew that if there should be a sharp turn +to the left ahead, the horse in his blind fright would in all +probability dash headlong into the ravine below him. <br> +<p>There was but a single thing that the man might attempt if he +were to save the girl from the almost certain death which seemed +in store for her, since he knew that sooner or later the road +would turn, as all mountain roads do. The chances that he must +take, if he failed, could only hasten the girl's end. There was +no alternative except to sit supinely by and see the fear-crazed +horse carry its rider into eternity, and Barney Custer was not +the sort for that role.<br> +</p> + +Scarcely had the beast come abreast of him than his foot leaped +to the accelerator. Like a frightened deer the gray roadster +sprang forward in pursuit. The road was narrow. Two machines +could not have passed upon it. Barney took the outside that he +might hold the horse away from the dangerous ravine. <br> +<p>At the sound of the whirring thing behind him the animal cast +an affrighted glance in its direction, and with a little squeal +of terror redoubled its frantic efforts to escape. The girl, too, +looked back over her shoulder. Her face was very white, but her +eyes were steady and brave.<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer smiled up at her in encouragement, and the girl +smiled back at him. <br> +<p>"She's sure a game one," thought Barney.<br> +</p> + +Now she was calling to him. At first he could not catch her words +above the pounding of the horse's hoofs and the noise of his +motor. Presently he understood. <br> +<p>"Stop!" she cried. "Stop or you will be killed. The road turns +to the left just ahead. You'll go into the ravine at that +speed."<br> +</p> + +The front wheel of the roadster was at the horse's right flank. +Barney stepped upon the accelerator a little harder. There was +barely room between the horse and the edge of the road for the +four wheels of the roadster, and Barney must be very careful not +to touch the horse. The thought of that and what it would mean to +the girl sent a cold shudder through Barney Custer's athletic +frame. <br> +<p>The man cast a glance to his right. His machine drove from the +left side, and he could not see the road at all over the right +hand door. The sight of tree tops waving beneath him was all that +was visible. Just ahead the road's edge rushed swiftly beneath +the right-hand fender, the wheels on that side must have been on +the very verge of the embankment.<br> +</p> + +Now he was abreast the girl. Just ahead he could see where the +road disappeared around a corner of the bluff at the dangerous +curve the girl had warned him against. <br> +<p>Custer leaned far out over the side of his car. The lunging of +the horse in his stride, and the swaying of the leaping car +carried him first close to the girl and then away again. With his +right hand he held the car between the frantic horse and the edge +of the embankment. His left hand, outstretched, was almost at the +girl's waist. The turn was just before them.<br> +</p> + +"Jump!" cried Barney. <br> +<p>The girl fell backward from her mount, turning to grasp +Custer's arm as it closed about her. At the same instant Barney +closed the throttle, and threw all the weight of his body upon +the foot brake.<br> +</p> + +The gray roadster swerved toward the embankment as the hind +wheels skidded on the loose surface gravel. They were at the +turn. The horse was just abreast the bumper. There was one chance +in a thousand of making the turn were the running beast out of +the way. There was still a chance if he turned ahead of them. If +he did not turn--Barney hated to think of what must follow. <br> +<p>But it was all over in a second. The horse bolted straight +ahead. Barney swerved the roadster to the turn. It caught the +animal full in the side. There was a sickening lurch as the hind +wheels slid over the embankment, and then the man shoved the girl +from the running board to the road, and horse, man and roadster +went over into the ravine.<br> +</p> + +A moment before a tall young man with a reddish-brown beard had +stood at the turn of the road listening intently to the sound of +the hurrying hoof beats and the purring of the racing motor car +approaching from the distance. In his eyes lurked the look of the +hunted. For a moment he stood in evident indecision, but just +before the runaway horse and the pursuing machine came into view +he slipped over the edge of the road to slink into the underbrush +far down toward the bottom of the ravine. <br> +<p>When Barney pushed the girl from the running board she fell +heavily to the road, rolling over several times, but in an +instant she scrambled to her feet, hardly the worse for the +tumble other than a few scratches.<br> +</p> + +Quickly she ran to the edge of the embankment, a look of immense +relief coming to her soft, brown eyes as she saw her rescuer +scrambling up the precipitous side of the ravine toward her. <br> +<p>"You are not killed?" she cried in German. "It is a +miracle!"<br> +</p> + +"Not even bruised," reassured Barney. "But you? You must have had +a nasty fall." <br> +<p>"I am not hurt at all," she replied. "But for you I should be +lying dead, or terribly maimed down there at the bottom of that +awful ravine at this very moment. It's awful." She drew her +shoulders upward in a little shudder of horror. "But how did you +escape? Even now I can scarce believe it possible."<br> +</p> + +"I'm quite sure I don't know how I did escape," said Barney, +clambering over the rim of the road to her side. "That I had +nothing to do with it I am positive. It was just luck. I simply +dropped out onto that bush down there." <br> +<p>They were standing side by side, now peering down into the +ravine where the car was visible, bottom side up against a tree, +near the base of the declivity. The horse's head could be seen +protruding from beneath the wreckage.<br> +</p> + +"I'd better go down and put him out of his misery," said Barney, +"if he is not already dead." <br> +<p>"I think he is quite dead," said the girl. "I have not seen +him move."<br> +</p> + +Just then a little puff of smoke arose from the machine, followed +by a tongue of yellow flame. Barney had already started toward +the horse. <br> +<p>"Please don't go," begged the girl. "I am sure that he is +quite dead, and it wouldn't be safe for you down there now. The +gasoline tank may explode any minute."<br> +</p> + +Barney stopped. <br> +<p>"Yes, he is dead all right," he said, "but all my belongings +are down there. My guns, six-shooters and all my ammunition. +And," he added ruefully, "I've heard so much about the brigands +that infest these mountains."<br> +</p> + +The girl laughed. <br> +<p>"Those stories are really exaggerated," she said. "I was born +in Lutha, and except for a few months each year have always lived +here, and though I ride much I have never seen a brigand. You +need not be afraid."<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer looked up at her quickly, and then he grinned. His +only fear had been that he would not meet brigands, for Mr. +Bernard Custer, Jr., was young and the spirit of Romance and +Adventure breathed strong within him. <br> +<p>"Why do you smile?" asked the girl.<br> +</p> + +"At our dilemma," evaded Barney. "Have you paused to consider our +situation?" <br> +<p>The girl smiled, too.<br> +</p> + +"It is most unconventional," she said. "On foot and alone in the +mountains, far from home, and we do not even know each other's +name." <br> +<p>"Pardon me," cried Barney, bowing low. "Permit me to introduce +myself. I am," and then to the spirits of Romance and Adventure +was added a third, the spirit of Deviltry, "I am the mad king of +Lutha."<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_3">Chapter II OVER THE PRECIPICE</h1> + +THE EFFECT of his words upon the girl were quite different from +what he had expected. An American girl would have laughed, +knowing that he but joked. This girl did not laugh. Instead her +face went white, and she clutched her bosom with her two hands. +Her brown eyes peered searchingly into the face of the man. <br> +"Leopold!" she cried in a suppressed voice. "Oh, your majesty, +thank God that you are free--and sane!" <br> +<p>Before he could prevent it the girl had seized his hand and +pressed it to her lips.<br> +</p> + +Here was a pretty muddle! Barney Custer swore at himself inwardly +for a boorish fool. What in the world had ever prompted him to +speak those ridiculous words! And now how was he to unsay them +without mortifying this beautiful girl who had just kissed his +hand? <br> +<p>She would never forgive that--he was sure of it.<br> +</p> + +There was but one thing to do, however, and that was to make a +clean breast of it. Somehow, he managed to stumble through his +explanation of what had prompted him, and when he had finished he +saw that the girl was smiling indulgently at him. <br> +<p>"It shall be Mr. Bernard Custer if you wish it so," she said; +"but your majesty need fear nothing from Emma von der Tann. Your +secret is as safe with me as with yourself, as the name of Von +der Tann must assure you."<br> +</p> + +She looked to see the expression of relief and pleasure that her +father's name should have brought to the face of Leopold of +Lutha, but when he gave no indication that he had ever before +heard the name she sighed and looked puzzled. <br> +<p>"Perhaps," she thought, "he doubts me. Or can it be possible +that, after all, his poor mind is gone?"<br> +</p> + +"I wish," said Barney in a tone of entreaty, "that you would +forgive and forget my foolish words, and then let me accompany +you to the end of your journey." <br> +<p>"Whither were you bound when I became the means of wrecking +your motor car?" asked the girl.<br> +</p> + +"To the Old Forest," replied Barney. <br> +<p>Now she was positive that she was indeed with the mad king of +Lutha, but she had no fear of him, for since childhood she had +heard her father scout the idea that Leopold was mad. For what +other purpose would he hasten toward the Old Forest than to take +refuge in her father's castle upon the banks of the Tann at the +forest's verge?<br> +</p> + +"Thither was I bound also," she said, "and if you would come +there quickly and in safety I can show you a short path across +the mountains that my father taught me years ago. It touches the +main road but once or twice, and much of the way passes through +dense woods and undergrowth where an army might hide." <br> +<p>"Hadn't we better find the nearest town," suggested Barney, +"where I can obtain some sort of conveyance to take you +home?"<br> +</p> + +"It would not be safe," said the girl. "Peter of Blentz will have +troops out scouring all Lutha about Blentz and the Old Forest +until the king is captured." <br> +<p>Barney Custer shook his head despairingly.<br> +</p> + +"Won't you please believe that I am but a plain American?" he +begged. <br> +<p>Upon the bole of a large wayside tree a fresh, new placard +stared them in the face. Emma von der Tann pointed at one of the +paragraphs.<br> +</p> + +"Gray eyes, brown hair, and a full reddish-brown beard," she +read. "No matter who you may be," she said, "you are safer off +the highways of Lutha than on them until you can find and use a +razor." <br> +<p>"But I cannot shave until the fifth of November," said +Barney.<br> +</p> + +Again the girl looked quickly into his eyes and again in her mind +rose the question that had hovered there once before. Was he +indeed, after all, quite sane? <br> +<p>"Then please come with me the safest way to my father's," she +urged. "He will know what is best to do."<br> +</p> + +"He cannot make me shave," insisted Barney. <br> +<p>"Why do you wish not to shave?" asked the girl.,<br> +</p> + +"It is a matter of my honor," he replied. "I had my choice of +wearing a green wastebasket bonnet trimmed with red roses for six +months, or a beard for twelve. If I shave off the beard before +the fifth of November I shall be without honor in the sight of +all men or else I shall have to wear the green bonnet. The beard +is bad enough, but the bonnet--ugh!" <br> +<p>Emma von der Tann was now quite assured that the poor fellow +was indeed quite demented, but she had seen no indications of +violence as yet, though when that too might develop there was no +telling. However, he was to her Leopold of Lutha, and her +father's house had been loyal to him or his ancestors for three +hundred years.<br> +</p> + +If she must sacrifice her life in the attempt, nevertheless still +must she do all within her power to save her king from recapture +and to lead him in safety to the castle upon the Tann. <br> +<p>"Come," she said; "we waste time here. Let us make haste, for +the way is long. At best we cannot reach Tann by dark."<br> +</p> + +"I will do anything you wish," replied Barney, "but I shall never +forgive myself for having caused you the long and tedious journey +that lies before us. It would be perfectly safe to go to the +nearest town and secure a rig." <br> +<p>Emma von der Tann had heard that it was always well to humor +maniacs and she thought of it now. She would put the scheme to +the test.<br> +</p> + +"The reason that I fear to have you go to the village," she said, +"is that I am quite sure they would catch you and shave off your +beard." <br> +<p>Barney started to laugh, but when he saw the deep seriousness +of the girl's eyes he changed his mind. Then he recalled her +rather peculiar insistence that he was a king, and it suddenly +occurred to him that he had been foolish not to have guessed the +truth before.<br> +</p> + +"That is so," he agreed; "I guess we had better do as you say," +for he had determined that the best way to handle her would be to +humor her--he had always heard that that was the proper method +for handling the mentally defective. "Where is +the--er--ah--sanatorium?" he blurted out at last. <br> +<p>"The what?" she asked. "There is no sanatorium near here, your +majesty, unless you refer to the Castle of Blentz."<br> +</p> + +"Is there no asylum for the insane near by?" <br> +<p>"None that I know of, your majesty."<br> +</p> + +For a while they moved on in silence, each wondering what the +other might do next. <br> +<p>Barney had evolved a plan. He would try and ascertain the +location of the institution from which the girl had escaped and +then as gently as possible lead her back to it. It was not safe +for as beautiful a woman as she to be roaming through the forest +in any such manner as this. He wondered what in the world the +authorities at the asylum had been thinking of to permit her to +ride out alone in the first place.<br> +</p> + +"From where did you ride today?" he blurted out suddenly. <br> +<p>"From Tann."<br> +</p> + +"That is where we are going now?" <br> +<p>"Yes, your majesty."<br> +</p> + +Barney drew a breath of relief. The way had become suddenly +difficult and he took the girl's arm to help her down a rather +steep place. At the bottom of the ravine there was a little +brook. <br> +<p>"There used to be a fallen log across it here," said the girl. +"How in the world am I ever to get across, your majesty?"<br> +</p> + +"If you call me that again, I shall begin to believe that I am a +king," he humored her, "and then, being a king, I presume that it +wouldn't be proper for me to carry you across, or would it? Never +really having been a king, I do not know." <br> +<p>"I think," replied the girl, "that it would be eminently +proper."<br> +</p> + +She had difficulty in keeping in mind the fact that this +handsome, smiling young man was a dangerous maniac, though it was +easy to believe that he was the king. In fact, he looked much as +she had always pictured Leopold as looking. She had known him as +a boy, and there were many paintings and photographs of his +ancestors in her father's castle. She saw much resemblance +between these and the young man. <br> +<p>The brook was very narrow, and the girl thought that it took +the young man an unreasonably long time to carry her across, +though she was forced to admit that she was far from +uncomfortable in the strong arms that bore her so easily.<br> +</p> + +"Why, what are you doing?" she cried presently. "You are not +crossing the stream at all. You are walking right up the middle +of it!" <br> +<p>She saw his face flush, and then he turned laughing eyes upon +her.<br> +</p> + +"I am looking for a safe landing," he said. <br> +<p>Emma von der Tann did not know whether to be frightened or +amused. As her eyes met the clear, gray ones of the man she could +not believe that insanity lurked behind that laughing, level gaze +of her carrier. She found herself continually forgetting that the +man was mad. He had turned toward the bank now, and a couple of +steps carried them to the low sward that fringed the little +brooklet. Here he lowered her to the ground.<br> +</p> + +"Your majesty is very strong," she said. "I should not have +expected it after the years of confinement you have suffered." +<br> +<p>"Yes," he said, realizing that he must humor her--it was +difficult to remember that this lovely girl was insane. "Let me +see, now just what was I in prison for? I do not seem to be able +to recall it. In Nebraska, they used to hang men for horse +stealing; so I am sure it must have been something else not quite +so bad. Do you happen to know?"<br> +</p> + +"When the king, your father, died you were thirteen years old," +the girl explained, hoping to reawaken the sleeping mind, "and +then your uncle, Prince Peter of Blentz, announced that the shock +of your father's death had unbalanced your mind. He shut you up +in Blentz then, where you have been for ten years, and he has +ruled as regent. Now, my father says, he has recently discovered +a plot to take your life so that Peter may become king. But I +suppose you learned of that, and because of it you escaped!" <br> +<p>"This Peter person is all-powerful in Lutha?" he asked.<br> +</p> + +"He controls the army," the girl replied. <br> +<p>"And you really believe that I am the mad king Leopold?"<br> +</p> + +"You are the king," she said in a convincing manner. <br> +<p>"You are a very brave young lady," he said earnestly. "If all +the mad king's subjects were as loyal as you, and as brave, he +would not have languished for ten years behind the walls of +Blentz."<br> +</p> + +"I am a Von der Tann," she said proudly, as though that was +explanation sufficient to account for any bravery or loyalty. +<br> +<p>"Even a Von der Tann might, without dishonor, hesitate to +accompany a mad man through the woods," he replied, "especially +if she happened to be a very--a very--" He halted, flushing.<br> +</p> + +"A very what, your majesty?" asked the girl. <br> +<p>"A very young woman," he ended lamely.<br> +</p> + +Emma von der Tann knew that he had not intended saying that at +all. Being a woman, she knew precisely what he had meant to say, +and she discovered that she would very much have liked to hear +him say it. <br> +<p>"Suppose," said Barney, "that Peter's soldiers run across +us--what then?"<br> +</p> + +"They will take you back to Blentz, your majesty." <br> +<p>"And you?"<br> +</p> + +"I do not think that they will dare lay hands on me, though it is +possible that Peter might do so. He hates my father even more now +than he did when the old king lived." <br> +<p>"I wish," said Mr. Custer, "that I had gone down after my +guns. Why didn't you tell me, in the first place, that I was a +king, and that I might get you in trouble if you were found with +me? Why, they may even take me for an emperor or a mikado--who +knows? And then look at all the trouble we'd be in."<br> +</p> + +Which was Barney's way of humoring a maniac. <br> +<p>"And they might even shave off your beautiful beard."<br> +</p> + +Which was the girl's way. <br> +<p>"Do you think that you would like me better in the green +wastebasket hat with the red roses?" asked Barney.<br> +</p> + +A very sad look came into the girl's eyes. It was pitiful to +think that this big, handsome young man, for whose return to the +throne all Lutha had prayed for ten long years, was only a silly +half-wit. What might he not have accomplished for his people had +this terrible misfortune not overtaken him! In every other way he +seemed fitted to be the savior of his country. If she could but +make him remember! <br> +<p>"Your majesty," she said, "do you not recall the time that +your father came upon a state visit to my father's castle? You +were a little boy then. He brought you with him. I was a little +girl, and we played together. You would not let me call you +'highness,' but insisted that I should always call you Leopold. +When I forgot you would accuse me of lesemajeste, and sentence me +to--to punishment.'<br> +</p> + +"What was the punishment?" asked Barney, noticing her hesitation +and wishing to encourage her in the pretty turn her dementia had +taken. <br> +<p>Again the girl hesitated; she hated to say it, but if it would +help to recall the past to that poor, dimmed mind, it was her +duty.<br> +</p> + +"Every time I called you 'highness' you made me give you a--a +kiss," she almost whispered. <br> +<p>"I hope," said Barney, "that you will be guilty of lesemajeste +often."<br> +</p> + +"We were little children then, your majesty," the girl reminded +him. <br> +<p>Had he thought her of sound mind Mr. Custer might have taken +advantage of his royal prerogatives on the spot, for the girl's +lips were most tempting; but when he remembered the poor, weak +mind, tears almost came to his eyes, and there sprang to his +heart a great desire to protect and guard this unfortunate +child.<br> +</p> + +"And when I was Crown Prince what were you, way back there in the +beautiful days of our childhood?" asked Barney. <br> +<p>"Why, I was what I still am, your majesty," replied the girl. +"Princess Emma von der Tann."<br> +</p> + +So the poor child, beside thinking him a king, thought herself a +princess! She certainly was mad. Well, he would humor her. <br> +<p>"Then I should call you 'your highness,' shouldn't I?" he +asked.<br> +</p> + +"You always called me Emma when we were children." <br> +<p>"Very well, then, you shall be Emma and I Leopold. Is it a +bargain?"<br> +</p> + +"The king's will is law," she said. <br> +<p>They had come to a very steep hillside, up which the +halfobliterated trail zigzagged toward the crest of a flat-topped +hill. Barney went ahead, taking the girl's hand in his to help +her, and thus they came to the top, to stand hand in hand, +breathing heavily after the stiff climb.<br> +</p> + +The girl's hair had come loose about her temples and a lock was +blowing over her face. Her cheeks were very red and her eyes +bright. Barney thought he had never looked upon a lovelier +picture. He smiled down into her eyes and she smiled back at him. +<br> +<p>"I wished, back there a way," he said, "that that little brook +had been as wide as the ocean--now I wish that this little hill +had been as high as Mont Blanc."<br> +</p> + +"You like to climb?" she asked. <br> +<p>"I should like to climb forever--with you," he said +seriously.<br> +</p> + +She looked up at him quickly. A reply was on her lips, but she +never uttered it, for at that moment a ruffian in picturesque +rags leaped out from behind a near-by bush, confronting them with +leveled revolver. He was so close that the muzzle of the weapon +almost touched Barney's face. In that the fellow made his +mistake. <br> +<p>"You see," said Barney unexcitedly, "that I was right about +the brigands after all. What do you want, my man?"<br> +</p> + +The man's eyes had suddenly gone wide. He stared with open mouth +at the young fellow before him. Then a cunning look came into his +eyes. <br> +<p>"I want you, your majesty," he said.<br> +</p> + +"Godfrey!" exclaimed Barney. "Did the whole bunch escape?" <br> +<p>"Quick!" growled the man. "Hold up your hands. The notice made +it plain that you would be worth as much dead as alive, and I +have no mind to lose you, so do not tempt me to kill you."<br> +</p> + +Barney's hands went up, but not in the way that the brigand had +expected. Instead, one of them seized his weapon and shoved it +aside, while with the other Custer planted a blow between his +eyes and sent him reeling backward. The two men closed, fighting +for possession of the gun. In the scrimmage it was exploded, but +a moment later the American succeeded in wresting it from his +adversary and hurled it into the ravine. <br> +<p>Striking at one another, the two surged backward and forward +at the very edge of the hill, each searching for the other's +throat. The girl stood by, watching the battle with wide, +frightened eyes. If she could only do something to aid the +king!<br> +</p> + +She saw a loose stone lying at a little distance from the +fighters and hastened to procure it. If she could strike the +brigand a single good blow on the side of the head, Leopold might +easily overpower him. When she had gathered up the rock and +turned back toward the two she saw that the man she thought to be +the king was not much in the way of needing outside assistance. +She could not but marvel at the strength and dexterity of this +poor fellow who had spent almost half his life penned within the +four walls of a prison. It must be, she thought, the superhuman +strength with which maniacs are always credited. <br> +<p>Nevertheless, she hurried toward them with her weapon; but +just before she reached them the brigand made a last mad effort +to free himself from the fingers that had found his throat. He +lunged backward, dragging the other with him. His foot struck +upon the root of a tree, and together the two toppled over into +the ravine.<br> +</p> + +As the girl hastened toward the spot where the two had +disappeared, she was startled to see three troopers of the palace +cavalry headed by an officer break through the trees at a short +distance from where the battle had waged. The four men ran +rapidly toward her. <br> +<p>"What has happened here? shouted the officer to Emma von der +Tann; and then, as he came closer: "Gott! Can it be possible that +it is your highness?"<br> +</p> + +The girl paid no attention to the officer. Instead, she hurried +down the steep embankment toward the underbrush into which the +two men had fallen. There was no sound from below, and no +movement in the bushes to indicate that a moment before two +desperately battling human beings had dropped among them. <br> +<p>The soldiers were close upon the girl's heels, but it was she +who first reached the two quiet figures that lay side by side +upon the stony ground halfway down the hillside.<br> +</p> + +When the officer stopped beside her she was sitting on the ground +holding the head of one of the combatants in her lap. <br> +<p>A little stream of blood trickled from a wound in the +forehead. The officer stooped closer.<br> +</p> + +"He is dead?" he asked. <br> +<p>"The king is dead," replied the Princess Emma von der Tann, a +little sob in her voice.<br> +</p> + +"The king!" exclaimed the officer; and then, as he bent lower +over the white face: "Leopold!" <br> +<p>The girl nodded.<br> +</p> + +"We were searching for him," said the officer, "when we heard the +shot." Then, arising, he removed his cap, saying in a very low +voice: "The king is dead. Long live the king!" <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_4">Chapter III AN ANGRY KING</h1> + +<br> +<p>THE SOLDIERS stood behind their officer. None of them had ever +seen Leopold of Lutha--he had been but a name to them--they cared +nothing for him; but in the presence of death they were awed by +the majesty of the king they had never known.<br> +</p> + +The hands of Emma von der Tann were chafing the wrists of the man +whose head rested in her lap. <br> +<p>"Leopold!" she whispered. "Leopold, come back! Mad king you +may have been, but still you were king of Lutha-my father's +king--my king."<br> +</p> + +The girl nearly cried out in shocked astonishment as she saw the +eyes of the dead king open. But Emma von der Tann was +quick-witted. She knew for what purpose the soldiers from the +palace were scouring the country. <br> +<p>Had she not thought the king dead she would have cut out her +tongue rather than reveal his identity to these soldiers of his +great enemy. Now she saw that Leopold lived, and she must undo +the harm she had innocently wrought. She bent lower over Barney's +face, trying to hide it from the soldiers.<br> +</p> + +"Go away, please!" she called to them. "Leave me with my dead +king. You are Peter's men. You do not care for Leopold, living or +dead. Go back to your new king and tell him that this poor young +man can never more stand between him and the throne." <br> +<p>The officer hesitated.<br> +</p> + +"We shall have to take the king's body with us, your highness," +he said. <br> +<p>The officer evidently becoming suspicious, came closer, and as +he did so Barney Custer sat up.<br> +</p> + +"Go away!" cried the girl, for she saw that the king was +attempting to speak. "My father's people will carry Leopold of +Lutha in state to the capital of his kingdom." <br> +<p>"What's all this row about?" he asked. "Can't you let a dead +king alone if the young lady asks you to? What kind of a short +sport are you, anyway? Run along, now, and tie yourself +outside."<br> +</p> + +The officer smiled, a trifle maliciously perhaps. <br> +<p>"Ah," he said, "I am very glad indeed that you are not dead, +your majesty."<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer turned his incredulous eyes upon the lieutenant. +<br> +<p>"Et tu, Brute?" he cried in anguished accents, letting his +head fall back into the girl's lap. He found it very comfortable +there indeed.<br> +</p> + +The officer smiled and shook his head. Then he tapped his +forehead meaningly. <br> +<p>"I did not know," he said to the girl, "that he was so bad. +But come--it is some distance to Blentz, and the afternoon is +already well spent. Your highness will accompany us."<br> +</p> + +"I?" cried the girl. "You certainly cannot be serious." <br> +<p>"And why not, your highness?" asked the officer. "We had +strict orders to arrest not only the king, but any companions who +may have been involved in his escape."<br> +</p> + +"I had nothing whatever to do with his escape," said the girl, +"though I should have been only too glad to have aided him had +the opportunity presented." <br> +<p>"King Peter may think differently," replied the man.<br> +</p> + +"The Regent, you mean?" the girl corrected him haughtily. <br> +<p>The officer shrugged his shoulders.<br> +</p> + +"Regent or King, he is ruler of Lutha nevertheless, and he would +take away my commission were I to tell him that I had found a Von +der Tann in company with the king and had permitted her to +escape. Your blood convicts your highness." <br> +<p>"You are going to take me to Blentz and confine me there?" +asked the girl in a very small voice and with wide incredulous +eyes. "You would not dare thus to humiliate a Von der Tann?"<br> +</p> + +"I am very sorry," said the officer, "but I am a soldier, and +soldiers must obey their superiors. My orders are strict. You may +be thankful," he added, "that it was not Maenck who discovered +you." <br> +<p>At the mention of the name the girl shuddered.<br> +</p> + +"In so far as it is in my power your highness and his majesty +will be accorded every consideration of dignity and courtesy +while under my escort. You need not entertain any fear of me," he +concluded. <br> +<p>Barney Custer, during this, to him, remarkable dialogue, had +risen to his feet, and assisted the girl in rising. Now he turned +and spoke to the officer.<br> +</p> + +"This farce," he said, "has gone quite far enough. If it is a +joke it is becoming a very sorry one. I am not a king. I am an +American--Bernard Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A. Look at +me. Look at me closely. Do I look like a king?" <br> +<p>"Every inch, your majesty," replied the officer.<br> +</p> + +Barney looked at the man aghast. <br> +<p>"Well, I am not a king," he said at last, "and if you go to +arresting me and throwing me into one of your musty old dungeons +you will find that I am a whole lot more important than most +kings. I'm an American citizen."<br> +</p> + +"Yes, your majesty," replied the officer, a trifle impatiently. +"But we waste time in idle discussion. Will your majesty be so +good as to accompany me without resistance?" <br> +<p>"If you will first escort this young lady to a place of +safety," replied Barney.<br> +</p> + +"She will be quite safe at Blentz," said the lieutenant. <br> +<p>Barney turned to look at the girl, a question in his eyes. +Before them stood the soldiers with drawn revolvers, and now at +the summit of the hill a dozen more appeared in command of a +sergeant. They were two against nearly a score, and Barney Custer +was unarmed.<br> +</p> + +The girl shook her head. <br> +<p>"There, is no alternative, I am afraid, your majesty," she +said.<br> +</p> + +Barney wheeled toward the officer. <br> +<p>"Very well, lieutenant," he said, "we will accompany you."<br> +</p> + +The party turned back up the hillside, leaving the dead bandit +where he lay--the fellow's neck had been broken by the fall. A +short distance from where the man had confronted them the two +prisoners were brought to the main road where they saw still +other troopers, and with them the horses of those who had gone +into the forest on foot. <br> +<p>Barney and the girl were mounted on two of the animals, the +soldiers who had ridden them clambering up behind two of their +comrades. A moment later the troop set out along the road which +leads to Blentz.<br> +</p> + +The prisoners rode near the center of the column, surrounded by +troopers. For a time they were both silent. Barney was wondering +if he had accidentally tumbled into the private grounds of +Lutha's largest madhouse, or if, in reality, these people mistook +him for the young king--it seemed incredible. <br> +<p>It had commenced slowly to dawn upon him that perhaps the girl +was not crazy after all. Had not the officer addressed her as +"your highness"? Now that he thought upon it he recalled that she +did have quite a haughty and regal way with her at times, +especially so when she had addressed the officer.<br> +</p> + +Of course she might be mad, after all, and possibly the bandit, +too, but it seemed unbelievable that the officer was mad and his +entire troop of cavalry should be composed of maniacs, yet they +all persisted in speaking and acting as though he were indeed the +mad king of Lutha and the young girl at his side a princess. <br> +<p>From pitying the girl he had come to feel a little bit in awe +of her. To the best of his knowledge he had never before +associated with a real princess. When he recalled that he had +treated her as he would an ordinary mortal, and that he had +thought her demented, and had tried to humor her mad whims, he +felt very foolish indeed.<br> +</p> + +Presently he turned a sheepish glance in her direction, to find +her looking at him. He saw her flush slightly as his eyes met +hers. <br> +<p>"Can your highness ever forgive me?" he asked.<br> +</p> + +"Forgive you!" she cried in astonishment. "For what, your +majesty?" <br> +<p>"For thinking you insane, and for getting you into this +horrible predicament," he replied. "But especially for thinking +you insane."<br> +</p> + +"Did you think me mad?" she asked in wide-eyed astonishment. <br> +<p>"When you insisted that I was a king, yes," he replied. "But +now I begin to believe that it must be I who am mad, after all, +or else I bear a remarkable resemblance to Leopold of Lutha."<br> +</p> + +"You do, your majesty," replied the girl. <br> +<p>Barney saw it was useless to attempt to convince them and so +he decided to give up for the time.<br> +</p> + +"Have me king, if you will," he said, "but please do not call me +'your majesty' any more. It gets on my nerves." <br> +<p>"Your will is law--Leopold," replied the girl, hesitating +prettily before the familiar name, "but do not forget your part +of the compact."<br> +</p> + +He smiled at her. A princess wasn't half so terrible after all. +<br> +<p>"And your will shall be my law, Emma," he said.<br> +</p> + +It was almost dark when they came to Blentz. The castle lay far +up on the side of a steep hill above the town. It was an ancient +pile, but had been maintained in an excellent state of repair. As +Barney Custer looked up at the grim towers and mighty, buttressed +walls his heart sank. It had taken the mad king ten years to make +his escape from that gloomy and forbidding pile! <br> +<p>"Poor child," he murmured, thinking of the girl.<br> +</p> + +Before the barbican the party was halted by the guard. An officer +with a lantern stepped out upon the lowered portcullis. The +lieutenant who had captured them rode forward to meet him. <br> +<p>"A detachment of the Royal Horse Guards escorting His Majesty +the King, who is returning to Blentz," he said in reply to the +officer's sharp challenge.<br> +</p> + +"The king!" exclaimed the officer. "You have found him?" and he +advanced with raised lantern searching for the monarch. <br> +<p>"At last," whispered Barney to the girl at his side, "I shall +be vindicated. This man, at least, who is stationed at Blentz +must know his king by sight."<br> +</p> + +The officer came quite close, holding his lantern until the rays +fell full in Barney's face. He scrutinized the young man for a +moment. There was neither humility nor respect in his manner, so +that the American was sure that the fellow had discovered the +imposture. <br> +<p>From the bottom of his heart he hoped so. Then the officer +swung the lantern until its light shone upon the girl.<br> +</p> + +"And who's the wench with him?" he asked the officer who had +found them. <br> +<p>The man was standing close beside Barney's horse, and the +words were scarce out of his month when the American slipped from +his saddle to the portcullis and struck the officer full in the +face.<br> +</p> + +"She is the Princess von der Tann, you boor," said Barney, "and +let that help you remember it in future." <br> +<p>The officer scrambled to his feet, white with rage. Whipping +out his sword he rushed at Barney.<br> +</p> + +"You shall die for that, you half-wit," he cried. <br> +<p>Lieutenant Butzow, he of the Royal Horse, rushed forward to +prevent the assault and Emma von der Tann sprang from her saddle +and threw herself in front of Barney.<br> +</p> + +Butzow grasped the other officer's arm. <br> +<p>"Are you mad, Schonau?" he cried. "Would you kill the +king?"<br> +</p> + +The fellow tugged to escape the grasp of Butzow. He was crazed +with anger. <br> +<p>"Why not?" he bellowed. "You were a fool not to have done it +yourself. Maenck will do it and get a baronetcy. It will mean a +captaincy for me at least. Let me at him--no man can strike Karl +Schonau and live."<br> +</p> + +"The king is unarmed," cried Emma von der Tann. "Would you murder +him in cold blood?" <br> +<p>"He shall not murder him at all, your highness," said +Lieutenant Butzow quietly. "Give me your sword, Lieutenant +Schonau. I place you under arrest. What you have just said will +not please the Regent when it is reported to him. You should keep +your head better when you are angry."<br> +</p> + +"It is the truth," growled Schonau, regretting that his anger had +led him into a disclosure of the plot against the king's life, +but like most weak characters fearing to admit himself in error +even more than he feared the consequences of his rash words. <br> +<p>"Do you intend taking my sword?" asked Schonau suddenly, +turning toward Lieutenant Butzow standing beside him.<br> +</p> + +"We will forget the whole occurrence, lieutenant," replied +Butzow, "if you will promise not to harm his majesty, or offer +him or the Princess von der Tann further humiliation. Their +position is sufficiently unpleasant without our adding to the +degradation of it." <br> +<p>"Very well," grumbled Schonau. "Pass on into the +courtyard."<br> +</p> + +Barney and the girl remounted and the little cavalcade moved +forward through the ballium and the great gate into the court +beyond. <br> +<p>"Did you notice," said Barney to the princess, "that even he +believes me to be the king? I cannot fathom it."<br> +</p> + +Within the castle they were met by a number of servants and +soldiers. An officer escorted them to the great hall, and +presently a dark visaged captain of cavalry entered and +approached them. Butzow saluted. <br> +<p>"His Majesty, the King," he announced, "has returned to +Blentz. In accordance with the commands of the Regent I deliver +his august person into your safe keeping, Captain Maenck."<br> +</p> + +Maenck nodded. He was looking at Barney with evident curiosity. +<br> +<p>"Where did you find him?" he asked Butzow.<br> +</p> + +He made no pretense of according to Barney the faintest +indication of the respect that is supposed to be due to those of +royal blood. Barney commenced to hope that he had finally come +upon one who would know that he was not king. <br> +<p>Butzow recounted the details of the finding of the king. As he +spoke, Maenck's eyes, restless and furtive, seemed to be +appraising the personal charms of the girl who stood just back of +Barney.<br> +</p> + +The American did not like the appearance of the officer, but he +saw that he was evidently supreme at Blentz, and he determined to +appeal to him in the hope that the man might believe his story +and untangle the ridiculous muddle that a chance resemblance to a +fugitive monarch had thrown him and the girl into. <br> +<p>"Captain," said Barney, stepping closer to the officer, "there +has been a mistake in identity here. I am not the king. I am an +American traveling for pleasure in Lutha. The fact that I have +gray eyes and wear a full reddish-brown beard is my only offense. +You are doubtless familiar with the king's appearance and so you +at least have already seen that I am not his majesty.<br> +</p> + +"Not being the king, there is no cause to detain me longer, and +as I am not a fugitive and never have been, this young lady has +been guilty of no misdemeanor or crime in being in my company. +Therefore she too should be released. In the name of justice and +common decency I am sure that you will liberate us both at once +and furnish the Princess von der Tann, at least, with a proper +escort to her home." <br> +<p>Maenck listened in silence until Barney had finished, a half +smile upon his thick lips.<br> +</p> + +"I am commencing to believe that you are not so crazy as we have +all thought," he said. "Certainly," and he let his eyes rest upon +Emma von der Tann, "you are not mentally deficient in so far as +your judgment of a good-looking woman is concerned. I could not +have made a better selection myself. <br> +<p>"As for my familiarity with your appearance, you know as well +as I that I have never seen you before. But that is not +necessary--you conform perfectly to the printed description of +you with which the kingdom is flooded. Were that not enough, the +fact that you were discovered with old Von der Tann's daughter is +sufficient to remove the least doubt as to your identity."<br> +</p> + +"You are governor of Blentz," cried Barney, "and yet you say that +you have never seen the king?" <br> +<p>"Certainly," replied Maenck. "After you escaped the entire +personnel of the garrison here was changed, even the old servants +to a man were withdrawn and others substituted. You will have +difficulty in again escaping, for those who aided you before are +no longer here."<br> +</p> + +"There is no man in the castle of Blentz who has ever seen the +king?" asked Barney. <br> +<p>"None who has seen him before tonight," replied Maenck. "But +were we in doubt we have the word of the Princess Emma that you +are Leopold. Did she not admit it to you, Butzow?"<br> +</p> + +"When she thought his majesty dead she admitted it," replied +Butzow. <br> +<p>"We gain nothing by discussing the matter," said Maenck +shortly. "You are Leopold of Lutha. Prince Peter says that you +are mad. All that concerns me is that you do not escape again, +and you may rest assured that while Ernst Maenck is governor of +Blentz you shall not escape and go at large again.<br> +</p> + +"Are the royal apartments in readiness for his majesty, Dr. +Stein?" he concluded, turning toward a rat-faced little man with +bushy whiskers, who stood just behind him. <br> +<p>The query was propounded in an ironical tone, and with a +manner that made no pretense of concealing the contempt of the +speaker for the man he thought the king.<br> +</p> + +The eyes of the Princess Emma were blazing as she caught the +scant respect in Maenck's manner. She looked quickly toward +Barney to see if he intended rebuking the man for his +impertinence. She saw that the king evidently intended +overlooking Maenck's attitude. But Emma von der Tann was of a +different mind. <br> +<p>She had seen Maenck several times at social functions in the +capital. He had even tried to win a place in her favor, but she +had always disliked him, even before the nasty stories of his +past life had become common gossip, and within the year she had +won his hatred by definitely indicating to him that he was +persona non grata, in so far as she was concerned. Now she turned +upon him, her eyes flashing with indignation.<br> +</p> + +"Do you forget, sir, that you address the king?" she cried. "That +you are without honor I have heard men say, and I may truly +believe it now that I have seen what manner of man you are. The +most lowly-bred boor in all Lutha would not be so ungenerous as +to take advantage of his king's helplessness to heap indignities +upon him. <br> +<p>"Leopold of Lutha shall come into his own some day, and my +dearest hope is that his first act may be to mete out to such as +you the punishment you deserve."<br> +</p> + +Maenck paled in anger. His fingers twitched nervously, but he +controlled his temper remarkably well, biding his time for +revenge. <br> +<p>"Take the king to his apartments, Stein," he commanded curtly, +"and you, Lieutenant Butzow, accompany them with a guard, nor +leave until you see that he is safely confined. You may return +here afterward for my further instructions. In the meantime I +wish to examine the king's mistress."<br> +</p> + +For a moment tense silence reigned in the apartment after Maenck +had delivered his wanton insult. <br> +<p>Emma von der Tann, her little chin high in the air, stood +straight and haughty, nor was there any sign in her expression to +indicate that she had heard the man's words.<br> +</p> + +Barney was the first to take cognizance of them. <br> +<p>"You cur!" he cried, and took a step toward Maenck. "You're +going to eat that, word for word."<br> +</p> + +Maenck stepped back, his hand upon his sword. Butzow laid a hand +upon Barney's arm. <br> +<p>"Don't, your majesty," he implored, "it will but make your +position more unpleasant, nor will it add to the safety of the +Princess von der Tann for you to strike him now."<br> +</p> + +Barney shook himself free from Butzow, and before either Stein or +the lieutenant could prevent had sprung upon Maenck. <br> +<p>The latter had not been quick enough with his sword, so that +Barney had struck him twice, heavily in the face before the +officer was able to draw. Butzow had sprung to the king's side, +and was attempting to interpose himself between Maenck and the +American. In a moment more the sword of the infuriated captain +would be in the king's heart. Barney turned the first thrust with +his forearm.<br> +</p> + +"Stop!" cried Butzow to Maenck. "Are you mad, that you would kill +the king?" <br> +<p>Maenck lunged again, viciously, at the unprotected body of his +antagonist.<br> +</p> + +"Die, you pig of an idiot!" he screamed. <br> +<p>Butzow saw that the man really meant to murder Leopold. He +seized Barney by the shoulder and whirled him backward. At the +same instant his own sword leaped from his scabbard, and now +Maenck found himself facing grim steel in the hand of a master +swordsman.<br> +</p> + +The governor of Blentz drew back from the touch of that sharp +point. <br> +<p>"What do you mean?" he cried. "This is mutiny."<br> +</p> + +"When I received my commission," replied Butzow, quietly, "I +swore to protect the person of the king with my life, and while I +live no man shall affront Leopold of Lutha in my presence, or +threaten his safety else he accounts to me for his act. Return +your sword, Captain Maenck, nor ever again draw it against the +king while I be near." <br> +<p>Slowly Maenck sheathed his weapon. Black hatred for Butzow and +the man he was protecting smoldered in his eyes.<br> +</p> + +"If he wishes peace," said Barney, "let him apologize to the +princess." <br> +<p>"You had better apologize, captain," counseled Butzow, "for if +the king should command me to do so I should have to compel you +to," and the lieutenant half drew his sword once more.<br> +</p> + +There was something in Butzow's voice that warned Maenck that his +subordinate would like nothing better than the king's command to +run him through. <br> +<p>He well knew the fame of Butzow's sword arm, and having no +stomach for an encounter with it he grumbled an apology.<br> +</p> + +"And don't let it occur again," warned Barney. <br> +<p>"Come," said Dr. Stein, "your majesty should be in your +apartments, away from all excitement, if we are to effect a cure, +so that you may return to your throne quickly."<br> +</p> + +Butzow formed the soldiers about the American, and the party +moved silently out of the great hall, leaving Captain Maenck and +Princess Emma von der Tann its only occupants. <br> +<p>Barney cast a troubled glance toward Maenck, and half +hesitated.<br> +</p> + +"I am sorry, your majesty," said Butzow in a low voice, "but you +must accompany us. In this the governor of Blentz is well within +his authority, and I must obey him." <br> +<p>"Heaven help her!" murmured Barney.<br> +</p> + +"The governor will not dare harm her," said Butzow. "Your majesty +need entertain no apprehension." <br> +<p>"I wouldn't trust him," replied the American. "I know his +kind."<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_5">Chapter IV BARNEY FINDS A FRIEND</h1> + +<br> +AFTER THE party had left the room Maenck stood looking at the +princess for several seconds. A cunning expression supplanted the +anger that had shown so plainly upon his face but a moment +before. The girl had moved to one side of the apartment and was +pretending an interest in a large tapestry that covered the wall +at that point. Maenck watched her with greedy eves. Presently he +spoke. <br> +<p>"Let us be friends," he said. "You shall be my guest at Blentz +for a long time. I doubt if Peter will care to release you soon, +for he has no love for your father--and it will he easier for +both if we establish pleasant relations from the beginning. What +do you say?"<br> +</p> + +"I shall not be at Blentz long," she replied, not even looking in +Maenck's direction, "though while I am it shall be as a prisoner +and not as a guest. It is incredible that one could believe me +willing to pose as the guest of a traitor, even were he less +impossible than the notorious and infamous Captain Maenck." <br> +<p>Maenck smiled. He was one of those who rather pride themselves +upon the possession of racy reputations. He walked across the +room to a bell cord which he pulled. Then he turned toward the +girl again.<br> +</p> + +"I have given you an opportunity," he said, "to lighten the +burdens of your captivity. I hoped that you would be sensible and +accept my advances of friendship voluntarily," and he emphasized +the word "voluntarily," "but--" <br> +<p>He shrugged his shoulders.<br> +</p> + +A servant had entered the apartment in response to Maenck's +summons. <br> +<p>"Show the Princess von der Tann to her apartments," he +commanded with a sinister tone.<br> +</p> + +The man, who was in the livery of Peter of Blentz, bowed, and +with a deferential sign to the girl led the way from the room. +Emma von der Tann followed her guide up a winding stairway which +spiraled within a tower at the end of a long passage. On the +second floor of the castle the servant led her to a large and +beautifully furnished suite of three rooms--a bedroom, +dressing-room and boudoir. After showing her the rooms that were +to be hers the servant left her alone. <br> +<p>As soon as he had gone the Princess von der Tann took another +turn through the suite, looking to the doors and windows to +ascertain how securely she might barricade herself against +unwelcome visitors.<br> +</p> + +She found that the three rooms lay in an angle of the old, +moss-covered castle wall. <br> +<p>The bedroom and dressing-room were connected by a doorway, and +each in turn had another door opening into the boudoir. The only +connection with the corridor without was through a single doorway +from the boudoir. This door was equipped with a massive bolt, +which, when she had shot it, gave her a feeling of immense relief +and security. The windows were all too high above the court on +one side and the moat upon the other to cause her the slightest +apprehension of danger from the outside.<br> +</p> + +The girl found the boudoir not only beautiful, but extremely +comfortable and cozy. A huge log-fire blazed upon the hearth, +and, though it was summer, its warmth was most welcome, for the +night was chill. Across the room from the fireplace a full length +oil of a former Blentz princess looked down in arrogance upon the +unwilling occupant of the room. It seemed to the girl that there +was an expression of annoyance upon the painted countenance that +another, and an enemy of her house, should be making free with +her belongings. She wondered a little, too, that this huge oil +should have been bung in a lady's boudoir. It seemed singularly +out of place. <br> +<p>"If she would but smile," thought Emma von der Tann, "she +would detract less from the otherwise pleasant surroundings, but +I suppose she serves her purpose in some way, whatever it may +be."<br> +</p> + +There were papers, magazines and books upon the center table and +more books upon a low tier of shelves on either side of the +fireplace. The girl tried to amuse herself by reading, but she +found her thoughts continually reverting to the unhappy situation +of the king, and her eyes momentarily wandered to the cold and +repellent face of the Blentz princess. <br> +<p>Finally she wheeled a great armchair near the fireplace, and +with her back toward the portrait made a final attempt to +submerge her unhappy thoughts in a current periodical.<br> +</p> + +When Barney and his escort reached the apartments that had been +occupied by the king of Lutha before his escape, Butzow and the +soldiers left him in company with Dr. Stein and an old servant, +whom the doctor introduced as his new personal attendant. <br> +<p>"Your majesty will find him a very attentive and faithful +servant," said Stein. "He will remain with you and administer +your medicine at proper intervals."<br> +</p> + +"Medicine?" ejaculated Barney. "What in the world do I need of +medicine? There is nothing the matter with me." <br> +<p>Stein smiled indulgently.<br> +</p> + +"Ah, your majesty," he said, "if you could but realize the sad +affliction that clouds your life! You may never sit upon your +throne until the last trace of this sinister mental disorder is +eradicated, so take your medicine voluntarily, or otherwise +Joseph will be compelled to administer it by force. Remember, +sire, that only through this treatment will you be able to leave +Blentz." <br> +<p>After Stein had left the room Joseph bolted the door behind +him. Then he came to where Barney stood in the center of the +apartment, and dropping to his knees took the young man's hand in +his and kissed it.<br> +</p> + +"God has been good indeed, your majesty," he whispered. "It was +He who made it possible for old Joseph to deceive them and find +his way to your side." <br> +<p>"Who are you, my man?" asked Barney.<br> +</p> + +"I am from Tann," whispered the old man, in a very low voice. +"His highness, the prince, found the means to obtain service for +me with the new retinue that has replaced the old which permitted +your majesty's escape. There was another from Tann among the +former servants here. <br> +<p>"It was through his efforts that you escaped before, you will +recall. I have seen Fritz and learned from him the way, so that +if your majesty does not recall it it will make no difference, +for I know it well, having been over it three times already since +I came here, to be sure that when the time came that they should +recapture you I might lead you out quickly before they could slay +you."<br> +</p> + +"You really think that they intend murdering me?" <br> +<p>"There is no doubt about it, your majesty," replied the old +man. "This very bottle"--Joseph touched the phial which Stein had +left upon the table--"contains the means whereby, through my +hands, you were to be slowly poisoned."<br> +</p> + +"Do you know what it is?" <br> +<p>"Bichloride of mercury, your majesty. One dose would have been +sufficient, and after a few days--perhaps a week --you would have +died in great agony."<br> +</p> + +Barney shuddered. <br> +<p>"But I am not the king, Joseph," said the young man, "so even +had they succeeded in killing me it would have profited them +nothing."<br> +</p> + +Joseph shook his head sadly. <br> +<p>"Your majesty will pardon the presumption of one who loves +him," he said, "if he makes so bold as to suggest that your +majesty must not again deny that he is king. That only tends to +corroborate the contention of Prince Peter that your majesty is +not--er, just sane, and so, incompetent to rule Lutha. But we of +Tann know differently, and with the help of the good God we will +place your majesty upon the throne which Peter has kept from you +all these years."<br> +</p> + +Barney sighed. They were determined that he should be king +whether he would or no. He had often thought he would like to be +a king; but now the realization of his boyish dreaming which +seemed so imminent bade fair to be almost anything than pleasant. +<br> +<p>Barney suddenly realized that the old fellow was talking. He +was explaining how they might escape. It seemed that a secret +passage led from this very chamber to the vaults beneath the +castle and from there through a narrow tunnel below the moat to a +cave in the hillside far beyond the structure.<br> +</p> + +"They will not return again tonight to see your majesty," said +Joseph, "and so we had best make haste to leave at once. I have a +rope and swords in readiness. We shall need the rope to make our +way down the hillside, but let us hope that we shall not need the +swords." <br> +<p>"I cannot leave Blentz," said Barney, "unless the Princess +Emma goes with us."<br> +</p> + +"The Princess Emma!" cried the old man. "What Princess Emma?" +<br> +<p>"Princess von der Tann," replied Barney. "Did you not know +that she was captured with me!"<br> +</p> + +The old man was visibly affected by the knowledge that his young +mistress was a prisoner within the walls of Blentz. He seemed +torn by conflicting emotions--his duty toward his king and his +love for the daughter of his old master. So it was that he seemed +much relieved when he found that Barney insisted upon saving the +girl before any thought of their own escape should be taken into +consideration. <br> +<p>"My first duty, your majesty," said Joseph, "is to bring you +safely out of the hands of your enemies, but if you command me to +try to bring your betrothed with us I am sure that his highness, +Prince Ludwig, would be the last to censure me for deviating thus +from his instructions, for if he loves another more than he loves +his king it is his daughter, the beautiful Princess Emma."<br> +</p> + +"What do you mean, Joseph," asked Barney, "by referring to the +princess as my betrothed? I never saw her before today." <br> +<p>"It has slipped your majesty's mind," said the old man sadly; +"but you and my young mistress were betrothed many years ago +while you were yet but children. It was the old king's wish that +you wed the daughter of his best friend and most loyal +subject."<br> +</p> + +Here was a pretty pass, indeed, thought Barney. It was +sufficiently embarrassing to be mistaken for the king, but to be +thrown into this false position in company with a beautiful young +woman to whom the king was engaged to be married, and who, with +the others, thought him to be the king, was quite the last word +in impossible positions. <br> +<p>Following this knowledge there came to Barney the first pangs +of regret that he was not really the king, and then the +realization, so sudden that it almost took his breath away, that +the girl was very beautiful and very much to be desired. He had +not thought about the matter until her utter impossibility was +forced upon him.<br> +</p> + +It was decided that Joseph should leave the king's apartment at +once and discover in what part of the castle Emma von der Tann +was imprisoned. Their further plans were to depend upon the +information gained by the old man during his tour of +investigation of the castle. <br> +<p>In the interval of his absence Barney paced the length of his +prison time and time again. He thought the fellow would never +return. Perhaps he had been detected in the act of spying, and +was himself a prisoner in some other part of the castle! The +thought came to Barney like a blow in the face, for he realized +that then he would be entirely at the mercy of his captors, and +that there would be none to champion the cause of the Princess +von der Tann.<br> +</p> + +When his nervous tension had about reached the breaking point +there came a sound of stealthy movement just outside the door of +his room. Barney halted close to the massive panels. He heard a +key fitted quietly and then the lock grated as it turned. <br> +<p>Barney thought that they had surely detected Joseph's +duplicity and had come to make short work of the king before +other traitors arose in their midst entirely to frustrate their +plans. The young American stepped to the wall behind the door +that he might be out of sight of whoever entered. Should it prove +other than Joseph, might the Lord help them! The clenched fists, +square-set chin, and gleaming gray eyes of the prisoner presaged +no good for any incoming enemy.<br> +</p> + +Slowly the door swung open and a man entered the room. Barney +breathed a deep sigh of relief--it was Joseph. <br> +<p>"Well?" cried the young man from behind him, and Joseph +started as though Peter of Blentz himself had laid an accusing +finger upon his shoulder. "What news?"<br> +</p> + +"Your majesty," gasped Joseph, "how you did startle me! I found +the apartments of the princess, sire. There is a bare chance that +we may succeed in rescuing her, but a very bare one, indeed. <br> +<p>"We must traverse a main corridor of the castle to reach her +suite, and then return by the same way. It will be a miracle if +we are not discovered; but the worst of it is that next to her +apartments, and between them and your majesty's, are the +apartments of Captain Maenck.<br> +</p> + +"He is sure to be there and officers and servants may be coming +and going throughout the entire night, for the man is a convivial +fellow, sitting at cards and drink until sunrise nearly every +day." <br> +<p>"And when we have brought the princess in safety to my +quarters," asked Barney, "what then? How shall we conduct her +from the castle? You have not told me that as yet."<br> +</p> + +The old man explained then the plan of escape. It seemed that one +of the two huge tile panels that flanked the fireplace on either +side was in reality a door hiding the entrance to a shaft that +rose from the vaults beneath the castle to the roof. At each +floor there was a similar secret door concealing the mouth of the +passage. From the vaults a corridor led through another secret +panel to the tunnel that wound downward to the cave in the +hillside. <br> +<p>"Beyond that we shall find horses, your majesty," concluded +the old man. "They have been hidden in the woods since I came to +Blentz. Each day I go there to water and feed them."<br> +</p> + +During the servant's explanation Barney had been casting about in +his mind for some means of rescuing the princess without so great +risk of detection, and as the plan of the secret passageway +became clear to him he thought that he saw a way to accomplish +the thing with comparative safety in so far as detection was +concerned. <br> +<p>"Who occupies the floor above us, Joseph?" he asked.<br> +</p> + +"It is vacant," replied the old man. <br> +<p>"Good! Come, show me the entrance to the shaft," directed +Barney.<br> +</p> + +"You will go without attempting to succor the Princess Emma?" +exclaimed the old fellow in ill-concealed chagrin. <br> +<p>"Far from it," replied Barney. "Bring your rope and the +swords. I think we are going to find the rescuing of the Princess +Emma the easiest part of our adventure."<br> +</p> + +The old man shook his head, but went to another room of the +suite, from which he presently emerged with a stout rope about +fifty feet in length and two swords. As he buckled one of the +weapons to Barney his eyes fell upon the American's seal ring +that encircled the third finger of his left hand. <br> +<p>"The Royal Ring of Lutha!" exclaimed Joseph. "Where is it, +your majesty? What has become of the Royal Ring of the Kings of +Lutha?"<br> +</p> + +"I'm sure I don't know, Joseph," replied the young man. "Should I +be wearing a royal ring?" <br> +<p>"The profaning miscreants!" cried Joseph. "They have dared to +filch from you the great ring that has been handed down from king +to king for three hundred years. When did they take it from +you?"<br> +</p> + +"I have never seen it, Joseph," replied the young man, "and +possibly this fact may assure you where all else has failed that +I am no true king of Lutha, after all." <br> +<p>"Ah, no, your majesty," replied the old servitor; "it but +makes assurance doubly sure as to your true identity, for the +fact that you have not the ring is positive proof that you are +king and that they have sought to hide the fact by removing the +insignia of your divine right to rule in Lutha."<br> +</p> + +Barney could not but smile at the old fellow's remarkable logic. +He saw that nothing short of a miracle would ever convince Joseph +that he was not the real monarch, and so, as matters of greater +importance were to the fore, he would have allowed the subject to +drop had not the man attempted to recall to the impoverished +memory of his king a recollection of the historic and venerated +relic of the dead monarchs of Lutha. <br> +<p>"Do you not remember, sir," he asked, "the great ruby that +glared, blood-red from its center, and the four sets of golden +wings that formed the setting? From the blood of Charlemagne was +the ruby made, so history tells us, and the setting represented +the protecting wings of the power of the kings of Lutha spread to +the four points of the compass. Now your majesty must recall the +royal ring, I am sure."<br> +</p> + +Barney only shook his head, much to Joseph's evident sorrow. <br> +<p>"Never mind the ring, Joseph," said the young man. "Bring your +rope and lead me to the floor above."<br> +</p> + +"The floor above? But, your majesty, we cannot reach the vaults +and tunnel by going upward!" <br> +<p>"You forget, Joseph, that we are going to fetch the Princess +Emma first."<br> +</p> + +"But she is not on the floor above us, sire; she is upon the same +floor as we are," insisted the old man, hesitating. <br> +<p>"Joseph, who do you think I am?" asked Barney.<br> +</p> + +"You are the king, my lord," replied the old man. <br> +<p>"Then do as your king commands," said the American +sharply.<br> +</p> + +Joseph turned with dubious mutterings and approached the tiled +panel at the left of the fireplace. Here he fumbled about for a +moment until his fingers found the hidden catch that held the +cunningly devised door in place. An instant later the panel swung +inward before his touch, and standing to one side, the old fellow +bowed low as he ushered Barney into the Stygian darkness of the +space beyond their vision. <br> +<p>Joseph halted the young man just within the doorway, +cautioning him against the danger of falling into the shaft, then +he closed the panel, and a moment later had found the lantern he +had hidden there and lighted it. The rays disclosed to the +American the rough masonry of the interior of a narrow, +well-built shaft. A rude ladder standing upon a narrow ledge +beside him extended upward to lose itself in the shadows above. +At its foot the top of another ladder was visible protruding +through the opening from the floor beneath.<br> +</p> + +No sooner had Joseph's lantern shown him the way than Barney was +ascending the ladder toward the floor above. At the next landing +he waited for the old man. <br> +<p>Joseph put out the light and placed the lantern where they +could easily find it upon their return. Then he cautiously +slipped the catch that held the panel in place and slowly opened +the door until a narrow line of lesser darkness showed from +without.<br> +</p> + +For a moment they stood in silence listening for any sound from +the chamber beyond, but as nothing occurred to indicate that the +apartment was occupied the old man opened the portal a trifle +further, and finally far enough to permit his body to pass +through. Barney followed him. They found themselves in a large, +empty chamber, identical in size and shape with that which they +had just quitted upon the floor below. <br> +<p>From this the two passed into the corridor beyond, and thence +to the apartments at the far end of the wing, directly over those +occupied by Emma von der Tann.<br> +</p> + +Barney hastened to a window overlooking the moat. By leaning far +out he could see the light from the princess's chamber shining +upon the sill. He wished that the light was not there, for the +window was in plain view of the guard on the lookout upon the +barbican. <br> +<p>Suddenly he caught the sound of voices from the chamber +beneath. For an instant he listened, and then, catching a few +words of the dialogue, he turned hurriedly toward his +companion.<br> +</p> + +"The rope, Joseph! And for God's sake be quick about it." <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_6">Chapter V THE ESCAPE</h1> + +<br> +<p>FOR HALF an hour the Princess von der Tann succeeded admirably +in immersing herself in the periodical, to the exclusion of her +unhappy thoughts and the depressing influence of the austere +countenance of the Blentz Princess hanging upon the wall behind +her.<br> +</p> + +But presently she became unaccountably nervous. At the slightest +sound from the palace-life on the floor below she would start up +with a tremor of excitement. Once she heard footsteps in the +corridor before her door, but they passed on, and she thought she +discerned the click of a latch a short distance further on along +the passageway. <br> +<p>Again she attempted to gather up the thread of the article she +had been reading, but she was unsuccessful. A stealthy scratching +brought her round quickly, staring in the direction of the great +portrait. The girl would have sworn that she had heard a noise +within her chamber. She shuddered at the thought that it might +have come from that painted thing upon the wall.<br> +</p> + +What was the matter with her? Was she losing all control of +herself to be frightened like a little child by ghostly noises? +<br> +<p>She tried to return to her reading, but for the life of her +she could not keep her eyes off the silent, painted woman who +stared and stared and stared in cold, threatening silence upon +this ancient enemy of her house.<br> +</p> + +Presently the girl's eyes went wide in horror. She could feel the +scalp upon her head contract with fright. Her terrorfilled gaze +was frozen upon that awful figure that loomed so large and +sinister above her, for the thing had moved! She had seen it with +her own eyes. There could be no mistake-no hallucination of +overwrought nerves about it. The Blentz Princess was moving +slowly toward her! <br> +<p>Like one in a trance the girl rose from her chair, her eyes +glued upon the awful apparition that seemed creeping upon her. +Slowly she withdrew toward the opposite side of the chamber. As +the painting moved more quickly the truth flashed upon her--it +was mounted on a door.<br> +</p> + +The crack of the door widened and beyond it the girl saw dimly, +eyes fastened upon her. With difficulty she restrained a shriek. +The portal swung wide and a man in uniform stepped into the room. +<br> +<p>It was Maenck.<br> +</p> + +Emma von der Tann gazed in unveiled abhorrence upon the leering +face of the governor of Blentz. <br> +<p>"What means this intrusion?" cried the girl.<br> +</p> + +"What would you have here?" <br> +<p>"You," replied Maenck.<br> +</p> + +The girl crimsoned. <br> +<p>Maenck regarded her sneeringly.<br> +</p> + +"You coward!" she cried. "Leave my apartments at once. Not even +Peter of Blentz would countenance such abhorrent treatment of a +prisoner." <br> +<p>"You do not know Peter my dear," responded Maenck. "But you +need not fear. You shall be my wife. Peter has promised me a +baronetcy for the capture of Leopold, and before I am done I +shall be made a prince, of that you may rest assured, so you see +I am not so bad a match after all."<br> +</p> + +He crossed over toward her and would have laid a rough hand upon +her arm. <br> +<p>The girl sprang away from him, running to the opposite side of +the library table at which she had been reading. Maenck started +to pursue her, when she seized a heavy, copper bowl that stood +upon the table and hurled it full in his face. The missile struck +him a glancing blow, but the edge laid open the flesh of one +cheek almost to the jaw bone.<br> +</p> + +With a cry of pain and rage Captain Ernst Maenck leaped across +the table full upon the young girl. With vicious, murderous +fingers he seized upon her fair throat, shaking her as a terrier +might shake a rat. Futilely the girl struck at the hate-contorted +features so close to hers. <br> +<p>"Stop!" she cried. "You are killing me."<br> +</p> + +The fingers released their hold. <br> +<p>"No," muttered the man, and dragged the princess roughly +across the room.<br> +</p> + +Half a dozen steps he had taken when there came a sudden crash of +breaking glass from the window across the chamber. Both turned in +astonishment to see the figure of a man leap into the room, +carrying the shattered crystal and the casement with him. In one +hand was a naked sword. <br> +<p>"The king!" cried Emma von der Tann.<br> +</p> + +"The devil!" muttered Maenck, as, dropping the girl, he scurried +toward the great painting from behind which he had found ingress +to the chambers of the princess. <br> +<p>Maenck was a coward, and he had seen murder in the eyes of the +man rushing upon him. With a bound he reached the picture which +still stood swung wide into the room.<br> +</p> + +Barney was close behind him, but fear lent wings to the governor +of Blentz, so that he was able to dart into the passage behind +the picture and slam the door behind him a moment before the +infuriated man was upon him. <br> +<p>The American clawed at the edge of the massive frame, but all +to no avail. Then he raised his sword and slashed the canvas, +hoping to find a way into the place beyond, but mighty oaken +panels barred his further progress. With a whispered oath he +turned back toward the girl.<br> +</p> + +"Thank Heaven that I was in time, Emma," he cried. <br> +<p>"Oh, Leopold, my king, but at what a price," replied the girl. +"He will return now with others and kill you. He is furious--so +furious that he scarce knows what he does."<br> +</p> + +"He seemed to know what he was doing when he ran for that hole in +the wall," replied Barney with a grin. "But come, it won't pay to +let them find us should they return." <br> +<p>Together they hastened to the window beyond which the girl +could see a rope dangling from above. The sight of it partially +solved the riddle of the king's almost uncanny presence upon her +window sill in the very nick of time.<br> +</p> + +Below, the lights in the watch tower at the outer gate were +plainly visible, and the twinkling of them reminded Barney of the +danger of detection from that quarter. Quickly he recrossed the +apartment to the wall-switch that operated the recently installed +electric lights, and an instant later the chamber was in total +darkness. <br> +<p>Once more at the girl's side Barney drew in one end of the +rope and made it fast about her body below her arms, leaving a +sufficient length terminating in a small loop to permit her to +support herself more comfortably with one foot within the noose. +Then he stepped to the outer sill, and reaching down assisted her +to his side.<br> +</p> + +Far below them the moonlight played upon the sluggish waters of +the moat. In the distance twinkled the lights of the village of +Blentz. From the courtyard and the palace came faintly the sound +of voices, and the movement of men. A horse whinnied from the +stables. <br> +<p>Barney turned his eyes upward. He could see the head and +shoulders of Joseph leaning from the window of the chamber +directly above them.<br> +</p> + +"Hoist away, Joseph!" whispered the American, and to the girl: +"Be brave. Shut your eyes and trust to Joseph and --and--" <br> +<p>"And my king," finished the girl for him.<br> +</p> + +His arm was about her shoulders, supporting her upon the narrow +sill. His cheek so close to hers that once he felt the soft +velvet of it brush his own. Involuntarily his arm tightened about +the supple body. <br> +<p>"My princess!" he murmured, and as he turned his face toward +hers their lips almost touched.<br> +</p> + +Joseph was pulling upon the rope from above. They could feel it +tighten beneath the girl's arms. Impulsively Barney Custer drew +the sweet lips closer to his own. There was no resistance. <br> +<p>"I love you," he whispered. The words were smothered as their +lips met.<br> +</p> + +Joseph, above, wondered at the great weight of the Princess Emma +von der Tann. <br> +<p>"I love you, Leopold, forever," whispered the girl, and then +as Joseph's Herculean tugging seemed likely to drag them both +from the narrow sill, Barney lifted the girl upward with one hand +while he clung to the window frame with the other. The distance +to the sill above was short, and a moment later Joseph had +grasped the princess's hand and was helping her over the ledge +into the room beyond.<br> +</p> + +At the same instant there came a sudden commotion from the +interior of the room in the window of which Barney still stood +waiting for Joseph to remove the rope from about the princess and +lower it for him. Barney heard the heavy feet of men, the clank +of arms, and muttered oaths as the searchers stumbled against the +furniture. <br> +<p>Presently one of them found the switch and instantly the room +was flooded with light, which revealed to the American a dozen +Luthanian troopers headed by the murderous Maenck.<br> +</p> + +Barney looked anxiously aloft. Would Joseph never lower that +rope! Within the room the men were searching. He could hear +Maenck directing them. Only a thin portiere screened him from +their view. It was but a matter of seconds before they would +investigate the window through which Maenck knew the king had +found ingress. <br> +<p>Yes! It had come.<br> +</p> + +"Look to the window," commanded Maenck. "He may have gone as he +came." <br> +<p>Two of the soldiers crossed the room toward the casement. From +above Joseph was lowering the rope; but it was too late. The men +would be at the window before he could clamber out of their +reach.<br> +</p> + +"Hoist away!" he whispered to Joseph. "Quick now, my man, and +make your escape with the Princess von der Tann. It is the king's +command." <br> +<p>Already the soldiers were at the window. At the sound of his +voice they tore aside the draperies; at the same instant the +pseudo-king turned and leaped out into the blackness of the +night.<br> +</p> + +There were exclamations of surprise and rage from the soldiers--a +woman's scream. Then from far below came a dull splash as the +body of Bernard Custer struck the surface of the moat. <br> +<p>Maenck, leaning from the window, heard the scream and the +splash, and jumped to the conclusion that both the king and the +princess had attempted to make their escape in this harebrained +way. Immediately all the resources at his command were put to the +task of searching the moat and the adjacent woods.<br> +</p> + +He was sure that one or both of the prisoners would be stunned by +impact with the surface of the water, and then drowned before +they regained consciousness, but he did not know Bernard Custer, +nor the facility and almost uncanny ease with which that young +man could negotiate a high dive into shallow water. <br> +<p>Nor did he know that upon the floor above him one Joseph was +hastening along a dark corridor toward a secret panel in another +apartment, and that with him was the Princess Emma bound for +liberty and safety far from the frowning walls of Blentz.<br> +</p> + +As Barney's head emerged above the surface of the moat he shook +it vigorously to free his eyes from water, and then struck out +for the further bank. <br> +<p>Long before his pursuers had reached the courtyard and alarmed +the watch at the barbican, the American had crawled out upon dry +land and hastened across the broad clearing to the patch of +stunted trees that grew lower down upon the steep hillside before +the castle.<br> +</p> + +He shrank from the thought of leaving Blentz without knowing +positively that Joseph had made good the escape of himself and +the princess, but he finally argued that even if they had been +retaken, he could serve her best by hastening to her father and +fetching the only succor that might prevail against the strength +of Blentz--armed men in sufficient force to storm the ancient +fortress. <br> +<p>He had scarcely entered the wood when he heard the sound of +the searchers at the moat, and saw the rays of their lanterns +flitting hither and thither as they moved back and forth along +the bank.<br> +</p> + +Then the young man turned his face from the castle and set forth +across the unfamiliar country in the direction of the Old Forest +and the castle Von der Tann. <br> +<p>The memory of the warm lips that had so recently been pressed +to his urged him on in the service of the wondrous girl who had +come so suddenly into his life, bringing to him the realization +of a love that he knew must alter, for happiness or for sorrow, +all the balance of his existence, even unto death.<br> +</p> + +He dreaded the day of reckoning when, at last, she must learn +that he was no king. He did not have the temerity to hope that +her courage would be equal to the great sacrifice which the +acknowledgment of her love for one not of noble blood must +entail; but he could not believe that she would cease to love him +when she learned the truth. <br> +<p>So the future looked black and cheerless to Barney Custer as +he trudged along the rocky, moonlit way. The only bright spot was +the realization that for a while at least he might be serving the +one woman in all the world.<br> +</p> + +All the balance of the long night the young man traversed valley +and mountain, holding due south in the direction he supposed the +Old Forest to lie. He passed many a little farm tucked away in +the hollow of a hillside, and quaint hamlets, and now and then +the ruins of an ancient feudal stronghold, but no great forest of +black oaks loomed before him to apprise him of the nearness of +his goal, nor did he dare to ask the correct route at any of the +homes he passed. <br> +<p>His fatal likeness to the description of the mad king of Lutha +warned him from intercourse with the men of Lutha until he might +know which were friends and which enemies of the hapless +monarch.<br> +</p> + +Dawn found him still upon his way, but with the determination +fully crystallized to hail the first man he met and ask the way +to Tann. He still avoided the main traveled roads, but from time +to time he paralleled them close enough that he might have ample +opportunity to hail the first passerby. <br> +<p>The road was becoming more and more mountainous and difficult. +There were fewer homes and no hamlets, and now he began to +despair entirely of meeting any who could give him direction +unless he turned and retraced his steps to the nearest farm.<br> +</p> + +Directly before him the narrow trail he had been following for +the past few miles wound sharply about the shoulder of a +protruding cliff. He would see what lay beyond the turn-perhaps +he would find the Old Forest there, after all. <br> +<p>But instead he found something very different, though in its +way quite as interesting, for as he rounded the rugged bluff he +came face to face with two evil-looking fellows astride stocky, +rough-coated ponies.<br> +</p> + +At sight of him they drew in their mounts and eyed him +suspiciously. Nor was there great cause for wonderment in that, +for the American presented aught but a respectable appearance. +His khaki motoring suit, soaked from immersion in the moat, had +but partially dried upon him. Mud from the banks of the stagnant +pool caked his legs to the knees, almost hiding his once tan +puttees. More mud streaked his jacket front and stained its +sleeves to the elbows. He was bare-headed, for his cap had +remained in the moat at Blentz, and his disheveled hair was +tousled upon his head, while his full beard had dried into a +weird and tangled fringe about his face. At his side still hung +the sword that Joseph had buckled there, and it was this that +caused the two men the greatest suspicion of this strange looking +character. <br> +<p>They continued to eye Barney in silence, every now and then +casting apprehensive glances beyond him, as though expecting +others of his kind to appear in the trail at his back. And that +is precisely what they did fear, for the sword at Barney's side +had convinced them that he must be an officer of the army, and +they looked to see his command following in his wake.<br> +</p> + +The young man saluted them pleasantly, asking the direction to +the Old Forest. They thought it strange that a soldier of Lutha +should not know his own way about his native land, and so judged +that his question was but a blind to deceive them. <br> +<p>"Why do you not ask your own men the way?" parried one of the +fellows.<br> +</p> + +"I have no men, I am alone," replied Barney. "I am a stranger in +Lutha and have lost my way." <br> +<p>He who had spoken before pointed to the sword at Barney's +side.<br> +</p> + +"Strangers traveling in Lutha do not wear swords," he said. "You +are an officer. Why should you desire to conceal the fact from +two honest farmers? We have done nothing. Let us go our way." +<br> +<p>Barney looked his astonishment at this reply.<br> +</p> + +"Most certainly, go your way, my friends," he said laughing. "I +would not delay you if I could; but before you go please be good +enough to tell me how to reach the Old Forest and the ancient +castle of the Prince von der Tann." <br> +<p>For a moment the two men whispered together, then the +spokesman turned to Barney.<br> +</p> + +"We will lead you upon the right road. Come," and the two turned +their horses, one of them starting slowly back up the trail while +the other remained waiting for Barney to pass him. <br> +<p>The American, suspecting nothing, voiced his thanks, and set +out after him who had gone before. As be passed the fellow who +waited the latter moved in behind him, so that Barney walked +between the two. Occasionally the rider at his back turned in his +saddle to scan the trail behind, as though still fearful that +Barney had been lying to them and that he would discover a +company of soldiers charging down upon them.<br> +</p> + +The trail became more and more difficult as they advanced, until +Barney wondered how the little horses clung to the steep +mountainside, where he himself had difficulty in walking without +using his hand to keep from falling. <br> +<p>Twice the American attempted to break through the taciturnity +of his guides, but his advances were met with nothing more than +sultry grunts or silence, and presently a suspicion began to +obtrude itself among his thoughts that possibly these "honest +farmers" were something more sinister than they represented +themselves to be.<br> +</p> + +A malign and threatening atmosphere seemed to surround them. Even +the cat-like movement of their silent mounts breathed a sinister +secrecy, and now, for the first time, Barney noticed the short, +ugly looking carbines that were slung in boots at their +saddle-horns. Then, promoted to further investigation, he dropped +back beside the man who had been riding behind him, and as he did +so he saw beneath the fellow's cloak the butts of two +villainous-looking pistols. <br> +<p>As Barney dropped back beside him the man turned his mount +across the narrow trail, and reining him in motioned Barney +ahead.<br> +</p> + +"I have changed my mind," said the American, "about going to the +Old Forest." <br> +<p>He had determined that he might as well have the thing out now +as later, and discover at once how he stood with these two, and +whether or not his suspicions of them were well grounded.<br> +</p> + +The man ahead had halted at the sound of Barney's voice, and +swung about in the saddle. <br> +<p>"What's the trouble?" he asked.<br> +</p> + +"He don't want to go to the Old Forest," explained his companion, +and for the first time Barney saw one of them grin. It was not at +all a pleasant grin, nor reassuring. <br> +<p>"He don't, eh?" growled the other. "Well, he ain't goin', is +he? Who ever said he was?"<br> +</p> + +And then he, too, laughed. <br> +<p>"I'm going back the way I came," said Barney, starting around +the horse that blocked his way.<br> +</p> + +"No, you ain't," said the horseman. "You're goin' with us." <br> +<p>And Barney found himself gazing down the muzzle of one of the +wicked looking pistols.<br> +</p> + +For a moment he stood in silence, debating mentally the wisdom of +attempting to rush the fellow, and then, with a shake of his +head, he turned back up the trail between his captors. <br> +<p>"Yes," he said, "on second thought I have decided to go with +you. Your logic is most convincing."<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_7">Chapter VI A KING'S RANSOM</h1> + +<br> +FOR ANOTHER mile the two brigands conducted their captor along +the mountainside, then they turned into a narrow ravine near the +summit of the hills--a deep, rocky, wooded ravine into whose +black shadows it seemed the sun might never penetrate. <br> +<p>A winding path led crookedly among the pines that grew thickly +in this sheltered hollow, until presently, after half an hour of +rough going, they came upon a small natural clearing, rock-bound +and impregnable.<br> +</p> + +As they filed from the wood Barney saw a score of villainous +fellows clustered about a camp fire where they seemed engaged in +cooking their noonday meal. Bits of meat were roasting upon iron +skewers, and a great iron pot boiled vigorously at one side of +the blaze. <br> +<p>At the sound of their approach the men sprang to their feet in +alarm, and as many weapons as there were men leaped to view; but +when they saw Barney's companions they returned their pistols to +their holsters, and at sight of Barney they pressed forward to +inspect the prisoner.<br> +</p> + +"Who have we here?" shouted a big blond giant, who affected +extremely gaudy colors in his selection of wearing apparel, and +whose pistols and knife had their grips heavily ornamented with +pearl and silver. <br> +<p>"A stranger in Lutha he calls himself," replied one of +Barney's captors. "But from the sword I take it he is one of old +Peter's wolfhounds."<br> +</p> + +"Well, he's found the wolves at any rate," replied the giant, +with a wide grin at his witticism. "And if Yellow Franz is the +particular wolf you're after, my friend, why here I am," he +concluded, addressing the American with a leer. <br> +<p>"I'm after no one," replied Barney. "I tell you I'm a +stranger, and I lost my way in your infernal mountains. All I +wish is to be set upon the right road to Tann, and if you will do +that for me you shall be well paid for your trouble."<br> +</p> + +The giant, Yellow Franz, had come quite close to Barney and was +inspecting him with an expression of considerable interest. +Presently he drew a soiled and much-folded paper from his breast. +Upon one side was a printed notice, and at the corners bits were +torn away as though the paper had once been tacked upon wood, and +then torn down without removing the tacks. <br> +<p>At sight of it Barney's heart sank. The look of the thing was +all too familiar. Before the yellow one had commenced to read +aloud from it Barney had repeated to himself the words he knew +were coming.<br> +</p> + +"'Gray eyes,'" read the brigand, "'brown hair, and a full, +reddish-brown beard.' Herman and Friedrich, my dear children, you +have stumbled upon the richest haul in all Lutha. Down upon your +marrow-bones, you swine, and rub your low-born noses in the dirt +before your king." <br> +<p>The others looked their surprise.<br> +</p> + +"The king?" one cried. <br> +<p>"Behold!" cried Yellow Franz. "Leopold of Lutha!"<br> +</p> + +He waved a ham-like hand toward Barney. <br> +<p>Among the rough men was a young smooth-faced boy, and now with +wide eyes he pressed forward to get a nearer view of the +wonderful person of a king.<br> +</p> + +"Take a good look at him, Rudolph," cried Yellow Franz. "It is +the first and will probably be the last time you will ever see a +king. Kings seldom visit the court of their fellow monarch, +Yellow Franz of the Black Mountains. <br> +<p>"Come, my children, remove his majesty's sword, lest he fall +and stick himself upon it, and then prepare the royal chamber, +seeing to it that it be made so comfortable that Leopold will +remain with us a long time. Rudolph, fetch food and water for his +majesty, and see to it that the silver plates and the golden +goblets are well scoured and polished up."<br> +</p> + +They conducted Barney to a miserable lean-to shack at one side of +the clearing, and for a while the motley crew loitered about +bandying coarse jests at the expense of the "king." The boy, +Rudolph, brought food and water, he alone of them all evincing +the slightest respect or awe for the royalty of their unwilling +guest. <br> +<p>After a time the men tired of the sport of king-baiting, for +Barney showed neither rancor nor outraged majesty at their +keenest thrusts, instead, often joining in the laugh with them at +his own expense. They thought it odd that the king should hold +his dignity in so low esteem, but that he was king they never +doubted, attributing his denials to a disposition to deceive +them, and rob them of the "king's ransom" they had already +commenced to consider as their own.<br> +</p> + +Shortly after Barney arrived at the rendezvous he saw a messenger +dispatched by Yellow Franz, and from the repeated gestures toward +himself that had accompanied the giant's instructions to his +emissary, Barney was positive that the man's errand had to do +with him. <br> +<p>After the men had left his prison, leaving the boy standing +awkwardly in wide-eyed contemplation of his august charge, the +American ventured to open a conversation with his youthful +keeper.<br> +</p> + +"Aren't you rather young to be starting in the bandit business, +Rudolph?" asked Barney, who had taken a fancy to the youth. <br> +<p>"I do not want to be a bandit, your majesty," whispered the +lad; "but my father owes Yellow Franz a great sum of money, and +as he could not pay the debt Yellow Franz stole me from my home +and says that he will keep me until my father pays him, and that +if he does not pay he will make a bandit of me, and that then +some day I shall be caught and hanged until I am dead."<br> +</p> + +"Can't you escape?" asked the young man. "It would seem to me +that there would be many opportunities for you to get away +undetected." <br> +<p>"There are, but I dare not. Yellow Franz says that if I run +away he will be sure to come across me some day again and that +then he will kill me."<br> +</p> + +Barney laughed. <br> +<p>"He is just talking, my boy," he said. "He thinks that by +frightening you he will be able to keep you from running +away."<br> +</p> + +"Your majesty does not know him," whispered the youth, +shuddering. "He is the wickedest man in all the world. Nothing +would please him more than killing me, and he would have done it +long since but for two things. One is that I have made myself +useful about his camp, doing chores and the like, and the other +is that were he to kill me he knows that my father would never +pay him." <br> +<p>"How much does your father owe him?"<br> +</p> + +"Five hundred marks, your majesty," replied Rudolph. "Two hundred +of this amount is the original debt, and the balance Yellow Franz +has added since he captured me, so that it is really ransom +money. But my father is a poor man, so that it will take a long +time before he can accumulate so large a sum. <br> +<p>"You would really like to go home again, Rudolph?"<br> +</p> + +"Oh, very much, your majesty, if I only dared." Barney was silent +for some time, thinking. Possibly he could effect his own escape +with the connivance of Rudolph, and at the same time free the +boy. The paltry ransom he could pay out of his own pocket and +send to Yellow Franz later, so that the youth need not fear the +brigand's revenge. It was worth thinking about, at any rate. <br> +<p>"How long do you imagine they will keep me, Rudolph?" he asked +after a time.<br> +</p> + +"Yellow Franz has already sent Herman to Lustadt with a message +for Prince Peter, telling him that you are being held for ransom, +and demanding the payment of a huge sum for your release. Day +after tomorrow or the next day he should return with Prince +Peter's reply. <br> +<p>"If it is favorable, arrangements will be made to turn you +over to Prince Peter's agents, who will have to come to some +distant meeting place with the money. A week, perhaps, it will +take, maybe longer."<br> +</p> + +It was the second day before Herman returned from Lustadt. He +rode in just at dark, his pony lathered from hard going. <br> +<p>Barney and the boy saw him coming, and the youth ran forward +with the others to learn the news that he had brought; but Yellow +Franz and his messenger withdrew to a hut which the brigand chief +reserved for his own use, nor would he permit any beside the +messenger to accompany him to hear the report.<br> +</p> + +For half an hour Barney sat alone waiting for word from Yellow +Franz that arrangements had been consummated for his release, and +then out of the darkness came Rudolph, wide-eyed and trembling. +<br> +<p>"Oh, my king?" he whispered. "What shall we do? Peter has +refused to ransom you alive, but he has offered a great sum for +unquestioned proof of your death. Already he has caused a +proclamation to be issued stating that you have been killed by +bandits after escaping from Blentz, and ordering a period of +national mourning. In three weeks he is to be crowned king of +Lutha."<br> +</p> + +"When do they intend terminating my existence?" queried Barney. +<br> +<p>There was a smile upon his lips, for even now he could scarce +believe that in the twentieth century there could be any such +medieval plotting against a king's life, and yet, on second +thought, had he not ample proof of the lengths to which Peter of +Blentz was willing to go to obtain the crown of Lutha!<br> +</p> + +"I do not know, your majesty," replied Rudolph, "when they will +do it; but soon, doubtless, since the sooner it is done the +sooner they can collect their pay." <br> +<p>Further conversation was interrupted by the sound of footsteps +without, and an instant later Yellow Franz entered the squalid +apartment and the dim circle of light which flickered feebly from +the smoky lantern that hung suspended from the rafters.<br> +</p> + +He stopped just within the doorway and stood eyeing the American +with an ugly grin upon his vicious face. Then his eyes fell upon +the trembling Rudolph. <br> +<p>"Get out of here, you!" he growled. "I've got private business +with this king. And see that you don't come nosing round either, +or I'll slit that soft throat for you."<br> +</p> + +Rudolph slipped past the burly ruffian, barely dodging a brutal +blow aimed at him by the giant, and escaped into the darkness +without. <br> +<p>"And now for you, my fine fellow," said the brigand, turning +toward Barney. "Peter says you ain't worth nothing to him--alive, +but that your dead body will fetch us a hundred thousand +marks."<br> +</p> + +"Rather cheap for a king, isn't it?" was Barney's only comment. +<br> +<p>"That's what Herman tells him," replied Yellow Franz. "But +he's a close one, Peter is, and so it was that or nothing."<br> +</p> + +"When are you going to pull off this little--er--ah-royal +demise?" asked Barney. <br> +<p>"If you mean when am I going to kill you," replied the bandit, +"why, there ain't no particular rush about it. I'm a +tender-hearted chap, I am. I never should have been in this +business at all, but here I be, and as there ain't nobody that +can do a better job of the kind than me, or do it so painlessly, +why I just got to do it myself, and that's all there is to it. +But, as I says, there ain't no great rush. If you want to pray, +why, go ahead and pray. I'll wait for you."<br> +</p> + +"I don't remember," said Barney, "when I have met so generous a +party as you, my friend. Your self-sacrificing magnanimity quite +overpowers me. It reminds me of another unloved Robin Hood whom I +once met. It was in front of Burket's coal-yard on Ella Street, +back in dear old Beatrice, at some unchristian hour of the night. +<br> +<p>"After he had relieved me of a dollar and forty cents he +remarked: 'I gotta good mind to kick yer slats in fer not havin' +more of de cush on yeh; but I'm feelin' so good about de last guy +I stuck up I'll let youse off dis time.'"<br> +</p> + +"I do not know what you are talking about," replied Yellow Franz; +"but if you want to pray you'd better hurry up about it." <br> +<p>He drew his pistol from its holster on the belt at his +hips.<br> +</p> + +Now Barney Custer had no mind to give up the ghost without a +struggle; but just how he was to overcome the great beast who +confronted him with menacing pistol was, to say the least, not +precisely plain. He wished the man would come a little nearer +where he might have some chance to close with him before the +fellow could fire. To gain time the American assumed a prayerful +attitude, but kept one eye on the bandit. <br> +<p>Presently Yellow Franz showed indications of impatience. He +fingered the trigger of his weapon, and then slowly raised it on +a line with Barney's chest.<br> +</p> + +"Hadn't you better come closer?" asked the young man. "You might +miss at that distance, or just wound me." <br> +<p>Yellow Franz grinned.<br> +</p> + +"I don't miss," he said, and then: "You're certainly a game one. +If it wasn't for the hundred thousand marks, I'd be hanged if I'd +kill you." <br> +<p>"The chances are that you will be if you do," said Barney, "so +wouldn't you rather take one hundred and fifty thousand marks and +let me make my escape?"<br> +</p> + +Yellow Franz looked at the speaker a moment through narrowed +lids. <br> +<p>"Where would you find any one willing to pay that amount for a +crazy king?" he asked.<br> +</p> + +"I have told you that I am not the king," said Barney. "I am an +American with a father who would gladly pay that amount on my +safe delivery to any American consul." <br> +<p>Yellow Franz shook his head and tapped his brow +significantly.<br> +</p> + +"Even if you was what you are dreaming, it wouldn't pay me," he +said. <br> +<p>"I'll make it two hundred thousand," said Barney.<br> +</p> + +"No--it's a waste of time talking about it. It's worth more than +money to me to know that I'll always have this thing on Peter, +and that when he's king he won't dare bother me for fear I'll +publish the details of this little deal. Come, you must be +through praying by this time. I can't wait around here all +night." Again Yellow Franz raised his pistol toward Barney's +heart. <br> +<p>Before the brigand could pull the trigger, or Barney hurl +himself upon his would-be assassin, there was a flash and a loud +report from the open window of the shack.<br> +</p> + +With a groan Yellow Franz crumpled to the dirt floor, and +simultaneously Barney was upon him and had wrested the pistol +from his hand; but the precaution was unnecessary for Yellow +Franz would never again press finger to trigger. He was dead even +before Barney reached his side. <br> +<p>In possession of the weapon, the American turned toward the +window from which had come the rescuing shot, and as he did so he +saw the boy, Rudolph, clambering over the sill, white-faced and +trembling. In his hand was a smoking carbine, and on his brow +great beads of cold sweat.<br> +</p> + +"God forgive me!" murmured the youth. "I have killed a man." <br> +<p>"You have killed a dangerous wild beast, Rudolph," said +Barney, "and both God and your fellow man will thank and reward +you."<br> +</p> + +"I am glad that I killed him, though," went on the boy, "for he +would have killed you, my king, had I not done so. Gladly would I +go to the gallows to save my king." <br> +<p>"You are a brave lad, Rudolph," said Barney, "and if ever I +get out of the pretty pickle I'm in you'll be well rewarded for +your loyalty to Leopold of Lutha. After all," thought the young +man, "being a kind has its redeeming features, for if the boy had +not thought me his monarch he would never have risked the +vengeance of the bloodthirsty brigands in this attempt to save +me."<br> +</p> + +"Hasten, your majesty," whispered the boy, tugging at the sleeve +of Barney's jacket. "There is no time to be lost. We must be far +away from here when the others discover that Yellow Franz has +been killed." <br> +<p>Barney stooped above the dead man, and removing his belt and +cartridges transferred them to his own person. Then blowing out +the lantern the two slipped out into the darkness of the +night.<br> +</p> + +About the camp fire of the brigands the entire pack was +congregated. They were talking together in low voices, ever and +anon glancing expectantly toward the shack to which their chief +had gone to dispatch the king. It is not every day that a king is +murdered, and even these hardened cutthroats felt the spell of +awe at the thought of what they believed the sharp report they +had heard from the shack portended. <br> +<p>Keeping well to the far side of the clearing, Rudolph led +Barney around the group of men and safely into the wood below +them. From this point the boy followed the trail which Barney and +his captors had traversed two days previously, until he came to a +diverging ravine that led steeply up through the mountains upon +their right hand.<br> +</p> + +In the distance behind them they suddenly heard, faintly, the +shouting of men. <br> +<p>"They have discovered Yellow Franz," whispered the boy, +shuddering.<br> +</p> + +"Then they'll be after us directly," said Barney. <br> +<p>"Yes, your majesty," replied Rudolph, "but in the darkness +they will not see that we have turned up this ravine, and so they +will ride on down the other. I have chosen this way because their +horses cannot follow us here, and thus we shall be under no great +disadvantage. It may be, however, that we shall have to hide in +the mountains for a while, since there will be no place of safety +for us between here and Lustadt until after the edge of their +anger is dulled."<br> +</p> + +And such proved to be the case, for try as they would they found +it impossible to reach Lustadt without detection by the brigands +who patrolled every highway and byway from their rugged mountains +to the capital of Lutha. <br> +<p>For nearly three weeks Barney and the boy hid in caves or +dense underbrush by day, and by night sought some avenue which +would lead them past the vigilant sentries that patrolled the +ways to freedom.<br> +</p> + +Often they were wet by rains, nor were they ever in the warm +sunlight for a sufficient length of time to become thoroughly dry +and comfortable. Of food they had little, and of the poorest +quality. <br> +<p>They dared not light a fire for warmth or cooking, and their +light was so miserable that, but for the boy's pitiful terror at +the thought of being recaptured by the bandits, Barney would long +since have made a break for Lustadt, depending upon their arms +and ammunition to carry them safely through were they discovered +by their enemies.<br> +</p> + +Rudolph had contracted a severe cold the first night, and now, it +having settled upon his lungs, he had developed a persistent and +aggravating cough that caused Barney not a little apprehension. +When, after nearly three weeks of suffering and privation, it +became clear that the boy's lungs were affected, the American +decided to take matters into his own hands and attempt to reach +Lustadt and a good doctor; but before he had an opportunity to +put his plan into execution the entire matter was removed from +his jurisdiction. <br> +<p>It happened like this: After a particularly fatiguing and +uncomfortable night spent in attempting to elude the sentinels +who blocked their way from the mountains, daylight found them +near a little spring, and here they decided to rest for an hour +before resuming their way.<br> +</p> + +The little pool lay not far from a clump of heavy bushes which +would offer them excellent shelter, as it was Barney's intention +to go into hiding as soon as they had quenched their thirst at +the spring. <br> +<p>Rudolph was coughing pitifully, his slender frame wracked by +the convulsion of each new attack. Barney had placed an arm about +the boy to support him, for the paroxysms always left him very +weak.<br> +</p> + +The young man's heart went out to the poor boy, and pangs of +regret filled his mind as he realized that the child's pathetic +condition was the direct result of his self-sacrificing attempt +to save his king. Barney felt much like a murderer and a thief, +and dreaded the time when the boy should be brought to a +realization of his mistake. <br> +<p>He had come to feel a warm affection for the loyal little lad, +who had suffered so uncomplainingly and whose every thought had +been for the safety and comfort of his king.<br> +</p> + +Today, thought Barney, I'll take this child through to Lustadt +even if every ragged brigand in Lutha lies between us and the +capital; but even as he spoke a sudden crashing of underbrush +behind caused him to wheel about, and there, not twenty paces +from them, stood two of Yellow Franz's cutthroats. <br> +<p>At sight of Barney and the lad they gave voice to a shout of +triumph, and raising their carbines fired point-blank at the two +fugitives.<br> +</p> + +But Barney had been equally as quick with his own weapon, and at +the moment that they fired he grasped Rudolph and dragged him +backward to a great boulder behind which their bodies might be +protected from the fire of their enemies. <br> +<p>Both the bullets of the bandits' first volley had been +directed at Barney, for it was upon his head that the great price +rested. They had missed him by a narrow margin, due, perhaps, to +the fact that the mounts of the brigands had been prancing in +alarm at the unexpected sight of the two strangers at the very +moment that their riders attempted to take aim and fire.<br> +</p> + +But now they had ridden back into the brush and dismounted, and +after hiding their ponies they came creeping out upon their +bellies upon opposite sides of Barney's shelter. <br> +<p>The American saw that it would be an easy thing for them to +pick him off if he remained where he was, and so with a word to +Rudolph he sprang up and the boy with him. Each delivered a quick +shot at the bandit nearest him, and then together they broke for +the bushes in which the brigand's mounts were hidden.<br> +</p> + +Two shots answered theirs. Rudolph, who was ahead of Barney, +stumbled and threw up his hands. He would have fallen had not the +American thrown a strong arm about him. <br> +<p>"I'm shot, your majesty," murmured the boy, his head dropping +against Barney's breast.<br> +</p> + +With the lad grasped close to him, the young man turned at the +edge of the brush to meet the charge of the two ruffians. The +wounding of the youth had delayed them just enough to preclude +their making this temporary refuge in safety. <br> +<p>As Barney turned both the men fired simultaneously, and both +missed. The American raised his revolver, and with the flash of +it the foremost brigand came to a sudden stop. An expression of +bewilderment crossed his features. He extended his arms straight +before him, the revolver slipped from his grasp, and then like a +dying top he pivoted once drunkenly and collapsed upon the +turf.<br> +</p> + +At the instant of his fall his companion and the American fired +point-blank at one another. <br> +<p>Barney felt a burning sensation in his shoulder, but it was +forgotten for the moment in the relief that came to him as he saw +the second rascal sprawl headlong upon his face. Then he turned +his attention to the limp little figure that hung across his left +arm.<br> +</p> + +Gently Barney laid the boy upon the sward, and fetching water +from the pool bathed his face and forced a few drops between the +white lips. The cooling draft revived the wounded child, but +brought on a paroxysm of coughing. When this had subsided Rudolph +raised his eyes to those of the man bending above him. <br> +<p>"Thank God, your majesty is unharmed," he whispered. "Now I +can die in peace."<br> +</p> + +The white lids drooped lower, and with a tired sigh the boy lay +quiet. Tears came to the young man's eyes as he let the limp body +gently to the ground. <br> +<p>"Brave little heart," he murmured, "you gave up your life in +the service of your king as truly as though you had not been all +mistaken in the object of your veneration, and if it lies within +the power of Barney Custer you shall not have died in vain."<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_8">Chapter VII THE REAL LEOPOLD</h1> + +<br> +TWO HOURS later a horseman pushed his way between tumbled and +tangled briers along the bottom of a deep ravine. <br> +<p>He was hatless, and his stained and ragged khaki betokened +much exposure to the elements and hard and continued usage. At +his saddle-bow a carbine swung in its boot, and upon either hip +was strapped a long revolver. Ammunition in plenty filled the +cross belts that he had looped about his shoulders.<br> +</p> + +Grim and warlike as were his trappings, no less grim was the set +of his strong jaw or the glint of his gray eyes, nor did the +patch of brown stain that had soaked through the left shoulder of +his jacket tend to lessen the martial atmosphere which surrounded +him. Fortunate it was for the brigands of the late Yellow Franz +that none of them chanced in the path of Barney Custer that day. +<br> +<p>For nearly two hours the man had ridden downward out of the +high hills in search of a dwelling at which he might ask the way +to Tann; but as yet he had passed but a single house, and that a +long untenanted ruin. He was wondering what had become of all the +inhabitants of Lutha when his horse came to a sudden halt before +an obstacle which entirely blocked the narrow trail at the bottom +of the ravine.<br> +</p> + +As the horseman's eyes fell upon the thing they went wide in +astonishment, for it was no less than the charred remnants of the +once beautiful gray roadster that had brought him into this +twentieth century land of medieval adventure and intrigue. Barney +saw that the machine had been lifted from where it had fallen +across the horse of the Princess von der Tann, for the animal's +decaying carcass now lay entirely clear of it; but why this +should have been done, or by whom, the young man could not +imagine. <br> +<p>A glance aloft showed him the road far above him, from which +he, the horse and the roadster had catapulted; and with the sight +of it there flashed to his mind the fair face of the young girl +in whose service the thing had happened. Barney wondered if +Joseph had been successful in returning her to Tann, and he +wondered, too, if she mourned for the man she had thought +king--if she would be very angry should she ever learn the +truth.<br> +</p> + +Then there came to the American's mind the figure of the +shopkeeper of Tafelberg, and the fellow's evident loyalty to the +mad king he had never seen. Here was one who might aid him, +thought Barney. He would have the will, at least and with the +thought the young man turned his pony's head diagonally up the +steep ravine side. <br> +<p>It was a tough and dangerous struggle to the road above, but +at last by dint of strenuous efforts on the part of the sturdy +little beast the two finally scrambled over the edge of the road +and stood once more upon level footing.<br> +</p> + +After breathing his mount for a few minutes Barney swung himself +into the saddle again and set off toward Tafelberg. He met no one +upon the road, nor within the outskirts of the village, and so he +came to the door of the shop he sought without attracting +attention. <br> +<p>Swinging to the ground he tied the pony to one of the +supporting columns of the porch-roof and a moment later had +stepped within the shop.<br> +</p> + +From a back room the shopkeeper presently emerged, and when he +saw who it was that stood before him his eyes went wide in +consternation. <br> +<p>"In the name of all the saints, your majesty," cried the old +fellow, "what has happened? How comes it that you are out of the +hospital, and travel-stained as though from a long, hard ride? I +cannot understand it, sire."<br> +</p> + +"Hospital?" queried the young man. "What do you mean, my good +fellow? I have been in no hospital." <br> +<p>"You were there only last evening when I inquired after you of +the doctor," insisted the shopkeeper, "nor did any there yet +suspect your true identity."<br> +</p> + +"Last evening I was hiding far up in the mountains from Yellow +Franz's band of cutthroats," replied Barney. "Tell me what manner +of riddle you are propounding." <br> +<p>Then a sudden light of understanding flashed through Barney's +mind.<br> +</p> + +"Man!" he exclaimed. "Tell me--you have found the true king? He +is at a hospital in Tafelberg?" <br> +<p>"Yes, your majesty, I have found the true king, and it is so +that he was at the Tafelberg sanatorium last evening. It was +beside the remnants of your wrecked automobile that two of the +men of Tafelberg found you.<br> +</p> + +"One leg was pinioned beneath the machine which was on fire when +they discovered you. They brought you to my shop, which is the +first on the road into town, and not guessing your true identity +they took my word for it that you were an old acquaintance of +mine and without more ado turned you over to my care." <br> +<p>Barney scratched his head in puzzled bewilderment. He began to +doubt if he were in truth himself, or, after all, Leopold of +Lutha. As no one but himself could, by the wildest stretch of +imagination, have been in such a position, he was almost forced +to the conclusion that all that had passed since the instant that +his car shot over the edge of the road into the ravine had been +but the hallucinations of a fever-excited brain, and that for the +past three weeks he had been lying in a hospital cot instead of +experiencing the strange and inexplicable adventures that he had +believed to have befallen him.<br> +</p> + +But yet the more he thought of it the more ridiculous such a +conclusion appeared, for it did not in the least explain the pony +tethered without, which he plainly could see from where he stood +within the shop, nor did it satisfactorily account for the blotch +of blood upon his shoulder from a wound so fresh that the stain +still was damp; nor for the sword which Joseph had buckled about +his waist within Blentz's forbidding walls; nor for the arms and +ammunition he had taken from the dead brigands--all of which he +had before him as tangible evidence of the rationality of the +past few weeks. <br> +<p>"My friend," said Barney at last, "I cannot wonder that you +have mistaken me for the king, since all those I have met within +Lutha have leaped to the same error, though not one among them +made the slightest pretense of ever having seen his majesty. A +ridiculous beard started the trouble, and later a series of +happenings, no one of which was particularly remarkable in +itself, aggravated it, until but a moment since I myself was +almost upon the point of believing that I am the king.<br> +</p> + +"But, my dear Herr Kramer, I am not the king; and when you have +accompanied me to the hospital and seen that your patient still +is there, you may be willing to admit that there is some +justification for doubt as to my royalty." <br> +<p>The old man shook his head.<br> +</p> + +"I am not so sure of that," he said, "for he who lies at the +hospital, providing you are not he, or he you, maintains as +sturdily as do you that he is not Leopold. If one of you, +whichever be king--providing that you are not one and the same, +and that I be not the only maniac in the sad muddle--if one of +you would but trust my loyalty and love for the true king and +admit your identity, then I might be of some real service to that +one of you who is really Leopold. Herr Gott! My words are as +mixed as my poor brain." <br> +<p>"If you will listen to me, Herr Kramer," said Barney, "and +believe what I tell you, I shall be able to unscramble your ideas +in so far as they pertain to me and my identity. As to the man +you say was found beneath my car, and who now lies in the +sanatorium of Tafelberg, I cannot say until I have seen and +talked with him. He may be the king and he may not; but if he +insists that he is not, I shall be the last to wish a kingship +upon him. I know from sad experience the hardships and burdens +that the thing entails."<br> +</p> + +Then Barney narrated carefully and in detail the principal events +of his life, from his birth in Beatrice to his coming to Lutha +upon pleasure. He showed Herr Kramer his watch with his monogram +upon it, his seal ring, and inside the pocket of his coat the +label of his tailor, with his own name written beneath it and the +date that the garment had been ordered. <br> +<p>When he had completed his narrative the old man shook his +head.<br> +</p> + +"I cannot understand it," he said; "and yet I am almost forced to +believe that you are not the king." <br> +<p>"Direct me to the sanatorium," suggested Barney, "and if it be +within the range of possibility I shall learn whether the man who +lies there is Leopold or another, and if he be the king I shall +serve him as loyally as you would have served me. Together we may +assist him to gain the safety of Tann and the protection of old +Prince Ludwig."<br> +</p> + +"If you are not the king," said Kramer suspiciously, "why should +you be so interested in aiding Leopold? You may even be an enemy. +How can I know?" <br> +<p>"You cannot know, my good friend," replied Barney. "But had I +been an enemy, how much more easily might I have encompassed my +designs, whatever they might have been, had I encouraged you to +believe that I was king. The fact that I did not, must assure you +that I have no ulterior designs against Leopold."<br> +</p> + +This line of reasoning proved quite convincing to the old +shopkeeper, and at last he consented to lead Barney to the +sanatorium. Together they traversed the quiet village streets to +the outskirts of the town, where in large, park-like grounds the +well-known sanatorium of Tafelberg is situated in quiet +surroundings. It is an institution for the treatment of nervous +diseases to which patients are brought from all parts of Europe, +and is doubtless Lutha's principal claim upon the attention of +the outer world. <br> +<p>As the two crossed the gardens which lay between the gate and +the main entrance and mounted the broad steps leading to the +veranda an old servant opened the door, and recognizing Herr +Kramer, nodded pleasantly to him.<br> +</p> + +"Your patient seems much brighter this morning, Herr Kramer," he +said, "and has been asking to be allowed to sit up." <br> +<p>"He is still here, then?" questioned the shopkeeper with a +sigh that might have indicated either relief or resignation.<br> +</p> + +"Why, certainly. You did not expect that he had entirely +recovered overnight, did you?" <br> +<p>"No," replied Herr Kramer, "not exactly. In fact, I did not +know what I should expect."<br> +</p> + +As the two passed him on their way to the room in which the +patient lay, the servant eyed Herr Kramer in surprise, as though +wondering what had occurred to his mentality since he had seen +him the previous day. He paid no attention to Barney other than +to bow to him as he passed, but there was another who did--an +attendant standing in the hallway through which the two men +walked toward the private room where one of them expected to find +the real mad king of Lutha. <br> +<p>He was a dark-visaged fellow, sallow and small-eyed; and as +his glance rested upon the features of the American a puzzled +expression crossed his face. He let his gaze follow the two as +they moved on up the corridor until they turned in at the door of +the room they sought, then he followed them, entering an +apartment next to that in which Herr Kramer's patient lay.<br> +</p> + +As Barney and the shopkeeper entered the small, whitewashed room, +the former saw upon the narrow iron cot the figure of a man of +about his own height. The face that turned toward them as they +entered was covered by a full, reddishbrown beard, and the eyes +that looked up at them in troubled surprise were gray. Beyond +these Barney could see no likenesses to himself; yet they were +sufficient, he realized, to have deceived any who might have +compared one solely to the printed description of the other. <br> +<p>At the doorway Kramer halted, motioning Barney within.<br> +</p> + +"It will be better if you talk with him alone," he said. "I am +sure that before both of us he will admit nothing." <br> +<p>Barney nodded, and the shopkeeper of Tafelberg withdrew and +closed the door behind him. The American approached the bedside +with a cheery "Good morning."<br> +</p> + +The man returned the salutation with a slight inclination of his +head. There was a questioning look in his eyes; but dominating +that was a pitiful, hunted expression that touched the American's +heart. <br> +<p>The man's left hand lay upon the coverlet. Barney glanced at +the third finger. About it was a plain gold band. There was no +royal ring of the kings of Lutha in evidence, yet that was no +indication that the man was not Leopold; for were he the king and +desirous of concealing his identity, his first act would be to +remove every symbol of his kingship.<br> +</p> + +Barney took the hand in his. <br> +<p>"They tell me that you are well on the road to recovery," he +said. "I am very glad that it is so."<br> +</p> + +"Who are you?" asked the man. <br> +<p>"I am Bernard Custer, an American. You were found beneath my +car at the bottom of a ravine. I feel that I owe you full +reparation for the injuries you received, though it is beyond me +how you happened to be found under the machine. Unless I am truly +mad, I was the only occupant of the roadster when it plunged over +the embankment."<br> +</p> + +"It is very simple," replied the man upon the cot. "I chanced to +be at the bottom of the ravine at the time and the car fell upon +me." <br> +<p>"What were you doing at the bottom of the ravine?" asked +Barney quite suddenly, after the manner of one who administers a +third degree.<br> +</p> + +The man started and flushed with suspicion. <br> +<p>"That is my own affair," he said.<br> +</p> + +He tried to disengage his hand from Barney's, and as he did so +the American felt something within the fingers of the other. For +an instant his own fingers tightened upon those that lay within +them, so that as the others were withdrawn his index finger +pressed close upon the thing that had aroused his curiosity. <br> +<p>It was a large setting turned inward upon the third finger of +the left hand. The gold band that Barney had seen was but the +opposite side of the same ring.<br> +</p> + +A quick look of comprehension came to Barney's eyes. The man upon +the cot evidently noted it and rightly interpreted its cause, +for, having freed his hand, he now slipped it quickly beneath the +coverlet. <br> +<p>"I have passed through a series of rather remarkable +adventures since I came to Lutha," said Barney apparently quite +irrelevantly, after the two had remained silent for a moment. +"Shortly after my car fell upon you I was mistaken for the +fugitive King Leopold by the young lady whose horse fell into the +ravine with my car. She is a most loyal supporter of the king, +being none other than the Princess Emma von der Tann. From her I +learned to espouse the cause of Leopold."<br> +</p> + +Step by step Barney took the man through the adventures that had +befallen him during the past three weeks, closing with the story +of the death of the boy, Rudolph. <br> +<p>"Above his dead body I swore to serve Leopold of Lutha as +loyally as the poor, mistaken child had served me, your majesty," +and Barney looked straight into the eyes of him who lay upon the +little iron cot.<br> +</p> + +For a moment the man held his eyes upon those of the American, +but finally, under the latter's steady gaze, they dropped and +wandered. <br> +<p>"Why do you address me as 'your majesty'?" he asked +irritably.<br> +</p> + +"With my forefinger I felt the ruby and the four wings of the +setting of the royal ring of the kings of Lutha upon the third +finger of your left hand," replied Barney. <br> +<p>The king started up upon his elbow, his eyes wild with +apprehension.<br> +</p> + +"It is not so," he cried. "It is a lie! I am not the king." <br> +<p>"Hush!" admonished Barney. "You have nothing to fear from me. +There are good friends and loyal subjects in plenty to serve and +protect your majesty, and place you upon the throne that has been +stolen from you. I have sworn to serve you. The old shopkeeper, +Herr Kramer, who brought me here, is an honest, loyal old soul. +He would die for you, your majesty. Trust us. Let us help you. +Tomorrow, Kramer tells me, Peter of Blentz is to have himself +crowned as king in the cathedral at Lustadt.<br> +</p> + +"Will you sit supinely by and see another rob you of your +kingdom, and then continue to rob and throttle your subjects as +he has been doing for the past ten years? No, you will not. Even +if you do not want the crown, you were born to the duties and +obligations it entails, and for the sake of your people you must +assume them now." <br> +<p>"How am I to know that you are not another of the creatures of +that fiend of Blentz?" cried the king. "How am I to know that you +will not drag me back to the terrors of that awful castle, and to +the poisonous potions of the new physician Peter has employed to +assassinate me? I can trust none.<br> +</p> + +"Go away and leave me. I do not want to be king. I wish only to +go away as far from Lutha as I can get and pass the balance of my +life in peace and security. Peter may have the crown. He is +welcome to it, for all of me. All I ask is my life and my +liberty." <br> +<p>Barney saw that while the king was evidently of sound mind, +his was not one of those iron characters and courageous hearts +that would willingly fight to the death for his own rights and +the rights and happiness of his people. Perhaps the long years of +bitter disappointment and misery, the tedious hours of +imprisonment, and the constant haunting fears for his life had +reduced him to this pitiable condition.<br> +</p> + +Whatever the cause, Barney Custer was determined to overcome the +man's aversion to assuming the duties which were rightly his, for +in his memory were the words of Emma von der Tann, in which she +had made plain to him the fate that would doubtless befall her +father and his house were Peter of Blentz to become king of +Lutha. Then, too, there was the life of the little peasant boy. +Was that to be given up uselessly for a king with so mean a +spirit that he would not take a scepter when it was forced upon +him? <br> +<p>And the people of Lutha? Were they to be further and +continually robbed and downtrodden beneath the heel of Peter's +scoundrelly officials because their true king chose to evade the +responsibilities that were his by birth?<br> +</p> + +For half an hour Barney pleaded and argued with the king, until +he infused in the weak character of the young man a part of his +own tireless enthusiasm and courage. Leopold commenced to take +heart and see things in a brighter and more engaging light. +Finally he became quite excited about the prospects, and at last +Barney obtained a willing promise from him that he would consent +to being placed upon his throne and would go to Lustadt at any +time that Barney should come for him with a force from the +retainers of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. <br> +<p>"Let us hope," cried the king, "that the luck of the reigning +house of Lutha has been at last restored. Not since my aunt, the +Princess Victoria, ran away with a foreigner has good fortune +shone upon my house. It was when my father was still a young +man--before he had yet come to the throne--and though his reign +was marked with great peace and prosperity for the people of +Lutha, his own private fortunes were most unhappy.<br> +</p> + +"My mother died at my birth, and the last days of my father's +life were filled with suffering from the cancer that was slowly +killing him. Let us pray, Herr Custer, that you have brought new +life to the fortunes of my house." <br> +<p>"Amen, your majesty," said Barney. "And now I'll be off for +Tann--there must not be a moment lost if we are to bring you to +Lustadt in time for the coronation. Herr Kramer will watch over +you, but as none here guesses your true identity you are safer +here than anywhere else in Lutha. Good-bye, your majesty. Be of +good heart. We'll have you on the road to Lustadt and the throne +tomorrow morning."<br> +</p> + +After Barney Custer had closed the door of the king's chamber +behind him and hurried down the corridor, the door of the room +next the king's opened quietly and a darkvisaged fellow, sallow +and small-eyed, emerged. Upon his lips was a smile of cunning +satisfaction, as he hastened to the office of the medical +director and obtained a leave of absence for twenty-four hours. +<br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_9">Chapter VIII THE CORONATION DAY</h1> + +<br> +<p>TOWARD DUSK of the day upon which the mad king of Lutha had +been found, a dust-covered horseman reined in before the great +gate of the castle of Prince Ludwig von der Tann. The unsettled +political conditions which overhung the little kingdom of Lutha +were evident in the return to medievalism which the raised +portcullis and the armed guard upon the barbican of the ancient +feudal fortress revealed. Not for a hundred years before had +these things been done other than as a part of the ceremonials of +a fete day, or in honor of visiting royalty.<br> +</p> + +At the challenge from the gate Barney replied that he bore a +message for the prince. Slowly the portcullis sank into position +across the moat and an officer advanced to meet the rider. <br> +<p>"The prince has ridden to Lustadt with a large retinue," he +said, "to attend the coronation of Peter of Blentz tomorrow."<br> +</p> + +"Prince Ludwig von der Tann has gone to attend the coronation of +Peter!" cried Barney in amazement. "Has the Princess Emma +returned from her captivity in the castle of Blentz?" <br> +<p>"She is with her father now, having returned nearly three +weeks ago," replied the officer, "and Peter has disclaimed +responsibility for the outrage, promising that those responsible +shall be punished. He has convinced Prince Ludwig that Leopold is +dead, and for the sake of Lutha--to save her from civil +strife--my prince has patched a truce with Peter; though unless I +mistake the character of the latter and the temper of the former +it will be short-lived.<br> +</p> + +"To demonstrate to the people," continued the officer, "that +Prince Ludwig and Peter are good friends, the great Von der Tann +will attend the coronation, but that he takes little stock in the +sincerity of the Prince of Blentz would be apparent could the +latter have a peep beneath the cloaks and look into the loyal +hearts of the men of Tann who rode down to Lustadt today." <br> +<p>Barney did not wait to hear more. He was glad that in the +gathering dusk the officer had not seen his face plainly enough +to mistake him for the king. With a parting, "Then I must ride to +Lustadt with my message for the prince," he wheeled his tired +mount and trotted down the steep trail from Tann toward the +highway which leads to the capital.<br> +</p> + +All night Barney rode. Three times he wandered from the way and +was forced to stop at farmhouses to inquire the proper direction; +but darkness hid his features from the sleepy eyes of those who +answered his summons, and daylight found him still forging ahead +in the direction of the capital of Lutha. <br> +<p>The American was sunk in unhappy meditation as his weary +little mount plodded slowly along the dusty road. For hours the +man had not been able to urge the beast out of a walk. The loss +of time consequent upon his having followed wrong roads during +the night and the exhaustion of the pony which retarded his speed +to what seemed little better than a snail's pace seemed to assure +the failure of his mission, for at best he could not reach +Lustadt before noon.<br> +</p> + +There was no possibility of bringing Leopold to his capital in +time for the coronation, and but a bare possibility that Prince +Ludwig would accept the word of an entire stranger that Leopold +lived, for the acknowledgment of such a condition by the old +prince could result in nothing less than an immediate resort to +arms by the two factions. It was certain that Peter would be +infinitely more anxious to proceed with his coronation should it +be rumored that Leopold lived, and equally certain that Prince +Ludwig would interpose every obstacle, even to armed resistance, +to prevent the consummation of the ceremony. <br> +<p>Yet there seemed to Barney no other alternative than to place +before the king's one powerful friend the information that he +had. It would then rest with Ludwig to do what he thought +advisable.<br> +</p> + +An hour from Lustadt the road wound through a dense forest, whose +pleasant shade was a grateful relief to both horse and rider from +the hot sun beneath which they had been journeying the greater +part of the morning. Barney was still lost in thought, his eyes +bent forward, when at a sudden turning of the road he came face +to face with a troop of horse that were entering the main highway +at this point from an unfrequented byroad. <br> +<p>At sight of them the American instinctively wheeled his mount +in an effort to escape, but at a command from an officer a half +dozen troopers spurred after him, their fresh horses soon +overtaking his jaded pony.<br> +</p> + +For a moment Barney contemplated resistance, for these were +troopers of the Royal Horse, the body which was now Peter's most +effective personal tool; but even as his hand slipped to the butt +of one of the revolvers at his hip, the young man saw the foolish +futility of such a course, and with a shrug and a smile he drew +rein and turned to face the advancing soldiers. <br> +<p>As he did so the officer rode up, and at sight of Barney's +face gave an exclamation of astonishment. The officer was +Butzow.<br> +</p> + +"Well met, your majesty," he cried saluting. "We are riding to +the coronation. We shall be just in time." <br> +<p>"To see Peter of Blentz rob Leopold of a crown," said the +American in a disgusted tone.<br> +</p> + +"To see Leopold of Lutha come into his own, your majesty. Long +live the king!" cried the officer. <br> +<p>Barney thought the man either poking fun at him because he was +not the king, or, thinking he was Leopold, taking a mean +advantage of his helplessness to bait him. Yet this last +suspicion seemed unfair to Butzow, who at Blentz had given ample +evidence that he was a gentleman, and of far different caliber +from Maenck and the others who served Peter.<br> +</p> + +If he could but convince the man that he was no king and thus +gain his liberty long enough to reach Prince Ludwig's ear, his +mission would have been served in so far as it lay in his power +to serve it. For some minutes Barney expended his best eloquence +and logic upon the cavalry officer in an effort to convince him +that he was not Leopold. <br> +<p>The king had given the American his great ring to safeguard +for him until it should be less dangerous for Leopold to wear it, +and for fear that at the last moment someone within the +sanatorium might recognize it and bear word to Peter of the +king's whereabouts. Barney had worn it turned in upon the third +finger of his left hand, and now he slipped it surreptitiously +into his breeches pocket lest Butzow should see it and by it be +convinced that Barney was indeed Leopold.<br> +</p> + +"Never mind who you are," cried Butzow, thinking to humor the +king's strange obsession. "You look enough like Leopold to be his +twin, and you must help us save Lutha from Peter of Blentz." <br> +<p>The American showed in his expression the surprise he felt at +these words from an officer of the prince regent.<br> +</p> + +"You wonder at my change of heart?" asked Butzow. <br> +<p>"How can I do otherwise?"<br> +</p> + +"I cannot blame you," said the officer. "Yet I think that when +you know the truth you will see that I have done only that which +I believed to be the duty of a patriotic officer and a true +gentleman." <br> +<p>They had rejoined the troop by this time, and the entire +company was once more headed toward Lustadt. Butzow had commanded +one of the troopers to exchange horses with Barney, bringing the +jaded animal into the city slowly, and now freshly mounted the +American was making better time toward his destination. His +spirits rose, and as they galloped along the highway, he listened +with renewed interest to the story which Lieutenant Butzow +narrated in detail.<br> +</p> + +It seemed that Butzow had been absent from Lutha for a number of +years as military attache to the Luthanian legation at a foreign +court. He had known nothing of the true condition at home until +his return, when he saw such scoundrels as Coblich, Maenck, and +Stein high in the favor of the prince regent. For some time +before the events that had transpired after he had brought Barney +and the Princess Emma to Blentz he had commenced to have his +doubts as to the true patriotism of Peter of Blentz; and when he +had learned through the unguarded words of Schonau that there was +a real foundation for the rumor that the regent had plotted the +assassination of the king his suspicions had crystallized into +knowledge, and he had sworn to serve his king before all +others--were he sane or mad. From this loyalty he could not be +shaken. <br> +<p>"And what do you intend doing now?" asked Barney.<br> +</p> + +"I intend placing you upon the throne of your ancestors, sire," +replied Butzow; "nor will Peter of Blentz dare the wrath of the +people by attempting to interpose any obstacle. When he sees +Leopold of Lutha ride into the capital of his kingdom at the head +of even so small a force as ours he will know that the end of his +own power is at hand, for he is not such a fool that he does not +perfectly realize that he is the most cordially hated man in all +Lutha, and that only those attend upon him who hope to profit +through his success or who fear his evil nature." <br> +<p>"If Peter is crowned today," asked Barney, "will it prevent +Leopold regaining his throne?"<br> +</p> + +"It is difficult to say," replied Butzow; "but the chances are +that the throne would be lost to him forever. To regain it he +would have to plunge Lutha into a bitter civil war, for once +Peter is proclaimed king he will have the law upon his side, and +with the resources of the State behind him--the treasury and the +army--he will feel in no mood to relinquish the scepter without a +struggle. I doubt much that you will ever sit upon your throne, +sire, unless you do so within the very next hour." <br> +<p>For some time Barney rode in silence. He saw that only by a +master stroke could the crown be saved for the true king. Was it +worth it? The man was happier without a crown. Barney had come to +believe that no man lived who could be happy in possession of +one. Then there came before his mind's eye the delicate, +patrician face of Emma von der Tann.<br> +</p> + +Would Peter of Blentz be true to his new promises to the house of +Von der Tann? Barney doubted it. He recalled all that it might +mean of danger and suffering to the girl whose kisses he still +felt upon his lips as though it had been but now that hers had +placed them there. He recalled the limp little body of the boy, +Rudolph, and the Spartan loyalty with which the little fellow had +given his life in the service of the man he had thought king. The +pitiful figure of the fear-haunted man upon the iron cot at +Tafelberg rose before him and cried for vengeance. <br> +<p>To this man was the woman he loved betrothed! He knew that he +might never wed the Princess Emma. Even were she not promised to +another, the iron shackles of convention and age-old customs must +forever separate her from an untitled American. But if he +couldn't have her he still could serve her!<br> +</p> + +"For her sake," he muttered. <br> +<p>"Did your majesty speak?" asked Butzow.<br> +</p> + +"Yes, lieutenant. We urge greater haste, for if we are to be +crowned today we have no time to lose." <br> +<p>Butzow smiled a relieved smile. The king had at last regained +his senses!<br> +</p> + +Within the ancient cathedral at Lustadt a great and gorgeously +attired assemblage had congregated. All the nobles of Lutha were +gathered there with their wives, their children, and their +retainers. There were the newer nobility of the lowlands--many +whose patents dated but since the regency of Peter--and there +were the proud nobility of the highlands--the old nobility of +which Prince Ludwig von der Tann was the chief. <br> +<p>It was noticeable that though a truce had been made between +Ludwig and Peter, yet the former chancellor of the kingdom did +not stand upon the chancel with the other dignitaries of the +State and court.<br> +</p> + +Few there were who knew that he had been invited to occupy a +place of honor there, and had replied that he would take no +active part in the making of any king in Lutha whose veins did +not pulse to the flow of the blood of the house in whose service +he had grown gray. <br> +<p>Close packed were the retainers of the old prince so that +their great number was scarcely noticeable, though quite so was +the fact that they kept their cloaks on, presenting a somber +appearance in the midst of all the glitter of gold and gleam of +jewels that surrounded them--a grim, businesslike appearance that +cast a chill upon Peter of Blentz as his eyes scanned the +multitude of faces below him.<br> +</p> + +He would have shown his indignation at this seeming affront had +he dared; but until the crown was safely upon his head and the +royal scepter in his hand Peter had no mind to do aught that +might jeopardize the attainment of the power he had sought for +the past ten years. <br> +<p>The solemn ceremony was all but completed; the Bishop of +Lustadt had received the great golden crown from the purple +cushion upon which it had been borne at the head of the +procession which accompanied Peter up the broad center aisle of +the cathedral. He had raised it above the head of the prince +regent, and was repeating the solemn words which precede the +placing of the golden circlet upon the man's brow. In another +moment Peter of Blentz would be proclaimed the king of Lutha.<br> +</p> + +By her father's side stood Emma von der Tann. Upon her haughty, +high-bred face there was no sign of the emotions which ran riot +within her fair bosom. In the act that she was witnessing she saw +the eventual ruin of her father's house. That Peter would long +want for an excuse to break and humble his ancient enemy she did +not believe; but this was not the only cause for the sorrow that +overwhelmed her. <br> +<p>Her most poignant grief, like that of her father, was for the +dead king, Leopold; but to the sorrow of the loyal subject was +added the grief of the loving woman, bereft. Close to her heart +she hugged the memory of the brief hours spent with the man whom +she had been taught since childhood to look upon as her future +husband, but for whom the allconsuming fires of love had only +been fanned to life within her since that moment, now three weeks +gone, that he had crushed her to his breast to cover her lips +with kisses for the short moment ere he sacrificed his life to +save her from a fate worse than death.<br> +</p> + +Before her stood the Nemesis of her dead king. The last act of +the hideous crime against the man she had loved was nearing its +close. As the crown, poised over the head of Peter of Blentz, +sank slowly downward the girl felt that she could scarce restrain +her desire to shriek aloud a protest against the wicked act--the +crowning of a murderer king of her beloved Lutha. <br> +<p>A glance at the old man at her side showed her the stern, +commanding features of her sire molded in an expression of +haughty dignity; only the slight movement of the muscles of the +strong jaw revealed the tensity of the hidden emotions of the +stern old warrior. He was meeting disappointment and defeat as a +Von der Tann should--brave to the end.<br> +</p> + +The crown had all but touched the head of Peter of Blentz when a +sudden commotion at the back of the cathedral caused the bishop +to look up in ill-concealed annoyance. At the sight that met his +eyes his hands halted in mid-air. <br> +<p>The great audience turned as one toward the doors at the end +of the long central aisle. There, through the wideswung portals, +they saw mounted men forcing their way into the cathedral. The +great horses shouldered aside the footsoldiers that attempted to +bar their way, and twenty troopers of the Royal Horse thundered +to the very foot of the chancel steps.<br> +</p> + +At their head rode Lieutenant Butzow and a tall young man in +soiled and tattered khaki, whose gray eyes and full reddish-brown +beard brought an exclamation from Captain Maenck who commanded +the guard about Peter of Blentz. <br> +<p>"Mein Gott--the king!" cried Maenck, and at the words Peter +went white.<br> +</p> + +In open-mouthed astonishment the spectators saw the hurrying +troopers and heard Butzow's "The king! The king! Make way for +Leopold, King of Lutha!" <br> +<p>And a girl saw, and as she saw her heart leaped to her mouth. +Her small hand gripped the sleeve of her father's coat. "The +king, father," she cried. "It is the king."<br> +</p> + +Old Von der Tann, the light of a new hope firing his eyes, threw +aside his cloak and leaped to the chancel steps beside Butzow and +the others who were mounting them. Behind him a hundred cloaks +dropped from the shoulders of his fighting men, exposing not +silks and satins and fine velvet, but the coarse tan of khaki, +and grim cartridge belts well filled, and stern revolvers slung +to well-worn service belts. <br> +<p>As Butzow and Barney stepped upon the chancel Peter of Blentz +leaped forward. "What mad treason is this?" he fairly +screamed.<br> +</p> + +"The days of treason are now past, prince," replied Butzow +meaningly. "Here is not treason, but Leopold of Lutha come to +claim his crown which he inherited from his father." <br> +<p>"It is a plot," cried Peter, "to place an impostor upon the +throne! This man is not the king."<br> +</p> + +For a moment there was silence. The people had not taken sides as +yet. They awaited a leader. Old Von der Tann scrutinized the +American closely. <br> +<p>"How may we know that you are Leopold?" he asked. "For ten +years we have not seen our king."<br> +</p> + +"The governor of Blentz has already acknowledged his identity," +cried Butzow. "Maenck was the first to proclaim the presence of +the putative king." <br> +<p>At that someone near the chancel cried: "Long live Leopold, +king of Lutha!" and at the words the whole assemblage raised +their voices in a tumultuous: "Long live the king!"<br> +</p> + +Peter of Blentz turned toward Maenck. "The guard!" he cried. +"Arrest those traitors, and restore order in the cathedral. Let +the coronation proceed." <br> +<p>Maenck took a step toward Barney and Butzow, when old Prince +von der Tann interposed his giant frame with grim resolve.<br> +</p> + +"Hold!" He spoke in a low, stern voice that brought the cowardly +Maenck to a sudden halt. <br> +<p>The men of Tann had pressed eagerly forward until they stood, +with bared swords, a solid rank of fighting men in grim +semicircle behind their chief. There were cries from different +parts of the cathedral of: "Crown Leopold, our true king! Down +with Peter! Down with the assassin!"<br> +</p> + +"Enough of this," cried Peter. "Clear the cathedral!" <br> +<p>He drew his own sword, and with half a hundred loyal retainers +at his back pressed forward to clear the chancel. There was a +brief fight, from which Barney, much to his disgust, was barred +by the mighty figure of the old prince and the stalwart sword-arm +of Butzow. He did get one crack at Maenck, and had the +satisfaction of seeing blood spurt from a fleshwound across the +fellow's cheek.<br> +</p> + +"That for the Princess Emma," he called to the governor of +Blentz, and then men crowded between them and he did not see the +captain again during the battle. <br> +<p>When Peter saw that more than half of the palace guard were +shouting for Leopold, and fighting side by side with the men of +Tann, he realized the futility of further armed resistance at +this time. Slowly he withdrew, and at last the fighting ceased +and some semblance of order was restored within the +cathedral.<br> +</p> + +Fearfully, the bishop emerged from hiding, his robes disheveled +and his miter askew. Butzow grasped him none too reverently by +the arm and dragged him before Barney. The crown of Lutha dangled +in the priest's palsied hands. <br> +<p>"Crown the king!" cried the lieutenant. "Crown Leopold, king +of Lutha!"<br> +</p> + +A mad roar of acclaim greeted this demand, and again from all +parts of the cathedral rose the same wild cry. But in the lull +that followed there were some who demanded proof of the tattered +young man who stood before them and claimed that he was king. +<br> +<p>"Let Prince Ludwig speak!" cried a dozen voices.<br> +</p> + +"Yes, Prince Ludwig! Prince Ludwig!" took up the throng. <br> +<p>Prince Ludwig von der Tann turned toward the bearded young +man. Silence fell upon the crowded cathedral. Peter of Blentz +stood awaiting the outcome, ready to demand the crown upon the +first indication of wavering belief in the man he knew was not +Leopold.<br> +</p> + +"How may we know that you are really Leopold?" again asked Ludwig +of Barney. <br> +<p>The American raised his left hand, upon the third finger of +which gleamed the great ruby of the royal ring of the kings of +Lutha. Even Peter of Blentz started back in surprise as his eyes +fell upon the ring.<br> +</p> + +Where had the man come upon it? <br> +<p>Prince von der Tann dropped to one knee before Mr. Bernard +Custer of Beatrice, Nebraska, U.S.A., and lifted that gentleman's +hand to his lips, and as the people of Lutha saw the act they +went mad with joy.<br> +</p> + +Slowly Prince Ludwig rose and addressed the bishop. "Leopold, the +rightful heir to the throne of Lutha, is here. Let the coronation +proceed." <br> +<p>The quiet of the sepulcher fell upon the assemblage as the +holy man raised the crown above the head of the king. Barney saw +from the corner of his eye the sea of faces upturned toward him. +He saw the relief and happiness upon the stern countenance of the +old prince.<br> +</p> + +He hated to dash all their new found joy by the announcement that +he was not the king. He could not do that, for the moment he did +Peter would step forward and demand that his own coronation +continue. How was he to save the throne for Leopold? <br> +<p>Among the faces beneath him he suddenly descried that of a +beautiful young girl whose eyes, filled with the tears of a great +happiness and a greater love, were upturned to his. To reveal his +true identity would lose him this girl forever. None save Peter +knew that he was not the king. All save Peter would hail him +gladly as Leopold of Lutha. How easily he might win a throne and +the woman he loved by a moment of seeming passive compliance.<br> +</p> + +The temptation was great, and then he recalled the boy, lying +dead for his king in the desolate mountains, and the pathetic +light in the eyes of the sorrowful man at Tafelberg, and the +great trust and confidence in the heart of the woman who had +shown that she loved him. <br> +<p>Slowly Barney Custer raised his palm toward the bishop in a +gesture of restraint.<br> +</p> + +"There are those who doubt that I am king," he said. "In these +circumstances there should be no coronation in Lutha until all +doubts are allayed and all may unite in accepting without +question the royal right of the true Leopold to the crown of his +father. Let the coronation wait, then, until another day, and all +will be well." <br> +<p>"It must take place before noon of the fifth day of November, +or not until a year later," said Prince Ludwig. "In the meantime +the Prince Regent must continue to rule. For the sake of Lutha +the coronation must take place today, your majesty."<br> +</p> + +"What is the date?" asked Barney. <br> +<p>"The third, sire."<br> +</p> + +"Let the coronation wait until the fifth." <br> +<p>"But your majesty," interposed Von der Tann, "all may be lost +in two days."<br> +</p> + +"It is the king's command," said Barney quietly. <br> +<p>"But Peter of Blentz will rule for these two days, and in that +time with the army at his command there is no telling what he may +accomplish," insisted the old man.<br> +</p> + +"Peter of Blentz shall not rule Lutha for two days, or two +minutes," replied Barney. "We shall rule. Lieutenant Butzow, you +may place Prince Peter, Coblich, Maenck, and Stein under arrest. +We charge them with treason against their king, and conspiring to +assassinate their rightful monarch." <br> +<p>Butzow smiled as he turned with his troopers at his back to +execute this most welcome of commissions; but in a moment he was +again at Barney's side.<br> +</p> + +"They have fled, your majesty," he said. "Shall I ride to Blentz +after them?" <br> +<p>"Let them go," replied the American, and then, with his +retinue about him the new king of Lutha passed down the broad +aisle of the cathedral of Lustadt and took his way to the royal +palace between ranks of saluting soldiery backed by cheering +thousands.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_10">Chapter IX THE KING'S GUESTS</h1> + +<br> +ONCE WITHIN the palace Barney sought the seclusion of a small +room off the audience chamber. Here he summoned Butzow. <br> +<p>"Lieutenant," said the American, "for the sake of a woman, a +dead child and an unhappy king I have become dictator of Lutha +for forty-eight hours; but at noon upon the fifth this farce must +cease. Then we must place the true Leopold upon the throne, or a +new dictator must replace me.<br> +</p> + +"In vain I have tried to convince you that I am not the king, and +today in the cathedral so great was the temptation to take +advantage of the odd train of circumstances that had placed a +crown within my reach that I all but surrendered to it--not for +the crown of gold, Butzow, but for an infinitely more sacred +diadem which belongs to him to whom by right of birth and +lineage, belongs the crown of Lutha. I do not ask you to +understand--it is not necessary--but this you must know and +believe: that I am not Leopold, and that the true Leopold lies in +hiding in the sanatorium at Tafelberg, from which you and I, +Butzow, must fetch him to Lustadt before noon on the fifth." <br> +<p>"But, sire--" commenced Butzow, when Barney raised his +hand.<br> +</p> + +"Enough of that, Butzow!" he cried almost irritably. "I am sick +of being 'sired' and 'majestied'--my name is Custer. Call me that +when others are not present. Believe what you will, but ride with +me in secrecy to Tafelberg tonight, and together we shall bring +back Leopold of Lutha. Then we may call Prince Ludwig into our +confidence, and none need ever know of the substitution. <br> +<p>"I doubt if many had a sufficiently close view of me today to +realize the trick that I have played upon them, and if they note +a difference they will attribute it to the change in apparel, for +we shall see to it that the king is fittingly garbed before we +exhibit him to his subjects, while hereafter I shall continue in +khaki, which becomes me better than ermine."<br> +</p> + +Butzow shook his head. <br> +<p>"King or dictator," he said, "it is all the same, and I must +obey whatever commands you see fit to give, and so I will ride to +Tafelberg tonight, though what we shall find there I cannot +imagine, unless there are two Leopolds of Lutha. But shall we +also find another royal ring upon the finger of this other +king?"<br> +</p> + +Barney smiled. "You're a typical hard-headed Dutchman, Butzow," +he said. <br> +<p>The lieutenant drew himself up haughtily. "I am not a +Dutchman, your majesty. I am a Luthanian."<br> +</p> + +Barney laughed. "Whatever else you may be, Butzow, you're a +brick," he said, laying his hand upon the other's arm. <br> +<p>Butzow looked at him narrowly.<br> +</p> + +"From your speech," he said, "and the occasional Americanisms +into which you fall I might believe that you were other than the +king but for the ring." <br> +<p>"It is my commission from the king," replied Barney. "Leopold +placed it upon my finger in token of his royal authority to act +in his behalf. Tonight, then Butzow, you and I shall ride to +Tafelberg. Have three good horses. We must lead one for the +king."<br> +</p> + +Butzow saluted and left the apartment. For an hour or two the +American was busy with tailors whom he had ordered sent to the +palace to measure him for the numerous garments of a royal +wardrobe, for he knew the king to be near enough his own size +that he might easily wear clothes that had been fitted to Barney; +and it was part of his plan to have everything in readiness for +the substitution which was to take place the morning of the +coronation. <br> +<p>Then there were foreign dignitaries, and the heads of numerous +domestic and civic delegations to be given audience. Old Von der +Tann stood close behind Barney prompting him upon the royal +duties that had fallen so suddenly upon his shoulders, and none +thought it strange that he was unfamiliar with the craft of +kingship, for was it not common knowledge that he had been kept a +close prisoner in Blentz since boyhood, nor been given any +coaching for the duties Peter of Blentz never intended he should +perform?<br> +</p> + +After it was all over Prince Ludwig's grim and leathery face +relaxed into a smile of satisfaction. <br> +<p>"None who witnessed the conduct of your first audience, sire," +he said, "could for a moment doubt your royal lineage--if ever a +man was born to kingship, your majesty, it be you."<br> +</p> + +Barney smiled, a bit ruefully, however, for in his mind's eye he +saw a future moment when the proud old Prince von der Tann would +know the truth of the imposture that had been played upon him, +and the young man foresaw that he would have a rather unpleasant +half-hour. <br> +<p>At a little distance from them Barney saw Emma von der Tann +surrounded by a group of officials and palace officers. Since he +had come to Lustadt that day he had had no word with her, and now +he crossed toward her, amused as the throng parted to form an +aisle for him, the men saluting and the women curtsying low.<br> +</p> + +He took both of the girl's hands in his, and, drawing one through +his arm, took advantage of the prerogatives of kingship to lead +her away from the throng of courtiers. <br> +<p>"I thought that I should never be done with all the tiresome +business which seems to devolve upon kings," he said, laughing. +"All the while that I should have been bending my royal intellect +to matters of state, I was wondering just how a king might find a +way to see the woman he loves without interruptions from the +horde that dogs his footsteps."<br> +</p> + +"You seem to have found a way, Leopold," she whispered, pressing +his arm close to her. "Kings usually do." <br> +<p>"It is not because I am a king that I found a way, Emma," he +replied. "It is because I am an American."<br> +</p> + +She looked up at him with an expression of pleading in her eyes. +<br> +<p>"Why do you persist?" she cried. "You have come into your own, +and there is no longer aught to fear from Peter or any other. To +me at least, it is most unkind still to deny your identity."<br> +</p> + +"I wonder," said Barney, "if your love could withstand the +knowledge that I am not the king." <br> +<p>"It is the MAN I love, Leopold," the girl replied.<br> +</p> + +"You think so now," he said, "but wait until the test comes, and +when it does, remember that I have always done my best to +undeceive you. I know that you are not for such as I, my +princess, and when I have returned your true king to you all that +I shall ask is that you be happy with him." <br> +<p>"I shall always be happy with my king," she whispered, and the +look that she gave him made Barney Custer curse the fate that had +failed to make him a king by birth.<br> +</p> + +An hour later darkness had fallen upon the little city of +Lustadt, and from a small gateway in the rear of the palace +grounds two horsemen rode out into the ill-paved street and +turned their mounts' heads toward the north. At the side of one +trotted a led horse. <br> +<p>As they passed beneath the glare of an arc-light before a cafe +at the side of the public square, a diner sitting at a table upon +the walk spied the tall figure and the bearded face of him who +rode a few feet in advance of his companion. Leaping to his feet +the man waved his napkin above his head.<br> +</p> + +"Long live the king!" he cried. "God save Leopold of Lutha!" <br> +<p>And amid the din of cheering that followed, Barney Custer of +Beatrice and Lieutenant Butzow of the Royal Horse rode out into +the night upon the road to Tafelberg.<br> +</p> + +When Peter of Blentz had escaped from the cathedral he had +hastily mounted with a handful of his followers and hurried out +of Lustadt along the road toward his formidable fortress at +Blentz. Half way upon the journey he had met a dusty and +travel-stained horseman hastening toward the capital city that +Peter and his lieutenants had just left. <br> +<p>At sight of the prince regent the fellow reined in and +saluted.<br> +</p> + +"May I have a word in private with your highness?" he asked. "I +have news of the greatest importance for your ears alone." <br> +<p>Peter drew to one side with the man.<br> +</p> + +"Well," he asked, "and what news have you for Peter of Blentz?" +<br> +<p>The man leaned from his horse close to Peter's ear.<br> +</p> + +"The king is in Tafelberg, your highness," he said. <br> +<p>"The king is dead," snapped Peter. "There is an impostor in +the palace at Lustadt. But the real Leopold of Lutha was slain by +Yellow Franz's band of brigands weeks ago."<br> +</p> + +"I heard the man at Tafelberg tell another that he was the king," +insisted the fellow. "Through the keyhole of his room I saw him +take a great ring from his finger--a ring with a mighty ruby set +in its center--and give it to the other. Both were bearded men +with gray eyes--either might have passed for the king by the +description upon the placards that have covered Lutha for the +past month. At first he denied his identity, but when the other +had convinced him that he sought only the king's welfare he at +last admitted that he was Leopold." <br> +<p>"Where is he now?" cried Peter.<br> +</p> + +"He is still in the sanatorium at Tafelberg. In room +twenty-seven. The other promised to return for him and take him +to Lustadt, but when I left Tafelberg he had not yet done so, and +if you hasten you may reach there before they take him away, and +if there be any reward for my loyalty to you, prince, my name is +Ferrath." <br> +<p>"Ride with us and if you have told the truth, fellow, there +shall be a reward and if not--then there shall be deserts," and +Peter of Blentz wheeled his horse and with his company galloped +on toward Tafelberg.<br> +</p> + +As he rode he talked with his lieutenants Coblich, Maenck, and +Stein, and among them it was decided that it would be best that +Peter stop at Blentz for the night while the others rode on to +Tafelberg. <br> +<p>"Do not bring Leopold to Blentz," directed Peter, "for if it +be he who lies at Tafelberg and they find him gone it will be +toward Blentz that they will first look. Take him--"<br> +</p> + +The Regent leaned from his saddle so that his mouth was close to +the ear of Coblich, that none of the troopers might hear. <br> +<p>Coblich nodded his head.<br> +</p> + +"And, Coblich, the fewer that ride to Tafelberg tonight the surer +the success of the mission. Take Maenck, Stein and one other with +you. I shall keep this man with me, for it may prove but a plot +to lure me to Tafelberg." <br> +<p>Peter scowled at the now frightened hospital attendant.<br> +</p> + +"Tomorrow I shall be riding through the lowlands, Coblich, and so +you may not find means to communicate with me, but before noon of +the fifth have word at your town house in Lustadt for me of the +success of your venture." <br> +<p>They had reached the point now where the road to Tafelberg +branches from that to Blentz, and the four who were to fetch the +king wheeled their horses into the left-hand fork and cantered +off upon their mission.<br> +</p> + +The direct road between Lustadt and Tafelberg is but little more +than half the distance of that which Coblich and his companions +had to traverse because of the wide detour they had made by +riding almost to Blentz first, and so it was that when they +cantered into the little mountain town near midnight Barney +Custer and Lieutenant Butzow were but a mile or two behind them. +<br> +<p>Had the latter had even the faintest of suspicions that the +identity of the hiding place of the king might come to the +knowledge of Peter of Blentz they could have reached Tafelberg +ahead of Coblich and his party, but all unsuspecting they rode +slowly to conserve the energy of their mounts for the return +trip.<br> +</p> + +In silence the two men approached the grounds surrounding the +sanatorium. In the soft dirt of the road the hoofs of their +mounts made no sound, and the shadows of the trees that border +the front of the enclosure hid them from the view of the trooper +who held four riderless horses in a little patch of moonlight +that broke through the opening in the trees at the main gate of +the institution. <br> +<p>Barney was the first to see the animals and the man.<br> +</p> + +"S-s-st," he hissed, reining in his horse. <br> +<p>Butzow drew alongside the American.<br> +</p> + +"What can it mean?" asked Barney. "That fellow is a trooper, but +I cannot make out his uniform." <br> +<p>"Wait here," said Butzow, and slipping from his horse he crept +closer to the man, hugging the dense shadows close to the +trees.<br> +</p> + +Barney reined in nearer the low wall. From his saddle he could +see the grounds beyond through the branches of a tree. As he +looked his attention was suddenly riveted upon a sight that sent +his heart into his throat. <br> +<p>Three men were dragging a struggling, half-naked figure down +the gravel walk from the sanatorium toward the gate. One kept a +hand clapped across the mouth of the prisoner, who struck and +fought his assailants with all the frenzy of despair.<br> +</p> + +Barney leaped from his saddle and ran headlong after Butzow. The +lieutenant had reached the gate but an instant ahead of him when +the trooper, turning suddenly at some slight sound of the +officer's foot upon the ground, detected the man creeping upon +him. In an instant the fellow had whipped out a revolver, and +raising it fired point-blank at Butzow's chest; but in the same +instant a figure shot out of the shadows beside him, and with the +report of the revolver a heavy fist caught the trooper on the +side of the chin, crumpling him to the ground as if he were dead. +<br> +<p>The blow had been in time to deflect the muzzle of the +firearm, and the bullet whistled harmlessly past the +lieutenant.<br> +</p> + +"Your majesty!" exclaimed Butzow excitedly. "Go back. He might +have killed you." <br> +<p>Barney leaped to the other's side and grasping him by the +shoulders wheeled him about so that he faced the gate.<br> +</p> + +"There, Butzow," he cried, "there is your king, and from the +looks of it he never needed a loyal subject more than he does +this moment. Come!" Without waiting to see if the other followed +him, Barney Custer leaped through the gate full in the faces of +the astonished trio that was dragging Leopold of Lutha from his +sanctuary. <br> +<p>At sight of the American the king gave a muffled cry of +relief, and then Barney was upon those who held him. A stinging +uppercut lifted Coblich clear of the ground to drop him, dazed +and bewildered, at the foot of the monarch he had outraged. +Maenck drew a revolver only to have it struck from his hand by +the sword of Butzow, who had followed closely upon the American's +heels.<br> +</p> + +Barney, seizing the king by the arm, started on a run for the +gateway. In his wake came Butzow with a drawn sword beating back +Stein, who was armed with a cavalry saber, and Maenck who had now +drawn his own sword. <br> +<p>The American saw that the two were pressing Butzow much too +closely for safety and that Coblich had now recovered from the +effects of the blow and was in pursuit, drawing his saber as he +ran. Barney thrust the king behind him and turned to face the +enemy, at Butzow's side.<br> +</p> + +The three men rushed upon the two who stood between them and +their prey. The moonlight was now full in the faces of Butzow and +the American. For the first time Maenck and the others saw who it +was that had interrupted them. <br> +<p>"The impostor!" cried the governor of Blentz. "The false +king!"<br> +</p> + +Imbued with temporary courage by the knowledge that his side had +the advantage of superior numbers he launched himself full upon +the American. To his surprise he met a sword-arm that none might +have expected in an American, for Barney Custer had been a pupil +of the redoubtable Colonel Monstery, who was, as Barney was wont +to say, "one of the thanwhomest of fencing masters." <br> +<p>Quickly Maenck fell back to give place to Stein, but not +before the American's point had found him twice to leave him +streaming blood from two deep flesh wounds.<br> +</p> + +Neither of those who fought in the service of the king saw the +trembling, weak-kneed figure, which had stood behind them, turn +and scurry through the gateway, leaving the men who battled for +him to their fate. <br> +<p>The trooper whom Barney had felled had regained consciousness +and as he came to his feet rubbing his swollen jaw he saw a +disheveled, half-dressed figure running toward him from the +sanatorium grounds. The fellow was no fool, and knowing the +purpose of the expedition as he did he was quick to jump to the +conclusion that this fleeing personification of abject terror was +Leopold of Lutha; and so it was that as the king emerged from the +gateway in search of freedom he ran straight into the widespread +arms of the trooper.<br> +</p> + +Maenck and Coblich had seen the king's break for liberty, and the +latter maneuvered to get himself between Butzow and the open gate +that he might follow after the fleeing monarch. <br> +<p>At the same instant Maenck, seeing that Stein was being +worsted by the American, rushed in upon the latter, and thus +relieved, the rat-faced doctor was enabled to swing a heavy cut +at Barney which struck him a glancing blow upon the head, sending +him stunned and bleeding to the sward.<br> +</p> + +Coblich and the governor of Blentz hastened toward the gate, +pausing for an instant to overwhelm Butzow. In the fierce +scrimmage that followed the lieutenant was overthrown, though not +before his sword had passed through the heart of the rat-faced +one. Deserting their fallen comrade the two dashed through the +gate, where to their immense relief they found Leopold safe in +the hands of the trooper. <br> +<p>An instant later the precious trio, with Leopold upon the +horse of the late Dr. Stein, were galloping swiftly into the +darkness of the wood that lies at the outskirts of Tafelberg.<br> +</p> + +When Barney regained consciousness he found himself upon a cot +within the sanatorium. Close beside him lay Butzow, and above +them stood an interne and several nurses. No sooner had the +American regained his scattered wits than he leaped to the floor. +The interne and the nurses tried to force him back upon the cot, +thinking that he was in the throes of a delirium, and it required +his best efforts to convince them that he was quite rational. +<br> +<p>During the melee Butzow regained consciousness; his wound +being as superficial as that of the American, the two men were +soon donning their clothing, and, half-dressed, rushing toward +the outer gate.<br> +</p> + +The interne had told them that when he had reached the scene of +the conflict in company with the gardener he had found them and +another lying upon the sward. <br> +<p>Their companion, he said, was quite dead.<br> +</p> + +"That must have been Stein," said Butzow. "And the others had +escaped with the king!" <br> +<p>"The king?" cried the interne.<br> +</p> + +"Yes, the king, man--Leopold of Lutha. Did you not know that he +who has lain here for three weeks was the king?" replied Butzow. +<br> +<p>The interne accompanied them to the gate and beyond, but +everywhere was silence. The king was gone.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_11">Chapter X ON THE BATTLEFIELD</h1> + +<br> +ALL THAT night and the following day Barney Custer and his aide +rode in search of the missing king. <br> +<p>They came to Blentz, and there Butzow rode boldly into the +great court, admitted by virtue of the fact that the guard upon +the gate knew him only as an officer of the royal guard whom they +believed still loyal to Peter of Blentz.<br> +</p> + +The lieutenant learned that the king was not there, nor had he +been since his escape. He also learned that Peter was abroad in +the lowland recruiting followers to aid him forcibly to regain +the crown of Lutha. <br> +<p>The lieutenant did not wait to hear more, but, hurrying from +the castle, rode to Barney where the latter had remained in +hiding in the wood below the moat--the same wood through which he +had stumbled a few weeks previously after his escape from the +stagnant waters of the moat.<br> +</p> + +"The king is not here," said Butzow to him, as soon as the former +reached his side. "Peter is recruiting an army to aid him in +seizing the palace at Lustadt, and king or no king, we must ride +for the capital in time to check that move. Thank God," he added, +"that we shall have a king to place upon the throne of Lutha at +noon tomorrow in spite of all that Peter can do." <br> +<p>"What do you mean?" asked Barney. "Have you any clue to the +whereabouts of Leopold?"<br> +</p> + +"I saw the man at Tafelberg whom you say is king," replied +Butzow. "I saw him tremble and whimper in the face of danger. I +saw him run when he might have seized something, even a stone, +and fought at the sides of the men who were come to rescue him. +And I saw you there also. <br> +<p>"The truth and the falsity of this whole strange business is +beyond me, but this I know: if you are not the king today I pray +God that the other may not find his way to Lustadt before noon +tomorrow, for by then a brave man will sit upon the throne of +Lutha, your majesty."<br> +</p> + +Barney laid his hand upon the shoulder of the other. <br> +<p>"It cannot be, my friend," he said. "There is more than a +throne at stake for me, but to win them both I could not do the +thing you suggest. If Leopold of Lutha lives he must be crowned +tomorrow."<br> +</p> + +"And if he does not live?" asked Butzow. <br> +<p>Barney Custer shrugged his shoulders.<br> +</p> + +It was dusk when the two entered the palace grounds in Lustadt. +The sight of Barney threw the servants and functionaries of the +royal household into wild excitement and confusion. Men ran +hither and thither bearing the glad tidings that the king had +returned. <br> +<p>Old von der Tann was announced within ten minutes after Barney +reached his apartments. He urged upon the American the necessity +for greater caution in the future.<br> +</p> + +"Your majesty's life is never safe while Peter of Blentz is +abroad in Lutha," cried he. <br> +<p>"It was to save your king from Peter that we rode from Lustadt +last night," replied Barney, but the old prince did not catch the +double meaning of the words.<br> +</p> + +While they talked a young officer of cavalry begged an audience. +He had important news for the king, he said. From him Barney +learned that Peter of Blentz had succeeded in recruiting a +fair-sized army in the lowlands. Two regiments of government +infantry and a squadron of cavalry had united forces with him, +for there were those who still accepted him as regent, believing +his contention that the true king was dead, and that he whose +coronation was to be attempted was but the puppet of old Von der +Tann. <br> +<p>The morning of November 5 broke clear and cold. The old town +of Lustadt was awakened with a start at daybreak by the booming +of cannon. Mounted messengers galloped hither and thither through +the steep, winding streets. Troops, foot and horse, moved at the +double from the barracks along the King's Road to the +fortifications which guard the entrance to the city at the foot +of Margaretha Street.<br> +</p> + +Upon the heights above the town Barney Custer and the old Prince +von der Tann stood surrounded by officers and aides watching the +advance of a skirmish line up the slopes toward Lustadt. Behind, +the thin line columns of troops were marching under cover of two +batteries of field artillery that Peter of Blentz had placed upon +a wooden knoll to the southeast of the city. <br> +<p>The guns upon the single fort that, overlooking the broad +valley, guarded the entire southern exposure of the city were +answering the fire of Prince Peter's artillery, while several +machine guns had been placed to sweep the slope up which the +skirmish line was advancing.<br> +</p> + +The trees that masked the enemy's pieces extended upward along +the ridge and the eastern edge of the city. Barney saw that a +force of men might easily reach a commanding position from that +direction and enter Lustadt almost in rear of the fortifications. +Below him a squadron of the Royal Horse were just emerging from +their stables, taking their way toward the plain to join in a +concerted movement against the troops that were advancing toward +the fort. <br> +<p>He turned to an aide de camp standing just behind him.<br> +</p> + +"Intercept that squadron and direct the major to move due east +along the King's Road to the grove," he commanded. "We will join +him there." <br> +<p>And as the officer spurred down the steep and narrow street +the American, followed by Von der Tann and his staff, wheeled and +galloped eastward.<br> +</p> + +Ten minutes later the party entered the wood at the edge of town, +where the squadron soon joined them. Von der Tann was mystified +at the purpose of this change in the position of the general +staff, since from the wood they could see nothing of the battle +waging upon the slope. During his brief intercourse with the man +he thought king he had quite forgotten that there had been any +question as to the young man's sanity, for he had given no +indication of possessing aught but a well-balanced mind. Now, +however, he commenced to have misgivings, if not of his sanity, +then as to his judgment at least. <br> +<p>"I fear, your majesty," he ventured, "that we are putting +ourselves too much out of touch with the main body of the army. +We can neither see nor accomplish anything from this +position."<br> +</p> + +"We were too far away to accomplish much upon the top of that +mountain," replied Barney, "but we're going to commence doing +things now. You will please to ride back along the King's Road +and take direct command of the troops mobilized near the fort. +<br> +<p>"Direct the artillery to redouble their fire upon the enemy's +battery for five minutes, and then to cease firing into the wood +entirely. At the same instant you may order a cautious advance +against the troops advancing up the slope.<br> +</p> + +"When you see us emerge upon the west side of the grove where the +enemy's guns are now, you may order a charge, and we will take +them simultaneously upon their right flank with a cavalry +charge." <br> +<p>"But, your majesty," exclaimed Von der Tann dubiously, "where +will you be in the mean time?"<br> +</p> + +"We shall be with the major's squadron, and when you see us +emerging from the grove, you will know that we have taken Peter's +guns and that everything is over except the shouting." <br> +<p>"You are not going to accompany the charge!" cried the old +prince.<br> +</p> + +"We are going to lead it," and the pseudo-king of Lutha wheeled +his mount as though to indicate that the time for talking was +past. <br> +<p>With a signal to the major commanding the squadron of Royal +Horse, he moved eastward into the wood. Prince Ludwig hesitated a +moment as though to question further the wisdom of the move, but +finally with a shake of his head he trotted off in the direction +of the fort.<br> +</p> + +Five minutes later the enemy were delighted to note that the fire +upon their concealed battery had suddenly ceased. <br> +<p>Then Peter saw a force of foot-soldiers deploy from the city +and advance slowly in line of skirmishers down the slope to meet +his own firing line.<br> +</p> + +Immediately he did what Barney had expected that he would--turned +the fire of his artillery toward the southwest, directly away +from the point from which the American and the crack squadron +were advancing. <br> +<p>So it came that the cavalrymen crept through the woods upon +the rear of the guns, unseen; the noise of their advance was +drowned by the detonation of the cannon.<br> +</p> + +The first that the artillerymen knew of the enemy in their rear +was a shout of warning from one of the powder-men at a caisson, +who had caught a glimpse of the grim line advancing through the +trees at his rear. <br> +<p>Instantly an effort was made to wheel several of the pieces +about and train them upon the advancing horsemen; but even had +there been time, a shout that rose from several of Peter's +artillerymen as the Royal Horse broke into full view would +doubtless have prevented the maneuver, for at sight of the tall, +bearded, young man who galloped in front of the now charging +cavalrymen there rose a shout of "The king! The king!"<br> +</p> + +With the force of an avalanche the Royal Horse rode through those +two batteries of field artillery; and in the thick of the fight +that followed rode the American, a smile upon his face, for in +his ears rang the wild shouts of his troopers: "For the king! For +the king!" <br> +<p>In the moment that the enemy made their first determined stand +a bullet brought down the great bay upon which Barney rode. A +dozen of Peter's men rushed forward to seize the man stumbling to +his feet. As many more of the Royal Horse closed around him, and +there, for five minutes, was waged as fierce a battle for +possession of a king as was ever fought.<br> +</p> + +But already many of the artillerymen had deserted the guns that +had not yet been attacked, for the magic name of king had turned +their blood to water. Fifty or more raised a white flag and +surrendered without striking a blow, and when, at last, Barney +and his little bodyguard fought their way through those who +surrounded them they found the balance of the field already won. +<br> +<p>Upon the slope below the city the loyal troops were advancing +upon the enemy. Old Prince Ludwig paced back and forth behind +them, apparently oblivious to the rain of bullets about him. +Every moment he turned his eyes toward the wooded ridge from +which there now belched an almost continuous fusillade of shells +upon the advancing royalists.<br> +</p> + +Quite suddenly the cannonading ceased and the old man halted in +his tracks, his gaze riveted upon the wood. For several minutes +he saw no sign of what was transpiring behind that screen of sere +and yellow autumn leaves, and then a man came running out, and +after him another and another. <br> +<p>The prince raised his field glasses to his eyes. He almost +cried aloud in his relief--the uniforms of the fugitives were +those of artillerymen, and only cavalry had accompanied the king. +A moment later there appeared in the center of his lenses a tall +figure with a full beard. He rode, swinging his saber above his +head, and behind him at full gallop came a squadron of the Royal +Horse.<br> +</p> + +Old von der Tann could restrain himself no longer. <br> +<p>"The king! The king!" he cried to those about him, pointing in +the direction of the wood.<br> +</p> + +The officers gathered there and the soldiery before him heard and +took up the cry, and then from the old man's lips came the +command, "Charge!" and a thousand men tore down the slopes of +Lustadt upon the forces of Peter of Blentz, while from the east +the king charged their right flank at the head of the Royal +Horse. <br> +<p>Peter of Blentz saw that the day was lost, for the troops upon +the right were crumpling before the false king while he and his +cavalrymen were yet a half mile distant. Before the retreat could +become a rout the prince regent ordered his forces to fall back +slowly upon a suburb that lies in the valley below the city.<br> +</p> + +Once safely there he raised a white flag, asking a conference +with Prince Ludwig. <br> +<p>"Your majesty," said the old man, "what answer shall we send +the traitor who even now ignores the presence of his king?"<br> +</p> + +"Treat with him," replied the American. "He may be honest enough +in his belief that I am an impostor." <br> +<p>Von der Tann shrugged his shoulders, but did as Barney bid, +and for half an hour the young man waited with Butzow while Von +der Tann and Peter met halfway between the forces for their +conference.<br> +</p> + +A dozen members of the most powerful of the older nobility +accompanied Ludwig. When they returned their faces were a picture +of puzzled bewilderment. With them were several officers, +soldiers and civilians from Peter's contingency. <br> +<p>"What said he?" asked Barney.<br> +</p> + +"He said, your majesty," replied Von der Tann, "that he is +confident you are not the king, and that these men he has sent +with me knew the king well at Blentz. As proof that you are not +the king he has offered the evidence of your own denials--made +not only to his officers and soldiers, but to the man who is now +your loyal lieutenant, Butzow, and to the Princess Emma von der +Tann, my daughter. <br> +<p>"He insists that he is fighting for the welfare of Lutha, +while we are traitors, attempting to seat an impostor upon the +throne of the dead Leopold. I will admit that we are at a loss, +your majesty, to know where lies the truth and where the falsity +in this matter.<br> +</p> + +"We seek only to serve our country and our king but there are +those among us who, to be entirely frank, are not yet convinced +that you are Leopold. The result of the conference may not, then, +meet with the hearty approval of your majesty." <br> +<p>"What was the result?" asked Barney.<br> +</p> + +"It was decided that all hostilities cease, and that Prince Peter +be given an opportunity to establish the validity of his claim +that your majesty is an impostor. If he is able to do so to the +entire satisfaction of a majority of the old nobility, we have +agreed to support him in a return to his regency." <br> +<p>For a moment there was deep silence. Many of the nobles stood +with averted faces and eyes upon the ground.<br> +</p> + +The American, a half-smile upon his face, turned toward the men +of Peter who had come to denounce him. He knew what their verdict +would be. He knew that if he were to save the throne for Leopold +he must hold it at any cost until Leopold should be found. <br> +<p>Troopers were scouring the country about Lustadt as far as +Blentz in search of Maenck and Coblich. Could they locate these +two and arrest them "with all found in their company," as his +order read, he felt sure that he would be able to deliver the +missing king to his subjects in time for the coronation at +noon.<br> +</p> + +Barney looked straight into the eyes of old Von der Tann. <br> +<p>"You have given us the opinion of others, Prince Ludwig," he +said. "Now you may tell us your own views of the matter."<br> +</p> + +"I shall have to abide by the decision of the majority," replied +the old man. "But I have seen your majesty under fire, and if you +are not the king, for Lutha's sake you ought to be." <br> +<p>"He is not Leopold," said one of the officers who had +accompanied the prince from Peter's camp. "I was governor of +Blentz for three years and as familiar with the king's face as +with that of my own brother."<br> +</p> + +"No," cried several of the others, "this man is not the king." +<br> +<p>Several of the nobles drew away from Barney. Others looked at +him questioningly.<br> +</p> + +Butzow stepped close to his side, and it was noticeable that the +troopers, and even the officers, of the Royal Horse which Barney +had led in the charge upon the two batteries in the wood, pressed +a little closer to the American. This fact did not escape +Butzow's notice. <br> +<p>"If you are content to take the word of the servants of a +traitor and a would-be regicide," he cried, "I am not. There has +been no proof advanced that this man is not the king. In so far +as I am concerned he is the king, nor ever do I expect to serve +another more worthy of the title.<br> +</p> + +"If Peter of Blentz has real proof--not the testimony of his own +faction--that Leopold of Lutha is dead, let him bring it forward +before noon today, for at noon we shall crown a king in the +cathedral at Lustadt, and I for one pray to God that it may be he +who has led us in battle today." <br> +<p>A shout of applause rose from the Royal Horse, and from the +foot-soldiers who had seen the king charge across the plain, +scattering the enemy before him.<br> +</p> + +Barney, appreciating the advantage in the sudden turn affairs had +taken following Butzow's words, swung to his saddle. <br> +<p>"Until Peter of Blentz brings to Lustadt one with a better +claim to the throne," he said, "we shall continue to rule Lutha, +nor shall other than Leopold be crowned her king. We approve of +the amnesty you have granted, Prince Ludwig, and Peter of Blentz +is free to enter Lustadt, as he will, so long as he does not plot +against the true king.<br> +</p> + +"Major," he added, turning to the commander of the squadron at +his back, "we are returning to the palace. Your squadron will +escort us, remaining on guard there about the grounds. Prince +Ludwig, you will see that machine guns are placed about the +palace and commanding the approaches to the cathedral." <br> +<p>With a nod to the cavalry major he wheeled his horse and +trotted up the slope toward Lustadt.<br> +</p> + +With a grim smile Prince Ludwig von der Tann mounted his horse +and rode toward the fort. At his side were several of the nobles +of Lutha. They looked at him in astonishment. <br> +<p>"You are doing his bidding, although you do not know that he +is the true king?" asked one of them.<br> +</p> + +"Were he an impostor," replied the old man, "he would have +insisted by word of mouth that he is king. But not once has he +said that he is Leopold. Instead, he has proved his kingship by +his acts." <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_12">Chapter XI A TIMELY INTERVENTION</h1> + +<br> +<p>NINE O'CLOCK found Barney Custer pacing up and down his +apartments in the palace. No clue as to the whereabouts of +Coblich, Maenck or the king had been discovered. One by one his +troopers had returned to Butzow empty-handed, and as much at a +loss as to the hiding-place of their quarry as when they had set +out upon their search.<br> +</p> + +Peter of Blentz and his retainers had entered the city and +already had commenced to gather at the cathedral. <br> +<p>Peter, at the residence of Coblich, had succeeded in gathering +about him many of the older nobility whom he pledged to support +him in case he could prove to them that the man who occupied the +royal palace was not Leopold of Lutha.<br> +</p> + +They agreed to support him in his regency if he produced proof +that the true Leopold was dead, and Peter of Blentz waited with +growing anxiety the coming of Coblich with word that he had the +king in custody. Peter was staking all on a single daring move +which he had decided to make in his game of intrigue. <br> +<p>As Barney paced within the palace, waiting for word that +Leopold had been found, Peter of Blentz was filled with equal +apprehension as he, too, waited for the same tidings. At last he +heard the pound of hoofs upon the pavement without and a moment +later Coblich, his clothing streaked with dirt, blood caked upon +his face from a wound across the forehead, rushed in to the +presence of the prince regent.<br> +</p> + +Peter drew him hurriedly into a small study on the first floor. +<br> +<p>"Well?" he whispered, as the two faced each other.<br> +</p> + +"We have him," replied Coblich. But we had the devil's own time +getting him. Stein was killed and Maenck and I both wounded, and +all morning we have spent the time hiding from troopers who +seemed to be searching for us. Only fifteen minutes since did we +reach the hiding-place that you instructed us to use. But we have +him, your highness, and he is in such a state of cowardly terror +that he is ready to agree to anything, if you will but spare his +life and set him free across the border." <br> +<p>"It is too late for that now, Coblich," replied Peter. "There +is but one way that Leopold of Lutha can serve me now, and that +is--dead. Were his corpse to be carried into the cathedral of +Lustadt before noon today, and were those who fetched it to swear +that the king was killed by the impostor after being dragged from +the hospital at Tafelberg where you and Maenck had located him, +and from which you were attempting to rescue him, I believe that +the people would tear our enemies to pieces. What say you, +Coblich?"<br> +</p> + +The other stared at Peter of Blentz for several seconds while the +atrocity of his chief's plan filtered through his brain. <br> +<p>"My God!" he exclaimed at last. "You mean that you wish me to +murder Leopold with my own hands?"<br> +</p> + +"You put it too crudely, my dear Coblich," replied the other. +<br> +<p>"I cannot do it," muttered Coblich. "I have never killed a man +in my life. I am getting old. No, I could never do it. I should +not sleep nights."<br> +</p> + +"If it is not done, Coblich, and Leopold comes into his own," +said Peter slowly, "you will be caught and hanged higher than +Haman. And if you do not do it, and the imposter is crowned +today, then you will be either hanged officially or knifed +unofficially, and without any choice in the matter whatsoever. +Nothing, Coblich, but the dead body of the true Leopold can save +your neck. You have your choice, therefore, of letting him live +to prove your treason, or letting him die and becoming chancellor +of Lutha." <br> +<p>Slowly Coblich turned toward the door. "You are right," he +said, "but may God have mercy on my soul. I never thought that I +should have to do it with my own hands."<br> +</p> + +So saying he left the room and a moment later Peter of Blentz +smiled as he heard the pounding of a horse's hoofs upon the +pavement without. <br> +<p>Then the Regent entered the room he had recently quitted and +spoke to the nobles of Lutha who were gathered there.<br> +</p> + +"Coblich has found the body of the murdered king," he said. "I +have directed him to bring it to the cathedral. He came upon the +impostor and his confederate, Lieutenant Butzow, as they were +bearing the corpse from the hospital at Tafelberg where the king +has lain unknown since the rumor was spread by Von der Tann that +he had been killed by bandits. <br> +<p>"He was not killed until last evening, my lords, and you shall +see today the fresh wounds upon him. When the time comes that we +can present this grisly evidence of the guilt of the impostor and +those who uphold him, I shall expect you all to stand at my side, +as you have promised."<br> +</p> + +With one accord the noblemen pledged anew their allegiance to +Peter of Blentz if he could produce one-quarter of the evidence +he claimed to possess. <br> +<p>"All that we wish to know positively is," said one, "that the +man who bears the title of king today is really Leopold of Lutha, +or that he is not. If not then he stands convicted of treason, +and we shall know how to conduct ourselves."<br> +</p> + +Together the party rode to the cathedral, the majority of the +older nobility now openly espousing the cause of the Regent. <br> +<p>At the palace Barney was about distracted. Butzow was urging +him to take the crown whether he was Leopold or not, for the +young lieutenant saw no hope for Lutha, if either the scoundrelly +Regent or the cowardly man whom Barney had assured him was the +true king should come into power.<br> +</p> + +It was eleven o'clock. In another hour Barney knew that he must +have found some new solution of his dilemma, for there seemed +little probability that the king would be located in the brief +interval that remained before the coronation. He wondered what +they did to people who stole thrones. For a time he figured his +chances of reaching the border ahead of the enraged populace. All +had depended upon the finding of the king, and he had been so +sure that it could be accomplished in time, for Coblich and +Maenck had had but a few hours in which to conceal the monarch +before the search was well under way. <br> +<p>Armed with the king's warrants, his troopers had ridden +through the country, searching houses, and questioning all whom +they met. Patrols had guarded every road that the fugitives might +take either to Lustadt, Blentz, or the border; but no king had +been found and no trace of his abductors.<br> +</p> + +Prince von der Tann, Barney was convinced, was on the point of +deserting him, and going over to the other side. It was true that +the old man had carried out his instructions relative to the +placing of the machine guns; but they might be used as well +against him, where they stood, as for him. <br> +<p>From his window he could see the broad avenue which passes +before the royal palace of Lutha. It was crowded with throngs +moving toward the cathedral. Presently there came a knock upon +the closed door of his chamber.<br> +</p> + +At his "Enter" a functionary announced: "His Royal Highness +Ludwig, Prince von der Tann!" <br> +<p>The old man was much perturbed at the rumors he had heard +relative to the assassination of the true Leopold. Soldier-like, +he blurted out his suspicions and his ultimatum.<br> +</p> + +"None but the royal blood of Rubinroth may reign in Lutha while +there be a Rubinroth left to reign and old Von der Tann lives," +he cried in conclusion. <br> +<p>At the name "Rubinroth" Barney started. It was his mother's +name. Suddenly the truth flashed upon him. He understood now the +reticence of both his father and mother relative to her early +life.<br> +</p> + +"Prince Ludwig," said the young man earnestly, "I have only the +good of Lutha in my heart. For three weeks I have labored and +risked death a hundred times to place the legitimate heir to the +crown of Lutha upon his throne. I--" <br> +<p>He hesitated, not knowing just how to commence the confession +he was determined to make, though he was positive that it would +place Peter of Blentz upon the throne, since the old prince had +promised to support the Regent could it be proved that Barney was +an impostor.<br> +</p> + +"I," he started again, and then there came an interruption at the +door. <br> +<p>"A messenger, your majesty," announced the doorman, "who says +that he must have audience at once upon a matter of life and +death to the king."<br> +</p> + +"We will see him in the ante-chamber," replied Barney, moving +toward the door. "Await us here, Prince Ludwig." <br> +<p>A moment later he re-entered the apartment. There was an +expression of renewed hope upon his face.<br> +</p> + +"As we were about to remark, my dear prince," he said, "I swear +that the royal blood of the Rubinroths flows in my veins, and as +God is my judge, none other than the true Leopold of Lutha shall +be crowned today. And now we must prepare for the coronation. If +there be trouble in the cathedral, Prince Ludwig, we look to your +sword in protection of the king." <br> +<p>"When I am with you, sire," said Von der Tann, "I know that +you are king. When I saw how you led the troops in battle, I +prayed that there could be no mistake. God give that I am right. +But God help you if you are playing with old Ludwig von der +Tann."<br> +</p> + +When the old man had left the apartment Barney summoned an aide +and sent for Butzow. Then he hurried to the bath that adjoined +the apartment, and when the lieutenant of horse was announced +Barney called through a soapy lather for his confederate to +enter. <br> +<p>"What are you doing, sire?" cried Butzow in amazement.<br> +</p> + +"Cut out the 'sire,' old man," shouted Barney Custer of Beatrice. +"this is the fifth of November and I am shaving off this alfalfa. +The king is found!" <br> +<p>"What?" cried Butzow, and upon his face there was little to +indicate the rejoicing that a loyal subject of Leopold of Lutha +should have felt at that announcement.<br> +</p> + +"There is a man in the next room," went on Barney, "who can lead +us to the spot where Coblich and Maenck guard the king. Get him +in here." <br> +<p>Butzow hastened to comply with the American's instructions, +and a moment later returned to the apartment with the old +shopkeeper of Tafelberg.<br> +</p> + +As Barney shaved he issued directions to the two. Within the room +to the east, he said, there were the king's coronation robes, and +in a smaller dressingroom beyond they would find a long gray +cloak. <br> +<p>They were to wrap all these in a bundle which the old +shopkeeper was to carry.<br> +</p> + +"And, Butzow," added Barney, "look to my revolvers and your own, +and lay my sword out as well. The chances are that we shall have +to use them before we are ten minutes older." <br> +<p>In an incredibly short space of time the young man emerged +from the bath, his luxuriant beard gone forever, he hoped. Butzow +looked at him with a smile.<br> +</p> + +"I must say that the beard did not add greatly to your majesty's +good looks," he said. <br> +<p>"Never mind the bouquets, old man," cried Barney, cramming his +arms into the sleeves of his khaki jacket and buckling sword and +revolver about him, as he hurried toward a small door that opened +upon the opposite side of the apartment to that through which his +visitors had been conducted.<br> +</p> + +Together the three hastened through a narrow, little-used +corridor and down a flight of well-worn stone steps to a door +that let upon the rear court of the palace. <br> +<p>There were grooms and servants there, and soldiers too, who +saluted Butzow, according the old shopkeeper and the smooth-faced +young stranger only cursory glances. It was evident that without +his beard it was not likely that Barney would be again mistaken +for the king.<br> +</p> + +At the stables Butzow requisitioned three horses, and soon the +trio was galloping through a little-frequented street toward the +northern, hilly environs of Lustadt. They rode in silence until +they came to an old stone building, whose boarded windows and +general appearance of dilapidation proclaimed its long tenantless +condition. Rank weeds, now rustling dry and yellow in the +November wind, choked what once might have been a luxuriant +garden. A stone wall, which had at one time entirely surrounded +the grounds, had been almost completely removed from the front to +serve as foundation stone for a smaller edifice farther down the +mountainside. <br> +<p>The horsemen avoided this break in the wall, coming up instead +upon the rear side where their approach was wholly screened from +the building by the wall upon that exposure.<br> +</p> + +Close in they dismounted, and leaving the animals in charge of +the shopkeeper of Tafelberg, Barney and Butzow hastened toward a +small postern-gate which swung, groaning, upon a single rusted +hinge. Each felt that there was no time for caution or stratagem. +Instead all depended upon the very boldness and rashness of their +attack, and so as they came through into the courtyard the two +dashed headlong for the building. <br> +<p>Chance accomplished for them what no amount of careful +execution might have done, and they came within the ruin +unnoticed by the four who occupied the old, darkened library.<br> +</p> + +Possibly the fact that one of the men had himself just entered +and was excitedly talking to the others may have drowned the +noisy approach of the two. However that may be, it is a fact that +Barney and the cavalry officer came to the very door of the +library unheard. <br> +<p>There they halted, listening. Coblich was speaking.<br> +</p> + +"The Regent commands it, Maenck," he was saying. "It is the only +thing that can save our necks. He said that you had better be the +one to do it, since it was your carelessness that permitted the +fellow to escape from Blentz." <br> +<p>Huddled in a far corner of the room was an abject figure +trembling in terror. At the words of Coblich it staggered to its +feet. It was the king.<br> +</p> + +"Have pity--have pity!" he cried. "Do not kill me, and I will go +away where none will ever know that I live. You can tell Peter +that I am dead. Tell him anything, only spare my life. Oh, why +did I ever listen to the cursed fool who tempted me to think of +regaining the crown that has brought me only misery and +suffering--the crown that has now placed the sentence of death +upon me." <br> +<p>"Why not let him go?" suggested the trooper, who up to this +time had not spoken. "If we don't kill him, we can't be hanged +for his murder."<br> +</p> + +"Don't be too sure of that," exclaimed Maenck. "If he goes away +and never returns, what proof can we offer that we did not kill +him, should we be charged with the crime? And if we let him go, +and later he returns and gains his throne, he will see that we +are hanged anyway for treason. <br> +<p>"The safest thing to do is to put him where he at least cannot +come back to threaten us, and having done so upon the orders of +Peter, let the king's blood be upon Peter's head. I, at least, +shall obey my master, and let you two bear witness that I did the +thing with my own hand." So saying he drew his sword and crossed +toward the king.<br> +</p> + +But Captain Ernst Maenck never reached his sovereign. <br> +<p>As the terrified shriek of the sorry monarch rang through the +interior of the desolate ruin another sound mingled with it, +half-drowning the piercing wail of terror.<br> +</p> + +It was the sharp crack of a revolver, and even as it spoke Maenck +lunged awkwardly forward, stumbled, and collapsed at Leopold's +feet. With a moan the king shrank back from the grisly thing that +touched his boot, and then two men were in the center of the +room, and things were happening with a rapidity that was +bewildering. <br> +<p>About all that he could afterward recall with any distinctness +was the terrified face of Coblich, as he rushed past him toward a +door in the opposite side of the room, and the horrid leer upon +the face of the dead trooper, who foolishly, had made a move to +draw his revolver.<br> +</p> + +Within the cathedral at Lustadt excitement was at fever heat. It +lacked but two minutes of noon, and as yet no king had come to +claim the crown. Rumors were running riot through the +close-packed audience. <br> +<p>One man had heard the king's chamberlain report to Prince von +der Tann that the master of ceremonies had found the king's +apartments vacant when he had gone to urge the monarch to hasten +his preparations for the coronation.<br> +</p> + +Another had seen Butzow and two strangers galloping north through +the city. A third told of a little old man who had come to the +king with an urgent message. <br> +<p>Peter of Blentz and Prince Ludwig were talking in whispers at +the foot of the chancel steps. Peter ascended the steps and +facing the assemblage raised a silencing hand.<br> +</p> + +"He who claimed to be Leopold of Lutha," he said, "was but a mad +adventurer. He would have seized the throne of the Rubinroths had +his nerve not failed him at the last moment. He has fled. The +true king is dead. Now I, Prince Regent of Lutha, declare the +throne vacant, and announce myself king!" <br> +<p>There were a few scattered cheers and some hissing. A score of +the nobles rose as though to protest, but before any could take a +step the attention of all was directed toward the sorry figure of +a white-faced man who scurried up the broad center aisle.<br> +</p> + +It was Coblich. <br> +<p>He ran to Peter's side, and though he attempted to speak in a +whisper, so out of breath, and so filled with hysterical terror +was he that his words came out in gasps that were audible to many +of those who stood near by.<br> +</p> + +"Maenck is dead," he cried. "The impostor has stolen the king." +<br> +<p>Peter of Blentz went white as his lieutenant. Von der Tann +heard and demanded an explanation.<br> +</p> + +"You said that Leopold was dead," he said accusingly. <br> +<p>Peter regained his self-control quickly.<br> +</p> + +"Coblich is excited," he explained. "He means that the impostor +has stolen the body of the king that Coblich and Maenck had +discovered and were bring to Lustadt." <br> +<p>Von der Tann looked troubled.<br> +</p> + +He knew not what to make of the series of wild tales that had +come to his ears within the past hour. He had hoped that the +young man whom he had last seen in the king's apartments was the +true Leopold. He would have been glad to have served such a one, +but there had been many inexplicable occurrences which tended to +cast a doubt upon the man's claims--and yet, had he ever claimed +to be the king? It suddenly occurred to the old prince that he +had not. On the contrary he had repeatedly stated to Prince +Ludwig's daughter and to Lieutenant Butzow that he was not +Leopold. <br> +<p>It seemed that they had all been so anxious to believe him +king that they had forced the false position upon him, and now if +he had indeed committed the atrocity that Coblich charged against +him, who could wonder? With less provocation men had before +attempted to seize thrones by more dastardly means.<br> +</p> + +Peter of Blentz was speaking. <br> +<p>"Let the coronation proceed," he cried, "that Lutha may have a +true king to frustrate the plans of the impostor and the traitors +who had supported him."<br> +</p> + +He cast a meaning glance at Prince von der Tann. <br> +<p>There were many cries for Peter of Blentz. "Let's have done +with treason, and place upon the throne of Lutha one whom we know +to be both a Luthanian and sane. Down with the mad king! Down +with the impostor!"<br> +</p> + +Peter turned to ascend the chancel steps. <br> +<p>Von der Tann still hesitated. Below him upon one side of the +aisle were massed his own retainers. Opposite them were the men +of the Regent, and dividing the two the parallel ranks of Horse +Guards stretched from the chancel down the broad aisle to the +great doors. These were strongly for the impostor, if impostor he +was, who had led them to victory over the men of the Blentz +faction.<br> +</p> + +Von der Tann knew that they would fight to the last ditch for +their hero should he come to claim the crown. Yet how would they +fight--to which side would they cleave, were he to attempt to +frustrate the design of the Regent to seize the throne of Lutha? +<br> +<p>Already Peter of Blentz had approached the bishop, who, eager +to propitiate whoever seemed most likely to become king, gave the +signal for the procession that was to mark the solemn bearing of +the crown of Lutha up the aisle to the chancel.<br> +</p> + +Outside the cathedral there was the sudden blare of trumpets. The +great doors swung violently open, and the entire throng were upon +their feet in an instant as a trooper of the Royal Horse shouted: +"The king! The king! Make way for Leopold of Lutha!" <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_13">Chapter XII THE GRATITUDE OF A KING</h1> + +<br> +<p>AT THE CRY silence fell upon the throng. Every head was turned +toward the great doors through which the head of a procession was +just visible. It was a grim looking procession --the head of it, +at least.<br> +</p> + +There were four khaki-clad trumpeters from the Royal Horse +Guards, the gay and resplendent uniforms which they should have +donned today conspicuous for their absence. From their brazen +bugles sounded another loud fanfare, and then they separated, two +upon each side of the aisle, and between them marched three men. +<br> +<p>One was tall, with gray eyes and had a reddish-brown beard. He +was fully clothed in the coronation robes of Leopold. Upon his +either hand walked the others--Lieutenant Butzow and a gray-eyed, +smooth-faced, square-jawed stranger.<br> +</p> + +Behind them marched the balance of the Royal Horse Guards that +were not already on duty within the cathedral. As the eyes of the +multitude fell upon the man in the coronation robes there were +cries of: "The king! Impostor!" and "Von der Tann's puppet!" <br> +<p>"Denounce him!" whispered one of Peter's henchmen in his +master's ear.<br> +</p> + +The Regent moved closer to the aisle, that he might meet the +impostor at the foot of the chancel steps. The procession was +moving steadily up the aisle. <br> +<p>Among the clan of Von der Tann a young girl with wide eyes was +bending forward that she might have a better look at the face of +the king. As he came opposite her her eyes filled with horror, +and then she saw the eyes of the smooth-faced stranger at the +king's side. They were brave, laughing eyes, and as they looked +straight into her own the truth flashed upon her, and the girl +gave a gasp of dismay as she realized that the king of Lutha and +the king of her heart were not one and the same.<br> +</p> + +At last the head of the procession was almost at the foot of the +chancel steps. There were murmurs of: "It is not the king," and +"Who is this new impostor?" <br> +<p>Leopold's eyes were searching the faces of the closepacked +nobility about the chancel. At last they fell upon the face of +Peter. The young man halted not two paces from the Regent. The +man went white as the king's eyes bored straight into his +miserable soul.<br> +</p> + +"Peter of Blentz," cried the young man, "as God is your judge, +tell the truth today. Who am I?" <br> +<p>The legs of the Prince Regent trembled. He sank upon his +knees, raising his hands in supplication toward the other. "Have +pity on me, your majesty, have pity!" he cried.<br> +</p> + +"Who am I, man?" insisted the king. <br> +<p>"You are Leopold Rubinroth, sire, by the grace of God, king of +Lutha," cried the frightened man. "Have mercy on an old man, your +majesty."<br> +</p> + +"Wait! Am I mad? Was I ever mad?" <br> +<p>"As God is my judge, sire, no!" replied Peter of Blentz.<br> +</p> + +Leopold turned to Butzow. <br> +<p>"Remove the traitor from our presence," he commanded, and at a +word from the lieutenant a dozen guardsmen seized the trembling +man and hustled him from the cathedral amid hisses and +execrations.<br> +</p> + +Following the coronation the king was closeted in his private +audience chamber in the palace with Prince Ludwig. <br> +<p>"I cannot understand what has happened, even now, your +majesty," the old man was saying. "That you are the true Leopold +is all that I am positive of, for the discomfiture of Prince +Peter evidenced that fact all too plainly. But who the impostor +was who ruled Lutha in your name for two days, disappearing as +miraculously as he came, I cannot guess.<br> +</p> + +"But for another miracle which preserved you for us in the nick +of time he might now be wearing the crown of Lutha in your stead. +Having Peter of Blentz safely in custody our next immediate task +should be to hunt down the impostor and bring him to justice +also; though"--and the old prince sighed--"he was indeed a brave +man, and a noble figure of a king as he led your troops to +battle." <br> +<p>The king had been smiling as Von der Tann first spoke of the +"impostor," but at the old man's praise of the other's bravery a +slight flush tinged his cheek, and the shadow of a scowl crossed +his brow.<br> +</p> + +"Wait," he said, "we shall not have to look far for your +'impostor,'" and summoning an aide he dispatched him for +"Lieutenant Butzow and Mr. Custer." <br> +<p>A moment later the two entered the audience chamber. Barney +found that Leopold the king, surrounded by comforts and safety, +was a very different person from Leopold the fugitive. The weak +face now wore an expression of arrogance, though the king spoke +most graciously to the American.<br> +</p> + +"Here, Von der Tann," said Leopold, "is your 'impostor.' But for +him I should doubtless be dead by now, or once again a prisoner +at Blentz." <br> +<p>Barney and Butzow found it necessary to repeat their stories +several times before the old man could fully grasp all that had +transpired beneath his very nose without his being aware of +scarce a single detail of it.<br> +</p> + +When he was finally convinced that they were telling the truth, +he extended his hand to the American. <br> +<p>"I knelt to you once, young man," he said, "and kissed your +hand. I should be filled with bitterness and rage toward you. On +the contrary, I find that I am proud to have served in the +retinue of such an impostor as you, for you upheld the prestige +of the house of Rubinroth upon the battlefield, and though you +might have had a crown, you refused it and brought the true king +into his own."<br> +</p> + +Leopold sat tapping his foot upon the carpet. It was all very +well if he, the king, chose to praise the American, but there was +no need for old von der Tann to slop over so. The king did not +like it. As a matter of fact, he found himself becoming very +jealous of the man who had placed him upon his throne. <br> +<p>"There is only one thing that I can harbor against you," +continued Prince Ludwig, "and that is that in a single instance +you deceived me, for an hour before the coronation you told me +that you were a Rubinroth."<br> +</p> + +"I told you, prince," corrected Barney, "that the royal blood of +Rubinroth flowed in my veins, and so it does. I am the son of the +runaway Princess Victoria of Lutha." <br> +<p>Both Leopold and Ludwig looked their surprise, and to the +king's eyes came a sudden look of fear. With the royal blood in +his veins, what was there to prevent this popular hero from some +day striving for the throne he had once refused? Leopold knew +that the minds of men were wont to change most unaccountably.<br> +</p> + +"Butzow," he said suddenly to the lieutenant of horse, "how many +do you imagine know positively that he who has ruled Lutha for +the past two days and he who was crowned in the cathedral this +noon are not one and the same?" <br> +<p>"Only a few besides those who are in this room, your majesty," +replied Butzow. "Peter and Coblich have known it from the first, +and then there is Kramer, the loyal old shopkeeper of Tafelberg, +who followed Coblich and Maenck all night and half a day as they +dragged the king to the hiding-place where we found him. Other +than these there may be those who guess the truth, but there are +none who know."<br> +</p> + +For a moment the king sat in thought. Then he rose and commenced +packing back and forth the length of the apartment. <br> +<p>"Why should they ever know?" he said at last, halting before +the three men who had been standing watching him. "For the sake +of Lutha they should never know that another than the true king +sat upon the throne even for an hour."<br> +</p> + +He was thinking of the comparison that might be drawn between the +heroic figure of the American and his own colorless part in the +events which had led up to his coronation. In his heart of hearts +he felt that old Von der Tann rather regretted that the American +had not been the king, and he hated the old man accordingly, and +was commencing to hate the American as well. <br> +<p>Prince Ludwig stood looking at the carpet after the king had +spoken. His judgment told him that the king's suggestion was a +wise one; but he was sorry and ashamed that it had come from +Leopold. Butzow's lips almost showed the contempt that he felt +for the ingratitude of his king.<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer was the first to speak. <br> +<p>"I think his majesty is quite right," he said, "and tonight I +can leave the palace after dark and cross the border some time +tomorrow evening. The people need never know the truth."<br> +</p> + +Leopold looked relieved. <br> +<p>"We must reward you, Mr. Custer," he said. "Name that which it +lies within our power to grant you and it shall be yours."<br> +</p> + +Barney thought of the girl he loved; but he did not mention her +name, for he knew that she was not for him now. <br> +<p>"There is nothing, your majesty," he said.<br> +</p> + +"A money reward," Leopold started to suggest, and then Barney +Custer lost his temper. <br> +<p>A flush mounted to his face, his chin went up, and there came +to his lips bitter words of sarcasm. With an effort, however, he +held his tongue, and, turning his back upon the king, his broad +shoulders proclaiming the contempt he felt, he walked slowly out +of the room.<br> +</p> + +Von der Tann and Butzow and Leopold of Lutha stood in silence as +the American passed out of sight beyond the portal. <br> +<p>The manner of his going had been an affront to the king, and +the young ruler had gone red with anger.<br> +</p> + +"Butzow," he cried, "bring the fellow back; he shall be taught a +lesson in the deference that is due kings." <br> +<p>Butzow hesitated. "He has risked his life a dozen times for +your majesty," said the lieutenant.<br> +</p> + +Leopold flushed. <br> +<p>"Do not humiliate him, sire," advised Von der Tann. "He has +earned a greater reward at your hands than that."<br> +</p> + +The king resumed his pacing for a moment, coming to a halt once +more before the two. <br> +<p>"We shall take no notice of his insolence," he said, "and that +shall be our royal reward for his services. More than he +deserves, we dare say, at that."<br> +</p> + +As Barney hastened through the palace on his way to his new +quarters to obtain his arms and order his horse saddled, he came +suddenly upon a girlish figure gazing sadly from a window upon +the drear November world--her heart as sad as the day. <br> +<p>At the sound of his footstep she turned, and as her eyes met +the gray ones of the man she stood poised as though of half a +mind to fly. For a moment neither spoke.<br> +</p> + +"Can your highness forgive?" he asked. <br> +<p>For answer the girl buried her face in her hands and dropped +upon the cushioned window seat before her. The American came +close and knelt at her side.<br> +</p> + +"Don't," he begged as he saw her shoulders rise to the sudden +sobbing that racked her slender frame. "Don't!" <br> +<p>He thought that she wept from mortification that she had given +her kisses to another than the king.<br> +</p> + +"None knows," he continued, "what has passed between us. None but +you and I need ever know. I tried to make you understand that I +was not Leopold; but you would not believe. It is not my fault +that I loved you. It is not my fault that I shall always love +you. Tell me that you forgive me my part in the chain of strange +circumstances that deceived you into an acknowledgment of a love +that you intended for another. Forgive me, Emma!" <br> +<p>Down the corridor behind them a tall figure approached on +silent, noiseless feet. At sight of the two at the window seat it +halted. It was the king.<br> +</p> + +The girl looked up suddenly into the eyes of the American bending +so close above her. <br> +<p>"I can never forgive you," she cried, "for not being the king, +for I am betrothed to him--and I love you!"<br> +</p> + +Before she could prevent him, Barney Custer had taken her in his +arms, and though at first she made a pretense of attempting to +escape, at last she lay quite still. Her arms found their way +about the man's neck, and her lips returned the kisses that his +were showering upon her upturned mouth. <br> +<p>Presently her glance wandered above the shoulder of the +American, and of a sudden her eyes filled with terror, and, with +a little gasp of consternation, she struggled to free +herself.<br> +</p> + +"Let me go!" she whispered. "Let me go--the king!" <br> +<p>Barney sprang to his feet and, turning, faced Leopold. The +king had gone quite white.<br> +</p> + +"Failing to rob me of my crown," he cried in a trembling voice, +"you now seek to rob me of my betrothed! Go to your father at +once, and as for you--you shall learn what it means for you thus +to meddle in the affairs of kings." <br> +<p>Barney saw the terrible position in which his love had placed +the Princess Emma. His only thought now was for her. Bowing low +before her he spoke so that the king might hear, yet as though +his words were for her ears alone.<br> +</p> + +"Your highness knows the truth, now," he said, "and that after +all I am not the king. I can only ask that you will forgive me +the deception. Now go to your father as the king commands." <br> +<p>Slowly the girl turned away. Her heart was torn between love +for this man, and her duty toward the other to whom she had been +betrothed in childhood. The hereditary instinct of obedience to +her sovereign was strong within her, and the bonds of custom and +society held her in their relentless shackles. With a sob she +passed up the corridor, curtsying to the king as she passed +him.<br> +</p> + +When she had gone Leopold turned to the American. There was an +evil look in the little gray eyes of the monarch. <br> +<p>"You may go your way," he said coldly. "We shall give you +forty-eight hours to leave Lutha. Should you ever return your +life shall be the forfeit."<br> +</p> + +The American kept back the hot words that were ready upon the end +of his tongue. For her sake he must bow to fate. With a slight +inclination of his head toward Leopold he wheeled and resumed his +way toward his quarters. <br> +<p>Half an hour later as he was about to descend to the courtyard +where a trooper of the Royal Horse held his waiting mount, Butzow +burst suddenly into his room.<br> +</p> + +"For God's sake," cried the lieutenant, "get out of this. The +king has changed his mind, and there is an officer of the guard +on his way here now with a file of soldiers to place you under +arrest. Leopold swears that he will hang you for treason. +Princess Emma has spurned him, and he is wild with rage." <br> +<p>The dismal November twilight had given place to bleak night as +two men cantered from the palace courtyard and turned their +horses' heads northward toward Lutha's nearest boundary. All +night they rode, stopping at daylight before a distant farm to +feed and water their mounts and snatch a mouthful for themselves. +Then onward once again they pressed in their mad flight.<br> +</p> + +Now that day had come they caught occasional glimpses of a body +of horsemen far behind them, but the border was near, and their +start such that there was no danger of their being overtaken. +<br> +<p>"For the thousandth time, Butzow," said one of the men, "will +you turn back before it is too late?"<br> +</p> + +But the other only shook his head obstinately, and so they came +to the great granite monument which marks the boundary between +Lutha and her powerful neighbor upon the north. <br> +<p>Barney held out his hand. "Good-bye, old man," he said. "If +I've learned the ingratitude of kings here in Lutha, I have found +something that more than compensates me-the friendship of a brave +man. Now hurry back and tell them that I escaped across the +border just as I was about to fall into your hands and they will +think that you have been pursuing me instead of aiding in my +escape across the border."<br> +</p> + +But again Butzow shook his head. <br> +<p>"I have fought shoulder to shoulder with you, my friend," he +said. "I have called you king, and after that I could never serve +the coward who sits now upon the throne of Lutha. I have made up +my mind during this long ride from Lustadt, and I have come to +the decision that I should prefer to raise corn in Nebraska with +you rather than serve in the court of an ingrate."<br> +</p> + +"Well, you are an obstinate Dutchman, after all," replied the +American with a smile, placing his hand affectionately upon the +shoulder of his comrade. <br> +<p>There was a clatter of horses' hoofs upon the gravel of the +road behind them.<br> +</p> + +The two men put spurs to their mounts, and Barney Custer galloped +across the northern boundary of Lutha just ahead of a troop of +Luthanian cavalry, as had his father thirty years before; but a +royal princess had accompanied the father--only a soldier +accompanied the son. <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_14">PART II<br> +</h1> + +<h1 id="ref_15">Chapter I BARNEY RETURNS TO LUTHA</h1> + +<br> +<p>"WHAT'S THE MATTER, Vic?" asked Barney Custer of his sister. +"You look peeved."<br> +</p> + +"I am peeved," replied the girl, smiling. "I am terribly peeved. +I don't want to play bridge this afternoon. I want to go motoring +with Lieutenant Butzow. This is his last day with us." <br> +<p>"Yes. I know it is, and I hate to think of it," replied +Barney; "but why in the world do you have to play bridge if you +don't want to?"<br> +</p> + +"I promised Margaret that I'd go. They're short one, and she's +coming after me in her car." <br> +<p>"Where are you going to play--at the champion lady bridge +player's on Fourth Street?" asked Barney, grinning.<br> +</p> + +His sister answered with a nod and a smile. "Where you brought +down the wrath of the lady champion upon your head the other +night when you were letting your mind wander across to Lutha and +the Old Forest, instead of paying attention to the game," she +added. <br> +<p>"Well, cheer up, Vic," cried her brother. "Bert'll probably +set fire to the car, the way he did to their first one, and then +you won't have to go."<br> +</p> + +"Oh, yes, I would; Margaret would send him after me in that +awful-looking, unwashed Ford runabout of his," answered the girl. +<br> +<p>"And then you WOULD go," said Barney.<br> +</p> + +"You bet I would," laughed Victoria. "I'd go in a wheelbarrow +with Bert." <br> +<p>But she didn't have to; and after she had driven off with her +chum, Barney and Butzow strolled down through the little city of +Beatrice to the corn mill in which the former was interested.<br> +</p> + +"I'm mighty sorry that you have to leave us, Butzow," said +Barney's partner. "It's bad enough to lose you, but I'm afraid it +will mean the loss of Barney, too. He's been hunting for some +excuse to get back to Lutha, and with you there and a war in +sight I'm afraid nothing can hold him." <br> +<p>"I don't know but that it may be just as well for my friends +here that I leave," said Butzow seriously. "I did not tell you, +Barney, all there is in this letter"--he tapped his breastpocket, +where the foreign-looking envelope reposed with its contents.<br> +</p> + +Custer looked at him inquiringly. <br> +<p>"Besides saying that war between Austria and Serbia seems +unavoidable and that Lutha doubtless will be drawn into it, my +informant warns me that Leopold had sent emissaries to America to +search for you, Barney, and myself. What his purpose may be my +friend does not know, but he warns us to be upon our guard. Von +der Tann wants me to return to Lutha. He has promised to protect +me, and with the country in danger there is nothing else for me +to do. I must go."<br> +</p> + +"I wish I could go with you," said Barney. "If it wasn't for this +dinged old mill I would; but Bert wants to go away this summer, +and as I have been away most of the time for the past two years, +it's up to me to stay." <br> +<p>As the three men talked the afternoon wore on. Heavy clouds +gathered in the sky; a storm was brewing. Outside, a man, +skulking behind a box car on the siding, watched the entrance +through which the three had gone. He watched the workmen, and as +quitting time came and he saw them leaving for their homes he +moved more restlessly, transferring the package which he held +from one hand to another many times, yet always gingerly.<br> +</p> + +At last all had left. The man started from behind the box car, +only to jump back as the watchman appeared around the end of one +of the buildings. He watched the guardian of the property make +his rounds; he saw him enter his office, and then he crept +forward toward the building, holding his queer package in his +right hand. <br> +<p>In the office the watchman came upon the three friends. At +sight of him they looked at one another in surprise.<br> +</p> + +"Why, what time is it?" exclaimed Custer, and as he looked at his +watch he rose with a laugh. "Late to dinner again," he cried. +"Come on, we'll go out this other way." And with a cheery good +night to the watchman Barney and his friends hastened from the +building. <br> +<p>Upon the opposite side the stranger approached the doorway to +the mill. The rain was falling in blinding sheets. Ominously the +thunder roared. Vivid flashes of lightning shot the heavens. The +watchman, coming suddenly from the doorway, his hat brim pulled +low over his eyes, passed within a couple of paces of the +stranger without seeing him.<br> +</p> + +Five minutes later there was a blinding glare accompanied by a +deafening roar. It was as though nature had marshaled all her +forces in one mighty, devastating effort. At the same instant the +walls of the great mill burst asunder, a nebulous mass of burning +gas shot heavenward, and then the flames settled down to complete +the destruction of the ruin. <br> +<p>It was the following morning that Victoria and Barney Custer, +with Lieutenant Butzow and Custer's partner, stood contemplating +the smoldering wreckage.<br> +</p> + +"And to think," said Barney, "that yesterday this muss was the +largest corn mill west of anywhere. I guess we can both take +vacations now, Bert." <br> +<p>"Who would have thought that a single bolt of lightning could +have resulted in such havoc?" mused Victoria.<br> +</p> + +"Who would?" agreed Lieutenant Butzow, and then, with a sudden +narrowing of his eyes and a quick glance at Barney, "if it WAS +lightning." <br> +<p>The American looked at the Luthanian. "You think--" he +started.<br> +</p> + +"I don't dare think," replied Butzow, "because of the fear of +what this may mean to you and Miss Victoria if it was not +lightning that destroyed the mill. I shouldn't have spoken of it +but that it may urge you to greater caution, which I cannot but +think is most necessary since the warning I received from Lutha." +<br> +<p>"Why should Leopold seek to harm me now?" asked Barney. "It +has been almost two years since you and I placed him upon his +throne, only to be rewarded with threats and hatred. In that time +neither of us has returned to Lutha nor in any way conspired +against the king. I cannot fathom his motives."<br> +</p> + +"There is the Princess Emma von der Tann," Butzow reminded him. +"She still repulses him. He may think that, with you removed +definitely and permanently, all will then be plain sailing for +him in that direction. Evidently he does not know the princess." +<br> +<p>An hour later they were all bidding Butzow good-bye at the +station. Victoria Custer was genuinely grieved to see him go, for +she liked this soldierly young officer of the Royal Horse Guards +immensely.<br> +</p> + +"You must come back to America soon," she urged. <br> +<p>He looked down at her from the steps of the moving train. +There was something in his expression that she had never seen +there before.<br> +</p> + +"I want to come back soon," he answered, "to--to Beatrice," and +he flushed and smiled at his own stumbling tongue. <br> +<p>For about a week Barney Custer moped disconsolately, +principally about the ruins of the corn mill. He was in +everyone's way and accomplished nothing.<br> +</p> + +"I was never intended for a captain of industry," he confided to +his partner for the hundredth time. "I wish some excuse would pop +up to which I might hang a reason for beating it to Europe. +There's something doing there. Nearly everybody has declared war +upon everybody else, and here I am stagnating in peace. I'd even +welcome a tornado." <br> +<p>His excuse was to come sooner than he imagined. That night, +after the other members of his family had retired, Barney sat +smoking within a screened porch off the livingroom. His thoughts +were upon a trim little figure in riding togs, as he had first +seen it nearly two years before, clinging desperately to a +runaway horse upon the narrow mountain road above Tafelberg.<br> +</p> + +He lived that thrilling experience through again as he had many +times before. He even smiled as he recalled the series of events +that had resulted from his resemblance to the mad king of Lutha. +<br> +<p>They had come to a culmination at the time when the king, whom +Barney had placed upon a throne at the risk of his own life, +discovered that his savior loved the girl to whom the king had +been betrothed since childhood and that the girl returned the +American's love even after she knew that he had but played the +part of a king.<br> +</p> + +Barney's cigar, forgotten, had long since died out. Not even its +former fitful glow proclaimed his presence upon the porch, whose +black shadows completely enveloped him. Before him stretched a +wide acreage of lawn, tree dotted at the side of the house. +Bushes hid the stone wall that marked the boundary of the Custer +grounds and extended here and there out upon the sward among the +trees. The night was moonless but clear. A faint light pervaded +the scene. <br> +<p>Barney sat staring straight ahead, but his gaze did not stop +upon the familiar objects of the foreground. Instead it spanned +two continents and an ocean to rest upon the little spot of +woodland and rugged mountain and lowland that is Lutha. It was +with an effort that the man suddenly focused his attention upon +that which lay directly before him. A shadow among the trees had +moved!<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer sat perfectly still, but now he was suddenly alert +and watchful. Again the shadow moved where no shadow should be +moving. It crossed from the shade of one tree to another. Barney +came cautiously to his feet. Silently he entered the house, +running quickly to a side door that opened upon the grounds. As +he drew it back its hinges gave forth no sound. Barney looked +toward the spot where he had seen the shadow. Again he saw it +scuttle hurriedly beneath another tree nearer the house. This +time there was no doubt. It was a man! <br> +<p>Directly before the door where Barney stood was a pergola, +ivy-covered. Behind this he slid, and, running its length, came +out among the trees behind the night prowler. Now he saw him +distinctly. The fellow was bearded, and in his right hand he +carried a package. Instantly Barney recalled Butzow's comment +upon the destruction of the mill --"if it WAS lightning!"<br> +</p> + +Cold sweat broke from every pore of his body. His mother and +father were there in the house, and Vic--all sleeping peacefully. +He ran quickly toward the menacing figure, and as he did so he +saw the other halt behind a great tree and strike a match. In the +glow of the flame he saw it touch close to the package that the +fellow held, and then he was upon him. <br> +<p>There was a brief and terrific struggle. The stranger hurled +the package toward the house. Barney caught him by the throat, +beating him heavily in the face; and then, realizing what the +package was, he hurled the fellow from him, and sprang toward the +hissing and sputtering missile where it lay close to the +foundation wall of the house, though in the instant of his close +contact with the man he had recognized through the disguising +beard the features of Captain Ernst Maenck, the principal tool of +Peter of Blentz.<br> +</p> + +Quick though Barney was to reach the bomb and extinguish the +fuse, Maenck had disappeared before he returned to search for +him; and, though he roused the gardener and chauffeur and took +turns with them in standing guard the balance of the night, the +would-be assassin did not return. <br> +<p>There was no question in Barney Custer's mind as to whom the +bomb was intended for. That Maenck had hurled it toward the house +after Barney had seized him was merely the result of accident and +the man's desire to get the deathdealing missile as far from +himself as possible before it exploded. That it would have +wrecked the house in the hope of reaching him, had he not +fortunately interfered, was too evident to the American to be +questioned.<br> +</p> + +And so he decided before the night was spent to put himself as +far from his family as possible, lest some future attempt upon +his life might endanger theirs. Then, too, righteous anger and a +desire for revenge prompted his decision. He would run Maenck to +earth and have an accounting with him. It was evident that his +life would not be worth a farthing so long as the fellow was at +liberty. <br> +<p>Before dawn he swore the gardener and chauffeur to silence, +and at breakfast announced his intention of leaving that day for +New York to seek a commission as correspondent with an old +classmate, who owned the New York Evening National. At the hotel +Barney inquired of the proprietor relative to a bearded stranger, +but the man had had no one of that description registered. +Chance, however, gave him a clue. His roadster was in a repair +shop, and as he stopped in to get it he overheard a conversation +that told him all he wanted to know. As he stood talking with the +foreman a dust-covered automobile pulled into the garage.<br> +</p> + +"Hello, Bill," called the foreman to the driver. "Where you been +so early?" <br> +<p>"Took a guy to Lincoln," replied the other. "He was in an +awful hurry. I bet we broke all the records for that stretch of +road this morning--I never knew the old boat had it in her."<br> +</p> + +"Who was it?" asked Barney. <br> +<p>"I dunno," replied the driver. "Talked like a furriner, and +looked the part. Bushy black beard. Said he was a German army +officer, an' had to beat it back on account of the war. Seemed to +me like he was mighty anxious to get back there an' be +killed."<br> +</p> + +Barney waited to hear no more. He did not even go home to say +good-bye to his family. Instead he leaped into his gray +roadster--a later model of the one he had lost in Lutha--and the +last that Beatrice, Nebraska, saw of him was a whirling cloud of +dust as he raced north out of town toward Lincoln. <br> +<p>He was five minutes too late into the capital city to catch +the eastbound limited that Maenck must have taken; but he caught +the next through train for Chicago, and the second day thereafter +found him in New York. There he had little difficulty in +obtaining the desired credentials from his newspaper friend, +especially since Barney offered to pay all his own expenses and +donate to the paper anything he found time to write.<br> +</p> + +Passenger steamers were still sailing, though irregularly, and +after scanning the passenger-lists of three he found the name he +sought. "Captain Ernst Maenck, Lutha." So he had not been +mistaken, after all. It was Maenck he had apprehended on his +father's grounds. Evidently the man had little fear of being +followed, for he had made no effort to hide his identity in +booking passage for Europe. <br> +<p>The steamer he had caught had sailed that very morning. Barney +was not so sorry, after all, for he had had time during his trip +from Beatrice to do considerable thinking, and had found it +rather difficult to determine just what to do should he have +overtaken Maenck in the United States. He couldn't kill the man +in cold blood, justly as he may have deserved the fate, and the +thought of causing his arrest and dragging his own name into the +publicity of court proceedings was little less distasteful to +him.<br> +</p> + +Furthermore, the pursuit of Maenck now gave Barney a legitimate +excuse for returning to Lutha, or at least to the close +neighborhood of the little kingdom, where he might await the +outcome of events and be ready to give his services in the cause +of the house of Von der Tann should they be required. <br> +<p>By going directly to Italy and entering Austria from that +country Barney managed to arrive within the boundaries of the +dual monarchy with comparatively few delays. Nor did he encounter +any considerable bodies of troops until he reached the little +town of Burgova, which lies not far from the Serbian frontier. +Beyond this point his credentials would not carry him. The +emperor's officers were polite, but firm. No newspaper +correspondents could be permitted nearer the front than +Burgova.<br> +</p> + +There was nothing to be done, therefore, but wait until some +propitious event gave him the opportunity to approach more +closely the Serbian boundary and Lutha. In the meantime he would +communicate with Butzow, who might be able to obtain passes for +him to some village nearer the Luthanian frontier, when it should +be an easy matter to cross through to Serbia. He was sure the +Serbian authorities would object less strenuously to his +presence. <br> +<p>The inn at which he applied for accommodations was already +overrun by officers, but the proprietor, with scant apologies for +a civilian, offered him a little box of a room in the attic. The +place was scarce more than a closet, and for that Barney was in a +way thankful since the limited space could accommodate but a +single cot, thus insuring him the privacy that a larger chamber +would have precluded.<br> +</p> + +He was very tired after his long and comfortless land journey, so +after an early dinner he went immediately to his room and to bed. +How long he slept he did not know, but some time during the night +he was awakened by the sound of voices apparently close to his +ear. <br> +<p>For a moment he thought the speakers must be in his own room, +so distinctly did he overhear each word of their conversation; +but presently he discovered that they were upon the opposite side +of a thin partition in an adjoining room. But half awake, and +with the sole idea of getting back to sleep again as quickly as +possible, Barney paid only the slightest attention to the meaning +of the words that fell upon his ears, until, like a bomb, a +sentence broke through his sleepy faculties, banishing Morpheus +upon the instant.<br> +</p> + +"It will take but little now to turn Leopold against Von der +Tann." The speaker evidently was an Austrian. "Already I have +half convinced him that the old man aspires to the throne. +Leopold fears the loyalty of his army, which is for Von der Tann +body and soul. He knows that Von der Tann is strongly +anti-Austrian, and I have made it plain to him that if he allows +his kingdom to take sides with Serbia he will have no kingdom +when the war is over--it will be a part of Austria. <br> +<p>"It was with greater difficulty, however, my dear Peter, that +I convinced him that you, Von Coblich, and Captain Maenck were +his most loyal friends. He fears you yet, but, nevertheless, he +has pardoned you all. Do not forget when you return to your dear +Lutha that you owe your repatriation to Count Zellerndorf of +Austria."<br> +</p> + +"You may be assured that we shall never forget," replied another +voice that Barney recognized at once as belonging to Prince Peter +of Blentz, the one time regent of Lutha. <br> +<p>"It is not for myself," continued Count Zellerndorf, "that I +crave your gratitude, but for my emperor. You may do much to win +his undying gratitude, while for yourselves you may win to almost +any height with the friendship of Austria behind you. I am sure +that should any accident, which God forfend, deprive Lutha of her +king, none would make a more welcome successor in the eyes of +Austria than our good friend Peter."<br> +</p> + +Barney could almost see the smile of satisfaction upon the thin +lips of Peter of Blentz as this broad hint fell from the lips of +the Austrian diplomat--a hint that seemed to the American little +short of the death sentence of Leopold, King of Lutha. <br> +<p>"We owed you much before, count," said Peter. "But for you we +should have been hanged a year ago--without your aid we should +never have been able to escape from the fortress of Lustadt or +cross the border into Austria-Hungary. I am sorry that Maenck +failed in his mission, for had he not we would have had concrete +evidence to present to the king that we are indeed his loyal +supporters. It would have dispelled at once such fears and doubts +as he may still entertain of our fealty."<br> +</p> + +"Yes, I, too, am sorry," agreed Zellerndorf. "I can assure you +that the news we hoped Captain Maenck would bring from America +would have gone a long way toward restoring you to the confidence +and good graces of the king." <br> +<p>"I did my best," came another voice that caused Barney's eyes +to go wide in astonishment, for it was none other than the voice +of Maenck himself. "Twice I risked hanging to get him and only +came away after I had been recognized."<br> +</p> + +"It is too bad," sighed Zellerndorf; "though it may not be +without its advantages after all, for now we still have this +second bugbear to frighten Leopold with. So long, of course, as +the American lives there is always the chance that he may return +and seek to gain the throne. The fact that his mother was a +Rubinroth princess might make it easy for Von der Tann to place +him upon the throne without much opposition, and if he married +the old man's daughter it is easy to conceive that the prince +might favor such a move. At any rate, it should not be difficult +to persuade Leopold of the possibility of such a thing. <br> +<p>"Under the circumstances Leopold is almost convinced that his +only hope of salvation lies in cementing friendly relations with +the most powerful of Von der Tann's enemies, of which you three +gentlemen stand preeminently in the foreground, and of assuring +to himself the support of Austria. And now, gentlemen," he went +on after a pause, "good night. I have handed Prince Peter the +necessary military passes to carry you safely through our lines, +and tomorrow you may be in Blentz if you wish."<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_16">Chapter II CONDEMNED TO DEATH</h1> + +<br> +FOR SOME time Barney Custer lay there in the dark revolving in +his mind all that he had overheard through the partition--the +thin partition which alone lay between himself and three men who +would be only too glad to embrace the first opportunity to +destroy him. But his fears were not for himself so much as for +the daughter of old Von der Tann, and for all that might befall +that princely house were these three unhung rascals to gain Lutha +and have their way with the weak and cowardly king who reigned +there. <br> +<p>If he could but reach Von der Tann's ear and through him the +king before the conspirators came to Lutha! But how might he +accomplish it? Count Zellerndorf's parting words to the three had +shown that military passes were necessary to enable one to reach +Lutha.<br> +</p> + +His papers were practically worthless even inside the lines. That +they would carry him through the lines he had not the slightest +hope. There were two things to be accomplished if possible. One +was to cross the frontier into Lutha; and the other, which of +course was quite out of the question, was to prevent Peter of +Blentz, Von Coblich, and Maenck from doing so. But was that +altogether impossible? <br> +<p>The idea that followed that question came so suddenly that it +brought Barney Custer out onto the floor in a bound, to don his +clothes and sneak into the hall outside his room with the stealth +of a professional second-story man.<br> +</p> + +To the right of his own door was the door to the apartment in +which the three conspirators slept. At least, Barney hoped they +slept. He bent close to the keyhole and listened. From within +came no sound other than the regular breathing of the inmates. It +had been at least half an hour since the American had heard the +conversation cease. A glance through the keyhole showed no light +within the room. Stealthily Barney turned the knob. Had they +bolted the door? He felt the tumbler move to the +pressure-soundlessly. Then he pushed gently inward. The door +swung. <br> +<p>A moment later he stood in the room. Dimly he could see two +beds--a large one and a smaller. Peter of Blentz would be alone +upon the smaller bed, his henchmen sleeping together in the +larger. Barney crept toward the lone sleeper. At the bedside he +fumbled in the dark groping for the man's clothing--for the coat, +in the breastpocket of which he hoped to find the military pass +that might carry him safely out of Austria-Hungary and into +Lutha. On the foot of the bed he found some garments. Gingerly he +felt them over, seeking the coat.<br> +</p> + +At last he found it. His fingers, steady even under the nervous +tension of this unaccustomed labor, discovered the inner pocket +and the folded paper. There were several of them; Barney took +them all. <br> +<p>So far he made no noise. None of the sleepers had stirred. Now +he took a step toward the doorway and--kicked a shoe that lay in +his path. The slight noise in that quiet room sounded to Barney's +ears like the fall of a brick wall. Peter of Blentz stirred, +turning in his sleep. Behind him Barney heard one of the men in +the other bed move. He turned his head in that direction. Either +Maenck or Coblich was sitting up peering through the +darkness.<br> +</p> + +"Is that you, Prince Peter?" The voice was Maenck's. <br> +<p>"What's the matter?" persisted Maenck.<br> +</p> + +"I'm going for a drink of water," replied the American, and +stepped toward the door. <br> +<p>Behind him Peter of Blentz sat up in bed.<br> +</p> + +"That you, Maenck?" he called. <br> +<p>Instantly Maenck was out of bed, for the first voice had come +from the vicinity of the doorway; both could not be Peter's.<br> +</p> + +"Quick!" he cried; "there's someone in our room." <br> +<p>Barney leaped for the doorway, and upon his heels came the +three conspirators. Maenck was closest to him--so close that +Barney was forced to turn at the top of the stairs. In the +darkness he was just conscious of the form of the man who was +almost upon him. Then he swung a vicious blow for the other's +face--a blow that landed, for there was a cry of pain and anger +as Maenck stumbled back into the arms of the two behind him. From +below came the sound of footsteps hurrying up the stairs to the +accompaniment of a clanking saber. Barney's retreat was cut +off.<br> +</p> + +Turning, he dodged into his own room before the enemy could +locate him or even extricate themselves from the confusion of +Maenck's sudden collision with the other two. But what could +Barney gain by the slight delay that would be immediately +followed by his apprehension? <br> +<p>He didn't know. All that he was sure of was that there had +been no other place to go than this little room. As he entered +the first thing that his eyes fell upon was the small square +window. Here at least was some slight encouragement.<br> +</p> + +He ran toward it. The lower sash was raised. As the door behind +him opened to admit Peter of Blentz and his companions, Barney +slipped through into the night, hanging by his hands from the +sill without. What lay beneath or how far the drop he could not +guess, but that certain death menaced him from above he knew from +the conversation he had overheard earlier in the evening. <br> +<p>For an instant he hung suspended. He heard the men groping +about the room. Evidently they were in some fear of the unknown +assailant they sought, for they did not move about with undue +rashness. Presently one of them struck a light--Barney could see +its flare lighten the window casing for an instant.<br> +</p> + +"The room is empty," came a voice from above him. <br> +<p>"Look to the window!" cried Peter of Blentz, and then Barney +Custer let go his hold upon the sill and dropped into the +blackness below.<br> +</p> + +His fall was a short one, for the window had been directly over a +low shed at the side of the inn. Upon the roof of this the +American landed, and from there he dropped to the courtyard +without mishap. Glancing up, he saw the heads of three men +peering from the window of the room he had just quitted. <br> +<p>"There he is!" cried one, and instantly the three turned back +into the room. As Barney fled from the courtyard he heard the +rattle of hasty footsteps upon the rickety stairway of the +inn.<br> +</p> + +Choosing an alley rather than a street in which he might run upon +soldiers at any moment, he moved quickly yet cautiously away from +the inn. Behind him he could hear the voices of many men. They +were raised to a high pitch by excitement. It was clear to Barney +that there were many more than the original three--Prince Peter +had, in all probability, enlisted the aid of the military. <br> +<p>Could he but reach the frontier with his stolen passes he +would be comparatively safe, for the rugged mountains of Lutha +offered many places of concealment, and, too, there were few +Luthanians who did not hate Peter of Blentz most cordially--among +the men of the mountains at least. Once there he could defy a +dozen Blentz princes for the little time that would be required +to carry him into Serbia and comparative safety.<br> +</p> + +As he approached a cross street a couple of squares from the inn +he found it necessary to pass beneath a street lamp. For a moment +he paused in the shadows of the alley listening. Hearing nothing +moving in the street, Barney was about to make a swift spring for +the shadows upon the opposite side when it occurred to him that +it might be safer to make assurance doubly sure by having a look +up and down the street before emerging into the light. <br> +<p>It was just as well that he did, for as he thrust his head +around the corner of the building the first thing that his eyes +fell upon was the figure of an Austrian sentry, scarcely three +paces from him. The soldier was standing in a listening attitude, +his head half turned away from the American. The sounds coming +from the direction of the inn were apparently what had attracted +his attention.<br> +</p> + +Behind him, Barney was sure he heard evidences of pursuit. Before +him was certain detection should he attempt to cross the street. +On either hand rose the walls of buildings. That he was trapped +there seemed little doubt. <br> +<p>He continued to stand motionless, watching the Austrian +soldier. Should the fellow turn toward him, he had but to +withdraw his head within the shadow of the building that hid his +body. Possibly the man might turn and take his beat in the +opposite direction. In which case Barney was sure he could dodge +across the street, undetected.<br> +</p> + +Already the vague threat of pursuit from the direction of the inn +had developed into a certainty--he could hear men moving toward +him through the alley from the rear. Would the sentry never move! +Evidently not, until he heard the others coming through the +alley. Then he would turn, and the devil would be to pay for the +American. <br> +<p>Barney was about hopeless. He had been in the war zone long +enough to know that it might prove a very disagreeable matter to +be caught sneaking through back alleys at night. There was a +single chance--a sort of forlorn hope--and that was to risk fate +and make a dash beneath the sentry's nose for the opposite alley +mouth.<br> +</p> + +"Well, here goes," thought Barney. He had heard that many of the +Austrians were excellent shots. Visions of Beatrice, Nebraska, +swarmed his memory. They were pleasant visions, made doubly +alluring by the thought that the realities of them might never +again be for him. <br> +<p>He turned once more toward the sounds of pursuit--the men upon +his track could not be over a square away--there was not an +instant to be lost. And then from above him, upon the opposite +side of the alley, came a low: "S-s-t!"<br> +</p> + +Barney looked up. Very dimly he could see the dark outline of a +window some dozen feet from the pavement, and framed within it +the lighter blotch that might have been a human face. Again came +the challenging: "S-s-t!" Yes, there was someone above, signaling +to him. <br> +<p>"S-s-t!" replied Barney. He knew that he had been discovered, +and could think of no better plan for throwing the discoverer off +his guard than to reply.<br> +</p> + +Then a soft voice floated down to him--a woman's voice! <br> +<p>"Is that you?" The tongue was Serbian. Barney could understand +it, though he spoke it but indifferently.<br> +</p> + +"Yes," he replied truthfully. <br> +<p>"Thank Heaven!" came the voice from above. "I have been +watching you, and thought you one of the Austrian pigs. Quick! +They are coming--I can hear them;" and at the same instant Barney +saw something drop from the window to the ground. He crossed the +alley quickly, and could have shouted in relief for what he found +there--the end of a knotted rope dangling from above.<br> +</p> + +His pursuers were almost upon him when he seized the rude ladder +to clamber upward. At the window's ledge a firm, young hand +reached out and, seizing his own, almost dragged him through the +window. He turned to look back into the alley. He had been just +in time; the Austrian sentry, alarmed by the sound of approaching +footsteps down the alley, had stepped into view. He stood there +now with leveled rifle, a challenge upon his lips. From the +advancing party came a satisfactory reply. <br> +<p>At the same instant the girl beside him in the Stygian +blackness of the room threw her arms about Barney's neck and drew +his face down to hers.<br> +</p> + +"Oh, Stefan," she whispered, "what a narrow escape! It makes me +tremble to think of it. They would have shot you, my Stefan!" +<br> +<p>The American put an arm about the girl's shoulders, and raised +one hand to her cheek--it might have been in caress, but it +wasn't. It was to smother the cry of alarm he anticipated would +follow the discovery that he was not "Stefan." He bent his lips +close to her ear.<br> +</p> + +"Do not make an outcry," he whispered in very poor Serbian. "I am +not Stefan; but I am a friend." <br> +<p>The exclamation of surprise or fright that he had expected was +not forthcoming. The girl lowered her arms from about his +neck.<br> +</p> + +"Who are you?" she asked in a low whisper. <br> +<p>"I am an American war correspondent," replied Barney, "but if +the Austrians get hold of me now it will be mighty difficult to +convince them that I am not a spy." And then a sudden +determination came to him to trust his fate to this unknown girl, +whose face, even, he had never seen. "I am entirely at your +mercy," he said. "There are Austrian soldiers in the street +below. You have but to call to them to send me before the firing +squad--or, you can let me remain here until I can find an +opportunity to get away in safety. I am trying to reach +Serbia."<br> +</p> + +"Why do you wish to reach Serbia?" asked the girl suspiciously. +<br> +<p>"I have discovered too many enemies in Austria tonight to make +it safe for me to remain," he replied, "and, further, my original +intention was to report the war from the Serbian side."<br> +</p> + +The girl hesitated for a while, evidently in thought. <br> +<p>"They are moving on," suggested Barney. "If you are going to +give me up you'd better do it at once."<br> +</p> + +"I'm not going to give you up," replied the girl. "I'm going to +keep you prisoner until Stefan returns--he will know best what to +do with you. Now you must come with me and be locked up. Do not +try to escape--I have a revolver in my hand," and to give her +prisoner physical proof of the weapon he could not see she thrust +the muzzle against his side. <br> +<p>"I'll take your word for the gun," said Barney, "if you'll +just turn it in the other direction. Go ahead--I'll follow +you."<br> +</p> + +"No, you won't," replied the girl. "You'll go first; but before +that you'll raise your hands above your head. I want to search +you." <br> +<p>Barney did as he was bid and a moment later felt deft fingers +running over his clothing in search of concealed weapons. +Satisfied at last that he was unarmed, the girl directed him to +precede her, guiding his steps from behind with a hand upon his +arm. Occasionally he felt the muzzle of her revolver touch his +body. It was a most unpleasant sensation.<br> +</p> + +They crossed the room to a door which his captor directed him to +open, and after they had passed through and she had closed it +behind them the girl struck a match and lit a candle which stood +upon a little bracket on the partition wall. The dim light of the +tallow dip showed Barney that he was in a narrow hall from which +several doors opened into different rooms. At one end of the hall +a stairway led to the floor below, while at the opposite end +another flight disappeared into the darkness above. <br> +<p>"This way," said the girl, motioning toward the stairs that +led upward.<br> +</p> + +Barney had turned toward her as she struck the match, obtaining +an excellent view of her features. They were clearcut and +regular. Her eyes were large and very dark. Dark also was her +hair, which was piled in great heaps upon her finely shaped head. +Altogether the face was one not easily to be forgotten. Barney +could scarce have told whether the girl was beautiful or not, but +that she was striking there could be no doubt. <br> +<p>He preceded her up the stairway to a door at the top. At her +direction he turned the knob and entered a small room in which +was a cot, an ancient dresser and a single chair.<br> +</p> + +"You will remain here," she said, "until Stefan returns. Stefan +will know what to do with you." Then she left him, taking the +light with her, and Barney heard a key turn in the lock of the +door after she had closed it. Presently her footfalls died out as +she descended to the lower floors. <br> +<p>"Anyhow," thought the American, "this is better than the +Austrians. I don't know what Stefan will do with me, but I have a +rather vivid idea of what the Austrians would have done to me if +they'd caught me sneaking through the alleys of Burgova at +midnight."<br> +</p> + +Throwing himself on the cot Barney was soon asleep, for though +his predicament was one that, under ordinary circumstances might +have made sleep impossible, yet he had so long been without the +boon of slumber that tired nature would no longer be denied. <br> +<p>When he awoke it was broad daylight. The sun was pouring in +through a skylight in the ceiling of his tiny chamber. Aside from +this there were no windows in the room. The sound of voices came +to him with an uncanny distinctness that made it seem that the +speakers must be in this very chamber, but a glance about the +blank walls convinced him that he was alone.<br> +</p> + +Presently he espied a small opening in the wall at the head of +his cot. He rose and examined it. The voices appeared to be +coming from it. In fact, they were. The opening was at the top of +a narrow shaft that seemed to lead to the basement of the +structure--apparently once the shaft of a dumb-waiter or a chute +for refuse or soiled clothes. <br> +<p>Barney put his ear close to it. The voices that came from +below were those of a man and a woman. He heard every word +distinctly.<br> +</p> + +"We must search the house, fraulein," came in the deep voice of a +man. <br> +<p>"Whom do you seek?" inquired a woman's voice. Barney +recognized it as the voice of his captor.<br> +</p> + +"A Serbian spy, Stefan Drontoff," replied the man. "Do you know +him?" <br> +<p>There was a considerable pause on the girl's part before she +answered, and then her reply was in such a low voice that Barney +could barely hear it.<br> +</p> + +"I do not know him," she said. "There are several men who lodge +here. What may this Stefan Drontoff look like?" <br> +<p>"I have never seen him," replied the officer; "but by +arresting all the men in the house we must get this Stefan also, +if he is here."<br> +</p> + +"Oh!" cried the girl, a new note in her voice, "I guess I know +now whom you mean. There is one man here I have heard them call +Stefan, though for the moment I had forgotten it. He is in the +small attic-room at the head of the stairs. Here is a key that +will fit the lock. Yes, I am sure that he is Stefan. You will +find him there, and it should be easy to take him, for I know +that he is unarmed. He told me so last night when he came in." +<br> +<p>"The devil!" muttered Barney Custer; but whether he referred +to his predicament or to the girl it would be impossible to tell. +Already the sound of heavy boots on the stairs announced the +coming of men--several of them. Barney heard the rattle of +accouterments--the clank of a scabbard--the scraping of gun butts +against the walls. The Austrians were coming!<br> +</p> + +He looked about. There was no way of escape except the door and +the skylight, and the door was impossible. <br> +<p>Quickly he tilted the cot against the door, wedging its legs +against a crack in the floor--that would stop them for a minute +or two. then he wheeled the dresser beneath the skylight and, +placing the chair on top of it, scrambled to the seat of the +latter. His head was at the height of the skylight. to force the +skylight from its frame required but a moment. A key entered the +lock of the door from the opposite side and turned. He knew that +someone without was pushing. Then he heard an oath and heavy +battering upon the panels. A moment later he had drawn himself +through the skylight and stood upon the roof of the building. +Before him stretched a series of uneven roofs to the end of the +street. Barney did not hesitate. He started on a rapid trot +toward the adjoining roof. From that he clambered to a higher one +beyond.<br> +</p> + +On he went, now leaping narrow courts, now dropping to low sheds +and again clambering to the heights of the higher buildings, +until he had come almost to the end of the row. Suddenly, behind +him he heard a hoarse shout, followed by the report of a rifle. +With a whir, a bullet flew a few inches above his head. He had +gained the last roof-a large, level roof--and at the shot he +turned to see how near to him were his pursuers. <br> +<p>Fatal turn!<br> +</p> + +Scarce had he taken his eyes from the path ahead than his foot +fell upon a glass skylight, and with a loud crash he plunged +through amid a shower of broken glass. <br> +<p>His fall was a short one. Directly beneath the skylight was a +bed, and on the bed a fat Austrian infantry captain. Barney lit +upon the pit of the captain's stomach. With a howl of pain the +officer catapulted Barney to the floor. There were three other +beds in the room, and in each bed one or two other officers. +Before the American could regain his feet they were all sitting +on him--all except the infantry captain. He lay shrieking and +cursing in a painful attempt to regain his breath, every atom of +which Barney had knocked out of him.<br> +</p> + +The officers sitting on Barney alternately beat him and +questioned him, interspersing their interrogations with lurid +profanity. <br> +<p>"If you will get off of me," at last shouted the American, "I +shall be glad to explain--and apologize."<br> +</p> + +They let him up, scowling ferociously. He had promised to +explain, but now that he was confronted by the immediate +necessity of an explanation that would prove at all satisfactory +as to how he happened to be wandering around the rooftops of +Burgova, he discovered that his powers of invention were entirely +inadequate. The need for explaining, however, was suddenly +removed. A shadow fell upon them from above, and as they glanced +up Barney saw the figure of an officer surrounded by several +soldiers looking down upon him. <br> +<p>"Ah, you have him!" cried the new-comer in evident +satisfaction. "It is well. Hold him until we descend."<br> +</p> + +A moment later he and his escort had dropped through the broken +skylight to the floor beside them. <br> +<p>"Who is the mad man?" cried the captain who had broken +Barney's fall. "The assassin! He tried to murder me."<br> +</p> + +"I cannot doubt it," replied the officer who had just descended, +"for the fellow is no other than Stefan Drontoff, the famous +Serbian spy!" <br> +<p>"Himmel! ejaculated the officers in chorus. "You have done a +good days' work, lieutenant."<br> +</p> + +"The firing squad will do a better work in a few minutes," +replied the lieutenant, with a grim pointedness that took +Barney's breath away. <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_17">Chapter III BEFORE THE FIRING SQUAD</h1> + +<br> +<p>THEY MARCHED Barney before the staff where he urged his +American nationality, pointing to his credentials and passes in +support of his contention.<br> +</p> + +The general before whom he had been brought shrugged his +shoulders. "They are all Americans as soon as they are caught," +he said; "but why did you not claim to be Prince Peter of Blentz? +You have his passes as well. How can you expect us to believe +your story when you have in your possession passes for different +men? <br> +<p>"We have every respect for our friends the Americans. I would +even stretch a point rather than chance harming an American; but +you will admit that the evidence is all against you. You were +found in the very building where Drontoff was known to stay while +in Burgova. The young woman whose mother keeps the place directed +our officer to your room, and you tried to escape, which I do not +think that an innocent American would have done.<br> +</p> + +"However, as I have said, I will go to almost any length rather +than chance a mistake in the case of one who from his appearance +might pass more readily for an American than a Serbian. I have +sent for Prince Peter of Blentz. If you can satisfactorily +explain to him how you chance to be in possession of military +passes bearing his name I shall be very glad to give you the +benefit of every other doubt." <br> +<p>Peter of Blentz. Send for Peter of Blentz! Barney wondered +just what kind of a sensation it was to stand facing a firing +squad. He hoped that his knees wouldn't tremble-they felt a +trifle weak even now. There was a chance that the man might not +recall his face, but a very slight chance. It had been his +remarkable likeness to Leopold of Lutha that had resulted in the +snatching of a crown from Prince Peter's head.<br> +</p> + +Likely indeed that he would ever forget his, Barney's, face, +though he had seen it but once without the red beard that had so +added to Barney's likeness to the king. But Maenck would be +along, of course, and Maenck would have no doubts--he had seen +Barney too recently in Beatrice to fail to recognize him now. +<br> +<p>Several men were entering the room where Barney stood before +the general and his staff. A glance revealed to the prisoner that +Peter of Blentz had come, and with him Von Coblich and Maenck. At +the same instant Peter's eyes met Barney's, and the former, white +and wide-eyed came almost to a dead halt, grasping hurriedly at +the arm of Maenck who walked beside him.<br> +</p> + +"My God!" was all that Barney heard him say, but he spoke a name +that the American did not hear. Maenck also looked his surprise, +but his expression was suddenly changed to one of malevolent +cunning and gratification. He turned toward Prince Peter with a +few low-whispered words. A look of relief crossed the face of the +Blentz prince. <br> +<p>"You appear to know the gentleman," said the general who had +been conducting Barney's examination. "He has been arrested as a +Serbian spy, and military passes in your name were found upon his +person together with the papers of an American newspaper +correspondent, which he claims to be. He is charged with being +Stefan Drontoff, whom we long have been anxious to apprehend. Do +you chance to know anything about him, Prince Peter?"<br> +</p> + +"Yes," replied Peter of Blentz, "I know him well by sight. He +entered my room last night and stole the military passes from my +coat--we all saw him and pursued him, but he got away in the +dark. There can be no doubt but that he is the Serbian spy." <br> +<p>"He insists that he is Bernard Custer, an American," urged the +general, who, it seemed to Barney, was anxious to make no +mistake, and to give the prisoner every reasonable chance --a +state of mind that rather surprised him in a European military +chieftain, all of whom appeared to share the popular obsession +regarding the prevalence of spies.<br> +</p> + +"Pardon me, general," interrupted Maenck. "I am well acquainted +with Mr. Custer, who spent some time in Lutha a couple of years +ago. This man is not he." <br> +<p>"That is sufficient, gentlemen, I thank you," said the +general. He did not again look at the prisoner, but turned to a +lieutenant who stood near-by. "You may remove the prisoner," he +directed. "He will be destroyed with the others-here is the +order," and he handed the subaltern a printed form upon which +many names were filled in and at the bottom of which the general +had just signed his own. It had evidently been waiting the +outcome of the examination of Stefan Drontoff.<br> +</p> + +Surrounded by soldiers, Barney Custer walked from the presence of +the military court. It was to him as though he moved in a strange +world of dreams. He saw the look of satisfaction upon the face of +Peter of Blentz as he passed him, and the open sneer of Maenck. +As yet he did not fully realize what it all meant--that he was +marching to his death! For the last time he was looking upon the +faces of his fellow men; for the last time he had seen the sun +rise, never again to see it set. <br> +<p>He was to be "destroyed." He had heard that expression used +many times in connection with useless horses, or vicious dogs. +Mechanically he drew a cigarette from his pocket and lighted it. +There was no bravado in the act. On the contrary it was done +almost unconsciously. The soldiers marched him through the +streets of Burgova. The men were entirely impassive--even so +early in the war they had become accustomed to this grim duty. +The young officer who commanded them was more nervous than the +prisoner--it was his first detail with a firing squad. He looked +wonderingly at Barney, expecting momentarily to see the man +collapse, or at least show some sign of terror at his close +impending fate; but the American walked silently toward his +death, puffing leisurely at his cigarette.<br> +</p> + +At last, after what seemed a long time, his guard turned in at a +large gateway in a brick wall surrounding a factory. As they +entered Barney saw twenty or thirty men in civilian dress, +guarded by a dozen infantrymen. They were standing before the +wall of a low brick building. Barney noticed that there were no +windows in the wall. It suddenly occurred to him that there was +something peculiarly grim and sinister in the appearance of the +dead, blank surface of weather-stained brick. For the first time +since he had faced the military court he awakened to a full +realization of what it all meant to him--he was going to be lined +up against that ominous brick wall with these other men-they were +going to shoot them. <br> +<p>A momentary madness seized him. He looked about upon the other +prisoners and guards. A sudden break for liberty might give him +temporary respite. He could seize a rifle from the nearest +soldier, and at least have the satisfaction of selling his life +dearly. As he looked he saw more soldiers entering the factory +yard.<br> +</p> + +A sudden apathy overwhelmed him. What was the use? He could not +escape. Why should he wish to kill these soldiers? It was not +they who were responsible for his plight --they were but obeying +orders. The close presence of death made life seem very +desirable. These men, too, desired life. Why should he take it +from them uselessly. At best he might kill one or two, but in the +end he would be killed as surely as though he took his place +before the brick wall with the others. <br> +<p>He noticed now that these others evinced no inclination to +contest their fates. Why should he, then? Doubtless many of them +were as innocent as he, and all loved life as well. He saw that +several were weeping silently. Others stood with bowed heads +gazing at the hard-packed earth of the factory yard. Ah, what +visions were their eyes beholding for the last time! What +memories of happy firesides! What dear, loved faces were limned +upon that sordid clay!<br> +</p> + +His reveries were interrupted by the hoarse voice of a sergeant, +breaking rudely in upon the silence and the dumb terror. The +fellow was herding the prisoners into position. When he was done +Barney found himself in the front rank of the little, hopeless +band. Opposite them, at a few paces, stood the firing squad, +their gun butts resting upon the ground. <br> +<p>The young lieutenant stood at one side. He issued some +instructions in a low tone, then he raised his voice.<br> +</p> + +"Ready!" he commanded. Fascinated by the horror of it, Barney +watched the rifles raised smartly to the soldiers' hips--the +movement was as precise as though the men were upon parade. Every +bolt clicked in unison with its fellows. <br> +<p>"Aim!" the pieces leaped to the hollows of the men's +shoulders. The leveled barrels were upon a line with the breasts +of the condemned. A man at Barney's right moaned. Another +sobbed.<br> +</p> + +"Fire!" There was the hideous roar of the volley. Barney Custer +crumpled forward to the ground, and three bodies fell upon his. A +moment later there was a second volley-all had not fallen at the +first. Then the soldiers came among the bodies, searching for +signs of life; but evidently the two volleys had done their work. +The sergeant formed his men in line. The lieutenant marched them +away. Only silence remained on guard above the pitiful dead in +the factory yard. <br> +<p>The day wore on and still the stiffening corpses lay where +they had fallen. Twilight came and then darkness. A head appeared +above the top of the wall that had enclosed the grounds. Eyes +peered through the night and keen ears listened for any sign of +life within. At last, evidently satisfied that the place was +deserted, a man crawled over the summit of the wall and dropped +to the ground within. Here again he paused, peering and +listening.<br> +</p> + +What strange business had he here among the dead that demanded +such caution in its pursuit? Presently he advanced toward the +pile of corpses. Quickly he tore open coats and searched pockets. +He ran his fingers along the fingers of the dead. Two rings had +rewarded his search and he was busy with a third that encircled +the finger of a body that lay beneath three others. It would not +come off. He pulled and tugged, and then he drew a knife from his +pocket. <br> +<p>But he did not sever the digit. Instead he shrank back with a +muffled scream of terror. The corpse that he would have mutilated +had staggered suddenly to its feet, flinging the dead bodies to +one side as it rose.<br> +</p> + +"You fiend!" broke from the lips of the dead man, and the ghoul +turned and fled, gibbering in his fright. <br> +<p>The tramp of soldiers in the street beyond ceased suddenly at +the sound from within the factory yard. It was a detail of the +guard marching to the relief of sentries. A moment later the +gates swung open and a score of soldiers entered. They saw a +figure dodging toward the wall a dozen paces from them, but they +did not see the other that ran swiftly around the corner of the +factory.<br> +</p> + +This other was Barney Custer of Beatrice. When the command to +fire had been given to the squad of riflemen, a single bullet had +creased the top of his head, stunning him. All day he had lain +there unconscious. It had been the tugging of the ghoul at his +ring that had roused him to life at last. <br> +<p>Behind him, as he scurried around the end of the factory +building, he heard the scattering fire of half a dozen rifles, +followed by a scream--the fleeing hyena had been hit. Barney +crouched in the shadow of a pile of junk. He heard the voices of +soldiers as they gathered about the wounded man, questioning him, +and a moment later the imperious tones of an officer issuing +instructions to his men to search the yard. That he must be +discovered seemed a certainty to the American. He crouched +further back in the shadows close to the wall, stepping with the +utmost caution.<br> +</p> + +Presently to his chagrin his foot touched the metal cover of a +manhole; there was a resultant rattling that smote upon Barney's +ears and nerves with all the hideous clatter of a boiler shop. He +halted, petrified, for an instant. He was no coward, but after +being so near death, life had never looked more inviting, and he +knew that to be discovered meant certain extinction this time. +<br> +<p>The soldiers were circling the building. Already he could hear +them nearing his position. In another moment they would round the +corner of the building and be upon him. For an instant he +contemplated a bold rush for the fence. In fact, he had gathered +himself for the leaping start and the quick sprint across the +open under the noses of the soldiers who still remained beside +the dying ghoul, when his mind suddenly reverted to the manhole +beneath his feet. Here lay a hiding place, at least until the +soldiers had departed.<br> +</p> + +Barney stooped and raised the heavy lid, sliding it to one side. +How deep was the black chasm beneath he could not even guess. +Doubtless it led into a coal bunker, or it might open over a pit +of great depth. There was no way to discover other than to plumb +the abyss with his body. Above was death--below, a chance of +safety. <br> +<p>The soldiers were quite close when Barney lowered himself +through the manhole. Clinging with his fingers to the upper edge +his feet still swung in space. How far beneath was the bottom? He +heard the scraping of the heavy shoes of the searchers close +above him, and then he closed his eyes, released the grasp of his +fingers, and dropped.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_18">Chapter IV A RACE TO LUTHA</h1> + +<br> +BARNEY'S FALL was not more than four or five feet. He found +himself upon a slippery floor of masonry over which two or three +inches of water ran sluggishly. Above him he heard the soldiers +pass the open manhole. It was evident that in the darkness they +had missed it. <br> +<p>For a few minutes the fugitive remained motionless, then, +hearing no sounds from above he started to grope about his +retreat. Upon two sides were blank, circular walls, upon the +other two circular openings about four feet in diameter. It was +through these openings that the tiny stream of water +trickled.<br> +</p> + +Barney came to the conclusion that he had dropped into a sewer. +To get out the way he had entered appeared impossible. He could +not leap upward from the slimy, concave bottom the distance he +had dropped. To follow the sewer upward would lead him nowhere +nearer escape. There remained no hope but to follow the trickling +stream downward toward the river, into which his judgment told +him the entire sewer system of the city must lead. <br> +<p>Stooping, he entered the ill-smelling circular conduit, +groping his way slowly along. As he went the water deepened. It +was half way to his knees when he plunged unexpectedly into +another tube running at right angles to the first. The bottom of +this tube was lower than that of the one which emptied into it, +so that Barney now found himself in a swiftly running stream of +filth that reached above his knees. Downward he followed this +flood--faster now for the fear of the deadly gases which might +overpower him before he could reach the river.<br> +</p> + +The water deepened gradually as he went on. At last he reached a +point where, with his head scraping against the roof of the +sewer, his chin was just above the surface of the stream. A few +more steps would be all that he could take in this direction +without drowning. Could he retrace his way against the swift +current? He did not know. He was weakened from the effects of his +wound, from lack of food and from the exertions of the past hour. +Well, he would go on as far as he could. The river lay ahead of +him somewhere. Behind was only the hostile city. <br> +<p>He took another step. His foot found no support. He surged +backward in an attempt to regain his footing, but the power of +the flood was too much for him. He was swept forward to plunge +into water that surged above his head as he sank. An instant +later he had regained the surface and as his head emerged he +opened his eyes.<br> +</p> + +He looked up into a starlit heaven! He had reached the mouth of +the sewer and was in the river. For a moment he lay still, +floating upon his back to rest. Above him he heard the tread of a +sentry along the river front, and the sound of men's voices. <br> +<p>The sweet, fresh air, the star-shot void above, acted as a +powerful tonic to his shattered hopes and overwrought nerves. He +lay inhaling great lungsful of pure, invigorating air. He +listened to the voices of the Austrian soldiery above him. All +the buoyancy of his inherent Americanism returned to him.<br> +</p> + +"This is no place for a minister's son," he murmured, and turning +over struck out for the opposite shore. The river was not wide, +and Barney was soon nearing the bank along which he could see +occasional camp fires. Here, too, were Austrians. He dropped +down-stream below these, and at last approached the shore where a +wood grew close to the water's edge. The bank here was steep, and +the American had some difficulty in finding a place where he +could clamber up the precipitous wall of rock. But finally he was +successful, finding himself in a little clump of bushes on the +river's brim. Here he lay resting and listening--always +listening. It seemed to Barney that his ears ached with the +constant strain of unflagging duty that his very existence +demanded of them. <br> +<p>Hearing nothing, he crawled at last from his hiding place with +the purpose of making his way toward the south and to the +frontier as rapidly as possible. He could hope only to travel by +night, and he guessed that this night must be nearly spent. +Stooping, he moved cautiously away from the river. Through the +shadows of the wood he made his way for perhaps a hundred yards +when he was suddenly confronted by a figure that stepped from +behind the bole of a tree.<br> +</p> + +"Halt! Who goes there?" came the challenge. <br> +<p>Barney's heart stood still. With all his care he had run +straight into the arms of an Austrian sentry. To run would be to +be shot. To advance would mean capture, and that too would mean +death.<br> +</p> + +For the barest fraction of an instant he hesitated, and then his +quick American wits came to his aid. Feigning intoxication he +answered the challenge in dubious Austrian that he hoped his +maudlin tongue would excuse. <br> +<p>"Friend," he answered thickly. "Friend with a drink-have one?" +And he staggered drunkenly forward, banking all upon the +credulity and thirst of the soldier who confronted him with fixed +bayonet.<br> +</p> + +That the sentry was both credulous and thirsty was evidenced by +the fact that he let Barney come within reach of his gun. +Instantly the drunken Austrian was transformed into a very sober +and active engine of destruction. Seizing the barrel of the piece +Barney jerked it to one side and toward him, and at the same +instant he leaped for the throat of the sentry. <br> +<p>So quickly was this accomplished that the Austrian had time +only for a single cry, and that was choked in his windpipe by the +steel fingers of the American. Together both men fell heavily to +the ground, Barney retaining his hold upon the other's +throat.<br> +</p> + +Striking and clutching at one another they fought in silence for +a couple of minutes, then the soldier's struggles began to +weaken. He squirmed and gasped for breath. His mouth opened and +his tongue protruded. His eyes started from their sockets. Barney +closed his fingers more tightly upon the bearded throat. He +rained heavy blows upon the upturned face. The beating fists of +his adversary waved wildly now--the blows that reached Barney +were pitifully weak. Presently they ceased. The man struggled +violently for an instant, twitched spasmodically and lay still. +<br> +<p>Barney clung to him for several minutes longer, until there +was not the slightest indication of remaining life. The +perpetration of the deed sickened him; but he knew that his act +was warranted, for it had been either his life or the other's. He +dragged the body back to the bushes in which he had been hiding. +There he stripped off the Austrian uniform, put his own clothes +upon the corpse and rolled it into the river.<br> +</p> + +Dressed as an Austrian private, Barney Custer shouldered the dead +soldier's gun and walked boldly through the wood to the south. +Momentarily he expected to run upon other soldiers, but though he +kept straight on his way for hours he encountered none. The thin +line of sentries along the river had been posted only to double +the preventive measures that had been taken to keep Serbian spies +either from entering or leaving the city. <br> +<p>Toward dawn, at the darkest period of the night, Barney saw +lights ahead of him. Apparently he was approaching a village. He +went more cautiously now, but all his care did not prevent him +from running for the second time that night almost into the arms +of a sentry. This time, however, Barney saw the soldier before he +himself was discovered. It was upon the edge of the town, in an +orchard, that the sentinel was posted. Barney, approaching +through the trees, darting from one to another, was within a few +paces of the man before he saw him.<br> +</p> + +The American remained quietly in the shadow of a tree waiting for +an opportunity to escape, but before it came he heard the +approach of a small body of troops. They were coming from the +village directly toward the orchard. They passed the sentry and +marched within a dozen feet of the tree behind which Barney was +hiding. <br> +<p>As they came opposite him he slipped around the tree to the +opposite side. The sentry had resumed his pacing, and was now out +of sight momentarily among the trees further on. He could not see +the American, but there were others who could. They came in the +shape of a non-commissioned officer and a detachment of the guard +to relieve the sentry. Barney almost bumped into them as he +rounded the tree. There was no escape--the non-commissioned +officer was within two feet of him when Barney discovered him. +"What are you doing here?" shouted the sergeant with an oath. +"Your post is there," and he pointed toward the position where +Barney had seen the sentry.<br> +</p> + +At first Barney could scarce believe his ears. In the darkness +the sergeant had mistaken him for the sentinel! Could he carry it +out? And if so might it not lead him into worse predicament? No, +Barney decided, nothing could be worse. To be caught masquerading +in the uniform of an Austrian soldier within the Austrian lines +was to plumb the uttermost depth of guilt--nothing that he might +do now could make his position worse. <br> +<p>He faced the sergeant, snapping his piece to present, hoping +that this was the proper thing to do. Then he stumbled through a +brief excuse. The officer in command of the troops that had just +passed had demanded the way of him, and he had but stepped a few +paces from his post to point out the road to his superior.<br> +</p> + +The sergeant grunted and ordered him to fall in. Another man took +his place on duty. They were far from the enemy and discipline +was lax, so the thing was accomplished which under other +circumstances would have been well night impossible. A moment +later Barney found himself marching back toward the village, to +all intents and purposes an Austrian private. <br> +<p>Before a low, windowless shed that had been converted into +barracks for the guard, the detail was dismissed. The men broke +ranks and sought their blankets within the shed, tired from their +lonely vigil upon sentry duty.<br> +</p> + +Barney loitered until the last. All the others had entered. He +dared not, for he knew that any moment the sentry upon the post +from which he had been taken would appear upon the scene, after +discovering another of his comrades. He was certain to inquire of +the sergeant. They would be puzzled, of course, and, being +soldiers, they would be suspicious. There would be an +investigation, which would start in the barracks of the guard. +That neighborhood would at once become a most unhealthy spot for +Barney Custer, of Beatrice, Nebraska. <br> +<p>When the last of the soldiers had entered the shed Barney +glanced quickly about. No one appeared to notice him. He walked +directly past the doorway to the end of the building. Around this +he found a yard, deeply shadowed. He entered it, crossed it, and +passed out into an alley beyond. At the first cross-street his +way was blocked by the sight of another sentry--the world seemed +composed entirely of Austrian sentries. Barney wondered if the +entire Austrian army was kept perpetually upon sentry duty; he +had scarce been able to turn without bumping into one.<br> +</p> + +He turned back into the alley and at last found a crooked +passageway between buildings that he hoped might lead him to a +spot where there was no sentry, and from which he could find his +way out of the village toward the south. The passage, after +devious windings, led into a large, open court, but when Barney +attempted to leave the court upon the opposite side he found the +ubiquitous sentries upon guard there. <br> +<p>Evidently there would be no escape while the Austrians +remained in the town. There was nothing to do, therefore, but +hide until the happy moment of their departure arrived. He +returned to the courtyard, and after a short search discovered a +shed in one corner that had evidently been used to stable a +horse, for there was straw at one end of it and a stall in the +other. Barney sat down upon the straw to wait developments. Tired +nature would be denied no longer. His eyes closed, his head +drooped upon his breast. In three minutes from the time he +entered the shed he was stretched full length upon the straw, +fast asleep.<br> +</p> + +The chugging of a motor awakened him. It was broad daylight. Many +sounds came from the courtyard without. It did not take Barney +long to gather his scattered wits--in an instant he was wide +awake. He glanced about. He was the only occupant of the shed. +Rising, he approached a small window that looked out upon the +court. All was life and movement. A dozen military cars either +stood about or moved in and out of the wide gates at the opposite +end of the enclosure. Officers and soldiers moved briskly through +a doorway that led into a large building that flanked the court +upon one side. While Barney slept the headquarters of an Austrian +army corps had moved in and taken possession of the building, the +back of which abutted upon the court where lay his modest little +shed. <br> +<p>Barney took it all in at a single glance, but his eyes hung +long and greedily upon the great, high-powered machines that +chugged or purred about him.<br> +</p> + +Gad! If he could but be behind the wheel of such a car for an +hour! The frontier could not be over fifty miles to the south, of +that he was quite positive; and what would fifty miles be to one +of those machines? <br> +<p>Barney sighed as a great, gray-painted car whizzed into the +courtyard and pulled up before the doorway. Two officers jumped +out and ran up the steps. The driver, a young man in a uniform +not unlike that which Barney wore, drew the car around to the end +of the courtyard close beside Barney's shed. Here he left it and +entered the building into which his passengers had gone. By +reaching through the window Barney could have touched the fender +of the machine. A few seconds' start in that and it would take +more than an Austrian army corps to stop him this side of the +border. Thus mused Barney, knowing already that the mad scheme +that had been born within his brain would be put to action before +he was many minutes older.<br> +</p> + +There were many soldiers on guard about the courtyard. The +greatest danger lay in arousing the suspicions of one of these +should he chance to see Barney emerge from the shed and enter the +car. <br> +<p>"The proper thing," thought Barney, "is to come from the +building into which everyone seems to pass, and the only way to +be seen coming out of it is to get into it; but how the devil am +I to get into it?"<br> +</p> + +The longer he thought the more convinced he became that utter +recklessness and boldness would be his only salvation. Briskly he +walked from the shed out into the courtyard beneath the eyes of +the sentries, the officers, the soldiers, and the military +drivers. He moved straight among them toward the doorway of the +headquarters as though bent upon important business--which, +indeed, he was. At least it was quite the most important business +to Barney Custer that that young gentleman could recall having +ventured upon for some time. <br> +<p>No one paid the slightest attention to him. He had left his +gun in the shed for he noticed that only the men on guard carried +them. Without an instant's hesitation he ran briskly up the short +flight of steps and entered the headquarters building. Inside was +another sentry who barred his way questioningly. Evidently one +must state one's business to this person before going farther. +Barney, without any loss of time or composure, stepped up to the +guard.<br> +</p> + +"Has General Kampf passed in this morning?" he asked blithely. +Barney had never heard of any "General Kampf," nor had the +sentry, since there was no such person in the Austrian army. But +he did know, however, that there were altogether too many +generals for any one soldier to know the names of them all. <br> +<p>"I do not know the general by sight," replied the sentry.<br> +</p> + +Here was a pretty mess, indeed. Doubtless the sergeant would know +a great deal more than would be good for Barney Custer. The young +man looked toward the door through which he had just entered. His +sole object in coming into the spider's parlor had been to make +it possible for him to come out again in full view of all the +guards and officers and military chauffeurs, that their +suspicions might not be aroused when he put his contemplated coup +to the test. <br> +<p>He glanced toward the door. Machines were whizzing in and out +of the courtyard. Officers on foot were passing and repassing. +The sentry in the hallway was on the point of calling his +sergeant.<br> +</p> + +"Ah!" cried Barney. "There is the general now," and without +waiting to cast even a parting glance at the guard he stepped +quickly through the doorway and ran down the steps into the +courtyard. Looking neither to right nor to left, and with a +convincing air of self-confidence and important business, he +walked directly to the big, gray machine that stood beside the +little shed at the end of the courtyard. <br> +<p>To crank it and leap to the driver's seat required but a +moment. The big car moved smoothly forward. A turn of the +steering wheel brought it around headed toward the wide gates. +Barney shifted to second speed, stepped on the accelerator and +the cut-out simultaneously, and with a noise like the rattle of a +machine gun, shot out of the courtyard.<br> +</p> + +None who saw his departure could have guessed from the manner of +it that the young man at the wheel of the gray car was stealing +the machine or that his life depended upon escape without +detection. It was the very boldness of his act that crowned it +with success. <br> +<p>Once in the street Barney turned toward the south. Cars were +passing up and down in both directions, usually at high speed. +Their numbers protected the fugitive. Momentarily he expected to +be halted; but he passed out of the village without mishap and +reached a country road which, except for a lane down its center +along which automobiles were moving, was blocked with troops +marching southward. Through this soldier-walled lane Barney drove +for half an hour.<br> +</p> + +From a great distance, toward the southeast, he could hear the +boom of cannon and the bursting of shells. Presently the road +forked. The troops were moving along the road on the left toward +the distant battle line. Not a man or machine was turning into +the right fork, the road toward the south that Barney wished to +take. <br> +<p>Could he successfully pass through the marching soldiers at +his right? Among all those officers there surely would be one who +would question the purpose and destination of this private +soldier who drove alone in the direction of the nearby +frontier.<br> +</p> + +The moment had come when he must stake everything on his ability +to gain the open road beyond the plodding mass of troops. +Diminishing the speed of the car Barney turned it in toward the +marching men at the same time sounding his horn loudly. An +infantry captain, marching beside his company, was directly in +front of the car. He looked up at the American. Barney saluted +and pointed toward the righthand fork. <br> +<p>The captain turned and shouted a command to his men. Those who +had not passed in front of the car halted. Barney shot through +the little lane they had opened, which immediately closed up +behind him. He was through! He was upon the open road! Ahead, as +far as he could see, there was no sign of any living creature to +bar his way, and the frontier could not be more than twenty-five +miles away.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_19">Chapter V THE TRAITOR KING</h1> + +<br> +IN HIS CASTLE at Lustadt, Leopold of Lutha paced nervously back +and forth between his great desk and the window that overlooked +the royal gardens. Upon the opposite side of the desk stood an +old man--a tall, straight, old man with the bearing of a soldier +and the head of a lion. His keen, gray eyes were upon the king, +and sorrow was written upon his face. He was Ludwig von der Tann, +chancellor of the kingdom of Lutha. <br> +<p>At last the king stopped his pacing and faced the old man, +though he could not meet those eagle eyes squarely, try as he +would. It was his inability to do so, possibly, that added to his +anger. Weak himself, he feared this strong man and envied him his +strength, which, in a weak nature, is but a step from hatred. +There evidently had been a long pause in their conversation, yet +the king's next words took up the thread of their argument where +it had broken.<br> +</p> + +"You speak as though I had no right to do it," he snapped. "One +might think that you were the king from the manner with which you +upbraid and reproach me. I tell you, Prince von der Tann, that I +shall stand it no longer." <br> +<p>The king approached the desk and pounded heavily upon its +polished surface with his fist. The physical act of violence +imparted to him a certain substitute for the moral courage which +he lacked.<br> +</p> + +"I will tell you, sir, that I am king. It was not necessary that +I consult you or any other man before pardoning Prince Peter and +his associates. I have investigated the matter thoroughly and I +am convinced that they have been taught a sufficient lesson and +that hereafter they will be my most loyal subjects." <br> +<p>He hesitated. "Their presence here," he added, "may prove an +antidote to the ambitions of others who lately have taken it upon +themselves to rule Lutha for me."<br> +</p> + +There was no mistaking the king's meaning, but Prince Ludwig did +not show by any change of expression that the shot had struck him +in a vulnerable spot; nor, upon the other hand, did he ignore the +insinuation. There was only sorrow in his voice when he replied. +<br> +<p>"Sire," he said, "for some time I have been aware of the +activity of those who would like to see Peter of Blentz returned +to favor with your majesty. I have warned you, only to see that +my motives were always misconstrued. There is a greater power at +work, your majesty, than any of us-greater than Lutha itself. One +that will stop at nothing in order to gain its ends. It cares +naught for Peter of Blentz, naught for me, naught for you. It +cares only for Lutha. For strategic purposes it must have Lutha. +It will trample you under foot to gain its end, and then it will +cast Peter of Blentz aside. You have insinuated, sire, that I am +ambitious. I am. I am ambitious to maintain the integrity and +freedom of Lutha.<br> +</p> + +"For three hundred years the Von der Tanns have labored and +fought for the welfare of Lutha. It was a Von der Tann that put +the first Rubinroth king upon the throne of Lutha. To the last +they were loyal to the former dynasty while that dynasty was +loyal to Lutha. Only when the king attempted to sell the freedom +of his people to a powerful neighbor did the Von der Tanns rise +against him. <br> +<p>"Sire! the Von der Tanns have always been loyal to the house +of Rubinroth. And but a single thing rises superior within their +breasts to that loyalty, and that is their loyalty to Lutha." He +paused for an instant before concluding. "And I, sire, am a Von +der Tann."<br> +</p> + +There could be no mistaking the old man's meaning. So long as +Leopold was loyal to his people and their interests Ludwig von +der Tann would be loyal to Leopold. The king was cowed. He was +very much afraid of this grim old warrior. He chafed beneath his +censure. <br> +<p>"You are always scolding me," he cried irritably. "I am +getting tired of it. And now you threaten me. Do you call that +loyalty? Do you call it loyalty to refuse to compel your daughter +to keep her plighted troth? If you wish to prove your loyalty +command the Princess Emma to fulfil the promise you made my +father--command her to wed me at once."<br> +</p> + +Von der Tann looked the king straight in the eyes. <br> +<p>"I cannot do that," he said. "She has told me that she will +kill herself rather than wed with your majesty. She is all I have +left, sire. What good would be accomplished by robbing me of her +if you could not gain her by the act? Win her confidence and +love, sire. It may be done. Thus only may happiness result to you +and to her."<br> +</p> + +"You see," exclaimed the king, "what your loyalty amounts to! I +believe that you are saving her for the impostor--I have heard as +much hinted at before this. Nor do I doubt that she would gladly +connive with the fellow if she thought there was a chance of his +seizing the throne." <br> +<p>Von der Tann paled. For the first time righteous indignation +and anger got the better of him. He took a step toward the +king.<br> +</p> + +"Stop!" he commanded. "No man, not even my king, may speak such +words to a Von der Tann." <br> +<p>In an antechamber just outside the room a man sat near the +door that led into the apartment where the king and his +chancellor quarreled. He had been straining his ears to catch the +conversation which he could hear rising and falling in the +adjoining chamber, but till now he had been unsuccessful. Then +came Prince Ludwig's last words booming loudly through the +paneled door, and the man smiled. He was Count Zellerndorf, the +Austrian minister to Lutha.<br> +</p> + +The king's outraged majesty goaded him to an angry retort. <br> +<p>"You forget yourself, Prince von der Tann," he cried. "Leave +our presence. When we again desire to be insulted we shall send +for you."<br> +</p> + +As the chancellor passed into the antechamber Count Zellerndorf +rose and greeted him warmly, almost effusively. Von der Tann +returned his salutations with courtesy but with no answering +warmth. Then he passed on out of the palace. <br> +<p>"The old fox must have heard," he mused as he mounted his +horse and turned his face toward Tann and the Old Forest.<br> +</p> + +When Count Zellerndorf of Austria entered the presence of Leopold +of Lutha he found that young ruler much disturbed. He had resumed +his restless pacing between desk and window, and as the Austrian +entered he scarce paused to receive his salutation. Count +Zellerndorf was a frequent visitor at the palace. There were few +formalities between this astute diplomat and the young king; +those had passed gradually away as their acquaintance and +friendship ripened. <br> +<p>"Prince Ludwig appeared angry when he passed through the +antechamber," ventured Zellerndorf. "Evidently your majesty found +cause to rebuke him."<br> +</p> + +The king nodded and looked narrowly at the Austrian. "The Prince +von der Tann insinuated that Austria's only wish in connection +with Lutha is to seize her," he said. <br> +<p>Zellerndorf raised his hands in well-simulated horror.<br> +</p> + +"Your majesty!" he exclaimed. "It cannot be that the prince has +gone to such lengths to turn you against your best friend, my +emperor. If he has I can only attribute it to his own ambitions. +I have hesitated to speak to you of this matter, your majesty, +but now that the honor of my own ruler is questioned I must +defend him. <br> +<p>"Bear with me then, should what I have to say wound you. I +well know the confidence which the house of Von der Tann has +enjoyed for centuries in Lutha; but I must brave your wrath in +the interest of right. I must tell you that it is common gossip +in Vienna that Von der Tann aspires to the throne of Lutha either +for himself or for his daughter through the American impostor who +once sat upon your throne for a few days. And let me tell you +more.<br> +</p> + +"The American will never again menace you--he was arrested in +Burgova as a spy and executed. He is dead; but not so are Von der +Tann's ambitions. When he learns that he no longer may rely upon +the strain of the Rubinroth blood that flowed in the veins of the +American from his royal mother, the runaway Princess Victoria, +there will remain to him only the other alternative of seizing +the throne for himself. He is a very ambitious man, your majesty. +Already he has caused it to become current gossip that he is the +real power behind the throne of Lutha--that your majesty is but a +figure-head, the puppet of Von der Tann." <br> +<p>Zellerndorf paused. He saw the flush of shame and anger that +suffused the king's face, and then he shot the bolt that he had +come to fire, but which he had not dared to hope would find its +target so denuded of defense.<br> +</p> + +"Your majesty," he whispered, coming quite close to the king, +"all Lutha is inclined to believe that you fear Prince von der +Tann. Only a few of us know the truth to be the contrary. For the +sake of your prestige you must take some step to counteract this +belief and stamp it out for good and all. I have planned a +way--hear it. <br> +<p>"Von der Tann's hatred of Peter of Blentz is well known. No +man in Lutha believes that he would permit you to have any +intercourse with Peter. I have brought from Blentz an invitation +to your majesty to honor the Blentz prince with your presence as +a guest for the ensuing week. Accept it, your majesty.<br> +</p> + +"Nothing could more conclusively prove to the most skeptical that +you are still the king, and that Von der Tann, nor any other, may +not dare to dictate to you. It will be the most splendid stroke +of statesmanship that you could achieve at the present moment." +<br> +<p>For an instant the king stood in thought. He still feared +Peter of Blentz as the devil is reputed to fear holy water, +though for converse reasons. Yet he was very angry with Von der +Tann. It would indeed be an excellent way to teach the +presumptuous chancellor his place.<br> +</p> + +Leopold almost smiled as he thought of the chagrin with which +Prince Ludwig would receive the news that he had gone to Blentz +as the guest of Peter. It was the last impetus that was required +by his weak, vindictive nature to press it to a decision. <br> +<p>"Very well," he said, "I will go tomorrow."<br> +</p> + +It was late the following day that Prince von der Tann received +in his castle in the Old Forest word that an Austrian army had +crossed the Luthanian frontier--the neutrality of Lutha had been +violated. The old chancellor set out immediately for Lustadt. At +the palace he sought an interview with the king only to learn +that Leopold had departed earlier in the day to visit Peter of +Blentz. <br> +<p>There was but one thing to do and that was to follow the king +to Blentz. Some action must be taken immediately--it would never +do to let this breach of treaty pass unnoticed.<br> +</p> + +The Serbian minister who had sent word to the chancellor of the +invasion by the Austrian troops was closeted with him for an hour +after his arrival at the palace. It was clear to both these men +that the hand of Zellerndorf was plainly in evidence in both the +important moves that had occurred in Lutha within the past +twenty-four hours--the luring of the king to Blentz and the +entrance of Austrian soldiery into Lutha. <br> +<p>Following his interview with the Serbian minister Von der Tann +rode toward Blentz with only his staff in attendance. It was long +past midnight when the lights of the town appeared directly ahead +of the little party. They rode at a trot along the road which +passes through the village to wind upward again toward the +ancient feudal castle that looks down from its hilltop upon the +town.<br> +</p> + +At the edge of the village Von der Tann was thunderstruck by a +challenge from a sentry posted in the road, nor was his dismay +lessened when he discovered that the man was an Austrian. <br> +<p>"What is the meaning of this?" he cried angrily. "What are +Austrian soldiers doing barring the roads of Lutha to the +chancellor of Lutha?"<br> +</p> + +The sentry called an officer. The latter was extremely suave. He +regretted the incident, but his orders were most positive--no one +could be permitted to pass through the lines without an order +from the general commanding. He would go at once to the general +and see if he could procure the necessary order. Would the prince +be so good as to await his return? Von der Tann turned on the +young officer, his face purpling with rage. <br> +<p>"I will pass nowhere within the boundaries of Lutha," he said, +"upon the order of an Austrian. You may tell your general that my +only regret is that I have not with me tonight the necessary +force to pass through his lines to my king--another time I shall +not be so handicapped," and Ludwig, Prince von der Tann, wheeled +his mount and spurred away in the direction of Lustadt, at his +heels an extremely angry and revengeful staff.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_20">Chapter VI A TRAP IS SPRUNG</h1> + +<br> +LONG BEFORE Prince von der Tann reached Lustadt he had come to +the conclusion that Leopold was in virtue a prisoner in Blentz. +To prove his conclusion he directed one of his staff to return to +Blentz and attempt to have audience with the king. <br> +<p>"Risk anything," he instructed the officer to whom he had +entrusted the mission. "Submit, if necessary, to the humiliation +of seeking an Austrian pass through the lines to the castle. See +the king at any cost and deliver this message to him and to him +alone and secretly. Tell him my fears, and that if I do not have +word from him within twentyfour hours I shall assume that he is +indeed a prisoner.<br> +</p> + +"I shall then direct the mobilization of the army and take such +steps as seem fit to rescue him and drive the invaders from the +soil of Lutha. If you do not return I shall understand that you +are held prisoner by the Austrians and that my worst fears have +been realized." <br> +<p>But Prince Ludwig was one who believed in being forehanded and +so it happened that the orders for the mobilization of the army +of Lutha were issued within fifteen minutes of his return to +Lustadt. It would do no harm, thought the old man, with a grim +smile, to get things well under way a day ahead of time. This +accomplished, he summoned the Serbian minister, with what purpose +and to what effect became historically evident several days +later. When, after twenty-four hours' absence, his aide had not +returned from Blentz, the chancellor had no regrets for his +forehandedness.<br> +</p> + +In the castle of Peter of Blentz the king of Lutha was being +entertained royally. He was told nothing of the attempt of his +chancellor to see him, nor did he know that a messenger from +Prince von der Tann was being held a prisoner in the camp of the +Austrians in the village. He was surrounded by the creatures of +Prince Peter and by Peter's staunch allies, the Austrian minister +and the Austrian officers attached to the expeditionary force +occupying the town. They told him that they had positive +information that the Serbians already had crossed the frontier +into Lutha, and that the presence of the Austrian troops was +purely for the protection of Lutha. <br> +<p>It was not until the morning following the rebuff of Prince +von der Tann that Peter of Blentz, Count Zellerndorf and Maenck +heard of the occurrence. They were chagrined by the accident, for +they were not ready to deliver their final stroke. The young +officer of the guard had, of course, but followed his +instructions--who would have thought that old Von der Tann would +come to Blentz! That he suspected their motives seemed apparent, +and now that his rebuff at the gates had aroused his ire and, +doubtless, crystallized his suspicions, they might find in him a +very ugly obstacle to the fruition of their plans.<br> +</p> + +With Von der Tann actively opposed to them, the value of having +the king upon their side would be greatly minimized. The people +and the army had every confidence in the old chancellor. Even if +he opposed the king there was reason to believe that they might +still side with him. <br> +<p>"What is to be done?" asked Zellerndorf. "Is there no way +either to win or force Von der Tann to acquiescence?"<br> +</p> + +"I think we can accomplish it," said Prince Peter, after a moment +of thought. "Let us see Leopold. His mind has been prepared to +receive almost gratefully any insinuations against the loyalty of +Von der Tann. With proper evidence the king may easily be +persuaded to order the chancellor's arrest--possibly his +execution as well." <br> +<p>So they saw the king, only to meet a stubborn refusal upon the +part of Leopold to accede to their suggestions. He still was +madly in love with Von der Tann's daughter, and he knew that a +blow delivered at her father would only tend to increase her +bitterness toward him. The conspirators were nonplussed.<br> +</p> + +They had looked for a comparatively easy road to the consummation +of their desires. What in the world could be the cause of the +king's stubborn desire to protect the man they knew he feared, +hated, and mistrusted with all the energy of his suspicious +nature? It was the king himself who answered their unspoken +question. <br> +<p>"I cannot believe in the disloyalty of Prince Ludwig," he +said, "nor could I, even if I desired it, take such drastic steps +as you suggest. Some day the Princess Emma, his daughter, will be +my queen."<br> +</p> + +Count Zellerndorf was the first to grasp the possibilities that +lay in the suggestion the king's words carried. <br> +<p>"Your majesty," he cried, "there is a way to unite all +factions in Lutha. It would be better to insure the loyalty of +Von der Tann through bonds of kinship than to antagonize him. +Marry the Princess Emma at once.<br> +</p> + +"Wait, your majesty," he added, as Leopold raised an objecting +hand. "I am well informed as to the strange obstinacy of the +princess, but for the welfare of the state--yes, for the sake of +your very throne, sire--you should exert your royal prerogatives +and command the Princess Emma to carry out the terms of your +betrothal." <br> +<p>"What do you mean, Zellerndorf?" asked the king.<br> +</p> + +"I mean, sire, that we should bring the princess here and compel +her to marry you." <br> +<p>Leopold shook his head. "You do not know her," he said. "You +do not know the Von der Tann nature--one cannot force a Von der +Tann."<br> +</p> + +"Pardon, sire," urged Zellerndorf, "but I think it can be +accomplished. If the Princess Emma knew that your majesty +believed her father to be a traitor--that the order for his +arrest and execution but awaited your signature--I doubt not that +she would gladly become queen of Lutha, with her father's life +and liberty as a wedding gift." <br> +<p>For several minutes no one spoke after Count Zellerndorf had +ceased. Leopold sat looking at the toe of his boot. Peter of +Blentz, Maenck, and the Austrian watched him intently. The +possibilities of the plan were sinking deep into the minds of all +four. At last the king rose. He was mumbling to himself as though +unconscious of the presence of the others.<br> +</p> + +"She is a stubborn jade," he mumbled. "It would be an excellent +lesson for her. She needs to be taught that I am her king," and +then as though his conscience required a sop, "I shall be very +good to her. Afterward she will be happy." He turned toward +Zellerndorf. "You think it can be done?" <br> +<p>"Most assuredly, your majesty. We shall take immediate steps +to fetch the Princess Emma to Blentz," and the Austrian rose and +backed from the apartment lest the king change his mind. Prince +Peter and Maenck followed him.<br> +</p> + +Princess Emma von der Tann sat in her boudoir in her father's +castle in the Old Forest. Except for servants, she was alone in +the fortress, for Prince von der Tann was in Lustadt. Her mind +was occupied with memories of the young American who had entered +her life under such strange circumstances two years +before--memories that had been awakened by the return of +Lieutenant Otto Butzow to Lutha. He had come directly to her +father and had been attached to the prince's personal staff. <br> +<p>From him she had heard a great deal about Barney Custer, and +the old interest, never a moment forgotten during these two +years, was reawakened to all its former intensity.<br> +</p> + +Butzow had accompanied Prince Ludwig to Lustadt, but Princess +Emma would not go with them. For two years she had not entered +the capital, and much of that period had been spent in Paris. +Only within the past fortnight had she returned to Lutha. <br> +<p>In the middle of the morning her reveries were interrupted by +the entrance of a servant bearing a message. She had to read it +twice before she could realize its purport; though it was plainly +worded--the shock of it had stunned her. It was dated at Lustadt +and signed by one of the palace functionaries:<br> +</p> + +Prince von der Tann has suffered a slight stroke. Do not be +alarmed, but come at once. The two troopers who bear this message +will act as your escort. <br> +<p>It required but a few minutes for the girl to change to her +riding clothes, and when she ran down into the court she found +her horse awaiting her in the hands of her groom, while close by +two mounted troopers raised their hands to their helmets in +salute.<br> +</p> + +A moment later the three clattered over the drawbridge and along +the road that leads toward Lustadt. The escort rode a short +distance behind the girl, and they were hard put to it to hold +the mad pace which she set them. <br> +<p>A few miles from Tann the road forks. One branch leads toward +the capital and the other winds over the hills in the direction +of Blentz. The fork occurs within the boundaries of the Old +Forest. Great trees overhang the winding road, casting a twilight +shade even at high noon. It is a lonely spot, far from any +habitation.<br> +</p> + +As the Princess Emma approached the fork she reined in her mount, +for across the road to Lustadt a dozen horsemen barred her way. +At first she thought nothing of it, turning her horse's head to +the righthand side of the road to pass the party, all of whom +were in uniform; but as she did so one of the men reined directly +in her path. The act was obviously intentional. <br> +<p>The girl looked quickly up into the man's face, and her own +went white. He who stopped her way was Captain Ernst Maenck. She +had not seen the man for two years, but she had good cause to +remember him as the governor of the castle of Blentz and the man +who had attempted to take advantage of her helplessness when she +had been a prisoner in Prince Peter's fortress. Now she looked +straight into the fellow's eyes.<br> +</p> + +"Let me pass, please," she said coldly. <br> +<p>"I am sorry," replied Maenck with an evil smile; "but the +king's orders are that you accompany me to Blentz--the king is +there."<br> +</p> + +For answer the girl drove her spur into her mount's side. The +animal leaped forward, striking Maenck's horse on the shoulder +and half turning him aside, but the man clutched at the girl's +bridle-rein, and, seizing it, brought her to a stop. <br> +<p>"You may as well come voluntarily, for come you must," he +said. "It will be easier for you."<br> +</p> + +"I shall not come voluntarily," she replied. "If you take me to +Blentz you will have to take me by force, and if my king is not +sufficiently a gentleman to demand an accounting of you, I am at +least more fortunate in the possession of a father who will." +<br> +<p>"Your father will scarce wish to question the acts of his +king," said Maenck--"his king and the husband of his +daughter."<br> +</p> + +"What do you mean?" she cried. <br> +<p>"That before you are many hours older, your highness, you will +be queen of Lutha."<br> +</p> + +The Princess Emma turned toward her tardy escort that had just +arrived upon the scene. <br> +<p>"This person has stopped me," she said, "and will not permit +me to continue toward Lustadt. Make a way for me; you are +armed!"<br> +</p> + +Maenck smiled. "Both of them are my men," he explained. <br> +<p>The girl saw it all now--the whole scheme to lure her to +Blentz. Even then, though, she could not believe the king had +been one of the conspirators of the plot.<br> +</p> + +Weak as he was he was still a Rubinroth, and it was difficult for +a Von der Tann to believe in the duplicity of a member of the +house they had served so loyally for centuries. With bowed head +the princess turned her horse into the road that led toward +Blentz. Half the troopers preceded her, the balance following +behind. <br> +<p>Maenck wondered at the promptness of her surrender.<br> +</p> + +"To be a queen--ah! that was the great temptation," he thought +but he did not know what was passing in the girl's mind. She had +seen that escape for the moment was impossible, and so had +decided to bide her time until a more propitious chance should +come. In silence she rode among her captors. The thought of being +brought to Blentz alive was unbearable. <br> +<p>Somewhere along the road there would be an opportunity to +escape. Her horse was fleet; with a short start he could easily +outdistance these heavier cavalry animals and as a last resort +she could--she must--find some way to end her life, rather than +to be dragged to the altar beside Leopold of Lutha.<br> +</p> + +Since childhood Emma von der Tann had ridden these hilly roads. +She knew every lane and bypath for miles around. She knew the +short cuts, the gullies and ravines. She knew where one might, +with a good jumper, save a wide detour, and as she rode toward +Blentz she passed in review through her mind each of the many +spots where a sudden break for liberty might have the best chance +to succeed. <br> +<p>And at last she hit upon the place where a quick turn would +take her from the main road into the roughest sort of going for +one not familiar with the trail. Maenck and his soldiers had +already partially relaxed their vigilance. The officer had come +to the conclusion that his prisoner was resigned to her fate and +that, after all, the fate of being forced to be queen did not +appear so dark to her.<br> +</p> + +They had wound up a wooded hill and were half way up to the +summit. The princess was riding close to the righthand side of +the road. Quite suddenly, and before a hand could be raised to +stay her, she wheeled her mount between two trees, struck home +her spur, and was gone into the wood upon the steep hillside. +<br> +<p>With an oath, Maenck cried to his men to be after her. He +himself spurred into the forest at the point where the girl had +disappeared. So sudden had been her break for liberty and so +quickly had the foliage swallowed her that there was something +almost uncanny in it.<br> +</p> + +A hundred yards from the road the trees were further apart, and +through them the pursuers caught a glimpse of their quarry. The +girl was riding like mad along the rough, uneven hillside. Her +mount, surefooted as a chamois, seemed in his element. But two of +the horses of her pursuers were as swift, and under the cruel +spurs of their riders were closing up on their fugitive. The girl +urged her horse to greater speed, yet still the two behind closed +in. <br> +<p>A hundred yards ahead lay a deep and narrow gully, hid by +bushes that grew rankly along its verge. Straight toward this the +Princess Emma von der Tann rode. Behind her came her +pursuers--two quite close and the others trailing farther in the +rear. The girl reined in a trifle, letting the troopers that were +closest to her gain until they were but a few strides behind, +then she put spur to her horse and drove him at topmost speed +straight toward the gully. At the bushes she spoke a low word in +his backlaid ears, raised him quickly with the bit, leaning +forward as he rose in air. Like a bird that animal took the +bushes and the gully beyond, while close behind him crashed the +two luckless troopers.<br> +</p> + +Emma von der Tann cast a single backward glance over her +shoulder, as her horse regained his stride upon the opposite side +of the gully, to see her two foremost pursuers plunging headlong +into it. Then she shook free her reins and gave her mount his +head along a narrow trail that both had followed many times +before. <br> +<p>Behind her, Maenck and the balance of his men came to a sudden +stop at the edge of the gully. Below them one of the troopers was +struggling to his feet. The other lay very still beneath his +motionless horse. With an angry oath Maenck directed one of his +men to remain and help the two who had plunged over the brink, +then with the others he rode along the gully searching for a +crossing.<br> +</p> + +Before they found one their captive was a mile ahead of them, +and, barring accident, quite beyond recapture. She was making for +a highway that would lead her to Lustadt. Ordinarily she had been +wont to bear a little to the northeast at this point and strike +back into the road that she had just left; but today she feared +to do so lest she be cut off before she gained the north and +south highroad which the other road crossed a little farther on. +<br> +<p>To her right was a small farm across which she had never +ridden, for she always had made it a point never to trespass upon +fenced grounds. On the opposite side of the farm was a wood, and +somewhere beyond that a small stream which the highroad crossed +upon a little bridge. It was all new country to her, but it must +be ventured.<br> +</p> + +She took the fence at the edge of the clearing and then reined in +a moment to look behind her. A mile away she saw the head and +shoulders of a horseman above some low bushes--the pursuers had +found a way through the gully. <br> +<p>Turning once more to her flight the girl rode rapidly across +the fields toward the wood. Here she found a high wire fence so +close to thickly growing trees upon the opposite side that she +dared not attempt to jump it--there was no point at which she +would not have been raked from the saddle by overhanging boughs. +Slipping to the ground she attacked the barrier with her bare +hands, attempting to tear away the staples that held the wire in +place. For several minutes she surged and tugged upon the +unyielding metal strand. An occasional backward glance revealed +to her horrified eyes the rapid approach of her enemies. One of +them was far in advance of the others--in another moment he would +be upon her.<br> +</p> + +With redoubled fury she turned again to the fence. A superhuman +effort brought away a staple. One wire was down and an instant +later two more. Standing with one foot upon the wires to keep +them from tangling about her horse's legs, she pulled her mount +across into the wood. The foremost horseman was close upon her as +she finally succeeded in urging the animal across the fallen +wires. <br> +<p>The girl sprang to her horse's side just as the man reached +the fence. The wires, released from her weight, sprang up breast +high against his horse. He leaped from the saddle the instant +that the girl was swinging into her own. Then the fellow jumped +the fence and caught her bridle.<br> +</p> + +She struck at him with her whip, lashing him across the head and +face, but he clung tightly, dragged hither and thither by the +frightened horse, until at last he managed to reach the girl's +arm and drag her to the ground. <br> +<p>Almost at the same instant a man, unkempt and disheveled, +sprang from behind a tree and with a single blow stretched the +trooper unconscious upon the ground.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_21">Chapter VII BARNEY TO THE RESCUE</h1> + +<br> +AS BARNEY CUSTER raced along the Austrian highroad toward the +frontier and Lutha, his spirits rose to a pitch of buoyancy to +which they had been strangers for the past several days. For the +first time in many hours it seemed possible to Barney to +entertain reasonable hopes of escape from the extremely dangerous +predicament into which he had gotten himself. <br> +<p>He was even humming a gay little tune as he drove into a tiny +hamlet through which the road wound. No sign of military appeared +to fill him with apprehension. He was very hungry and the odor of +cooking fell gratefully upon his nostrils. He drew up before the +single inn, and presently, washed and brushed, was sitting before +the first meal he had seen for two days. In the enjoyment of the +food he almost forgot the dangers he had passed through, or that +other dangers might be lying in wait for him at his elbow.<br> +</p> + +From the landlord he learned that the frontier lay but three +miles to the south of the hamlet. Three miles! Three miles to +Lutha! What if there was a price upon his head in that kingdom? +It was HER home. It had been his mother's birthplace. He loved +it. <br> +<p>Further, he must enter there and reach the ear of old Prince +von der Tann. Once more he must save the king who had shown such +scant gratitude upon another occasion.<br> +</p> + +For Leopold, Barney Custer did not give the snap of his fingers; +but what Leopold, the king, stood for in the lives and sentiments +of the Luthanians--of the Von der Tanns-was very dear to the +American because it was dear to a trim, young girl and to a +rugged, leonine, old man, of both of whom Barney was inordinately +fond. And possibly, too, it was dear to him because of the royal +blood his mother had bequeathed him. <br> +<p>His meal disposed of to the last morsel, and paid for, Barney +entered the stolen car and resumed his journey toward Lutha. That +he could remain there he knew to be impossible, but in delivering +his news to Prince Ludwig he might have an opportunity to see the +Princess Emma once again--it would be worth risking his life for, +of that he was perfectly satisfied. And then he could go across +into Serbia with the new credentials that he had no doubt Prince +von der Tann would furnish him for the asking to replace those +the Austrians had confiscated.<br> +</p> + +At the frontier Barney was halted by an Austrian customs officer; +but when the latter recognized the military car and the Austrian +uniform of the driver he waved him through without comment. Upon +the other side the American expected possible difficulty with the +Luthanian customs officer, but to his surprise he found the +little building deserted, and none to bar his way. At last he was +in Lutha--by noon on the following day he should be at Tann. <br> +<p>To reach the Old Forest by the best roads it was necessary to +bear a little to the southeast, passing through Tafelberg and +striking the north and south highway between that point and +Lustadt, to which he could hold until reaching the east and west +road that runs through both Tann and Blentz on its way across the +kingdom.<br> +</p> + +The temptation to stop for a few minutes in Tafelberg for a visit +with his old friend Herr Kramer was strong, but fear that he +might be recognized by others, who would not guard his secret so +well as the shopkeeper of Tafelberg would, decided him to keep on +his way. So he flew through the familiar main street of the +quaint old village at a speed that was little, if any less, than +fifty miles an hour. <br> +<p>On he raced toward the south, his speed often necessarily +diminished upon the winding mountain roads, but for the most part +clinging to a reckless mileage that caused the few natives he +encountered to flee to the safety of the bordering fields, there +to stand in open-mouthed awe.<br> +</p> + +Halfway between Tafelberg and the crossroad into which he +purposed turning to the west toward Tann there is an S-curve +where the bases of two small hills meet. The road here is narrow +and treacherous--fifteen miles an hour is almost a reckless speed +at which to travel around the curves of the S. Beyond are open +fields upon either side of the road. <br> +<p>Barney took the turns carefully and had just emerged into the +last leg of the S when he saw, to his consternation, a half-dozen +Austrian infantrymen lolling beside the road. An officer stood +near them talking with a sergeant. To turn back in that narrow +road was impossible. He could only go ahead and trust to his +uniform and the military car to carry him safely through. Before +he reached the group of soldiers the fields upon either hand came +into view. They were dotted with tents, wagons, motor-vans and +artillery. What did it mean? What was this Austrian army doing in +Lutha?<br> +</p> + +Already the officer had seen him. This was doubtless an outpost, +however clumsily placed it might be for strategic purposes. To +pass it was Barney's only hope. He had passed through one +Austrian army--why not another? He approached the outpost at a +moderate rate of speed--to tear toward it at the rate his heart +desired would be to awaken not suspicion only but positive +conviction that his purposes and motives were ulterior. <br> +<p>The officer stepped toward the road as though to halt him. +Barney pretended to be fussing with some refractory piece of +controlling mechanism beneath the cowl--apparently he did not see +the officer. He was just opposite him when the latter shouted to +him. Barney straightened up quickly and saluted, but did not +stop.<br> +</p> + +"Halt!" cried the officer. <br> +<p>Barney pointed down the road in the direction in which he was +headed.<br> +</p> + +"Halt!" repeated the officer, running to the car. <br> +<p>Barney glanced ahead. Two hundred yards farther on was another +post--beyond that he saw no soldiers. He turned and shouted a +volley of intentionally unintelligible jargon at the officer, +continuing to point ahead of him.<br> +</p> + +He hoped to confuse the man for the few seconds necessary for him +to reach the last post. If the soldiers there saw that he had +been permitted to pass through the first they doubtless would not +hinder his further passage. That they were watching him Barney +could see. <br> +<p>He had passed the officer now. There was no necessity for +dalliance. He pressed the accelerator down a trifle. The car +moved forward at increased speed. a final angry shout broke from +the officer behind him, followed by a quick command. Barney did +not have to wait long to learn the tenor of the order, for almost +immediately a shot sounded from behind and a bullet whirred above +his head. Another shot and another followed.<br> +</p> + +Barney was pressing the accelerator downward to the limit. The +car responded nobly--there was no sputtering, no choking. Just a +rapid rush of increasing momentum as the machine gained headway +by leaps and bounds. <br> +<p>The bullets were ripping the air all about him. Just ahead the +second outpost stood directly in the center of the road. There +were three soldiers and they were taking deliberate aim, as +carefully as though upon the rifle range. It seemed to Barney +that they couldn't miss him. He swerved the car suddenly from one +side of the road to the other. At the rate that it was going the +move was fraught with but little less danger than the supine +facing of the leveled guns ahead.<br> +</p> + +The three rifles spoke almost simultaneously. The glass of the +windshield shattered in Barney's face. There was a hole in the +left-hand front fender that had not been there before. <br> +<p>"Rotten shooting," commented Barney Custer, of Beatrice.<br> +</p> + +The soldiers still stood in the center of the road firing at the +swaying car as, lurching from side to side, it bore down upon +them. Barney sounded the raucous military horn; but the soldiers +seemed unconscious of their danger--they still stood there +pumping lead toward the onrushing Juggernaut. At the last instant +they attempted to rush from its path; but they were too late. +<br> +<p>At over sixty miles an hour the huge, gray monster bore down +upon them. One of them fell beneath the wheels--the two others +were thrown high in air as the bumper struck them. The body of +the man who had fallen beneath the wheels threw the car half way +across the road--only iron nerve and strong arms held it from the +ditch upon the opposite side.<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer had never been nearer death than at that +moment--not even when he faced the firing squad before the +factory wall in Burgova. He had done that without a tremor--he +had heard the bullets of the outpost whistling about his head a +moment before, with a smile upon his lips-he had faced the +leveled rifles of the three he had ridden down and he had not +quailed. But now, his machine in the center of the road again, he +shook like a leaf, still in the grip of the sickening nausea of +that awful moment when the mighty, insensate monster beneath him +had reeled drunkenly in its mad flight, swerving toward the ditch +and destruction. <br> +<p>For a few minutes he held to his rapid pace before he looked +around, and then it was to see two cars climbing into the road +from the encampment in the field and heading toward him in +pursuit. Barney grinned. Once more he was master of his nerves. +They'd have a merry chase, he thought, and again he accelerated +the speed of the car. Once before he had had it up to +seventy-five miles, and for a moment, when he had had no +opportunity to even glance at the speedometer, much higher. Now +he was to find the maximum limit of the possibilities of the +brave car he had come to look upon with real affection.<br> +</p> + +The road ahead was comparatively straight and level. Behind him +came the enemy. Barney watched the road rushing rapidly out of +sight beneath the gray fenders. He glanced occasionally at the +speedometer. Seventy-five miles an hour. Seventy-seven! "Going +some," murmured Barney as he saw the needle vibrate up to eighty. +Gradually he nursed her up and up to greater speed. <br> +<p>Eighty-five! The trees were racing by him in an indistinct +blur of green. The fences were thin, wavering lines-the road a +white-gray ribbon, ironed by the terrific speed to smooth +unwrinkledness. He could not take his eyes from the business of +steering to glance behind; but presently there broke faintly +through the whir of the wind beating against his ears the faint +report of a gun. He was being fired upon again. He pressed down +still further upon the accelerator. The car answered to the +pressure. The needle rose steadily until it reached ninety miles +an hour--and topped it.<br> +</p> + +Then from somewhere in the radiator hose a hissing and a spurt of +steam. Barney was dumbfounded. He had filled the cooling system +at the inn where he had eaten. It had been working perfectly +before and since. What could have happened? There could be but a +single explanation. A bullet from the gun of one of the three men +who had attempted to stop him at the second outpost had +penetrated the radiator, and had slowly drained it. <br> +<p>Barney knew that the end was near, since the usefulness of the +car in furthering his escape was over. At the speed he was going +it would be but a short time before the superheated pistons +expanding in their cylinders would tear the motor to pieces. +Barney felt that he would be lucky if he himself were not killed +when it happened.<br> +</p> + +He reduced his speed and glanced behind. His pursuers had not +gained upon him, but they still were coming. A bend in the road +shut them from his view. A little way ahead the road crossed over +a river upon a wooden bridge. On the opposite side and to the +right of the road was a wood. It seemed to offer the most likely +possibilities of concealment in the vicinity. If he could but +throw his pursuers off the trail for a while he might succeed in +escaping through the wood, eventually reaching Tann on foot. He +had a rather hazy idea of the exact direction of the town and +castle, but that he could find them eventually he was sure. <br> +<p>The sight of the river and the bridge he was nearing suggested +a plan, and the ominous grating of the overheated motor warned +him that whatever he was to do he must do at once. As he neared +the bridge he reduced the speed of the car to fifteen miles an +hour, and set the hand throttle to hold it there. Still gripping +the steering wheel with one hand, he climbed over the left-hand +door to the running board. As the front wheels of the car ran up +onto the bridge Barney gave the steering wheel a sudden turn to +the right, and jumped.<br> +</p> + +The car veered toward the wooden handrail, there was a +splintering of stanchions, as, with a crash, the big machine +plunged through them headforemost into the river. Without waiting +to give even a glance at his handiwork Barney Custer ran across +the bridge, leaped the fence upon the righthand side and plunged +into the shelter of the wood. <br> +<p>Then he turned to look back up the road in the direction from +which his pursuers were coming. They were not in sight--they had +not seen his ruse. The water in the river was of sufficient depth +to completely cover the car--no sign of it appeared above the +surface.<br> +</p> + +Barney turned into the wood smiling. His scheme had worked well. +The occupants of the two cars following him might not note the +broken handrail, or, if they did, might not connect it with +Barney in any way. In this event they would continue in the +direction of Lustadt, wondering what in the world had become of +their quarry. Or, if they guessed that his car had gone over into +the river, they would doubtless believe that its driver had gone +with it. In either event Barney would be given ample time to find +his way to Tann. <br> +<p>He wished that he might find other clothes, since if he were +dressed otherwise there would be no reason to imagine that his +pursuers would recognize him should they come upon him. None of +them could possibly have gained a sufficiently good look at his +features to recognize them again.<br> +</p> + +The Austrian uniform, however, would convict him, or at least lay +him under suspicion, and in Barney's present case, suspicion was +as good as conviction were he to fall into the hands of the +Austrians. The garb had served its purpose well in aiding in his +escape from Austria, but now it was more of a menace than an +asset. <br> +<p>For a week Barney Custer wandered through the woods and +mountains of Lutha. He did not dare approach or question any +human being. Several times he had seen Austrian cavalry that +seemed to be scouring the country for some purpose that the +American could easily believe was closely connected with himself. +At least he did not feel disposed to stop them, as they cantered +past his hiding place, to inquire the nature of their +business.<br> +</p> + +Such farmhouses as he came upon he gave a wide berth except at +night, and then he only approached them stealthily for such +provender as he might filch. Before the week was up he had become +an expert chicken thief, being able to rob a roost as quietly as +the most finished carpetbagger on the sunny side of Mason and +Dixon's line. <br> +<p>A careless housewife, leaving her lord and master's rough +shirt and trousers hanging upon the line overnight, had made +possible for Barney the coveted change in raiment. Now he was +barged as a Luthanian peasant. He was hatless, since the lady had +failed to hang out her mate's woolen cap, and Barney had not +dared retain a single vestige of the damning Austrian +uniform.<br> +</p> + +What the peasant woman thought when she discovered the empty line +the following morning Barney could only guess, but he was morally +certain that her grief was more than tempered by the gold piece +he had wrapped in a bit of cloth torn from the soldier's coat he +had worn, which he pinned on the line where the shirt and pants +had been. <br> +<p>It was somewhere near noon upon the seventh day that Barney +skirting a little stream, followed through the concealing shade +of a forest toward the west. In his peasant dress he now felt +safer to approach a farmhouse and inquire his way to Tann, for he +had come a sufficient distance from the spot where he had stolen +his new clothes to hope that they would not be recognized or that +the news of their theft had not preceded him.<br> +</p> + +As he walked he heard the sound of the feet of a horse galloping +over a dry field--muffled, rapid thud approaching closer upon his +right hand. Barney remained motionless. He was sure that the +rider would not enter the wood which, with its low-hanging boughs +and thick underbrush, was ill adapted to equestrianism. <br> +<p>Closer and closer came the sound until it ceased suddenly +scarce a hundred yards from where the American hid. He waited in +silence to discover what would happen next. Would the rider enter +the wood on foot? What was his purpose? Was it another Austrian +who had by some miracle discovered the whereabouts of the +fugitive? Barney could scarce believe it possible.<br> +</p> + +Presently he heard another horse approaching at the same mad +gallop. He heard the sound of rapid, almost frantic efforts of +some nature where the first horse had come to a stop. He heard a +voice urging the animal forward--pleading, threatening. A woman's +voice. Barney's excitement became intense in sympathy with the +subdued excitement of the woman whom he could not as yet see. +<br> +<p>A moment later the second rider came to a stop at the same +point at which the first had reined in. A man's voice rose +roughly. "Halt!" it cried. "In the name of the king, halt!" The +American could no longer resist the temptation to see what was +going on so close to him "in the name of the king."<br> +</p> + +He advanced from behind his tree until he saw the two figures--a +man's and a woman's. Some bushes intervened-he could not get a +clear view of them, yet there was something about the figure of +the woman, whose back was toward him as she struggled to mount +her frightened horse, that caused him to leap rapidly toward her. +He rounded a tree a few paces from her just as the man--a trooper +in the uniform of the house of Blentz--caught her arm and dragged +her from the saddle. At the same instant Barney recognized the +girl--it was Princess Emma. <br> +<p>Before either the trooper or the princess were aware of his +presence he had leaped to the man's side and dealt him a blow +that stretched him at full length upon the ground-stunned.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_22">Chapter VIII AN ADVENTUROUS DAY</h1> + +<br> +FOR AN INSTANT the two stood looking at one another. The girl's +eyes were wide with incredulity, with hope, with fear. She was +the first to break the silence. <br> +<p>"Who are you?" she breathed in a half whisper.<br> +</p> + +"I don't wonder that you ask," returned the man. "I must look +like a scarecrow. I'm Barney Custer. Don't you remember me now? +Who did you think I was?" <br> +<p>The girl took a step toward him. Her eyes lighted with +relief.<br> +</p> + +"Captain Maenck told me that you were dead," she said, "that you +had been shot as a spy in Austria, and then there is that uncanny +resemblance to the king--since he has shaved his beard it is +infinitely more remarkable. I thought you might be he. He has +been at Blentz and I knew that it was quite possible that he had +discovered treachery upon the part of Prince Peter. In which case +he might have escaped in disguise. I really wasn't sure that you +were not he until you spoke." <br> +<p>Barney stooped and removed the bandoleer of cartridges from +the fallen trooper, as well as his revolver and carbine. Then he +took the girl's hand and together they turned into the wood. +Behind them came the sound of pursuit. They heard the loud words +of Maenck as he ordered his three remaining men into the wood on +foot. As he advanced, Barney looked to the magazine of his +carbine and the cylinder of his revolver.<br> +</p> + +"Why were they pursuing you?" he asked. <br> +<p>"They were taking me to Blentz to force me to wed Leopold," +she replied. "They told me that my father's life depended upon my +consenting; but I should not have done so. The honor of my house +is more precious than the life of any of its members. I escaped +them a few miles back, and they were following to overtake +me."<br> +</p> + +A noise behind them caused Barney to turn. One of the troopers +had come into view. He carried his carbine in his hands and at +sight of the man with the fugitive girl he raised it to his +shoulder; but as the American turned toward him his eyes went +wide and his jaw dropped. <br> +<p>Instantly Barney knew that the fellow had noted his +resemblance to the king. Barney's body was concealed from the +view of the other by a bush which grew between them, so the man +saw only the face of the American. The fellow turned and shouted +to Maenck: "The king is with her."<br> +</p> + +"Nonsense," came the reply from farther back in the wood. "If +there is a man with her and he will not surrender, shoot him." At +the words Barney and the girl turned once more to their flight. +From behind came the command to halt-"Halt! or I fire." Just +ahead Barney saw the river. <br> +<p>They were sure to be taken there if he was unable to gain the +time necessary to make good a crossing. Upon the opposite side +was a continuation of the wood. Behind them the leading trooper +was crashing through the underbrush in renewed pursuit. He came +in sight of them again, just as they reached the river bank. Once +more his carbine was leveled. Barney pushed the girl to her knees +behind a bush. Then he wheeled and fired, so quickly that the man +with the already leveled gun had no time to anticipate his +act.<br> +</p> + +With a cry the fellow threw his hands above his head, staggered +forward and plunged full length upon his face. Barney gathered +the princess in his arms and plunged into the shallow stream. The +girl held his carbine as he stumbled over the rocky bottom. The +water deepened rapidly--the opposite shore seemed a long way off +and behind there were three more enemies in hot pursuit. <br> +<p>Under ordinary circumstances Barney could have found it in his +heart to wish the little Luthanian river as broad as the +Mississippi, for only under such circumstances as these could he +ever hope to hold the Princess Emma in his arms. Two years before +she had told him that she loved him; but at the same time she had +given him to understand that their love was hopeless. She might +refuse to wed the king; but that she should ever wed another +while the king lived was impossible, unless Leopold saw fit to +release her from her betrothal to him and sanction her marriage +to another. That he ever would do this was to those who knew him +not even remotely possible.<br> +</p> + +He loved Emma von der Tann and he hated Barney Custer--hated him +with a jealous hatred that was almost fanatic in its intensity. +And even that the Princess Emma von der Tann would wed him were +she free to wed was a question that was not at all clear in the +mind of Barney Custer. He knew something of the traditions of +this noble family--of the pride of caste, of the fetish of blood +that inexorably dictated the ordering of their lives. <br> +<p>The girl had just said that the honor of her house was more +precious than the life of any of its members. How much more +precious would it be to her than her own material happiness! +Barney Custer sighed and struggled through the swirling waters +that were now above his hips. If he pressed the lithe form closer +to him than necessity demanded, who may blame him?<br> +</p> + +The girl, whose face was toward the bank they had just quitted, +gave no evidence of displeasure if she noted the fierce pressure +of his muscles. Her eyes were riveted upon the wood behind. +Presently a man emerged. He called to them in a loud and +threatening tone. <br> +<p>Barney redoubled his Herculean efforts to gain the opposite +bank. He was in midstream now and the water had risen to his +waist. The girl saw Maenck and the other trooper emerge from the +underbrush beside the first. Maenck was crazed with anger. He +shook his fist and screamed aloud his threatening commands to +halt, and then, of a sudden, gave an order to one of the men at +his side. Immediately the fellow raised his carbine and fired at +the escaping couple.<br> +</p> + +The bullet struck the water behind them. At the sound of the +report the girl raised the gun she held and leveled it at the +group behind her. She pulled the trigger. There was a sharp +report, and one of the troopers fell. Then she fired again, +quickly, and again and again. She did not score another hit, but +she had the satisfaction of seeing Maenck and the last of his +troopers dodge back to the safety of protecting trees. <br> +<p>"The cowards!" muttered Barney as the enemy's shot announced +his sinister intention; "they might have hit your highness."<br> +</p> + +The girl did not reply until she had ceased firing. <br> +<p>"Captain Maenck is notoriously a coward," she said. "He is +hiding behind a tree now with one of his men--I hit the +other."<br> +</p> + +"You hit one of them!" exclaimed Barney enthusiastically. <br> +<p>"Yes," said the girl. "I have shot a man. I often wondered +what the sensation must be to have done such a thing. I should +feel terribly, but I don't. They were firing at you, trying to +shoot you in the back while you were defenseless. I am not +sorry--I cannot be; but I only wish that it had been Captain +Maenck."<br> +</p> + +In a short time Barney reached the bank and, helping the girl up, +climbed to her side. A couple of shots followed them as they left +the river, but did not fall dangerously near. Barney took the +carbine and replied, then both of them disappeared into the wood. +<br> +<p>For the balance of the day they tramped on in the direction of +Lustadt, making but little progress owing to the fear of +apprehension. They did not dare utilize the high road, for they +were still too close to Blentz. Their only hope lay in reaching +the protection of Prince von der Tann before they should be +recaptured by the king's emissaries. At dusk they came to the +outskirts of a town. Here they hid until darkness settled, for +Barney had determined to enter the place after dark and hire +horses.<br> +</p> + +The American marveled at the bravery and endurance of the girl. +He had always supposed that a princess was so carefully guarded +from fatigue and privation all her life that the least exertion +would prove her undoing; but no hardy peasant girl could have +endured more bravely the hardships and dangers through which the +Princess Emma had passed since the sun rose that morning. <br> +<p>At last darkness came, and with it they approached and entered +the village. They kept to unlighted side streets until they met a +villager, of whom they inquired their way to some private house +where they might obtain refreshments. The fellow scrutinized them +with evident suspicion.<br> +</p> + +"There is an inn yonder," he said, pointing toward the main +street. "You can obtain food there. Why should respectable folk +want to go elsewhere than to the public inn? And if you are +afraid to go there you must have very good reasons for not +wanting to be seen, and--" he stopped short as though assailed by +an idea. "Wait," he cried, excitedly, "I will go and see if I can +find a place for you. Wait right here," and off he ran toward the +inn. <br> +<p>"I don't like the looks of that," said Barney, after the man +had left them. "He's gone to report us to someone. Come, we'd +better get out of here before he comes back."<br> +</p> + +The two turned up a side street away from the inn. They had gone +but a short distance when they heard the sound of voices and the +thud of horses' feet behind them. The horses were coming at a +walk and with them were several men on foot. Barney took the +princess' hand and drew her up a hedge bordered driveway that led +into private grounds. In the shadows of the hedge they waited for +the party behind them to pass. It might be no one searching for +them, but it was just as well to be on the safe side--they were +still near Blentz. Before the men reached their hiding place a +motor car followed and caught up with them, and as the party came +opposite the driveway Barney and the princess overheard a portion +of their conversation. <br> +<p>"Some of you go back and search the street behind the +inn--they may not have come this way." The speaker was in the +motor car. "We will follow along this road for a bit and then +turn into the Lustadt highway. If you don't find them go back +along the road toward Tann."<br> +</p> + +In her excitement the Princess Emma had not noticed that Barney +Custer still held her hand in his. Now he pressed it. "It is +Maenck's voice," he whispered. "Every road will be guarded." <br> +<p>For a moment he was silent, thinking. The searching party had +passed on. They could still hear the purring of the motor as +Maenck's car moved slowly up the street.<br> +</p> + +"This is a driveway," murmured Barney. "People who build +driveways into their grounds usually have something to drive. +Whatever it is it should be at the other end of the driveway. +Let's see if it will carry two." <br> +<p>Still in the shadow of the hedge they moved cautiously toward +the upper end of the private road until presently they saw a +building looming in their path.<br> +</p> + +"A garage?" whispered Barney. <br> +<p>"Or a barn," suggested the princess.<br> +</p> + +"In either event it should contain something that can go," +returned the American. "Let us hope that it can go +like-like--ah--the wind." <br> +<p>"And carry two," supplemented the princess.<br> +</p> + +"Wait here," said Barney. "If I get caught, run. Whatever happens +you mustn't be caught." <br> +<p>Princess Emma dropped back close to the hedge and Barney +approached the building, which proved to be a private garage. The +doors were locked, as also were the three windows. Barney passed +entirely around the structure halting at last upon the darkest +side. Here was a window. Barney tried to loosen the catch with +the blade of his pocket knife, but it wouldn't unfasten. His +endeavors resulted only in snapping short the blade of his knife. +For a moment he stood contemplating the baffling window. He dared +not break the glass for fear of arousing the inmates of the house +which, though he could not see it, might be close at hand.<br> +</p> + +Presently he recalled a scene he had witnessed on State Street in +Chicago several years before--a crowd standing before the window +of a jeweler's shop inspecting a neat little hole that a thief +had cut in the glass with a diamond and through which he had +inserted his hand and brought forth several hundred dollars worth +of loot. But Barney Custer wore no diamond--he would as soon have +worn a celluloid collar. But women wore diamonds. Doubtless the +Princess Emma had one. He ran quickly to her side. <br> +<p>"Have you a diamond ring?" he whispered.<br> +</p> + +"Gracious!" she exclaimed, "you are progressing rapidly," and +slipped a solitaire from her finger to his hand. <br> +<p>"Thanks," said Barney. "I need the practice; but wait and +you'll see that a diamond may be infinitely more valuable than +even the broker claims," and he was gone again into the shadows +of the garage. Here upon the window pane he scratched a rough +deep circle, close to the catch. A quick blow sent the glass +clattering to the floor within. For a minute Barney stood +listening for any sign that the noise had attracted attention, +but hearing nothing he ran his hand through the hole that he had +made and unlatched the frame. A moment later he had crawled +within.<br> +</p> + +Before him, in the darkness, stood a roadster. He ran his hand +over the pedals and levers, breathing a sigh of relief as his +touch revealed the familiar control of a standard make. Then he +went to the double doors. They opened easily and silently. <br> +<p>Once outside he hastened to the side of the waiting girl.<br> +</p> + +"It's a machine," he whispered. "We must both be in it when it +leaves the garage--it's the through express for Lustadt and makes +no stops for passengers or freight." <br> +<p>He led her back to the garage and helped her into the seat +beside him. As silently as possible he ran the machine into the +driveway. A hundred yards to the left, half hidden by intervening +trees and shrubbery, rose the dark bulk of a house. A subdued +light shone through the drawn blinds of several windows--the only +sign of life about the premises until the car had cleared the +garage and was moving slowly down the driveway. Then a door +opened in the house letting out a flood of light in which the +figure of a man was silhouetted. A voice broke the silence.<br> +</p> + +"Who are you? What are you doing there? Come back!" <br> +<p>The man in the doorway called excitedly, "Friedrich! Come! +Come quickly! Someone is stealing the automobile," and the +speaker came running toward the driveway at top speed. Behind him +came Friedrich. Both were shouting, waving their arms and +threatening. Their combined din might have aroused the dead.<br> +</p> + +Barney sought speed--silence now was useless. He turned to the +left into the street away from the center of the town. In this +direction had gone the automobile with Maenck, but by taking the +first righthand turn Barney hoped to elude the captain. In a +moment Friedrich and the other were hopelessly distanced. It was +with a sigh of relief that the American turned the car into the +dark shadows beneath the overarching trees of the first cross +street. <br> +<p>He was running without lights along an unknown way; and beside +him was the most precious burden that Barney Custer might ever +expect to carry. Under these circumstances his speed was greatly +reduced from what he would have wished, but at that he was forced +to accept grave risks. The road might end abruptly at the brink +of a ravine--it might swerve perilously close to a stone +quarry--or plunge headlong into a pond or river. Barney shuddered +at the possibilities; but nothing of the sort happened. The +street ran straight out of the town into a country road, rather +heavy with sand. In the open the possibilities of speed were +increased, for the night, though moonless, was clear, and the +road visible for some distance ahead.<br> +</p> + +The fugitives were congratulating themselves upon the excellent +chance they now had to reach Lustadt. There was only Maenck and +his companion ahead of them in the other car, and as there were +several roads by which one might reach the main highway the +chances were fair that Prince Peter's aide would miss them +completely. <br> +<p>Already escape seemed assured when the pounding of horses' +hoofs upon the roadway behind them arose to blast their new found +hope. Barney increased the speed of the car. It leaped ahead in +response to his foot; but the road was heavy, and the sides of +the ruts gripping the tires retarded the speed. For a mile they +held the lead of the galloping horsemen. The shouts of their +pursuers fell clearly upon their ears, and the Princess Emma, +turning in her seat, could easily see the four who followed. At +last the car began to draw away--the distance between it and the +riders grew gradually greater.<br> +</p> + +"I believe we are going to make it," whispered the girl, her +voice tense with excitement. "If you could only go a little +faster, Mr. Custer, I'm sure that we will." <br> +<p>"She's reached her limit in this sand," replied the man, "and +there's a grade just ahead--we may find better going beyond, but +they're bound to gain on us before we reach the top."<br> +</p> + +The girl strained her eyes into the night before them. On the +right of the road stood an ancient ruin--grim and forbidding. As +her eyes rested upon it she gave a little exclamation of relief. +<br> +<p>"I know where we are now," she cried. "The hill ahead is +sandy, and there is a quarter of a mile of sand beyond, but then +we strike the Lustadt highway, and if we can reach it ahead of +them their horses will have to go ninety miles an hour to catch +us--provided this car possesses any such speed +possibilities."<br> +</p> + +"If it can go forty we are safe enough," replied Barney; "but +we'll give it a chance to go as fast as it can--the farther we +are from the vicinity of Blentz the safer I shall feel for the +welfare of your highness." <br> +<p>A shot rang behind them, and a bullet whistled high above +their heads. The princess seized the carbine that rested on the +seat between them.<br> +</p> + +"Shall I?" she asked, turning its muzzle back over the lowered +top. <br> +<p>"Better not," answered the man. "They are only trying to +frighten us into surrendering--that shot was much too high to +have been aimed at us--they are shooting over our heads +purposely. If they deliberately attempt to pot us later, then go +for them, but to do it now would only draw their fire upon us. I +doubt if they wish to harm your highness, but they certainly +would fire to hit in self-defense."<br> +</p> + +The girl lowered the firearm. "I am becoming perfectly +bloodthirsty," she said, "but it makes me furious to be hunted +like a wild animal in my native land, and by the command of my +king, at that. And to think that you who placed him upon his +throne, you who have risked your life many times for him, will +find no protection at his hands should you be captured is +maddening. Ach, Gott, if I were a man!" <br> +<p>"I thank God that you are not, your highness," returned Barney +fervently.<br> +</p> + +Gently she laid her hand upon his where it gripped the steering +wheel. <br> +<p>"No," she said, "I was wrong--I do not need to be a man while +there still be such men as you, my friend; but I would that I +were not the unhappy woman whom Fate had bound to an ingrate +king--to a miserable coward!"<br> +</p> + +They had reached the grade at last, and the motor was straining +to the Herculean task imposed upon it. <br> +<p>Grinding and grating in second speed the car toiled upward +through the clinging sand. The pace was snail-like. Behind, the +horsemen were gaining rapidly. The labored breathing of their +mounts was audible even above the noise of the motor, so close +were they. The top of the ascent lay but a few yards ahead, and +the pursuers were but a few yards behind.<br> +</p> + +"Halt!" came from behind, and then a shot. The ping of the bullet +and the scream of the ricochet warned the man and the girl that +those behind them were becoming desperate--the bullet had struck +one of the rear fenders. Without again asking assent the princess +turned and, kneeling upon the cushion of the seat, fired at the +nearest horseman. The horse stumbled and plunged to his knees. +Another, just behind, ran upon him, and the two rolled over +together with their riders. Two more shots were fired by the +remaining horsemen and answered by the girl in the automobile, +and then the car topped the hill, shot into high, and with +renewed speed forged into the last quarter-mile of heavy going +toward the good road ahead; but now the grade was slightly +downward and all the advantage was upon the side of the +fugitives. <br> +<p>However, their margin would be but scant when they reached the +highway, for behind them the remaining troopers were spurring +their jaded horses to a final spurt of speed. At last the white +ribbon of the main road became visible. To the right they saw the +headlights of a machine. It was Maenck probably, doubtless +attracted their way by the shooting.<br> +</p> + +But the machine was a mile away and could not possibly reach the +intersection of the two roads before they had turned to the left +toward Lustadt. Then the incident would resolve itself into a +simple test of speed between the two cars--and the ability and +nerve of the drivers. Barney hadn't the slightest doubt now as to +the outcome. His borrowed car was a good one, in good condition. +And in the matter of driving he rather prided himself that he +needn't take his hat off to anyone when it came to ability and +nerve. <br> +<p>They were only about fifty feet from the highway. The girl +touched his hand again. "We're safe," she cried, her voice +vibrant with excitement, "we're safe at last." From beneath the +bonnet, as though in answer to her statement, came a sickly, +sucking sputter. The momentum of the car diminished. The +throbbing of the engine ceased. They sat in silence as the +machine coasted toward the highway and came to a dead stop, with +its front wheels upon the road to safety. The girl turned toward +Barney with an exclamation of surprise and interrogation.<br> +</p> + +"The jig's up," he groaned.; "we're out of gasoline!" <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_23">Chapter IX THE CAPTURE</h1> + +<br> +<p>THE CAPTURE of Princess Emma von der Tann and Barney Custer +was a relatively simple matter. Open fields spread in all +directions about the crossroads at which their car had come to +its humiliating stop. There was no cover. To have sought escape +by flight, thus in the open, would have been to expose the +princess to the fire of the troopers. Barney could not do this. +He preferred to surrender and trust to chance to open the way to +escape later.<br> +</p> + +When Captain Ernst Maenck drove up he found the prisoners +disarmed, standing beside the now-useless car. He alighted from +his own machine and with a low bow saluted the princess, an +ironical smile upon his thin lips. Then he turned his attention +toward her companion. <br> +<p>"Who are you?" he demanded gruffly. In the darkness he failed +to recognize the American whom he thought dead in Austria.<br> +</p> + +"A servant of the house of Von der Tann," replied Barney. <br> +<p>"You deserve shooting," growled the officer, "but we'll leave +that to Prince Peter and the king. When I tell them the trouble +you have caused us--well, God help you."<br> +</p> + +The journey to Blentz was a short one. They had been much nearer +that grim fortress than either had guessed. At the outskirts of +the town they were challenged by Austrian sentries, through which +Maenck passed with ease after the sentinel had summoned an +officer. From this man Maenck received the password that would +carry them through the line of outposts between the town and the +castle--"Slankamen." Barney, who overheard the word, made a +mental note of it. <br> +<p>At last they reached the dreary castle of Peter of Blentz. In +the courtyard Austrian soldiers mingled with the men of the +bodyguard of the king of Lutha. Within, the king's officers +fraternized with the officers of the emperor. Maenck led his +prisoners to the great hall which was filled with officers and +officials of both Austria and Lutha.<br> +</p> + +The king was not there. Maenck learned that he had retired to his +apartments a few minutes earlier in company with Prince Peter of +Blentz and Von Coblich. He sent a servant to announce his return +with the Princess von der Tann and a man who had attempted to +prevent her being brought to Blentz. <br> +<p>Barney had, as far as possible, kept his face averted from +Maenck since they had entered the lighted castle. He hoped to +escape recognition, for he knew that if his identity were guessed +it might go hard with the princess. As for himself, it might go +even harder, but of that he gave scarcely a thought--the safety +of the princess was paramount.<br> +</p> + +After a few minutes of waiting the servant returned with the +king's command to fetch the prisoners to his apartments. The face +of the Princess Emma was haggard. For the first time Barney saw +signs of fear upon her countenance. With leaden steps they +accompanied their guard up the winding stairway to the tower +rooms that had been furnished for the king. They were the same in +which Emma von der Tann had been imprisoned two years before. +<br> +<p>On either side of the doorway stood a soldier of the king's +bodyguard. As Captain Maenck approached they saluted. A servant +opened the door and they passed into the room. Before them were +Peter of Blentz and Von Coblich standing beside a table at which +Leopold of Lutha was sitting. The eyes of the three men were upon +the doorway as the little party entered. The king's face was +flushed with wine. He rose as his eyes rested upon the face of +the princess.<br> +</p> + +"Greetings, your highness," he cried with an attempt at +cordiality. <br> +<p>The girl looked straight into his eyes, coldly, and then bent +her knee in formal curtsy. The king was about to speak again when +his eyes wandered to the face of the American. Instantly his own +went white and then scarlet. The eyes of Peter of Blentz followed +those of the king, widening in astonishment as they rested upon +the features of Barney Custer.<br> +</p> + +"You told me he was dead," shouted the king. "What is the meaning +of this, Captain Maenck?" <br> +<p>Maenck looked at his male prisoner and staggered back as +though struck between the eyes.<br> +</p> + +"Mein Gott," he exclaimed, "the impostor!" <br> +<p>"You told me he was dead," repeated the king accusingly.<br> +</p> + +"As God is my judge, your majesty," cried Peter of Blentz, "this +man was shot by an Austrian firing squad in Burgova over a week +ago." <br> +<p>"Sire," exclaimed Maenck, "this is the first sight I have had +of the prisoners except in the darkness of the night; until this +instant I had not the remotest suspicion of his identity. He told +me that he was a servant of the house of Von der Tann."<br> +</p> + +"I told you the truth, then," interjected Barney. <br> +<p>"Silence, you ingrate!" cried the king.<br> +</p> + +"Ingrate?" repeated Barney. "You have the effrontery to call me +an ingrate? You miserable puppy." <br> +<p>A silence, menacing in its intensity, fell upon the little +assemblage. The king trembled. His rage choked him. The others +looked as though they scarce could believe the testimony of their +own ears. All there, with the possible exception of the king, +knew that he deserved even more degrading appellations; but they +were Europeans, and to Europeans a king is a king--that they can +never forget. It had been the inherent suggestion of kingship +that had bent the knee of the Princess Emma before the man she +despised.<br> +</p> + +But to the American a king was only what he made himself. In this +instance he was not even a man in the estimation of Barney +Custer. Maenck took a step toward the prisoner --a menacing step, +for his hand had gone to his sword. Barney met him with a level +look from between narrowed lids. Maenck hesitated, for he was a +great coward. Peter of Blentz spoke: <br> +<p>"Sire," he said, "the fellow knows that he is already as good +as dead, and so in his bravado he dares affront you. He has been +convicted of spying by the Austrians. He is still a spy. It is +unnecessary to repeat the formality of a trial."<br> +</p> + +Leopold at last found his voice, though it trembled and broke as +he spoke. <br> +<p>"Carry out the sentence of the Austrian court in the morning," +he said. "A volley now might arouse the garrison in the town and +be misconstrued."<br> +</p> + +Maenck ordered Barney escorted from the apartment, then he turned +toward the king. <br> +<p>"And the other prisoner, sire?" he inquired.<br> +</p> + +"There is no other prisoner," he said. "Her highness, the +Princess von der Tann, is a guest of Prince Peter. She will be +escorted to her apartment at once." <br> +<p>"Her highness, the Princess von der Tann, is not a guest of +Prince Peter." The girl's voice was low and cold. "If Mr. Custer +is a prisoner, her highness, too, is a prisoner. If he is to be +shot, she demands a like fate. To die by the side of a MAN would +be infinitely preferable to living by the side of your +majesty."<br> +</p> + +Once again Leopold of Lutha reddened. For a moment he paced the +room angrily to hide his emotion. Then he turned once to Maenck. +<br> +<p>"Escort the prisoner to the north tower," he commanded, "and +this insolent girl to the chambers next to ours. Tomorrow we +shall talk with her again."<br> +</p> + +Outside the room Barney turned for a last look at the princess as +he was being led in one direction and she in another. A smile of +encouragement was on his lips and cold hopelessness in his heart. +She answered the smile and her lips formed a silent "good-bye." +They formed something else, too--three words which he was sure he +could not have mistaken, and then they parted, he for the death +chamber and she for what fate she could but guess. <br> +<p>As his guard halted before a door at the far end of a long +corridor Barney Custer sensed a sudden familiarity in his +surroundings. He was conscious of that sensation which is common +to all of us--of having lived through a scene at some former +time, to each minutest detail.<br> +</p> + +As the door opened and he was pushed into the room he realized +that there was excellent foundation for the impression--he +immediately recognized the apartment as the same in which he had +once before been imprisoned. At that time he had been mistaken +for the mad king who had escaped from the clutches of Peter of +Blentz. The same king was now visiting as a guest the fortress in +which he had spent ten bitter years as a prisoner. <br> +<p>"Say your prayers, my friend," admonished Maenck, as he was +about to leave him alone, "for at dawn you die-and this time the +firing squad will make a better job of it."<br> +</p> + +Barney did not answer him, and the captain departed, locking the +door after him and leaving two men on guard in the corridor. +Alone, Barney looked about the room. It was in no wise changed +since his former visit to it. He recalled the incidents of the +hour of his imprisonment here, thought of old Joseph who had +aided his escape, looked at the paneled fireplace, whose secret, +it was evident, not even the master of Blentz was familiar +with--and grinned. <br> +<p>"'For at dawn you die!'" he repeated to himself, still smiling +broadly. Then he crossed quickly to the fireplace, running his +fingers along the edge of one of the large tiled panels that hid +the entrance to the well-like shaft that rose from the cellars +beneath to the towers above and which opened through similar +concealed exits upon each floor. If the floor above should be +untenanted he might be able to reach it as he and Joseph had done +two years ago when they opened the secret panel in the fireplace +and climbed a hidden ladder to the room overhead; and then by +vacant corridors reached the far end of the castle above the +suite in which the princess had been confined and near which +Barney had every reason to believe she was now imprisoned.<br> +</p> + +Carefully Barney's fingers traversed the edges of the panel. No +hidden latch rewarded his search. Again and again he examined the +perfectly fitted joints until he was convinced either that there +was no latch there or that it was hid beyond possibility of +discovery. With each succeeding minute the American's heart and +hopes sank lower and lower. Two years had elapsed since he had +seen the secret portal swing to the touch of Joseph's fingers. +One may forget much in two years; but that he was at work upon +the right panel Barney was positive. However, it would do no harm +to examine its mate which resembled it in minutest detail. <br> +<p>Almost indifferently Barney turned his attention to the other +panel. He ran his fingers over it, his eyes following them. What +was that? A finger-print? Upon the left side half way up a tiny +smudge was visible. Barney examined it more carefully. A round, +white figure of the conventional design that was burned into the +tile bore the telltale smudge.<br> +</p> + +Otherwise it differed apparently in no way from the numerous +other round, white figures that were repeated many times in the +scheme of decoration. Barney placed his thumb exactly over the +mark that another thumb had left there and pushed. The figure +sank into the panel beneath the pressure. Barney pushed harder, +breathless with suspense. The panel swung in at his effort. The +American could have whooped with delight. <br> +<p>A moment more and he stood upon the opposite side of the +secret door in utter darkness, for he had quickly closed it after +him. To strike a match was but the matter of a moment. The +wavering light revealed the top of the ladder that led downward +and the foot of another leading aloft. He struck still more +matches in search of the rope. It was not there, but his quest +revealed the fact that the well at this point was much larger +than he had imagined--it broadened into a small chamber.<br> +</p> + +The light of many matches finally led him to the discovery of a +passageway directly behind the fireplace. It was narrow, and +after spanning the chimney descended by a few rough steps to a +slightly lower level. It led toward the opposite end of the +castle. Could it be possible that it connected directly with the +apartments in the farther tower-in the tower where the king was +and the Princess Emma? Barney could scarce hope for any such good +luck, but at least it was worth investigating--it must lead +somewhere. <br> +<p>He followed it warily, feeling his way with hands and feet and +occasionally striking a match. It was evident that the corridor +lay in the thick wall of the castle, midway between the bottoms +of the windows of the second floor and the tops of those upon the +first--this would account for the slightly lower level of the +passage from the floor of the second story.<br> +</p> + +Barney had traversed some distance in the darkness along the +forgotten corridor when the sound of voices came to him from +beyond the wall at his right. He stopped, motionless, pressing +his ear against the side wall. As he did so he became aware of +the fact that at this point the wall was of wood--a large panel +of hardwood. Now he could hear even the words of the speaker upon +the opposite side. <br> +<p>"Fetch her here, captain, and I will talk with her alone." The +voice was the king's. "And, captain, you might remove the guard +from before the door temporarily. I shall not require them, nor +do I wish them to overhear my conversation with the +princess."<br> +</p> + +Barney could hear the officer acknowledge the commands of the +king, and then he heard a door close. The man had gone to fetch +the princess. The American struck a match and examined the panel +before him. It reached to the top of the passageway and was some +three feet in width. <br> +<p>At one side were three hinges, and at the other an ancient +spring lock. For an instant Barney stood in indecision. What +should he do? His entry into the apartments of the king would +result in alarming the entire fortress. Were he sure the king was +alone it might be accomplished. Should he enter now or wait until +the Princess Emma had been brought to the king?<br> +</p> + +With the question came the answer--a bold and daring scheme. His +fingers sought the lock. Very gently, he unlatched it and pushed +outward upon the panel. Suddenly the great doorway gave beneath +his touch. It opened a crack letting a flood of light into his +dark cell that almost blinded him. <br> +<p>For a moment he could see nothing, and then out of the glaring +blur grew the figure of a man sitting at a table-with his back +toward the panel.<br> +</p> + +It was the king, and he was alone. Noiselessly Barney Custer +entered the apartment, closing the panel after him. At his back +now was the great oil painting of the Blentz princess that had +hid the secret entrance to the room. He crossed the thick rugs +until he stood behind the king. Then he clapped one hand over the +mouth of the monarch of Lutha and threw the other arm about his +neck. <br> +<p>"Make the slightest outcry and I shall kill you," he whispered +in the ear of the terrified man.<br> +</p> + +Across the room Barney saw a revolver lying upon a small table. +He raised the king to his feet and, turning his back toward the +weapon dragged him across the apartment until the table was +within easy reach. Then he snatched up the revolver and swung the +king around into a chair facing him, the muzzle of the gun +pressed against his face. <br> +<p>"Silence," he whispered.<br> +</p> + +The king, white and trembling, gasped as his eyes fell upon the +face of the American. <br> +<p>"You?" His voice was barely audible.<br> +</p> + +"Take off your clothes--every stitch of them--and if any one asks +for admittance, deny them. Quick, now," as the king hesitated. +"My life is forfeited unless I can escape. If I am apprehended I +shall see that you pay for my recapture with your life--if any +one enters this room without my sanction they will enter it to +find a dead king upon the floor; do you understand?" <br> +<p>The king made no reply other than to commence divesting +himself of his clothing. Barney followed his example, but not +before he had crossed to the door that opened into the main +corridor and shot the bolt upon the inside. When both men had +removed their clothing Barney pointed to the little pile of +soiled peasant garb that he had worn.<br> +</p> + +"Put those on," he commanded. <br> +<p>The king hesitated, drawing back in disgust. Barney paused, +half-way into the royal union suit, and leveled the revolver at +Leopold. The king picked up one of the garments gingerly between +the tips of his thumb and finger.<br> +</p> + +"Hurry!" admonished the American, drawing the silk halfhose of +the ruler of Lutha over his foot. "If you don't hurry," he added, +"someone may interrupt us, and you know what the result would +be--to you." <br> +<p>Scowling, Leopold donned the rough garments. Barney, fully +clothed in the uniform the king had been wearing, stepped across +the apartment to where the king's sword and helmet lay upon the +side table that had also borne the revolver. He placed the helmet +upon his head and buckled the sword-belt about his waist, then he +faced the king, behind whom was a cheval glass. In it Barney saw +his image. The king was looking at the American, his eyes wide +and his jaw dropped. Barney did not wonder at his consternation. +He himself was dumbfounded by the likeness which he bore to the +king. It was positively uncanny. He approached Leopold.<br> +</p> + +"Remove your rings," he said, holding out his hand. The king did +as he was bid, and Barney slipped the two baubles upon his +fingers. One of them was the royal ring of the kings of Lutha. +<br> +<p>The American now blindfolded the king and led him toward the +panel which had given him ingress to the room. Through it the two +men passed, Barney closing the panel after them. then he +conducted the king back along the dark passageway to the room +which the American had but recently quitted. At the back of the +panel which led into his former prison Barney halted and +listened. No sound came from beyond the partition. Gently Barney +opened the secret door a trifle--just enough to permit him a +quick survey of the interior of the apartment. It was empty. A +smile crossed his face as he thought of the difficulty Leopold +might encounter the following morning in convincing his jailers +that he was not the American.<br> +</p> + +Then he recalled his reflection in the cheval glass and frowned. +Could Leopold convince them? He doubted it-and what then? The +American was sentenced to be shot at dawn. They would shoot the +king instead. Then there would be none to whom to return the +kingship. What would he do with it? The temptation was great. +Again a throne lay within his grasp--a throne and the woman he +loved. None might ever know unless he chose to tell--his +resemblance to Leopold was too perfect. It defied detection. <br> +<p>With an exclamation of impatience he wheeled about and dragged +the frightened monarch back to the room from which he had stolen +him. As he entered he heard a knock at the door.<br> +</p> + +"Do not disturb me now," he called. "Come again in half an hour." +<br> +<p>"But it is Her Highness, Princess Emma, sire," came a voice +from beyond the door. "You summoned her."<br> +</p> + +"She may return to her apartments," replied Barney. <br> +<p>All the time he kept his revolver leveled at the king, from +his eyes he had removed the blind after they had entered the +apartment. He crossed to the table where the king had been +sitting when he surprised him, motioning the ragged ruler to +follow and be seated.<br> +</p> + +"Take that pen," he said, "and write a full pardon for Mr. +Bernard Custer, and an order requiring that he be furnished with +money and set at liberty at dawn." <br> +<p>The king did as he was bid. For a moment the American stood +looking at him before he spoke again.<br> +</p> + +"You do not deserve what I am going to do for you," he said. "And +Lutha deserves a better king than the one my act will give her; +but I am neither a thief nor a murderer, and so I must forbear +leaving you to your just deserts and return your throne to you. I +shall do so after I have insured my own safety and done what I +can for Lutha--what you are too little a man and king to do +yourself. <br> +<p>"So soon as they liberate you in the morning, make the best of +your way to Brosnov, on the Serbian frontier. Await me there. +When I can, I shall come. Again we may exchange clothing and you +can return to Lustadt. I shall cross over into Siberia out of +your reach, for I know you too well to believe that any sense of +honor or gratitude would prevent you signing my death-warrant at +the first opportunity. Now, come!"<br> +</p> + +Once again Barney led the blindfolded king through the dark +corridor to the room in the opposite tower--to the prison of the +American. At the open panel he shoved him into the apartment. +Then he drew the door quietly to, leaving the king upon the +inside, and retraced his steps to the royal apartments. Crossing +to the center table, he touched an electric button. A moment +later an officer knocked at the door, which, in the meantime, +Barney had unbolted. <br> +<p>"Enter!" said the American. He stood with his back toward the +door until he heard it close behind the officer. When he turned +he was apparently examining his revolver. If the officer +suspected his identity, it was just as well to be prepared. +Slowly he raised his eyes to the newcomer, who stood stiffly at +salute. The officer looked him full in the face.<br> +</p> + +"I answered your majesty's summons," said the man. <br> +<p>"Oh, yes!" returned the American. "You may fetch the Princess +Emma."<br> +</p> + +The officer saluted once more and backed out of the apartment. +Barney walked to the table and sat down. A tin box of cigarettes +lay beside the lamp. Barney lighted one of them. The king had +good taste in the selection of tobacco, he thought. Well, a man +must need have some redeeming characteristics. <br> +<p>Outside, in the corridor, he heard voices, and again the knock +at the door. He bade them enter. As the door opened Emma von der +Tann, her head thrown back and a flush of anger on her face, +entered the room. Behind her was the officer who had been +despatched to bring her. Barney nodded to the latter.<br> +</p> + +"You may go," he said. He drew a chair from the table and asked +the princess to be seated. She ignored his request. <br> +<p>"What do you wish of me?" she asked. She was looking straight +into his eyes. The officer had withdrawn and closed the door +after him. They were alone, with nothing to fear; yet she did not +recognize him.<br> +</p> + +"You are the king," she continued in cold, level tones, "but if +you are also a gentleman, you will at once order me returned to +my father at Lustadt, and with me the man to whom you owe so +much. I do not expect it of you, but I wish to give you the +chance. <br> +<p>"I shall not go without him. I am betrothed to you; but until +tonight I should rather have died than wed you. Now I am ready to +compromise. If you will set Mr. Custer at liberty in Serbia and +return me unharmed to my father, I will fulfill my part of our +betrothal."<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer looked straight into the girl's face for a long +moment. A half smile played upon his lips at the thought of her +surprise when she learned the truth, when suddenly it dawned upon +him that she and he were both much safer if no one, not even her +loyal self, guessed that he was other than the king. It is not +difficult to live a part, but often it is difficult to act one. +Some little word or look, were she to know that he was Barney +Custer, might betray them; no, it was better to leave her in +ignorance, though his conscience pricked him for the disloyalty +that his act implied. <br> +<p>It seemed a poor return for her courage and loyalty to him +that her statement to the man she thought king had revealed. He +marveled that a Von der Tann could have spoken those words--a Von +der Tann who but the day before had refused to save her father's +life at the loss of the family honor. It seemed incredible to the +American that he had won such love from such a woman. Again came +the mighty temptation to keep the crown and the girl both; but +with a straightening of his broad shoulders he threw it from +him.<br> +</p> + +She was promised to the king, and while he masqueraded in the +king's clothes, he at least would act the part that a king +should. He drew a folded paper from his inside pocket and handed +it to the girl. <br> +<p>"Here is the American's pardon," he said, "drawn up and signed +by the king's own hand."<br> +</p> + +She opened it and, glancing through it hurriedly, looked up at +the man before her with a questioning expression in her eyes. +<br> +<p>"You came, then," she said, "to a realization of the enormity +of your ingratitude?"<br> +</p> + +The man shrugged. <br> +<p>"He will never die at my command," he said.<br> +</p> + +"I thank your majesty," she said simply. "As a Von der Tann, I +have tried to believe that a Rubinroth could not be guilty of +such baseness. And now, tell me what your answer is to my +proposition." <br> +<p>"We shall return to Lustadt tonight," he replied. "I fear the +purpose of Prince Peter. In fact, it may be difficult--even +impossible--for us to leave Blentz; but we can at least make the +attempt."<br> +</p> + +"Can we not take Mr. Custer with us?" she asked. "Prince Peter +may disregard your majesty's commands and, after you are gone, +have him shot. Do not forget that he kept the crown from Peter of +Blentz--it is certain that Prince Peter will never forget it." +<br> +<p>"I give you my word, your highness, that I know positively +that if I leave Blentz tonight Prince Peter will not have Mr. +Custer shot in the morning, and it will so greatly jeopardize his +own plans if we attempt to release the prisoner that in all +probability we ourselves will be unable to escape."<br> +</p> + +She looked at him thoughtfully for a moment. <br> +<p>"You give me your word that he will be safe?" she asked.<br> +</p> + +"My royal word," he replied. <br> +<p>"Very well, let us leave at once."<br> +</p> + +Barney touched the bell once more, and presently an officer of +the Blentz faction answered the summons. As the man closed the +door and approached, saluting, Barney stepped close to him. <br> +<p>"We are leaving for Tann tonight," he said, "at once. You will +conduct us from the castle and procure horses for us. All the +time I shall walk at your elbow, and in my hand I shall carry +this," and he displayed the king's revolver. "At the first +indication of defection upon your part I shall kill you. Do you +perfectly understand me?"<br> +</p> + +"But, your majesty," exclaimed the officer, "why is it necessary +that you leave thus surreptitiously? May not the king go and come +in his own kingdom as he desires? Let me announce your wishes to +Prince Peter that he may furnish you with a proper escort. +Doubtless he will wish to accompany you himself, sire." <br> +<p>"You will do precisely what I say without further comment," +snapped Barney. "Now get a--" He had been about to say: "Now get +a move on you," when it occurred to him that this was not +precisely the sort of language that kings were supposed to use to +their inferiors. So he changed it. "Now get a couple of horses +for her highness and myself, as well as your own, for you will +accompany us to Tann."<br> +</p> + +The officer looked at the weapon in the king's hand. He measured +the distance between himself and the king. He well knew the +reputed cowardice of Leopold. Could he make the leap and strike +up the king's hand before the timorous monarch found even the +courage of the cornered rat to fire at him? Then his eyes sought +the face of the king, searching for the signs of nervous terror +that would make his conquest an easy one; but what he saw in the +eyes that bored straight into his brought his own to the floor at +the king's feet. <br> +<p>What new force animated Leopold of Lutha? Those were not the +eyes of a coward. No fear was reflected in their steely glitter. +The officer mumbled an apology, saluted, and turned toward the +door. At his elbow walked the impostor; a cavalry cape that had +belonged to the king now covered his shoulders and hid the weapon +that pressed its hard warning now and again into the short-ribs +of the Blentz officer. Just behind the American came the Princess +Emma von der Tann.<br> +</p> + +The three passed through the deserted corridors of the sleeping +castle, taking a route at Barney's suggestion that led them to +the stable courtyard without necessitating traversing the main +corridors or the great hall or the guardroom, in all of which +there still were Austrian and Blentz soldiers, whose duties or +pleasures had kept them from their blankets. <br> +<p>At the stables a sleepy groom answered the summons of the +officer, whom Barney had warned not to divulge the identity of +himself or the princess. He left the princess in the shadows +outside the building. After what seemed an eternity to the +American, three horses were led into the courtyard, saddled, and +bridled. The party mounted and approached the gates. Here, Barney +knew, might be encountered the most serious obstacle in their +path. He rode close to the side of their unwilling conductor. +Leaning forward in his saddle, he whispered in the man's ear.<br> +</p> + +"Failure to pass us through the gates," he said, "will be the +signal for your death." <br> +<p>The man reined in his mount and turned toward the +American.<br> +</p> + +"I doubt if they will pass even me without a written order from +Prince Peter," he said. "If they refuse, you must reveal your +identity. The guard is composed of Luthanians --I doubt if they +will dare refuse your majesty." <br> +<p>Then they rode on up to the gates. A soldier stepped from the +sentry box and challenged them.<br> +</p> + +"Lower the drawbridge," ordered the officer. "It is Captain +Krantzwort on a mission for the king." <br> +<p>The soldier approached, raising a lantern, which he had +brought from the sentry box, and inspected the captain's face. He +seemed ill at ease. In the light of the lantern, the American saw +that he was scarce more than a boy--doubtless a recruit. He saw +the expression of fear and awe with which he regarded the +officer, and it occurred to him that the effect of the king's +presence upon him would be absolutely overpowering. Still the +soldier hesitated.<br> +</p> + +"My orders are very strict, sir," he said. "I am to let no one +leave without a written order from Prince Peter. If the sergeant +or the lieutenant were here they would know what to do; but they +are both at the castle--only two other soldiers are at the gates +with me. Wait, and I will send one of them for the lieutenant." +<br> +<p>"No," interposed the American. "You will send for no one, my +man. Come closer--look at my face."<br> +</p> + +The soldier approached, holding his lantern above his head. As +its feeble rays fell upon the face and uniform of the man on +horseback, the sentry gave a little gasp of astonishment. <br> +<p>"Now, lower the drawbridge," said Barney Custer, "it is your +king's command."<br> +</p> + +Quickly the fellow hastened to obey the order. The chains creaked +and the windlass groaned as the heavy planking sank to place +across the moat. <br> +<p>As Barney passed the soldier he handed him the pardon Leopold +had written for the American.<br> +</p> + +"Give this to your lieutenant," he said, "and tell him to hand it +to Prince Peter before dawn tomorrow. Do not fail." <br> +<p>A moment later the three were riding down the winding road +toward Blentz. Barney had no further need of the officer who rode +with them. He would be glad to be rid of him, for he anticipated +that the fellow might find ample opportunity to betray them as +they passed through the Austrian lines, which they must do to +reach Lustadt.<br> +</p> + +He had told the captain that they were going to Tann in order +that, should the man find opportunity to institute pursuit, he +might be thrown off the track. The Austrian sentries were no +great distance ahead when Barney ordered a halt. <br> +<p>"Dismount," he directed the captain, leaping to the ground +himself at the same time. "Put your hands behind your back."<br> +</p> + +The officer did as he was bid, and Barney bound his wrists +securely with a strap and buckle that he had removed from the +cantle of his saddle as he rode. Then he led him off the road +among some weeds and compelled him to lie down, after which he +bound his ankles together and stuffed a gag in his mouth, +securing it in place with a bit of stick and the chinstrap from +the man's helmet. The threat of the revolver kept Captain +Krantzwort silent and obedient throughout the hasty operations. +<br> +<p>"Good-bye, captain," whispered Barney, "and let me suggest +that you devote the time until your discovery and release in +pondering the value of winning your king's confidence in the +future. Had you chosen your associates more carefully in the +past, this need not have occurred."<br> +</p> + +Barney unsaddled the captain's horse and turned him loose, then +he remounted and, with the princess at his side, rode down toward +Blentz. <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_24">Chapter X A NEW KING IN LUTHA</h1> + +AS THE TWO riders approached the edge of the village of Blentz a +sentry barred their way. To his challenge the American replied +that they were "friends from the castle." <br> +<p>"Advance," directed the sentry, "and give the +countersign."<br> +</p> + +Barney rode to the fellow's side, and leaning from the saddle +whispered in his ear the word "Slankamen." <br> +<p>Would it pass them out as it had passed Maenck in? Barney +scarcely breathed as he awaited the result of his experiment. The +soldier brought his rifle to present and directed them to pass. +With a sigh of relief that was almost audible the two rode into +the village and the Austrian lines.<br> +</p> + +Once within they met with no further obstacle until they reached +the last line of sentries upon the far side of the town. It was +with more confidence that Barney gave the countersign here, nor +was he surprised that the soldier passed them readily; and now +they were upon the highroad to Lustadt, with nothing more to bar +their way. <br> +<p>For hours they rode on in silence. Barney wanted to talk with +his companion, but as king he found nothing to say to her. The +girl's mind was filled with morbid reflections of the past few +hours and dumb terror for the future. She would keep her promise +to the king; but after--life would not be worth the living; why +should she live? She glanced at the man beside her in the light +of the coming dawn. Ah, why was he so like her American in +outward appearances only? Their own mothers could scarce have +distinguished them, and yet in character no two men could have +differed more widely. The man turned to her.<br> +</p> + +"We are almost there," he said. "You must be very tired." <br> +<p>The words reflected a consideration that had never been a +characteristic of Leopold. The girl began to wonder if there +might not possibly be a vein of nobility in the man, after all, +that she had never discovered. Since she had entered his +apartments at Blentz he had been in every way a different man +from the Leopold she had known of old. The boldness of his escape +from Blentz supposed a courage that the king had never given the +slightest indication of in the past. Could it be that he was +making a genuine effort to become a man--to win her respect?<br> +</p> + +They were approaching Lustadt as the sun rose. A troop of horse +was just emerging from the north gate. As it neared them they saw +that the cavalrymen wore the uniforms of the Royal Horse Guard. +At their head rode a lieutenant. As his eyes fell upon the face +of the princess and her companion, he brought his troopers to a +halt, and, with incredulity plain upon his countenance, advanced +to meet them, his hand raised in salute to the king. It was +Butzow. <br> +<p>Now Barney was sure that he would be recognized. For two years +he and the Luthanian officer had been inseparable. Surely Butzow +would penetrate his disguise. He returned his friend's salute, +looked him full in the eyes, and asked where he was riding.<br> +</p> + +"To Blentz, your majesty," replied Butzow, "to demand an +audience. I bear important word from Prince von der Tann. He has +learned the Austrians are moving an entire army corps into Lutha, +together with siege howitzers. Serbia has demanded that all +Austrian troops be withdrawn from Luthanian territory at once, +and has offered to assist your majesty in maintaining your +neutrality by force, if necessary." <br> +<p>As Butzow spoke his eyes were often upon the Princess Emma, +and it was quite evident that he was much puzzled to account for +her presence with the king. She was supposed to be at Tann, and +Butzow knew well enough her estimate of Leopold to know that she +would not be in his company of her own volition. His expression +as he addressed the man he supposed to be his king was far from +deferential. Barney could scarce repress a smile.<br> +</p> + +"We will ride at once to the palace," he said. "At the gate you +may instruct one of your sergeants to telephone to will act as +our escort." <br> +<p>Butzow saluted and turned to his troopers, giving the +necessary commands that brought them about in the wake of the +pseudo-king. Once again Barney Custer, of Beatrice, rode into +Lustadt as king of Lutha. The few people upon the streets turned +to look at him as he passed, but there was little demonstration +of love or enthusiasm.<br> +</p> + +Leopold had awakened no emotions of this sort in the hearts of +his subjects. Some there were who still remembered the gallant +actions of their ruler on the field of battle when his forces had +defeated those of the regent, upon that other occasion when this +same American had sat upon the throne of Lutha for two days and +had led the little army to victory; but since then the true king +had been with them daily in his true colors. Arrogance, +haughtiness, and petty tyranny had marked his reign. Taxes had +gone even higher than under the corrupt influence of the Blentz +regime. The king's days were spent in bed; his nights in +dissipation. Old Ludwig von der Tann seemed Lutha's only friend +at court. Him the people loved and trusted. <br> +<p>It was the old chancellor who met them as they entered the +palace--the Princess Emma, Lieutenant Butzow, and the false king. +As the old man's eyes fell upon his daughter, he gave an +exclamation of surprise and of incredulity. He looked from her to +the American.<br> +</p> + +"What is the meaning of this, your majesty?" he cried in a voice +hoarse with emotion. "What does her highness in your company?" +<br> +<p>There was neither fear nor respect in Prince Ludwig's +tone--only anger. He was demanding an accounting from Leopold, +the man; not from Leopold, the king. Barney raised his hand.<br> +</p> + +"Wait," he said, "before you judge. The princess was brought to +Blentz by Prince Peter. She will tell you that I have aided her +to escape and that I have accorded her only such treatment as a +woman has a right to expect from a king." <br> +<p>The girl inclined her head.<br> +</p> + +"His majesty has been most kind," she said. "He has treated me +with every consideration and respect, and I am convinced that he +was not a willing party to my arrest and forcible detention at +Blentz; or," she added, "if he was, he regretted his action later +and has made full reparation by bringing me to Lustadt." <br> +<p>Prince von der Tann found difficulty in hiding his surprise at +this evidence of chivalry in the cowardly king. But for his +daughter's testimony he could not have believed it possible that +it lay within the nature of Leopold of Lutha to have done what he +had done within the past few hours.<br> +</p> + +He bowed low before the man who wore the king's uniform. The +American extended his hand, and Von der Tann, taking it in his +own, raised it to his lips. <br> +<p>"And now," said Barney briskly, "let us go to my apartments +and get to work. Your highness"--and he turned toward the +Princess Emma--"must be greatly fatigued. Lieutenant Butzow, you +will see that a suite is prepared for her highness. Afterward you +may call upon Count Zellerndorf, whom I understand returned to +Lustadt yesterday, and notify him that I will receive him in an +hour. Inform the Serbian minister that I desire his presence at +the palace immediately. Lose no time, lieutenant, and be sure to +impress upon the Serbian minister that immediately means +immediately."<br> +</p> + +Butzow saluted and the Princess Emma curtsied, as the king turned +and, slipping his arm through that of Prince Ludwig, walked away +in the direction of the royal apartments. Once at the king's desk +Barney turned toward the chancellor. In his mind was the +determination to save Lutha if Lutha could be saved. He had been +forced to place the king in a position where he would be +helpless, though that he would have been equally as helpless upon +his throne the American did not doubt for an instant. However, +the course of events had placed within his hands the power to +serve not only Lutha but the house of Von der Tann as well. He +would do in the king's place what the king should have done if +the king had been a man. <br> +<p>"Now, Prince Ludwig," he said, "tell me just what conditions +we must face. Remember that I have been at Blentz and that there +the King of Lutha is not apt to learn all that transpires in +Lustadt."<br> +</p> + +"Sire," replied the chancellor, "we face a grave crisis. Not only +is there within Lutha the small force of Austrian troops that +surround Blentz, but now an entire army corps has crossed the +border. Unquestionably they are marching on Lustadt. The emperor +is going to take no chances. He sent the first force into Lutha +to compel Serbian intervention and draw Serbian troops from the +Austro-Serbian battle line. Serbia has withheld her forces at my +request, but she will not withhold them for long. We must make a +declaration at once. If we declare against Austria we are faced +by the menace of the Austrian troops already within our +boundaries, but we shall have Serbia to help us. <br> +<p>"A Serbian army corps is on the frontier at this moment +awaiting word from Lutha. If it is adverse to Austria that army +corps will cross the border and march to our assistance. If it is +favorable to Austria it will none the less cross into Lutha, but +as enemies instead of allies. Serbia has acted honorably toward +Lutha. She has not violated our neutrality. She has no desire to +increase her possessions in this direction.<br> +</p> + +"On the other hand, Austria has violated her treaty with us. She +has marched troops into our country and occupied the town of +Blentz. Constantly in the past she has incited internal discord. +She is openly championing the Blentz cause, which at last I trust +your majesty has discovered is inimical to your interests. <br> +<p>"If Austria is victorious in her war with Serbia, she will +find some pretext to hold Lutha whether Lutha takes her stand +either for or against her. And most certainly is this true if it +occurs that Austrian troops are still within the boundaries of +Lutha when peace is negotiated. Not only our honor but our very +existence demands that there be no Austrian troops in Lutha at +the close of this war. If we cannot force them across the border +we can at least make such an effort as will win us the respect of +the world and a voice in the peace negotiations.<br> +</p> + +"If we must bow to the surrender of our national integrity, let +us do so only after we have exhausted every resource of the +country in our country's defense. In the past your majesty has +not appeared to realize the menace of your most powerful +neighbor. I beg of you, sire, to trust me. Believe that I have +only the interests of Lutha at heart, and let us work together +for the salvation of our country and your majesty's throne." <br> +<p>Barney laid his hand upon the old man's shoulder. It seemed a +shame to carry the deception further, but the American well knew +that only so could he accomplish aught for Lutha or the Von der +Tanns. Once the old chancellor suspected the truth as to his +identity he would be the first to denounce him.<br> +</p> + +"I think that you and I can work together, Prince Ludwig," he +said. "I have sent for the Serbian and Austrian ministers. The +former should be here immediately." <br> +<p>Nor did they have long to wait before the tall Slav was +announced. Barney lost no time in getting down to business. He +asked no questions. What Von der Tann had told him, what he had +seen with his own eyes since he had entered Lutha, and what he +had overheard in the inn at Burgova was sufficient evidence that +the fate of Lutha hung upon the prompt and energetic decisions of +the man who sat upon Lutha's throne for the next few days.<br> +</p> + +Had Leopold been the present incumbent Lutha would have been +lost, for that he would play directly into the hands of Austria +was not to be questioned. Were Von der Tann to seize the reins of +government a state of revolution would exist that would divide +the state into two bitter factions, weaken its defense, and give +Austria what she most desired--a plausible pretext for +intervention. <br> +<p>Lutha's only hope lay in united defense of her liberties under +the leadership of the one man whom all acknowledged +king--Leopold. Very well, Barney Custer, of Beatrice, would be +Leopold for a few days, since the real Leopold had proven himself +incompetent to meet the emergency.<br> +</p> + +General Petko, the Serbian minister to Lutha, brought to the +audience the memory of a series of unpleasant encounters with the +king. Leopold had never exerted himself to hide his pro-Austrian +sentiments. Austria was a powerful country --Serbia, a relatively +weak neighbor. Leopold, being a royal snob, had courted the favor +of the emperor and turned up his nose at Serbia. The general was +prepared for a repetition of the veiled affronts that Leopold +delighted in according him; but this time he brought with him a +reply that for two years he had been living in the hope of some +day being able to deliver to the young monarch he so cordially +despised. <br> +<p>It was an ultimatum from his government--an ultimatum couched +in terms from which all diplomatic suavity had been stripped. If +Barney Custer, of Beatrice, could have read it he would have +smiled, for in plain American it might have been described as +announcing to Leopold precisely "where he got off." But Barney +did not have the opportunity to read it, since that ultimatum was +never delivered.<br> +</p> + +Barney took the wind all out of it by his first words. "Your +excellency may wonder why it is that we have summoned you at such +an early hour," he said. <br> +<p>General Petko inclined his head in deferential acknowledgment +of the truth of the inference.<br> +</p> + +"It is because we have learned from our chancellor," continued +the American, "that Serbia has mobilized an entire army corps +upon the Luthanian frontier. Am I correctly informed?" <br> +<p>General Petko squared his shoulders and bowed in assent. At +the same time he reached into his breast-pocket for the +ultimatum.<br> +</p> + +"Good!" exclaimed Barney, and then he leaned close to the ear of +the Serbian. "How long will it take to move that army corps to +Lustadt?" <br> +<p>General Petko gasped and returned the ultimatum to his +pocket.<br> +</p> + +"Sire!" he cried, his face lighting with incredulity. "You +mean--" <br> +<p>"I mean," said the American, "that if Serbia will loan Lutha +an army corps until the Austrians have evacuated Luthanian +territory, Lutha will loan Serbia an army corps until such time +as peace is declared between Serbia and Austria. Other than this +neither government will incur any obligations to the other.<br> +</p> + +"We may not need your help, but it will do us no harm to have +them well on the way toward Lustadt as quickly as possible. Count +Zellerndorf will be here in a few minutes. We shall, through him, +give Austria twenty-four hours to withdraw all her troops beyond +our frontiers. The army of Lutha is mobilized before Lustadt. It +is not a large army, but with the help of Serbia it should be +able to drive the Austrians from the country, provided they do +not leave of their own accord." <br> +<p>General Petko smiled. So did the American and the chancellor. +Each knew that Austria would not withdraw her army from +Lutha.<br> +</p> + +"With your majesty's permission I will withdraw," said the +Serbian, "and transmit Lutha's proposition to my government; but +I may say that your majesty need have no apprehension but that a +Serbian army corps will be crossing into Lutha before noon +today." <br> +<p>"And now, Prince Ludwig," said the American after the Serbian +had bowed himself out of the apartment, "I suggest that you take +immediate steps to entrench a strong force north of Lustadt along +the road to Blentz."<br> +</p> + +Von der Tann smiled as he replied. "It is already done, sire," he +said. <br> +<p>"But I passed in along the road this morning," said Barney, +"and saw nothing of such preparations."<br> +</p> + +"The trenches and the soldiers were there, nevertheless, sire," +replied the old man, "only a little gap was left on either side +of the highway that those who came and went might not suspect our +plans and carry word of them to the Austrians. A few hours will +complete the link across the road." <br> +<p>"Good! Let it be completed at once. Here is Count Zellerndorf +now," as the minister was announced.<br> +</p> + +Von der Tann bowed himself out as the Austrian entered the king's +presence. For the first time in two years the chancellor felt +that the destiny of Lutha was safe in the hands of her king. What +had caused the metamorphosis in Leopold he could not guess. He +did not seem to be the same man that had whined and growled at +their last audience a week before. <br> +<p>The Austrian minister entered the king's presence with an +expression of ill-concealed surprise upon his face. Two days +before he had left Leopold safely ensconced at Blentz, where he +was to have remained indefinitely. He glanced hurriedly about the +room in search of Prince Peter or another of the conspirators who +should have been with the king. He saw no one. The king was +speaking. The Austrian's eyes went wider, not only at the words, +but at the tone of voice.<br> +</p> + +"Count Zellerndorf," said the American, "you were doubtless aware +of the embarrassment under which the king of Lutha was compelled +at Blentz to witness the entry of a foreign army within his +domain. But we are not now at Blentz. We have summoned you that +you may receive from us, and transmit to your emperor, the +expression of our surprise and dismay at the unwarranted +violation of Luthanian neutrality." <br> +<p>"But, your majesty--" interrupted the Austrian.<br> +</p> + +"But nothing, your excellency," snapped the American. "The moment +for diplomacy is passed; the time for action has come. You will +oblige us by transmitting to your government at once a request +that every Austrian soldier now in Lutha be withdrawn by noon +tomorrow." <br> +<p>Zellerndorf looked his astonishment.<br> +</p> + +"Are you mad, sire?" he cried. "It will mean war!" <br> +<p>"It is what Austria has been looking for," snapped the +American, "and what people look for they usually get, especially +if they chance to be looking for trouble. When can you expect a +reply from Vienna?"<br> +</p> + +"By noon, your majesty," replied the Austrian, "but are you +irretrievably bound to your present policy? Remember the power of +Austria, sire. Think of your throne. Think--" <br> +<p>"We have thought of everything," interrupted Barney. "A throne +means less to us than you may imagine, count; but the honor of +Lutha means a great deal."<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_25">Chapter XI THE BATTLE</h1> + +AT FIVE o'clock that afternoon the sidewalks bordering Margaretha +Street were crowded with promenaders. The little tables before +the cafes were filled. Nearly everyone spoke of the great war and +of the peril which menaced Lutha. Upon many a lip was open +disgust at the supine attitude of Leopold of Lutha in the face of +an Austrian invasion of his country. Discontent was open. It was +ripening to something worse for Leopold than an Austrian +invasion. <br> +Presently a sergeant of the Royal Horse Guards cantered down the +street from the palace. He stopped here and there, and, +dismounting, tacked placards in conspicuous places. At the +notice, and in each instance cheers and shouting followed the +sergeant as he rode on to the next stop. <br> +<p>Now, at each point men and women were gathered, eagerly +awaiting an explanation of the jubilation farther up the street. +Those whom the sergeant passed called to him for an explanation, +and not receiving it, followed in a quickly growing mob that +filled Margaretha Street from wall to wall. When he dismounted he +had almost to fight his way to the post or door upon which he was +to tack the next placard. The crowd surged about him in its +anxiety to read what the placard bore, and then, between the +cheering and yelling, those in the front passed back to the crowd +the tidings that filled them with so great rejoicing.<br> +</p> + +"Leopold has declared war on Austria!" "The king calls for +volunteers!" "Long live the king!" <br> +<p>The battle of Lustadt has passed into history. Outside of the +little kingdom of Lutha it received but passing notice by the +world at large, whose attention was riveted upon the great +conflicts along the banks of the Meuse, the Marne, and the Aisne. +But in Lutha! Ah, it will be told and retold, handed down from +mouth to mouth and from generation to generation to the end of +time.<br> +</p> + +How the cavalry that the king sent north toward Blentz met the +advancing Austrian army. How, fighting, they fell back upon the +infantry which lay, a thin line that stretched east and west +across the north of Lustadt, in its first line of trenches. A +pitifully weak line it was, numerically, in comparison with the +forces of the invaders; but it stood its ground heroically, and +from the heights to the north of the city the fire from the forts +helped to hold the enemy in check for many hours. <br> +<p>And then the enemy succeeded in bringing up their heavy +artillery to the ridge that lies three miles north of the forts. +Shells were bursting in the trenches, the forts, and the city. To +the south a stream of terror-stricken refugees was pouring out of +Lustadt along the King's Road. Rich and poor, animated by a +common impulse, filled the narrow street that led to the city's +southern gate. Carts drawn by dogs, laden donkeys, French +limousines, victorias, wheelbarrows--every conceivable wheeled +vehicle and beast of burden--were jammed in a seemingly +inextricable tangle in the mad rush for safety.<br> +</p> + +Rumor passed back and forth through the fleeing thousands. Now +came word that Fort No. 2 had been silenced by the Austrian guns. +Immediately followed news that the Luthanian line was falling +back upon the city. Fear turned to panic. Men fought to +outdistance their neighbors. <br> +<p>A shell burst upon a roof-top in an adjoining square.<br> +</p> + +Women fainted and were trampled. Hoarse shouts of anger mingled +with screams of terror, and then into the midst of it from +Margaretha Street rode a man on horseback. Behind him were a +score of officers. A trumpeter raised his instrument to his lips, +and above the din of the fleeing multitude rose the sharp, triple +call that announces the coming of the king. The mob halted and +turned. <br> +<p>Looking down upon them from his saddle was Leopold of Lutha. +His palm was raised for silence and there was a smile upon his +lips. Quite suddenly, and as by a miracle, fear left them. They +made a line for him and his staff to ride through. One of the +officers turned in his saddle to address a civilian friend in an +automobile.<br> +</p> + +"His majesty is riding to the firing line," he said and he raised +his voice that many might hear. Quickly the word passed from +mouth to mouth, and as Barney Custer, of Beatrice, passed along +Margaretha Street he was followed by a mad din of cheering that +drowned the booming of the distant cannon and the bursting of the +shells above the city. <br> +<p>The balance of the day the pseudo-king rode back and forth +along his lines. Three of his staff were killed and two horses +were shot from beneath him, but from the moment that he appeared +the Luthanian line ceased to waver or fall back. The advanced +trenches that they had abandoned to the Austrians they took again +at the point of the bayonet. Charge after charge they repulsed, +and all the time there hovered above the enemy Lutha's sole +aeroplane, watching, watching, ever watching for the coming of +the allies. Somewhere to the northeast the Serbians were +advancing toward Lustadt. Would they come in time?<br> +</p> + +It was five o'clock in the morning of the second day, and though +the Luthanian line still held, Barney Custer knew that it could +not hold for long. The Austrian artillery fire, which had been +rather wild the preceding day, had now become of deadly accuracy. +Each bursting shell filled some part of the trenches with dead +and wounded, and though their places were taken by fresh men from +the reserve, there would soon be no reserve left to call upon. +<br> +<p>At his left, in the rear, the American had massed the bulk of +his reserves, and at the foot of the heights north of the city +and just below the forts the major portion of the cavalry was +drawn up in the shelter of a little ravine. Barney's eyes were +fixed upon the soaring aeroplane.<br> +</p> + +In his hand was his watch. He would wait another fifteen minutes, +and if by then the signal had not come that the Serbians were +approaching, he would strike the blow that he had decided upon. +From time to time he glanced at his watch. <br> +<p>The fifteen minutes had almost elapsed when there fluttered +from the tiny monoplane a paper parachute. It dropped for several +hundred feet before it spread to the air pressure and floated +more gently toward the earth and a moment later there burst from +its basket a puff of white smoke. Two more parachutes followed +the first and two more puffs of smoke. Then the machine darted +rapidly off toward the northeast.<br> +</p> + +Barney turned to Prince von der Tann with a smile. "They are none +too soon," he said. <br> +<p>The old prince bowed in acquiescence. He had been very happy +for two days. Lutha might be defeated now, but she could never be +subdued. She had a king at last--a real king. Gott! How he had +changed. It reminded Prince von der Tann of the day he had ridden +beside the imposter two years before in the battle with the +forces of Peter of Blentz. Many times he had caught himself +scrutinizing the face of the monarch, searching for some proof +that after all he was not Leopold.<br> +</p> + +"Direct the commanders of forts three and four to concentrate +their fire on the enemy's guns directly north of Fort No. 3," +Barney directed an aide. "Simultaneously let the cavalry and +Colonel Kazov's infantry make a determined assault on the +Austrian trenches." <br> +<p>Then he turned his horse toward the left of his line, where, a +little to the rear, lay the fresh troops that he had been holding +in readiness against this very moment. As he galloped across the +plain, his staff at his heels, shrapnel burst about them. Von der +Tann spurred to his side.<br> +</p> + +"Sire," he cried, "it is unnecessary that you take such grave +risks. Your staff is ready and willing to perform such service +that you may be preserved to your people and your throne." <br> +<p>"I believe the men fight better when they think their king is +watching them," said the American simply.<br> +</p> + +"I know it, sire," replied Von der Tann, "but even so, Lutha +could ill afford to lose you now. I thank God, your majesty, that +I have lived to see this day--to see the last of the Rubinroths +upholding the glorious traditions of the Rubinroth blood." <br> +<p>Barney led the reserves slowly through the wood to the rear of +the extreme left of his line. The attack upon the Austrian right +center appeared to be meeting with much greater success than the +American dared to hope for. Already, through his glasses, he +could see indications that the enemy was concentrating a larger +force at this point to repulse the vicious assaults of the +Luthanians. To do this they must be drawing from their reserves +back of other portions of their line.<br> +</p> + +It was what Barney had desired. The three bombs from the +aeroplane had told him that the Serbians had been sighted three +miles away. Already they were engaging the Austrians. He could +hear the rattle of rifles and quick-firers and the roar of cannon +far to the northeast. And now he gave the word to the commander +of the reserve. <br> +<p>At a rapid trot the men moved forward behind the extreme left +end of the Luthanian left wing. They were almost upon the +Austrians before they emerged from the shelter of the wood, and +then with hoarse shouts and leveled bayonets they charged the +enemy's position. The fight there was the bloodiest of the two +long days. Back and forth the tide of battle surged. In the thick +of it rode the false king encouraging his men to greater effort. +Slowly at last they bore the Austrians from their trenches. Back +and back they bore them until retreat became a rout. The Austrian +right was crumpled back upon its center!<br> +</p> + +Here the enemy made a determined stand; but just before dark a +great shouting arose from the heights to their left, where the +bulk of their artillery was stationed. Both the Luthanian and +Austrian troops engaged in the plain saw Austrian infantry and +artillery running down the slopes in disorderly rout. Upon their +heads came a cheering line of soldiers firing as they ran, and +above them waved the battleflag of Serbia. <br> +<p>A mighty shout rose from the Luthanian ranks--an answering +groan from the throats of the Austrians. Hemmed in between the +two lines of allies, the Austrians were helpless. Their artillery +was captured, retreat cut off. There was but a single alternative +to massacre--the white flag.<br> +</p> + +A few regiments between Lustadt and Blentz, but nearer the latter +town, escaped back into Austria, the balance Barney arranged with +the Serbian minister to have taken back to Serbia as prisoners of +war. The Luthanian army corps that the American had promised the +Serbs was to be utilized along the Austrian frontier to prevent +the passage of Austrian troops into Serbia through Lutha. <br> +<p>The return to Lustadt after the battle was made through +cheering troops and along streets choked with joy-mad citizenry. +The name of the soldier-king was upon every tongue. Men went wild +with enthusiasm as the tall figure rode slowly through the crowd +toward the palace.<br> +</p> + +Von der Tann, grim and martial, found his lids damp with the +moisture of a great happiness. Even now with all the proofs of +reality about him, it seemed impossible that this scene could be +aught but the ephemeral vapors of a dream --that Leopold of +Lutha, the coward, the craven, could have become in a single day +the heroic figure that had loomed so large upon the battlefield +of Lustadt--the simple, modest gentleman who received the +plaudits of his subjects with bowed head and humble mien. <br> +<p>As Barney Custer rode up Margaretha Street toward the royal +palace of the kings of Lutha, a dust-covered horseman in the +uniform of an officer of the Horse Guards entered Lustadt from +the south. It was the young aide of Prince von der Tann's staff, +who had been sent to Blentz nearly a week earlier with a message +for the king, and who had been captured and held by the +Austrians.<br> +</p> + +During the battle before Lustadt all the Austrian troops had been +withdrawn from Blentz and hurried to the front. It was then that +the aide had been transferred to the castle, from which he had +escaped early that morning. To reach Lustadt he had been +compelled to circle the Austrian position, coming to Lustadt from +the south. <br> +<p>Once within the city he rode straight to the palace, flung +himself from his jaded mount, and entered the left wing of the +building--the wing in which the private apartments of the +chancellor were located.<br> +</p> + +Here he inquired for the Princess Emma, learning with evident +relief that she was there. A moment later, white with dust, his +face streamed with sweat, he was ushered into her presence. <br> +<p>"Your highness," he blurted, "the king's commands have been +disregarded--the American is to be shot tomorrow. I have just +escaped from Blentz. Peter is furious. He realizes that whether +the Austrians win or lose, his standing with the king is gone +forever.<br> +</p> + +"In a fit of rage he has ordered that Mr. Custer be sacrificed to +his desire for revenge, in the hope that it will insure for him +the favor of the Austrians. Something must be done at once if he +is to be saved." <br> +<p>For a moment the girl swayed as though about to fall. The +young officer stepped quickly to support her, but before he +reached her side she had regained complete mastery of herself. +From the street without there rose the blare of trumpets and the +cheering of the populace.<br> +</p> + +Through senses numb with the cold of anguish the meaning of the +tumult slowly filtered to her brain--the king had come. He was +returning from the battlefield, covered with honors and flushed +with glory--the man who was to be her husband; but there was no +rejoicing in the heart of the Princess Emma. <br> +<p>Instead, there was a dull ache and impotent rebellion at the +injustice of the thing--that Leopold should be reaping these +great rewards, while he who had made it possible for him to be a +king at all was to die on the morrow because of what he had done +to place the Rubinroth upon his throne.<br> +</p> + +"Perhaps Lieutenant Butzow might find a way," suggested the +officer. "He or your father; they are both fond of Mr. Custer." +<br> +<p>"Yes," said the girl dully, "see Lieutenant Butzow--he would +do the most."<br> +</p> + +The officer bowed and hastened from the apartment in search of +Butzow. The girl approached the window and stood there for a long +time, looking out at the surging multitude that pressed around +the palace gates, filling Margaretha Street with a solid mass of +happy faces. <br> +<p>They cheered the king, the chancellor, the army; but most +often they cheered the king. From a despised monarch Leopold had +risen in a single bound to the position of a national idol.<br> +</p> + +Repeatedly he was called to the balcony over the grand entrance +that the people might feast their eyes on him. The princess +wondered how long it was before she herself would be forced to +offer her congratulations and, perchance, suffer his caresses. +She shivered and cringed at the thought, and then there came a +knock upon the door, and in answer to her permission it opened, +and the king stood upon the threshold alone. <br> +<p>At a glance the man took in the pain and sorrow mirrored upon +the girl's face. He stepped quickly across the room toward +her.<br> +</p> + +"What is it?" he asked. "What is the matter?" <br> +<p>For a moment he had forgotten the part that he had been +playing--forgot that the Princess Emma was ignorant of his +identity. He had come to her to share with her the happiness of +the hour--the glory of the victorious arms of Lutha. For a time +he had almost forgotten that he was not the king, and now he was +forgetting that he was not Barney Custer to the girl who stood +before him with misery and hopelessness writ so large upon her +countenance.<br> +</p> + +For a brief instant the girl did not reply. She was weighing the +problematical value of an attempt to enlist the king in the cause +of the American. Leopold had shown a spark of magnanimity when he +had written a pardon for Mr. Custer; might he not rise again +above his petty jealousy and save the American's life? It was a +forlorn hope to the woman who knew the true Leopold so well; but +it was a hope. <br> +<p>"What is the matter?" the king repeated.<br> +</p> + +"I have just received word that Prince Peter has ignored your +commands, sire," replied the girl, "and that Mr. Custer is to be +shot tomorrow." <br> +<p>Barney's eyes went wide with incredulity. Here was a pretty +pass, indeed! The princess came close to him and seized his +arm.<br> +</p> + +"You promised, sire," she said, "that he would not be harmed--you +gave your royal word. You can save him. You have an army at your +command. Do not forget that he once saved you." <br> +<p>The note of appeal in her voice and the sorrow in her eyes +gave Barney Custer a twinge of compunction. The necessity for +longer concealing his identity in so far as the salvation of +Lutha was concerned seemed past; but the American had intended to +carry the deception to the end.<br> +</p> + +He had given the matter much thought, but he could find no +grounds for belief that Emma von der Tann would be any happier in +the knowledge that her future husband had had nothing to do with +the victory of his army. If she was doomed to a life at his side, +why not permit her the grain of comfort that she might derive +from the memory of her husband's achievements upon the +battlefield of Lustadt? Why rob her of that little? <br> +<p>But now, face to face with her, and with the evidence of her +suffering so plain before him, Barney's intentions wavered. Like +most fighting men, he was tender in his dealings with women. And +now the last straw came in the form of a single tiny tear that +trickled down the girl's cheek. He seized the hand that lay upon +his arm.<br> +</p> + +"Your highness," he said, "do not grieve for the American. He is +not worth it. He has deceived you. He is not at Blentz." <br> +<p>The girl drew her hand from his and straightened to her full +height.<br> +</p> + +"What do you mean, sire?" she exclaimed. "Mr. Custer would not +deceive me even if he had an opportunity--which he has not had. +But if he is not at Blentz, where is he?" <br> +<p>Barney bowed his head and looked at the floor.<br> +</p> + +"He is here, your highness, asking your forgiveness," he said. +<br> +<p>There was a puzzled expression upon the girl's face as she +looked at the man before her. She did not understand. Why should +she? Barney drew a diamond ring from his little finger and held +it out to her.<br> +</p> + +"You gave it to me to cut a hole in the window of the garage +where I stole the automobile," he said. "I forgot to return it. +Now do you know who I am?" <br> +<p>Emma von der Tann's eyes showed her incredulity; then, act by +act, she recalled all that this man had said and done since they +had escaped from Blentz that had been so unlike the king she +knew.<br> +</p> + +"When did you assume the king's identity?" she asked. <br> +<p>Barney told her all that had transpired in the king's +apartments at Blentz before she had been conducted to the king's +presence.<br> +</p> + +"And Leopold is there now?" she asked. <br> +<p>"He is there," replied Barney, "and he is to be shot in the +morning."<br> +</p> + +"Gott!" exclaimed the girl. "What are we to do?" <br> +<p>"There is but one thing to do," replied the American, "and +that is for Butzow and me to ride to Blentz as fast as horses +will carry us and rescue the king."<br> +</p> + +"And then?" asked the girl, a shadow crossing her face. <br> +<p>"And then Barney Custer will have to beat it for the +boundary," he replied with a sorry smile.<br> +</p> + +She came quite close to him, laying her hands upon his shoulders. +<br> +<p>"I cannot give you up now," she said simply. "I have tried to +be loyal to Leopold and the promise that my father made his king +when I was only a little girl; but since I thought that you were +to be shot, I have wished a thousand times that I had gone with +you to America two years ago. Take me with you now, Barney. We +can send Lieutenant Butzow to rescue the king, and before he has +returned we can be safe across the Serbian frontier."<br> +</p> + +The American shook his head. <br> +<p>"I got the king into this mess and I must get him out," he +said. "He may deserve to be shot, but it is up to me to prevent +it, if I can. And there is your father to consider. If Butzow +rides to Blentz and rescues the king, it may be difficult to get +him back to Lustadt without the truth of his identity and mine +becoming known. With me there, the change can be effected easily, +and not even Butzow need know what has happened.<br> +</p> + +"If the people should guess that it was not Leopold who won the +battle of Lustadt there might be the devil to pay, and your +father would go down along with the throne. No, I must stay until +Leopold is safe in Lustadt. But there is a hope for us. I may be +able to wrest from Leopold his sanction of our marriage. I shall +not hesitate to use threats to get it, and I rather imagine that +he will be in such a terror-stricken condition that he will +assent to any terms for his release from Blentz. If he gives me +such a paper, Emma, will you marry me?" <br> +<p>Perhaps there never had been a stranger proposal than this; +but to neither did it seem strange. For two years each had known +the love of the other. The girl's betrothal to the king had +prevented an avowal of their love while Barney posed in his own +identity. Now they merely accepted the conditions that had +existed for two years as though a matter of fact which had been +often discussed between them.<br> +</p> + +"Of course I'll marry you," said the princess. "Why in the world +would I want you to take me to America otherwise?" <br> +<p>As Barney Custer took her in his arms he was happier than he +had ever before been in all his life, and so, too, was the +Princess Emma von der Tann.<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_26">Chapter XII LEOPOLD WAITS FOR DAWN</h1> + +<br> +AFTER THE American had shoved him through the secret doorway into +the tower room of the castle of Blentz, Leopold had stood for +several minutes waiting for the next command from his captor. +Presently, hearing no sound other than that of his own breathing, +the king ventured to speak. He asked the American what he +purposed doing with him next. <br> +<p>There was no reply. For another minute the king listened +intently; then he raised his hands and removed the bandage from +his eyes. He looked about him. The room was vacant except for +himself. He recognized it as the one in which he had spent ten +years of his life as a prisoner. He shuddered. What had become of +the American? He approached the door and listened. Beyond the +panels he could hear the two soldiers on guard there conversing. +He called to them.<br> +</p> + +"What do you want?" shouted one of the men through the closed +door. <br> +<p>"I want Prince Peter!" yelled the king. "Send him at +once!"<br> +</p> + +The soldiers laughed. <br> +<p>"He wants Prince Peter," they mocked. "Wouldn't you rather +have us send the king to you?" they asked.<br> +</p> + +"I am the king!" yelled Leopold. "I am the king! Open the door, +pigs, or it will go hard with you! I shall have you both shot in +the morning if you do not open the door and fetch Prince Peter." +<br> +<p>"Ah!" exclaimed one of the soldiers. "Then there will be three +of us shot together."<br> +</p> + +Leopold went white. He had not connected the sentence of the +American with himself; but now, quite vividly, he realized what +it might mean to him if he failed before dawn to convince someone +that he was not the American. Peter would not be awake at so +early an hour, and if he had no better success with others than +he was having with these soldiers, it was possible that he might +be led out and shot before his identity was discovered. The thing +was preposterous. The king's knees became suddenly quite weak. +They shook, and his legs gave beneath his weight so that he had +to lean against the back of a chair to keep from falling. <br> +<p>Once more he turned to the soldiers. This time he pleaded with +them, begging them to carry word to Prince Peter that a terrible +mistake had been made, and that it was the king and not the +American who was confined in the death chamber. But the soldiers +only laughed at him, and finally threatened to come in and beat +him if he again interrupted their conversation.<br> +</p> + +It was a white and shaken prisoner that the officer of the guard +found when he entered the room at dawn. The man before him, his +face streaked with tears of terror and selfpity, fell upon his +knees before him, beseeching him to carry word to Peter of +Blentz, that he was the king. The officer drew away with a +gesture of disgust. <br> +<p>"I might well believe from your actions that you are Leopold," +he said; "for, by Heaven, you do not act as I have always +imagined the American would act in the face of danger. He has a +reputation for bravery that would suffer could his admirers see +him now."<br> +</p> + +"But I am not the American," pleaded the king. "I tell you that +the American came to my apartments last night, overpowered me, +forced me to change clothing with him, and then led me back +here." <br> +<p>A sudden inspiration came to the king with the memory of all +that had transpired during that humiliating encounter with the +American.<br> +</p> + +"I signed a pardon for him!" he cried. "He forced me to do so. If +you think I am the American, you cannot kill me now, for there is +a pardon signed by the king, and an order for the American's +immediate release. Where is it? Do not tell me that Prince Peter +did not receive it." <br> +<p>"He received it," replied the officer, "and I am here to +acquaint you with the fact, but Prince Peter said nothing about +your release. All he told me was that you were not to be shot +this morning," and the man emphasized the last two words.<br> +</p> + +Leopold of Lutha spent two awful days a prisoner at Blentz, not +knowing at what moment Prince Peter might see fit to carry out +the verdict of the Austrian court martial. He could convince no +one that he was the king. Peter would not even grant him an +audience. Upon the evening of the third day, word came that the +Austrians had been defeated before Lustadt, and those that were +not prisoners were retreating through Blentz toward the Austrian +frontier. <br> +<p>The news filtered to Leopold's prison room through the servant +who brought him his scant and rough fare. The king was utterly +disheartened before this word reached him. For the moment he +seemed to see a ray of hope, for, since the impostor had been +victorious, he would be in a position to force Peter of Blentz to +give up the true king.<br> +</p> + +There was the chance that the American, flushed with success and +power, might elect to hold the crown he had seized. Who would +guess the transfer that had been effected, or, guessing, would +dare voice his suspicions in the face of the power and popularity +that Leopold knew such a victory as the impostor had won must +have given him in the hearts and minds of the people of Lutha? +Still, there was a bare possibility that the American would be as +good as his word, and return the crown as he had promised. Though +he hated to admit it, the king had every reason to believe that +the impostor was a man of honor, whose bare word was as good as +another's bond. <br> +<p>He was commencing, under this line of reasoning, to achieve a +certain hopeful content when the door to his prison opened and +Peter of Blentz, black and scowling, entered. At his elbow was +Captain Ernst Maenck.<br> +</p> + +"Leopold has defeated the Austrians," announced the former. +"Until you returned to Lutha he considered the Austrians his best +friends. I do not know how you could have reached or influenced +him. It is to learn how you accomplished it that I am here. The +fact that he signed your pardon indicates that his attitude +toward you changed suddenly--almost within an hour. There is +something at the bottom of it all, and that something I must +know." <br> +<p>"I am Leopold!" cried the king. "Don't you recognize me, +Prince Peter? Look at me! Maenck must know me. It was I who wrote +and signed the American's pardon--at the point of the American's +revolver. He forced me to exchange clothing with him, and then he +brought me here to this room and left me."<br> +</p> + +The two men looked at the speaker and smiled. <br> +<p>"You bank too strongly, my friend," said Peter of Blentz, +"upon your resemblance to the king of Lutha. I will admit that it +is strong, but not so strong as to convince me of the truth of so +improbable a story. How in the world could the American have +brought you through the castle, from one end to the other, +unseen? There was a guard before the king's door and another +before this. No, Herr Custer, you will have to concoct a more +plausible tale.<br> +</p> + +"No," and Peter of Blentz scowled savagely, as though to impress +upon his listener the importance of his next utterance, "there +were more than you and the king involved in his sudden departure +from Blentz and in his hasty change of policy toward Austria. To +be quite candid, it seems to me that it may be necessary to my +future welfare--vitally necessary, I may say--to know precisely +how all this occurred, and just what influence you have over +Leopold of Lutha. Who was it that acted as the go-between in the +king's negotiations with you, or rather, yours with the king? And +what argument did you bring to bear to force Leopold to the +action he took?" <br> +<p>"I have told you all that I know about the matter," whined the +king. "The American appeared suddenly in my apartment. When he +brought me here he first blindfolded me. I have no idea by what +route we traveled through the castle, and unless your guards +outside this door were bribed they can tell you more about how we +got in here than I can--provided we entered through that +doorway," and the king pointed to the door which had just opened +to admit his two visitors.<br> +</p> + +"Oh, pshaw!" exclaimed Maenck. "There is but one door to this +room--if the king came in here at all, he came through that +door." <br> +<p>"Enough!" cried Peter of Blentz. "I shall not be trifled with +longer. I shall give you until tomorrow morning to make a full +explanation of the truth and to form some plan whereby you may +utilize once more whatever influence you had over Leopold to the +end that he grant to myself and my associates his royal assurance +that our lives and property will be safe in Lutha."<br> +</p> + +"But I tell you it is impossible," wailed the king. <br> +<p>"I think not," sneered Prince Peter, "especially when I tell +you that if you do not accede to my wishes the order of the +Austrian military court that sentenced you to death at Burgova +will be carried out in the morning."<br> +</p> + +With his final words the two men turned and left the room. Behind +them, upon the floor, inarticulate with terror, knelt Leopold of +Lutha, his hands outstretched in supplication. <br> +<p>The long night wore its weary way to dawn at last. The +sleepless man, alternately tossing upon his bed and pacing the +floor, looked fearfully from time to time at the window through +which the lightening of the sky would proclaim the coming day and +his last hour on earth. His windows faced the west. At the foot +of the hill beneath the castle nestled the village of Blentz, +once more enveloped in peaceful silence since the Austrians were +gone.<br> +</p> + +An unmistakable lessening of the darkness in the east had just +announced the proximity of day, when the king heard a clatter of +horses' hoofs upon the road before the castle. The sound ceased +at the gates and a loud voice broke out upon the stillness of the +dying night demanding entrance "in the name of the king." <br> +<p>New hope burst aflame in the breast of the condemned man. The +impostor had not forsaken him. Leopold ran to the window, leaning +far out. He heard the voices of the sentries in the barbican as +they conversed with the newcomers. Then silence came, broken only +by the rapid footsteps of a soldier hastening from the gate to +the castle. His hobnail shoes pounding upon the cobbles of the +courtyard echoed among the angles of the lofty walls. When he had +entered the castle the silence became oppressive. For five +minutes there was no sound other than the pawing of the horses +outside the barbican and the subdued conversation of their +riders.<br> +</p> + +Presently the soldier emerged from the castle. With him was an +officer. The two went to the barbican. Again there was a parley +between the horsemen and the guard. Leopold could hear the +officer demanding terms. He would lower the drawbridge and admit +them upon conditions. <br> +<p>One of these the king overheard--it concerned an assurance of +full pardon for Peter of Blentz and the garrison; and again +Leopold heard the officer addressing someone as "your +majesty."<br> +</p> + +Ah, the impostor was there in person. Ach, Gott! How Leopold of +Lutha hated him, and yet, in the hands of this American lay not +only his throne but his very life as well. <br> +<p>Evidently the negotiations proved unsuccessful for after a +time the party wheeled their horses from the gate and rode back +toward Blentz. As the sound of the iron-shod hoofs diminished in +the distance, with them diminished the hopes of the king.<br> +</p> + +When they ceased entirely his hopes were at an end, to be +supplanted by renewed terror at the turning of the knob of his +prison door as it swung open to admit Maenck and a squad of +soldiers. <br> +<p>"Come!" ordered the captain. "The king has refused to +intercede in your behalf. When he returns with his army he will +find your body at the foot of the west wall in the +courtyard."<br> +</p> + +With an ear-piercing shriek that rang through the grim old +castle, Leopold of Lutha flung his arms above his head and lunged +forward upon his face. Roughly the soldiers seized the +unconscious man and dragged him from the room. <br> +<p>Along the corridor they hauled him and down the winding stairs +within the north tower to the narrow slit of a door that opened +upon the courtyard. To the foot of the west wall they brought +him, tossing him brutally to the stone flagging. Here one of the +soldiers brought a flagon of water and dashed it in the face of +the king. The cold douche returned Leopold to a consciousness of +the nearness of his impending fate.<br> +</p> + +He saw the little squad of soldiers before him. He saw the cold, +gray wall behind, and, above, the cold, gray sky of early dawn. +The dismal men leaning upon their shadowy guns seemed unearthly +specters in the weird light of the hour that is neither God's day +nor devil's night. With difficulty two of them dragged Leopold to +his feet. <br> +<p>Then the dismal men formed in line before him at the opposite +side of the courtyard. Maenck stood to the left of them. He was +giving commands. They fell upon the doomed man's ears with all +the cruelty of physical blows. Tears coursed down his white +cheeks. With incoherent mumblings he begged for his life. +Leopold, King of Lutha, trembling in the face of death!<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_27">Chapter XIII THE TWO KINGS</h1> + +<br> +TWENTY TROOPERS had ridden with Lieutenant Butzow and the false +king from Lustadt to Blentz. During the long, hard ride there had +been little or no conversation between the American and his +friend, for Butzow was still unsuspicious of the true identity of +the man who posed as the ruler of Lutha. The lieutenant was all +anxiety to reach Blentz and rescue the American he thought +imprisoned there and in danger of being shot. <br> +<p>At the gate they were refused admittance unless the king would +accept conditions. Barney refused--there was another way to gain +entrance to Blentz that not even the master of Blentz knew. +Butzow urged him to accede to anything to save the life of the +American. He recalled all that the latter had done in the service +of Lutha and Leopold. Barney leaned close to the other's ear.<br> +</p> + +"If they have not already shot him," he whispered, "we shall save +the prisoner yet. Let them think that we give up and are +returning to Lustadt. Then follow me." <br> +<p>Slowly the little cavalcade rode down from the castle of +Blentz toward the village. Just out of sight of the grim pile +where the road wound down into a ravine Barney turned his horse's +head up the narrow defile. In single file Butzow and the troopers +followed until the rank undergrowth precluded farther advance. +Here the American directed that they dismount, and, leaving the +horses in charge of three troopers, set out once more with the +balance of the company on foot.<br> +</p> + +It was with difficulty that the men forced their way through the +bushes, but they had not gone far when their leader stopped +before a sheer wall of earth and stone, covered with densely +growing shrubbery. Here he groped in the dim light, feeling his +way with his hands before him, while at his heels came his +followers. At last he separated a wall of bushes and disappeared +within the aperture his hands had made. One by one his men +followed, finding themselves in inky darkness, but upon a smooth +stone floor and with stone walls close upon either hand. Those +who lifted their hands above their heads discovered an arched +stone ceiling close above them. <br> +<p>Along this buried corridor the "king" led them, for though he +had never traversed it himself the Princess Emma had, and from +her he had received minute directions. Occasionally he struck a +match, and presently in the fitful glare of one of these he and +those directly behind him saw the foot of a ladder that +disappeared in the Stygian darkness above.<br> +</p> + +"Follow me up this, very quietly," he said to those behind him. +"Up to the third landing." <br> +<p>They did as he bid them. At the third landing Barney felt for +the latch he knew was there--he was on familiar ground now. +Finding it he pushed open the door it held in place, and through +a tiny crack surveyed the room beyond. It was vacant. The +American threw the door wide and stepped within. Directly behind +him was Butzow, his eyes wide in wonderment. After him filed the +troopers until seventeen of them stood behind their lieutenant +and the "king."<br> +</p> + +Through the window overlooking the courtyard came a piteous +wailing. Barney ran to the casement and looked out. Butzow was at +his side. <br> +<p>"Himmel!" ejaculated the Luthanian. "They are about to shoot +him. Quick, your majesty," and without waiting to see if he were +followed the lieutenant raced for the door of the apartment. +Close behind him came the American and the seventeen.<br> +</p> + +It took but a moment to reach the stairway down which the +rescuers tumbled pell-mell. <br> +<p>Maenck was giving his commands to the firing squad with +fiendish deliberation and delay. He seemed to enjoy dragging out +the agony that the condemned man suffered. But it was this very +cruelty that caused Maenck's undoing and saved the life of +Leopold of Lutha. Just before he gave the word to fire Maenck +paused and laughed aloud at the pitiable figure trembling and +whining against the stone wall before him, and during that pause +a commotion arose at the tower doorway behind the firing +squad.<br> +</p> + +Maenck turned to discover the cause of the interruption, and as +he turned he saw the figure of the king leaping toward him with +leveled revolver. At the king's back a company of troopers of the +Royal Horse Guard was pouring into the courtyard. <br> +<p>Maenck snatched his own revolver from his hip and fired +point-blank at the "king." The firing squad had turned at the +sound of assault from the rear. Some of them discharged their +pieces at the advancing troopers. Butzow gave a command and +seventeen carbines poured their deadly hail into the ranks of the +Blentz retainers. At Maenck's shot the "king" staggered and fell +to the pavement.<br> +</p> + +Maenck leaped across his prostrate form, yelling to his men +"Shoot the American." Then he was lost to Barney's sight in the +hand-to-hand scrimmage that was taking place. The American tried +to regain his feet, but the shock of the wound in his breast had +apparently paralyzed him for the moment. A Blentz soldier was +running toward the prisoner standing open-mouthed against the +wall. The fellow's rifle was raised to his hip--his intention was +only too obvious. <br> +<p>Barney drew himself painfully and slowly to one elbow. The man +was rapidly nearing the true Leopold. In another moment he would +shoot. The American raised his revolver and, taking careful aim, +fired. The soldier shrieked, covered his face with his hands, +spun around once, and dropped at the king's feet.<br> +</p> + +The troopers under Butzow were forcing the men of Blentz toward +the far end of the courtyard. Two of the Blentz faction were +standing a little apart, backing slowly away and at the same time +deliberately firing at the king. Barney seemed the only one who +noticed them. Once again he raised his revolver and fired. One of +the men sat down suddenly, looked vacantly about him, and then +rolled over upon his side. The other fired once more at the king +and the same instant Barney fired at the soldier. Soldier and +king--would-be assassin and his victim--fell simultaneously. +Barney grimaced. The wound in his breast was painful. He had done +his best to save the king. It was no fault of his that he had +failed. It was a long way to Beatrice. He wondered if Emma von +der Tann would be on the station platform, awaiting him--then he +swooned. <br> +<p>Butzow and his seventeen had it all their own way in the +courtyard and castle of Blentz. After the first resistance the +soldiery of Peter fled to the guardroom. Butzow followed them, +and there they laid down their arms. Then the lieutenant returned +to the courtyard to look for the king and Barney Custer. He found +them both, and both were wounded. He had them carried to the +royal apartments in the north tower. When Barney regained +consciousness he found the scowling portrait of the Blentz +princess frowning down upon him. He lay upon a great bed where +the soldiers, thinking him king, had placed him. Opposite him, +against the farther wall, the real king lay upon a cot. Butzow +was working over him.<br> +</p> + +"Not so bad, after all, Barney," the lieutenant was saying. "Only +a flesh wound in the calf of the leg." <br> +<p>The king made no reply. He was afraid to declare his identity. +First he must learn the intentions of the impostor. He only +closed his eyes wearily. Presently he asked a question.<br> +</p> + +"Is he badly wounded?" and he indicated the figure upon the great +bed. <br> +<p>Butzow turned and crossed to where the American lay. He saw +that the latter's eyes were open and that he was conscious.<br> +</p> + +"How does your majesty feel?" he asked. There was more respect in +his tone than ever before. One of the Blentz soldiers had told +him how the "king," after being wounded by Maenck, had raised +himself upon his elbow and saved the prisoner's life by shooting +three of his assailants. <br> +<p>"I thought I was done for," answered Barney Custer, "but I +rather guess the bullet struck only a glancing blow. It couldn't +have entered my lungs, for I neither cough nor spit blood. To +tell you the truth, I feel surprisingly fit. How's the +prisoner?"<br> +</p> + +"Only a flesh wound in the calf of his left leg, sire," replied +Butzow. <br> +<p>"I am glad," was Barney's only comment. He didn't want to be +king of Lutha; but he had foreseen that with the death of the +king his imposture might be forced upon him for life.<br> +</p> + +After Butzow and one of the troopers had washed and dressed the +wounds of both men Barney asked them to leave the room. <br> +<p>"I wish to sleep," he said. "If I require you I will +ring."<br> +</p> + +Saluting, the two backed from the apartment. Just as they were +passing through the doorway the American called out to Butzow. +<br> +<p>"You have Peter of Blentz and Maenck in custody?" he +asked.<br> +</p> + +"I regret having to report to your majesty," replied the officer, +"that both must have escaped. A thorough search of the entire +castle has failed to reveal them." <br> +<p>Barney scowled. He had hoped to place these two conspirators +once and for all where they would never again threaten the peace +of the throne of Lutha--in hell. For a moment he lay in thought. +Then he addressed the officer again.<br> +</p> + +"Leave your force here," he said, "to guard us. Ride, yourself, +to Lustadt and inform Prince von der Tann that it is the king's +desire that every effort be made to capture these two men. Have +them brought to Lustadt immediately they are apprehended. Bring +them dead or alive." <br> +<p>Again Butzow saluted and prepared to leave the room.<br> +</p> + +"Wait," said Barney. "Convey our greetings to the Princess von +der Tann, and inform her that my wound is of small importance, as +is also that of the--Mr. Custer. You may go, lieutenant." <br> +<p>When they were alone Barney turned toward the king. The other +lay upon his side glaring at the American. When he caught the +latter's eyes upon him he spoke.<br> +</p> + +"What do you intend doing with me?" he said. "Are you going to +keep your word and return my identity?" <br> +<p>"I have promised," replied Barney, "and what I promise I +always perform."<br> +</p> + +"Then exchange clothing with me at once," cried the king, half +rising from his cot. <br> +<p>"Not so fast, my friend," rejoined the American. "There are a +few trifling details to be arranged before we resume our proper +personalities."<br> +</p> + +"Do you realize that you should be hanged for what you have +done?" snarled the king. "You assaulted me, stole my clothing, +left me here to be shot by Peter, and sat upon my throne in +Lustadt while I lay a prisoner condemned to death." <br> +<p>"And do you realize," replied Barney, "that by so doing I +saved your foolish little throne for you; that I drove the +invaders from your dominions; that I have unmasked your enemies, +and that I have once again proven to you that the Prince von der +Tann is your best friend and most loyal supporter?"<br> +</p> + +"You laid your plebeian hands upon me," cried the king, raising +his voice. "You humiliated me, and you shall suffer for it." <br> +<p>Barney Custer eyed the king for a long moment before he spoke +again. It was difficult to believe that the man was so devoid of +gratitude, and so blind as not to see that even the rough +treatment that he had received at the American's hands was as +nothing by comparison with the service that the American had done +him. Apparently Leopold had already forgotten that three times +Barney Custer had saved his life in the courtyard below. From the +man's demeanor, now that his life was no longer at stake, Barney +caught an inkling of what his attitude might be when once again +he was returned to the despotic power of his kingship.<br> +</p> + +"It is futile to reason with you," he said. "There is only one +way to handle such as you. At present I hold the power to coerce +you, and I shall continue to hold that power until I am safely +out of your two-by-four kingdom. If you do as I say you shall +have your throne back again. If you refuse, why by Heaven you +shall never have it. I'll stay king of Lutha myself." <br> +<p>"What are your terms?" asked the king.<br> +</p> + +"That Prince Peter of Blentz, Captain Ernst Maenck, and old Von +Coblich be tried, convicted, and hanged for high treason," +replied the American. <br> +<p>"That is easy," said the king. "I should do so anyway +immediately I resumed my throne. Now get up and give me my +clothes. Take this cot and I will take the bed. None will know of +the exchange."<br> +</p> + +"Again you are too fast," answered Barney. "There is another +condition." <br> +<p>"Well?"<br> +</p> + +"You must promise upon your royal honor that Ludwig, Prince von +der Tann, remain chancellor of Lutha during your life or his." +<br> +<p>"Very well," assented the king. "I promise," and again he half +rose from his cot.<br> +</p> + +"Hold on a minute," admonished the American; "there is yet one +more condition of which I have not made mention." <br> +<p>"What, another?" exclaimed Leopold testily. "How much do you +want for returning to me what you have stolen?"<br> +</p> + +"So far I have asked for nothing for myself," replied Barney. +"Now I am coming to that part of the agreement. The Princess Emma +von der Tann is betrothed to you. She does not love you. She has +honored me with her affection, but she will not wed until she has +been formally released from her promise to wed Leopold of Lutha. +The king must sign such a release and also a sanction of her +marriage to Barney Custer, of Beatrice. Do you understand what I +want?" <br> +<p>The king went livid. He came to his feet beside the cot. For +the moment, his wound was forgotten. He tottered toward the +impostor.<br> +</p> + +"You scoundrel!" he screamed. "You scoundrel! You have stolen my +identity and my throne and now you wish to steal the woman who +loves me." <br> +<p>"Don't get excited, Leo," warned the American, "and don't talk +so loud. The Princess doesn't love you, and you know it as well +as I. She will never marry you. If you want your dinky throne +back you'll have to do as I desire; that is, sign the release and +the sanction.<br> +</p> + +"Now let's don't have any heroics about it. You have the +proposition. Now I am going to sleep. In the meantime you may +think it over. If the papers are not ready when it comes time for +us to leave, and from the way I feel now I rather think I shall +be ready to mount a horse by morning, I shall ride back to +Lustadt as king of Lutha, and I shall marry her highness into the +bargain, and you may go hang! <br> +<p>"How the devil you will earn a living with that king job taken +away from you I don't know. You're a long way from New York, and +in the present state of carnage in Europe I rather doubt that +there are many headwaiters jobs open this side of the American +metropolis, and I can't for the moment think of anything else at +which you would shine-with all due respect to some excellent +headwaiters I have known."<br> +</p> + +For some time the king remained silent. He was thinking. He +realized that it lay in the power of the American to do precisely +what he had threatened to do. No one would doubt his identity. +Even Peter of Blentz had not recognized the real king despite +Leopold's repeated and hysterical claims. <br> +<p>Lieutenant Butzow, the American's best friend, had no more +suspected the exchange of identities. Von der Tann, too, must +have been deceived. Everyone had been deceived. There was no hope +that the people, who really saw so little of their king, would +guess the deception that was being played upon them. Leopold +groaned. Barney opened his eyes and turned toward him.<br> +</p> + +"What's the matter?" he asked. <br> +<p>"I will sign the release and the sanction of her highness' +marriage to you," said the king.<br> +</p> + +"Good!" exclaimed the American. "You will then go at once to +Brosnov as originally planned. I will return to Lustadt and get +her highness, and we will immediately leave Lutha via Brosnov. +There you and I will effect a change of raiment, and you will +ride back to Lustadt with the small guard that accompanies her +highness and me to the frontier." <br> +<p>"Why do you not remain in Lustadt?" asked the king. "You could +as well be married there as elsewhere."<br> +</p> + +"Because I don't trust your majesty," replied the American. "It +must be done precisely as I say or not at all. Are you +agreeable?" <br> +<p>The king assented with a grumpy nod.<br> +</p> + +"Then get up and write as I dictate," said Barney. Leopold of +Lutha did as he was bid. The result was two short, crisply worded +documents. At the bottom of each was the signature of Leopold of +Lutha. Barney took the two papers and carefully tucked them +beneath his pillow. <br> +<p>"Now let's sleep," he said. "It is getting late and we both +need the rest. In the morning we have long rides ahead of us. +Good night."<br> +</p> + +The king did not respond. In a short time Barney was fast asleep. +The light still burned. <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_28">Chapter XIV "THE KING'S WILL IS LAW"</h1> + +<br> +<p>THE BLENTZ princess frowned down upon the king and impostor +impartially from her great gilt frame. It must have been close to +midnight that the painting moved--just a fraction of an inch. +Then it remained motionless for a time. Again it moved. This time +it revealed a narrow crack at its edge. In the crack an eye +shone.<br> +</p> + +One of the sleepers moved. He opened his eyes. Stealthily he +raised himself on his elbow and gazed at the other across the +apartment. He listened intently. The regular breathing of the +sleeper proclaimed the soundness of his slumber. Gingerly the man +placed one foot upon the floor. The eye glued to the crack at the +edge of the great, gilt frame of the Blentz princess remained +fastened upon him. He let his other foot slip to the floor beside +the first. Carefully he raised himself until he stood erect upon +the floor. Then, on tiptoe he started across the room. <br> +<p>The eye in the dark followed him. The man reached the side of +the sleeper. Bending over he listened intently to the other's +breathing. Satisfied that slumber was profound he stepped quickly +to a wardrobe in which a soldier had hung the clothing of both +the king and the American. He took down the uniform of the +former, casting from time to time apprehensive glances toward the +sleeper. The latter did not stir, and the other passed to the +little dressing-room adjoining.<br> +</p> + +A few minutes later he reentered the apartment fully clothed and +wearing the accouterments of Leopold of Lutha. In his hand was a +drawn sword. Silently and swiftly he crossed to the side of the +sleeping man. The eye at the crack beside the gilded frame +pressed closer to the aperture. The sword was raised above the +body of the slumberer--its point hovered above his heart. The +face of the man who wielded it was hard with firm resolve. <br> +<p>His muscles tensed to drive home the blade, but something held +his hand. His face paled. His shoulders contracted with a little +shudder, and he turned toward the door of the apartment, almost +running across the floor in his anxiety to escape. The eye in the +dark maintained its unblinking vigilance.<br> +</p> + +With his hand upon the knob a sudden thought stayed the +fugitive's flight. He glanced quickly back at the sleeper --he +had not moved. Then the man who wore the uniform of the king of +Lutha recrossed the apartment to the bed, reached beneath one of +the pillows and withdrew two neatly folded official-looking +documents. These he placed in the breastpocket of his uniform. A +moment later he was walking down the spiral stairway to the main +floor of the castle. <br> +<p>In the guardroom the troopers of the Royal Horse who were not +on guard were stretched in slumber. Only a corporal remained +awake. As the man entered the guardroom the corporal glanced up, +and as his eyes fell upon the newcomer, he sprang to his feet, +saluting.<br> +</p> + +"Turn out the guard!" he cried. "Turn out the guard for his +majesty, the king!" <br> +<p>The sleeping soldiers, but half awake, scrambled to their +feet, their muscles reacting to the command that their brains but +half perceived. They snatched their guns from the racks and +formed a line behind the corporal. The king raised his fingers to +the vizor of his helmet in acknowledgment of their salute.<br> +</p> + +"Saddle up quietly, corporal," he said. "We shall ride to Lustadt +tonight." <br> +<p>The non-commissioned officer saluted. "And an extra horse for +Herr Custer?" he said.<br> +</p> + +The king shook his head. "The man died of his wound about an hour +ago," he said. "While you are saddling up I shall arrange with +some of the Blentz servants for his burial --now hurry!" <br> +<p>The corporal marched his troopers from the guardroom toward +the stables. The man in the king's clothes touched a bell which +was obviously a servant call. He waited impatiently a reply to +his summons, tapping his finger-tips against the sword-scabbard +that was belted to his side. At last a sleepy-eyed man +responded--a man who had grown gray in the service of Peter of +Blentz. At sight of the king he opened his eyes in astonishment, +pulled his foretop, and bowed uneasily.<br> +</p> + +"Come closer," whispered the king. The man did so, and the king +spoke in his ear earnestly, but in scarce audible tones. The eyes +of the listener narrowed to mere slits--of avarice and cunning, +cruelly cold and calculating. The speaker searched through the +pockets of the king's clothes that covered him. At last he +withdrew a roll of bills. The amount must have been a large one, +but he did not stop to count it. He held the money under the eyes +of the servant. The fellow's claw-like fingers reached for the +tempting wealth. He nodded his head affirmatively. <br> +<p>"You may trust me, sire," he whispered.<br> +</p> + +The king slipped the money into the other's palm. "And as much +more," he said, "when I receive proof that my wishes have been +fulfilled." <br> +<p>"Thank you, sire," said the servant.<br> +</p> + +The king looked steadily into the other's face before he spoke +again. <br> +<p>"And if you fail me," he said, "may God have mercy on your +soul." Then he wheeled and left the guardroom, walking out into +the courtyard where the soldiers were busy saddling their +mounts.<br> +</p> + +A few minutes later the party clattered over the drawbridge and +down the road toward Blentz and Lustadt. From a window of the +apartments of Peter of Blentz a man watched them depart. When +they passed across a strip of moonlit road, and he had counted +them, he smiled with relief. <br> +<p>A moment later he entered a panel beside the huge fireplace in +the west wall and disappeared. There he struck a match, found a +candle and lighted it. Walking a few steps he came to a figure +sleeping upon a pile of clothing. He stooped and shook the +sleeper by the shoulder.<br> +</p> + +"Wake up!" he cried in a subdued voice. "Wake up, Prince Peter; I +have good news for you." <br> +<p>The other opened his eyes, stretched, and at last sat up.<br> +</p> + +"What is it, Maenck?" he asked querulously. <br> +<p>"Great news, my prince," replied the other.<br> +</p> + +"While you have been sleeping many things have transpired within +the walls of your castle. The king's troopers have departed; but +that is a small matter compared with the other. Here, behind the +portrait of your great-grandmother, I have listened and watched +all night. I opened the secret door a fraction of an inch--just +enough to permit me to look into the apartment where the king and +the American lay wounded. They had been talking as I opened the +door, but after that they ceased--the king falling asleep at +once-the American feigning slumber. For a long time I watched, +but nothing happened until near midnight. Then the American arose +and donned the king's clothes. <br> +<p>"He approached Leopold with drawn sword, but when he would +have thrust it through the heart of the sleeping man his nerve +failed him. Then he stole some papers from the room and left. +Just now he has ridden out toward Lustadt with the men of the +Royal Horse who captured the castle yesterday."<br> +</p> + +Before Maenck was half-way through his narrative, Peter of Blentz +was wide awake and all attention. His eyes glowed with suddenly +aroused interest. <br> +<p>"Somewhere in this, prince," concluded Maenck, "there must lie +the seed of fortune for you and me."<br> +</p> + +Peter nodded. "Yes," he mused, "there must." <br> +<p>For a time both men were buried in thought. Suddenly Maenck +snapped his fingers. "I have it!" he cried. He bent toward Prince +Peter's ear and whispered his plan. When he was done the Blentz +prince grasped his hand.<br> +</p> + +"Just the thing, Maenck!" he cried. "Just the thing. Leopold will +never again listen to idle gossip directed against our loyalty. +If I know him--and who should know him better--he will heap +honors upon you, my Maenck; and as for me, he will at least +forgive me and take me back into his confidence. Lose no time +now, my friend. We are free now to go and come, since the king's +soldiers have been withdrawn." <br> +<p>In the garden back of the castle an old man was busy digging a +hole. It was a long, narrow hole, and, when it was completed, +nearly four feet deep. It looked like a grave. When he had +finished the old man hobbled to a shed that leaned against the +south wall. Here were boards, tools, and a bench. It was the +castle workshop. The old man selected a number of rough pine +boards. These he measured and sawed, fitted and nailed, working +all the balance of the night. By dawn, he had a long, narrow box, +just a trifle smaller than the hole he had dug in the garden. The +box resembled a crude coffin. When it was quite finished, +including a cover, he dragged it out into the garden and set it +upon two boards that spanned the hole, so that it rested +precisely over the excavation.<br> +</p> + +All these precautions methodically made, he returned to the +castle. In a little storeroom he searched for and found an ax. +With his thumb he felt of the edge--for an ax it was marvelously +sharp. The old fellow grinned and shook his head, as one who +appreciates in anticipation the consummation of a good joke. Then +he crept noiselessly through the castle's corridors and up the +spiral stairway in the north tower. In one hand was the sharp ax. +<br> +<p>The moment Lieutenant Butzow had reached Lustadt he had gone +directly to Prince von der Tann; but the moment his message had +been delivered to the chancellor he sought out the chancellor's +daughter, to tell her all that had occurred at Blentz.<br> +</p> + +"I saw but little of Mr. Custer," he said. "He was very quiet. I +think all that he has been through has unnerved him. He was +slightly wounded in the left leg. The king was wounded in the +breast. His majesty conducted himself in a most valiant and +generous manner. Wounded, he lay upon his stomach in the +courtyard of the castle and defended Mr. Custer, who was, of +course, unarmed. The king shot three of Prince Peter's soldiers +who were attempting to assassinate Mr. Custer." <br> +<p>Emma von der Tann smiled. It was evident that Lieutenant +Butzow had not discovered the deception that had been practiced +upon him in common with all Lutha--she being the only exception. +It seemed incredible that this good friend of the American had +not seen in the heroism of the man who wore the king's clothes +the attributes and ear-marks of Barney Custer. She glowed with +pride at the narration of his heroism, though she suffered with +him because of his wound.<br> +</p> + +It was not yet noon when the detachment of the Royal Horse +arrived in Lustadt from Blentz. At their head rode one whom all +upon the streets of the capital greeted enthusiastically as king. +The party rode directly to the royal palace, and the king retired +immediately to his apartments. A half hour later an officer of +the king's household knocked upon the door of the Princess Emma +von der Tann's boudoir. In accord with her summons he entered, +saluted respectfully, and handed her a note. <br> +<p>It was written upon the personal stationary of Leopold of +Lutha. The girl read and reread it. For some time she could not +seem to grasp the enormity of the thing that had overwhelmed +her--the daring of the action that the message explained. The +note was short and to the point, and was signed only with +initials.<br> +</p> + +DEAREST EMMA: <br> +<p>The king died of his wounds just before midnight. I shall keep +the throne. There is no other way. None knows and none must ever +know the truth. Your father alone may suspect; but if we are +married at once our alliance will cement him and his faction to +us. Send word by the bearer that you agree with the wisdom of my +plan, and that we may be wed at once--this afternoon, in +fact.<br> +</p> + +The people may wonder for a few days at the strange haste, but my +answer shall be that I am going to the front with my troops. The +son and many of the high officials of the Kaiser have already +established the precedent, marrying hurriedly upon the eve of +their departure for the front. <br> +<p>With every assurance of my undying love, believe me,<br> +</p> + +Yours, B. C. <br> +<p>The girl walked slowly across the room to her writing table. +The officer stood in respectful silence awaiting the answer that +the king had told him to bring. The princess sat down before the +carved bit of furniture. Mechanically she drew a piece of note +paper from a drawer. Many times she dipped her pen in the ink +before she could determine what reply to send. Ages of ingrained +royalistic principles were shocked and shattered by the enormity +of the thing the man she loved had asked of her, and yet cold +reason told her that it was the only way.<br> +</p> + +Lutha would be lost should the truth be known--that the king was +dead, for there was no heir of closer blood connection with the +royal house than Prince Peter of Blentz, whose great-grandmother +had been a Rubinroth princess. Slowly, at last, she wrote as +follows: <br> +<p>SIRE: The king's will is law. EMMA<br> +</p> + +<br> +<p>That was all. Placing the note in an envelope she sealed it +and handed it to the officer, who bowed and left the room.<br> +</p> + +A half hour later officers of the Royal Horse were riding through +the streets of Lustadt. Some announced to the people upon the +streets the coming marriage of the king and princess. Others rode +to the houses of the nobility with the king's command that they +be present at the ceremony in the old cathedral at four o'clock +that afternoon. <br> +<p>Never had there been such bustling about the royal palace or +in the palaces of the nobles of Lutha. The buzz and hum of +excited conversation filled the whole town. That the choice of +the king met the approval of his subjects was more than evident. +Upon every lip was praise and love of the Princess Emma von der +Tann. The future of Lutha seemed assured with a king who could +fight joined in marriage to a daughter of the warrior line of Von +der Tann.<br> +</p> + +The princess was busy up to the last minute. She had not seen her +future husband since his return from Blentz, for he, too, had +been busy. Twice he had sent word to her, but on both occasions +had regretted that he could not come personally because of the +pressure of state matters and the preparations for the ceremony +that was to take place in the cathedral in so short a time. <br> +<p>At last the hour arrived. The cathedral was filled to +overflowing. After the custom of Lutha, the bride had walked +alone up the broad center aisle to the foot of the chancel. +Guardsmen lining the way on either hand stood rigidly at salute +until she stopped at the end of the soft, rose-strewn carpet and +turned to await the coming of the king.<br> +</p> + +Presently the doors at the opposite end of the cathedral opened. +There was a fanfare of trumpets, and up the center aisle toward +the waiting girl walked the royal groom. It seemed ages to the +princess since she had seen her lover. Her eyes devoured him as +he approached her. She noticed that he limped, and wondered; but +for a moment the fact carried no special suggestion to her brain. +<br> +<p>The people had risen as the king entered. Again, the pieces of +the guardsmen had snapped to present; but silence, intense and +utter, reigned over the vast assembly. The only movement was the +measured stride of the king as he advanced to claim his +bride.<br> +</p> + +At the head of each line of guardsmen, nearest the chancel and +upon either side of the bridal party, the ranks were formed of +commissioned officers. Butzow was among them. He, too, out of the +corner of his eye watched the advancing figure. Suddenly he noted +the limp, and gave a little involuntary gasp. He looked at the +Princess Emma, and saw her eyes suddenly widen with +consternation. <br> +<p>Slowly at first, and then in a sudden tidal wave of memory, +Butzow's story of the fight in the courtyard at Blentz came back +to her.<br> +</p> + +"I saw but little of Mr. Custer," he had said. "He was slightly +wounded in the left leg. The king was wounded in the breast." But +Lieutenant Butzow had not known the true identity of either. <br> +<p>The real Leopold it was who had been wounded in the left leg, +and the man who was approaching her up the broad cathedral aisle +was limping noticeably--and favoring his left leg. The man to +whom she was to be married was not Barney Custer--he was Leopold +of Lutha!<br> +</p> + +A hundred mad schemes rioted through her brain. The wedding must +not go on! But how was she to avert it? The king was within a few +paces of her now. There was a smile upon his lips, and in that +smile she saw the final confirmation of her fears. When Leopold +of Lutha smiled his upper lip curved just a trifle into a shadow +of a sneer. It was a trivial characteristic that Barney Custer +did not share in common with the king. <br> +<p>Half mad with terror, the girl seized upon the only subterfuge +which seemed at all likely to succeed. It would, at least, give +her a slight reprieve--a little time in which to think, and +possibly find an avenue from her predicament.<br> +</p> + +She staggered forward a step, clapped her two hands above her +heart, and reeled as though to fall. Butzow, who had been +watching her narrowly, sprang forward and caught her in his arms, +where she lay limp with closed eyes as though in a dead faint. +The king ran forward. The people craned their necks. A sudden +burst of exclamations rose throughout the cathedral, and then +Lieutenant Butzow, shouldering his way past the chancel, carried +the Princess Emma to a little anteroom off the east transept. +Behind him walked the king, the bishop, and Prince Ludwig. <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<h1 id="ref_29">Chapter XV MAENCK BLUNDERS</h1> + +<br> +<p>AFTER a hurried breakfast Peter of Blentz and Captain Ernst +Maenck left the castle of Blentz. Prince Peter rode north toward +the frontier, Austria, and safety, Captain Maenck rode south +toward Lustadt. Neither knew that general orders had been issued +to soldiery and gendarmerie of Lutha to capture them dead or +alive. So Prince Peter rode carelessly; but Captain Maenck, +because of the nature of his business and the proximity of +enemies about Lustadt, proceeded with circumspection.<br> +</p> + +Prince Peter was arrested at Tafelberg, and, though he stormed +and raged and threatened, he was immediately packed off under +heavy guard back toward Lustadt. <br> +<p>Captain Ernst Maenck was more fortunate. He reached the +capital of Lutha in safety, though he had to hide on several +occasions from detachments of troops moving toward the north. +Once within the city he rode rapidly to the house of a friend. +Here he learned that which set him into a fine state of +excitement and profanity. The king and the Princess Emma von der +Tann were to be wed that very afternoon! It lacked but half an +hour to four o'clock.<br> +</p> + +Maenck grabbed his cap and dashed from the house before his +astonished friend could ask a single question. He hurried +straight toward the cathedral. The king had just arrived, and +entered when Maenck came up, breathless. The guard at the doorway +did not recognize him. If they had they would have arrested him. +Instead they contented themselves with refusing him admission, +and when he insisted they threatened him with arrest. <br> +<p>To be arrested now would be to ruin his fine plan, so he +turned and walked away. At the first cross street he turned up +the side of the cathedral. The grounds were walled up on this +side, and he sought in vain for entrance. At the rear he +discovered a limousine standing in the alley where its chauffeur +had left it after depositing his passengers at the front door of +the cathedral. The top of the limousine was but a foot or two +below the top of the wall.<br> +</p> + +Maenck clambered to the hood of the machine, and from there to +the top. A moment later he dropped to the earth inside the +cathedral grounds. Before him were many windows. Most of them +were too high for him to reach, and the others that he tried at +first were securely fastened. Passing around the end of the +building, he at last discovered one that was open--it led into +the east transept. <br> +<p>Maenck crawled through. He was within the building that held +the man he sought. He found himself in a small room --evidently a +dressing-room. There were two doors leading from it. He +approached one and listened. He heard the tones of subdued +conversation beyond.<br> +</p> + +Very cautiously he opened the door a crack. He could not believe +the good fortune that was revealed before him. On a couch lay the +Princess Emma von der Tann. Beside her her father. At the door +was Lieutenant Butzow. The bishop and a doctor were talking at +the head of the couch. Pacing up and down the room, resplendent +in the marriage robes of a king of Lutha, was the man he sought. +<br> +<p>Maenck drew his revolver. He broke the barrel, and saw that +there was a good cartridge in each chamber of the cylinder. He +closed it quietly. Then he threw open the door, stepped into the +room, took deliberate aim, and fired.<br> +</p> + +The old man with the ax moved cautiously along the corridor upon +the second floor of the Castle of Blentz until he came to a +certain door. Gently he turned the knob and pushed the door +inward. Holding the ax behind his back, he entered. In his pocket +was a great roll of money, and there was to be an equal amount +waiting him at Lustadt when his mission had been fulfilled. <br> +<p>Once within the room, he looked quickly about him. Upon a +great bed lay the figure of a man asleep. His face was turned +toward the opposite wall away from the side of the bed nearer the +menacing figure of the old servant. On tiptoe the man with the ax +approached. The neck of his victim lay uncovered before him. He +swung the ax behind him. a single blow, as mighty as his ancient +muscles could deliver, would suffice.<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer opened his eyes. Directly opposite him upon the +wall was a dark-toned photogravure of a hunting scene. It tilted +slightly forward upon its wire support. As Barney's opened it +chanced that they were directed straight upon the shiny glass of +the picture. The light from the window struck the glass in such a +way as to transform it into a mirror. The American's eyes were +glued with horror upon the reflection that he saw there--an old +man swinging a huge ax down upon his head. <br> +<p>It is an open question as to which of the two was the most +surprised at the cat-like swiftness of the movement that carried +Barney Custer out of that bed and landed him in temporary safety +upon the opposite side.<br> +</p> + +With a snarl the old man ran around the foot of the bed to corner +his prey between the bed and the wall. He was swinging the ax as +though to hurl it. So close was he that Barney guessed it would +be difficult for him to miss his mark. The least he could expect +would be a frightful wound. To have attempted to escape would +have necessitated turning his back to his adversary, inviting +instant death. To grapple with a man thus armed appeared an +equally hopeless alternative. <br> +<p>Shoulder-high beside him hung the photogravure that had +already saved his life once. Why not again? He snatched it from +its hangings, lifted it above his head in both hands, and hurled +it at the head of the old man. The glass shattered full upon the +ancient's crown, the man's head went through the picture, and the +frame settled over his shoulders. At the same instant Barney +Custer leaped across the bed, seized a light chair, and turned to +face his foe upon more even turns.<br> +</p> + +The old man did not pause to remove the frame from about his +neck. Blood trickled down his forehead and cheeks from deep +gashes that the broken glass had made. Now he was in a berserker +rage. <br> +<p>As he charged again he uttered a peculiar whistling noise from +between his set teeth. To the American it sounded like the +hissing of a snake, and as he would have met a snake he met the +venomous attack of the old man.<br> +</p> + +When the short battle was over the Blentz servitor lay +unconscious upon the floor, while above him leaned the American, +uninjured, ripping long strips from a sheet torn from the bed, +twisting them into rope-like strands and, with them, binding the +wrists and ankles of his defeated foe. Finally he stuffed a gag +between the toothless gums. <br> +<p>Running to the wardrobe, he discovered that the king's uniform +was gone. That, with the witness of the empty bed, told him the +whole story. The American smiled. "More nerve than I gave him +credit for," he mused, as he walked back to his bed and reached +under the pillow for the two papers he had forced the king to +sign. They, too, were gone. Slowly Barney Custer realized his +plight, as there filtered through his mind a suggestion of the +possibilities of the trick that had been played upon him.<br> +</p> + +Why should Leopold wish these papers? Of course, he might merely +have taken them that he might destroy them; but something told +Barney Custer that such was not the case. And something, too, +told him whither the king had ridden and what he would do there +when he arrived. <br> +<p>He ran back to the wardrobe. In it hung the peasant attire +that he had stolen from the line of the careless house frau, and +later wished upon his majesty the king. Barney grinned as he +recalled the royal disgust with which Leopold had fingered the +soiled garments. He scarce blamed him. Looking further toward the +back of the wardrobe, the American discovered other clothing.<br> +</p> + +He dragged it all out upon the floor. There was an old shooting +jacket, several pairs of trousers and breeches, and a hunting +coat. In a drawer at the bottom of the wardrobe he found many old +shoes, puttees, and boots. <br> +<p>From this miscellany he selected riding breeches, a pair of +boots, and the red hunting coat as the only articles that fitted +his rather large frame. Hastily he dressed, and, taking the ax +the old man had brought to the room as the only weapon available, +he walked boldly into the corridor, down the spiral stairway and +into the guardroom.<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer was prepared to fight. He was desperate. He could +have slunk from the Castle of Blentz as he had entered +it--through the secret passageway to the ravine; but to attempt +to reach Lustadt on foot was not at all compatible with the +urgent haste that he felt necessary. He must have a horse, and a +horse he would have if he had to fight his way through a Blentz +army. <br> +<p>But there were no armed retainers left at Blentz. The +guardroom was vacant; but there were arms there and ammunition. +Barney commandeered a sword and a revolver, then he walked into +the courtyard and crossed to the stables. The way took him by the +garden. In it he saw a coffin-like box resting upon planks above +a grave-like excavation. Barney investigated. The box was empty. +Once again he grinned. "It is not always wise," he mused, "to +count your corpses before they're dead. What a lot of work the +old man might have spared himself if he'd only caught his cadaver +first-or at least tried to."<br> +</p> + +Passing on by his own grave, he came to the stables. A groom was +carrying a strong, clean-limbed hunter haltered in the doorway. +The man looked up as Barney approached him. A puzzled expression +entered the fellow's eyes. He was a young man--a stupid-looking +lout. It was evident that he half recognized the face of the +newcomer as one he had seen before. Barney nodded to him. <br> +<p>"Never mind finishing," he said. "I am in a hurry. You may +saddle him at once." The voice was authoritative--it brooked no +demur. The groom touched his forehead, dropped the currycomb and +brush, and turned back into the stable to fetch saddle and +bridle.<br> +</p> + +Five minutes later Barney was riding toward the gate. The +portcullis was raised--the drawbridge spanned the moat --no guard +was there to bar his way. The sunlight flooded the green valley, +stretching lazily below him in the soft warmth of a mellow autumn +morning. Behind him he had left the brooding shadows of the grim +old fortress--the cold, cruel, depressing stronghold of intrigue, +treason, and sudden death. <br> +<p>He threw back his shoulders and filled his lungs with the +sweet, pure air of freedom. He was a new man. The wound in his +breast was forgotten. Lightly he touched his spurs to the +hunter's sides. Tossing his head and curveting, the animal broke +into a long, easy trot. Where the road dipped into the ravine and +down through the village to the valley the rider drew his +restless mount into a walk; but, once in the valley, he let him +out. Barney took the short road to Lustadt. It would cut ten +miles off the distance that the main wagonroad covered, and it +was a good road for a horseman. It should bring him to Lustadt by +one o'clock or a little after. The road wound through the hills +to the east of the main highway, and was scarcely more than a +trail where it crossed the Ru River upon a narrow bridge that +spanned the deep mountain gorge that walls the Ru for ten miles +through the hills.<br> +</p> + +When Barney reached the river his hopes sank. The bridge was +gone--dynamited by the Austrians in their retreat. The nearest +bridge was at the crossing of the main highway over ten miles to +the southwest. There, too, the river might be forded even if the +Austrians had destroyed that bridge also; but here or elsewhere +in the hills there could be no fording--the banks of the Ru were +perpendicular cliffs. <br> +<p>The misfortune would add nearly twenty miles to his +journey--he could not now hope to reach Lustadt before late in +the afternoon. Turning his horse back along the trail he had +come, he retraced his way until he reached a narrow bridle path +that led toward the southwest. The trail was rough and +indistinct, yet he pushed forward, even more rapidly than safety +might have suggested. The noble beast beneath him was all loyalty +and ambition.<br> +</p> + +"Take it easy, old boy," whispered Barney into the slim, pointed +ears that moved ceaselessly backward and forward, "you'll get +your chance when we strike the highway, never fear." <br> +<p>And he did.<br> +</p> + +So unexpected had been Maenck's entrance into the room in the +east transept, so sudden his attack, that it was all over before +a hand could be raised to stay him. At the report of his revolver +the king sank to the floor. At almost the same instant Lieutenant +Butzow whipped a revolver from beneath his tunic and fired at the +assassin. Maenck staggered forward and stumbled across the body +of the king. Butzow was upon him instantly, wresting the revolver +from his fingers. Prince Ludwig ran to the king's side and, +kneeling there, raised Leopold's head in his arms. The bishop and +the doctor bent over the limp form. The Princess Emma stood a +little apart. She had leaped from the couch where she had been +lying. Her eyes were wide in horror. Her palms pressed to her +cheeks. <br> +<p>It was upon this scene that a hatless, dust-covered man in a +red hunting coat burst through the door that had admitted Maenck. +The man had seen and recognized the conspirator as he climbed to +the top of the limousine and dropped within the cathedral +grounds, and he had followed close upon his heels.<br> +</p> + +No one seemed to note his entrance. All ears were turned toward +the doctor, who was speaking. <br> +<p>"The king is dead," he said.<br> +</p> + +Maenck raised himself upon an elbow. He spoke feebly. <br> +<p>"You fools," he cried. "That man was not the king. I saw him +steal the king's clothes at Blentz and I followed him here. He is +the American--the impostor." Then his eyes, circling the faces +about him to note the results of his announcements, fell upon the +face of the man in the red hunting coat. Amazement and wonder +were in his face. Slowly he raised his finger and pointed.<br> +</p> + +"There is the king," he said. <br> +<p>Every eye turned in the direction he indicated. Exclamations +of surprise and incredulity burst from every lip. The old +chancellor looked from the man in the red hunting coat to the +still form of the man upon the floor in the bloodspattered +marriage garments of a king of Lutha. He let the king's head +gently down upon the carpet, and then he rose to his feet and +faced the man in the red hunting coat.<br> +</p> + +"Who are you?" he demanded. <br> +<p>Before Barney could speak Lieutenant Butzow spoke.<br> +</p> + +"He is the king, your highness," he said. "I rode with him to +Blentz to free Mr. Custer. Both were wounded in the courtyard in +the fight that took place there. I helped to dress their wounds. +The king was wounded in the breast-Mr. Custer in the left leg." +<br> +<p>Prince von der Tann looked puzzled. Again he turned his eyes +questioningly toward the newcomer.<br> +</p> + +"Is this the truth?" he asked. <br> +<p>Barney looked toward the Princess Emma. In her eyes he could +read the relief that the sight of him alive had brought her. +Since she had recognized the king she had believed that Barney +was dead. The temptation was great--he dreaded losing her, and he +feared he would lose her when her father learned the truth of the +deception that had been practiced upon him. He might lose even +more--men had lost their heads for tampering with the affairs of +kings.<br> +</p> + +"Well?" persisted the chancellor. <br> +<p>"Lieutenant Butzow is partially correct--he honestly believes +that he is entirely so," replied the American. "He did ride with +me from Lustadt to Blentz to save the man who lies dead here at +your feet. The lieutenant thought that he was riding with his +king, just as your highness thought that he was riding with his +king during the battle of Lustadt. You were both wrong--you were +riding with Mr. Bernard Custer, of Beatrice. I am he. I have no +apologies to make. What I did I would do again. I did it for +Lutha and for the woman I love. She knows and the king knew that +I intended restoring his identity to him with no one the wiser +for the interchange that had taken place. The king upset my plans +by stealing back his identity while I slept, with the result that +you see before you upon the floor. He has died as he had +lived--futilely."<br> +</p> + +As he spoke the Princess Emma had crossed the room toward him. +Now she stood at his side, her hand in his. Tense silence reigned +in the apartment. The old chancellor stood with bowed head, +buried in thought. All eyes were upon him except those of the +doctor, who had turned his attention from the dead king to the +wounded assassin. Butzow stood looking at Barney Custer in open +relief and admiration. He had been trying to vindicate his friend +in his own mind ever since he had discovered, as he believed, +that Barney had tricked Leopold after the latter had saved his +life at Blentz and ridden to Lustadt in the king's guise. Now +that he knew the whole truth he realized how stupid he had been +not to guess that the man who had led the victorious Luthanian +army before Lustadt could not have been the cowardly Leopold. +<br> +<p>Presently the chancellor broke the silence.<br> +</p> + +"You say that Leopold of Lutha lived futilely. You are right; but +when you say that he has died futilely, you are, I believe, +wrong. Living, he gave us a poor weakling. Dying, he leaves the +throne to a brave man, in whose veins flows the blood of the +Rubinroths, hereditary rulers of Lutha. <br> +<p>"You are the only rightful successor to the throne of Lutha," +he argued, "other than Peter of Blentz. Your mother's marriage to +a foreigner did not bar the succession of her offspring. Aside +from the fact that Peter of Blentz is out of the question, is the +more important fact that your line is closer to the throne than +his. He knew it, and this knowledge was the real basis of his +hatred of you."<br> +</p> + +As the old chancellor ceased speaking he drew his sword and +raised it on high above his head. <br> +<p>"The king is dead," he said. "Long live the king!"<br> +</p> + +<br> +<h1 id="ref_30">Chapter XVI KING OF LUTHA</h1> + +<br> +BARNEY CUSTER, of Beatrice, had no desire to be king of Lutha. He +lost no time in saying so. All that he wanted of Lutha was the +girl he had found there, as his father before him had found the +girl of his choice. Von der Tann pleaded with him. <br> +<p>"Twice have I fought under you, sire," he urged. "Twice, and +only twice since the old king died, have I felt that the future +of Lutha was safe in the hands of her ruler, and both these times +it was you who sat upon the throne. Do not desert us now. Let me +live to see Lutha once more happy, with a true Rubinroth upon the +throne and my daughter at his side."<br> +</p> + +Butzow added his pleas to those of the old chancellor. The +American hesitated. <br> +<p>"Let us leave it to the representatives of the people and to +the house of nobles," he suggested.<br> +</p> + +The chancellor of Lutha explained the situation to both houses. +Their reply was unanimous. He carried it to the American, who +awaited the decision of Lutha in the royal apartments of the +palace. With him was the Princess Emma von der Tann. <br> +<p>"The people of Lutha will have no other king, sire," said the +old man.<br> +</p> + +Barney turned toward the girl. <br> +<p>"There is no other way, my lord king," she said with grave +dignity. "With her blood your mother bequeathed you a duty which +you may not shirk. It is not for you or for me to choose. God +chose for you when you were born."<br> +</p> + +Barney Custer took her hand in his and raised it to his lips. +<br> +<p>"Let the King of Lutha," he said, "be the first to salute +Lutha's queen."<br> +</p> + +And so Barney Custer, of Beatrice, was crowned King of Lutha, and +Emma became his queen. Maenck died of his wound on the floor of +the little room in the east transept of the cathedral of Lustadt +beside the body of the king he had slain. Prince Peter of Blentz +was tried by the highest court of Lutha on the charge of treason; +he was found guilty and hanged. Von Coblich committed suicide on +the eve of his arrest. Lieutenant Otto Butzow was ennobled and +given the confiscated estates of the Blentz prince. He became a +general in the army of Lutha, and was sent to the front in +command of the army corps that guarded the northern frontier of +the little kingdom. <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +<br> +<p>End of Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice +Burroughs<br> +</p> + +I have made the following changes to the text: PAGE CHAPTER +PARAGRAPH LINE ORIGINAL CHANGED TO 72 VIII 3 1 Ludstadt Lustadt +81 3 2 mier miter 83 7 3 Ludstadt Lustadt 86 3 2 him arm his arm +90 4 4 monarch, he monarch he 94 2 4 colums columns 98 2 2 +imposter impostor 121 1 1 approaced approached 126 2 5 from from +the 140 6 5 whom, appeared whom appeared 142 5 1 once side one +side 143 4 8 knew drew 158 4 5 presumptious presumptuous 182 5 3 +jeweler's shot jeweler's shop 189 8 2 ingrate?" ingrate? 193 5 3 +oil panting oil painting 200 7 1 soldiers soldier 211 2 1 men and +woman men and women 212 3 5 instruments instrument 217 4 1 The +cheered They cheered 217 6 2 gril's face girl's face 218 1 +magnamity magnanimity 218 7 2 him. Barney's him, Barney's 225 3 3 +horseman horsemen 228 5 1 ajaculated ejaculated 233 8 6 king of +Lustadt, king of Lutha, 234 6 2 You "You 251 9 Luthania army +Luthanian army 252 2 3 poor, weakling poor weakling <br> +<p><br> +</p> + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of The Mad King by Edgar Rice +Burroughs <br> +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/old/mdkng10h.zip b/old/mdkng10h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..375df60 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10h.zip diff --git a/old/mdkng10l.lit b/old/mdkng10l.lit Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8fc4a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10l.lit diff --git a/old/mdkng10l.zip b/old/mdkng10l.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c62ad5b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10l.zip diff --git a/old/mdkng10p.prc b/old/mdkng10p.prc Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8c3b7c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10p.prc diff --git a/old/mdkng10p.zip b/old/mdkng10p.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..10b601f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/mdkng10p.zip |
